From d0146ccfa4b486db8f75fa13f3b134b65845befe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: =?UTF-8?q?Lars=20Gullik=20Bj=C3=B8nnes?= Date: Tue, 1 Jun 2004 19:50:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] copy doc from lyxdoc module and update makefiles git-svn-id: svn://svn.lyx.org/lyx/lyx-devel/trunk@8794 a592a061-630c-0410-9148-cb99ea01b6c8 --- ChangeLog | 4 + configure.ac | 1 + lib/ChangeLog | 5 + lib/Makefile.am | 22 +- lib/doc/.cvsignore | 2 + lib/doc/ChangeLog | 623 + lib/doc/Extended.lyx | 21062 +++++++++++++++++++++++++ lib/doc/Makefile.am | 42 + lib/doc/TOC.lyx | 2542 +++ lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx | 24982 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ lib/doc/cs_TOC.lyx | 2550 +++ lib/doc/da_TOC.lyx | 2539 +++ lib/doc/de_Customization.lyx | 17813 +++++++++++++++++++++ lib/doc/de_Extended.lyx | 21785 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++ lib/doc/de_Intro.lyx | 1774 +++ lib/doc/de_TOC.lyx | 3959 +++++ lib/doc/de_Tutorial.lyx | 5813 +++++++ lib/doc/de_UserGuide.lyx | 27541 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ lib/doc/es_TOC.lyx | 2532 +++ lib/doc/eu_Customization.lyx | 12888 +++++++++++++++ lib/doc/eu_Extended.lyx | 20026 ++++++++++++++++++++++++ lib/doc/eu_FAQ.lyx | 1611 ++ lib/doc/eu_Intro.lyx | 1348 ++ lib/doc/eu_TOC.lyx | 2400 +++ lib/doc/eu_Tutorial.lyx | 3849 +++++ lib/doc/eu_UserGuide.lyx | 22776 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++ lib/doc/fr_Extended.lyx | 21155 +++++++++++++++++++++++++ lib/doc/he_TOC.lyx | 2559 +++ lib/doc/hu_TOC.lyx | 2507 +++ lib/doc/it_TOC.lyx | 2505 +++ lib/doc/nl_TOC.lyx | 2538 +++ lib/doc/no_Intro.lyx | 1645 ++ lib/doc/no_TOC.lyx | 2544 +++ lib/doc/pt_TOC.lyx | 2534 +++ lib/doc/ro_Intro.lyx | 844 + lib/doc/ro_TOC.lyx | 2500 +++ lib/doc/ru_TOC.lyx | 2521 +++ lib/doc/sk_TOC.lyx | 2647 ++++ lib/doc/sl_TOC.lyx | 2535 +++ lib/doc/sv_TOC.lyx | 2542 +++ 40 files changed, 252049 insertions(+), 16 deletions(-) create mode 100644 lib/doc/ChangeLog create mode 100644 lib/doc/Extended.lyx create mode 100644 lib/doc/Makefile.am create mode 100644 lib/doc/TOC.lyx create mode 100644 lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx create mode 100644 lib/doc/cs_TOC.lyx create mode 100644 lib/doc/da_TOC.lyx create mode 100644 lib/doc/de_Customization.lyx create mode 100644 lib/doc/de_Extended.lyx create mode 100644 lib/doc/de_Intro.lyx create mode 100644 lib/doc/de_TOC.lyx create mode 100644 lib/doc/de_Tutorial.lyx create mode 100644 lib/doc/de_UserGuide.lyx create mode 100644 lib/doc/es_TOC.lyx create mode 100644 lib/doc/eu_Customization.lyx create mode 100644 lib/doc/eu_Extended.lyx create mode 100644 lib/doc/eu_FAQ.lyx create mode 100644 lib/doc/eu_Intro.lyx create mode 100644 lib/doc/eu_TOC.lyx create mode 100644 lib/doc/eu_Tutorial.lyx create mode 100644 lib/doc/eu_UserGuide.lyx create mode 100644 lib/doc/fr_Extended.lyx create mode 100644 lib/doc/he_TOC.lyx create mode 100644 lib/doc/hu_TOC.lyx create mode 100644 lib/doc/it_TOC.lyx create mode 100644 lib/doc/nl_TOC.lyx create mode 100644 lib/doc/no_Intro.lyx create mode 100644 lib/doc/no_TOC.lyx create mode 100644 lib/doc/pt_TOC.lyx create mode 100644 lib/doc/ro_Intro.lyx create mode 100644 lib/doc/ro_TOC.lyx create mode 100644 lib/doc/ru_TOC.lyx create mode 100644 lib/doc/sk_TOC.lyx create mode 100644 lib/doc/sl_TOC.lyx create mode 100644 lib/doc/sv_TOC.lyx diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog index 0b1257853e..aadd65ee45 100644 --- a/ChangeLog +++ b/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,7 @@ +2004-06-01 Lars Gullik Bjonnes + + * configure.ac (AC_CONFIG_FILES): add lib/doc/Makefile + 2004-05-28 Lars Gullik Bjonnes * mkinstalldirs: remove file diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac index 5728ba83f8..ba6f46b8ba 100644 --- a/configure.ac +++ b/configure.ac @@ -397,6 +397,7 @@ AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile m4/Makefile \ development/Makefile \ development/lyx.spec \ lib/Makefile \ + lib/doc/Makefile \ intl/Makefile \ po/Makefile.in \ sourcedoc/Doxyfile \ diff --git a/lib/ChangeLog b/lib/ChangeLog index 782e1a6d84..d955a90df1 100644 --- a/lib/ChangeLog +++ b/lib/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,8 @@ +2004-06-01 Lars Gullik Bjonnes + + * Makefile.am: include common.am, add subdir doc, remove doc + releated entries. + 2004-06-01 Georg Baum * external_templates: add ReferencedFile commands where appropriate diff --git a/lib/Makefile.am b/lib/Makefile.am index a60675fe63..6549f2cf40 100644 --- a/lib/Makefile.am +++ b/lib/Makefile.am @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign -DISTCLEANFILES = *.orig *.rej *~ *.bak core textclass.lst packages.lst \ - lyxrc.defaults doc/LyXConfig.lyx doc/LaTeXConfig.lyx -MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in -SUBDIRS = reLyX +include $(top_srcdir)/config/common.am + +DISTCLEANFILES += textclass.lst packages.lst lyxrc.defaults + +SUBDIRS = doc reLyX EXTRA_DIST = CREDITS chkconfig.ltx configure.cmd lyxrc.example \ - external_templates bind clipart doc/LaTeXConfig.lyx.in doc/LyXConfig.lyx.in examples images \ + external_templates bind clipart examples images \ kbd layouts lyx2lyx scripts templates tex ui encodings \ languages symbols configure configure.m4 @@ -39,10 +39,6 @@ bind_DATA = \ clipartdir = $(pkgdatadir)/clipart clipart_DATA = clipart/platypus.eps -docdir = $(pkgdatadir)/doc -doc_DATA = \ - doc/LaTeXConfig.lyx - examplesdir = $(pkgdatadir)/examples examples_DATA = \ examples/Foils.lyx \ @@ -933,9 +929,3 @@ install-data-local: install-xfonts uninstall-local: uninstall-xfonts - -# dist-hook: -# cd $(distdir) ; rm -rf `find . -name \*CVS\*` ; \ -# rm -rf doc/.cvsignore; \ -# [ -f doc/UserGuide.lyx ] || { cvs -Q export -r HEAD -d doc lyxdoc || \ -# echo "WARNING: Unable to get LyX Documentation from CVS!" ; true ; } diff --git a/lib/doc/.cvsignore b/lib/doc/.cvsignore index 681bb62956..2aa1838eb6 100644 --- a/lib/doc/.cvsignore +++ b/lib/doc/.cvsignore @@ -1 +1,3 @@ +Makefile.in +Makefile LaTeXConfig.lyx diff --git a/lib/doc/ChangeLog b/lib/doc/ChangeLog new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d02c0e98cd --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/ChangeLog @@ -0,0 +1,623 @@ +2004-06-01 Lars Gullik Bjonnes + + * Doc files and Changelog included form lyxdoc CVS module. + +2004-05-28 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * eu_*.lyx: update fom dooteo + +2004-05-10 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * de_Extended.lyx: update from Hartmut Haase + +2004-04-22 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * de_Extended.lyx: update from Hartmut Haase + +2004-04-13 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * de_UserGuide.lyx: another update from Hartmut Haase + +2004-03-31 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * ro_Intro.lyx: small update from Claudiu Costin + +2004-03-11 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * eu_FAQ.lyx: new file from dooteo + + * ro_splash.lyx: removed + +2004-02-12 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * eu_Customization.lyx: new file from dooteo + + * eu_Extended.lyx: + * eu_UserGuide.lyx: + * eu_Intro.lyx: + * eu_Tutorial.lyx: updates from dooteo + +2004-02-17 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * Extended.lyx: + * de_Extended.lyx: + * eu_Extended.lyx: + * fr_Extended.lyx: + * pl_Extended.lyx: change reference to old ev-en.org wiki to the + new wiki.lyx.org version + +2004-02-12 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * eu_Extended.lyx: + * eu_UserGuide.lyx: new files from dooteo + + * eu_Intro.lyx: + * eu_Tutorial.lyx: updates from dooteo + + * no_Intro.lyx: new file from Helge Hafting + +2004-01-19 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * de_UserGuide.lyx: turn varioref errors into warnings + +2004-01-15 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * de_UserGuide.lyx: another update from Hartmut Haase + +2004-01-07 Vitaly Lipatov + + * TOC_top/ru_TOC_top.lyx: new file + +2003-09-23 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * de_Customization.lyx: + * de_Extended.lyx: + * de_UserGuide.lyx: yet more updates from Hartmut Haase + +2003-09-22 Juergen Spitzmueller + + * Extended.lyx: document memoir textclass + +2003-09-17 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * de_Intro.lyx: + * de_Tutorial.lyx: update from Hartmut Haase + +2003-09-12 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * de_Customization.lyx: update from Hartmut Haase + +2003-09-11 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * de_UserGuide.lyx: update from Hartmut Haase + +2003-07-30 Alfredo Braunstein + + * UserGuide.lyx: fix a broken cross-reference + +2003-07-21 Christian Ridderström + + * UserGuide.lyx: fix menu entry, document "Keep Space" + (bug 996) + +2003-07-07 Adrien Rebollo + + * Customization.lyx: + * Extended.lyx: + * UserGuide.lyx: fix various typos + * fr_Customization.lyx: + * fr_Extended.lyx: + * fr_Intro.lyx: + * fr_Tutorial.lyx: + * fr_UserGuide.lyx: translation update + +2003-06-27 Martin Vermeer + + * Extended.lyx: improve docs for agu journals + +2003-05-26 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * fr_Customization.lyx: + * fr_Extended.lyx: fix wrong ERT that prevented typesetting + +2003-05-07 John Levon + + * UserGuide.lyx: + * Tutorial.lyx: menu structure updates + +2003-05-07 John Levon + + * FAQ.lyx: menu structure updates + +2003-05-01 John Levon + + * Extended.lyx: fix up for new menu structure + +2003-05-01 John Levon + + * DocStyle.lyx: minor updates + +2003-04-30 John Levon + + * Customization.lyx: update for new menu structure + +2003-03-22 John Levon + + * Doc_toc.pl: handle short title insets + + * TOC files: regenerate + +2003-03-20 John Levon + + * Extended.lyx: fix preamble menu mention (bug 900) + +2003-03-17 John Levon + + * Customisation.lyx: remove the discussion of LaTeX 2.09 + style files + +2003-03-16 John Levon + + * Customisation.lyx: updates. Remove the printer + tutorial: most definitely the wrong place to have it. + Move LyX server to the end. + +2003-03-16 John Levon + + * Extended.lyx: updates and tweaks + +2003-03-16 John Levon + + * Intro.lyx: small tweaks + +2003-03-16 John Levon + + * Tutorial.lyx: various updates. Remove some math + stuff that was basically a duplicate of stuff in the + user guide. + +2003-03-15 John Levon + + * Reference.lyx: note that it's out of date + +2003-03-15 John Levon + + * UserGuide.lyx: some more updates + +2003-03-15 John Levon + + * UserGuide.lyx: updates and fixes for chapter 5, + also some re-organisation + +2003-03-15 John Levon + + * UserGuide.lyx: updates and fixes for chapter 4 + +2003-03-14 John Levon + + * UserGuide.lyx: updates and fixes for chapter 3 + +2003-03-13 John Levon + + * UserGuide.lyx: updates and fixes for chapters 1 and 2 + +2003-03-13 John Levon + + * DocStyle.lyx: + * UserGuide.lyx: + * Intro.lyx: + * fr_Intro.lyx: don't say "et cetera, et cetera" + +2003-03-03 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * UserGuide.lyx: remove mention of iletter class, which has been + removed. + +2003-02-27 Adrien Rebollo + + * fr_Customization.lyx: + * fr_Extended.lyx: + * fr_FAQ.lyx: + * fr_Intro.lyx: + * fr_Tutorial.lyx: + * fr_UserGuide.lyx: translation update + + * Extended.lyx: minor fixes + +2003-02-18 Juergen Spitzmueller + + * Extended.lyx: + * de_Extended.lyx: document the KOMA updates and the new + scrlttr2 class + + * UserGuide.lyx: finally document Ligature Break Insert. + +2003-02-16 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * Customization.lyx: document new textclass entries Float and + Counter. + +2003-02-15 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * Extended.lyx: many changes suggested by Hartmut Haase. + + * Tutorial.lyx: mention that Section* is different fro, Section, + since people seem to make the mistake often. + + * Customization.lyx: begin to document new syntax elements in + layout files (DependsOn, TitleLatexType/Command). + +2003-02-06 Adrien Rebollo + + * fr_Extended.lyx: translation update + +2003-02-03 John Levon + + * pl_Extended.lyx: new translation from Tomasz Luczak + +2003-01-27 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * it_UserGuide.lyx: update from Claudio Coco + +2003-01-13 Martin Vermeer + + * Extended.lyx: add doc for egs layout + +2003-01-10 Dekel Tsur + + * Extended.lyx: add some doc for wrapinset + +2003-01-10 Martin Vermeer + + * Extended.lyx: add doc for agu journals + +2002-12-18 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * it_UserGuide.lyx: update from Claudio Coco + +2002-12-01 Adrien Rebollo + + * fr_Customization.lyx: + * fr_Extended.lyx: + * fr_FAQ.lyx: translation update + + * Customization.lyx: minor corrections + +2002-11-28 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * Reference.lyx: remove section on bindings which has been moved + to Customization.lyx already. + + * Customization.lyx: remove use of accent-vector; change syntax of + math-insert + +2002-11-20 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * FAQ.lyx: update. I tried to correct some information that was + too old, but a lot remains to do. Added book from Yann Collette. + Added tip about \date{} from Christian Ridderström. + +2002-11-15 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * ru_Intro.lyx: + * ru_Tutorial.lyx: update from Vitaly Lipatov + + * ru_FAQ.lyx: new file + +2002-10-23 Gady Kozma + + * he_Intro.lyx: updated + + * he_Tutorial.lyx: new translation + +2002-10-21 Martin Vermeer + + * Extended.lyx: + * de_Extended.lyx: document new layouts in foils + +2002-10-14 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * Extended.lyx: add documentation for ijmpd class (from PAP) + +2002-10-07 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * de_Customization.lyx: + * de_FAQ.lyx: + * de_Intro.lyx: + * de_Tutorial.lyx: update from Pit + + * fr_Customization.lyx: + * fr_Extended.lyx: + * fr_FAQ.lyx: + * fr_Intro.lyx: + * fr_Tutorial.lyx: + * fr_UserGuide.lyx: update from Adrien Rebollo + +2002-09-10 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * de_UserGuide.lyx: + * de_Extended.lyx: updates from Hartmut Haase + +2002-09-05 John Levon + + * UserGuide.lyx: many changes suggested by Hartmut Haase, + and some more. LOTS more to do :( + +2002-08-23 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * de_UserGuide.lyx: another update from Hartmut Haase + +2002-08-22 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * de_UserGuide.lyx: update from Hartmut Haase + + * *.lyx: replace maintainer addresses with lyx-docs mailing list + (from Peter Suetterlin) + +2002-07-24 Adrien Rebollo + + * fr_Customization.lyx: + * fr_Extended.lyx: + * fr_Tutorial.lyx: + * fr_UserGuide.lyx: update + +2002-07-17 Helge Hafting + + * UserGuide.lyx: + * Reference.lyx: document how to use the minibuffer + +2002-07-16 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * Customization.lyx: document EndLabelType and EndLabelString; + update bindings a bit (more to do) + + * Tutorial.lyx: incorporate changes suggested by Gady Kozma (plus + a few random others) + +2002-06-16 Adrien Rebollo + + * fr_Customization.lyx: + * fr_Tutorial.lyx: + * fr_UserGuide.lyx: update + +2002-05-31 John Levon + + * he_Intro.lyx: from Gady Kozma + +2002-05-28 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * Customization.lyx: add description of the defaults.lyx template. + + * Tutorial.lyx: updates here and there. Probably more work is + necessary + +2002-05-22 Adrian Penisoara + + * ro_splash.lyx: Romanian splash added + +2002-05-02 Adrien Rebollo + + * fr_Extended.lyx: + * fr_FAQ.lyx: + * fr_Tutorial.lyx: + * fr_UserGuide.lyx: updating translation + +2002-05-01 John Levon + + * Tutorial.lyx: some typos pointed out by David Green + +2002-04-26 John Levon + + * Extended.lyx: Literate update from Kayvan + +2002-04-25 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * Doc_toc.pl: try to improve the code that ignores some insets in + headings. + + * *TOC.lyx: regenerate + +2002-04-24 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * it_Customization.lyx: update to format 220. Juergen did fix the + format problems this file has, but it did not typeset due to the + 'creative' redefinition of accents that the italian babel option + does. I therefore removed the occurences of the tie accent (\t) + and stand-alone circumflex accent that this file had. + +2002-04-23 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * sk_UserGuide.lyx: update to format 220 + +2002-04-09 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * all files: stupid me. The right file format we want is 220, of + course. Made sure everything has format 220. The only additional + one I did not touch is it_Customization, which has some (small) + conversion problems. + + * fr_BUGS.lyx: + * de_BUGS.lyx: removed. + +2002-04-08 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * all files: make sure lyxformat is 218. Only sk_UserGuide is left + untouched, since it triggers an error (solitary \end_inset) when + loading. + +2002-03-28 Adrien Rebollo + + * fr_Customization.lyx: + * fr_Extended.lyx: + * fr_Tutorial.lyx: + * fr_UserGuide.lyx: updating translation + +2002-03-28 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * ru_Intro.lyx: update from Vitaly Lipatov + +2002-03-26 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * Customization.lyx: update information on layout files + +2002-03-19 Adrien Rebollo + + * fr_Customization.lyx: + * fr_Extended.lyx: + * fr_FAQ.lyx: + * fr_Intro.lyx: + * fr_UserGuide.lyx: update + +2002-03-20 John Levon + + * TOC.lyx: update again + +2002-03-20 John Levon + + * UserGuide.lyx: remove LaTeX environment mentions, + update for graphics inset, minor fixes + +2002-03-19 John Levon + + * Tutorial.lyx: some minor changes (menus etc.) + +2002-03-19 John Levon + + * Extended.lyx: update discussion of LaTeX inserting, + menu fixes, update (and remove) sections on floatflt, + s/popup/dialog/, various other fixes. + +2002-03-18 John Levon + + * Intro.lyx: remove outdated stuff about our crash + handler. + + * Customization.lyx: small updates for 1.2.0, + s/popup/dialog/, change some stuff to refer to + Edit->Preferences + +2002-03-14 John Levon + + * Doc_toc.pl: add usage, mention bug. + + * TOC.lyx: update + + * FAQ.lyx: mention XWin32 bug + +2002-03-13 John Levon + + * UserGuide.lyx: fix build, remove wrong note + + * TOC.lyx: fix build + + * Reference.lyx: fix build + + * FAQ.lyx: fix references to PDF stuff, add FAQ about + fonts in acroread. Mention gs 6.53 + + * Customization.lyx: fix build for 1.2.0 + + * DocStyle.lyx: removed mention of ancient versions + +2002-03-08 Martin Vermeer + + * Extended.lyx: replace information on ejour2 by svjour + +2002-03-08 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * sk_Intro.lyx: + * sk_Tutorial.lyx: + * ru_Intro.lyx: + * ru_Tutorial.lyx: New translations + +2002-01-24 John Levon + + * Intro.lyx: change bugzilla URL + +2001-11-23 Panayotis "PAP" Papasotiriou + + * Extended.lyx: document new kluwer layout. + +2001-11-05 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * it_Customization.lyx: new italian customization guide from Lino + Muoio. + +2001-10-29 John Levon + + * BUGS.lyx: remove + * Intro.lyx: add details on reporting bugs + +2001-10-28 Adrien Rebollo + + * fr_BUGS.lyx: + * fr_Customization.lyx: + * fr_Extended.lyx: + * fr_FAQ.lyx: + * fr_Intro.lyx: + * fr_Tutorial.lyx: + * fr_UserGuide.lyx: update, switching to 1.2.0 format + +2001-10-24 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * it_UserGuide.lyx: update from Claudio Coco. + +2001-10-15 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * BUGS.lyx: remove some bugs that have been fixed + +2001-09-18 Jean-Marc Lasgouttes + + * it_UserGuide.lyx: update from Claudio Coco + +2001-09-17 Mike Ressler + + * Intro: fixes suggested by list + +2001-09-13 Mike Ressler + + * Intro: tried to smooth out introductory comments + * Tutorial: changed "popup" to "dialog" + +2001-08-02 Mike Ressler + + * Finised reorg (I think). + * UserGuide: fix appendix discussion + +2001-08-01 Mike Ressler + + * Intro, Tutorial, User Guide: first reorg changes + +2001-07-30 Mike Ressler + + * UserGuide.lyx, Tutorial.lyx, Customization.lyx: converted to 1.2.0 + +2001-07-25 Mike Ressler + + * BUGS.lyx DocStyle.lyx Extended.lyx FAQ.lyx Intro.lyx Reference.lyx: + convert to 1.2.0; having major problems with UG, Custom, and Tutorial + +2001-07-24 Mike Ressler + + * Tutorial.lyx: fix cross-reference link discussion + * UserGuide.lyx: typo fix, fixed editing labels discussion + * Customization.lyx: typo fix + +2001-07-24 John Levon + + * Customisation.lyx: document \view_dvi_paper_option + +2001-07-19 Mike Ressler + + * all: last few typos, clarifications, etc. before 1.1.6fix3, + removed historical references to LyX before 1.1.6 + +2001-07-16 Mike Ressler + + * Intro.lyx: reverted to 1.1.6 format, but kept John's changes + * Tutorial.lyx: fixed menu references, updated Bibliographies + * UserGuide.lyx: fixed menu references, updated Bibliography + +2001-06-02 John Levon + + * Intro.lyx: minor fixes and updates for 1.2.0 diff --git a/lib/doc/Extended.lyx b/lib/doc/Extended.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3596a8ee86 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/Extended.lyx @@ -0,0 +1,21062 @@ +#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 221 +\textclass book +\begin_preamble +\usepackage{multicol} +\newcommand{\extratablespace}[1]{\noalign{\vskip#1}} +\end_preamble +\language english +\inputencoding latin1 +\fontscheme default +\graphics default +\paperfontsize default +\spacing single +\papersize Default +\paperpackage a4 +\use_geometry 0 +\use_amsmath 0 +\use_natbib 0 +\use_numerical_citations 0 +\paperorientation portrait +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation indent +\defskip medskip +\quotes_language english +\quotes_times 2 +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 2 +\paperpagestyle headings + +\layout Title + +Extended LyX Features +\layout Author + +by the LyX Team +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard +\noindent +Principal maintainer of this file is +\noun on + Mike Ressler +\noun default +. + If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX + Documentation mailing list, . +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Chapter + +Introduction +\layout Standard + +The +\emph on +Extended LyX Features +\emph default + manual, which you are now reading, is essentially Part II of the +\emph on +User's Guide\SpecialChar \@. + +\emph default + The reason for splitting this document is simple: the +\emph on +User's Guide +\emph default + is already huge, and it contains all of the basic features one needs to + know in order to prepare most documents. + However, the LyX Team has a long-term goal of making LyX extensible through + various configuration files and external packages. + That means that if you want to support the Fizzwizzle LaTeX package, you + can create a layout file for it without having to alter LyX itself. + We've already had contributions of several new features this way. + This is the place where all of that gets documented. +\layout Standard + +This manual also documents some special features, like fax support, version + control, and SGML support, which require additional software to work properly. + Lastly, there's a chapter of LaTeX tools and tips, things you can use to + spruce up your documents by directly using the powerful features of LaTeX. + After all, LyX +\emph on +is +\emph default + only WYSIWYM, and will only ever interface to certain LaTeX features. +\layout Standard + +Of course, with all of this extra documentation, +\emph on +Extended LyX Features +\emph default + may itself grow too big for its britches. + In that case, you can just call it the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Overextended Manual +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + for fun! +\layout Standard + +If you haven't read the +\emph on +Introduction +\emph default +yet, you are definitely in the wrong manual. + The +\emph on +Introduction +\emph default + is the first place to go, since it will direct you to the correct manual, + and it also describes the notation and format of all of the manuals. + You should also be thoroughly familiar with the +\emph on +User's Guide +\emph default + and all of the basic features of LyX. + +\layout Standard + +In this document, many sections are independent articles contributed by + an individual and are noted as such. + This person is generally whoever wrote the layout file for the new document + class or LaTeX package, or implemented the feature. + If there is no mention of an author to a chapter [or chapter sections], + that means it was written by the LyX Documentation Team. +\layout Standard + +Since all the topics in this manual depend heavily on LyX's interaction + with LaTeX, this first chapter covers +\emph on + +\emph default +the inner workings of LyX and how to direct LyX to generate exactly the + LaTeX code you want. + It is obviously for more seasoned LyX users. +\layout Chapter + +LyX and LaTeX +\layout Section + +How LyX Uses LaTeX +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxandlatex} + +\end_inset + +This chapter is for both TeX-nicians and the LaTeX-curious. + In it, we'll explain how LyX and LaTeX work together to produce printable + output. + This is the only place in any of the manuals where we assume you know something + about LaTeX. +\layout Standard + +At one time, we called LyX a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +WYSIWYM frontend to LaTeX, +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + but that's no longer true. + There are frontends to LaTeX out there. + They are basically editors with the ability to run LaTeX and mark any errors + in the file you're editing. + Although LyX +\emph on +is +\emph default + an editor, and it +\emph on +does +\emph default + run LaTeX, and it also marks errors in the file, it also does much, much + more. + Thanks to the WYSIWYM concept, you don't need LaTeX to use LyX effectively. + LyX has also added a few extensions to LaTeX. + Try the following sometime: select +\family sans +Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaTeX +\family default + from the +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile +\family default + menu, then look at the preamble of the resulting +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + file. + You'll notice a variety of new macros defined specifically by LyX. + These macros are defined automatically, according to the features you use + in the document. +\layout Standard + +There are several commands that automatically invoke LaTeX. + They are: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +V +\bar default +iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator +View\SpecialChar ~ + +\emph on +Format +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +V +\bar default +iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +U +\bar default +pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\emph on +Format +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile +\bar under +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +P +\bar default +rint +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile +\bar under +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +F +\bar default +ax +\layout Standard + +They will only invoke LaTeX if the file has changed since the last time + LaTeX was run. + +\layout Standard + +When you run LaTeX on the file you're editing, LyX performs these steps: +\layout Enumerate + +Convert the document to LaTeX and save to a file with the extension +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + in place of +\family typewriter +.lyx +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + +Run LaTeX on the +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + file (maybe several times). +\layout Enumerate + +If there are any errors, insert error boxes in the document to mark where + they are. + These boxes are transient and are not saved along with the document. +\layout Standard + +If you've run LaTeX using +\family sans +View\SpecialChar ~ +DVI +\family default +, LyX then executes +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + on the Dvi file. + If you've used +\family sans +View\SpecialChar ~ +PostScript +\family default + or +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +rint +\family default +, LyX performs two more steps: +\layout Itemize + +Run +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + to convert the Dvi file to PostScript®: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +For +\family sans +View\SpecialChar ~ +PostScript +\family default +, the output file has the extension +\family typewriter +.ps_tmp +\layout Itemize + +For +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +rint +\family default +\SpecialChar ~ +, the output file has the extension +\family typewriter +.ps +\family default +, as expected. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Execute +\family typewriter +ghostview +\family default + or send the PostScript® file to the printer. +\layout Section + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Help! LyX generated an unreadable +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + file! +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Die-hard LaTeX users will scream and howl this into the night, then declare + LyX useless, simply because they didn't RTFM. +\layout Standard + +We're going to set the record straight. + LyX produces two kinds of LaTeX files. + One is human readable. + The other is LyX readable. + Every time LyX executes LaTeX, it produces a LaTeX file that it can easily + scan for errors. + The resulting +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + file is not human readable. + Don't even try to read it. + If you want a +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + file that you can send to a colleague, select +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +aTeX +\family default + from the +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile +\family default + menu. +\layout Section + +Translating LaTeX files into LyX +\layout Standard + +You can import a LaTeX file into LyX by using the +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +I +\bar default +mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +aTeX +\family default + command in LyX. + This will call a Perl script named +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +---which will create a file +\family typewriter +foo.lyx +\family default + from the file +\family typewriter +foo.tex +\family default +---and then open that file. + If the translation doesn't work, you can try calling +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + from the command line, possibly using fancier options. +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + will translate most legal LaTeX, but not everything. + It will leave things it doesn't understand in TeX mode, so after translating + a file with +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +, you can look for red text and hand-edit it to look right. +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + has its own section in the +\emph on +Extended Features +\emph default + manual (as well as a Unix manpage equivalent), which you should read to + find out about what LaTeX isn't supported, bugs (and how to get around + them), and how to use the various options. +\layout Standard + +If you can't get +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + to work, or you just want to put a piece of LaTeX code into a LyX file, + see Section +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:latexcodes} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Section + +Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Inserting-LaTeX-Code} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:latexcodes} + +\end_inset + + This is a rather important point: You can always insert LaTeX code into + any LyX document. + LyX simply cannot, and will probably never be able to, display every possible + LaTeX construct. + If ever you need to insert LaTeX commands into your LyX document, you can + use the ERT box, which you can insert into your document with +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +T +\bar default +eX +\family default +. + The ERT box comes in three forms: collapsed, open, and inlined. + The first two are used just like any other collapsable (foldable) box (such + as footnotes), and are useful for significant amounts of LaTeX commands. + An +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +inlined +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + ERT box displays its content as part of the button, and is useful for very + short sections of LaTeX commands. + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +% like this +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +You can switch between all three by right-clicking on the ERT. + Note that if you want more than one line of LaTeX commands, you cannot + use the inlined mode. +\layout Standard + +Here's an example of inserting LaTeX commands in a LyX document. + The code looks like this: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +begin{tabular}{ll} +\newline + +\backslash +begin{minipage}{5cm} +\newline +This is an example for a minipage environment. + You +\newline +can put nearly everything in it, even (non-floating) +\newline +figures and tables. + +\newline + +\backslash +end{minipage} +\newline +& +\newline + +\backslash +begin{minipage}{5cm} +\newline + +\backslash +begin{verbatim} +\newline + +\backslash +begin{minipage}{5cm} +\newline +This ... + +\newline + +\backslash +end{minipage} +\newline + +\backslash +end{verbatim} +\newline + +\backslash +end{minipage} +\newline + +\backslash +end{tabular} +\layout LyX-Code + +\layout Standard + +The ERT box containing this text is directly after this paragraph. + Those of you reading the manual online will only see a bunch of funky text + in red. + Those reading a printed version of the manuals will see the actual results: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{tabular}{ll} +\newline + +\backslash +begin{minipage}{5cm} +\newline +This is an example for a minipage environment. You can put nearly everything in it, even (non-floating) figures and tables. +\newline + +\backslash +end{minipage} +\newline +& +\newline + +\backslash +begin{minipage}{5cm} +\newline + +\backslash +begin{verbatim} +\newline + +\backslash +begin{minipage}{5cm} +\newline +This ... +\newline + +\backslash +end{minipage} +\newline + +\backslash +end{verbatim} +\newline + +\backslash +end{minipage} +\newline + +\backslash +end{tabular} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +In addition to these two methods, you can also create a separate file containing + some complex LaTeX structure. + You can then use +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Chil +\bar under +d +\bar default +\SpecialChar ~ +Document +\family default + to include your file (you should select the type +\family sans +Input +\family default +). + We recommend that you only do this if you have a +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + file which you +\emph on +know +\emph default + works already. + Otherwise, you'll have a big job tracking down LaTeX errors\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Standard + +There are a few last notes to emphasize: +\layout Itemize + +Inside of LyX, LaTeX code appears +\emph on +in red +\layout Itemize + +LyX +\emph on +does not +\emph default + check if your LaTeX code is correct. +\layout Itemize + +Beware reinventing the wheel. +\layout Standard + +That last note refers to two things. + First, LyX does have quite a few features tucked into it, and more are + coming. + Be sure to check the manuals to make sure that LyX doesn't have such-and-such + feature before you go off merrily coding LaTeX. + Second, there are numerous LaTeX packages out there to do all sorts of + things, from labels to envelopes to fancy multipage tables. + Check out a CTAN site for details (see Section +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Requirements +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + of the +\emph on +User's Guide +\emph default +). +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Note from +\noun on +John Weiss +\noun default +: I seem to do this an awful lot. + Sat down and merrily began coding something to print out labels, only to + learn that there were already 2 different LaTeX packages to do this. + Worse yet --- I had them already! +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +If you do need to do some wild and fancy things within your document, be + sure to check out a good LaTeX book for assistance. + There are a number of them listed in the bibliography of the +\emph on +User's Guide +\emph default +. +\layout Standard + +There are a number of LaTeX commands which have to be placed before the + beginning of the actual text. + They go into the preamble, and this is explained in the next section. +\layout Section + +LyX and the LaTeX Preamble +\layout Subsection + +About the LaTeX Preamble +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:preamble} + +\end_inset + +If you already know LaTeX, there is no need to explain here what the preamble + is good for. + If you don't, the following will give you some ideas --- we recommend again + that you consult a LaTeX book for further information. + In any case, you should read the points below, because they explain what + you can do and what you don't need to do in the LaTeX preamble of a LyX + document. +\layout Standard + +The LaTeX preamble comes at the very beginning of a document, +\emph on +before +\emph default +the text. + It serves to: +\layout Itemize + +declare the document class. + LyX already does this for you. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +If you're a seasoned LaTeX-nician, and you have some custom document class + you want to use, check out the +\emph on +Customization Manual +\emph default + for information on how to make LyX interface to it. + Be sure to submit your efforts to the LyX Team for inclusion in future + versions! +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +declare the usage of packages. + LaTeX packages provide special commands, which are only available within + a document when the package has been declared in the preamble. + For example, the +\family typewriter + +\family default +package +\family typewriter +indentfirst +\family default + forces all paragraphs to be indented. + There are other packages for labels, envelopes, margins, etc. + +\layout Itemize + +set counters, variables, lengths and widths. + There are several LaTeX counters and variables which +\emph on +must +\emph default + be set globally from within the preamble in order to have the desired effect. + [There are other variables which you can set and reset inside the document, + too.] Margins are a good example of something which must be set in the preamble. + Another example is the label format for lists. + You can actually set these just about anywhere, but it's best to do it + just once, inside the preamble. +\layout Itemize + +declare user defined commands [with +\family typewriter + +\backslash +newcommand +\family default +or +\family typewriter + +\backslash +renewcommand +\family default +], mostly abbreviations for LaTeX commands which appear very often inside + a document. + Although the preamble is a good place to declare such commands, they +\emph on +can +\emph default + be declared anywhere else [but +\emph on +before +\emph default + they are used for the first time, of course\SpecialChar \ldots{} +]. + This can be useful if there is a lot of raw LaTeX code in your document, + which normally should not be the case. +\layout Standard + +LyX adds its own set of definitions to the preamble of the +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + file it produces. + This makes LaTeX files generated by LyX portable. +\layout Subsection + +Changing the Preamble +\layout Standard + +The commands which LyX adds to the preamble of a LaTeX file are fixed; you + can't change them without patching LyX itself. + You can, however, add your own stuff to the preamble. + There are two ways to do this: +\layout Enumerate + +Select +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +aTeX\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +P +\bar default +reamble +\family default + from the +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument +\family default + menu, or via the +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +\bar under +S +\bar default +ettings +\family default + dialog, depending on your frontend. + Note that the LyX keybindings will not work in this dialog, alas. +\layout Enumerate + +Use the preamble contents you've added as your default template (see +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Basic LyX Setup +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in the +\emph on +User's Guide +\emph default +), so that it will be the default preamble for any file you create. +\layout Standard + +LyX adds anything in the +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +reamble +\family default + dialog to its own built-in preamble. + Before adding your own declarations in the preamble, you should make sure + that LyX doesn't already support what you want to do (remember what we + said about reinventing the wheel?). + Also, +\emph on +make sure your preamble code is correct +\emph default +. + LyX doesn't check it. +\layout Subsection + +Examples +\layout Standard + +Here are some examples of what you can add to a preamble, and what they + do: +\layout Subsubsection + +Example #1: Offsets +\layout Standard + +There are two variables under LaTeX that control page position: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +hoffset +\family default + and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +voffset +\family default +. + Their names should be self-explanatory. + These variables are useful if you think for a moment about computer labels. + Sometimes, the size of a print medium and the area of the medium that you + can actually print on aren't the same. + This is where +\family typewriter + +\backslash +hoffset +\family default + and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +voffset +\family default + come in. +\layout Standard + +The default values for +\family typewriter + +\backslash +hoffset +\family default + and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +voffset +\family default + are both 0 pt.,\SpecialChar ~ +i.\SpecialChar ~ +e.\SpecialChar ~ +the page isn't shifted. +\layout Standard + +Unfortunately, some DVI drivers always seem to shift the page. + We have no idea why, or why the sysadmin hasn't fixed such behavior. + If you're using LyX on a system that you don't personally maintain, and + your sysadmin is a doofus, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +hoffset +\family default + and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +voffset +\family default + can save the day. + Suppose you're left and top margins are always 0.5 inches too big. + You can add this to the preamble: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +hoffset}{-0.5 in} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +voffset}{-0.5 in} +\layout Standard + +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +and your margins should now be correct. +\layout Subsubsection + +Example #2: Labels +\layout Standard + +Speaking of labels, suppose you wanted to print out a bunch of address labels. + There's a rather nice package, available at your nearest CTAN archive, + for printing sheets of labels, called +\family typewriter +labels.sty +\family default +. + Now, your system may not have this package installed by default. + We leave that up to you to check. + You'll also want to read the documentation for it; we're not going to do + that for you. + Since this is an example, however, we'll give you an example of how you + use this package. +\layout Standard + +First, make sure you're using the +\family sans +article +\family default +document class. + Next, you need to put the following in your preamble: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +usepackage{labels} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +LabelCols=3 +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +LabelRows=7 +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +LeftBorder=8mm +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +RightBorder=8mm +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +TopBorder=9mm +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +BottomBorder=2mm +\layout Standard + +This sets things up for Avery® label sheets, stock #5360. + You're now ready to print labels, but you'll need to insert LaTeX code, + placing the commands +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{labels} +\family default + and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{labels} +\family default + around each label text. + This and other special features of +\family typewriter +labels.sty +\family default + are explained in its documentation. +\layout Standard + +Someday, someone may write a LyX layout file to support this package directly. + Maybe that someone is you. +\layout Subsubsection + +Example #3: Paragraph Indentation +\layout Standard + +Americans are trained to indent the first line of +\emph on +every +\emph default + paragraph. + As with all of their other weird quirks, most Americans will whine and + moan until they can have their way and indent the first line of all paragraphs. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Note from +\noun on +John Weiss +\noun default +: This was written by an American --- +\emph on +me +\emph default +! It's my perception of my fellow countrymen. + Tough if you don't like it. + Thpbpbpbpbpbpbpbp! +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Of course, this behavior isn't standard typography. + In books, you typically only indent the first line of a paragraph +\emph on +if +\emph default + it follows another one. + The idea behind indenting the first line of a paragraph is to distinguish + neighboring paragraphs from one another. + If there is no previous paragraph, for example, it follows a figure, or + is the first paragraph in a section, then there is no special indentation. + +\layout Standard + +If you're a typical American, though, you don't care about such esoteric + things; you want your indentation! Add this to the preamble: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +usepackage{indentfirst} +\layout Standard + +If your TeX distribution isn't a braindead one, you'll have this package, + and all of your paragraphs will get the indentation you think they deserve. +\layout Subsubsection + +Example #4: This Document +\layout Standard + +You can also check out the preamble of this document to get an idea of some + of the advanced things you can do. + You'll probably need to make the +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +reamble\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + dialog full-screen to see most of it. + Also, there are more examples and an assortment of LaTeX +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +dirty tricks +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + given in Chapter\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cha:secrets} + +\end_inset + +. + +\layout Section + +LyX and LaTeX Errors +\layout Standard + +When LyX calls LaTeX, it tells LaTeX to blithely ignore any errors and keep + going. + It then uses the log-file from the LaTeX run to do a post-mortem. + As we stated earlier in the chapter, LyX generates two kinds of +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + files, one of which it uses to locate errors in the document. + If there was an error someplace, LyX will put a box with the word +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Error +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + at the appropriate place in the document. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +LyX will occasionally misguess where the error was. + This will typically happen with tables, figures, math, and the preamble. +\end_inset + + It will also display a message alerting you to the fact that there were + errors. +\layout Standard + +You can navigate through the errors by using +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +rror +\family default + in the +\family sans +\bar under +N +\bar default +avigate +\family default + menu. + You can +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +open +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + the error-boxes and view the error message LaTeX produced by clicking on + it. +\layout Standard + +Some folks also like to look at the log file directly, accessible from +\family sans + +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +aTeX\SpecialChar ~ +Log\SpecialChar ~ +File +\family default +. + There are some fairly common error messages and warnings. + We'll cover those here. + You should look at a good LaTeX book for a complete listing. +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +LaTeX Warning: +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Anything beginning with these word is a warning message for the purpose + of +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +debugging +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + the LaTeX code itself. + You'll get messages like this if you added or changed cross-references + or bibliography entries, in which case, LaTeX is trying to tell you that + you need to make another run. +\layout Standard + +You can by-and-large ignore these. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +LaTeX Font Warning: +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Another warning message, this time about fonts which LaTeX couldn't find. + The rest of the message will often say something about a replacement font + that LaTeX used. +\layout Standard + +You can safely ignore these. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +Overfull +\backslash +hbox +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +LaTeX absolutely +\emph on +loves +\emph default + to spew these out. + They are warning you about lines that were too long and run past the right + margin. + Almost always, this is unnoticeable in the final output. + Or, only one or two characters extend past the margin. + LaTeX seems to generate at least one of these messages for just about any + document you write. +\layout Standard + +You can ignore these stupid messages. + Your eyes will tell you if there's a problem with something that's too + wide; just look at the output. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +Underfull +\backslash +hbox +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Not quite as common as its cousin. + LaTeX seems to like to print lines that are a bit too wide as opposed to + ones that are a bit too narrow. + We have no idea why. +\layout Standard + +You can ignore these, too. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +Overfull +\backslash +vbox +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +Underfull +\backslash +vbox +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Warnings about troubles breaking the page. + Once again, just look at the output. + Your eyes will tell you where something has gone wrong. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +LaTeX Error: File +\begin_inset Quotes els +\end_inset + +Xxxx +\begin_inset Quotes ers +\end_inset + + not found +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +The file +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Xxxx +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + isn't installed on this system. + This usually appears because some package your document needs isn't installed. + If you didn't touch the preamble or didn't use the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage{} +\family default + command, then one of the packages LyX tried to load is missing. + Use +\family sans +\bar under +H +\bar default +elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator +L +\bar under +a +\bar default +TeX Configuration +\family default +, to get a list of packages that LyX knows about. + This file is updated whenever you reconfigure LyX (using +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +ools +\bar under +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +R +\bar default +econfigure +\family default +) and tells you which packages have been detected and what they do. +\layout Standard + +If you +\emph on +did +\emph default + use the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage{} +\family default + command, and the package in question isn't installed, you'll need to install + it yourself. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +LaTeX Error: Unknown option +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Error messages beginning with this are trying to tell you that you specified + a bad or undefined option to a package. + Check the package's documentation. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +Undefined control sequence +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +If you've inserted LaTeX code into your document, but made a typo, you'll + get one of these. + You may have forgotten to load a package. + In any case, this error message usually means that you used an undefined + command. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +There are other error and warning messages. + Some are self-explanatory. + These are usually LaTeX messages. + Others are downright cryptic. + These are actually TeX error messages, and we really have +\emph on +no clue +\emph default + what they mean or how to decipher them. +\layout Standard + +There's a general sequence you should follow if you get error messages: +\layout Enumerate + +Look at the LaTeX code you inserted for typos. +\layout Enumerate + +If there are no typos, check and see that you used the command(s) correctly. +\layout Enumerate + +If you get a bunch of error boxes piled up at the very top of the document, + it means that there are errors in the preamble. + Start debugging your preamble. +\layout Enumerate + +If you didn't add anything to the preamble and didn't add any LaTeX code + to the document, the first suspect is your LaTeX distribution itself. + Check for missing packages and install them. +\layout Enumerate + +Okay, so there are no missing packages. + Did you use any of the fine-tuning options in LyX? Specifically, did you + +\emph on +misuse +\emph default + any of them, like trying to manually insert lots of +\family sans +Protected\SpecialChar ~ +Blank +\family default +s, +\family sans +Linebreak +\family default +s, or +\family sans +Pagebreak +\family default +s? Did you try to kludge something together with these instead of using + the appropriate paragraph environment? +\layout Enumerate + +All right, you didn't use any of the fine-tuning options, you played by + the rules. + Did you try to pull a fancy maneuver? Did you do something funky inside + a table or an equation, like inserting a graphic into a table cell? +\layout Enumerate + +Do you have long sections of text where LaTeX cannot find a place to break + a line? By default, LaTeX is rather strict about how much extra inter-word + spacing it will add in order to break a line. + Preferrably, you should rework the paragraph to avoid the problem. + If this isn't an option, you can wrap your text in +\family typewriter + +\backslash +sloppypar +\family default + to make LaTeX's line breaking more, well, sloppy. +\layout Enumerate + +Did you go overboard with the nesting? LyX (currently) doesn't check to + make sure you're in the limits for nesting environments. + If you nested a bunch of environments to the +\begin_inset Formula $17^{\mathrm{th}}$ +\end_inset + + level, that's the problem. +\layout Enumerate + +Okay, you didn't get any error messages, but your output looks whacked. + If you have a table or figure that's too wide or long for the page, you + need to: +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +rescale the figure so it fits. +\layout Enumerate + +trim down the table so it fits. +\layout Standard + +If something else is wrong with the output, and you didn't try to pull anything + fancy or kludge the fine-tuning options, we're not sure what's wrong. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +If all this doesn't help --- well, then +\emph on +perhaps +\emph default + you might have found a bug in LyX\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Chapter + +Supplemental Tools +\layout Section + +Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX +\layout Standard +\added_space_bottom bigskip +by +\noun on +Mike Ressler +\layout Standard +\noindent +STOP! If you don't know what BibTeX is, or have a reasonably good idea of + how to use it ( +\emph on +e.g. + +\emph default + setting up your own bibliographic databases), +\emph on +run +\emph default +, do not walk, to your nearest copy of the 2nd edition of Lamport's +\emph on +LaTeX: A Document Preparation System +\emph default +, particularly Appendix B. + The rest of this discussion assumes you have created a correct bibliography + file, that you have all relevant environment variables set correctly (esp. + +\family typewriter +BIBINPUTS +\family default +, +\family typewriter +BSTINPUTS +\family default +, and +\family typewriter +TEXINPUTS +\family default +), and that if sufficiently desperate, you could create and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +TeX +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + a LaTeX file with a BibTeX database. + +\layout Standard + +For those who don't know what BibTeX is, it is a system for creating a large + database of your most used journal references. + For all future articles you write, you only need to include this standard + database and reference the appropriate key to each reference. + Even if you write only a few papers with handful of references each, it + is well worth your time to examine BibTeX and decide whether it will be + useful to you. +\layout Standard + +To use BibTeX with LyX, first read the +\emph on +User Guide +\emph default + where it describes how to insert citations. + The basic mechanism for inserting BibTeX references is the same. + Then, at the very end of your document, select +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +List +\family default + / +\family sans +TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator +BibTeX Reference +\family default +. + In the resulting dialog, fill out the dialog boxes as follows: +\layout Description + +Database: enter the name of your +\family typewriter +.bib +\family default + file +\emph on +without +\emph default + the +\family typewriter +.bib +\family default + extension. + For searching multiple +\family typewriter +.bib +\family default + files, just enter them in the desired order, separated by commas. + +\layout Description + +Style: enter the name of your BibTeX style file *without* the +\family typewriter +.bst +\family default + extension. + The default style is +\family typewriter +plain +\family default + (which should be included in your LaTeX distribution, so you don't have + to worry about creating it). +\layout Standard + +For each citation, assuming that the source is in the +\family typewriter +.bib +\family default + file, just call +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +C +\bar default +itation Reference +\family default + at the correct location in the text, and enter the appropriate reference + key. + Nothing else is required; when invoking +\family sans +\bar under +V +\bar default +iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI +\family default +, for example, you should see that BibTex and LaTeX are invoked as needed, + including multiple invocations of LaTeX. + +\layout Section + +Making an Index +\layout Standard + +A good index is one of the hardest things to make in a lengthy document, + but LyX helps make things a bit simpler by interfacing to the +\family typewriter +makeindex +\family default + program which is found in most recent LaTeX distributions. + Inserting an index and marking words to include in it works much the same + way as preparing a bibliography as mentioned in the last section. +\layout Standard + +First, go to the end of your file and select +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +List +\family default +\SpecialChar ~ +/\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +T +\bar under +O +\bar default +C\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +I +\bar default +ndex +\family default +\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +List +\family default +. + Then, for each word you would like to include in the index, go to the end + of that word and click on +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +I +\bar default +ndex +\family default +\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Entry +\family default +. + This will insert a tag showing the word as it will appear in the index. + That's all there is to it; LyX will automatically call +\family typewriter +makeindex +\family default + for you and create the index itself. + The text in the dialog available from right-clicking on the index button + accepts LaTeX, so you'll need to be careful to avoid using any special + characters. + On the positive side, you can use the advanced options - have a look at + the documentation which comes with your LaTeX distribution to find out + how to do things like +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +nested entries +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, etc. +\layout Standard + +Be careful not to put spaces between the word in the text and the index + marker; apparently the wrong page number can be produced if this happens. +\layout Section + +Multipart Documents +\layout Subsection + +General Operation +\layout Standard + +When you are working on a large file with many sections, it is often convenient + to break up the document into several files, or perhaps you have something + where a table may change from time to time, but the preceding text does + not. + In these cases, you should seriously consider using multipart documents. + For example, scientific papers often have five major sections: the introduction +, observations, results, discussion, and conclusion. + Each of these could be its own separate LyX file, with one +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +master +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + file which contains the title, authors, abstract, references, etc., plus + the five included files. + It is important to note that each of these files is a full LyX file which + can be formatted and printed on its own, as well as included in a master + file. + Each of these files must have the same document class, however--- don't + attempt to mix book classes with article classes. + You may also include LaTeX files; however, these files must not have their + own preamble +\emph on +(i.e. + +\emph default + everything up to and including the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{document} +\family default + line as well as the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{document} +\family default + line must be deleted) or else errors will be generated when you try to + make a DVI file. +\layout Standard + +LyX allows you to include files quite easily with +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +ChiI +\bar under +d +\bar default +\SpecialChar ~ +Document +\family default +. + When you click on this selection a small box is inserted into the file + at the current cursor location. + Clicking on the box raises a dialog which allows you to select the file + to be included, and the method of its inclusion. + +\layout Standard + +The file selection box should by now be obvious. + The three inclusion methods are +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +include +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +input +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +verbatim +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + The difference between +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +include +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +input +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + is really only meaningful to LaTeXperts, but the practical difference is + that files which are +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +included +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + are typeset beginning on a new page, while files which are +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +inputted +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + are typeset starting on the current page. + Perhaps the labeling in LyX will be changed someday to reflect this. +\layout Standard + +Generally, the master file is converted into a full LaTeX file before typesettin +g, while the included files are converted to LaTeX files which do not have + all the preamble information. + Checking the +\family sans +Don't +\family default +\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +typeset +\family default + button prevents this conversion. +\layout Standard + +A +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +verbatim +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + included file allows you to include a file typeset exactly as it appears + in the file, i.e.\SpecialChar ~ +verbatim mode, with the characters set in a fixed-width + typewriter font. + Normally, spaces in this file are invisible, though two consecutive spaces + are conserved, unlike LyX's normal treatment of spaces. + However, setting the +\family sans +\bar under +M +\bar default +ark\SpecialChar ~ +spaces\SpecialChar ~ +in\SpecialChar ~ +output +\family default + checkbox typesets a mark to unambiguously define the presence of a space. + +\emph on + +\layout Subsection + +Cross-References Between Files +\layout Standard + +It is possible to set up cross-references between the different files. + First, open all the files in question: let's call them A and B in a two + file example, where B is included in A. + Let's say you insert a label in A, then want to reference it in B. + Open the cross-reference dialog in whilst in document B, and you can select + the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +buffer +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + to use. +\layout Section + +Algorithms +\layout Standard + +The package +\family sans +algorithm +\family default + is needed by LyX to be able to output algorithm floats. + These are useful in placing short algorithms across page breaks and support + an index of algorithms too. +\layout Section + +Subfigures +\layout Standard + +The package +\family sans + subfigure +\family default +is used by LyX when you select ``subfigure'' in the graphics dialog and + enter the subfigure caption. + Several figures marked in this way can be packed into a single float with + individual sub-captions. +\layout Section + +Fancy Headers and Footers +\layout Standard + +The default page layout is rather plain; for an article document class, + all you get is a centered page number at the bottom of the page. + This document is the book class, so it appears to be a bit fancier, but + to really put on a show, you need to set the document page style to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +fancy +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, as mentioned in the +\family sans +User\SpecialChar ~ +Guide +\family default +. + This section describes the LaTeX codes you need to insert in your LaTeX + preamble or the text in order to get the desired effects. +\layout Standard + +The page header is divided into three fields, not surprisingly labeled +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +left +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +center +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +right +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + The footer is also divided into these three fields. + The LaTeX commands to set these fields in the simplest manner are +\family typewriter + +\backslash +lhead +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +chead +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +rhead +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +lfoot +\family default +, etc. + Suppose you wish to put your name in the upper left hand corner of each + page. + Simply insert the following command in the preamble: +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +lhead{John Q. + DocWriter} +\layout Standard + +You will now see your name in the upper left. + If a field has a default entry that you would like to get rid of (often + the page number appears in the central footer, simply include a command + with a blank argument, e.g. +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +cfoot{} +\layout Standard + +Let's get really fancy: lets put the section number with the word +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Section +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (e.g. + Section 3) in the upper left, the page number (e.g. + Page 4) in the upper right, your name in the lower left, and the date in + the lower right. + The following commands should now appear in the preamble: +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +lhead{Section +\backslash +thesection} +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +chead{} +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +rhead{Page +\backslash +thepage} +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +lfoot{John Q. + DocWriter} +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +cfoot{} +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +rfoot{ +\backslash +today} +\layout Standard + +The codes +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thesection +\family default + and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thepage +\family default + access LaTeX's section and page counters, and so print out the current + section and page numbers. + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +today +\family default + simply prints out today's date. +\layout Standard + +The thicknesses of the horizontal rules drawn beneath the header and above + the footer can also be modified. + If you don't want one of the headers, set its thickness to 0. + The header rule has a default thickness of 0.4pt, the footer rule is 0pt. + Use the commands, e.g. + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +headrulewidth}{0.4pt} +\family default + and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +footrulewidth}{0.4pt} +\family default + to set the thicknesses. +\layout Standard + +You can switch the header/footer settings on and off for individual pages + using commands like +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thispagestyle{empty} +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thispagestyle{plain} +\family default +, and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thispagestyle{fancy} +\family default +. + Simply insert them in the text on the page you want changed and mark them + as TeX code. + In fact, title pages are marked as plain by default, while following pages + are marked fancy when using the global fancy setting. +\layout Standard + +There are more complex commands which will let you insert things in the + upper left on odd numbered pages, etc., but I will refer you to the +\family typewriter +fancyhdr +\family default + package documentation for more descriptions. + For example, if you have a teTeX installation, look for +\family typewriter +/usr/share/texmf/doc/latex/fancyhdr/\SpecialChar \- +fancyhdr.dvi +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +As a final example, it is possible to include an Encapsulated PostScript® + file in the header or footer. + Suppose you want to put a company logo in the upper lefthand corner. + You might try something like +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +lhead{ +\backslash +resizebox{1in}{!}{ +\backslash +includegraphics{logo.eps}}} +\layout Standard +\noindent +(you may need to preface this with +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage{graphics} +\family default + if you don't include EPS files elsewhere in your document). +\layout Section + +Minipages +\layout Standard + +LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page, + called minipages. + Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.\SpecialChar ~ +apply. + LyX also provides some of the minipage capability. +\layout Standard + +Minipages in LyX have their own collapsable box; insert one via +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Mini +\bar under +p +\bar default +age +\family default +. + Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the minipage's width and + alignment within the page. + Warning: if the minipage is too long to fit on a page, it is truncated, + not wrapped onto the next page. +\layout Standard + +If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +pecial\SpecialChar ~ +Character +\family default + to insert a special instruction known in the LaTeX world as an +\family typewriter +hfill +\family default + to put a maximum amount of space between them; it forces one minipage to + the left edge, the other to the right edge. + The examples below show the difference. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Minipage +position 0 +inner_position 0 +height "0pt" +width "1.5in" +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +This is a minipage which does not use hfill. + This is the second sentence of a minipage which does not use hfill. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Minipage +position 0 +inner_position 0 +height "0pt" +width "1.5in" +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +This is a second minipage which does not use hfill. + This is the second sentence of a second minipage which does not use hfill. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard +\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom medskip +Here is some normal text to separate the two examples. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Minipage +position 0 +inner_position 0 +height "0pt" +width "1.5in" +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +This is a minipage which does use hfill. + This is the second sentence of a minipage which does use hfill. +\end_inset + + +\hfill + +\begin_inset Minipage +position 0 +inner_position 0 +height "0pt" +width "1.5in" +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +This is a second minipage which does use hfill. + This is the second sentence of a second minipage which does use hfill. +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Wrapping Text Around Figures +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:floatflt} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Wrap figure +placement r +width "6cm" +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename mobius.eps + display color + width 40col% + rotateOrigin center + +\end_inset + + +\layout Caption + +This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes + it +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +A very frequently asked question is whether text can be made to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +wrap +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + around figures so that a figure occupies some fraction of the column width + and text fills the rest. + If you have the LaTeX package +\family typewriter +floatflt +\family default + installed (you can find out about it in the +\emph on +LaTeX Configuration +\emph default + manual) you can do this. +\layout Standard + +At the right is a figure of a mobius strip---you should have already seen + this in the +\emph on +User's Guide +\emph default +. + To wrap the text like this insert a wrap box via +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Flo +\bar under +a +\bar default +ts\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Floatflt Figure +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Note: this package is very fragile! For example, having a figure too close + to the bottom of the page will mess things up, as will having two figures + close together. + Use this package sparingly and do read the documentation that came with + it (which will also tell you how to wrap text around tables). +\layout Section + +Extra Table Options +\layout Standard + +While the standard table layout will suffice in 99% of all tables you generate, + occasionally you will run into one which requires a bit of extra tweaking. + The table dialog which appears on a right-click of a table allows these + tweaks to be made. + It will give you access to some extra column alignment parameters. + A little bit of LaTeX background is useful here: when you set up a table + in LaTeX, each column is given an alignment type. + For example, you would give it +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +l +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +c +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, or +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +r +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + for left-aligned, centered, and right-aligned columns respectively (which + appear as the left/center/right radio buttons in LyX). + A fourth type is +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +p +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, which will make a column of a specified width (the width box in LyX), + and will wrap text within that box. + A fifth type is +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +| +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (vertical bar) which rather than making a column will make a vertical rule + at that point; this manifests itself in LyX as the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +borders +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + buttons. + Finally, there is a type +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +@ +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, which allows you to use whatever is enclosed in the accompanying braces + as the column separator, including a null argument. + The reasons for doing this may not be obvious, but they can be very powerful. + They are best demonstrated by example. +\layout Subsection + +Removing Extra Column Space +\layout Standard + +Here is a standard table: +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Type +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Example +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Rock +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Granite +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Mineral +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Quartz +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Notice that the horizontal rule extends a bit past the text on both sides. + If you wanted the line to end even with the text, we can put a null separator + on the ends to get rid of the bit of extra space LaTeX adds by default. + Here is the example: +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Type +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Example +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Rock +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Granite +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Mineral +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Quartz +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +In this case, the column specifier for the left column was set to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +@{} l +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, while the right column was set to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +l @{} +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, in order to put the null characters on the edges. + +\layout Subsection + +Changing the Column Separator Character +\layout Standard + +Now suppose you really wanted, for reasons that are completely opaque, to + use +\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{\pi}$ +\end_inset + + with some space around it for the column separator. + Simply turn off the vertical border, then set the right column specifier + to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +@{~$ +\backslash +sqrt{ +\backslash +pi}$~} l +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + You could now make a table like this: +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Type +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Example +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Rock +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Granite +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Mineral +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Quartz +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column +\layout Standard + +Okay, that last example was very silly, but here is one that is not. + Suppose you want to make a table that has a column which is aligned on + a decimal point. + A standard LaTeX trick to do this is to set the whole number part in a + right-aligned column, use a decimal point for the column separator, then + set the fractional part as a left-aligned column. + A variation on this is to include the decimal point explicitly with the + whole part, then use just a null separator in between. + The latter variation is demonstrated here: +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Expression +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Value +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\pi$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +3. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +1416 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +36. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +462 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $(\pi^{\pi})^{\pi}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +80663. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi^{\pi}}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +1. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +3402 +\begin_inset Formula $\times10^{18}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Though it appears a bit funny in LyX, on paper it will produce what appears + to be a 2-column table in which the right column is aligned on the decimal + point and the header appears to be centered over it. +\layout Standard + +Perhaps it is best if I described just what I did: first, create a 3 +\begin_inset Formula $\times$ +\end_inset + +3 table and remove all the borders. + Then re-add a bottom border to the top row, and a right border to the first + column. + Type in the values for the first column and set its alignment to +\family sans +center +\family default +. + Type in the +\family typewriter +3. +\family default +, +\family typewriter +36. +\family default +, +\family typewriter +80663. +\family default +, and +\family typewriter +1. + +\family default + and set that column's alignment to +\family sans +right +\family default +. + Type in the +\family typewriter +1416 +\family default +, +\family typewriter +462 +\family default +, and +\family typewriter +3402 +\begin_inset Formula $\times10^{18}$ +\end_inset + + +\family default + and set the extra column alignment to +\family typewriter +@{} l +\family default +. + Finally type in the word +\family typewriter +Value +\family default + in the middle column, highlight it and the blank entry to its right, and + check the +\family sans +Special Cell +\family default + entry +\family sans +multicolumn +\family default +. + Easy, right? +\layout Subsection + +A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution +\layout Standard + +An alternative way to have decimal alignment in tables is through the +\family typewriter +dcolumn +\family default + package. + Add the following to the LateX preamble: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +usepackage{dcolumn} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +newcolumntype{d}[1]{D{.}{.}{#1}} +\layout Standard + +To have a column decimally aligned, enter in the +\family sans +Special Column Alignment +\family default + box of the +\family sans +Table +\family default + dialog the following: +\layout LyX-Code + +d{number of decimals of the data} +\layout Standard + +To create extra column space just increase the number of decimals in +\family typewriter +d{} +\family default +. + Setting the multicolumn attribute for a single cell makes it insensitive + to the decimal alignment which comes in handy as well. + A drawback of this method is that math mode is not allowed in a column + with decimal alignment except if the multicolumn attribute is set. +\layout Standard + +This method offers the same flexibility as the +\family typewriter +dcolumn +\family default + package. + One could, for example, change the alignment separator, and have different + alignment separators for different columns by defining multiple column + types in the preamble. + The syntax is as follows: +\layout LyX-Code + +D{inputsep}{outputsep}{decimal places} +\layout Standard + +The interested reader is directed towards the +\family typewriter +dcolumn +\family default + package documentation for more details. +\layout Section + +Itemize Bullet Selection +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bullet} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +by +\noun on + Allan Rae +\layout Subsection + +Introduction +\layout Standard + +LyX provides 216 bullet shapes that can be accessed from a simple dialog. + Using this dialog you can easily specify what bullet shape to use at each + level of an itemized list. + These settings are document-wide so you won't be able to specify different + sets of bullets for different paragraphs +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Well, actually you can but you'll have to do it by hand. +\end_inset + +. +\layout Subsection + +How it looks +\layout Standard + +Open the dialog by selecting the +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +ettings +\family default + menu item and then select the +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +ullets +\family default + tab. +\layout Standard + +The dialog provides you with a table of bullet shapes. + A column of buttons on the left of the table provides access to the six + different panels of bullet shapes. + The row of buttons across the top is used to select which bullet depth + you are changing. + A text entry under the table shows the currently selected bullet shape's + LaTeX equivalent and this can be edited if desired. + If you do modify the text you will also need to specify any needed packages + in the LaTeX preamble. +\layout Standard + +The six panels are divided up by the packages they require. + The following table shows the mappings from button name to LaTeX packages. +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Button +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Packages Required +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Standard +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +base LaTeX +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Maths +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +amssymb.sty +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ding1 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +pifont.sty +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ding2 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +pifont.sty +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ding3 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +pifont.sty +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ding4 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +pifont.sty +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +LyX doesn't stop you using bullets from packages you don't have. + If you get errors from LaTeX when you try to view or print the file then + its likely you are missing a package. + LyX doesn't restrict your use since you may be editing locally and exporting + elsewhere. +\layout Subsection + +How to use it +\layout Standard + +Select which bullet depth you want to change then select the bullet shape + and size. + +\family sans + +\family default +Any changes will not be visible in LyX, but are visible when viewing the + document using xdvi or ghostview. +\layout Standard + +You can reset a bullet shape to the default simply by clicking your right + mouse button on the appropriate bullet depth button. +\layout Standard + +If you +\emph on +really +\emph default + want to have multiple sets of paragraphs with different sets of bullets + in each then you're going to have to get your hands dirty. + The itemize bullet selection dialog can help though because it provides + you with the LaTeX code for a wide range of bullet shapes. + To make your own custom paragraphs you have the following options: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +let +\backslash +savelabelitemi= +\backslash +labelitemi +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +renewcommand +\backslash +labelitemi[0]{ +\backslash +small +\backslash +( +\backslash +sharp +\backslash +)} +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + +Use the LaTeX command +\family typewriter + +\backslash +renewcommand{}{} +\family default + to specify a new bullet shape for a given depth. + You'll also need to save the current bullet shape so you can restore it + again afterwards. + In this itemized list the following LaTeX code was used to change the bullet + used for the first depth. +\newline + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +let +\backslash +savelabelitemi= +\backslash +labelitemi +\family default + +\family typewriter + +\newline + +\backslash +renewcommand +\backslash +labelitemi[0]{ +\backslash +small +\backslash +( +\backslash +sharp +\backslash +)} +\newline + +\family default +Note that the itemize depth is specified in Roman numerals as part of the + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +labelitem +\family default + command. +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +[ +\backslash +( +\backslash +star +\backslash +)] +\end_inset + + Specify each individual entry by starting each item with the bullet shape + enclosed in square brackets and set as TeX. + For example, this item was started with +\family typewriter +[ +\backslash +( +\backslash +star +\backslash +)] +\family default +. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +renewcommand +\backslash +labelitemi[0]{ +\backslash +savelabelitemi} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +You'll also need to revert the labelitem back to its previous setting for + the global bullet shape settings to remain in effect. + The way used here was: +\newline + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +renewcommand +\backslash +labelitemi[0]{ +\backslash +savelabelitemi} +\layout Chapter + +Special Document Classes +\layout Section + +AMS LaTeX +\layout Standard + +by +\noun on +David Johnson +\layout Standard +\added_space_top bigskip \noindent +The AMS LaTeX layouts are set up to conform to suggested styles for mathematical + papers to be submitted to American Mathematical Society publications. + The layouts are not tailored to a specific journal, but easily can be. + You should refer to the AMS documentation for specific instructions for + each journal (usually it will entail only changing a single line in the + TeX output). + That documentation is available on the Web at +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ams.org} + +\end_inset + + or by ftp at +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/amslatex/} + +\end_inset + +.These layouts are appropriate, and useful, for any mathematical writing. + There are currently 4 distinct AMS LaTeX layouts: +\layout Enumerate + +amsart: The standard AMS-article format. + All results and similar statements are numbered as +\begin_inset Formula $(n.m)$ +\end_inset + +, where the first number refers to the section, and the second refers to + the total number of results (Theorems, Corollaries, Propositions, Definitions + and Remarks, etc.) in that section. + There are also many (but not all) environments available unnumbered, which + is occasionally needed. + Unnumbered environments indicated by an asterisk at the end. +\layout Enumerate + +amsart-seq: Here, numbering for each type of statement is in its own sequence, + with no reference to the section number. + There are also many (but not all) environments available unnumbered, which + is occasionally needed. + Unnumbered environments indicated by an asterisk at the end. +\layout Enumerate + +amsart-plain: This one is even more terse, since all the environments are + unnumbered. +\layout Enumerate + +amsbook: the standard AMS book (really, monograph) format. + Numbering is similar to the amsart layout, except that all numbering is + by +\begin_inset Formula $(n.m.p)$ +\end_inset + +, where the first number refers to the chapter, the second to the section, + and the third is the number of the results (Theorems, Corollaries, Propositions +, Definitions and Remarks, etc.) in that section. + There are also many (but not all) environments available unnumbered, which + is occasionally needed. + Unnumbered environments indicated by an asterisk at the end. +\layout Standard + +Any AMS LyX file can be converted to either of the numbering schemes by + simply changing the document class in the +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +ettings +\family default + dialog. + +\layout Subsection + +What these layouts provide +\layout Standard + +There is a long list of included environments provided by these layouts. + Most mathematical papers or books will set as special statements most of + these environments, in AMS-LaTeX there is an opportunity to define an unlimited + variety of such declarations. + However, the AMS recommends the environments that are available in LyX. + The list of environments (not counting the standard environments such as + +\family sans +sections, bibliography, title, author, date +\family default +), is: +\layout Description + +Theorem This is typically used for the statements of major results. + The word +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Theorem +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + appears in bold type, along with an automatically-determined number (an + unnumbered version, +\family sans +Theorem* +\family default +, is also available). + The text is italicized. +\layout Description + +Corollary This is used for statements which follow fairly directly from + previous statements. + Again, these can be major results. + Unnumbered version +\family sans +Corollary* +\family default + is available. +\layout Description + +Lemma These are smaller results needed to prove other statements. +\layout Description + +Proposition These are less major results which (hopefully) add to the general + theory being discussed. +\layout Description + +Conjecture These are statements provided without justification, which the + author does not know how to prove, but which seem to be true (to the author, + at least). +\layout Description + +Criterion A required condition. +\layout Description + +Algorithm A general procedure to be used. +\layout Description + +Axiom This is a property or statement taken as true within the system being + discussed. +\layout Description + +Definition Guess what this is for. + The font, both on-screen and in the output, is different for this environment + than for the previous ones. + The heading ( +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +definition +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) is still set in boldface, along with the number, if any, but the rest + is set upright. +\layout Description + +Example Typeset similarly to Definition. +\layout Description + +Condition +\layout Description + +Problem +\layout Description + +Exercise +\layout Description + +Remark This environment is also a new type of theorem. + This is set with the word Remark in italics, and the rest upright. +\layout Description + +Note Set similarly to the Remark environment. +\layout Description + +Notation +\layout Description + +Claim +\layout Description + +Summary +\layout Description + +Acknowledgement +\layout Description + +Case Generally, these are used to break up long arguments, using specific + instances of some condition. + The numbering scheme for cases is on its own, not together with other numbered + statements. + +\layout Description + +Conclusion +\layout Description + +Fact +\layout Description + +Proof The word +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\shape italic +Proof +\shape default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + is set in italics, but the rest is set upright. + At the end of this environment (other environments can be nested within + this one, of course) a QED symbol (usually a square, but it can vary with + different styles) is placed. +\layout Description + +Address This should be the author's permanent address. +\layout Description + +Current\SpecialChar ~ +Address This should be the author's temporary address at the time + of submission, if different from the Address. +\layout Description + +Email Author's e-mail address +\layout Description + +URL Author's Web address, if desired. +\layout Description + +Keywords Key words or phrases used to identify specific topics discussed + in the paper. +\layout Description + +Subjectclass These refer to the AMS Subject Classifications, published and + described in +\emph on +Mathematical Reviews +\emph default +. + These are also available online at the AMS cites listed above. +\layout Description + +Thanks +\layout Description + +Dedicatory +\layout Description + +Translator +\layout Standard + +In addition, these environments automatically provide the AMS LaTeX and + AMS fonts packages. + They need to be available on your system in order to use these environments. +\layout Section + +Dinbrief +\layout Standard + +The document class +\family sans +dinbrief +\family default + can be used to type letters according to German conventions. + A template file is included in +\family typewriter +.../lyx/share/templates +\family default + for you to use as a starting point. +\layout Section + +Paper +\layout Standard + +The document class +\family sans +paper +\family default + provides an alternative to the standard +\family sans +article +\family default + class. + It provides similar functionality, but you might prefer this layout with + sans serif sections, headings, and more. +\layout Section + +A&A Paper +\layout Standard + +by +\noun on +Peter Sütterlin +\layout Subsection + +Introduction +\layout Standard + +This section describes how LyX can be used to write articles for submission + to the scientific journal +\emph on +Astronomy and Astrophysics +\emph default + ( +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[www.edpsciences.fr/aa/]{http://www.edpsciences.fr/aa/} + +\end_inset + +) +\emph on + +\emph default +using +\emph on + +\emph default +Version 5.01 of the document class +\family typewriter +aa.cls +\family default +. + This package can be downloaded from the ftp site +\layout Standard +\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom medskip \align center + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.edpsciences.org/pub/aa/readme.html} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +A manual comes together with that package, and this text is not meant to + replace the original manual but merely a short guide how to realize the + correct form of your paper. + +\layout Standard + +Please note that the publisher of the journal was changed from Springer + to EDP Sciences starting January 1, 2001. + That change implicated also some slight changes of the style files, namely + the removal of the thesaurus command. + The LyX class aa supports the newest version of these style files, V 5.01. + If you have an older version installed, please upgrade. + For compatibility, the old (version 4) layout has been kept as +\family sans +article (A&A V4) +\family default +. + Please refer to the comments in +\family typewriter +LyXDir/layouts/aapaper.layout +\family default +. +\layout Subsection + +Getting started +\layout Standard + +It is recommended you start from the example template distributed with LyX. + If you are not using a template, note the following settings: +\layout Itemize + +Select +\family sans +article (A&A) +\family default + in the +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +ettings +\family default + dialog (OK, that one was obvious). +\layout Itemize + +Don't change the option +\family sans +Page\SpecialChar ~ +style +\family default +: Leave it set to +\family sans +default +\family default +. + The whole layout is done by the macros, you shouldn't change anything. +\layout Subsection + +The header block +\layout Standard + +First thing to enter is the header information. + It consists of seven entries, of which some are optional. + They are +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Title +\family default +: [required] +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Subtitle +\family default +: [optional] +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Author +\family default +: [required] +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Address +\family default +: [required] +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Offprints +\family default +: [optional] if more than one author: whom to contact for offprint requests. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Mail +\family default +: [optional] mail address for contacts. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Date +\family default +: [required]. + Suggested format is +\family typewriter +Received: ; Accepted +\layout Standard + +There is no need to issue the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +maketitle +\family default + command, this is done automatically by LyX when the header is finished. + Although the order of the single header entries doesn't matter it is advised + to keep the above sequence, just to get the best optics and meets the layout + of the real document. +\layout Standard + +If you want to place footnotes in the header block, e.g. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash + +\end_inset + +to state your present address, just use the standard footnote via +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +F +\bar default +ootnote. + +\family default +LyX will automagically use the term +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thanks{} +\family default + in that case. +\layout Standard + +In addition to these topics, the macros use three additional LaTeX commands + that have no counterpart in LyX: +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +and +\family default + to separate different names for more than one author and institute, respectivel +y. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +inst{} +\family default +to mark corresponding author/institute pairs. + The institutes are numbered sequentially as they appear in the +\family sans +Address +\family default + field, so you have to put a marker to each author. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +email{address} +\family default + to supply an email address for fast contact. +\layout Standard + +In all cases, the appropriate command has to be entered in LyX an marked + as LaTeX code. + See the examples. + +\layout Subsection + +The abstract +\layout Standard + +The abstract should immediately follow the header block. + With version 5 the abstract environment was changed to a command, and there + is now a resctriction to only one paragraph. + In addition, it should contain an entry with the keywords. + This is not yet implemented for LyX, therefore you have to enter the LaTeX + command +\family typewriter + +\backslash +keywords{} +\family default + by hand and mark it as LaTeX code. + Refer to the example paper. +\layout Subsection + +Supported environments +\layout Standard + +The A&A paper layout supports the following environments for structuring + your text: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Standard +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Section +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Subsection +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Subsubsection +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Itemize +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Enumerate +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Description +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Caption +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Abstract +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Acknowledgment +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Bibliography +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +LaTeX +\layout Subsection + +Commands not supported by LyX +\layout Standard + +Some commands are not yet supported by the +\family sans +paper (A&A) +\family default + layout for LyX. + Some have already been mentioned. + For the sake of completeness, they are listed all together here: +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +and +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +email +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +appendix +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +authorrunning +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +inst{} +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +keywords{} +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +object{} +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +titlerunning{} +\layout Standard + +If you want to use any of these commands, you have to enter them yourself. + +\series bold +Do not forget to mark them as LaTeX code! +\layout Subsection + +Figure and Table Floats +\layout Standard + +LyX provides support for the necessary float environments +\family sans +figure, figure*, table +\family default +and +\family sans +table* +\family default +, therefore we won't tell much about it here. + Refer to the +\emph on +User's\SpecialChar ~ +Guide +\emph default +. + Just remember that tables should be left-aligned. + For that, select the table and change the alignment in +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +aragraph\SpecialChar ~ +Settings. +\layout Standard + +There is +\family sans + +\family default +only one special thing: the figures with caption besides the figure. + To create such a figure, you have to do the following: +\layout Enumerate + +Create a wide figure float: +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Flo +\bar under +a +\bar default +t\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Figure +\family default +, then right click in the figure and select +\family sans + +\bar under +S +\bar default +pan\SpecialChar ~ +columns +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + +Enter your caption text. +\layout Enumerate + +Press +\family sans +Return +\family default + to move the cursor above the caption. +\layout Enumerate + +Insert your figure +\layout Enumerate + +Position the cursor behind the figure and insert a horizontal fill: +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +pecial\SpecialChar ~ +Character +\bar under +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +H +\bar default +orizontal\SpecialChar ~ +Fill +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + +Switch to LaTeX mode: +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +t +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + +Enter +\family typewriter + +\backslash +parbox[b]{55mm}{ +\family default +. + +\series bold +Do not close the brace! +\layout Enumerate + +Position the cursor behind the caption text, switch to LaTeX mode and insert + the closing brace: +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +t +\family typewriter +} +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Also, refer to the figures in the example paper. +\layout Subsection + +Referee layout +\layout Standard + +For submission, the paper has to be formated in a special double-spacing + layout. + For this purpose, you have to give the option +\family typewriter +referee +\family default + to the documentclass. + This must be done using the extra class options field in the +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +ettings +\family default + dialog. + Just enter the string +\family typewriter +referee +\family default + there. +\layout Subsection + +The example paper +\layout Standard + +The +\family sans +Examples +\family default + directory contains an example paper written with LyX. + It is the example paper from the original macro package, translated to + LyX. + Use it for inspiration, and compare the original LaTeX code with LyX way + of writing. +\layout Section + +AASTeX +\layout Standard + +by +\noun on +Mike Ressler +\layout Subsection + +Introduction +\layout Standard + +AASTeX is a set of macros produced by the American Astronomical Society + to facilitate electronic manuscript submission to the three journals they + publish: the Astrophysical Journal (including the Letters and Supplement), + the Astronomical Journal, and the Publications of the Astronomical Society + of the Pacific. + LyX requires version 5.0 (or higher) of these macros. + Versions prior to 5.0 are intended for use with LaTeX2.09 and are fundamentally + incompatible with LyX. + The AASTeX package may be downloaded from the AAS's ftp site +\layout Standard +\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom medskip \align center + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.aas.org/pubs} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +A complete user guide is contained in that package and you should familiarize + yourself with it thoroughly before embarking on writing a paper in LyX. + LyX will not reduce the need to figure out all the AASTeX commands, it + will only reduce the drudgery of typing everything in. + It is your responsibility to ensure that the final exported LaTeX document + conforms completely to the requirements of the journal to which you are + submitting your paper. +\layout Subsection + +Starting a New Paper +\layout Standard + +I strongly suggest that you start with the AASTeX template file. + Click on +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator +New from +\bar under +T +\bar default +emplate +\family default +, enter the new file name, then choose the +\family typewriter +aastex.lyx +\family default + template. + This will show the most common fields found in a manuscript. + Simply overwrite the existing text (including the brackets, +\family typewriter +<> +\family default +) with the correct information. + Many of the AASTeX commands and environments can be implemented directly + in LyX, but some cannot: most noticeably +\family typewriter + +\backslash +altaffilmark +\family default + and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +altaffiltext +\family default +, which should stick out like a sore thumb if you actually just opened the + template file. + For commands such as these, the LaTeX code must be entered directly and + marked as such. + Such commands are referred to as ERT, or Evil Red Text. + I tried to minimize the amount of ERT needed in an AASTeX document, but + there is still more required than any of us would like. +\layout Subsection + +Finishing Your Paper +\layout Standard + +When the paper is finished to your satisfaction and previews/prints correctly, + there are a few +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +postprocessing +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + actions which need to be done before you submit it to the journals. + +\layout Enumerate + +Export your paper as a LaTeX file ( +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +ateX +\family default +). + +\layout Enumerate + +Edit the resulting +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + file with your favorite text editor +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +remove the comment lines before the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default + command +\layout Enumerate + +remove the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage...{fontenc} +\family default + line if it appears (usually just after +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default +}; also remove the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +secnumdepth +\family default + line if it appears. +\layout Enumerate + +remove everything between (and including) the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +makeatletter +\family default + and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +makeatother +\family default + commands, except for any commands you specifically put into the LaTeX preamble + (which should appear immediately after the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +User specified LaTeX commands +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + comment in the +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + file). +\layout Enumerate + +search for any +\family typewriter + +\backslash +figcaption +\family default + commands and replace +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +FileName +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + with the correct, real file name. +\layout Enumerate + +alter any +\family typewriter + +\backslash +cite +\family default + commands, if necessary (see section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cite} + +\end_inset + + below). +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Run the resulting file through LaTeX to make sure it still processes correctly. +\layout Enumerate + +Reread the journal requirements to make sure your filenames and formats + are correct. +\layout Enumerate + +Submit it. +\layout Subsection + +Comments On Specific Commands +\layout Standard + +I will not describe the detailed usage of the individual AASTeX commands: + the AASTeX User Guide ( +\family typewriter +aasguide.tex +\family default +) gives a good description of each. + Thus it's probably easiest for me to go down the list as found in the guide + and offer comments where necessary. + So let's begin \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Subsubsection + +Things that work as expected +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Because they work as you might expect, I simply list them and the section + they are found in: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default + (2.1.1), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{document} +\family default + (2.2), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +title +\family default + (2.3), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +author +\family default + (2.3), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +affil +\family default + (2.3), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +abstract +\family default + (2.4), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +keywords +\family default + (2.5), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +section +\family default + (2.7), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +subsection +\family default + (2.7), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +subsubsection +\family default + (2.7), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +paragraph +\family default + (2.7), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{displaymath} +\family default + (2.11), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{equation} +\family default + (2.11), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{eqnarray} +\family default + (2.11), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{mathletters} +\family default + (2.11), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{thebibliography} +\family default + (2.12.1), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bibitem +\family default + (2.12.2), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{table} +\family default + (2.14.4), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{tabular} +\family default + (2.14.4), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +caption +\family default + (2.14.4), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +label +\family default + (2.14.4, amongst other places), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +tablerefs +\family default + (2.14.5), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +tablecomments +\family default + (2.14.5), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +url +\family default + (2.15.4), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{document} +\family default + (2.16). +\layout Standard + +The following style options also work correctly: +\family typewriter +preprint +\family default +, +\family typewriter +preprint2 +\family default +, +\family typewriter +eqsecnum +\family default +, +\family typewriter +flushrt +\family default + (3, 3.1, 3.2). + Simply put them in +\family sans +Extra Options +\family default + box in +\family sans +Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document +\family default +. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsubsection + +Things that work, but require more comment +\layout Standard + +The following items work, but require a little more discussion: +\layout Itemize + +These items are reserved for use by the journal editors, but you can put + them into the LaTeX preamble if you feel compelled to do so: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +received +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +revised +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +accepted +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +ccc +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +cpright +\family default + (all from 2.1.3) +\layout Itemize + +These items may be placed in the LaTeX preamble, and are included as blanks + in the template file: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +slugcomment +\family default + (2.1.4), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +shorttitle +\family default + (2.1.5), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +shortauthors +\family default + (2.1.5) +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +email +\family default + (2.3) -- can only be used +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +standalone +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, not in the middle of a paragraph. + Use ERT if you need to embed it. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +and +\family default + (2.3) -- will have extra {} after it. + This should not cause an error. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +notetoeditor +\family default + (2.6) -- can only be used +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +standalone +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, not in the middle of a paragraph. + Use ERT if you need to embed it. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +placetable +\family default + (2.8) -- can't insert a cross-reference tag, you must type the tag name + by hand +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +placefigure +\family default + (2.8) -- same as for +\family typewriter + +\backslash +placetable +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +acknowledgements +\family default + (2.9) -- will have extra {} after it. + This should not cause an error. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +appendix +\family default + (2.10) -- will have extra {} after it. + This should not cause an error. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +figcaption +\family default + (2.13.2) -- you will have to edit the optional argument by hand in the final + LaTeX file. +\layout Subsubsection + +Things not implemented, use ERT +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +altaffilmark +\family default + (2.3), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +altaffiltext +\family default + (2.3), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +eqnum +\family default + (2.11), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +setcounter{equation} +\family default + (2.11), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +citet +\family default + (2.12), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +citep +\family default + (2.12), Journal name abbreviations (2.12.4), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +figurenum +\family default + (2.13.1), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +epsscale +\family default + (2.13.1), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +plotone +\family default + (2.13.1), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +plottwo +\family default + (2.13.1), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +tablenum +\family default + (2.14.4), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +tableline +\family default + (2.14.4, insert it as the first element in the lefthand cell after where + you want it. + Don't use any of LyX's rules in the table), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +tablenotemark +\family default + (2.14.5), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +tablenotetext +\family default + (2.14.5), most everything in Misc (2.15, except +\family typewriter + +\backslash +url +\family default + and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +email +\family default +; see above), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +singlespace +\family default + (3.1), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +doublespace +\family default + (3.1), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +onecolumn +\family default + (3.2), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +twocolumn +\family default + (3.2) +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsubsection + +Things that cannot be implemented +\layout Standard + +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + at least in any meaningful sort of way, so I suggest ignoring them. + They are the references environment (2.12.3), and the deluxetable environment + (2.14). + If you really, really need to use deluxetable, I suggest editing it in + a separate file with a text editor, then using +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Chil +\bar under +d +\bar default +\SpecialChar ~ +Document +\family default + to include it in your LyX document. + See the +\family typewriter +aas_sample.lyx +\family default + file to see an example of this. +\layout Subsection + +FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations +\layout Subsubsection + +Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate +\layout Standard + +It can be a bit tricky to get LyX to recognize a new layout and document + class. + When all else fails, do this: +\layout Enumerate + +Make certain that LaTeX can find AASTeX. + Copy sample.tex (and perhaps table.tex) from the AASTeX distribution into + a directory completely unrelated to LaTeX or AASTeX and run LaTeX on +\family typewriter +sample.tex +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + +Make certain that +\family typewriter +aastex.layout +\family default + appears in +\family typewriter +/usr/.../share/lyx/layouts +\family default + or +\family typewriter +~/.lyx/layouts +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + +Rerun +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +R +\bar default +econfigure +\family default + in LyX, then restart LyX. +\layout Enumerate + +Open a regular new file, not from a template. + Does AASTeX appear in the class list in +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +ettings +\family default +? +\layout Standard + +If you get a warning from an existing AASTeX document about not being able + to find the AASTeX layout or a message about +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +You should not mix title layouts with normal ones +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, things haven't been installed correctly. +\layout Subsubsection + +LaTeX error processing a table +\layout Standard + +LyX, by default, attempts to center the table caption/title. + This seems to produce a bad interaction in AASTeX so you should click somewhere + in the caption/title, then select +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +aragraph\SpecialChar ~ +Settings +\family default +, then set the +\family sans +Alignment +\family default + to +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +lock +\family default +. + This took care of it for me. +\layout Subsubsection + +References +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cite} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +A few things: 1) I have noticed some funny spacing in the reference entries + in the text. + When you enter the bibliography item data, make sure their is +\emph on +no +\emph default + space between the last author and the parenthesis setting off the year; + +\emph on +e.g. + +\emph default +type +\family typewriter + Ressler(1992) +\family default +, not +\family typewriter +Ressler (1992) +\family default +. + 2) I am really unhappy that I can't make +\family typewriter + +\backslash +citet +\family default + and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +citep +\family default + more automatic, but that would require changes to the LyX source code. + For now you can do one of two things: a) enter all your citations using + the built-in +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Citation Reference +\family default + mechanism; at least you can take advantage of the automatic insertions. + Then edit the exported LaTeX file by hand changing the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +cite +\family default + entries to the appropriate +\family typewriter + +\backslash +citet +\family default + or +\family typewriter + +\backslash +citep +\family default + commands before you submit it ( +\family typewriter + +\backslash +cite +\family default + is currently equivalent to +\family typewriter + +\backslash +citet +\family default +, so you wouldn't necessarily have to change those). + Or b) you can simply enter all your citations as ERT using the same key + for the argument that you used in the bibliography dialog, +\emph on +e.g. + +\emph default + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +citet{key} +\family default +. + Neither choice is pleasant, but until LyX's citation mechanism understands + +\family typewriter +natbib +\family default +, we'll have to put up with it. + 3) Entering the references at all is not obvious. + The easiest thing is to start typing your first reference at the end of + the document, then mark it as type +\family sans +References +\family default +. + That will put a small gray box in front of what you just typed. + Click on the box to fill in the rest of the information. + For new references, go to the end of an existing reference and press return. + That will create a new line with its own box, etc. +\layout Subsubsection + +Including EPS files +\layout Standard + +With all due respect to Chris Biemesderfer and the others who have helped + to write the AASTeX package, the figure handling mechanism smells really + foul. + You can insert the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +plotone +\family default +, etc. +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash + +\end_inset + +commands as ERT into a Figure Float box, but I never have much luck getting + the layout right. + My advice would be to avoid all EPS inclusions in the manuscript you submit + to the journal, but then use the standard LyX EPS file inclusion mechanism + when you want to make your nicer looking preprints. + LyX will insert a +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage{graphics} +\family default + command into the LaTeX preamble and handle the figures in the standard + LaTeX2e way. + Anyone who attempts to print your AASTeX 5.0 manuscript must have a LaTeX2e + installation anyway, so why not take advantage of the infinitely better + graphics handling mechanism? If they complain about LaTeX2e or the graphics + package, point out that it appears in the second edition of Lamport (1994), + so it was time to upgrade many years ago. +\layout Subsubsection + +Things I could have done, but didn't +\layout Standard + +There are a few +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +pretty +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + things I could have implemented, but chose not to. + For instance, I saw no point in double-spacing the text in the LyX window, + even though it is double-spaced in the paper manuscript. + Also, I chose not to make separate layouts for the preprint and preprint2 + styles. + Since I assume you will spend most of your time in the plain manuscript + mode anyway, I decided not to chew up more disk space with this. + If you feel strongly that I should make such layouts, I will adhere to + the spirit of the rules laid out by the Mudgeeraba Creek Emu-Riding and + Boomerang-Throwing Association: +\layout Quotation + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Decisions of the judges will be final unless shouted down by a really overwhelmi +ng majority of the crowd present. + Abusive and obscene language may not be used by contestants when addressing + members of the judging panel, or, conversely, by members of the judging + panel when addressing contestants (unless struck by a boomerang). +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Final Caveat +\layout Standard + +To mangle the infamous quote by Donald Knuth about a computer algorithm, + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +I have only proved this to be correct, I have not actually tried it. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + I believe following the above procedures will produce an acceptable AASTeX + document, but as of this update (Jan 25, 2000), I have not yet submitted + a paper using it. + Hopefully in the next few months \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Section + +ijmpd +\layout Standard + +by +\noun on +Panayotis Papasotiriou +\layout Subsection + +Overview +\layout Standard + +The ijmpd package is a set of macros that facilitates electronic manuscript + submission to the +\emph on +International Journal of Modern Physics D +\emph default + published by World Scientific. + The name of the document class is +\family typewriter +ws-ijmpd.cls +\family default +. + This file, together with instructions for the authors, can be downloaded + from the site +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.worldscinet.com/ijmpd/mkt/guidelines.shtml} + +\end_inset + +. + The ijmpd package is a modified version of the standard +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +article +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + package. + Most of its features are supported by LyX. + I have recently used LyX successfully to write an article submitted to + the +\emph on +International Journal of Modern Physics D +\emph default +. +\layout Subsection + +Writing a paper +\layout Standard + +As usual, the easiest way to write a paper is to start with a template. + Click on +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator +New from +\bar under +T +\bar default +emplate +\family default +, then choose the +\family typewriter +ijmpd.lyx +\family default + template. + This will give an (almost) empty document that includes the most common + fields found in a manuscript. + Simply overwrite the existing text (including the brackets, +\family typewriter +<> +\family default +) with the correct information. + You should keep in mind the following remarks. +\layout Enumerate + +LyX won't let you change the font size and the page style of the document, + because the ijmpd package does not allow such modifications. +\layout Enumerate + +The ijmpd package requires that the language of the document should not + be changed. + Before previewing your paper, be sure that the babel package is not used. + To do this, click on +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +references +\family default +, deselect the +\family sans +\bar under +U +\bar default +se babel +\family default + checkbox in the language settings, and click on +\family sans +\bar under +A +\bar default +pply +\family default + (or +\family sans +Save +\family default +, if you wish to make this change permanent). +\layout Enumerate + +Two new environments, named +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Theorem +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Proof +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + are available (their use is obvious). +\layout Enumerate + +Appendices may be added to the paper. + LyX offers a special environment, called +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Appendix +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + which marks the beginning of the appendix. + An appendix can contain normal sections, subsections, or subsubsections. +\layout Enumerate + +The ijmpd package implements table captions quite differently than LyX does. + As a result, a table created by LyX is printed correctly, but its caption + is ignored. + If you need table captions, you should implement the whole table float + in a +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + file, then include this file to the LyX document ( +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Chil +\bar under +d +\bar default +\SpecialChar ~ +Document +\family default +). + Details on how to create an ijmpd table float can be found in the file + +\family typewriter +ws-ijmpd.tex +\family default +, which is included in the ijmpd package. +\layout Subsection + +Preparing a paper for submission +\layout Standard + +Before you submit your paper you must export the LyX document as a LaTeX + file ( +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +ateX +\family default +), then make the following changes to the resulting +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + file. +\layout Enumerate + +Remove the comment lines before the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default + command. +\layout Enumerate + +Remove everything between (and including) the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +makeatletter +\family default + and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +makeatother +\family default + commands, except for any commands you specifically put into the LaTeX preamble. +\layout Standard + +The modified +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + file should be saved and processed through LaTeX as many times as necessary. + You may also want to check the resulting +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default + document. +\layout Subsection + +Use of ERT +\layout Standard + +The use of ERT is optional, and is reduced to three commands, which affect + the look of the page. + If you started writing your paper by using the +\family typewriter +ijmpd.lyx +\family default + template, the ERT needed is already in its place; you usually don't need + to delete it. + You may only change the first ERT to specify the information printed to + the top of odd and even pages (authors' names and short paper's title, + respectively). + This ERT must have the form +\family typewriter + +\backslash +markboth{Authors' Names}{Short Paper's Title} +\family default +. +\layout Section + +Kluwer +\layout Standard + +by +\noun on +Panayotis Papasotiriou +\layout Subsection + +Overview +\layout Standard + +The Kluwer package is a set of macros produced by Kluwer Academic Publishers + that facilitates electronic manuscript submission to the journals they + publish. + Most known of them (at least in my domain of interest) are +\emph on +Astrophysics and Space Science +\emph default + and +\emph on +Solar Physics +\emph default +, but there are many others (see a complete list at +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/jrnllist.htm/JRNLHOME} + +\end_inset + +). + The Kluwer package may be downloaded from the site +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/kaphtml.htm/STYLEFILES} + +\end_inset + +. + A complete user guide is contained in that package (but it can also be + downloaded separately). +\layout Standard + +LyX supports many features of the package but not everything. + However, the ERT needed is reduced to some +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +peculiar +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + commands of the package (see\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{subsec:kluwer_peculiarities} + +\end_inset + +). + I have recently used LyX to write an article submitted to the +\emph on +Astrophysics and Space Science +\emph default + without any problem. +\layout Subsection + +Writing a paper +\layout Standard + +The easiest way to write a paper is to start with the Kluwer template file. + Click on +\family sans +File\SpecialChar \menuseparator +New from +\bar under +T +\bar default +emplate +\family default +, then choose the +\family typewriter +kluwer.lyx +\family default + template. + This will give an (almost) empty document that includes the most common + fields found in a manuscript and a short description of their use. + As in most templates, simply overwrite the existing text (including the + brackets, +\family typewriter +<> +\family default +) with the correct information. +\layout Subsection + +Preparing a paper for submission +\layout Standard + +As in the AASTeX package, before you submit your paper to a journal you + must +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +postprocess +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + it as follows. +\layout Enumerate + +Export your paper as a LaTeX file. + To do this, click on +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +ateX +\family default +. + +\layout Enumerate + +Edit the resulting +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + file with a text editor and make the following changes +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +remove the comment lines before the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default + command, +\layout Enumerate + +remove everything between (and including) the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +makeatletter +\family default + and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +makeatother +\family default + commands, except for any commands you specifically put into the LaTeX preamble. +\layout Standard + +Save the resulting +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + file. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Run the +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + file through LaTeX as many times as necessary (usually up to three). +\layout Enumerate + +View the resulting +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default + document using, e.g., +\family sans +xdvi +\family default +, and check if everything is ok (it should, if you didn't make any mistake). +\layout Subsection + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Peculiarities +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + of the Kluwer package +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{subsec:kluwer_peculiarities} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +The Kluwer package has the following +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +peculiarities +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Enumerate + +It is possible to write multiple articles in the same LaTeX file +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +I can't imagine any good reason to do this. +\end_inset + +. + Each article must be included in the environment +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +article +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + Unfortunately, this environment cannot be omitted, even if you write just + one article. + Therefore, each article starts with the command +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{article} +\family default + and, obviously, ends with the command +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{article} +\family default +. + Although this can be implemented in LyX, I didn't included it, since it + looks ugly and can confuse the novice user. + Therefore, you need to enter them directly and mark them as LaTeX code + (the well-known +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +ERT +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +). +\layout Enumerate + +Information given at the beginning of the article (i.e., title, subtitle, + author, institution, running title, running author, abstract and keywords) + must be included in an environment called +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +opening +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + This is not implemented in LyX, so you must enter title, subtitle etc. + between two ERT lines ( +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{opening} +\family default + and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{opening} +\family default +). +\layout Enumerate + +According to the user manual, the label of each bibliography item must be + written as +\family typewriter + +\backslash +protect +\backslash +citeauthoryear{ +\family default +\emph on +author(s) +\family typewriter +\emph default +}{ +\family default +\emph on +year +\family typewriter +\emph default +} +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +The +\family typewriter +kluwer.lyx +\family default + template takes care of all these +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +peculiarities +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + If you start a new paper using this template you don't need to do anything + special. + Just +\layout Enumerate + +don't delete the ERT included in the template, and +\layout Enumerate + +copy the example bibliography item included in the template and modify it + as necessary to enter new bibliography items. +\layout Section + +Koma-Script +\layout Standard + +by +\noun on +Bernd Rellermeyer +\layout Subsection + +Overview +\layout Standard + +The LyX document classes +\emph on + article (koma-script) +\emph default +, +\emph on +report (koma-script) +\emph default +, +\emph on +book +\emph default + +\emph on +(koma-script) +\emph default +, and +\emph on +letter +\emph default + +\emph on +(koma-script) +\emph default + correspond to the LaTeX document classes +\family typewriter +scrartcl.cls +\family default +, +\family typewriter +scrreprt.cls +\family default +, +\family typewriter +scrbook.cls +\family default +, and +\family typewriter +scrlettr.cls +\family default +, resp. + of the Koma-Script family. + They are replacements for the standard document classes +\family typewriter +article.cls +\family default +, +\family typewriter +report.cls +\family default +, +\family typewriter +book.cls +\family default + and +\family typewriter +letter.cls +\family default +, resp., and fit better to European typography conventions in a number of + points. +\layout Itemize + +Standard character size is 11pt in +\emph on +article (koma-script) +\emph default +, +\emph on +report (koma-script) +\emph default +, and +\emph on +book (koma-script) +\emph default +, and 12pt in +\emph on +letter (koma-script) +\emph default +. +\layout Itemize + +Headings, labels of the description environment, and a number of elements + of the +\emph on +letter (koma-script) +\emph default +document class are set in a bold sans serif font. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +There is a big difference between the bold sans serif old cm fonts and new + ec fonts, especially in the appearance of headings. + In comparison, the ec bold sans serif fonts look a bit thin. + Here the LaTeX package +\family typewriter +cmsd.sty by +\family default +\shape smallcaps +Walter Schmidt +\shape default + helps to produce the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +usual +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + appearance when using the ec fonts. +\end_inset + + The numbering of chapter headings is made in the same way as the numbering + of section headings, that is without the extra line +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Chapter\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + In addition, the appearance of the headings can be modified by using a + number of options (in LyX to be entered in the field +\family sans +E +\bar under +x +\bar default +tra\SpecialChar ~ +Options +\family default + of the dialog +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument +\family default +). + A detailed German description of these options can be found in the Koma-Script + documentation +\emph on +scrguide +\emph default +. +\layout Itemize + +The main means in the Koma-Script document classes to design the type area + are the options +\family sans +BCOR +\family default + and +\family sans +DIV +\family default + (in LyX to be entered in the extra class options field in the dialog +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +ettings +\family default +). + They make a clearer modification of page margins possible as do the options + of the dialog +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +ettings +\family default +. + A detailed German description of these and other type area options can + be found in the Koma-Script documentation +\emph on +scrguide +\emph default +. +\layout Itemize + +The LaTeX document classes of the Koma-Script family define a number of + additional commands. + Those part of it which makes sense in LyX is implemented in corresponding + paragraph types. +\layout Standard + +A detailed German description of the LaTeX document classes of the Koma-Script + family can be found in the Koma-Script documentation +\emph on +scrguide +\emph default +. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +There is an English translation +\emph on +screnggu +\emph default +, but it is not a complete one. +\end_inset + + The following sections describe only those aspects, which are relevant + in LyX. +\layout Subsection + +article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) +\layout Standard + +The document classes +\emph on +article (koma-script) +\emph default +, +\emph on +report (koma-script) +\emph default +, and +\emph on +book +\emph default + +\emph on +(koma-script) +\emph default + are implemented in the layout files +\family typewriter +scrartcl.layout +\family default +, +\family typewriter +scrreprt.layout +\family default +, and +\family typewriter +scrbook.layout +\family default +, resp. + They contain all the paragraph types of the corresponding standard document + classes +\emph on +article +\emph default +, +\emph on +report +\emph default +, and +\emph on +book +\emph default +, resp., partly modified, with the exception of the LyX specific +\family sans +List +\family default +-type, which is replaced by the new +\family sans +Labeling +\family default +-type having the same functionality. + Beside the +\family sans +Labeling +\family default +-Type there is a number of new paragraph types added. + They are +\emph on +not +\emph default + part of +\emph on +letter (koma-script) +\emph default +. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Addpart, Addchap +\family default +, +\family sans +Addsec +\family default +: are equivalents to +\family sans +Part*, Chapter* +\family default + and +\family sans +Section* +\family default +, resp., additionally inserting an entry in the table of contents. + +\family sans +Addpart +\family default +and +\family sans + Addchap +\family default + are not contained in +\emph on +article (koma-script) +\emph default +. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Addchap* +\family default +, +\family sans +Addsec* +\family default +: behave exactly as +\family sans +Addchap +\family default + and +\family sans +Addsec +\family default +, resp., additionally clearing running heads. + +\family sans + Addchap* +\family default + is not contained in +\emph on +article (koma-script) +\emph default +. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +There is also an +\family typewriter + +\backslash +addpart* +\family default + command in +\emph on +book (koma-script) +\emph default + and in +\emph on +report (koma-script) +\emph default +, but since this is identical to +\family sans +Part* +\family default +, is has not been implemented in LyX. +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Minisec +\family default +: generates a heading directly above the following paragraph in the standard + character size without affecting the structure of the document. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Captionabove +\family default + and +\family sans +Captionbelow +\family default +are special captions which respect the different space settings needed for + captions placed above or below an element (if you follow strict typographic + rules, you might want to place table captions always above the table). + You can also use the class option +\family typewriter +tablecaptionsabove +\family default +, which will switch +\family sans +caption +\family default + to +\family sans +captionabove +\family default + for tables and +\family sans +captionbelow +\family default + for figures. + You need at least Koma-Script version 2.8q to use this. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Dictum +\family default +: can be used to set a bonmot, e. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash + +\end_inset + +at the beginning of a chapter. + If you use the optional argument ( +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Short\SpecialChar ~ +Title +\family default +), you can insert the dictum's author there. + Dictum and author are separated by a line. + You need at least Koma-Script version 2.8q to use this. + +\family sans +Dictum +\family default + is not contained in +\emph on +article (koma-script) +\emph default +. +\layout Standard + +The following types, together with the standard types +\family sans +Title +\family default +, +\family sans +Author +\family default +, and +\family sans +Date +\family default +, form the title area of the document. + They must be entered ahead of the first +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +ordinary +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + paragraph. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +The corresponding LaTeX commands must appear before the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +maketitle +\family default + command. +\end_inset + + When such a type is used more than once, the latter usage overwrites the + former one, that means, for every type only the latest usage is valid. + The order of the different types however has, like +\family sans +Title +\family default +, +\family sans +Author +\family default +, and +\family sans +Date +\family default +, no effect on the appearance of the produced document. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Subject +\family default +: produces a centered paragraph above the ordinary title ( +\family sans +Title +\family default +, +\family sans +Author +\family default +, +\family sans +Date +\family default +) for the subject of the document. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Publishers +\family default +: produces a centered paragraph below the ordinary title ( +\family sans +Title +\family default +, +\family sans +Author +\family default +, +\family sans +Date +\family default +) for the publishers' name. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Dedication +\family default +: in +\emph on +report (koma-script) +\emph default + and +\emph on +book (koma-script) +\emph default + produces a centered paragraph on its own page behind the title page, or + in +\emph on +article (koma-script) +\emph default + produces a centered paragraph below the ordinary title ( +\family sans +Title +\family default +, +\family sans +Author +\family default +, +\family sans +Date +\family default +, +\family sans +Publishers +\family default +) for a dedication. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Titlehead +\family default +: produces a left aligned paragraph above the ordinary title ( +\family sans +Title +\family default +, +\family sans +Author +\family default +, +\family sans +Date +\family default +, +\family sans +Subject +\family default +) for a document`s head. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Uppertitleback +\family default +: produces in a double-sided print in +\emph on +report (koma-script) +\emph default + and +\emph on +book (koma-script) +\emph default + a left-aligned paragraph at the top of the title page`s back or has no + effect in a single-sided print or in +\emph on +article (koma-script) +\emph default +. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Lowertitleback +\family default +: produces in a double-sided print in +\emph on +report (koma-script) +\emph default + and +\emph on +book (koma-script) +\emph default + a left-aligned paragraph at the bottom of the title page`s back or has + no effect in a single-sided print or in +\emph on +article (koma-script) +\emph default +. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Extratitle +\family default +: produces a special +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +dirty +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + page ahead of the actual document containing a paragraph without special + formatting. +\layout Standard + +The layout files for the document classes +\emph on +article (koma-script) +\emph default +, +\emph on +report (koma-script) +\emph default +, and +\emph on +book (koma-script) +\emph default + do include the file +\family typewriter +scrmacros.inc +\family default +. + This is thought of as a place to define your own types. + Copy s +\family typewriter +crmacros.inc +\family default + in your personal layout directory and edit the file! +\layout Subsection + +letter (koma-script) +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard +\noindent +The document class +\emph on +letter (koma-script) +\emph default + is implemented in the layout file +\family typewriter +scrlettr.layout +\family default +. + It contains all the paragraph types of the corresponding standard document + class +\emph on +letter +\emph default +, partly modified, with the exception of the LyX specific types +\family sans +LyX-Code +\family default + and +\family sans +Comment +\family default + and the +\family sans +List +\family default + type, which is replaced by the new +\family sans +Labeling +\family default + type. + In addition, it contains, in contrast to the standard document class, the + standard types +\family sans +LaTeX +\family default +, +\family sans +Quotation +\family default +, +\family sans +Quote +\family default +, and +\family sans +Verse +\family default +. + Furthermore, there are a number of new letter specific types. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +The appearance of the letter produced by this document class can be controlled + by a number of LaTeX commands, which you can put in the LaTeX preamble. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +For example, the standard appearance of the letter`s heading, consisting + of name and address, is quite self-willed. + An +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +ordinary +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + heading is produced by the following LaTeX commands in the preamble: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +firsthead{ +\backslash +parbox[b]{ +\backslash +textwidth} +\layout LyX-Code + + { +\backslash +ignorespaces +\backslash +fromname +\backslash + +\backslash + +\backslash +ignorespaces +\backslash +fromaddress}} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +nexthead{ +\backslash +parbox[b]{ +\backslash +textwidth} +\layout LyX-Code + + { +\backslash +ignorespaces +\backslash +fromname +\backslash +hfill +\backslash +ignorespaces +\backslash +pagename +\backslash + +\backslash +thepage}} +\end_inset + + A detailed German description of such LaTeX commands can be found in the + Koma-Script documentation +\emph on +scrguide +\emph default +. + With it, the letter's author can produce his personal letter layout. +\layout Standard + +The types +\family sans +Letter +\family default +and +\family sans +Opening +\family default + define the beginning of the letter and must be used in every letter. + To emphasize them in the LyX document class, they are marked with the letter + +\shape italic +L +\shape default + or +\shape italic +O +\shape default +, resp. + in the left margin. + It is possible to write any number of letters in one file. + An +\family sans +Opening +\family default + type produces a new letter using the same addressee and a +\family sans +Letter +\family default + type produces a new addressee. + The types +\family sans +Closing +\family default +, +\family sans +PS +\family default +, +\family sans +CC +\family default +, and +\family sans +Encl +\family default + are ordinary paragraph types and can also be used several times in one + and the same letter. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Letter +\family default +: produces a paragraph for the addressee and implicitly defines the beginning + of the letter. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Opening +\family default +: produces a paragraph for the form of address and implicitly produces a + new letter. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Closing +\family default +: produces a paragraph for a close. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +PS +\family default +: produces a paragraph for a postscript. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +CC +\family default +: produces a paragraph for a distribution list. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Encl +\family default +: produces a paragraph for enclosures. +\layout Standard + +The types +\family sans +Name +\family default +, +\family sans +Signature +\family default +, +\family sans +Address +\family default +, +\family sans + Telephone +\family default +, +\family sans +Place +\family default +, +\family sans +Backaddress +\family default +, +\family sans +Specialmail +\family default +, +\family sans +Location +\family default +, +\family sans +Title +\family default +, and +\family sans +Subject +\family default + are input types provided with a label to enter information, which will + be processed by the document class. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +It could be seen as a matter of inconsequence, that the types +\family sans +Letter +\family default + and +\family sans +Opening +\family default + described above are not such input types as well. + Because of the special meaning of those types, however, I have implemented + them as ordinary paragraph types with a one letter mark in the left margin. + Moreover, it would affect my feeling of symmetry, if the +\family sans +Opening +\family default + type and the +\family sans +Closing +\family default + type had such a serious different appearance. +\end_inset + + The types must be used ahead of the corresponding +\family sans +Opening +\family default + type. +\layout Standard + +An implementation of these types in a WYSIWYG fashion does not seem to make + sense, because the real appearance of the produced letter does not only + depend on the usage of the particular type, but also on other factors. + For example, a signature entered in the +\family sans +Signature +\family default + type will in the standard behavior appear in the produced letter only, + when in the same letter also a +\family sans +Closing +\family default + type is used. + The entered value of the +\family sans +Telephone +\family default + type will in the standard behavior not appear in the produced letter at + all. + The possibility to design the letter`s heading freely is already indicated + in a footnote above. +\layout Standard + +The input types can also be used as empty paragraphs. + This makes sense e.\SpecialChar ~ +g. + for the +\family sans +Signature +\family default + type. + If the +\family sans +Signature +\family default + type is not used at all, in the standard behavior the value of the +\family sans +Name +\family default + type is used as signature, whereas if an empty +\family sans +Signature +\family default + type is used, no signature value is defined. +\layout Standard + +By using the input types it is possible to write a letter template, containing + filled input types with your personal dates (name, address, etc.) and empty + input types for other dates you want to enter. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Name +\family default +: sender's name, in the standard behavior appears as a centered paragraph + in small caps in the letter`s heading. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Signature +\family default +: sender's signature, in the standard behavior appears below the +\family sans +Closing +\family default + type. + If no +\family sans +Signature +\family default + type is used, the value of the +\family sans +Name +\family default + type appears instead. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Address +\family default +: sender's address, in the standard behavior appears in a centered paragraph + in the letter`s heading below the sender's name. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Telephone +\family default +: sender's telephone number, in the standard behavior only sets the LaTeX + variable +\family typewriter + +\backslash +telephonenum +\family default +. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Place +\family default +: place of the letter`s making. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Date +\family default +: date of the letter`s making. + +\family sans +Place +\family default + and +\family sans +Date +\family default +, in the standard behavior, produce the place and the date in a right-aligned + line below the addressee's field. + If an empty +\family sans +Date +\family default + type is used, neither place nor date appear, independent of the value of + the +\family sans +Place +\family default + type. + If no +\family sans +Date +\family default + type is used, the date of the letter `s production is used. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Backaddress +\family default +: sender`s back address, in the standard behavior appears above the addressee's + field in a small sans serif font. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Specialmail +\family default +: special mail information, in the standard behavior appears underlined + above the addressee's field below the back address. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Location +\family default +: additional information, in the standard behavior appears on right side + below the addressee`s field. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Title +\family default +: the letter's title, in the standard behavior appears in a big, bold, sans + serif font above the subject. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Subject +\family default +: the letter's subject, in the standard behavior appears in a bold font + above the +\family sans +Opening +\family default + paragraph. +\layout Standard + +The types +\family sans +Yourref +\family default +, +\family sans +Yourmail +\family default +, +\family sans +Myref +\family default +, +\family sans +Customer +\family default +, and +\family sans +Invoice +\family default + produce a business letter like line above the +\family sans +Title +\family default + line containing the fields +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Your ref. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Your letter of +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Our ref. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Customer no. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Invoice no. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Date +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + For the date field, the value of the +\family sans +Date +\family default + type is used. + If one of these +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +business letter types +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + is used, the value of the +\family sans +Place +\family default + type however does not appear, but only the LaTeX variable +\family typewriter + +\backslash +fromplace +\family default + is set. + The ordinary output of place and date in a right-aligned line below the + addressee`s field is suppressed. + The types are implemented as input types provided with a label and must + be used ahead of the corresponding +\family sans +Opening +\family default + type. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Yourref +\family default +: Your ref. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Yourmail +\family default +: Your letter of. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Myref +\family default +: Our ref. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Customer +\family default +: Customer no. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Invoice +\family default +: Invoice no. +\layout Subsection + +The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) +\layout Standard + +by +\noun on +Jürgen Spitzmüller +\layout Standard +\added_space_top medskip \noindent +Koma-Script version 2.8 has introduced a new letter class +\family typewriter +scrlttr2 +\family default + which superceeds the now unsupported +\family typewriter +scrlettr +\family default +. + It has --- on the LaTeX side --- a completely new interface and is not + compatible with the old class. + Therefore, LyX supports both, though it is recommended to use the new class. +\layout Standard + +This class covers the same functionality as +\emph on +letter (koma-script), +\emph default + and a few more. + The basic items are +\family sans +Address +\family default + (receiver's address, same as +\family sans +Letter +\family default + in the old layout), +\family sans +Opening +\family default +, and +\family sans +Closing +\family default +. + +\family sans +NextAddress +\family default + will start a new letter (i. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +e. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash + +\end_inset + +you can write several letters per document). + New elements are sender's +\family sans +E-Mail +\family default +, +\family sans +URL +\family default +, +\family sans +Fax +\family default +, +\family sans +Bank +\family default + and the possibility to use a +\family sans +Logo +\family default + (via +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +G +\bar default +raphics +\family default +) in the header. +\layout Standard + +The biggest improvement is, though, that the letter's layout is configurable + at almost any needs. + This can be done via the preamble or with a special style file (Letter + Class Option, extension +\family typewriter +*.lco +\family default +), that will be read in as a class option. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +The KOMA package comes with some default +\family typewriter +*.lco +\family default + files. + There is, for instance, a +\family typewriter +DIN.lco +\family default + file that follows german typesetting rules, or a +\family typewriter +KOMAold.lco +\family default + that provides the default layout of the old +\family typewriter +scrlettr +\family default + class. + The latter can be loaded with the class option +\family typewriter +KOMAold +\family default +, inserted via the +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Extra Options +\family default +field. +\end_inset + + Have a look at the +\emph on +koma-letter2 +\emph default + template that is included in LyX for examples. + A detailed description is to be found in the Koma-Script documentation + ( +\emph on +scrguide +\emph default +). +\layout Subsection + +Problems +\layout Standard + +Visualizing the Koma-Script document classes in LyX, the LyX internals cause + some problems. +\layout Itemize + +The chapter number of a +\family sans +Chapter +\family default + type appears on a line of its own above the chapter heading instead of + appearing in the same line ahead of it. + The cause for that is the LyX internal behavior for the labeltype +\family sans +Counter_Chapter +\family default + in the layout file. +\layout Itemize + +The headings of the types +\family sans +Addchap +\family default + and +\family sans +Addsec +\family default + are only put in the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +true +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + LaTeX table of contents, but not in the LyX table of contents ( +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +T +\bar default +able\SpecialChar ~ +of\SpecialChar ~ +Contents +\family default +). +\layout Itemize + +The paragraphs in a +\emph on +letter +\emph default + document class appear in a skip separation mode, not indented. + This is the standard behavior, no special LaTeX commands are needed for + that. + But in the +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +ettings +\family default + dialog the corresponding radio button indicates +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +ndent +\family default +. + A +\family sans +S +\bar under +k +\bar default +ip +\family default + value always has the effect that extra LaTeX commands are inserted in the + document to produce the gap, which is not what is wanted in this case. +\layout Section + +Springer Journals ( +\family sans +svjour +\family default +) +\layout Standard + +by +\noun on +Martin Vermeer +\layout Subsection + +Description +\layout Standard + +These are the layout files for some of the journal formats used by Springer + Verlag and listed on +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.springer.de/author/tex/help-journals.html} + +\end_inset + +, where you should also go to fetch the class files (yes, these are LaTeX2e + now!). + It is a modular system: the things common to all journals are implemented + in +\family typewriter +svjour.inc +\family default +, which journal-specific layout files (such as, e.g., +\family typewriter +svjog.layout +\family default + for Journal of Geodesy) can include. +\layout Standard + +This means that implementing support for any other Springer journal on this + list is as simple as writing your own +\family typewriter +sv +\family default + +\family typewriter +.layout +\family default + file following the outline given in +\family typewriter +svjog.layout +\family default +. + +\layout Standard + +It is reasonably well tested only for the Journal of Geodesy. + +\family typewriter +svjour +\family default + and +\family typewriter +svjog +\family default + come with the standard LyX distribution. + Install the relevant class file (downloaded from Springer) in a proper + directory, reconfigure LaTeX (in the teTeX case by running +\family typewriter +texhash +\family default +, as root if necessary --- doesn't LyX take care of this?), reconfigure + LyX and it should work. +\layout Subsection + +New styles +\layout Standard + +A large number of theorem-like styles --- +\family sans +Claim, Conjecture, +\family default + +\family sans +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +Theorem +\family default +. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Headnote, Dedication, Subtitle, Running_LaTeX_Title, Author_Running, Institute, + Mail, Offprints, Keywords, Acknowledgements, Acknowledgement +\family default +. + See the Springer class file documentation for details. +\layout Subsection + +Supported journals +\layout Itemize + + +\emph on +Journal of Geodesy +\emph default +: +\family typewriter +svjog.layout +\family default +--- Martin Vermeer +\layout Itemize + + +\emph on +Probability Theory and Related Fields +\emph default +: +\family typewriter +svprobth.layout +\family default + --- Jean-Marc Lasgouttes +\layout Standard + +Add your own, it isn't so hard! +\layout Subsection + +Credits +\layout Standard + +These files are partly based on the older +\family typewriter +ejour2.layout +\family default +, which was again based on a tinkered-with version of an old LaTeX 2.09 style + file from Springer. + All this, and the +\family typewriter +ejour2 +\family default + layout, are now defunct. + Jean-Marc Lasgouttes helped out big in making me find my way around the + LyX layout file mechanism. +\layout Subsection + +Bugs +\layout Standard + +Probably. + But probably less than in the old hacked-LaTeX +\family typewriter +ejour2 +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Limitations e.g.: does not display the number for theorem-like layouts, just + #. +\layout Section + +AGU journals ( +\family sans +aguplus +\family default +) +\layout Standard + +by +\shape smallcaps +Martin Vermeer +\layout Subsection + +Description +\layout Standard + +These are the layout files for some of the journals of the American Geophysical + Society. + It is assumed that you have both the AGU's own class files and AGUplus + installed (everything to be found at +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.agu.org/journals/latex/journals} + +\end_inset + +). +\layout Subsection + +New styles +\layout Standard + +Redefined are +\family sans +Paragraph +\family default +, +\family sans +Paragraph* +\family default +. + They are still called this in the LyX GUI, though their LaTeX equivalents + in the AGU classes are +\family sans +Subsubsubsection +\family default + and +\family sans +Subsubsubsection* +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Newly defined styles are +\family sans +Left_Header +\family default +, +\family sans +Right_Header +\family default +, +\family sans +Received +\family default +, +\family sans +Revised +\family default +, +\family sans +Accepted +\family default +, +\family sans +CCC +\family default +, +\family sans +PaperId +\family default +, +\family sans +AuthorAddr +\family default +, +\family sans +SlugComment +\family default +. + These are mostly manuscript attributes and defined in the AGU class documentati +on. +\layout Standard + +I suspect this is still badly incomplete. +\layout Subsection + +New floats +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Planotable +\family default + and +\family sans +Plate +\family default +. + We also have a new +\family sans +Table_Caption +\family default +. +\layout Subsection + +Supported journals +\layout Itemize + + +\emph on +Journal of Geophysical Research +\emph default +: +\family typewriter +jgrga.layout +\family default +--- Martin Vermeer +\layout Standard + +Add your own, it isn't so hard! Look at the +\family typewriter +jgrga.layout +\family default + example and +\family typewriter +aguplus.inc +\family default +. +\layout Subsection + +Bugs and things to remember +\layout Standard + +In order to use the new layouts, you must remember to do the following for + a new document: +\layout Enumerate + + +\emph on +Turn off babel +\emph default +. + This can be done in the +\family sans +layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator +document +\family default + or +\family sans +document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +settings +\family default + menu item. + (AGU articles are always in English, right? So +\emph on +don't +\emph default + choose a language.) +\layout Enumerate + +Enter +\family typewriter +jgrga +\family default + into the document's +\family sans +Extra Options +\family default + field. + (Yes, this is a bug.) +\layout Enumerate + +Make sure you use the +\family typewriter +agu.bst +\family default + bibliography style, by entering +\family sans +agu +\family default + into the second field of the BibTeX inset. + None of the standard styles will do. +\layout Section + +EGS journals ( +\family sans +egs +\family default +) +\layout Standard + +by +\shape smallcaps +Martin Vermeer +\layout Subsection + +Description +\layout Standard + +This is the layout file for the European Geophysical Society journals. + The needed +\family typewriter +egs.cls +\family default + can be downloaded from the web site of the EGS under +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.copernicus.org} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Subsection + +New styles +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Right_address, Latex_Title, Affil, Journal, msnumber, FirstAuthor, Received, + Accepted +\family default +, +\family sans +Offsets +\family default +. + The current layout file is unfortunately very unmodular and would benefit + from using the various +\family typewriter +std*.inc +\family default + file inclusions. +\layout Section + +Slides [aka +\noun on +Sli +\noun default +TeX] +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slitex} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +by +\noun on +John Weiss +\noun default + +\layout Subsection + +Introduction +\layout Standard + +This section describes how to use LyX to make slides for overhead projectors. + There are two document classes that can do this: the default slides class + and the +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX slides class. + This section documents the former. +\layout Standard + +I'm going to say this again, nice and clear, so that there's no misunderstanding +: +\layout Standard +\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center + +\size large +This section documents the class +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +slides (default) +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\emph on +only. +\layout Standard + +If you're looking for the documentation for +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +slides (FoilTeX) +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, check out section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foiltex} + +\end_inset + +. + The +\family sans +foils +\family default +class [ +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +slides (FoilTeX) +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +] is actually somewhat better than the default +\family sans +slides +\family default + class, +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +or so I've been told repeatedly by its advocates. + Having never used it, I have no idea if this claim is true or not. +\end_inset + + which this section documents. +\layout Standard + +This class is the LaTeX2e improvement of the old +\noun on +Sli +\noun default +TeX package. + Every LaTeX2e distribution includes this class [which I'll just refer to + as +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +slides +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + from now on], so you're bound to have it. + As I noted earlier, there are other classes, such as +\family sans +foils +\family default +, which also produce slides for overhead projectors and do a better job + at it. + However, there are some things which +\family sans +slides +\family default + can do which the others can't, such as generate overlays. + Read on to learn more! +\layout Subsection + +Getting Started +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slidesetup} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Obviously, to use this document class, you need to select +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +slides (default) +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + from the class list in the +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +ettings +\family default + dialog. + There are some other special things you should know about this class: +\layout Itemize + +Don't bother changing the options +\family sans +Sides and Columns +\family default +. + They're not supported by the +\family sans +slides +\family default + class, anyways. +\layout Itemize + +The option +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +age\SpecialChar ~ +style +\family default + behaves a bit differently for this class. + The possible choices and what they do are as follows: +\begin_deeper +\layout Description + + +\family sans +plain +\family default + The final output contains page numbers in the lower right corner. +\layout Description + + +\family sans +headings +\family default + Like +\family sans +plain +\family default +, but also prints out any time markers you've put in. + This is the default. +\layout Description + + +\family sans +empty +\family default + The final output contains no page numbers, time markers, or alignment markers. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +The +\family sans +slides +\family default + class has an extra option: +\family typewriter +clock +\family default +. + To use it, put +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +clock +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in the extra class options. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Using this options allows you to add time markers to +\family sans +Note +\family default +s. + See section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slideNote} + +\end_inset + + for more details. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +You can also use the template file +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +slides.lyx +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + to automatically set up a document to use the +\family sans +slides +\family default +class [using +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator +New\SpecialChar ~ +from\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +T +\bar default +emplate +\family default + to open your new document]. + The template file also contains some examples of the special paragraph + environments used by this class. + I'll describe those next. +\layout Subsection + +Paragraph Environments +\layout Subsubsection + +Supported Environments +\layout Standard + +The first thing you'll notice when you start up a new +\family sans +slides +\family default +document is the font size and type: it's the equivalent of the size +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Largest +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in the +\family sans +Sans\SpecialChar ~ +Serif +\family default + font. + This is also what's used in the output. + Think of this as a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +visual cue +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + to remind you that this is a slide. + Your final slides will use a larger font; ergo, you'll have less space. + Of course, the larger default screen font isn't WYSIWYG, only a reminder. +\layout Standard + +The next thing that becomes obvious is the changes to the paragraph environment + pull-down box [at the far-left end of the toolbar]. + Most of the paragraph environments you're used to seeing are missing. + There are also five new ones. + That's because the +\family sans +slides +\family default + class itself only supports certain paragraph environments: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Standard +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Itemize +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Enumerate +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Description +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +List +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Quotation +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Quote +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Verse +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Caption +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +LyX-Code +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Comment +\layout Standard + +All of the other standard environments, including the section-heading environmen +ts, aren't used in the +\family sans +slides +\family default + class. +\layout Standard + +On the other hand, you'll notice the following new environments: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Slide +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Overlay +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Note +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +InvisibleText +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +VisibleText +\layout Standard + +These five are kind of quirky, due to a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +feature +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in LyX. + You see, LyX doesn't permit you to nest any other paragraph environment + into an empty environment. + Now, that's fine and dandy, but it means that you wouldn't be able to start + a slide with anything except plain text. + To deal with this, I've performed a little +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +LaTeX magic. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsubsection + +Quirks of the New Environments +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slideQuirk} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +All five of the new paragraph environments are somewhat quirky due to inherent + limitiations in the current version of LyX. + As I just mentioned, LyX forbids environments that begin with another environme +nt. + To get around this, the +\family sans +Slide +\family default + environment isn't a paragraph environment as described in the +\emph on +User's Guide +\emph default +. + +\layout Standard + +You should consider +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, +\family sans +Overlay +\family default +, and +\family sans +Note +\family default + to be +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +pseudo-environments. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + They look like a section heading or a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Caption +\family default +, +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + but really begin a [and, if necessary, end the previous] paragraph environment. + Likewise, treat +\family sans +InvisibleText +\family default + and +\family sans +VisibleText +\family default + as +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +pseudo-commands. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + These two perform some action. +\layout Standard + +A common feature of all five environments, +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, +\family sans +Overlay +\family default +, +\family sans +Note +\family default +, +\family sans +InvisibleText +\family default + and +\family sans +VisibleText +\family default +, is a rather long-ish label. + The text following this label --- ordinarily the contents of the paragraph + environment --- is utterly irrelevant for +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, +\family sans +Overlay +\family default +, +\family sans +Note +\family default +, +\family sans +InvisibleText +\family default + and +\family sans +VisibleText +\family default +. + LyX completely ignores it. + In fact, you can leave these five environments completely empty. + +\layout Standard + +While you don't +\emph on +have +\emph default + to put any text after the rather long-ish label, you might want to. + This could be a short description of the contents of the +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, for example. + In that case, enter in your descriptive comment and hit +\family sans +Return +\family default + as you normally would. +\layout Standard + +If, on the other hand, you don't want to enter in any descriptive text, + you'll hit another LyX quirk. + LyX, like nature, abhors a vacuum, and will not let you start a new paragraph + environment until you put something in the old one. + So, do this: +\layout Itemize + +Start entering the text that will +\emph on +follow +\emph default + the new +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, +\family sans +Overlay +\family default +, +\family sans +Note +\family default +, +\family sans +InvisibleText +\family default + or +\family sans +VisibleText +\family default +. + +\layout Itemize + +Now move to the beginning of that paragraph. + +\layout Itemize + +Next, hit +\family sans +Return +\family default +. + +\layout Itemize + +Finally, change this new, empty paragraph to a +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, +\family sans +Overlay +\family default +, +\family sans +Note +\family default +, +\family sans +InvisibleText +\family default + or +\family sans +VisibleText +\family default +. + +\layout Standard + +Some future version of LyX will, hopefully, resolve this quirkiness\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Subsection + +Making a Presentation with +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, +\family sans + Overlay +\family default + and +\family sans +Note +\layout Subsubsection + +Using the +\family sans +Slide +\family default + Environment +\layout Standard + +If you're expecting this section to teach you how to actually make a presentatio +n, you'll be sorely disappointed. + Naturally, I'll describe all of the ways the +\family sans +slides +\family default + class can assist you in preparing the materials for a presentation. + Filling in the contents, however, is up to you. + [Then again, that +\emph on +is +\emph default + the LyX philosophy.] +\layout Standard + +Choosing the +\family sans +Slide +\family default + environment [in the manner described in section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slideQuirk} + +\end_inset + +] tells LyX to begin a new slide [duh]. + The label for this environment/ +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +pseudo-command +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + is an +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +ASCII line, +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in cool blue, followed by the label, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +NewSlide: +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + Any text or paragraph environments that follow this one go on the new slide. + It's that simple. +\layout Standard + +Slides are probably the only time you'll need to forcibly end pages in LyX + (this can be specified in the +\family sans +Paragraph Layout +\family default + dialog). + In fact, you'll want to, once you finish entering the contents of one slide. + If you've entered more text than can physically fit on a slide, the extra + overflows onto a new slide. + I don't recommend doing this, however, since the overflow slide won't have + any page number on it. + Furthermore, it may interfere with any +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + you've made to accompany the oversized +\family sans +Slide +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +The +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + and +\family sans +Note +\family default + environments work the same way as the +\family sans +Slide +\family default +environment. + They both create an +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +ASCII line +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + followed by a label [ +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +NewOverlay: +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +NewNote: +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, respectively]. + The color is a stunning magenta instead of blue, and the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +ASCII line +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + will look different, in style and in length. + The label fonts of all three also differ from one another. +\layout Standard + +As with a +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, if the contents of a +\family sans +Note +\family default + or +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + exceed the physical size of a slide or sheet of paper, the extra will overflow + onto a new sheet. + Again, you should avoid this. + It defeats the whole purpose of +\family sans +Note +\family default +s and +\family sans +Overlay +\family default +s. +\layout Subsubsection + +Using +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + with +\family sans +Slide +\layout Standard + +The idea behind an +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + is a slide that sits atop another slide. + Perhaps you wish to discuss a figure on the main +\family sans +Slide +\family default + before displaying the text associated with it. + One way to accomplish this is tape a flap of dark paper over the part of + the +\family sans +Slide +\family default + you want to display later. + This method fails, however, if you wish to overlap one graph with another, + for example. + You would then have to fumble while speaking to align the two separate, + overlapping +\family sans +Slide +\family default +s to align the two graphs. + The use of an +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + environment in both cases makes life much easier. +\layout Standard + +Each +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + receives the page number of its +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +parent +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, appended by +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +-a +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Presumably, mutliple +\family sans +Overlay +\family default +s would have +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +-a +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +-b +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +-c +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, etc.\SpecialChar ~ +appended to the page number of the parent +\family sans +Slide +\family default +. + +\end_inset + + Clearly, you want the contents of both the +\family sans +Slide +\family default + and the +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + to each fit on a single physical slide! You should probably consider an + +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + as +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +part of +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + a +\family sans +Slide +\family default +. + Indeed, the LyX +\family sans +slides +\family default + class provides a visual cue for this: the label at the start of an +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + is shorter than that at the start of a +\family sans +Slide +\family default +. + Lastly, when you generate printable output, you'll find alignment markers + in all four corners of both the +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + page and its parent +\family sans +Slide +\family default +. + These will assist you in lining up the two physical slides. +\layout Standard + +The major problem in overlaying two slides is aligning the contents of the + two transparencies. + How much space should you leave for that graph on the second slide? Worse + still, what if you want a graph and a sentence on second slide, but there + is text on the main transparency that goes in between them? You could try + and insert vertical space of the right size. + The better way is to use +\family sans +InvisibleText +\family default + and +\family sans +VisibleText +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +As their names imply, +\family sans +InvisibleText +\family default + and +\family sans +VisibleText +\family default + are two command-like paragraph environments that make all subsequent text + invisible and visible, respectively. + Note from section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slideQuirk} + +\end_inset + + that you don't place anything +\emph on +into +\emph default + these two environments, however. + When you create an +\family sans +InvisibleText +\family default +, it inserts a centered, sky-blue label into the page reading +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + For paragraphs following this label, the parts of the +\family sans +Slide +\family default + [or +\family sans +Overlay +\family default +; it doesn't matter which] where they would be contain instead blank space. + +\layout Standard + +For +\family sans +VisibleText +\family default +, the corresponding centered label is +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in blazing green. + Paragraphs following this label behave normally. + Note that the beginning of a new +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, +\family sans +Overlay +\family default +, or +\family sans +Note +\family default + automatically shuts off an +\family sans +InvisibleText +\family default +. + It's therefore not necessary to use +\family sans +VisibleText +\family default + at the end of a +\family sans +Slide +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +By now, it should be obvious how to create overlay transparencies using + the proper combination of +\family sans +InvisibleText +\family default + and +\family sans +VisibleText +\family default + on a +\family sans +Slide +\family default + and +\family sans +Overlay +\family default +: +\layout Enumerate + +Create a +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, including everything that will appear on it, whether on the main slide + or on the +\family sans +Overlay +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + +Before each figure or paragraph that will appear only on the +\family sans +Overlay +\family default +, insert an +\family sans +InvisibleText +\family default + environment. + If necessary, insert a +\family sans +VisibleText +\family default + environment after the +\family sans +Overlay +\family default +-only text. +\layout Enumerate + +Start an +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + immediately following the +\family sans +Slide +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + +Copy the contents of this +\family sans +Slide +\family default + into the +\family sans +Overlay +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + +Within the +\family sans +Overlay +\family default +, change all of the +\family sans +InvisibleText +\family default + lines to +\family sans +VisibleText +\family default + and vice-versa. +\layout Standard + +That's it. + You've just made an +\family sans +Overlay +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +There's one problem with the way I've designed the LyX +\family sans +slides +\family default + class: you can't make text in the middle of a paragraph invisible, nor + make text in the middle of an invisible paragraph visible again. + To accomplish this feat, you'll need to use some inlined LaTeX codes. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +The commands of interest are: +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +{ +\backslash +invisible \SpecialChar \ldots{} + } +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +{ +\backslash +visible \SpecialChar \ldots{} + } +\layout Standard + +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +and need to be marked as TeX. + The text whose +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +visibility +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + you wish to change goes in between the brackets [and after the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +invisible +\family default + or +\family typewriter + +\backslash +visible +\family default + command]. + If you don't know how to mark text as TeX, see the apprpriate section of + the +\emph on +User's Guide +\emph default +. +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsubsection + +Using +\family sans +Note +\family default + with +\family sans +Slide +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slideNote} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Like an +\family sans +Overlay +\family default +, a +\family sans +Note +\family default + is associated with a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +parent +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Slide +\family default +. + Here, too, the LyX +\family sans +slides +\family default + class provides visual cues. + The label for a +\family sans +Note +\family default + is shorter than that of a +\family sans +Slide +\family default + [yet longer than that of an +\family sans +Overlay +\family default +] and, like the label of an +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + is shockingly magenta. + Additionally, the printed +\family sans +Note +\family default + has the page number of its +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +parent +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, appended by +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +- +\family default +1 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +- +\family default +2 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +- +\family default +3 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, etc. + You can have multiple +\family sans +Note +\family default +s associated with a single +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, and, as with +\family sans +Slide +\family default + and +\family sans +Overlay +\family default +, you'll probably want to break up long +\family sans +Note +\family default +s so that they fit on a single sheet of paper. +\layout Standard + +The purpose of a +\family sans +Note +\family default + is obvious: it contains anything additional you might want to say about + a +\family sans +Slide +\family default +. + It could also be used as a sheet of reminders for a particular +\family sans +Slide +\family default +. + In the case of the latter, you might want to make use of time markers. + Currently, the LyX +\family sans +slides +\family default + class has no +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +native +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + support for time markers, a +\noun on +Sli +\noun default +TeX feature. + So, you'll have to resort to using the LaTeX codes. +\layout Standard + +To use time markers, you'll need to specify the extra class option +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +clock +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + [see section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slidesetup} + +\end_inset + +]. + This option turns on timing marks, which will appear in the lower-left-hand + corner of every +\family sans +Note +\family default + you generate. + To set what appears in the time marker, you use the LaTeX commands +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +settime{} +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +addtime{} +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + The arguments of both commands are time measured in seconds. + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +settime{} +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + sets the time marker to a given time. + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +addtime{} +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + increments the time marker by the specified amount. + Using time markers and +\family sans +Note +\family default +s in this fashion, you can remind yourself how much time to spend on a particula +r +\family sans +Slide +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +There's one last feature to describe. + Clearly, you'd like to print out all of your +\family sans +Slide +\family default +s and +\family sans +Overlay +\family default +s on transparencies while printing all of your +\family sans +Note +\family default +s on plain paper. + However, a +\family sans +Note +\family default + +\emph on +must +\emph default + follow the +\family sans +Slide +\family default + with which it is associated. + What's a person to do? +\layout Standard + +Luckily, there are two LaTeX commands that allow you to select what to print + out. + Both must be placed into the preamble of your document. + The command +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +onlyslides{ +\backslash +slides} +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + will cause the output to contain only the +\family sans +Slide +\family default +s and +\family sans +Overlay +\family default +s. + Correspondingly, the command +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +onlynotes{ +\backslash +notes} +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + prevents the output of anything but +\family sans +Note +\family default +s. + I'd advise placing both commands in the preamble and initially comment + both out. + You can then preview your entire presentation as you write. + When you're done writing, you can then uncomment one of the two to select + what you want to print. + I like to uncomment +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +onlyslides{ +\backslash +slides} +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + , print to a file with +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +-slides +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in its name, comment it back out, then uncomment +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +onlynotes{ +\backslash +notes} +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and print to a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +*-notes.ps +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + file. + I can then send either file to a printer, loading transparencies or plain + paper as appropriate. +\layout Standard + +You can also provide other arguments to the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +onlyslides{} +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +onlynotes{} +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + commands. + See a good LaTeX book for details. +\layout Subsection + +The +\family sans +slides +\family default + Class Template File +\layout Standard + +I have also provided a template file, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +slides.lyx +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, with the +\family sans +slides +\family default + class. + To use it, begin your new presentation with +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator +New\SpecialChar ~ +from\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +T +\bar default +emplate +\family default +. + Your new LyX presentation file will contain an example +\family sans +Slide +\family default + -- +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + -- +\family sans + Note +\family default + triplet. + The +\family sans +Slide +\family default + and +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + additionally contain an example of the use of +\family sans +InvisibleText +\family default + and +\family sans +VisibleText +\family default +. + Lastly, the preamble will contain: +\layout LyX-Code + +% Uncomment to print out only slides and overlays +\layout LyX-Code + +% +\layout LyX-Code + +% +\backslash +onlyslides{ +\backslash +slides} +\newline + +\layout LyX-Code + +% Uncomment to print out only notes +\layout LyX-Code + +% +\layout LyX-Code + +% +\backslash +onlynotes{ +\backslash +notes} +\layout Standard + +One final thing: I created this class to support the LaTeX2e +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\noun on +Sli +\noun default +TeX emulation +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + class, one of the built-in LaTeX2e classes. + Neither I nor the rest of the LyX Team endorse or oppose the use of this + built-in slide class. + It's here if you want it or need it. + There exist other LaTeX2e classes for creating presentations, such as the + +\family sans +Foils +\family default + class [see section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foiltex} + +\end_inset + +] or the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +seminar +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + package [present on some TeX distributions]. + The latter is not yet supported under LyX. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Perhaps you can take on the task\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\end_inset + + I know nothing about these other classes. + Try them out to see what sort of alternative they provide. +\layout Section + +Foils [aka +\family sans +Foil +\family default +\noun on +TeX +\noun default +] +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foiltex} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +by +\noun on +Allan Rae +\layout Subsection + +Introduction +\layout Standard + +This section describes how to use LyX to make slides for overhead projectors. + There are two document classes that can do this: the default slides class + and the +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX slides class. + This section documents the latter. +\layout Standard + +I'm going to say this again, nice and clear, so that there's no misunderstanding +: +\layout Standard +\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center + +\size large +This section documents the class +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +slides (FoilTeX) +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\emph on +only. +\layout Standard + +If you're looking for the documentation for +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +slides (default) +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, check out section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slitex} + +\end_inset + +. + If your machine doesn't have the +\family sans +foils +\family default +class [ +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +slides (FoilTeX) +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +] installed, you'll probably have to use the default +\family sans +slides +\family default + class, which isn't quite as good as +\family sans +foils. +\layout Standard + +The +\family sans +foils +\family default + class is designed for use with version 2.1 of the +\family sans +foils.cls +\family default + LaTeX class file which is now an integral part of LaTeX2e. +\layout Subsection + +Getting Started +\layout Standard + +Obviously, to use this document class, you need to select +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +slides (FoilTeX) +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + from the +\family sans +\bar under +C +\bar default +lass +\family default + entry in the +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar ~ +Layout +\family default + dialog. + There are some settings in the +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar ~ +Layout +\family default + dialog that you should know about that are specific to this class: +\layout Itemize + +Don't change the options +\family sans +Sides +\family default + and +\family sans +Columns +\family default + on the +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar ~ +Layout +\family default + dialog. + They're ignored by the +\family sans +foils +\family default + class. +\layout Itemize + +The default font size is 20pt with the other options being 17pt, 25pt and + 30pt. +\layout Itemize + +The default font is +\family sans +sans +\family default + +\family sans +serif +\family default + but all math equations are still typeset in the usual roman font. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX supports A4 and Letter paper sizes as well as a special size for working + with 35mm slides. + It doesn't support A5, B5, legal or executive paper sizes. +\layout Itemize + +Don't bother changing the +\family sans +Float Placement +\family default + settings because they are ignored anyway. + All floats appear where they are defined in the text. +\layout Itemize + +The +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +agestyle +\family default + setting behaves a bit differently for this class. + +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX provides extensive footer and header capabilities including a user-defined + logo. + See section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foilfoot} + +\end_inset + + for more details. + The title page is treated differently to all other pages in the document + and is +\emph on +always +\emph default + unnumbered and +\emph on +always +\emph default + has the logo centered at the bottom of the page (if one is defined). + The possible page style choices and what they do are as follows: +\begin_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + + +\family sans +\series bold +empty +\family default +\series default + The final output contains no page numbers, or other headers or footers + (except footnotes of course). + +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + + +\family sans +\series bold +plain +\family default +\series default + The final output contains page numbers centered at the bottom of the page. + No other headings or footers (other than footnotes). +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + + +\series bold +foilheadings +\series default + Page numbers in lower right corner. + Additional headers and footers are also shown. + This is also the default. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + + +\series bold +fancy +\series default + Gives you access to the +\family sans +fancyheadings +\family default + package although its use with +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX is discouraged by the writer of the +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX package because of some potential page layout clashes. +\end_deeper +\layout Subsubsection + +Extra Options +\layout Standard + +The following options may be used in the extra class options in the +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +ettings +\family default + dialog. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx + + +\series bold +35mmSlide +\series default + This sets up the page layout for 7.33in by 11in paper, which is about the + same aspect ratio as a 35mm slide, making it a bit easier to work with + this medium. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx + + +\series bold +headrule +\series default + Places a rule across the page below the header on every page except the + title page. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx + + +\series bold +footrule +\series default + Places a rule across the page above the footer on every page except the + title page. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx + + +\series bold +dvips +\series default + This is automatically set each time you create a new +\family sans +foils +\family default + document. + This option tells +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX to use the dvips driver to rotate those pages that are set as landscape + foils. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx + + +\series bold +landscape +\series default + Simply changes the page dimensions to those of a landscape page but doesn't + do any rotation. + Thus if you use this option you need to use an external program to rotate + each page or feed your paper through your printer as landscape. + Note that this option effectively reverses the roles of the +\family sans +Foilhead +\family default + and +\family sans +Rotatefoilhead +\family default + environments (don't worry these are described in the next section). +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx + + +\series bold +leqno +\series default + Equation numbers on the left. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx + + +\series bold +fleqn +\series default + Flush-left equations. +\layout Subsection + +Supported Environments +\layout Standard + +Most of the environments commonly supported in other classes are also supported + by the +\family sans +foils +\family default + class. + There are several additional environments provided by +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX as well as a couple added by LyX. + The following environments are shared with other classes: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{2} +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Standard +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Itemize +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Enumerate +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Description +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +List +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +LyX-Code +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Verse +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Quote +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Quotation +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Title +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Author +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Date +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Abstract +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Bibliography +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Address +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +RightAddress +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Caption +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Comment +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +That is, all the major environments apart from the sectioning environments. + Since foils are essentially self-contained sections, with a title and body, + +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX provides specific commands for starting new foils and these are: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Foilhead +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Rotatefoilhead +\layout Standard + +LyX also provides slightly modified versions of these two environments called: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +ShortFoilhead +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +ShortRotatefoilhead +\layout Standard + +and the differences will be explained in the next section. +\layout Standard + +Since foils are often used in presenting ideas or new theorems and such + +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX also provides a comprehensive box of goodies for presenting them: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{2} +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Theorem +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Lemma +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Corollary +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Proposition +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Definition +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Proof +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Theorem* +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Lemma* +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Corollary* +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Proposition* +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Definition* +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +The starred versions are unnumbered while the unstarred versions are numbered. + There are also two list environments added by LyX and these are: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +TickList +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +CrossList +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX provides some powerful header and footer capabilities that are best + set in the preamble although they may be set at any point in a document. + If you want to change these settings in your document the best place to + do so is at the very top of a foil, +\emph on +i.e. + +\emph default + straight after the foilhead. +\layout Standard + +For this purpose, the following command styles are provided [ +\shape smallcaps +Martin Vermeer +\shape default +]: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{2} +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +My\SpecialChar ~ +Logo +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Restriction +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Footer +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Header +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Left\SpecialChar ~ +Header +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +\SpecialChar ~ + +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +There are also a few commands provided by +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX that aren't directly supported by LyX but I'll tell you what they do + and how to use them in section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:unsuppfoils} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Subsection + +Building a Set of Foils +\layout Standard + +This section will give a simple introduction to using the different environments + to build a set of foils. + If you want to see an example set of foils take a look at the +\family typewriter +Foils.lyx +\family default + file accessible from the +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +O +\bar default +pen\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + dialog under the +\family sans +Examples +\family default + button. + +\layout Subsubsection + +Give It a Title Page +\layout Standard + +Unlike other classes that provide +\family sans +Title +\family default +, +\family sans +Author +\family default +, +\family sans +Date +\family default + and +\family sans +Abstract +\family default + environments, +\family sans +foils +\family default + creates the title on a page of its own. + If you leave out the +\family sans +Date +\family default + environment LaTeX will substitute the current date (every time you regenerate + the output). +\layout Subsubsection + +Start a New Foil +\layout Standard + +As I mentioned earlier, there are four ways of starting a new foil. + For portrait foils you should use +\family sans +Foilhead +\family default + or +\family sans +ShortFoilhead. + +\family default + The difference between these two environments is the amount of space between + the title of the foil (the foilhead) and the body of the foil. +\layout Standard + +Landscape foils are generated using the +\family sans +Rotatefoilhead +\family default + and +\family sans +ShortRotatefoilhead +\family default + environments. + Again the only difference is the spacing between foilhead and body. + Both of the short versions have 0.5 inches less separation between the foilhead + and the body. + +\layout Standard + +One problem with the support for landscape foils is the requirement that + you have to use the +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + driver to generate the PostScript® output otherwise the foils won't be + rotated. + It is possible to get landscape foils even if you haven't got the +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + driver provided you can feed your foils sideways through your printer ;-) +\layout Subsubsection + +Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more +\layout Standard + +Due to a small bug in LyX you can't have two of the same type of these environme +nts directly following each other. + They must be separated by something. + If you try, you will just be extending the previous environment as if you + had merged the two environments together. + So, how do you get around this problem? The simplest option is to insert + some text between the two environments or add a +\family sans +LaTeX +\family default + environment between the two with just a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +% +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in it. + This will force LyX to produce two separate environments and hence the + correct LaTeX output. + An example is provided in the example file included with the LyX distribution. + Remember, this problem only occurs if you are trying to place two of the + same type of theorem-like environments one directly after the other. +\layout Subsubsection + +Lists +\layout Standard + +You get all the commonly supported list styles found in other classes as + well as two new ones. + I'll only describe the new ones here. + If you want to find out more about the other list environments check out + the +\emph on +User's Guide. + +\emph default + If you intend to use itemized lists you might also want to read about the + +\family sans +Itemize\SpecialChar ~ +Bullet\SpecialChar ~ +Selection +\family default + dialog described above in section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:bullet} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +The two new list styles, +\family sans +TickList +\family default +and +\family sans +CrossList +\family default +, are designed to make it easier for you to create lists of do's and don'ts + or right and wrong by providing dedicated environments that use a tick + or a cross as the label of the list. + These lists are in fact dedicated variants of the +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + environment. + They do however require that you have the +\family typewriter +psnfss +\family default + packages installed. +\layout Subsubsection + +Figures and Tables +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX redefines the floating tables and figures so that they appear exactly + where they are in the text rather than pushing them to the top of the page + or to some user specified location. + In fact if you change the float placement settings they are simply ignored. +\layout Subsubsection + +Page Headers and Footers +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foilfoot} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +My\SpecialChar ~ +Logo +\family default + and +\family sans +Restriction +\family default + are two commands used to control the left-footer text string. + The first is meant to allow you to include a graphic logo on your foils + and defaults to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +-Typeset by +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX- +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + While the second is meant to provide a classification for the audience, + +\emph on +e.g. + +\emph default + Confidential. + It is empty by default. +\layout Standard + +The remaining page corners can be filled by +\family sans + Right\SpecialChar ~ +Footer +\family default + (which defaults to page numbers), +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Header +\family default + (top right) and +\family sans +Left\SpecialChar ~ +Header +\family default + (top left). +\layout Subsection + +Unsupported +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX Goodies +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:unsuppfoils} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +All the commands mentioned below need to be set in a +\family sans +LaTeX +\family default + environment or as +\family sans +TeX +\family default + within another environment. +\layout Subsubsection + +Lengths +\layout Standard + +All lengths are adjusted using the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +setlength{ +\family default +\emph on +lengthname +\family typewriter +\emph default +}{ +\family default +\emph on +newlength +\family typewriter +\emph default +} +\family default + command. + Where +\emph on +lengthname +\emph default + should be replaced by the name given to the length you want to change and + +\emph on +newlength +\emph default + is the length value. + All lengths should be specified in units of length such as inches ( +\family typewriter +in +\family default +), millimeters ( +\family typewriter +mm +\family default +) or points ( +\family typewriter +pt +\family default +) or relative to some document or font-based length such as +\family typewriter + +\backslash +textwidth +\family default +. + +\layout Standard + +It's possible to change the spacing between a foilhead and the body of the + foil by adjusting the length specified by +\family typewriter + +\backslash +foilheadskip +\family default +. + For example, to make +\emph on +all +\emph default + foilheads 0.5 inches closer to their bodies put the following in the preamble: + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +foilheadskip}{-0.5in} +\layout Standard + +The spacings around floats can be adjusted by setting these lengths: +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +abovefloatskip +\family default +Separation between the text and the top of the float +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +abovecaptionskip +\family default +Separation between the float and the caption +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +belowcaptionskip +\family default +Separation between the caption and the following text +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +captionwidth +\family default + You can make the captions narrower than the surrounding text by adjusting + this length. + Best done relative to +\family typewriter + +\backslash +textwidth +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +There are also several title page related lengths that you may find useful + if you have a long title or several authors: +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +abovetitleskip +\family default + Separation from headers to +\family sans +Title +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +titleauthorskip +\family default + between +\family sans +Title +\family default + and +\family sans +Author +\family default + environments +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +authorauthorskip +\family default + between multiple +\family sans +Author +\family default + lines +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +authordateskip +\family default + between the +\family sans +Author +\family default + and the +\family sans +Date +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +dateabstractskip +\family default + between the +\family sans +Date +\family default + and the +\family sans +Abstract +\layout Standard + +The last length related command affects all the list environments. + If you place +\family typewriter + +\backslash +zerolistvertdimens +\family default + +\emph on +inside +\emph default + a list environment then all the vertical spacing between the list items + is removed. + Note that this is a command not a length so it doesn't require +\family typewriter + +\backslash +setlength +\family default + like the stuff mentioned above. +\layout Subsubsection + +Headers and Footers +\layout Standard + +The +\family typewriter + +\backslash +LogoOn +\family default + and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +LogoOff +\family default + commands control whether the logo in the +\family sans +MyLogo +\family default + definition appear on a given page. + If you put +\family typewriter + +\backslash +LogoOff +\family default + in the preamble then none of the foils will have the logo on them. + If you don't want the logo on a particular page place the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +LogoOff +\family default + directly after the foilhead of that page and the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +LogoOn +\family default + directly after the next foilhead. +\layout Standard + +If you decide to use the +\family sans +fancy +\family default + page style setting in the +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar ~ +Layout +\family default + dialog you should probably add +\family typewriter + +\backslash +let +\backslash +headwidth +\backslash +textwidth +\family default + to your preamble so headers and footers on landscape pages are correctly + placed when rotated. + This is due to some clashes between the page layouts provided by the +\family sans +fancyheadings +\family default + package and the +\family sans +foils +\family default + class. +\layout Section + +Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers) +\layout Standard + +by +\noun on +Allan Rae +\layout Subsection + +Introduction +\layout Standard + +Since this class is specifically for writing submissions to IEEE sponsored + conferences I strongly recommend that you get a copy of their Authors Kit. + The +\family sans +latex.sty +\family default + package and associated bibliography style file is included in the kit. + The Authors Kit is usually sent out by email once your initial submission + has been accepted. + There is a lot of useful information in the Authors Kit explaining formatting + restrictions and so on and I will assume you have read this since that + means I don't have to repeat it all here. +\layout Subsection + +Getting Started +\layout Standard + +[AR\SpecialChar \@. + more to come] +\layout Subsection + +Supported Environments +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Standard +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Title +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Author +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +E-mail +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Affiliation +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Abstract +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Section +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +SubSection +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Caption +\layout Subsection + +Differences Between Screen and Paper +\layout Standard + +There are slight differences in appearance mainly with the presentation + of section counters. + On screen the trailing period of the section counter is missing but it + will appear in the output so don't let this worry you. +\layout Section + +Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) +\layout Standard + +by +\shape smallcaps +Garst Reese +\layout Subsection + +Introduction +\layout Standard + +Getting the format of a Hollywood script right is a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +rite of passage. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + It is designed to make the readers focus on content and to be easy and + familiar for the actors to read. + Each page of a script should be one minute of film. + Nothing goes in a script that you cannot see or hear on screen. + The courier 12 pt font should be used throughout. + No italics. +\layout Subsection + +Special problems +\layout Standard + +Speakers' lines should NEVER break in mid-sentence. + If a speaker's lines continue over a page break, repeat the +\family sans +Speaker +\family default + title followed by (Cont'd). +\layout Subsection + +Special features +\layout Standard + +Insert the +\family sans +Speaker +\family default + names as labels then cross-reference the label to insert the name. + The cross-reference dialog will show the current cast of characters. + You can use this to insert the speaker name in narratives also. +\layout Subsection + +Paper size and Margins +\layout Standard + +USLetter, left 1.6in, right 0.75in, top 0.5in, bottom 0.75in +\layout Subsection + +Environments +\layout Standard + +The following environments are available. + You can use hollywood.bind to get the bind keys shown at the right. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Standard +\newline + +\family default +Used where nothing else works. + Try to avoid it. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +FADE_IN +\family default +: +\hfill + +\family sans +M-z S-I +\family default + +\newline +Usually followed by something like +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +on Sally waking up. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +INT: +\hfill +M-z i +\newline + +\family default +Introduces a new INTERIOR camera set-up. + Always followed by DAY or NIGHT, or something similar to define the lighting + required. + Everthing on this line in CAPS. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +EXT: +\hfill +M-z e +\newline + +\family default +Introduces a new EXTERIOR camera set-up. + Everthing on this line in CAPS. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Speaker +\hfill +M-z s +\newline + +\family default +The character speaking. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Parenthetical +\hfill +M-z p +\newline + +\family default +Instructions to the speaker. + The () are automatically inserted, but only the ( will show in LyX. + Both will be printed. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Dialogue +\hfill +M-z d +\newline + +\family default +What the +\family sans +Speaker +\family default + says. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Transition +\hfill +M-z t +\newline + +\family default +Camera movement instruction. + e.g. + CUT TO: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +FADE OUT: +\hfill +M-z S-I +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Author +\hfill +M-z S-A +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Title +\hfill +M-z S-T +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Right_Address +\hfill +M-z r +\layout Subsection + +Script jargon +\layout Itemize + +(O.S) --- off screen +\layout Itemize + +(V.0) --- voice over +\layout Itemize + +b.g. + --- background +\layout Itemize + +C.U. + --- close-up +\layout Itemize + +PAN --- camera movement +\layout Itemize + +INSERT --- cut to close-up of +\layout Section + +Broadway +\layout Standard + +by +\shape smallcaps +Garst Reese +\layout Subsection + +Introduction +\layout Standard + +Broadway is for writing plays. + The format is more decorative than Hollywood, and much less standardized. + This format should be suitable for workshops. +\layout Subsection + +Special problems +\layout Standard + +The same as in Hollywood. +\layout Subsection + +Special features +\layout Standard + +Insert the +\family sans +Speaker +\family default + names as labels then cross-reference the label to insert the name. + The cross-reference dialog will show the current cast of characters. +\layout Subsection + +Paper size and Margins +\layout Standard + +USLetter, left 1.6in, right 0.75in, top 0.5in, bottom 0.75in +\layout Subsection + +Environments +\layout Standard + +The following environments are available. + You can use broadway.bind to get the bind keys shown at the right. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Standard +\newline + +\family default +You should not have to use this, but it is here for anything that does not + fit otherwise. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Narrative +\hfill +M-z n +\newline + +\family default +Used to describe stage setting and the action. + First use of speaker names in all CAPs. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +ACT +\hfill +M-z a +\newline + +\family default +Automatically numbered. + On screen it will be arabic, but will print as Roman. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +ACT* +\hfill +M-z S at +\newline + +\family default +Subtitle for +\family sans +ACT. + +\family default +It is just centered text. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +SCENE +\hfill +M-z S-S +\newline + +\family default +Not automatically numbered. + You supply the number. + This is because I couldn't figure out how. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +AT_RISE: +\hfill +M-z S-R +\newline + +\family default +A special case of Narrative to describe the setting and action as the curtain + rises. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Speaker +\hfill +M-z s +\newline + +\family default +The speaker's (actor's) title, centered in all CAPS. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Parenthetical +\hfill +M-z p +\newline + +\family default +Instructions to the speaker. + The parentheses are automatically inserted. + The ( will appear on screen, but both will be in the printed play. + This environment is only used within +\family sans +Dialogue +\family default +. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Dialogue +\hfill +M-z d +\newline + +\family default +What the Speaker says. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +CURTAIN +\hfill +M-z S-C +\newline + +\family default +The curtain comes down. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Title +\hfill +M-z S-T +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Author +\hfill +M-z S-A +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Right_Address +\hfill +M-z r +\layout Standard + +Hello there. +\layout Section + +RevTeX4 +\layout Standard + +by +\noun on +Amir Karger +\layout Standard +\added_space_top bigskip \noindent +The +\family sans +Revtex\SpecialChar ~ +4 +\family default + textclass works with the American Physical Sociey's RevTeX 4.0 (the +\begin_inset Formula $\beta$ +\end_inset + + release of May, 1999) class. +\layout Standard + +LyX has a +\family sans +Revtex +\family default + textclass, which works with RevTeX 3.1. + However, v3.1 is basically obsolete, as it works with LaTeX 2.09. + That means that it doesn't interact very well with LyX, which requires + LaTeX2e, although it has been kludged to work. + Since RevTeX 4.0 has been designed to work much more cleanly with LaTeX2e, + LyX with the +\family sans +RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ +4 +\family default + textclass should also be pretty easy to use. +\layout Standard + +These documents are supposed to be used in +\emph on +addition +\emph default + to the RevTeX 4.0 documents, so we don't describe any of the special RevTeX + macros, and assume you'll know what to put in the preamble if necessary. +\layout Subsection + +Installation +\layout Standard + +All you need to do is install RevTeX 4, as described in the package's README + file. + the package can be found at +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[The RevTeX 4 Web Site]{http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/} + +\end_inset + +. + Install it somewhere that LaTeX can see it. + Test it by trying to LaTeX a short RevTeX 4 document in some random directory + (i.e., not the directory where you installed the class file.) Then, if you + reconfigure LyX, it will find the class file and let you use the RevTeX4 + textclass. +\layout Standard + +Probably the easiest way to get started is either to import a RevTeX 4 document + using +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +, or to use the +\family sans +Revtex\SpecialChar ~ +4 +\family default + template, found in the templates directory. +\layout Subsection + +Preamble Matter +\layout Standard + +Optional arguments to +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default +, like +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +preprint +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +aps +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, go in the +\family sans +E +\bar under +x +\bar default +tra\SpecialChar ~ +Options +\family default + field in the +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar ~ +Layout +\family default + dialog, as usual. + Remember that in RevTeX, at least one optional argument is required! +\layout Standard + +Other preamble matter, like +\family typewriter + +\backslash +draft +\family default + etc. + goes in the +\family sans +Latex\SpecialChar ~ +Preamble +\family default + dialog, also as usual. +\layout Subsection + +Layouts +\layout Standard + +The layouts basically correspond to the commands in RevTeX4.0. + For example, the Email layout corresponds to +\family typewriter + +\backslash +email{} +\family default +. + Note that (at least as of RevTeX 4.0 Beta), the +\family sans +Address +\family default + and +\family sans +Affiliation +\family default + layouts are exactly equivalent, so you shouldn't need to use both. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +In case you're curious, both were included so that +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + would be able to translate both +\family typewriter + +\backslash +address +\family default + and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +affiliation +\family default +. +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Important Notes +\layout Standard + +There are a couple of important unique aspects of RevTeX 4 which might cause + bugs that will be even more confusing in LyX. +\layout Standard + +In RevTeX, the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thanks +\family default + command goes +\emph on +outside +\emph default + the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +author +\family default + command. + The LyX equivalent is that there is a separate Thanks layout. + Do +\emph on +not +\emph default + write footnotes in the +\family sans +Author +\family default + layout, or weird things may happen. + See the RevTeX 4 documentation for more details. +\layout Standard + +Also, the +\family sans +Author\SpecialChar ~ +Email +\family default +, +\family sans +Author\SpecialChar ~ +URL +\family default +, and +\family sans +Thanks +\family default + layouts must be placed +\emph on +in between +\emph default + the +\family sans +Author +\family default + layout and the corresponding +\family sans +Address +\family default + (or equivalent +\family sans +Affiliation +\family default +) layout. + If you put the +\family sans +Thanks +\family default + after the +\family sans +Address +\family default +, the LaTeX won't compile. +\layout Subsection + +Drawbacks +\layout Standard + +The main problem with this layout is that you can't use the optional arguments + to layouts like Email and Title. + (The problem is not unique to this layout; you can't use optional arguments + to the Section layouts either.) This means that after you export that file + to LaTeX (which you'll need to do eventually to send it in to APS), you'll + need to edit the LaTeX file with a text editor to add the optional arguments + to set, e.g., the running title for the page headers. + Lacking these layouts makes the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +altaffiliation +\family default + (and the equivalent +\family typewriter + +\backslash +altaddress +\family default +) useless, so the corresponding layouts don't exist, and will have to be + added by hand. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Note from JMarc: +\emph default + actually, LyX 1.3.0 supports some forms of optional arguments, but this layout + has not been updated yet to take advantage of it. +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) +\begin_inset OptArg +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +The +\family typewriter +mw +\family default + Classes +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +by +\noun on +Tomasz Luczak +\layout Standard + +The LyX document classes +\emph on + article (mwart) +\emph default +, +\emph on +report (mwrep) +\emph default + and +\emph on +book +\emph default + +\emph on +(mwbk) +\emph default + correspond to the LaTeX document classes +\family typewriter +mwart.cls +\family default +, +\family typewriter +mwrep.cls +\family default + and +\family typewriter +mwbk.cls +\family default +, resp. + They are replacements for the standard document classes +\family typewriter +article.cls +\family default +, +\family typewriter +report.cls +\family default + and +\family typewriter +book.cls +\family default +, resp., and fit better to Polish typography conventions in a number of points. + +\layout Standard + +Basic differences: +\layout Itemize + +Unnumbered titles (with star, eg. + +\family sans +Section* +\family default +) are added into table of contents, +\layout Itemize + +Additional page styles: +\begin_deeper +\layout Description + +uheadings header with separated lines, +\layout Description + +myheadings custom header, contents headers via commands: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +markright +\family default + and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +markboth +\family default +, +\layout Description + +myuheadings custom header with separated lines, +\layout Description + +outer page number is placed on outer side of page +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Options +\begin_deeper +\layout Description + +rmheadings serif titles --- default, +\layout Description + +sfheadings sansserif titles, +\layout Description + +authortitle on title page first placed is author next title --- default, +\layout Description + +titleauthor on title page first placed is title next author, +\layout Description + +withmarginpar reserve place on page for margins. +\end_deeper +\layout Section + +Elsevier Journals +\layout Standard + +By +\noun on +Rod Pinna +\layout Standard + +Elsevier Science Publishers B.V. + provides a standard LaTeX document class ( +\family typewriter +elsart.cls +\family default +) for submitting articles to their various journals. + The style file can be downloaded directly from their web site: +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://authors.elsevier.com/} + +\end_inset + +. + Instructions are supplied along with the class file, which details the + requirements of the publishers. + LyX includes package that allows for the use of this class, by a layout + and a template file. + Installation of the class file is the same as for any other LaTeX package; + instructions are provided in the Elsevier documentation. +\layout Standard + +To make use of +\family typewriter +elsart.cls +\family default +, a file +\family typewriter +elsart.layout +\family default + is supplied. + As the Elsevier class file is based mainly on the standard article class, + most of the normal functionality is provided. + The Elsevier class defines a number of mathematical environments, which + are similar to the AMS environments. + These commands are all described in the Elsevier documentation, and are + available in LyX. +\layout Standard + +The easiest way to use the Elsevier style is to base documents on the included + template file. + It is best not to use options such as fancy headings or the geometry package, + as elements such as these are defined by Elsevier in their style file. + Ideally, no extra packages except those mentioned in the Elsevier documentation + should be used. + Essentially, Elsevier require as +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +clean +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + a +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +LaTeX +\end_inset + + file as possible, as their intention is to take the supplied file and replace + the class file with one for the particular journal to which the paper has + been submitted. + This also means that not too much time should be spent on the formating + of the document. + When it comes to be published, this will change anyway. + The rest of the usage for this layout is substantially the same as for + the normal article class. + For details of what Elsevier do and don't allow, refer to their documentation. +\layout Section + +Memoir +\layout Standard + +By +\noun on +Jürgen Spitzmüller +\layout Subsection + +Overview +\layout Standard + +Memoir is a very powerful and constantly evolving class. + It has been designed with regard to fictional and non-fictional literature. + Its aim is to let the user have maximum control over the typesetting of + his document. + Memoir is based on the standard book class, but it can also emulate the + article class (see below). +\layout Standard + +Peter Wilson, the developer of Memoir, is known as the author of lots of + useful packages in the LaTeX world. + Most of them have been merged with Memoir. + Therefore, it is much easier to layout the table of contents, appendices, + chapter designs and such. + LyX, though, does not support all of these goodies natively. + Some of them might be added to forthcoming releases +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +You are invited to send suggestions to +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org} + +\end_inset + +. +\end_inset + +, lots will probably never, due to the limitations of LyX's framework. + Of course you can still use all features with the help of some native LaTeX + commands (ERT +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Cf. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash + +\end_inset + +section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Inserting-LaTeX-Code} + +\end_inset + + for details. +\end_inset + +). + In this section, we can only list those features which are natively supported + by LyX. + For detailed descriptions (and for the rest of features) we are recommending + to have a look at the detailed manual of the Memoir class +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Cf. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/memoir/memman.pdf} + +\end_inset + +. +\end_inset + +, which is not only a user guide for the class, but also both a comprehensive + description on good typesetting and a superb example for good typesetting + itself. +\layout Subsection + +Basic features and restrictions +\layout Standard + +Memoir supports basically all features of the standard book classes. + There are, however, some differences, as follows: +\layout Description + +Font\SpecialChar ~ +sizes: Memoir has a broader range of font sizes: 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, + 17 +\layout Description + +Page\SpecialChar ~ +style: The fancy page style is not supported, due to a command clash + between Memoir and the fancyhdr package (they are both defining a command + with the same name, which confuses LaTeX). + Instead, Memoir comes with a bunch of own page styles (see +\family sans +Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Page\SpecialChar ~ +Style +\family default +). + If you want to use these for the chapter pages, you have to use the command + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +chapterstyle +\family default + in the main text or in preamble (e. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash + +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +chapterstyle{companion} +\family default +). +\layout Description + +Sectioning: Sectionings (chapter, section, subsection etc.) are coming with + an optional argument in the standard classes. + With this, you can specify an alternative version of the title for the + table of contents and the headers (for instance, if the title is too long). + In LyX, you can do this via +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Short\SpecialChar ~ +Title +\family default + at the beginning of a chapter/section. + Memoir features a second optional argument and thus separates the table + of contents from the header. + You can define three variants of a title with this: one for the main text, + one for the table of contents, and one for the headers. + Unfortunately, LyX does not support two optional arguments yet. + But you can fool it. + Just insert a pair of brackets in ERT-Mode ( +\family sans +C-l +\family default +) between the first and the second argument. + That is, type +\emph on + +\emph default + +\family typewriter +][ +\family default + +\emph on + +\emph default +in the Short Title inset (where +\family typewriter +][ +\family default + is in TeX-Mode). +\layout Description + +TOC/LOT/LOF: In the standard classes (and in many other classes), the table + of contents, the list of figures and the list of table start a new page + automatically. + Memoir does not follow this route. + You have to insert a page break yourself, if you want to have one. +\layout Description + +Titlepage: For some unknown reason, Memoir uses pagination on the title + page (in the standard classes, title pages are +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +empty +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, i. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +e. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash + +\end_inset + +without pagina). + If you want an empty title page, type +\family typewriter + +\backslash +aliaspagestyle{title}{empty} +\family default +in the preamble. +\layout Description + +Article: With the class option +\emph on +article +\emph default +(to be inserted in +\family sans +Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Extra\SpecialChar ~ +Options +\family default +), you can emulate article style. + That is, counters (footnotes, figures, tables etc.) will not be reset on + new chapters, chapters don't start a new page (but are---in contrary to + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +real +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + article classes---still allowed), parts, though, use their own page, as + in book. +\layout Description + +Oldfontcommands: By default, Memoir does not allow the use of the deprecated + font commands, which have been used in the old LaTeX version 2.09 (e. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash + +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +rm +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +it +\family default +). + It produces an error and stops LaTeX whenever such a command appears. + The class option +\emph on +oldfontcommands +\emph default + reallows the commands and spits out warnings instead (which does at least + not stop LaTeX). + Since a lot of packages and particularly BibTeX style files are still using + those commands, we have decided to use this option by default. +\layout Subsection + +Extra features +\layout Standard + +We will only describe the features supported by LyX (which is not much currently +). + Please consult the Memoir manual +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Cf. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/memoir/memman.pdf} + +\end_inset + +. +\end_inset + + for details. +\layout Description + +Abstract: You may wonder why an abstract is an extra feature. + Well, it is in book class. + Usually books don't have abstracts. + Memoir, however, has. + You can use it whereever and how often you like. +\layout Description + +Chapterprecis: You may know this from belletristic: The contents of a chapter + is shortly described below the title and also in the table of contents + (e. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +g. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash + +\end_inset + + +\emph on +Our hero arrives in Troia; he loses some friends; he finds others +\emph default +). + Chapterprecis does exactly this. + It is therefore only sensible below a chapter. +\layout Description + +Epigraph: An epigraph is a smart slogan or motto at the beginning of a chapter. + The epigraph environment provides an elegant way of typesetting such a + motto. + The motto itself (text) and its author (source) are divided by a short + line. + Unfortunately, we have to fool LyX a bit here again, since the environment + needs two arguments (text and source). + In this case, we have to use curly brackets (in TeX mode) between the two + arguments: +\emph on + +\emph default + +\family typewriter +}{ +\family default + +\emph on +. +\layout Description + +Poemtitle: Memoir has lots of possibilities to typeset poetry (up to very + complex figurative poems). + Lyx can only support a few of them. + One is poemtitle, which is a centered title for poems, which will also + be added to the table of contents (verse is the standard environment for + poems. + Memoir has some enhanced versions of verse, but you need to use ERT, because + they have to be nested inside regular verse environments, which is not + possible with LyX). +\layout Description + +Poemtitle*: Same as poemtitle, but it adds no entry to the table of contents. +\layout Chapter + +Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats +\begin_inset OptArg +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Importing and Exporting +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Considerations +\layout Standard + +Importing and exporting LyX documents from/to other formats has been touched + on briefly in the +\emph on +User Guide +\emph default +. + Here we describe more of the gory details needed to understand just what + is going on when you click on the +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +I +\bar default +mport +\family default + and +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator +E +\bar under +x +\bar default +port +\family default + menu items. + +\layout Section + +Importing Other Formats +\layout Subsection + +LaTeX +\layout Standard + +Translating from LaTeX into LyX is performed by a Perl script called reLyX. + Although it is a standalone program which can be called from the command + line, LyX will call it automatically when a LaTeX document is imported. + See section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:reLyX} + +\end_inset + + for a complete description. + There are no user tunable parameters for reLyX within LyX. +\layout Subsection + +ASCII Text +\layout Standard + +When importing plain ASCII text, there are two methods of reading the file. + Importing +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +as lines +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + preserves all the linebreaks in the ASCII; to LyX, then, each line looks + like a paragraph. + Importing +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +as paragraphs +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + assumes that consecutive lines separated by only a single linebreak form + a single paragraph. + Successive linebreaks with no intervening text are thus assumed to be paragraph + delimiters. +\layout Subsection + +Noweb +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +[Editor's note: Needs to be written, obviously - any volunteers? --- mer] +\layout Section + +Exporting Other Formats +\layout Subsection + +LaTeX +\layout Standard + +LyX generates two types of LaTeX files: stripped down versions for the normal + processing ( +\family sans +View DVI +\family default +, etc.) which one normally never sees +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +The resulting file is a perfectly valid LaTeX file, though the preamble + might look a bit strange since it includes some definitions used by LyX + which wouldn't show up in most human-written files. +\end_inset + +, and human readable forms which are suitable for exchanging with your colleague +s. + The only settable option for the translation is the line length of the + output file. + The default is 65 characters, but it can be set in +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +ools +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +references +\family default + using the +\family sans +\bar under +A +\bar default +scii\SpecialChar ~ +line\SpecialChar ~ +length +\family default + field. + +\layout Subsection + +Device Independent Files +\layout Standard + +Device Independent files (DVI files) are produced by running LaTeX on your + document. + There are no user settable options. +\layout Subsection + +PostScript® +\layout Standard + +The next step in the conversion chain is converting a DVI file into Postscript®. + You can either use +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +xport +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Pos +\bar under +t +\bar default +script +\family default + or, if you need more control on the result, +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +rint +\family default +. + If you use the later, note that it is possible to configure, in +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +ools +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +references +\family default +, the options passed to the dvips program to achieve different effects. +\layout Subsection + +ASCII text +\layout Standard + +Exporting as ASCII attempts to preserve the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +shape +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + of the document as well as possible, but things like centering and indentation + are thrown out; paragraphs are separated by blank lines. + Section numbering and cross-references are done correctly, so the resulting + text files is remarkably readable. + The only changeable option is the length of lines, as for LaTeX output. +\layout Subsection + +HTML +\layout Standard + +LyX documents can be converted to hypertext markup, usually by converting + to LaTeX first, then converting that to HTML\SpecialChar \@. + Three LaTeX +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + +HTML converters are currently known to LyX: +\family typewriter +tth +\family default +, +\family typewriter +latex2html +\family default +, and +\family typewriter +hevea +\family default +. + Though they are autodetected, you can overide the selection in preferences. + You can also include further command line options in this dialog. + +\layout Subsection + +PDF +\layout Standard +\added_space_bottom bigskip +by +\noun on +Dekel Tsur +\noun default + (mostly) +\layout Standard + +The fastest way to generate a basic PDF file (no tags, links, etc.) with + any version of LyX is to save the document as a Postscript® file, then + run the +\family typewriter +ps2pdf +\family default + command on it. + Starting with version 1.1.6, the menu item +\family sans +File->Export->PDF +\family default + will do all this for you. + There are some issues with fonts that you need to pay attention to: see + Section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:badfonts} + +\end_inset + +. + Also, as of version 1.1.6, there is a better method that will generate much + more sophisticated files. +\layout Subsubsection + +Use pdfLaTeX +\layout Standard + +With pdfLaTeX you need to convert your eps figures to PDF (see Section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pdfeps} + +\end_inset + +), and you cannot use pstricks. + On the other hand, with pdfLaTeX it is possible to insert directly images + in JPEG or PNG format, use TrueType fonts, and more. +\layout Subsubsection + +Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader? +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:badfonts} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset OptArg +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Bad Fonts in Acrobat Reader +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +The problem is that bitmap fonts are displayed poorly by Acrobat Reader. + When creating a PDF from the LyX file, you need to use outline font instead + of the default bitmap fonts (in fact, you should also use outline fonts + for Postscript files). + Recent LaTeX distributions come with Postscript® Type 1 version of the + standard (Computer Modern) fonts. + pdfLaTeX uses these font by default. + Dvips doesn't use these fonts by default, so to make it use them, add the + following to lines to your +\family typewriter +~/.dvipsrc +\family default + file +\layout LyX-Code + +p+ psfonts.cmz +\layout LyX-Code + +p+ psfonts.amz +\layout Standard + +If the default LaTeX font encoding (OT1) is used, nothing else need to be + done. + However, if the T1 font encoding is used, then LaTeX uses the newer EC + fonts, for which there are no Type1 version. + The solution is to use the ae package which emulates T1 coded fonts using + the standard CM fonts. + This is done by adding +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage{ae,aecompl} +\family default + to the preamble of the LyX file. + However, some glyphs are missing from the CM fonts (e.g. + eth, thorn), and they are taken from the EC fonts. + Therefore you get these glyphs as bitmaps. +\layout Standard + +Note: LyX uses by default the T1 font encoding. + If you wish to use the default font encoding (this is not recommended, + unless you only write English documents), clear the field +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +eX\SpecialChar ~ +encoding +\family default + in preferences (tabs +\family sans +Outputs +\family default +, +\family sans +Misc +\family default +). + +\layout Standard + +An alternate option is to use the standard Postscript® fonts instead of + the Computer Modern fonts. + To do that, you need to select +\family sans +pslatex +\family default + as the global font in the document layout dialog. + When using the Postscript® fonts, the result PDF file is smaller as the + fonts are not saved into the file. + Furthermore, the Postscript® fonts include all T1 glyphs. + On the other hand, the Postscript® fonts have no bold symbol font, so poor + man's bold must be used (see Section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pdfbold} + +\end_inset + +). + The Postscript® fonts also look different from the Computer Modern fonts. +\layout Standard + +To sum up, both the Computer Modern and the Postscript® fonts gives good + results (with few exceptions). + The decision of which one to use is a matter of taste. +\layout Subsubsection + +Why doesn't the +\backslash +boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex? +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pdfbold} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset OptArg +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +boldsymbol{} +\family default + and +\family typewriter +pslatex +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +The Postscript® fonts do not have a bold symbol font. + The solution is to use the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +pmb{} +\family default + (poor man's bold) command. +\layout Standard + +It is possible to redefine the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +boldsymbol +\family default + command to use +\family typewriter + +\backslash +pmb +\family default + by putting +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +boldsymbol}[1]{ +\backslash +pmb{#1}} +\layout Standard + +in the preamble. +\layout Subsubsection + +Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running + pdfLaTeX? +\begin_inset OptArg +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Conditionals with pdfLaTeX +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Yes. + Here is an example: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +newif +\backslash +ifpdf +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +ifx +\backslash +pdfoutput +\backslash +undefined +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +pdffalse +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +else +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +pdftrue +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +fi +\layout LyX-Code + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +ifpdf +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +pdfinfo { /Author (your name and e-mail address) +\layout LyX-Code + + /Title (official title -- i.e., title element) +\layout LyX-Code + + /Subject (one line description of the document) +\layout LyX-Code + + } +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +pdfcatalog { /PageMode (/UseNone) +\layout LyX-Code + + % /OpenAction (fitbh) +\layout LyX-Code + + } +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +else +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +fi +\layout Subsubsection + +How can I make URLs clickable ? +\layout Standard + +See the references here : +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://wiki.lyx.org/pmwiki.php/FAQ/PDF} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Custom +\layout Standard + +Custom exports are possible if you have some particularly weird format you + wish to convert to, assuming you have the relevant converter, of course. + The format of the +\emph on +input +\emph default + file can be chosen in the +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +C +\bar default +ustom +\family default +dialog; LyX will automatically convert the file to this point, then feed + it to your custom converter. + The possible values are all formats that LyX can produce from its own documents. + +\layout Standard + +The converter command is also specified in the dialog.It should be a completely + qualified command line which uses the variable +\family typewriter +$$FName +\family default + to specify the name of the file. + If this variable is not given, then the file will be sent to the standard + input of your command. + You may have to apply a bit of ingenuity to escape this sequence correctly + so that it is compatible with your shell. + +\layout Standard + +While it is not possible to save this command using the +\family sans +Preferences +\family default +dialog, you can manually edit your +\family typewriter +.lyx/preferences +\family default + to add a line like +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +custom_export_command "mycommand $$FName" +\layout Section + +The Complete reLyX Description +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:reLyX} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Synopsis +\layout Standard + +The simplest way to use reLyX is via the +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +I +\bar default +mport +\family default + command in LyX. + That runs reLyX on the given file and loads the resulting file into LyX. + You should try that first, and call it from the command line only if you + need to use more complicated options. +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +reLyX +\series default + [ +\series bold +-c +\series default + +\shape italic +textclass +\shape default + ] [ +\series bold +-df +\series default + ] [ +\series bold +-o +\series default + +\shape italic +outputdir +\shape default + ] [ +\series bold + -r +\series default +\shape italic + renv1 +\shape default +[, +\shape italic +renv2 +\shape default +...]] [ +\series bold + -s +\series default +\shape italic + sfile1 +\shape default +[, +\shape italic +sfile2 +\shape default +...]] +\emph on +inputfile +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +reLyX +\series default + +\series bold +-p +\series default + +\series bold +-c +\series default + +\shape italic +textclass +\shape default + [ +\series bold +-df +\series default + ] [ +\series bold +-o +\series default + +\shape italic +outputdir +\shape default + ] [ +\series bold + -r +\series default +\shape italic + renv1 +\shape default +[, +\shape italic +renv2 +\shape default +...]] [ +\series bold + -s +\series default +\shape italic + sfile1 +\shape default +[, +\shape italic +sfile2 +\shape default +...]] +\emph on +inputfiles +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +reLyX +\series default + +\series bold +-h +\layout Subsection + +Options +\layout Description + + +\series bold +-c +\series default + Class. + By default, when reLyX sees a +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass{foo} +\family default + command, it creates a file of textclass +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +foo +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and reads the LyX layout file for that class. + Use +\series bold +-c +\series default + to declare a different textclass (and read a different layout file). +\layout Description + + +\series bold +-d +\series default + Debug. + By default, reLyX gives sparse output and deletes the temporary files which + were created during translation. + Using the +\series bold +-d +\series default + flag will create much more output (both to stdout and stderr) and leave + the temporary files around. +\layout Description + + +\series bold +-f +\series default + Force. + reLyX will not run if the +\family typewriter +.lyx +\family default + file it would generate already exists Use the +\series bold +-f +\series default + option (carefully) to clobber any existing files. +\layout Description + + +\series bold +-h +\series default + Help. + Print out usage information and quit +\layout Description + + +\series bold +-o +\series default + Output directory. + With this option, all temporary files and LyX output files (for the given + input file, for any included files, or for any file fragments given with + the +\series bold +-p +\series default + option) will be put into +\shape italic +outputdir +\shape default +. + Otherwise, for each file +\emph on +dir/foo.tex +\emph default +, the temporary files and the LyX output file will be created in +\emph on +dir +\emph default +. + This can be useful if a file includes files from other directories which + you want to consolidate in one directory, or if you don't have write permission + on the directory the LaTeX files are in. +\layout Description + + +\series bold +-p +\series default + Partial file. + The input files are LaTeX fragments, with no preamble matter or +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{document} +\family default + commands. + This option requires the +\series bold +-c +\series default + option, since there are no +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default + commands in the files reLyX is translating. + When using this option, you can translate more than one file, as long as + all files are the same class. + The LyX file created by reLyX can be included in an existing LyX file using + +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Fil +\bar under +e +\bar default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ly +\bar under +X +\bar default +\SpecialChar ~ +Document +\family default +. +\layout Description + + +\series bold +-r +\series default + Regular environments (see the Section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:relyx-syntax} + +\end_inset + +). + If you give more than one environment, separate them with commas (not + spaces). + You'll probably need to quote the environment list, especially if it has + asterisk environments (foo*) in it. + If you use this command often, considering creating a personal syntax file. +\layout Description + + +\series bold +-s +\series default + Syntax files. + Input (one or more quoted, comma-separated) syntax files to read in addition + to the default. + (see the section Section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:relyx-syntax} + +\end_inset + + for details). +\layout Subsection + +Description +\layout Subsubsection + +Introduction +\layout Standard + +reLyX will create a LyX file +\emph on +dir/foo.lyx +\emph default + from the LaTeX file +\emph on +dir/foo.tex +\emph default + (unless the +\series bold +-o +\series default + option is used). +\layout Standard + +Suffixes +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default +, +\family typewriter +.ltx +\family default + and +\family typewriter +.latex +\family default + are supported. + If +\emph on +inputfile +\emph default + does not exist and does not have one of these suffixes, reLyX will try + to translate +\emph on +inputfile.tex +\emph default +. + (This is similar to the behavior of LaTeX.) +\layout Standard + +The purpose of reLyX is to translate +\shape italic +well-behaved +\shape default + LaTeX2e into LyX. + If your LaTeX file doesn't compile---or if you do weird things, like redefining + standard LaTeX commands---it may choke. + LaTeX209 will often be translated correctly, but it's not guaranteed. +\layout Standard + +reLyX has some bugs and lacks a few features. + However, its main goals are: +\layout Itemize + +Get through a well-behaved LaTeX2e file without crashing +\layout Itemize + +Translate a lot of that file. +\layout Itemize + +Localize the parts that can't be translated and copy them in TeX mode +\layout Standard + +It achieves these main goals pretty well on most files. +\layout Standard + +There are many improvements that can and will be made to reLyX in the future. + However, we wanted to get reLyX out there early on, to make it easier for + new LyX users to read in their existing LaTeX files. +\layout Subsubsection + +Usage +\layout Standard + +Here's a more lengthy description of what you should do to translate a LaTeX + document into LyX. +\layout Itemize + +Run reLyX. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +reLyX will inform you of its progress and give any warnings to stderr, so + if you don't want any output at all, try (in csh) +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +reLyX foo.tex >& /dev/null +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + or (in bash) +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +reLyX foo.tex +\family default + +\family typewriter +2>&1 >/dev/null +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + You should NOT redirect standard output to +\family typewriter +foo.lyx +\family default +. + +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Run LyX on the resulting .lyx file. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +In theory, most of the file will have been translated, and anything that's + untranslatable will be highlighted in red (TeX mode). + In theory, LyX will be able to read in the file, and to create printed + documents from it, because all that untranslated red stuff will be passed + directly back to LaTeX, which LyX uses as a backend. + Unfortunately, reality doesn't always reflect theory. + If reLyX crashes, or LyX cannot read the generated LyX file, see Section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:relyx-bugs} + +\end_inset + + or the +\family typewriter +BUGS +\family default + file. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Change things that are in ERT boxes (TeX code) by hand in LyX. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +As mentioned above, you should be able to print out the LyX file even without + doing this. + However, changing a command in TeX mode to the corresponding LyX object + will allow you to take advantage of LyX's WYSIWYM editing. +\layout Standard + +reLyX is not guaranteed to create a LyX file which generates exactly the + same output as the LaTeX file, but it should come close. + reLyX will generally err on the side of translating less to ensure that + dvi or ps files are accurate, even though this leads to more +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +evil red text +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and less WYSIWYM. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +PROOFREAD THE DOCUMENT!! +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +I'm sure you were planning on doing this anyway, but it's particularly important + after translating a LaTeX document. + reLyX is, at least now, better at +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +macro-translating +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (translating the whole document) than +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +micro-translating +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (translating every little detail). + For example, you may see extra spaces or deleted spaces. + Space handling has improved, but it's not perfect. +\end_deeper +\layout Subsubsection + +What reLyX Can Handle +\layout Standard + +reLyX understands many LaTeX commands. + It will translate: +\layout Itemize + +regular text, including mini-commands like ~, '', +\family typewriter + +\backslash +@ +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +TeX +\family default +, as well as accented characters like +\family typewriter + +\backslash +'{a} +\family default +, and the special cases ?` and !` +\layout Itemize + +title commands like +\family typewriter + +\backslash +author +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +date +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +title +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thanks +\family default + and the abstract environment +\layout Itemize + +heading commands like +\family typewriter + +\backslash +section +\family default + including starred commands ( +\family typewriter + +\backslash +section* +\family default +) +\layout Itemize + +Environments: +\family typewriter +quote +\family default +, +\family typewriter +quotation +\family default +, and +\family typewriter +verse +\family default +; +\family typewriter +center +\family default +, +\family typewriter +flushright +\family default +, and +\family typewriter +flushleft +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +itemize +\family default +, +\family typewriter +enumerate +\family default +, and +\family typewriter +description +\family default + environments, and their +\family typewriter + +\backslash +item +\family default + commands. + Also, well-behaved nested lists +\layout Itemize + +cross-referencing commands: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +ref +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +pageref +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +label +\family default +, and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +cite +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +footnote +\family default + and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +margin +\layout Itemize + +font-changing commands including +\family typewriter + +\backslash +em +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +emph +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +textit +\family default +, and corresponding commands to change family, size, series, and shape +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +input{foo} +\family default + (or +\family typewriter + +\backslash +input{foo.blah} +\family default +) and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +include{foo} +\family default +. + Plain TeX +\family typewriter + +\backslash +input +\family default + command +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +input foo.tex +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + is also supported. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +tabular +\family default + environment, and commands that go inside it like +\family typewriter + +\backslash +hline +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +cline +\family default +, and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +multicolumn +\family default + (but see below) +\layout Itemize + +float environments +\family typewriter +table +\family default + and +\family typewriter +table* +\family default +, as well as +\family typewriter + +\backslash +caption +\family default + commands within them +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +thebibliography +\family default + environment and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bibitem +\family default + command, as well as BibTeX's +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bibliography +\family default + and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bibliographystyle +\family default + commands +\layout Itemize + +miscellaneous commands: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +hfill +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\backslash + +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +noindent +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +ldots +\family default +... +\layout Itemize + +documentclass-specific environments (and some commands) which can be translated + to LyX layouts +\layout Itemize + +arguments to certain untranslatable commands (e.g. + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +mbox +\family default +) +\layout Standard + +Some of this support may not be 100% yet. + See below for details +\layout Standard + +reLyX copies math (almost) verbatim from your LaTeX file. + Luckily, LyX reads in LaTeX math, so (almost) any math which is supported + by LyX should work just fine. + A few math commands which are not supported by LyX will be replaced with + their equivalents, e.g., +\family typewriter + +\backslash +to +\family default + is converted to +\family typewriter + +\backslash +rightarrow +\family default +. + See the section on +\shape italic +Syntax Files +\shape default + for more details. +\layout Standard + +reLyX will also copy any preamble commands (i.e., anything before +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{document} +\family default +) verbatim, so fancy stuff you've got in your preamble should be conserved + in dvi and printed documents, although it will not of course show up in + the LyX window. + Check the preamble to make sure. +\layout Subsubsection + +What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK +\layout Itemize + +figures and +\family typewriter +tabular* +\family default + tables +\layout Itemize + +minipages +\layout Itemize + +spacing commands ( +\family typewriter + +\backslash +vspace +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +pagebreak +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +par +\family default +) +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +centering +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +raggedleft +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +raggedright +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +verb +\family default + and +\family typewriter +verbatim +\family default + environment. + reLyX is careful to copy +\shape italic +exactly +\shape default + in this case, including comments and whitespace. +\layout Itemize + +some unknown (e.g., user-defined) environments and commands +\layout Standard + +reLyX copies unknown commands, along with their arguments, verbatim into + the LyX file. + Also, if it sees a +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{foo} +\family default + where it doesn't recognize the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +foo +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + environment, it will copy verbatim until it sees +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{foo} +\family default + (unless you use the +\series bold +-r +\series default + option). + Hopefully, then, most of these unknown commands won't cause reLyX to break; + they'll merely require you to do some editing once you've loaded the file + up in LyX. + That should be less painful than editing either the +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + or the +\family typewriter +.lyx +\family default + file using a text editor. +\layout Subsubsection + +What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~ +k.\SpecialChar ~ +a. + BUGS +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:relyx-bugs} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Since reLyX is relatively new, it's got a number of problems. + As it matures, these bugs will be squished. + A number of bugs and missing features can be found listed on the LyX bug + tracker, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[LyX Bugzilla]{http://bugzilla.lyx.org/} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +If reLyX is choking on something, or LyX can't read it after reLyX translates + it, the best thing to do is to put +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{reLyXskip} +\family default + before the offending text, and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{reLyXskip} +\family default + after it. + I call this a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +skip +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + block. + reLyX will copy this block exactly, in TeX mode. + Then edit the resulting LyX file, and translate the unknown stuff by hand. + The +\family typewriter +reLyXskip +\family default + environment is magical; the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin +\family default + and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end +\family default + commands will not be put into the LyX file. +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Exact +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + copying of unknown environments and commands isn't quite exact. + Specifically, newlines and comments may be lost. + This will yield ugly LyX, but in almost all cases the output will be the + same. + However, certain parts of the file will be copied perfectly, including + whitespace and comments. + This includes: the LaTeX preamble, +\family typewriter +verbatim +\family default + environments and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +verb +\family default + commands, and skip blocks. +\layout Itemize + +reLyX translates only a few options to the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default + command. + (Specifically 1[012]pt, [letter|legal|executive|a4|a5|b5]paper, [one|two]side, + landscape, and [one|two]column.) Other options are placed in the extra class + options field in the +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +ettings +\family default + dialog. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +More importantly, reLyX doesn't translate +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage +\family default + commands, margin commands, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +newcommand +\family default +s, or, in fact, anything else from the preamble. + It simply copies them into the LaTeX preamble. + If you have margin commands in your preamble, then the LyX file will generate + the right margins. + However, these margins will override any margins you set in the LyX +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument +\bar under +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +S +\bar default +ettings +\family default + dialog. + So you should remove the options from the preamble to be safe. + The same goes for setting your language with babel, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +inputencoding +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +pagestyle +\family default +, etc. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +The foil class has a couple bugs. + reLyX may do weird things with optional arguments to +\family typewriter + +\backslash +foilhead +\family default + commands. + Also, it may handle +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{dinglist} +\family default + incorrectly (although the stuff in the environment should translate normally). +\layout Standard + +reLyX is hopefully rather robust. + As mentioned above, it may not translate your file perfectly, but it shouldn't + crash. + If it does crash---and the problem is not one of those mentioned above + or in the +\emph on +BUGS +\emph default + file---see Section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:relyx-bug-reports} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Subsubsection + +What LyX Can't Handle +\layout Standard + +LyX itself is missing a couple features, such that even if reLyX translates + things perfectly, LyX may still have trouble reading it. + If you really need these features, you can export your final document as + LaTeX, and put them back in. + See +\emph on +BUGS +\emph default + for more details on these bugs. +\layout Itemize + +For a number of commands, LyX does not support the optional argument. + Examples include +\family typewriter + +\backslash +sqrt +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +chapter +\family default + (and other sectioning commands), and +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\backslash + +\family default +. + reLyX will automatically discard the optional arguments with a warning + to stdout. + LyX also ignores the width argument for the +\family typewriter +thebibliography +\family default + environment. +\layout Itemize + +Centering (or right or left justifying) works on full paragraphs. +\layout Itemize + +LyX support for tables isn't perfect. + For complicated tables, use a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +skip +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + block, so that they will be copied in TeX mode. +\layout Itemize + +The LyX math editor can't handle the AMS-LaTeX math environments align, + split, etc. + So those environments will be copied in TeX mode. + You can change +\family typewriter +equation* +\family default + environments to the exactly equivalent displaymath, and then they will + be translated correctly. +\layout Subsection + +Examples +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +reLyX -df -o +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +my/dir +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + -r +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +myenv +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + foo.tex > foo.debug +\layout Standard + +The above will create a file my/dir/foo.lyx from foo.tex, overwriting if necessary. + When it finds a +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{myenv} ... + +\backslash +end{myenv} +\family default + block, it will translate the stuff within the block, but copy the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin +\family default + and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end +\family default + commands in TeX mode. + Finally, I'm going to keep the temporary files around (they will also + be in my/dir/) and output lots of debugging information into the file foo.debug. +\layout Subsection + +Notes +\layout Subsubsection + +Bug Reports +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:relyx-bug-reports} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +If reLyX is crashing or otherwise acting strangely---in ways other than + those described in Section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:relyx-bugs} + +\end_inset + + or the bug tracker---then please run reLyX +\series bold + -d +\series default +. + That will allow you to figure out where in the reLyXing process it crashed. + That, in turn, will allow you to write a better bug report, which will + allow the developers to fix it more quickly and easily. +\layout Standard + +Bug reports should be sent to the LyX developers' mailing list. + Its address is currently +\family typewriter +lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org +\family default +. + If you are running reLyX on a huge file, please do not send all of the + output in your bug report. + Just include the last ten or twenty lines of output, along with the piece + of the LaTeX file it crashed on. + Or, even better, attach a small but complete file which causes the same + problem as your original file. +\layout Subsubsection + +Implementation Details: +\layout Standard + +reLyX makes several +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +passes +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in order to translate a TeX file. + On each pass, it creates one or two files. +\layout Description + +Pass\SpecialChar ~ +0 \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Before doing anything, read the syntax file (or files). +\layout Description + +Pass\SpecialChar ~ +1a \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Split preamble (anything before a +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{document} +\family default + command) off the rest of the file. + It saves the two pieces in separate files. + This is necessary because there may be very strange stuff in a preamble. + It also ignores anything after the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{document} +\family default +, on the assumption that it isn't LaTeX. +\layout Description + +Pass\SpecialChar ~ +1b \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Translate the preamble. + Currently, that just means translating the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default + command and copying the rest exactly into the LyX preamble. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Once you know what class the document is, read the LyX layout file for that + class. +\end_deeper +\layout Description + +Pass\SpecialChar ~ +2 \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Clean +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + the TeX file, generating slightly stricter LaTeX. + This includes: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Change, e.g., +\family typewriter +x^2 +\family default + to the equivalent but clearer +\family typewriter +x^{2} +\layout Itemize + +Removing optional arguments that LyX can't handle (e.g., from +\family typewriter + +\backslash +sqrt +\family default +) +\layout Itemize + +Changing +\family typewriter +{ +\backslash +em foo} +\family default + to +\family typewriter + +\backslash +emph{foo} +\family default +, etc. + This is necessary because LyX always writes out the non-local forms anyway. + This should very rarely make a difference. +\end_deeper +\layout Description + +Pass\SpecialChar ~ +3 \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Translate LaTeX text, commands, and environments to LyX. +\layout Description + +Pass\SpecialChar ~ +4 \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Put the two pieces back together, and do some final tweaking, to generate + the LyX file +\layout Standard + +If there are any +\family typewriter + +\backslash +input +\family default + or +\family typewriter + +\backslash +include +\family default + commands, reLyX will loop back to the beginning and translate those. + It assumes that the included files are the same class as the main file, + and that they have no preamble matter. + (If you have an +\family typewriter + +\backslash +input +\family default + command in the preamble of a file, the command will be copied exactly into + the LaTeX preamble portion of the LyX file, so the included file won't + be translated.) So when translating included files, it skips passes 0 and + 1. +\layout Standard + +If reLyX doesn't find a file you wanted to include, it will give a warning, + but will continue to translate any files it does find. +\layout Subsubsection + +Layout Files +\layout Standard + +reLyX reads a LyX layout file to know how to handle LaTeX environments and + commands which get translated to LyX layouts. + This file will include all +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +normal +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + non-math environments (i.e., including quote and itemize, but not tabular, + minipage, and some other fancy environments), and commands like +\family typewriter + +\backslash +section +\family default + and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +title +\family default +. + If you want to reLyX a class that doesn't have an existing layout file, + then you'll have to create a layout file. + But you have to do this anyway, in order to LyX the file, since LyX depends + on layout files to know how to display and process its files. + Check the LyX documentation for help with this task (which can be hard + or easy, depending on the class you want to create a layout file for.) If + your class is quite similar to a class that has a layout file, then consider + using the +\series bold +-c +\series default + option. +\layout Subsubsection + +Syntax Files +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:relyx-syntax} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +reLyX always reads at least one syntax file, called the default syntax file. + reLyX will read your personal syntax file if it exists; otherwise it will + read the system-wide file. + reLyX will read additional syntax files if you specify them with the +\series bold +-s +\series default + option. + (These extra files should have the same format as the default file, but + will tend to be shorter, since they only have to specify extra commands + not found in the default file.) A syntax file tells reLyX a few things. +\layout Standard + +First, it describes the syntax of each command, that is, how many required + arguments and how many optional arguments the command takes. + Knowing this makes it easier for reLyX to copy (in TeX mode) commands that + it doesn't know how to translate. + The syntax file simply has a command, followed by braces or brackets describing + its arguments in the correct order. + For example, a syntax file entry +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bibitem[]{} +\family default + means that the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bibitem +\family default + command takes an optional argument followed by a required one, while the + entry +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bf +\family default + means that the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bf +\family default + command takes no arguments at all. + When reLyX encounters a token that it doesn't know how to translate into + LyX, it will copy the token---along with the correct number of arguments---exac +tly. + If the token is not in the syntax file, then reLyX just copies as many + arguments as it finds. + This means that it may copy too much. + But since the user can specify additional syntax files, that shouldn't + happen often. +\layout Standard + +Some commands that cannot be translated to LyX, like +\family typewriter + +\backslash +mbox +\family default +, have as one of their arguments regular LaTeX text. + If the string +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +translate +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + is put into an argument of an (untranslatable) command in the syntax file, + then reLyX will translate that argument instead of copying it verbatim. + So, for example, the default syntax file has +\family typewriter + +\backslash +raisebox{}[][]{translate} +\family default +. + This means that the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +raisebox +\family default + command and the first argument (and optional arguments if they exist) are + copied in TeX mode, but the last argument (which may contain math, complicated + LaTeX, other untranslatable commands, etc.) will be translated into LyX. + You can't use +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +translate +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + on optional arguments. +\layout Standard + +User-defined syntax files are allowed to define new commands and their syntax, + or override the number of arguments for a command given in the default + syntax file. + (E.g., if you're using a style that gives an extra argument to some command...) + However, this will only be useful for commands copied in TeX mode. + Commands which are actually translated by reLyX (like +\family typewriter + +\backslash +item +\family default +) have their argument syntax hard-coded. + The hard-coded commands are identified in the default syntax file. +\layout Standard + +Second, the syntax file describes any +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +regular environments +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + Usually, an entire unknown environment will be copied in TeX mode. + If you define a regular environment +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +foo +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, though, then only the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{foo} +\family default + and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{foo} +\family default + commands will be copied in TeX mode; the text within the environment will + be treated (i.e., translated) by reLyX as regular LaTeX, rather than being + copied into TeX mode. + Don't try to declare +\family typewriter +tabbing +\family default + and +\family typewriter +picture +\family default + as regular environments, as the text within those environments will confuse + reLyX; use this capability for new environments you create that have plain + text or math or simple commands in them. + You also can't declare unknown math environments (like +\family typewriter +equation* +\family default +) as regular environments, either, since the LyX math editor won't understand + them. + The names of regular environments appear, whitespace-separated, between + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{reLyXre} +\family default + and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{reLyXre} +\family default + statements in the syntax file. + (If you have a regular environment which you won't use very often, you + can use the +\series bold +-r +\series default + option rather than writing a syntax file.) +\layout Standard + +Third, the syntax file describes a math translation table. + The LyX math editor doesn't support a few commands. + For example, +\family typewriter +_ +\family default + is supported, but the equivalent +\family typewriter + +\backslash +sb +\family default + is not. + Put any commands you'd like translate between +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{reLyXmt} +\family default + and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{reLyXmt} +\family default + statements. + The statement +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +| { +\backslash +Vert} +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + means that any +\family typewriter + +\backslash +| +\family default + in math mode will be converted to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +Vert +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\family default +(in cases where a token made up of a backslash and a non-letter is translated + to something with letters at the end, a space is added by reLyX. + That way, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +|a +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + is correctly translated to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +Vert a +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +). +\layout Subsubsection + +Miscellaneous +\layout Standard + +You need Perl version 5.002 or later to run reLyX. + If you don't have Perl, you should get it anyway (at +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[Perl]{http://www.perl.com/} + +\end_inset + +), because it's a really useful tool for pretty much anything. + +\layout Subsection + +Diagnostics +\layout Standard + +reLyX should always explain why it crashes, if it crashes. + Some diagnostics may be very technical, though, if they come from the guts + of the code. + reLyX gives much more information while running if you use the +\series bold +-d +\series default + option, but you shouldn't need that unless something goes wrong. +\layout Standard + +When it's finished, reLyX will tell you if it finished successfully or died + due to some error. +\layout Subsection + +Warnings +\layout Standard + +Always keep a copy of your original LaTeX files either under a different + name or in a different directory. + There are a couple ways in which using LyX could lead to overwriting the + original LaTeX file. +\layout Standard + +If you import +\family typewriter +foo.tex +\family default + to create +\family typewriter +foo.lyx +\family default +, then edit +\family typewriter +foo.lyx +\family default + and want to re-export it, note that it will overwrite the original +\family typewriter +foo.tex +\family default +. + (LyX will +\emph on +not +\emph default + ask you if you want to overwrite it.) +\layout Standard + +If you have chosen not to use a temporary directory in the preferences, + then LyX will create its temporary files in your current directory, which + means your LaTeX original may be overwritten (without a warning from LyX) + when you +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +view dvi +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + or print the LyX document. +\layout Subsection + +Files +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +MY_LYXDIR/layouts/*.layout +\family default +\series default + \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +User's personal layout files for document classes +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +MY_LYXDIR/reLyX/syntax.default +\family default +\series default + \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +User's personal syntax file +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +LIBDIR/layouts/*.layout +\family default +\series default + \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +System-wide layout files for document classes +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +LIBDIR/reLyX/syntax.default +\family default +\series default + \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +System-wide LaTeX syntax file +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +LIBDIR +\family default + is the system-wide LyX directory, usually something like +\family typewriter +/usr/local/share/lyx/ +\family default +. + +\family typewriter +MY_LYXDIR +\family default + is your personal LyX directory, something like +\family typewriter +.lyx/ +\family default + in your home directory. + You can see their actual values in the +\family sans +\bar under +H +\bar default +elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator +About\SpecialChar ~ +Ly +\bar under +X +\family default +\bar default + dialog. +\layout Subsection + +See also +\layout Standard + + +\shape italic +lyx +\shape default +(1), +\shape italic +latex +\shape default +(1) +\layout Subsection + +Authors +\layout Standard + +Copyright (c) 1998--9 +\noun on +Amir Karger +\noun default + ( +\family typewriter +karger@voth.chem.utah.edu +\family default +) +\layout Standard + +Code contributors: +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +John Weiss +\noun default + wrote the original CleanTeX pass. +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Etienne Grossmann +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Jos\i \'{e} + Ab\i \'{\i} +lio Oliveira Matos +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +David Suarez de Lis +\layout Standard + +Other contributors: +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Jean-Marc Lasgouttes +\noun default + worked on the wrapper script and offered lots of bug reports, advice, and + feature suggestions. +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Asger K. + Alstrup Nielsen +\noun default + and +\noun on +Marc Pavese +\noun default + provided advice. +\layout Itemize + +Various members of the LyX developers' and users' lists provided bug reports + and feature suggestions. +\layout Standard + +reLyX uses a modified version the Perl TeX parser +\family typewriter +Text::TeX +\family default + package written by +\noun on +Ilya Zakharevich +\noun default + ( +\family typewriter +ilya@math.ohio-state.edu +\family default +), available on CPAN. +\layout Chapter + +LyX Features needing Extra Software +\layout Section + +Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) +\layout Standard + +by +\noun on +Paul Evans +\layout Subsection + +Overview +\layout Standard + +LinuxDoc is a document class available in LyX if you have the +\family typewriter +sgml-tools +\family default + package installed. + You can use it to produce documents in the so-called Standardized General + Mark-up Language (SGML) in the particular format used by the Linux Documentatio +n Project. + That is obviously helpful if you are contributing to that project. + You can use the SGML format with the +\family typewriter +sgml-tools +\family default + package of scripts and programs (to produce other formats, including Latex, + HTML, plain text, man pages and\SpecialChar \ldots{} +). + You may therefore prefer to use this document class if you want to write + something that can be easily translated into other formats. +\layout Standard + +You will find that LinuxDoc has fewer layout options than the other text + classes in LyX. + This is mainly so that the translations into other formats have a chance + of making some sense. + In this section we describe: +\layout Itemize + +how to setup and use a document in LinuxDoc +\layout Itemize + +how to use the tags in LinuxDoc to layout your document +\layout Itemize + +how to use the SGML packages to produce the various formats +\layout Itemize + +how to sort out some problems. +\layout Subsection + +Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document +\layout Subsubsection + +Getting started +\layout Standard + +You start by selecting the LinuxDoc class using the +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +ettings +\family default + dialog. + +\family sans + +\family default +Then you will find that there are fewer paragraph environments than for + most other classes. + You can see them on the pull down box on the left of the tool bar. + How to use them is described in section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:sgmlparas} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +You +\emph on +must +\emph default + enter a title for the document, followed by an author, marking each with + the appropriate paragraph environment. + If you don't do this, you will get errors when you try to print the file. + You can then enter the date and an abstract. + The document proper must start with a Section paragraph environment rather + than any standard layout. +\layout Standard + +After that you can prepare a document as usual using the available range + of paragraph environments. + See section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:sgmlparas} + +\end_inset + + for the full list and their uses. +\layout Subsubsection + +Output from LinuxDoc +\layout Standard + +You can print and save these documents in the normal way. + To use the other features of the SGML package you need to save your document + as LinuxDoc; this is a version in which the document is translated into + the basic sgml tags. + Use +\family sans + +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Linu +\bar under +x +\bar default +Doc. + +\family default + You will get a file with the same name and a +\family typewriter +.sgml +\family default + extension rather than a +\family typewriter +.lyx +\family default + extension. + See\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:sgmloperate} + +\end_inset + + on how you than make use of this file. +\layout Subsection + +Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc +\layout Subsubsection + +The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document +\layout Standard + +There is a formal structure for LinuxDoc which limits how you can place + tags. + There are two parts to all documents: +\layout Description + +Header: this is everything up to the first time you insert a Section layout + marker. + It can include title, author, date, abstract and ToC. + You must include the first two. +\layout Description + +Body: from the beginning of the first section onwards. + All other tags are allowed. + +\layout Subsubsection + +The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:sgmlparas} + +\end_inset + +Here is a list of all the tags you will find listed on the layout bar in + the order they come there, with some comments where the purpose or use + is not obvious: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Standard: +\family roman + works as described in [cross reference] +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Title +\family default +: This will appear at the top left of the document when printed, above a + heavy horizontal rule, although you will not see this on the LyX screen. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Section, Subsection, Subsubsection, Paragraph and Subparagraph: +\family default + all do what you would expect and in the usual order. + Whether they are numbered or not is controlled by the +\family sans +Section\SpecialChar ~ +number\SpecialChar ~ +depth +\family default + setting. + You cannot get the equivalent number free versions in any other way; there + is no +\family sans +Section* +\family default + or similar +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Enumerate: +\family default + As usual this produces a numbered and indented list as described in the + +\emph on +User's Guide +\emph default +. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Itemize: +\family roman +Again much the same as in the other classes: see the +\emph on +User's Guide +\emph default +. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Description +\family default +: As explained in the +\emph on +User's Guide +\emph default +. + Remember that if you want the bold element at the start of a description + to be more than one word then you need to put protected spaces between + the words. + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Verbatim: +\family default +As usual. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Code: similar to the Lyx-Code +\family roman + environment +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Author +\family default +: Anything you mark with this will appear on the left of the heading of + the document, under the heavy rule. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Date: +\family default + Anything you mark with this will appear on the right of the heading under + the rule. + You do not have to make this a date. + Any text can be entered, e.\SpecialChar ~ +g. + a version number. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Abstract +\family default +: You can use this to produce a free standing paragraph after the author + and date, and before the first section. + You are only allowed one such paragraph. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Author's note. + +\emph default +This needs checking --- +\emph on +pe. +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Displaymath +\family default +: +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Author's note: +\emph default +I have not yet checked this --- +\emph on +pe. +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsubsection + +Other document features +\layout Standard + +You can also use the +\family sans +Layout +\family default +menu to set fonts or to emphasis words. + You can also use the table of contents as usual; see the corresponding + section of the +\emph on +User's Guide +\emph default +. + Although you will find some some other features on the menus e.\SpecialChar ~ +g. + inserting footnotes. + There is some doubt about whether these will work correctly. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Author's note: +\emph default +Again still checking to see whether this is my system +\emph on + ---pe. +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsubsection + +Cross references and HTML +\layout Standard + +On the +\family sans + Insert +\family default + menu you will find two new options relating to the inclusion of URL addresses. + If you use either option you will find some highlighted TeX code inserted + into your document in three separate blocks with spaces available between. + The blocks will be: +\layout Quote + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +htmlurl{ +\family default + or +\family typewriter + +\backslash +url{ +\family roman + +\hfill +space +\family default + +\family typewriter + +\hfill +}{ +\family roman + +\hfill +space +\hfill + +\family typewriter +} +\layout Standard + +You insert a full HTML tag between the first and second blocks. + This can be +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://any.address} + +\end_inset + + or other valid tags such as +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{mailto:me@my.address} + +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +. +\family default +Then y +\family roman +ou +\family default +insert some description between the second and third blocks. + The differences are: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +URL: +\family roman + both the HTML tag and the description will appear in the document +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +HTML\SpecialChar ~ +URL: +\family roman +only the description appears in the printed version +\layout Subsection + +Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts +\begin_inset Note +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +This section is completely outdated. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:sgmloperate} + +\end_inset + +You can use LinuxDoc as a text class without any additional scripts or programs, + but there is not much point in doing this. + All you will get is a document that looks like a +\emph on +Linux Documentation Project Howto +\family sans +\emph default +. + +\family default +To do the document translation you need to get and install the +\family typewriter +sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz +\family default +(with +\begin_inset Formula $x\geq3$ +\end_inset + +) package from +\family roman +the SGML-Tools WWW Page +\family default + at +\layout LyX-Code + + +\family roman + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://pobox.com/~cg/sgmltools} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + +\layout Standard + +Alternatively, you can go to the +\family typewriter +sunsite +\family default + archive at +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Note that, at the time of this writing (01/1998), version 1.0.3 of sgml-tools + has not yet been made available at +\family typewriter +sunsite +\family default +. +\end_inset + + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\family roman + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/text/sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +The +\family default + file +\family typewriter +sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz +\family default + contains everything that you need to write SGML documents and convert them + to groff, LaTeX, HTML, GNU info, LyX, and RTF\SpecialChar \@. + +\layout Standard + +This package was renamed from +\family typewriter +linuxdoc-sgml-1.5.tar.gz +\family default + in January 1997. +\layout Standard + +Follow the instructions in that package on how to install it and how to + use it. + All this has to be done outside of LyX, before you can use the +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator +as\SpecialChar ~ +LinuxDoc +\family roman +option. +\layout Subsection + +Troubleshooting LinuxDoc +\layout Standard + +When you print or preview a LinuxDoc document some checking is done of the + tags before LaTeX is run. + Some errors are trapped here, especially those concerning the structure + of the document. + LyX may produce an error message, but not leave an error box in the document + for you to open. + You may have to look at the files directly to discover what is wrong. + Most problems seem to come from the use of options that are not fully available + in the text class. +\layout Section + +Checking TeX +\layout Standard + +by +\noun on +Asger Alstrup +\layout Subsection + +Introduction +\layout Standard + +Under the +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +ools +\family default + menu, you'll find a +\family sans +\bar under +C +\bar default +heck\SpecialChar ~ +TeX +\family default + command. + This feature requires you to have the +\family typewriter +chktex +\family default + program installed, and is grayed out if you don't have it. + You can get it from your nearest CTAN mirror, or over the Web from +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ifi.uio.no/~jensthi/chktex/} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +The +\family sans +ChkTeX +\family default + package is a program that was written by +\noun on +Jens T. + Berger Thielemann +\noun default + in frustration because some constructs in LaTeX are sometimes non-intuitive, + and easy to forget. + The program runs over your LaTeX file and checks the integrity of the file, + and flags some common errors. + In other technical words, it is +\family typewriter +Lint +\family default + for LaTeX. +\layout Standard + +Well, what is a syntax checker doing in LyX which is supposed to produce + correct LaTeX anyways? The answer is simple: Just as +\family typewriter +Lint +\family default + not only checks the +\emph on +syntax +\emph default + of C programs, but also does +\emph on +semantic +\emph default + checks for type-errors, +\family sans +ChkTeX +\family default + catches some common +\emph on +typographic +\emph default + errors, in addition to the syntactical ones. + Specifically, +\family sans +ChkTeX +\family default + is capable of detecting several common errors, such as +\layout Itemize + +Ellipsis detection: +\newline +Use \SpecialChar \ldots{} + instead of ... +\layout Itemize + +No space in front of/after parenthesis: +\newline +( wrong spacing ) +\layout Itemize + +Enforcement of normal space after common abbreviations: +\newline +e. + g. + is too wide spacing. +\layout Itemize + +Enforcement of end-of-sentence space when the last sentence ends with a + capital letter: +\newline +This is a TEST. + And this is wrong spacing. +\layout Itemize + +Space in front of labels and similar commands: +\newline +The label should stick right up to the text to avoid falling to a wrong + page. + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:chktex} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +This footnote is in danger of falling off to a wrong page +\end_inset + + The label is separated too much. +\layout Itemize + +Space in front of references, instead of hard spaces: +\newline +In you are in bad luck, the text will break right between the referenced + text and reference number, and that's a pity. + See section +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:chktex} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Itemize + +Use of +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +x +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + instead of +\begin_inset Formula $\times$ +\end_inset + + between numbers: +\newline +2x2 looks cheap compared to +\begin_inset Formula $2\times2$ +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +and more \SpecialChar \ldots{} + It is an invaluable tool when you are +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +finishing up +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + your document before printing, and you should run it right after the obligatory + spelling check, and before you go fine tuning the typesetting. +\layout Subsection + +How to use it +\layout Standard + +If you have the program installed, usage is as simple as choosing +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +C +\bar default +heck\SpecialChar ~ +TeX +\family default +. + This will make LyX generate a LaTeX file of your document, start +\family sans +ChkTeX +\family default + to check it, and then make LyX insert +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +error boxes +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + with the warnings from +\family sans +ChkTeX +\family default +, if there were any. + The warnings will be placed close to the point of the mistake, and you + can quickly find them by using the +\family sans +\bar under +N +\bar default +avigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +rror +\family default + menu item, or the shortcut key +\family sans +C-g +\family default + from the default +\family typewriter +cua +\family default + bind file. + Open the error boxes by clicking on them with the mouse, or use the shortcut + key +\family sans +C-i +\family default + from +\family typewriter +cua +\family default + bindings, or the corresponding +\family sans +C-o +\family default + for the alternate +\family typewriter +emacs +\family default + bind file. + Read the warning and correct the mistake, if it is a mistake. + If you have trouble understanding what the warning is about, you can safely + ignore it. + Remember that there is a hidden layer between the document on screen and + the technical details in invoking +\family sans +ChkTeX +\family default +, and this gap can make some warnings seem arcane or just right down plain + silly. +\layout Standard + +This document is an excellent testing bed for the feature, and it should + provide quite a few warnings for you to fiddle with. + Since computers are only so smart, expect most of the warnings to be false + alarms, though. +\layout Subsection + +How to fine tune it +\layout Standard + +Sometimes, you'll find that +\family sans +ChkTeX +\family default + makes more noise than suits your mood. + Then you can choose not to use it, wait until your mood changes, or try + to customize +\family sans +ChkTeX +\family default + to get better along with you. + Another choice in the most desperate situations is to use +\family sans +\bar under +V +\bar default +iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +R +\bar default +emove\SpecialChar ~ +All\SpecialChar ~ +Error\SpecialChar ~ +Boxes +\family default +, which will get rid of all warnings instantly. +\layout Standard + +Although +\family sans +ChkTeX +\family default + +\emph on +is +\emph default + very configurable and extensible, you shouldn't expect to solve all problems + with +\family sans +ChkTeX +\family default + in LyX this way. + Since LyX has to generate a somewhat special LaTeX file to be able to match + the line numbers from the +\family sans +ChkTeX +\family default + output +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +You can inspect the specific output from +\family sans +chktex +\family default + by using +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +View\SpecialChar ~ +LaTeX\SpecialChar ~ +Log +\family default + right after a +\family sans +chktex +\family default + run. +\end_inset + + to the internal document structure, some of the warnings will not seen + to appear correctly. + There are two things you can do about this: +\layout Itemize + +Fine tune the +\family sans +ChkTeX +\family default + invocation command line in +\family sans +Preferences +\family default + (tabs +\family sans +Outputs +\family default +, +\family sans +Misc +\family default +), or the global +\family sans +ChkTeX +\family default + installation configuration file (usually with the file +\family typewriter +/usr/local/share/chktexrc +\family default +). + See below to learn what warnings can be enabled and disabled on the command + line. + +\layout Itemize + +Export your document as a raw LaTeX file using +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +aTeX +\family default + and run +\family typewriter +chktex +\family default + manually on that. + Invoked in this way, it can be a hassle to find the corresponding place + in the document inside LyX, but with a little patience, you should be able + to do it. +\layout Standard + +Here follows the warning messages that can be enabled and disabled in +\family sans +Preferences +\family default +. + Use +\family typewriter +-n# +\family default + to disable a warning, and +\family typewriter +-w# +\family default + to enable a warning. + The emphasized entries are disabled by default, because the default is + " +\family typewriter +chktex -n1 -n3 -n6 -n9 -n22 -n25 -n30 -n38 +\family default +". +\layout Standard + +Notice that you should only use the options that enable and disable warnings, + because LyX relies on some of the other command line parameters to be set + in a specific way to have a chance to communicate with +\family typewriter +chktex +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +\emph on +Command terminated with space. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Non-breaking space ( +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +~ +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) should have been used. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +\emph on +You should enclose the previous parenthesis with +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +{} +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Italic correction ( +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +/ +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) found in non-italic buffer. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Italic correction ( +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +/ +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) found more than once. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +\emph on +No italic correction ( +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +/ +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) found. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Accent command +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +cmd +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + needs use of +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +cmd +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Wrong length of dash may have been used. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +%s +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + expected, found +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +%s +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Solo +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +%s +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + found. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +You should use +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +%s +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + to achieve an ellipsis. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Inter-word spacing ( +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +) should perhaps be used. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Inter-sentence spacing ( +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +@ +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) should perhaps be used. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Could not find argument for command. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +No match found for +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +%s +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Math mode still on at end of LaTeX file. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Number of +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +char +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + doesn't match the number of +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +char +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +You should use either +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family default + or +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\family default + as an alternative to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +" +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +You should use " +\family typewriter +' +\family default +" (ASCII 39) instead of " +\family typewriter +´ +\family default +" (ASCII 180). +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +User-specified pattern found. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +This command might not be intended. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +\emph on +Comment displayed. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Either +\family typewriter +'' +\backslash +,' +\family default + or +\family typewriter +' +\backslash +,'' +\family default + will look better. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Delete this space to maintain correct page references. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +\emph on +You might wish to put this between a pair of +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +{} +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +You ought to remove spaces in front of punctuation. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Could not execute LaTeX command. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Don't use +\family typewriter + +\backslash +/ +\family default + in front of small punctuation. +\layout Enumerate + + +\family typewriter +\size small +$ +\backslash +times$ +\family default + may look prettier here. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +\emph on +Multiple spaces detected in output. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +This text may be ignored. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Use +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family default + to begin quotation, not +\family typewriter +' +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Use +\family typewriter +' +\family default + to end quotation, not +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Don't mix quotes. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +You should perhaps use +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +cmd +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + instead. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +You should put a space in front of/after parenthesis. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +You should avoid spaces in front of/after parenthesis. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +\emph on +You should not use punctuation in front of/after quotes. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Double space found. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +You should put punctuation outside inner/inside display math mode. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +You ought to not use primitive TeX in LaTeX code. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +You should remove spaces in front of +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +%s +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +%s +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + is normally not followed by +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +%c +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +In later versions of LyX, we hope to provide a more complete interface to + this tool (and it's smaller cousin +\family typewriter +lacheck +\family default +) to exploit the full power of it. + But it's not exactly useless as it is now: go try it on one of your existing + documents of a certain length and be surprised. +\layout Section + +Version Control in LyX +\layout Standard + +by +\noun on + Lars Gullik Bjønnes +\layout Subsection + +Introduction +\layout Standard + +A friend of mine wanted to try LyX for a group project. + When he didn't find support for version control or file locking, he dropped + it. + This angered me a bit, so I thought that I should at least make support + for RCS (with the possibility of CVS and/or SCCS as a future improvement.) + This has now been done. + LyX now supports some of the most basic RCS commands. + If you need to something a bit more sophisticated you will have to do that + manually in an xterm. +\layout Standard + +Before you begin to use the version control features in LyX, you should + read +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +rcsintro +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (a man file, read it with +\family typewriter +man rcsintro +\family default +). + This file describes all the basic features of RCS. + You should especially notice the comment about a RCS directory, and the + notion of a master RCS file (the file ending in +\family typewriter +,v +\family default +). +\layout Standard + +The implementation in LyX assumes a recent version of the GNU RCS package---no + guarantees are made for older versions. +\layout Subsection + +RCS commands in LyX +\layout Standard + +The following sections describe the RCS commands supported by LyX. + You can find them in the +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +V +\bar default +ersion\SpecialChar ~ +Control +\family default + submenu. +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +Register +\layout Standard + +If your document is not under revision control, this is the only item shown + in the menu. + And if it is under revision control, the +\family sans +\bar under +R +\bar default +egister +\family default + item is grayed out. + +\layout Standard + +This command registers your document with RCS\SpecialChar \@. + You are asked interactively + to supply an initial description of the document. + The document is now set in Read-Only mode and you have to +\family sans +Check\SpecialChar ~ +Out\SpecialChar ~ +For\SpecialChar ~ +Edit +\family default +, before making any changes to it. + A document under revision control has a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +[RCS: ] +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + item tagged to the filename in the minibuffer. +\layout Standard + +RCS command that is run: +\family typewriter +ci -q -u -i -t-"" +\layout Standard + +Read +\family typewriter +man ci +\family default + to understand the switches. + +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +Check In Changes +\layout Standard + +When you are finished editing a file, you check in your changes. + When you do this, you are asked for a description of the changes. + This is stored in the history log. + The version number is bumped, your changes are applied to the master RCS + file, the document is unlocked and set to Read-Only mode. + +\layout Standard + +RCS command: +\family typewriter +ci -q -u -m"" +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +Check Out For Edit +\layout Standard + +By doing this you lock the document so that only you can edit it. + This will also make the document Read-Write only for you. + You will usually continue editing for a while and when you are finished + you check in your changes. + The status line is changed to reflect that you have locked the file. + +\layout Standard + +RCS command: +\family typewriter +co -q -l +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +Revert To Last Version +\layout Standard + +This will discard all changes made to the document since the last check + in. + You get a warning before changes are discarded. +\layout Standard + +RCS command: +\family typewriter +co -f -u +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +Undo Last Checkin +\layout Standard + +This makes as if the last check in never happened. + No changes are made to the document loaded into LyX, but the last version + is removed from the master RCS file. + +\layout Standard + +RCS command: +\family typewriter +rcs -o +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +Show History +\layout Standard + +This show the complete history of the RCS document. + The output of +\family typewriter +rlog +\family default + is shown in a browser. + See +\family typewriter +man rlog +\family default + for more info. +\layout Section + +Literate Programming +\layout Standard + +Updated by +\noun on +Kayvan Sylvan +\noun default +(kayvan@sylvan.com) +\noun on +, +\noun default +original documentation written by +\noun on +Edmar Wienskoski Jr. + +\noun default + (edmar-w-jr@technologist.com) +\layout Subsection + +Introduction +\layout Standard + +The main purpose of this documentation is to show you how to use LyX for + literate programming. + Where it is assumed that you are familiar with this programming technique, + and know what +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +tangling +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +weaving +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + means. + If that is not the case, please follow the web links provided in the following + sections. + There is a lot of good documentation out there covering old development + history to the latest tools tips. +\layout Standard + +It is also assumed that you are familiar with LyX itself to a point that + you are comfortable changing your LyX preferences, and X resources file. + If that is not the case please refer to other LyX documentation to cover + your specific needs. +\layout Subsection + +Literate Programming +\layout Standard + +From the Literate Programming FAQ: +\layout Quotation + +Literate programming is the combination of documentation and source together + in a fashion suited for reading by human beings. + In fact, literate programs should be enjoyable reading, even inviting! + (Sorry Bob, I couldn't resist!) In general, literate programs combine source + and documentation in a single file. + Literate programming tools then parse the file to produce either readable + documentation or compilable source. + The WEB style of literate programming was created by D.E. + Knuth during the development of his TeX typesetting software. + +\layout Standard + +Another excerpt says: +\layout Quotation + + +\emph on +How is literate programming different from verbose commenting? +\layout Quotation + +There are three distinguishing characteristics. + In order of importance, they are: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +flexible order of elaboration +\layout Itemize + +automatic support for browsing +\layout Itemize + +typeset documentation, especially diagrams and mathematics +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Now that I sparked your curiosity, take a look in the references. +\layout Subsubsection + +References +\layout Standard + +The complete Literate Programming FAQ can be found at: +\layout Quote + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[Literate Programming FAQ]{http://shelob.ce.ttu.edu/daves/lpfaq/faq.html} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +The FAQ lists 23 (twenty three!) different literate programming tools. + Where some are specialized or +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +tailored +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + for particular programming languages, while other have general scope. + I selected +\noun on +Noweb +\noun default + for my own use for several reasons: +\layout Itemize + +It can generate the documentation either in latex or html. +\layout Itemize + +It has a open architecture, i.e., it is easy to plug in new filters and to + perform special processing that you may need. + +\layout Itemize + +There is a good selection of filters available already (the html is one + of them). +\layout Itemize + +It is free. +\layout Standard + +The Noweb web page can be found at: +\layout Quote + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[Noweb home page]{http://www.cs.virginia.edu/~nr/noweb/} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Starting from there you can reach many other interesting links and even + some literate program examples. +\layout Subsection + +LyX and Literate Programming +\layout Standard + +The LyX support for Literate Programming is provided by using the generic + LyX convertors mechanism. + This support is provided in a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Noweb independent +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + way, i.e., you will be able to use this new LyX feature with some other literate + programming tool of your choice by just changing your LyX preferences. +\layout Subsubsection + +Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) +\layout Paragraph + +Selecting the document class +\layout Standard + +If you have installed Noweb and LyX successfully, whenever you open a new + document or try to change the document class of an existing one, you will + find that there are three new document classes available: +\layout Itemize + +Article (Noweb) +\layout Itemize + +Book (Noweb) +\layout Itemize + +Report (Noweb) +\layout Standard + +You must select one of them to create your literate documents from. + +\layout Standard + +Note that literate documents are not limited to these three classes. + New classes can be generated from other styles like letter or in combination + with other class variations like Article (AMS). + If you have special needs that cannot be covered by one of the existing + classes, let the LyX developers list (lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org) know and we + will arrange to insert a new entry, or teach you how to do it. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +It is very simple, it involves the creation of a file with four lines, and + re-running of the auto configuration. +\end_inset + + Moreover, if you use a literate tool other than Noweb you may need to create + a new set of document classes for it. +\layout Paragraph + +Typing code in +\layout Standard + +LyX enables you to write code with a layout named +\noun on +Scrap +\noun default +. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +The equivalent Noweb term is +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Chunk +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + For historical reasons, I got used to the term +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +scrap +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + introduced by other literate tool named Nuweb, which I used for many years + before rendering myself to Noweb. +\end_inset + + Noweb delimits scraps like this: +\layout LyX-Code + +<>= +\layout LyX-Code + + code +\layout LyX-Code + + more code +\layout LyX-Code + + even more code +\layout LyX-Code + + @ +\layout Standard + +The problem is that whatever is written in between the << and the +\family typewriter +@ +\family default + must be taken literally, i.e., LyX should be prevented from making any special + interpretation of what has been written. + This is handled by a special layout named Scrap, that works like a normal + paragraph but has a free spacing capability. +\layout Standard + +The down side of the Scrap paragraph layout is that consecutive paragraphs + of code will be spaced with one empty line in the source code and also + in the printed documentation. + The work around is to enter each line of code within a single Scrap, with + a newline (ctrl-return). + The example above will look like this: +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +If you have a printed version of this document you will not see any difference + between the previous example and this one. +\end_inset + + +\layout LyX-Code + +<>= +\newline + code +\newline + more code +\newline + even more code +\newline + @ +\layout Standard + +This layout works fine. + The only real inconvenience is that you have to type ctrl-return instead + of a plain return. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +It is in my list of +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +improvements +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + to fix that. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +As a special note, you can also use the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +%def +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + construct of Noweb in your scraps to add items to Noweb's identifier cross-refe +rence: +\layout LyX-Code + +<>= +\newline + def some_function(args): +\newline + "This is the doc string for this function." +\newline + print "My args: ", args +\layout LyX-Code + +@ %def some_function +\layout Standard + +For an example of this usage and the resulting cross-reference output, look + at the Literate python program in +\emph on +LIBDIR/examples/listerrors.lyx +\emph default +which should make this all clear. +\layout Paragraph + +Generating the documentation +\layout Standard + +At this point you already have a new document file with a proper document + class, and with some code and text on it. + How do I print it? The answer is simple, you select +\family sans +\bar under +V +\bar default +iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI, +\family default + etc. + Just like you would do for a plain document. + No special procedure is required. +\layout Standard + +To help orientate you, I will now explain what happens inside LyX: +\layout Enumerate + +When the +\family sans +\bar under +U +\bar default +pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI +\family default +menu option is chosen, a latex file is generated. + +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +If the document is of any literate class the generated file will be named + with an extension name defined by the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +literate +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + format (defined in the Preferences panel), otherwise the file will have + the usual +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default +extension. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Note that the only difference so far is in the name of the file, no special + processing is required by LyX. + Given that you formatted the code using the Scrap layout that, by itself, + takes care of the business. +\layout Enumerate + +If the document is of any literate class LyX will then use the internal + LyX to Noweb converter, followed by the Noweb to LaTeX converter +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +The converters are defined in the +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +references +\family default + panel, under the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Conversion +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + tab. +\end_inset + + to generate the LaTeX file. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Otherwise it will just skip this step. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Finally, LaTeX is invoked and the regular post processing continues as in + a plain document. +\layout Standard + +Independence from a particular +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +literate tool +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + is easily achieved by changing the commands that are run by the various + converters. +\layout Paragraph + +Generating the code +\layout Standard + +When the build menu option is chosen or the corresponding button in the + toolbar is pressed, a latex file is generated just like step 1 above. + Next, LyX invokes the +\family typewriter + Noweb->Program +\family default + converter. + Typically, this converter (like any other converter), has two parts: +\layout Enumerate + +The converter program itself. + This program performs the conversion from the one format to the other (in + this case, from the Noweb format to the Program pseudo-format). +\layout Enumerate + +The error log parser. + This is a program whose sole purpose is to rewrite error messages in a + format that LyX understands. + This makes it possible for LyX to place error boxes in the right places + in the file buffer. +\layout Standard + +The first part, the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Converter +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + setting, should be set to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +build-script $$i +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + This basically means that LyX will call +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +build-script +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (a program or script) with the name of the Noweb file (generally a file + in the LyX temp directory). + +\layout Standard + +This is an implementation of +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +build-script +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + that you can place in a directory on your path: +\layout LyX-Code + +#!/bin/sh +\layout LyX-Code + +# +\layout LyX-Code + +notangle -Rbuild-script $1 | env NOWEB_SOURCE=$1 sh +\layout Standard + +The next part of the converter setting is the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Flags +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + which is to be set to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +originaldir,parselog=listerrors +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + This will run any errors that are generated by the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +build-script +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + process through the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +listerrors +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + program. +\layout Standard + +The converter code looks in +\emph on +MYLYXDIR/scripts +\emph default +first, then in +\emph on + LIBDIR/scripts +\emph default +then on the path for the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +listerrors +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + program. +\layout Paragraph + +Build instructions in the document +\layout Standard + +The last piece of the integration between LyX and noweb is the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +build-script +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + scrap. + Generally, the instructions for building your program should be embedded + in a scrap of its own. + The noweb-specific +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +build-script +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + above uses the notangle command to look for this scrap (called +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +build-script +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) and runs its contents through +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +sh +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Typically, such a scrap would look something like this: +\layout LyX-Code + +<>= +\newline +#!/bin/sh +\newline + +\newline +if [ -z "${NOWEB_SOURCE}" ] +\newline +then +\newline + NOWEB_SOURCE=myfile.nw +\newline +fi +\newline +[... + code to extract files ...] +\newline +[... + code to compile files ...] +\newline +@ +\layout Standard + +Look in +\emph on +LIBDIR/examples/listerrors.lyx +\emph default +or in +\emph on +LIBDIR/examples/Literate.lyx +\emph default + which implement two versions of the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +listerrors +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + program for some illustrations of how all of these pieces go together or + in +\emph on +LIBDIR/examples/noweb2lyx.lyx. + +\emph default +Interestingly, these three files show off the language-indepence of the + LyX literate programming support since they are written in Python, C and + Perl respectively. +\layout Subsubsection + +Configuring LyX +\layout Standard + +All the Literate Programming support is configured by the +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +references +\family default + panel in the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Conversion +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + tab. + The important parts are: +\layout Description + +the\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +literate +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +format Set up via the Formats tab, this is where the Noweb-specific pieces + are set up. + The +\family sans +GUI Name +\family default + is set to +\family typewriter +NoWeb +\family default +, the file extension is set to +\family typewriter +.nw +\family default +. + This tells LyX to create a file with a +\family typewriter +.nw +\family default + extension in the first step of the conversion process. +\layout Description + +the\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Program +\family default +\SpecialChar ~ +format This is an empty format whose sole purpose is to be the endpoint + of a conversion (which then allows us to set up a converter for it). +\layout Description + + +\family sans +NoWeb +\family default +-> +\family sans +LaTeX +\family default + This converter performs the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +weaving +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + of the literate document. + For Noweb, it is set to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +noweave -delay -index $$i > $$o +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\layout Description + + +\family sans +NoWeb +\family default +-> +\family sans +Program +\family default + This performs the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +tangling step +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + As stated above, the Converter is set to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +build-script $$i +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, with Flags set to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +originaldir,parselog=listerrors +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Subsubsection + +Debug extensions +\layout Standard + +There is also a new function implemented in the LyX server, the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +server-goto-file-row" function, to be used with ddd/gdb or other debugger. + +\layout Standard + +When debugging code with ddd/gdb, it is possible to invoke a text editor + at the current execution position with a single key stroke. + The default ddd configuration for that is shift-ctrl-V. + It happens that you can define the editor command line invocation in ddd + by accessing the +\family sans + +\bar under +E +\bar default +dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +references\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +H +\bar default +elpers +\family default +dialog and changing the "Edit Sources" entry. +\layout Standard + +I take advantage of the new created LyX server function and this ddd feature, + and set +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Edit Sources +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + to: +\layout LyX-Code + +echo "LYXCMD:monitor:server-goto-file-row:@FILE@ @LINE@" >~/.lyxpipe.in +\layout Standard + +With this, whenever you are using ddd and find a point in the program that + you want to edit, you just press shift-ctrl-V (in the ddd window), and + ddd you forward this information to LyX through the LyX server and then + the LyX window will show the same file with the cursor at the same position + ddd was pointing to. + No more guessing or long scrolling to locate a point in the program back + from debugging ! +\layout Standard + +Note however that you must enable the LyX server to get this feature working + (it is disabled by default). + You can enable it in +\family sans +Preferences +\family default + (tabs +\family sans +Inputs +\family default +, +\family sans +Paths +\family default +) by entering in the +\family sans +LyXserver pipe +\family default + a path like +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +/home//.lyx/lyxpipe +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Read the LyX server documentation in the +\emph on +Customization Manual +\emph default + for further information. +\layout Subsubsection + +Toolbar extensions +\layout Standard + +There are six new buttons that can be added to your LyX toolbar. + Five of these buttons are short cuts to layout styles: +\family sans +Standard +\family default +, +\family sans +Section +\family default +, +\family sans +LaTeX +\family default +, +\family sans +LyX-Code +\family default +, and +\family sans +Scrap +\family default +. + The last one is a short cut to the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Build Program +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + File menu entry. + +\layout Standard + +LyX has a range of buttons that are available for tool bar customization. + In my toolbar I like to combine the six short cuts above with two more: + One for +\family sans +\bar under +V +\bar default +iew +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +\bar under +U +\bar default +pdate +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI +\family default + and the other for +\family sans +\bar under +V +\bar default +iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI +\family default + File menu entries. + Here is how it looks like: +\layout LyX-Code + +Toolbar +\layout LyX-Code + + Layouts +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "layout Standard" +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "layout Section" +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "layout LaTeX" +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "layout LyX-Code" +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "layout Scrap" +\layout LyX-Code + + Separator +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "buffer-view" +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "buffer-typeset" +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "build-program" +\layout LyX-Code + + Separator +\layout LyX-Code + +. +\layout LyX-Code + +. +\layout LyX-Code + +. +\layout LyX-Code + +End +\layout Subsubsection + +Colors customization +\layout Standard + +There are a number of colors in LyX that can be customized in +\family sans +Preferences +\family default +. + One of the things that bothers people is the LaTeX font color. + The default color is red, since the scraps uses LaTeX font, and there is + a lot of scraps in literate documents, you may get tired of seeing everything + in red. + You can change it by going to the tabs +\family sans +Look&Feel +\family default +, +\family sans +Colors. +\layout Standard + +The next thing is the visible presence of the newline character in the screen. + You can choose the color of this particular character and make it blend + in the background. + I recommend you choosing a color that is close to the background but not + equal, that way you still can see it is there, but it is not bothering + you anymore. + +\layout Chapter + +Secrets of the LaTeX Masters +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cha:secrets} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Though LyX is a powerful tool, it cannot hope to support everything that + can be done with pure TeX/LaTeX. + However, many familiar dirty TeX and LaTeX tricks can be done within LyX, + as long as you are not afraid to use that +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +TeX +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + button on the toolbar or add things to the LaTeX preamble. + This section lists some tips, tricks, and otherwise cool ideas to give + your document that extra little flair. + +\emph on +Do try this at home +\emph default +, just start with something a little smaller and less important than your + dissertation! +\layout Standard + +Most ideas in this section require less common files in your LaTeX installation. + If you have a system like teTeX, most will already be available. + A few, however, will need to be downloaded from one of the CTAN archives. + Often, there are several ways to do something, or several LaTeX style files + which do the same thing. + We do not endorse one choice over another, we simply claim that we have + done a particular task with a particular file. + Put on your wizard hat, keep an eye out for dragons, and let us begin. +\layout Section + +Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes +\layout Standard + +suggested by +\noun on +Robin Socha +\layout Subsection + +Footnotes +\layout Standard + +LyX cannot yet take care of setting the footnote numbering back to 1 after + each section in the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +article +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\family roman + document class or changing the counter style. + You'll need to insert LaTeX commands like the following to achieve that: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +setcounter{footnote}{0} +\end_inset + + Using +\family typewriter + +\backslash +setcounter{footnote}{0} +\family roman + will set the counter back to 1 +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +The counter has been set back to 1. +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +The following command will change the numbering to small letters. + Take a look at the next footnote in your xdvi or ghostview +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +thefootnote}{ +\backslash +alph{footnote}} +\end_inset + +: +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +This is an example for a footnote with alphabetic numbering. +\newline +Use +\family typewriter + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +thefootnote { +\backslash +alph{footnote}} +\family roman +to get this. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +The next command sets the counter style back to default, i.e. + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +arabic +\family default + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Use +\family typewriter + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +thefootnote}{ +\backslash +arabic{footnote}} +\family roman + to set the counter--style back to LyX's default, i.e. + +\backslash +arabic. +\family default + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +renewcommand { +\backslash +thefootnote} { +\backslash +arabic{footnote}} +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +You can use +\family typewriter + +\backslash +arabic +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +roman +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +Roman +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +alph +\family default + or +\family typewriter + +\backslash +Alph +\family default + and others as counter styles. + Just replace the LaTeX command in the above example and rerun TeX to see + what those styles can do. + +\layout Subsection + +Margin Notes +\layout Standard + +Here are two examples of neat things you can do to margin notes using LaTeX + commands. +\layout Standard + +The following command will make a vertical line appear alongside your text---gre +at for +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +thumbing +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +marginpar{ +\backslash +rule[-10mm]{30mm}{5mm}} +\family roman +. +\family default + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +marginpar{ +\backslash +rule[-10mm]{30mm}{5mm}} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Check your dvi- or ghostview-output to see what the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +reversemarginpar +\family default +command does to the following margin note. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +reversemarginpar +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Marginal +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +This is a +\newline +margin note. +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Multiple Columns +\layout Standard + +by +\noun on +Lars Gullik Bjønnes +\layout Subsection + +Purpose +\layout Standard + +The aim for this chapter +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Editor's note: Lars' original chapter was a masterful description of how + to use the +\family typewriter +multicol +\family default + package. + However, it was too long to flow smoothly in this document. + I have therefore chosen to excerpt the most important sections here (sorry, + Lars); you can read the original chapter (and more of the story!) in the + example file +\family typewriter +examples/multicol.lyx +\family default +. + --- mer +\end_inset + + is to show how the LaTeX package +\family typewriter +multicol +\family default + can be used in a LyX document. + As LyX doesn't support the +\family typewriter +multicol +\family default + package natively yet, we have to use some small hacks. + By reading this section it should be obvious how to do this. +\layout Subsection + +Limitations +\layout Standard + +The +\family typewriter +multicol +\family default + package allows switching between one and multicolumn format on the same + page. + Footnotes are handled correctly (for the most part), but will be placed + at the bottom of the page and not under each column. + LaTeX's float mechanism, however, is partly disabled in the current implementat +ion. + At the moment only page-wide floats can be used within the scope of the + environment. +\layout Subsection + +Examples +\layout Subsubsection + +Two columns +\layout Standard + +If you want to have two columns in your text, you have use LaTeX mode to + insert +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{2} +\family default + at the point where you want the two column layout to start, and then +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\family default + where you want it to end. + Like this: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{2} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard +\noindent + +\series bold +\size small +The Adventure of the Empty House +\series default + +\newline +by +\noun on +Sir Arthur Conan Doyle +\layout Standard + + +\size small +It was in the spring of the year 1894 that all London was interested, and + the fashionable world dismayed, by the murder of the Honourable Ronald + Adair under most unusual and inexplicable circumstances. + The public has already learned those particulars of the crime which came + out in the police investigation, but a good deal was suppressed upon that + occasion, since the case for the prosecution was so overwhelmingly strong + that it was not necessary to bring forward all the facts. + Only now, at the end of nearly ten years, am I allowed to supply those + missing links which make up the whole of that remarkable chain. + The crime was of interest in itself, but that interest was as nothing to + me compared to the inconceivable sequel, which afforded me the greatest + shock and surprise of any event in my adventurous life. + Even now, after this long interval, I find myself thrilling as I think + of it, and feeling once more that sudden flood of joy, amazement, and increduli +ty which utterly submerged my mind. + Let me say to that public, which has shown some interest in those glimpses + which I have occasionally given them of the thoughts and actions of a very + remarkable man, that they are not to blame me if I have not shared my knowledge + with them, for I should have considered it my first duty to do so, had + I not been barred by a positive prohibition from his own lips, which was + only withdrawn upon the third of last month. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsubsection + +Multiple columns +\layout Standard + +The same pattern is used when you want more than two columns: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{3} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\size footnotesize +It can be imagined that my close intimacy with Sherlock Holmes had interested + me deeply in crime, and that after his disappearance I never failed to + read with care the various problems which came before the public. + And I even attempted, more than once, for my own private satisfaction, + to employ his methods in their solution, though with indifferent success. + There was none, however, which appealed to me like this tragedy of Ronald + Adair. + As I read the evidence at the inquest, which led up to a verdict of willful + murder against some person or persons unknown, I realized more clearly + than I had ever done the loss which the community had sustained by the + death of Sherlock Holmes. + There were points about this strange business which would, I was sure, + have specially appealed to him, and the efforts of the police would have + been supplemented, or more probably anticipated, by the trained observation + and the alert mind of the first criminal agent in Europe. + All day, as I drove upon my round, I turned over the case in my mind and + found no explanation which appeared to me to be adequate. + At the risk of telling a twice-told tale, I will recapitulate the facts + as they were known to the public at the conclusion of the inquest. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +You can have have more than 3 columns if you want to, but that might not + be very pleasant for the eye. +\layout Subsubsection + +Columns inside columns +\layout Standard + +You can even have columns inside columns: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{2} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\size footnotesize +The Honourable Ronald Adair was the second son of the Earl of Maynooth, + at that time governor of one of the Australian colonies. + Adair's mother had returned from Australia to undergo the operation for + cataract, and she, her son Ronald, and her daughter Hilda were living together + at 427 Park Lane. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{2} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\size footnotesize +The youth moved in the best society--had, so far as was known, no enemies + and no particular vices. + He had been engaged to Miss Edith Woodley, of Carstairs, but the engagement + had been broken off by mutual consent some months before, and there was + no sign that it had left any very profound feeling behind it. + For the rest {sic} the man's life moved in a narrow and conventional circle, + for his habits were quiet and his nature unemotional. + Yet it was upon this easy-going young aristocrat that death came, in most + strange and unexpected form, between the hours of ten and eleven-twenty + on the night of March 30, 1894. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\size footnotesize +Ronald Adair was fond of cards--playing continually, but never for such + stakes as would hurt him. + He was a member of the Baldwin, the Cavendish, and the Bagatelle card clubs. + It was shown that, after dinner on the day of his death, he had played + a rubber of whist at the latter club. + He had also played there in the afternoon. + +\size default + +\size footnotesize +The evidence of those who had played with him-- Mr. + Murray, Sir John Hardy, and Colonel Moran--showed that the game was whist, + and that there was a fairly equal fall of the cards. + Adair might have lost five pounds, but not more. + His fortune was a considerable one, and such a loss could not in any way + affect him. + He had played nearly every day at one club or other, but he was a cautious + player, and usually rose a winner. + It came out in evidence that, in partnership with Colonel Moran, he had + actually won as much as four hundred and twenty pounds in a sitting, some + weeks before, from Godfrey Milner and Lord Balmoral. + So much for his recent history as it came out at the inquest. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Please do read the file +\family typewriter +examples/multicol.lyx +\family default + for more advanced examples including column and header spacing, vertical + separator lines, and more. +\layout Section + +Numbering in the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + Paragraph Environment +\begin_inset OptArg +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Numbering in Enumerate +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard +\added_space_bottom bigskip +by +\noun on +John Weiss +\layout Standard +\noindent +The default numbering for the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + paragraph environment begins with Arabic numbers and ends with uppercase + letters. + Suppose, however, you wanted a different type of numbering scheme. + Here's a quickie example of how to change the numbering scheme: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +labelenumi}{ +\backslash +Roman{enumi}.} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +labelenumii}{ +\backslash +Alph{enumii}.} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +labelenumiii}{ +\backslash +arabic{enumiii}.} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +labelenumiv}{ +\backslash +alph{enumiv}.)} +\layout Standard + +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + which changes the numbering scheme to uppercase Roman numerals, uppercase + letters, Arabic numbers, and lowercase letter. +\layout Standard + +Additionally, the previous example also adds a little bit extra to the numbering + scheme. + For example, the first level label actually looks like: +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +I. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + For ease of reading, we'll describe what the numbering schemes look like + using a notation something like this: < +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +I. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +,\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +A. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +,\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +1. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +,\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +a.) +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +>. + +\layout Standard + +As you can see in the example, there is a label command for each nesting + level, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +labelenumi +\family default + \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +labelenumiv +\family default +, as well as a counter, +\family typewriter +enumi +\family default + \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family typewriter +enumiv +\family default +. + There are also five +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +number printing +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + commands, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +arabic{} +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +roman{} +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +Roman{} +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +alph{} +\family default +, and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +Alph{} +\family default +, each of which take one counter as an argument. + You can add characters before or after these, but there's no need to add + spaces. +\layout Standard + +You can get really fancy with these. + For example: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +labelenumi}{ +\backslash +# +\backslash +Alph{enumi} +\backslash +#} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +labelenumii}{ +\backslash +Alph{enumi}. +\backslash +arabic{enumii}} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +labelenumiii}{ +\backslash +alph{enumiii}+} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +labelenumiv}{( +\backslash +roman{enumiv})} +\layout Standard + +produces the somewhat out of hand numbering scheme: < +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +#A# +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +,\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +A.1 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +,\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +a+ +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +,\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +(i) +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +>. + +\layout Section + +Extra Space Between Table Rows +\layout Standard +\added_space_bottom bigskip +by +\noun on +Mike Ressler +\layout Standard +\noindent +LaTeX allows you to put a bit of extra space between rows in a table by + giving an optional argument to the end-of-row specifier ( +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\backslash + +\family default +). + LyX has not yet implemented this in a formal way, so here are two dirty + little tricks to do the same job. + +\layout Standard + +The first is the more formal, but longwinded way to do it. + In the LaTeX preamble, add the following command definition: +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +extratablespace}[1]{ +\backslash +noalign{vskip#1}} +\family default + This command takes a single argument---the amount of space you would like + to insert. + Insert the command in the first column of the row +\emph on +after +\emph default + where you would like the space to appear. + Here is an example (I've removed all the borders using +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Tabl +\bar under +e +\family default +\bar default +): +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Minerals +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Calcite +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Dolomite +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Quartz +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Graphite +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +extratablespace{2ex} +\end_inset + +Rocks +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Limestone +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Sandstone +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Granite +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Andesite +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +The second method is faster, but will make typographers and TeXperts all + over the world groan. + Simply put an end of row specifier with optional argument at the same spot. + No fancy definitions are needed as in the above example, but there will + be more space inserted than you specified because you essentially added + a blank row plus the extra space. + If the space added is too much, simply use a negative number, like so: +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Minerals +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Calcite +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Dolomite +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Quartz +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Graphite +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash + +\backslash +[-1ex] +\end_inset + + Rocks +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Limestone +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Sandstone +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Granite +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Andesite +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +It's short, sweet, and gets the job done quickly, even if it is really ugly. + You may put away the rotten vegetables now! I promise I won't suggest anything + else like that! +\layout Section + +Dropped Capitals +\layout Standard +\added_space_bottom bigskip +by +\noun on +Mike Ressler +\layout Standard +\noindent + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +newfont{ +\backslash +tmpfont}{cmr17 scaled 2500}{ +\backslash +tmpfont T} +\backslash +vspace*{-8.4ex} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard +\noindent + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +hangindent=3.3em +\backslash +hangafter=-3 +\end_inset + + hose of you who like the style of old books probably also like +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +dropped capitals +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +---those large capital letters which begin each new chapter or section. + Implementing them with plain LyX/LaTeX is straightforward (assuming you + know some plain TeX!) but does require a lot of work and many iterations, + as you can see by all the ugly TeX-mode stuff at the beginning of this + paragraph. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +verb+ +\backslash +bigdrop{-1em}{3}{ptmri}{T}+ +\end_inset + +here is a much easier way of doing this, of course. + The +\family typewriter +dropcaps +\family default + (or the newer +\family typewriter +dropping +\family default +) package from CTAN allows a simple way to add such letters to your documents. + Since this package is not a standard part of teTeX, I can't demonstrate + it within this document, but if you copy this paragraph to a new document, + delete the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +verb +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and the pluses from the TeX code at the beginning of the paragraph, and + add +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage{dropcaps} +\family default + to your LaTeX preamble, you will get a nice Times Roman Italic +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +T +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, whose height is three lines of text and which protrudes 1 em into the + margin. + (Make certain you have copied +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +dropcaps.sty +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + into a directory where TeX can see it.) The first argument is the amount + of indentation; in this case the negative sign moves it into the margin. + The second argument is the height of the letter in number of lines of text. + The third argument is the font name: virtually anything which has a tfm + file should work (wade through the +\family typewriter +.../texmf/fonts/tfm +\family default + directory for possibilities). + My personal favorite is +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +yinit +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, a fancy German font specifically designed for dropped capitals. + The fourth argument is the letter (or letters) to be dropped. + The +\family typewriter +dropping +\family default + package also offers the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bigdrop +\family default + command, as well as a slightly simplified +\family typewriter + +\backslash +dropping +\family default + command. +\layout Section + +Non-standard Paragraph Shapes +\layout Standard +\added_space_bottom bigskip +by +\noun on +Mike Ressler +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +newdimen +\backslash +varunit +\newline + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +varunit}{4.5in} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard +\noindent + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +parshape 19 0.45 +\backslash +varunit 0.332 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.40 +\backslash +varunit 0.300 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.35 +\backslash +varunit 0.293 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.30 +\backslash +varunit 0.300 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.25 +\backslash +varunit 0.317 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.20 +\backslash +varunit 0.342 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.15 +\backslash +varunit 0.373 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.10 +\backslash +varunit 0.410 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.05 +\backslash +varunit 0.453 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.00 +\backslash +varunit 0.500 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.05 +\backslash +varunit 0.453 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.10 +\backslash +varunit 0.410 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.15 +\backslash +varunit 0.373 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.20 +\backslash +varunit 0.342 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.25 +\backslash +varunit 0.317 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.30 +\backslash +varunit 0.300 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.35 +\backslash +varunit 0.293 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.40 +\backslash +varunit 0.300 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.45 +\backslash +varunit 0.332 +\backslash +varunit +\newline + +\end_inset + +There are times when the tyranny of rectangular paragraphs must be overthrown. + In such situations, a call to the delightful plain TeX command +\family typewriter + +\backslash +parshape +\family default + is called for. + As you can see, completely arbitrary shapes can be laid out with a suitable + set of linelength definitions. + While this parshape may look a bit silly and useless, one could conceive + of situations such as finely tuned dropped capitals, word wrapping around + non-rectangular graphics, etc. + which will benefit from such handcrafting. +\layout Standard +\added_space_top bigskip +The syntax is +\family typewriter + +\backslash +parshape numlines #1indent #1length #2indent #2length \SpecialChar \ldots{} + #nindent #nlength +\family default +, where +\family typewriter +numlines +\family default + is the number of lines of text which define the paragraph. + If there turn out to be fewer lines, the shape is truncated; if there are + more, the excess lines have the same dimensions as the last line of the + definition. + The +\family typewriter +#nindent +\family default + and +\family typewriter +#nlength +\family default + entries specify the indentation of the line from the left margin, and the + length of the line as measured from that point. + The shape applies only to the current paragraph; everything is reset to + normal for the next paragraph. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Summary +\layout Standard + +As you can see, the examples in this section range from the useful to the + whimsical. + While I don't expect that anyone will ever need the paragraph shape demonstrate +d in the last section, the important point is that you can do almost anything + you want in LyX if you are willing to figure out how to do it in TeX and + LaTeX. + TeX is a fantastically powerful typesetting system and all that power is + available to you since LyX uses it as its backend. + Happy LyXing! +\the_end diff --git a/lib/doc/Makefile.am b/lib/doc/Makefile.am new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e82cdd7ee2 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/Makefile.am @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +include $(top_srcdir)/config/common.am + +DISTCLEANFILES += LyXConfig.lyx LaTeXConfig.lyx + +EXTRA_DIST = LaTeXConfig.lyx.in LyXConfig.lyx.in + +docdir = $(pkgdatadir)/doc +doc_DATA = \ + cs_TOC.lyx \ + da_TOC.lyx \ + de_Customization.lyx \ + de_Extended.lyx \ + de_Intro.lyx \ + de_TOC.lyx \ + de_Tutorial.lyx \ + de_UserGuide.lyx \ + es_TOC.lyx \ + eu_Customization.lyx \ + eu_Extended.lyx \ + eu_FAQ.lyx \ + eu_Intro.lyx \ + eu_TOC.lyx \ + eu_Tutorial.lyx \ + eu_UserGuide.lyx \ + Extended.lyx \ + fr_Extended.lyx \ + he_TOC.lyx \ + hu_TOC.lyx \ + it_TOC.lyx \ + LaTeXConfig.lyx \ + nl_TOC.lyx \ + no_Intro.lyx \ + no_TOC.lyx \ + pt_TOC.lyx \ + ro_Intro.lyx \ + ro_TOC.lyx \ + ru_TOC.lyx \ + sk_TOC.lyx \ + sl_TOC.lyx \ + sv_TOC.lyx \ + TOC.lyx \ + UserGuide.lyx diff --git a/lib/doc/TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/TOC.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8777931e9a --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/TOC.lyx @@ -0,0 +1,2542 @@ +#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 221 +\textclass article +\language english +\inputencoding default +\fontscheme default +\graphics default +\paperfontsize default +\spacing single +\papersize Default +\paperpackage a4 +\use_geometry 0 +\use_amsmath 0 +\use_natbib 0 +\use_numerical_citations 0 +\paperorientation portrait +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation indent +\defskip medskip +\quotes_language english +\quotes_times 2 +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 1 +\paperpagestyle default + +\layout Title + +LyX Documentation Table of Contents +\layout Section* + +Introduction to LyX +\layout Description +1 +The Philosophy of LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +What is LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +Differences between LyX and Other Word +\newline +Processors + + + + +\layout Description +1.3 +What the heck +\emph on +is +\emph default + LaTeX (and why do I care)? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Navigating the Documentation +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +The Format of the Manuals +\layout Description +2.2 +The Manuals +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 + + +Contributing to the LyX Project +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Contributing to LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.1 +Reporting a bug +\layout Description +3.1.2 +Contributing fixes and new features +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.2 +Contributing to the Documentation +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +Reporting Errors in the Manuals +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Joining the Documentation Team. +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers +\newline +Version 0.3.7 +\layout Description +1 +Introduction and General Information +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +What is LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +That's fine, but is it useful? +\layout Description +1.3 +Where do I start? +\layout Description +1.4 +Does LyX run on my computer? +\layout Description +1.5 +How much hard disk space does LyX need? +\layout Description +1.6 +Is LyX really Open Source? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Internet Resources +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff? +\layout Description +2.2 +Where can I get LyX material by FTP? +\layout Description +2.3 +What mailing lists are there? +\layout Description +2.4 +Are the mailing lists archived anywhere? +\layout Description +2.5 +Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Compatibility with other word/document processors +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Can I read/write LaTeX files? +\layout Description +3.2 +Can I read/write Word files? +\layout Description +3.3 +Can I read/write HTML files? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Obtaining and Compiling LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +What do I need? +\layout Description +4.2 +How do I compile it? +\layout Description +4.3 +I hate compiling. + Where are precompiled binaries? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)? +\layout Description +5.2 +How do I enter Evil Red Text? +\layout Description +5.3 +The new ERT inset is really inconvenient ! +\layout Description +5.4 +Is there an alternative? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Questions Related to Using LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +General questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.1 +How do I get rid of the date under the title? +\layout Description +6.1.2 +How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \- +Enumerate/\SpecialChar \- +Description list environment +? +\layout Description +6.1.3 +How do I number equations by section? +\layout Description +6.1.4 +Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well? +\layout Description +6.1.5 +How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)? +\layout Description +6.1.6 +How do I kill widows and orphans? +\layout Description +6.1.7 +How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g. + 1. + a)? +\layout Description +6.1.8 +How do I count words in LyX? +\layout Description +6.1.9 +How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space? +\layout Description +6.1.10 +How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6 +]? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.2 +Figure related questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +What is the difference between a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +figure +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +figure float +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +? +\layout Description +6.2.2 +How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it? +\layout Description +6.2.3 +What does +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Too many unprocessed floats +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + mean? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Math related questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation? +\layout Description +6.3.2 +How do I make a cube root (or higher)? +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Questions Related to Running LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line? +\layout Description +7.2 +How do I create PDF files from my LyX document? +\layout Description +7.3 +Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in +\family typewriter +acroread +\family default + ? +\layout Description +7.4 +Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline + figures properly? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 +Questions Related to LyX on Windows +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.1 +Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +9 +How to get further assistance +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +9.1 +You still haven't answered my question! +\layout Description +9.2 +I want to mail someone about my problem. + +\layout Description +9.3 +What to put in a request for help. +\end_deeper +\layout Description +10 +Administrative information and acknowledgments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +10.1 +Feedback is invited. + +\layout Description +10.2 +Formats in which this FAQ is available. + +\layout Description +10.3 +Authorship and acknowledgments. +\layout Description +10.4 +Disclaimer and Copyright. + +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +The LyX Tutorial +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +Welcome to LyX! +\layout Description +1.2 +What the Tutorial +\emph on +is +\emph default + and What it +\emph on +isn't +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.1 +Getting the Most out of the Tutorial +\layout Description +1.2.2 +What You +\emph on +Won't +\emph default + Find: +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Getting Started with LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Your First LyX Document +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1.1 +Typing, Viewing, and Printing +\layout Description +2.1.2 +Simple Operations +\layout Description +2.1.3 +WYSIWYM: Whitespace in LyX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.2 +Environments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.2.1 +Sections and Subsections +\layout Description +2.2.2 +Lists and sublists +\layout Description +2.2.3 +Other Environments: Verses, Quotations, and More +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Writing Documents +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Text classes +\layout Description +3.2 +Templates: Writing a Letter +\layout Description +3.3 +Document Titles +\layout Description +3.4 +Labels and Cross-References +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.1 +Your first label +\layout Description +3.4.2 +Your first cross-references +\layout Description +3.4.3 +More fun with labels +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.5 +Footnotes and Margin Notes +\layout Description +3.6 +Bibliographies +\layout Description +3.7 +Table of Contents +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Using Math +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Math Mode +\layout Description +4.2 +Navigating an Equation +\layout Description +4.3 +Exponents and Indices +\layout Description +4.4 +The +\family sans +Math Panel +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Greek and symbols +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Square roots, accents, and delimiters +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Fractions +\layout Description +4.4.4 +TeX mode: Limits, log, sin and others +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Matrices +\layout Description +4.4.6 +Display mode +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +More Math Stuff +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Miscellaneous +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Other Major LyX Features +\layout Description +5.2 +LyX for LaTeX Users +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +TeX Mode +\layout Description +5.2.2 +Importing LaTeX Documents--- +\family typewriter +reLyX +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Converting LyX Documents to LaTeX +\layout Description +5.2.4 +LaTeX Preamble +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.4.1 +Document Class +\layout Description +5.2.4.2 +Other Preamble Matter +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.5 +BibTeX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Errors! +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +The LyX User's Guide +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +What is LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +Getting Started +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.1 +Invoking LyX +\layout Description +1.2.2 +How LyX Looks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.2.1 +The Main Window +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.3 +HELP! +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.3 +The LyX Interface +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.3.1 +Basic File Operations +\layout Description +1.3.2 +Basic Editing Features +\layout Description +1.3.3 +Undo and Redo +\layout Description +1.3.4 +Basic Mouse Bindings +\layout Description +1.3.5 +Basic Key Bindings +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.4 +Using LyX with Other Programs +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.4.1 +Importing ASCII files +\layout Description +1.4.2 +Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +LyX Setup and Supporting Applications +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2.2 +Basic LyX Setup +\layout Description +2.3 +Setting Up the X Keyboard +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.1 + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\family default + and +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.1.1 + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\layout Description +2.3.1.2 + +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.2 +Modifiers and Mode_switch +\layout Description +2.3.3 +Helpful Hints and Tips +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.4 +LaTeX +\layout Description +2.5 +Dvips and Ghostscript +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.1 +What You Need +\layout Description +2.5.2 +Dvips +\layout Description +2.5.3 +Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.6 +The Printer +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +LyX Basics +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Document Types +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.1.2 + + +The Various Document Classes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.2.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.1.2.2 +Selecting a Class +\layout Description +3.1.2.3 +Properties +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.3 +Fine-tuning the Defaults +\layout Description +3.1.4 +Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins +\layout Description +3.1.5 +Important Note: +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.2 +Paragraph Indentation and Separation +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Global Indentation Method +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Fine-Tuning +\layout Description +3.2.4 +Changing Line Spacing +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Paragraph Environments + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.3.2 +Standard +\layout Description +3.3.3 +Document Titles +\layout Description +3.3.4 +Headings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.4.1 +Numbered Headings +\layout Description +3.3.4.2 +Unnumbered Headings +\layout Description +3.3.4.3 +Changing the Numbering + + +\layout Description +3.3.4.4 +Special Information +\layout Description +3.3.4.5 +Creating an Appendix +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5 +Quotes and Poetry +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5.1 + +\family sans +Quote +\family default + and +\family sans +Quotation +\layout Description +3.3.5.2 + +\family sans +Verse +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6 +Lists +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6.1 +General Features +\layout Description +3.3.6.2 + +\family sans +Itemize +\layout Description +3.3.6.3 + +\family sans +Enumerate +\layout Description +3.3.6.4 + +\family sans +Description +\layout Description +3.3.6.5 +The LyX +\family sans +List +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7 +Letters +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7.1 + +\family sans +Address +\family default + and +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default +: An Overview +\layout Description +3.3.7.2 +Usage +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8 +Academic Writing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8.1 + +\family sans +Abstract +\layout Description +3.3.8.2 + +\family sans +Bibliography +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9 +Special Purpose +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9.1 + +\family sans +Caption +\layout Description +3.3.9.2 + +\family sans +LyX-Code +\layout Description +3.3.9.3 +Comment +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Nesting Environments + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.1 +The Big Deal +\layout Description +3.4.2 +What You Can and Can't Nest +\layout Description +3.4.3 +Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. +\layout Description +3.4.4 +Usage and General Features +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.4.1 +Nesting limits +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5 +Some Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5.1 +Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting +\layout Description +3.4.5.2 +Example #2: Inheritance +\layout Description +3.4.5.3 +Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + and +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + Environments. +\layout Description +3.4.5.4 +Example #4: Going Bonkers +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.5 +Fonts and Text Styles +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.5.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.5.2 +Global Options +\layout Description +3.5.3 +Using Different Character Styles +\layout Description +3.5.4 +Fine-Tuning with the +\family sans +Character Layout +\family default + dialog +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.6 +Printing and Previewing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.6.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.6.2 +Quick Viewing with +\family typewriter +xdvi +\layout Description +3.6.3 +Viewing the PostScript® Version with +\family typewriter +ghostview +\layout Description +3.6.4 +Printing the File +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7 +A Few Words about Typography +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.1 +Hyphens and Hyphenation +\layout Description +3.7.2 +Punctuation Marks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.2.1 +Abbreviations and End of Sentence +\layout Description +3.7.2.2 +Quotes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.3 +Ligatures +\layout Description +3.7.4 +Widows and Orphans +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Footnotes +\layout Description +4.2 +Margin Notes +\layout Description +4.3 +Figures and Imported Graphics +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1 +Figure Floats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1.1 +Using Figure Floats +\layout Description +4.3.1.2 +Float Placement +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.2 + +\family typewriter +XFig +\family default + and LyX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.4 +Tables +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +The Table dialog +\layout Description +4.4.2 +What can be placed inside a table cell? +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Cut & Paste in Tables +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Multiple lines in cells +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Table Floats +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +Table of Contents and other Listings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +The Table of Contents +\layout Description +4.5.2 +List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Mathematical Formulae +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Basic Math Editing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1.1 +Navigating a Formula +\layout Description +5.1.2 +Selecting Text +\layout Description +5.1.3 +Exponents and Subscripts +\layout Description +5.1.4 +Fractions +\layout Description +5.1.5 +Sums and Integrals +\layout Description +5.1.6 +The Math Panel +\layout Description +5.1.7 +Other Math Symbols +\layout Description +5.1.8 +Altering spacing +\layout Description +5.1.9 +Math functions +\layout Description +5.1.10 +Accents +\layout Description +5.1.11 +The math editor for LaTeX users +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.2 +Brackets and decorations +\layout Description +5.3 +Grouping +\layout Description +5.4 +Arrays and Multi-line Equations +\layout Description +5.5 +Equation Numbering and Labels +\layout Description +5.6 +User defined macros in math mode +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.6.1 +Directions on using macros +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.6.1.1 +How to create them +\layout Description +5.6.1.2 +How to navigate +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.7 +Fine-Tuning +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.7.1 +Typefaces +\layout Description +5.7.2 +Math Text Mode +\layout Description +5.7.3 +Font Sizes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.8 +AMS LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.8.1 +Enabling AMS Support +\layout Description +5.8.2 +AMS Symbols +\layout Description +5.8.3 +AMS Formula Types +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +More Tools +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Cross-References +\layout Description +6.2 +URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) +\layout Description +6.3 +Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments + + +\layout Description +6.4 +Spacing, pagination and line breaks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 +Extra Horizontal Space +\layout Description +6.4.2 +Extra Vertical Space +\layout Description +6.4.3 +Changing Paragraph Alignment +\layout Description +6.4.4 +Forcing Page Breaks +\layout Description +6.4.5 +Protected blanks +\layout Description +6.4.6 +Line breaking +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.5 +Spellchecking +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.1 +Spellchecker Options +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.1.1 +Dictionary +\layout Description +6.5.1.2 +Personal dictionary +\layout Description +6.5.1.3 +Further Options +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.2 +Limitations +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.6 +International Support +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.6.1 +Language Options +\layout Description +6.6.2 +Keyboard mapping configuration +\layout Description +6.6.3 +Character Tables +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Credits +\layout Section* + +Extended LyX Features +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2 +LyX and LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +How LyX Uses LaTeX +\layout Description +2.2 + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Help! LyX generated an unreadable +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + file! +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +2.3 +Translating LaTeX files into LyX +\layout Description +2.4 +Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents + + +\layout Description +2.5 +LyX and the LaTeX Preamble +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.1 +About the LaTeX Preamble +\layout Description +2.5.2 +Changing the Preamble +\layout Description +2.5.3 +Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.3.1 +Example #1: Offsets +\layout Description +2.5.3.2 +Example #2: Labels +\layout Description +2.5.3.3 +Example #3: Paragraph Indentation +\layout Description +2.5.3.4 +Example #4: This Document +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.6 +LyX and LaTeX Errors +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Supplemental Tools +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX +\layout Description +3.2 +Making an Index +\layout Description +3.3 +Multipart Documents +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +General Operation +\layout Description +3.3.2 +Cross-References Between Files +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Algorithms +\layout Description +3.5 +Subfigures +\layout Description +3.6 +Fancy Headers and Footers +\layout Description +3.7 +Minipages +\layout Description +3.8 +Wrapping Text Around Figures + + +\layout Description +3.9 +Extra Table Options +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.9.1 +Removing Extra Column Space +\layout Description +3.9.2 +Changing the Column Separator Character +\layout Description +3.9.3 +Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column +\layout Description +3.9.4 +A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.10 +Itemize Bullet Selection + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.10.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.10.2 +How it looks +\layout Description +3.10.3 +How to use it +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Special Document Classes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +AMS LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1.1 +What these layouts provide +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.2 +Dinbrief +\layout Description +4.3 +Paper +\layout Description +4.4 +A&A Paper +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Getting started +\layout Description +4.4.3 +The header block +\layout Description +4.4.4 +The abstract +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Supported environments +\layout Description +4.4.6 +Commands not supported by LyX +\layout Description +4.4.7 +Figure and Table Floats +\layout Description +4.4.8 +Referee layout +\layout Description +4.4.9 +The example paper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +AASTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.5.2 +Starting a New Paper +\layout Description +4.5.3 +Finishing Your Paper +\layout Description +4.5.4 +Comments On Specific Commands +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.4.1 +Things that work as expected +\layout Description +4.5.4.2 +Things that work, but require more comment +\layout Description +4.5.4.3 +Things not implemented, use ERT +\layout Description +4.5.4.4 +Things that cannot be implemented +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5 +FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5.1 +Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate +\layout Description +4.5.5.2 +LaTeX error processing a table +\layout Description +4.5.5.3 +References + + +\layout Description +4.5.5.4 +Including EPS files +\layout Description +4.5.5.5 +Things I could have done, but didn't +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.6 +Final Caveat +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.6 +ijmpd +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.6.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.6.2 +Writing a paper +\layout Description +4.6.3 +Preparing a paper for submission +\layout Description +4.6.4 +Use of ERT +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.7 +Kluwer +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.7.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.7.2 +Writing a paper +\layout Description +4.7.3 +Preparing a paper for submission +\layout Description +4.7.4 + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Peculiarities +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + of the Kluwer package + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.8 +Koma-Script +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.8.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.8.2 +article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.3 +letter (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.4 +The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) +\layout Description +4.8.5 +Problems +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.9 +Springer Journals ( +\family sans +svjour +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.9.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.9.2 +New styles +\layout Description +4.9.3 +Supported journals +\layout Description +4.9.4 +Credits +\layout Description +4.9.5 +Bugs +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.10 +AGU journals ( +\family sans +aguplus +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.10.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.10.2 +New styles +\layout Description +4.10.3 +New floats +\layout Description +4.10.4 +Supported journals +\layout Description +4.10.5 +Bugs and things to remember +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.11 +EGS journals ( +\family sans +egs +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.11.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.11.2 +New styles +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12 +Slides [aka +\noun on +Sli +\noun default +TeX] + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.12.2 +Getting Started + + +\layout Description +4.12.3 +Paragraph Environments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.3.1 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.12.3.2 +Quirks of the New Environments + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4 +Making a Presentation with +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, +\family sans + Overlay +\family default + and +\family sans +Note +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4.1 +Using the +\family sans +Slide +\family default + Environment +\layout Description +4.12.4.2 +Using +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + with +\family sans +Slide +\layout Description +4.12.4.3 +Using +\family sans +Note +\family default + with +\family sans +Slide +\family default + + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.5 +The +\family sans +slides +\family default + Class Template File +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13 +Foils [aka +\family sans +Foil +\family default +\noun on +TeX +\noun default +] + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.13.2 +Getting Started +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.2.1 +Extra Options +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.3 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.13.4 +Building a Set of Foils +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.4.1 +Give It a Title Page +\layout Description +4.13.4.2 +Start a New Foil +\layout Description +4.13.4.3 +Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more +\layout Description +4.13.4.4 +Lists +\layout Description +4.13.4.5 +Figures and Tables +\layout Description +4.13.4.6 +Page Headers and Footers + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5 +Unsupported +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX Goodies + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5.1 +Lengths +\layout Description +4.13.5.2 +Headers and Footers +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.14 +Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.14.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.14.2 +Getting Started +\layout Description +4.14.3 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.14.4 +Differences Between Screen and Paper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.15 +Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.15.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.15.2 +Special problems +\layout Description +4.15.3 +Special features +\layout Description +4.15.4 +Paper size and Margins +\layout Description +4.15.5 +Environments +\layout Description +4.15.6 +Script jargon +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.16 +Broadway +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.16.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.16.2 +Special problems +\layout Description +4.16.3 +Special features +\layout Description +4.16.4 +Paper size and Margins +\layout Description +4.16.5 +Environments +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.17 +RevTeX4 +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.17.1 +Installation +\layout Description +4.17.2 +Preamble Matter +\layout Description +4.17.3 +Layouts +\layout Description +4.17.4 +Important Notes +\layout Description +4.17.5 +Drawbacks +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.18 +Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) + + +\layout Description +4.19 +Elsevier Journals +\layout Description +4.20 +Memoir +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.20.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.20.2 +Basic features and restrictions +\layout Description +4.20.3 +Extra features +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Considerations +\layout Description +5.2 +Importing Other Formats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.2.2 +ASCII Text +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Noweb +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Exporting Other Formats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.3.2 +Device Independent Files +\layout Description +5.3.3 +PostScript® +\layout Description +5.3.4 +ASCII text +\layout Description +5.3.5 +HTML +\layout Description +5.3.6 +PDF +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.6.1 +Use pdfLaTeX +\layout Description +5.3.6.2 +Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader? + + + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.3 +Why doesn't the +\backslash +boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex? + + + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.4 +Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running + pdfLaTeX? + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.5 +How can I make URLs clickable ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.7 +Custom +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +The Complete reLyX Description + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.1 +Synopsis +\layout Description +5.4.2 +Options +\layout Description +5.4.3 +Description +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.3.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +5.4.3.2 +Usage +\layout Description +5.4.3.3 +What reLyX Can Handle +\layout Description +5.4.3.4 +What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK +\layout Description +5.4.3.5 +What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~ +k.\SpecialChar ~ +a. + BUGS + + +\layout Description +5.4.3.6 +What LyX Can't Handle +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.4 +Examples +\layout Description +5.4.5 +Notes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.5.1 +Bug Reports + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.2 +Implementation Details: +\layout Description +5.4.5.3 +Layout Files +\layout Description +5.4.5.4 +Syntax Files + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.5 +Miscellaneous +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.6 +Diagnostics +\layout Description +5.4.7 +Warnings +\layout Description +5.4.8 +Files +\layout Description +5.4.9 +See also +\layout Description +5.4.10 +Authors +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +LyX Features needing Extra Software +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.1 +Overview +\layout Description +6.1.2 +Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.2.1 +Getting started +\layout Description +6.1.2.2 +Output from LinuxDoc +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3 +Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3.1 +The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document +\layout Description +6.1.3.2 +The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments +\layout Description +6.1.3.3 +Other document features +\layout Description +6.1.3.4 +Cross references and HTML +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.4 +Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts + + +\layout Description +6.1.5 +Troubleshooting LinuxDoc +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.2 +Checking TeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.2.2 +How to use it +\layout Description +6.2.3 +How to fine tune it +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Version Control in LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.3.2 +RCS commands in LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.2.1 + +\family sans +Register +\layout Description +6.3.2.2 + +\family sans +Check In Changes +\layout Description +6.3.2.3 + +\family sans +Check Out For Edit +\layout Description +6.3.2.4 + +\family sans +Revert To Last Version +\layout Description +6.3.2.5 + +\family sans +Undo Last Checkin +\layout Description +6.3.2.6 + +\family sans +Show History +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4 +Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.4.2 +Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.2.1 +References +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3 +LyX and Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3.1 +Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) +\layout Description +6.4.3.2 +Configuring LyX +\layout Description +6.4.3.3 +Debug extensions +\layout Description +6.4.3.4 +Toolbar extensions +\layout Description +6.4.3.5 +Colors customization +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Secrets of the LaTeX Masters + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1.1 +Footnotes +\layout Description +7.1.2 +Margin Notes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.2 +Multiple Columns +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.1 +Purpose +\layout Description +7.2.2 +Limitations +\layout Description +7.2.3 +Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.3.1 +Two columns +\layout Description +7.2.3.2 +Multiple columns +\layout Description +7.2.3.3 +Columns inside columns +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.3 +Numbering in the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + Paragraph Environment + + +\layout Description +7.4 +Extra Space Between Table Rows +\layout Description +7.5 +Dropped Capitals +\layout Description +7.6 +Non-standard Paragraph Shapes +\layout Description +7.7 +Summary +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2 +LyX configuration files +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +What's in +\family typewriter +LyXDir +\family default +? +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1.1 +Automatically generated files +\layout Description +2.1.2 +Directories +\layout Description +2.1.3 +Files you don't want to modify +\layout Description +2.1.4 +Other files needing a line or two... +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.2 +Your local configuration directory +\layout Description +2.3 +Running LyX with multiple configurations +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +The +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +references +\family default + dialog +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Using the dialog for the first time +\layout Description +3.2 +On-screen fonts +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +DPI setting and Font Zoom +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Font definition commands +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Font encoding +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Bindings + + +\layout Description +3.4 +User Interface + + +\layout Description +3.5 +Converters, Formats and Viewers +\layout Description +3.6 +ASCII export options +\layout Description +3.7 +Printer +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.1 +Changing Colors +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.8 +The autodetected settings +\layout Description +3.9 +The rest +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Internationalizing LyX + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Selecting an alternative language for the user interface +\layout Description +4.2 +Translating LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.2.1 +Translating the graphical user interface (text messages). +\layout Description +4.2.2 +Translating the documentation. +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.3 +International Keyboard Support +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1 +Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.4 +International Keymap Stuff + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +The .kmap File +\layout Description +4.4.2 +The .cdef File +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Dead Keys +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Saving your Language Configuration +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates + + + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Installing a new LaTeX package +\layout Description +5.2 +Layouts +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +Supporting new document classes +\layout Description +5.2.2 +A layout for an +\family sans +sty +\family default + file +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Layout for a +\family sans +cls +\family default + file +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Declaring a new text class +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +General text class parameters +\layout Description +5.3.2 + +\family typewriter +ClassOptions +\family default + section +\layout Description +5.3.3 +Specific Paragraph Layouts +\layout Description +5.3.4 +Floats +\layout Description +5.3.5 +Counters +\layout Description +5.3.6 +Font description +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +Creating Templates + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Including External Material +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Background +\layout Description +6.2 +How does it work? +\layout Description +6.3 +The external material dialog +\layout Description +6.4 +Examples +\layout Description +6.5 +The external template configuration file +\layout Description +6.6 +The substitution mechanism +\layout Description +6.7 +Security discussion +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +The LyX Server +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +7.2 +Starting the LyX Server +\layout Description +7.3 +Normal communication +\layout Description +7.4 +Notification +\layout Description +7.5 +The simple LyX Server Protocol +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 \start_of_appendix +Bindings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.1 +Toolbar +\layout Description +8.2 +Menu +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.1 +File +\layout Description +8.2.2 +Edit +\layout Description +8.2.3 +Insert +\layout Description +8.2.4 +Layout +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.4.1 +L +\family sans +ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Character +\family default + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.5 +View +\layout Description +8.2.6 +Navigate +\layout Description +8.2.7 +Help +\layout Description +8.2.8 +Paragraph Style +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8.3 +Keyboard +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.3.1 +Specific to +\family typewriter +emacs.bind +\layout Description +8.3.2 +Specific to +\family typewriter +cua.bind +\layout Description +8.3.3 +Specific to +\family typewriter +sciword.bind +\layout Description +8.3.4 +Standard math bindings +\layout Description +8.3.5 +Other Accelerators +\end_deeper +\end_deeper + +\the_end diff --git a/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d40871a2d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/UserGuide.lyx @@ -0,0 +1,24982 @@ +#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 221 +\textclass book +\begin_preamble +\usepackage[english]{babel} +% DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!! +% +% I've designed this preamble to ensure that the User's Guide prints +% out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble, +% parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you +% have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact +% the documentation team intead of messing around in here. --jpw 4/97 + +%% Widens the vertical table spacing +%% +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.25} +\setlength{\tabcolsep}{0.45em} + + +%% Provides certain commands which are missing. +%% +\DeclareRobustCommand{\textyen}{% +{\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{msa}\selectfont\char85}% +} +\DeclareRobustCommand{\textcurrency}{% +{\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{wasy}\selectfont\char27}% +} +\DeclareRobustCommand{\textcent}{% +{\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{wasy}\selectfont\char103}% +} +\DeclareRobustCommand{\textbrokenbar}{% +{\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{wasy}\selectfont\char124}% +} + + +%% For some odd reason, this character isn't defined in T1-encoding. +%% +\DeclareInputText{"0AD}{\textendash} + + +%% Accented characters missing in non-T1 encodings. +%% +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\quotedblbase}{% +\raisebox{-1ex}{\textquotedblright} +\hspace{-0.7em} +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\quotesinglbase}{% +\raisebox{-1ex}{\textquoteright} +\hspace{-0.7em} +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guillemotleft}{% +\raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle \ll\!\!\!}} +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guillemotright}{% +\raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle \gg}} +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guilsinglleft}{% +\raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle <\!\!\!}} +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guilsinglright}{% +\raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle >}} +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\DH}{% +D\hspace{-0.7em}\rule[0.8ex]{0.30em}{0.08ex}\hspace{0.40em} +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\dh}{% +\ensuremath{\mathrm{\partial}} +\hspace{-0.65em}\rule[1.35ex]{0.3em}{0.08ex}\hspace{0.35em} +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\TH}{% +\textsc{I\hspace{-0.325em}p} +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\th}{% +p\hspace{-0.55em}l +} +\end_preamble +\language english +\inputencoding latin1 +\fontscheme default +\graphics default +\paperfontsize default +\spacing single +\papersize Default +\paperpackage a4 +\use_geometry 0 +\use_amsmath 0 +\use_natbib 0 +\use_numerical_citations 0 +\paperorientation portrait +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation indent +\defskip medskip +\quotes_language english +\quotes_times 2 +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 2 +\paperpagestyle headings + +\layout Title + +The LyX User's Guide +\layout Author + +by the LyX Team +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard +\noindent +Principal maintainer of this file is +\noun on +Mike Ressler +\noun default +. + If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX + Documentation mailing list, . +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Chapter + +Introduction +\layout Section + +What is LyX? +\layout Standard + +LyX is a document preparation system. + It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business + letters and proposals, and even poetry. + It is unlike most other +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +word processors +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core + editing style. + That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Section +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, not +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts, + not the mechanics. +\layout Standard + +This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Introduction +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\emph default +. + If you haven't read it yet, you need to. + Yes, we mean now. +\layout Standard + +The +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\emph on +Introduction +\emph default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly, + the format of all of the manuals. + If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual. + You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead + of this one. + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\emph on +Introduction +\emph default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + describes that, too. +\layout Section + +Getting Started +\layout Subsection + +Invoking LyX +\layout Standard + +Similar to other Linux [and other brands of Unix] programs, you start LyX + by simply typing +\family typewriter +lyx +\family default + at the command line. + You can, of course, include several command-line options, including file + names. + We're not going to repeat all of the command-line options here, since we've + already done that in the +\family typewriter +man +\family default + page for LyX. + Check there for more info. +\layout Standard + +There are one or two things we'd like to comment on: +\layout Itemize + +If you include more than one file name on the command line, LyX will load + them all, though it won't display them all simultaneously. + More on that in a bit. +\layout Subsection + +How LyX Looks +\layout Subsubsection + +The Main Window +\layout Standard + +Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of + its window. + Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons. + There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing + documents. + Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line + of text. + This is the +\emph on +minibuffer +\emph default + (a term which we've swiped, lock, stock, and barrel, from GNU Emacs), which + really means +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +command buffer +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + Type +\family sans +M-x +\family default + when you need to type a command in the minibuffer. +\layout Standard + +Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar. + This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional. + When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the + next line. + Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for + only a vertical scrollbar. +\layout Standard + +There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar. + The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@. + This, however, is due + to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a + WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just + as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page. + The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than + the LyX window. + You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but + this doesn't work for equations yet. +\layout Subsection + +HELP! +\layout Standard + +First, the bad news: the help system is not as thorough or idiot-proof as + in many commercial applications. + Patience. + We're working on it. +\layout Standard + +Now the good news: the help system consists of the LyX manuals. + You can read +\emph on +all +\emph default + of the manuals from inside LyX. + Just select the manual you want read from the +\family sans +\bar under +H +\bar default +elp +\family default + menu. +\layout Standard + +While we're at it, we'd like to make a comment about the manuals. + They're not idiot-proof, not in the least. + Here's what one of our authors, +\noun on +John Weiss +\noun default +, once said about manuals: +\layout Quotation + +I hate manuals. +\layout Quotation + +Yes, we've all dealt with the terse, poorly-translated, or cryptic manuals. + They are aggravating. + I find, however, that the overly simplified ones are even more aggravating. + First, they spend about half their time carefully explaining to the user + how to operate a mouse, what a menu is, et cetera, ad nauseum. + Please, if someone doesn't know how to use their own computer, or a GUI, + then they should sit down and learn +\emph on +before +\emph default + they start up a major piece of software. +\layout Quotation + +Second, what information they do provide seems to assume that the user is + stupid. + Utter nonsense! Most users, in my experience, are some combination of clueless + and intimidated, not stupid. + Besides, if someone is truly slow on the uptake, they need help that a + manual for a piece of computer software can't give. +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Editor's Note: With this in mind, I've instructed all of the other authors + to avoid patronizing you, the reader, and to be more pedagogical than pedantic. + As for those who are too lazy to read and understand the manuals --- well, + as we say here in America, there's no such thing as a free lunch. + - jw +\layout Section + +The LyX Interface +\layout Subsection + +Basic File Operations +\layout Standard + +Under the +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile +\family default + menu are the 9 basic operations for any word processor in addition to some + more advanced operations: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +N +\bar default +ew +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +New\SpecialChar ~ +from +\bar under +\SpecialChar ~ +T +\bar default +emplate +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +O +\bar default +pen +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +C +\bar default +lose +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +S +\bar default +ave +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Save\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +A +\bar default +s +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +R +\bar default +evert +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +rint +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +E +\bar under +x +\bar default +it +\layout Standard + +They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with + a few minor differences. + The +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator +New\SpecialChar ~ +from +\bar under +\SpecialChar ~ +T +\bar default +emplate +\family default + command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts + you for a template to use. + Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for + the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually. + They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters + [see sec. + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:doc-classes} + +\end_inset + +] +\layout Standard + +Note: There is no +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +default file +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + or document named +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Untitled +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + or +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +scratch. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank + space is just that --- a big, blank space. +\layout Standard + +The +\family sans +\bar under +R +\bar default +evert +\family default + command is useful if more people work on the same document at the same + time +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature + in LyX also. + Read +\emph on +Extended Features +\emph default +\SpecialChar \@. + +\end_inset + +. + It will simply reload the document from disk. + You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document + and want to restore it to the last save. +\layout Standard + +The second matter of note concerns the commands +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +C +\bar default +lose +\family default + and +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator +E +\bar under +x +\bar default +it +\family default +. + They both feature a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +nag box +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + to save us all from our own stupidity. + That is, if you try to close a file with changes [or exit LyX], you'll + be informed that there are unsaved files. +\layout Subsection + +Basic Editing Features +\layout Standard + +Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations + on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and + can delete whole words as well as individual characters. + The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to + access them. + We'll start with cut and paste. +\layout Standard + +As you might expect, the +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +dit +\family default + menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features. + Some of these are special and covered in later sections. + The basic ones are: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Cut +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Copy +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Paste +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ind\SpecialChar ~ +&\SpecialChar ~ +Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Standard + +The first three are self-explanatory. + One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected, + it's automatically placed in the clipboard. + That is, the +\family sans +Delete +\family default + and +\family sans +Backspace +\family default + keys also functions as the +\family sans +Cut +\family default + command. + Also, if you've selected text, be careful. + If you hit a key, LyX will completely delete the selected text and replace + it with what you just typed. + You'll have to do an +\family sans +\bar under +U +\bar default +ndo +\family default + to get back the lost text. +\layout Standard + +The +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +F +\bar default +ind\SpecialChar ~ +&\SpecialChar ~ +Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + item opens the +\family sans +Find\SpecialChar ~ +&\SpecialChar ~ +Replace +\family default + dialog. + The text you want to find goes in the +\family sans +Fi +\bar under +n +\bar default +d +\family default + box. + Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it. + Hitting the +\family sans +\bar under +R +\bar default +eplace +\family default + button replaces the selected text with the contents of the +\family sans +Replace\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +w +\bar default +ith +\family default + box. + You can click to search again to skip the current word. +\layout Standard + +Hit +\family sans +Replace +\bar under +A +\bar default +ll +\family default + to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically. +\layout Standard + +The +\family sans +Ca +\bar under +s +\bar default +e\SpecialChar ~ +sensitive +\family default + toggle button can be used if you want the search to consider the case of + the search word. + If the toggle is set, searching for +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +Match +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + will not match the word +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +match +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +The +\family sans +\bar under +M +\bar default +atch\SpecialChar ~ +Word +\family default + toggle button can be used to force LyX to only find complete words. + I.e. + searching for +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +match +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + will not match +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +matches +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +matchbox +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, etc. +\layout Subsection + +Undo and Redo +\layout Standard + +If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it. + LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer. + Select +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +U +\bar default +ndo +\family default + to undo some mistake. + If you accidently undo too much, use +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +R +\bar default +edo +\family default + to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +undo the undo. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimise memory + overhead. + +\layout Standard + +Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as + it was last saved, the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +changed +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + status of the document is unfortunately not reset. + This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above. +\layout Standard + +The +\family sans +\bar under +U +\bar default +ndo +\family default + and +\family sans +\bar under +R +\bar default +edo +\family default + work on almost everything in LyX. + They have some quirks, too. + They won't +\family sans +\bar under +U +\bar default +ndo +\family default + or +\family sans +\bar under +R +\bar default +edo +\family default + text character by character, but by blocks of text. + That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with +\family sans +\bar under +U +\bar default +ndo +\family default + and +\family sans +\bar under +R +\bar default +edo +\family default + to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll + hopefully appreciate how it works. +\layout Subsection + +Basic Mouse Bindings +\layout Standard + +We're not going to go into all of the mouse bindings here. + Some of the other sections of this manual cover specific operations you + can do with the mouse. + Instead, we're going to cover the most basic mouse operations. +\layout Enumerate + +Motion +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Click the +\emph on +left mouse button +\emph default + once anywhere in the edit window. + The cursor moves to the text under the mouse. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Selecting Text +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Hold down the +\emph on +left mouse button +\emph default + and drag the mouse. + LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions. + Use +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Copy +\family default + to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer. +\layout Itemize + +Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Paste +\family default +. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Footnotes, Margin Notes, Figure and Table Floats, etc. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Single click +\emph default +the +\emph on + +\emph default +left mouse button to open or close any of these. + Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Tables +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Single click +\emph default + the right mouse button +\emph on + +\emph default +to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate the table. +\end_deeper +\layout Subsection + +Basic Key Bindings +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: key bindings} + +\end_inset + +Again, we're not going to cover all of the keybindings. + Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA + and Emacs. + I guarantee you will cuss when you press Control-d to delete a character, + and it starts up a DVI previewer instead (or vice versa). +\layout Standard + +Some keys, like +\family sans +Page\SpecialChar ~ +Up +\family default +, +\family sans +Page\SpecialChar ~ +Down +\family default +, +\family sans +Left +\family default +, +\family sans +Right +\family default +, +\family sans +Up +\family default +, and +\family sans +Down +\family default +, do exactly what you expect them to do. + Other keys don't: +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Tab +\family default + There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX. + If you don't understand this, go read Sections +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parindentintro} + +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:par-environments} + +\end_inset + +, especially Section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parenvlists} + +\end_inset + +, right now. + Yes, right now. + If you're still confused, look in the +\emph on +Tutorial +\emph default +. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Esc +\family default + This is the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +cancel key. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + It's used, generically, to cancel operations. + Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Home +\family default +\SpecialChar ~ +and\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +End +\family default + These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line, + unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning + or end of the file. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Backspace +\family default +\SpecialChar ~ +and\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Delete +\family default + +\emph on +If +\emph default + you have your keyboard set up correctly under the X Windows System, +\family sans +Backspace +\family default + works as expected and +\family sans +Delete +\family default + deletes the character under the cursor [if no text is selected]. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +If you haven't set up your keyboard under X, or have no idea what we mean + by that, go read section +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:x-win-keys} + +\end_inset + + immediately. + You'll save yourself a lot of headaches. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Then there are the modifier keys: +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Control- +\family default + This has a couple of different uses, depending on which keys it's used + in combination with: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +With +\family sans +Backspace +\family default + or +\family sans +Delete +\family default +, it deletes an entire word instead of a single character. +\layout Itemize + +With +\family sans +Left +\family default + and +\family sans +Right +\family default +, it moves by words instead of characters. +\layout Itemize + +With +\family sans +Home +\family default + and +\family sans +End +\family default +, it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively. +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Shift- +\family default + Use this with any of the motion keys to select the text between the old + and new cursor positions. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Meta- +\family default + This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless your keyboard has a distinct + Meta key. + Unfortunately, X sometimes has their functionality swapped, so if you have + both keys, you will need to do a little trial and error to find out which + one actually performs the +\family sans +Meta- +\family default + function. + This key does many different things, but it also activates the +\emph on +menu accelerator keys +\emph default +. + If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a + menu or menu item, it selects that menu item. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +For example, the sequence +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +M-e\SpecialChar ~ +a +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + pastes text. + Typing +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +M-f +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + opens the +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile +\family default + menu. +\layout Standard + +There are also other things bound to the +\family sans +Meta- +\family default + key, but you'll have to check in the +\emph on +Reference +\emph default + +\emph on +manual +\emph default + for more info. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Hopefully, you'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as + you use LyX, because most mouse actions will prompt a small message in + the minibuffer which describe the name of the action, you've just triggered, + and any existing keybindings for that action. + The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in + this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it. + However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +M-p S-A +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + means +\family sans +Meta-p +\family default + followed by a capital +\family sans +A +\family default +. + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +S-C-S +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + means +\family sans +Shift-Control-s +\family default +. +\layout Section + +Using LyX with Other Programs +\layout Subsection + +Importing ASCII files +\layout Standard + +You can import text from an ASCII file using the +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +I +\bar default +mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +A +\bar default +scii\SpecialChar ~ +text\SpecialChar ~ +as\SpecialChar ~ +lines +\family default + or +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +I +\bar default +mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +A +\bar default +scii\SpecialChar ~ +text\SpecialChar ~ +as\SpecialChar ~ +paragraphs +\family default + options. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +I +\bar default +mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +A +\bar default +scii\SpecialChar ~ +text\SpecialChar ~ +as_lines +\family default + puts each line of the file into its own LyX paragraph. + This is useful if you're importing a text file with a simple list in it. + However, if your text file contains paragraphs in it, LyX will mangle the + paragraphs if you use this form of import. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +I +\bar default +mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +A +\bar default +scii\SpecialChar ~ +text\SpecialChar ~ +as\SpecialChar ~ +paragraphs +\family default + preserves paragraphs in text files. + Often in a text file, you didn't put the contents of an entire paragraph + on one line. + You used +\family sans +Return +\family default + to break up the paragraph into separate lines. + Using the +\family sans +as\SpecialChar ~ +paragraphs +\family default +, LyX won't mangle such paragraphs. + Anything between two consecutive blank lines goes into its own LyX paragraph. + Remember: you must make sure there is a +\emph on +completely blank +\emph default + line between each and every paragraph in your text file. + If not, LyX might end up merging two paragraphs. +\layout Subsection + +Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs +\layout Standard + +The +\family sans +Cut +\family default +, +\family sans +Copy +\family default +, and +\family sans +Paste +\family default + operations will transfer text to and from LyX. + You can copy text from LyX to another window in this way: Select the text + that you want to copy, then go to the destination window and paste the + text with the middle mouse button. + +\layout Standard + +Pasting text into LyX also works much the same way as in X. + Select the text with the mouse in another X window. + Go to the Lyx window and paste the text with the middle mouse button. +\layout Chapter + +LyX Setup and Supporting Applications +\layout Section + +Introduction +\layout Standard + +If you're using LyX on a system someone else has set up for you, then you + can safely skip this chapter. + It describes all of the things you need beyond the LyX binary and files + distributed with it. +\layout Standard + +If you're installing LyX on your system, +\emph on +you should read the README's that came with the LyX distribution and then + +\family sans +\emph default +\bar under +H +\bar default +elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +aTeX\SpecialChar ~ +Configuration +\family default +\emph on +. + +\emph default + Do that first. + This chapter does not describe installation or setup of the LyX binary + [Well, not everything\SpecialChar \ldots{} +]. + It does describe all of the things you'll need to use LyX to its fullest. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +This is basically where we decided to document a bunch of info about running + LyX, including what other programs you'll need to make LyX useful. +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Basic LyX Setup +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:setup} + +\end_inset + +There are two ways to run LyX. + The first way is to install LyX and all of its support files on your system. + Of course, you need root privileges to do that. + The second way to run LyX doesn't require root access, letting you +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +install +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + LyX somewhere in your own account. + LyX will automatically detect where it is as long as the supporting directories + are put in the correct places. +\layout Standard + +There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX, + without resorting to configuration files. + First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document + classes and LaTeX packages are available. + It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several +\family typewriter +preferences +\family sans + +\family default +variables. + Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed + on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally and + which are not seen by LyX. + To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +R +\bar default +econfigure +\family default +. + You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account. + As far as LaTeX classes and packages are concerned, you will find information + about what has been found under +\family sans +\bar under +H +\bar default +elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +aTeX\SpecialChar ~ +Configuration +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +The second set of settings that you might want to change comprises all the + document-level setting that you can change via the +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +ettings +\family default + dialog. + To do this, open a scrap document, set all these options according to your + taste and save them with the +\family sans +\bar under +S +\bar default +ave\SpecialChar ~ +as\SpecialChar ~ +Document\SpecialChar ~ +Defaults +\family default + button in the +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument +\family default + dialog. + This will create a template named +\family typewriter +default.lyx +\family default + which is automatically loaded by LyX when you open a document without template + such that the settings are automatically set-up as you defined them. +\layout Standard + +There are many other user-configurable options that you can feed to LyX. + Upon startup, LyX reads a global options file called +\family typewriter +lyxrc.defaults +\family default +. + It will then attempt to read a file called +\family typewriter +~/.lyx/preferences +\family default + beneath your home directory. + The +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +ools +\bar under +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +P +\bar default +references +\family default + dialog can be used to change these options; the document +\emph on +Customization +\emph default + contains more information about the preferences dialog and these configuration + files. +\layout Section + +Setting Up the X Keyboard +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:x-win-keys} + +\end_inset + +To use LyX properly, you +\emph on +must +\emph default + set X up correctly. + This is especially vital if you're using the international support features + of LyX and want to use non-English keyboard mappings. + Unfortunately, almost nobody bothers to do this, especially those who've + installed Linux on a PC\SpecialChar \@. + Administrators of large systems can be guilty of + this, too, so don't assume that you're safe if you're using a large system. + Any user can instruct X how to use his or her keyboard. +\layout Subsection + + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\family default + and +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\layout Standard + +First of all read the man pages for these two programs. + They are your best friends when you are trying to set up X key mapping + correctly. + If you don't have them, install them. +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\layout Standard + +This document contains no information on how to use +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\family default +. + There is a sample +\family typewriter +.Xmodmap +\family default + file in +\emph on +Customization +\emph default +. + To load the new X keyboard mappings, place the command +\family typewriter +xmodmap\SpecialChar ~ +.Xmodmap +\family default + somewhere in your startup scripts [for example, +\family typewriter +.cshrc +\family default +, +\family typewriter +.profile +\family default +, +\family typewriter +.login +\family default +, or +\family typewriter +.xinitrc +\family default + are all possibilities]. +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\layout Standard + +This program is a dream come true! It brings up a graphical version of your + keyboard, allows you to make modifications, and then spits those modifications + out to the standard output in a form readable by +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\family default +. + It is very useful when you're trying to design a new +\family typewriter +.Xmodmap +\family default + file, though it will require you to do a bit of cut-and-pasting. +\layout Subsection + +Modifiers and Mode_switch +\layout Standard + +LyX supports three modifiers: Shift [ +\family sans +S- +\family default +], Control [ +\family sans +C- +\family default +], and Meta [ +\family sans +M- +\family default +]. + Moreover, if one of the keys of your keyboard is configured as a +\family sans +Compose +\family default + key, then you can use it to enter some characters not available on your + keyboard. + This compose key can be used either as a modifier (like +\family sans +Shift +\family default + or +\family sans +Control +\family default +) or as a prefix key. + Here are some examples of what you can do with a +\family sans +Compose +\family default + key: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Compose+e+' +\family default + +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + + é +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Compose+O+R +\family default + +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + + ® +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Compose+1+2 +\family default + +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + + ½ +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Compose+<+< +\family default + +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + + « +\layout Standard + +This input method is particularly handy when you use accented characters + only from time to time. + It works by default for latin1 characters, but other input methods will + be used if you setup your locale correctly. +\layout Subsection + +Helpful Hints and Tips +\layout Standard + +First, open up two xterminals. + Use one to edit a new +\family typewriter +.Xmodmap +\family default + file and run +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\family default + from the other. + Using +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\family default +, remap your keyboard the way you want it. + There's a button in +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\family default + to output the new keymap. + Once you hit it, +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\family default + will spit a bunch of stuff on the xterm you executed it from. + Just copy and paste all of that into your +\family typewriter +.Xmodmap +\family default + file, and you're done. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +You could also save yourself some typing by executing +\family typewriter +xkeycaps > .Xmodmap +\family default +. + This will create a usable map file. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Also, there are some things you can do to help you get oriented. + Try executing the command +\family typewriter +xmodmap -v -pm +\family default +. + This will show you all of the currently active modifiers. + Also try +\family typewriter +xmodmap -v -pke | more +\family default +to see which keycode numbers are mapped to which symbolic names. + It will also give you some idea of the syntax of the +\family typewriter +.Xmodmap +\family default + file. +\layout Standard + +There's one thing you'll need to check. + Make sure that your +\family sans +Delete +\family default + and +\family sans +BackSpace +\family default + keys are +\emph on +not +\emph default + defined as the same key symbol by X! Note that giving these two keys unique + symbol names will not necessarily alter the behavior of your programs. + Some programs bind +\family sans +Delete +\family default + and +\family sans +BackSpace +\family default + to the same operation. + Emacs is one. + Other programs, however, use +\family sans +Delete +\family default + and +\family sans +BackSpace +\family default + for different operations. + LyX is one of these programs, and if you have +\family sans +Delete +\family default + and +\family sans +BackSpace +\family default + labeled with the same key symbol name, you'll have trouble using LyX. +\layout Section + +LaTeX +\layout Standard + +If you want to do more with LyX than simply create documents and spit out + +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + files, you'll need LaTeX. +\layout Standard + +In case you were wondering, LaTeX is a markup language front end for TeX, + a document preparation system invented in 1984 by Donald Knuth. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +A note about pronunciation: TeX originated from the Greek letters, +\begin_inset Formula $\tau\epsilon\chi$ +\end_inset + +, which rhymes with +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +blech. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + That's how you pronounce +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +TeX +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +LaTeX. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + [If you're American, just pronounce the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +X +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + as a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +k +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and you've got it.] +\end_inset + + TeX takes a set of commands in an ASCII file and converts it to a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +device-independent +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + format, or Dvi, for short. + The Dvi file can then be sent to printers. + TeX is programmable, and LaTeX is nothing but a [really huge] set of TeX + macros. + LaTeX will typically come as part of a TeX distribution, so all you need + is a TeX package. +\layout Standard + +Note that on some old systems you may find that only LaTeX 2.09 is installed + (as opposed to the more current LaTeX2e). + LyX cannot be used with LaTeX 2.09. +\layout Standard + +If you're using Linux, LaTeX2e should have come with your distribution. + For other systems, you might need to install LaTeX yourself.You can obtain + a LaTeX distribution (and anything and everything related to TeX and LaTeX) + from a Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN) mirror. + A complete list of mirrors may be found at +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ctan.org} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ctan} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Section + +Dvips and Ghostscript +\layout Subsection + +What You Need +\layout Standard + +There's one more step you need to take if you want to print your LyX documents. + Obviously, you'll need to make sure your printer is configured [see next + section]. + You'll also need to install these programs (or compatibles), if you don't + have them already: +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +dvips +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +ghostscript +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +xdvi +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +ghostview +\layout Standard + +The latter two programs are previewer for files in Dvi and PostScript® +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +PostScript® is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated, and + is the main page description language in the UN*X world. + +\end_inset + + format. + If you don't know what a DVI file is, you've probably also never worked + with LaTeX and should read the +\emph on +Tutorial +\emph default + document before proceeding further. + +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + converts DVI files into PostScript®, which is the format most printers + use nowadays. + For those of you using dot-matrix and inkjet printers, you'll want to filter + the PostScript® through +\family typewriter +ghostscript +\family default +, which is capable of creating output for a variety of printers. + The following section on printer setup describes how to do this automatically + every time you print. + For now, we'll concentrate on +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default +. +\layout Subsection + +Dvips +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:dvipsconfig} + +\end_inset + +Whether you'll be running LyX on a large system or a Linux box at home, + you should configure +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default +. + +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + will either +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +print +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + into a file, or send output directly to the printer, depending on how it's + configured. + If it is set up to print to a file, and if no filename is specified, it + will simply turn +\family typewriter +foo.dvi +\family default + into +\family typewriter +foo.ps +\family default +. + Most systems have +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + set up to send output to the default printer. + For LyX, you'll want the flexibility to do both. +\layout Standard + +If you are not a mood to configure +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + to adapt its output to your printer, you can safely skip this section. + Be warned however that the output will not match the quality that you could + expect from your printer. + At least, it will print. +\layout Standard + +If you are using teTeX (a TeX distribution which is particularly popular + on Linux), you should run the program +\family typewriter +texconfig +\family default +. + To make the name of a new printer recognized by +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + you should then select menu entry +\family sans +Dvips +\family default +, then add. + Enter the required parameters and, before exiting, remember to select the + function +\family sans +Rehash +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Let's turn now to manual configuration: in order to inform +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + how to automagically convert a +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default + file into a +\family typewriter +.ps +\family default + file adapted to printer +\family typewriter +foo +\family default +, you need to have a config-file, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +config.foo +\family default +, +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + lying around somewhere. + Typically, the +\family typewriter +config.* +\family default + files for +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + will be in +\family typewriter +/usr/lib/texmf/dvips +\family default + in most TeX distributions. + Your system will probably be different, of course, so just look under the + main TeX directory for a subdirectory called +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default +. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + It'll be there somewhere. +\layout Standard + +Typically, there will be at least one config-file: +\family typewriter +config.ps +\family default +. + This file is the default configuration file, which is +\emph on +always +\emph default + read by dvips +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +In particular, this file is not necessarily connected to the existence of + a file named +\family typewriter +ps +\family default +. +\end_inset + +. + Read this file and see what options could need to be changed for your particula +r printer. + Then create a file +\family typewriter +config.foo +\family default + containing only the relevant lines. + +\layout Standard + +There's at least one thing you need to do to the config-file. + There may exist a line that looks like, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +o | lpr +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + [without the quotes, of course\SpecialChar \ldots{} +]. + Change it to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +o | lpr -Pfoo +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, so that the output is sent by default to printer +\family typewriter +foo +\family default +. + However, you should probably investigate the entries +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +M +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +D +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, which define respectively the Metafont mode and the resolution of the + printer. + If you do not know what a Metafont mode is, you can see it as a printer + driver: it adapts the design of TeX fonts to ensure that they give the + best possible result on your printer. + Be warned however that, if you define different Metafont modes for different + printers, +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + will generate several copies of your TeX fonts on disk, and these take + valuable space. +\layout Standard + +Once you are satisfied that your printers are correctly configured, you + should tell LyX to make use of this configuration. + To do this, you should launch the +\family sans +Preferences +\family default + dialog ( +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +references +\family default +) and set the entries +\family sans +Adapt\SpecialChar ~ +output +\family default + and +\family sans +Spool\SpecialChar ~ +command +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +You can use as many configuration files as you like, one for each of your + printers. + The default printer for LyX can be specified from the +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +references +\family default + dialog or with the +\family typewriter +PRINTER +\family default + environment variable. + You can also choose the desired printer from inside LyX, as described in + a later section. + Once you've done all that, you can print to either a PostScript® printer + or file from LyX. + +\layout Standard + +If your printer doesn't understand PostScript®, you'll need to use +\family typewriter +ghostscript +\family default + as a filter for your print spooler. + That's covered in numerous HOWTO's and manuals. + We also have a section that covers a little bit of this. +\layout Standard + +Some people don't seem to like using the +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + plus +\family typewriter +ghostscript +\family default + combination. + As alternative, you can use a program that converts the DVI file directly + into your printer language. + You can specify this program in the +\family sans +Preferences +\family default + dialog, too. + There is a major disadvantage to this method. + You can't include any PostScript® files, such as graphics, in your documents, + since the printer-specific conversion programs don't understand PostScript®. + For that reason, the LyX team highly recommends using +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + and +\family typewriter +ghostscript +\family default + for printing. + +\layout Subsection + +Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +Xdvi +\family default + and +\family typewriter +ghostview +\family default + are viewers. + The former handles +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default + files, while the later interfaces with +\family typewriter +ghostscript +\family default + to allow you to view PostScript® files. +\layout Standard + +A quick note on both of these programs. + Both automatically update themselves if the viewed file +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +That means the +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default + or +\family typewriter +.ps +\family default + file, not the files used to make these. +\end_inset + + changes. + You can also force an update. + So, once you've opened one of these two viewers, there's no reason to close + it. + Also, both programs are functionally the same, providing all of the same + features. +\layout Standard + +The LyX team recommends using +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + for fine tuning documents. + Why? It's faster; there's one less layer of processing you need to do before + you can view the changes. + Here's an example: +\layout Enumerate + +Use +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + to preview a document from LyX, and leave it running. +\layout Enumerate + +Make changes to the document using LyX. +\layout Enumerate + +To view those changes, just choose +\family sans +\bar under + V +\bar default +iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +U +\bar default +pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI +\family default +. + When LaTeX's all done, click on the +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + window, and voilà! +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + will update itself. +\layout Standard + +Now, this doesn't mean +\family typewriter +ghostview +\family default + is useless. + +\family typewriter +ghostview +\family default + is better suited to those occasions where you +\emph on +must +\emph default + view the PostScript® version of the document. + For repeated changes that aren't PostScript® dependent, you're better off + previewing with +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default +. + There is an alternative to +\family typewriter +ghostview +\family default + which sports a much better interface: +\family typewriter +gv +\family default +. + LyX will automatically use it instead of ghostscript if it is available. +\layout Section + +The Printer +\layout Standard + + +\size normal +Anyone working on a large system shouldn't have any problems here. + Your sysadmin [or you, if you are the sysadmin] should already have the + printers set up for your system. + All you need to do is find out the name of the printer you want to use, + and configure you +\size default +r setup +\size normal +as described in the last section. +\layout Standard + + +\size normal +Those of you using Linux, however, will have a bit more work to do. + Many people now receive a Linux distribution, such as Red Hat or Slackware, + on CD-ROM +\size default +\SpecialChar \@. + +\size normal + They follow the install instructions, get Linux up and running, but never + realize that they need to set up their printer. + +\size default +If you find that you need to do this by hand, we've written a little something + to help you out with that; check out the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\emph on +A Printer Tutorial +\emph default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + chapter in the +\emph on +Customization +\emph default + manual for help. +\layout Chapter + +LyX Basics +\layout Section + +Document Types +\layout Subsection + +Introduction +\layout Standard + +Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you + need to decide what +\emph on +type +\emph default + of document you want to edit. + Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings, + numbering schemes, and so on. + Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments, + and format the title of your document differently. +\layout Standard + +A +\emph on +document class +\emph default + describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents. + By setting the document class, you automagically select these properties, + making it easier to create the type of document you want. + If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default. + So, it behooves you to change the class of your document. +\layout Standard + +Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and + how to fine-tune some of their properties. +\layout Subsection + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:doc-classes} + +\end_inset + +The Various Document Classes +\layout Subsubsection + +Overview +\layout Standard + +There are five standard document classes in LyX. + They are: +\layout Description + +Article for basic articles +\layout Description + +Report for basic reports +\layout Description + +Book for writing a book +\layout Description + +Letter for US-style letters +\layout Description + +Slides is used to make transparencies +\layout Standard + +There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have + a LaTeX setup that supports them: +\layout Description + +Aapaper Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysic +s +\layout Description + +Amsart Journal articles in the style and format used by the AMS [American + Mathematical Society]. + There are three amsart layouts available. + The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems, +\emph on +etc. +\emph default +, that prepends the section number to the number of the result. + All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced + together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence. + The +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +sequential numbering +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers + them throughout the article in a single sequence. + Each type of result gets its own sequence. + There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether. +\layout Description + +Amsbook Books in the style and format used by the AMS. + Only the standard numbering scheme is provided, under the assumption that + you would not want to number results consecutively throughout a book, and + that you would need to number results. +\layout Description + +Dinbrief für Briefe nach deutscher Art +\layout Description + +Foils is used to make transparencies, but is better than +\family sans +slides +\layout Description + +Linuxdoc Used with the SGML-tools package (formerly known as LinuxDoc). + It allows LyX to produce SGML output. + SGML is a markup language and is the predecessor to HTML\SpecialChar \@. + The SGML-tools + package allows you to convert SGML to HTML or to the format used by +\family typewriter +man +\family default + pages. +\layout Description + +Paper for use with the +\family typewriter +paper +\family default + LaTeX document class [not in all LaTeX distributions] +\layout Description + +Revtex is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical + Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society + of America (OSA). + This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features. +\layout Standard + +We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes + here. + You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the +\emph on +Extended Editing +\emph default + manual. + Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all + of the document classes. +\layout Subsubsection + +Selecting a Class +\layout Standard + +You can select a class using the +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument +\bar under +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +S +\bar default +ettings +\family default + dialog. + Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options + you may need. +\layout Subsubsection + +Properties +\layout Standard + +Each class has a default set of options. + Here's a quick table describing them: +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Pagestyle +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Sides +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Columns +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Max. + sectioning level +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +article +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Plain +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +One +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +One +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Section +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +report +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Plain +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +One +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +One +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Chapter +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +book +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Headings +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Two +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +One +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Chapter +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +letter +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Plain +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +One +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +One +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +none +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +linuxdoc +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Plain +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +One +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +One +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Section +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +aapaper +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Plain +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Two +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Two +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Section +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +amsart +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Headings +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +One +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +One +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Section +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +dinbrief +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Plain +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +One +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +One +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +none +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +paper +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Headings +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +One +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +One +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Section +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +There is no default value of +\family sans +E +\bar under +x +\bar default +tra\SpecialChar ~ +Options +\family default + for any of these classes. + +\layout Standard + +You're probably also wondering what +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Max. + sectioning level +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + means. + There are several paragraph environment used to create section headings. + Different document classes allow different types of section headings. + Only two use the +\family sans +Chapter +\family default + heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the +\family sans +Section +\family default + heading. + Some document classes, such as the three for letters, don't use any section + headings. + In addition to +\family sans +Chapter +\family default + and +\family sans +Section +\family default + headings, there are also +\family sans +Subsection +\family default + headings, +\family sans +Subsubsection +\family default + headings, and so on. + We'll describe these headings fully in section +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parenvheadings} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Subsection + +Fine-tuning the Defaults +\layout Standard + +Okay, we know we never told you what most of these +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +default options +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + set by the +\family sans +\bar under +C +\bar default +lass +\family default + button do. + That's what this section is for. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + + +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +agestyle +\family default + This is another list, containing five options. + It controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page: +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +LaTeX does this part. +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + + +\family sans +Default +\family default +Use default pagestyle of current class. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + + +\family sans +Empty +\family default + No page numbers or headings. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + + +\family sans +Plain +\family default + Page numbers only. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + + +\family sans +Headings +\family default + Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number. + Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on + which is the maximum sectioning level. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + + +\family sans +Fancy +\family default + This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you + have the +\family sans +fancyhdr +\family default + package installed. + At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting. + To use the full power of this package, you have to resolve to magic codes + in your preamble. + Check the documentation for the +\family sans +fancyhdr +\family default + package for more details. +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + + +\family sans +Sides +\family default + No, LyX can't make your printer print on both sides of a sheet of paper! + However, it can use a different format for odd-numbered pages than even-numbere +d pages. + This way, if you +\emph on +do +\emph default + have a printer that duplexes +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +i.e. + prints on both sides of a sheet of paper +\end_inset + +, your page number will always be in the upper right corner of the page + and the left margin will have extra room for a binding. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +There are two radio buttons here: +\family sans +One +\family default + for single-sided documents, +\family sans +Two +\family default + for double-sided documents. +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + + +\family sans +Columns +\family default + Yes, this does control how many columns each page has. + You can choose, using the toggle buttons, +\family sans +One +\family default + or +\family sans +Two +\family default + for the number of columns. + +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Note that LyX won't show two columns on screen. + That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept. + However, there +\emph on +will +\emph default + be two columns in the generated output. +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + + +\family sans +E +\bar under +x +\bar default +tra\SpecialChar ~ +Options +\family default + The LaTeX command +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default + takes several options. + LyX sets some of these automatically for you. + This text box allows you to enter in others. + Just type in a comma-separated list of options. + See a good LaTeX book to find out what kinds of additional options you + can use. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + + +\family sans +Separation +\family default + This has its own section. + See sec. + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parindentintro} + +\end_inset + + for a description of what this does. +\layout Subsection + +Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins +\layout Standard + +There are several other options to set in the +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar ~ +Settings +\family default + dialog. + All of them are global options, but they have special purposes and only + affect certain features. + We describe what these options do in the same section that describes the + features they affect. +\layout Standard + +There are two options that affect the overall layout of the document, so + we'll describe them here. + You'll find them in the +\family sans +Paper +\family default + dialog under the +\family sans +Layout +\family default + menu: +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Orientation +\family default + Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +andscape +\family default + or as +\family sans +Po +\bar under +r +\bar default +trait +\family default +. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Papersi +\bar under +z +\bar default +e +\family default + What size paper to print on. + The choices are +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Default +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +A3, A4, +\family default + +\family sans +A5 +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +B3, B4, B5 +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +US Letter +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +US legal +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +US executive +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Custom +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Some of these settings require you to have the +\family sans +geometry +\family default + package installed. + This package will also allow you to set the margins in the +\family sans +Paper +\family default + dialog. +\layout Subsection + +Important Note: +\layout Standard + +If you change a document's class, LyX has to convert +\emph on +everything +\emph default + into the new class. + That includes the paragraph environments. + Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have + them. + Some classes have special paragraph environments, however. + If this is the case, and you change document classes, LyX sets the missing + paragraph environments to +\family sans +Standard +\family default + and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph. + Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about + the conversion and why it failed. +\layout Section + +Paragraph Indentation and Separation +\layout Subsection + +Introduction +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parindentintro} + +\end_inset + +Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to + say a word or two about paragraph indentation. +\layout Standard + +Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs. + Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph. + Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs. + LyX uses the same convention you find among typographer. + The +\emph on +first +\emph default + paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list, + etc., is +\emph on +not +\emph default + indented. + Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented. + Some people don't like this convention, but if you want to use indented + paragraphs, you'll have to live with it. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +There is a way to force LaTeX to indent all paragraphs. + LyX won't show this, of course, but LaTeX +\emph on +will +\emph default + print it that way. + You'll need to get a special package and insert an appropriate command + in the preamble. + [ +\emph on +Editor's Note: I'll insert this info when I get the time. + - jw +\emph default +] +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings + and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are + pre-coded into LyX. + As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what. + LyX takes care of that. + In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a + range. + That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure + figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom + of a page, and so on. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Actually, LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file. +\end_inset + + However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them. + LyX gives you the ability to globally change +\emph on +all +\emph default + of these pre-coded spacings. + We'll explain more later. +\layout Subsection + +Global Indentation Method +\layout Standard + +To select the default method of separating paragraphs, select +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +ndent +\family default + or +\family sans +S +\bar under +k +\bar default +ip +\family default + to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively. +\layout Subsection + +Fine-Tuning +\layout Standard + +You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph. + Open the +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +aragraph\SpecialChar ~ +Settings +\family default + dialog and toggle the +\family sans +\bar under +N +\bar default +o Indent +\family default + button to change the state of the current paragraph. + If paragraphs indent by default, this button will be inactive at first. + If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this + button will be completely ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph + by toggling this). +\layout Standard + +You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph + if you need to do some fine-tuning. + Typically, you'll select +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +ndent +\family default + or +\family sans +S +\bar under +k +\bar default +ip +\family default + for the entire document and edit away. +\layout Subsection + +Changing Line Spacing +\layout Standard + +In the +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +ettings +\family default + dialog you can choose your line spacing provided you have the +\family sans +setspace +\family default + package installed. +\layout Section + +Paragraph Environments +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:par-environments} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Overview +\layout Standard + +The paragraph environments correspond to the various +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{ +\family default +\emph on +environment +\family typewriter +\emph default +} ... + +\backslash +end{ +\family default +\emph on +environment +\family typewriter +\emph default +} +\family default + command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file. + If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally + alien to you, we urge you to read the +\emph on +Tutorial +\emph default +. + The +\emph on +Tutorial +\emph default + also contains many more examples than this section does. +\layout Standard + +A paragraph environment is simply a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +container +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties. + This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering + scheme, labels, and so on. + Additionally, you can +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +nest +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment + to inherit some of the properties of another. + The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy + tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the + days of typewriters. + There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular + document type. + We'll only be covering the most common ones here. +\layout Standard + +To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left + end of the toolbar. + LyX will change the environment of the +\emph on +entire +\emph default + paragraph in which the cursor sits. + You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if + you select them before choosing the new environment. + +\layout Standard + +Note that hitting +\family sans +Return +\family default + will +\emph on +typically +\emph default + create a new paragraph using the +\family sans +Standard +\family default + paragraph environment. + We say +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +typically +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + because this isn't always the case. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +If you are in one of these environments: +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +vspace{-2ex} +\backslash +parbox[t]{3cm}{ +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Quote +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Quotation +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +} +\backslash +parbox[t]{3cm}{ +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Verse +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Itemize +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +} +\backslash +parbox[t]{3cm}{ +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Enumerate +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Description +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +} +\backslash +parbox[t]{3cm}{ +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +List +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit +\family sans +Return +\family default +, rather than resetting it to +\family sans +Standard +\family default +. + LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however. +\end_inset + + Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment + and the nesting depth [more on nesting in section +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} + +\end_inset + +]. + At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting + +\family sans +Return +\family default + to reset the paragraph environment and depth. + If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth, + use +\family sans +M-Return +\family default + instead. +\layout Subsection + +Standard +\layout Standard + +The default paragraph environment is +\family sans +Standard +\family default + for most classes. + It creates a plain paragraph. + If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses. + In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now [and most of the ones in + this manual] are in the +\family sans +Standard +\family default + environment. +\layout Standard + +You can nest a paragraph using the +\family sans +Standard +\family default + environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything + in a +\family sans +Standard +\family default + environment. +\layout Subsection + +Document Titles +\layout Standard + +A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name[s] of the + author[s] and a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +footnote +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + for thanks or contact information. + For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate + page along with today's date. + For other types of documents, the title +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +page +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + goes at the top of the first page of the document. + +\layout Standard + +LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph + environments +\family sans +Title +\family default +, +\family sans +Author +\family default +, and +\family sans +Date +\family default +. + Here's how you use them: +\layout Itemize + +Put the title of your document in the +\family sans +Title +\family default + environment. +\layout Itemize + +Put the author name in the +\family sans +Author +\family default + environment. +\layout Itemize + +If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date, + or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in + the +\family sans +Date +\family default + environment. + Note that using this environment is optional. + If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date. +\layout Standard + +Be sure to do this at the top of the document. + You can use footnotes to insert +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +thanks +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + or contact information. +\layout Subsection + +Headings +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvheadings} + +\end_inset + + There are nine paragraph environments for producing section headings. + LyX takes care of the numbering for you. + All you need to do is decide what you're going to call section 3 of chapter + 9. +\layout Subsubsection + +Numbered Headings +\layout Standard + +There are 6 numbered types of section headings. +\begin_inset Note +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Why no mention of Part ? +\end_inset + + They are: +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Chapter +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Section +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Subsection +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Subsubsection +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Paragraph +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Subparagraph +\layout Standard + +LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods. + The numbers describe where in the document you are. + These headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text. + For example, suppose you're writing a book. + You group the book into chapters. + LyX does similar grouping: +\layout Itemize + +Either +\family sans +Chapter +\family default + or +\family sans +Section +\family default + is the maximum sectioning level. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Chapter +\family default +s are divided into +\family sans +Section +\family default +s +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Section +\family default +s are divided into +\family sans +Subsection +\family default +s +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Subsection +\family default +s are divided into +\family sans +Subsubsection +\family default +s +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Subsubsection +\family default +s are divided into +\family sans +Paragraph +\family default +s +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Paragraph +\family default +s are divided into +\family sans +Subparagraph +\family default +s +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Note: +\emph default + not all document types use the +\family sans +Chapter +\family default + heading as the maximum sectioning level. + In that case, the +\family sans +Section +\family default + is the top-level heading. +\layout Standard + +So, if you use the +\family sans +Subsubsection +\family default + environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number, + along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter + that it's in. + For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the + label +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +2.5 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Subsubsection + +Unnumbered Headings +\layout Standard + +There are 3 types of unnumbered section headings. + They are: +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Section* +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Subsection* +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Subsubsection* +\layout Standard + +The +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +* +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + after each name means that these headings are not numbered. + They work the same as their numbered counterparts. +\layout Subsubsection + +Changing the Numbering +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:section-depth} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear + in the Table of Contents. + Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document + class. + Certain classes start with +\family sans +Chapter +\family default + and go down to the +\family sans +Subparagraph +\family default + level. + Others start at +\family sans +Section +\family default +. + Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels. + Most don't number +\family sans +Paragraph +\family default + or +\family sans +Subparagraph +\family default +. + This is something you can change. +\layout Standard + +Open the +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +ettings +\family default + dialog. + You should see a counter labelled +\family sans +Section\SpecialChar ~ +number\SpecialChar ~ +depth +\family default + under the +\family sans +Extra +\family default + tab. + This counter controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers + a section heading. + Unfortunately, the number you choose with the slider is really goofy, so + here's a table of values and what they do: +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Sec. + Num. + Depth +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +LyX numbers these +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +value: +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +section headings: +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +-2 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +no numbering of any kind +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +-1 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +add +\family sans +Parts +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +-0 and 0 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +add Chapters +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +1 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +add Sections +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +2 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +add Subsections +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +3 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +add +\family sans +Subsubsections +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +4 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +add +\family sans +Paragraphs +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +5 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +add +\family sans +Subparagraphs +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +The increasing numbers are cumulative: a setting of +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +0 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + will number parts and chapters, while +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +2 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + will number parts, chapters, sections, and subsections. + Of course, if you're using a document class that doesn't use part or chapter + headings ( +\emph on +e.g. + +\emph default + the default article class), then the numbering begins at the +\family sans +Section +\family default + heading, and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +0 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + also corresponds to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +no numbering. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +There's another counter in the dialog, called +\family sans +Table\SpecialChar ~ +of\SpecialChar ~ +contents\SpecialChar ~ +depth +\family default +. + It works the same way as +\family sans +Section\SpecialChar ~ +numbering\SpecialChar ~ +depth +\family default +, only it controls which sectioning levels appear in, you guessed it, the + Table of Contents. + This is a great control to have. + Suppose you wanted to number +\emph on +all +\emph default + sectioning heading, but you only wanted +\family sans +Chapter +\family default +s, +\family sans +Section +\family default +s, and +\family sans +Subsection +\family default +s in the Table of Contents. + You'd just set +\family sans +Section\SpecialChar ~ +numbering\SpecialChar ~ +depth +\family default + to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +5 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and +\family sans +Table of contents\SpecialChar ~ +depth +\family default + to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +2 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and voilà! You're all set. +\layout Subsubsection + +Special Information +\layout Standard + +The following information applies to +\family sans +Chapter +\family default +, +\family sans +Section +\family default +, +\family sans +Subsection +\family default +, +\family sans +Subsubsection +\family default +, +\family sans +Paragraph +\family default +, +\family sans +Subparagraph +\family default + as well as +\family sans +Section* +\family default +, +\family sans +Subsection* +\family default +, and +\family sans +Subsubsection* +\family default +: +\layout Itemize + +You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments. +\layout Itemize + +You can use inlined math in these environments. +\layout Itemize + +You cannot do any nesting with these environments. +\layout Itemize + +You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers. +\layout Standard + +As for examples of these paragraph environments - look around you! We're + using them everywhere in the manuals. +\layout Subsubsection + +Creating an Appendix +\layout Standard + +To create an appendix, simply start by adding a new chapter or section heading. + Move the cursor back to the beginning of the heading and select +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Start\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +A +\bar default +ppendix\SpecialChar ~ +Here +\family default +. + A red/brown box will be drawn around the remainder of the file to indicate + there is something special about it, and the numerical chapter or section + label(s) will be changed to a letter. +\layout Subsection + +Quotes and Poetry +\layout Standard + +LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations. + They are +\family sans +Quote +\family default +, +\family sans +Quotation +\family default +, and +\family sans +Verse +\family default +. + Forget the days of changing linespacing and twiddling with margins. + These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in. + They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below + the text they contain. + They also allow nesting, so you can put a +\family sans +Verse +\family default + in a +\family sans +Quotation +\family default +, as well as in some other paragraph environments. +\layout Standard + +There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do + +\emph on +not +\emph default + reset to +\family sans +Standard +\family default + when you start a new paragraph. + So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit +\family sans +Return +\family default + without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you. + Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have + to change back to the +\family sans +Standard +\family default + environment yourself. +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +Quote +\family default + and +\family sans +Quotation +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quote} + +\end_inset + +Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's + time for the differences. + +\family sans +Quote +\family default + and +\family sans +Quotation +\family default + are identical except for one difference: +\family sans +Quote +\family default + uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line. + +\family sans +Quotation +\family default + +\emph on +always +\emph default + indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout. +\layout Standard + +Here's an example of the +\family sans +Quote +\family default + environment: +\layout Quote + +This is in the +\family sans +Quote +\family default + environment. + I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it + wraps. + See - no indentation! +\layout Quote + +Here's the second paragraph of this quote. + Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and + the other paragraph. +\layout Standard + +That ends that example. + Here's another example, this time in the +\family sans +Quotation +\family default + environment: +\layout Quotation + +This is in the +\family sans +Quotation +\family default + environment. + If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation. + If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting + the first line, then +\family sans +Quotation +\family default + is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it +\emph on +if +\emph default + you were quoting other text. +\layout Quotation + +Here's a new paragraph. + I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time. + If I did that, though, you'd get bored. +\layout Standard + +That was our other example. + As the example notes, +\family sans +Quote +\family default + is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs. + They should put quotes in the +\family sans +Quote +\family default + environment. + Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the +\family sans +Quotation +\family default + paragraph environment for quoted text. +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +Verse +\layout Standard + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:verse} + +\end_inset + +Verse +\family default + is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on. + Here's an example: +\layout Verse + +This is in Verse +\newline +Which I did not rehearse! +\layout Verse + +It could be much worse. + This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps + around. + It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are + indented a bit more than the first. + Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore. + So sue me. +\layout Verse + +To break a line +\newline +And make things look fine +\newline +Use +\family sans +C-Return +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +As you can see, +\family sans +Verse +\family default + does not indent both margins. + Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph. + To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the +\family typewriter +break-line +\family default + function, +\family sans +C-Return +\family default +. +\layout Subsection + +Lists +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvlists} + +\end_inset + +LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds + of lists. + In the +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + and +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively. + In the +\family sans +Description +\family default + and +\family sans +List +\family default + environments, LyX lets you provide your own label. + We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing + some general features of all four of them. +\layout Subsubsection + +General Features +\layout Standard + +The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments + in several ways. + First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item. + Hitting +\family sans +Return +\family default + does +\emph on +not +\emph default + reset the environment to +\family sans +Standard +\family default + but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item. + The nesting depth is typically reset, however. + If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment, + you should use +\family sans +M-Return +\family default + to break paragraphs. +\layout Standard + +You can nest lists of any type inside one another. + In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how its + nested. + If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest + you read all of section +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} + +\end_inset + +. + +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +Itemize +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:itemize} + +\end_inset + +The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + paragraph environment. + It has the following properties: +\layout Itemize + +Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label. +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level. +\layout Itemize + +The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +The items can be any length. + LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item. + The offset is always relative to whatever environment the +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + list may be in. +\layout Itemize + +If you nest an +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + environment inside another +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + environment, the label changes to a new symbol. +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting. +\layout Itemize + +LyX always shows the same symbol, an asterisk, on screen. +\layout Itemize + +See section +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} + +\end_inset + + for a full explanation of nesting. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Of course, that explanation was also an example of an +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + list. + The +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter. +\layout Standard + +We said that different levels use different symbols as their label. + Here's an example of all four possible symbols. + Note that those of you reading this manual online won't see any difference. +\layout Itemize + +The label for the first level +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + is a large black dot, or bullet. +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +The label for the second level is a dash. +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +The label for the third is an asterisk. +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +The label for the fourth is a centered dot. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Back out to the third level. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Back to the second level. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Back to the outermost level. +\layout Standard + +These are the default labels for an +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + list. + You can customize these labels in +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +ettings +\family default + dialog in the +\family sans +Bullets +\family default + tab. +\layout Standard + +Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth. + We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths + in section +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} + +\end_inset + +. + Be sure to read it! +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +Enumerate +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:enumerate} + +\end_inset + +The +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + environment is the tool to use to create numbered lists and outlines. + It has these properties: +\layout Enumerate + +Each item has a numeral as its label. +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate. +\layout Enumerate + +Each new +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + environment resets the counter to one. +\layout Enumerate + +Like the +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + environment, the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + environment: +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Offsets the items relative to the left margin. + Items can be any length. +\layout Enumerate + +Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases. +\layout Enumerate + +Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth. +\layout Enumerate + +Allows up to a four-fold nesting. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Unlike the +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + environment, +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + +\emph on +does +\emph default + show the different labels for each item. + Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default +: +\layout Enumerate + +The first level of an +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + uses Arabic numerals followed by a period. +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses. +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period. +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period. +\layout Enumerate + +Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth + increases. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Back to the third level +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Back to the second level. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Back to the outermost level. +\layout Standard + +Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + environment. + It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the +\emph on +Extended Features +\emph default + manual), however. + As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version, + not on the LyX screen. +\layout Standard + +There is more to nesting +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + environments than we've stated here. + You +\emph on +really +\emph default + should read section +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} + +\end_inset + + to learn more about nesting. +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +Description +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:descrlist} + +\end_inset + +Unlike the previous two environments, the +\family sans +Description +\family default + list has no fixed label. + Instead, LyX uses the first +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +word +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + of the first line as the label. + Here's an example: +\layout Description + +Example: This is an example of the +\family sans + Description +\family default + environment. +\layout Standard + +LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the + rest of the line. +\layout Standard + +Now, you're probably wondering what we mean by, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +uses the first 'word'. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + The +\family sans +Space +\family default + key does not add a whitespace character, but separates words from one another. + Inside of a +\family sans +Description +\family default + environment, the +\family sans +Space +\family default + key tells LyX to end the label if we're at the beginning of the first line + of an item. +\layout Standard + +However, what if you want or need to use more than one word in the label + of a +\family sans +Description +\family default + environment? Simple: use a +\family sans +Protected Blank +\family default +. + [Use either +\family sans +C-Space +\family default + or +\family sans +\bar under +S +\bar default +pecial\SpecialChar ~ +Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Protected\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +B +\bar default +lank +\family default + from the +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert +\family default + menu. + See sec. + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:hspace} + +\end_inset + + for more info.] Here's an example: +\layout Description + +Second\SpecialChar ~ +Example: This one shows how to use a +\family sans +Protected\SpecialChar ~ +Blank +\family default + in the label of a +\family sans +Description +\family default + list item. +\layout Description + +Usage: You should use the +\family sans +Description +\family default + environment for things like definitions and theorems. + Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text + that describes it. + It's not a good idea to use a +\family sans +Description +\family default + environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe. + You're better off using +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + or +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + and nesting several +\family sans +Standard +\family default + paragraphs into them. +\layout Description + +Nesting: You can, of course, nest +\family sans +Description +\family default + environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and + so on. +\layout Standard + +Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting + them from the first line. +\layout Subsubsection + +The LyX +\family sans +List +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxlist} + +\end_inset + +The +\family sans +List +\family default + environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX. + +\layout Standard + +Now, if you jumped here without reading sections +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:itemize} + +\end_inset + +- +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:descrlist} + +\end_inset + +, you've goofed. + The +\family sans +List +\family default + environment does +\emph on +not +\emph default + create numbered lists. + That's what +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + does, and it's documented in section +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:enumerate} + +\end_inset + +. + +\layout Standard + +Like the +\family sans +Description +\family default + environment the +\family sans +List +\family default + environment has user-defined labels for each list item. + There are some key differences between this list environment and the other + three: +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + +item\SpecialChar ~ +labels LyX uses the first +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +word +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + of each line as the item label. + The first +\family sans +Space +\family default + after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label. + If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected + blank as described above. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + +margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and + the body of the item text. + The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default + label width plus a little extra space. + +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + +label\SpecialChar ~ +width LyX uses one of two things for the label width: the actual width + of the label, or the default width, whichever is larger. + If the actual width is larger, then the label +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +extends +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + into the first line. + In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left + margin of the rest of the item text. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + +default\SpecialChar ~ +width You can very easily set this default width. + It's quite painless, actually. + So, you can easily ensure that the text of all items in a +\family sans +List +\family default + environment have the same left margin. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + +uses You should use the +\family sans +List +\family default + environment the same way you'd use as +\family sans +Description +\family default + list: when you need one word to stand out from the text that describes + it. + The +\family sans +List +\family default + environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall + layout. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + +nesting You can nest +\family sans +List +\family default + environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and + so on. + They work just like the other list paragraph environments. + Read section +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} + +\end_inset + + to learn about nesting. +\layout Standard + +As you can see, this is a feature-packed paragraph environment! +\layout Standard + +To change the default width of the label, select the items in the list to + change. + You can also simply move the cursor into a +\family sans +List +\family default + item if you want to change only its label width. + Now open the +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +aragraph\SpecialChar ~ +Settings +\family default + dialog and find the +\family sans +Label\SpecialChar ~ +width +\family default + text box. + The text in the +\family sans +Label\SpecialChar ~ +width +\family default + box determines the default label width. + If you really, really want to, you can use the text of your largest label + here, but you don't need to. + We recommend using the letter +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +M +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + multiple times. + It's the widest character and is a standard unit of width in LaTeX. + The default label width in the example +\family sans +List +\family default + is 6 +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +M +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +s wide. + Using +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +M +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + as your unit of width in the +\family sans +Label\SpecialChar ~ +Width +\family default + box has one more advantage: you don't need to keep changing the contents + of +\family sans +Label\SpecialChar ~ +Width +\family default + every time you alter a label in a +\family sans +List +\family default + environment. +\layout Standard + +There's yet another feature of the +\family sans +List +\family default + environment we need to tell you about. + As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels by default. + You can use additional +\family sans +HFills +\family default + to change how LyX justifies the item label. + We'll document +\family sans +HFills +\family default + later in section +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:hspace} + +\end_inset + +. + Here are some examples: +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM + +Left The default for +\family sans +List +\family default + item labels. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM + + +\hfill +Right One +\family sans +HFill +\family default + at the beginning of the label right justifies it. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM + + +\hfill +Center +\hfill + One +\family sans +HFill +\family default + at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it. +\layout Standard + +Don't worry if you have no idea what +\family sans +HFill +\family default +s are yet. + Just remember that you can use them to customize the look of the +\family sans +List +\family default + environment. +\layout Standard + +That does it for the four paragraph environments for making lists. + Oh - did we mention that you should read about nesting environments in + section +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} + +\end_inset + + if you want to use any of these list environments? +\layout Subsection + +Letters +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +Address +\family default + and +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default +: An Overview +\layout Standard + +Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph + environments called +\family sans +Address +\family default + and +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default +. + To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments + in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document. + In contrast, you can use the +\family sans +Address +\family default + and +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default + paragraph environments anywhere with no problem. + You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest + anything in them. +\layout Standard + +Of course, you're not limited to using +\family sans +Address +\family default + and +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default + for letters only. + +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default +, in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in + some European academic papers. +\layout Subsubsection + +Usage +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:adress_usage} + +\end_inset + +The +\family sans +Address +\family default + environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used + for the opening and signature in some countries. + Similarly, the +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default + environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which + is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries. + Here's an example of each: +\layout Right Address + +Right Address +\newline +WhoAmI +\newline +WhereAmI +\newline +When is it? What is today? +\layout Standard + +That was +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default +. + Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to + fit the largest block of text on a single line. + Here's an example of the +\family sans +Address +\family default + environment: +\layout Address + +WhoAreYou +\newline +Where do I send this +\newline +Your post office and country +\layout Standard + +As you can see, both +\family sans +Address +\family default + and +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default + add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph. + Speaking of which, if you hit +\family sans +Return +\family default + in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets + the environment to +\family sans +Standard +\family default +. + This makes sense, however, since +\family sans +Return +\family default + is the +\family typewriter +break-paragraph +\family default + function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs. + Thus, you'd use +\family typewriter +break-line +\family default + [ +\family sans +C-Return +\family default + or +\family sans +\bar under +S +\bar default +pecial\SpecialChar ~ +Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +inebreak +\family default + from the +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert +\family default + menu] to start a new line in an +\family sans +Address +\family default + or +\family sans + Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default + environment. +\layout Subsection + +Academic Writing +\layout Standard + +Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography + or list of references. + LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these. +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +Abstract +\layout Standard + +The +\family sans +Abstract +\family default + environment is used for the abstract of an article. + Technically, you +\emph on +could +\emph default + use this environment anywhere, but you really +\emph on +should +\emph default + only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title. + Also, don't bother trying to nest +\family sans +Abstract +\family default + in anything else or vice versa. + It won't work. + The +\family sans +Abstract +\family default + environment is only useful in the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +article +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +report +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + document classes [as well as +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +amsart, +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + which is just a specialized version of +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +article +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +]. + The +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +book +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + document class ignores the +\family sans +Abstract +\family default + completely, and it's utterly silly to use +\family sans +Abstract +\family default + in the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +letter +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + document class. +\layout Standard + +The +\family sans +Abstract +\family default + environment does several things for you. + First, it puts the centered label +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Abstract +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + above the text. + The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical + space. + Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect. + Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and + the subsequent text. + Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen. + If your document is in the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +report +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + class, the abstract actually appears on a separate page in the printed + version of the file. +\layout Standard + +Starting a new paragraph by hitting +\family sans +Return +\family default + does +\emph on +not +\emph default + reset the paragraph environment. + The new paragraph will still be in the +\family sans +Abstract +\family default + environment. + So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you + finish entering the abstract of your document. +\layout Standard + +We'd love to give you an example of the +\family sans +Abstract +\family default + environment, but we can't, since this document is in the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +book +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + class. + If you've never heard of an +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +abstract +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + before, you can safely ignore this environment. +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +Bibliography +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bibliography} + +\end_inset + +The +\family sans +Bibliography +\family default + environment is used to list references. + Technically, you +\emph on +could +\emph default + use this environment anywhere, but you really +\emph on +should +\emph default + only use it at the end of the document. + Also, don't bother trying to nest +\family sans +Bibliography +\family default + in anything else or vice versa. + It won't work. +\layout Standard + +When you first open a +\family sans +Bibliography +\family default + environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Bibliography +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + or +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +References, +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + depending on the document class. + The heading is in a large boldface font. + Each paragraph of the +\family sans +Bibliography +\family default + environment is a bibliography entry. + Thus, hitting +\family sans +Return +\family default + does +\emph on +not +\emph default + reset the paragraph environment. + Each new paragraph is still in the +\family sans +Bibliography +\family default + environment. +\layout Standard + +At the +\emph on +beginning +\emph default + of the +\emph on +first line +\emph default + of each paragraph, you will see a gray button showing a number. + If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a +\family sans +key +\family default + and a +\family sans +label +\family default +. + The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography + entry. + For example, suppose your first entry in the bibliography was a book about + LaTeX. + We could choose the key +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +latexguide +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + for that entry. + You can also give a label, which will be displayed in the gray inset box. +\layout Standard + +The +\family sans +key +\family default + field isn't useless. + You can refer to your bibliography entries using the +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +C +\bar default +itation\SpecialChar ~ +Reference +\family default + command. + Just choose the key inside in the available keys list, then add a reference + by clicking on the left arrow, which will add it to the selected keys list. + Multiple references can be placed by selecting more than one key. + An example of the +\family sans +Bibliography +\family default + appears at the end of this document. + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +See +\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide} + +\end_inset + + or +\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite[Chapter 3]{latexcompanion} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + is an example of how to cite two of the entries in it. + In the second one, we used the +\family sans +T +\bar under +e +\bar default +xt\SpecialChar ~ +after +\family default + field of the citation dialog to add the text +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Chapter 3 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + The texts +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +latexguide +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +latexcompanion +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + that you see on screen will be replaced in print by the number or the label + of the bibliography entry. +\layout Standard + +The more advanced LaTeX bibliography package BibTeX is also supported by + LyX. + For a description of how to use it, please refer to the +\emph on +Extended LyX Features +\emph default + document. +\layout Subsection + +Special Purpose +\layout Standard + +There are three standard paragraph environments that simply don't fit any + category, as they are very specialized for a particular purpose. + We'll point out the highlights and uses of each. +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +Caption +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:captionlayout} + +\end_inset + +The +\family sans +Caption +\family default + environment is the default paragraph environment for +\family sans +Figure\SpecialChar ~ +Floats +\family default + and +\family sans +Table\SpecialChar ~ +Floats +\family default +. + On the LyX screen, you'll see either the label +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Figure #: +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + or +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Table #: +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, depending on which type of +\family sans +Float +\family default + it's in. + The actual reference number is substituted in this label in the printed + output. +\layout Standard + +You can't really nest things into a +\family sans +Caption +\family default + environment or vice versa. + Additionally, hitting +\family sans +Return +\family default + resets the paragraph environment to +\family sans +Standard +\family default +, so a +\family sans +Caption +\family default + can only be a single paragraph. +\layout Standard + +You cannot use a +\family sans +Caption +\family default + environment outside of a +\family sans +Figure\SpecialChar ~ +Float +\family default + or a +\family sans +Table\SpecialChar ~ +Float +\family default +. + See sections +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures} + +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables} + +\end_inset + + for more information on +\family sans +Figure\SpecialChar ~ +Floats +\family default + and +\family sans +Table\SpecialChar ~ +Floats +\family default +. + +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +LyX-Code +\layout Standard + +The +\family sans +LyX-Code +\family default + environment is another LyX extension. + It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font. + It also treats the +\family sans +Space +\family default + key as a fixed whitespace; +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +In the +\family sans +LyX-Code +\family default + environment, the +\family sans +Space +\family default + key is treated as a +\family sans +Protected\SpecialChar ~ +Blank +\family default + instead of an end-of-word marker. +\end_inset + + this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX. + If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use +\family sans +C-Return +\family default + [the +\family typewriter +break-line +\family default + function]. + +\family sans +Return +\family default + breaks paragraphs. + Note, however, that +\family sans +Return +\family default + does +\emph on +not +\emph default + reset the paragraph environment. + So, when you finish using the +\family sans +LyX-Code +\family default + environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself. + Also, you +\emph on +can +\emph default + nest the +\family sans +LyX-Code +\family default + environment inside of others. +\layout Standard + +There are a few quirks with this environment: +\layout Itemize + +You cannot use +\family sans +C-Return +\family default + at the beginning of a new paragraph [i.e. + you can't follow +\family sans +Return +\family default + with a +\family sans +C-Return +\family default +]. +\layout Itemize + +You can't follow a +\family sans +C-Return +\family default + with a +\family sans +Space +\family default +. +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Use a +\family sans +Return +\family default + to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a +\family sans +Space +\family default +. +\layout Itemize + +Or: use +\family sans +C-Space +\family default + instead. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line. + You must put at least one +\family sans +Space +\family default + in any line you want blank. + Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors. +\layout Itemize + +You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing +\family sans +" +\family default + since that will insert +\emph on +real +\emph default + quotes. + You get the typewriter double quotes with +\family sans +C-" +\family default + (or +\family sans +C-q +\family default + if you use Emacs-like key bindings). +\layout Standard + +Here's an example: +\layout LyX-Code + +#include +\layout LyX-Code + + +\layout LyX-Code + +int main(void) +\layout LyX-Code + +{ +\layout LyX-Code + + printf("Hello World +\backslash +n"); +\layout LyX-Code + + return 0; +\layout LyX-Code + +} +\layout Standard + +This is just the standard +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Hello world! +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + program. + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +LyX-Code +\family default + has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts, + rc-files, and so on. + Use it only in those very, very special cases where you need to generate + text as if you used a typewriter. +\layout Subsubsection + +Comment +\layout Standard + +The comment paragraph environment can be used to write comments about your + document that will not appear in the final output. + In order to make this clear, LyX will present the comment environment in + a different color than the rest of the text. +\layout Section + +Nesting Environments +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:nest} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +The Big Deal +\layout Standard + +Throughout the previous sections, we've been nagging you to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +go read Section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest} + +\end_inset + +. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + So, you're probably wondering what the big deal is. +\layout Standard + +The big deal is that LyX differs rather strongly from the traditional +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +word\SpecialChar \- +processor-as-overglorified-typewriter +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + concept. + With a typewriter, text is merely ink on a page. + Most word processors aren't much better, treating text as pixels on the + screen and bytes in memory. + In contrast, LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context + and specific properties. + However, what if you wanted one +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +block +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + to inherit some of the properties of another +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +block +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + ? +\layout Standard + +Here's a more specific example: outlines. + You have three main points in your outline, but point #2 also has two subpoints. + In other words, you have a list +\emph on +inside +\emph default + of another list, with the inner list +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +attached +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + to item #2: +\layout Enumerate + +one +\layout Enumerate + +two +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +sublist - item #1 +\layout Enumerate + +sublist - item #2 +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +three +\layout Standard + +How do you put a list inside of a list? By now, the answer should be obvious: + you nest one list inside the other. + +\layout Standard + +How to nest an environment is quite simple. + Select +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +ncrease\SpecialChar ~ +List\SpecialChar ~ +Depth +\family default + or +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ecrease\SpecialChar ~ +List\SpecialChar ~ +Depth +\family default + from the +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +dit +\family default + menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar + will tell you how far you are nested). +\layout Standard + +You can also use the convenient key bindings +\family sans +S-M-Left +\family default + and +\family sans +S-M-Right +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Left +\family default + and +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Right +\family default +are alternatives, if you prefer those bindings +\end_inset + + +\family default +to change the nesting level. + The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing + you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current + paragraph. +\layout Standard + +Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can. + If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth. + Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the + depth of every paragraph nested inside of it. + It's hard to describe what exactly LyX does in this case. + That depends specifically on what your text looks like. + Your best bet is to simply play with changing the nesting depth and see + what happens. +\layout Standard + +Nesting isn't just limited to lists. + In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're + about to find out. + This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments. +\layout Subsection + +What You Can and Can't Nest +\layout Standard + +Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell + you a little bit more about how nesting works. +\layout Standard + +The question of nesting is a bit more complicated than a simple yes or no, + can you or can't you. + There's also the question of how. + Can you nest this environment into anything else? Can you nest another + environment into it? A +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +yes +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + to one of these doesn't guarantee a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +yes +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + to the other. +\layout Standard + +The paragraph environments in LyX can do one of three things when it comes + to nesting. + First, an environment may be completely unnestable. + Second, there are environments that are fully nestable. + You can nest them inside of things and you can also nest other things inside + of them. + There is one last type of environment. + You can nest them into other environments, but that's it. + You can't nest anything into them. +\layout Standard + +Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph + environments have them: +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +For some odd reason, LyX allows you to fully nest both +\family sans +Bibliography +\family default + and +\family sans +Abstract +\family default +. + Also, LyX allows you to nest +\family sans +Title +\family default +, +\family sans +Author +\family default +, and +\family sans +Date +\family default + into other environments. + We urge you not to. + LaTeX may barf if you try it. + Then again, it may not. + We don't know for certain. + However, it makes no sense contextually to perform any nesting with these + environments, so why would you ever want to? +\end_inset + + +\layout Description + +Unnestable Can't nest them. + Can't nest into them. +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Part +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Chapter +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Section +\family default + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Subsection +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Subsubsection +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Paragraph +\family default + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Subparagraph +\layout Itemize + +Part* +\layout Itemize + +Chapter* +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Section* +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Subsection* +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Subsubsection* +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Bibliography +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Abstract +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Title +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Author +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Date +\end_deeper +\layout Description + +Fully\SpecialChar ~ +Nestable You can nest them. + You can nest other things into them. +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Verse +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Quote +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Quotation +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Itemize +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Enumerate +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Description +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +List +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +LyX-Code +\end_deeper +\layout Description + +Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things. + You can't nest anything into them. +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Standard +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Address +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +The +\family sans +Caption +\family default + environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of + +\family sans +Table\SpecialChar ~ +Floats +\family default + and +\family sans +Figure\SpecialChar ~ +Floats +\family default +. +\layout Subsection + +Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table-and-fig-nesting} + +\end_inset + +There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are + affected by nesting anyhow. + They are: +\layout Itemize + +equations +\layout Itemize + +tables +\layout Itemize + +figures +\layout Standard + +[Note: if you put a figure or a table in a +\family sans +Float +\family default +, this is no longer true. + See below or look in sections +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures} + +\end_inset + + or +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables} + +\end_inset + + for more info.] +\layout Standard + +LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph. + Well, you can't inline a table, but you can inline math and figures. + If a figure or an equation is inlined, it goes wherever the paragraph it's + in goes. +\layout Standard + +On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +paragraph +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + of its own, it behaves just like a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +nestable-inside +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + paragraph environment. + You can nest it into any environment, but you [obviously] can't nest anything + into it. +\layout Standard + +Here's an example with a table: +\layout Enumerate + +Item One +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +This is (a) and it's nested. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +a +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +b +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +c +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +d +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +This is (b). + The table is actually nested inside (a). +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Back out again. +\layout Standard + +If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this: +\layout Enumerate + +Item One +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +This is (a) and it's nested. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +a +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +b +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +c +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +d +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Enumerate + +This is (b). + The table is +\emph on +not +\emph default + nested inside (a). + In fact, it's not nested at all. +\layout Enumerate + +Back out again. +\layout Standard + +Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first + item of a new list! +\layout Standard + +There's another trap you can fall into: nesting the table, but not going + deep enough. + LyX turns anything after the table into a new [sub]list. +\layout Enumerate + +Item One +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +This is (a) and it's nested. +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +a +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +b +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +c +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +d +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Enumerate + +This is (b). + The table is actually nested inside Item One, but +\emph on +not +\emph default + inside (a). +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Back out again. +\layout Standard + +As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a + new list +\emph on +inside +\emph default + item 1. + The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation. + So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right + depth! +\layout Standard + +Then there are the so-called +\family sans +Floats +\family default +. + A +\family sans +Float +\family default + is a block of text associated with some sort of label, but which doesn't + have a fixed location. + It can +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +float +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best. + +\family sans +Footnotes +\family default + and +\family sans +Margin\SpecialChar ~ +Notes +\family default + are floats, as are +\family sans +Table\SpecialChar ~ +Floats +\family default + and +\family sans +Figure\SpecialChar ~ +Floats +\family default +. + When you're editing a document in LyX, a closed +\family sans +Float +\family default + looks like a gray button with a red label and goes wherever the paragraph + it's in goes. + However, because a +\family sans +Float +\family default + has no fixed location in the final text, nesting has no effect on its actual + location after you feed your document to LaTeX. +\layout Subsection + +Usage and General Features +\layout Subsubsection + +Nesting limits +\layout Standard + +Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting. + In other words, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +level #6 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + is the innermost possible depth. + Here's an example to display what we mean: +\layout Enumerate + +level #1 - outermost +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +level #2 +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +level #3 +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +level #4 +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +level #5 +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +level #6 +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Once again, LyX has a maximum of 6 levels, regardless of which specific + paragraph environments you're using at a given level. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Unfortunately, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation. + If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go + to produce output for your document. +\end_inset + + That means that you can perform a six-fold nesting of a +\family sans +Description +\family default + list, or a +\family sans +Verse +\family default + environment, and so on. + You can also mix environments, as we shall see later. +\layout Standard + +There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see + both of them in the example. + Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold + nesting with the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + and +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + environments. + For example, if we tried to nest another +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + list inside of item +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +A. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, we'd get errors. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Once again, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation. + If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go + to produce output for your document. +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Some Examples +\layout Standard + +The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration. + We have several examples of nested environments. + In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce + them. +\layout Subsubsection + +Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMM + +#1-a This is the outermost level. + It's a +\family sans +List +\family default + environment. +\begin_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMM + +#2-a This is level #2. + We created it by using +\family sans +M-Return +\family default + followed by +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Right +\family default +. +\begin_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMM + +#3-a This is level #3. + This time, we just hit +\family sans +Return +\family default +, then used +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Right +\family default + twice in a row. + We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level, + by hitting +\family sans +M-Return +\family default + followed by +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Right +\family default +. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +This is actually a +\family sans +Standard +\family default + environment, nested inside of +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +#3-a +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + So, it's at level #4. + We did this by hitting +\family sans +M-Return +\family default +, then +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Right +\family default +, then changing the paragraph environment to +\family sans +Standard +\family default +. + Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works + for the +\family sans +Description +\family default +, +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default +, and +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + environments! +\layout Standard + +Here's another +\family sans +Standard +\family default + paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a +\family sans +M-Return +\family default +. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMM + +#4-a This is level #4. + We hit +\family sans +M-Return +\family default + and changed the paragraph environment back to +\family sans +List +\family default +. + Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a +\family sans +Standard +\family default + environment, which is why we're still at level #4. + However, we +\emph on +can +\emph default + keep nesting things inside of +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +#3-a +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\begin_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMM + +#5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\begin_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMM + +#6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{} +and this is level #6. + By now, you should know how we made these two. +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMM + +#5-b Back to level #5. + Just hit +\family sans +M-Return +\family default + followed by a +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Left +\family default +. +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMM + +#4-b After another +\family sans +M-Return +\family default + followed by a +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Left +\family default +, we're back at level #4. +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMM + +#3-b Back to level #3. + By now it should be obvious how we did this. +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMM + +#2-b Back to level #2. + +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMM + +#1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1. + After this sentence, we'll hit +\family sans +Return +\family default + and change the paragraph environment back to +\family sans +Standard +\family default + to end the list. +\layout Standard + +There you have it! Oh --- we could have also used the +\family sans +Description +\family default +, +\family sans +Quote +\family default +, +\family sans +Quotation +\family default +, or even the +\family sans +Verse +\family default + environment in place of the +\family sans +List +\family default + environment. + The example would have worked exactly the same. +\layout Subsubsection + +Example #2: Inheritance +\layout LyX-Code + +This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost +\layout LyX-Code + +level. + Now we'll hit +\family sans +Return +\family default +, then +\family sans +M-p Right +\family default +, after which, we'll change to the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + environment. +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +This is the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + environment, at level #2. +\layout Enumerate + +Notice how the nested +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + not only inherits its margins from its parent environment [ +\family sans +LyX-Code +\family default +], but also inherits its font and spacing! +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +We ended this example by hitting +\family sans +Return +\family default +. + After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to +\family sans +Standard +\family default + and resetting the nesting depth by using +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Left +\family default + once. +\layout Subsubsection + +Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + and +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + Environments. +\layout Enumerate + +This is level #1, in an +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + paragraph environment. + We're actually going to nest a bunch of these. +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +This is level #2. + We used +\family sans +M-Return +\family default + followed by +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Right +\family default +. + Now, what happens if we nest an +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its + label be? An asterisk? +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +No! It's a bullet. + This is the +\emph on +first +\emph default + +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + environment, even though it's at level #3. + So, its label is a bullet. + [Note: we got here by using +\family sans +M-Return +\family default +, then +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Right +\family default +, then changing the environment to +\family sans +Itemize +\family default +.] +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Here's level #4, produced using +\family sans +M-Return +\family default +, then +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Right +\family default +. + We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +to get to level #5. + This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default +. + Notice the type of numbering! It's +\emph on +lowercase Roman +\emph default +, because we're the +\emph on +thirdfold +\emph default + +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + environment [i.e. + we're an +\family sans + Enumerate +\family default + inside an +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + inside an +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default +]. +\layout Enumerate + +What happens if we +\emph on +don't +\emph default + change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What + type of numbering does LyX use? +\layout Enumerate + +Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using +\family sans +M-Return +\family default + to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item. +\layout Enumerate + +Let's use +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Left +\family default + to decrease the depth after the next +\family sans +M-Return +\family default +. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +This is level #4. + Look what type of label LyX is using! +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +This is level #3. + Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman + numeral as the label. + Why?! +\layout Enumerate + +Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is +\emph on +still +\emph default + a thirdfold +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + environment. + Notice, however, that LyX +\emph on +did +\emph default + reset the counter for the label. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Another +\family sans +M-Return +\family default + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Left +\family default + sequence, and we're back to level #2. + This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back + into the twofold-nested +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + environment. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +The same thing happens if we do another +\family sans +M-Return +\family default + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Left +\family default + sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level. +\layout Standard + +Lastly, we reset the environment to +\family sans +Standard +\family default +. + As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labelling + LyX uses for the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + and +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + environments. + The number of +\emph on +other +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + environments +\emph default + surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for an +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + item. + The same rule applies for the +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + environment, as well. +\layout Subsubsection + +Example #4: Going Bonkers +\layout Enumerate + +We're going to go totally nuts now. + We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the + same detail with how we did it. + [level #1: +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default +] +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +[ +\family sans +Return, M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Right, Standard +\family default +: level #2] We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the + example in brackets someplace. + For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth. + The environment name is, obviously, the name of the current environment. + Either before or after this, we'll put in the level. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +[ +\family sans +Return, Enumerate +\family default +: level #1] This is the next item in the list. +\begin_deeper +\layout Verse + +Now we'll add verse. +\newline +It will get much worse. +\newline +[ +\family sans +Return, M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Right, Verse +\family default +: level #2] +\layout Verse + +Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo. +\newline +Bippitey boppitey boo! +\newline +[ +\family sans +M-Return +\family default +] +\layout Verse + +Here comes a table for you: +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 0.3cm \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +one-fish +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +two-fish +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +red-fish +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +blue-fish +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\layout Verse + +[ +\family sans +M-Return, Table, M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Right +\family default + 3 times, +\family sans +M-Return, Verse, M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Left +\family default +] +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +[ +\family sans +Return, Enumerate +\family default +: level #1] This is another item. + Note that selecting a +\family sans +Table +\family default + resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth + 3 times to put the table inside the +\family sans +Verse +\family default + environment. + +\layout Quotation + +We're now ending the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + list and changing to +\family sans +Quotation +\family default +. + We're still at level #1. + We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments. + The next set of paragraphs is a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +quoted letter. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + We'll nest both the +\family sans +Address +\family default + and +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default + environments inside of this one, then use another nested +\family sans +Quotation +\family default + for the letter body. + We'll use +\family sans +M-Return +\family default + to preserve the depth. + Remember that you need to use +\family sans +C-Return +\family default + to create multiple lines inside the +\family sans +Address +\family default + and +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default + environments. + Here it goes: +\begin_deeper +\layout Right Address + +1234 Nowhere Rd. +\newline +Moosegroin, MT 00100 +\newline +9-6-96 +\layout Address + +Dear Mr.\SpecialChar ~ +Fizlewitz: +\layout Quotation + +We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50L of compressed + methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control. + Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating + a backlog in our orders for methane. + We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order + as soon as possible. + In the meantime, we thank you for your patience. +\layout Quotation + +We do, however, now have a special on beef. + If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form + with your order, along with payment. +\layout Quotation + +We thank you again for your patience. +\layout Address + +Sincerely, +\newline +Bill Hick +\end_deeper +\layout Quotation + +That ends that example! +\layout Standard + +As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with + just a few keystrokes. + We could have easily nested an +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + list inside of a +\family sans +Quotation +\family default + or +\family sans +Quote +\family default +, or put a +\family sans +Quote +\family default + inside of an +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + list. + You have a huge variety of options at your disposal. +\layout Section + +Fonts and Text Styles +\layout Subsection + +Overview +\layout Standard + +Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards + specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font. + For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current + font to emphasize text, you use an +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +emphasized style +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + instead. + This concept fits in perfectly with LyX. + In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting + details. +\layout Standard + +Right now, LyX allows you to specify a global default font, and has two + character styles, +\family sans +Emphasized +\family default + and +\family sans +Noun +\family default +. + The +\family sans +Emphasized +\family default + style corresponds to an italics font. + The +\family sans +Noun +\family default + style corresponds to a font in smallcaps, which some languages and writing + styles use to typeset proper names. + The LyX Team actually hopes to someday have a full set of character styles, + and to also allow the user to customize which font changes correspond to + what styles. + At the moment, though, you'll have to be satisfied with what we've done + already. +\layout Subsection + +Global Options +\layout Standard + +You can set the default font from the +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +ettings +\family default + dialog. + There are two options of interest here, +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +onts +\family default + and +\family sans +Font\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +S +\bar default +ize +\family default +. + The possible options under +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +onts +\family default + include +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +default +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and a list of fonts available on your system. + The option +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +default +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + uses the standard TeX fonts, known as +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +computer modern +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (cm) or +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +European modern +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (ec). + Most systems will typically have some version of a Times and Helvetica + font, with other variants. + You'll have to examine this for yourself. +\layout Standard + +As for the +\family sans +Font\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +S +\bar default +ize +\family default + option, there are three possible values: +\family sans +10 +\family default +, +\family sans +11 +\family default +, and +\family sans +12 +\family default +. + Remember, this is the +\emph on +base +\emph default + font size. + LyX actually scales all of the other possible font sizes (such as those + used in footnotes, superscripts, and subscripts) by this value. + You can always fine-tune the font size from within the document if you + need to. + It's also rather silly to use an 8pt or 24pt font as the default font size, + as this typically renders your document unreadable. +\layout Standard + +Note that once you choose a new value for +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +onts +\family default + or +\family sans +Font\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +S +\bar default +ize +\family default +, LyX does +\emph on +not +\emph default + change the screen. + You'll only see a difference once you generate the final output. + This is part of the WYSIWYM concept. + Besides, you have certainly noticed that "Roman" text on the LyX screen + corresponds to the default font. +\layout Subsection + +Using Different Character Styles +\layout Standard + +As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for + certain paragraph environments. + We also mentioned two other character styles, +\family sans +Emphasized +\family default + and +\family sans +Noun +\family default +. + You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the + toolbar. +\layout Standard + +To activate the +\family sans +Noun +\family default + style, do one of the following: +\layout Itemize + +click on the toolbar button with the person-shaped icon +\layout Itemize + +use the keybinding +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +c +\layout Standard + +These commands are all toggles. + That is, if +\family sans +Noun +\family default + style is already active, they deactivate it. +\layout Standard + +One typically uses the +\family sans +Noun +\family default + style for proper names. + For example: +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\noun on +Matthias Ettrich +\noun default + is the original author of LyX. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +A more widely used character style is the +\family sans +Emphasized +\family default + style. + You can activate [or deactivate - it's also a toggle] the +\family sans +Emphasized +\family default + style by: +\layout Itemize + +clicking on the toolbar button with the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +! +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + character on it +\layout Itemize + +using the keybindings +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +e +\layout Standard + +At the moment, the +\family sans +Emphasized +\family default + style is equivalent to an italicized font. + We have plans to make that association more user-configurable in the future. +\layout Standard + +We've been using the +\family sans +Emphasized +\family default + style all over the place in this document. + Here's one more example: +\layout Quotation + + +\emph on +Don't overuse character styles! +\layout Standard + +It's also a warning in addition to an example. + One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation. + Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid + the common tendency to overuse character style. + +\layout Standard + +Oh --- one last note: You can always reset to the default font using the + keybinding +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +Space +\family default +. +\layout Subsection + +Fine-Tuning with the +\family sans +Character Layout +\family default + dialog +\layout Standard + +There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX + gives you a way to create custom character style. + For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet + requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Note from +\noun on +John Weiss +\noun default +: There is, in fact, such a style sheet for the LyX Documentation, since + manuals need a certain amount of consistency. +\end_inset + + Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts + from ordinary dialogue. +\layout Standard + +Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a + warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles. + Many modern word processors have a vast array of fonts available to them, + providing you with the power of a printing press. + Unfortunately, there is a tendency to overuse that power. + The phrase, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Using a sledgehammer to swat a fly, +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + comes to mind. + And, as the old saying implies, documents that overuse different fonts + and sizes tend to look like someone's knocked huge holes in it. +\layout Standard + +Enough complaining. +\layout Standard + +To use custom fonts, open the +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Text\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +S +\bar default +tyle +\family default + dialog. + There are seven buttons on this dialog, each corresponding to a different + font property which you can choose. + You can choose an option for one of these seven properties, or select +\family sans +No\SpecialChar ~ +change +\family default +, which keeps the current state of that property. + The item +\family sans +Reset +\family default + will reset the property to whatever is the default for the hosting paragraph + environment. + You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph + environments in a snap. +\layout Standard + +The seven font properties, and their options [in addition to +\family sans +No\SpecialChar ~ +change +\family default + and +\family sans +Reset +\family default +] are: +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMM + + +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +amily +\family default + The +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +overall look +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + of the font. + The possible options are: +\begin_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Roman +\family default + This is the Roman font family. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +It's also the default family. + [keybinding = +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +r +\family default +] +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Sans\SpecialChar ~ +Serif +\family default + +\family sans +This is the Sans Serif font family. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +[keybinding = +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +s +\family default +] +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Typewriter +\family default + +\family typewriter +This is the Typewriter font family. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +[keybinding = +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +p +\family default +] +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMM + + +\family sans +\bar under +S +\bar default +eries +\family default + This corresponds to the print weight. + Options are: +\begin_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Medium +\family default + This is the Medium font series. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +It's also the default series. +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Bold +\family default + +\series bold +This is the Bold font series. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +You can toggle this series on or off with the keybinding +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +b +\family default +. +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMM + + +\family sans +S +\bar under +h +\bar default +ape +\family default + As the name implies. + Options are: +\begin_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Upright +\family default + This is the Upright font shape. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +It's also the default shape. +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Italic +\family default + +\shape italic +This +\family sans +i +\family default +s the Italic font shape +\shape default +\emph on +. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Slanted +\family default + +\shape slanted +This is the Slanted font shape +\family sans + +\family default +\shape default +(although it might not be visible on screen, this is different from italic). +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Small\SpecialChar ~ +Caps +\family default + +\shape smallcaps +This is the Small caps font shape +\shape default +\noun on +. +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMM + + +\family sans +Si +\bar under +z +\bar default +e +\family default + Alters the size of the font. + You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio +nal to the default font size. + Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of + what you want to do. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +The options [and their keybindings] are: +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Tiny +\family default + +\size tiny +This is the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Tiny +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + font size. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +[keybinding = +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +t +\family default + or +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +1 +\family default +] +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Smallest +\family default +\size scriptsize +This is the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Smallest +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + font size +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +[keybinding = +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ + +\family default +2] +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Smaller +\family default +\size footnotesize +This is the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Smaller +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + font size +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +[keybinding = +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +S +\family default + or +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ + +\family default +3] +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Small +\family default + +\size small +This is the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Small +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + font size. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +[keybinding = +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +s +\family default + or +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ + +\family default +4] +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Normal +\family default + This is the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Normal +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + font size. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +It's also the default size. + [keybinding = +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +n +\family default + or +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ + +\family default +5] +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Large +\family default + +\size large +This is the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Large +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + font size. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +[keybinding = +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +l +\family default + or +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ + +\family default +6] +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Larger +\family default + +\size larger +This is the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Larger +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + font size. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +[keybinding = +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +S-L +\family default + or +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ + +\family default +7] +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Largest +\family default + +\size largest +This is the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Largest +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + font size. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +[keybinding = +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ + +\family default +8] +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Huge +\family default + +\size huge +This is the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Huge +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + font size. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +[keybinding = +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +h +\family default + or +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ + +\family default +9] +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Huger +\family default + +\size giant +This is the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Huger +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + font size. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +[keybinding = +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +H +\family default + or +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ + +\family default +0] +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +We'll warn you +\emph on +yet again +\emph default +: don't go crazy with this feature. + You should almost never need to change the font size. + LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments + - use that instead. + This is here for fine-tuning +\emph on +only! +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMM + + +\family sans +\bar under +M +\bar default +isc +\family default + Here you can change a few other things at the character level. + Options are: +\begin_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Emph +\family default + +\emph on +This is text with emphasize on +\emph default +. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +This might seem like the same as +\shape italic +Italic +\shape default +, but it is actually a bit different. + If you use emphasize on italicized text, it will make it upright. + In future versions of LyX, we hope to let you customize the exact behavior + of this +\emph on +logical +\emph default + property. +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Underbar +\family default + +\bar under +This is text with Underbar on. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +[keybinding = +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +u +\family default +] +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Noun +\family default + +\noun on +This is text with Noun on. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Like +\family sans +Emph +\family default +, this is a logical attribute. + For the moment, it is equivalent to +\family sans +Small\SpecialChar ~ +Caps +\family default +, but that is bound to change some day. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days, + when you couldn't change fonts. + We no longer need to resort to emphasizing text by overstriking it with + an underscore character. + It's only included in LyX because it's also in LaTeX, and because some + people +\emph on +may +\emph default + need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions (and in + fact we use it in these manuals to indicate keyboard shortcuts for menu + items). +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Color +\family default +You can adjust the color of the text with this control. + Of course, you need to have a color printer to exploit this, but you also + need to have the +\family sans +color +\family default +LaTeX package installed. + Notice that +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + is not able to display these colors. + Besides +\family sans +No\SpecialChar ~ +color +\family default +, which +\family sans + +\family default +is the standard +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +color +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, you can choose between +\family sans +Black +\family default +, +\family sans +White +\family default +, +\family sans +Red +\family default +, +\family sans +Green +\family default +, +\family sans +Blue +\family default +, +\family sans +Cyan +\family default +, +\family sans +Magenta +\family default + and +\family sans +Yellow +\family default + text. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Language +\family default +This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from + the language of the document. + Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change. +\layout Standard + +You have a huge number of combinations to choose from. +\layout Standard + +Once you've chosen a new character style via the +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Text\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +S +\bar default +tyle +\family default + dialog, you can activate it using the toolbar button labelled +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Font +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, or select +\family sans +\bar under +A +\bar default +pply +\family default +. + The toolbar button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style + even when the dialog isn't visible. + +\layout Standard + +As we stated earlier, to completely reset the character style to the default, + use +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +Space +\family default +. + If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed + (suppose you just sent the shape to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +slanted +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and the series to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +bold +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +), set the +\family sans +Toggle on all these +\family default + switch and press +\family sans +\bar under +A +\bar default +pply +\family default +. + +\layout Standard + +We conclude with the same warning we've been spewing: Don't overuse the + fonts. + They are, more often than not, a kludge and a horrible substitute for good + writing. + Your writing should speak for itself --- and will. +\layout Section + +Printing and Previewing +\layout Subsection + +Overview +\layout Standard + +Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation + using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece. + Before we tell you that, however, we want to give you a quickie explanation + of what goes on behind-the-scenes. + We cover this information in much greater detail in the +\emph on +Extended Features +\emph default + manual as well. +\layout Standard + +LyX uses a program called +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +LaTeX +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + as its backend. + (Actually, LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, + but to prevent confusion, we'll just refer to the whole magilla as +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +LaTeX. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) Think of it this way: LyX is what you use to do your actual writing. + Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output. + This happens in a couple of stages: +\layout Enumerate + +First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX, + generating a file with the extension, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + +\layout Enumerate + +Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + file to produce printable output. + It doesn't know anything about your printer, however. + Instead, LaTeX produces what's known as a +\emph on +device-independent +\emph default + file, or DVI for short. + The actual output is in a file with the extension, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + DVI files are completely portable; you can move them from one machine to + another without needing to do any sort of conversion. +\begin_deeper +\layout Description + +NOTE: The DVI file only contains what was in the LaTeX file itself. + If you have included PostScript® pictures in your document, there will + only be a link to these files. + So don't forget these files if you move your +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default + file to another computer. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Consider the +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default + file to be the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +final output. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + Once you have it, you can view it, print it, or convert it to other formats. +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +You can view +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default + files using a program called +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + +Some printers and Unix systems understand DVI, and can print your +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default + file directly. +\layout Enumerate + +Nowadays, most printers understand the PostScript® format. + LyX automatically converts the +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default + file to a PostScript® file for you when you go to print out your document. + LyX will also let you preview a PostScript® version of your document using + the program +\family typewriter +ghostview +\family default +. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +One advantage of using PostScript® is that the converter program [called + +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default +] takes any PostScript® graphics you may have included in your document + and puts it into the resulting PostScript® version of your document. + It also includes any special fonts you may have used. + That makes the PostScript® version much, much more portable than the DVI + version. +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +LyX does all of these steps automagically for you. +\layout Standard + +As you have seen, a lot of things happen before you get a hardcopy or a + preview of your document. + So, don't worry if printing requires a bit more time than with other word + processors. + The printed result is worth the wait. + Quality always has its price. +\layout Subsection + +Quick Viewing with +\family typewriter +xdvi +\layout Standard + +To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks + in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, select +\family sans +\bar under +V +\bar default +iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI +\family default +. + Then wait a while. +\layout Standard + +When all of the behind-the-scenes action is done, LyX calls the program + +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default +. + You can now look at the results. + [If you want more info on the +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + program, see the +\family typewriter +man +\family default +-pages.] +\layout Description + +Helpful-Tip: Keep the +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + window open, maybe moving it to another desktop. + Then, after you make changes to your document, just use +\family sans +\bar under +V +\bar default +iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +U +\bar default +pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI +\family default +. + Now click on the +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + window. + The +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + program will automatically reread the +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default + file and give you an updated view. +\layout Subsection + +Viewing the PostScript® Version with +\family typewriter +ghostview +\layout Standard + +In general, using +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + to view your document is the easiest and fastest way. + There may be times, however, when you want to look at the PostScript® version. + One reason is fonts. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Note from +\noun on +John Weiss +\noun default +: Another reason is paranoia. + I always like to look at the PostScript® file before I print it, just so + I see exactly what went to the printer\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\end_inset + + You can use PostScript® fonts in a LaTeX document, but +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + won't show this. + You'll need to use +\family typewriter +ghostview +\family default + or some other PostScript® file viewer to see the actual results. +\layout Standard + +To view the PostScript® version of your document, select +\family sans +Pos +\bar under +t +\bar default +Script +\family default + from the +\family sans +\bar under +V +\bar default +iew +\family default + menu. + When all of the magic behind-the-scenes is done, LyX calls the program +\family typewriter + ghostview +\family default +. + You can now look at the results. +\layout Standard + +You've guessed what the +\family sans +\bar under +U +\bar default +pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Pos +\bar under +t +\bar default +script +\family default + command from the +\family sans +\bar under +V +\bar default +iew +\family default + menu does, haven't you? Remember to click once in the +\family typewriter +ghostview +\family default + window after this command to update the view. +\layout Subsection + +Printing the File +\layout Standard + +To print a file, select +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +rint +\family default + from the +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile +\family default + menu, or click on the toolbar button with the printer on it. + This opens the +\family sans +Print +\family default + dialog. +\layout Standard + +You can choose to only print even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this + is useful for printing on two sides: you can re-insert the pages after + printing one set of pages, to print on the other side. + Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down. + By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack + of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them. +\layout Standard + +You can set the parameters in the +\family sans +Destination +\family default + box as follows : +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMM + + +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +rinter +\family default + This is the name of the printer to print to. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Note that this printer name isn't for the +\family typewriter +lpr +\family default + command but for +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default +. + That means +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + has to be configured for this printer name. + See the section +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:dvipsconfig} + +\end_inset + + or the +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + documentation for details. + The default printer can also be set in +\family typewriter +lyxrc +\family default +. +\end_inset + + The printer should understand PostScript® files. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMM + + +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ile +\family default + The name of a file to print to. + The output will be in Post\SpecialChar \- +Script® format. + The file will generally be written in the current directory, unless you + specify the full path. +\layout Standard + +Note that printing may need little time, since LaTeX, +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + and, if you don't have a PostScript printer, +\family typewriter +ghostscript +\family default + have to process your document. +\layout Section + +A Few Words about Typography +\layout Subsection + +Hyphens and Hyphenation +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hyphens} + +\end_inset + +In LyX, the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +- +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + character comes in three lengths, often called the +\emph on +hyphen +\emph default +, the +\emph on +en dash +\emph default +, and the +\emph on +em dash +\emph default +: +\layout Enumerate + +hyphen +\hfill +- +\hfill +made with +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +- +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\layout Enumerate + +en dash +\hfill +-- +\hfill +made with +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +- +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +/ +\end_inset + +- +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\layout Enumerate + +em dash +\hfill +--- +\hfill +made with +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +- +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +/ +\end_inset + +- +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +/ +\end_inset + +- +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\layout Enumerate + +minus sign +\hfill + +\begin_inset Formula $-$ +\end_inset + + +\hfill +a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +- +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + in math mode +\layout Standard + +You generate these by using the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +- +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + character multiple times in a row. + LyX automatically converts them to the appropriate length dash in the final + output. +\layout Standard + +The three types of dash are distinct from the minus sign, which appears + in math mode and has a length of its own. + Here are some examples of the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +- +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + in use: +\layout Enumerate + +line- and page-breaks +\hfill +( +\emph on +hyphen +\emph default +) +\layout Enumerate + +From A--Z +\hfill +( +\emph on +en dash +\emph default +) +\layout Enumerate + +Oh --- there's a dash. +\hfill +( +\emph on +em dash +\emph default +) +\layout Enumerate + + +\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$ +\end_inset + + +\hfill +( +\emph on +minus sign +\emph default +) +\layout Standard + +Those of you reading this from within LyX will see no difference, though + there is one in the printed version. +\layout Standard + +One last note about hyphenation --- LyX automatically breaks up words and + inserts hyphens in English text. + (Actually, it's LaTeX that does this, and it will also hyphenate words + in +\emph on +some +\emph default + other languages.) The words won't be hyphenated until you generate the final + output. +\layout Standard + +If, for some reason, LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation + points manually. + This is done with the menu item +\family sans +Hyphenation\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +P +\bar default +oint +\family default + under +\family sans +\bar under +S +\bar default +pecial\SpecialChar ~ +Character +\family default + in the +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert +\family default + menu. + Note that these extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX. + If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will totally ignore them. +\layout Subsection + +Punctuation Marks +\layout Subsubsection + +Abbreviations and End of Sentence +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:abbrev} + +\end_inset + +When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX + automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations. + LaTeX then adds the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +appropriate amount of space +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +: sentences get a little bit more space between the period and the next + word. + Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses. +\layout Standard + +Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation and + what's the end of a sentence is really quite brain-dead. + If a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +. +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's + at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation. +\layout Standard + +Here are some examples of +\emph on +correct +\emph default + abbreviations and the end of a sentence: +\layout Itemize + +M. + Butterfly +\layout Itemize + +Don't worry. + Be happy. +\layout Standard + +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +and here's an example of the algorithm going wrong: +\layout Itemize + +e. + g. + this is too much space! +\layout Itemize + +This is I. + It's okay. +\layout Standard + +You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document. +\layout Standard + +To fix this problem, use one of the following: +\layout Enumerate + +Use a +\family sans +Protected\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +B +\bar default +lank +\family default + after lowercase abbreviations (see section +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:protblank-lbreak-horline} + +\end_inset + +). +\layout Enumerate + +Use an +\family sans +End\SpecialChar ~ +of\SpecialChar ~ +sentence\SpecialChar ~ +period +\family default + found under the +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +pecial\SpecialChar ~ +Character +\family default + menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing. + This function is also bound to +\family sans +C-period +\family default + for easy access. +\layout Standard + +With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this: +\layout Itemize + +e.\SpecialChar ~ +g.\SpecialChar ~ +this is too much space! +\layout Itemize + +This is I\SpecialChar \@. + It's okay. +\layout Standard + +Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences. + If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry about all + of this. + For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors: + check out the +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator +C +\bar under +h +\bar default +eck\SpecialChar ~ +TeX +\family default + feature described in +\emph on +Extended Editing +\emph default +. +\layout Subsubsection + +Quotes +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quotes} + +\end_inset + +LyX usually sets quotes correctly. + Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text, + and use a closing quote at the end. + For example, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +open close +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + The keyboard character, +\family sans +" +\family default +, generates this automatically. +\layout Standard + +You can change the behavior of the +\family sans +" +\family default + key using the +\family sans +Quotes +\family default + dialog. + Choose +\family sans +\bar under +Q +\bar default +uotes +\family default + in the +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +ettings +\family default + dialog. + Selecting the +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ouble +\family default + button makes the +\family sans +" +\family default + key produce the sequence: +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + The +\family sans +\bar under +S +\bar default +ingle +\family default + button, in contrast, makes the +\family sans +" +\family default + key produce: +\begin_inset Quotes els +\end_inset + +'. +\layout Standard + +You can also select quotes for different languages via the +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +ype +\family default + option. + There are six choices: +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMM + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Text +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\family default + Use quotes like this +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +double +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + or +\begin_inset Quotes els +\end_inset + +single +\begin_inset Quotes ers +\end_inset + + +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMM + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes sld +\end_inset + +Text +\begin_inset Quotes srd +\end_inset + + +\family default + Use quotes like +\begin_inset Quotes sld +\end_inset + +this +\begin_inset Quotes srd +\end_inset + + or 'this +\begin_inset Quotes ers +\end_inset + + +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMM + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Text +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\family default + Use quotes like +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +this +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + or +\begin_inset Quotes gls +\end_inset + +this +\begin_inset Quotes grs +\end_inset + + +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMM + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +Text +\begin_inset Quotes prd +\end_inset + + +\family default +Use quotes like +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +this +\begin_inset Quotes prd +\end_inset + + or +\begin_inset Quotes pls +\end_inset + +this +\begin_inset Quotes prs +\end_inset + + +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMM + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Text +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + Use quotes like +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +this +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + or +\begin_inset Quotes fls +\end_inset + +this +\begin_inset Quotes frs +\end_inset + + +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMM + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes ald +\end_inset + +Text +\begin_inset Quotes ard +\end_inset + + +\family default + Use quotes like +\begin_inset Quotes ald +\end_inset + +this +\begin_inset Quotes ard +\end_inset + + or +\begin_inset Quotes als +\end_inset + +this +\begin_inset Quotes ars +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Again, this affects what character the +\family sans +" +\family default + key produces. +\layout Standard + +On the other hand, if you want to produce a bona-fide quote character, type + +\family sans +C-" +\family default +. + This produces: +\family typewriter +" +\family default +. +\layout Subsection + +Ligatures +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ligatures} + +\end_inset + +It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and + print them as single characters. + These groups are known as +\emph on +ligatures +\emph default +. + Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your LyX documents will contain them, + too. + Here are the possible ligatures: +\layout Itemize + +ff +\layout Itemize + +fi +\layout Itemize + +fl +\layout Itemize + +ffi +\layout Itemize + +ffl +\layout Standard + +Once in a while, though, you don't want a ligature in a word. + While a ligature may be okay in the word, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +graffiti, +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + it looks really weird in compound words, such as +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +cufflink +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + or the German +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Dorffest. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + To break a ligature, use +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +pecial\SpecialChar ~ +Character +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Ligature\SpecialChar ~ +Break. + +\family default + This changes +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +cufflinks +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +links +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Dorffest +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +fest +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Subsection + +Widows and Orphans +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:widows} + +\end_inset + +In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page + happened to end. + There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text. + You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading + for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line + of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line + of a paragraph at the top of a new page. + These dangly-bits of text became known as +\emph on +widows +\emph default + and +\emph on +orphans +\emph default +. +\layout Standard + +Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading. + That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments. + But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line + of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules + built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there + to specifically prevent widows and orphans. + This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend. +\layout Standard + +There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page, + or how you can tweak that behavior. + Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexcompanion} + +\end_inset + + or\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide} + +\end_inset + +] may have more information. + You will almost never need to worry about this, however. +\layout Chapter + +Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes +\begin_inset OptArg +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Tables, Figures, and Notes +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Footnotes +\layout Standard + +Unlike other typesetting programs, LyX uses +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +foldable +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + boxes instead of displaying its footnotes at the bottom of the screen or + somewhere else in your text. + When you insert a footnote with +\family sans +\series medium +\bar under +I +\bar no +nsert +\series default +\bar under +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\series medium +F +\bar no +ootnote, +\family roman +you'll first see a +\family default +\series default +\bar default +grey +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no + box with a +\family default +\series default +\bar default + red +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no + label +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +foot +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + appearing within your text. + This box is LyX's representation of your footnote. + You can enter your text into this box. + If you click the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +foot +\family roman + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\family default +\series default +\bar default + +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no +label, the box will +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +fold +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + +\family default +\series default +\bar default +Clicking on the button again will +\family roman +\series medium +\bar no + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +unfold +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + the footnote. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +To close this footnote, click on the red box at the top left. +\end_inset + + You will not see any numbers within LyX. + You don't need to worry about those, anyhow, because LyX does the numbering + for you, as well as putting the footnote at the bottom of the correct page, + when it processes your file. + If you want to turn already existing text into a footnote, simply mark + it and click on the footnote button (a picture of text with an arrow pointing + to stuff in the bottom margin). +\layout Standard + +What LyX cannot do, yet, is take care of special needs like setting the + footnote numbering back to 1 after each section in the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +article +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\family roman + document class or changing the counter +\family default + +\family roman +style. + You'll need to insert LaTeX commands like th +\family default +os +\family roman +e +\family default +described in the +\emph on +Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars +\emph default + section of +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\emph on +Extended +\emph default + +\emph on +Features +\emph default +. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\layout Description + +NOTE: A float in LaTeX and LyX isn't a simple paragraph as with usual word + processors. + It is a complex text structure that may contain everything except floats. + That means you can use all the layouts inside a float, even figures and + tables. + You may not need this too often, but if you do occasionally need it, it's + a neat feature. +\layout Section + +Margin Notes +\layout Standard + +Margin notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX. + When you insert a margin note via +\family sans +\series medium +\bar under +I +\bar no +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar no +argin +\series default +\bar default +\SpecialChar ~ +N +\series medium +\bar no +ote +\family default +\series default +\bar default + or the toolbar button (which contains a picture of text in a margin with + an arrow pointing to it), you'll see +\family roman +\series medium +a +\family default +\series default +grey +\family roman +\series medium + box with a +\family default +\series default +red +\family roman +\series medium +label +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +margin +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + appearing within your text. +\begin_inset Marginal +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +This is a margin note. +\end_inset + + This box is LyX's representation of your margin note. + You can enter your text into this box. + If you click the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +margin +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\family default +\series default + +\family roman +\series medium +label, the box will +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +fold +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + You can access it at a later time by clicking on the +\family default +\series default + label again +\family roman +\series medium +, thereby +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +unfolding +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + the margin note. +\layout Standard + +As a default, LyX uses 1.9 cm (0.75 inches) as the margin width to allow room + for margin notes. + This might not be what you're looking for, but as with footnotes, LyX cannot + yet do everything LaTeX has to offer. + You might want to consult your LaTeX handbook for additional commands. + +\layout Section + +Figures and Imported Graphics +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figures} + +\end_inset + +No document preparation system is complete without the ability to import + graphics from other utilities into the document. + In LyX, these are referred to as ``figures'' whether they are actually + figures in the traditional sense or simply some kind of imported image. + Encapsulated PostScript® figures are handled very well by LyX, which uses + +\family typewriter +ghostview +\family default + to generate an on-screen image for the LyX window, and the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +includegraphics +\family default + LaTeX command to insert the figure in the final document. + +\layout Standard + +Note that figures referred to here are do not have captions and sit wherever + in the document you place them. + If you need one of these features, see sec.\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats} + +\end_inset + + below. +\layout Standard + +To place a figure in your document, click on the second right-most icon + on the toolbar, or select +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +G +\bar default +raphics +\family default +from the menu. +\layout Standard + +A graphics inset will be added to your document and a dialog will appear + for you to choose the file to load. + You can also change any settings you need to in this dialog. +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename mobius.eps + display color + rotateOrigin center + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +This dialog has numerous parameters, though most should be self-explanatory. + The +\family sans +File +\family default + tab allows you to choose your image file (note that a wide variety of image + formats are supported automatically). + You can set the +\family sans +Subfigure +\family default + option for use in figure floats (see Section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats} + +\end_inset + +). + The figure can be transformed by setting a rotation angle, using a bounding + box, and scaling. + It is possible to set a bounding box automatically for some image formats + (see the +\family sans +Bounding\SpecialChar ~ +Box +\family default + tab). + Note that it is possible to control the display of the figure in LyX and + the display in the final document separately, which can be very useful + for large figures. + LaTeX wizards can specify additional LaTeX options in the +\family sans +Extras +\family default + tab. +\layout Subsection + +Figure Floats +\layout Subsubsection + +Using Figure Floats +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figurefloats} + +\end_inset + +The problem with inserting figures straight into your text is that they + might make the pagination of your document extremely awkward. + To suit the LyX mentality of automating such processes, you might find + it preferable to use +\family sans +Figure\SpecialChar ~ +Floats +\family default +, which LyX (actually, LaTeX) is free to move about your document as it + deems necessary for a good fit. + In return, LyX automates the listing of these figures and allows you to + place a caption on them, using the +\family sans +Caption +\family default + environment explained in Section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:captionlayout} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +To place a +\family sans +Figure\SpecialChar ~ +Float +\family default + simply select +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Flo +\bar under +a +\bar default +t\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Figure +\family default +from the menu bar. + You will get a float without a figure in it; use the toolbar icon described + above to insert the actual figure. +\begin_inset Float figure +placement htbp +wide false +collapsed false + +\layout Caption + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:escher} + +\end_inset + +M.C. + Escher on acid. +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename escher-lsd.eps + display color + rotateOrigin center + +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Float figure +placement htbp +wide false +collapsed false + +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename platypus.eps + display color + rotateOrigin center + +\end_inset + + +\layout Caption + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:kill-plat} + +\end_inset + +A severely distorted platypus in a float. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +It seems simple, but there is subtlety involved in the placement of the + caption. + If you prefer your caption to appear below the figure, then you must press + return when the cursor is at the very start of the caption, and insert + the figure in the new paragraph created above the caption; or you can delete + the caption and recreate it by selecting the +\family sans +Caption +\family default +environment after the figure has been inserted. + This is what we did for figure +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig:kill-plat} + +\end_inset + +. + If the cursor is in a paragraph after the caption when you insert the +\family sans +Figure +\family default + then it will be inserted after the caption, as was the case for +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig:escher} + +\end_inset + +. + It is preferred to use one +\family sans +Figure +\family default + per +\family sans +Float +\family default +. + This allows LyX [actually LaTeX] to best position each figure. +\layout Standard + +Right-clicking on a float opens a dialog where you can alter the placement + options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float (see +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:float-locn} + +\end_inset + +). + +\family sans +Span\SpecialChar ~ +columns +\family default + is only useful for two-column documents: if you select it, the float will + span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just + one. +\layout Standard + +This figure also shows how we place a label and create a cross-reference + to it; as you would expect from reading section +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref} + +\end_inset + + you can simply insert a +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +abel +\family default + in the caption and refer to it using a +\family sans +\bar under +C +\bar default +ross\SpecialChar ~ +Reference +\family default + as normal. + It is especially important to use these with figure floats, rather than + using vague references to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +the above figure, +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + as LaTeX will reposition your floats for you in the final document; it + might not be +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +above +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + at all. + If it is not possible to fit the floats neatly on the same page as the + text which refers to it, the figures will be placed on a separate page + by themselves. + Rest assured that the overall effect is usually quite nice. +\layout Standard + +Note that the caption is used in a +\family sans +List\SpecialChar ~ +of\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +F +\bar default +igures +\family default + (as described in Section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:ListsOf} + +\end_inset + +) automatically, should you choose to include one in your document. +\layout Subsubsection + +Float Placement +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:float-locn} + +\end_inset + +Now, the whole idea behind +\family sans +Figure\SpecialChar ~ +Floats +\family default + [as well as +\family sans +Table\SpecialChar ~ +Floats +\family default +, which we introduce later] is to allow LyX to place a figure [or table] + on a page in a consistent, sensible fashion. + The rules LaTeX uses are rather arcane; refer to the LaTeX documentation + for the exact details. + You can use check boxes in the float dialog to set placement for a particular + float. + By default, each float uses the document's default placement rules. + You can change these, if you wish, in the +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +ettings +\family default + dialog. + The +\family sans +Float\SpecialChar ~ +placement +\family default + box takes a LaTeX-style placement specification. + You can place any combination of four letters in the +\family sans +Float\SpecialChar ~ +placement +\family default + box, in any order: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +h +\family default + for +\emph on +here +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +t +\family default + for +\emph on +top +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +b +\family default + for +\emph on +bottom +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +p +\family default + for +\emph on +page +\layout Standard + +The letters correspond to the following behaviour: +\layout Description + +Here: LyX tries to put the +\family sans +Float +\family default + at the same point in the text where you put it. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +If there isn't enough room, LyX tries one of the other three location types. +\end_deeper +\layout Description + +Top: LyX tries to put the +\family sans +Float +\family default + at the top of the current page. + If the figure won't fit on the current page, it goes to the next page. +\layout Description + +Bottom: LyX tries to put the +\family sans +Float +\family default + at the bottom of the current page. + If there isn't room, it goes to the next page. +\layout Description + +Page: LyX tries to put the +\family sans +Float +\family default + (or a number of +\family sans +Float +\family default +s) on a page of its own. +\layout Standard + +There is some subtlety to how this all works. + The order specifies what location LyX should try first. + If that one fails, it tries the next one, and so on, though +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +h +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + will always take precedence if it appears in the list. + The default placement list is +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +tbp +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +: try the top of a text page first, then the bottom of a text page, then + on a page by itself. + If you want LyX to try +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +really hard +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + to place the figure where you command it, precede the list with an exclamation + point; for example +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +!htbp +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + Here are some example entries and what they do: +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +hbp +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Try putting the figure/table at its actual position in the text. + If that doesn't work, put it on the bottom of the page. + If that fails, put it on a separate page. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +!hbp +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Try really hard to put the figure/table at its actual position in the text. + Then the bottom of the page, then on a separate page. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +tp +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Put the figure/table at the top of each page. + If it's too long, put it on a separate page. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +p +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Always put figures and tables on their own page. +\end_deeper +\layout Subsection + + +\family typewriter +XFig +\family default + and LyX +\layout Standard + +One obvious question is +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +how would I create the figures? +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + Fortunately, the answer is included in most Linux and/or LaTeX distributions. + +\family typewriter +XFig +\family default + is a powerful though slightly awkward drawing tool. + If you want to include figures that you have created with +\family typewriter +XFig +\family default + there are several ways. + We recommend the following: +\layout Enumerate + +Export the figure as Encapsulated PostScript®. + This could be very easy included into LyX as described in the previous + sections. + The great advantage of this way is, that you have the full power of PostScript® + available. + That means Bezier curves, colors, all line thicknesses and many more. + If you have inserted text into your fig-document this will be printed with + PostScript® fonts, which is OK\SpecialChar \@. + The figure can be manipulated like any other + EPS figure, as described above. + +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +The only disadvantage is that you cannot create formulas as PostScript® + text except by hand. + If you also need formulas or simple exponents or indices in your figure, + the next way is recommended. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Export the figure as LaTeX. + This is just as easy to include into LyX, with the advantage that you may + use all LaTeX commands within the text inside XFig. + Therefore you have to set the +\emph on +special flag +\emph default +for text in XFig. + This is automatic if you invoke XFig with +\family typewriter +xfig\SpecialChar ~ +-specialtext +\family default +. + If this is done and you have also chosen a LaTeX font you may simply write + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +$H_2$ +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in +\family typewriter +XFig\SpecialChar \@. + +\family default + If you export this figure as LaTeX and include it in LyX with +\family sans +\bar under + I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Chil +\bar under +d +\bar default +\SpecialChar ~ +Document +\family default + (see description in +\emph on +Extended Features +\emph default +) this text will appear as +\begin_inset Formula $H_{2}$ +\end_inset + +. + +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +The disadvantage of this way is that the graphical power of LaTeX isn't + as strong as PostScript®\SpecialChar \@. + You cannot use all thicknesses of lines and, more + annoyingly, not all slopes. + This is why we recommend the third way for more complex figures. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Export the figure as LaTeX/PostScript® combined. + Then +\family typewriter +XFig +\family default + [ +\family typewriter +transfig +\family default +, really] will generate two files: +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +the PostScript® part +\family typewriter +foo.pstex +\family default +, that contains all painting. +\layout Enumerate + +the LaTeX part +\family typewriter +foo.pstex_t +\family default +, that contains all text and a link to the PostScript® part. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Then you just have to include the LaTeX part as described above. + This will automatically include the PostScript® part, too. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +If you get an error like +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +unknown graphics extension pstex +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + you have to declare these graphic extensions. + I think this is a +\family typewriter +transfig +\family default + bug that occurs with LaTeX2e. + Simply add a line like +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +@namedef{Gin@rule@ps_tex}#1{{eps}{ps_tex}{#1}} +\layout Standard + +in the file +\family typewriter +/usr/lib/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/dvips.def +\family default +. + Then add +\family typewriter +pstex +\family default + to the extension: +\layout Standard + + +\backslash +def +\backslash +Gin@extensions{eps, ps, pstex, eps.gz, ps.gz, eps=2EZ} +\layout Standard + +This should fix the whole thing. + Alternatively you may export the postscript part as +\family typewriter +foo.eps +\family default + and change the LaTeX part +\family typewriter +foo.pstex_t +\family default + manually. + But this is annoying. + +\end_inset + + This way you have the full PostScript® and LaTeX power combined except + for the possibility to scale the figure after creating. + So if you want scalable pictures, the PostScript® format is your only choice. + Another little advantage of letting LaTeX typeset the font is that the + same font will appear in your figures as in your text, which looks a little + nicer. +\layout Section + +Tables +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:tables} + +\end_inset + +LyX has powerful table support, but LaTeX can do many more things with tables + than LyX is currently capable of, so you might want to look at a good LaTeX + book if the features described here should turn out to be inadequate. +\layout Standard + +You can insert a table using either the table toolbar button or +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +T +\bar default +able +\family default +. + A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns. + The default table has lines at the top and to the left of every cell, a + line to the right of the rightmost column and a line at the bottom of the + lowest row, forming a box around the table. + Additionally, the topmost row also has a line at the bottom, which causes + this row to appear separated from the rest of the table. + Here's an example: +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +12 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +45 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +98 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +A +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +B +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +multi +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +C +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +The Table dialog +\layout Standard + +You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which + brings up a settings dialog. + Among these options are: +\layout Itemize + +Adding/removing border lines from a row or column. + If you remove the top line from one of the rows, you'll get a dotted line + in LyX, but no line will appear in the printout. + If you set the bottom line of one row and the top line of the row below, + then the rows are separated by a small space, as you can see with the top + row in the example above. + You can do the same vertically if you set the right line of a column and + the left line of the column to the right. +\layout Itemize + +Text alignment in a column +\layout Itemize + +Appending rows and columns +\layout Itemize + +Deleting rows, columns, or the entire table +\layout Itemize + +Multicolumn +\layout Itemize + +Setting a fixed width for a column +\layout Itemize + +Longtable options - this is useful if your table is higher than the paper. + Then the table is split on the bottom of the page and continued on the + next one, instead of running of the end of the page. +\layout Itemize + +Rotate the whole table or a single cell sideways, by 90 degrees +\layout Standard + +You can also use the menu to perform these operations. + Try +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family default +\bar under +T +\family sans +\bar default +able +\family default + when the cursor is inside a table. + +\layout Standard + +Most of these options also work on selections. + This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is + done on all of your selection. + Note that there is a difference between selecting the +\emph on +contents +\emph default + of the cell, and the cell itself. + If you can see a red border inside a cell, then a selection will select + the contents. + If you press +\family sans +Escape +\family default + or click outside of the box, then the selection will select cells (whether + you use the mouse or the normal cursor-movement keys). +\layout Standard + +When you append a row, it is added +\emph on +below +\emph default + the row containing the cursor. + Similarly, columns are appended to the +\emph on +right +\emph default + of the cursor. + This makes it difficult to add columns on the left edge of a table without + a lot of cutting and pasting. + Deletion is always performed on the row or column containing the cursor. + +\layout Standard + +The multicolumn option merges two or more adjacent cells on a given row. + For example, in the above table, row +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +B +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + has had multicolumn applied to the columns labelled +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +45 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +98. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + To use it, you must first select the cells, then choose +\family sans +Multicolumn +\family default + from the menu. + This will not work vertically - see the Table Examples document for how + to do this. +\layout Standard + +You can also use +\family sans +Multicolumn +\family default + if you need to have a special handling for a single table cell's top and + bottom border lines and text alignment. + Here an example of this special handling of a cell: +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +x +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +y +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +point a & b +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +103 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +9 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +point b & a +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +599 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +340 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +point abc +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +1009 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +52 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +point abcd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +96 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +11 +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +You see here that the header line cells are aligned to the center, whereas + the left column is aligned to the left, and the other columns are aligned + to the right. + Also the bottom and top line of two cells have been removed. +\begin_inset Note +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +I can make nothing of this explanation. + An improvement would be nice :) - jbl +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +If you want your column to have a fixed width, then you can insert a width + in the +\family sans +Width +\family default +\emph on + +\emph default +input-field of the +\family sans +Table +\family default + dialog. + This will then allow the cell to have multiple paragraphs of text. +\layout Standard + +If your table becomes too large to fit on a portrait document layout, you + can select the +\family sans +Rotate\SpecialChar ~ +90° +\family default + button, and the table will appear sideways (this means landscape in a portrait + document style). + You might also like to rotate single table cells to give them more horizontal + space. + The example below demonstrates why it is useful to rotate single cells. +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Note: +\emph default + This +\family sans +Rotate\SpecialChar ~ +90° +\family default + option will +\emph on +not +\emph default + display on screen, and works +\emph on +only +\emph default + for PostScript® output. + So, if you want to preview them, use +\family sans +\bar under +V +\bar default +iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Pos +\bar under +t +\bar default +script +\family default +, as +\family sans +\bar under +V +\bar default +iew +\bar under +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +D +\bar default +VI +\family default + will not show the table properly. +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Description +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Flag 1 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Flag 2 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Flag 3 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Flag 4 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Flag 5 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Flag 6 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Flag 7 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Flag 8 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Flag 9 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Flag 10 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Total +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Desc.\SpecialChar ~ +1 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +7 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Desc.\SpecialChar ~ +2 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +9 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Desc.\SpecialChar ~ +3 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +8 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Desc.\SpecialChar ~ +4 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +6 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Total +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +30 +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +What can be placed inside a table cell? +\layout Standard + +Many objects can be placed inside a table cell. + Any single line of text, an equation (not a displayed or multilined equation, + though), or a figure can be in a cell; in fact, all three kinds of objects + can be placed in the same cell. + Font sizes and shapes can be altered, and the table will adjust to display + them properly. + However, you can't put a special environment in a cell (like +\family sans +Section* +\family default +, etc.), nor set spacing options etc. + for the cell's paragraph. +\layout Subsection + +Cut & Paste in Tables +\layout Standard + +Cutting and pasting between tables works reasonably well. + You can cut and paste even more than one row. + Selection with the mouse or with +\family sans +Shift +\family default + plus the arrow keys works as usual. + The values in the second table below were cut and pasted from the first, + using the mouse to select and paste. +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +1 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +2 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +3 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +4 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +5 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +6 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +7 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +8 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +9 +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +1 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +2 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +3 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +4 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +5 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +6 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +7 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Note that you can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit + by starting the selection from outside the table. +\layout Subsection + +Multiple lines in cells +\layout Standard + +It is possible to have multi-line entries in tables, but not in a completely + WYSIWYM manner. + Define a fixed length for the column in the +\family sans +Table +\family default + dialog. + After this, your text is automatically split into more lines and the cell + enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given fixed + length. + An example: +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +1 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +2 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +3 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +4 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +This is a multiline entry in a table. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +5 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +6 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +This is longer now. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +7 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +8 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +This is a multiline entry in a table. + This is longer now. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +9 +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Text within a cell will not normally wrap to fit the page, so if a line + of text in a table is too long, the table will extend beyond the right + margin of the page. + Similarly, tables will not split themselves at the bottom of a page, and + so might extend below the bottom margin. + You have these options to resolve this problem: +\layout Enumerate + +Split it into two tables. +\layout Enumerate + +Select the +\family sans +Longtable +\family default +button in the +\family sans +Table +\family default + dialog. + This automatically splits the table over more pages, if it is too tall. + After doing this, the list of +\family sans +Longtable +\family default + buttons activate themselves and you may now define: +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +First\SpecialChar ~ +header +\family default +: The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options + defined are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable. +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Header +\family default +: The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options + defined are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable; + except for the first page, if +\family sans +First\SpecialChar ~ +header +\family default + is defined. +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Footer +\family default +: The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options + defined are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable; + except for the last page, if +\family sans +Last\SpecialChar ~ +footer +\family default + is defined. +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Last\SpecialChar ~ +footer +\family default +: The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options + defined are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable. +\layout Standard + +If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware + of the fact that only the first flag is used in the given table rows. + The others will then be defined as +\emph on +empty +\emph default +. + In this context, first means first in this order: +\family sans +Footer, Last\SpecialChar ~ +footer, +\family default + +\family sans +Header, +\family default + +\family sans +First\SpecialChar ~ +header. + +\family default +\emph on + +\emph default +See the +\family typewriter +TableExamples.lyx +\family default + example file to see how this works. + +\emph on + +\layout Standard + +The check box in the long table options can be used to specify specific + rows to break the page on as well. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +A table can also be placed in a float, as described below, which will allow + TeX to place it as well as it can within the page. +\layout Subsection + +Table Floats +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table float} + +\end_inset + +Outside of a float, the table will be positioned exactly where it is placed + in the document. + Using a +\family sans +\shape up +Tabl +\bar under +e +\bar default +\SpecialChar ~ +Float +\family default +\shape default + from the +\family sans +\shape up +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Flo +\shape default +\bar under +a +\shape up +\bar default +t +\family default +\shape default + menu will enable LaTeX to place the table where it fits best, rather than + exactly where you insert it. + Float placement for table floats is similar to that for figure floats +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats} + +\end_inset + +, and is described in section +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:float-locn} + +\end_inset + +. + Captions also work the same way as with figure floats, as described in + section +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats} + +\end_inset + +. + Table +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{table:a table float} + +\end_inset + + is an example of a table float. +\begin_inset Float table +placement htbp +wide false +collapsed true + +\layout Caption + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{table:a table float} + +\end_inset + +A table float. +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +1 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +2 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +3 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Joe +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Mary +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ted +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} +a & b\\ +c & d\end{array}\right]$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Table of Contents and other Listings +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:toc} + +\end_inset + +One of the really nice features of LaTeX is the ease with which it lets + you create various +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Lists, +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + such as a Table of Contents. + All you need to do is to use certain environments and insert a reference + at the place where you want the list to appear. +\layout Subsection + +The Table of Contents +\layout Standard + +In order to get a Table of Contents, you need to do four things: +\layout Enumerate + +Use a document class that includes support (all but +\family typewriter +letter +\family default +). +\layout Enumerate + +Set paragraph environments appropriately: +\family sans +Chapter +\family default +, +\family sans +(Sub...) Section +\family default +, +\family sans +(Sub...), Paragraph +\family default +. + Note that styles with a +\family sans +* +\family default +, like +\family sans +Section* +\family default +, will +\emph on +not +\emph default + appear in the Table of Contents. +\layout Enumerate + +Make sure you set the +\family sans +\bar under +S +\bar default +ection\SpecialChar ~ +number\SpecialChar ~ +depth +\family default +and +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +able\SpecialChar ~ +of\SpecialChar ~ +contents +\family default +. +\family sans +\SpecialChar ~ +depth +\family default + in the +\family sans +Document\SpecialChar ~ +Layout +\family default + dialog to the appropriate value as described in +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:section-depth} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Enumerate + +Insert the ToC command at some place in the document. + You'll find it under +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +List\SpecialChar ~ +/\SpecialChar ~ +T +\bar under +O +\bar default +C\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +T +\bar default +able\SpecialChar ~ +of\SpecialChar ~ +Contents +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +You can also bring up a dialog for navigating through your document with + +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +T +\bar default +able\SpecialChar ~ +of\SpecialChar ~ +Contents +\family default +. +\layout Subsection + +List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ListsOf} + +\end_inset + +Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents. + You can insert them from the +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +List\SpecialChar ~ +/\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +T +\bar default +OC +\family default + submenu. + If you want figures, tables, or algorithms to appear in the list, you must + place them inside a float of the relevant type and add a caption. +\layout Chapter + +Mathematical Formulae +\layout Section + +Basic Math Editing +\layout Standard + +To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon with +\begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$ +\end_inset + + on it. + That will open a little blue square, with purple markers around it, on + the corners. + That blue square is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate what + level of nesting within the formula you are at. + You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert +\bar under +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +M +\bar default +ath +\family default + menu; or you can use a keyboard macro, +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +m +\family default +, +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +m +\family default +, or +\family sans +C-m +\family default + (CUA binding only). +\layout Standard + +If you simply need to type a single Greek letter, such as +\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ +\end_inset + +, there is a special shortcut. + Just type +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +g\SpecialChar ~ +a +\family default + to get +\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ +\end_inset + +, +\family sans + M-m\SpecialChar ~ +g\SpecialChar ~ +b +\family default + to get +\begin_inset Formula $\beta$ +\end_inset + +, etc. +\layout Standard + +Editing the parameters of a formula may be done from the +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Math\SpecialChar ~ +Pane +\bar under +l +\family default +\bar default + dialog, or via +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +ath +\family default +. + The math panel is very useful, so you may want to open it and leave it + somewhere on the screen. + If you're not already in a formula, selecting anything from the math panel + will insert a formula for you. +\layout Subsection + +Navigating a Formula +\layout Standard + +The best control over cursor position within an existing formula is achieved + with the arrow keys. + Mathed uses small squares to indicate places where something can be inserted. + The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula. + Pressing +\family sans +Space +\family default + will leave a fraction or other formula construct (a square root +\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$ +\end_inset + +, or parentheses +\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$ +\end_inset + +, or a matrix +\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} +1 & 2\\ +3 & 4\end{array}\right]$ +\end_inset + +). + Pressing +\family sans +Escape +\family default + will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula. + +\family sans + Tab +\family default + can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the + cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Space +\family default + seems to do nothing in Mathed, since it does not in fact add a space between + characters, but it does exit a nested structure. + For this reason, you have to be careful about using +\family sans +Space +\family default +. + For example, if you want +\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$ +\end_inset + +, type +\family typewriter + +\backslash +sqrt +\family sans +\SpecialChar ~ + +\family default +then +\family sans +Space +\family default +, then +\family sans +\SpecialChar ~ + +\family typewriter +2x+1 +\family default +, not +\family typewriter + +\backslash +sqrt +\family sans +\SpecialChar ~ +Space\SpecialChar ~ + +\family typewriter +2x +\family sans +\SpecialChar ~ +Space\SpecialChar ~ + +\family typewriter ++ +\family sans +\SpecialChar ~ +Space\SpecialChar ~ + +\family typewriter +1 +\family default +, since in the latter case only the +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Formula $2x$ +\end_inset + + +\family default + will be under the square root sign, +\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$ +\end_inset + +. + For those who learned to space out expressions in this way, it takes a + little unlearning. +\layout Standard + +You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled + in, such as: +\begin_inset Formula \[ +\left(\begin{array}{ccc} +\lambda_{1}\\ + & \ddots\\ + & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right).\] + +\end_inset + +If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing + in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind. +\layout Subsection + +Selecting Text +\layout Standard + +You can select text within a formula in two different ways. + Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press +\family sans +Shift +\family default +and a cursor movement key to select text. + It will be highlighted as with regular text selection. + Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way. + That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula + (not in a plain text region in LyX, though). +\layout Subsection + +Exponents and Subscripts +\layout Standard + +You can use the math panel to add superscripts or subscripts, but the much + easier way is to use the standard TeX method. + To get +\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$ +\end_inset + +, type (in Mathed) +\family typewriter +x^2 +\family default + then +\family sans +Space +\family default +. + The final +\family sans +Space +\family default + puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression, instead of + in the superscript. + If you type +\family typewriter +x^2y +\family default +, you will get +\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$ +\end_inset + +, to get +\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$ +\end_inset + +, type +\family typewriter +x^2 +\family sans + +\family default +then +\family sans +Space +\family default +then +\family sans +\SpecialChar ~ + +\family typewriter +y +\family default +. + Subscripts are similar, to get +\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$ +\end_inset + +, type (in Mathed) +\family typewriter +a_1 +\family sans +\SpecialChar ~ + +\family default +then +\family sans + Space +\family default +. + Note that by default, the superscript or subscript is only for the single + symbol to the left, which changes the spacing and alignment; you should + read section +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Grouping} + +\end_inset + + if you need to alter this. +\layout Subsection + +Fractions +\layout Standard + +Create a fraction with either +\family typewriter + +\backslash +frac +\family sans + +\family default +(in Mathed) or using the fraction icon in the +\family sans +Math\SpecialChar ~ +Panel +\family default + dialog or the +\family sans +\bar under +M +\bar default +ath +\family default + menu item +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +raction +\family default +. + You will be presented with an empty fraction, with two Mathed insertion + squares top and bottom. + The cursor moves immediately to the top of the fraction. + To move to the bottom, simply press +\family sans +Down +\family default +. + To move back up, press +\family sans +Up +\family default +. + Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows: +\begin_inset Formula \[ +\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc} +2 & 3\\ +4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\] + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Sums and Integrals +\layout Standard + +Sum ( +\begin_inset Formula $\sum$ +\end_inset + +) and integral ( +\begin_inset Formula $\int$ +\end_inset + +) signs are very often decorated with one or more sets of +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +limits +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter + a superscript or subscript, directly after the symbol. + Sum will automatically place its +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +limits +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + over and under the symbol in display style, but will move them to the side + when inlined, such as +\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$ +\end_inset + +, versus +\begin_inset Note +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +We haven't yet explained what display vs. + inline means... +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula \[ +\sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\frac{x^{n}}{n}=\ln\left(\frac{1}{1-x}\right).\] + +\end_inset + +Integral signs, however, will not by default move the limits to directly + over and under the integral sign in display style, as in +\begin_inset Formula $\int_{a}^{x}f(t)dt:=F(x)$ +\end_inset + +, versus +\begin_inset Formula \[ +\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{dx}{1+x^{2}}=\pi.\] + +\end_inset + +Both symbols will be automatically re-sized when placed in display mode. + In display mode, the placement of the limits (directly above and below, + or offset to the right from the sign) can be changed by placing the cursor + in front of the sign and hitting +\family sans +M-m l +\family default +. + Exactly what change occurs depends on the sign. + +\layout Standard + +Certain other mathematical expressions have this +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +moving limits +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + feature as addition, such as +\begin_inset Formula \[ +\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\] + +\end_inset + +which will place the +\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$ +\end_inset + + underneath the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +lim +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in display mode, but not in inlined mode, +\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$ +\end_inset + +. + Note that the +\begin_inset Formula $\lim$ +\end_inset + + was entered as a function - you get it in LyX by typing +\family typewriter + +\backslash +lim +\family default +in math-mode, or choosing from the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +functions +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + menu in the math panel; see +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-functions} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Subsection + +The Math Panel +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-panel} + +\end_inset + +The +\family sans +Math\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +P +\bar default +anel +\family default + dialog (accessible via +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +ath +\family default +) has a more extensive list of symbols and structures. + As stated earlier, you can keep the math panel open when writing mathematics. + The use of the panel should be fairly obvious; we'll describe some of the + details in later sections. +\layout Standard + +Note that right-clicking on a formula opens the panel as well. +\layout Subsection + +Other Math Symbols +\layout Standard + +Most math symbols can be found in the math panel under one of several categories +; including +\family sans +Greek +\family default + +\begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\epsilon\epsilon\kappa$ +\end_inset + +, +\family sans +operators +\family default + +\begin_inset Formula $\pm\times$ +\end_inset + +, +\family sans +relations +\family default + +\begin_inset Formula $\leq\cong$ +\end_inset + +, +\family sans +arrows +\family default + +\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow\Leftrightarrow$ +\end_inset + +, +\family sans +large\SpecialChar ~ +operators +\family default + +\begin_inset Formula $\sum\int$ +\end_inset + +, and the dreaded +\family sans +miscellaneous +\family default +. + There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical + Society (AMS). + If you know the standard LaTeX macro for a particular symbol you which + to use, you do not have to use these dialogs, but they will help for those + symbols whose LaTeX name you do not know. + Note that the AMS symbols will not be displayed as symbols in LyX unless + you install the right fonts as described in the relevant manual. +\layout Standard + +It is possible to get an nth root symbol. + In the minibuffer, type +\family typewriter +math-insert root +\family default +. + This generates a root symbol with an extra box above the root sign. + Use +\family sans +Up +\family default + and +\family sans +Down +\family default + to move between the two boxes. + You can also use the key binding +\family sans +M-m-r +\family default +. +\layout Subsection + +Altering spacing +\layout Standard + +You may want to create blank spaces that differs from the standard spacing + that LaTeX provides. + We don't recommend this as a matter of course, since the whole idea of + WYSIWYM is that you don't think about the typesetting, but the content. + However, there are situations where you will want to add spaces. + The first thing to do is to type +\family sans +C-Space +\family default +. + This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen within + LyX: +\begin_inset Formula $a\, b$ +\end_inset + +. + The next trick is to change that space to different sizes. + +\emph on +Before +\emph default + you move the cursor, after typing +\family sans +C-Space +\family default +, if you hit +\family sans +Space +\family default + again, you will change the size of the space, through a number of variable + sizes. + The last ones in the list are red, and are a negative space. + For example: +\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$ +\end_inset + +, or +\begin_inset Formula $a\! b$ +\end_inset + +. + You can also insert these spaces via the math panel. +\layout Subsection + +Math functions +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-functions} + +\end_inset + + The math panel contains a number of +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +functions +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, such as +\begin_inset Formula $\sin$ +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Formula $\lim$ +\end_inset + +, +\emph on +etc +\emph default +. + (you can type them in a formula by typing +\family typewriter + +\backslash +sin +\family default + etc). + Standard mathematical practice is that functions which are names, like + +\begin_inset Formula $\sin$ +\end_inset + +, should not be italicized. + Entering just the letters +\begin_inset Formula $sin$ +\end_inset + + within Mathed will give italics, of course, so these special macros are + available. + They do more to the final output than just change the typeface, however. + For example, the expression +\begin_inset Formula $\sin t$ +\end_inset + + will typeset with a little extra space between the n and the t. + For words which are more sophisticated mathematical objects, like +\begin_inset Formula $\lim$ +\end_inset + +, the macro changes the way that subscripts are placed, depending on whether + the math-inset is inlined or displayed: +\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L$ +\end_inset + + versus +\begin_inset Formula \[ +\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L.\] + +\end_inset + +These two expressions were typed the same way, but using the macro +\family typewriter + +\backslash +lim +\family default + alters the appearance (actually, it is the inlined version that is altered, + to improve linespacing). +\layout Subsection + +Accents +\layout Standard + +In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text + mode. + This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use. + You can also use TeX macro equivalents, as macros. + That is, you can enter +\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ +\end_inset + + to get the same effect if your keyboard does not have accents enabled. + This is entered by typing +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +hat a +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + in Mathed. + These are the equivalences between the text names and the macro names for + the various accents: +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +text +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +math +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +example +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +circumflex +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +hat +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +grave +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +grave +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +acute +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +acute +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +umlaut +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ddot +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +tilde +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +tilde +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +dot +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +dot +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +breve +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +breve +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +caron +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +check +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +macron +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +bar +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +--- +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +vec +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Finally, you can choose one of these accents by selecting an item from the + +\family sans +Decorations +\family default + symbol set in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have + made within a formula too. +\layout Subsection + +The math editor for LaTeX users +\layout Standard + +Editing mathematical expressions in LyX can be done in one of two ways. + You can use the native LyX support for rendering the formulae in a WYSIWYM + fashion. + LaTeX users might like to be able to use the keyboard to enter things like + +\family typewriter +$ +\backslash +alpha$ +\family default + (this gets, in ordinary TeX, an +\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ +\end_inset + + in the final document), believing that it is faster than chasing around + menus for a symbol. + Here's a testimonial of one of those old LaTeX users, +\noun on +David Johnson: +\layout Quotation + +I was finally convinced that the math editor was the way to go when I found + that, with a few modifications, I could use it the same way I was accustomed + to writing TeX. + As an example, I created this +\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ +\end_inset + + by typing the following keys: First type +\family typewriter + +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +m +\family typewriter + +\family default +to enter +\family typewriter + math-mode +\family default +, then type +\family typewriter + +\backslash +alpha +\family sans + +\family default +, then +\family sans +Space +\family default +and +\family sans + Esc +\family default +. + As soon as I typed that +\family sans +Space +\family default + the +\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ +\end_inset + + was right there on the screen. + +\layout Standard + +The +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +m +\family default + sequence inserts a formula (you may also use +\family sans +C-m +\family default + or +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +m +\family default +), the +\family typewriter + +\backslash +alpha +\family default + is of course the standard TeX command for a Greek alpha letter, and the + +\family sans +Esc +\family default + leaves the formula. + Some of the advantages of this approach are: +\layout Itemize + +You have immediate visual feedback to be sure your TeX was correct +\layout Itemize + +You have the real mathematical expression on the screen, correctly displayed, + to make sure your mathematics is correct (correctly written, at least) +\layout Itemize + +All the new LaTeX fuss with special environments and such are taken care + of by LyX, not you +\layout Itemize + +You won't have to chase through the code trying to find that missing +\family sans +$ +\family default + or extra +\family sans +{ +\family default + any more +\layout Itemize + +If you don't remember the LaTeX name of a particular symbol, like +\begin_inset Formula $\wp$ +\end_inset + +, you can find it in the dialogs +\layout Section + +Brackets and decorations +\layout Standard + +There are several brackets available through LyX. + For most purposes, using just the keys +\family typewriter +[{]}()| +\backslash +<> +\family default + should suffice, but the effect, especially if you want to surround a large + structure, such as a matrix or a fraction, or if you have several layers + of brackets, is better using the math panel's +\family sans +Delimiter +\family default + dialog [see sec. + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-panel} + +\end_inset + +]. + For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard + matrix such as : +\begin_inset Formula \[ +\left[\begin{array}{cc} +1 & 2\\ +3 & 4\end{array}\right],\] + +\end_inset + +and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses of an abomination + such as: +\begin_inset Formula \[ +\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\] + +\end_inset + +or: +\begin_inset Formula \[ +f\left(g\left(h\left(k\left(l\left(x\right)\right)\right)\right)\right).\] + +\end_inset + +The parentheses, and other brackets, from that menu will automatically re-size + to accommodate the size of what is inside (This is done in straight LaTeX + by +\family typewriter + +\backslash +left( blah +\backslash +right) +\family default + ). + +\layout Standard + +It is very easy to construct the braces you want to use. + Click on the brace you want on the left side with the left mouse button, + the right side with the right button, and place them in the document by + clicking on the button. + If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button. + It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will print. +\layout Standard + +If you decide after the fact to place parentheses (or other math structure, + like a square root, or other decoration) around some math structure, you + can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go inside + the parentheses (that is done by holding the +\family sans +Shift +\family default + key down and moving the cursor with the arrow keys, or selecting with the + mouse). + Then, choose the appropriate brackets for left and right, and click on + +\family sans +Apply +\family default +. + The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure. +\layout Standard + +If you're trying to enter a LaTeX +\family typewriter +{ +\family default + for grouping, you should read +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Grouping} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Section + +Grouping +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Grouping} + +\end_inset + +You may need to group a set of symbols. + In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of +\family typewriter +{x^y}^z +\family default + is different from +\family typewriter +x^{y^z} +\family default +: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula \[ +{x^{y}}^{z}\mathrm{differs\, from}x^{{y^{z}}}\] + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +However, trying to type the +\family typewriter +} +\family default + in LyX gives an actual closing brace in the output. + To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence +\family typewriter + +\backslash +{ +\family default + then type space. + Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping. + The example directly above shows how this works. +\layout Section + +Arrays and Multi-line Equations +\layout Standard + +Arrays, such as matrices, are easily entered in LyX. + In the +\family sans +Math\SpecialChar ~ +Panel +\family default +there is a matrix button, which will open a dialog for you to choose the + number of rows/columns. + Here is an example: +\begin_inset Formula \[ +\left(\begin{array}{ccc} +1 & 2 & 3\\ +4 & 5 & 6\\ +7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right).\] + +\end_inset + +The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as usual. + Remember that you can add this after the fact, by highlighting the matrix + inside Mathed (Position the mouse on one side of the matrix, hold the +\family sans +Shift +\family default + key down, and hit the appropriate arrow key to move the cursor across the + matrix). + You can, when you construct the matrix, decide whether the columns (or + some of them) will be left-, right-, or center-justified. + The specification is +\family typewriter +ccc +\family default +by default. + Each letter corresponds to the relevant column. + For example, +\family typewriter +lcr +\family default + means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be + centered, and the third column will be right-justified.. + It will look like this: +\begin_inset Formula \[ +\begin{array}{lcr} +this & this\, column & this\, column\\ +column & has & has\, right\\ +has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\] + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting +\family sans +C-Enter +\family default + while in the matrix, and you can add columns, or delete either, via the + +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +ath +\family default + menu. +\layout Standard + +There are numerous other arrays used in LaTeX math-mode, particularly with + the AMS-LaTeX packages included, such as +\family typewriter + +\backslash +cases +\family default + and commutative diagrams. + Not all of these are supported in LyX. + However, it is possible to build these structures from a matrix. +\layout Standard + +Multi-line equations are very easy to construct in LyX. + A formula will automatically switch to an +\family typewriter +\series medium +eqnarray +\family default +\series default + format (LaTeX's multi-line displayed equation format) if you hit +\family sans +\series medium +C-E +\series default +nter +\family default +. + The best way to do this, if you decide you want a multi-line displayed + equation, is to insert a new line (with +\family sans +\series medium +C-Enter +\family default +\series default +) immediately. + Each line then has three regions, left, center, and right, which you can + move through using either the arrow keys, the mouse, or the +\family sans +\series medium +Tab +\family default +\series default + key. + Here is an example: +\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} +3 & = & 1+2\\ +4+5 & = & 9.\end{eqnarray*} + +\end_inset + +You can also turn an existing displayed formula into a multi-line formula + by hitting +\family sans +\series medium +C-Enter +\family default +\series default + while the cursor is anywhere on the original formula. + However, LyX will +\emph on +not +\emph default + try to decide where to break the formula up into three parts, but places + everything in the left side of the line. + To change the alignment points of the equation, place the cursor where + you want to start the middle part of the line, and hit +\family sans +C-Tab. + +\family default +It then puts everything to the right of the cursor in the middle region + of the equation (which, by the way, is not typeset by LaTeX in display-math + size, so you should not put large expressions like fractions there). + Move to where you want the right side of the line to begin, and hit +\family sans +C-Tab +\family default + again. + The +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +extra +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + insertion points in the line will disappear. +\layout Section + +Equation Numbering and Labels +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-label} + +\end_inset + +Equation numbering is very easy in LyX. + All it takes to change a displayed equation like: +\begin_inset Formula \[ +1+2=3\] + +\end_inset + +into the numbered equation : +\begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} +1+2=3\label{mathed:first-eqn}\end{equation} + +\end_inset + +is to go to the +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert +\family default + menu, and select the +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +abel... + +\family default + option. + This opens a dialog in which you must enter some string as the label. + There is no need to call it by a specific number, since LaTeX will take + care of re-numbering the equation. + Labels will not appear as such on the final output. + LaTeX will insert appropriate numbers for the equations. + The labels are used internally for cross-referencing. + You can turn on numbering without a specific label with the menu option + +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Toggle\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +N +\bar default +umbering +\family default + while the cursor is in the equation, such as: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} +1+1=2.\end{equation} + +\end_inset + +You can toggle it on or off with this menu item. + You can reference a labelled (not just numbered) equation, (cf. + ( +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:first-eqn} + +\end_inset + +)) by using the +\family sans +Cross-Reference +\family default + dialog, which you open using +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +C +\bar default +ross-Reference... +\family default +\SpecialChar ~ +. +\layout Standard + +For numbered (or labelled) multi-line formulas, the default is that all + lines are numbered separately. + Once you attach a label to make the equation numbered, all subsequent lines + receive a label of #. + That label can be changed to another so that you can refer to that line, + like ( +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:third-eqn} + +\end_inset + +) below. +\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray} +1 & = & 3-2\label{mathed:second-equation}\\ +2 & = & 4-2\label{mathed:third-eqn}\\ +4 & \leq & 7.\end{eqnarray} + +\end_inset + +You can turn off numbering of a specific line with +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Toggle\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +n +\bar default +umbering\SpecialChar ~ +of\SpecialChar ~ +line +\family default + while the cursor is on that line of a multi-line numbered equation. + This also toggles. + For example : +\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray} +1 & = & 4-3\label{mathed:fourth-eqn}\\ +2 & = & 7-5\\ +1 & = & e^{2\pi i}\nonumber \\ +16 & \equiv & 2\,(mod\,7)\label{mathed:fifth-eqn}\end{eqnarray} + +\end_inset + +Note that the first equation in this set ( +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fourth-eqn} + +\end_inset + +) is labelled, the next is numbered but unlabelled, the third is unnumbered, + and the last ( +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fifth-eqn} + +\end_inset + +) is again labelled. + +\layout Section + +User defined macros in math mode +\layout Standard + +LyX allows the user to define macros for use in math mode. + A macro definition box appears on screen as purple box with the name of + the macro in blue (math color). + It contains two cells initially marked empty by blue rectangles that can + be edited as if it were ordinary math. + Just try it: +\begin_inset FormulaMacro +\newcommand{\macro}{a+b} +\end_inset + + The contents of the first cell will be used when the macro definition is + written during export as LaTeX. + The contents of the second cell, however, will be used for drawing the + macro's expansion on screen. + In the common case where both export and drawing use the same representation, + the second cell can be left empty and LyX will use the contents of the + first cell will be used for export and drawing automatically. +\layout Standard + +Now, to use this macro in other math boxes just type the name in TeX mode, + in this case +\family typewriter + +\backslash +macro +\family default +, and it will be automatically expanded: +\begin_inset Formula $c=\macro$ +\end_inset + +. + As you can verify, the cursor can't go inside the macro, the whole macro + is like a single character, and the TeX generated code of this expression + is +\family typewriter +c = +\backslash +macro. +\layout Standard + +However the cursor could go inside of some kind of macros, those that have + +\emph on +arguments +\emph default +. + In a macro definition box an argument looks like a +\family typewriter +# +\family default + followed by the argument number: +\begin_inset FormulaMacro +\newcommand{\macrowarg}[1]{2+\sqrt{#1}} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Once expanded, this macro includes the usual empty rectangle to indicate + that you can insert there whatever you want: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +macrowarg = +\begin_inset Formula $\macrowarg{}$ +\end_inset + + +\family default +. + Example: +\begin_inset Formula $b=\macrowarg{x-2}$ +\end_inset + +. + +\layout Standard + +When exported to LaTeX, a macro definition will produce the command +\family typewriter + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +macrowarg}[1]{2+ +\backslash +sqrt{#1}}. +\layout Subsection + +Directions on using macros +\layout Subsubsection + +How to create them +\layout Standard + +To create a macro definition box use this syntax in the minibuffer: +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +math-macro [number of arguments] +\layout Standard + +For example, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +macro +\family default + was created with +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +math-macro macro +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +macrowarg +\family default + was created with +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +math-macro macrowarg 1 +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +To insert an argument mark (only inside a macro definition box) simply type +\family typewriter + # +\family default + or use +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +math-macro-arg +\layout Standard + +The argument mark in +\family typewriter + +\backslash +macrowarg +\family default + was introduced with +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +math-macro-arg 1 +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +You can use no more than 9 arguments, numbered from 1 to 9. + An argument can be repeated inside the macro definition box, but of course + can be edited only once. +\layout Subsubsection + +How to navigate +\layout Description + +With\SpecialChar ~ +the\SpecialChar ~ +arrow\SpecialChar ~ +keys: Opening a macro from the left side will put the cursor + in the first argument, to move to the second argument use the TAB key. + Remember that pressing the Space bar will get the cursor out and at the + right side of the macro. +\layout Description + +With\SpecialChar ~ +the\SpecialChar ~ +mouse: As usual, click on the desired argument box. + Sometimes this fails if the box is empty or too small. +\layout Standard + +Currently it is only possible to define command macros, but not environment + macros. +\layout Section + +Fine-Tuning +\layout Subsection + +Typefaces +\layout Standard + +You can use various typefaces in a formula. + The standard font for text is italic, +\begin_inset Formula $text$ +\end_inset + +, but for numbers the standard is Roman. + To set a font in a formula, choose it from the math panel, or by entering + the LaTeX command for it directly, as follows: +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Font +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +LaTeX Command +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\shape up +\size normal +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +mathrm +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +mathbf +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +mathit +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\shape up +\size normal +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +mathtt +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +mathbb +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +mathfrak +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\shape up +\size normal +\emph on +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +mathcal +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +LaTeX's math mode does not support all characters in all fonts, and only + letters will be supported with these font styles; some only support capital + letters. +\layout Standard + +For any of these fonts, you have to be careful how you enter the text. + If there is text to the right of the entry point, the font reverts to that + style after one character. + To be able to type a string in a particular font, make sure there is a + protected-space to the right of the cursor. + Also, entering a protected-space will revert subsequent text to standard + font. + The font styles are nestable, as LaTeX does. + This can be a little confusing, as selecting a different font on a selection + will +\emph on +not +\emph default + change the selection, but insert a new nested level with the new typeface. +\layout Standard + +It is possible (in AMS LaTeX) to embolden (not italicize) numbers and special + symbols. + However, LyX does not yet support this in WYSIWYM manner\SpecialChar \@. + It will print + correctly, though. + To get emboldened symbols, for example a bold +\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ +\end_inset + +, enter +\family typewriter + +\backslash +boldsymbol{ +\backslash +alpha} +\family default + in Mathed. + The closing brace appears (in red) automatically when you type the opening + brace. + This works for all symbols, as well as numbers. +\layout Standard + +A number of other options are available as well, via +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Mat +\bar under +h +\bar default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Font\SpecialChar ~ +Change +\family default +. +\layout Subsection + +Math Text Mode +\layout Standard + +Typefaces are useful for entering variable names in some given font, but + certainly not for anything else, and in particular not text. + For typing longer pieces of text, use math text mode, which is obtained + by typing +\family sans +M-m m +\family default + while already in math mode. + (The same command will get out of math text mode, too.) Math text mode appears + on the screen in black instead of blue. + You cannot enter punctuation or font changes in your text +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Moreover, math text mode outputs its contents inside a +\family typewriter + +\backslash +textrm{} +\family default +, whereas and +\family typewriter + +\backslash +mbox +\family default + (or AMS LaTeX's +\backslash + +\family typewriter +text +\family default +) might have been a better choice +\end_inset + +, but it works for simple text. + Here's an example: +\begin_inset Formula \[ +f(x)=\begin{array}{cc} +x & \textrm{if I say so}\\ +-x & \textrm{otherwise}\end{array}\] + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Font Sizes +\layout Standard + +There are four (relative) font sizes (or +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +styles +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) used in math-mode, which are automatically chosen in most situations. + These are called +\emph on +textstyle +\emph default +, +\emph on +displaystyle +\emph default +, +\emph on +scriptstyle +\emph default +, and +\emph on +scriptscriptstyle +\emph default +. + For most characters, +\emph on +textstyle +\emph default + and +\emph on +displaystyle +\emph default + are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts, + and certain other effects, are set larger or placed differently in +\emph on +displaystyle +\emph default +. + Except for some operators, which re-size themselves to accommodate various + situations, all text will be set in these various sizes as LaTeX thinks + is appropriate. + These choices can be over-ridden by using the +\family typewriter +math-size +\family default + function in the minibuffer. + For example, you can set +\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$ +\end_inset + + normally ( +\emph on +textstyle +\emph default +), or you can make it larger, which also changes the line-spacing, by entering + +\family typewriter +math-size displaystyle +\family default + in the minibuffer while the cursor is in the main line of the math-inset, + +\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$ +\end_inset + +. + Careful, though, if the cursor is on the denominator of that fraction, + only the numerator will be enlarged, e.g. + +\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$ +\end_inset + +! This reflects a LaTeX +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +unintended feature +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +That is, a bug. +\end_inset + +, not a LyX one. + These font-size changes are not as apparent in LyX as they are in the output. + Here are some text in the various styles: +\begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$ +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$ +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$ +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$ +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that is, if the whole math + inset and surrounding text are set in a particular size, all these sizes + will be adjusted. + Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts + will be adjusted to correspond. + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\size largest +Here is a paragraph in +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +largest +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + font, with symbols: +\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +This applies to math fonts in titles, etc. + as well. +\layout Section + +AMS LaTeX +\layout Standard + +The American Mathematical Society (AMS) provide a LaTeX packages that are + in common use. + LyX includes some support for these packages. +\layout Subsection + +Enabling AMS Support +\layout Standard + +In the +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +ettings +\family default + dialog there is a checkbox, +\family sans +Use\SpecialChar ~ +AMS\SpecialChar ~ +Math +\family default +. + If selected, this will include the AMS package in the document, and make + the facilities available. +\layout Subsection + +AMS Symbols +\layout Standard + +The AMS LaTeX packages add support for some mathematical symbols that are + not accessible from plain LaTeX (or LyX), but are fairly common in mathematical + typesetting, such as the old-German Fraktur font and the stylized +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +blackboard bold +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + fonts commonly used to denote the real or complex numbers, or the integers. + Once activated, all AMS LaTeX symbols and environments are available. + You will run into trouble if you include these packages from the preamble, + since LyX now defines a few of the macros used in these packages on its + own. + The AMS layouts include these packages automatically. +\layout Subsection + +AMS Formula Types +\layout Standard + +AMS provide a selection of different formula types. + LyX allows you to choose between +\family typewriter +align +\family default +, +\family typewriter +alignat +\family default +, +\family typewriter +flalign +\family default +, +\family typewriter +gather +\family default +, and +\family typewriter +multline +\family default +. + Refer to the AMS documentation for the differences between these formula + types. +\layout Chapter + +More Tools +\layout Section + +Cross-References +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:crossref} + +\end_inset + + Those of you reading this manual online will see a grey box with text in + it, right before the beginning of this sentence. + This is a +\family sans +Label +\family default +. + Properly speaking, it is one half of a cross-reference. + The other half is the +\family sans +Reference +\family default + proper, and it looks like this: +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref} + +\end_inset + +. + Again, those of you reading the manual online will see a gray box with + text in it. + Those reading printed versions, however, will see a number --- in this + case, the number of this section. + There are also other varieties of cross-reference: for example, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \pageref{sec:crossref} + +\end_inset + +. + This is the page number containing the location of the label. + That's what cross-references do: they let you reference other parts of + your document. + You don't need to remember which section number was what anymore --- LyX + will do that for you! All you need to do is use a +\family sans +Label +\family default + to mark a section, figure, table, formula, etc., and then refer to it via + a +\family sans +Reference +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +To insert a label, use +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert +\bar under +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +L +\bar default +abel +\family default +. + A box will appear where you can enter your label. + You can change the name of the label at a later time by simply clicking + on the gray box and reopening the label dialog. +\layout Standard + +To insert a reference, select +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert +\bar under +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +C +\bar default +ross\SpecialChar ~ +Reference +\family default +. + The +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar ~ +Cross-Reference +\family default + dialog appears with a list of labels. + Selecting a list item, then clicking +\family sans +OK +\family default + inserts a reference into the text; changing the +\family sans +\bar under +R +\bar default +eference type +\family default + allows you to insert a page number or other reference variant instead. +\layout Standard + +Note that if you cut & paste text from another document that contains a + +\family sans +Label +\family default + or +\family sans +Reference +\family default +, or if you delete a label in your text, LaTeX will complain: +\layout Quote + + +\family typewriter +LaTeX Warning: Reference `X' on page Y undefined on input line Z. +\newline +LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references. +\layout Standard + +You'll also see two question marks in the output instead of the reference. +\layout Standard + +There are a few more comments we need to make about the +\family sans +Labels +\family default +. + They always print the number of the section heading closest to them. + So --- if you want to put a label on a +\family sans +Chapter +\family default +, but a +\family sans +Section +\family default + heading immediately follows it, you need to put the +\family sans +Label +\family default + +\emph on +into +\emph default + the +\family sans +Chapter +\family default + environment. + It doesn't matter where, and it will look weird on the LyX screen. + However, you need to do this if you want to label the +\family sans +Chapter +\family default + separately from the +\family sans +Section +\family default +. + The same goes for all other section headings. +\layout Standard + +Also, a +\family sans +Label +\family default + +\emph on +only +\emph default + makes sense in +\emph on +numbered +\emph default + section headings and table and figure floats. + Bare figures and tables aren't numbered, so, like unnumbered section headings, + you can't really use a +\family sans +Label +\family default + on it. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Well, you +\emph on +can +\emph default +, but only if you use the +\family sans +Page\SpecialChar ~ +number +\family default + reference. + The regular +\family sans +Reference +\family default + --- the one that refers to a section/table/figure number --- won't work, + because there's no numbered thingy to refer to! You could also use bare + +\family sans +Label +\family default +s as page markers, then refer back to them using the +\family sans +Page\SpecialChar ~ +number +\family default + reference. + Once again, the regular +\family sans +Reference +\family default + won't work very well. + It will refer to something, but that something will typically be the number + of the previous numbered section heading. +\end_inset + + See sections +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats} + +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:table float} + +\end_inset + +, and +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-label} + +\end_inset + + for details on using a +\family sans +Label +\family default + with figures, tables, and equations, respectively. + +\layout Section + +URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) +\layout Standard + +It is often desirable to include long +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +verbatim +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.; these + things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult to typeset + properly. + Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split, + resulting in an overfull or underfull line depending on the circumstances. + You can use +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +U +\bar default +RL +\family default + within LyX to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully (if necessary) + along automatically determined boundaries. +\layout Standard + +At the point in the document where you want to enter the URL (or other address-l +ike entity) simply select +\family sans +Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +U +\bar default +RL +\family default +; a dialog will appear where you can enter the full URL (in the +\family sans +\bar under +U +\bar default +rl: +\family default + field). + In its simplest usage, that's all you need to do. + Click on the following gray box to see how LyX's homepage would be entered: + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +If you would like to associate some definite phrase with the URL, enter + it into the +\family sans +\bar under +N +\bar default +ame +\family default + field of the dialog; it will be typeset as plain text immediately before + the URL. + For example, I might say that you can find all things related to LaTeX + at +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[CTAN]{http://ctan.tug.org} + +\end_inset + +. + On the printed page, the last sentence ends as +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +all things related to LaTeX at CTAN +\family typewriter +http://ctan.tug.org +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +[ +\emph on +Author's Note: somebody needs to document the +\family sans +\emph default +\bar under +H +\bar default +TML Type +\family default +\emph on + button +\emph default +] +\layout Section + +Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments +\begin_inset OptArg +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Short Titles +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long. + This can cause over-runs when there is limited horizontal space. + For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section + title, a long title will over-run past the edges, and look awful. +\layout Standard + +LaTeX allows you to specify an optional argument to the section commands + that specifies a shorter version of the title +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +For those who don't know LaTeX, commands look like this: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +command[optionalargument]{the content} +\end_inset + +. + This shorter version is used in the header and in the actual Table of Contents, + avoiding the problem mentioned. + LyX allows you to specify this optional argument by selecting +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Short\SpecialChar ~ +Title +\family default +. + This will insert a box (labelled +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +opt +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, which stands for +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +optional +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) which you can use to enter the short title text. + This also works for captions inside floats. +\layout Standard + +The title of this section is a good example of using this feature. +\layout Section + +Spacing, pagination and line breaks +\layout Subsection + +Extra Horizontal Space +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hspace} + +\end_inset + + +\family sans +HFill +\family default +s are a special LyX feature for adding extra space in a uniform fashion. + An +\family sans +HFill +\family default + is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals the remaining + space between the left and right margins. + If there is more than one +\family sans +HFill +\family default + on a line, they divide the available space equally between themselves. + +\layout Standard + +Note: if an +\family sans +HFill +\family default + is at the beginning of a line, and it's +\emph on +not +\emph default +the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it. + This prevents +\family sans +HFill +\family default +s from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +HFill +\family roman +s +\family default + can be inserted with +\family sans + +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +pecial\SpecialChar ~ +Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +H +\bar default +orizontal\SpecialChar ~ +Fill +\family default +. + Here a few examples what you can do with them: +\layout Quote +\noindent +This is on the left side +\hfill +This is on the right +\layout Quote +\noindent +Left +\hfill +Middle +\hfill +Right +\layout Quote +\noindent +Left +\hfill +1/3 Left +\hfill + +\hfill +Right +\layout Standard + +That was an example in the +\family sans +Quote +\family default + environment. + Here: +\hfill +:is one in a standard paragraph. + It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it +\emph on +is +\emph default + sitting in-between the two +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +: +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Remember that we said that an +\family sans +HFill +\family default + always fills the remaining space between the margins? There may be more + than one set of margins on a line. + Here's an example with the +\family sans +List +\family default + environment. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + +one +\hfill +two :three +\hfill +four +\hfill +five +\hfill +six +\layout Standard + +The +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +: +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + marks the beginning of the item. + (There is actually a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +hidden +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\family sans +HFill +\family default + inside of the label of the +\family sans +List +\family default + environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) +\family sans +HFill +\family default +s work similarly in other +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +multi-margin +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + situations, like two-column mode. +\layout Subsection + +Extra Vertical Space +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:vertspace} + +\end_inset + +To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +aragraph\SpecialChar ~ +Settings +\family default + to open the +\family sans +Paragraph\SpecialChar ~ +Settings +\family default + dialog. +\layout Standard + +We will not provide an example of a +\family sans +VFill +\family default +, as it would waste paper. + They work the same as any other type of filler, including +\family sans +HFill +\family default +s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space. + If there are several +\family sans +VFill +\family default +s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves. + You can therefore use +\family sans +VFill +\family default +s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page, or 1/4, + and so on. +\layout Standard + +Note that for paragraphs at the top/bottom of a page, the extra space is + only added if you have also checked the option +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +aragraph\SpecialChar ~ +Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +pacing\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +K +\bar default +eep\SpecialChar ~ +space +\family default +. +\layout Subsection + +Changing Paragraph Alignment +\layout Standard + +You can also change the paragraph alignment with the +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +aragraph\SpecialChar ~ +Settings +\family default + dialog. + There are four possibilities: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +J +\bar default +ustified +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +eft +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +R +\bar default +ight +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +C +\bar default +enter +\layout Standard + +The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word + spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between + the left and right margins. + The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this: +\layout Standard +\align right +This paragraph is right aligned, +\layout Standard +\align center +this one is centered, +\layout Standard +\align left +this one is left aligned. +\layout Standard + +In some paragraph environments, the default is something other than justified + alignment. + +\layout Subsection + +Forcing Page Breaks +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pagebreak} + +\end_inset + +If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you + can force a pagebreak where you want one. + In general, this will +\emph on +not +\emph default +be necessary because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking, as was already mentioned + in section +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:widows} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +So in general there is no need to use the option described below, and we + recommend not using it until the text is +\emph on + +\emph default +finished, and until you have checked in the preview to see if you +\emph on +really +\emph default +have to change the pagebreaking.You can force a pagebreak above or below + a paragraph in the +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +aragraph\SpecialChar ~ +Settings +\family default + dialog by selecting the checkboxes to add a pagebreak above or below the + paragraph. +\layout Standard + +You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears + at the top of a page. + This is, of course, the wrong way to do it. + LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables + appear at the top of a page [or the bottom, or on their own page] without + having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table. + See sections +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures} + +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables} + +\end_inset + + and read about +\family sans +Floats +\family default + to learn more. +\layout Subsection + +Protected blanks +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:protblank-lbreak-horline} + +\end_inset + +The protected blank: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the + line at that point. + This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in: +\layout Quote + +A good documentation should weight no more than 1 +\newline +kg. + +\layout Standard + +Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected blank between +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +1 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +kg +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + A protected blank is set with +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +pecial\SpecialChar ~ +Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Protected +\bar under +\SpecialChar ~ +B +\bar default +lank +\family default +or with +\family sans +C-Space. +\layout Subsection + +Line breaking +\layout Standard + +You can force line breaks within a paragraph by selecting +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +pecial\SpecialChar ~ +Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +inebreak +\family default +or with +\family sans +C-Return. + +\family default + You should, however, not use this to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as LaTeX + is +\emph on +very +\emph default +good at linebreaking\SpecialChar \ldots{} + (see section +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pagebreak} + +\end_inset + +). + There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively + set a linebreak, e.g. + in a poem or for an Address (see sections +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quote} + +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:verse} + +\end_inset + + and +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:adress_usage} + +\end_inset + +). +\layout Section + +Spellchecking +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:spellchecking} + +\end_inset + +LyX itself has no built-in spell checker. + Rather it uses the external +\family typewriter +ispell +\family default + program as a backend or the newer and generally better +\family typewriter +aspell +\family default +. + This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these + programs. + +\layout Standard + +The spellchecker can be started with the menu entry +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +ools +\bar under +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\shape up +S +\bar default +pellchecker +\family default +\shape default +. + Checking will start just after the current cursor position. + A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, + allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line. + Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the view + in your text buffer is updated to make the word visible. + In the +\family sans +Spellchecker +\family default + dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any + could be found. + Clicking on one of the corrections will copy the near miss into the replace + input field (double-click to invoke replace). +\layout Subsection + +Spellchecker Options +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:spell_opt} + +\end_inset + +The following options can be set in the +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +references +\family default + dialog. +\layout Subsubsection + +Dictionary +\layout Standard + +By default, the dictionary file to use is determined by the language of + the text you're checking, which is set in the +\family sans +\shape up + +\shape default +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +ettings +\family default + dialog. + If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, the spellchecker + will not work. + In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by + specifying a different +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +alternative language +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +If you're using +\family typewriter +ispell +\family default +, you may need to make a link from say +\family typewriter +deutsch.(aff|hash) +\family default + to +\family typewriter +german.(aff|hash) +\family default + or whatever applies for your language. + This is because these +\family typewriter +ispell +\family default + files normally have the native language name ( +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +deutsch +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) whereas +\family typewriter +ispell +\family default +, when started from LyX, searches for the English version of the name used + with the LaTeX babel package ( +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +german +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +). +\layout Standard + +You may also have problems the font encoding is not correct for that dictionary. + If you use a language with +\family typewriter +latin1 +\family default + encoding and set the +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ncoding +\family default + option in the +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +ettings +\family default + dialog to +\family sans +latin1 +\family default + (or other than +\family sans +default +\family default +), you must have this option in your language dictionary as well. + If your dictionary doesn't support the +\family sans +Encoding +\family default + you chose, you'll have an error like this on stderr: +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +ispell: unrecognized formatter type 'latin1' +\layout Standard + +The spellchecker gives you an error that it couldn't start the +\family typewriter +ispell +\family default + process and that you probably have some problems with your dictionary file. + +\layout Standard + +There are four solutions to this problem. + The easiest is to try the +\family sans +Use\SpecialChar ~ +Input\SpecialChar ~ +Encoding +\family default + option. + If that does not help, you can set +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ncoding +\family default + to +\family sans +default +\family default + when calling the spellchecker (which is probably annoying). + The third is to add the +\family typewriter +latin1 +\family default + option to your dictionary +\family typewriter +\emph on +< +\family default +language +\family typewriter +> +\emph default +.aff +\family default + file and recompile the dictionary (which probably isn't easy if you installed + the whole stuff with some distribution and don't have the language directory + of the +\family typewriter +ispell +\family default + sources). + Read the +\family typewriter +ispell +\family default + documentation for this task! The fourth is to send a message to your package-ma +intainer, or better yet to the maintainer of the dictionary file in question + and ask him to solve your problem. +\layout Subsubsection + +Personal dictionary +\layout Standard + +If you want to use a different file from the spellchecker's default choice + as your personal dictionary, you can set this in the dialog. + Specifying a filename which does not already exist will result in an error + message on stderr which you can ignore ( +\family typewriter +ispell +\family default + will create the file at the end of your spell checking). +\layout Subsubsection + +Further Options +\layout Standard + +The +\family sans +\bar under +S +\bar default +pellchecker\SpecialChar ~ +Options +\family default + dialog has some additional options which are fairly self-explanatory: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +A +\bar default +ccept compound words +\family default + +\newline +Prevent the spellchecker from complaining about compounded words like +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +passthrough +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +scape characters +\family default + +\newline +Allows you to add nonstandard characters to what the spellchecker considers + words, e.g. + German umlauts. + This should not normally be needed. +\layout Subsection + +Limitations +\layout Standard + +Some users have expressed a wish to be able to globally change the spelling + of a particular word, rather than having to change the spelling separately + for each occurrence of the word. + Per-document word lists would also be useful. + Neither of these features are present as of this writing. +\layout Standard + +Unless you're using the +\family typewriter +pspell +\family default + spellchecker, LyX cannot correctly spellcheck documents containing multiple + languages. + This, does, however, work with +\family typewriter +pspell +\family default +, assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately. +\layout Section + +International Support +\layout Standard + +This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want. + LyX comes with a default configuration which supports the English language + on a U.S.-style keyboard, with a standard U.S. + paper size and the spell checker set to U.S. + English. + You can change any or all of these settings as desired, and you can make + the changes apply to the current session only, or use them as your new + default configuration. +\layout Standard + +If you have a keyboard suited to the language you are using (for example, + a German keyboard for writing in German), and you have correctly configured + your X environment, all you need to do for LyX is tell it your language, + the character encoding, and desired paper size. + Refer to +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:langlay} + +\end_inset + + for more information. +\layout Standard + +If, however, you have a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different + language than English, you can use an alternate keymap. + For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, + you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap. + Refer to +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:optkey} + +\end_inset + + for details. + +\layout Standard + +Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely + different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance). + You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S. + keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German. + In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing + one to support the characters you want. + +\layout Standard + +The details of how to customize LyX to your own language are +\emph on +way +\emph default + beyond the scope of this manual. + You can not only alter the keyboard layout, you can also change the names + of the menus buttons, etc., to reflect your language. + If you want to learn more about writing keymap files and tailoring LyX + to your native tongue, please see the +\emph on +Customization +\emph default + manual for details. +\layout Subsection + +Language Options +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:langlay} + +\end_inset + +The +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +ettings +\family default + dialog lets you set +\family roman +the language and character encoding for your language. + +\layout Standard + +Choose your language by clicking on the arrow in t +\family roman +he +\family sans +Language +\family roman + +\family default +combo +\family roman +box +\family default +of the +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +ettings +\family default + dialog. + The default is U.S. + English. + Scroll to find the language you want and then click on your choice. + The language name appears in the window. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +In LaTeX terms, selecting a language other than default adds Babel support. + If you do not have Babel installed, refer to the different LaTeX distributions + for it. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +The +\family sans +Enco +\bar under +d +\bar default +ing +\family default + box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use. + The default is the +\family typewriter +Latin1 +\family default + encoding, which includes the characters required by the various Western + European languages. +\layout Subsection + +Keyboard mapping configuration +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:optkey} + +\end_inset + +The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings. + This allows you to choose the keymap of your choice for your U.S.-style keyboard. + You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select + which one you want to use. +\layout Subsection + +Character Tables +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:keytab} + +\end_inset + +Here is a table with all the characters in the +\family typewriter +Latin1 +\family default + character set. + You should be able to enter all these characters directly from the keyboard + without using too many modifier keys (if your keyboard is set up correctly, + that is). +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +00 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +10 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +20 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +30 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +40 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +50 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +60 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +70 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +80 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +90 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +A0 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +B0 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +C0 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +D0 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +E0 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +F0 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +00 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +0 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +@ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +P +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +' +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +p +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +° +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +À +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ð +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +à +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ð +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +01 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +! +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +1 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +A +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Q +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +a +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +q +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +¡ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +± +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Á +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ñ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +á +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ñ +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +02 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +2 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +B +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +R +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +b +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +r +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +¢ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +² +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ò +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +â +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ò +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +03 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +# +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +3 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +C +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +S +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +c +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +s +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +£ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +³ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +à +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ó +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ã +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ó +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +04 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +4 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +D +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +T +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +d +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +t +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +¤ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +´ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ä +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ô +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ä +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ô +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +05 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +% +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +5 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +E +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +U +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +e +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +u +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +¥ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +µ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Å +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Õ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +å +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +õ +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +06 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +& +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +6 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +F +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +V +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +f +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +v +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +¦ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +¶ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Æ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ö +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +æ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ö +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +07 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +` +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +7 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +G +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +W +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +g +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +w +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +§ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +· +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ç +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +× +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ç +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +÷ +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +08 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +( +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +8 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +H +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +X +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +h +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +x +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +¨ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +¸ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +È +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ø +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +è +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ø +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +09 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +) +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +9 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +I +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Y +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +i +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +y +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +© +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +¹ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +É +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ù +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +é +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ù +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +0A +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +: +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +J +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Z +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +j +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +z +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ª +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +º +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ê +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ú +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ê +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ú +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +0B +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none ++ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +; +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +K +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +[ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +k +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +{ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +« +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +» +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ë +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Û +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ë +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +û +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +0C +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +, +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +< +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +L +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\backslash + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +l +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +| +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +¬ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +¼ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ì +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ü +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ì +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ü +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +0D +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +- +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none += +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +M +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +] +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +m +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +­ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +½ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Í +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ý +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +í +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ý +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +0E +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +> +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +N +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +^ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +n +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +® +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +¾ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Î +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Þ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +î +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +þ +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +0F +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +/ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +? +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +O +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +_ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +o +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +¯ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +¿ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ï +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ß +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ï +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ÿ +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +There are a few things you need to know about this table. + This manual is set up --- by hand, mind you --- to print all of these character +s. + That ain't the default. + Nowhere near, in fact. + Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters + from the +\family typewriter +Latin1 +\family default + character set: +\layout Itemize + +The characters at entries A2, A4, A5, A6 and AD -- the cent, the yen, the + generic-currency-symbol, the broken vertical bar, and the short dash -- + are just plain missing in the default encodings. + We don't know where they are or why this is the case. +\layout Itemize + +Even if you've selected +\family sans +latin1 +\family default + in the +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +ettings +\family default + dialog, users who have only the +\family typewriter +OT1 +\family default +-fonts for LaTeX [or who have the +\family typewriter +T1 +\family default +-fonts but aren't using them] will still be missing a few characters: D0, + F0, DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and + the french quotes -- won't show up. +\layout Itemize + +Users of +\family typewriter +OT1 +\family default +-fonts can, however, get the french quotes [characters AB and BB] if they + include the either the package +\family typewriter +umlaute.sty +\family default + or +\family typewriter +german.sty +\family default + in their documents. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +This only holds when you want to input these quotes by yourself. + The automatic quote feature described in Section +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quotes} + +\end_inset + +, will generate automatically LaTeX code adapted to available fonts and + packages. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display + directly. + It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but + also the characters from +\family typewriter +ISO8859--2 +\family default + through +\family typewriter +4 +\family default +. + +\layout Itemize + +From +\family typewriter +ISO8859--1 +\family default +: +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ +\hfill +diaeresis +\layout Standard + +^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û +\hfill +circumflex +\layout Standard + +` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù +\hfill +grave +\layout Standard + +´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý +\hfill +acute +\layout Standard + +~ Ã Ñ Õ ã ñ õ +\hfill +tilde +\layout Standard + +¸Çç +\hfill +cedilla +\layout Standard + +¯ +\hfill +macron +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +The dead macron in usually not needed, as you will use a non--dead key for + this instead. + For example, S-M-minus, or if +\family typewriter +\shape up +.Xmodmap +\family default +\shape default + is correct, S-M-macron. +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +From +\family typewriter +ISO8859--2 +\family default + through +\family typewriter +4 +\family default +: +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +\i \^{H} +\i \^{J} +\i \^{h} +\i \^{\j} +\i \^{C} +\i \^{G} +\i \^{S} +\i \^{c} +\i \^{g} +\i \^{s} + +\hfill +circumflex +\layout Standard + +\i \'{S} +\i \'{Z} +\i \'{s} +\i \'{z} +\i \'{R} +\i \'{L} +\i \'{C} +\i \'{N} +\i \'{r} +\i \'{l} +\i \'{c} +\i \'{n} + +\hfill +acute +\layout Standard + +\i \~{I} +\i \~{\i} +\i \~{U} +\i \~{u} + +\hfill +tilde +\layout Standard + +\i \c{S} +\i \c{s} +\i \c{T} +\i \c{t} +\i \c{R} +\i \c{L} +\i \c{G} +\i \c{r} +\i \c{l} +\i \c{g} +\i \c{N} +\i \c{K} +\i \c{n} +\i \c{k} + +\hfill +cedilla +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +These characters might not look very nice on screen, but they will be just + fine when run through LaTeX and printed. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +\i \={E} +\i \={e} +\i \={A} +\i \={I} +\i \={O} +\i \={U} +\i \={a} +\i \={\i} +\i \={o} +\i \={u} + +\hfill +macron +\layout Standard + +\i \H{O} +\i \H{U} +\i \H{o} +\i \H{u} + +\hfill +hungarian umlaut +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts. + In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters . + Also make sure you're using the +\family typewriter +T1 +\family default + font-encoding and have the package +\family typewriter +umlaute.sty +\family default + with the definition file +\family typewriter +iso.def +\family default + installed. +\layout Chapter + +Credits +\layout Standard + +The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people + (and we would encourage people to contribute !). +\layout Standard + +First, we need to give due credit to those who came before us. + They gave us the base upon which the new manuals are built, and some continue + to provide information: +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Matthias Ettrich +\noun default + wrote the original documentation, from which this manual is built, as well + as the introduction to this manual [or the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +LyX Manifesto, +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + as some of us call it]. +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Lars Gullik Bjønnes +\noun default + wrote several minidocs, including some of the information about international + support in LyX. +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Ivan Schreter +\noun default + also wrote a minidoc about international support, specifically about internatio +nal keyboard maps and customization. +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Pascal André +\noun default + originally documented the LinuxDoc SGML interface. +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Alejandro Aguilar Sierra +\noun default + originally documented math mode and provided the entries for the math functions + in +\family typewriter +Reference.lyx +\layout Itemize + +Special thanks to the LyX Team\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{lyxcredit} + +\end_inset + + for help and answers to questions. +\layout Standard + +Next, it's time to give credit to the +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +LyX Documentation Team, +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + all of the people who helped rewrite the old documentation into the form + it had after LyX version 0.10: +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +David Johnson +\noun default +: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Contributor to the FAQ and the old +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +HowDoI-.lyx +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + [now defunct]. +\layout Itemize + +General editing assistance. +\layout Itemize + +Documentation of: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +math mode +\layout Itemize + +tables +\layout Itemize + +spellchecking +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Rich Fields +\noun default +: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Primary contributor to +\family typewriter +Reference.lyx +\layout Itemize + +Documentation of the basic LyX interface in +\family typewriter +UserGuide.lyx +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Paul Evans +\noun default +: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Former maintainer of the FAQ and the old +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +HowDoI-.lyx +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + [now defunct]. +\layout Itemize + +Documentation of LinuxDoc in +\family typewriter +UserGuide.lyx +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Paul Russel: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Documentation of figures and imported graphics in +\family typewriter +UserGuide.lyx +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +John Raithel +\noun default +: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Documentation of internationalization features in +\family typewriter +UserGuide.lyx +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Robin Socha: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Documentation of: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +footnotes +\layout Itemize + +margin notes +\layout Itemize + +table of contents +\layout Itemize + +cross-references +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Amir Karger +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Primary contributor to +\family typewriter +Tutorial.lyx +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Matthias Zenker: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Documentation of +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +manual fine-tuning +\layout Itemize + +using LaTeX from within LyX +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +John Weiss +\noun default +: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +General organization and format of the documents. +\layout Itemize + +Documentation of : +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +LyX setup +\layout Itemize + +paragraph environments, document layout, nesting, typography notes, fonts +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Also responsible for Introduction in +\family typewriter +Tutorial.lyx +\layout Itemize + +Editor of the documents. + [from 6/96-fall 1997] +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +After fall of 1997, the LyX Team as a whole took over maintenance of the + documentation. +\layout Bibliography +\bibitem {lyxcredit} + +The LyX source tree. + File: CREDITS. +\layout Bibliography +\bibitem {latexbook} + +Leslie Lamport. + +\emph on +LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. + +\emph default +Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994 +\layout Bibliography +\bibitem {latexcompanion} + +Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin: +\emph on +The LaTeX Companion. + +\emph default +Addison-Wesley, 1994 +\layout Bibliography +\bibitem {latexguide} + +A Guide to LaTeX2e, Kopka and Daly. + +\layout Bibliography +\bibitem {texbook} + +Donald E. + Knuth. + +\emph on +The TeXbook +\the_end diff --git a/lib/doc/cs_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/cs_TOC.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..26ef710227 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/cs_TOC.lyx @@ -0,0 +1,2550 @@ +#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 221 +\textclass article +\language english +\inputencoding default +\fontscheme default +\graphics default +\paperfontsize default +\spacing single +\papersize Default +\paperpackage a4 +\use_geometry 0 +\use_amsmath 0 +\use_natbib 0 +\use_numerical_citations 0 +\paperorientation portrait +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation indent +\defskip medskip +\quotes_language english +\quotes_times 2 +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 1 +\paperpagestyle default + +\layout Title + +LyX Documentation Table of Contents +\layout Section* + +Introduction to LyX +\layout Description +1 +The Philosophy of LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +What is LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +Differences between LyX and Other Word +\newline +Processors + + + + +\layout Description +1.3 +What the heck +\emph on +is +\emph default + LaTeX (and why do I care)? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Navigating the Documentation +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +The Format of the Manuals +\layout Description +2.2 +The Manuals +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 + + +Contributing to the LyX Project +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Contributing to LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.1 +Reporting a bug +\layout Description +3.1.2 +Contributing fixes and new features +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.2 +Contributing to the Documentation +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +Reporting Errors in the Manuals +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Joining the Documentation Team. +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers +\newline +Version 0.3.7 +\layout Description +1 +Introduction and General Information +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +What is LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +That's fine, but is it useful? +\layout Description +1.3 +Where do I start? +\layout Description +1.4 +Does LyX run on my computer? +\layout Description +1.5 +How much hard disk space does LyX need? +\layout Description +1.6 +Is LyX really Open Source? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Internet Resources +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff? +\layout Description +2.2 +Where can I get LyX material by FTP? +\layout Description +2.3 +What mailing lists are there? +\layout Description +2.4 +Are the mailing lists archived anywhere? +\layout Description +2.5 +Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Compatibility with other word/document processors +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Can I read/write LaTeX files? +\layout Description +3.2 +Can I read/write Word files? +\layout Description +3.3 +Can I read/write HTML files? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Obtaining and Compiling LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +What do I need? +\layout Description +4.2 +How do I compile it? +\layout Description +4.3 +I hate compiling. + Where are precompiled binaries? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)? +\layout Description +5.2 +How do I enter Evil Red Text? +\layout Description +5.3 +The new ERT inset is really inconvenient ! +\layout Description +5.4 +Is there an alternative? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Questions Related to Using LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +General questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.1 +How do I get rid of the date under the title? +\layout Description +6.1.2 +How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \- +Enumerate/\SpecialChar \- +Description list environment +? +\layout Description +6.1.3 +How do I number equations by section? +\layout Description +6.1.4 +Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well? +\layout Description +6.1.5 +How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)? +\layout Description +6.1.6 +How do I kill widows and orphans? +\layout Description +6.1.7 +How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g. + 1. + a)? +\layout Description +6.1.8 +How do I count words in LyX? +\layout Description +6.1.9 +How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space? +\layout Description +6.1.10 +How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6 +]? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.2 +Figure related questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +What is the difference between a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +figure +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +figure float +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +? +\layout Description +6.2.2 +How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it? +\layout Description +6.2.3 +What does +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Too many unprocessed floats +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + mean? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Math related questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation? +\layout Description +6.3.2 +How do I make a cube root (or higher)? +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Questions Related to Running LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line? +\layout Description +7.2 +How do I create PDF files from my LyX document? +\layout Description +7.3 +Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in +\family typewriter +acroread +\family default + ? +\layout Description +7.4 +Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline + figures properly? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 +Questions Related to LyX on Windows +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.1 +Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +9 +How to get further assistance +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +9.1 +You still haven't answered my question! +\layout Description +9.2 +I want to mail someone about my problem. + +\layout Description +9.3 +What to put in a request for help. +\end_deeper +\layout Description +10 +Administrative information and acknowledgments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +10.1 +Feedback is invited. + +\layout Description +10.2 +Formats in which this FAQ is available. + +\layout Description +10.3 +Authorship and acknowledgments. +\layout Description +10.4 +Disclaimer and Copyright. + +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +Prùvodce programem LyX +\layout Description +1 +Vítejte v LyXu! +\layout Description +2 +O tomto dokumentu +\layout Description +3 +O èem prùvodce +\emph on +je +\emph default + a o èem +\emph on +není +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Jak èíst prùvodce +\layout Description +3.2 +Co zde +\emph on +ne +\emph default +najdete +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Co je LyX? + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Úvodem +\layout Description +4.2 +Rozdíly mezi LyXem a jinými textovými procesory + + +\layout Description +4.3 +Co to +\emph on +je +\emph default + LaTeX? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Vá¹ první dokument v LyXu +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Psaní, prohlí¾ení a tisk +\layout Description +5.2 +Jednoduché operace +\layout Description +5.3 +WYSIWYM: Mezery v LyXu +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Styl +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Oddíly a kapitoly +\layout Description +6.2 +Seznamy a podseznamy +\layout Description +6.3 +Ostatní styly: Ver¹e, citace, a jiné +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Textové tøídy a ¹ablony: psaní dopisù +\layout Description +8 +©ablony: psaní dopisu +\layout Description +9 +Nadpisy dokumentu +\layout Description +10 +Znaèky a odkazy +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +10.1 +Va¹e první znaèka +\layout Description +10.2 +Va¹e první odkazy +\layout Description +10.3 +Dal¹í mo¾nosti znaèek +\end_deeper +\layout Description +11 +Poznámky pod èarou a poznámky na okraji +\layout Description +12 +Citace +\layout Description +13 +Obsah +\layout Description +14 +Matematický re¾im +\layout Description +15 +Pohyb kurzoru v rovnici +\layout Description +16 +Exponenty a indexy +\layout Description +17 + +\family sans +Panel Math +\family default + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +17.1 +Øecká písmena a symboly +\layout Description +17.2 +Mocniny, zvýraznìní a oddìlovaèe +\layout Description +17.3 +Zlomky +\layout Description +17.4 +Re¾im TeX : Limity, log, sin a jiné +\layout Description +17.5 +Matice +\layout Description +17.6 +Re¾im zobrazení +\end_deeper +\layout Description +18 +Víceøádkové rovnice +\layout Description +19 +Více matematiky +\layout Description +20 +Dal¹í významné mo¾nosti LyXu +\layout Description +21 +LyX pro u¾ivatele LaTeXu +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +21.1 +Re¾im TeX +\layout Description +21.2 +Import dokumentù v LaTeXu--- +\family typewriter +reLyX +\layout Description +21.3 +Konverze dokumentù v LyXu do LaTeXu +\layout Description +21.4 +Preambule LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +21.4.1 +Tøída Document +\layout Description +21.4.2 +Více o preambuli +\end_deeper +\layout Description +21.5 +BibTeX +\layout Description +21.6 +Rùzné +\end_deeper +\layout Description +22 +Chyby! +\layout Section* + +The LyX User's Guide +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +What is LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +Getting Started +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.1 +Invoking LyX +\layout Description +1.2.2 +How LyX Looks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.2.1 +The Main Window +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.3 +HELP! +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.3 +The LyX Interface +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.3.1 +Basic File Operations +\layout Description +1.3.2 +Basic Editing Features +\layout Description +1.3.3 +Undo and Redo +\layout Description +1.3.4 +Basic Mouse Bindings +\layout Description +1.3.5 +Basic Key Bindings +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.4 +Using LyX with Other Programs +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.4.1 +Importing ASCII files +\layout Description +1.4.2 +Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +LyX Setup and Supporting Applications +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2.2 +Basic LyX Setup +\layout Description +2.3 +Setting Up the X Keyboard +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.1 + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\family default + and +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.1.1 + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\layout Description +2.3.1.2 + +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.2 +Modifiers and Mode_switch +\layout Description +2.3.3 +Helpful Hints and Tips +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.4 +LaTeX +\layout Description +2.5 +Dvips and Ghostscript +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.1 +What You Need +\layout Description +2.5.2 +Dvips +\layout Description +2.5.3 +Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.6 +The Printer +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +LyX Basics +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Document Types +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.1.2 + + +The Various Document Classes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.2.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.1.2.2 +Selecting a Class +\layout Description +3.1.2.3 +Properties +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.3 +Fine-tuning the Defaults +\layout Description +3.1.4 +Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins +\layout Description +3.1.5 +Important Note: +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.2 +Paragraph Indentation and Separation +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Global Indentation Method +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Fine-Tuning +\layout Description +3.2.4 +Changing Line Spacing +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Paragraph Environments + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.3.2 +Standard +\layout Description +3.3.3 +Document Titles +\layout Description +3.3.4 +Headings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.4.1 +Numbered Headings +\layout Description +3.3.4.2 +Unnumbered Headings +\layout Description +3.3.4.3 +Changing the Numbering + + +\layout Description +3.3.4.4 +Special Information +\layout Description +3.3.4.5 +Creating an Appendix +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5 +Quotes and Poetry +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5.1 + +\family sans +Quote +\family default + and +\family sans +Quotation +\layout Description +3.3.5.2 + +\family sans +Verse +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6 +Lists +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6.1 +General Features +\layout Description +3.3.6.2 + +\family sans +Itemize +\layout Description +3.3.6.3 + +\family sans +Enumerate +\layout Description +3.3.6.4 + +\family sans +Description +\layout Description +3.3.6.5 +The LyX +\family sans +List +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7 +Letters +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7.1 + +\family sans +Address +\family default + and +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default +: An Overview +\layout Description +3.3.7.2 +Usage +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8 +Academic Writing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8.1 + +\family sans +Abstract +\layout Description +3.3.8.2 + +\family sans +Bibliography +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9 +Special Purpose +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9.1 + +\family sans +Caption +\layout Description +3.3.9.2 + +\family sans +LyX-Code +\layout Description +3.3.9.3 +Comment +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Nesting Environments + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.1 +The Big Deal +\layout Description +3.4.2 +What You Can and Can't Nest +\layout Description +3.4.3 +Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. +\layout Description +3.4.4 +Usage and General Features +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.4.1 +Nesting limits +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5 +Some Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5.1 +Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting +\layout Description +3.4.5.2 +Example #2: Inheritance +\layout Description +3.4.5.3 +Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + and +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + Environments. +\layout Description +3.4.5.4 +Example #4: Going Bonkers +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.5 +Fonts and Text Styles +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.5.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.5.2 +Global Options +\layout Description +3.5.3 +Using Different Character Styles +\layout Description +3.5.4 +Fine-Tuning with the +\family sans +Character Layout +\family default + dialog +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.6 +Printing and Previewing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.6.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.6.2 +Quick Viewing with +\family typewriter +xdvi +\layout Description +3.6.3 +Viewing the PostScript® Version with +\family typewriter +ghostview +\layout Description +3.6.4 +Printing the File +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7 +A Few Words about Typography +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.1 +Hyphens and Hyphenation +\layout Description +3.7.2 +Punctuation Marks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.2.1 +Abbreviations and End of Sentence +\layout Description +3.7.2.2 +Quotes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.3 +Ligatures +\layout Description +3.7.4 +Widows and Orphans +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Footnotes +\layout Description +4.2 +Margin Notes +\layout Description +4.3 +Figures and Imported Graphics +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1 +Figure Floats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1.1 +Using Figure Floats +\layout Description +4.3.1.2 +Float Placement +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.2 + +\family typewriter +XFig +\family default + and LyX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.4 +Tables +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +The Table dialog +\layout Description +4.4.2 +What can be placed inside a table cell? +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Cut & Paste in Tables +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Multiple lines in cells +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Table Floats +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +Table of Contents and other Listings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +The Table of Contents +\layout Description +4.5.2 +List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Mathematical Formulae +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Basic Math Editing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1.1 +Navigating a Formula +\layout Description +5.1.2 +Selecting Text +\layout Description +5.1.3 +Exponents and Subscripts +\layout Description +5.1.4 +Fractions +\layout Description +5.1.5 +Sums and Integrals +\layout Description +5.1.6 +The Math Panel +\layout Description +5.1.7 +Other Math Symbols +\layout Description +5.1.8 +Altering spacing +\layout Description +5.1.9 +Math functions +\layout Description +5.1.10 +Accents +\layout Description +5.1.11 +The math editor for LaTeX users +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.2 +Brackets and decorations +\layout Description +5.3 +Grouping +\layout Description +5.4 +Arrays and Multi-line Equations +\layout Description +5.5 +Equation Numbering and Labels +\layout Description +5.6 +User defined macros in math mode +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.6.1 +Directions on using macros +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.6.1.1 +How to create them +\layout Description +5.6.1.2 +How to navigate +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.7 +Fine-Tuning +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.7.1 +Typefaces +\layout Description +5.7.2 +Math Text Mode +\layout Description +5.7.3 +Font Sizes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.8 +AMS LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.8.1 +Enabling AMS Support +\layout Description +5.8.2 +AMS Symbols +\layout Description +5.8.3 +AMS Formula Types +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +More Tools +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Cross-References +\layout Description +6.2 +URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) +\layout Description +6.3 +Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments + + +\layout Description +6.4 +Spacing, pagination and line breaks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 +Extra Horizontal Space +\layout Description +6.4.2 +Extra Vertical Space +\layout Description +6.4.3 +Changing Paragraph Alignment +\layout Description +6.4.4 +Forcing Page Breaks +\layout Description +6.4.5 +Protected blanks +\layout Description +6.4.6 +Line breaking +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.5 +Spellchecking +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.1 +Spellchecker Options +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.1.1 +Dictionary +\layout Description +6.5.1.2 +Personal dictionary +\layout Description +6.5.1.3 +Further Options +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.2 +Limitations +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.6 +International Support +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.6.1 +Language Options +\layout Description +6.6.2 +Keyboard mapping configuration +\layout Description +6.6.3 +Character Tables +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Credits +\layout Section* + +Extended LyX Features +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2 +LyX and LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +How LyX Uses LaTeX +\layout Description +2.2 + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Help! LyX generated an unreadable +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + file! +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +2.3 +Translating LaTeX files into LyX +\layout Description +2.4 +Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents + + +\layout Description +2.5 +LyX and the LaTeX Preamble +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.1 +About the LaTeX Preamble +\layout Description +2.5.2 +Changing the Preamble +\layout Description +2.5.3 +Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.3.1 +Example #1: Offsets +\layout Description +2.5.3.2 +Example #2: Labels +\layout Description +2.5.3.3 +Example #3: Paragraph Indentation +\layout Description +2.5.3.4 +Example #4: This Document +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.6 +LyX and LaTeX Errors +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Supplemental Tools +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX +\layout Description +3.2 +Making an Index +\layout Description +3.3 +Multipart Documents +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +General Operation +\layout Description +3.3.2 +Cross-References Between Files +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Algorithms +\layout Description +3.5 +Subfigures +\layout Description +3.6 +Fancy Headers and Footers +\layout Description +3.7 +Minipages +\layout Description +3.8 +Wrapping Text Around Figures + + +\layout Description +3.9 +Extra Table Options +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.9.1 +Removing Extra Column Space +\layout Description +3.9.2 +Changing the Column Separator Character +\layout Description +3.9.3 +Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column +\layout Description +3.9.4 +A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.10 +Itemize Bullet Selection + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.10.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.10.2 +How it looks +\layout Description +3.10.3 +How to use it +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Special Document Classes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +AMS LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1.1 +What these layouts provide +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.2 +Dinbrief +\layout Description +4.3 +Paper +\layout Description +4.4 +A&A Paper +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Getting started +\layout Description +4.4.3 +The header block +\layout Description +4.4.4 +The abstract +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Supported environments +\layout Description +4.4.6 +Commands not supported by LyX +\layout Description +4.4.7 +Figure and Table Floats +\layout Description +4.4.8 +Referee layout +\layout Description +4.4.9 +The example paper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +AASTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.5.2 +Starting a New Paper +\layout Description +4.5.3 +Finishing Your Paper +\layout Description +4.5.4 +Comments On Specific Commands +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.4.1 +Things that work as expected +\layout Description +4.5.4.2 +Things that work, but require more comment +\layout Description +4.5.4.3 +Things not implemented, use ERT +\layout Description +4.5.4.4 +Things that cannot be implemented +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5 +FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5.1 +Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate +\layout Description +4.5.5.2 +LaTeX error processing a table +\layout Description +4.5.5.3 +References + + +\layout Description +4.5.5.4 +Including EPS files +\layout Description +4.5.5.5 +Things I could have done, but didn't +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.6 +Final Caveat +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.6 +ijmpd +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.6.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.6.2 +Writing a paper +\layout Description +4.6.3 +Preparing a paper for submission +\layout Description +4.6.4 +Use of ERT +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.7 +Kluwer +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.7.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.7.2 +Writing a paper +\layout Description +4.7.3 +Preparing a paper for submission +\layout Description +4.7.4 + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Peculiarities +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + of the Kluwer package + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.8 +Koma-Script +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.8.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.8.2 +article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.3 +letter (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.4 +The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) +\layout Description +4.8.5 +Problems +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.9 +Springer Journals ( +\family sans +svjour +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.9.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.9.2 +New styles +\layout Description +4.9.3 +Supported journals +\layout Description +4.9.4 +Credits +\layout Description +4.9.5 +Bugs +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.10 +AGU journals ( +\family sans +aguplus +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.10.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.10.2 +New styles +\layout Description +4.10.3 +New floats +\layout Description +4.10.4 +Supported journals +\layout Description +4.10.5 +Bugs and things to remember +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.11 +EGS journals ( +\family sans +egs +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.11.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.11.2 +New styles +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12 +Slides [aka +\noun on +Sli +\noun default +TeX] + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.12.2 +Getting Started + + +\layout Description +4.12.3 +Paragraph Environments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.3.1 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.12.3.2 +Quirks of the New Environments + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4 +Making a Presentation with +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, +\family sans + Overlay +\family default + and +\family sans +Note +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4.1 +Using the +\family sans +Slide +\family default + Environment +\layout Description +4.12.4.2 +Using +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + with +\family sans +Slide +\layout Description +4.12.4.3 +Using +\family sans +Note +\family default + with +\family sans +Slide +\family default + + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.5 +The +\family sans +slides +\family default + Class Template File +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13 +Foils [aka +\family sans +Foil +\family default +\noun on +TeX +\noun default +] + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.13.2 +Getting Started +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.2.1 +Extra Options +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.3 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.13.4 +Building a Set of Foils +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.4.1 +Give It a Title Page +\layout Description +4.13.4.2 +Start a New Foil +\layout Description +4.13.4.3 +Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more +\layout Description +4.13.4.4 +Lists +\layout Description +4.13.4.5 +Figures and Tables +\layout Description +4.13.4.6 +Page Headers and Footers + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5 +Unsupported +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX Goodies + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5.1 +Lengths +\layout Description +4.13.5.2 +Headers and Footers +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.14 +Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.14.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.14.2 +Getting Started +\layout Description +4.14.3 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.14.4 +Differences Between Screen and Paper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.15 +Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.15.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.15.2 +Special problems +\layout Description +4.15.3 +Special features +\layout Description +4.15.4 +Paper size and Margins +\layout Description +4.15.5 +Environments +\layout Description +4.15.6 +Script jargon +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.16 +Broadway +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.16.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.16.2 +Special problems +\layout Description +4.16.3 +Special features +\layout Description +4.16.4 +Paper size and Margins +\layout Description +4.16.5 +Environments +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.17 +RevTeX4 +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.17.1 +Installation +\layout Description +4.17.2 +Preamble Matter +\layout Description +4.17.3 +Layouts +\layout Description +4.17.4 +Important Notes +\layout Description +4.17.5 +Drawbacks +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.18 +Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) + + +\layout Description +4.19 +Elsevier Journals +\layout Description +4.20 +Memoir +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.20.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.20.2 +Basic features and restrictions +\layout Description +4.20.3 +Extra features +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Considerations +\layout Description +5.2 +Importing Other Formats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.2.2 +ASCII Text +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Noweb +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Exporting Other Formats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.3.2 +Device Independent Files +\layout Description +5.3.3 +PostScript® +\layout Description +5.3.4 +ASCII text +\layout Description +5.3.5 +HTML +\layout Description +5.3.6 +PDF +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.6.1 +Use pdfLaTeX +\layout Description +5.3.6.2 +Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader? + + + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.3 +Why doesn't the +\backslash +boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex? + + + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.4 +Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running + pdfLaTeX? + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.5 +How can I make URLs clickable ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.7 +Custom +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +The Complete reLyX Description + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.1 +Synopsis +\layout Description +5.4.2 +Options +\layout Description +5.4.3 +Description +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.3.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +5.4.3.2 +Usage +\layout Description +5.4.3.3 +What reLyX Can Handle +\layout Description +5.4.3.4 +What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK +\layout Description +5.4.3.5 +What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~ +k.\SpecialChar ~ +a. + BUGS + + +\layout Description +5.4.3.6 +What LyX Can't Handle +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.4 +Examples +\layout Description +5.4.5 +Notes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.5.1 +Bug Reports + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.2 +Implementation Details: +\layout Description +5.4.5.3 +Layout Files +\layout Description +5.4.5.4 +Syntax Files + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.5 +Miscellaneous +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.6 +Diagnostics +\layout Description +5.4.7 +Warnings +\layout Description +5.4.8 +Files +\layout Description +5.4.9 +See also +\layout Description +5.4.10 +Authors +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +LyX Features needing Extra Software +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.1 +Overview +\layout Description +6.1.2 +Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.2.1 +Getting started +\layout Description +6.1.2.2 +Output from LinuxDoc +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3 +Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3.1 +The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document +\layout Description +6.1.3.2 +The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments +\layout Description +6.1.3.3 +Other document features +\layout Description +6.1.3.4 +Cross references and HTML +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.4 +Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts + + +\layout Description +6.1.5 +Troubleshooting LinuxDoc +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.2 +Checking TeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.2.2 +How to use it +\layout Description +6.2.3 +How to fine tune it +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Version Control in LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.3.2 +RCS commands in LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.2.1 + +\family sans +Register +\layout Description +6.3.2.2 + +\family sans +Check In Changes +\layout Description +6.3.2.3 + +\family sans +Check Out For Edit +\layout Description +6.3.2.4 + +\family sans +Revert To Last Version +\layout Description +6.3.2.5 + +\family sans +Undo Last Checkin +\layout Description +6.3.2.6 + +\family sans +Show History +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4 +Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.4.2 +Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.2.1 +References +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3 +LyX and Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3.1 +Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) +\layout Description +6.4.3.2 +Configuring LyX +\layout Description +6.4.3.3 +Debug extensions +\layout Description +6.4.3.4 +Toolbar extensions +\layout Description +6.4.3.5 +Colors customization +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Secrets of the LaTeX Masters + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1.1 +Footnotes +\layout Description +7.1.2 +Margin Notes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.2 +Multiple Columns +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.1 +Purpose +\layout Description +7.2.2 +Limitations +\layout Description +7.2.3 +Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.3.1 +Two columns +\layout Description +7.2.3.2 +Multiple columns +\layout Description +7.2.3.3 +Columns inside columns +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.3 +Numbering in the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + Paragraph Environment + + +\layout Description +7.4 +Extra Space Between Table Rows +\layout Description +7.5 +Dropped Capitals +\layout Description +7.6 +Non-standard Paragraph Shapes +\layout Description +7.7 +Summary +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2 +LyX configuration files +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +What's in +\family typewriter +LyXDir +\family default +? +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1.1 +Automatically generated files +\layout Description +2.1.2 +Directories +\layout Description +2.1.3 +Files you don't want to modify +\layout Description +2.1.4 +Other files needing a line or two... +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.2 +Your local configuration directory +\layout Description +2.3 +Running LyX with multiple configurations +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +The +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +references +\family default + dialog +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Using the dialog for the first time +\layout Description +3.2 +On-screen fonts +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +DPI setting and Font Zoom +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Font definition commands +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Font encoding +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Bindings + + +\layout Description +3.4 +User Interface + + +\layout Description +3.5 +Converters, Formats and Viewers +\layout Description +3.6 +ASCII export options +\layout Description +3.7 +Printer +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.1 +Changing Colors +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.8 +The autodetected settings +\layout Description +3.9 +The rest +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Internationalizing LyX + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Selecting an alternative language for the user interface +\layout Description +4.2 +Translating LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.2.1 +Translating the graphical user interface (text messages). +\layout Description +4.2.2 +Translating the documentation. +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.3 +International Keyboard Support +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1 +Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.4 +International Keymap Stuff + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +The .kmap File +\layout Description +4.4.2 +The .cdef File +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Dead Keys +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Saving your Language Configuration +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates + + + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Installing a new LaTeX package +\layout Description +5.2 +Layouts +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +Supporting new document classes +\layout Description +5.2.2 +A layout for an +\family sans +sty +\family default + file +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Layout for a +\family sans +cls +\family default + file +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Declaring a new text class +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +General text class parameters +\layout Description +5.3.2 + +\family typewriter +ClassOptions +\family default + section +\layout Description +5.3.3 +Specific Paragraph Layouts +\layout Description +5.3.4 +Floats +\layout Description +5.3.5 +Counters +\layout Description +5.3.6 +Font description +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +Creating Templates + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Including External Material +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Background +\layout Description +6.2 +How does it work? +\layout Description +6.3 +The external material dialog +\layout Description +6.4 +Examples +\layout Description +6.5 +The external template configuration file +\layout Description +6.6 +The substitution mechanism +\layout Description +6.7 +Security discussion +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +The LyX Server +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +7.2 +Starting the LyX Server +\layout Description +7.3 +Normal communication +\layout Description +7.4 +Notification +\layout Description +7.5 +The simple LyX Server Protocol +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 \start_of_appendix +Bindings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.1 +Toolbar +\layout Description +8.2 +Menu +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.1 +File +\layout Description +8.2.2 +Edit +\layout Description +8.2.3 +Insert +\layout Description +8.2.4 +Layout +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.4.1 +L +\family sans +ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Character +\family default + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.5 +View +\layout Description +8.2.6 +Navigate +\layout Description +8.2.7 +Help +\layout Description +8.2.8 +Paragraph Style +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8.3 +Keyboard +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.3.1 +Specific to +\family typewriter +emacs.bind +\layout Description +8.3.2 +Specific to +\family typewriter +cua.bind +\layout Description +8.3.3 +Specific to +\family typewriter +sciword.bind +\layout Description +8.3.4 +Standard math bindings +\layout Description +8.3.5 +Other Accelerators +\end_deeper +\end_deeper + +\the_end diff --git a/lib/doc/da_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/da_TOC.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b998cc77d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/da_TOC.lyx @@ -0,0 +1,2539 @@ +#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 221 +\textclass article +\language danish +\inputencoding latin1 +\fontscheme default +\graphics none +\paperfontsize 10 +\spacing single +\papersize Default +\paperpackage widemarginsa4 +\use_geometry 0 +\use_amsmath 0 +\use_natbib 0 +\use_numerical_citations 0 +\paperorientation portrait +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation skip +\defskip medskip +\quotes_language german +\quotes_times 2 +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 1 +\paperpagestyle default + +\layout Title + +Indholdsfortegnelse over LyX's dokumentation +\layout Section* + +Introduktion til LyX +\layout Description +1 +LyX-filosofien +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +Hvad er LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +Forskelle mellem LyX og anden tekst\SpecialChar \- +behandling + + +\layout Description +1.3 +Hvad +\emph on +er +\emph default + LaTeX (og hvad rager det mig)? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Dokumentationen +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Formatet +\layout Description +2.2 +Manualerne +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 + + +Bidrag til LyX-projektet +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +At bidrage til LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.1 +Rapportér fejl +\layout Description +3.1.2 +Bidrag med fejlrettelser og nye funktioner +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.2 +Bidrag til dokumentationen +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +Rapportér fejl i manualerne +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Deltag i dokumentationsholdet. +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers +\newline +Version 0.3.7 +\layout Description +1 +Introduction and General Information +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +What is LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +That's fine, but is it useful? +\layout Description +1.3 +Where do I start? +\layout Description +1.4 +Does LyX run on my computer? +\layout Description +1.5 +How much hard disk space does LyX need? +\layout Description +1.6 +Is LyX really Open Source? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Internet Resources +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff? +\layout Description +2.2 +Where can I get LyX material by FTP? +\layout Description +2.3 +What mailing lists are there? +\layout Description +2.4 +Are the mailing lists archived anywhere? +\layout Description +2.5 +Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Compatibility with other word/document processors +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Can I read/write LaTeX files? +\layout Description +3.2 +Can I read/write Word files? +\layout Description +3.3 +Can I read/write HTML files? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Obtaining and Compiling LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +What do I need? +\layout Description +4.2 +How do I compile it? +\layout Description +4.3 +I hate compiling. + Where are precompiled binaries? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)? +\layout Description +5.2 +How do I enter Evil Red Text? +\layout Description +5.3 +The new ERT inset is really inconvenient ! +\layout Description +5.4 +Is there an alternative? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Questions Related to Using LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +General questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.1 +How do I get rid of the date under the title? +\layout Description +6.1.2 +How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \- +Enumerate/\SpecialChar \- +Description list environment +? +\layout Description +6.1.3 +How do I number equations by section? +\layout Description +6.1.4 +Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well? +\layout Description +6.1.5 +How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)? +\layout Description +6.1.6 +How do I kill widows and orphans? +\layout Description +6.1.7 +How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g. + 1. + a)? +\layout Description +6.1.8 +How do I count words in LyX? +\layout Description +6.1.9 +How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space? +\layout Description +6.1.10 +How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6 +]? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.2 +Figure related questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +What is the difference between a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +figure +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +figure float +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +? +\layout Description +6.2.2 +How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it? +\layout Description +6.2.3 +What does +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Too many unprocessed floats +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + mean? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Math related questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation? +\layout Description +6.3.2 +How do I make a cube root (or higher)? +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Questions Related to Running LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line? +\layout Description +7.2 +How do I create PDF files from my LyX document? +\layout Description +7.3 +Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in +\family typewriter +acroread +\family default + ? +\layout Description +7.4 +Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline + figures properly? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 +Questions Related to LyX on Windows +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.1 +Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +9 +How to get further assistance +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +9.1 +You still haven't answered my question! +\layout Description +9.2 +I want to mail someone about my problem. + +\layout Description +9.3 +What to put in a request for help. +\end_deeper +\layout Description +10 +Administrative information and acknowledgments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +10.1 +Feedback is invited. + +\layout Description +10.2 +Formats in which this FAQ is available. + +\layout Description +10.3 +Authorship and acknowledgments. +\layout Description +10.4 +Disclaimer and Copyright. + +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +The LyX Tutorial +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +Welcome to LyX! +\layout Description +1.2 +What the Tutorial +\emph on +is +\emph default + and What it +\emph on +isn't +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.1 +Getting the Most out of the Tutorial +\layout Description +1.2.2 +What You +\emph on +Won't +\emph default + Find: +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Getting Started with LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Your First LyX Document +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1.1 +Typing, Viewing, and Printing +\layout Description +2.1.2 +Simple Operations +\layout Description +2.1.3 +WYSIWYM: Whitespace in LyX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.2 +Environments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.2.1 +Sections and Subsections +\layout Description +2.2.2 +Lists and sublists +\layout Description +2.2.3 +Other Environments: Verses, Quotations, and More +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Writing Documents +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Text classes +\layout Description +3.2 +Templates: Writing a Letter +\layout Description +3.3 +Document Titles +\layout Description +3.4 +Labels and Cross-References +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.1 +Your first label +\layout Description +3.4.2 +Your first cross-references +\layout Description +3.4.3 +More fun with labels +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.5 +Footnotes and Margin Notes +\layout Description +3.6 +Bibliographies +\layout Description +3.7 +Table of Contents +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Using Math +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Math Mode +\layout Description +4.2 +Navigating an Equation +\layout Description +4.3 +Exponents and Indices +\layout Description +4.4 +The +\family sans +Math Panel +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Greek and symbols +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Square roots, accents, and delimiters +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Fractions +\layout Description +4.4.4 +TeX mode: Limits, log, sin and others +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Matrices +\layout Description +4.4.6 +Display mode +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +More Math Stuff +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Miscellaneous +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Other Major LyX Features +\layout Description +5.2 +LyX for LaTeX Users +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +TeX Mode +\layout Description +5.2.2 +Importing LaTeX Documents--- +\family typewriter +reLyX +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Converting LyX Documents to LaTeX +\layout Description +5.2.4 +LaTeX Preamble +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.4.1 +Document Class +\layout Description +5.2.4.2 +Other Preamble Matter +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.5 +BibTeX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Errors! +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +The LyX User's Guide +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +What is LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +Getting Started +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.1 +Invoking LyX +\layout Description +1.2.2 +How LyX Looks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.2.1 +The Main Window +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.3 +HELP! +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.3 +The LyX Interface +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.3.1 +Basic File Operations +\layout Description +1.3.2 +Basic Editing Features +\layout Description +1.3.3 +Undo and Redo +\layout Description +1.3.4 +Basic Mouse Bindings +\layout Description +1.3.5 +Basic Key Bindings +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.4 +Using LyX with Other Programs +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.4.1 +Importing ASCII files +\layout Description +1.4.2 +Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +LyX Setup and Supporting Applications +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2.2 +Basic LyX Setup +\layout Description +2.3 +Setting Up the X Keyboard +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.1 + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\family default + and +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.1.1 + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\layout Description +2.3.1.2 + +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.2 +Modifiers and Mode_switch +\layout Description +2.3.3 +Helpful Hints and Tips +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.4 +LaTeX +\layout Description +2.5 +Dvips and Ghostscript +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.1 +What You Need +\layout Description +2.5.2 +Dvips +\layout Description +2.5.3 +Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.6 +The Printer +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +LyX Basics +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Document Types +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.1.2 + + +The Various Document Classes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.2.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.1.2.2 +Selecting a Class +\layout Description +3.1.2.3 +Properties +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.3 +Fine-tuning the Defaults +\layout Description +3.1.4 +Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins +\layout Description +3.1.5 +Important Note: +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.2 +Paragraph Indentation and Separation +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Global Indentation Method +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Fine-Tuning +\layout Description +3.2.4 +Changing Line Spacing +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Paragraph Environments + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.3.2 +Standard +\layout Description +3.3.3 +Document Titles +\layout Description +3.3.4 +Headings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.4.1 +Numbered Headings +\layout Description +3.3.4.2 +Unnumbered Headings +\layout Description +3.3.4.3 +Changing the Numbering + + +\layout Description +3.3.4.4 +Special Information +\layout Description +3.3.4.5 +Creating an Appendix +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5 +Quotes and Poetry +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5.1 + +\family sans +Quote +\family default + and +\family sans +Quotation +\layout Description +3.3.5.2 + +\family sans +Verse +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6 +Lists +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6.1 +General Features +\layout Description +3.3.6.2 + +\family sans +Itemize +\layout Description +3.3.6.3 + +\family sans +Enumerate +\layout Description +3.3.6.4 + +\family sans +Description +\layout Description +3.3.6.5 +The LyX +\family sans +List +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7 +Letters +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7.1 + +\family sans +Address +\family default + and +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default +: An Overview +\layout Description +3.3.7.2 +Usage +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8 +Academic Writing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8.1 + +\family sans +Abstract +\layout Description +3.3.8.2 + +\family sans +Bibliography +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9 +Special Purpose +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9.1 + +\family sans +Caption +\layout Description +3.3.9.2 + +\family sans +LyX-Code +\layout Description +3.3.9.3 +Comment +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Nesting Environments + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.1 +The Big Deal +\layout Description +3.4.2 +What You Can and Can't Nest +\layout Description +3.4.3 +Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. +\layout Description +3.4.4 +Usage and General Features +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.4.1 +Nesting limits +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5 +Some Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5.1 +Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting +\layout Description +3.4.5.2 +Example #2: Inheritance +\layout Description +3.4.5.3 +Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + and +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + Environments. +\layout Description +3.4.5.4 +Example #4: Going Bonkers +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.5 +Fonts and Text Styles +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.5.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.5.2 +Global Options +\layout Description +3.5.3 +Using Different Character Styles +\layout Description +3.5.4 +Fine-Tuning with the +\family sans +Character Layout +\family default + dialog +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.6 +Printing and Previewing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.6.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.6.2 +Quick Viewing with +\family typewriter +xdvi +\layout Description +3.6.3 +Viewing the PostScript® Version with +\family typewriter +ghostview +\layout Description +3.6.4 +Printing the File +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7 +A Few Words about Typography +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.1 +Hyphens and Hyphenation +\layout Description +3.7.2 +Punctuation Marks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.2.1 +Abbreviations and End of Sentence +\layout Description +3.7.2.2 +Quotes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.3 +Ligatures +\layout Description +3.7.4 +Widows and Orphans +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Footnotes +\layout Description +4.2 +Margin Notes +\layout Description +4.3 +Figures and Imported Graphics +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1 +Figure Floats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1.1 +Using Figure Floats +\layout Description +4.3.1.2 +Float Placement +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.2 + +\family typewriter +XFig +\family default + and LyX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.4 +Tables +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +The Table dialog +\layout Description +4.4.2 +What can be placed inside a table cell? +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Cut & Paste in Tables +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Multiple lines in cells +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Table Floats +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +Table of Contents and other Listings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +The Table of Contents +\layout Description +4.5.2 +List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Mathematical Formulae +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Basic Math Editing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1.1 +Navigating a Formula +\layout Description +5.1.2 +Selecting Text +\layout Description +5.1.3 +Exponents and Subscripts +\layout Description +5.1.4 +Fractions +\layout Description +5.1.5 +Sums and Integrals +\layout Description +5.1.6 +The Math Panel +\layout Description +5.1.7 +Other Math Symbols +\layout Description +5.1.8 +Altering spacing +\layout Description +5.1.9 +Math functions +\layout Description +5.1.10 +Accents +\layout Description +5.1.11 +The math editor for LaTeX users +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.2 +Brackets and decorations +\layout Description +5.3 +Grouping +\layout Description +5.4 +Arrays and Multi-line Equations +\layout Description +5.5 +Equation Numbering and Labels +\layout Description +5.6 +User defined macros in math mode +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.6.1 +Directions on using macros +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.6.1.1 +How to create them +\layout Description +5.6.1.2 +How to navigate +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.7 +Fine-Tuning +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.7.1 +Typefaces +\layout Description +5.7.2 +Math Text Mode +\layout Description +5.7.3 +Font Sizes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.8 +AMS LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.8.1 +Enabling AMS Support +\layout Description +5.8.2 +AMS Symbols +\layout Description +5.8.3 +AMS Formula Types +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +More Tools +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Cross-References +\layout Description +6.2 +URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) +\layout Description +6.3 +Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments + + +\layout Description +6.4 +Spacing, pagination and line breaks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 +Extra Horizontal Space +\layout Description +6.4.2 +Extra Vertical Space +\layout Description +6.4.3 +Changing Paragraph Alignment +\layout Description +6.4.4 +Forcing Page Breaks +\layout Description +6.4.5 +Protected blanks +\layout Description +6.4.6 +Line breaking +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.5 +Spellchecking +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.1 +Spellchecker Options +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.1.1 +Dictionary +\layout Description +6.5.1.2 +Personal dictionary +\layout Description +6.5.1.3 +Further Options +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.2 +Limitations +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.6 +International Support +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.6.1 +Language Options +\layout Description +6.6.2 +Keyboard mapping configuration +\layout Description +6.6.3 +Character Tables +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Credits +\layout Section* + +Extended LyX Features +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2 +LyX and LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +How LyX Uses LaTeX +\layout Description +2.2 + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Help! LyX generated an unreadable +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + file! +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +2.3 +Translating LaTeX files into LyX +\layout Description +2.4 +Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents + + +\layout Description +2.5 +LyX and the LaTeX Preamble +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.1 +About the LaTeX Preamble +\layout Description +2.5.2 +Changing the Preamble +\layout Description +2.5.3 +Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.3.1 +Example #1: Offsets +\layout Description +2.5.3.2 +Example #2: Labels +\layout Description +2.5.3.3 +Example #3: Paragraph Indentation +\layout Description +2.5.3.4 +Example #4: This Document +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.6 +LyX and LaTeX Errors +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Supplemental Tools +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX +\layout Description +3.2 +Making an Index +\layout Description +3.3 +Multipart Documents +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +General Operation +\layout Description +3.3.2 +Cross-References Between Files +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Algorithms +\layout Description +3.5 +Subfigures +\layout Description +3.6 +Fancy Headers and Footers +\layout Description +3.7 +Minipages +\layout Description +3.8 +Wrapping Text Around Figures + + +\layout Description +3.9 +Extra Table Options +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.9.1 +Removing Extra Column Space +\layout Description +3.9.2 +Changing the Column Separator Character +\layout Description +3.9.3 +Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column +\layout Description +3.9.4 +A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.10 +Itemize Bullet Selection + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.10.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.10.2 +How it looks +\layout Description +3.10.3 +How to use it +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Special Document Classes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +AMS LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1.1 +What these layouts provide +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.2 +Dinbrief +\layout Description +4.3 +Paper +\layout Description +4.4 +A&A Paper +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Getting started +\layout Description +4.4.3 +The header block +\layout Description +4.4.4 +The abstract +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Supported environments +\layout Description +4.4.6 +Commands not supported by LyX +\layout Description +4.4.7 +Figure and Table Floats +\layout Description +4.4.8 +Referee layout +\layout Description +4.4.9 +The example paper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +AASTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.5.2 +Starting a New Paper +\layout Description +4.5.3 +Finishing Your Paper +\layout Description +4.5.4 +Comments On Specific Commands +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.4.1 +Things that work as expected +\layout Description +4.5.4.2 +Things that work, but require more comment +\layout Description +4.5.4.3 +Things not implemented, use ERT +\layout Description +4.5.4.4 +Things that cannot be implemented +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5 +FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5.1 +Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate +\layout Description +4.5.5.2 +LaTeX error processing a table +\layout Description +4.5.5.3 +References + + +\layout Description +4.5.5.4 +Including EPS files +\layout Description +4.5.5.5 +Things I could have done, but didn't +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.6 +Final Caveat +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.6 +ijmpd +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.6.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.6.2 +Writing a paper +\layout Description +4.6.3 +Preparing a paper for submission +\layout Description +4.6.4 +Use of ERT +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.7 +Kluwer +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.7.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.7.2 +Writing a paper +\layout Description +4.7.3 +Preparing a paper for submission +\layout Description +4.7.4 + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Peculiarities +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + of the Kluwer package + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.8 +Koma-Script +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.8.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.8.2 +article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.3 +letter (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.4 +The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) +\layout Description +4.8.5 +Problems +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.9 +Springer Journals ( +\family sans +svjour +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.9.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.9.2 +New styles +\layout Description +4.9.3 +Supported journals +\layout Description +4.9.4 +Credits +\layout Description +4.9.5 +Bugs +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.10 +AGU journals ( +\family sans +aguplus +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.10.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.10.2 +New styles +\layout Description +4.10.3 +New floats +\layout Description +4.10.4 +Supported journals +\layout Description +4.10.5 +Bugs and things to remember +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.11 +EGS journals ( +\family sans +egs +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.11.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.11.2 +New styles +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12 +Slides [aka +\noun on +Sli +\noun default +TeX] + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.12.2 +Getting Started + + +\layout Description +4.12.3 +Paragraph Environments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.3.1 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.12.3.2 +Quirks of the New Environments + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4 +Making a Presentation with +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, +\family sans + Overlay +\family default + and +\family sans +Note +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4.1 +Using the +\family sans +Slide +\family default + Environment +\layout Description +4.12.4.2 +Using +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + with +\family sans +Slide +\layout Description +4.12.4.3 +Using +\family sans +Note +\family default + with +\family sans +Slide +\family default + + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.5 +The +\family sans +slides +\family default + Class Template File +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13 +Foils [aka +\family sans +Foil +\family default +\noun on +TeX +\noun default +] + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.13.2 +Getting Started +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.2.1 +Extra Options +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.3 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.13.4 +Building a Set of Foils +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.4.1 +Give It a Title Page +\layout Description +4.13.4.2 +Start a New Foil +\layout Description +4.13.4.3 +Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more +\layout Description +4.13.4.4 +Lists +\layout Description +4.13.4.5 +Figures and Tables +\layout Description +4.13.4.6 +Page Headers and Footers + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5 +Unsupported +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX Goodies + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5.1 +Lengths +\layout Description +4.13.5.2 +Headers and Footers +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.14 +Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.14.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.14.2 +Getting Started +\layout Description +4.14.3 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.14.4 +Differences Between Screen and Paper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.15 +Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.15.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.15.2 +Special problems +\layout Description +4.15.3 +Special features +\layout Description +4.15.4 +Paper size and Margins +\layout Description +4.15.5 +Environments +\layout Description +4.15.6 +Script jargon +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.16 +Broadway +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.16.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.16.2 +Special problems +\layout Description +4.16.3 +Special features +\layout Description +4.16.4 +Paper size and Margins +\layout Description +4.16.5 +Environments +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.17 +RevTeX4 +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.17.1 +Installation +\layout Description +4.17.2 +Preamble Matter +\layout Description +4.17.3 +Layouts +\layout Description +4.17.4 +Important Notes +\layout Description +4.17.5 +Drawbacks +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.18 +Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) + + +\layout Description +4.19 +Elsevier Journals +\layout Description +4.20 +Memoir +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.20.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.20.2 +Basic features and restrictions +\layout Description +4.20.3 +Extra features +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Considerations +\layout Description +5.2 +Importing Other Formats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.2.2 +ASCII Text +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Noweb +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Exporting Other Formats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.3.2 +Device Independent Files +\layout Description +5.3.3 +PostScript® +\layout Description +5.3.4 +ASCII text +\layout Description +5.3.5 +HTML +\layout Description +5.3.6 +PDF +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.6.1 +Use pdfLaTeX +\layout Description +5.3.6.2 +Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader? + + + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.3 +Why doesn't the +\backslash +boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex? + + + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.4 +Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running + pdfLaTeX? + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.5 +How can I make URLs clickable ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.7 +Custom +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +The Complete reLyX Description + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.1 +Synopsis +\layout Description +5.4.2 +Options +\layout Description +5.4.3 +Description +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.3.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +5.4.3.2 +Usage +\layout Description +5.4.3.3 +What reLyX Can Handle +\layout Description +5.4.3.4 +What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK +\layout Description +5.4.3.5 +What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~ +k.\SpecialChar ~ +a. + BUGS + + +\layout Description +5.4.3.6 +What LyX Can't Handle +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.4 +Examples +\layout Description +5.4.5 +Notes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.5.1 +Bug Reports + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.2 +Implementation Details: +\layout Description +5.4.5.3 +Layout Files +\layout Description +5.4.5.4 +Syntax Files + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.5 +Miscellaneous +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.6 +Diagnostics +\layout Description +5.4.7 +Warnings +\layout Description +5.4.8 +Files +\layout Description +5.4.9 +See also +\layout Description +5.4.10 +Authors +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +LyX Features needing Extra Software +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.1 +Overview +\layout Description +6.1.2 +Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.2.1 +Getting started +\layout Description +6.1.2.2 +Output from LinuxDoc +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3 +Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3.1 +The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document +\layout Description +6.1.3.2 +The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments +\layout Description +6.1.3.3 +Other document features +\layout Description +6.1.3.4 +Cross references and HTML +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.4 +Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts + + +\layout Description +6.1.5 +Troubleshooting LinuxDoc +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.2 +Checking TeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.2.2 +How to use it +\layout Description +6.2.3 +How to fine tune it +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Version Control in LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.3.2 +RCS commands in LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.2.1 + +\family sans +Register +\layout Description +6.3.2.2 + +\family sans +Check In Changes +\layout Description +6.3.2.3 + +\family sans +Check Out For Edit +\layout Description +6.3.2.4 + +\family sans +Revert To Last Version +\layout Description +6.3.2.5 + +\family sans +Undo Last Checkin +\layout Description +6.3.2.6 + +\family sans +Show History +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4 +Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.4.2 +Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.2.1 +References +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3 +LyX and Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3.1 +Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) +\layout Description +6.4.3.2 +Configuring LyX +\layout Description +6.4.3.3 +Debug extensions +\layout Description +6.4.3.4 +Toolbar extensions +\layout Description +6.4.3.5 +Colors customization +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Secrets of the LaTeX Masters + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1.1 +Footnotes +\layout Description +7.1.2 +Margin Notes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.2 +Multiple Columns +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.1 +Purpose +\layout Description +7.2.2 +Limitations +\layout Description +7.2.3 +Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.3.1 +Two columns +\layout Description +7.2.3.2 +Multiple columns +\layout Description +7.2.3.3 +Columns inside columns +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.3 +Numbering in the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + Paragraph Environment + + +\layout Description +7.4 +Extra Space Between Table Rows +\layout Description +7.5 +Dropped Capitals +\layout Description +7.6 +Non-standard Paragraph Shapes +\layout Description +7.7 +Summary +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2 +LyX configuration files +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +What's in +\family typewriter +LyXDir +\family default +? +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1.1 +Automatically generated files +\layout Description +2.1.2 +Directories +\layout Description +2.1.3 +Files you don't want to modify +\layout Description +2.1.4 +Other files needing a line or two... +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.2 +Your local configuration directory +\layout Description +2.3 +Running LyX with multiple configurations +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +The +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +references +\family default + dialog +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Using the dialog for the first time +\layout Description +3.2 +On-screen fonts +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +DPI setting and Font Zoom +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Font definition commands +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Font encoding +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Bindings + + +\layout Description +3.4 +User Interface + + +\layout Description +3.5 +Converters, Formats and Viewers +\layout Description +3.6 +ASCII export options +\layout Description +3.7 +Printer +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.1 +Changing Colors +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.8 +The autodetected settings +\layout Description +3.9 +The rest +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Internationalizing LyX + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Selecting an alternative language for the user interface +\layout Description +4.2 +Translating LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.2.1 +Translating the graphical user interface (text messages). +\layout Description +4.2.2 +Translating the documentation. +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.3 +International Keyboard Support +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1 +Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.4 +International Keymap Stuff + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +The .kmap File +\layout Description +4.4.2 +The .cdef File +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Dead Keys +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Saving your Language Configuration +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates + + + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Installing a new LaTeX package +\layout Description +5.2 +Layouts +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +Supporting new document classes +\layout Description +5.2.2 +A layout for an +\family sans +sty +\family default + file +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Layout for a +\family sans +cls +\family default + file +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Declaring a new text class +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +General text class parameters +\layout Description +5.3.2 + +\family typewriter +ClassOptions +\family default + section +\layout Description +5.3.3 +Specific Paragraph Layouts +\layout Description +5.3.4 +Floats +\layout Description +5.3.5 +Counters +\layout Description +5.3.6 +Font description +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +Creating Templates + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Including External Material +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Background +\layout Description +6.2 +How does it work? +\layout Description +6.3 +The external material dialog +\layout Description +6.4 +Examples +\layout Description +6.5 +The external template configuration file +\layout Description +6.6 +The substitution mechanism +\layout Description +6.7 +Security discussion +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +The LyX Server +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +7.2 +Starting the LyX Server +\layout Description +7.3 +Normal communication +\layout Description +7.4 +Notification +\layout Description +7.5 +The simple LyX Server Protocol +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 \start_of_appendix +Bindings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.1 +Toolbar +\layout Description +8.2 +Menu +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.1 +File +\layout Description +8.2.2 +Edit +\layout Description +8.2.3 +Insert +\layout Description +8.2.4 +Layout +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.4.1 +L +\family sans +ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Character +\family default + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.5 +View +\layout Description +8.2.6 +Navigate +\layout Description +8.2.7 +Help +\layout Description +8.2.8 +Paragraph Style +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8.3 +Keyboard +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.3.1 +Specific to +\family typewriter +emacs.bind +\layout Description +8.3.2 +Specific to +\family typewriter +cua.bind +\layout Description +8.3.3 +Specific to +\family typewriter +sciword.bind +\layout Description +8.3.4 +Standard math bindings +\layout Description +8.3.5 +Other Accelerators +\end_deeper +\end_deeper + +\the_end diff --git a/lib/doc/de_Customization.lyx b/lib/doc/de_Customization.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5af1525012 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/de_Customization.lyx @@ -0,0 +1,17813 @@ +#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 221 +\textclass book +\begin_preamble +\usepackage{multicol} +\end_preamble +\language german +\inputencoding latin1 +\fontscheme default +\graphics default +\paperfontsize default +\spacing single +\papersize a4paper +\paperpackage a4 +\use_geometry 1 +\use_amsmath 0 +\use_natbib 0 +\use_numerical_citations 0 +\paperorientation portrait +\leftmargin 20mm +\topmargin 10mm +\rightmargin 20mm +\bottommargin 10mm +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation skip +\defskip medskip +\quotes_language german +\quotes_times 2 +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 1 +\paperpagestyle default + +\layout Title + +LyX-Anpassung: +\newline +Möglichkeiten für fortgeschrittene Nutzer +\layout Author + +vom LyX-Team +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Übersetzung: +\noun on +Peter Sütterlin +\noun default +, +\noun on +Leif Albers +\noun default + und +\noun on +Hartmut +\noun default + +\noun on +Haase +\noun default +. +\end_inset + + +\layout Date + +15.\SpecialChar ~ +September 2003 +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Chapter + +Einleitung +\layout Standard + +In diesem Teil der Dokumentation wird beschrieben, welche Möglichkeiten + LyX bietet, um es den eigenen Wünschen anzupassen. + Es werden Dinge wie Tastaturkürzel, Vorschau am Bildschirm, Optionen zum + Drucken, das Senden von Befehlen an LyX durch den LyX-Server, Internationalisie +rung, Installation neuer LaTeX-Klassen und LyX-Layouts usw. + behandelt. + Es kann hier nicht alles beschrieben werden, das an LyX individuell eingestellt + und verändert werden kann --- die Entwickler fügen Neuerungen schneller + ein, als wir sie dokumentieren können --- doch werden die grundlegenden + Fähigkeiten von LyX dokumentiert sowie für einige der etwas obskureren + Hinweise gegeben. +\layout Standard + +Mit der Version 1.1.6 von LyX wurde eine neue Schnittstelle zu den konfigurierbare +n Eigenschaften eingeführt, die Sie über den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +E +\bar under +i +\bar default +nstellungen... + +\family default + aufrufen können. + Diese macht die weiter unten aufgeführten Erläuterungen zu den Konfigurationsda +teien von LyX nicht überflüssig, aber es vereinfacht doch den Prozess, LyX + an +\emph on +Ihre +\emph default + Bedürfnisse anzupassen. +\layout Chapter + +Die Konfigurationsdateien von LyX +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{chap:config} + +\end_inset + +Dieses Kapitel soll Ihnen dabei helfen, sich mit den Konfigurationsdateien + von LyX vertraut zu machen. + Bevor Sie jedoch weiterlesen, sollten Sie herausfinden, wo sich das Systemverze +ichnis von LyX auf Ihrem Rechner befindet. + Sie erfahren dies über den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +H +\bar default +ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Über\SpecialChar ~ +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + + +\bar under +X +\family default +\bar default +. + In diesem Verzeichnis speichert LyX alle systemweiten Konfigurationsdateien, + wir werden es im weiteren +\family typewriter +LyXDir +\family default + nennen. +\layout Section + +Was befindet sich in +\family typewriter +LyXDir +\family default +? +\layout Standard + +Das Verzeichnis +\family typewriter +LyXDir +\family default + sowie seine Unterverzeichnisse enthalten eine Anzahl Dateien, mit denen + das Verhalten von LyX beeinflusst werden kann. + Diese Dateien können direkt von LyX aus über den Dialog +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +E +\bar under +i +\bar default +nstellungen... + +\family default + gelesen und geändert werden. + Fast alles, was Sie möglicherweise an LyX ändern wollen, können Sie hier + einstellen. + Jedoch können auch viele interne Dinge in LyX angepaßt werden, indem man + diverse andere Dateien in +\family typewriter +LyXDir +\family default + verändert. + Sie sind in verschiedene Kategorien unterteilt, die in den folgenden Unterabsch +nitten behandelt werden. +\layout Subsection + +Automatisch erzeugte Dateien +\layout Standard + +Diese Dateien werden automatisch bei der Konfiguration von LyX erzeugt. + Sie enthalten verschiedene Standardwerte, die durch Untersuchung des Systems + ermittelt werden. + Normalerweise sollte man sie nicht verändern, da sie jederzeit von LyX + überschrieben werden können. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +lyxrc.defaults +\family default +\series default + enthält Standardwerte für diverse Befehle. + Einstellungen, die Ihnen nicht zusagen, können einfach über +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +E +\bar under +i +\bar default +nstellungen... + +\family default + verändert werden. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +packages.lst +\family default +\series default + enthält eine Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +listung aller LaTeX-Pakete, die von LyX erkannt wurden. + Derzeit wird diese Liste von LyX selber nicht benutzt, jedoch ist die Informati +on, zusammen mit einigem anderen, über den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +H +\bar default +ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +aTe +\family default + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + + +\family sans +X\SpecialChar ~ +Konfiguration +\family default + zugänglich. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +textclass.lst +\family default +\series default + ist eine Liste mit den im Verzeichnis +\family typewriter +layout +\family default + gefundenen Textklassen, zusammen mit den entsprechenden LaTeX-Dokumentenklassen + und einer kurzen Beschreibung. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +doc/LaTeXConfig.lyx +\family default + wird bei der Konfiguration aus der Datei +\family typewriter +LaTeXConfig.lyx.in +\family default + erzeugt. + Jeder Eintrag der Form +\family typewriter +@chk_bla@ +\family default + wird dabei durch +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +yes +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + oder +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +no +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + ersetzt, je nachdem, ob das Paket +\family typewriter +bla +\family default + gefunden wurde. +\layout Subsection + +Verzeichnisse +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +bind/ +\family default +\series default + Dieses Verzeichnis enthält Dateien mit der Endung +\family typewriter +.bind +\family default +. + In ihnen werden die Tastenkombinationen festgelegt, mit denen Sie Menüs + öffnen und Bearbeitungsoperationen direkt starten können. + Siehe dazu Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:bindings} + +\end_inset + +. + Falls eine Datei +\family typewriter +$LANG_xxx.bind +\family default + mit einer an die internationalisierte Version von LyX angepaßten Tastenbelegung + existiert, wird diese bevorzugt geladen. + Näheres dazu finden Sie in Kapitel\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{chap:i18n} + +\end_inset + + und Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:bindings} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +clipart/ +\family default +\series default + Hier sind einige PostScript®-Bilder gespeichert, die Sie in Ihre Dokumente + einbinden können. + +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +doc/ +\family default +\series default + Enthält die Dateien der LyX-Dokumentation (einschließlich der, die Sie + gerade lesen). + Eine kleine Ausnahmestellung hat die bereits beschriebene Datei +\family typewriter +LaTeXConfig.lyx +\family default +. + Auch hier wird eine übersetzte Version mit dem Vorsatz +\family typewriter +$LANG_ +\family default + vor dem Dateinamen zuerst gesucht und, falls vorhanden, geladen. + Siehe dazu Kapitel\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{chap:i18n} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +examples/ +\family default +\series default + Enthält Beispieldateien, die erläutern, wie Sie die unterschiedlichen Möglichke +iten von LyX nutzen können. + Verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +eispiele +\family default + im Dateiauswahlmenü, um in dieses Verzeichnis zu gelangen. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +images/ +\family default + Enthält Bilddateien, die von der Dialogbox +\family sans +Aufzählungszeichen +\family default + in +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument +\family default + benötigt werden. + Außerdem finden Sie hier die unterschiedlichen Icons für die Werkzeugleiste + und das Bild für den Startbildschirm. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +kbd/ +\family default +\series default + Hier sind die Definitionsdateien für die Tastaturbelegung gespeichert. + Näheres dazu finden Sie im Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:keymap} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +layouts/ +\family default +\series default + Hier werden die in Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{chap:textclass} + +\end_inset + + beschriebenen Layoutdateien für die unterschiedlichen Dokumentenklassen + gespeichert. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +reLyX/ +\family default + Enthält eine große Anzahl von Dateien des reLyX Paketes, mit dem Sie +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +gutartige +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + LaTeX-Dateien nach LyX konvertieren können. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +tex/ +\family default + Einige LyX-spezifische LaTeX-Textklassendateien ( +\family typewriter +.cls +\family default +). +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +ui/ +\family default + Hier finden Sie Dateien mit der Endung +\family typewriter +.ui +\family default +, die die Benutzerschnittstelle von LyX festlegen, also welche Einträge + in welchen Menüs sind, und wie die Werkzeugleiste zusammengesetzt ist. + Siehe hierzu Kapitel\SpecialChar ~ +??? +\layout Subsection + +Dateien, die Sie nicht verändern sollten +\layout Standard + +Die folgenden Dateien werden intern von LyX verwendet. + Sie sollten im Normalfall nur von den Entwicklern editiert werden. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +CREDITS +\family default +\series default + Diese Datei enthält eine Liste der Entwickler. + Ihr Inhalt wird über die Menüauswahl +\family sans +\bar under +H +\bar default +ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Über\SpecialChar ~ +LyX +\family default + angezeigt. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +chkconfig.ltx +\family default +\series default + ist ein LaTeX-Skript, das bei der Konfiguration verwendet wird. + Starten Sie es nie direkt. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +configure +\family default +\series default + ist das eigentliche Skript, das zur Neukonfiguration von LyX verwendet + wird. + Es erzeugt die Konfigurationsdateien in dem Verzeichnis, von dem aus es + aufgerufen wurde. +\layout Subsection + +Andere Dateien +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +encodings +\family default + Die hier enthaltene Tabelle beschreibt wie die unterschiedlichen Zeichenkodieru +ngen in Unicode dargestellt werden. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +external_templates +\family default + Diese Datei enthält die Vorlagen für das neue +\family sans +Externe\SpecialChar ~ +Einfügung +\family default + Modul. + Siehe dazu Kapitel\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{cha:Externes} + +\end_inset + + +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +languages +\family default + Eine Liste mit allen derzeit von LyX unterstützten Sprachen. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +lyxrc.example +\family default + Veraltet. +\layout Section + +Das lokale Konfigurationsverzeichnis +\layout Standard + +Eventuell benutzen Sie LyX als unprivilegierter Benutzer und wollen dennoch + einige Einstellungen der Konfiguration verändern. + Zu diesem Zweck gibt es ein benutzereigenes Verzeichnis +\family typewriter +UserDir +\family default +, in dem Ihre gesamte persönliche Konfiguration gespeichert wird. + Der Name dieses Verzeichnisses wird als +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Nutzerverzeichnis +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + in +\family sans +\bar under +H +\bar default +ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Über\SpecialChar ~ +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +X +\family default + angezeigt. + Dieses Verzeichnis wird als Spiegelung des systemweiten Verzeichnisses + verwendet. + Das bedeutet, daß jede Datei, die Sie dort speichern, die entsprechende + Datei im Systemverzeichnis ersetzt. + Jede der im vorigen Abschnitt beschriebenen Konfigurationsdateien kann + sich entweder im Systemverzeichnis +\family typewriter +LyXDir +\family default + oder aber in Ihrem privaten Verzeichnis befinden. + Im ersten Fall gelten die Einstellungen für alle Benutzer, im zweiten Fall + nur für Sie. +\layout Standard + +Dies läßt sich an einigen Beispielen leichter erklären: +\layout Itemize + +Um eine LyX Version älter als 1.1.6 umzukonfigurieren, mußte der Benutzer + zunächst die Datei +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{LyXDir/lyxrc.example} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Note +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +HHa: wie bereits im Benutzerhandbuch erwähnt, ist URL eine einfache Möglichkeit, + um Schreibmaschinenformat umzubrechen. +\end_inset + + nach +\family typewriter +UserDir/lyxrc +\family default + kopieren und diese dann manuell editieren. + Neuere Versionen von LyX lesen diese Datei zwar noch, wenn sie in +\family typewriter +UserDir +\family default + gefunden wird, aber alle Änderungen, die über den neuen Dialog +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +E +\bar under +i +\bar default +nstellungen... + +\family default + gemacht werden, werden in der Datei +\family typewriter +preferences +\family default + gespeichert. + Danach (d. +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +h.\SpecialChar ~ +wenn +\family typewriter +preferences +\family default + gefunden wird) wird die alte +\family typewriter +lyxrc +\family default + nicht mehr eingelesen und kann gelöscht werden. + +\layout Itemize + +Wenn Sie mit dem Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Neu\SpecialChar ~ +k +\bar under +o +\bar default +nfigurieren +\family default + eine Neukonfiguration von LyX durchführen, werden die dabei erzeugten Dateien + in Ihrem privaten Konfigurationsverzeichnis +\family typewriter +UserDir +\family default + gespeichert (im Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:autodetected} + +\end_inset + + finden Sie eine Liste all derjenigen Optionen in +\family typewriter +preferences +\family default +, die davon betroffen sind). + Das bedeutet, daß ab sofort etwaige neue Dokumentenklassen, die Sie in + Ihrem Verzeichnis +\family typewriter +UserDir/layouts +\family default + gespeichert haben, im Feld +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Klasse +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + des Dialoges +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument +\family default + erscheinen. +\layout Itemize + +Falls Sie irgendwelche Dateien für neue LaTeX-Dokumentenklassen in einem + Verzeichnis installiert haben, das LaTeX über die Umgebungsvariable +\family typewriter +TEXINPUTS +\family default + findet, können auch diese in LyX verwendet werden. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +vorausgesetzt, es gibt auch eine +\family typewriter +.layout +\family default +-Datei dafür. +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + +Wenn Sie sich von einem LyX-FTP-Server eine aktuellere Version (oder z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + diese deutsche Version) der Dokumentation besorgt haben, sie aber nicht + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +offiziell +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + installieren können, da Sie keine Systemadministratorrechte haben, können + Sie diese Dateien einfach nach +\family typewriter +UserDir/doc +\family default + kopieren, und sie werden automatisch über das +\family sans +\bar under +H +\bar default +ilfe +\family default +-Menü geöffnet. +\layout Section + +LyX mit mehreren Konfigurationen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:LyX-multiconf} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Die hochgradige Konfigurierbarkeit von LyX durch das lokale Verzeichnis + wird für diejenigen nicht ausreichend sein, die parallel mehrere unterschiedlic +he Konfigurationen verwenden wollen, z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + unterschiedliche Tastaturkürzel und/oder Druckerkonfigurationen. + Sie können dies durch das Anlegen von mehreren Konfigurationsverzeichnissen + erreichen und LyX jeweils beim Start mitteilen, welches davon verwendet + werden soll. +\layout Standard + +Indem Sie LyX mit der Option +\family typewriter +-userdir +\emph on + +\family default +\emph default + starten erreichen Sie das die Konfiguration aus diesem Verzeichnis anstelle + des Standardverzeichnisses gelesen wird (das Standardverzeichnis ermitteln + Sie indem Sie LyX ohne diese Option starten). + Falls das so angegebene Verzeichnis noch nicht existiert fragt LyX genau + wie beim ersten Start nach, ob es angelegt werden soll. + Die Konfiguration in diesem Verzeichnis können Sie dann wie im Normalfall + in LyX verändern, die Einstellungen im Standardverzeichnis werden aber + nicht verändert - beide Verzeichnisse sind völlig unabhängig. + Anstelle der Kommandozeilenoption können Sie übrigens auch die Umgebungsvariabl +e +\family typewriter +LYX_USERDIR_12x +\family default + auf das zu verwendende Verzeichnis setzen. +\layout Standard + +Unterschiedliche Konfigurationsverzeichnisse bedeuten aber auch zusätzlichen + Aufwand: Wenn Sie etwa eine neue Layoutdatei in +\family typewriter +UserDir/layouts +\family default + hinzufügen und diese für alle Konfigurationen sichbar sein soll, müssen + Sie sie in +\emph on +allen +\emph default + Verzeichnissen separat hinzufügen. + Sie können das jedoch mit einem Trick umgehen: Nachdem LyX das neue UserDir + angelegt hat, sind praktisch alle Unterverzeichnisse (s. +\begin_inset Formula $\,$ +\end_inset + +o.) leer. + Sie können also all diese Verzeichnis durch einen symbolischen Link auf + das entsprechende Verzeichnis im originalen UserDir ersetzen. + Lediglich mit dem Verzeichnis +\family typewriter +doc +\family default + müssen Sie vorsichtig sein, denn dort wird eine Datei durch das Konfigurationss +kript ( +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Neu\SpecialChar ~ +k +\bar under +o +\bar default +nfigurieren +\family default +) abgelegt, die konfigurationsabhängig ist. +\layout Chapter + +Der Dialog +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +E +\bar under +i +\bar default +nstellungen +\layout Section + +Der erste Aufruf des Dialogs +\layout Standard + +Bei alten Versionen von LyX bestand die Konfiguration darin, die Datei +\family typewriter +UserDir/lyxrc +\family default + manuell zu editieren. + Dies wurde mit LyX\SpecialChar ~ +1.1.6 geändert, es steht nun mit +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Neu\SpecialChar ~ +k +\bar under +o +\bar default +nfigurieren +\family default + ein interaktiver Dialog zur Verfügung der die Mühsal der Konfiguration + beendet. + Die alte Datei +\family typewriter +UserDir/lyxrc +\family default + wird nur solange verwendet, bis Sie das erste Mal den neuen Konfigurationsdialo +g verwenden. + Alle weiteren Änderungen werden in der Datei +\family typewriter +preferences +\family default + gespeichert, +\family typewriter +lyxrc +\family default + wird danach nicht mehr eingelesen und kann gelöscht werden. +\layout Standard + +In der neuen Datei +\family typewriter +UserDir/preferences +\family default + werden nur noch diejenigen Einstellungen gespeichert, die von den Standardwerte +n abweichen. + Einige dieser Standardwerte sind fest in LyX einkompiliert, andere werden + in +\family typewriter +LyXDir/lyxrc.defaults +\family default + festgelegt. + Beachten Sie bitte das in beiden Dateien Zeilen, die mit einem +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +# +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + beginnen, Kommentare sind und nicht ausgewertet werden. + Jedoch sollte +\family typewriter +LyXDir/lyxrc.defaults +\family default + nur vom Systemadministator verändert werden, und die Nutzer sollten ihre + persönliche Konfiguration in +\family typewriter +UserDir/preferences +\family default + nur über den Dialog +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +E +\bar under +i +\bar default +nstellungen... + +\family default + verändern. +\layout Standard + +Wir hoffen daß der Dialog im großen und ganzen selbsterklärend ist. + Praktisch alle Befehle haben einen erklärenden Kommentar, es sollte Ihnen + also keine Schwierigkeiten bereiten, alles Ihren Wünschen entsprechend + anzupassen. + Bevor wir nun jedoch ein paar der wichtigeren Optionen vorstellen ein Wort + der Warnung: Einige der Einstellungen, die Sie mit dem Klick auf +\family sans +\bar under +Ü +\bar default +bernehmen +\family default + aktivieren, werden sofort umgesetzt (z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + Bildschirmzeichensätze), andere (wie etwa das Ändern der bind-Datei) bedürfen + eines Neustarts von LyX. + Wenn sich also nach einer Änderung scheinbar nichts verändert hat -- speichern + Sie die Konfiguration und starten Sie LyX neu. +\layout Section + +Bildschirmdarstellung und Zeichensätze +\layout Standard + +Dem Zeichensatz, den LyX zur Darstellung auf dem Bildschirm verwendet, kommt + eine besondere Bedeutung zu, denn er sollte so gut lesbar sein wie nur + möglich. + Schließlich lesen und schreiben Sie Ihre gesamten Texte am Bildschirm. + Das LyX-Team hat sich bemüht, den bestmöglichen Standardzeichensatz auszuwählen +, doch jedes X11-System hat kleine Unterschiede, und deshalb kann es sein, + daß dieser Standard gerade auf Ihrem System nicht die beste Wahl ist. + Bevor wir nun erklären, wie Sie die Bildschirmzeichensätze optimieren können, + sollten Sie ein wenig mehr über Zeichensätze erfahren, damit Sie Ihre Wahl + gut vorbereitet treffen können. + Denn es handelt sich dabei um eine Entscheidung, die von Ihren Wünschen + und den Fähigkeiten Ihres Rechners beeinflußt wird. +\layout Standard + +Beachten Sie bitte, daß es in diesem Abschnitt nur um die Zeichensätze für + die +\emph on +Bildschirmdarstellung +\emph default + innerhalb von LyX geht. + Die Zeichensätze, die später für den Ausdruck verwendet werden, sind davon + vollkommen unabhängig und werden durch die verwendete Dokumentenklasse + bestimmt. + Das Ändern von Zeichensätzen für den Ausdruck wird im +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default + beschrieben. +\layout Standard + +Grundsätzlich gibt es zwei unterschiedliche Typen von Bildschirmzeichensätzen: + skalierbare ( +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +outline +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +) und nichtskalierbare ( +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +bitmap +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +). + Diese Unterscheidung erscheint zunächst etwas akademisch, denn die meisten + modernen Zeichensatzgeneratoren können auch die nichtskalierbaren Zeichensätze + vergrößern oder verkleinern. + Der Unterschied liegt aber in der +\emph on +Qualität +\emph default + dieser Skalierung und der +\emph on +Geschwindigkeit +\emph default +, mit der sie dargestellt werden können. + Die wichtigste Entscheidung ist deshalb, ob Sie nichtskalierbare oder skalierba +re Zeichensätze verwenden wollen. +\layout Standard + +Die skalierbaren Zeichensätze werden über die Umrisse der einzelnen Glyphen + (also Buchstaben, Zahlen, Satzzeichen usw.) definiert. + Das bedeutet, daß jedes einzelne Zeichen über mathematische Kurven beschrieben + wird, die sich sehr einfach in jede beliebige Größe skalieren lassen. + Diese mathematische Beschreibung wird nun vom Zeichensatzgenerator ausgewertet + und daraus ein kleines Bild berechnet, das das gewünschte Zeichen genau + in der richtigen Größe darstellt. + Oder zumindest in fast jeder Größe. + Denn da die Glyphen in einer recht abstrakten Weise definiert wurden, ist + es recht schwierig, daraus bei sehr kleinen Schriftgrößen ein gutes Bild + zu berechnen, da dann jedes einzelne Pixel sehr sorgfältig gesetzt werden + muß, um eine verständliche Darstellung des Zeichens zu erreichen. + Das ist zwar anhand der mathematischen Beschreibung des Zeichens theoretisch + möglich, aber um die Darstellungsgeschwindigkeit in annehmbaren Grenzen + zu halten, werden dabei gewisse Vereinfachungen gemacht. + Dies hat möglicherweise zur Folge, daß ein skalierbarer Zeichensatz bei + kleinen Vergrößerungen sehr schlecht zu lesen ist. +\layout Standard + +Demgegenüber sind Bitmap-Zeichensätze von vornherein als kleine Grafikdateien + angelegt, deshalb sehen Sie bei der Größe, für die sie berechnet wurden, + sehr gut aus. + Sie können aber nur schlecht skaliert werden, denn für eine Vergrößerung + müssen aus einem Pixel mehrere gemacht werden. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Sie kennen diesen Effekt vermutlich. + Er tritt auch auf, wenn Sie in einem Bildbearbeitungsprogramm wie +\family typewriter +xv +\family default + ein Bild stark vergrößern. +\end_inset + + Um das zu vermeiden, werden Bitmap-Zeichensätze bereits für verschiedene + häufig benutzte Größen (8 Pixel bis etwa 34 Pixel Zeichenhöhe) berechnet + und zur Verfügung gestellt. + Der Vorteil dieser Bitmap-Zeichensätze liegt darin, daß keine komplizierten + Berechnungen notwendig sind, um sie darzustellen, daher sind sie in der + Darstellung sehr viel schneller als skalierbare Zeichensätze. + Der Nachteil ist, daß nichtvorhandene Vergrößerungsstufen durch Pixelverdopplun +g berechnet werden müssen und deshalb schlecht aussehen. +\layout Standard + +Als Fazit kann man also sagen, daß die Bitmap-Zeichensätze normalerweise + für kleinere Vergrößerungsstufen vorzuziehen sind (vorausgesetzt es gibt + sie in dieser Größe), wohingegen skalierbare Zeichensätze für große Zeichen + vorzuziehen sind. + Die logische Schlussfolgerung wäre nun also, für kleine Zeichen die Bitmap- + und für große Zeichen die skalierbaren Zeichensätze zu verwenden. + Leider ist das so nicht machbar, denn skalierbare und Bitmap-Zeichensätze + sind nicht dafür gedacht, gleichzeitig verwendet zu werden. + Dadurch würde ein solches Dokument ziemlich armselig aussehen. + Sie sollten also einfach auf Ihrem Rechner beide Möglichkeiten ausprobieren + und entscheiden, welche Ihnen besser gefällt. +\layout Standard + +Standardmäßig verwendet LyX nichtskalierbare Zeichensätze. + Als normaler Zeichensatz (mit Serifen) wird +\emph on +times +\emph default + verwendet, für Sans Serif +\emph on +Helvetica +\emph default + und für Schreibmaschine +\emph on +Courier +\emph default +. +\layout Standard + +In den folgenden Abschnitten wird beschrieben, was Sie alles tun können, + wenn Ihr Text in LyX nicht gut aussieht. + Begonnen wird mit den wichtigsten Parametern: Auf +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +"| +\end_inset + +lösung und Vergrößerungsfaktor. +\layout Subsection + +Auf +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +"| +\end_inset + +lösung und Vergrößerungsfaktor +\layout Standard + +LyX versucht automatisch die verwendeten Zeichensätze so zu skalieren, daß + Ihre Darstellung auf dem Bildschirm bis auf den sogenannten Zoom-Faktor + der späteren Größe auf dem Papier entspricht. +\layout Standard + +Damit dies auf allen Systemen funktioniert, vertraut LyX darauf, daß die + DPI-Einstellung des Bildschirmes richtig ist. + DPI steht für +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Dots per Inch +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, Punkte je Zoll, und beschreibt die Auf +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +"| +\end_inset + +lösung der Bildschirmdarstellung. + Diese Einstellung erfragt LyX automatisch beim X-Server. + Welchen Wert LyX so feststellt, können Sie herausfinden, wenn Sie LyX folgender +maßen starten: +\family typewriter +lyx\SpecialChar ~ +-dbg\SpecialChar ~ +2 +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Nun ist X aber nicht auf jedem System richtig konfiguriert, deshalb sollten + Sie diese Einstellung selber nachprüfen. + Geben Sie dazu den Befehl +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +xdpyinfo\SpecialChar ~ +|\SpecialChar ~ +more +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + ein und notieren Sie sich den DPI-Wert beim Eintrag +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +resolution: +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + (dies ist der Wert, den auch LyX automatisch findet). + Notieren Sie sich außerdem die Anzahl der Pixel auf Ihrem Bildschirm (die + erste Zahl hinter dem Eintrag +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +dimensions +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +). +\layout Standard + +Dann nehmen Sie sich ein Lineal und messen Sie die sichtbare Breite des + Bildes auf dem Schirm. + Rechnen Sie diese Breite in Zoll um, falls Sie ein Zentimetermaß verwendet + haben, indem Sie den Wert durch 2.54 teilen. + Nun können Sie den tatsächlichen DPI-Wert berechnen, indem Sie die Anzahl + der Pixel durch die Breite des Bildes dividieren. + Wenn der so ermittelte Wert mehr als etwa 5 DPI von dem vom X-Server gemeldeten + Wert abweicht, sollten Sie entweder den X-Server neu konfigurieren oder + zumindest LyX mitteilen, daß der tatsächliche Wert ein anderer als der + vom X-Server gemeldete ist. +\layout Standard + +Falls Sie die Einstellung des X-Servers nicht verändern wollen oder können + (immerhin profitieren auch andere Programme als LyX von einer korrekten + Konfiguration), können Sie LyX den wahren Wert im Dialog +\family sans +Einstellungen +\family default + mitteilen. +\layout Standard + +Wenn der Text nun für Ihren Geschmack zu groß oder zu klein ist, können + Sie mit dem Zoom-Faktor experimentieren. + Mit diesem Faktor wird die Größe der Zeichensätze multipliziert. + Wenn Ihre Einstellung des DPI-Wertes richtig ist und der Zoom-Faktor auf + 100 eingestellt ist, wird LyX den Text in derselben Größe darstellen wie + auf dem Papier. + Ist der Faktor 200, wird die Darstellung am Bildschirm doppelt so groß + sein wie auf dem Papier. + All dies natürlich unter der Voraussetzung, daß LyX den Zeichensatz in + der so berechneten Größe findet, worauf man sich nicht immer verlassen + kann. + Doch da es sich bei LyX um ein WYSIWYM-System handelt, ist diese Einschränkung + nicht sehr bedeutend. +\layout Standard + +Die Standardeinstellung für den Zoom-Faktor ist 150, da ein Bildschirm normalerw +eise breiter als ein Blatt Papier ist. + Sie sollten aber mit der Einstellung experimentieren. + Verändern können Sie den Wert über das Feld +\family sans +Vergrößerung +\family default + im Dialog +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +E +\bar under +i +\bar default +nstellungen +\family default +. + Ein Tip zum Probieren: Verwenden Sie +\family sans +Ü +\bar under +b +\bar default +ernehmen +\family default +, dann bleibt der Dialog geöffnet und Sie können leicht andere Werte eintragen. + Wenn Sie dann einen Wert gefunden haben, der Ihren Wünschen entspricht, + können Sie diesen mit +\family sans +Speichern +\family default + dauerhaft übernehmen. +\layout Standard + +Auf diese Weise ist es meist möglich, eine angemessene Darstellung des Textes + auf dem Bildschirm zu erreichen. + Das heißt aber nicht, daß Sie damit die besten Zeichensätze verwenden, + die es auf Ihrem Rechner gibt. + Deshalb gibt es eine Reihe von Befehlen, die den verwendeten Zeichensatz + festlegen, um Ihnen so noch mehr Möglichkeiten zu geben, die Darstellung + am Bildschirm zu optimieren. +\layout Subsection + +Befehle zur Festlegung des Zeichensatzes +\layout Standard + +Wie bereits erwähnt, verwendet LyX standardmäßig nichtskalierbare Zeichensätze. + Als Schrift mit Serifen wird +\emph on +Times +\emph default + verwendet, für serifenfreie Schrift +\emph on +Helvetica +\emph default + und für den Schrifttyp Schreibmaschine +\emph on +Courier +\emph default +. +\layout Standard + +Alle diese Einstellungen können Sie über den Konfigurationsdialog verändern. + Die Anzahl der vom System zur Verfügung gestellten Zeichensätze ist von + Fall zu Fall verschieden, jedoch sollte überall das Programm +\family typewriter +xfontsel +\family default + installiert sein. + Dieses können Sie verwenden um geeignete Zeichensätze zu suchen. + Haben Sie einen gefunden, tragen Sie die ersten beiden Elemente des Namens + (in +\family typewriter +xfontsel +\family default + heißen sie +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +fndry +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +fmly +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +) in das entsprechende Namensfeld im Dialog ein und klicken Sie auf +\family sans +Übernehmen +\family default +. + LyX formatiert dann denn Text unter der Verwendung des angegebenen Zeichensatze +s neu und wenn Ihnen das Ergebnis zusagt können Sie es dauerhaft speichern. + Eine guter Startpunkt ist nachzusehen ob der skalierbare Zeichensatz +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Utopia +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + installiert ist. + Und noch ein Tip: Anhand der Werte in den Feldern +\family typewriter +resx +\family default + bzw. + +\family typewriter +resy +\family default + können Sie feststellen ob der entsprechende Zeichensatz skalierbar ist; + ein skalierbarer Zeichensatz hat hier eine Null stehen. + +\layout Standard + +Bevor Sie einen Bitmap-Zeichensatz verwerfen, weil er bei Vergrößerung blockig + aussieht, sollten Sie jedoch zuerst die Option +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Bitmap Fonts skalieren +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + deaktivieren. + Dies ist aber nur dann sinnvoll, wenn Sie auch Bitmap-Zeichensätze verwenden, + da diese schlecht skalierbar sind. + LyX verwendet dann nur die vorhandenen, festen Größen und stellt dadurch + sicher, daß die Zeichensätze am Bildschirm gut aussehen. + Welche Größen für die jeweiligen Zeichensätze zur Verfügung stehen, können + Sie mit dem Befehl +\family typewriter +xlsfonts +\family default + herausfinden. + Näheres dazu liefert +\family typewriter +man xlsfonts +\family default +. + Ein Nachteil dieser Vorgehensweise ist, daß nun die Unterschiede zwischen + den Zeichensatzgrößen auf dem Bildschirm und denen auf dem Papier größer + sind, da LyX nur die am ehesten passende Größe auswählen kann, und nicht + die genau passende. + Ebenfalls kann es passieren, daß zwei sich logisch unterscheidende Schriftgröße +n wie +\family sans +Groß +\family default + und +\family sans +Groß\SpecialChar ~ +2 +\family default + durch denselben Bildschirm-Zeichensatz dargestellt werden und dadurch nur + schwer zu unterscheiden sind. + Aus diesem Grund ist die Option standardmäßig aktiviert. + Dennoch wird sie von vielen Leuten abgeschaltet, wohl wissend, daß es sich + bei LyX um ein WYSIWYM-System handelt und die Darstellung am Bildschirm + sowieso nur bedingt aussagekräftig ist. + In jedem Fall gilt aber: Diese Einstellung hat nur Einfluss auf Bitmap-Zeichens +ätze, skalierbare Zeichensätze sind aus Gründen, die Ihnen inzwischen verständli +ch sein sollten, davon nicht betroffen. +\layout Standard + +Noch ein letzter Hinweis zu dieser Option: Es besteht kein Grund, nicht + gleichzeitig skalierbare und Bitmap-Zeichensätze zu verwenden. + So ist es z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + üblich, das skalierbare +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Utopia +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + für den normalen Text (mit Serifen) zu verwenden, und für serifenfreien + Text eine Bitmap-Version von +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Helvetica +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar \@. + In diesem Fall können Sie die Skalierung beruhigt abschalten, es wird nur + Auswirkungen auf den Zeichensatz Helvetica haben. +\layout Standard + +Und noch eine weitere Möglichkeit bleibt Ihnen, um die Auswirkungen zu minimiere +n: Sie können für jede logische Schriftgröße genau festlegen, welche Größe + zur Darstellung am Bildschirm verwendet wird. + Wenn Sie LyX mit der Option +\family typewriter +-dbg\SpecialChar ~ +513 +\family default + starten, können Sie feststellen, welche Schriftgrößen tatsächlich verwendet + werden. + Nun können Sie die entsprechenden Einträge im Dialog solange verändern, + bis Sie die richtigen Größen gefunden haben. + Dies kann etwas schwierig sein, da LyX die Einstellungen für DPI und Vergrößeru +ng benutzt, um die tatsächliche Zeichensatzgröße zu berechnen, die es vom + X-Server anfordert; dadurch wird die Zuordnung ein wenig verschleiert. + Wenn es Ihnen durch Ausprobieren nicht gelingt, gute Einstellungen zu finden, + können Sie den Prozess vereinfachen, indem Sie sowohl DPI als auch Vergrößerung + auf 100 setzen, auch wenn dies falsch ist. + Dabei sehen dann vor allem die skalierbaren Zeichensätze seltsam aus, also + verwenden Sie diesen Tip mit Vorsicht. +\layout Subsection + +Zeichensatzkodierung +\layout Standard + +Standardmäßig verwendet LyX Zeichensätze, die zum Schreiben von Texten in + westeuropäischen Sprachen gedacht sind. + Dies wird über die +\emph on +Zeichensatzkodierung +\emph default + festgelegt. + Wenn Sie nun LyX verwenden wollen, um einen Text z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + in osteuropäischen Sprachen oder Kyrillisch zu schreiben, deren Zeichen + nicht durch die ISO-8859-1-Kodierung abgedeckt sind, können Sie im Feld + +\family sans +\bar under +K +\bar default +odierung +\family default + eine andere Kodierung aktivieren. + Dies setzt allerdings voraus, daß Sie besondere Zeichensätze installiert + haben. + Benutzen Sie wiederum +\family typewriter +xfontsel +\family default +, und prüfen Sie die Felder +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +rgstry +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +encdng +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, ob dort außer ISO-8859-X weitere Einträge vorhanden sind. + Suchen Sie dann aus diesen einen Zeichensatz heraus, der die von Ihnen + benötigten Zeichen enthält. + Wenn Sie einen passenden gefunden haben, können Sie diesen im Dialogfeld + eintragen, andernfalls müssen Sie sich zunächst (z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + via Internet) geeignete Zeichensätze besorgen. +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie LyX derart konfigurieren, daß standardmäßig eine andere Zeichensatzkodi +erung verwendet wird, sollten Sie auch darüber nachdenken, einen anderen + Zeichensatz für die Menüs und Dialoge zu verwenden. + Sonst wird zum Beispiel der Dialog +\family sans +Inhaltsverzeichnis +\family default + kaum lesbar sein, wenn nicht auch dort die neue Kodierung verwendet wird. + Normalerweise verwendet LyX hierzu den Zeichensatz +\family typewriter +-*-helvetica-medium-r +\family default +, doch meist ist Helvetica in der von Ihnen benötigten Kodierung nicht vorhanden. + Deshalb können Sie den für Menüs verwendeten Zeichensatz im Dialogbereich + +\family sans +Benutzerschnittstelle +\family default + ändern. +\layout Standard + +Wie Sie sehen, gibt es eine ganze Reihe von Befehlen, mit denen Sie der + Darstellung am Bildschirm den letzten Schliff verpassen können. + Dies sollte Sie nicht davon abhalten, mit diesen Einstellungen herumzuspielen, + im Gegenteil. + Denn Sie werden (hoffentlich) in Zukunft viele Stunden mit LyX verbringen + --- da lohnt es sich, eine perfekte Darstellung zu haben. + Und während Sie bei anderen Textverarbeitungen darauf angewiesen sind, + Zeichensätze zu verwenden, die sowohl am Bildschirm als auch auf dem Papier + gut aussehen, können Sie bei LyX als WYSIWYM-Programm die besten Zeichensätze + für die Bildschirmdarstellung verwenden, ohne sich dabei Gedanken um den + Ausdruck machen zu müssen. +\layout Standard + +Für eine spätere Version von LyX ist es geplant, den +\family typewriter +T1Lib +\family default +-Zeichensatzgenerator zu benutzen, der auch +\emph on +anti-aliasing +\emph default + unterstützt. + Das bedeutet, daß jedes Zeichen aus mehreren Farbschattierungen zusammengesetzt + werden kann, anstelle von nur zwei wie derzeit. + Das erhöht scheinbar die Auf +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +"| +\end_inset + +lösung. + Dadurch wird der Text am Bildschirm nicht nur besser lesbar, LyX kann dadurch + den Text noch genauer in der Größe anzeigen, die er auch später auf dem + Ausdruck hat, da dann z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + auch ein 14.4pt-Zeichensatz verwendet werden kann, wohingegen im Moment + auf 14pt abgerundet werden muß. +\layout Section + +Tastatur-Einstellung +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie Linux selber auf einem PC installiert haben, können Sie diesen + Teil ignorieren. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:x-win-keys} + +\end_inset + +Um LyX richtig benutzen zu können, +\emph on +muß +\emph default +X richtig eingerichtet werden. + Das ist besonders dann wichtig, wenn Sie die internationalen LyX-Unterstützunge +n und nicht-englische Tastaturen benutzen wollen. + Unglücklicherweise kümmert sich fast niemand darum, besonders nicht diejenigen, + die LyX auf einem PC installiert haben\SpecialChar \@. + Administratoren großer Systeme können + auch schuld sein, also verlassen Sie sich nicht auf richtige Einstellungen, + wenn Sie ein großes System benutzen. + Jeder Benutzer kann X beibringen, die richtige Tastatureinstellung zu benutzen. + Sie müssen sich nicht auf Ihren Systemadministrator verlassen - +\emph on +Sie +\emph default + +\emph on +sollten es auch nicht tun +\emph default +! Sie benötigen nur die beiden folgenden Programme, um die Tastatur Ihren + Bedürfnissen anzupassen. +\layout Subsection + + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\family default + und +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\layout Standard + +Zunächst lesen Sie die +\family typewriter +man +\family default +-Seiten der beiden Programme. + Das sind Ihre wirklichen Freunde für die richtige Tastatureinstellung. + Wenn Sie die Programme nicht haben, installieren Sie sie. +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\layout Standard + +Dieses Dokument beschreibt +\emph on +nicht, +\emph default +wie man +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\family default + benutzt. + In +\emph on +Anpassung +\emph default +gibt es eine +\family typewriter +.Xmodmap +\family default +-Beispieldatei. + Um die neuen Tastatureinstellungen zu laden, fügen Sie den Befehl +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +xmodmap\SpecialChar ~ +.Xmodmap +\family default + +\layout Standard + +irgendwo in Ihre Startdateien ein (z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + +\family typewriter +.bashrc +\family default +, +\family typewriter +.cshrc +\family default +, +\family typewriter +.profile +\family default +, +\family typewriter +.login +\family default + oder +\family typewriter +.xinitrc +\family default +). +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\layout Standard + +Mit diesem Programm ist ein Traum wahr geworden! Es zeigt ein Bild Ihrer + Tastatur, erlaubt Ihnen, Änderungen vorzunehmen, und gibt diese Änderungen + in einer für +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\family default + lesbaren Form auf der Standardausgabe aus. + Es ist sehr nützlich, wenn Sie versuchen, eine neue +\family typewriter +.Xmodmap +\family default +-Datei zu erzeugen, obwohl ein wenig +\emph on +cut-and-paste +\emph default + nötig ist. +\layout Subsection + +Sondertasten +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Sondertasten} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +LyX unterstützt drei Sondertasten: Umschalt +\family sans +[S- +\family default +], Strg +\family sans +[C- +\family default +] und Alt +\family sans +[M- +\family default +]. + Wenn außerdem eine Taste als +\family sans +Compose +\family default +-Taste konfiguriert wurde, dann können Sie damit einige Zeichen, die nicht + auf Ihrer Tastatur sind, erzeugen. + Diese Taste ist die Kombination +\family sans + Umschalt+AltGr +\family default + und/oder die rechte +\family sans +Windoof +\family default +-Taste (rechts von +\family sans +AltGr +\family default +). + Diese +\family sans +Compose +\family default +-Taste kann entweder wie +\family sans +Shift +\family default + oder +\family sans +Control +\family default + benutzt werden oder als Präfix-Taste. + Hier sind einige Beispiele dafür, was Sie mit der +\family sans +Compose +\family default +-Taste machen können: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Compose\SpecialChar ~ +e\SpecialChar ~ +' +\family default + +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + + é +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Compose\SpecialChar ~ +O\SpecialChar ~ +R +\family default + +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + + ® +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Compose\SpecialChar ~ +1\SpecialChar ~ +2 +\family default + +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + + ½ +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Compose\SpecialChar ~ +<\SpecialChar ~ +< +\family default + +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + + « +\layout Standard + +Diese Eingabeart ist besonders dann hilfreich, wenn man Buchstaben mit Akzenten + nur manchmal benutzt. + Bei Latin1-Buchstaben geht es automatisch, aber andere Methoden sind nötig, + wenn Sie Ihr +\emph on +locale +\emph default + richtig gesetzt haben. +\layout Subsection + +Hilfreiche Hinweise und Tips +\layout Standard + +Öffnen Sie bitte zwei X-Terminals. + Editieren Sie in einem eine neue +\family typewriter +.Xmodmap +\family default +-Datei, und lassen Sie +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\family default + im anderen laufen. + Mit +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\family default + wird Ihre neue Tastaturbelegung erzeugt. + Es gibt einen Knopf in +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\family default +, um die neue Tabelle auszugeben. + Wenn Sie ihn drücken, gibt +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\family default + eine Menge Zeug auf dem +\emph on +xterm +\emph default + aus, von wo Sie es gestartet haben. + Sie müssen es nur noch mit +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +copy-and-paste +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\emph default + in Ihre +\family typewriter +.Xmodmap +\family default +-Datei bringen, und Sie sind fertig. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Sie können sich etwas Schreibarbeit sparen, wenn Sie folgendes ausführen: + +\family typewriter +xkeycaps > .Xmodmap +\family default +. + Dadurch erhalten Sie Ihre neue Datei. + Wenn Sie aber den Knopf +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +output keymap +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + in +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\family default + mehr als einmal drücken, wird Ihre Datei durcheinander geraten. + Wie alle Werkzeuge ist +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\family default + nur so intelligent wie sein Benutzer. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Da sind noch ein paar Dinge, die Sie tun können, um sich zurechtzufinden. + Versuchen Sie, das Kommando +\family typewriter +xmodmap -v -pm +\family default + auszuführen. + Das zeigt Ihnen alle aktiven Sondertasten. + Versuchen Sie auch +\family typewriter +xmodmap -v -pke | more +\family default +, um zu sehen, welche Nummern zu welchen symbolischen Namen gehören. + So sehen Sie auch die Syntax der +\family typewriter +.Xmodmap +\family default +-Datei. +\layout Standard + +Eine Sache müssen Sie noch prüfen: +\family sans +Entf +\family default + und +\family sans +Rückschritt ( +\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ +\end_inset + +) +\family default +sollten +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + dieselbe Bedeutung haben! Eindeutige Namen für diese beiden Tasten ändern + das Verhalten Ihrer Programme nicht unbedingt. + Einige Programme binden +\family sans +Entf +\family default + und +\family sans +Rückschritt +\family default + an dieselbe Operation (z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + Emacs), aber wenn +\family sans +Entf +\family default + und +\family sans +Rückschritt +\family default + dasselbe tun, werden Sie Probleme mit LyX bekommen. +\layout Section + +Tastaturkürzel +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bindings} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +Tastaturkürzel +\family default + dienen dazu, einer Taste oder Tastenkombination eine LyX-Funktion zuzuordnen. + Die LyX-Distribution umfaßt einige Dateien mit unterschiedlichen Tastaturzuordn +ungen: CUA, die typische Belegung auf PC und CDE, eine Emacs-Version für + diejenigen, die der +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +reinen Lehre +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + folgen, +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + das nimmt hoffentlich niemand ernst! +\end_inset + + sowie einige spezialisierte Versionen (broadway, hollywood) und an andere + Sprachen (Deutsch, Französisch) angepasste Tastenbelegungen. + +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie stattdessen Ihre Kürzel lieber selbst definieren wollen, nehmen + Sie am besten diejenige Systemdatei aus +\family typewriter +LyXDir/bind +\family default + als Vorlage, die am ehesten Ihren Vorstellungen entspricht, und modifizieren + Sie diese entsprechend. + Vergessen Sie nicht, diese Datei dann im Dialog +\family sans +Einstellungen +\family default + auch zu aktivieren. + (Derzeit ist es noch notwendig, LyX danach neu zu starten um die Änderungen + wirksam zu machen.) +\layout Standard + +LyX unterstützt die Internationalisierung der Benutzerschnittstelle (siehe + Kapitel +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{chap:i18n} + +\end_inset + +). + Wenn Ihre Sprachumgebung (,, +\emph on +locale +\emph default +``) über die Umgebungsvariable +\family typewriter +$LANG +\family default + richtig eingestellt ist, versucht LyX entsprechende +\family typewriter +bind +\family default +-Dateien zu laden, indem die Zeichenkette +\family typewriter +$LANG_ +\family default + dem Dateinamen vorangestellt wird (für Deutsch, +\family typewriter +$LANG=de +\family default +, also z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + +\family typewriter + de_menus.bind +\family default +). + Sie können derartige übersetzte Versionen auch in Ihrem privaten +\family typewriter +bind/ +\family default +-Verzeichnis speichern, LyX findet und benutzt sie auch dort. +\layout Standard + +Die Syntax der Dateien im +\family typewriter +bind +\family default +-Verzeichnis ist einfach: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +bind +\layout Standard + +Sowohl die Tastenkombination als auch die LyX-Funktion muß dabei in doppelten + Anführungszeichen gesetzt werden. + Eine Liste der LyX-Funktionen finden Sie im +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default +. +\layout Section + +Die Benutzerschnittstelle +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:UI} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Das Aussehen der Menü- und der Werkzeugleiste können ebenfalls im Dialog + +\family sans +Einstellungen +\family default + verändert werden. + Wählen Sie dazu eine andere Datei für den Eintrag +\family sans +Aussehen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Benutzerschnittstelle\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +G +\bar default +UI-Datei: +\family default +. + Derzeit existiert zwar nur eine einzige Datei, +\family typewriter +default.ui +\family default +, aber lassen Sie sich dadurch nicht abhalten: Kopieren Sie sie in Ihr privates + LyX-Verzeichnis +\family typewriter +UserDir/ui +\family default + und spielen Sie damit herum. + Auch hier ist es derzeit noch nötig, LyX neu zu starten um Änderungen zu + aktivieren. +\layout Standard + +Die Syntax dieser +\family typewriter +.ui +\family default +-Dateien ist ebenfalls sehr einfach, schauen Sie sich am besten +\family typewriter +default.ui +\family default + an. + Die Sektionen +\family typewriter +Menubar +\family default +, +\family typewriter +Menu +\family default + und +\family typewriter +Toolbar +\family default + müssen jeweils mit einem expliziten +\family typewriter +End +\family default + abgeschlossen werden. + Sie dürfen die Einträge +\family typewriter +Submenus +\family default +, +\family typewriter +Items +\family default +, +\family typewriter +OptItems +\family default +, +\family typewriter +Separators +\family default +, +\family typewriter +Icons +\family default + und, im Falle des Menüs +\family typewriter +File +\family default +, auch +\family typewriter +Lastentry +\family default + enthalten. + Eine kleine Warnung dazu: Ein +\family typewriter +Submenu +\family default + kann in +\family typewriter +Menubar +\family default + und +\family typewriter +Menu +\family default + eingefügt werden, das entsprechende Menü muß aber als +\family typewriter +Menu +\family default + definiert werden, nicht als +\family typewriter +Submenu +\family default +. +\layout Section + +Konverter, Formate und Druckvorschau +\layout Standard + +LyX besitzt einen neuen und mächtigen Mechanismus um mittels externer Programme + zwischen beliebigen Dateiformaten zu konvertieren. + Geben Sie ein Paar von Formaten an, z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + +\family typewriter +LaTeX +\family default + und +\family typewriter +PDF +\family default +, dann geben Sie ein Programm an, das vom einen in das andere Format konvertiere +n kann. + Für unser Beispiel kommen zwei Wege in Frage: +\layout Enumerate + +Eine direkte Konvertierung von LaTeX in PDF mittels +\family typewriter +pdflatex. +\layout Enumerate + +Eine stufenweise Konvertierung über Zwischenformate: LaTeX in DVI (mit +\family typewriter +latex +\family default +) in Post\SpecialChar \- +Script® (mit +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default +) in PDF (mit +\family typewriter +ps2pdf +\family default +). +\layout Standard + +LyX wird immer den kürzesten Weg wählen, deswegen müssen Sie unterschiedliche + Formatnamen für +\family typewriter +.pdf +\family default +-Dateien angeben, wenn Sie beide Wege verwenden wollen. + Beide sind im entsprechenden Dialog in +\family sans +Einstellungen +\family default + enthalten. + Sehen Sie sie sich an und definieren Sie sich eigene... +\layout Standard + +Darüberhinaus kann jedem Dateiformat ein Betrachtungsprogramm zugeordnet + werden, etwa +\family typewriter +gv +\family default +, um Post\SpecialChar \- +Script®-Dateien anzuzeigen, +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + für DVI-Dateien usw\SpecialChar \@. + Im Dialog in +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +E +\family default +\bar under +i +\family sans +\bar default +nstellungen...\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Datei\SpecialChar \- +for\SpecialChar \- +ma\SpecialChar \- +te\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +B +\bar default +etrachter: +\family default + können Sie diese Programme sowie etwaige Optionen festlegen. +\layout Section + +Optionen für den ASCII-Export +\layout Standard + +Eine ganze Reihe von Befehlen dient dazu, die Ausgabe und Formatierung im + ASCII-Format zu verbessern. + LyX versucht bei der Installation, die besten Einstellungen für Ihr System + zu finden, Sie können dies aber in +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +E +\family default +\bar under +i +\family sans +\bar default +nstellungen...\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +ASCII +\family default + jederzeit ändern, wenn Sie mit den Vorgaben nicht einverstanden sind. +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +groff-Befehl +\family default +\series default + Damit legen Sie den Befehl fest, mit dem (durch die Unixprogramme +\family typewriter +groff +\family default +, +\family typewriter + troff +\family default + oder +\family typewriter + nroff +\family default +, siehe die jeweiligen Manpages) die Formatierung von ASCII-Tabellen durchgeführ +t wird. + Ist er nicht festgelegt, verwendet LyX den internen, schlechteren Formatierer. +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Ausgabe\SpecialChar ~ +Zeilenlänge +\family default +\series default + Dieser Befehl legt die maximale Zeilenlänge in der Ausgabedatei fest. + Ein Wert von +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +0 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + bedeutet keine Grenze. +\layout Section + +Drucker +\layout Standard + +In +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +E +\family default +\bar under +i +\family sans +\bar default +nstellungen...\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Drucker +\family default + haben Sie die Möglichkeit, die Zusammenarbeit von LyX mit dem (externen) + Druckbefehl genau zu steuern. + Jedoch sollten die Standardeinstellungen normalerweise korrekt sein. + Wenn jedoch Ihr lokaler Druckbefehl andere Optionen benötigt, können Sie + das hier festlegen. +\layout Standard + +Falls Sie generelle Probleme mit Ihrem Drucker haben, hilft Ihnen vielleicht + Kapitel\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{chap:printer} + +\end_inset + + weiter. +\layout Section + +Bildschirmfarben +\layout Standard + +In +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +E +\family default +\bar under +i +\family sans +\bar default +nstellungen...\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Aussehen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Farben +\family default + können Sie interaktiv festlegen, mit welchen Farben die diversen Strukturen + am Bildschirm dargestellt werden. + Hier eine Auswahl der wichtigeren Funktionen und ihrer Standardfarben: +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Ly +\family sans + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + + +\family default +X-Name +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Zweck +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Standardfarbe (RGB-Wert) +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Cursor +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Textcursor +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +schwarz (0,0,0) +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Hintergrund +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Texthintergrund +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +leinen (250,240,230) +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Text +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Textvordergrund +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +schwarz (0,0,0) +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +LaT +\family sans + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + + +\family default +eX-Text +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +LaT +\family sans + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + + +\family default +eX-Text +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +dunkelrot (139,0,0) +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Mathe +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Mathematische Formeln +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +dunkelblau (0,0,139) +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Mathe (Strich) +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Bruchstriche, Klammern usw. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +blau (0,0,255) +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Mathe (Hintergrund) +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Hintergrund für Formeln +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +leinen (250,240,230) +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Mathe (Rahmen) +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +purpurrot (255,0,255) +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Mathe (Cursor) +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +schwarz (0,0,0) +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Auswahl +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Auswahlhintergrund +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +hellblau (173,216,230) +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Die komplette Liste existiert derzeit nur in der Datei +\family typewriter +LColor.C +\family default + des LyX-Quellcodes. +\layout Standard + +Alternativ könnten Sie unter Zuhilfenahme der LyX-Funktion +\family typewriter +set-color +\family default + (siehe +\emph on +Referenzhandbuch +\emph default +) und der X11-Namen der Farben die Zuordnung manuell vornehmen. + Die dazu notwendige Syntax ist +\layout LyX-Code + +set-color LyXName X11-Farbe +\layout Section + +Automatische Einstellungen +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:autodetected} + +\end_inset + +Einige Einstellungen werden von LyX selbständig ermittelt, wenn Sie den + Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Neu\SpecialChar ~ +k +\bar under +o +\bar default +nfigu\SpecialChar \- +rie\SpecialChar \- +ren +\family default + wählen. + Im vorliegenden Abschnitt zählen wir diejenigen Einstellungen auf, die + die Nutzerkonfiguration betreffen. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash +latex_command +\family default +\series default + enthält den Namen eines gültigen LaTeX2e-Prozessors (automatisch getestet + werden +\family typewriter +latex +\family default + und +\family typewriter +latex2e +\family default +). +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash +ps_command +\family default +\series default + ist auf +\family typewriter +gs +\family default + gesetzt, wenn Sie Ghostscript installiert haben. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash +view_ps_command +\family default +\series default + wird auf +\family typewriter +gv +\family default + gesetzt, wenn Sie die entsprechenden Programme installiert haben ( +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{\view_pspic_command} + +\end_inset + + wird auf dasselbe Programm gesetzt). +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash +ascii_roff_command +\family default +\series default + verwendet entweder +\family typewriter +groff +\family default + oder +\family typewriter +nroff +\family default ++ +\family typewriter +tbl +\family default +, je nachdem, was vorhanden ist. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash +chktex_command +\family default +\series default + wird auf +\family typewriter +chktex +\family default + plus einiger Optionen gesetzt (falls vorhanden). +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash +fax_command +\family default +\series default + wird auf +\family typewriter +fax\SpecialChar ~ +send +\family default + oder +\family typewriter +sendfax +\family default + gesetzt, je nachdem, welches Fax-Paket gefunden wurde. + Benötigte Kommandooptionen werden ebenfalls mit angegeben. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash +print_spool_command +\family default +\series default + wird für System-V-Systeme auf +\family typewriter +lp +\family default + und für BSD-Systeme auf +\family typewriter +lpr +\family default + eingestellt. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash +print_spool_printerprefix +\family default +\series default + wird auf +\family typewriter +-d +\family default + oder +\family typewriter +-P +\family default + gesetzt, je nachdem, ob +\family typewriter +lp +\family default + oder +\family typewriter +lpr +\family default + gefunden wurden. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash +font_encoding +\family default +\series default + Falls die +\family typewriter +\series bold +ec +\family default +\series default +-Zeichensätze gefunden und von LaTeX unterstützt werden, wird dies auf +\family typewriter +T1 +\family default + gesetzt. + Haben Sie nur die +\family typewriter +dc +\family default +-Zeichensätze, können Sie die Option von Hand aktivieren. +\layout Section + +Weitere Befehle +\layout Standard + +Es gibt noch eine große Zahl an weiteren Konfigurationsmöglichkeiten, die + hier nicht erwähnt wurden. + Leider ist die Dokumentation noch nicht vollständig. + Aber die meisten davon sind zum Glück selbsterklärend. + Eine weitere mögliche Quelle von Informationen ist das +\emph on +Referenzhandbuch +\emph default +, jedoch ist auch dieses nicht immer auf dem allerneuesten Stand. +\layout Chapter + +Internationales LyX +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{chap:i18n} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Anmerkung des Übersetzers: Dieses Kapitel behandelt zwei Themenbereiche. + Einmal wird in\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:interface-aendern} + +\end_inset + + und\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:andere-tastaturkuerzel} + +\end_inset + + erklärt, wie man LyX mitteilt, daß man in einer fremdsprachlichen Umgebung + arbeitet. + Der überwiegende Rest des Kapitels erläutert, wie man LyX an eine neue + Sprache anpaßt, d. +\emph default + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + + +\emph on +h. +\emph default +\SpecialChar ~ + +\emph on +wie man es übersetzt. + Da diese Arbeiten für eine deutsche Umgebung bereits erledigt wurden, dürfte + dieser Teil des Kapitels für die Leser dieser Übersetzung weitgehend uninteress +ant sein. + Die letzten beiden Abschnitte, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:internat-tastaturbelegung} + +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:keymap} + +\end_inset + +, waren bei der Übersetzung noch nicht ganz up to date. + (Leif Albers) +\layout Standard + +LyX kann mit übersetzten Versionen seiner Benutzerschnittstelle arbeiten. + Als dieser Text erstellt wurde, waren über den normalen englischen Text + Anpassungen für 23 Sprachen Bestandteil der LyX-Distribution. + Die Sprache Ihrer Wahl ist Ihre +\emph on +locale +\emph default + [in etwa: Örtlichkeit]. + (Für weitere Informationen über +\emph on +locale +\emph default +-Definitionen ist die Manpage +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +locale(5) +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + ein guter Startpunkt.) +\layout Standard + +Bitte beachten Sie, daß diese Übersetzungen zwar funktionieren, aber oft + ein paar Einschränkungen unterliegen. + Insbesondere wurde das Design der Popup-Menüs auf den englischen Text zugeschni +tten. + Das bedeutet, daß der übersetzte Text an einigen Stellen mehr Platz benötigt + als dort zur Verfügung steht. + Dies ist natürlich nur ein Darstellungsproblem und schränkt nicht die Funktions +weise von LyX ein. + Sie werden auch feststellen, daß einige Übersetzungen nicht für alle Menüpunkte + Tastenkürzel definieren. + Manchmal stehen einfach nicht genügend freie Buchstaben zur Verfügung, + manchmal hatte der Übersetzer einfach bisher keine Zeit, sich darum zu + kümmern. +\layout Standard + +Wir werden versuchen, diese Dinge in einer späteren Version zu korrigieren. +\layout Section + +Eine andere Sprache für die Schnittstelle auswählen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:interface-aendern} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Normalerweise erfolgt die gesamte Benutzerführung in englisch. + Um eine andere Sprache auszuwählen, müssen Sie die Umgebungsvariable +\family typewriter +LANG +\family default + setzen. + Benutzen Sie +\family typewriter +setenv LANG xx +\family default + in csh-kompatiblen und +\family typewriter +export LANG=xx +\family roman + +\family default +in sh-kompatiblen Shells. + Ersetzen Sie dabei +\family typewriter +xx +\family default + durch den Zwei-Buchstaben-Code der Sprache, die Sie verwenden möchten -- + zum Beispiel +\family typewriter +de +\family default + für deutsch. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Noch besser wäre es, +\family typewriter +LANG +\family default +auf den Wert de_DE zu setzen, da andere Programme (z. +\begin_inset Formula $\,$ +\end_inset + +B. + KDE) nach DE suchen, oder sogar den vollständigen Wert de_DE.iso88591 +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Normalerweise werden Sie den passenden Befehl in eine der Startdateien einfügen, + also z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + in +\family typewriter +~/.Xsession +\family default + oder +\family typewriter +~/.xinitrc +\family default +, damit die übersetzte Schnittstelle automatisch benutzt wird. + +\layout Standard + +Beachten Sie, daß all dies +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + funktioniert, wenn Sie LyX mit der Option +\family typewriter +--disable-nls +\family default + kompiliert haben. +\layout Section + +Tastaturkürzel für andere Sprachen anpassen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:andere-tastaturkuerzel} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Ein Hauptgrund für Inkonsistenzen in übersetzten LyX-Versionen ist die Tatsache, + daß alle Tastaturkürzel für die Menüfunktionen ursprünglich auf den englischen + Text zugeschnitten wurden. + Das heißt, unabhängig vom tatsächlichen Menüeintrag wird das Kürzel +\family sans +M-f\SpecialChar ~ +t +\family default + das Popup +\family typewriter +new-file-from-template +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +new-file-from-template +\family default + ist der LyX-interne Befehl, der das Menü +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Neu\SpecialChar ~ +von\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +V +\bar default +orlage +\family default + anwählt. +\end_inset + + +\family default + öffnen. + Es ist allerdings einfach, dies zu ändern, da alle Tastenkürzel für die + Menüfunktionen in einer einzigen Datei definiert werden, in +\family typewriter +LyXDir/bind/menus.bind +\family default +. + Jeder Anwender kann eine eigene Version dieser Datei in sein privates LyX-Verze +ichnis ( +\family typewriter +~/.lyx/bind +\family default +) kopieren und verändern. + Diese wird anstelle der systemweiten Datei eingelesen. + In diesem privaten Verzeichnis kann man die Definitionen einfach ändern, + z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + von +\family sans +M-f\SpecialChar ~ +t +\family default + nach +\family sans +M-d\SpecialChar ~ +v +\family default + (für +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Neu\SpecialChar ~ +von\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +V +\bar default +orlage +\family default +). + Für einige Sprachen existieren schon angepasste Versionen +\family typewriter +LyXDir/bind/ +\series bold + xx +\series default +_menus.bind +\family default + ( +\family typewriter +\series bold +xx +\family default +\series default + bezeichnet den Code der Sprache). + Diese werden von LyX automatisch benutzt, sofern sie existieren (und Ihre + +\emph on +locale +\emph default + auf +\family typewriter +$LANG= +\series bold +xx +\family default +\series default + gesetzt wurde). +\layout Standard + +Sie müssen darauf achten, daß neue Definitionen nicht mit anderen, vorangehenden + Definitionen kollidieren. + Beispielsweise würde die oben genannte Definition von +\family sans +M-d\SpecialChar ~ +v +\family default + für Benutzer, die +\family typewriter +emacs.bind +\family default + verwenden, eine Fehlermeldung erzeugen, denn in +\family typewriter +emacs.bind +\family default + wird +\family sans +M-d +\family default + bereits als als +\family typewriter +word-delete-forward +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +word-delete-forward +\family default + löscht das Wort rechts vom Cursor. +\end_inset + + +\family default + definiert. + +\layout Standard + +In LyX Version 1.0 werden die übersetzten Namen der Hauptmenüs (die in den + +\family typewriter +po +\family default +-Dateien stehen) für den Tasten\SpecialChar \- +de\SpecialChar \- +fi\SpecialChar \- +ni\SpecialChar \- +tions-Mechanismus verwendet -- deshalb + müssen auch in +\family typewriter +menus.bind +\family default + die +\emph on +übersetzten +\emph default + Menünamen verwendet werden. +\layout Section + +LyX übersetzen +\layout Subsection + +Die Benutzerschnittstelle übersetzen (Textmeldungen) +\layout Standard + +LyX verwendet die GNU-gettext-Bibliothek, um die Internationalisierung der + Benutzerschnittstelle zu verwalten. + Um LyX dazu zu bringen, in allen Menüs und Dialog-Boxen Ihre Lieblingssprache + zu verwenden, müssen Sie eine +\family typewriter +po +\family default +-Datei für diese Sprache erstellen. + Anschließend müssen Sie daraus eine +\family typewriter +mo +\family default +-Datei erzeugen und diese installieren. + Eine umfassende Anleitung dazu finden Sie in der Dokumentation für GNU + gettext +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Natürlich nur auf englisch. + Die Veränderungen, die an der +\family typewriter +po +\family default +-Datei durchgeführt werden müssen, sind allerdings recht intuitiv. +\end_inset + +. + Kurz gesagt müssen folgende Veränderungen durchgeführt werden ( +\family typewriter +\series bold +xx +\family default +\series default + bezeichnet den Sprachencode der neuen Sprache): +\layout Itemize + +Kopieren Sie im Verzeichnis des LyX-Quellcodes die Datei +\family typewriter +LYX-SOURCE-DIR/po/lyx.pot +\family default + nach +\family typewriter +\series bold +xx +\series default +.po +\family default +. + (Falls +\family typewriter +lyx.pot +\family default + nicht existiert, kann sie mit dem Befehl +\family typewriter +make\SpecialChar ~ +lyx.pot +\family default + neu erzeugt werden.) +\layout Itemize + +Editieren Sie +\family typewriter +xx.po +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Wir empfehlen, für diese Aufgabe Emacs zu benutzen, da die Distribution + der gettext-Library auch einen hübschen Emacs-Modus enthält, der Sie bei + dieser Arbeit unterstützt. +\end_inset + + +\family default +. + Für einige Menü- und Widgetfunktionen gibt es Tastenkürzel, die ebenfalls + übersetzt werden sollten. + Diese Tasten werden mit ' +\family typewriter +| +\family default +' markiert und sollten passend mitübersetzt werden. + Es gibt ein Prolog-Programm namens +\family typewriter +scgen.pl +\family default +, das sich im Quellverzeichnis in +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{LYX-SOURCE-DIR/development/tools/} + +\end_inset + + befindet. + Vielleicht hilft es Ihnen bei der Bestimmung der Tastenkürzel. + Beachten Sie, daß XForms (zumindest die Version 0.86) nur 7-Bit-Zeichen + als Tastenkürzel verarbeiten kann. +\newline +Sie sollten auch das Informationsfeld am Anfang der neuen po-Datei ausfüllen + (mit Ihrer e-mail-Adresse, usw.), damit Sie für andere Leute erreichbar + sind, die Ihnen Vorschläge oder unterhaltsame Flames schicken möchten. +\layout Itemize + +Erzeugen Sie die Datei +\family typewriter +\series bold +xx +\series default +.mo +\family default +. + Dies tun Sie mit dem Befehl: +\newline + +\family typewriter +msgfmt -o +\series bold +xx +\series default +.mo +\series bold +xx +\series default +.po +\layout Itemize + +Kopieren Sie die mo-Datei unter dem Namen +\family typewriter +lyx.mo +\family default + in den +\family typewriter +locale +\family default +-Baum im richtigen Verzeichnis für Anwendungsmitteilungen für Sprache +\series bold +xx +\series default +, z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B.: +\newline + +\family typewriter +cp +\series bold +xx +\series default +.mo /usr/local/share/locale/ +\series bold +xx +\series default +/LC_MESSAGES/lyx.mo +\family default +.) +\layout Standard + +Um eine neue +\family typewriter +po +\family default +-Datei zu der LyX- +\emph on +Distribution +\emph default + hinzuzufügen, müssen eine Reihe von Dateien (Konfigurations-Scripts und + mehr) verändert werden. + Aber dank der gettext-Bibliothek ist ein Einbinden in den LyX-Quellcode + für den Anwender unnötig. +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie eine Übersetzung für eine Sprache erstellt haben, die LyX zur Zeit + noch nicht unterstützt, sollten Sie uns ruhig ein Patch mit Ihrer Datei + zusenden. + Wie man ein Patch erstellt, erfahren Sie in der README-Datei im Verzeichnis + +\family typewriter +LYX-SOURCE-DIR/po/ +\family default +. +\layout Subsection + +Die Dokumentation übersetzen +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +[Anmerkung des Übersetzers: +\emph default +wenn +\emph on + Sie die Dokumentation übersetzen wollen, benutzen Sie als Vorlage auf jeden + Fall das englische Original. + Übersetzungen -- diese eingeschlossen -- sind oft nicht ganz auf dem neuesten + Stand. + -LA] +\layout Standard + +Auch die Online-Dokumentation (im +\family sans +\bar under +H +\bar default +ilfe +\family default +-Menü) kann (und sollte!) übersetzt werden. + Wenn übersetzte Versionen verfügbar sind +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Derzeit (April 1999) sind praktisch alle Texte ins Deutsche übersetzt. + Das +\emph on +Tutorium +\emph default + wurde in die Sprachen Französisch, Polnisch, Portugiesisch und Schwedisch + übersetzt, andere Sprachen sind in Arbeit. + Die Bibliothek an übersetzten Texten wächst ständig. +\end_inset + + und die +\emph on +locale +\emph default + entsprechend gesetzt wurde, werden diese automatisch von LyX benutzt. + (Leider sind bisher nur wenige Übersetzungen vorhanden.) LyX sucht nach + übersetzten Versionen in +\family typewriter +LyXDir/doc/ +\series bold +xx +\series default +_DocName.lyx +\family default + (wobei, wie immer, +\family typewriter +\series bold +xx +\family default +\series default + für das entsprechende Sprach\SpecialChar \- +kür\SpecialChar \- +zel steht, das in der Umgebungsvariablen + +\family typewriter +LANG +\family default + gesetzt wird). + Falls solche Dateien nicht existieren, wird die englische Version verwendet. + Auch die übersetzten Versionen müssen (bis auf das +\family typewriter +\series bold +xx +\series default +_ +\family default +) den gleichen (englischen) Dateinamen (im Beispiel oben +\family typewriter +DocName +\family default +) tragen wie die englischen Originale. + Wenn Sie gerne die Dokumentation übersetzen möchten (übrigens ein guter + Weg, um die Originale Korrektur zu lesen!), hier ein paar Tips, die Ihnen + möglicherweise etwas Arbeit ersparen: +\layout Itemize + +Lesen Sie +\family typewriter +DocStyle.lyx +\family default +, der Leitfaden zum Schreiben der LyX-Dokumentation. + Beachten Sie vor allem den Abschnitt für Übersetzer. +\layout Itemize + +Werfen Sie einen Blick auf die Seiten des Übersetzungsteams auf der Hompage + des +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[LyX Developer Teams]{http://www.devel.lyx.org} + +\end_inset + +. + Dort erfahren Sie, welche Texte bereits in Ihre Sprache übersetzt sind, + auch sehen Sie, ob jemand (und wenn ja, wer) die Übersetzungsaktivitäten + koordiniert. +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie dann mit der eigentlichen Übersetzungsarbeit beginnen sind hier + einige Tips, die Ihnen vielleicht einige Schwierigkeiten überwinden helfen: +\layout Itemize + +Machen Sie im Dokumentationsteam mit! Informationen dazu gibt es in +\family typewriter +Intro.lyx +\family default + ( +\family sans +\bar under +H +\bar default +ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +inführung +\family default +). + Dies ist übrigens das erste Dokument, das Sie übersetzen sollten. +\layout Itemize + +Machen Sie sich mit den typographischen Konventionen der Sprache vertraut, + in die Sie übersetzen möchten. + Typographie ist eine alte Kunst, und in vielen Teilen der Welt wurden verschied +ene Konventionen eingeführt. + Auch sollten Sie die typographische Terminologie in Ihrem Land lernen. + Eine eigene Terminologie würde nur die Leser verwirren. + +\emph on +(Warnung: Typographie macht süchtig!) +\layout Itemize + +Legen Sie eine Kopie des Originaldokumentes an. + Von Zeit zu Zeit wird die Originalversion erneuert. + Sie können beispielsweise CVSweb auf der LyX-Entwickler-Seite im WWW verwenden + um zu sehen, was sich verändert hat. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Alternativ können Sie auch lokal eine Kopie des (englischen) Ausgangstextes + aufbewahren und diese dann mit der neuen Version vergleichen (z. +\begin_inset Formula $\,$ +\end_inset + +B. + mit dem Unix-Befehl +\family typewriter +diff +\family default +). +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + +Wann immer Sie einen Fehler im Originaltext entdecken, korrigieren Sie ihn + und teilen dem Rest des Dokumentationsteams Ihre Veränderungen mit. + (Sie haben nicht vergessen, dem Dokumentationsteam beizutreten, oder?) + +\emph on +Auch die Originaldokumentation ist nicht komplett. +\layout Section + +Internationale Tastaturbelegung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:internat-tastaturbelegung} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Anmerkung des Editors: der folgende Abschnitt stammt von Ivan Schreter. + Er wurde noch nicht an den neuen Dokumentationsstil angepaßt und macht + noch keinen Gebrauch von den neuen Möglichkeiten von Version\SpecialChar ~ +1.0. + Auch sollte er mit dem folgenden Abschnitt zusammengefasst werden. + -jw +\layout Subsection + +Eigene Tastaturtabellen definieren: das +\emph on +Keymap +\emph default +-Dateiformat +\layout Standard + +Sehen wir uns einmal die +\emph on +Keymap +\emph default +-Datei ein wenig näher an. + Es handelt sich um eine ASCII-Datei, in der folgendes definiert wird: +\layout Itemize + +Taste-Taste- oder Taste-String-Transformationen +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Tote +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + Tasten -- sogenannte +\emph on +dead keys +\layout Itemize + +Ausnahmen für tote Tasten. +\layout Standard + +Zur Definition einer Taste-Taste- oder Taste-String-Transformation dient + folgender Befehl: +\layout Quotation + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +kmap Taste Ausgabe +\layout Standard + +wobei +\family typewriter +Taste +\family default + die zu übersetzende Taste bezeichnet und +\family typewriter +Ausgabe +\family default + die Taste oder den String, der dafür in das Dokument eingefügt werden soll. + Eine tote Taste definiert man mit:\SpecialChar ~ + +\layout Quotation + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +kmod +\emph on + +\emph default +Taste Tote-Taste +\layout Standard + +wobei +\family typewriter +Taste +\family default +\emph on + +\emph default +wieder eine Taste auf der Tastatur bezeichnet und +\family typewriter +Tote-Taste +\family default +\emph on + +\emph default +der Name einer toten Taste ist. + LyX unterstützt folgende toten Tasten (Abkürzungen in Klammern): +\layout Quotation + + +\emph on +Name +\hfill +Beispiel +\layout Quotation + +acute (acu) +\hfill +áéíóú +\layout Quotation + +grave (gra) +\hfill +àèìòù +\layout Quotation + +macron (mac) +\hfill + \i \={o} + +\layout Quotation + +tilde (til) +\hfill +ñÑ +\layout Quotation + +underbar (underb) +\hfill + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +b o +\end_inset + + +\layout Quotation + +cedilla (ced) +\hfill +çÇ +\layout Quotation + +underdot (underd) +\hfill + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +d o +\end_inset + + +\layout Quotation + +circumflex (circu) +\hfill +âêîôû +\layout Quotation + +circle (circl) +\hfill +Å\i \r{u} +\i \r{U} + +\layout Quotation + +tie (tie) +\hfill + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +t oo +\end_inset + + +\layout Quotation + +breve (bre) +\hfill +\i \u{a} + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +u o +\end_inset + + +\layout Quotation + +caron (car) +\hfill +\i \v{c} +\i \v{s} +\i \v{z} + +\layout Quotation + +hungarian umlaut (hug) +\hfill +\i \H{o} +\i \H{u} + +\layout Quotation + +umlaut (uml) +\hfill +äöü +\layout Quotation + +dot (dot) +\hfill +\i \.{z} + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +.s +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Da es auf vielen internationalen Tastaturen Ausnahmen dafür gibt, wie eine + bestimmte tote Taste das folgende Zeichen verändern soll, können diese + definiert werden, und zwar mit: +\layout Quotation + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +kxmod +\family default + +\family typewriter +Tote-Taste Taste Ausgabe +\layout Standard + +Zum Beispiel soll caron-o auf einer slowakischen Tastatur ein circumflex-o + erzeugen. + Dies erreicht man mit: +\layout Quotation + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +kxmod +\family default + +\family typewriter +caron o " +\backslash +^o" +\layout Standard + +Auch müssen für die Buchstaben i und j Ausnahmen definiert werden, um den + Punkt zu löschen, bevor ein Akzent eingefügt wird. + Ich werde dies beizeiten ändern, hatte aber bisher noch keine Zeit dazu. +\layout Standard + +Ach so, zur Definition der Ausgabe: Der Backslash +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + ist ein Sonderzeichen. + Um ihn einzugeben muß man einen doppelten Backslash +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\backslash + +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + eingeben. + Auch das Anführungszeichen +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +" +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und das Doppelkreuz +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +# +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + haben eine andere Bedeutung. + +\family typewriter +# +\family default + bezeichnet einen Kommentar, Anführungszeichen markieren den Anfang und + das Ende eines Strings (d. +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +h.\SpecialChar ~ +einer LaTeX-Befehlssequenz). + Um diese Zeichen anzugeben, muß ein Backslash vorangestellt werden (also: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +" +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +# +\family default +). + Wenn Sie eine funktionierende Keymap-Datei für eine neue Sprache angefertigt + haben, bitte mailen Sie diese an das Entwickler-Team, damit sie in die + nächste Distribution integriert werden kann. +\layout Standard + +In Zukunft werden auch noch folgende Befehle unterstützt: +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +kinclude Dateiname +\family default +\emph on + +\hfill + +\emph default +bindet eine andere Datei ein +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +kprog +\family default + +\family typewriter +Programm +\family default +\emph on + +\hfill + +\emph default + definiert ein externes Keymap-Programm +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{sloppypar} +\end_inset + +Auch sollte es die +\family typewriter +lyxrc +\family default +-Datei nach Voreinstellungen durchsuchen (z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + nach einer Option +\family typewriter + +\backslash +kinclude +\family default +, um eine Standardtastatur zu verwenden). +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Internationale Tastaturtabellen: +\emph on +Keymaps +\emph default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:keymap} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Die nächsten beiden Abschnitte beschreiben detailliert die Syntax der +\family typewriter +kmap +\family default +- und +\family typewriter +.cdef +\family default +-Dateien. + Diese Abschnitte sollten Ihnen dabei helfen, Ihre eigene Tastaturtabelle + zu entwerfen, wenn die vorhandenen nicht ganz Ihren Bedürfnissen entsprechen. +\layout Subsection + +Die +\family typewriter +.kmap +\family default +-Datei +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:kmap} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Eine +\family sans +\shape up +. +\family typewriter +kmap +\family default +\shape default +-Datei transformiert gedrückte Tasten zu Buchstaben oder Strings (Zeichenketten) + -- es definiert ein +\emph on +keyboard mapping +\emph default +. + Im Folgenden werden die Schlüsselwörter +\family typewriter +kmap +\family default +, +\family typewriter +kmod +\family default +, +\family typewriter +kxmod +\family default + und +\family typewriter +kcomb +\family default + beschrieben. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +\shape up +kmap +\family default +\shape default + Transformiere einen Buchstaben zu einem String +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +kmap +\family roman +\emph on +Zeichen Ausgabe +\layout Standard + +Dieser Ausdruck definiert, daß +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Zeichen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\emph default + zu +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Ausgabe +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\emph default + transformiert werden soll. + Dabei müssen in +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Ausgabe +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\emph default + die Zeichen Backslash +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und Anführungszeichen +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +" +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\family roman + +\family default +mit einem vorangehenden Backslash versehen werden. + +\layout Standard + +Als Beispiel ein Ausdruck, der das Zeichen +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +/ +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + ausgibt, wenn die Taste +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +& +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + gedrückt wurde: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +kmap & / +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +\shape up +kmod +\family default +\shape default + Spezifiziere ein Akzentzeichen +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +kmod +\family roman + +\emph on +Zeichen Akzent erlaubt +\layout Standard + +Dieser Ausdruck wird dafür sorgen, daß +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Zeichen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\emph default + als ein bestimmter +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Akzent +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\emph default + interpretiert wird, und zwar bei allen Zeichen, die in +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +erlaubt +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\emph default + aufgeführt sind. + Dies ist der Mechanismus toter Tasten +\emph on +(dead keys). +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Der Ausdruck +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +tote Taste +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + kommt daher, daß diese Taste allein kein Zeichen erzeugt, aber -- gefolgt + von einer anderen Taste -- akzentuierte Zeichen erzeugt. + Zum Beispiel kann auf diese Weise das deutsche +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +ä +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + erzeugt werden. +\end_inset + + +\emph default +Wenn Sie die Taste +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Zeichen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\emph default + drücken, gefolgt von einem Zeichen, das +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + in +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +erlaubt +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\emph default + aufgeführt wurde, werden einfach beide Zeichen einzeln ausgegeben. +\layout Standard + +Der folgende Ausdruck definiert, daß die Taste +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +^ +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + als circumflex-Akzent definiert wird, wenn er von einem der Buchstaben + a, e, i, o, u, A, E, I ,O oder U gefolgt wird: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +kmod ^ circumflex aeiouAEIOU +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +kxmod +\family default + Definiere eine Ausnahme zu einem Akzentzeichen +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +kxmod +\family sans +\emph on + +\family roman +Akzent Zeichen Ausgabe +\layout Standard + +Dieser Ausdruck definiert eine Ausnahme für die Wirkung, die +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Akzent +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\emph default + in Verbindung mit +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Zeichen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\emph default + haben soll. + Dabei muß +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Akzent +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\emph default + vorher mit Hilfe einer +\family typewriter + +\backslash +kmod +\family default +-Zeile einer Taste zugewiesen worden sein. + Wenn Sie die Sequenz +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Akzent +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Zeichen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\emph default + drücken, wird +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Ausgabe +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\emph default + produziert. + Falls solch eine Definition +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + existiert, und Sie +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Akzent +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Zeichen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\emph default +eingeben, erhalten Sie das +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Zeichen +\emph default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + -- akzentuiert. +\layout Standard + +Der folgende Ausdruck sorgt dafür, daß LaTeX bei einem +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +i +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + mit circumflex den I-Punkt entfernt, bevor das Akzentsymbol eingefügt wird: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +kxmod circumflex i " +\backslash + +\backslash +^{ +\backslash + +\backslash +i}" +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +kcomb +\family default + Kombiniere zwei Akzentsymbole +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +kcomb +\family roman +\emph on +Akzent1 Akzent2 erlaubt +\layout Standard + +Hier wird es ziemlich esoterisch. + Dieser Ausdruck erlaubt die Kombination der Effekte von +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Akzent1 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\emph default + und +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Akzent2 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\emph default + (in dieser Reihenfolge!) bei allen +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +erlaubt +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\emph default +-en Zeichen. + Die Bedeutungen von +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Akzent1 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\emph default + und +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Akzent2 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\emph default + müssen zuvor mit Hilfe von +\family typewriter + +\backslash +kmod +\family default +\emph on + +\emph default +definiert worden sein. +\layout Standard + +Folgendes Beispiel aus der Datei +\family typewriter +greek.kmap +\family default +: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +kmod ; acute aeioyvhAEIOYVH +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +kmod : umlaut iyIY +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +kcomb acute umlaut iyIY +\layout Standard + +Diese Zeilen erlauben es, +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +;:i +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + einzugeben und auf diese Weise +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +'{ +\backslash +"{i}} +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + zu erzeugen ( +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +'{ +\backslash +"{i}} +\end_inset + +). + In diesem Fall löscht die Backspace-Taste das letzte gedrückte Zeichen. + Wenn Sie also +\family typewriter +;: +\family default + +\family sans +Backspace +\family default + +\family typewriter +i +\family default + eingeben, erhalten Sie +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +'(i) +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + ( +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +'i +\end_inset + +). + +\layout Subsection + +Die +\family typewriter +.cdef +\family default +-Datei +\layout Standard + +Nachdem LyX die +\family typewriter +.kmap +\family default +-Datei verarbeitet hat, erklärt eine +\family typewriter +.cdef +\family default +-Datei, wie die einzelnen Symbole im gegenwärtigen Zeichensatz dargestellt + werden sollen. + Die LyX-Distribution enthält wenigstens die Dateien +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{iso8859-1.cdef} + +\end_inset + + und +\family typewriter +\shape up +iso8859-2.cdef +\family default +\shape default +. +\layout Standard + +Generell besteht eine +\family typewriter +. +\shape up +cdef +\family default +\shape default +-Datei aus einer Reihe von Deklarationen der folgenden Form: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\family roman +\emph on +Position_im_Zeichensatz String +\layout Standard + +Um beispielsweise dem String ( +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Ausgabe +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\emph default + im vorigen Abschnitt) +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +'{e} +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + das entsprechende Zeichen im iso-8859-1 Zeichensatz (233) zuzuweisen, benutzt + man folgenden Ausdruck: +\layout LyX-Code + +233 " +\backslash + +\backslash +'{e}" +\layout Standard + +(Wieder müssen den Zeichen +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +" +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + ein Backslash vorangestellt werden.) +\family roman + +\family default +Beachten Sie, daß es durchaus möglich ist, daß dasselbe Zeichen (sinnvoll) + zwei verschiedene Strings repräsentieren kann. + Z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + in +\family typewriter +i +\shape up +so-8859-7.cdef +\family sans + +\family default +\shape default +gibt es die Zeilen: +\layout LyX-Code + +192 " +\backslash + +\backslash +'{ +\backslash + +\backslash + +\backslash +"{i}}" +\newline +192 " +\backslash + +\backslash + +\backslash +"{ +\backslash + +\backslash +'{i}}" +\layout Standard + +Wenn LyX kein passendes Zeichen für einen String finden kann, der durch + eine Tastensequenz erzeugt wurde, wird es versuchen, falls der String wie + ein akzentuierter Buchstabe aussieht, auf dem Bildschirm den Buchstaben + mit Akzent selbst zu zeichnen. +\layout Subsection + +Tote Tasten definieren +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Anmerkung des Übersetzers: An dieser Stelle weiche ich kraß vom Original + ab. + Der englische Text ist hier viel zu weitschweifig und ein bisschen konfus. + -LA +\layout Standard + +Es gibt noch eine zweite Möglichkeit, internationale Buchstaben mit Hilfe + von +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +toten Tasten +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\emph on +(dead keys) +\emph default + zu erzeugen -- nämlich direkt in der +\family typewriter +.bind +\family default +-Datei. + (Genaueres finden Sie in Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:bindings} + +\end_inset + + und im +\emph on +Referenzhandbuch +\emph default +. + Dazu ein einfaches Beispiel: +\layout Standard + +Nehmen wir an, Sie benötigen eine Zirkumflex-Taste. + Diese können Sie definieren, indem Sie in der +\family typewriter +lyxrc +\family default +-Datei folgende Zeile einfügen: +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bind "asciicircum" "accent-circumflex" +\layout Standard + +(Dabei ist +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +asciicircum +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + die Bezeichnung, die das X11-System für die +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +^ +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +-Taste verwendet. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Die Bezeichnungen anderer Symbole lassen sich ganz gut aus einer C-Include-Datei + namens +\family typewriter +keysymdef.h +\family default +ablesen. + Meist findet man sie in +\family typewriter +/usr/X11/include/X11/ +\family default +. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +accent-circum\SpecialChar \- +flex +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + ist ein LyX-Befehl, der den Zirkumflex-Akzent erzeugt.) +\layout Standard + +Leider unterscheidet sich die Wirkungsweise der toten Tasten, die in +\family typewriter +.lyxrc +\family default + definiert wurden, merklich von der, die in Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:kmap} + +\end_inset + + beschrieben wurde. +\layout Subsection + +Ihre Sprachkonfiguration einstellen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:savlang} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Sie können Ihre +\family typewriter +lyxrc +\family default +-Datei so verändern, daß Ihre gewünschte Sprachumgebung automatisch geladen + wird, wenn LyX gestartet wird. + Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt Befehle, die folgendes spezifizieren: +\layout Itemize + +Standard-, erste und zweite Tastaturbelegung +\layout Itemize + +Zeichensatzkodierung +\layout Standard + +In Ihrer +\family typewriter +lyxrc +\family default +-Datei finden Sie verschiedene Beispiele, wie man sie konfigurieren kann. + Zum Beispiel können Sie einen Eintrag für eine Tastaturbelegung folgendermaßen + vornehmen: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +bind "american" "keymap-primary" +\layout Standard + +eine tote Taste +\emph on +(dead key) +\emph default + definieren: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +bind "M-," "accent-cedilla" +\layout Standard + +oder eine Zeichensatzkodierung festlegen: +\layout LyX-Code + +# Die Norm für die Bildschirmzeichensätze +\layout LyX-Code + +# Voreinstellung ist iso8859-1. +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +font_norm iso8859-2 +\layout Chapter + +Installieren neuer Textklassen, Layouts und Vorlagen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{chap:textclass} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +In diesem Abschnitt wird beschrieben, wie Sie beim Installieren neuer Layout- + und Vorlagedateien vorgehen müssen, außerdem auch eine kleine Auf +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +"| +\end_inset + +frischung, wie man neue Dokumentenklassen für LaTeX korrekt installiert. + Zunächst ein paar Definitionen: Eine Dokumentenklasse ist eine LaTeX-Datei + (normalerweise mit der Endung +\family typewriter +.cls +\family default + oder +\family typewriter +.sty +\family default +), die das Format einer speziellen Art von Dokument beschreibt, etwa Artikel, + Brief usw., und auch alle dazu notwendigen Befehle definiert. + Eine Layout-Datei ist eine LyX-Datei, die einer LaTeX-Dokumentenklasse + entspricht und LyX mitteilt, wie die diversen Formatelemente am Bildschirm + dargestellt werden sollen, damit der Eindruck möglichst gut dem späteren + Druckbild entspricht. + Genauer gesagt beschreibt eine Layoutdatei eine +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Textklasse +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, das interne Konstrukt, welches LyX verwendet, um den Text am Bildschirm + darzustellen. + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Layout +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Textklasse +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + sind somit in gewisser Weise äquivalent, aber es ist besser, die Datei + als Layout zu bezeichnen und die interne Realisation im Speicher von LyX + als Textklasse. + Eine Vorlage ist einfach eine LyX-Dokument, welches bereits einige vordefiniert +e Einträge für eine bestimmte Textklasse enthält. + Derartige Vorlagen sind beispielsweise für Briefe oder Artikel für Zeitschrifte +n sehr hilfreich. +\layout Section + +Installation eines neuen LaTeX-Paketes +\layout Standard + +Bei manchen TeX-Installationen fehlt möglicherweise das eine oder andere + Paket, das Sie gerne mit LyX verwenden würden. + Ein Beispiel dafür ist FoilTeX, ein verbreitetes (und sehr leistungsfähiges) + Paket zur Erstellung von Dias und Folien für Overheadprojektoren. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Weitere Dokumentation zu FoilTeX finden Sie im Teil +\emph on +Profi-Tips +\emph default + der Online-Hilfe. +\end_inset + + Sie finden hier eine Beschreibung der grundlegenden Schritte, um ein solches + zusätzliches Paket in einer aktuellen Version von teTeX +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Die Prozedur gilt auf jeden Fall für v1.0 sowie die 0.9 Betaversionen. + Hinweise darauf, ob dies auch in Version 0.4 funktioniert, sind willkommen, + andererseits ist ein Upgrade auf 1.0 sicher die bessere Wahl. +\end_inset + + oder einer anderen, web2c basierten TeX-Distribution einzubinden. +\layout Enumerate + +Besorgen Sie sich das Paket von CTAN oder einer anderen Quelle +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Informationen darüber, was CTAN ist und wo unterstützte Dokumentenklassen + gefunden werden können, finden Sie im Hilfedokument +\emph on +LaTeX-Konfiguration +\emph default +. +\end_inset + +. +\layout Enumerate + +Lesen Sie die Datei +\family typewriter +texmf.cnf +\family default + (normalerweise befindet sie sich im Verzeichnis +\family typewriter +$TEXMF/web2c +\family default +, Sie können sie aber auch mit dem Befehl +\family typewriter +kpsewhich texmf.cnf +\family default + lokalisieren). + Dort wird beschrieben, wie Sie ein lokales +\family typewriter +texmf +\family default +-Verzeichnis anlegen können; folgen Sie diesen Instruktionen. + Sie müssen den Namen Ihres lokalen +\family typewriter +texmf +\family default +-Ver\SpecialChar \- +zeich\SpecialChar \- +nis\SpecialChar \- +ses in +\family typewriter +texmf.cnf +\family default + eintragen. + Typischerweise wird unter Linux Software, die nicht zur normalen Distribution + gehört, unterhalb von +\family typewriter +/usr/local +\family default + installiert, es bietet sich also +\family typewriter +/usr/local/texmf +\family default + an. + Im Normalfall müssen Sie nur zwei Dinge verändern: +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Setzen Sie die Umgebungsvariable +\family typewriter +TEXMFLOCAL +\family default + auf das gewählte Verzeichnis, z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. +\newline + +\family typewriter +TEXMFLOCAL = /usr/local/texmf +\layout Enumerate + +Stellen Sie sicher, daß +\family typewriter +TEXMF +\family default + die Variable +\family typewriter +TEXMFLOCAL +\family default + enthält: +\newline + +\family typewriter +TEXMF = {$HOMETEXMF,!!$TEXMFLOCAL,!!TEXMFMAIN} +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Legen Sie das lokale Verzeichnis an. + Die Verzeichnisstruktur muß dabei derjenigen des bestehenden +\family typewriter +texmf +\family default +-Ver\SpecialChar \- +zeich\SpecialChar \- +nis\SpecialChar \- +ses entsprechen, also LaTeX-Pakete in +\family typewriter +/usr/local/texmf/latex/ +\family default + usw. +\layout Enumerate + +Installieren Sie das neue Paket. + Am Beispiel FoilTeX: Legen Sie das Verzeichnis +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{/usr/local/texmf/latex/foiltex} + +\end_inset + + an und kopieren Sie die diversen Dateien des entpackten +\family typewriter +tar +\family default +-Archives in dieses Verzeichnis. +\layout Enumerate + +Starten Sie das Programm +\family typewriter +texhash +\family default +. + Dabei wird (unter anderem) die Datei +\family typewriter +/usr/local/ texmf/ls-R +\family default + angelegt oder aktualisiert. +\layout Enumerate + +Wählen Sie in LyX den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Neu\SpecialChar ~ +k +\bar under +o +\bar default +nfigurieren +\family default + an; starten Sie LyX danach erneut. +\layout Standard + +Nun sollte das neue Paket --- beispielsweise +\family sans +slides (FoilTeX) +\family default + --- im Feld +\family sans +\bar under +K +\bar default +lasse +\family default + des Menüs +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument +\family default + erscheinen. + Ein Hinweis am Rande: es gibt auch einfachere Möglichkeiten, ein neues + Paket zu installieren, Sie können etwa im LaTeX-Systemverzeichnis ( +\family typewriter +$TEXMF/tex/latex +\family default +) lediglich einen Link auf das neue Paket anlegen (nicht vergessen, +\family typewriter +texconfig +\family default + aufzurufen!) oder die Umgebungsvariable +\family typewriter +$TEXINPUTS +\family default + entsprechend setzen. + Die in +\family typewriter +texmf.cnf +\family default + beschriebene, formale Methode funktioniert aber garantiert, deshalb sollten + Sie diese auch verwenden, solange die Umstände dies nicht verhindern, etwa + wenn Sie keine Administratorrechte haben. +\layout Section + +Layouts +\layout Standard + +In diesem Abschnitt wird beschrieben, wie Sie eigene Layout-Dateien (auch + Textklassen genannt) für LyX schreiben können; dafür wird die Klasse +\family typewriter +article +\family default + als Beispiel genommen. + Derartige +\family typewriter +.layout +\family default +-Dateien beschreiben, welche Arten von Absatzumgebungen in der jeweiligen + Dokumentenklasse zur Verfügung stehen, und wie sie in LyX dargestellt werden. + Diese Beschreibung ist zwar sehr tiefgehend, kann aber dennoch nicht alle + Eventualitäten und Probleme abdecken, auf die Sie beim Schreiben eigener + Layout-Dateien stoßen können. + Dies liegt einfach an der enormen Vielfalt der Textklassen von LaTeX. +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie vorhaben, eine neue Textklasse zu entwickeln, sollten Sie einen + Blick in die Beispiel-Textklassen werfen, die im LyX-Paket enthalten sind. + Wenn Sie eine LaTeX-Dokumentenklasse verwenden, die vermutlich auch von + anderen Personen benutzt wird, und Sie eine passende LyX-Textklasse entwickelt + haben, dann sollten Sie uns Ihr Werk ruhig zukommen lassen, damit wir es + in die Distribution integrieren können. +\layout Standard + +Bei allen im folgenden angegebenen Optionen ist die Groß-/Kleinschreibung + nicht relevant, d. +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +h.\SpecialChar ~ +Style, style und StYlE bezeichnen denselben Befehl. + Die jeweils möglichen Werte sind in eckigen Klammern hinter dem Namen aufgeführ +t. + Die Voreinstellung einer Option, also der Wert, den die Option erhält, + wenn sie +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + spezifiziert wird, ist +\family typewriter +\emph on +hervorgehoben +\family default +\emph default +. + Wenn ein Argument einen Datentyp hat, wie +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +string +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + oder +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +float +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, dann wird die Voreinstellung wie folgt dargestellt: +\family typewriter +float= +\emph on +Voreinstellung +\family default +. +\layout Subsection + +Unterstützung neuer Dokumentenklassen +\layout Standard + +Generell können drei Situationen auftreten, wenn Sie eine neue Dokumentenklasse + unterstützen wollen. + Bei den beiden einfacheren Fällen handelt es sich um LaTeX2e class- ( +\family typewriter +.cls +\family default +) oder Stil- ( +\family typewriter +.sty +\family default +) Dateien. + Wenn Sie Pech haben, liegt der dritte Fall vor und bei der neuen Klasse + handelt es sich um eine LaTeX 2.09 Stil-Datei. + Das Vorgehen beim Anlegen einer neuen Layout-Datei für diese drei Fälle + ist sehr ähnlich, lediglich im dritten Fall ist ein zusätzlicher Schritt + notwendig, um LyX zu ermöglichen, auch mit LaTeX 2.09 zu arbeiten. +\layout Subsection + +LaTeX2e +\family typewriter +sty +\family default +-Datei +\layout Standard + +Wenn es sich bei der neuen Dokumentenklasse um eine Stil-Datei handelt, + die zusammen mit einer bereits existierenden und von LyX unterstützten + Dokumentenklasse handelt, nehmen Sie am besten die Layout-Datei für diese + Klasse als Ausgangspunkt und kopieren sie in Ihr lokales Verzeichnis. + Der Einfachheit halber nehmen wir an, die neue Stil-Datei sei +\family typewriter +myclass.sty +\family default + und sie ist dafür gedacht, mit der Standard-Dokumentenklasse +\family typewriter +report.cls +\family default + verwendet zu werden. + +\layout LyX-Code + +cp report.layout ~/.lyx/layouts/myclass.layout +\layout Standard + +Editieren Sie nun +\family typewriter +myclass.layout +\family default + und ändern Sie die Zeile +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +DeclareLaTeXClass{report} +\layout Standard + +um in +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +DeclareLaTeXClass[report, myclass.sty]{report (myclass)} +\layout Standard + +Fügen Sie nun irgendwo am Anfang der Datei folgende Zeilen ein: +\layout LyX-Code + +Preamble +\newline + +\backslash +usepackage{myclass} +\newline +EndPreamble +\layout Standard + +Starten Sie jetzt LyX und konfigurieren Sie es neu ( +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Neu\SpecialChar ~ +k +\bar under +o +\bar default +nfigurieren +\family default +). + Starten Sie LyX neu und legen Sie ein neues Dokument an. + Sie sollten nun in +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument +\family default + als mögliche Dokumentenklasse auch +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +report (myclass) +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + vorfinden. + Höchstwahrscheinlich werden sich einige Befehle der neuen Klasse von denen + der Basisklasse +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +report +\family default + in diesem Beispiel +\end_inset + + unterscheiden; Sie können dann mit den Einstellungen für die verschiedenen + Umgebungstypen in der Layoutdatei herumexperimentieren. + Dazu später mehr. +\layout Subsection + +LaTeX2e +\family sans +cls +\family default +-Datei +\layout Standard + +In diesem Fall müssen Sie ziemlich sicher ein eigenes Layout von Grund auf + neu erstellen. + Dabei ist es angeraten, die Layout-Datei einer ähnlichen Dokumentenklasse + als Basis zu verwenden und diese an den entsprechenden Stellen anzupassen. + Zumindest sollten Sie eine existierende Layout-Datei betrachten um zu sehen, + welche Dinge beachtet werden müssen. + +\layout Subsection + +LaTeX 2.09 +\family sans +sty +\family default +-Datei +\layout Standard + +Ob eine +\family typewriter +.sty +\family default +-Datei für das (jetzt obsolete) LaTeX 2.09 geschrieben wurde, können Sie + an einem der beiden folgenden Dinge erkennen: +\layout Enumerate + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{sloppypar} +\end_inset + +Eine Beispieldatei, die diese Klasse verwendet, deklariert dies durch den + Befehl +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentstyle{myclass} +\family default + (anstelle von +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default +) +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Enumerate + +Der Aufruf von LaTeX mit einer Beispieldatei gibt eine Warnung aus, daß + in den Kompatibilitätsmodus geschaltet wird. +\layout Standard + +LyX unterstützt ausschließlich LaTeX2e-Dokumente. + Aber das ist kein Grund zu verzweifeln, denn wo ein Wille ist, ist auch + ein Weg ( +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Es war offensichtlich unmöglich; deshalb haben wir es trotzdem getan +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +). + Die existierende Unterstützung für ReVTeX 3.1 ist ein Beispiel, bei dem + der LaTeX 2.09 Code derart gekapselt wird, daß er in LaTeX2e formatierten + Dokumenten verwendet werden kann. + Sie können diese Kapselung auch für Ihr +\family typewriter +myclass.sty +\family default + verwenden, sollte sich dieses als 2.09 Code herausstellen. + Hier ein kurzes Rezept: +\layout LyX-Code + +cp LyXDir/tex/revtex.cls ~/tex/myclass.cls +\layout Standard + +(oder wo immer Sie Ihre lokalen TeX-Dateien speichern). + Editieren Sie nun +\family typewriter +myclass.cls +\family default + und ersetzen Sie jedes vorhandene +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +revtex +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + durch +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +myclass +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Wahrscheinlich sind einige der +\family typewriter + +\backslash +DeclareOption +\family default +-Einträge für Ihre Stil-Datei nicht relevant, doch das soll Sie momentan + nicht stören. +\layout Standard + +Als nächstes erstellen Sie wie im vorigen Abschnitt beschrieben eine Datei + +\family typewriter +myclass.layout +\family default +, verwenden aber diesmal den Eintrag +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +DeclareLaTeXClass{myclass} +\layout Standard + +Eine +\family typewriter +Preamble +\family default +-Definition sollte nicht notwendig sein. + Konfigurieren Sie LyX neu und mit etwas Glück haben Sie ein funktionierendes + System, das lediglich ein wenig Einstellungsarbeit bei der Darstellung + benötigt. + Das beinhaltet Veränderungen der Werte, die LyX für Abstände, Zeichensätze + usw. + verwendet; diese werden in der +\family typewriter +.layout +\family default +-Datei festgelegt. +\layout Standard + +Weiterhin müssen Sie sicherstellen, daß alle Umgebungstypen, die in +\family typewriter +myclass.cls +\family default + definiert werden, auch in +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{myclass.layout} + +\end_inset + + vorhanden sind. + Falls einige davon fehlen, müssen Sie die entsprechenden Einträge hinzufügen. + Kopieren Sie dazu einen ähnlich aussehenden Stil und verändern Sie diesen + nach Ihren Wünschen. + Dies geschieht am einfachsten folgendermaßen: +\layout LyX-Code + +Style FehlenderStyle +\layout LyX-Code + + CopyStyle ÄhnlicherStyle +\layout LyX-Code + + # hier die Unterschiede neu definieren +\layout LyX-Code + +End +\layout Standard + +Im folgenden Abschnitt wird erläutert, was welches Element in einer +\family typewriter +.layout +\family default +-Datei macht. +\layout Standard + +Dies sollte ausreichend sein, um auf den richtigen Weg zu gelangen. + Die folgenden Abschnitte enthalten Details zum tatsächlichen Inhalt der + Layout-Dateien. + Wenn es dennoch zu Problemen kommt, wenden Sie sich an die LyX-Mailing-Listen. + Die Entwickler freuen sich immer über neue Dokumentenklassen! +\layout Section + +Deklaration einer neuen Textklasse +\layout Standard + +Zeilen, die mit einem +\family typewriter +# +\family default + beginnen, sind Kommentare. + Mit einer Ausnahme: alle Textklassen sollten mit Zeilen ähnlich wie den + folgenden beginnen: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size small +#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size small +# +\backslash +DeclareLaTeXClass{article} +\layout Standard + +Die zweite Zeile wird benötigt, wenn Sie LyX konfigurieren. + Die Textklassen-Datei wird von dem LaTeX-Script +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{chkconfig.ltx} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + gelesen, und zwar in einem speziellen Modus, in dem +\family typewriter +# +\family default +-Zeichen ignoriert werden. + Die erste Zeile ist einfach ein LaTeX-Kommentar, in der zweiten wird die + Textklasse deklariert. + Eine Datei namens +\family typewriter +article.layout +\family default +, die mit diesen beiden Zeilen beginnt, definiert eine Textklasse mit dem + Namen +\family typewriter +article +\family default + und benutzt die LaTeX-Dokumentenklasse +\family typewriter +article.cls +\family default +. + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +article +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + ist auch die Beschreibung, die später im Popup-Menü +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument +\family default + auftaucht. + +\layout Standard + +Angenommen, Sie möchten Ihre eigene Textklasse schreiben, welche die LaTeX-Dokum +entenklasse +\family typewriter +article +\family default + benutzt, in der Sie aber das Aussehen der Kopfzeile verändert haben. + Wenn Sie dann Ihre Textklasse in eine Datei namens +\family typewriter +myarticle.layout +\family default + schreiben, sollten die ersten beiden Zeilen der Datei etwa so aussehen: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size small +#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size small +# +\backslash +DeclareLaTeXClass[article]{article (with my own headings)} +\layout Standard + +Auf diese Weise deklarieren Sie eine Textklasse +\family typewriter +myarticle +\family default +, die die LaTeX-Dokumentenklasse +\family typewriter +article.cls +\family default + verwendet und (im Popup-Menü) beschrieben wird mit: +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +article (with my own headings) +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Falls Ihre Textklasse auch noch von weiteren Paketen abhängt, können Sie + das so angeben: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size small +#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size small +# +\backslash +DeclareLaTeXClass[article,foo.sty]{article (with my own headings)} +\layout Standard + +Dadurch wird angezeigt, daß Ihre Klasse auch das Paket +\family typewriter +foo.sty +\family default + verwendet. + Schließlich können Sie auch Klassen für SGML oder DocBook festlegen. + Eine typische Deklaration sieht so aus: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size small +#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size small +# +\backslash +DeclareSGMLClass{SGML (LinuxDoc)} +\layout Standard + +oder +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size small +#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size small +# +\backslash +DeclareDocBookClass[article]{SGML (DocBook article)} +\layout Standard + +Diesen Deklarationen kann außerdem ein optionaler Parameter zugefügt werden, + der den Namen der Dokumentenklasse festlegt (hier ist aber keine Liste + erlaubt). +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie eine Textklasse nach Ihrem Geschmack erstellt haben, müssen Sie + die Datei nur noch in das Verzeichnis +\family typewriter +LyXDir/layouts/ +\family default + oder nach +\family typewriter +UserDir/layouts +\family default + kopieren und unter LyX den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Neu\SpecialChar ~ +k +\bar under +o +\bar default +nfigurieren +\family default + anwählen. + Nach dem Neustart von LyX sollte Ihre Textklasse im Popup-Menü +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument +\family default + auswählbar sein. +\layout Subsection + +Allgemeine Parameter für Textklassen +\layout Standard + +Nachfolgend allgemeine Parameter, die die Form des gesamten Dokumentes beschreib +en: +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Columns +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +\emph on +1 +\emph default +, 2 +\family default +] +\newline +Gibt an, ob die Textklasse standardmäßig ein- oder zweispaltig gesetzt wird. + Kann im Popup +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument +\family default + geändert werden. + Diese Einstellung ist (ebenso wie +\family sans +Sides +\family default +) wichtig: Falls Ihre Textklasse standardmäßig zweispaltig gesetzt wird, + Sie aber vergessen, das korrekt anzugeben, wird die Option +\family typewriter +twocolumn +\family default + +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + gesetzt, wenn Sie +\family sans +\bar under +2 +\bar default +-spaltig +\family default + in +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument +\family default + aktivieren. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Sides +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +\emph on +1 +\emph default +, 2 +\family default +] +\newline +Gibt an, ob der Text standardmäßig für ein- oder für zweiseitigen Druck + gesetzt wird. + Kann im Popup +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument +\family default + geändert werden. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +PageStyle +\series default + +\family default +[ +\family typewriter +\emph on +plain +\emph default +, empty, headings +\family default +] +\newline +Der Standardseitenstil. + Kann ebenfalls im Popup +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument +\family default + geändert werden. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +MaxCounter +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +\emph on +Counter_Chapter +\emph default +, Counter_Section, Counter_Subsection, +\newline +Counter_Subsubsection, Counter_Paragraph, Counter_Subparagraph, +\newline +Counter_EnumI, Counter_EnumII, Counter_EnumIII, Counter_EnumIV +\family default +] +\newline +Der kleinste Abschnitt-Typ, der automatisch numeriert wird. + Sinnvoll sind Werte wie +\family typewriter +Counter_Chapter +\family default + für +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +book +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + oder +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +report +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und +\family typewriter +Counter_Section +\family default + für +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +article +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Wenn überhaupt keine Numerierung benötigt wird, beispielsweise in einem + Brief, sollte +\family typewriter +MaxCounter +\family default + den Wert +\family typewriter +Counter_EnumI +\family default + erhalten. + +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +ClassOptions\SpecialChar \ldots{} +End +\family default +\series default + \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt verschiedene globale Optionen, die von der Dokumente +nklasse unterstützt werden. + (Eine detaillierte Beschreibung finden Sie unter +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:classoptions} + +\end_inset + +.) +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +ProvidesAmsmath +\series default +[ +\emph on +0 +\emph default +,1] +\family default + \SpecialChar ~ + +\family typewriter + +\newline + +\family default +Gibt an, ob die betreffende Klasse von sich aus das Paket +\family typewriter +amsmath +\family default + lädt. + Dies ist für die Dokumentenklassen +\family typewriter +amsart +\family default + und +\family typewriter +amsbook +\family default + der Fall. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +ProvidesMakeidx +\series default +[ +\emph on +0 +\emph default +,1] +\family default + \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Gibt an, ob die betreffende Klasse die Funktionalität des Paketes +\family typewriter +makeidx +\family default + bereitstellt. + Dies ist für die Dokumentenklassen +\family typewriter +amsart +\family default + und +\family typewriter +amsbook +\family default + der Fall. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +ProvidesUrl +\series default +[ +\emph on +0 +\emph default +,1] +\family default +\SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Gibt an, ob die betreffende Klasse die Funktionalität des Paketes +\family typewriter +url +\family default + bereitstellt. + Dies ist für die Dokumentenklasse +\family typewriter +AASTeX +\family default + der Fall. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +DefaultFont +\family default +\series default + \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Dieser Parameter definiert den Standardzeichensatz des Dokuments. + (Eine genauere Beschreibung finden Sie in Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:fonts} + +\end_inset + +.) +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +DefaultStyle +\series default + [string] +\family default + +\family typewriter + +\newline + +\family default +Dies ist das Layout für neu angelegte Absätze, normalerweise +\family sans +Standard +\family default +. + Fehlt dieser Eintrag wird das erste definierte Layout verwendet; dennoch + ist es sehr ratsam, diese Anweisung anzugeben. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Preamble\SpecialChar \ldots{} +EndPreamble +\family default +\series default + \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +An dieser Stelle können Sie LaTeX-Code angeben, der vor +\emph on + +\emph default + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{document} +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + in die LaTeX-Ausgabe eingebunden wird. + (Zum Beispiel eigene Definitionen von LaTeX-Makros.) +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Input +\family default +\series default + \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Hiermit können Sie andere Dateien einbinden, die Definitionen für Textklassen + enthalten. + Damit können Sie unnötige Mehrfachdefinitionen vermeiden. + Beispielsweise binden die meisten Standardtextklassen die Datei +\family typewriter +stdclass.inc +\family default + ein, in der ein Großteil der Definitionen für Standardlayouts gemacht wird. + +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +NoStyle +\family default +\series default + \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Mit diesem Befehl können Sie die Definition eines bereits mit +\family typewriter +Style +\family default + (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:specific-layouts} + +\end_inset + +) definierten Layouts rückgängig machen. + Dies ist dann nützlich, wenn Sie ein Layout unterdrücken möchten, das in + einer Datei definiert wird, die Sie mit +\family typewriter +Input +\family default + eingebunden haben. +\layout Subsection + +Der Abschnitt +\family typewriter +ClassOptions +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:classoptions} + +\end_inset + +Der Abschnitt +\family typewriter +ClassOptions +\family default + kann folgende Einträge enthalten: +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +FontSize +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +string="10|11|12" +\family default +] +\newline +Eine Liste verfügbarer Größen für den Hauptzeichensatz; die Einträge werden + mit +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +| +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + getrennt. + +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +PageStyle +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +string="empty|plain|headings|fancy" +\family default +] +\newline +Eine Liste verfügbarer Seitenstile; die Einträge werden mit +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +| +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + getrennt. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Other +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +string="" +\family default +] +\newline +Sonstige Optionen für die Dokumentenklasse, die durch Komma getrennt werden. + Sie werden in dem +\family typewriter +documentclass +\family default +-Befehl als optionales Argument übergeben. +\layout Subsection + +Einzelne Absatz-Layouts +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:specific-layouts} + +\end_inset + +Eine Layoutbeschreibung für einen Absatz sieht wie folgt aus +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Sie können mit diesem Ausdruck entweder ein neues Layout definieren oder + aber ein bereits definiertes umdefinieren. + +\end_inset + +: +\layout LyX-Code + +Style +\family roman +\emph on +Name +\layout LyX-Code + + ... +\layout LyX-Code + +End +\layout Standard + +Innerhalb des Blocks sind folgende Befehle erlaubt: +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +CopyStyle +\family default +\series default + Hiermit können Sie alle Optionen eines bereits definierten Layouts in das + aktuelle kopieren. + +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +LatexType +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +\emph on +Paragraph +\emph default +, Command, Environment, Item_Environment, List_Environment +\family default +] +\newline +Legt fest, wie das Layout in LaTeX überführt wird. + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Paragraph +\family default +\series default + bewirkt nichts besonderes -- der Text wird als +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +normaler Absatz +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + übernommen. + +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Command +\family default +\series default + behandelt den Text als Argument eines LaTeX-Befehls ( +\family typewriter +\emph on + +\backslash +LatexBefehl +\emph default +{\SpecialChar \ldots{} +} +\family default +). +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Environment +\family default +\series default + behandelt den Text als Kern einer LaTeX-Umgebung +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +LaTeX-Umgebung, bzw. + LaTeX-Befehl sind hier etwas irreführend, denn diese Regeln gelten auch + für SGML-Klassen. + Schauen Sie sich am besten die SGML Class-Dateien für Beispiele an. +\end_inset + + ( +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{ +\emph on +LatexUmge +\emph default + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +"- +\end_inset + + +\emph on +bung +\emph default +} \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\backslash +end +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +"" +\end_inset + +{ +\emph on +La +\emph default + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +"- +\end_inset + + +\emph on +tex +\emph default + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +"- +\end_inset + + +\emph on +Umgebung +\emph default +} +\family default +). + +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Item_Environment +\family default +\series default + bewirkt dasselbe wie +\family typewriter +Environment +\family default +, nur daß vor jedem Absatz ein +\family typewriter + +\backslash +item +\family default + eingefügt wird. + +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +List_Environment +\family default +\series default + funktioniert wie +\family typewriter +Item_Environment +\family default +, nur daß +\family typewriter +LabelWidthString +\family default + als Argument an die Umgebung übergeben wird. + +\family typewriter +LabelWidthString +\family default + kann im Menü +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +A +\bar default +bsatzformat +\family default + definiert werden. + +\emph on +[Stimmt das noch? Glaube nicht! P.S.] +\end_deeper +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +InTitle +\series default + +\family default +[ +\family typewriter +1, +\emph on +0 +\family default +\emph default +] +\newline +Bei 1 wird nach dem Layout noch ein +\family typewriter + +\backslash +maketitle +\family default + in LaTeX eingefügt. + +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +LatexName +\family default +\series default + \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Der Name, den LaTeX für dieses Layout wählt, d. +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +h.\SpecialChar ~ +entweder der Name eines LaTeX-Befehls oder der einer LaTeX-Umgebung. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +LatexParam +\family default +\series default + \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Ein optionaler Parameter, der +\family typewriter +\series medium +LatexName +\family default +\series default + (dem zugehörigen Befehl oder der Umgebung) übergeben wird. + Dieser Parameter kann innerhalb von LyX nicht mehr geändert werden. + +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Margin +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +\emph on +Static +\emph default +, Manual, Dynamic, First_Dynamic, Right_Address_Box +\family default +] +\newline +Legt fest, wie der linke Rand des Textes bestimmt wird. + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Static +\family default +\series default + wählt einfach feste Randbreiten. + +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Manual +\family default +\series default + bedeutet, daß der Rand von der Einstellung der +\family sans +Ausrichtung +\family default + im Menü +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +A +\bar default +bsatzformat +\family default + abhängt. + Dies wird für hübsche Listen ohne Tabulatoren benutzt. + +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Dynamic +\family default +\series default + bedeutet, der linke Rand hängt von der Größe der verwendeten Markierung + ab. + Dies wird zum Beispiel bei automatisch numerierten Überschriften verwendet. + Es leuchtet ein, daß die Überschrift +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +5.4.3.2.1 Sehr lange ... + Überschrift +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + einen größeren linken Rand benötigt, als +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +3.2 Sehr lange ... + Überschrift +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +First_Dynamic +\family default +\series default + arbeitet ähnlich wie +\family typewriter +Dynamic +\family default +, aber nur die erste Zeile wird dynamisch gesetzt, die anderen statisch. + Dies wird für die LaTeX-Umgebung +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +description +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + benutzt. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Right_Address_Box +\family default +\series default + bedeutet, der Rand wird so gewählt, daß die längste Zeile des Absatzes + gerade den rechten Rand berührt. + Dies wird zum Setzen einer Adresse am rechten Rand der Seite eingesetzt. +\end_deeper +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +NextNoIndent +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +1, +\emph on +0 +\family default +\emph default +] +\newline +Gibt an, ob der nachfolgende Absatz einen linken Einzug haben darf oder + nicht. + +\family typewriter +1 +\family default + heißt, der Absatz erhält auf keinen Fall einen Einzug. + (Zum Beispiel nach einer Überschrift.) +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +ParIndent +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +string="" +\family default +] +\newline +Der Einzug der ersten Zeile eines Absatzes. + Als Argument wird eine Zeichenkette übergeben. + Zum Beispiel bedeutet +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +MM +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, daß die erste Zeile genau so weit eingezogen wird, wie die Breite von + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +MM +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + im normalen Zeichensatz ist. + Einen negativen Wert können Sie angeben, indem Sie ein +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +- +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + voranstellen. + Diese Methode wurde gewählt, damit das Aussehen auf dem Bildschirm bei + unterschiedlichen Zeichensätzen möglichst ähnlich bleibt. + +\family typewriter +ParIndent +\family default + bleibt für ein bestimmtes Layout fest. + Eine Ausnahme ist das Standard-Layout, denn dort kann der Einzug vom vorherigen + Layout mit +\family typewriter +NextNoIndent +\family default + verboten werden. + Auch benutzt das Standard-Layout innerhalb von Umgebungen den Einzug der + Umgebung und nicht den eigenen. + Zum Beispiel haben Standardabsätze innerhalb einer Aufzählung keinen Einzug. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +ParSkip +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +float=0 +\family default +] +\newline +LyX erlaubt im Menü +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument +\family default + die Einstellung +\family sans +Absatztrennung +\family default +. + Mögliche Einstellungen sind entweder +\family sans +Einz +\bar under +u +\bar default +g +\family default + oder +\family sans +Vert.\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +A +\bar default +bstand +\family default +. + Wenn +\family sans +Vert.\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +A +\bar default +bstand +\family default + gewählt wird, wird in einem Layout mit +\family typewriter +LatexType Paragraph +\family default + der Wert von +\family typewriter +ParIndent +\family default + ignoriert. + Stattdessen werden alle Absätze durch einen vertikalen Abstand getrennt. + Die Länge dieses Abstands ist das Produkt von +\family typewriter +ParSkip +\family default + und der Höhe des Standardzeichensatzes. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +TopSep +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +float=0 +\family default +] +\newline +Der vertikale Abstand, der die erste Serie von Absätzen vom vorangehenden + Text trennt. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +BottomSep +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +float=0 +\family default +] +\newline +Ähnlich wie +\family typewriter +TopSep +\family default + -- nur ist dies der Abstand nach einer Serie von Absätzen. + Ist der +\family typewriter +TopSep +\family default + des nachfolgenden Layouts nicht 0, so werden die beiden Abstände +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + addiert, sondern LyX wählt das Maximum der beiden Abstände. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +ParSep +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +float=0 +\family default +] +\newline +Der vertikale Anstand zwischen den Absätzen dieses Layouts. + +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +ItemSep +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +float=0 +\family default +] +\newline +Dies ist ein zusätzlicher Abstand für die Unterpunkte eines +\family typewriter +Environment +\family default +-Layouts. + Wenn in solch einem Layout andere Layouts integriert werden, so werden + diese mit +\family typewriter +ParSep +\family default + getrennt. + Aber die einzelnen Unterpunkte der Umgebung werden +\emph on +zusätzlich +\emph default + mit +\family typewriter +ItemSep +\family default + getrennt. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +LeftMargin +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +string="" +\family default +] +\newline +Definiert den linken Einzug. + Wenn ein Layout in ein anderes +\family typewriter +Environment +\family default +-Layout integriert wird, werden die Breiten der verschiedenen +\family typewriter +LeftMargin +\family default +s nicht einfach addiert, sondern vorher in Abhängigkeit zur Schachtelungstiefe + mit dem Faktor +\begin_inset Formula $\frac{4}{\mathrm{Tiefe}+4}$ +\end_inset + + multipliziert. + Dieser Parameter wird auch dann benutzt, wenn der Rand als +\family typewriter +Manual +\family default + oder +\family typewriter +Dynamic +\family default + definiert wurde. + In diesem Fall wird der Wert zu den gegebenen manuellen oder dynamischen + Rändern hinzugefügt. + Für die Bedeutung des Wertes gilt das bei +\family typewriter +ParIndent +\family default + Gesagte. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +RightMargin +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +string="" +\family default +] +\newline +Ähnlich wie +\family typewriter +LeftMargin +\family default +. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +LabelType +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +\emph on +No_Label +\emph default +, Manual, Static, Top_Environment, Centered_Top_Environment, +\newline +Sensitive, Counter_Chapter, Counter_Section, Counter_Subsection, +\newline +Counter_Subsubsection, Counter_Paragraph, Counter_Subparagraph, +\newline +Counter_EnumI, Counter_EnumII, Counter_EnumIII, Counter_EnumIV +\family default +] +\begin_deeper +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Manual +\family default +\series default + bedeutet, die Marke ist das erste Wort (bis zum ersten echten Leerzeichen). + +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Static +\family default + +\series default +bedeutet, die Marke wird im Layout definiert (siehe: +\family typewriter +LabelString +\family default +). +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Top_Environment +\family default +\SpecialChar ~ +und +\family typewriter +\SpecialChar ~ +Centered_Top_Environment +\family default +\series default + sind Spezialfälle von +\family typewriter +Static +\family default +. + Das Label wird über dem Absatz abgebildet, aber nur am Anfang der Umgebung + oder am Anfang einer Serie von Absätzen mit diesem Layout. + Dies benutzt man zum Beispiel im +\family sans +Abstract +\family default +-Layout oder im +\family sans +Bibliography +\family default +-Layout. + Dasselbe trifft auch für +\family typewriter +Manual +\family default +-Marken mit dem LaTeX-Typ +\family typewriter +Environment +\family default + zu, damit Layouts für Theoreme korrekt arbeiten. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Sensitive +\family default +\series default + ist ein Spezialfall von Bildunterschriften für Gleitobjekte (Abbildungen + und Tabellen). + +\family typewriter +Sensi\SpecialChar \- +tive +\family default + bedeutet, daß der gedruckte Text von der Art des Gleitobjekts abhängt. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Counter_xxx +\family default +\series default + (Sollte selbsterklärend sein -- +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +xxx +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + entspricht jeweils einem LaTeX-Glie\SpecialChar \- +de\SpecialChar \- +rungs\SpecialChar \- +be\SpecialChar \- +fehl.) +\end_deeper +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +LabelSep +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +string="" +\family default +] +\newline +Der horizontale Abstand zwischen der Marke und dem folgenden Text. + Wird nur für Marken benutzt, die nicht über dem folgenden Text stehen. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +LabelBottomSep +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +float=0 +\family default +] +\newline +Der vertikale Abstand zwischen der Marke und dem folgenden Text. + Wird nur für Marken benutzt, die über dem folgenden Text stehen ( +\family typewriter +Top_Environment +\family default +, +\family typewriter +Centered_Top_Environment +\family default +). +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +LabelString +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +string="" +\family default +] +\newline +Der String, der für den +\family typewriter +LabelType +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +Static +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + verwendet wird. + Wenn der Rand ( +\family typewriter +Margin +\family default +) auf +\family typewriter +Manual +\family default + gesetzt wurde, dient dieser String auch als Voreinstellung für +\family typewriter +LabelWidthString +\family default +, die im Popup-Menü +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +A +\bar default +bsatzformat +\family default + verändert werden kann. + Wenn als +\family typewriter +Labeltype +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +Counter_xxx +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + eingestellt wurde, wird der Zähler an diesen String angehängt. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Align +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +\emph on +block +\emph default +, left, right, center +\family default +] +\newline +Gibt an, ob der Text im Blocksatz, linksbündig, rechtsbündig oder zentriert + gesetzt wird. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +AlignPossible +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +\emph on +block +\emph default +, left, right, center +\family default +] +\newline +Eine +\emph on +Liste +\emph default + von möglichen Textausrichtungen, die durch Kommata voneinander getrennt + werden. + Einige LaTeX-Stile verbieten bestimmte Ausrichtungen, weil sie keinen Sinn + machen. + Beispielsweise soll in einer Aufzählung der Text nicht rechtsbündig oder + zentriert gesetzt werden. + +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Fill_Top +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +\emph on +0 +\emph default +,1 +\family default +] +\newline +Hiermit wird festgelegt, ob über dem Absatz ein +\family typewriter + +\backslash +vfill +\family default + eingefügt werden soll. + Dies kann auch im Menü +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +A +\bar default +bsatzformat +\family default + eingestellt werden, indem man in +\family sans +Vertikale\SpecialChar ~ +Abstände +\family default + für +\family sans +Über +\family default + den Wert +\family sans +VFill +\family default + auswählt +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Anmerkung von Jean-Marc: +\emph default + Ich bin nicht sicher, ob diese Einstellung nützlich ist; möglicherweise + sollte sie in einer späteren Version entfernt werden. +\end_inset + +. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Fill_Bottom +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +\emph on +0 +\emph default +,1 +\family default +] Steuert ähnlich wie +\family typewriter +Fill_Top +\family default + das Einfügen eines +\family typewriter + +\backslash +vfill +\family default + +\emph on +unter +\emph default + dem Absatz. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +NeedProtect +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +\emph on +0 +\emph default +,1 +\family default +] +\newline +Gibt an, ob +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +zerbrechliche +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + LaTeX-Befehle innerhalb dieses Layouts durch +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +protect +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + ge\SpecialChar \- +schützt werden müssen. + (Siehe LaTeX-Anleitung.) +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Newline +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +0, +\emph on +1 +\family default +\emph default +] +\newline +Gibt an, ob Zeilenumbrüche in LaTeX als +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\backslash + +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + dargestellt werden, oder nicht. + Es macht Sinn, diese Option auszuschalten (Wert: 0), um LaTeX-Einschübe + in LyX komfortabler editieren zu können. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +PassThru +\series default + [0, 1] +\newline + +\family default +Legt fest ob der Absatzinhalt unverändert ausgegeben werden soll, also ohne + diverse von LaTeX benötigte Ersetzungen durchzuführen. + Dies ersetzt in gewisser Weise das alte Zeichensatzattribut +\family typewriter +LaTeX +\family default +. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +FreeSpacing +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +\emph on +0 +\emph default +, 1 +\family default +] +\newline +Normalerweise erlaubt es LyX nicht, mehr als ein Leerzeichen zwischen Wörtern + einzufügen. + Diese Eigenschaft kann in bestimmten Fällen umständlich sein, zum Beispiel, + wenn ein Programmcode eingegeben werden soll. + In solchen Fällen kann +\family typewriter +FreeSpacing +\family default + auf +\family typewriter +1 +\family default + gesetzt werden. + LyX erzeugt in diesem Fall für jedes zusätzliche Leerzeichen ein geschütztes + Leerzeichen, es sei denn, LyX befindet sich im LaTeX-Modus. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +KeepEmpty +\series default +[ +\emph on +0 +\emph default +, 1] +\newline + +\family default +Normalerweise ist es in LyX nicht möglich, einen Absatz leer zu lassen, + da das zu einer leeren LaTeX-Ausgabe führen würde. + In manchen Fällen ist das aber durchaus gewünscht: So können beispielsweise + in einer Briefvorlage die benötigten Felder leer voreingestellt werden, + damit keiner vergisst, sie anzugeben. + In anderen Klassen wird ein solcher Absatz als Unterbrechung verwendet, + die keinen eigentlichen Text enthält. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Spacing +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +\emph on +single +\emph default +, onehalf, double, other +\family default +\emph on +Wert +\emph default +] +\newline +Dies definiert die Voreinstellung für den Zeilenabstand des Layouts. + Die Argumente +\family typewriter +single +\family default +, +\family typewriter +onehalf +\family default + und +\family typewriter +double +\family default + entsprechen Multiplikatoren 1, 1.25 und 1.667. + Wenn Sie als Argument +\family typewriter +other +\family default + angeben, müssen Sie als +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Wert +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\emph default + einen konkreten Multiplikator angeben. + Im Gegensatz zu anderen Parametern erzeugt LyX, wenn +\family typewriter +Spacing +\family default + gesetzt wird, spezifischen LaTeX-Code, der auf das Paket +\family typewriter +setspace.sty +\emph on + +\family default +\emph default +zurückgreift +\family typewriter +\emph on +. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Font +\family default +\series default + \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Der Zeichensatz, der für den Textkörper +\emph on +und +\emph default + die Marke verwendet wird (siehe Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:fonts} + +\end_inset + +). + Wird +\family typewriter +Font +\family default + gesetzt, dann erhält +\family typewriter +LabelFont +\family default + automatisch denselben Wert. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +TextFont +\family default +\series default + \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Der Zeichensatz, der für den Textkörper verwendet wird. + (Siehe Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:fonts} + +\end_inset + +.) +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +LabelFont +\family default +\series default + \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Der Zeichensatz, der für die Marke verwendet wird. + (Siehe Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:fonts} + +\end_inset + +.) +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Preamble\SpecialChar \ldots{} +EndPreamble +\family default +\series default + \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Eine Serie von Makrodefinitionen, die in die Präambel (vor +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{document} +\family default +) eingefügt werden, falls dieses Layout benutzt wird. +\layout Subsection + +Beschreibung des Zeichensatzes +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:fonts} + +\end_inset + +Eine Zeichensatzbeschreibung sieht folgendermaßen aus: +\layout LyX-Code + +Font +\family roman +\emph on + oder +\family default +\emph default +LabelFont +\layout LyX-Code + + ... +\layout LyX-Code + +EndFont +\layout Standard + +und es sind folgende Befehle vorhanden: +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Family +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +\emph on +Roman +\emph default +, Sans, Typewriter +\family default +] +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Series +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +\emph on +Medium +\emph default +, Bold +\family default +] +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Shape +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +\emph on +Up +\emph default +, Italic, SmallCaps, Slanted +\family default +] +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Size +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +tiny, small, +\emph on +normal +\emph default +, large, larger, largest, huge, giant +\family default +] +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Color +\series default + +\family default +[ +\family typewriter +\emph on +none +\emph default +, black, white, red, green, blue, cyan, magenta, yellow +\family default +] +\layout Section + +Vorlagen erstellen +\layout Standard + +Vorlagen werden genauso erstellt wie gewöhnliche Dokumente. + Der einzige Unterschied ist: normale Dokumente enthalten zwangsläufig alle + nur möglichen Einstellungen, einschließlich Zeichensatzschema und Papiergröße. + Normalerweise möchte ein Benutzer nicht, daß eine Vorlage seine persönlichen + Voreinstellungen überschreibt. + Deshalb sollte der Designer einer Vorlage alle entsprechenden LyX-Befehle + wie +\family typewriter + +\backslash +fontscheme +\family default + oder +\family typewriter + +\backslash +papersize +\family default + aus der LyX-Datei entfernen. + Dies kann (und muß) mit einem gewöhnlichen Texteditor wie +\family typewriter +vi +\family default +, +\family typewriter +xedit +\family default +, oder +\family typewriter +xemacs +\family default + durchgeführt werden. +\layout Standard + +Sie sollten Ihre persönlichen Vorlagen nach +\family typewriter +UserDir/templates/ +\family default + kopieren, ebenso die globalen Vorlagen aus dem Verzeichnis +\family typewriter +LyXDir/templates/ +\family default + und anschließend das Vorlagenverzeichnis im Dialog +\family sans +Eingabe:Pfade +\family default + von +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +E +\bar under +i +\bar default +nstellungen... + +\family default + auf das private Verzeichnis setzen. +\layout Standard + +Beachten Sie daß es eine Vorlage mit besonderer Bedeutung gibt: +\family typewriter +defaults.lyx +\family default +. + Diese Vorlage wird jedesmal geladen, wenn Sie ein neues Dokument mit +\family sans +Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Neu +\family default + anlegen, damit dieses vernünftige Standardeinstellungen hat. + Um diese Vorlage zu erstellen müssen Sie lediglich ein Dokument mit den + von Ihnen bevorzugten Einstellungen öffnen und dann im Dialog +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument +\family default + den Schalter +\family sans +Als\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +S +\bar default +tandard\SpecialChar ~ +speichern +\family default + anklicken. +\layout Chapter + +Eine Anleitung für Drucker +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\noun on +Hartmut Haase +\noun default +: Wenn Sie für Ihren Drucker cups benutzen, ist diese Kapitel für Sie uninteress +ant. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{chap:printer} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Einleitung +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Anmerkung des Übersetzers: Der erste Satz dieser Einleitung +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Lesen Sie die Printing-HOWTO +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + ist Unsinn. + Wenn Sie tatsächlich die Printing-HOWTO gelesen (und verstanden) haben, + enthält dieser Abschnitt für Sie praktisch keine neuen Informationen mehr. + Natürlich enthält die Printing-HOWTO viele nützliche Informationen, die + weit über das hinausgehen, was wir in diesem Abschnitt beschreiben werden. + Im übrigen ist die Installation des Druckers heutzutage erheblich einfacher, + als die (sehr umfangreiche) Printing-HOWTO vermuten läßt. + Die meisten Distributionen ermöglichen es, die hier erwähnten Konfigurationsdat +eien mit wenigen Handgriffen zu erstellen. + -LA +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie auf einem Linux-System arbeiten und erst Ihren Drucker installieren + müssen, sollten Sie zunächst die Datei +\family typewriter +\size normal +Printing-HOWTO +\family default +\size default + lesen. + (Sie befindet sich je nach Distribution oft im Verzeichnis +\family typewriter +/usr/doc/FAQ/HOWTO +\family default + oder +\family typewriter +/usr/doc/HOWTO +\family default +.) Es gibt auch eine deutschsprachige Übersetzung, die man über FTP +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +z. +\begin_inset Formula $\,$ +\end_inset + +B. + +\family typewriter + ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/docs/HOWTO/translations/de/DE-Drucker-HOWTO.txt.gz +\end_inset + + bekommen kann. + Zudem müssen Sie das Ghostscript-Paket installieren, falls Sie dies noch + nicht getan haben. + +\layout Standard + +Einige Linux-Distributionen werden mit sogenannten Magic +\emph on +- +\emph default +Filtern ausgeliefert und installieren diese selbständig. + Anstelle der Prozedur, die wir unten beschreiben, können Sie auch diese + Magic-Filter-Prozedur benutzen. + Allerdings wird es vermutlich etwas schwieriger sein, die Möglichkeiten + Ihres Druckers voll auszuschöpfen. + Wenn Ihre Linux-Distribution mit einem Extraprogramm für die Druckerinstallatio +n ausgestattet ist, können Sie auch einfach dies benutzen. + Werfen Sie danach einfach einen Blick in die +\family typewriter +Printing-HOWTO +\family default +, um eventuell noch ein paar Kleinigkeiten anzupassen. +\layout Section + +Die Datei +\family typewriter +/etc/printcap +\layout Subsection + +Überblick +\layout Standard + +Die Datei +\family typewriter +/etc/printcap +\family default + informiert Linux über Ihre Druckerkonfiguration. + Jeder Eintrag definiert einen Drucker, gibt ihm einen Namen, mit dem Sie + und andere Benutzer ihn ansprechen können und erklärt Linux, wie Ausgaben + an diesen Drucker gehandhabt werden sollen. + Es macht durchaus Sinn, in dieser Datei mehrere +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +logische Drucker +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + zu definieren, die alle denselben physikalischen Drucker ansprechen, dies + aber in unterschiedlicher Art und Weise tun +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Bemerkung von +\noun on +John Weiss: +\noun default + Ich handhabe dies so mit meinem Epson Stylus Color IIs. + Da man für Farb- und Schwarzweißdruck verschiedene Druckköpfe benötigt, + habe ich einen eigenen Drucker +\family typewriter +color +\family default + für farbige Dokumente eingerichtet. + Ich benutze auch einen +\family typewriter +draft +\family default +-Drucker, der eine geringere Auf +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +"| +\end_inset + +lösung und einen ungenaueren Druckmodus benutzt. + Sie sehen, man kann mit Printcaps viele Dinge tun. +\end_inset + +. + Natürlich benötigt man für jeden physikalischen Drucker auch mindestens + einen Eintrag. +\layout Standard + +Hier ein Beispiel für eine +\family typewriter +/etc/printcap +\family default +-Datei: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal +lp|Text +\size default + auf einem +\size normal +Epson: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :lp=/dev/lp1: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :lf=/var/spool/lpd/lp/errs: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :mx#0: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :sh: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :sf: +\newline + +\size default + +\newline + +\size normal +draft|Post +\size default +S +\size normal +cript +\size default +(R) +\size normal + +\size default +auf einem +\size normal + Epson Stylus Color IIs, 180dpi: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :lp=/dev/lp1: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :sd=/var/spool/lpd/draft: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :lf=/var/spool/lpd/draft/errs: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :if=/var/spool/lpd/draft/draft.filter: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :mx#0: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :sh: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :sf: +\newline + +\size default + +\newline + +\size normal +ps|Post +\size default +S +\size normal +cript +\size default +(R) auf einem +\size normal +Epson Stylus Color IIs, 360dpi: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :lp=/dev/lp1: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :sd=/var/spool/lpd/ps: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :lf=/var/spool/lpd/ps/errs: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :if=/var/spool/lpd/ps/ps.filter: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :mx#0: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :sh: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :sf: +\layout Standard + +Bevor wir mit Erklärungen zu diesen Hieroglyphen fortfahren, haben wir eine + wichtige Information: +\layout Standard +\align center +WARNUNG! WARNUNG! WARNUNG! +\newline +Benutzen Sie nur eine Leerzeile zwischen den Einträgen! +\newline +Stellen Sie sicher, daß diese Zeile VÖLLIG LEER ist! +\layout Standard + +Selbst ein Leerzeichen in einer Leerzeile zwischen zwei Einträgen kann fatale + Folgen haben, denn das System wird Ihre +\family typewriter +/etc/printcap +\family default +-Datei nicht richtig interpretieren können. +\layout Standard + +Sehen Sie sich jetzt einmal die Einträge genauer an. + Jeder Teil eines Eintrags wird von einem +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +: +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + Zeichen abgeschlossen. + Ein +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +-Zeichen am Ende einer Zeile bedeutet, daß der Eintrag in der nächsten Zeile + fortgesetzt wird. + Nach dem +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +-Zeichen dürfen keine anderen Zeichen mehr stehen -- nicht einmal Leerzeichen. + Das +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +-Zeichen sollte unmittelbar hinter dem +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +: +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + stehen. + Wenn Sie (wie im Beispiel) einen Eintrag in mehrere Zeilen aufteilen und + die Zeilen mit einem Leerzeichen beginnen, schreiben Sie ein +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +: +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + unmittelbar vor den folgenden Text. + Beispielsweise könnten Sie den ersten Eintrag auch schreiben als: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal +lp|Text:lp=/dev/lp1:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp:lf=/var/spool/lpd/lp/errs: +\layout Standard + +Beachten Sie, daß sich hier lediglich ein einzelnes +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +: +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + zwischen den Teilen des Eintrags befindet. + Wir spalten diesen Eintrag nun in zwei Zeilen auf: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal +lp|Text:lp=/dev/lp1:sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :lf=/var/spool/lpd/lp/errs: +\layout Standard + +Wir brechen die Zeile zunächst direkt hinter einem +\size normal + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +: +\family default +\size default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\size normal + +\size default +um, indem wir ein +\size normal + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\size default + einfügen, eine neue Zeile beginnen, ein wenig Freiraum einfügen und dann + noch ein +\size normal + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +: +\family default +\size default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\size normal + +\size default +einfügen, +\size normal +be +\size default +vor wir fortfahren. + Es ist üblich, wenn man einen Eintrag in mehrere Zeilen aufspaltet, alle + Zeilen bis auf die erste einzurücken. + Es gibt übrigens viele Optionen, die man an einen Eintrag einfügen kann. + Wir werden hier nur die vier wichtigsten behandeln. + Die +\emph on +man page +\emph default + für die +\family typewriter +printcap +\family default +-Datei enthält weitere Informationen. +\layout Subsection + +Der Druckername +\layout Standard + +Der erste Teil eines +\family typewriter +printcap +\family default +-Eintrags ist der Druckername. + Dort dürfen mehrere Namen angegeben werden, die durch ein +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +| +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +-Zeichen getrennt werden. + Es ist sinnvoll, als ersten Namen ein ein Kürzel anzugeben und als zweiten + Namen eine Kurzbeschreibung des Druckers (natürlich gefolgt von einem +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +: +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + Zeichen). + Zum Beispiel ist +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal +draft| +\size default +Unser Drucker im +\size normal + Draft +\size default +- +\size normal +Mod +\size default +us +\size normal +: +\backslash + +\layout Standard + +ein Drucker, der den Kurznamen +\size normal + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +draft +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\size default +erhält und eine Beschreibung +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Unser Drucker im Draft Modus +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + [Beachten Sie das +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + am Ende der Zeile, das angibt, daß der Eintrag in der nächsten Zeile fortgesetz +t wird.] Das Kürzel +\family typewriter +draft +\family default + ist der Name, den Sie bei vielen Druckkommandos benutzen (beispielsweise + dem +\family typewriter +lpr +\family default + Befehl mit der +\family typewriter +-P +\family default + Option). +\layout Standard + +Es ist üblich, für einen +\size normal +PostScript® +\size default +-Drucker das Kürzel +\size normal + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +ps +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\size default +zu benutzen, und den Textdrucker +\size normal + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +lp +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\size default + zu nennen +\size normal +. +\layout Subsection + +Die Drucker-Gerätedatei +\layout Standard + +Der nächste Teil der Beispieleinträge legt das Gerät (d. +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +h.\SpecialChar ~ +den Namen der Gerätedatei) fest, auf dem gedruckt werden soll. + In allen Beispieleinträgen lautet diese Zeile: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :lp=/dev/lp1: +\backslash + +\layout Standard + + +\size normal +[ +\size default +Noch einmal: Beachten Sie das +\size normal + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\size default +am Ende der Zeile und das zusätzliche +\size normal + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +: +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\size default +nach den Leerzeichen, die benutzt wurden, um den Text einzurücken +\size normal +.] +\layout Standard + +Mit dem Kürzel +\family typewriter +\size normal +lp= +\family default + +\size default +( +\series bold +\emph on +l +\series default +ine +\series bold +p +\series default +rinter +\emph default +) geben Sie den Namen des Drucker-Device an. + Im Beispiel handelt es sich um +\family typewriter +\size normal +/dev/lp1 +\family default +, +\size default +die parallele Schnittstelle. + Es gibt auch Drucker, die an die serielle Schnittstelle angeschlossen werden. + Wenn Sie einen haben, sollten Sie +\family typewriter +\size normal +/dev/ttyS0 +\family default + +\size default +für die erste serielle Schnittstelle benutzen, +\family typewriter +\size normal +/dev/ttyS1 +\family default + +\size default +für die zweite, usw. + In diesem Fall werden Sie wahrscheinlich auch noch andere Kommandos in + Ihrem +\family typewriter +printcap +\family default +-Eintrag benutzen müssen, beispielsweise um die Baudrate festzulegen. + Die +\family typewriter +printcap +\family default +-Manpage enthält darüber weitere Informationen. +\layout Standard + +Die meisten Drucker benutzen allerdings die parallele Schnittstelle. + Außerdem hängt der Drucker bei +\emph on +fast allen +\emph default + PC-kompatiblen Computern an +\family typewriter +\size normal +/dev/lp1 +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Warum ist die erste parallele Schnittstelle +\family typewriter +/dev/lp1 +\family default + und +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + +\family typewriter +/dev/lp0 +\family default +? Die I/O-Adressen der einzelnen Schnittstellen sind im Linux-Systemkern + kodiert. + Adresse +\family typewriter + 0x3BC +\family default + ist Schnittstelle +\family typewriter + /dev/lp0 +\family default +, Adresse +\family typewriter +0x378 +\family default + ist Schnittstelle +\family typewriter +/dev/lp1 +\family default + und +\family typewriter +0x278 +\family default + ist +\family typewriter +/dev/lp2 +\family default +. + Da die meisten PC-kompatiblen Computer die parallele Schnittstelle auf + die Adresse +\family typewriter +0x378 +\family default + legen, ist bei diesen Systemen +\family typewriter +/dev/lp1 +\family default + die parallele Schnittstelle. +\newline +Wenn Sie über mehr als eine parallele Schnittstelle verfügen, ändert sich + die Situation. + Auch wenn Sie die I/O-Adresse Ihrer Schnittstelle aus einem anderen Grund + geändert haben sollten, wird ein anderes +\family typewriter +lp +\family default +-Gerät auf die parallele Schnittstelle zeigen. + Andere Systeme sind möglicherweise völlig merkwürdig konfiguriert. + In jedem Fall können Sie unter DOS kontrollieren, welche I/O-Adresse Ihre + Schnittstelle hat. + Dann können Sie mit Hilfe der Adresse auch bestimmen, ob Sie +\family typewriter +/dev/lp0 +\family default +, +\family typewriter +/dev/lp1 +\family default + oder +\family typewriter +/dev/lp2 +\family default + benutzen müssen. +\end_inset + + +\family default +\size default +. + +\size normal + +\size default +Möglicherweise ist an Ihrem System jedoch etwas anders konfiguriert, Sie + sollten also testen, welches Device die Druckerschnittstelle anspricht. +\layout Subsection + +Das Spulverzeichnis und die Logdatei +\layout Standard + +Zusätzlich zu einem Druckernamen und einem zugehörigen Gerät benötigen Sie + auch noch ein Verzeichnis für den Drucker-Spooler. + Dieses wird mit dem Kürzel +\family typewriter +sd= +\family default + ( +\series bold +\emph on +s +\series default +pool +\series bold +d +\series default +irectory +\emph default +) identifiziert. + Es ist auch sehr sinnvoll, eine Logdatei für Fehlermeldungen anzulegen. + Diese gibt man nach dem Kürzel +\family typewriter +lf= +\family default + ( +\series bold +\emph on +l +\series default +og +\series bold +f +\series default +ile +\emph default +) an. +\layout Standard + +Die meisten Systeme packen alle Spoolverzeichnisse in das Verzeichnis +\family typewriter +/var/spool/lpd +\family default +; manche benutzen nur +\family typewriter +/var/spool +\family default +. + In jedem Fall erhält traditionell jeder Druckereintrag ein eigenes Unterverzeic +hnis mit dem Namen des jeweiligen Druckers. + Sie müssen sich als +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +root +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + einloggen und diese Verzeichnisse von Hand anlegen. + Sie werden auch den Eigentümer dieser Verzeichnisse ändern müssen, damit + die Gruppenzugehörigkeit der Verzeichnisse +\family typewriter +daemon +\family default + lautet. + (Dies kann man zum Beispiel mit +\family typewriter +chgrp daemon +\family default +\emph on +Name +\emph default + erreichen, wobei +\emph on +Name +\emph default + der Name des entsprechenden Verzeichnisses ist.) +\layout Standard + +Sehen Sie sich einmal den Eintrag des Druckers +\family typewriter +ps +\family default + aus dem Beispiel an. + Er enthält die Zeilen: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :sd=/var/spool/lpd/ps: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :lf=/var/spool/lpd/ps/errs: +\backslash + +\layout Standard + +Das bedeutet, daß +\family typewriter +/var/spool/lpd/ps +\family default + das Spoolverzeichnis ist und die Fehlermeldungen in die Datei +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{/var/spool/lpd/ps/errs} + +\end_inset + + geschrieben werden sollen. + Sie sollten diese Datei +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +erzeugen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, indem Sie im Spoolverzeichnis das Kommando +\family typewriter +touch errs +\family default + aufrufen +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Der Befehl +\family typewriter +touch +\family default + erfüllt zwei Aufgaben. + Erstens stellt er sicher, daß eine Datei dieses Namens existiert, indem + sie gegebenenfalls einfach erzeugt wird. + Sie ist dann zwar leer, aber sie existiert. + Zweitens merkt sich das Betriebssystem, wann eine Datei zuletzt geändert + wurde. + +\family typewriter +touch +\family default + sorgt dafür, daß diese Zeit auf +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +gerade eben +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + gesetzt wird. + Es +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +berührt +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + also die Datei nur, ohne Einfluss auf ihren Inhalt zu nehmen. + (In unserem Fall benötigen wir lediglich die erste Wirkungsweise.) +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Ganz ähnlich sieht der Eintrag für den Drucker +\family typewriter +lp +\family default + aus. + Er enthält: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :lf=/var/spool/lpd/lp/errs: +\backslash + +\layout Standard + +Wieder: Spoolverzeichnis +\family typewriter +\size normal +/var/spool/lpd/lp +\family default +\size default +, Logdatei +\family typewriter +\size normal +/var/spool/lpd/lp/errs +\family default +. + +\layout Subsection + +Die Filterdatei +\layout Standard + +Anders als +\family typewriter +lp +\family default +, der einfach Text direkt an den Drucker weitergibt, benötigen die Drucker + +\family typewriter +draft +\family default + und +\family typewriter +ps +\family default + einen sogenannten Filter. + (Darum haben Ihre Einträge noch eine zusätzliche Zeile.) Das +\family typewriter +printcap +\family default +-Kürzel für das Filterprogramm ist +\family typewriter +if= +\family default + ( +\series bold +\emph on +i +\series default +nput +\series bold +f +\series default +ilter +\emph default +) +\emph on +. +\layout Standard + +Es gibt übrigens verschiedene Kürzel, um Filterprogramme anzugeben. + Man hat dadurch die Möglichkeit, verschiedene Filter für verschiedene Zwecke + einzusetzen. + Sie können auch beim Aufruf von +\family typewriter +lpr +\family default + unterschiedliche Filter auswählen -- aber das soll hier nicht vertieft + werden, es wird hier nicht benötigt. +\layout Standard + +Sehen Sie sich den Eintrag für den Drucker +\family typewriter +ps +\family default + an: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :if=/var/spool/lpd/ps/ps.filter: +\backslash + +\layout Standard + +Die Datei +\size normal + +\family typewriter +ps.filter +\family default + +\size default +ist ein Shellscript, das im Spoolverzeichnis des Druckers +\family typewriter +ps +\family default + steht. + Sie können prinzipiell auch direkt den Namen eines Programms angeben, aber + der Aufruf eines Shellscripts gibt Ihnen die Möglichkeit, Kommandozeilenparamet +er anzugeben. +\layout Standard + +Alle Filter, egal ob +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +echte +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + Programme oder Shellscripts, müssen Ihre Eingabe aus +\family typewriter +stdin +\family default + (der Standardeingabe) übernehmen und die Ausgabe nach +\family typewriter +stdout +\family default + (der Standardausgabe) ausgeben. +\layout Subsection + +Zusätzliche Kürzel +\layout Standard + +Es gibt noch drei zusätzliche Kürzel, die Sie in Ihre +\family typewriter +\size normal +printcap +\family default +\size default +-Einträge schreiben sollten. + Sie können diese am Ende aller drei Beispieleinträge sehen. + Es handelt sich um: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :mx#0: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :sh: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :sf: +\layout Standard + +Das +\family typewriter +\size normal +mx#0 +\family default + +\size default +( +\series bold +\emph on +m +\series default +a +\series bold +x +\series default +imum file size +\emph default +) +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Das +\family typewriter +mx#5 +\family default + würde bedeuten: Die zu druckende Datei darf nicht größer werden als 5 Datenblöc +ke. + Da die Angabe von 0 an sich unsinnig ist und man irgendwie ein +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +unbegrenzt +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + benötigt, hat man festgelegt, daß 0 hier soviel bedeutet wie +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +unendlich +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\end_inset + + bedeutet, +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +es können Dateien beliebiger Größe gedruckt werden +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + +\size normal + +\size default +Das +\size normal + +\family typewriter +sf +\family default + +\size default +( +\series bold +\emph on +s +\series default +uppress +\series bold +f +\series default +orm feed) +\emph default + sorgt dafür, daß nach einem Druckauftrag nicht noch ein zusätzlicher Befehl + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Seitenauswurf +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + gesendet wird. + Zuletzt verhindert +\family typewriter +sh +\family default + ( +\series bold +\emph on +s +\series default +uppress +\series bold +h +\series default +eader page +\emph default +), daß vor jedem Druckauftrag eine Kopfseite gedruckt wird, auf der zusätzliche + Informationen ausgegeben werden (zum Beispiel der Name des Benutzers). +\layout Section + +Wir bauen einen Druckerfilter +\layout Subsection + +PostScript®-Dateien mit Hilfe von Ghostscript ausdrucken +\layout Standard + +Vermutlich kann Ihr Drucker nicht von sich aus PostScript +\size normal +® +\size default + drucken. + Um Ihren Drucker trotzdem wie einen +\size normal +PostScript® +\size default +-Drucker benutzen zu können, ist es am einfachsten, das +\size normal + +\size default +Programm +\size normal +Ghostscript +\size default +als Filterprogramm zu benutzen. + +\size normal + +\size default +Es gibt vermutlich auch noch andere Wege, aber dies ist der verbreitetste. + Wenn Sie aus irgendeinem Grund Ghostscript nicht benutzen wollen (oder + können), sind Sie auf sich allein gestellt (für den Anfang lesen Sie einmal + das +\family typewriter +Printing-HOWTO +\family default +). +\layout Standard + +Zunächst sollten Sie Ghostscript installieren. + An sich sollte eine Version von Ghostscript in Ihrer Linux-Distribution + enthalten sein. + Andernfalls können Sie Ghostscript auch über das Linux-FTP-Archiv +\family typewriter +\size normal +sunsite.unc.edu +\family default +\size default + bekommen +\size normal +. + +\size default + Nachdem Sie es installiert haben, rufen Sie es einmal von der Kommandozeile + aus auf mit: +\size normal + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal +gs -h | more +\layout Standard + +Es erscheint eine Liste von verfügbaren Ausgabetreibern und -formaten. + Hier ist eine Liste, die helfen soll, die Treibernamen unter Ghostscript + zu entschlüsseln: +\layout Itemize + + +\size normal +Apple +\size default +: +\begin_deeper +\layout Description + + +\size normal +appledmp Apple +\size default +-Matrixdrucker +\layout Description + + +\size normal +iwhi Imagewriter +\size default +im hochauf +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +"| +\end_inset + +lösenden Modus +\layout Description + + +\size normal +iwlo Imagewriter i +\size default +m niedrigauf +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +"| +\end_inset + +lösenden Modus +\layout Description + + +\size normal +iwlq Imagewriter LQ i +\size default +m +\size normal + +\size default + +\begin_inset Formula $320\times216$ +\end_inset + + +\size normal + dpi +\size default +Modus +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\size normal +Canon +\size default +: +\begin_deeper +\layout Description + + +\size normal +bj10e BubbleJet BJ-10e +\layout Description + + +\size normal +bj200 BubbleJet BJ-200 +\layout Description + + +\size normal +bjc600 Color BubbleJet BJC-600, BJC-4000 +\size default +u +\size normal +nd BJC-70 +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Funktioniert auch für Apple-Drucker wie dem StyleWriter 2x00 +\end_inset + + +\size default +. +\layout Description + + +\size normal +bjc800 Color BubbleJet BJC-800 +\layout Description + + +\size normal +lbp8 LBP-II8 +\size default +Laserdrucker +\layout Description + + +\size normal +lips3 LIPS-III +\size default +Laserdrucker im +\size normal +CaPSL +\size default +Modus +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\size normal +DEC +\size default +: +\begin_deeper +\layout Description + + +\size normal +la50 LA50 +\layout Description + + +\size normal +la70 LA70 +\layout Description + + +\size normal +la70t LA70 +\size default +mit Textverbesserung bei niedriger Auf +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +"| +\end_inset + +lösung +\layout Description + + +\size normal +la75 LA75 +\layout Description + + +\size normal +la75plus LA75 Plus +\layout Description + + +\size normal +ln03 LN03 +\layout Description + + +\size normal +lj250 LJ250 +\size default +Farbdrucker +\layout Description + + +\size normal +declj250 +\size default +Alternativer Treiber für +\size normal + LJ250 +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\size normal +Epson +\size default +: +\begin_deeper +\layout Description + + +\size normal +ap3250 ActionPrinter AP3250 +\size default +(und jeder andere Drucker, der die Druckersprache +\size normal + ESC/P2 +\size default +benutzt) +\size normal + +\layout Description + + +\size normal +escp2 +\size default +Alle +\size normal + Epson +\size default + Drucker, die den +\size normal + ESC/P2 +\size default +Befehlssatz benutzen (eventuell funktioniert dieser Treiber nicht -- benutzen + Sie stattdessen +\size normal + +\series bold +ap3250 +\series default +\size default +.) +\series medium +\size normal + +\layout Description + + +\size normal +epson All +\size default +e +\size normal + +\size default +Matrixdrucker mit +\size normal +9 +\size default + oder +\size normal + 24 +\size default + Nadeln (und Kompatible) +\layout Description + + +\size normal +eps9mid All +\size default +e +\size normal + 9- +\size default +Nadeldrucker +\size normal + +\size default +(und Kompatible) in mittlerer Auf +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +"| +\end_inset + +lösung +\size normal + +\layout Description + + +\size normal +eps9hi All +\size default +e +\size normal + 9- +\size default +Nadeldrucker (und Kompatible) in dreifacher Auf +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +"| +\end_inset + +lösung +\layout Description + + +\size normal +epsonc LQ-2550 +\size default +Farbdrucker (funktioniert auch mit +\size normal + Fujitsu 1200, 2400 +\size default +u +\size normal +nd 3400 +\size default +Druckern) +\layout Description + + +\size normal +st800 Stylus 800 inkjet +\layout Description + + +\size normal +stcolor +\size default + +\size normal +Stylus Color, Stylus Color Pro, Stylus Color II +\size default +und +\size normal + IIs color inkjet +\size default +Drucker +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\size normal +Hewlet Packard +\size default +( +\size normal +HP +\size default +): +\size normal + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description + + +\size normal +lp2563 2563B +\size default +Zeilendrucker +\layout Description + + +\size normal +cdeskjet DeskJet 500C +\size default + mit +\size normal +1 bpp +\size default +Farbe +\layout Description + + +\size normal +cdjcolor DeskJet 500C +\size default +(u +\size normal +nd 540C +\size default +) mit +\size normal + 24 bpp +\size default +Farbe und +\size normal +Floyd-Steinberg +\size default +-D +\size normal +ithering +\layout Description + + +\size normal +cdjmono DeskJet 500C +\size default +( +\size normal +and 510C, 520C, 540C +\size default +) im Schwarzweißbetrieb +\layout Description + + +\size normal +cdj500 +\size default +dasselbe wie +\series bold +\size normal +cdjcolor +\layout Description + + +\size normal +cdj550 DeskJet 550C +\size default +u +\size normal +nd 560C +\layout Description + + +\size normal +deskjet DeskJet +\size default +u +\size normal +nd DeskJet Plus +\layout Description + + +\size normal +djet500 DeskJet 500 +\layout Description + + +\size normal +djet500c Alternat +\size default +iver +\size normal + DeskJet +\size default +- +\size normal +500C +\size default +-Treiber (arbeitet nicht mit dem +\size normal + 550C o +\size default +der +\size normal + +\size default +dem +\size normal +560C +\size default +) +\layout Description + + +\size normal +dnj650c DesignJet 650C +\layout Description + + +\size normal +ljet2p LaserJet IId, LaserJet IIp, +\size default +u +\size normal +nd LaserJet III* +\size default +mit +\size normal + TIFF +\size default +-Komprimierung +\layout Description + + +\size normal +ljet3 LaserJet III* +\size default +mit +\size normal +Delta +\size default +- +\size normal +Row +\size default +-Komprimierung +\size normal + +\layout Description + + +\size normal +ljet3d LaserJet IIID +\size default +mit Möglichkeit zu doppelseitigem Drucken +\layout Description + + +\size normal +ljet4 LaserJet 4 +\size default +(Voreinstellung für die Auf +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +"| +\end_inset + +lösung +\size normal +600dpi +\size default +) +\layout Description + + +\size normal +lj4dith LaserJet 4 +\size default +mit +\size normal +Floyd-Steinberg +\size default +-D +\size normal +ithering +\layout Description + + +\size normal +ljetplus LaserJet Plus +\layout Description + + +\size normal +pj PaintJet XL +\layout Description + + +\size normal +pjetxl Altern +\size default +ativer +\size normal + PaintJet XL +\size default +Treiber +\layout Description + + +\size normal +pjxl PaintJet XL color +\layout Description + + +\size normal +pjxl300 PaintJet XL300 color +\size default +(u +\size normal +nd 1200C +\size default +) +\layout Description + + +\size normal +paintjet Alternat +\size default +iver +\size normal + PaintJet color +\size default +Treiber +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\size normal +Tektronix +\size default +: +\begin_deeper +\layout Description + + +\size normal +t4693d2 4693d +\size default +Farbdrucker mit +\size normal +2 bits +\size default + pro +\size normal +RGB +\size default +-Wert ( +\size normal +=6 bpp +\size default +) +\layout Description + + +\size normal +t4693d4 4693d +\size default +Farbdrucker mit +\size normal +4 bits +\size default + pro +\size normal +RGB +\size default +-Wert ( +\size normal +=12 bpp +\size default +) +\layout Description + + +\size normal +t4693d8 4693d +\size default +Farbdrucker mit +\size normal +8 bits +\size default + pro +\size normal +RGB +\size default +-Wert ( +\size normal +=24 bpp +\size default +) +\layout Description + + +\size normal +tek4696 4695 +\size default +u +\size normal +nd 4696 +\size default +I +\size normal +nkjet +\size default +Plotter +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Verschiedene andere Drucker +\size normal +: +\begin_deeper +\layout Description + + +\size normal +cp50 Mitsubishi CP50 +\size default +Farbdrucker +\layout Description + + +\size normal +ibmpro IBM 9- +\size default +Nadel +\size normal + Proprinter +\layout Description + + +\size normal +imagen Imagen ImPress +\size default +Drucker +\layout Description + + +\size normal +jetp3852 IBM Jetprinter +\size default +I +\size normal +nkjet +\size default +Farbdrucker +\size normal + +\size default +( +\size normal +Model +\size default +l +\size normal + #3852) +\layout Description + + +\size normal +m8510 C.Itoh M8510 +\size default +Drucker +\layout Description + + +\size normal +necp6 NEC P6/P6+/P60 +\size default +Drucker bei +\size normal + 360 dpi +\size default +Auf +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +"| +\end_inset + +lösung +\layout Description + + +\size normal +nwp533 Sony Microsystems NWP533 +\size default +Laserdrucker (nur +\size normal +Sony +\size default +) +\size normal + +\layout Description + + +\size normal +oce9050 OCE 9050 +\size default +Drucker +\layout Description + + +\size normal +oki182 Okidata MicroLine 182 +\layout Description + + +\size normal +okiibm Okidata MicroLine IBM- +\size default +kompatible Drucker +\layout Description + + +\size normal +r4081 Ricoh 4081 +\size default +Laserdrucker +\layout Description + + +\size normal +sj48 StarJet 48 +\size default +I +\size normal +nkjet +\size default +Drucker +\layout Description + + +\size normal +sparc SPARCprinter +\layout Description + + +\size normal +xes Xerox XES +\size default +Drucker ( +\size normal +2700, 3700, 4045, etc.) +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Falls das Ghostscript-Paket, das mit Ihrer Distribution ausgeliefert wurde, + Ihren Drucker nicht unterstützt, können Sie versuchen, Ghostscript mit + Hilfe des Quellcodes selbst zu übersetzen. + Wenn Ihr Drucker nicht +\emph on +direkt +\emph default + unterstützt wird, versuchen Sie es mit einem Treiber für einen kompatiblen + Drucker. +\layout Standard + +Beachten Sie, daß einige Drucker spezielle Kommandozeilenparameter benötigen. + Zum Beispiel möchte der +\family typewriter +stcolor +\family default +-Treiber, daß die Datei +\family typewriter +stcolor.ps +\family default + noch vor der eigentlichen Eingabedatei eingegeben wird. + Für mehr Details sollten Sie die Dokumentation von Ghostscript lesen. +\layout Standard + +Als nächstes bauen wir den Filter. + Es empfiehlt sich, der Datei den Namen +\emph on +druckername +\family typewriter +\emph default +.filter +\family default + zu geben (dabei ist +\emph on +druckername +\emph default + der Name, den Sie Ihrem Drucker in der +\family typewriter +printcap +\family default +-Datei gegeben haben). + Zudem ist es sinnvoll, diese Datei in das Spulverzeichnis des Druckers + zu schreiben. + Das Filterscript sollte folgendes enthalten: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal +#!/bin/sh +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal +/usr/bin/gs -q -dSAFER -dNOPAUSE +\size default + - +\size normal +sDEVICE= +\family roman +\size default +\emph on +Druckertreiber +\family default +\size normal +\emph default + +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal +[-r +\family roman +\size default +\emph on +Auflösung +\family default +\size normal +\emph default + +\family roman +\size default +\emph on +Zusatzoptionen +\family default +\size normal +\emph default +] -sOutputFile= +\size default + +\size normal +-[ +\family roman +\size default +\emph on +VorangestellteDatei +\family default +\size normal +\emph default +.ps] - +\layout Standard + +wobei +\emph on +Druckertreiber +\emph default + den Treiber für Ihren Drucker angibt; +\emph on +Auflösung +\emph default + ist die Auf +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +"| +\end_inset + +lösung, die Sie benutzen wollen; +\emph on +Zusatzoptionen +\emph default + steht für alle möglichen anderen Optionen, mit denen Sie Ghostscript aufrufen + möchten; das (optionale) +\emph on +VorangestellteDatei +\family typewriter +\emph default +.ps +\family default + ist der Name einer Datei, die Sie vor der eigentlichen Eingabedatei einfügen + möchten. + Das +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + am Ende der zweiten Zeile ist der übliche Weg, in einem Shellscript einen + Befehl in mehrere Zeilen aufzuspalten +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Ähnlich wie in der +\family typewriter +printcap +\family default +-Datei. + Nur muß ein Shellscript bei weitem nicht so penibel geschrieben werden. +\end_inset + +. + (Die Argumente in den eckigen Klammern sind optional und werden in vielen + Fällen nicht benötigt. + Die Klammern selbst erscheinen natürlich +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + in der Filterdatei.) +\layout Standard + +Beachten Sie, daß hier davon ausgegangen wird, daß sich das Programm Ghostscript + ( +\family typewriter +gs +\family default +) im Verzeichnis +\family typewriter +/usr/bin/ +\family default + befindet. + Dies kann in Ihrem System anders sein. +\layout Standard + +Verschiedene Druckertreiber behandeln das Argument +\family typewriter +-r +\family default + unterschiedlich. + Einige suchen einfach nach einer einzelnen Zahl, zum Beispiel +\family typewriter +-r600 +\family default +. + Andere möchten die horizontale und die vertikale Auf +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +"| +\end_inset + +lösung einzeln eingegeben haben, zum Beispiel +\family typewriter +-r360x360 +\family default +. + Es kann sein, daß der Druckertreiber auch noch andere Optionen unterstützt. + Genaueres müssen Sie in der Dokumentation von Ghostscript nachlesen. +\layout Standard + +Nachdem Sie den Druckerfilter geschrieben haben, benutzen Sie +\family typewriter +chmod a+x +\family default +, um die Scriptdatei zu einer ausführbaren Datei zu machen. + (Dazu müssen Sie als +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +root +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + eingeloggt sein.) +\layout Standard + +Hier ist ein Beispielfilter, den +\size normal +\noun on +John Weiss +\noun default + +\size default +für seinen +\size normal +Epson Stylus Color IIs +\size default + benutzt +\size normal +: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal +#!/bin/sh +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal +/usr/bin/gs -q -dSAFER -sDEVICE=stcolor +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + -r360x360 -sDithering=fsmono +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + -dNOPAUSE -dnoWeave +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + -sOutputFile=- stcolor.ps - +\layout Standard + +Dieser Filter erzeugt eine Ausgabe in +\size normal +360dpi +\size default +und schwarzweiß für einen +\size normal + Epson Stylus Color IIs +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Bemerkung von +\noun on +John Weiss +\noun default +: Dies ist mein +\family typewriter +ps +\family default +-Drucker. + Ich benutze einen ähnlichen Filter für meinen +\family typewriter +draft +\family default +-Drucker, der +\family typewriter +-r180x180 +\family default + anstatt +\family typewriter +-r360x360 +\family default + benutzt. + Für meinen Drucker +\family typewriter +color +\family default + benutze ich einen anderen Wert für den +\family typewriter +-sDithering +\family default + Parameter. +\end_inset + + +\size default +. +\layout Subsection + +Wenn Ihr Drucker bereits PostScript® versteht\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Standard + +Viele moderne Laserdrucker haben Post +\size normal +Script® +\size default +bereits eingebaut. + +\size normal + +\size default +Einige Laserdrucker benutzen +\size normal +PostScript® +\size default +sogar als Ihre +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Muttersprache +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Wenn Sie über solch einen Drucker verfügen, benötigen Sie keinen Filter, + sondern können Ihre Ausgabe direkt an den Drucker weiterleiten. + Allerdings -- wenn Sie eine einfache Textdatei drucken möchten, werden + Sie den Text erst irgendwie in +\size normal +PostScript® +\size default +formatieren müssen. +\layout Standard + +Es gibt drei verbreitete Programme, die ASCII-Dateien nach +\size normal +PostScript® +\size default + übersetzen +\size normal +: +\family typewriter +nenscript +\family default +, +\family typewriter +a2ps +\family default +, +\size default +u +\size normal +nd +\family typewriter +mpage +\family default +. + +\family typewriter +mpage +\family default + +\size default +kann auch mehrere Textseiten auf ein einzelnes Blatt Papier drucken. + Für Ihren +\family typewriter +lp +\family default +-Drucker sollten Sie ein Filterscript erzeugen, das eines dieser Programme + zur Umwandlung benutzt. + (Der +\family typewriter +lp +\family default +-Drucker ist der traditionelle Name des Druckers, der einfache ASCII-Texte + druckt.) Lesen Sie für weitere Informationen die +\family typewriter +\size normal +Printing-HOWTO +\family default +\size default +. + +\size normal + +\layout Section + +Der Druckerspuldämon +\family typewriter +lpd +\layout Standard + +Das Programm, das letztlich die Druckaufträge ausführt, heißt +\family typewriter +lpd +\family default +. + Dies ist auch das Programm, das die Datei +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{/etc/printcap} + +\end_inset + + +\family default +\size normal + +\size default +liest. + Irgendwo in den Shellscripts, die ausgeführt werden, wenn Ihr Computer + hochgefahren wird +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Auf einigen Computern stehen diese +\emph on +bootup scripts +\emph default + im Verzeichnis +\family typewriter +/etc/rc.d +\family default +. + Andere benutzen +\family typewriter +/etc/init.d +\family default + oder +\family typewriter +/sbin/init.d +\family default +. + Das müssen Sie selbst herausfinden. +\end_inset + +, muß auch +\family typewriter +lpd +\family default + gestartet werden, damit der Druckerspooler immer nach dem Hochfahren des + Systems zur Verfügung steht. + Im Prinzip können Sie auch jedes Mal +\family typewriter +lpd +\family default + von Hand starten, wenn Sie als +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +root +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + eingeloggt sind. +\layout Standard + +Wenn +\family typewriter +lpd +\family default + erst einmal auf Ihrem System läuft, können Sie ihn mit Hilfe des +\family typewriter +lpc +\family default +-Befehls kontrollieren. + Auch hierzu müssen Sie als +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +root +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + eingeloggt sein. +\layout Section + +Kurze Zusammenfassung +\layout Standard + +Zum Abschluß fassen wir noch einmal die Schritte zusammen, die Sie durchführen + müssen, um eine minimale Konfiguration zu erreichen. + Wenn Sie fertig sind, haben Sie zwei Drucker: der eine heißt +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +lp +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und dient dazu, ASCII zu drucken, der andere heißt +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +ps +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und verarbeitet Aufträge in +\size normal +PostScript® +\size default +. + Der Druckerfilter für den +\size normal + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +ps +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\size default +-Drucker (siehe unten) arbeitet mit jedem Epson-kompatiblen Drucker (heutzutage + ist fast jeder Nadeldrucker Epson-kompatibel) und benutzt die Standardauf +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +"| +\end_inset + +lösung. + +\size normal + +\layout Enumerate + + +\size normal +Log +\size default +gen Sie sich als +\size normal + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +root +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\size default +ein oder benutzen Sie +\size normal + +\family typewriter +su root +\family default +. + +\layout Enumerate + +Führen Sie folgende Befehle aus: +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + + +\family typewriter +\size normal +cd /var/spool +\layout Enumerate + + +\family typewriter +\size normal +mkdir lpd +\family default + +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +(wenn es nicht bereits existiert) +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + + +\family typewriter +\size normal +chgrp lp lpd +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +(Möglicherweise müssen Sie +\family typewriter +\size normal +daemon +\family default + +\size default +statt +\family typewriter +\size normal +lp +\family default +\size default + benutzen) +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + + +\family typewriter +\size normal +cd lpd +\layout Enumerate + + +\family typewriter +\size normal +mkdir lp ps +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +(nur falls diese Verzeichnisse noch nicht existieren) +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + + +\family typewriter +\size normal +touch lp/errs ps/errs +\layout Enumerate + + +\family typewriter +\size normal +chgrp daemon lp ps lp/errs ps/errs +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Editieren Sie nun Ihre Datei +\size normal + +\family typewriter +/etc/printcap +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Wenn diese Datei bereits existiert, sollten Sie\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +entweder die alte Version umbenennen (zum Beispiel in +\family typewriter +\size normal +/etc/printcap.orig +\family default +\size default +) +\layout Enumerate + +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +oder alle Einträge auskommentieren, indem Sie an den Anfang jeder Zeile + ein +\size normal + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +# +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\size default +-Zeichen schreiben. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Erstellen Sie in Ihrer +\size normal + +\family typewriter +/etc/printcap +\family default +\size default + folgende Einträge +\size normal +: +\begin_deeper +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal +lp|Text printer: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :lp=/dev/lp1: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :sd=/var/spool/lpd/lp: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :lf=/var/spool/lpd/lp/errs: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :mx#0:sh:sf: +\newline + +\size default + +\newline + +\size normal +ps|Post +\size default +S +\size normal +cript +\size default +(R) +\size normal + printer: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :lp=/dev/lp1: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :sd=/var/spool/lpd/ps: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :lf=/var/spool/lpd/ps/errs: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :if=/var/spool/lpd/ps/ps.filter: +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + :mx#0:sh:sf: +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +STELLEN SIE SICHER, DASS: +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +nichts in einer Leerzeile zwischen zwei Einträgen steht -- nicht einmal + ein Leerzeichen. + +\size normal + +\layout Enumerate + +hinter dem +\size normal + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\size default +-Zeichen am Ende jeder Zeile kein anderes Zeichen mehr steht. + +\size normal + +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Als nächstes, erstellen Sie ein Filterscript für den Drucker +\family typewriter +\size normal +ps +\family default +\size default +. +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Erstellen Sie eine Datei +\family typewriter +\size normal +/var/spool/lpd/ps/ps.filter +\family default +\size default + mit folgendem Inhalt +\size normal +: +\begin_deeper +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal +#!/bin/sh +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal +/usr/bin/gs -q -dSAFER -dNOPAUSE +\backslash + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\size normal + -sDEVICE=epson -sOutputFile=- - +\layout Standard + +(Wenn Ihr Drucker nicht Epson-kompatibel sein sollte, ersetzen Sie +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +epson +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + durch den entsprechenden Treibernamen Ihres Druckers. + Wenn sich das Programm +\family typewriter +gs +\family default + nicht in +\family typewriter +/usr/bin +\family default + befinden sollte, korrigieren Sie den Pfad.) +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Führen Sie folgende Befehle aus: +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + + +\family typewriter +\size normal +chmod a+x /var/spool/lpd/ps/ps.filter +\layout Enumerate + + +\family typewriter +\size normal +chgrp daemon /var/spool/lpd/ps/ps.filter +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Zuletzt starten Sie den Druckerdämon +\size normal + +\family typewriter +lpd +\family default +: +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Wenn er noch nicht läuft, benutzen Sie +\family typewriter +\size normal +lpd & +\family default +\size default +, um ihn zu starten. + +\layout Enumerate + +Wenn er bereits läuft, starten Sie das Programm +\family typewriter +\size normal +lpc +\family default +. + +\size default +Danach (in +\family typewriter +\size normal +lpc +\family default +\size default +) führen Sie ein +\family typewriter +\size normal +restart all +\family default + +\size default +und ein +\family typewriter +\size normal +up all +\family default + +\size default +aus. + Diese Befehle aktivieren die neuen Einträge in +\family typewriter +/etc/printcap +\family default +. + (Mit +\family typewriter +\size normal +quit +\family default + +\size default +können Sie +\family typewriter +\size normal +lpc +\family default +\size default + wieder verlassen +\size normal +. +\size default +) +\layout Enumerate + +Stellen Sie sicher, daß +\family typewriter +\size normal +lpd +\family default + +\size default +irgendwo in Ihren Bootscripts ausgeführt wird. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Sie können sich jetzt wieder als root ausloggen und Ihre neuen Druckereinträge + testen. + Führen Sie +\family typewriter +l +\size normal +pr -Plp +\family default +\size default + aus, gefolgt von dem Namen einer kurzen (ASCII) Textdatei, um den Drucker + +\family typewriter +lp +\family default + zu testen; entsprechend testen Sie den Drucker +\family typewriter +ps +\family default +, indem Sie +\family typewriter +\size normal +lpr -Pps +\family default +\size default +, +\size normal + +\size default +gefolgt vom Namen einer kurzen Datei im +\size normal +PostScript® +\size default +-Format, eingeben. + +\size normal + +\layout Standard + +Noch ein Wort zur Vorsicht: wenn Sie den Drucker +\family typewriter +ps +\family default + testen und der Drucker falsch konfiguriert wurde, wird der Computer vermutlich + eine Unmenge Müll an Ihren Drucker schicken. + Wenn dies passieren sollte, schalten Sie Ihren Drucker ab und benutzen + die Befehle +\family typewriter +\size normal +lpq +\family default + +\size default +und +\size normal + +\family typewriter +lprm +\family default +\size default +, um den Druckauftrag zu widerrufen. + +\size normal + +\size default +Anschließend können Sie Ihren Drucker wieder einschalten. +\layout Standard + +Wenn einer der beiden Drucker nicht funktioniert, überprüfen Sie alle Schritte + noch einmal. + Ansonsten können Ihnen die Man +\size normal +pages +\size default +für +\family typewriter +\size normal +printcap +\family default + +\size default +und +\size normal + +\family typewriter +lpd +\family default + +\size default +und das +\family typewriter +\size normal +Printing-HOWTO +\family default + +\size default +weiterhelfen. +\layout Standard + +Wenn alles funktioniert, herzlichen Glückwunsch! +\layout Chapter + +Die Einfügung Externes Material +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cha:Externes} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Hintergrund +\layout Standard + +Einer der am häufigsten geäußerten Wünsche der LyX-Nutzer ist die Möglichkeit + einer Schnittstelle zwischen LyX und XFig, Dia oder ähnlichen Anwendungsprogram +men, die darauf spezialisiert sind, spezielle Diagramme, Abbildungen oder + ähnliches zum Einbinden in die Dokumente zu erstellen. + Bislang war es lediglich möglich, statische, festgelegte Abbildungen über + das normale Grafik-Inset einzubinden, jedoch hat dieser Ansatz einige Einschrän +kungen: +\layout Itemize + +Wenn Sie die Abbildung ändern wollen, müssen Sie extra von Hand das entsprechend +e Programm starten +\layout Itemize + +LyX merkt nicht, daß Sie die Abbildung geändert haben, und die Darstellung + am Bildschirm wird schnell veraltet; dies wird noch erschwert durch die + fehlende Möglichkeit, die Anzeige zu aktualisieren +\layout Itemize + +Das Grafik-Inset kann nicht mit unterschiedlichen Export-Formaten wie DocBook, + HTML oder ASCII umgehen +\layout Standard + +Die Einfügung +\family sans +Externes\SpecialChar ~ +Material +\family default + ist der Versuch, diese Probleme zu lösen +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Auch wenn das alte Grafik-Inset einige Mängel hat, so ist es dennoch sehr + wertvoll, denn es bietet eine Anzeige der Grafik sowie die Möglichkeit + zu geometrischen Transformationen über eine komfortable Benutzerschnittstelle. + +\end_inset + +. + Dies wird erreicht, indem eine abstrahierte Methode der Interaktion zwischen + LyX und einer externen Anwendung definiert wird. + Anstatt also eine lange Liste von Einfügungen für alle möglichen Arten + von Material anzubieten, haben wir auf die Darstellung in LyX verzichtet + und dafür die Möglichkeit geschaffen, einen sehr weiten Bereich von Anwendungen + abzudecken. + Das Ergebnis ist eben genau diese Einfügung Externes Material. + Eine solche Einfügung erscheint im LyX-Dokument lediglich als einfache + Schaltfläche, aber lassen Sie sich dadurch nicht täuschen. + Wenn Sie darauf klicken erscheint ein Dialog, in dem Sie genau festlegen + können, welche Art von Material Sie einbinden wollen. + Und in den folgenden Abschnitten werden Sie lernen, wie Sie damit all die + oben aufgezeigten Probleme umgehen können und einiges mehr. +\layout Section + +Wie funktioniert das? +\layout Standard + +Die Einfügung +\family sans +Externes\SpecialChar ~ +Material +\family default + basiert auf dem Konzept der Vorlage. + Eine solche Vorlage ist eine Spezifikation, wie LyX mit einer bestimmten + Sorte von Material umgehen soll. + Derzeit gehören zu LyX derartige Vorlagen für XFig Abbildungen, Dia Diagramme, + diverse Abbildungen im Rasterformat, Gnuplot und noch ein paar mehr. + Die vollständige Liste sehen Sie in +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Externes\SpecialChar ~ +Material +\family default +. + Darüberhinaus ist es möglich durch eigene Vorlagen beliebige andere Formate + einzubinden. + Wir werden weiter unten beschreiben was genau Sie dazu machen müssen und + hoffen, daß Sie derartig erstellte Vorlagen an das LyX-Team schicken, damit + es in kommenden Versionen von LyX integriert werden kann. +\layout Standard + +Ein weiteres Merkmal der Idee der externen Einfügung ist die Unterscheidung + zwischen der ursprünglichen Datei, die als Grundlage für das eingefügte + Material dient, und der erzeugten Datei, die dann letztendlich in Ihr Dokument + eingebunden wird. + Wir wollen dies am Beispiel einer XFig-Abbildung erläutern. + Das Programm XFig bearbeitet eine speziell formatierte Datei mit der Endung + +\family typewriter +.fig +\family default +. + In XFig können Sie Ihre Abbildung editieren und ändern, und zum Schluß + speichern Sie diese +\family typewriter +.fig +\family default +-Datei. + Wenn Sie nun eine derartige Abbildung in LyX einbinden wollen müssen Sie + zunächst +\family typewriter +transfig +\family default + starten um eine PostScript®-Datei zu erzeugen, die von LaTeX eingebunden + werden kann. + In diesem Fall ist also die +\family typewriter +.fig +\family default +-Datei die oben erwähnte Originaldatei, und die +\family typewriter +.ps +\family default +-Datei die tatsächlich eingebundene Datei. +\layout Standard + +Diese Unterscheidung ist wichtig, denn Sie erlaubt das einfache Ändern und + aktualisieren des Materials während Sie an Ihrem Text schreiben. + Außerdem ist erst so die Flexibilität gegeben die benötigt wird, um unterschied +liche Exportformate für die LyX-Datei zu ermöglichen. + So ist es im Falle einer Ausgabe als reiner (ASCII) Text besteht sicher + nicht sinnvoll, eine PostScript®-Datei im Rohformat einzubinden. + In diesem Fall wird dann entweder nur eine Referenz auf die Bilddatei angegeben +, oder aber es wird ein Konverter gestartet, der eine ASCII-Darstellung + erzeugt, die in etwa so aussieht wie die ursprüngliche Grafik. + Genau dies ist mit der Einfügung Externes Material möglich, denn sie kennt + all die notwendigen Befehle für derartige Konvertierungen (sofern sie von + LyX unterstützt werden). +\layout Standard + +Darüberhinaus erlaubt die Einfügung Externes Material aber auch die einfache + Integration mit externen Betrachtern und Editoren. + So sind Sie bei einer XFig-Abbildung in der Lage, mit einem einigen Klick + XFig zu starten um die Abbildung zu bearbeiten oder die erstellte PostScript®-D +atei mit +\family typewriter +ghostview +\family default + zu betrachten. + Kein langes Herumsuchen mit Dateimanagern nach den Original- und Grafikdateien + mehr, und Sie müssen sich nicht mehr an die unterschiedlichen Parameter + erinnern, die vielleicht für diese Abbildung notwendig sind, um sie in + der richtigen Größe zu erstellen. + Sie haben ohne viel Aufwand Zugriff auf eine Vielzahl von Applikationen + und können so Ihre Produktivität ungemein steigern. +\layout Standard + +LyX besitzt also die Information über eine Vielzahl von externen Programmen, + um diese von Ihnen unbemerkt nutzen zu können und Ihnen so den größtmöglichen + Komfort zu bieten. + Und genau diese Information ist in den oben erwähnten Vorlagen gespeichert. + Jede dieser Vorlagen enthält eine Liste von Befehlen und Optionen um externe + Programme zu starten, Formate zu konvertieren usw\SpecialChar \@. + Ein fortgeschrittener + Nutzer kann mit derartigen selbst erstellten Vorlagen die Möglichkeiten + von LyX stark erweitern, ohne dazu den eigentlichen Quellcode verändern + zu müssen. + Zwar ist dazu einiges an Arbeit notwendig um all diese Befehle festzulegen, + aber zum Glück hat das LyX-Team das in einigen Fällen ja schon getan. +\layout Standard + +Eine kleine Einschränkung gibt es aber doch: Da es wie erwähnt eine Vielzahl + möglicher Exportformate für das eingefügte Material gibt wäre es zu vermuten, + daß man von LyX aus auch alle diese Formate als Vorschau ansehen kann. + Das LyX-Team hat sich entschlossen, das nicht zu tun, um die Benutzerschnittste +lle so einfach wie möglich zu halten. + Anstatt im Dialog für jedes mögliche Exportformat einen eigenen Knopf für + die Vorschau zu haben, wurde das Konzept des primären Formats eingeführt, + und es gibt nur einen einzigen Knopf +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +rgebnis\SpecialChar ~ +anzeigen +\family default +, der die Datei in genau diesem primären Format anzeigt. + Dieses Format wird durch die verwendete Dokumentenklasse festgelegt. + So ist es für die meisten Klassen LaTeX, für die DocBook-Klassen ist es + aber DocBook. + Denken Sie also daran daß Ihnen die Vorschau lediglich das Aussehen in + diesem Hauptformat anzeigt; wenn Sie sehen wollen wie das Ergebnis in anderen + Formaten aussieht müssen Sie wie gewohnt die Konvertierung manuell durchführen. +\layout Section + +Der Dialog +\family sans +Externe Datei bearbeiten +\layout Standard + +Eine Externe Einfügung wird vom Menü +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen +\family default + aus aufgerufen. + Es wird dann eine Schaltfläche in Ihrem Dokument eingefügt, und der Dialog + +\family sans +Externe\SpecialChar ~ +Datei\SpecialChar ~ +bearbeiten +\family default + wird geöffnet. + In diesem Dialog können Sie genau festlegen welche Art von Material Sie + einbinden wollen, und auch wie das geschehen soll. + Darüberhinaus können Sie über diesen Dialog die externen Bearbeitungsprogramme + und Betrachter starten. +\layout Standard + +Ganz oben in diesem Dialog befindet sich eine Auswahlliste, in der Sie auswählen + welche der Vorlagen verwendet werden soll. + Darunter ist ein Textfenster in dem Sie einige hoffentlich hilfreiche Hinweise + zur Verwendung finden: Meist eine kurze Beschreibung was die Vorlage macht + und welche Parameter möglich sind. + Es folgt ein Eingabefenster für den Dateinamen mit zugehörigem +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +urchsuchen... + +\family default + Schalter der den gewohnten Dateidialog öffnet um interaktiv eine Datei + auszuwählen. + Dieser Name spezifiziert die originale Datei. + Da die tatsächlich eingebundene Datei bei Bedarf automatisch erstellt wird + besteht kein Grund, hierfür auch ein Dialogfeld anzulegen. +\layout Standard + +Unten im Dialog finden Sie einen Eingabebereich mit dem Namen +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +arameter +\family default +. + Damit sind Sie in der Lage die jeweilige Einfügung genauer festzulegen. + Der Kommentar im Textfenster sollte Ihnen einen Hinweis geben, was Sie + hier in der jeweiligen Vorlage angeben können, generell sind es Optionen + die das genaue Aussehen der Einfügung beeinflussen. +\layout Standard + +Ganz rechts im Dialog befinden sich drei Knöpfe: +\family sans +Date +\bar under +i +\bar default +\SpecialChar ~ +editieren +\family default +, +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +rgebnis\SpecialChar ~ +anzeigen +\family default + und +\family sans +\bar under +A +\bar default +ktualisieren +\family default +. + Dies erlaubt es Ihnen, die Originaldatei mit dem zugeordneten Programm + zu editieren, die erzeugte Einfügung in der Vorschau zu betrachten sowie + eine Aktualisierung der Datei im primären Format auszulösen. + Dieser letzte Knopf ist oft deaktiviert, da die meisten Vorlagen so konfigurier +t sind, daß sie eine Aktualisierung automatisch vornehmen, sobald sich die + Originaldatei verändert hat. + In einem solchen Fall ist eine erzwungene Aktualisierung nicht notwendig. + Bei einigen Vorlagen ist dieser Automatismus aber abgeschaltet, z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + wenn der Aufwand, die einzubindende Datei zu erstellen, unverhältnismäßig + groß ist und deshalb die Entscheidung, wann eine Aktualisierung wirklich + nötig ist, dem Nutzer überlassen bleibt. + Allerdings sind in diesem Fall auch wirklich Sie dafür zuständig z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + vor dem Ausdruck durch einen Klick auf den +\family sans +\bar under +A +\bar default +ktualisieren +\family default +-Knopf sicherzustellen, daß auch wirklich die aktuellste Datei eingebunden + wird. + In dem Zusammenhang wäre es sicher hilfreich wenn es einen Menüeintrag + +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ext.\SpecialChar ~ +Einfügungen\SpecialChar ~ +aktualisieren +\family default + gäbe, der alle diese 'manuellen' Einfügungen aktualisiert. + Leider ist das (noch) nicht der Fall, und es kann wohl noch eine Weile + dauern bis es soweit ist. + +\layout Standard + +Ganz unten befinden sich schließlich die gewohnten Knöpfe +\family sans +OK, Ü +\bar under +b +\bar default +ernehmen +\family default + und +\family sans +Abbruch +\family default +. + Wichtig in diesem Kontext ist daß auch ein Klick auf einen der Knöpfe auf + der rechten Seite ( +\family sans +Date +\bar under +i +\bar default +\SpecialChar ~ +editieren +\family default +, +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +rgebnis\SpecialChar ~ +anzeigen +\family default +, +\family sans +\bar under +A +\bar default +ktualisieren +\family default +) bewirkt, daß geänderte Einstellungen im Dialog übernommen werden, so daß + ein +\family sans +Abbruch +\family default + lediglich die Änderungen seit dem letzten Klick auf einen dieser Knöpfe + rückgängig macht. + Um davor gemachte Änderungen zurückzunehmen verwenden Sie bitte die normale + +\family sans +Rückgängig +\family default +-Funktion von LyX. +\layout Section + +Beispiele +\layout Standard + +In Diesem Abschnitt sollten wir einige Beispiele zeigen, wie diese Einfügungen + von externem Material verwendet werden können. + Dies sollte etwa folgendes umfassen: +\layout Itemize + +Externe Rasterbilder +\layout Itemize + +Externe XFig-Abbildungen +\layout Itemize + +Schachdiagramme +\layout Itemize + +Beispiele mit Musik +\layout Itemize + +Verwendung von Makefiles +\layout Itemize + +Rekursive externe Vorlagen +\layout Section + +Die Konfigurationsdatei +\layout Standard + +Es ist recht einfach, eigene neue Vorlagen für externe Einfügungen zu erstellen. + Allerdings sollten Sie sich im klaren sein daß Sie, wenn Sie dabei zu unbesorgt + vorgehen, sehr schnell ein Sicherheitsloch erzeugen können. + Wenn Sie also eigene Vorlagen erstellen wollen lesen Sie bitte +\emph on +unbedingt +\emph default + den Abschnitt über Sicherheit. +\layout Standard + +Nichtsdestotrotz sollten Sie unbedingt selbst erstellte Vorlagen an das + LyX-Team senden. +\layout Standard + +Die Vorlagendefinitionen befinden sich in der Datei +\family typewriter +LyXDir/external_templates +\family default +. + Sie können sich eine Kopie davon in Ihr privates Nutzerverzeichnis +\family typewriter +UserDir +\family default + kopieren und editieren. + Zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt werden Sie in diesem Abschnitt hier auch eine + genaue Beschreibung der Syntax dieser Datei und der vorhandenen Einträge + finden\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Section + +Der Ersetzungsmechanismus +\layout Standard + +Wenn über die externe Einfügung ein externes Programm gestartet wird geschieht + dies anhand eines Befehls, der in der Vorlage festgelegt wurde. + Ein solcher Befehl kann diverse Makros enthalten, die vor dem eigentlichen + Aufruf ausgewertet werden. + Die Ausführung erfolgt dabei immer in demjenigen Verzeichnis, das auch + das LyX-Dokument enthält. + Eine derartige Ersetzung findet ebenfalls statt, wenn die Vorschau aktiviert + wird. + Hier finden Sie eine Liste dieser Makros: +\layout Description + +$$FName Der Name der im Dialog angegeben Datei. +\layout Description + +$$Basename Der Dateiname ohne die Endung +\layout Description + +$$Tempname Ein Name (inklusive vollem Pfad) einer temporären Datei; diese + wird automatisch gelöscht wenn das Dokument geschlossen oder die Einfügung + gelöscht wird. +\layout Description + +$$Contents( +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Datei.ext +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +) Dieses Makro wird expandiert zum Inhalt der Datei mit dem Namen +\family typewriter +Datei.ext +\family default +. +\layout Description + +$$Sysdir Dies wird ersetzt durch den Namen des Systemverzeichnisses. + Wird normalerweise verwendet um diverse Hilfsskripte anzusprechen, die + Teil von LyX sind. +\layout Standard + +Darüberhinaus werden sämtliche Umgebungsvariablen der Form +\family typewriter +${PATH} +\family default + expandiert. +\layout Section + +Sicherheitshinweise +\layout Standard + +Der Mechanismus der Einfügung externen Materials bietet eine Schnittstelle + zu einer Vielzahl von externen Programmen und startet diese automatisch. + Darum ist es Notwendig, auf die dadurch bedingten Sicherheitsprobleme einzugehe +n. + Insbesondere besteht durch die Möglichkeit, eigene Dateinamen und/oder + Parameter anzugeben, scheinbar Gefahr, daß jemand bösartige Dokumente erstellt + die willkürliche Befehle ausführen sobald ein Nutzer sie betrachtet oder + ausdruckt. + Dies ist etwas das wir unter allen Umständen vermeiden wollen. +\layout Standard + +Da jedoch die nutzbaren Programme ausschließlich in der Vorlagenkonfigurationsda +tei festgelegt werden können bestehen keine Sicherheitsbedenken solange + LyX selbst korrekt und nur mit sicheren Vorlagen konfiguriert ist. + Der Grund dafür ist, daß die externen Programme nicht via +\family typewriter +system() +\family default + Systembefehl aufgerufen werden, sondern via +\family typewriter +execvp() +\family default +. + Dadurch ist es nicht möglich, über Dateinamen oder zusätzliche Parameter + willkürliche Befehle durch die Shell ausführen zu lassen. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{sloppypar} +\end_inset + +Bedingt durch diese Sicherheit sind Sie allerdings etwas eingeschränkt in + der Auswahl der Befehlszeichenketten, die Sie in der Vorlagedatei verwenden + können. + Insbesondere sind Ausgabeumleitungen und Pipes nicht möglich, und das muß + auch so bleiben wenn LyX weiterhin sicher bleiben soll. + Wenn Sie derartige Fähigkeiten der Shell nutzen wollen, müssen Sie ein + Skript schreiben und dieses dann aufrufen. + Im Verzeichnis +\family typewriter +LyXDir/scripts +\family default + finden Sie das Skript +\family typewriter +general_command_wrapper.py +\family default +, das auf sicherem Weg die Verwendung der Ein/Ausgabeumleitung erlaubt. + Es ist auch ein gutes Beispiel wenn Sie selbst eigene, sichere Skripte + erstellen wollen. + Ein sehr viel komplexeres Beispiel, das auch +\family typewriter +fork +\family default + und Konsorten verwendet, finden Sie mit +\family typewriter +pic2ascii.py +\family default + im selben Verzeichnis. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Es ist zwar durchaus möglich eine Vorlage zu erstellen, die eine direkte + Interaktion mit der Shell erlaubt. + Dies würde jedoch einem böswilligen Nutzer erlauben, durch die clevere + Wahl von Dateinamen und/oder Parametern willkürliche Befehle auszuführen. + Deswegen raten wir generell dazu, ausschließlich sichere Skripte zu verwenden, + die mit dem +\family typewriter +execvp() +\family default + Mechanismus arbeiten. + Selbstverständlich mag es verlockend sein in einer sicheren Umgebung zu + den einfacheren Shellscripts zurückzukehren. + Aber seien Sie sich bewußt +\emph on +daß +\emph default + Sie dadurch ein potentielles Sicherheitsloch schaffen. + Und obwohl wir jeden ermuntern, selbst erstellte Vorlagen im Sinne der + Open Source an uns zu schicken sollte klar sein daß ein derartiges, unsicheres + Skript niemals fester Bestandteil der LyX-Distribution werden kann. +\layout Standard + +Die Einfügung externes Material +\emph on +gibt +\emph default + eine große Macht, und man muß sicherheitsbewußt damit umgehen. + Ein einziger kleiner Fehler in einem vermeintlich harmlosen Skript kann + die Türe zu gewaltigen Sicherheitsproblemen öffnen. + Im Zweifelsfall wenden Sie sich an einen angesehenen Sicherheitsexperten + oder fragen Sie das LyX-Team wenn Sie sich nicht sicher sind ob eine von + Ihnen erstellte Vorlage als sicher angesehen werden kann oder nicht. + Und tun Sie das auf jeden Fall, bevor Sie die Vorlage in einem nicht genau + kontrollierten Umfeld verwenden. +\layout Section + +Die Zukunft der externen Einfügung +\layout Standard + +Die gegenwärtige Implementation der Einfügung ist ein stabiler und mächtiger + Mechanismus der einen Zugang zu den Interna von LyX bietet. + Doch wie bei fast allem in LyX gilt: Es befindet sich stetiger Entwicklung. + Falls sich jemand an die Weiterentwicklung macht sind hier ein paar Hinweise, + welche Wege dabei gegangen werden sollten: +\layout Itemize + +Ermöglichen der eingebetteten Vorschau anstelle des einfachen Knopfes. +\layout Itemize + +Eingebettete Bearbeitung, z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + über OpenParts oder ein ähnliches Protokoll. +\layout Itemize + +Erweiterung der dynamischen Information und dadurch die Möglichkeit, optionale + Eingabefelder für die Umwandlungsprogramme in allen Exportformaten zu haben, + ebenso für die Parameter für jedes dieser Formate. + Derzeit kann nur eine einziger Parameterkombination angegeben werden, die + global für diese eine Vorlage gilt. + Dies würde es ermöglichen auf die etwas willkürliche Festlegung eines primären + Formates für das einzubindende Material zu verzichten. +\layout Itemize + +Erweiterung der Definitionsbasis um intelligentere Konfigurationsoptionen + als die einfache Parameterzeile zu ermöglichen. + Mit einer passenden Skriptsprache wäre es möglich, eine sehr benutzerfreundlich +e Version der Einfügungsdialoge zu erstellen. +\layout Chapter +\start_of_appendix +Tastaturkürzel +\layout Standard + +Dieser Anhang ist eine große Zusammenstellung aller Tastaturkürzel der deutschen + Version. + Ursprünglich sollte es nur eine Liste der Kürzel, gefolgt von der zugeordneten + Funktion werden, damit ein Benutzer schnell herausfinden kann was ein Kürzel + macht. + Später haben wir uns dann entschlossen, auch die Menüs und die Definition + der Werkzeugleiste hier aufzunehmen. + +\layout Standard + +Die Form ist eigentlich selbsterklärend, dennoch ein paar Tips: Alle Einträge + für eine Basis ( +\family sans +C-a +\family default +, +\family sans +C-b +\family default + usw.) sind alphabetisch geordnet. + Einfachere Kombinationen stehen weiter oben als komplexere ( +\family sans +C-s +\family default + vor +\family sans +C-S-c +\family default +). + Alle Einträge hier wurden aus der Menüstruktur und den Definitionsdateien + in +\family typewriter +LyXDir/ui +\family default + und +\family typewriter +LyXDir/bind +\family default + zusammengesucht. + Diese Dateien stellen im Zweifelsfall 'die letzte Instanz' das. + Bedenken Sie auch, daß Sie die Tastaturkürzel auch in Ihrer privaten Datei + +\family typewriter +UserDir/preferences +\family default + umdefinieren können. + Wenn also etwas nicht übereinstimmt schauen Sie bitte zuerst dort nach + und stellen Sie sicher daß es nicht dort umdefiniert wurde. +\layout Standard + +Und als letztes sei der Hinweis angebracht daß einige Windowmanager (wie + z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + FVWM) einige der Funktionstasten abfangen und für die eigene Steuerung + verwenden. + So schaltet etwa bei einigen Installationen +\family sans +C-rechts +\family default + zwischen den virtuellen Bildschirmen um und springt nicht -- wie in LyX + vorgesehen -- ein Wort vorwärts. + Aber auch der Windowmanager ist zum Glück konfigurierbar, und Sie können + derartige 'Kollisionen' beheben. +\layout Section + +Werkzeugleiste +\layout LyX-Code + +Toolbar +\layout LyX-Code + + Layouts +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "buffer-open" +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "buffer-write" +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "buffer-print" +\layout LyX-Code + + Separator +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "cut" +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "copy" +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "paste" +\layout LyX-Code + + Separator +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "font-emph" +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "font-noun" +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "font-free" +\layout LyX-Code + + Separator +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "tex-mode" +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "math-mode" +\layout LyX-Code + + Separator +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "footnote-insert" +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "marginpar-insert" +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "depth-next" +\layout LyX-Code + + Separator +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "figure-insert" +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "dialog-tabular-insert" +\layout LyX-Code + +End +\layout Section + +Menüs +\layout Subsection + +Datei +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-d\SpecialChar ~ +b +\family typewriter +lyx-quit +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-d\SpecialChar ~ +c +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-close +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-d\SpecialChar ~ +d +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-print +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-d\SpecialChar ~ +e +\family default + +\family typewriter +file_export +\family default + submenu +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-d\SpecialChar ~ +f +\family typewriter +buffer-export fax +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-d\SpecialChar ~ +k +\family typewriter + file_vc +\family default + submenu +\begin_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +e +\family typewriter + vc-history +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +v +\family typewriter + vc-check-in +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +l +\family typewriter + vc-revert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +\SpecialChar ~ + +\family typewriter + vc-check-out +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +\SpecialChar ~ + +\family typewriter + vc-register +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +w +\family typewriter + vc-undo-last +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-d\SpecialChar ~ +m +\family default + +\family typewriter +file_import +\family default + submenu +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-d\SpecialChar ~ +n +\family typewriter +buffer-new +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-d\SpecialChar ~ +o +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-open +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-d\SpecialChar ~ +s +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-write +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-d\SpecialChar ~ +u +\family typewriter +buffer-write-as +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-d\SpecialChar ~ +v +\family typewriter +buffer-new-template +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-d\SpecialChar ~ +w +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-reload +\layout Subsection + +Bearbeiten +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-b\SpecialChar ~ +a +\family default + +\family typewriter +cut +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-b\SpecialChar ~ +e +\family default + +\family typewriter +paste +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-b\SpecialChar ~ +h +\family default + +\family typewriter +error-remove-all +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-b\SpecialChar ~ +i +\family default + +\family typewriter +dialog-preferences +\family sans + +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-b\SpecialChar ~ +k +\family default + +\family typewriter +copy +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-b\SpecialChar ~ +m +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-panel +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-b\SpecialChar ~ +o +\family default + +\family typewriter +reconfigure +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-b\SpecialChar ~ +p +\family default + +\family typewriter +spellchecker +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-b\SpecialChar ~ +r +\family typewriter +undo +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-b\SpecialChar ~ +s +\family default + +\family typewriter +find-replace +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-b\SpecialChar ~ +t +\family default + +\family typewriter +edit_tabular +\family default + submenu +\begin_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +b +\family default + +\family typewriter +tabular-feature align-left +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +c +\family default + +\family typewriter +tabular-feature delete-column +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +f +\family default + +\family typewriter +tabular-feature append-row +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +g +\family default + +\family typewriter +tabular-feature align-right +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +h +\family default + +\family typewriter +tabular-feature delete-row +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +l +\family default + +\family typewriter +tabular-feature toggle-line-left +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +n +\family default + +\family typewriter +tabular-feature valign-bottom +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +o +\family default + +\family typewriter +tabular-feature toggle-line-top +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +p +\family default + +\family typewriter +tabular-feature multicolumn +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +r +\family default + +\family typewriter +tabular-feature toggle-line-right +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +s +\family default + +\family typewriter +tabular-feature append-column +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +t +\family default + +\family typewriter +tabular-feature valign-center +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +u +\family default + +\family typewriter +tabular-feature toggle-line-bottom +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +v +\family default + +\family typewriter +tabular-feature valign-top +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +z +\family default + +\family typewriter +tabular-feature align-center +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-b\SpecialChar ~ +u +\family typewriter +edit_paste +\family default + submenu +\begin_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +a +\family default + +\family typewriter +primary-selection-paste paragraph +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +z +\family default + +\family typewriter +primary-selection-paste +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-b\SpecialChar ~ +w +\family default + +\family typewriter +redo +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-b\SpecialChar ~ +x +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-chktex +\layout Subsection + +Einfügen +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-e\SpecialChar ~ +a +\family default + +\family typewriter +graphics-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-e\SpecialChar ~ +b +\family default + +\family typewriter +dialog-tabular-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-e\SpecialChar ~ +d +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-child-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-e\SpecialChar ~ +e +\family default + +\family typewriter +insert_file +\family default + submenu +\begin_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +a +\family default + +\family typewriter +file-insert-ascii paragraphs +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +l +\family default + +\family typewriter +file-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +z +\family default + +\family typewriter +file-insert-ascii lines +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-e\SpecialChar ~ +f +\family default + +\family typewriter +footnote-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-e\SpecialChar ~ +h +\family default + +\family typewriter +insert-math +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-e\SpecialChar ~ +i +\family default + +\family typewriter +insert_toc +\family default + submenu +\begin_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +a +\family default + +\family typewriter +lof-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +b +\family default + +\family typewriter +bibtex-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +g +\family default + +\family typewriter +loa-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +i +\family default + +\family typewriter +toc-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +l +\family default + +\family typewriter +index-print +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +t +\family default + +\family typewriter +lot-insert +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-e\SpecialChar ~ +l +\family default + +\family typewriter +insert_floats +\family default + submenu +\begin_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +a +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-float-insert algorithm +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +d +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-float-insert wide-tab +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +f +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-float-insert figure +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +t +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-float-insert table +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +w +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-float-insert wide-fig +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-e\SpecialChar ~ +m +\family default + +\family typewriter +label-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-e\SpecialChar ~ +n +\family default + +\family typewriter +note-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-e\SpecialChar ~ +r +\family default + +\family typewriter +marginalnote-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-e\SpecialChar ~ +q +\family default + +\family typewriter +reference-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-e\SpecialChar ~ +s +\family default + +\family typewriter +insert_special +\family default + submenu +\begin_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +a +\family default + +\family typewriter +quote-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +f +\family default + +\family typewriter +dots-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +g +\family typewriter + ligature-break-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +h +\family default + +\family typewriter +hfill-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +l +\family default + +\family typewriter +protected-space-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +m +\family default + +\family typewriter +menu-separator-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +p +\family default + +\family typewriter +end-of-sentence-period-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +s +\family default + +\family typewriter +command-sequence math-insert ^;math-mode; +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +t +\family default + +\family typewriter +hyphenation-point-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +u +\family default + +\family typewriter +command-sequence math-insert _;math-mode; +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +z +\family default + +\family typewriter +break-line +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-e\SpecialChar ~ +u +\family default + +\family typewriter +url-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-e\SpecialChar ~ +w +\family default + +\family typewriter +index-insert-last +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-e\SpecialChar ~ +x +\family default + +\family typewriter +index-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-e\SpecialChar ~ +z +\family default + +\family typewriter +citation-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +\SpecialChar ~ + +\family default + +\family typewriter +external-insert +\layout Subsection + + +\family sans +Format +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-l\SpecialChar ~ +b +\family default + +\family typewriter +appendix +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-l\SpecialChar ~ +f +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-bold +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-l\SpecialChar ~ +z +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout-character +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-l\SpecialChar ~ +d +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout-document +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-l\SpecialChar ~ +h +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-emph +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-l\SpecialChar ~ +v +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout-preamble +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-l\SpecialChar ~ +k +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-noun +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-l\SpecialChar ~ +a +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout-paragraph +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-l\SpecialChar ~ +u +\family default + +\family typewriter +depth-increment +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Zeichen\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-z\SpecialChar ~ +c +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-code +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-z\SpecialChar ~ +f +\family typewriter +font-bold +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-z\SpecialChar ~ +h +\family typewriter +font-emph +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-z\SpecialChar ~ +k +\family typewriter +font-noun +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-z\SpecialChar ~ +m +\family typewriter +math-mode +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-z\SpecialChar ~ +r +\family typewriter +font-roman +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-z\SpecialChar ~ +s +\family typewriter +font-sans +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-z\SpecialChar ~ +t +\family typewriter +ert-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-z\SpecialChar ~ +u +\family typewriter +font-underline +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-z\SpecialChar ~ +space +\family typewriter +font-default +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-z\SpecialChar ~ +Down +\family typewriter +word-lowcase +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-z\SpecialChar ~ +Up +\family typewriter +word-upcase +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-z\SpecialChar ~ +Right +\family typewriter +word-capitalize +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +h +\family typewriter +font-size huge +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +l +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-size large +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +n +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-size normal +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +s +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-size small +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +t +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-size tiny +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +0 +\family typewriter +font-size huger +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +1 +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-size tiny +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +2 +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-size smallest +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +3 +\family typewriter +font-size smaller +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +4 +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-size small +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +5 +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-size normal +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +6 +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-size large +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +7 +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-size larger +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +8 +\family typewriter +font-size largest +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +9 +\family typewriter +font-size huge +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +S-H +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-size huger +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +S-L +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-size larger +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +S-S +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-size smaller +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +plus +\family typewriter +font-size increase +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +minus +\family typewriter +font-size decrease +\layout Subsection + +View +\layout Subsection + +Navigate +\layout Subsection + +Help +\layout Subsection + +Absatzformat +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +a +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Abstract +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +b +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Itemize +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +c +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout LyX-Code +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +d +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Description +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +e +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Enumerate +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +f +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout ShortFoilhead +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +i +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Itemize +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +l +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout List +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +n +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Enumerate +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +q +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Quote +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +r +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout ShortRotatefoilhead +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +s +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Standard +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +t +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Title +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +v +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Verse +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +space +\family default + +\family typewriter +drop-layouts-choice +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a +\noun on +\SpecialChar ~ +0 +\family default +\noun default + +\family typewriter +layout Part +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a +\noun on +\SpecialChar ~ +1 +\family default +\noun default + +\family typewriter +layout Chapter +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +2 +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Section +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +3 +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Subsection +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +4 +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Subsubsection +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +5 +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Paragraph +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +6 +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Subparagraph +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +0 +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Part* +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +1 +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Chapter* +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +2 +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Section* +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +3 +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Subsection* +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +4 +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Subsubsection* +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +5 +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Paragraph* +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +6 +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Subparagraph* +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +S-A +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Author +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +S-B +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Bibliography +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +S-C +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Comment +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +S-D +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Date +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +S-F +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Foilhead +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +S-L +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout LaTeX +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +S-Q +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Quotation +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +S-R +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Rotatefoilhead +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +C-a +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout RightAddress +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +M-a +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Address +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +M-c +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Caption +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +Left +\family default + +\family typewriter +depth-decrement +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +Right +\family default + +\family typewriter +depth-increment +\layout Standard + +Die folgenden Definitionen dienen der Kompatibilität zu älteren Versionen. + Sie sind aber nur auf qwerty-Tastaturen sinnvoll. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +S-at +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Section* +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +S-dollar +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Subsubsection* +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-a\SpecialChar ~ +S-numbersign +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Subsection* +\layout Section + +Tastatur +\layout Subsection + +Specifische Definitionen aus +\family typewriter +emacs.bind +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-a +\family default + +\family typewriter +line-begin +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-b +\family default + +\family typewriter +char-backward +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-d +\family default + +\family typewriter +delete-forward +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-e +\family default + +\family typewriter +line-end +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-f +\family default + +\family typewriter +char-forward +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-g +\family default + +\family typewriter +cancel +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-h +\family default + +\family typewriter +hyphenation-point-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-i +\family default + +\family typewriter +hfill-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-k +\family default + +\family typewriter +line-delete-forward +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-l +\family default + +\family typewriter +screen-recenter +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-m +\family default + +\family typewriter +mark-toggle +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-n +\family default + +\family typewriter +down +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-o +\family default + +\family typewriter +open-stuff +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-p +\family default + +\family typewriter +up +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-q +\family typewriter + quote-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-s +\family default + +\family typewriter +find-replace +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-u +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-underline +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-v +\family default + +\family typewriter +screen-down +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-w +\family default + +\family typewriter +cut +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-y +\family default + +\family typewriter +paste +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-Y +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout-paste +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +a +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-auto-save +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +b +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-previous +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +c +\family default + +\family typewriter +lyx-quit +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +d +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-new +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +?\SpecialChar ~ +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +f +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-open +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +g +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-view-ps +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +k +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-close +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +p +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-view +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +r +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-typeset +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +?\SpecialChar ~ +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +s +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-write +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +t +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-typeset +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +u +\family default + +\family typewriter +undo +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +v\SpecialChar ~ +c +\family default + +\family typewriter +vc-undo-last +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +v\SpecialChar ~ +h +\family default + +\family typewriter +vc-history +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +v\SpecialChar ~ +i +\family default + +\family typewriter +vc-register +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +v\SpecialChar ~ +u +\family default + +\family typewriter +vc-revert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +v\SpecialChar ~ +v +\family default + +\family typewriter +vc-check-in +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +?\SpecialChar ~ +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +w +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-write-as +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +bracketleft +\family default + +\family typewriter +screen-up +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +bracketright +\family default + +\family typewriter +screen-down +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +C-a +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-auto-save +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +C-b +\family default + +\family typewriter +menu-open Documents +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +C-c +\family default + +\family typewriter +lyx-quit +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +C-d +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-new +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +C-f +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-open +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +C-g +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-view-ps +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +C-p +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-view +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +C-q +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-toggle-read-only +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +C-s +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-write +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +C-t +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-typeset +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +C-w +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-write-as +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Home +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-begin +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +End +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-end +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Home +\family default + +\family typewriter +line-begin-select +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-End +\family default + +\family typewriter +line-end-select +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Up +\family default + +\family typewriter +up-select +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Down +\family default + +\family typewriter +down-select +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Next +\family default + +\family typewriter +screen-down-select +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Prior +\family default + +\family typewriter +screen-up-select +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Left +\family default + +\family typewriter +backward-select +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Right +\family default + +\family typewriter +forward-select +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-Up +\family default + +\family typewriter +paragraph-up +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-Down +\family default + +\family typewriter +paragraph-down +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-Left +\family default + +\family typewriter +word-backward +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-Right +\family default + +\family typewriter +word-forward +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-Delete +\family default + +\family typewriter +word-delete-forward +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-BackSpace +\family default + +\family typewriter +word-delete-backward +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-Return +\family default + +\family typewriter +break-line +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-period +\family default + +\family typewriter +end-of-sentence-period-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-space +\family default + +\family typewriter +protected-space-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-at +\family default + +\family typewriter +mark-on +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-greater +\family default + +\family typewriter +reference-goto +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-less +\family default + +\family typewriter +reference-back +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-slash +\family default + +\family typewriter +undo +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-underscore +\family default + +\family typewriter +undo +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-quotedbl +\family default + +\family typewriter +quote-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-Home +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-begin-select +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-End +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-end-select +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-Up +\family default + +\family typewriter +paragraph-up-select +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-Down +\family default + +\family typewriter +paragraph-down-select +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-Left +\family default + +\family typewriter +word-backward-select +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-Right +\family default + +\family typewriter +word-forward-select +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Escape +\family default + +\family typewriter +meta-prefix +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-d +\family default + +\family typewriter +word-delete-forward +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-w +\family default + +\family typewriter +copy +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-x +\family default + +\family typewriter +command-execute +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-S-W +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout-copy +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-period +\family default + +\family typewriter +dots-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-Return +\family default + +\family typewriter +break-paragraph-keep-layout +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-S-percent +\family typewriter +find-replace +\layout Subsection + +Specifische Definitionen aus +\family typewriter +cua.bind +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-b +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-bold +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-c +\family default + +\family typewriter +copy +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-d +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-view +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-e +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-emph +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-f +\family default + +\family typewriter +find-replace +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-g +\family default + +\family typewriter +error-next +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-i +\family default + +\family typewriter +open-stuff +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-k +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-noun +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-l +\family default + +\family typewriter +tex-mode +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-m +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-mode +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-n +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-new +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-o +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-open +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-p +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-print +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-q +\family default + +\family typewriter +lyx-quit +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-r +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-reload +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-s +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-write +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-t +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-view-ps +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-u +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-underline +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-v +\family default + +\family typewriter +paste +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-w +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-close +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x +\family default + +\family typewriter +cut +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-z +\family default + +\family typewriter +undo +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-space +\family default + +\family typewriter +protected-space-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-C +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout-copy +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-D +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-typeset +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-M +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-display +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-N +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-new-template +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-P +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-code +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-S +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-write-as +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-T +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-typeset-ps +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-V +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout-paste +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-Z +\family default + +\family typewriter +redo +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Insert +\family default + +\family typewriter +paste +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Delete +\family default + +\family typewriter +cut +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-period +\family default + +\family typewriter +end-of-sentence-period-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-greater +\family default + +\family typewriter +reference-goto +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-less +\family default + +\family typewriter +reference-back +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-minus +\family default + +\family typewriter +hyphenation-point-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-quotedbl +\family default + +\family typewriter +quote-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-space +\family default + +\family typewriter +protected-space-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-x +\family default + +\family typewriter +command-execute +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Home +\family default + +\family typewriter +line-begin-select +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-End +\family default + +\family typewriter +line-end-select +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Up +\family default + +\family typewriter +up-select +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Down +\family default + +\family typewriter +down-select +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Delete +\family default + +\family typewriter +cut +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Insert +\family default + +\family typewriter +paste +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Next +\family default + +\family typewriter +screen-down-select +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Prior +\family default + +\family typewriter +screen-up-select +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Left +\family default + +\family typewriter +backward-select +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Right +\family default + +\family typewriter +forward-select +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-Home +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-begin +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-End +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-end +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-Up +\family default + +\family typewriter +paragraph-up +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-Down +\family default + +\family typewriter +paragraph-down +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-Delete +\family default + +\family typewriter +word-delete-forward +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-BackSpace +\family default + +\family typewriter +word-delete-backward +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-Insert +\family default + +\family typewriter +copy +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-Return +\family default + +\family typewriter +break-line +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-Left +\family default + +\family typewriter +word-backward +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-Right +\family default + +\family typewriter +word-forward +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-Down +\family default + +\family typewriter +paragraph-down-select +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-End +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-end-select +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-Home +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-begin-select +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-Left +\family default + +\family typewriter +word-backward-select +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-Right +\family default + +\family typewriter +word-forward-select +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-Up +\family default + +\family typewriter +paragraph-up-select +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-quotedbl +\family default + +\family typewriter +quote-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-Return +\family default + +\family typewriter +break-paragraph-keep-layout +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-period +\family default + +\family typewriter +dots-insert +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-S-Right +\family default + +\family typewriter +depth-increment +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-S-Left +\family default + +\family typewriter +depth-decrement +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Escape +\family default + +\family typewriter +cancel +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +F2 +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-write +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +F3 +\family typewriter +buffer-open +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +F5 +\family default + +\family typewriter +screen-recenter +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +F7 +\family default + +\family typewriter +spellchecker +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +F9 +\family default + +\family typewriter +meta-prefix +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-F4 +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-close +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-F4 +\family default + +\family typewriter +lyx-quit +\layout Subsection + +Spezifische Definitionen aus +\family typewriter +sciword.bind +\layout Standard + +Definitionen die denen aus dem Programm Scientific Word ähnlich sind. +\layout Standard + +Zusammengestellt von +\shape smallcaps +Serge Winitzki +\shape default +. + Version 1.2 +\layout Standard + +Diese Definitionen erleichtern das Schreiben von Gleichungen ohne die Maus + zu verwenden. +\layout Standard + +Hinweis: Um den LyX-Namen herauszufinden, der einer Sequenz zugeordnet ist, + sehen Sie auf die Statuszeile am untersten Rand des LyX-Fensters. + Wenn Sie beispielsweise wissen wollen wie +\family sans +Control-& +\family default + korrekt bezeichnet wird, drücken Sie +\family sans +Control-S +\family default + gefolgt von dieser Kombination und in der Statuszeile sehen Sie dann +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +C-S S-C-ampersand +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-c +\family default + +\family typewriter +copy +\layout Standard + +Wechsel normal/hervorgehobener Modus für Gleichungen. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-d +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-display +\layout Standard + +Bruch-Taste: Wenn Sie einen Ausdruck markieren und dann diese Taste drücken + wird der Ausdruck als Zähler eines Bruches verwendet. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-f +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert frac +\layout Standard + +Griechisch-Taste: Um einen einzelnen griechischen Buchstaben einzugeben. + Das normalerweise verwendete +\family typewriter +math\SpecialChar \- +greek-toggle +\family default +, das dauerhaft auf griechische Zeichen wechselt, ist meist fehl am Platze. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-g +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-greek +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-i +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert int +\family default +Integralzeichen +\begin_inset Formula $\int$ +\end_inset + + +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-k +\family default + +\family typewriter +line-delete-forward +\family default + Emacs-like binding +\layout Standard + +Umschalten Text/Mathematik-Modus: In Mathematikmodus wechseln oder Text + im Mathemodus schreiben +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-m +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-mode +\layout Standard + +Befehle um die Numerierung von Gleichungen zu kontrollieren. + Die in Sciword verwendete Sequenz +\family typewriter +Ctrl-Tab +\family default + bereitet leider meist Probleme, da sie schon anderweitig benutzt wird. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-n +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-number +\family default +Add/remove a number to single equation. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-C-n +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-nonumber +\family default + Add/remove a number to a line in equation array. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-o +\family default + +\family typewriter +open-stuff +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-q +\family default + +\family typewriter +quote-insert +\family default + Insert a quote character. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-r +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert sqrt +\family default +Wurzelzeichen +\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{}$ +\end_inset + + +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-t +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-mode +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-u +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-underline +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-v +\family default + +\family typewriter +paste +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-w +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-close +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x +\family default + +\family typewriter +cut +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-z +\family default + +\family typewriter +undo +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-C-z +\family default + +\family typewriter +redo +\layout Standard + +Klammern. + In Sciword erhält man durch Eingabe von +\family typewriter +Ctrl-< +\emph on +Klammer +\emph default +> +\family default + ein Paar zusammengehöriger Klammern. + Um ungleiche Klammerpaare zu erhalten müssen Sie den Dialog +\family sans +Mathematische Symbole +\family default + verwenden. + Wenn Sie mit der Rück-Taste (backspace) die +\emph on +linke +\emph default + Klammer eines solchen Paares löschen wird nur die Klammer und nicht der + Inhalt gelöscht. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-9 +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim ( ) +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-C-parenleft +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim ( ) +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-0 +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim ( ) +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-C-parenright +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim ( ) +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-bracketleft +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim [ ] +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-bracketright +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim [ ] +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-less +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim langle rangle +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-greater +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim langle rangle +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-bar +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim | | +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-brokenbar +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim | | +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-M-bar +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim | | +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-C-braceleft +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim { } +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-C-braceright +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim { } +\layout Standard + +In Sciword erhält man Akzente vorrangig indem man die entsprechende Akzenttaste + zusammen mit Control drückt, also +\family typewriter +Ctrl-. + +\family default + für einen Punkt, +\family typewriter +Ctrl-' +\family default + für den Acute-Akzent, +\family typewriter +Ctrl-~ +\family default + für die Tilde usw\SpecialChar \@. + Einige davon funktionieren nur im Mathematikmodus. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-period +\family default + +\family typewriter +accent-dot +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-C-colon +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert ddot +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-quoteleft +\family default + +\family typewriter +accent-grave +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-C-asciitilde +\family default + +\family typewriter +accent-tilde +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-C-quotedbl +\family default + +\family typewriter +accent-umlaut +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-apostrophe +\family default + +\family typewriter +accent-acute +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-C-asciicircum +\family default + +\family typewriter +accent-circumflex +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-equal +\family default + +\family typewriter +accent-vector +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-minus +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert bar +\family default +Why is it not "accent-bar"? +\layout Standard + +Funktionstasten -- größtenteils kompatibel zu Sciword. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +F2 +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-write +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +F3 +\family default + +\family typewriter +find-replace +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-F4 +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-close +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-F4 +\family default + +\family typewriter +lyx-quit +\layout Standard + +In Sciword werden F4 bis F8 benutzt, um die Zeichensätze zu wechseln, F4 + geht dabei zum Standardzeichensatz. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +F4 +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-default +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +F5 +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-bold +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +F6 +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-emph +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +F7 +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-code +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +F8 +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-noun +\layout Standard + +Sciword-Abkürzungen für mathematische Symbole. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-apostrophe +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert prime +\family default +Prime +\begin_inset Formula $\prime$ +\end_inset + + +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-Up +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert ^ +\family default + Superscript +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-Down +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert _ +\family default + Subscript +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-s\SpecialChar ~ +d +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert partial +\family default +Partielle Ableitung +\begin_inset Formula $\partial$ +\end_inset + + +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-s\SpecialChar ~ +e +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert sum +\family default +Summenzeichen +\begin_inset Formula $\sum$ +\end_inset + + +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-s\SpecialChar ~ +p +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert prod +\family default + Produktzeichen +\begin_inset Formula $\prod$ +\end_inset + + +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-s\SpecialChar ~ +i +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert infty +\family default +Infinity +\begin_inset Formula $\infty$ +\end_inset + + +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-s\SpecialChar ~ +x +\family default + +\family typewriter +symbol-insert times +\layout Standard + +Meine eigenen Kürzel für Dinge, die ich oft verwende. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-s\SpecialChar ~ +apostrophe +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert prime +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-s\SpecialChar ~ +S-plus +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert dagger +\family default + Das +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +dagger +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + Symbol +\begin_inset Formula $\dagger$ +\end_inset + + +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-s\SpecialChar ~ +equal +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert equiv +\family default + Die Identität +\begin_inset Formula $\equiv$ +\end_inset + + +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-equal +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert approx +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +ungefähr gleich +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + sign +\begin_inset Formula $\approx$ +\end_inset + + +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-minus +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert sim +\family default + Ungefähr +\begin_inset Formula $\sim$ +\end_inset + + +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-minus +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert rightarrow +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-M-less +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert leq +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-M-greater +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert geq +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-s S-less +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert ll +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-s S-greater +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert gg +\layout Subsection + +Standard-Definitionen im Mathematikmodus +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +b +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert overline +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +d +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-display +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +e +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert ^ +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +f +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert frac +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +g +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-greek +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +h +\family default + +\family typewriter +accent-circumflex +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +i +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert int +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +l +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-limits +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +m +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-mode +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +n +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-number +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +o +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert oint +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +p +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert partial +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +r +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert sqrt +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +s +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert sqrt +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +u +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert sum +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +v +\family default + +\family typewriter +accent-vector +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +x +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert _ +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +8 +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert infty +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +S-G +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-greek-toggle +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +S-N +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-nonumber +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +S-period +\family default + +\family typewriter +accent-dot +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +S-asciitilde +\family default + +\family typewriter +accent-tilde +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +S-apostrophe +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert prime +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +S-parenleft +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim ( ) +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +S-bracketleft +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim [ ] +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +S-braceleft +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim { } +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +S-less +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim langle rangle +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +S-greater +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim rangle langle +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +S-bar +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim | | +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +S-plus +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert pm +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +S-equal +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert neq +\layout Subsection + +Sonstige Tastaturkürzel +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-k\SpecialChar ~ +o +\family typewriter +keymap-off +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-k\SpecialChar ~ +t +\family typewriter +keymap-toggle +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-k\SpecialChar ~ +x +\family typewriter +keymap-off +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-k\SpecialChar ~ +1 +\family typewriter +keymap-primary +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-k\SpecialChar ~ +2 +\family typewriter +keymap-secondary +\the_end diff --git a/lib/doc/de_Extended.lyx b/lib/doc/de_Extended.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0163f27798 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/de_Extended.lyx @@ -0,0 +1,21785 @@ +#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 221 +\textclass book +\begin_preamble +% Präambel nicht verändern!!! +% +% Die Präambel stellt sicher, dass das Benutzerhandbuch korrekt +% in die Formate pdf, ps und dvi exportiert werden kann. +% Wenn Probleme beim Exportieren auftreten, können Sie sich +% an das LyX-Dokumentationsteam wenden. +% EMail: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org + +% Damit mehrere Spalten verwendet können, siehe Kap. 7.2 +\usepackage{multicol} + +% Befehl aus Kapitel 7.4 +\newcommand{\extratablespace}[1]{\noalign{vskip#1}} +\usepackage [chapter,nottoc]{tocbibind} +% Damit der Index den Namen "Stichwortverzeichnis" erhält +\usepackage[german]{babel} +\addto\captionsgerman +{\renewcommand{\indexname} +{Stichwortverzeichnis}} +\end_preamble +\language german +\inputencoding latin1 +\fontscheme default +\graphics default +\paperfontsize default +\spacing single +\papersize a4paper +\paperpackage a4 +\use_geometry 1 +\use_amsmath 0 +\use_natbib 0 +\use_numerical_citations 0 +\paperorientation portrait +\leftmargin 20mm +\topmargin 10mm +\rightmargin 20mm +\bottommargin 15mm +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation skip +\defskip medskip +\quotes_language german +\quotes_times 2 +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 1 +\paperpagestyle headings + +\layout Title + +Profi-Tipps: erweiterte Textbearbeitung mit LyX +\layout Author + +vom LyX-Team +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\size normal +Übersetzung: +\size default +\noun on +Hartmut +\size normal +\noun default + +\size default +\noun on +Haase +\size normal +\noun default +, +\size default +\noun on +Peter +\size normal +\noun default + +\size default +\noun on +Sütterlin +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\noun on +HHa +\noun default +: Ich habe mich bemüht, dieses Dokument so zu schreiben, daß es mit meinen + Randeinstellungen, den sehr schmalen Randeinstellungen und als book (koma-scrip +t) sauber gesetzt wird. + Deshalb scheint es einige überflüssige Trennhilfen zu geben. +\end_inset + + +\layout Date + +letzte Änderung: 5. + Mai 2004 +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Chapter + +Einleitung +\layout Standard + +Das Handbuch +\emph on +Profi-Tipps: erweiterte Textbearbeitung mit LyX +\emph default +, das Sie gerade lesen, ist eigentlich so etwas wie der zweite Teil des + +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuches +\emph default +. + Der Grund, diesen Text in zwei Teile zu teilen, ist einfach: Das +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default + ist bereits sehr umfangreich und enthält all die grundlegenden Dinge, die + man beherrschen sollte, um einen Großteil der regelmäßig anfallenden Aufgaben + beim Erstellen professioneller Dokumente bewältigen zu können. + Auf längere Sicht ist es vom Entwicklerteam geplant und zu einem gewissen + Teil bereits realisiert, LyX durch unterschiedliche Konfigurationsdateien + erweiterbar zu machen. + Das bedeutet: Wenn Sie Unterstützung für ein beliebiges LaTeX-Paket wünschen, + erstellen Sie dafür lediglich eine passende Format-Datei, ohne LyX selber + zu ändern. + Auf diese Weise hat LyX bereits viele Erweiterungen erfahren. + All diese sind hier dokumentiert. +\layout Standard + +Außerdem werden in diesem Handbuch auch einige spezielle Funktionen wie + etwa Fax-Un\SpecialChar \- +ter\SpecialChar \- +stüt\SpecialChar \- +zung, Versionskontrolle und Unterstützung für die +\family typewriter +SGML-Tools +\family default + beschrieben, für die zur korrekten Funktion zusätzliche Software installiert + sein muß. + Zuletzt gibt es noch ein Kapitel mit LaTeX-Werkzeugen und -Tips, Dingen, + mit denen Sie Ihre Dokumente +\emph on +herausputzen +\emph default + können, indem Sie die mächtigen LaTeX-Funktionen direkt benutzen. + LyX selber ist ja ein WYSIWYM-Programm und unterstützt nur gewisse LaTeX-Funkti +onen. +\layout Standard + +Natürlich können die +\emph on +Profi-Tipps +\emph default + selber zu groß werden, so daß man es spaßeshalber das +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +über-erweiterte Handbuch +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + nennen könnte! +\layout Standard + +Sollten Sie die +\emph on +Einführung +\emph default + noch nicht gelesen haben, dann sind Sie auf jeden Fall im falschen Handbuch. + Sie sollten wirklich mit der +\emph on +Einführung +\emph default + anfangen, denn sie wird Sie zum richtigen Handbuch führen, und sie beschreibt + auch die Notation und das Format, die in allen Handbüchern verwendet werden. + Sie sollten auch gründlich mit dem +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default + und allen Grundfunktionen von LyX vertraut sein. +\layout Standard + +In diesem Dokument sind viele Abschnitt unabhängige Artikel, die von einzelnen + Autoren beigesteuert wurden, und entsprechend gekennzeichnet. + Diese Person ist im allgemeinen die, die auch die entsprechende Format-Datei + für die jeweilige Dokumentklasse oder das neue LaTeX-Paket geschrieben + hat. + Ist kein spezieller Autor angegeben, wurde der Text gemeinsam vom Dokumentation +s-Team verfaßt. +\layout Standard + +Weil alle Themen dieses Handbuchs stark von LyX Zusammenspiel mit LaTeX + abhängen, beschreibt das erste Kapitel die innere Arbeitsweise von LyX + und wie man LyX dazu bringt, den gewünschten LaTeX-Code (ERT +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Evil Red Text +\end_inset + +) zu erzeugen. + Es ist offensichtlich für erfahrenere LyX-Benutzer gedacht. +\layout Chapter + +LyX und LaTeX +\layout Section + +Wie LyX LaTeX benutzt +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxandlatex} + +\end_inset + +Dieses Kapitel ist für TeX-niker und LaTeX-Sonderlinge gedacht. + Hier werden wir erklären, wie LyX und LaTeX zusammenarbeiten, um eine Druckausg +abe zu erzeugen. + Dies ist die einzige Stelle in allen Handbüchern, an der wir einige LaTeX-Kennt +nisse voraussetzen. +\layout Standard + +Einst nannten wir LyX ein +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +WYSIWYM +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +What You See Is What You Mean +\end_inset + +-Frontende für LaTeX +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, aber das stimmt nicht mehr. + Es gibt Frontenden für LaTeX. + Sie sind im Grunde Editoren, die LaTeX laufen lassen können und Fehler + in der editierten Datei markieren. + Obwohl LyX ein Editor +\emph on +ist +\emph default +, LaTeX laufen +\emph on +läßt +\emph default + und auch Fehler in der Datei markiert, macht es auch viel, viel mehr. + Wegen des WYSIWYM-Konzeptes benötigen Sie LaTeX nicht, um LyX wirkungsvoll + zu benutzen. + LyX hat auch einige Erweiterung zu LaTeX hinzugefügt. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Das LyX-Team hat das wegen Parsing/Kodierung gemacht. + Die neuen Makros erleichtern es LyX, ERTs zu erzeugen und sicherzustellen, + daß das Ergebnis richtig ist. + Darüber müssen Sie sich als Benutzer keine Sorgen machen. +\end_inset + + Versuchen Sie einmal folgendes: wählen Sie +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +xportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +aT +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX +\family default +, +\begin_inset Note +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Die Klammerung {} verhindert, daß der Sonderbegriff LaTeX erkannt wird, + ebenso bei LyX, TeX usw. +\end_inset + + dann schauen Sie sich den Vorspann der erzeugten . +\family typewriter +tex +\family default +-Datei an. + Sie werden eine Vielzahl neuer Makros bemerken, die speziell durch LyX + definiert wurden. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Ein wenig Geschichte: früher waren all diese Makros in einer +\family typewriter +lyx.sty +\family default +-Datei. + Das LyX-Team hat dann entschieden, daß die von LyX erzeugten +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default +-Dateien besser portierbar sind. + Deshalb sind die Makros jetzt im Vorspann. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Es gibt mehrere Befehle, bei denen automatisch LaTeX gestartet wird: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Ans +\bar under +i +\bar default +cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Ans +\bar under +i +\bar default +cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +DF +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Ans +\bar under +i +\bar default +cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Pos +\bar under +t +\bar default +script +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Ans +\bar under +i +\bar default +cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +A +\bar default +ktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Ans +\bar under +i +\bar default +cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +A +\bar default +ktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +DF +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Ans +\bar under +i +\bar default +cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +A +\bar default +ktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Pos +\bar under +t +\bar default +script +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +rucken\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Fa +\bar under +x +\bar default +en\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Standard + +LaTeX wird nur gestartet, wenn die Datei seit dem letzten LaTeX-Lauf geändert + wurde. + +\layout Standard + +Wenn LaTeX für die von Ihnen editierte Datei ausgeführt wird, führt LyX + folgende Schritte aus: +\layout Enumerate + +Das Dokument wird nach LaTeX konvertiert und in eine +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default +-Datei anstatt in eine +\family typewriter +.lyx +\family default +-Datei gespeichert +\layout Enumerate + +LaTeX wird mit der +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default +-Datei gestartet (vielleicht mehrmals). +\layout Enumerate + +Wenn Fehler auftreten, werden sie in der +\family typewriter +.lyx +\family default +-Datei markiert. +\layout Standard + +Wenn LaTeX aufgrund +\family sans +Ans +\bar under +i +\bar default +cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI +\family default +gestartet wurde, wird LyX dann +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + mit der +\family typewriter +.dv +\family default +i-Datei ausführen. + Wenn Sie +\family sans +Ans +\bar under +i +\bar default +cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Pos +\bar under +t +\bar default +script +\family default +oder +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +rucken +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar ~ +aufgerufen haben, werden noch zwei Schritte ausgeführt: +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + wird aufgerufen, um die +\family typewriter +.dv +\family default +i-Datei nach PostScript® zu konvertieren: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Für +\family sans +Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Pos +\bar under +t +\bar default +script +\family default +hat die Ausgabedatei die Endung +\family typewriter +.ps_tmp +\layout Itemize + +Für +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +rucken\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar ~ + +\family default +hat die Ausgabedatei wie erwartet die Endung +\family typewriter +.ps +\family default +. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +gv +\family default + ausführen oder die PostScript®-Datei an den Drucker schicken. +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie +\family sans +Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +DF +\family default + aufgerufen haben, wird die +\family typewriter +.ps +\family default +-Datei mit +\family typewriter +ps2pdf +\family default + in eine +\family typewriter +.pdf +\family default +-Datei konvertiert und mit einem pdf-Betrachter angezeigt (zum Beispiel + Acrobat®Reader). +\layout Section + + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Hilfe! LyX hat eine unleserliche +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default +-Datei erzeugt! +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Help!-LyX-generated} + +\end_inset + +Eingeschworene LaTeX-Benutzer werden schreien und dies in die Nacht hinausheulen + und dann LyX als nutzlos erklären, nur weil sie die Handbücher nicht gelesen + haben. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Anmerkung von +\noun on +John Weiss +\noun default +: Ich kenne eine bestimmten Experten, der sich wirklich bei mir beklagte, + daß LyX keine LaTeX-Dateien erzeugt. + Ist es nicht manchmal spaßig, daß Experten die schlimmsten beim Lesen von + Anweisungen sind? +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Wir wollen es richtigstellen. + LyX produziert zwei LaTeX-Dateitypen. + Einer kann von Menschen gelesen werden. + Der andere kann von LyX gelesen werden. + Jedesmal, wenn LyX LaTeX ausführt, erzeugt es eine LaTeX-Datei, die es + einfach nach Fehlern durchsuchen kann. + Die erzeugte +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default +-Datei kann von Menschen nicht gelesen werden. + Versuchen Sie es einfach nicht. + Wenn Sie eine +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default +-Datei wollen, um sie jemandem zu schicken, wählen Sie +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +xportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +aT +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX. +\layout Standard + +Wir sagen es nochmal, speziell abgesetzt für Begriffsstutzige: +\layout Quote +\added_space_top 0.23cm \added_space_bottom 0.23cm + +\series bold +Wenn Sie eine +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default +-Datei wollen, um sie jemandem zu schicken, wählen Sie +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +xportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +aT +\series default + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + + +\series bold +eX. +\layout Section + +LaTeX-Dateien nach LyX konvertieren +\layout Standard + +Mit +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +I +\bar default +mportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +aT +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default +\SpecialChar ~ +können Sie eine LaTeX-Datei nach LyX importieren. + Dadurch wird ein Perl-Skript namens +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + aufgerufen, das aus der Datei +\family typewriter +foo.tex +\family default + eine Datei +\family typewriter +foo.lyx +\family default + erzeugt und diese dann öffnet. + Wenn die Umsetzung nicht funktioniert, können Sie versuchen, +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + auf der Kommandozeile aufzurufen, +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Wenn LyX installiert wird, wird ein Programm namens +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + in denselben Ordner wie +\family typewriter +lyx +\family default + kopiert (zum Beispiel +\family typewriter +/usr/X11R6/bin/reLyX +\family default +). + +\family typewriter + reLyX +\family default + benötigt Perl (Version 5.002 oder höher). +\end_inset + + um weitere Optionen zu benutzen. +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + wird die meisten zulässigen LaTeX-Texte übersetzen, aber nicht alles. + Es wird Dinge, die es nicht versteht, im TeX-Modus lassen, dann können + Sie nach der Übersetzung nach rotem Text suchen und ihn editieren, damit + er richtig aussieht. +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + hat in diesem Handbuch ein eigenes Kapitel ( +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:reLyX} + +\end_inset + +) und eine Unix- +\family typewriter +man +\family default +-Seite, die Sie lesen sollten um herauszufinden, welche LaTeX-Texte nicht + unterstützt werden, welche Fehler es gibt (und wie man sie umschifft) und + wie man die verschiedenen Optionen benutzt. +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + nicht zum laufen bringen oder nur ein Stück ERT in eine LyX-Datei einsetzen + wollen, lesen Sie Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:latexcodes} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Section + +LaTeX-Code (ERT) in LyX-Dokumente einsetzen +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:latexcodes} + +\end_inset + + Dies ist ein ziemlich wichtiger Punkt: Sie können immer ERTs in jedes LyX-Dokum +ent einsetzen. + LyX kann einfach nicht jede mögliche LaTeX-Konstruktion darstellen und + wird es wohl auch nie können. + Wenn Sie jemals LaTeX-Befehle in Ihr LyX-Dokument einsetzen müssen, können + Sie den ERT-Einsatz benutzen, den Sie mit +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +T +\bar default +e +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +X +\family default + oder durch Klicken auf den mit +\family sans +TeX +\family default + beschrifteten Werkzeugleistenknopf erhalten. + Der ERT-Einsatz hat drei Formen, zusammengeklappt, offen und in der Zeile. + Die ersten beiden Formen werden wie alle zusammenklappbare Einsätze benutzt + (zum Beispiel Fußnoten) und sind für die meisten LaTeX-Befehle nützlich. + Ein ERT-Einsatz +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +in der Zeile +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + stellt seinen Inhalt als Teil des Knopfes dar und ist für sehr kurze LaTeX-Befe +hle nützlich. + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +% wie hier +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Sie können zwischen den drei Formen hin- und herschalten, indem Sie mit + der rechten Maustaste auf den ERT-Einsatz klicken. + Beachten Sie, daß Sie die Form +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +in der Zeile +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + bei mehrzeiligen LaTeX-Befehlen nicht benutzen können. +\layout Standard + +Hier ist ein Beispiel für LaTeX-Befehle in einem LyX-Dokument. + Der Code sieht so aus: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +begin{tabular}{ll} +\newline + +\backslash +begin{minipage}{5cm} +\newline +Dies ist ein Beispiel für die Mini-Seiten-Umgebung +\newline +Sie können fast alles hineintun, sogar feste +\newline +Bilder und Tabellen. + +\newline + +\backslash +end{minipage} +\newline +& +\newline + +\backslash +begin{minipage}{5cm} +\newline + +\backslash +begin{verbatim} +\newline + +\backslash +begin{minipage}{5cm} +\newline +Dies ... + +\newline + +\backslash +end{minipage} +\newline + +\backslash +end{verbatim} +\newline + +\backslash +end{minipage} +\newline + +\backslash +end{tabular} +\layout LyX-Code + +\layout Standard + +Der ERT-Einsatz mit diesem Text folgt direkt auf diesen Absatz. + Wenn Sie das Handbuch in LyX lesen und den ERT-Einsatz geöffnet haben, + sehen Sie die obigen Zeilen in rot und rot umrandet. + Wenn Sie das gedruckte Handbuch lesen, sehen Sie das Ergebnis: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Open + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{tabular}{ll} +\newline + +\backslash +begin{minipage}{5cm} +\newline +Dies ist ein Beispiel für die Mini-Seiten-Umgebung +\newline +Sie können fast alles hineintun, sogar feste +\newline +Bilder und Tabellen. +\newline + +\backslash +end{minipage} +\newline +& +\newline + +\backslash +begin{minipage}{5cm} +\newline + +\backslash +begin{verbatim} +\newline + +\backslash +begin{minipage}{5cm} +\newline +Dies ... +\newline + +\backslash +end{minipage} +\newline + +\backslash +end{verbatim} +\newline + +\backslash +end{minipage} +\newline + +\backslash +end{tabular} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Zusätzlich zu diesen beiden Methoden können Sie eine separate Datei erstellen, + die komplexere LaTeX-Strukturen enthält. + Mit +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Datei\SpecialChar ~ +einbinden\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + können Sie dann diese Datei einfügen (im Menüfenster +\family sans +Include +\family default + sollten Sie als +\family sans +Art\SpecialChar ~ +der\SpecialChar ~ +Einbindung: +\family default + +\family sans +Input +\family default + wählen). + Wir empfehlen, +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default +-Dateien nur dann einzufügen, wenn Sie +\emph on +wissen +\emph default +, daß sie bereits funktionieren. + Sonst werden Sie Arbeit haben, LaTeX-Fehler zu beheben\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Standard + +Schließlich sind noch ein paar Dinge hervorzuheben: +\layout Itemize + +Innerhalb von LyX erscheinen ERTs in +\emph on +rot. +\layout Itemize + +LyX +\emph on +prüft NICHT +\emph default + , ob Ihre ERTs richtig ist. +\layout Itemize + +Versuchen Sie nicht, das Rad noch einmal zu erfinden. +\layout Standard + +Die letzte Bemerkung bezieht sich auf zwei Dinge. + Als erstes hat LyX eine ganze Menge eingebaute Funktionen, und weitere + werden folgen. + Vergewissern Sie sich in den Handbüchern, daß LyX die Funktion xyz nicht + hat, bevor Sie sich fröhlich daranmachen, ERTs zu schreiben. + Zweitens gibt es zahlreiche LaTeX-Pakete, die alle möglichen Dinge tun, + von Marken über Umschläge bis zu hübschen mehrseitigen Tabellen. + Suchen Sie auf einem CTAN-Archiv nach Einzelheiten. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\noun on +John Weiss +\noun default +: Ich scheine das schrecklich oft zu tun. + Ich setzte mich hin und fing fröhlich an zu kodieren, um Marken auszudrucken, + bis ich merkte, daß es bereits 2 verschiedene LaTeX-Pakete dafür gab. + Noch schlimmer -- ich hatte sie bereits! +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie einige wilde und hübsche Dinge im Ihrem Dokument machen müssen, + benutzen Sie ein gutes LaTeX-Buch zur Unterstützung. + Im Literaturverzeichnis des +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuches +\emph default + sind einige aufgeführt. +\layout Standard + +Es gibt eine Reihe von LaTeX-Befehlen, die vor den eigentlichen Text gesetzt + werden müssen. + Sie stehen im Vorspann, der im nächsten Abschnitt beschrieben wird. +\layout Section + +LyX und der LaTeX-Vorspann +\layout Subsection + +Über den LaTeX-Vorspann +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:preamble} + +\end_inset + +Wenn Sie LaTeX bereits kennen, müssen wir Ihnen hier nicht erklären, wofür + der Vorspann da ist. + Wenn nicht, wird das Folgende Ihnen einige Ideen geben --- wir empfehlen + nochmals, ein LaTeX-Buch für weitere Informationen heranzuziehen. + In jedem Fall sollten Sie die untenstehenden Punkte lesen, weil sie erklären, + was Sie im LaTeX-Vorspann eines LyX-Dokumentes tun können und was Sie nicht + tun müssen. +\layout Standard + +Der LaTeX-Vorspann steht ganz am Anfang eines Dokumentes, +\emph on +vor +\emph default + dem Text. + Er dient dazu: +\layout Itemize + +die Dokumentklasse festzulegen. + LyX macht das bereits für Sie. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie ein erfahrener LaTeX-niker sind und eine eigene Dokumentklasse + haben, die Sie benutzen wollen, lesen Sie im Handbuch +\emph on +Anpassung +\emph default + nach, wie man erreicht, daß LyX mit ihr arbeiten kann. + Schicken Sie Ihre Ergebnisse an das LyX-Team, damit sie in zukünftige Versionen + einfließen können! +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +die Benutzung von Paketen zu deklarieren. + LaTeX-Pakete liefern Spezialbefehle, die nur dann in einem Dokument benutzt + werden können, wenn das Paket im Vorspann deklariert wurde. + Zum Beispiel erzwingt das Paket +\family typewriter +indentfirst +\family default + das Einrücken aller Absätze. + Es gibt andere Pakete für Marken, Umschläge, Ränder usw. +\layout Itemize + +Zähler, Variablen, Längen und Breiten zu setzen. + Es gibt mehrere LaTeX-Zähler und -Variablen, die global im Vorspann gesetzt + werden +\emph on +müssen +\emph default +, um die gewünschte Wirkung zu erzielen. + (Es gibt andere Variablen, die Sie auch im Dokument (zurück)setzen können.) + Ränder sind ein gutes Beispiel dafür, was im Vorspann gesetzt werden muß + . + Ein anderes Beispiel ist Markenformat für Listen. + Eigentlich können Sie diese fast überall setzen, aber am besten ist es, + das nur einmal im Vorspann zu tun. +\layout Itemize + +benutzerdefinierte Befehle zu deklarieren (mit +\family typewriter + +\backslash +newcommand +\family default +oder +\family typewriter + +\backslash +renewcommand +\family default +), meistens Abkürzungen für LaTeX-Befehle, die sehr oft in einem Dokument + benutzt werden. + Obwohl der Vorspann ein guter Platz ist, solche Befehle zu deklarieren, + +\emph on +können +\emph default + sie irgendwo +\emph on +vor +\emph default + ihrem ersten Benutzen deklariert werden. + Das kann nützlich sein, wenn Ihr Dokument viel rohen LaTeX-Code enthält, + was normalerweise nicht vorkommt. +\layout Standard + +LyX fügt dem Vorspann der +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default +-Datei, die es produziert, seinen eigenen Satz an Definitionen hinzu. + Dies macht LaTeX-Dateien, die LyX erzeugt, portierbar. +\layout Subsection + +Den Vorspann ändern +\layout Standard + +Die Befehle, die LyX dem Vorspann einer LaTeX-Datei hinzufügt, sind fest; + Sie können sie nicht ändern, ohne LyX selber zu ändern. + Sie können aber Ihre eigenen Sachen zum Vorspann hinzufügen. + Es gibt zwei Wege, das zu tun: +\layout Enumerate + +Wählen Sie +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX-Vorspann\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + Dies öffnet ein Editierfenster, in das Sie Ihre bevorzugten Befehle schreiben + können. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Das Editierverhalten in diesem Fenster ist unterschiedlich, also erwarten + Sie nicht, daß die LyX-Ta\SpecialChar \- +sten\SpecialChar \- +kom\SpecialChar \- +bi\SpecialChar \- +na\SpecialChar \- +ti\SpecialChar \- +o\SpecialChar \- +nen darin funktionieren. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Setzen Sie dies in Ihre Standardschablone, so daß es der Standardvorspann + für jede von Ihnen geschriebene Datei wird. +\layout Standard + +LyX fügt alles im +\family sans +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX-Vorspann +\family default +-Fenster zu seinem eingebauten Vorspann hinzu. + Bevor Sie Ihre eigenen Deklarationen zum Vorspann hinzufügen, sollten Sie + prüfen, ob LyX das nicht bereits unterstützt (Erinnern Sie sich, was wir + über das Rad noch einmal erfinden sagten?). + Außerdem: +\emph on +stellen Sie sicher, daß Ihre Vorspannzeilen richtig sind +\emph default +. + LyX prüft das nicht. +\layout Subsection + +Beispiele +\layout Standard + +Hier sind einige Beispiele für Dinge, die Sie zum Vorspann hinzufügen können, + und was sie bewirken: +\layout Subsubsection + +Beispiel 1: Verschiebungen (Offsets) +\layout Standard + +Es gibt zwei LaTeX-Variablen, die die Seitenposition kontrollieren: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +hoffset +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +voffset +\family default +. + Ihre Namen sollten selbsterklärend sein. + Diese Variablen sind hilfreich, wenn die Papiergröße und die Seitengröße + nicht gleich sind. + Dann benutzt man +\family typewriter + +\backslash +hoffset +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +voffset +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Die Standardwerte für +\family typewriter + +\backslash +hoffset +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +voffset +\family default + sind beide pt., das heißt die Seite wird nicht verschoben. +\layout Standard + +Unglücklicherweise scheinen einige DVI-Treiber die Seite immer zu verschieben. + Wir wissen nicht warum oder warum der Systemadministrator solch ein Verhalten + nicht korrigiert hat. + Wenn Sie LyX auf einem System benutzen, das Sie nicht selber warten und + Ihr Systemadministrator ein wenig beschränkt ist, können Sie sich mit +\family typewriter + +\backslash +hoffset +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +voffset +\family default + behelfen. + Angenommen, Ihr linker und oberer Seitenrand ist immer 1.5 cm zu groß. + Sie können dann folgende zum Vorspann hinzufügen: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +hoffset}{-1.5 cm} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +voffset}{-1.5 cm} +\layout Standard + +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar ~ +und Ihre Ränder sollten jetzt richtig sein. +\layout Subsubsection + +Beispiel 2: Aufkleber +\layout Standard + +Nehmen wir an, Sie wollten viele Adreßaufkleber drucken. + Es gibt in Ihrem nächsten CTAN-Archiv ein nettes Paket, mit dem Sie Adreßaufkle +ber drucken können, genannt +\family typewriter +labels.sty +\family default +. + Vielleicht ist dieses Paket auf Ihrem System nicht standardmäßig installiert. + Wir überlassen es Ihnen, das zu prüfen. + Sie sollten auch die zugehörige Dokumentation lesen; wir werden das nicht + für Sie tun. + Weil dies aber ein Beispiel ist, werden wir Ihnen zeigen, wie Sie dieses + Paket benutzen können. +\layout Standard + +Als erstes müssen Sie die Dokumentklasse +\family sans +article +\family default +benutzen. + Dann müssen Sie folgendes in Ihren Vorspann eintragen: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +usepackage{labels} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +LabelCols=x1 +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +LabelRows=x2 +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +LeftBorder=x3mm +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +RightBorder=x4mm +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +TopBorder=x5mm +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +BottomBorder=x6mm +\layout Standard + +Die Werte für x1 -- x6 hängen von Ihren Adreßaufklebern ab. + Sie können jetzt Adreßaufkleber drucken, aber Sie müssen ERTs einfügen, + wobei die Befehle +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{labels} +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{labels} +\family default + die Adresse umschließen. + Dies und andere Spezialfunktionen von +\family typewriter +labels.sty +\family default + werden in der Dokumentation erklärt. +\layout Standard + +Eines Tages wird jemand eine LyX-Format-Datei schreiben, um dieses Paket + direkt zu unterstützen. + Vielleicht werden Sie das sein. +\layout Subsubsection + +Beispiel +\series medium + +\series default +3: Absatzeinrückung +\begin_inset Note +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\noun on +HHa +\noun default +: Ich habe dieses Beispiel sehr frei übersetzt, damit es für deutsche Benutzer + mehr Sinn macht. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Die deutschen LyX-Handbücher verwenden als Absatztrennung einen vertikalen + Abstand. + Wenn Sie aber eine Absatzeinrückung wollen ( +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Format +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Absatztrennung: +\bar under +E +\bar default +inrückung +\family default +), wird, wie in Büchern üblich, die erste Zeile eines Absatzes eingerückt, + aber nur dann, +\emph on +wenn +\emph default + der Absatz auf einen anderen folgt. + Wenn aber kein Absatz davor steht, er auf ein Bild folgt oder er der erste + eines Abschnitts ist, dann wird nicht eingerückt. +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie aber die amerikanische Art vorziehen, die ersten Zeilen +\emph on +aller +\emph default + Absätze einzurücken, fügen Sie dies zum Vorspann hinzu: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +usepackage{indentfirst} +\layout Standard + +Dann werden die ersten Zeilen aller Absätze eingerückt. +\layout Subsubsection + +Beispiel 4: Dieses Dokument +\layout Standard + +Sie können sich den Vorspann diese Dokuments ansehen, um eine Vorstellung + davon zu bekommen, was für fortgeschrittene Dinge Sie machen können. + Sie sollten das +\family sans +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX-Vorspann +\family default +-Fenster vergrößern, damit Sie möglichst viel auf einmal sehen können. + Außerdem gibt es in diesem Handbuch in Kapitel +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{cha:Geheimnisse-der-LaTeX-Meister} + +\end_inset + + weitere Beispiele und eine Sammlung von LaTeX- +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Tricks +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Section + +LyX und LaTeX-Fehler +\layout Standard + +Wenn LyX LaTeX aufruft, sagt es ihm, ungeniert alle Fehler zu ignorieren + und weiterzumachen. + LyX benutzt dann die log-Datei des LaTeX-Laufs für eine Analyse. + Wie wir bereits in Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:Help!-LyX-generated} + +\end_inset + + sagten, erzeugt LyX zwei verschiedene +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default +-Dateien, eine davon benutzt es, um Fehler im Dokument zu lokalisieren. + Wenn irgendwo ein Fehler auftrat, wird LyX ein Kästchen mit dem Wort +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Fehler +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + an die entsprechende Stelle schreiben. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +LyX wird manchmal eine falschen Ort für den Fehler angeben. + Das passiert typischerweise bei Tabellen, Bildern, mathemati\SpecialChar \- +schen Ausdrücken + und dem Vorspann. +\end_inset + + Außerdem wird es eine Warnmeldung geben. +\layout Standard + +Sie können die Fehlerkästchen mit +\family sans +\bar under +N +\bar default +avigieren +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ehler +\family default +oder +\family sans +Strg+G +\family default + erreichen, sie mit Drauf\SpecialChar \- +klicken +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +öffnen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und die LaTeX-Fehlermeldung lesen. +\layout Standard + +Einige ziehen es vor, die log-Datei direkt anzusehen, was man mit +\family sans +Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +aT +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX\SpecialChar ~ +Protokoll +\family default + erreicht. + Es gibt einige ziemlich einfache Fehlermeldungen und Warnungen. + Wir wollen diese hier beschreiben. + Wegen einer vollständigen Liste sollten Sie in einem guten LaTeX-Buch nachsehen. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +LaTeX Warning: +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Alles, was mit diesen Worten beginnt, ist eine Warnung, damit man den LaTeX-Code + selber +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +debugged +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Solche Meldungen erhält man, wenn man Querverweise oder Literaturverzeichnisein +träge hinzugefügt oder geändert hat. + In dem Fall will LaTeX Ihnen sagen, daß Sie einen weiteren Durchlauf machen + müssen. +\layout Standard + +Sie können sie weitgehend ignorieren. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +LaTeX Font Warning: +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Dies ist eine weitere Warnung, wenn LaTeX einen Font nicht finden konnte. + Der Rest der Meldung sagt oft etwas über einen Ersatzfont, den LaTeX benutzt + hat. +\layout Standard + +Sie können sie immer ignorieren. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +Overfull +\backslash +hbox +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +LaTeX +\emph on +liebt +\emph default + es, dies zu melden. + Es sind Warnungen über zu lange Zeilen, die über den rechten Rand ragen. + Fast immer sieht man es in der Druckausgabe nicht. + Oder nur ein Buchstabe oder zwei ragen über den Rand hinaus. + LaTeX scheint mindestens eine dieser Meldungen für jedes Dokument zu erzeugen. +\layout Standard + +Sie können diese blöden Meldungen ignorieren. + Sie werden selber sehen, ob es mit zu langen Zeilen Probleme gibt; sehen + Sie sich einfach den Ausdruck an. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +Underfull +\backslash +hbox +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Nicht ganz so häufig wie ihre Kusine. + Sie erscheint, wenn LaTeX glaubt, die beim Zeilenumbruch entstandenen Wortabstä +nde sind zu groß, was zum Beispiel bei einem manuellen Zeilenumbruch passieren + kann. +\layout Standard + +Sie können sie auch ignorieren. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +Overfull +\backslash +vbox +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +Underfull +\backslash +vbox +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Dies Warnungen erscheinen bei Problemen mit dem Seitenumbruch. + Noch einmal, sehen Sie sich den Ausdruck an. + Sie werden selber sehen, ob etwas falsch ist. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +LaTeX Error: File +\begin_inset Quotes els +\end_inset + +Xxxx +\begin_inset Quotes ers +\end_inset + + not found +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Die Datei +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Xxxx +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + ist nicht auf diesem System installiert. + Diese Meldung erscheint gewöhnlich dann, wenn ein von Ihrem Dokument benötigtes + Paket nicht installiert ist. + Wenn Sie den Vorspann nicht angerührt und keinen +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage{} +\family default +-Befehl benutzt haben, fehlt eins der Pakete, das LyX versuchte zu laden. + Benutzen Sie +\family sans +\bar under +H +\bar default +ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +K +\bar default +on\SpecialChar \- +fi\SpecialChar \- +gu\SpecialChar \- +ra\SpecialChar \- +tion +\family default +, um eine Liste der Pakete zu bekommen, die LyX kennt. + Diese Datei wird immer dann aktualisiert, wenn Sie LyX neu konfigurieren + (mit +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten +\bar under +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar default +Neu\SpecialChar ~ +k +\bar under +o +\bar default +nfigurieren +\family default +), und sagt Ihnen, welche Pakete gefunden wurden und was sie machen. +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie aber einen +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage{} +\family default +-Befehl benutzt haben und das dort erwähnte Paket nicht installiert haben, + müssen Sie es selber installieren. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +LaTeX Error: Unknown option +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Fehlermeldungen, die so anfangen, versuchen Ihnen zu sagen, daß Sie für + ein Paket eine falsche oder unbekannte Option angegeben haben. + Sehen Sie in der Paketdokumentation nach. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +Undefined control sequence +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie ERTs in Ihr Dokument eingefügt und sich dabei verschrieben haben, + werden Sie solch eine Meldung bekommen. + Vielleicht haben Sie vergessen, ein Paket zu laden. + Auf jeden Fall bedeutet diese Fehlermeldung, daß Sie einen nicht definierten + Befehl benutzt haben. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Es gibt andere Fehlermeldungen und Warnungen. + Einige sind selbsterklärend. + Es sind gewöhnlich LaTeX-Meldungen. + Andere sind ausgesprochen kryptisch. + Das sind in Wahrheit TeX-Fehlermeldun\SpecialChar \- +gen und wir haben wirklich +\emph on +keine Ahnung +\emph default +, was sie bedeuten oder wie man sie entziffert. +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie Fehlermeldungen bekommen, sollten Sie folgendes machen: +\layout Enumerate + +Prüfen Sie den von Ihnen eingefügten LaTeX-Code auf Schreibfehler. +\layout Enumerate + +Wenn es keine gibt, prüfen Sie, ob Sie die Befehle richtig benutzt haben. +\layout Enumerate + +Wenn Sie viele Fehlerkästchen am Anfang des Dokumentes aufgestapelt sehen, + ist der Vorspann fehlerhaft. + Suchen und korrigieren Sie diese Fehler. +\layout Enumerate + +Wenn Sie den Vorspann nicht angerührt und keinen LaTeX-Befehl benutzt haben, + ist der erste Verdächtigte Ihre LaTeX-Distribution selber. + Suchen Sie nach fehlenden Paketen und installieren Sie sie. +\layout Enumerate + +Gut, es gibt keine fehlenden Pakete. + Haben Sie irgendwelche Feineinstellungen in LyX benutzt? Insbesondere, + haben Sie sie +\emph on +falsch +\emph default + angewendet, wollten Sie zum Beispiel viele manuelle geschützte Leerzeichen, + Zeilen- oder Seitenumbrüche einfügen? Haben Sie versucht, damit herumzutricksen + anstatt die passende Absatzumgebung zu benutzen? +\layout Enumerate + +Gut, Sie haben keine der Feineinstellungen benutzt, Sie haben die Regeln + beachtet. + Haben Sie etwas Ausgefallenes gemacht? Haben Sie in einer Tabelle oder + Gleichung etwas Irres gemacht, zum Beispiel ein Bild in eine Tabelle eingefügt? +\begin_inset ERT +status Open + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Enumerate + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{enu:sloppypar} + +\end_inset + +Haben Sie lange Textabschnitte, bei denen LaTeX keinen Zeilenumbruch finden + kann? Standardmäßig ist LaTeX ziemlich streng mit dem Wortzwischenraum + beim Zeilenumbruch. + Sie sollten den Absatz überarbeiten, um das Problem zu vermeiden. + Wenn das nicht geht, könnten Sie Ihren Text zwischen +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{sloppypar} +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{sloppypar} +\family default + setzen, um LaTeX die Zeilen etwas schlampiger umbrechen zu lassen. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Enumerate + +Haben Sie zu tief geschachtelt? LyX prüft (zur Zeit) nicht, ob Sie die Grenzen + der Schachtelungstiefe einhalten. + Wenn Sie einen Haufen Umgebungen bis zur 17. + Stufe geschachtelt haben, ist das das Problem. +\layout Enumerate + +Gut, es gibt keine Fehlermeldungen, aber Ihre Ausgabe sieht kaputt aus. + Wenn Sie eine Tabelle oder ein Bild haben, das zu breit oder zu lang für + die Seite ist, müssen Sie: +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +das Bild kleiner skalieren, damit es paßt. +\layout Enumerate + +die Tabelle verkleinern, damit sie paßt. +\layout Standard + +Wenn mit der Ausgabe etwas Anderes falsch ging und Sie nichts Ausgefallenes + gemacht und auch nicht mit den Feineinstellungen getrickst haben, wissen + wir nicht genau, was falsch ist. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Wenn all das nicht hilft --- nun, dann haben Sie +\emph on +vielleicht +\emph default + einen Fehler in LyX gefunden\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Chapter + +Ergänzende Werkzeuge +\layout Section + +Erstellen eines Literaturverzeichnisses mit BibTeX +\layout Standard + +von +\noun on +Mike Ressler +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie nicht wissen, was BibTeX ist, und auch nicht wissen wie man es + sinnvoll verwendet, das heißt wie man eine eigene Literaturdatenbank erstellt, + können Sie sich die zweite Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +lage von +\noun on +Leslie +\noun default + +\noun on +Lamport' +\noun default +s +\emph on + LaTeX: A Document Preparation System +\emph default + besorgen, in dessen Anhang B BibTeX eingehend beschrieben ist. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +oder Helmut Kopka: +\emph on +LaTeX, Band 1 -- Einführung, 2., überarbeitete Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +lage +\emph default +. +\end_inset + + Im Rahmen dieser Dokumentation wird angenommen, daß Sie bereits eine funktionie +rende Literaturdatenbank erstellt haben, daß die entsprechenden Umgebungsvariabl +en (insbesondere +\family typewriter +BIBINPUTS +\family default +, +\family typewriter +BSTINPUTS +\family default + und +\family typewriter +TEXINPUTS +\family default +) richtig gesetzt sind und daß Sie (im Notfall) eine gewöhnliche LaTeX-Datei + unter Verwendung Ihrer BibTeX-Datenbank erzeugen können. +\layout Standard + +Für diejenigen, die BibTeX nicht kennen: es ist ein System zum Erstellen + einer großen Datenbank mit Ihren am häufigsten benutzen Literaturzitaten. + Bei allen zukünftigen Artikeln, die Sie schreiben, müssen Sie nur noch + diese Datenbank einbinden und für ein Zitat den einer Referenz zugeordneten + Schlüssel angeben. + Auch wenn Sie nur gelegentlich Veröffentlichungen mit nur ein paar Zitaten + schreiben, sollten Sie sich BibTeX einmal ansehen und entscheiden, ob es + den Lernaufwand wert ist. +\layout Standard + +Um BibTeX zusammen mit LyX zu benutzen, lesen Sie zunächst im +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default +, wie man Querverweise einfügt. + Beim Einfügen von BibTeX-Querverweisen handelt es sich um denselben Mechanismus. + Am Ende Ihres Dokumentes wählen Sie den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Listen\SpecialChar ~ +und\SpecialChar ~ +Inhaltsverz.\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +B +\bar default +ibTe +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +X-Referenz +\family default +. + In der sich dann öffnenden Dialogbox tragen Sie folgendes ein: +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Datenbank +\family default +\series default +en geben Sie den Namen Ihrer +\family typewriter +.bib +\family default +-Datei +\emph on +ohne +\emph default + die Endung +\family typewriter +.bib +\family default + ein. + Wenn Sie mehrere Dateien angeben wollen, müssen Sie diese in der gewünschten + Reihenfolge, getrennt durch Kommata, eingeben. +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Stil +\family default +\series default + wählen Sie den einen Stil für BibTeX aus. + Die Standardeinstellung ist +\family sans +plain +\family default +; die zugehörigen Stildateien sollten Bestandteil der LaTeX-Distribution + sein, so daß Sie sich nicht darum kümmern müssen, diese erst anzulegen. +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie nun ein Zitat einfügen wollen, dessen Referenz in der +\family typewriter +.bib +\family default +-Datei enthalten ist, müssen Sie lediglich den Cursor an die gewünschte + Stelle im Text positionieren, den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +Z +\bar default +itat\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + wählen und den entsprechenden Schlüssel eintragen. + Sonst sind keine weiteren Aktionen nötig. + Ein Blick in die Druckvorschau ( +\family sans +Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI +\family default +) zeigt, daß LyX automatisch die notwendigen Programme (BibTeX, LaTeX inklusive + eventuell notwendiger mehrfacher Aufrufe) startet. +\layout Section + +Erstellen eines Stichwortverzeichnisses +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Stichwortverzeichnis} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Ein gutes Stichwortverzeichnisses zu erstellen gehört bei längeren Dokumenten + mit zu den schwierigsten Aufgaben. + Aber LyX unterstützt Sie auch hier und vereinfacht die Dinge, indem eine + Schnittstelle zum Programm +\family typewriter +makeindex +\family default +, das zu den meisten LaTeX-Distributionen gehört, bereitgestellt wird. + Das Einfügen eines Index und das Markieren von Worten, die in diesem Index + erscheinen sollen, funktioniert ähnlich wie das Erstellen eines Literaturver\SpecialChar \- +zei +ch\SpecialChar \- +nisses, das im vorigen Abschnitt beschrieben wurde. +\layout Standard + +Setzen Sie den Cursor zunächst ganz ans Ende und wählen Sie dort den Menüpunkt + +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Listen\SpecialChar ~ +und\SpecialChar ~ +Inhaltsverz.\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +tichwortverzeichnis +\family default +. + Für jedes Wort, das in dieser Liste erscheinen soll, setzen Sie nun den + Cursor direkt hinter dieses Wort und wählen den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +St +\bar under +i +\bar default +chwort\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + Das +\family sans +Stichwort +\family default +-Dialogfenster wird geöffnet und im Feld +\family sans +\bar under +S +\bar default +tichwort: +\family default + sehen Sie das Wort, hinter dem Sie +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +St +\bar under +i +\bar default +chwort\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + aufgerufen haben. + Sie können den Text ändern. + Wenn Sie vor dem Aufruf mehrere Worte markiert haben, stehen alle in Feld + +\family sans +Stichwort +\family default +. + Das ist bereits alles; LyX ruft bei Bedarf automatisch das Programm +\family typewriter +makeindex +\family default + auf, welches dann den eigentlichen Index erzeugt. +\layout Standard + +Achten Sie darauf, daß sich zwischen dem zu indizierenden Wort im Text und + der Index-Marke kein Leerzeichen befindet, da auf diese Weise falsche Seitennum +mern im Index erzeugt werden können. + Außerdem möchten wir darauf hinweisen, daß mit dem Programm +\family typewriter +makeindex +\family default + noch weit kompliziertere Dinge möglich sind. + Ein Blick in die Dokumentation zu +\family typewriter +makeindex +\family default + zeigt Ihnen zum Beispiel, wie man auch verschachtelte Einträge generieren + kann, usw. + Einige Beispiele finden Sie hier und im +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default +. +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie wollen, daß die Stichworte mit Stichwortverzeichnis statt Index + beginnen, sollten sie in den LaTeX-Vorspann folgendes einfügen: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +usepackage[german]{babel} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +addto +\backslash +captionsgerman{ +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +indexname}{Stichwortverzeichnis}} +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie lieber die sogenannte neue Rechtschreibung verwenden, müssen Sie + statt +\family typewriter +german +\family default + +\family typewriter +ngerman +\family default + benutzen. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Falls Sie kein Stichwortverzeichnis erhalten, könnte es sein, daß die Datei + +\family typewriter +german.ist +\family default + nicht vorhanden oder nicht an der richtigen Stelle (\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family typewriter +/texmf/makeindex/ +\family default +) ist. + Diese Datei könnte so aussehen: +\layout LyX-Code + +quote '=' +\layout Standard + +Damit Umlaute und ß richtig sortiert werden, sollten Sie sie im Feld +\family sans +\bar under +S +\bar default +tichwort: +\family default + so schreiben: ä="a, \SpecialChar \ldots{} + , Ü="U und ß="s. + Sie können aber auch folgendes machen: um +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Mühe +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + ins Stichwortverzeichnis aufzunehmen, schreiben Sie ins Feld +\family sans +\bar under +S +\bar default +tichwort: +\family default + folgendes: Muhe@Mühe. + In einem Dokument sollten Sie aber nicht beide Möglichkeiten mischen. +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +Anmerkung +\series default + von +\noun on +Hartmut Haase +\noun default +: Die Sortierung erfolgt nach angelsächsischen Kriterien. + Ich habe eine Modifikation vorgeschlagen, die die deutsche Sortierung ermöglich +t. + Sie wurde aber vom LyX-Team bisher nicht akzeptiert. + Wer trotzdem daran interessiert ist, kann sich an mich wenden: hha4491@atomstro +mfrei.de +\layout Section + +Mehrteilige Dokumente +\layout Subsection + +Allgemeine Handhabung +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie an sehr langen Texten mit vielen Kapiteln oder Abschnitten arbeiten + ist es oft üblich, ein Dokument in mehrere Dateien aufzuteilen. + Auch wenn Sie zum Beispiel einen Text haben, in dem eine Tabelle von Zeit + zu Zeit geändert wird, aber der Text davor unverändert bleibt, kann es + sinnvoll sein, ein mehrteiliges Dokument zu verwenden. + Zum Beispiel haben wissenschaftliche Veröffentlichungen meist fünf Hauptteile: + Einleitung, Beobachtungen, Ergebnisse, Diskussion und Zusammenfassung. + Jeder dieser Teile kann als separate LyX-Datei angelegt werden, die dann + von einem Hauptdokument eingebunden werden, welches Titel, Autoren, Zusammenfas +sung, Querverweise usw.\SpecialChar ~ +enthält und die fünf eingefügten Dateien. + Jede dieser Dateien muß aber dieselbe Dokumentklasse haben --- versuchen + Sie nicht Buch- und Artikelklassen zu mischen. + Sie können auch LaTeX-Dateien einbinden, diese dürfen dann aber keinen + eigenen Vorspann haben (das heißt der Teil bis einschließlich der Zeile + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{document} +\family default + als auch das abschließende +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{document} +\family default + müssen entfernt werden), andernfalls werden beim LaTeX-Lauf Fehler gemeldet. +\layout Standard + +In LyX können externe Dateien sehr einfach über den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Datei +\family default +\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +einbinden +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar ~ +integriert werden. + Dabei wird ein kleiner grauer Kasten (ähnlich einer Marke) an der aktuellen + Cursorposition eingefügt. + Ein Klick auf diesen Kasten öffnet einen Dialog, über den die einzubindende + Datei sowie die Art der Einbindung ausgewählt werden können. +\layout Standard + +Die drei Einbindungsarten sind +\family sans +Include +\family default +, +\family sans +Input +\family default + und +\family sans +Unformatiert +\family default +. + Der Unterschied zwischen +\family sans +Include +\family default + und +\family sans +Input +\family default + bedeutet wirklich nur etwas für LaTeX-Experten, aber der praktische Unterschied + besteht darin, daß Dateien, die über +\family sans +Include +\family default + eingebunden werden, auf einer neuen Seite gesetzt werden, während über + +\family sans +Input +\family default + eingebundene Dateien auf der aktuellen Seite gesetzt werden. + LyX wird eines Tages geändert werden, um dies darzustellen. +\layout Standard + +Normalerweise wird das Hauptdokument vor dem Setzen des Textes in eine vollwerti +ge LaTeX-Datei konvertiert, die eingebundenen Dateien jedoch nur in LaTeX-Dateie +n ohne jeglichen Vorspann. +\layout Standard + +Eine Datei, die +\family sans +Unformatiert +\family default + eingebunden wird, erscheint ohne Formatierung, das heißt genau so wie in + der Datei, der Text wird mit dem Schrifttyp Schreibmaschine gesetzt. + Normalerweise sind Leerzeichen in dieser Datei unsichtbar, obwohl zwei + aufeinanderfolgende Leerzeichen beibehalten werden, im Gegensatz zum normalen + LyX-Verhalten. + Über den Auswahlpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +eerzeichen\SpecialChar ~ +bei\SpecialChar ~ +der\SpecialChar ~ +Ausgabe\SpecialChar ~ +kennzeichnen +\family default + können diese durch eine kleine Markierung ersetzt werden, die das Vorhandensein + von Leerzeichen anzeigt. +\layout Subsection + +Querverweise zwischen Dateien +\layout Standard + +Es ist möglich, Querverweise zwischen verschiedenen Dateien zu machen. + Zunächst öffnen Sie alle infrage kommenden Dateien: nennen wir sie A und + B in einem Beispiel mit zwei Dateien, wobei B in A eingefügt wird. + Setzen Sie jetzt in A eine Marke, auf die Sie in B verweisen wollen, so + öffnen Sie in B +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +\bar under +Q +\bar default +uerverweis +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar ~ +und wählen im Feld +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument: +\family default + die gewünschte Datei. +\layout Section + +Algorithmen +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +(aus der LaTeX-Konfiguration) +\layout Standard + +Das Paket +\family typewriter +algorithm +\family default + wird von LyX benötigt, um +\emph on +gleitende +\emph default + +\emph on +Algorithmen +\emph default + verwenden zu können. + Diese sind hilf\SpecialChar \- +reich, wenn es darum geht, Algorithmen an Seitenumbrüchen + zu positionieren oder einen +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Index der Algorithmen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + anzulegen. +\layout Section + +Teilabbildungen +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +(aus der LaTeX-Konfiguration) +\layout Standard + +Das Paket +\family typewriter +subfigure +\family default + wird von LyX verwendet, wenn im Dialog +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Abbildung +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + die Option +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Teilabbildung +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + aktiviert wird. + Damit lassen sich mehrere Abbildungen in einem einzigen Gleitobjekt unterbringe +n, wobei jede Teilabbildung ihre eigene Bildunterschrift erhält. +\layout Section + +Kunstvolle Kopf- und Fußzeilen +\layout Standard + +Der normale Satzspiegel einer Seite ist recht einfach. + Für die Dokumentklasse +\family sans +article +\family default + besteht er aus der in der Fußzeile zentrierten Seitennummer. + Der vorliegende Text verwendet die Klasse +\family sans +book +\family default + und erscheint daher bereits ein wenig aufwendiger, doch um wirklich +\emph on +aufsehenerregende +\emph default + Dinge zu erreichen, müssen Sie (wie im +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default + beschrieben) das Seitenformat im Menü +\family sans +Einstellungen\SpecialChar ~ +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +eiten-Stil: +\family default + auf +\family sans +fancy +\family default + einstellen. + Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt, welche LaTeX-Befehle Sie im LaTeX-Vorspann + einfügen müssen, um den gewünschten Effekt zu erzielen. +\layout Standard + +Die Kopfzeile der Seite ist in drei Bereiche aufgeteilt, die mit +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +left +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +center +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +right +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + bezeichnet sind. + Gleiches gilt für die Fußzeile. + Die LaTeX-Befehle, mit denen diese Felder am einfachsten beschrieben werden + können, sind +\family typewriter + +\backslash +lhead +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +chead +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +rhead +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +lfoot +\family default + usw\SpecialChar \@. + Wenn Sie zum Beispiel Ihren Namen links oben auf jeder Seite einfügen + wollen, genügt dafür der folgende Befehl im LaTeX-Vorspann: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +lhead{John Q. + DocWriter} +\layout Standard + +Sie werden jetzt in der Druckausgabe Ihren Namen links oben sehen. + Wenn eines der Felder einen Standard-Eintrag hat, den Sie entfernen wollen + (oft die Seitennummer, die mitten in der Fußzeile ausgegeben wird), fügen + Sie den entsprechenden Befehl einfach mit einem leeren Argument ein, also + etwa: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +cfoot{} +\layout Standard + +So, und nun wird es wirklich abgehoben: In die linke obere Ecke soll das + Wort +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Abschnitt +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, gefolgt von der laufenden Abschnittsnummer, in die rechte obere Seite + die Seitennummer (zum Beispiel Seite 4); links unten soll Ihr Name stehen + und unten rechts das Datum. + Dazu benötigen Sie die folgenden Befehle im LaTeX-Vorspann: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +lhead{Abschnitt +\backslash +thesection} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +chead{} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +rhead{Seite +\backslash +thepage} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +lfoot{John Q. + DocWriter} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +cfoot{} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +rfoot{ +\backslash +today} +\layout Standard + +Die Befehle +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thesection +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thepage +\family default + referenzieren die internen LaTeX-Zähler für Abschnitt und Seitennummer + und geben so die jeweils aktuellen Werte aus. + Der Befehl +\family typewriter + +\backslash +today +\family default + gibt einfach das heutige Datum aus. +\layout Standard + +Die Dicke der Linien, die unter der Kopf- und über der Fußzeile eingefügt + werden, kann ebenfalls verändert werden. + Wenn Sie eine dieser Linien nicht wollen, setzen Sie ihre Dicke auf 0\SpecialChar \@. + Die + Standarddicke der Linie unter der Kopfzeile beträgt 0pt, über der Fußzeile + 0.4pt. + Verwenden Sie die Befehle +\family typewriter + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +headrulewidth} +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash + +\end_inset + +{0.4pt} +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +footrule\SpecialChar \- +width}{0.4pt} +\family default +, um die Dicke zu verändern. +\layout Standard + +Die Einstellungen für Kopf- und Fußzeile können durch die Befehle +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thispagestyle{empty} +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thispagestyle +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash + +\end_inset + +{plain} +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thispagestyle{fancy} +\family default + gezielt für einzelne Seiten ein- und ausgeschaltet werden. + Fügen Sie sie einfach auf der gewünschten Seite ein und markieren Sie sie + als LaTeX-Code. + Wenn Sie die Einstellung +\family sans +fancy +\family default + verwenden, werden standardmäßig alle Titelseiten im Stil +\family sans +plain +\family default + gesetzt, alle folgenden dann in +\family sans +fancy +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Es gibt noch weitere komplexere Befehle, zum Beispiel um Dinge nur auf ungeraden + Seiten zu setzen usw., doch für deren Beschreibung seien Sie an die Dokumentatio +n des LaTeX-Paketes +\family typewriter +fancyhdr +\family default + verwiesen. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie teTeX installiert haben, finden Sie diese typischerweise als +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{/usr/local/teTeX/texmf/doc/latex/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.dvi} + +\end_inset + +. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Als letztes Beispiel soll gezeigt werden, wie man eine Abbildung im Encapsulated +-PostScript®-Format in die Kopf- oder Fußzeile einbinden kann. + Angenommen, Sie wollen Ihr Firmenlogo in die obere linke Ecke setzen, dann + sollten Sie etwa folgendes versuchen: +\layout Standard +\leftindent 1cm + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +lhead{ +\backslash +resizebox{1in}{!}{ +\backslash +includegraphics{logo.eps}}} +\layout Standard + +(Falls Sie außer diesem Logo keine weiteren EPS-Abbildungen in Ihrem Dokument + verwenden, müssen Sie davor außerdem noch die Zeile +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage{graphics} +\family default + einfügen.) +\layout Section + +Minipage +\layout Standard + +In LaTeX gibt es eine Möglichkeit, so etwas wie eine Seite innerhalb einer + Seite zu definieren, genannt +\emph on +Minipage +\emph default +. + Innerhalb einer solchen Minipage gelten alle gewöhnlichen Regeln zur Einrückung +, Zeilenumbruch usw\SpecialChar \@. + Auch LyX unterstützt den Benutzer beim sinnvollen Einsatz + der Vorteile, die eine Minipage bietet. +\layout Standard + +Minipages haben in LyX ihr eigenes Einfügekästchen; fügen Sie eins mit +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Mini +\bar under +p +\bar default +age +\family default + ein. + Ein Rechtsklick auf das mit Minipage beschriftete Kästchen öffnet einen + Dialog zum ändern der Größe und der Ausrichtung. + +\series bold +Warnung +\series default +: wenn die Minipage zu lang ist, um auf eine Seite zu passen, wird sie abgeschni +tten, nicht auf die nächste Seite umgebrochen. +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie zwei Minipages horizontal nebeneinandersetzen, kann zwischen ihnen + ein sogenanntes +\family typewriter +hfill +\family default + eingefügt werden. + Durch diesen speziellen LaTeX-Befehl wird ein variabler Leerraum zwischen + den Minipages eingefügt, so daß die erste am linken Rand der Seite beginnt + und die zweite mit dem rechten Rand abschließt. + Die Beispiele unten zeigen die Unterschiede. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Minipage +position 0 +inner_position 0 +height "0pt" +width "1.5in" +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Hier ein Beispiel für zwei neben\SpecialChar \- +einanderliegende Minipages, die +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + durch ein +\family typewriter +hfill +\family default + getrennt sind. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Minipage +position 0 +inner_position 0 +height "0pt" +width "1.5in" +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Dies ist die zweite der beiden Minipages, die nicht durch ein +\family typewriter +hfill +\family default + getrennt sind. + Beachten Sie den Abstand zwi\SpecialChar \- +schen den Blöcken. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Dies ist nur ein (normal gesetzter) Satz, um die beiden Beispiele voneinander + zu trennen. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Minipage +position 0 +inner_position 0 +height "0pt" +width "1.5in" +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Dies ist nun ein Beispiel für zwei nebeneinanderliegende Minipages, die + durch ein +\family typewriter +hfill +\family default + voneinander getrennt sind. +\end_inset + + +\hfill + +\begin_inset Minipage +position 0 +inner_position 0 +height "0pt" +width "1.5in" +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Dies ist die zweite Minipage, von der ersten durch ein +\family typewriter +hfill +\family default + getrennt. + Beachten Sie die Ausrichtung und den Abstand zwischen den Blöcken. +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Text um Abbildungen herumfließen lassen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:floatflt} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Sehr oft wird die Frage gestellt, ob es möglich ist, den Text um eine Abbildung + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +herumfließen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + zu lassen, so daß diese Abbildung nur einen Teil der Satzbreite belegt + und der Rest von Text ausgefüllt wird. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Wrap figure +width "70col%" +collapsed false + +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename mobius.eps + lyxscale 50 + width 60col% + BoundingBox 0bp 0bp 367bp 158bp + +\end_inset + + +\layout Caption + +Dies ist eine umflossene Abbildung und seine Bildunterschrift +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Open + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Sie sehen hier ein Bild eines Möbius-Bandes --- Sie kennen es vermutlich + schon aus dem +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default +. + Um den Text wie hier im Beispiel um die Abbildung herumfließen zu lassen, + müssen Sie +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Gleit +\bar under +o +\bar default +bjekte\SpecialChar \menuseparator +umflossene Abbildung +\family default + auswählen. + Damit bekommt man zunächst einen mit Wrap: Abbildung beschrifteten Rahmen, + in dem zunächst nur +\series bold +Figure #: +\series default + steht. + Dessen Absatzumgebung ändern Sie zunächst von +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default + in +\family sans +Standard +\family default + um und fügen eine Abbildung ein ( +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Grafik +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +). + Wenn Sie den Abbildungstitel über der Abbildung haben wollen, stellen Sie + den Cursor vor die Abbildung, sonst dahinter, drücken +\family sans +Eingabe +\family default +, ändern die Absatzumgebung wieder in +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default + und geben den Abbildungstitel ein. + +\layout Standard + +Ein Rechtsklick auf den Abbildungstitel öffnet das Wrap-Op\SpecialChar \- +tionen-Fenster, + in dem sie die Plazierung der Abbildung und ihre Breite festlegen können. + Außerdem sollten Sie sich durch einen Rechtsklick auf die Abbildung davon + überzeugen, daß die Abbildung nicht breiter als ihr +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Rahmen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + ist. + Wenn die Abbildung schmaler als ihr +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Rahmen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + ist, kann man sie durch +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat +\family default + \SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +\bar under +A +\bar default +bsatz\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + auch noch positionieren. +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +Hinweis +\series default +: Diese umflossenen Abbildungen sind ziemlich +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +empfindlich +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Wenn Sie beispielsweise eine Abbildung zu dicht am unteren Rand der Seite + einfügen, gerät der Seitenspiegel recht schnell durcheinander, ebenso, + wenn Sie zwei Abbildungen zu dicht beieinander verwenden wollen. + Wenn Sie nicht genügend Text schreiben, der um die Abbildung fließen soll, + kann es Probleme mit der nächsten Überschrift geben. + Und wenn der Platz für den Text neben der Abbildung zu gering ist, wird + es Probleme mit der Silbentrennung geben, die Sie aber meistens mit +\family typewriter +sloppypar +\family default +(siehe Fehlerbehebung +\family typewriter + +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{enu:sloppypar} + +\end_inset + +) beheben können. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Open + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Sonderformate für Tabellen +\layout Standard + +Für 99% der von Ihnen verwendeten Tabellen werden die normalen Formatiermöglichk +eiten von LyX ausreichend sein. + Wenn Sie im Feld +\family sans +Breite: +\family default + einen Wert eintragen, wird für die Spalte eine feste Breite definiert. + Im Feld +\family sans +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +e +\bar under +X +\bar default +-Argument: +\family default + können Sie verschiedene Spaltentrenner definieren, zum Beispiel +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +@ +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, mit dessen Hilfe beliebige Zeichen(folgen), insbesondere auch eine leere + Zeichenkette, als Trenner zwischen den Tabellenspalten angegeben werden + können. + Das mag auf Anhieb nicht sehr sinnvoll erscheinen, eröffnet aber sehr viele + Möglichkeiten. + Dies läßt sich am besten anhand von Beispielen erläutern. +\layout Subsection + +Zusätzlichen Leerraum in Spalten entfernen +\layout Standard + +Dies ist eine Standard-Tabelle: +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Typ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Beispiel +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Fels +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Granit +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Mineral +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Quarz +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Beachten Sie, daß sich der horizontale Trennstrich auf beiden Seiten ein + wenig über den Text heraus erstreckt. + Wenn Sie wollen, daß die Linie genau mit dem Text endet, können Sie einen + leeren Spaltentrenner einfügen, der den von LaTeX standardmäßig eingefügten + Leerraum unterbindet. + Dies sieht dann so aus: +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Typ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Beispiel +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Fels +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Granit +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Mineral +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Quarz +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Hier wurden die Spaltenformate links auf +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +@{} l +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und rechts auf +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +l @{} +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + gesetzt, um den jeweils äußeren Leerraum zu entfernen. +\layout Subsection + +Ändern des Spaltentrennzeichens +\layout Standard + +Angenommen, Sie wollten, aus welchem Grund auch immer, +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{\pi}$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + umgeben von ein wenig Leerraum, als Trennung zwischen zwei Spalten verwenden: + Schalten Sie einfach die senkrechten Trennstriche über das normale Menü + ab und tragen dann für die rechte Spalte als besonderes Spaltenformat +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +@{~$ +\backslash +sqrt{ +\backslash +pi}$~} l +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + ein. + Damit können Sie die folgende Tabelle erstellen: +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Typ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Beispiel +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Fels +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Granit +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Mineral +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Quarz +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Eine Spalte nach einem Dezimalpunkt ausrichten +\layout Standard + +Zugegeben, das letzte Beispiel war nicht sehr sinnvoll. + Dafür ist das nächste um so praxisnäher: Eine Spalte der Tabelle soll Zahlen + enthalten, die nach ihrem Dezimalpunkt ausgerichtet sind. + Dies kann in LaTeX auf zwei verschiedene Weisen erreicht werden. + Entweder wird der ganzzahlige Anteil rechtsbündig gesetzt, dann ein Dezimalpunk +t als Spaltentrenner verwendet und der Nachkommateil in der folgenden Spalte + linksbündig. + Bei der anderen Variante wird der Dezimalpunkt beim ganzzahligen Anteil + miteingegeben und dann zwischen den Spalten ein leerer Spaltentrenner verwendet. + Dies wurde im folgenden Beispiel getan: +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Ausdruck +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Wert +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\pi$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +3. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +1416 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +36. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +462 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $(\pi^{\pi})^{\pi}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +80663. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi^{\pi}}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +1. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +3402 +\begin_inset Formula $\times10^{18}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Obwohl das in LyX noch etwas seltsam aussieht, wird LaTeX beim späteren + Ausdruck daraus etwas erstellen, das wie eine zweispaltige Tabelle aussieht, + bei der die rechte Spalte nach dem Dezimalpunkt ausgerichtet ist und die + Überschrift darüber zentriert ist. +\layout Standard + +Hier eine Schritt-für-Schritt-Beschreibung, wie diese Tabelle erstellt wurde: + Legen Sie zunächst eine 3 +\begin_inset Formula $\times$ +\end_inset + +5 Tabelle an und schalten Sie alle Rahmen aus. + Dann fügen Sie in der ersten Zeile wieder den unteren und in der ersten + Spalte den rechten Rand ein. + Geben Sie den Text für die erste Spalte ein, verwenden Sie als Ausrichtung + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +zentriert +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Tragen Sie in der zweiten Spalte die ganzzahligen Anteile (inklusive Dezimalpun +kt) ein, die Ausrichtung muß rechtsbündig sein. + Für die dritte Spalte tragen Sie als +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Besonderes Spaltenformat +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +@{}l +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + ein und geben in der Tabelle die Nachkommaanteile ein. + Und zum Schluß noch die Spaltenüberschrift: Schreiben Sie +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Wert +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + in das oberste mittlere Feld, markieren das Wort und das (leere) Feld rechts + daneben und klicken dann auf +\family sans +\bar under +M +\bar default +ehrfachspalte +\family default +. + Einfach, nicht? +\layout Subsection + +Eine bessere Lösung für die Dezimalpunktausrichtung +\layout Standard + +Eine Alternative für die Dezimalpunktausrichtung gibt das Paket +\family typewriter +dcolumn +\family default +. + Fügen Sie folgendes zum Vorspann hinzu: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +usepackage{dcolumn} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +newcolumntype{d}[1]{D{.}{.}{#1}} +\layout Standard + +Um eine Spalte nach dem Dezimalpunkt auszurichten, schreiben Sie folgendes + in das Feld +\family sans +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX-Argument +\family default + des +\family sans +Tabelle\SpecialChar ~ +bearbeiten +\family default +-Menüs: +\layout LyX-Code + +d{Anzahl der Dezimalstellen} +\layout Standard + +Die Beispieltabelle wurde gelöscht. + Sehen Sie sich die Datei +\family typewriter +decimal.lyx +\family default + an ( +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +\bar under +Ö +\bar default +ffnen +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +eispiele +\family default +). +\layout Standard + +Um die Spalte zu verbreitern, erhöhen Sie einfach die Dezimalstellen in + +\family typewriter +d{} +\family default +. + Setzt man für eine einzelne Zelle die Option +\family sans +\bar under +M +\bar default +ehrfachspalte +\family default +, wird die Dezimalpunktausrichtung wieder aufgehoben. + Ein Nachteil dieser Methode ist, daß keine mathematischen Formeln benutzt + werden können, es sei denn, das Attribut +\family sans +\bar under +M +\bar default +ehrfachspalte +\family default + wurde gesetzt. +\layout Standard + +Diese Methode bietet dieselbe Flexibilität wie das Paket +\family typewriter +dcolumn +\family default +. + Man könnte zum Beispiel den Ausrichtungstrenner ändern und unterschiedliche + Trenner für andere Spalten benutzen, indem man im Vorspann mehrspaltige + Typen definiert. + Die Syntax ist wie folgt: +\layout LyX-Code + +D{Eingabetrenner}{Ausgabetrenner}{Dezimalstellen} +\layout Standard + +Der interessierte Leser sollte sich die Dokumentation des +\family typewriter +dcolumn +\family default +-Paketes ansehen, um weitere Einzelheiten zu erfahren. +\layout Section + +Listenmarkierer auswählen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bullet} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +von +\noun on +Allan Rae +\layout Subsection + +Einleitung +\layout Standard + +LyX stellt 216 verschiedene Symbole zur Verfügung, die Sie über ein Dialogfenste +r erreichen. + In diesem Dialogfenster können Sie einfach für jede Ebene einer Aufzählung + eines dieser Zeichen auswählen. + Diese Einstellungen gelten allerdings für das gesamte Dokument, Sie können + also nicht in verschiedenen Teilen des Textes unterschiedliche Zeichen + verwenden. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Genaugenommen geht es schon, Sie müssen dann aber die Einstellungen von + Hand eingeben. +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Das Dialogfenster +\begin_inset Note +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\noun on +HHa +\noun default +: muß überarbeitet werden. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Öffnen Sie das Dialogfenster mit +\family sans +\bar under + F +\bar default +ormat +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Aufzählungszeichen. +\layout Standard + +Der Dialog zeigt eine Tabelle der Aufzählungszeichen. + Über die Leiste auf der linken Seite können sechs verschiedene Felder mit + Zeichen angewählt werden. + Die Knopf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +leiste am oberen Rand dient dazu, die Aufzählungsebene festzulegen, + die Sie ändern wollen. + Unter der Tabelle zeigt ein Textfeld, welcher LaTeX-Befehl das jeweilige + Zeichen erzeugt. + Dieses Feld kann auch editiert werden. + Wenn Sie den Eintrag von Hand ändern, kann es aber notwendig sein, ein + entsprechendes LaTeX-Paket, in dem der Eintrag definiert wird, selber in + den LaTeX-Vorspann einzutragen. +\layout Standard + +Die sechs zur Auswahl stehenden Felder ergeben sich aufgrund der zu ihrer + Darstellung notwendigen LaTeX-Pakete. + Die folgende Tabelle zeigt die Zuordnung von Name und zugehörigem LaTeX-Paket. +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Schalter +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Benötigtes Paket +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Standard +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +LaTeX +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Mathe +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +amssymb.sty +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Ding 1 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +pifont.sty +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Ding 2 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +pifont.sty +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Ding 3 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +pifont.sty +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Ding 4 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +pifont.sty +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +LyX hindert Sie nicht daran, Aufzählungszeichen aus Paketen zu verwenden, + die Sie nicht installiert haben. + Wenn Sie LaTeX-Fehlermeldungen beim Ansehen oder Drucken der Datei erhalten, + haben Sie wahrscheinlich ein Paket vergessen. + LyX beschränkt den Gebrauch nicht, weil Sie vielleicht lokal schreiben + und dann irgendwohin exportieren. +\layout Subsection + +So funktioniert es +\layout Standard + +Legen Sie fest, welche Aufzählungsebene Sie ändern wollen, und wählen Sie + dann ein Zeichen aus. + Die Änderung wird innerhalb von LyX +\series bold +nicht sichtbar +\series default + sein, sondern erst, wenn Sie den Text als +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + oder PostScript®-Datei betrachten. +\layout Standard + +Sie können das Standardzeichen wiederherstellen, indem Sie mit dem rechten + Mausknopf auf den Knopf für die jeweilige Aufzählungsebene klicken. +\layout Standard + +Falls Sie +\emph on +wirklich +\emph default + in verschiedenen Absätzen unterschiedliche Aufzählungszeichen verwenden + wollen, müssen Sie von Hand eingreifen. + Allerdings kann Ihnen der Dialog dabei ein wenig helfen, da er den LaTeX-Code, + der das jeweilige Zeichen erzeugt, gleich angibt. + Um nun Ihren eigenen, abweichenden Absatz anzulegen, haben Sie folgende + Möglichkeiten: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Open + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +let +\backslash +savelabelitemi= +\backslash +labelitemi +\layout Standard + +\backslash +renewcommand +\backslash +labelitemi[0]{ +\backslash +small +\backslash +( +\backslash +sharp +\backslash +)} +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + +Verwenden Sie den LaTeX-Befehl +\family typewriter + +\backslash +renewcommand{}{} +\family default +, um für eine Aufzählungsebene ein neues Zeichen zu definieren. + Sie sollten außerdem den gegenwärtigen Wert speichern, um ihn hinterher + wiederherstellen zu können. + In der aktuellen Aufzählung wurden folgende LaTeX-Befehle verwendet, um + das Zeichen für die erste Aufzählungsebene zu verändern: +\newline + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +let +\backslash +savelabelitemi= +\backslash +labelitemi +\newline + +\backslash +renewcommand +\backslash +labelitemi[0]{ +\backslash +small +\backslash +( +\backslash +sharp +\backslash +)} +\family default + +\family typewriter + +\newline + +\family default +Beachten Sie, daß die Aufzählungsebene in römischen Ziffern als Teil des + Befehls +\family typewriter + +\backslash +label\SpecialChar \- +item +\family default + angegeben wird. +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Open + +\layout Standard +[ +\backslash +( +\backslash +star +\backslash +)] +\end_inset + + Geben Sie jedes Zeichen einzeln an, indem Sie jeden Eintrag mit einem in + eckige Klammern eingeschlossenen Befehl für das Zeichen beginnen. + Dieser Eintrag hier wurde zum Beispiel mit dem Befehl +\family typewriter +[ +\backslash +( +\backslash +star +\backslash +)] +\family default + begonnen. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Open + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +renewcommand +\backslash +labelitemi[0]{ +\backslash +savelabelitemi} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Falls Sie das Listensymbol lokal verändert haben, denken Sie daran, es hinterher + wieder in den Originalzustand zurückzusetzen. + Für das vorliegende Beispiel geschieht das mit +\family typewriter + +\newline + +\backslash +renewcommand +\backslash +labelitemi[0]{ +\backslash +savelabelitemi} +\layout Chapter + +Besondere Dokumentklassen +\layout Section + +AMS-Mathe +\layout Standard + +von +\noun on +David Johnson +\layout Standard + +Die Formate der Klasse AMS-Mathe wurden erstellt, um damit mathematische + Veröffentlichungen zu schreiben, die in den diversen Veröffentlichungen + der American Mathematical Society erscheinen sollen. + Sie sind nicht an eine bestimmte Zeitschrift gebunden, können aber einfach + verändert werden, um dies zu erreichen. + Lesen Sie dazu die Anleitung für die jeweilige Zeitschrift (oft beschränken + sich die Änderungen auf das Verändern einer einzigen Zeile in der TeX-Datei). + Die Dokumentation der AMS ist auch über das WWW zugänglich ( +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ams.org} + +\end_inset + +) oder kann per FTP geladen werden ( +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/amslatex/} + +\end_inset + + +\family default +). + Diese Formate sind für jede Art von mathematischen Texten geeignet und + nützlich. + Derzeit gibt es drei verschiedene Formate für AMS-Mathe: +\layout Enumerate + +amsart - Das AMS-Standardformat für Artikel. + Alle Ergebnisse und gleichwertige Aussagen werden in der Form +\begin_inset Formula $(n,m)$ +\end_inset + + numeriert. + Dabei steht die erste Zahl für den Abschnitt, die zweite zählt alle Aussagen + (Theoreme, Korollare, Propositionen, Definitionen usw.) in diesem Abschnitt + durch. + Außerdem stehen eine ganze Reihe von nichtnumerierten Umgebungen zur Verfügung, + die auch gelegentlich benötigt werden. + Diese sind durch einen Stern am Ende des Namens gekennzeichnet. +\layout Enumerate + +amsart-seq - Hier ist die Numerierung unabhängig vom Abschnitt und wird + für jeden Typ von Aussage getrennt geführt. + Einige öfters benötigte Typen (nicht alle) stehen ebenfalls in einer nichtnumer +ierten Form zur Verfügung, die durch einen Stern am Ende des Namens gekennzeichn +et ist. +\layout Enumerate + +amsbook - Das AMS-Standardformat für Bücher (oder besser Monographien). + Die Numerierung erfolgt ähnlich wie bei amsart, allerdings umfaßt die Numerieru +ng drei Ziffern, +\begin_inset Formula $(n,m,p)$ +\end_inset + +, mit Kapitel (erste Zahl), Abschnitt (zweite Zahl) und Aussage (dritte + Zahl). + Theorem, Korollar, Proposition, Definition usw.\SpecialChar ~ +werden wiederum gleichbehandelt. + Die wichtigsten Umgebungen gibt es ebenfalls in einer nichtnumerierten + Version, die mit einem Stern am Ende des Namens gekennzeichnet ist. +\layout Standard + +Eine LyX-Datei der ams*-Klasse kann einfach in jede andere der ams*-Klassen + umgewandelt werden, indem man die entsprechende Klasse über das Menü +\family sans +Einstellungen\SpecialChar ~ +Dokument +\family default + aktiviert. +\layout Subsection + +Was diese Formate bieten +\layout Standard + +Dies ist eine umfangreiche Aufzählung der Umgebungstypen, die von den Formaten + der AMS-Klasse bereitgestellt werden. + AMS-LaTeX selber bietet die Möglichkeit, eine Unzahl derartiger Typen selber + für eigene Zwecke zu definieren. + Die hier realisierte Auswahl entspricht den Empfehlungen der AMS. + Zusätzlich zu den normalen LyX-Typen wie +\family sans +Abschnitt +\family default +, +\family sans +Literaturliste +\family default +, +\family sans +Titel +\family default +, +\family sans +Autor +\family default +, +\family sans +Datum +\family default + sind dies: +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Theorem +\family default +\series default + Dies wird normalerweise zur Präsentation zentraler Ergebnisse verwendet. + Das Wort ,, +\family sans +Theorem` +\family default +` wird in Fettdruck ausgegeben, zusammen mit einer automatisch ermittelten + Zahl (eine nichtnumerierte Version ist als +\family sans +Theorem* +\family default + vorhanden). + Der Text erscheint hervorgehoben. +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Corollary +\family default +\series default + Dies wird für Aussagen verwendet, die direkt aus vorhergehenden Aussagen + hervorgehen. + Dies können ebenfalls wieder zentrale Ergebnisse sein. + Eine nichtnumerierte Version ( +\family sans +Corollary* +\family default +) ist vorhanden. +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Lemma +\family default +\series default + Dies sind kleinere Ergebnisse, die benötigt werden, um andere Aussagen + zu beweisen. +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Proposition +\family default +\series default + Noch weniger zentrale Ergebnisse, die (hoffentlich) zu der entwickelten + Theorie beitragen. +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Conjecture +\family default +\series default + Aussagen, für die der Autor keinen Beweis liefern kann, die aber einleuchtend + und wahr erscheinen (für den Autor zumindest). +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Criterion +\family default +\series default + Eine benötigte Bedingung. +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Algorithm +\family default +\series default + Eine generelle Vorgehensweise, die verwendet werden soll. +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Axiom +\family default +\series default + Eine Eigenschaft oder Aussage, die für den Augenblick als wahr vorausgesetzt + wird. +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Definition +\family default +\series default + Raten Sie wofür. + Diese Aussage hebt sich im Zeichensatz stark von den vorherigen ab. + Die Überschrift (,, +\family sans +Definition` +\family default +`) ist zwar auch in Fettdruck, aber der restliche Text erscheint in normaler + Schrift. +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Example +\family default +\series default + Wird ähnlich wie +\family sans +Definition +\family default + gesetzt. +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Condition +\family default +\series default +eine Bedingung +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Problem +\family default +\series default +ein (zu lösendes) Problem +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Exercise +\family default +\series default +eine Übungsaufgabe +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Remark +\family default +\series default + Dies ist auch eine etwas veränderte Art von +\family sans +Theorem +\family default +. + ,, +\emph on +Remark` +\emph default +` wird hervorgehoben gesetzt, der Rest in Normalschrift. +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Note +\family default +\series default + Wird genauso wie +\family sans +Remark +\family default + gesetzt +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Notation +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Claim +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Summary +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Acknowledgement +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Case +\family default +\series default + Dies wird verwendet, um lange Argumentationen aufzuspalten, indem besondere + Fälle betrachtet werden. + +\family sans +Case +\family default + hat sein eigenes, unabhängiges Numerierungsschema. +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Conclusion +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Fact +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Proof +\family default +\series default + Das Wort ,, +\emph on +Proof` +\emph default +` wird hervorgehoben gesetzt. + Am Ende dieser Umgebung wird ein QED-Symbol (normalerweise ein Quadrat, + das hängt aber vom verwendeten Stil ab) eingefügt. +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Address +\family default +\series default + Die permanente Adresse des Autors. +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Current\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default +\series default + Hierher gehört die (momentane) Adresse des Autors zum Zeitpunkt der Einsendung + des Artikels, falls diese von der permanenten Adresse abweicht. +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Email +\family default +\series default + Die E-Mail Adresse des Autors. +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +URL +\family default +\series default + Die Web-Adresse des Autors, falls gewünscht. +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Keywords +\family default +\series default + Schlüsselworte oder Phrasen, um die im Artikel verwendeten Themen zu charakteri +sieren. +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Subjectclass +\family default +\series default + Dies bezieht sich auf die AMS-Subjektklassifizierung, die in +\emph on +Mathematical Reviews +\emph default + beschrieben und veröffentlicht ist. + Sie sind auch Online über die oben angegebenen Adressen zugänglich. +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Thanks +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Dedicatory +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Translator +\layout Standard + +Darüberhinaus aktivieren all diese Formate automatisch die AMS-LaTeX- und + AMS-Font-Pakete. + Sie müssen auf Ihrem System installiert sein, damit Sie diese Formate verwenden + können. +\layout Section + +Dinbrief +\layout Standard + +Mit der Dokumentklasse +\family sans +dinbrief +\family default + können Briefe unter Berücksichtigung deutscher Konventionen geschrieben + werden. + In +\family typewriter +LyXDir/templates +\family default + ( +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Neu\SpecialChar ~ +von +\family default +\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +\bar under +V +\bar default +orlage +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +) finden Sie ein Beispiel als Vorlage. +\layout Section + +Paper +\layout Standard + +Die Dokumentklasse +\family sans +paper +\family default + stellt eine Alternative zur Standard-Klasse +\family sans +article +\family default + dar. + Sie hat in etwa dieselbe Funktionalität, hat aber ein etwas anderes Format + mit Abschnittsüberschriften in Sans Serif und einigen weiteren Änderungen. +\layout Section + +A&A Paper +\layout Standard + +von +\noun on +Peter Sütterlin +\layout Subsection + +Einleitung +\layout Standard + +Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt, wie man mit LyX Artikel für die Veröffentlichung + in der wissenschaftlichen Zeitschrift +\emph on +Astronomy & Astrophysics +\emph default + ( +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.edpsciences.fr/aa/} + +\end_inset + +) schreiben kann. + Man benötigt dafür die Dokumentklasse +\family typewriter +aa.cls +\family default +, Version 5.01, die Sie von folgendem FTP-Server beziehen können: +\layout Standard +\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom medskip \align center + +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.edpsciences.org/pub/aa/readme.html} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Zu diesem Paket gehört auch ein Handbuch, und der vorliegende Text dient + nicht als Ersatz für dieses Handbuch! Er soll nur ein paar Hilfestellungen + geben, wie man unter LyX die richtige Form erreicht. +\layout Standard + +Bitte beachten Sie auch, daß +\emph on +Astronomy & Astrophysics +\emph default + seit dem 1.\SpecialChar ~ +Januar 2001 nicht mehr von Springer, sondern von EDP Sciences + herausgegeben wird. + Mit diesem Wechsel wurden auch einige Änderungen im Format und in den Stildatei +en eingeführt, insbesondere wurde der Thesaurus-Befehl entfernt. + Die vorliegende LyX-Klasse unterstützt die derzeit neueste Version 5.01 + der A&A-Textklasse. + Wenn Sie eine ältere Version installiert haben, sollten Sie unbedingt auf + die aktuelle Version umsteigen. + Aus Gründen der Kompatibilität wurde das alte Format als +\family sans +article (A&A V4) +\family default + beibehalten. + Bitte lesen Sie dazu die Kommentare in der Datei +\family typewriter +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +{ +\end_inset + +X +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +} +\end_inset + +Dir/layouts/aapaper.layout +\family default +. +\layout Subsection + +Der Anfang +\layout Standard + +Sie beginnen ein neues Dokument über den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +N +\bar default +eu\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default +\SpecialChar ~ +oder +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Neu\SpecialChar ~ +von\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +V +\bar default +or\SpecialChar \- +la\SpecialChar \- +ge\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Die Verwendung von Vorlagen ist äußerst empfehlenswert. + Legen Sie sich selber eine an, oder bitten Sie den lokalen System\SpecialChar \- +administrator, + eine solche zu erstellen. + Ein Beispiel für eine solche Vorlage finden Sie in der normalen LyX-Distributio +n. +\end_inset + + +\family default + Falls Sie keine Vorlage verwenden, achten Sie auf die folgenden Einstellungen: +\layout Itemize + +Wählen Sie die Klasse +\family sans +article (A&A) +\family default + im Menü +\family sans +Einstellungen\SpecialChar ~ +Dokument +\family default + (na ja, das war naheliegend). +\layout Itemize + +Ändern Sie nichts an den Einstellungen Seitenformat, alles Notwendige wird + von den Makros eingestellt. +\layout Subsection + +Der Titelblock +\layout Standard + +Das erste, was Sie eingeben müssen, sind die Informationen für den Titel. + Er hat insgesamt sieben Einträge, von denen einige optional sind. + Dies sind: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Titel +\family default +: [benötigt] +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Subtitle +\family default +: [optional] +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Autor +\family default +: [optional] +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Address +\family default +: [benötigt] +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Of\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +fprints +\family default +: [optional] falls mehr als ein Autor beteiligt ist: An wen sollen Anfragen + bzgl. + Reprints gestellt werden? +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Mail +\family default +: [optional] Postadresse. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Datum +\family default +: [benötigt]. + Das hier verwendete Format ist: +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{Received: ; Accepted } + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Der Befehl +\family typewriter + +\backslash +maketitle +\family default + darf nicht selber eingefügt werden, dies wird automatisch von LyX getan, + sobald der Titelblock beendet ist. + Die Reihenfolge der Einträge im Titelblock ist übrigens egal, die oben + gegebene Reihenfolge ist aber optisch am nächsten am Format des späteren + Textes. +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie im Titelblock Fußnoten verwenden wollen, zum Beispiel um Ihre gegenwärt +ige Adresse anzugeben, können Sie dazu die normale Fußnote +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +F +\bar default +ußnote +\family default + verwenden. + LyX verwendet dann automatisch die in diesem Fall korrekte LaTeX-Form +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thanks{} +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Darüberhinaus werden drei zusätzliche LaTeX-Befehle verwendet, für die es + in LyX kein Gegenstück gibt: +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +and +\family default + trennt die Namen von mehreren Autoren bzw.\SpecialChar ~ +Adressen +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +inst{} +\family default + wird verwendet, um die zusammengehörigen Autoren/Adressen zu kennzeichnen. + Die Adressen werden normalerweise in der Reihenfolge numeriert, wie sie + in der Umgebung +\family sans +Address +\family default + eingegeben werden. + Deshalb werden mit +\family typewriter + +\backslash +inst +\family default + die zugehörigen Autoren markiert. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +email{Adresse} +\family default + erlaubt das Einfügen einer Email-Adresse für schnellere Kontaktaufnahme. +\layout Standard + +In allen Fällen müssen Sie die entsprechenden Befehle selber eingeben und + als ERT markieren. + Beachten Sie auch das Beispiel. +\layout Subsection + +Die Zusammenfassung +\layout Standard + +Die Zusammenfassung sollte direkt auf den Titelblock folgen. + Mit Version 5 der Textklasse wurde die Abstract-Umgebung in einen Befehl + umgewandelt und auf einen einzigen Absatz beschränkt. + Hier muß auch der Eintrag der Schlüsselworte erfolgen. + Diese Umgebung ist in LyX derzeit nicht implementiert, deshalb müssen Sie + den LaTeX-Befehl +\family typewriter + +\backslash +keywords{} +\family default +von Hand eingeben und als ERT kennzeichnen. + Siehe dazu auch das Beispiel. +\layout Subsection + +Unterstützte Umgebungstypen +\layout Standard + +Vom Format +\family sans +paper (A&A) +\family default + werden folgende Umgebungstypen unterstützt: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Open + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{3} +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Standard +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Abschnitt +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Unterabschnitt +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Unterunterabschn. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Auflistung +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Aufzählung +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Beschreibung +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Beschriftung +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Zusammenfassung +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Danksagung +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Literaturliste +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +La +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +{ +\end_inset + +T +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +} +\end_inset + +eX +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Open + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Von LyX nicht unterstützte Befehle +\layout Standard + +Einige der LaTeX-Befehle werden vom Format +\family sans +paper (A&A) +\family default + in LyX nicht unterstützt. + Einige davon wurden bereits erwähnt. + Der Übersicht halber sind hier nochmals alle zusammen aufgeführt: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Open + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{3} +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +and +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +email +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +appendix +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +authorrunning +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +inst{} +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +keywords{} +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +object{} +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +titlerunning{} +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie einen dieser Befehle verwenden wollen, müssen Sie ihn von Hand + eingeben. + +\series bold +Vergessen Sie keinesfalls, die Befehle als LaTeX-Code zu kennzeichnen! +\layout Subsection + +Gleitende Abbildungen und Tabellen +\layout Standard + +LyX stellt die notwendigen Float-Umgebungen +\family sans +figure +\family default +, +\family sans +figure* +\family default +, +\family sans +table +\family default + und +\family sans +table* +\family default + zur Verfügung, deshalb hier keine weiteren Erläuterungen dazu. + Lesen Sie das +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default +. + Denken Sie aber daran, daß laut Vorgabe Tabellen linksbündig gesetzt werden + sollten. + Verwenden Sie dazu die Einstellungsmöglichkeit im Menü +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +A +\bar default +bsatz\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Standard + +Eine kleine Ausnahme vom Standard stellen breite Abbildungen mit der Bilduntersc +hrift neben dem Bild dar. + Um eine solche Abbildung zu erstellen, gehen Sie folgendermaßen vor: +\layout Enumerate + +Erzeugen Sie eine breite Gleitabbildung: +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Gleitobjekte\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Abbildung. +\layout Enumerate + +Geben Sie Ihre Bildunterschrift ein. +\layout Enumerate + +Drücken Sie +\family sans +Eingabe, +\family default + um den Cursor über den Text zu positionieren. +\layout Enumerate + +Fügen Sie die Abbildung ein: +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Grafik +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + Die Abbildung sollte auf eine Breite von 12 +\begin_inset Formula $\,$ +\end_inset + +cm skaliert werden. +\layout Enumerate + +Positionieren Sie den Cursor hinter die Abbildung und fügen Sie einen horizontal +en Leerraum ein: +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +onderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +H +\bar default +Fill +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + +Schalten Sie in den LaTeX-Modus: +\family sans +Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +T +\family default + oder +\family sans +Strg+L +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + +Geben Sie folgenden Text ein: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +parbox[b]{55mm}{ +\family default + . + +\series bold +Schließen Sie die Klammer nicht! +\layout Enumerate + +Setzen Sie den Cursor hinter den Text und fügen Sie im LaTeX-Modus die schließen +de Klammer ein: +\family sans +Strg+L\SpecialChar ~ + +\family typewriter +} +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Sehen Sie sich dazu auch die Abbildungen im Beispiel an. +\layout Subsection + +Das Schiedsrichter-Format +\layout Standard + +Um den Artikel einzureichen, muß er in einem speziellen, zweizeiligen Format + ausgedruckt werden. + Dazu muß der Dokumentklasse in LaTeX die Option +\family typewriter +referee +\family default + angegeben werden. + Verwenden Sie hierzu im Menü +\family sans +Einstellungen\SpecialChar ~ +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Format, +\family default + Feld +\family sans +\bar under +O +\bar default +ptionen +\family default +:, und geben Sie dort das Wort +\family typewriter +referee +\family default + ein. +\layout Subsection + +Der Beispielartikel +\layout Standard + +Im Verzeichnis Beispiele, in das Sie über den entsprechenden Knopf im Dialog + +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +Ö +\bar default +ffnen\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +"" +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +eispiele +\family default + gelangen, finden Sie einen Artikel für dieses Format ( +\family typewriter +aa_sample.lyx +\family default +). + Es ist der Artikel, der auch im originalen Paket der Textklasse beigelegt + ist, in LyX ,,übersetzt``. + Sie können ihn als Anregung verwenden und den originalen LaTeX-Text mit + LyX' Art und Weise zu schreiben vergleichen. +\layout Section + +AASTeX +\layout Standard + +von +\noun on +Mike Ressler +\layout Subsection + +Einleitung +\layout Standard + +AASTeX ist ein Makro-Paket, welches von der American Astronomical Society + zusammengestellt wurde, um die Einsendung von Manuskripten für die drei + von ihr herausgegebenen Zeitschriften zu vereinfachen: Astrophysical Journal + (einschließlich Briefe und Ergänzung), Astronomical Journal sowie Publications + of the Astronomical Society of the Pacific. + LyX setzt mindestens Version 5.0 dieses Makro-Paketes voraus. + Das AASTeX-Paket kann vom FTP-Server der AAS heruntergeladen werden: +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.aas.org/pubs} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Das Paket enthält auch einen vollständigen Leitfaden für Benutzer, und Sie + sollten sich zunächst mit dem Paket vertraut machen, bevor Sie damit einen + Artikel mit LyX schreiben. + Denn auch mit LyX müssen Sie sich über die Bedeutung der diversen AASTeX-Befehl +e im Klaren sein, LyX nimmt Ihnen lediglich ab, all diese Befehle selber + einzutippen. + Sie sind auch verantwortlich dafür, daß das endgültige LaTeX-Dokument den + Richtlinien derjenigen Zeitschrift entspricht, bei dem Sie den Artikel + einreichen wollen. +\layout Subsection + +Einen neuen Artikel beginnen +\layout Standard + +Es ist ratsam, mit der beigefügten Vorlagedatei zu beginnen. + Klicken Sie dazu auf +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Neu\SpecialChar ~ +von +\bar under +V +\bar default +orlage +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +, geben Sie einen Dateinamen ein und wählen Sie dann +\family typewriter +aastex.lyx +\family default + als Vorlage. + Diese zeigt Ihnen die in Manuskripten am häufigsten auftretenden Umgebungstypen. + Ersetzen Sie einfach den vorhandenen Text (inklusive der spitzen Klammern, + +\family typewriter +<> +\family default +) mit den richtigen Inhalten. + Viele der AASTeX-Befehle lassen sich einfach in LyX integrieren, bei manchen + ist das jedoch nicht der Fall, insbesondere bei +\family typewriter + +\backslash +altaffilmark +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +altaffiltext +\family default +. + Diese fallen Ihnen in der Vorlage sicherlich sofort auf: Derartige Befehle + müssen direkt eingetippt und als ERT markiert werden. + Ich habe versucht, den Umfang solcher ERTs so gering wie möglich zu halten, + aber es sind immer noch mehr, als den meisten lieb ist. +\layout Subsection + +Der Abschluß eines Artikels +\layout Standard + +Wenn das Dokument zu Ihrer Zufriedenheit erstellt ist und einwandfrei in + der Vorschau betrachtet und ausgedruckt werden kann, sind einige Nachbearbeitun +gsschritte notwendig, bevor der Text eingereicht werden kann. +\layout Enumerate + +Exportieren Sie den Text als LaTeX-Datei ( +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +xportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +aT +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX +\family default +). +\layout Enumerate + +Editieren Sie die so erzeugte +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default +-Datei mit Ihrem bevorzugten Text-Editor: +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Entfernen Sie die Kommentarzeilen vor dem +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default +-Befehl. +\layout Enumerate + +Entfernen Sie (falls vorhanden) die Zeile +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage...{fontenc} +\family default + (normalerweise direkt nach +\family typewriter + +\backslash +docu\SpecialChar \- +ment\SpecialChar \- +class +\family default +). + Ebenfalls entfernt werden muß eine eventuell vorhandene +\family typewriter + +\backslash +secnumdepth +\family default +-Zeile. +\layout Enumerate + +Entfernen Sie alle Zeilen zwischen (einschließlich) +\family typewriter + +\backslash +makeatletter +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +makeatother +\family default +, mit Ausnahme derjenigen Einträge, die Sie selber in den LaTeX-Vorspann + eingefügt haben (diese sollten direkt nach den +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +User specified LaTeX commands +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + in der +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default +-Datei stehen). +\layout Enumerate + +Suchen Sie nach etwaigen +\family typewriter + +\backslash +figcaption +\family default +-Befehlen und ersetzen Sie +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +FileName +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + durch den korrekten Dateinamen. +\layout Enumerate + +Falls notwendig, ändern Sie alle vorkommenden +\family typewriter + +\backslash +cite +\family default +-Befehle (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sub:Literaturverzeichnisse} + +\end_inset + +). +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Starten Sie einen LaTeX-Lauf um sicherzustellen, daß die Datei noch immer + fehlerfrei verarbeitet werden kann. +\layout Enumerate + +Lesen Sie nochmals die Vorgaben der Zeitschrift um sicherzugehen, daß die + verwendeten Dateinamen und Formate richtig sind. +\layout Enumerate + +Reichen Sie die Arbeit ein. +\layout Subsection + +Hinweise zu einzelnen Befehlen +\layout Standard + +Ich werde hier nicht die verschiedenen AASTeX-Befehle ausführlich erläutern; + dies wird im Handbuch des Makropaketes ( +\family typewriter +aasguide.tex +\family default +) sehr gut gemacht. + Ich gehe an dieser Stelle also nur die Liste durch und füge an einigen + Stellen Kommentare hinzu. + Also los\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Subsubsection + +Dinge, die wie erwartet funktionieren +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Da sie funktionieren, wie Sie es von ihnen erwarten, zähle ich sie hier + nur auf und füge die Abschnittsnummern hinzu, in denen sie im Handbuch + erläutert sind: +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default + (2.1.1), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{document} +\family default + (2.2), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +title +\family default + (2.3), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +author +\family default + (2.3), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +affil +\family default + (2.3), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +abstract +\family default + (2.4), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +keywords +\family default + (2.5), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +section +\family default + (2.7), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +subsection +\family default + (2.7), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +subsubsection +\family default + (2.7), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +paragraph +\family default + (2.7), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{displaymath} +\family default + (2.11), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{equation} +\family default + (2.11), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{eqnarray} +\family default + (2.11), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{mathletters} +\family default + (2.11), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{thebibliography} +\family default + (2.12.1), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bibitem +\family default + (2.12.2), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{table} +\family default + (2.14.4), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{tabular} +\family default + (2.14.4), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +caption +\family default + (2.14.4), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +label +\family default + (2.14.4, sowie an anderen Stellen), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +tablerefs +\family default + (2.14.5), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +tablecomments +\family default + (2.14.5), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +url +\family default + (2.15.4), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{document} +\family default + (2.16). +\layout Standard + +Die folgenden Stiloptionen arbeiten ebenfalls korrekt: +\family typewriter + preprint +\family default +, +\family typewriter +preprint2 +\family default +, +\family typewriter +eqsecnum +\family default +, +\family typewriter +flushrt +\family default + (3, 3.1, 3.2). + Tragen Sie sie einfach im Feld +\family sans +\bar under +O +\bar default +ptionen +\family default + in +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Format +\family default + ein. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsubsection + +Dinge, die funktionieren, jedoch zusätzlicher Hinweise bedürfen +\layout Itemize + +Die folgenden Befehle sind für die Verwendung durch die Zeitschrifteneditoren + vorgesehen. + Aber wenn Sie sie unbedingt verwenden wollen, tragen Sie sie in den LaTeX-Vorsp +ann ein: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +received +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +revised +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +accepted +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +ccc +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +cpright +\family default + (alle in 2.1.3) +\layout Itemize + +Die folgenden Befehle müssen ebenfalls im LaTeX-Vorspann plaziert werden. + Sie sind in der Vorlagedatei als (leere) Platzhalter aufgeführt: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +slugcomment +\family default + (2.1.4), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +shorttitle +\family default + (2.1.5), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +shortauthors +\family default + (2.1.5) +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +email +\family default + (2.3) -- Dieser Befehl kann nur in einer eigenen Absatzumgebung verwendet + werden. + Verwenden Sie ERTs, um ihn einzufügen. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +and +\family default + (2.3) -- Es wird ein zusätzliches Klammerpaar +\family typewriter +{} +\family default + ausgegeben, das sollte aber keine Probleme bereiten. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +notetoeditor +\family default + (2.6) -- Dieser Befehl kann nur in einer eigenen Absatzumgebung verwendet + werden. + Verwenden Sie ERTs, um ihn einzufügen. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +placetable +\family default + (2.8) kann keine Marke für Querverweise einfügen. + Sie müssen das von Hand eingeben. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +placefigure +\family default + (2.8) -- Es gilt das zu +\family typewriter + +\backslash +placetable +\family default + Gesagte. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +acknowledgements +\family default + (2.9) -- Es wird ein zusätzliches Klammerpaar +\family typewriter +{} +\family default + ausgegeben, das sollte aber keine Probleme bereiten. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +appendix +\family default + (2.10) -- Es wird ein zusätzliches Klammerpaar +\family typewriter +{} +\family default + ausgegeben, das sollte aber keine Probleme bereiten. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +figcaption +\family default + (2.13.2) -- das optionale Argument müssen Sie später von Hand in der LaTeX-Datei + hinzufügen. +\layout Subsubsection + +Nicht implementierte Dinge (LaTeX-Code verwenden) +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +altaffilmark +\family default + (2.3), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +altaffiltext +\family default + (2.3), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +eqnum +\family default + (2.11), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +setcounter{equation} +\family default + (2.11), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +citet +\family default + (2.12), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +citep +\family default + (2.12), Abkürzungen von Zeitschriftennamen (2.12.4), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +figurenum +\family default + (2.13.1), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +epsscale +\family default + (2.13.1), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +plotone +\family default + (2.13.1), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +plottwo +\family default + (2.13.1), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +tablenum +\family default + (2.14.4), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +tableline +\family default + (2.14.4, fügen Sie es als erstes Element in der Zelle +\emph on +vor +\emph default + derjenigen ein, in der Sie es verwenden wollen. + Verwenden Sie keine von LyX erzeugten Linien in der Tabelle.), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +tablenotemark +\family default + (2.14.5), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +tablenotetext +\family default + (2.14.5), praktisch alles in Abschnitt Misc (2.15, außer +\family typewriter + +\backslash +url +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +email +\family default +, s.o.), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +singlespace +\family default + (3.1), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +doublespace +\family default + (3.1), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +onecolumn +\family default + (3.2), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +twocolumn +\family default + (3.2) +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsubsection + +Dinge, die nicht implementiert werden können +\layout Standard + +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + jedenfalls nicht auf irgendeine sinnvolle Weise, deshalb sollten Sie sie + am Besten ignorieren. + Es handelt sich dabei um die Umgebungstypen +\family typewriter +references +\family default + (2.12.3) und +\family typewriter +deluxtable +\family default + (2.14). + Wenn Sie +\family typewriter +deluxtable +\family default + wirklich verwenden wollen, legen Sie die Tabelle mit einem normalen Editor + als Datei an und fügen Sie diese über den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei +\family default +\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +einfügen +\family default + in Ihre LyX-Datei ein. + In der Datei +\family typewriter +aas_sample.lyx +\family default + finden Sie ein Beispiel dafür. +\layout Subsection + +FAQs, Tips, Tricks und andere Wiederholungen +\layout Subsubsection + +Wie man LyX und AASTeX zusammenarbeiten läßt +\layout Standard + +Es kann etwas schwierig sein, LyX dazu zu bringen, neue Formate und Dokumentklas +sen zu erkennen. + Wenn alles Andere versagt, machen Sie folgendes: +\layout Enumerate + +Stellen Sie sicher, daß LaTeX das AASTeX-Paket findet. + Kopieren Sie +\family typewriter +sample.tex +\family default + (und eventuell +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{table.tex} + +\end_inset + +) in ein eigenes Verzeichnis und versuchen Sie, es mit +\family typewriter +latex +\family default + zu übersetzen. +\layout Enumerate + +Überzeugen Sie sich, daß die Datei +\family typewriter +aastex.layout +\family default + entweder in +\family typewriter +/layouts +\family default + oder in +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{~/.lyx/layouts} + +\end_inset + + zu finden ist. +\layout Enumerate + +Rekonfigurieren Sie LyX mit +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Neu\SpecialChar ~ +k +\bar under +o +\bar default +nfigurieren +\family default + und starten Sie LyX dann neu. +\layout Enumerate + +Öffnen Sie eine neue Datei (nicht mit Vorlagedatei). + Erscheint AASTeX als Auswahloption in +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family default +Karteikarte +\family sans + Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +K +\bar default +lasse +\family default +? +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie beim Übersetzen eines existierenden AASTeX-Dokumentes eine Fehlermeldun +g von LaTeX bekommen, es könne das AASTeX-Format nicht finden oder ein +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +You should not mix title layouts with normal ones +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, ist das Paket nicht korrekt installiert. +\layout Subsubsection + +LaTeX-Fehler beim Verarbeiten von Tabellen +\layout Standard + +LyX versucht standardmäßig, die Über/Unterschriften von Tabellen zu zentrieren. + Dies verursacht scheinbar Probleme im Zusammenhang mit AASTeX, Sie sollten + deshalb für diese Abschnitte in +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +A +\bar default +bsatz +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + die Ausrichtung auf +\family sans +Bl +\bar under +o +\bar default +cksatz +\family default + einstellen. + Dies hat bei mir die Probleme beseitigt. +\layout Subsubsection + +Literaturverzeichnisse +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:Literaturverzeichnisse} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Ein paar Hinweise dazu: +\layout Enumerate + +Mir sind ein paar seltsame Formatierungen bei Literaturverweisen im Text + aufgefallen. + Wenn Sie einen Eintrag vornehmen, achten Sie darauf, daß sich kein Leerzeichen + zwischen dem Namen des letzten Autors und der Klammer für die Jahreszahl + befindet. + Schreiben Sie also +\family typewriter +Ressler(1992) +\family default + und nicht +\family typewriter +Ressler\SpecialChar ~ +(1992) +\family default +. + +\layout Enumerate + +Es ärgert mich, daß ich die Verwendung von +\family typewriter + +\backslash +citet +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +citep +\family default + nicht besser automatisieren kann. + Aber das würde Änderungen im LyX-Code verlangen. + Derzeit können Sie eines von zwei Dingen tun: +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Verwenden Sie für alle Literaturverweise den LyX-eigenen Mechanismus über + +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +in\SpecialChar \- +fü\SpecialChar \- +gen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +Z +\bar default +itat +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +; wenigstens können Sie den Vorteil des automatischen Einsetzens benutzen. + Ändern Sie dann die zu exportierende LaTeX-Datei von Hand, indem Sie +\family typewriter + +\backslash +cite +\family default + durch das jeweils passende +\family typewriter + +\backslash +citet +\family default + oder +\family typewriter + +\backslash +citep +\family default + ersetzen (derzeit ist +\family typewriter + +\backslash +cite +\family default + äquivalent zu +\family typewriter + +\backslash +citet +\family default +, das können Sie also unverändert lassen). +\layout Enumerate + +Sie geben alle Literaturverweise mittels ERTs ein und verwenden dabei dasselbe + Argument, das Sie auch im Eintrag in der Literaturliste verwendet haben, + etwa +\family typewriter + +\backslash +citet{key} +\family default +. + +\layout Standard + +Keine der beiden Methoden ist angenehm, aber bis LyX in der Lage ist, das + Paket +\family typewriter +natbib +\family default + zu verwenden, werden Sie damit leben müssen. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Die Eingabe von Literaturverweisen an sich ist nicht sehr intuitiv. + Geben Sie am besten zunächst Ihre erste Quelle am Ende des Dokuments ein + und markieren Sie sie dann als Umgebungstyp +\family sans +Literaturliste +\family default +. + Dadurch wird ein kleines graues Kästchen am Beginn der Zeile eingefügt. + Klicken Sie darauf und füllen Sie die restlichen Informationen ein. + Um eine weitere Quelle hinzuzufügen, setzen Sie den Cursor an das Ende + des letzten Eintrags und drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. + Das erzeugt eine neue Zeile mit dem grauen Kästchen, usw. +\layout Subsubsection + +Einbinden von EPS-Dateien +\layout Standard + +Trotz der Arbeit, die +\noun on +Chris Biemesderfer +\noun default + und andere in die Entwicklung des AASTeX-Paketes gesteckt haben, hat der + Mechanismus zur Verarbeitung von Abbildungen einen schalen Beigeschmack. + Sie können zwar die entsprechenden Befehle, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +plotone +\family default + usw., als ERTs in einer Gleitumgebung in Ihrem Dokument verwenden, mir ist + es aber nie gelungen, auf diese Weise ein korrektes Format zu erhalten. + Mein Rat in diesem Zusammenhang ist es, in der einzureichenden Version + auf die Einbindung von EPS-Grafiken zu verzichten und dann (für die Preprints) + den normalen EPS-Mechanismus von LyX zu verwenden. + LyX fügt dann den Befehl +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage{graphics} +\family default + in den LaTeX-Vorspann ein und behandelt die Abbildungen auf die in LaTeX2e + übliche Weise. + Jeder, der Ihre AASTeX 5.0-Dokumente verarbeiten will, benötigt sowieso + eine funktionierende LaTeX2e-Installation, warum also nicht auch gleich + dessen viel bessere Grafikunterstützung ausnutzen? Wenn sich jemand über + LaTeX2e oder das Paket +\family typewriter +graphics +\family default + beschwert, verweisen Sie auf die zweite Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +lage von +\noun on +Lamport +\noun default + (1994), dort wird es eingeführt. + Es war also bereits vor 6 Jahren Zeit für einen Upgrade. +\layout Subsubsection + +Möglichkeiten, die ich nicht realisiert habe +\layout Standard + +Es gibt noch ein paar hübsche Dinge, die ich hätte implementieren können, + aber es nicht tat. + Etwa wird der doppelte Zeilenabstand in LyX nicht angezeigt, obwohl das + Dokument auf Papier so ausgedruckt wird. + Ebenfalls gibt es keine zusätzlichen Formate für die Stile +\family typewriter +preprint +\family default + und +\family typewriter +preprint2 +\family default +. + Da Sie vermutlich sowieso die meiste Zeit im normalen Manuskriptmodus arbeiten, + wollte ich den Platz auf der Festplatte nicht dafür verschwenden. + Wenn Sie dennoch das Bedürfnis empfinden, derartige Formate zu erstellen, + werde ich mich den Regeln der +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Mudgeeraba Creek Emu-Riding and Boomerang-Throwing Association +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + unterwerfen: +\layout Quote + + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Die Entscheidungen der Richter sind endgültig, solange sie nicht von einer + wirklich überwiegenden Mehrheit der anwesenden Menschenmenge abgelehnt + werden. + Beschimpfungen und obszöne Worte dürfen von Teilnehmern gegenüber den Mitgliede +rn der Jury nicht verwendet werden, gleiches gilt für die Richter gegenüber + den Teilnehmern (außer wenn sie von einem Bumerang getroffen wurden). +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Schlußbemerkung +\layout Standard + +Um die Bemerkung von +\noun on +Donald Knuth +\noun default + über einen Computeralgorithmus zu übernehmen: +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Ich habe nur bewiesen, daß er richtig ist, ich habe ihn nicht wirklich ausprobie +rt. +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + Ich bin der Meinung, daß die oben aufgeführten Vorgehensweisen ein verwendbares + AASTeX-Dokument hervorbringen, aber zum Zeitpunkt, da ich dies schreibe + (25.\SpecialChar ~ +Januar 2000) habe ich noch keinen Artikel eingereicht, den ich mit diesen + Formaten geschrieben habe. + Das ändert sich aber hoffentlich in ein paar Wochen\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Section + +ijmpd +\layout Standard + +von +\noun on +Panayotis Papasotiriou +\layout Subsection + +Überblick +\layout Standard + +Das ijmpd-Paket ist ein Makrosatz, der die elektronische Manuskript\SpecialChar \- +über\SpecialChar \- +sen\SpecialChar \- +dung + an das International Journal of Modern Physics D, herausgegeben von World + Scientific, erleichtert. + Die Dokumentklasse ist +\family sans +ws-ijmpd +\family default +. + Es kann, zusammen mit Anweisungen des Autors, von +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.worldscinet.com/ijmpd/mkt/guidelines.shtml} + +\end_inset + + heruntergeladen werden. + Das ijmpd-Paket ist eine modifizierte Version der article-Klasse. + Die meisten Funktionen werden von LyX unterstützt. + Ich habe vor kurzem LyX erfolgreich benutzt, um einen Artikel an das Internatio +nal Journal of Modern Physics D zu schicken. +\layout Subsection + +Ein Papier schreiben +\layout Standard + +Der einfachste Weg, ein Papier zu schreiben, ist mit einer Vorlagendatei + anzufangen. + Klicken Sie auf +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Neu\SpecialChar ~ +von\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +V +\bar default +orlage +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar ~ +und wählen die Datei +\family typewriter +ijmpd.lyx +\family default + aus. + Sie erhalten ein (fast) leeres Dokument, das die meisten Felder enthält, + die in einem Manuskript vorkommen und eine kleine Beschreibung für ihre + Benutzung. + Überschreiben Sie wie in den meisten Vorlagen den vorhandenen Text (einschließl +ich der Klammern <>) mit Ihrem Text. + Sie sollten die folgenden Bemerkungen beachten: +\layout Enumerate + +LyX erlaubt Ihnen nicht, die Fontgröße und den Seitenstil des Dokuments + zu ändern, weil das ijmpd-Paket diese Änderungen nicht erlaubt. +\layout Enumerate + +Das ijmpd-Paket verlangt, daß die Dokumentsprache nicht geändert wird. + Bevor Sie Ihr Papier in der Druckansicht ansehen, überzeugen Sie sich, + daß das Babel-Paket nicht benutzt wird: deaktivieren Sie +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Sprach-Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Sprache\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Babel\SpecialChar ~ +verwenden. +\layout Enumerate + +Es gibt zwei neue Umgebungen +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Theorem" +\family default + und +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Beweis +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + +Anhänge können ans Papier hinzugefügt werden. + LyX bietet dafür eine besondere Umgebung +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Appendix", die den Anfang des Anhangs markiert. + Ein Anhang kann normale Abschnitte, Unterabschnitte und Unterunterabschnitte + enthalten. +\layout Enumerate + +Das ijmpd-Paket behandelt Tabellenbeschriftungen ganz anders als LyX. + Deswegen wird eine von LyX erstellte Tabelle zwar richtig gedruckt, aber + ihre Beschriftung wird ignoriert. + Wenn Sie Tabellenbeschriftungen brauchen, sollten Sie die ganze gleitende + Tabelle in eine +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default +-Datei einbauen und dann diese Datei in das LyX-Dokument importieren ( +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Datei\SpecialChar ~ +ein +\bar under +b +\bar default +inden +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + ). + Wie Sie eine gleitende Tabelle für ijmpd erstellen, steht in der Datei + +\family typewriter +ws-ijmpd.tex +\family default +, die zum ijmpd-Paket dazugehört. +\layout Subsection + +Ein Papier zum Versenden vorbereiten +\layout Standard + +Bevor Sie Ihr Papier versenden, müssen Sie es als LaTeX-Datei ( +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +xportieren +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +aT +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX +\family default +) exportieren. + Dann +\layout Enumerate + +entfernen Sie alle Kommentarzeilen vor dem +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default +-Befehl, +\layout Enumerate + +Entfernen Sie alles zwischen (einschließlich) +\family typewriter + +\backslash +makeatletter +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +makeatother +\family default +, mit Ausnahme derjenigen Einträge, die Sie selber in den LaTeX-Vorspann + eingefügt haben. +\layout Standard + +Die geänderte +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default +-Datei muß gespeichert werden und von LaTeX sooft wie nötig bearbeitet werden. + Außerdem sollten Sie sich das resultierende +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default +-Dokument ansehen. +\layout Section + +Kluwer +\layout Standard + +von +\noun on +Panayotis Papasotiriou +\layout Subsection + +Überblick +\layout Standard + +Das Kluwer-Paket ist ein Makrosatz der Kluwer Academic Publishers, der die + elektronische Ma\SpecialChar \- +nu\SpecialChar \- +skript\SpecialChar \- +über\SpecialChar \- +sen\SpecialChar \- +dung an Zeitschriften erleichtert. + Die bekanntesten sind Astrophysics und Space Science and Solar Physics, + aber es gibt viele andere (eine vollständige Liste ist unter +\noun on + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/jrnllist.htm/JRNLHOME} + +\end_inset + + +\noun default + zu finden). + Das Kluwer-Paket kann von +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/kaphtml.htm/STYLEFILES} + +\end_inset + + heruntergeladen werden. + Das Paket enthält ein vollständiges Benutzerhandbuch, das aber auch separat + heruntergeladen werden kann. +\layout Standard + +LyX unterstützt viele Funktionen des Paketes, aber nicht alles. + Aber der benötigte LaTeX-Code reduziert sich auf einige +\emph on +seltsame +\emph default + Paketbefehle (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{subsec:kluwer_peculiarities} + +\end_inset + +). + Ich habe vor kurzem mit LyX einen Artikel an Astrophysics and Space Science + ohne Probleme verschickt. +\layout Subsection + +Ein Papier schreiben +\layout Standard + +Der einfachste Weg, ein Papier zu schreiben, ist mit einer Vorlagendatei + anzufangen. + Klicken Sie auf +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Neu\SpecialChar ~ +von\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +V +\bar default +orlage +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar ~ +und wählen die Datei +\family typewriter +kluwer.lyx +\family default + aus. + Sie erhalten ein (fast) leeres Dokument, das die meisten Felder enthält, + die in einem Manuskript vorkommen und eine kleine Beschreibung für ihre + Benutzung. + Überschreiben Sie wie in den meisten Vorlagen den vorhandenen Text (einschließl +ich der Klammern <>) mit Ihrem Text. +\layout Subsection + +Ein Papier zum Versenden vorbereiten +\layout Standard + +Bevor Sie Ihr Papier versenden, müssen Sie es wie beim AASTeX-Paket wie + folgt +\emph on +nachbearbeiten +\emph default +: +\layout Enumerate + +Exportieren Sie Ihr Papier als LaTeX-Datei ( +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +xportieren +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +aT +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX +\family default +). + +\layout Enumerate + +Editieren Sie die +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default +-Datei mit einem Texteditor und machen Sie die folgenden Änderungen: +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Entfernen Sie alle Kommentarzeilen vor dem +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default +-Befehl, +\layout Enumerate + +Entfernen Sie alles zwischen (einschließlich) +\family typewriter + +\backslash +makeatletter +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +makeatother +\family default +, mit Ausnahme derjenigen Einträge, die Sie selber in den LaTeX-Vorspann + eingefügt haben. +\layout Standard + +Speichern Sie die +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default +-Datei. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Starten Sie einen LaTeX-Lauf mit der +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default +-Datei sooft wie nötig (meistens dreimal). +\layout Enumerate + +Sehen Sie sich die erzeugte +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default +-Datei an, zum Beispiel mit +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default +, und prüfen Sie, ob alles in Ordnung ist. +\layout Subsection + +Besonderheiten des Kluwer-Paketes +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{subsec:kluwer_peculiarities} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Das Kluwer-Paket hat folgende Besonderheiten: +\layout Enumerate + +Es ist möglich, mehrere Artikel in dieselbe LaTeX-Datei zu schreiben. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Ich wüßte aber nicht, warum. +\end_inset + + Jeder Artikel muß in die Umgebung +\family sans +article +\family default + eingeschlossen sein. + Unglücklicherweise kann die Umgebung nicht gelöscht werden, auch wenn Sie + nur einen Artikel schreiben, Deshalb beginnt jeder Artikel mit dem Befehl + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{article} +\family default + und hört mit dem Befehl +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{article} +\family default + auf. + Obwohl man das in LyX implementieren kann, habe ich es nicht getan, weil + es häßlich aussieht und den Neuling verwirrt. + Deshalb müssen Sie sie als ERTs eingeben. +\layout Enumerate + +Informationen am Anfang des Artikels (zum Beispiel Titel, Untertitel, Autor, + Institution, laufender Titel, laufender Autor, Zusammenfassung und Schlüsselwor +te) müssen in der Umgebung +\family sans +opening +\family default + stehen. + Das ist in LyX nicht implementiert, also müssen Sie das alles zwischen + zwei Zeilen +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{opening} +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{opening} +\family default + als ERTs eingeben. +\layout Enumerate + +Entsprechend dem Benutzerhandbuch muß jeder Eintrag im Literaturverzeichnis + in der Form +\family typewriter + +\backslash +protect +\backslash + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash + +\end_inset + +citeauthoryear{ +\family default +\emph on +Autor(en) +\family typewriter +\emph default +}{ +\family default +\emph on +Jahr +\family typewriter +\emph default +} +\family default + geschrieben werden. +\layout Standard + +Die Vorlage +\family typewriter +kluwer.lyx +\family default + paßt auf all diese Besonderheiten auf. + Wenn Sie ein neues Papier mit dieser vorlage beginnen, müssen Sie nichts + Besonderes machen. +\layout Enumerate + +Löschen Sie den LaTeX-Code der Vorlage nicht. +\layout Enumerate + +Kopieren den Beispiel-Literatureintrag der Vorlage und ändern Sie ihn wie + benötigt für neue Einträge. +\layout Section + +Koma-Script +\layout Standard + +von +\noun on +Bernd Rellermeyer +\layout Subsection + +Überblick +\layout Standard + +Die LyX-Dokumentklassen +\family sans +article (koma-script) +\emph on +, +\emph default +report (koma-script) +\emph on +, +\emph default +book +\emph on + +\emph default +(koma-script) +\family default + und +\family sans +letter +\emph on + +\emph default +(koma-script) +\family default + korrespondieren zu den LaTeX-Dokumentklassen +\family typewriter +scrartcl.cls +\family default +, +\family typewriter +scr\SpecialChar \- +reprt. +\begin_inset ERT +status Open + +\layout Standard +"" +\end_inset + +cls +\family default +, +\family typewriter +scrbook.cls +\family default + und +\family typewriter + scrlettr.cls +\family default + der Koma-Script-Familie. + Sie sind Ersetzungen der Stan\SpecialChar \- +dard-Dokumentklassen +\family typewriter +article.cls +\family default +, +\family typewriter +report.cls +\family default +, +\family typewriter +book.cls +\family default + und +\family typewriter +letter.cls +\family default + und entsprechen in einigen Punkten besser den europäischen typographischen + Konventionen. +\layout Itemize + +Standard-Schriftgröße ist 11pt in +\family sans +article (koma-script) +\emph on +, +\emph default +report (koma-script) +\family default + und +\family sans +book (koma-script) +\family default + und 12pt in +\family sans +letter (koma-script) +\family default +. +\layout Itemize + +Überschriften, Marken der +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default +-Umgebung und zahlreiche Elemente der Dokumentklasse +\family sans +letter (koma-script) +\family default + sind in einer fetten, serifenlosen Schrift gesetzt. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Es gibt einen großen Unterschied zwischen den fetten, serifenlosen alten + cm-Fonts und neuen ec-Fonts, insbesondere im Aussehen der Überschriften. + Die fetten, serifenlosen ec-Fonts sehen in größeren Schriftgraden vergleichswei +se dünn aus. + Abhilfe schafft das LaTeX-Paket +\family typewriter +cmsd.sty +\family default + von +\shape smallcaps +Walter Schmidt +\shape default +, welches das +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +gewohnte +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + Aussehen bei Benutzung der ec-Fonts erzeugt. +\end_inset + + Die Numerierung der +\family sans +Kapitel +\family default +-Überschriften ist genauso wie die der +\family sans +Abschnitt +\family default +-Überschriften, also ohne die Extrazeile +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Kapitel \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Ferner kann das Aussehen der Überschriften mit einer Reihe von Optionen + modifiziert werden (in LyX einzugeben im Feld +\family sans +Weitere\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +O +\bar default +ptionen +\family default + des Menüfensters +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Optionen: +\family default +). + Eine ausführliche deutsche Beschreibung dieser Optionen findet sich in + der Koma-Script-Dokumentation +\emph on +scrguide +\emph default +. +\layout Itemize + +Hauptsächliches Mittel der Koma-Script-Dokumentklassen für die Satzspiegelgestal +tung ist die Benutzung der Optionen +\family sans +BCOR +\family default + und +\family sans +DIV +\family default + (in LyX einzugeben im Feld +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +oku\SpecialChar \- +ment\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Optionen: +\family default +). + Sie ermöglichen eine klarere Modifikation von Seitenrändern als die Optionen + im Menüfenster +\family sans +\bar under + F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ränder +\family default +. + Eine ausführliche deutsche Beschreibung dieser und weiterer Satzspiegel-Optione +n findet sich in der Koma-Script-Dokumentation +\emph on +scrguide +\emph default +. +\layout Itemize + +Die LaTeX-Dokumentklassen der Koma-Script-Familie definieren eine Reihe + zusätzlicher Befehle. + Der für LyX sinnvolle Teil davon ist in den LyX-Dokumentklassen in entsprechend +en Absatztypen umgesetzt. +\layout Standard + +Eine ausführliche deutsche Beschreibung der LaTeX-Dokumentklassen der Koma-Scrip +t-Familie ist in der Koma-Script-Dokumentation +\emph on +scrguide +\emph default + zu finden. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Es gibt eine englische Übersetzung +\emph on +screnggu +\emph default +, die jedoch nicht vollständig ist. +\end_inset + + In den folgenden Abschnitten werden nur diejenigen Aspekte beschrieben, + die für die LyX-Dokumentklassen relevant sind. +\layout Subsection + +article (koma-script), report (koma-script) und book (koma-script) +\layout Standard + +Die Dokumentklassen +\family sans +article (koma-script) +\emph on +, +\emph default +report (koma-script) +\family default + und +\family sans +book +\emph on + +\emph default +(koma-script) +\family default + sind in den Format-Dateien +\family typewriter +scrartcl.layout +\family default +, +\family typewriter +scrreprt.layout +\family default + und +\family typewriter +scrbook.layout +\family default + implementiert. + Sie enthalten sämtliche, teilweise modifizierten, Absatztypen der entsprechende +n Stan\SpecialChar \- +dard-Doku\SpecialChar \- +mentklassen +\family sans +article +\emph on +, +\emph default +report +\family default + und +\family sans +book +\family default +, mit Ausnahme des LyX-spezifischen +\family sans +List +\family default +-Typs, welcher durch den neuen +\family sans +Labeling +\family default +-Typ mit der gleichen Funktionalität ersetzt wird. + Neben dem +\family sans +Labeling +\family default +-Typ kommen eine Reihe neuer Absatztypen hinzu. + Sie sind +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + Bestandteil von +\family sans +letter (koma-script) +\family default +. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Addpart, Addchap +\family default +, +\family sans +Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ +(Inhaltsverz.) +\family default + sind Äquivalente zu +\family sans +Teil*, Kapitel* +\family default + bzw. + +\family sans +Abschnitt* +\family default +, wobei zusätzlich ein Eintrag in das Inhaltsverzeichnis erfolgt. + +\family sans +Addpart +\family default +und +\family sans + Addchap +\family default + sind nicht in +\family sans +article (koma-script) +\family default + enthalten. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Addchap* +\family default +, +\family sans +Abschnitt*\SpecialChar ~ +(Inhaltsverz.) +\family default + verhalten sich genauso wie +\family sans +Addchap +\family default + und +\family sans +Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ +(Inhaltsverz.) +\family default +, wobei zusätzlich die laufenden Titel gelöscht werden. + +\family sans + Addchap* +\family default + ist nicht in +\family sans +article (koma-script) +\family default + enthalten. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Es gibt in +\family sans +book (koma-script) +\family default +und +\family sans +report (koma-script) +\family default + auch eine Umgebung +\family typewriter + +\backslash +addpart* +\family default +. + Da diese jedoch identisch mit +\family sans +Part* +\family default + ist, wurde sie nicht implementiert. +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Miniabschnitt +\family default +: erzeugt eine Überschrift direkt über dem nachfolgenden Absatz in der Standard- +Schriftgröße, ohne die Struktur des Dokuments zu beeinflussen. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +BeschriftungOben +\family default + und +\family sans + BeschriftungUnten +\family default + sind spezielle Legenden, die die unterschiedlichen Abstände berücksichtigen, + welche Über- und Unterschriften benötigen (Überschriften verwendet man + vor allem bei Tabellen; dies wird von der Typografie auch empfohlen). + Alternativ kann man die Klassenoption +\family typewriter +table\SpecialChar \- +captionsabove +\family default + verwenden, welche die Standardumgebung +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default + für Tabellen nach +\family sans +BeschriftungOben +\family default + und für Abbildungen nach +\family sans +BeschriftungUnten +\family default + umschaltet. + Um diese Umgebungen zu nutzen, benötigen Sie Koma-Script Version 2.8q oder + neuer. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Dictum +\family default +: kann man verwenden, um einen schlauen Spruch (wie es zu Beginn von Kapiteln + beliebt ist) zu setzen. + Mit dem optionalen Argument ( +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Kurztitel +\family default +) können Sie dabei den Autor des Spruchs angeben. + Spruch und Autor werden durch eine Linie getrennt. + Um diese Umgebungen zu nutzen, benötigen Sie Koma-Script Version 2.8q oder + neuer. + Dictum ist nicht in +\family sans +article (koma-script) +\family default + enthalten. +\layout Standard + +Die folgenden Typen bilden zusammen mit den Standardtypen +\family sans +Titel +\family default +, +\family sans +Autor +\family default + und +\family sans +Datum +\family default + den Titelbereich des Dokuments. + Sie müssen vor dem ersten +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +normalen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + Absatz eingegeben werden. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Die entsprechenden LaTeX-Befehle müssen vor dem +\family typewriter + +\backslash +maketitle +\family default +-Befehl stehen. +\end_inset + + Wird solch ein Typ mehrfach verwendet, so überschreibt jede nachfolgende + Verwendung die vorhergehende, das heißt es ist für jeden Typen nur die + letzte Verwendung gültig. + Die Reihenfolge der verschiedenen Typen untereinander hat jedoch, genauso + wie bei +\family sans +Titel +\family default +, +\family sans +Autor +\family default + und +\family sans +Datum +\family default +, keinen Einfluß auf das Aussehen des erzeugten Dokuments. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Betreff +\family default + erzeugt einen zentrierten Absatz oberhalb des normalen Titels ( +\family sans +Titel +\family default +, +\family sans +Autor +\family default +, +\family sans +Datum +\family default +) für das Thema des Dokuments. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Publishers +\family default +: erzeugt einen zentrierten Absatz unterhalb des normalen Titels ( +\family sans +Titel +\family default +, +\family sans +Autor +\family default +, +\family sans +Datum +\family default +) für den Verlagsnamen. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Dedication +\family default +: erzeugt in +\family sans +report (koma-script) +\family default + und +\family sans +book (koma-script) +\family default + einen zentrierten Absatz auf einer eigenen Seite nach der Titelseite und + in +\family sans +article (koma-script) +\family default + einen zentrierten Absatz unterhalb des normalen Titels ( +\family sans +Titel +\family default +, +\family sans +Autor +\family default +, +\family sans +Datum +\family default +, +\family sans +Publishers +\family default +) für eine Widmung. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Titlehead +\family default +: erzeugt einen linksbündigen Absatz oberhalb des normalen Titels ( +\family sans +Titel +\family default +, +\family sans +Autor +\family default +, +\family sans +Datum +\family default +, +\family sans +Subject +\family default +) für einen Dokumentenkopf. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Uppertitleback +\family default +: erzeugt im zweiseitigen Druck in +\family sans +report (koma-script) +\family default + und +\family sans +book (koma-script) +\family default + einen linksbündigen Absatz oben auf der Rückseite des Titelblatts oder + hat im einseitigen Druck oder in +\family sans +article (koma-script) +\family default + keinen Effekt. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Lowertitleback +\family default +: erzeugt im zweiseitigen Druck in +\family sans +\emph on + +\emph default +report (koma-script) +\family default + und +\family sans +book (koma-script) +\family default + einen linksbündigen Absatz unten auf der Rückseite des Titelblatts oder + hat im einseitigen Druck oder in +\family sans +article (koma-script) +\family default + keinen Effekt. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Extratitle +\family default +: erzeugt ein spezielles +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Schmutztitel +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +-Blatt vor dem eigentlichen Dokument mit einem Absatz ohne besondere Formatierun +g. +\layout Standard + +Die Format-Dateien für die Dokumentklassen +\family sans +article (koma-script) +\emph on +, +\emph default +report (koma-script) +\family default + und +\family sans +book (koma-script) +\family default + fügen die Datei +\family typewriter +scrmacros.inc +\family default + ein. + Diese Datei ist als Ort gedacht, an dem eigene Typen definiert werden können. + Kopieren Sie dazu s +\family typewriter +crmacros.inc +\family default + in Ihr persönliches Format-Verzeichnis und editieren Sie die Datei. +\layout Subsection + +letter (koma-script) +\layout Standard + +Die Dokumentklasse +\family sans +letter (koma-script) +\family default + ist in der Format-Datei +\family typewriter +scrlettr.layout +\family default + implementiert. + Sie enthält sämtliche, teilweise modifizierten, Absatztypen der entsprechenden + Standard-Doku\SpecialChar \- +mentenklasse +\family sans +letter +\family default +, mit Ausnahme der LyX-spezifischen Typen +\family sans +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +{ +\end_inset + +X +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +} +\end_inset + +-Code +\family default + und +\family sans +Comment +\family default + sowie des durch den neuen +\family sans +Labeling +\family default +-Typ ersetzten +\family sans +List +\family default +-Typs. + Außerdem enthält sie, abweichend von der Standard-Dokumentklasse, die Standard- +Typen +\family sans +La +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +{ +\end_inset + +T +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +} +\end_inset + +eX +\family default +, +\family sans +Zitat\SpecialChar ~ +(lang) +\family default +, +\family sans +Zitat\SpecialChar ~ +(kurz) +\family default + und +\family sans +Gedicht +\family default +. + Ferner kommen eine Reihe neuer briefspezifischer Typen hinzu. +\layout Standard + +Das Aussehen des durch diese Dokumentklasse erzeugten Briefes kann durch + eine Reihe von LaTeX-Befehlen (in LyX einzugeben in +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +La +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +{ +\end_inset + +T +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +} +\end_inset + +eX-Vorspann +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +) gesteuert werden. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Beispielsweise ist das Standardaussehen des Briefkopfs, bestehend aus Name + und Adresse, recht eigenwillig. + Ein +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +normaler +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + Briefkopf wird durch folgende LaTeX-Befehle im Vorspann erzeugt: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +firsthead{ +\backslash +parbox[b]{ +\backslash +textwidth} +\layout LyX-Code + + { +\backslash +ignorespaces +\backslash +fromname +\backslash + +\backslash + +\backslash +ignorespaces +\backslash +fromaddress}} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +nexthead{ +\backslash +parbox[b]{ +\backslash +textwidth} +\layout LyX-Code + + { +\backslash +ignorespaces +\backslash +fromname +\backslash +hfill +\backslash +ignorespaces +\backslash +pagename +\backslash + +\backslash +thepage}} +\end_inset + + Eine genaue deutsche Beschreibung solcher LaTeX-Befehle findet sich in + der Koma-Script-Dokumentation +\emph on +scrguide +\emph default +. + Damit kann der Briefautor ein persönliches Brief\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +format erzeugen. +\layout Standard + +Die Typen +\family sans +Letter +\family default +und +\family sans +Opening +\family default + definieren den Beginn des Briefes und müssen in jedem Brief verwendet werden. + Zu deren Hervorhebung sind sie in der LyX-Dokumentenvorlage durch die Buchstabe +n +\shape italic +L +\shape default + und +\shape italic +O +\shape default + am linken Rand markiert. + Es können beliebig viele Briefe in eine Datei geschrieben werden. + Ein +\family sans +Opening +\family default +-Typ erzeugt einen neuen Brief mit demselben Adressaten und ein +\family sans +Letter +\family default +-Typ einen neuen Adressaten. + Die Typen +\family sans +Grußformel +\family default +, +\family sans +PS +\family default +, +\family sans +CC +\family default + und +\family sans +Anlagen +\family default + sind normale Absatztypen und können innerhalb eines Briefes auch mehrfach + verwendet werden. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Brieftext +\family default + erzeugt einen Absatz für den Adressaten und definiert implizit den Beginn + des Briefes. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Anrede +\family default + erzeugt einen Absatz für die Anrede und dadurch implizit einen neuen Brief. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Grußformel +\family default + erzeugt einen Absatz dafür. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +PS +\family default +: erzeugt einen Absatz für ein Postscriptum. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +CC +\family default +: erzeugt einen Absatz für einen Verteiler. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Anlagen +\family default + erzeugt einen Absatz dafür. +\layout Standard + +Die Typen +\family sans +Name +\family default +, +\family sans +Unterschrift +\family default +, +\family sans +Adress +\family default +e, +\family sans + Telefon +\family default +, +\family sans +Ort +\family default +, +\family sans +Absender +\family default +, +\family sans +Versandart +\family default +, +\family sans +Adresszusatz +\family default +, +\family sans +Titel +\family default + und +\family sans +Betreff +\family default + sind Eingabetypen mit vorangestelltem Label zur Eingabe von Informationen, + die durch die Dokumentklasse verarbeitet werden. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Es kann als ein Zeichen von Inkonsequenz gewertet werden, daß die oben beschrieb +enen Typen +\family sans +Brieftext +\family default + und +\family sans +Anrede +\family default + nicht auch solche Eingabetypen sind. + Aufgrund der besonderen Bedeutung jener Typen habe ich sie jedoch als normale + Absatztypen mit Kennzeichnung durch einen Buchstaben am linken Rand realisiert. + Zudem würde es mein Symmetrieempfinden stören, wenn der +\family sans +Anrede +\family default +- und der +\family sans +Grußformel +\family default +-Typ ein solch gravierend unterschiedliches Aussehen hätten. +\end_inset + + Die Typen müssen vor dem zugehörigen +\family sans +Anrede +\family default +-Typ verwendet werden. +\layout Standard + +Eine Realisierung dieser Typen im WYSIWYM-Stil erscheint nicht sinnvoll, + da das wirkliche Aussehen des erzeugten Briefes nicht nur von der Verwendung + des jeweiligen Typs, sondern auch von anderen Faktoren abhängen kann. + Beispielsweise wird eine im +\family sans +Unterschrift +\family default +-Typ eingegebene Unterschrift standardmäßig nur dann im erzeugten Brief + angezeigt, wenn im selben Brief auch ein +\family sans +Grußformel +\family default +-Typ verwendet wird. + Der eingegebene Wert des +\family sans +Telefon +\family default +-Typs wird standardmäßig im erzeugten Brief überhaupt nicht angezeigt. + Auf die Möglichkeiten zur freien Gestaltung des Briefkopfes wurde oben + in einer Fußnote bereits hingewiesen. +\layout Standard + +Die Eingabe-Typen können auch als leere Absätze verwendet werden. + Dies ist zum Beispiel sinnvoll für den +\family sans +Unterschrift +\family default +-Typ. + Wird der +\family sans +Unterschrift +\family default +-Typ überhaupt nicht verwendet, wird standardmäßig der Wert des +\family sans +Name +\family default +-Typs als Unterschrift verwendet, während bei Verwendung eines leeren +\family sans +Unterschrift +\family default +-Typs keine Unterschrift definiert ist. +\layout Standard + +Mit Hilfe der Eingabetypen ist es möglich, eine Briefvorlage zu schreiben, + die ausgefüllte Eingabetypen mit den persönlichen Daten (Name, Adresse, + usw.) und leere Eingabetypen für die anderen zu verwendenden Daten enthält. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Name +\family default + des Absenders, erscheint standardmäßig zentriert in Kapitälchen im Briefkopf. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Unterschrift +\family default + des Absenders, erscheint standardmäßig unterhalb des +\family sans +Grußformel +\family default +-Typs. + Wenn kein +\family sans +Unterschrift +\family default +-Typ verwendet wird, erscheint stattdessen die Eingabe des +\family sans +Name +\family default +-Typs. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Adress +\family default +e des Absenders, erscheint standardmäßig zentriert im Briefkopf unterhalb + des Absendernamens. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Telefon +\family default + Telefonnummer des Absenders, setzt standardmäßig lediglich die LaTeX-Variable + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +telephonenum +\family default +. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Ort +\family default + der Brieferstellung. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Datum +\family default + der Brieferstellung. + +\family sans +Ort +\family default + und +\family sans +Datum +\family default + erzeugen standardmäßig Ort und Datum in einer rechtsbündigen Zeile unterhalb + des Adressatenfeldes. + Falls ein leerer +\family sans +Datum +\family default +-Typ verwendet wird, wird unabhängig vom Wert des +\family sans +Ort +\family default +-Typs weder Ort noch Datum angezeigt. + Falls kein +\family sans +Datum +\family default +-Typ verwendet wird, wird das Datum der Brieferstellung verwendet. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Absender +\family default +: Rücksendeadresse, erscheint standardmäßig oberhalb des Adressatenfeldes + in kleiner serifenloser Schrift. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Versandart +\family default + erscheint standardmäßig unterstrichen oberhalb des Adressatenfeldes unterhalb + der Rücksendeadresse. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Adresszusatz: +\family default + Zusatzinformation, erscheint standardmäßig rechts unten neben dem Adressatenfel +d. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Titel +\family default +: Titel des Briefes, erscheint standardmäßig in großer, fetter, serifenloser + Schrift oberhalb des Betreffs. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Betreff +\family default + des Briefes, erscheint standardmäßig in fetter Schrift oberhalb des +\family sans +Anrede +\family default +-Ab\SpecialChar \- +sat\SpecialChar \- +zes. +\layout Standard + +Die Typen +\family sans +IhrZeichen +\family default +, +\family sans +IhrBrief +\family default +, +\family sans +MeinZeichen +\family default +, +\family sans +Kunde +\family default + und +\family sans +Rechnung +\family default + erzeugen eine geschäftsbriefähnliche Zeile oberhalb der +\family sans +Titel +\family default +-Zeile mit den Feldern +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Ihr Zeichen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Ihr Schreiben vom +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Unser Zeichen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Kundennummer +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Rechnungsnummer +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Datum +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Für das Datumsfeld wird der Wert des +\family sans +Datum +\family default +-Typs verwendet. + Der Wert des +\family sans +Ort +\family default +-Typs wird bei Verwendung einer dieser +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Geschäftsbrieftypen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + jedoch nicht ausgegeben, sondern es wird lediglich die LaTeX-Variable +\family typewriter + +\backslash +fromplace +\family default + gesetzt. + Die übliche Ausgabe von Ort und Datum rechtsbündig in einer Zeile unterhalb + des Adressatenfeldes entfällt. + Die Typen sind als Eingabetypen mit vorangestellter Marke realisiert und + müssen vor dem zugehörigen +\family sans +Anrede +\family default +-Typ verwendet werden. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +IhrZeichen +\family default +: Ihr Zeichen. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +IhrBrief +\family default +: Ihr Schreiben vom. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +MeinZeichen +\family default +: Unser Zeichen. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Kunde +\family default +: Kundennummer. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Rechnung +\family default +: Rechnungsnummer. +\layout Subsection + +Die neue Briefklasse: letter (koma-script v.2) +\layout Standard + +von +\noun on +Jürgen Spitzmüller +\layout Standard + +Seit Version 2.8 kommt Koma-Script mit einer neuen Briefklasse ( +\family typewriter +scrlttr2 +\family default +) daher. + Diese ersetzt die alte +\family typewriter +scrlettr +\family default +-Klasse, welche (von den KOMA-Entwicklern) nun nicht mehr offiziell unterstützt + wird. + Die neue Briefklasse hat -- was die LaTeX-Umsetzung betrifft -- ein komplett + neues Konzept und ist daher nicht kompatibel mit dem Vorgänger. + Deshalb unterstützt LyX beide Klassen. +\begin_inset Note +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +wirklich? +\end_inset + + Wir empfehlen jedoch den Umstieg auf die neue Briefklasse. +\layout Standard + +Die neue Briefklasse deckt alle Möglichkeiten des Vorgängers ab und ergänzt + diese um ein paar neue. + Die grundlegenden Eingabetypen sind auch hier +\family sans +Adresse +\family default + (die Empfängeradresse, die der Umgebung +\family sans +Brieftext +\family default + in der Vorgängerklasse entspricht), +\family sans +Anrede +\family default + und +\family sans +Grußformel +\family default +. + +\family sans +NextAddress +\family default + beginnt einen neuen Brief (das heißt Sie können mehrere Briefe pro Dokument + verfassen). + Neue Eingabetypen sind +\family sans +E-Mail +\family default +, +\family sans +URL +\family default +, +\family sans +Fax +\family default + und +\family sans +Bankverbindung +\family default + des Absenders sowie +\family sans +Logo +\family default +, welche ein Bild für den Briefkopf (mit Hilfe von +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Grafik +\family default +) entgegennimmt. +\layout Standard + +Der größte Vorteil der neuen Klasse ist jedoch seine Flexibilität, denn + das Format lässt sich an beinahe alle Bedürfnisse anpassen. + Dies können Sie mit Hilfe des LaTeX-Vorspanns ( +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX-Vorspann) +\family default +oder mittels einer speziellen Stildatei (einer sogenannten +\emph on +Letter-Class-Options +\emph default +-Datei mit Endung *.lco) tun, welche dann als Klassenoption eingebunden wird. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Das KOMA-Paket stellt selbst einige dieser Stildateien zur Verfügung. + So gibt es beispielsweise eine Datei DIN.lco, die ein Format nach DIN erstellt + oder auch eine Datei KOMAold.lco, die das Standard-Aussehen der alten Briefklass +e emuliert. + Will man die letztere laden, kann man einfach die Klassenoption KOMAold + in +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Optionen +\family default + eingeben. +\end_inset + + Die Vorlage +\emph on +koma-letter2.lyx +\emph default +, die in der LyX-Distribution enthalten ist, illustriert die Möglichkeiten. + Ausführliche Informationen entnehmen Sie bitte der KOMA-Script-Dokumentation + ( +\emph on +scrguide +\emph default +). +\layout Subsection + +Probleme +\layout Standard + +Die LyX-Interna verursachen einige Probleme bei der Visualisierung der Koma-Scri +pt-Doku\SpecialChar \- +menten\SpecialChar \- +klassen in LyX. +\layout Itemize + +Die Kapitelnummer des +\family sans +Kapitel +\family default +-Typs steht auf einer eigenen Zeile über der Kapitelüberschrift anstatt + auf derselben Zeile davor. + Die Ursache dafür ist das LyX-interne Verhalten bei Angabe des Labeltyps + +\family sans +Counter_Chapter +\family default + in der Format-Datei. +\layout Itemize + +Die Überschriften der Typen +\family sans +Addchap +\family default + und +\family sans +Addsec +\family default + werden nur ins +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +richtige +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + LaTeX-Inhalts\SpecialChar \- +verzeichnis, nicht aber ins LyX-Inhaltsverzeichnis übernommen. +\layout Itemize + +Die Absätze in einer +\family sans +letter +\family default +-Dokumentklasse sind standardmäßig durch vertikale Abstände und nicht durch + Einzüge getrennt. + Dafür sind keine speziellen LaTeX-Befehle nötig. + Im Menüfenster +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +o\SpecialChar \- +ku\SpecialChar \- +ment +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar ~ +steht jedoch der entsprechende Schaltknopf für +\family sans +Absatztrennung +\family default + auf +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +inrückung +\family default +. + Der Wert +\family sans +Abstand +\family default + hat immer den Effekt, daß der vertikale Abstand durch extra LaTeX-Befehle + im Dokument erzeugt wird, was in diesem Fall aber nicht gewünscht ist. +\layout Section + +Springer-Zeitschriften ( +\family sans +svjour +\family default +) +\layout Standard + +von +\noun on +Martin Vermeer +\layout Subsection + +Beschreibung +\layout Standard + +Dies sind Format-Dateien für einige Zeitschriftenformate, die vom Springer-Verla +g verwendet und auf +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.springer.de/author/tex/help-journals.html} + +\end_inset + + aufgelistet werden, wo Sie auch die Klassen-Dateien bekommen sollten. + Es ist ein modulares System: die allen Zeitschriften gemeinsamen Dinge + sind in +\family typewriter +svjour.inc +\family default + implementiert. + Diese Datei kann in zeitschriftenabhängigen Format-Dateien wie zum Beispiel + +\family typewriter +svjog.layout +\family default + für das Journal of Geodesy enthalten sein. +\layout Standard + +Das bedeutet, daß die Implementierung der Unterstützung für irgendeine andere + Springer-Zeit\SpecialChar \- +schrift so einfach ist als würden Sie Ihre eigene +\family typewriter +sv< +\family default +meineZeitschrift +\family typewriter +>.layout +\family default +-Datei schreiben, indem Sie dem Grundriß von +\family typewriter +svjog.layout +\family default + folgen. +\layout Standard + +Sie wurde nur für das Journal of Geodesy ausreichend getestet. + +\family typewriter +svjour +\family default + und +\family typewriter +svjog +\family default + sind Bestandteil der LyX-Standarddistribution. + Installieren Sie die benötigten Klassen-Dateien, die Sie bei Springer herunterg +eladen haben, in ein geeignetes Verzeichnis, konfigurieren LaTeX im teTeX-Fall + mit +\family typewriter +texhash +\family default +, wenn nötig als root -- kümmert sich LyX nicht darum?) und LyX neu, und + es sollte funktionieren. +\layout Subsection + +Neue Stile +\layout Standard + +Eine große Zahl an theoremähnlichen Stilen -- +\family sans +Claim +\family default +, +\family sans +Conjecture +\family default +, \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family sans +Theorem. + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Headnote, Dedication, Subtitle, Running_LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX_Titel, Autor_Running, Institute, Mail, Offprints, Keywords, Ac\SpecialChar \- +knowledgements, + Acknowledgement +\family default +. + Sehen Sie sich die Dokumentation der Springer-Klassen-Dateien für Einzelheiten + an. +\layout Subsection + +Unterstützte Zeitschriften +\layout Itemize + + +\emph on +Journal of Geodesy +\emph default +: +\family typewriter +svjog.layout +\family default + -- Martin Vermeer +\layout Itemize + + +\emph on +Probability Theory and Related Fields +\emph default +: +\family typewriter +svprobth.layout +\family default + -- Jean-Marc Lasgouttes +\layout Standard + +Fügen Sie Ihre eigene hinzu, es ist nicht so schwer! +\layout Subsection + +Danksagung +\layout Standard + +Diese Dateien basieren teilweise auf der älteren +\family typewriter +ejour2.layout +\family default +-Datei, die wiederum auf einer zusammengeschusterten Stildatei von Springer + für LaTeX 2.09 basiert. + All dies und das +\family typewriter +ejour2 +\family default +-Format funktionieren jetzt nicht mehr. + Jean-Marc Lasgouttes hat mir sehr geholfen, den Format\SpecialChar \- +datei-Mechanismus + von LyX zu verstehen. +\layout Subsection + +Fehler +\layout Standard + +Wahrscheinlich. + Aber wahrscheinlich weniger als im alten zusammengeschusterten LaTeX +\family typewriter +ejour2 +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Beschränkungen: es zeigt die Anzahl der theoremähnlichen Formate nicht an, + nur #. +\layout Section + +AGU journals (aguplus) +\layout Standard + +von +\noun on +Martin Vermeer +\layout Subsection + +Beschreibung +\layout Standard + +Dies sind die Formatdateien für einige Journale der American Geophysical + Society. + Es wird vorausgesetzt, daß Sie sowohl AGUs Klassendateien als auch AGUplus + installiert haben (Sie finden beides unter +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.agu.org/journals/latex/journals} + +\end_inset + +). +\layout Subsection + +Neue Umgebungen +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Paragraph +\family default + und +\family sans +Paragraph* +\family default + wurden neu definiert. + In LyX werden sie weiterhin so genannt, obwohl ihre LaTeX-Äquivalente in + den AGU-Klasse +\family sans +Unterunterabschn +\family default +. + und +\family sans +Unterunterabschn +\family default +* sind. +\layout Standard + +Neu definierte Umgebungen sind +\family sans +Left_Header +\family default +, +\family sans +Right_Header +\family default +, +\family sans +Received +\family default +, +\family sans +Revised +\family default +, +\family sans +Accepted +\family default +, +\family sans +CCC +\family default +, +\family sans +PaperId +\family default +, +\family sans +AuthorAddr +\family default +, +\family sans +SlugComment +\family default +. + Dies sind meist Manuskriptattribute und in der AGU-Do\SpecialChar \- +ku\SpecialChar \- +men\SpecialChar \- +ta\SpecialChar \- +tion definiert. +\layout Standard + +Ich befürchte, daß sie noch sehr unvollständig ist. +\layout Subsection + +Neue Gleitobjekte +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Planotable +\family default + und +\family sans +Plate +\family default +. + Außerdem gibt es eine neues Tabellen-Gleitobjekt. +\layout Subsection + +Unterstützte Journale +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Journal of Geophysical Research +\emph default +: +\family typewriter +jgrga.layout +\family default + --- Martin Vermeer +\layout Standard + +Fügen Sie Ihr eigenes hinzu, es ist nicht so schwer! Sehen Sie sich die + Beispiele +\family typewriter +jgrga.layout +\family default + und +\family typewriter +aguplus.inc +\family default + an. +\layout Section + +EGS journals (egs) +\layout Standard + +von +\noun on +Martin Vermeer +\layout Subsection + +Beschreibung +\layout Standard + +Dies ist die Formatdatei für die Journale der European Geophysical Society. + Die benötigte Datei +\family typewriter +egs.cls +\family default + kann von der EGS-Internetseite ( +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.copernicus.org} + +\end_inset + +) heruntergeladen. +\layout Subsection + +Neue Umgebungen +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Right_address +\family default +, +\family sans +Latex_Title +\family default +, +\family sans +Affil +\family default +, +\family sans +Journal +\family default +, +\family sans +msnumber +\family default +, +\family sans +FirstAuthor +\family default +, +\family sans +Received +\family default +, +\family sans +Accepted +\family default +, +\family sans +Offsets +\family default +. + Die gültige Formatdatei ist leider nicht sehr modular aufgebaut und würde + davon profitieren, wenn sie die verschiedenen +\family typewriter +std*.inc +\family default +-Dateien benutzen würde. +\layout Section + +Folien [S +\noun on +li +\noun default +TeX] +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slitex} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +von +\noun on +John Weiss +\noun default + +\layout Subsection + +Einleitung +\layout Standard + +In diesem Abschnitt wird beschrieben, wie Sie mit LyX Folien für Überkopf-Projek +toren erstellen können. + Es gibt zwei verschiedene Dokumentklassen, mit denen Sie dies realisieren + können: Die normale Klasse +\family sans +slides\SpecialChar ~ +(default) +\family default + sowie die Klasse +\family sans +FoilTe +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +X slides +\family default +. + In diesem Abschnitt soll es um die erste der beiden gehen. +\layout Standard +\align center + +\series bold +Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt +\emph on +ausschließlich +\emph default + die Klasse ,, +\family sans +slides (default) +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Falls Sie die Dokumentation für die Klasse ,, +\family sans +slides (FoilTe +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +{ +\end_inset + +X +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +} +\end_inset + +) +\family default +`` suchen, lesen Sie bitte Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:foiltex} + +\end_inset + +. + Die neuere Dokumentklasse +\family sans +slides (FoilTe +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +X +\family default +) ist in einigen Punkten besser als die normale Klasse +\family sans +slides, +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + das sagen jedenfalls diejenigen, die beide Pakete ausprobiert haben. + Wir geben das so unkommentiert weiter. +\end_inset + + +\family default + die in diesem Abschnitt beschrieben wird. +\layout Standard + +Diese Klasse ist die verbesserte LaTeX2e-Version des alten Paketes +\family sans +\noun on +Sli +\noun default +T +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX +\family default +. + Sie gehört zum Standardumfang jeder LaTeX2e-Distribution. + Im folgenden ist dieses Paket gemeint, wenn von der Klasse +\family sans +slides +\family default + gesprochen wird. + Wie bereits erwähnt gibt es noch andere Klassen, mit denen ebenfalls Folien + erzeugt werden können, die diese Aufgabe teilweise sogar besser erledigen. + Einige Dinge sind aber nur mit der normalen Klasse +\family sans +slides +\family default + möglich. + Dazu gleich mehr. +\layout Subsection + +Zu Beginn +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Slidestart} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Als erstes müssen Sie im Dialogfeld +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Format +\family default + die +\family sans +Dokumentklasse +\family default + +\family sans +slides\SpecialChar ~ +(de\SpecialChar \- +fault) +\family default + auswählen. + Einige zusätzliche Dinge sollten Sie zu dieser Dokumentklasse wissen: +\layout Itemize + +Verändern Sie nicht die Einstellungen für +\family sans +Format +\family default + und +\family sans +Spalten +\family default +. + Dies wird von der Klasse +\family sans +slides +\family default + nicht unterstützt. +\layout Itemize + +Die möglichen Einstellungen im Feld +\family sans +\bar under +S +\bar default +eitenstil +\family default + des Dialogfensters +\family sans +Einstellungen\SpecialChar ~ +Dokument +\family default + unterscheiden sich etwas von dem normalen Verhalten. + Sie können unter folgenden Versionen wählen: +\begin_deeper +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +default +\family default +\series default + ??? +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +plain +\family default +\series default + Die Folien enthalten die Seitennummer in der rechten unteren Ecke. +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +headings +\family default +\series default + Ähnlich wie +\family sans +plain +\family default +, es werden aber zusätzlich auch eingegebene Zeitmarken ausgegeben. + Dies ist die Standardeinstellung. +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +empty +\family default +\series default + Die Seite enthält weder eine Seitennumerierung noch Zeit- oder andere Marken. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Die Klasse +\family sans +slides +\family default + unterstützt eine weitere Option, +\family typewriter +clock +\family default +. + Um sie zu verwenden, geben Sie ,,clock`` im Feld +\family sans +\bar under +O +\bar default +ptionen +\family default + des Dialogfensters +\family sans +Einstellungen\SpecialChar ~ +Dokument +\family default + ein. + Damit können Sie Zeitmarken für Ihren Vortrag einfügen. + Näheres dazu in Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:SlideNote} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Sie können auch die Vorlage +\family typewriter +slides.lyx +\family default + verwenden, um automatisch ein Dokument der Klasse +\family sans +slides +\family default + zu erstellen (benutzen Sie dazu +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Neu\SpecialChar ~ +von\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +V +\bar default +orlage +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +, um ein neues Dokument zu öffnen). + Die Vorlage enthält auch ein paar Beispiele für besondere Absatzumgebungen, + die in dieser Klasse verwendet werden können. + Diese werden in den folgenden Abschnitten beschrieben. +\layout Subsection + +Absatzumgebungen +\layout Subsubsection + +Unterstützte Umgebungen +\layout Standard + +Das erste, was Ihnen bei einem Dokument der Klasse +\family sans +slides +\family default + vermutlich auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +fällt ist der Zeichensatz. + Die Standardeinstellung entspricht der Größe +\family sans +Groß\SpecialChar ~ +3 +\family default + im Zeichensatz +\family sans +Sans\SpecialChar ~ +Serif +\family default +. + Diese Einstellung wird auch bei der Ausgabe verwendet. + Sehen Sie es als +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +visuellen Hinweis +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + an, daß Sie gerade ein Folien-Dokument bearbeiten. + Da der Zeichensatz in der Druckausgabe viel größer ist, steht Ihnen auf + der Seite weniger Platz zur Verfügung, denken Sie bei der Planung daran! +\layout Standard + +Der nächste Unterschied betrifft die Auswahlbox mit den Absatzumgebungen + (ganz links in der Werkzeugleiste). + Die meisten der gewohnten Einstellungen fehlen dort, dafür gibt es fünf + neue Einträge. + Das liegt daran, daß von der Klasse +\family sans +slides +\family default + lediglich die folgenden Typen unterstützt werden: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Open + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{3} +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Standard +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Auflistung +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Aufzählung +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Beschreibung +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Liste +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Zitat (lang) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Zitat (kurz) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Gedicht +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Beschriftung +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +{ +\end_inset + +X +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +} +\end_inset + +-Code +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Kommentar +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Open + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Alle anderen Typen, einschließlich der verschiedenen Abschnittsüberschriften, + werden von der Klasse +\family sans +slides +\family default + nicht benutzt. +\layout Standard + +Dafür gibt es folgende neue Umgebungstypen: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Open + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{3} +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Slide +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Overlay +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Hinweis +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +UnsichtbarerText +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +SichtbarerText +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Open + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Aufgrund einer Besonderheit von LyX sind diese fünf etwas kniff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +lig zu benutzen: + In LyX ist es nicht möglich, eine Absatzumgebung in einer anderen, leeren + Umgebung einzubetten. + Das ist zwar im Normalfall äußerst klug, bedeutet aber, daß Sie eine Folie + ausschließlich mit normalem Text beginnen könnten. + Deshalb ist ein wenig +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +LaTeX-Magie +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + nötig. +\layout Subsubsection + +Kniffe mit den neuen Absatzumgebungen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Slide-Kniffe} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Wie gerade erwähnt kann in LyX eine Absatzumgebung nicht mit einer anderen, + eingebetteten Umgebung beginnen. + Aus diesem Grund ist der Typ +\family sans +Slide +\family default + keine normale Absatzumgebung, wie sie im +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default + beschrieben wird. +\layout Standard + +Betrachten Sie +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + und +\family sans +Hinweis +\family default + als +\emph on +Pseudo-Umgebungen +\emph default +. + Sie sehen zwar aus wie Abschnittsüberschriften oder eine +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default +, beginnen aber eine Absatzumgebung (und beenden gegebenenfalls eine vorangehend +e). + In der gleichen Weise stellen +\family sans +UnsichtbarerText +\family default +und +\family sans +SichtbarerText +\family default +eine Art +\emph on +Pseudo-Befehl +\emph default + dar, denn diese beiden führen etwas aus. +\layout Standard + +Eine Gemeinsamkeit dieser fünf Umgebungstypen ist, daß sie sehr lange Marken + besitzen. + Der Text nach dieser Marke --- normalerweise der Inhalt der Absatzumgebung + --- ist für die Typen +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, +\family sans +Overlay +\family default +, +\family sans +Hinweis +\family default +, +\family sans +UnsichtbarerText +\family default +und +\family sans +SichtbarerText +\family default + unbedeutend, LyX ignoriert ihn völlig. + Sie können diese Umgebungen also auch ganz leer lassen. +\layout Standard + +Vielleicht möchten Sie aber dennoch etwas Text hinter die Marken schreiben, + beispielsweise eine kurze Beschreibung des Inhaltes der aktuellen Folie. + In diesem Fall können Sie den Text wie gewohnt eingeben und mit +\family sans +Eingabe +\family default + abschließen. +\layout Subsection + +Erstellen einer Präsentation mit +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + und +\family sans +Hinweis +\layout Subsubsection + +Die +\family sans +Slide- +\family default +Umgebung benutzen +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie erwarten, daß wir Ihnen in diesem Kapitel zeigen, wie Sie eine + gute Präsentation erstellen, werden Sie enttäuscht sein. + Selbstverständlich werden wir Ihnen alle Möglichkeiten und Hilfen erläutern, + die Ihnen die Textklasse +\family sans +Slides +\family default + dazu zur Verfügung stellt, doch für den Inhalt und die Zusammenstellung + sind Sie selbst verantwortlich (denn genau +\emph on +das +\emph default + ist ja die Philosophie von LyX). +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie (wie in Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:Slide-Kniffe} + +\end_inset + + beschrieben) den Umgebungstyp +\family sans +Slide +\family default + einstellen, beginnt LyX mit einer neuen Folie. + Die Marke für diese Umgebung ist eine blaue Linie und an deren Ende (ebenfalls + in Blau) der Schriftzug +\family typewriter +NewSlide: +\family default +. + Alle Absätze, die auf diese Zeile folgen, werden auf die neue Folie geschrieben. + +\layout Standard + +Folien sind vermutlich die einzigen Dokumente, bei denen Sie in LyX explizit + Seitenenden angeben müssen, nämlich dann, wenn Sie allen Text für eine + Folie eingegeben haben. + Falls Sie mehr Text eingegeben haben, als tatsächlich auf eine Folie paßt, + wird der Text zwar automatisch auf eine neue Folie umgebrochen, doch dieses + Vorgehen ist nicht ratsam, da diese zusätzliche Seite keinerlei Seitennummern + usw.\SpecialChar ~ +enthält. + Darüberhinaus kann es zu Problemen führen, wenn Sie den Umgebungstyp +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + verwenden, um übergroße Folien zu erstellen. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + und +\family sans +Hinweis +\family default + funktionieren genauso wie +\family sans +Slide +\family default +. + Auch sie erzeugen in LyX eine Linie, gefolgt von den Schriftzügen +\family typewriter +\noun on +NewOverlay +\noun default +: +\family default + und +\family typewriter +\emph on +NewNote: +\family default +\emph default +. + Lediglich die Farbe (magenta statt blau), Form und Länge der Linien sowie + der verwendete Zeichensatz sind unterschiedlich. +\layout Standard + +Wie auch bei +\family sans +Slide +\family default + wird der Text in +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + und +\family sans +Note +\family default + automatisch auf eine neue Seite umgebrochen, falls er zu lang wird. + Aber auch hier sollten Sie das vermeiden -- es macht die Wirkung von +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + und +\family sans +Note +\family default + zunichte. +\layout Subsubsection + +Die +\family sans +Overlay +\family default +- mit der +\family sans +Slide +\family default +-Umgebung benutzen +\layout Standard + +Der Sinn eines +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + ist eine Folie, die man +\emph on +auf +\emph default + eine andere Folie legt. + Vielleicht wollen Sie eine Abbildung zunächst erläutern, bevor Sie den + zugehörigen Text zeigen. + Das geht natürlich, indem Sie über den Text zunächst ein Blatt Papier legen. + Das funktioniert aber bereits nicht mehr, wenn Sie zwei Graphen zum Vergleich + übereinanderlegen wollen. + Sie müssen dann, während Sie reden, mit den beiden Folien herumfummeln, + um die beiden Abbildungen genau zur Deckung zu bringen. + Die Verwendung eines +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + macht Ihr Leben in diesen Fällen viel einfacher. +\layout Standard + +Jedes +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + erhält als Seitennummer diejenige seiner vorangehenden Folie, erweitert + um den Anhang +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +-a +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Mehrere +\family sans +Overlay +\family default +s bekämen dann +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +-b +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +-c +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + usw.\SpecialChar ~ +an die ursprüngliche Seitenzahl angehängt. +\end_inset + + Natürlich sollten der Inhalt von ursprünglicher Seite und Overlay jeweils + auf eine einzige Seite passen. + Am besten sehen Sie ein +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + als +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Teil +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + eines +\family sans +Slide +\family default + an. + LyX deutet das am Bildschirm dadurch an, daß die Marke zu Beginn eines + +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + kürzer ist als bei +\family sans +Slide +\family default +. + Und als letztes werden Sie beim Betrachten des Ausdruckes feststellen, + daß sowohl auf dem +\family sans +Slide +\family default + als auch auf dem +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + in allen vier Ecken kleine Markierungen aufgedruckt sind, die Ihnen das + Aufeinanderlegen der Folien erleichtern sollen. +\layout Standard + +Das Hauptproblem bei aufeinanderliegenden Folien ist die Ausrichtung des + Inhaltes beider Folien. + Wie viel Platz soll man für die Abbildung auf der anderen Folie freilassen? + Oder, noch schlimmer, wie soll man erreichen, daß auf der ersten Folie + eine Abbildung und etwas Text ist, und auf der zweiten Folie zusätzlicher + Text +\emph on +zwischen +\emph default + diesen eingefügt werden soll? Sie könnten natürlich versuchen, mit unterschiedl +ich großen vertikalen Abständen herumzuprobieren, bis es paßt, doch in +\family sans +Invisible\SpecialChar ~ +Text +\family default + und +\family sans +Visible\SpecialChar ~ +Text +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Wie die Namen andeuten, handelt es sich bei +\family sans +UnsichtbarerText +\family default +und +\family sans +SichtbarerText +\family default + um zwei befehlsähnliche Absatzumgebungen, den folgenden Text aus- und einzublen +den. + Denken Sie aber wie in Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:Slide-Kniffe} + +\end_inset + + erwähnt daran, keinen Text +\emph on +in +\emph default + diese Umgebungen einzufügen. + Wenn Sie +\family sans +UnsichtbarerText +\family default + schreiben, wird als Marke der Schriftzug +\family typewriter + +\family default + zentriert in Himmelblau über den Absatz geschrieben. + Dieser wird dann im Drucktext nicht ausgegeben, belegt aber genau den Platz, + den er (normal gesetzt) einnehmen würde. +\layout Standard + +Für +\family sans +Visible\SpecialChar ~ +Text +\family default + lautet die Marke +\family typewriter + +\family default +, sie wird in hellgrün ausgegeben. + Die folgenden Absätze werden unverändert gedruckt. + Übrigens beendet auch ein neues +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + oder +\family sans +Note +\family default + automatisch den unsichtbaren Textmodus, Sie müssen ihn also nicht am Ende + einer Folie explizit mit einem +\family sans +SichtbarerText +\family default + beenden. +\layout Standard + +Inzwischen sollte klar sein, wie Sie eine solche zusammengesetzte Folie + unter Zuhilfenahme von +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + und +\family sans +(Un)sichtbarerText +\family default + erstellen: +\layout Enumerate + +Erstellen Sie ein +\family sans +Slide +\family default +-Folie, der alles enthält, das auf den beiden Teilfolien erscheinen soll. +\layout Enumerate + +Vor jedem Bild oder Absatz, die nur auf der +\family sans +Overlay +\family default +-Folie erscheinen soll, fügen Sie eine +\family sans +Invisible\SpecialChar ~ +Text +\family default +-Umgebung ein. + Wenn nötig, fügen Sie nach dem für die +\family sans +Overlay +\family default +-Folie bestimmten Text eine +\family sans +Visible\SpecialChar ~ +Text +\family default +-Umgebung ein. +\layout Enumerate + +Legen Sie danach eine +\family sans +Overlay +\family default +-Folie an. + +\layout Enumerate + +Kopieren Sie den Inhalt der +\family sans +Slide +\family default +-Folie in die Overlay-Folie. +\layout Enumerate + +Vertauschen Sie auf der +\family sans +Overlay +\family default +-Folie +\family sans +Sichtbar +\family default + und +\family sans +unsichtbar +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Das ist bereits alles, Sie haben gerade eine +\family sans +Overlay +\family default +-Folie erstellt. +\layout Standard + +Ein Nachteil bleibt noch bei der Art, in der die +\family sans +Slides +\family default +-Textklasse in LyX implementiert wurde: es ist nicht möglich, Text innerhalb + eines Absatzes unsichtbar zu machen, oder innerhalb eines unsichtbaren + Absatzes ein Textstück wieder sichtbar zu machen. + Das ist zwar prinzipiell möglich, dazu benötigen Sie aber einige Befehle + im LaTeX-Modus. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Diese Befehle sind +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +{ +\backslash +invisible \SpecialChar \ldots{} +} +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +{ +\backslash +visible \SpecialChar \ldots{} +) +\layout Standard + +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar ~ +und müssen als ERTs markiert werden. + Der Text, der unsichtbar oder sichtbar gemacht werden soll, muß innerhalb + der Klammern anstelle der Punkte eingefügt werden. + Weitere Informationen zum Einfügen von ERTs finden Sie im +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default +. +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsubsection + +Die +\family sans +Hinweis +\family default +- mit der +\family sans +Slide +\family default +-Umgebung benutzen +\family sans + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:SlideNote} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Wie +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + ist auch +\family sans +Hinweis +\family default + der +\family sans +Slide +\family default +-Folie zugeordnet. + Dies wird wiederum von LyX durch die Art der Marke visualisiert: Kürzer + als diejenige eines +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, aber etwas länger als die eines +\family sans +Overlay +\family default +, aber ebenfalls in Magenta. + Eine +\family sans +Hinweis +\family default +-Folie trägt dieselbe Seitennummer wie die zugehörige Slide-Folie, es wird + lediglich ein +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +-1 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +-2 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + usw.\SpecialChar ~ +angehängt. + Es sind mehrere +\family sans +Hinweis +\family default +e je Folie möglich. + Auch hier sollten Sie darauf achten, daß der Inhalt einer Folie auch wirklich + darauf Platz hat, um einen automatischen Seitenumbruch zu verhindern. +\layout Standard + +Der Sinn eines +\family sans +Hinweis +\family default +es ist offensichtlich: Sie enthält all das, was Sie zu einer +\family sans +Slide +\family default +-Folie zusätzlich sagen wollen. + Sie können sie auch als eine Art Merkzettel zu einer Folie verwenden, in + diesem Fall wollen Sie eventuell auch Zeitmarken verwenden. + Diese besondere Fähigkeit des +\noun on +Sli +\noun default +TeX-Paketes wird derzeit von LyX nicht unterstützt, Sie müssen also auf + eingefügte LaTeX-Befehle zurückgreifen. +\layout Standard + +Um Zeitmarken verwenden zu können, müssen Sie die zusätzliche Option +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +clock +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + angeben (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Slidestart} + +\end_inset + +). + Diese Option aktiviert die Zeitmarken, sie werden in der linken unteren + Ecke jeder +\family sans +Hinweis +\family default +-Folie ausgegeben. + Um den ausgegebenen Wert zu verändern müssen Sie die LaTeX-Befehle +\family typewriter + +\backslash +settime{} +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +addtime{} +\family default + verwenden. + Die Argumente für beide Befehle müssen in Sekunden angegeben werden. + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +settime{} +\family default + stellt die Zeitmarke auf den angegebenen Wert, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +addtime{} +\family default + erhöht ihn um den entsprechenden Betrag. + Auf diese Weise können Sie sich mit Zeitmarken und +\family sans +Note +\family default +s einen Zeitrahmen festlegen und wissen immer genau, wieviel Zeit Sie für + eine Folie zur Verfügung haben. +\layout Standard + +Bleibt noch ein letztes Problem: Natürlich wollen Sie alle Ihre +\family sans +Slide +\family default +s und +\family sans +Overlay +\family default +s auf Folien ausdrucken, die +\family sans +Hinweis +\family default +e dagegen auf Papier. + Nun sind diese im Dokument aber abwechselnd angeordnet. + Was kann man da machen? +\layout Standard + +Glücklicherweise gibt es zwei LaTeX-Befehle, mit denen Sie festlegen können, + was wirklich ausgedruckt werden soll. + Beide müssen im LaTeX-Vorspann eingefügt werden. + Der Befehl +\family typewriter + +\backslash +onlyslides{ +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +"" +\end_inset + + +\backslash +slides} +\family default + bewirkt, daß nur die Folien gedruckt werden, mit +\family typewriter + +\backslash +onlynotes{ +\backslash +notes} +\family default + können Sie die Notizen ausdrucken. + Am besten lassen Sie beide Befehle im Vorspann stehen und kommentieren + zunächst beide aus. + Dann können Sie in der +\family typewriter +dvi +\family default +-Vorschau alle Seiten betrachten. + Zum Ausdrucken können Sie dann jeweils eine der Zeilen aktivieren und die + Dateien entweder sofort drucken oder aber in zwei getrennten PostScript®-Dateie +n speichern. +\layout Standard + +Für die LaTeX-Befehle +\family typewriter + +\backslash +onlyslides{} +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +onlynotes{} +\family default + sind auch noch weitere Argumente möglich. + Näheres dazu finden Sie in jedem guten LaTeX-Buch. +\layout Subsection + +Die Vorlagedatei für die +\family sans +slides- +\family default +Klasse +\layout Standard + +Es existiert auch eine Vorlagedatei, die Sie als Grundgerüst für eigene + Präsentationen verwenden können. + Legen Sie dazu Ihre neue Datei über den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Neu\SpecialChar ~ +von\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +V +\bar default +orlage\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar ~ + +\family default +an und wählen Sie als Vorlage die Datei +\family typewriter +slides.lyx +\family default +. + Diese Datei enthält ein Beispiel aus +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + und +\family sans +Hinweis +\family default +. + +\family sans +Slide +\family default + und +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + enthalten außerdem ein Beispiel für die Verwendung von sichtbarem und unsichtba +rem Text. + Im LaTeX-Vorspann sind außerdem die folgenden Einträge vorhanden: +\layout LyX-Code + +% Uncomment to print out only slides and overlays +\layout LyX-Code + +% +\layout LyX-Code + +% +\backslash +onlyslides{ +\backslash +slides} +\newline + +\layout LyX-Code + +% Uncomment to print out only notes +\layout LyX-Code + +% +\layout LyX-Code + +% +\backslash +onlynotes{ +\backslash +notes} +\layout Standard + +Eine letzte Bemerkung: Diese LyX-Textklasse wurde geschaffen, um die +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\noun on +Sli +\noun default +TeX-Emu\SpecialChar \- +lation +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + von LaTeX2e zu unterstützen. + Dies soll keine Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +forderung sein, genau diese Klasse zu verwenden, es + gibt auch noch andere Dokumentklassen, um Folien zu erstellen, wie etwa + +\family sans +Foils +\family default + (siehe Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:foiltex} + +\end_inset + +) oder das Paket +\family typewriter +seminar +\family default +, das in manchen TeX-Distributionen mitgeliefert wird. + Das letztere wird allerdings von LyX noch nicht unterstützt. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Vielleicht wollen Sie diese Aufgabe übernehmen\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\end_inset + + Kurz gesagt: Probieren Sie aus, was da ist, und entscheiden Sie dann. + Wir werden keine Aussage für oder gegen eines der Pakete machen. +\layout Section + +Folien [ +\family sans +\noun on +Foil +\family default +TeX +\noun default +] +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foiltex} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Einleitung +\layout Standard + +von +\noun on +Allan Rae +\layout Standard + +In diesem Abschnitt wird beschrieben, wie Sie mit LyX Folien für Überkopf-Projek +toren erstellen können. + Es gibt zwei verschiedene Dokumentklassen, mit denen Sie dies realisieren + können: Die normale Klasse +\family sans +slides +\family default + sowie die Klasse +\family sans +FoilTe +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +{ +\end_inset + +X +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +} +\end_inset + + slides +\family default +. + In diesem Abschnitt soll es um letztere gehen. +\layout Standard +\align center + +\series bold +Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt ausschließlich die Klasse +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +slides (FoilTe +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +{ +\end_inset + +X +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +} +\end_inset + +) +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Falls Sie die Dokumentation für die Klasse +\family sans +slides (default) +\family default + suchen, lesen Sie bitte Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:slitex} + +\end_inset + +. + Bietet Ihnen LyX die +\family sans +foils +\family default +-Klasse ( +\family sans +slides (FoilTe +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +{ +\end_inset + +X +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +} +\end_inset + +)) +\family default + nicht an, ist das entsprechende LaTeX-Paket vermutlich nicht auf Ihrem + Rechner installiert. + In diesem Fall müssen Sie das Paket installieren oder die Klasse +\family sans +slides (default) +\family default +, die nicht ganz so gut ist, verwenden. +\layout Standard + +Die LyX-Dokumentklasse +\family sans +slides (FoilTe +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +{ +\end_inset + +X +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +} +\end_inset + +) +\family default + basiert auf der Version 2.1 der Klassendatei +\family typewriter +foils. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +"" +\end_inset + +cls +\family default +, die inzwischen fester Bestandteil von LaTeX2e ist. +\layout Subsection + +Zu Beginn +\layout Standard + +Als erstes müssen Sie im Dialogfeld +\family sans +\bar under +K +\bar default +lasse +\family default + im Menüfenster +\family sans +Einstellungen\SpecialChar ~ +Dokument +\family default + die Klasse +\family sans +slides\SpecialChar ~ +(FoilTe +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +{ +\end_inset + +X +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +} +\end_inset + +) +\family default + auswählen. + Einige zusätzliche Dinge sollten Sie zu den Einstellungsmöglichkeiten für + diese Dokumentklasse wissen: +\layout Itemize + +Verändern Sie nicht die Einstellungen für +\family sans +Format +\family default + und +\family sans +Spalten +\family default +. + Dies wird von der Klasse +\family sans +foils +\family default + nicht unterstützt. +\layout Itemize + +Die Standardschriftgröße ist 20pt, alternativ sind 17pt, 15pt und 30pt möglich. +\layout Itemize + +Der Standardzeichensatz ist +\family sans +Sans\SpecialChar ~ +Serif +\family default +, allerdings werden alle mathematischen Formeln weiterhin in der Schrift + +\family sans +Roman +\family default + gesetzt. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX unterstützt die Papierformate +\family sans +A4 +\family default + und +\family sans +Letter +\family default + sowie eine spezielle Größe für 35 +\begin_inset Formula $\,$ +\end_inset + +mm Dias. + Die Seitenformate +\family sans +A5 +\family default +, +\family sans +B5 +\family default +, +\family sans +Legal +\family default + oder +\family sans +Executive +\family default + werden nicht unterstützt. +\layout Itemize + +Die Einstellung +\family sans +Gleitobjekt-Platzierung +\family default + wird ignoriert. + Alle Gleitobjekte erscheinen genau da, wo sie eingefügt werden. +\layout Itemize + +Die Einstellung +\family sans +\bar under +S +\bar default +eitenstil +\family default + weicht ein wenig vom normalen Verhalten ab. + +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX bietet Unterstützung für diverse Kopf- und Fußzeilen sowie benutzerdefiniert +e Logos. + Näheres dazu im Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:foilfoot} + +\end_inset + +. + Die erste Seite wird +\emph on +immer +\emph default + ohne Seitennummer ausgegeben und enthält +\emph on +immer +\emph default + das Logo -- falls eines definiert ist -- zentriert unten auf der Seite. + Mögliche Einstellungen für das Seitenformat sind: +\begin_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + + +\family sans +empty +\family default + Keinerlei Seitennumerierung, Kopf- oder Fußzeilen außer Fußnoten, falls + diese verwendet werden. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + + +\family sans +plain +\family default + Seitennummer zentriert unten auf der Seite, aber keine Kopf- oder Fußzeilen + außer Fußnoten. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + + +\family sans +foilheadings +\family default + Dies ist die Standardeinstellung. + Seitennummer unten rechts. + Kopf- und Fußzeilen werden ausgegeben. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + + +\family sans +fancy +\family default + Damit bekommen Sie Zugriff auf das Paket +\family typewriter +fancyhdr +\family default +. + Allerdings rät der Autor von +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX von dessen Verwendung ab, da es zu Konflikten im Format kommen kann. +\end_deeper +\layout Subsubsection + +Weitere Optionen +\layout Standard + +Die folgenden Optionen können Sie im Feld +\family sans +\bar under +O +\bar default +ptionen +\family default + im Menüfenster +\family sans +Einstellungen\SpecialChar ~ +Dokument +\family default + verwenden: +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx + +35mmSlide Damit wird das Seitenformat auf 18,62 +\begin_inset Formula $\times$ +\end_inset + +27,94 +\begin_inset Formula $\,$ +\end_inset + +mm eingestellt. + Dies ist dasselbe Seitenverhältnis wie bei einem 35\SpecialChar ~ +mm Dia, wodurch die + Arbeit mit diesem Medium erleichtert wird. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx + +headrule Erzeugt einen Strich unter der Kopfzeile jeder Seite außer der + Titelseite. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx + +footrule Erzeugt einen Strich über der Fußzeile jeder Seite außer der Titelseite. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx + +dvips Diese Option wird automatisch aktiviert, wenn Sie ein neues Dokument + der Klasse +\family sans +foils +\family default + anlegen. + Diese Option sagt +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX, den dvips-Treiber zu verwenden, um Seiten, die im Querformat gesetzt + werden sollen, zu drehen. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx + +landscape Dadurch wird lediglich das Papierformat auf Querformat eingestellt, + ohne die Seite zu drehen. + Deshalb benötigen Sie ein externes Programm, um die Seiten zu drehen, bevor + Sie das Dokument ausdrucken. + Durch diese Option wird die Bedeutung der Umgebungen +\family sans +Foilhead +\family default + und +\family sans +Rotatefoilhead +\family default + vertauscht (siehe nächster Abschnitt). +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx + +leqno Gleichungsnumerierung auf der linken Seite. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx + +fleqn Gleichungen werden linksbündig ausgegeben. +\layout Subsection + +Unterstützte Umgebungstypen +\layout Standard + +Die meisten der auch von anderen Dokumentklassen unterstützten Umgebungstypen + werden auch in der +\family sans +foils +\family default +-Klasse unterstützt. + Außerdem bietet +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX eine Reihe zusätzlicher Typen, und ein paar weitere werden von LyX hinzugefü +gt. + Die folgenden Typen werden auch in anderen Klassen verwendet: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Open + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{3} +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Standard +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Auflistung +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Aufzählung +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Beschreibung +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Liste +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Zitat (lang) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Zitat (kurz) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Gedicht +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Beschriftung +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +{ +\end_inset + +X +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +} +\end_inset + +-Code +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Kommentar +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Itemize +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Aufzählung +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Description +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Titel +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Autor +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Datum +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Zusammenfassung +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Literaturliste +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Adresse +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +RightAddress +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Beschriftung +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Kommentar +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Das umfaßt alle wichtigen Umgebungstypen mit Ausnahme der diversen Abschnittsumg +ebungen. + Da Folien im Prinzip selber eine Art Aufteilung in Abschnitte mit Überschrift + und Inhalt darstellen, gibt es für derartige Aufteilungen spezielle Befehle + in +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX, die neue Folien beginnen: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{3} +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Foilhead +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Rotatefoilhead +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Außerdem bietet LyX leicht abgeänderte Versionen dieser Umgebungen: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{3} +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +ShortFoilhead +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +ShortRotatefoilhead +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Die Unterschiede zwischen diesen beiden Typen werden im nächsten Abschnitt + erläutert. +\layout Standard + +Da Folien oft verwendet werden, um neue Ideen und Theorien zu präsentieren, + bietet FoilTeX eine ganze Menge an Umgebungen um diese gut darzustellen: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{3} +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Theorem +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Lemma +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Corollary +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Proposition +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Definition +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Proof +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Theorem* +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Lemma* +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Corollary* +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Proposition* +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Definition* +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Die Umgebungen mit einem Stern am Ende des Namens sind nicht numeriert. + Darüberhinaus steuert LyX noch zwei Aufzählungstypen hinzu: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{3} +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +TickList +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +CrossList +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX bietet einige sehr mächtige Befehle, um Kopf- und Fußzeilen für die + Folien zu erzeugen, die Sie am besten im LaTeX-Vorspann einfügen. + Wenn Sie diese Einstellungen im Dokument ändern wollen, ist der beste Platz + dafür direkt am Anfang der Folie, das heißt direkt nach dem +\family sans +Foilhead +\family default +-Befehl. +\layout Standard + +Hierfür gibt es die folgende Befehle [ +\shape smallcaps +Martin Vermeer +\shape default +]: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{3} +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +My\SpecialChar ~ +Logo +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Restriction +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Footer +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Header +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Left\SpecialChar ~ +Header +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +\SpecialChar ~ + +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Außerdem gibt es noch eine Reihe von Befehlen in +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX, die von LyX nicht direkt unterstützt werden. + Ihre Bedeutung, und wie man sie dennoch in LyX einsetzen kann, wird in + Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:unsuppfoils} + +\end_inset + + erläutert. +\layout Subsection + +Die Erstellung eines Foliensatzes +\layout Standard + +In diesem Abschnitt wird eine einfache Einführung gegeben, wie man mit den + diversen Umgebungstypen einen Foliensatz erstellen kann. + Wenn Sie ein Beispiel für einen solchen Foliensatz sehen wollen, finden + Sie es unter dem Namen +\family typewriter +Foils.lyx +\family default +, wenn Sie im Dialog +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ö +\bar under +f +\bar default +fnen\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + auf den Knopf +\family sans +Beispiele +\family default + drücken. +\layout Subsubsection + +Anlegen einer Titelseite +\layout Standard + +Im Gegensatz zu anderen Klassen, die spezielle Umgebungen für +\family sans +Titel +\family default +, +\family sans +Autor +\family default +, +\family sans +Datum +\family default + und +\family sans +Zusammenfassung +\family default + bieten, erzeugt +\family sans +foils +\family default + aus diesen Angaben eine eigene Titelseite. + Falls Sie hier kein Datum angeben, wird automatisch bei jedem LaTeX-Lauf + das aktuelle Datum eingefügt. +\layout Subsubsection + +Eine neue Folie beginnen +\layout Standard + +Wie bereits erwähnt gibt es insgesamt vier unterschiedliche Wege, eine neue + Folie zu beginnen. + Für Folien im Hochformat können Sie +\family sans +Foilhead +\family default + oder +\family sans +ShortFoilhead +\family default + verwenden. + Der Unterschied zwischen beiden Typen liegt im Abstand zwischen der Überschrift + der Folie und dem eigentlichen Text. +\layout Standard + +Folien im Querformat legt man mit den Umgebungstypen +\family sans +Rotatefoilhead +\family default + und +\family sans +ShortRotatefoilhead +\family default + an. + Auch hier ist der Unterschied der Abstand zwischen Text und Überschrift, + der für die +\family sans +Short +\family default +-Versionen etwa 1 +\begin_inset Formula $\,$ +\end_inset + +cm geringer ist. +\layout Standard + +Eine Einschränkung bei der Verwendung von Folien im Querformat ist, daß + hierfür das Paket +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + benötigt wird. + Besitzen Sie dieses nicht, können Sie die Folien nur ausdrucken, wenn Ihr + Drucker die Folien auch quer einlegen kann. +\layout Subsubsection + +Theoreme, Lemmas, Beweise und anderes +\layout Standard + +Aufgrund eines kleinen Fehlers in LyX ist es nicht möglich, zwei Umgebungen + desselben Typs direkt hin\SpecialChar \- +ter\SpecialChar \- +ein\SpecialChar \- +an\SpecialChar \- +der zu verwenden. + Sie müssen durch irgendetwas getrennt sein. + Wenn Sie es dennoch versuchen, wird die erste Umgebung erweitert, als hätten + Sie beide vereint. + Wie kann man das Problem nun lösen? Der einfachste Weg ist, etwas Text + zwischen den beiden Umgebungen einzufügen, oder einen Abschnitt im LaTeX-Modus, + der nur ein +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +% +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + (Kommentarzeichen) enthält. + Dies zwingt LyX, zwei getrennte Umgebungen zu erzeugen, und so die richtige + LaTeX-Ausgabe zu erzeugen. + Dies wird auch in der Beispieldatei erläutert. + Wie gesagt, dieses Problem tritt nur auf, wenn Sie zwei gleiche Umgebungen + hintereinander anordnen wollen. +\layout Subsubsection + +Aufzählungen +\layout Standard + +Alle gängigen Aufzählungstypen werden unterstützt, außerdem zwei zusätzliche. + Hier werden nur die neuen erklärt, für Informationen zu den Standardtypen + lesen Sie bitte das +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default +. + Wenn Sie Listen mit unterschiedlichen Symbolen verwenden wollen, sollten + Sie auch einen Blick in Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:bullet} + +\end_inset + + werfen, dort wird erklärt, wie man dafür aus insgesamt 216 Symbolen geeignete + Listenmarkierer auswählen kann. +\layout Standard + +Die neuen Aufzählungstypen +\family sans +TickList +\family default + und +\family sans +CrossList +\family default + sollen es einfacher machen, Listen der Sorte machen/nicht machen oder richtig/f +alsch anzulegen, die entweder einen Haken oder ein Kreuz als Marke verwenden. + Sie sind eine Variation der normalen +\family sans +Itemize +\family default +-Liste. + Um sie zu verwenden, muß allerdings das Paket +\family typewriter +psnfss +\family default + installiert sein. +\layout Subsubsection + +Abbildungen und Tabellen +\layout Standard + +FoilTeX definiert die Umgebungstypen für gleitende Abbildungen und Tabellen + um, so daß diese immer genau an der Stelle eingefügt werden, an der sie + im Originaltext stehen. + Falls Sie die Plazierung der Gleitobjekte verändert haben ( +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +), so wird dies ignoriert. +\layout Subsubsection + +Kopf- und Fußzeilen der Seite +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foilfoot} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Die beiden Befehle +\family sans +My\SpecialChar ~ +Logo +\family default + und +\family sans +Restriction +\family default + erlauben es, die linke Seite der Fußzeile zu verändern. + Der erste ist dafür vorgesehen, ein graphisches Logo einzubinden, standardmäßig + ist hier der Text +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +-Typeset by +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX- +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + eingetragen. + Über den zweiten Befehl können zusätzliche Hinweise für die Zuhörer gegeben + werden, etwa +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Vertraulich +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Dieser Eintrag ist normalerweise leer. +\layout Standard + +Die anderen Ecken werden über die folgenden drei Befehle beeinflußt: +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Footer +\family default + (Die Standardeinstellung ist die Seitennummer.), +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Header +\family default + (obere rechte Ecke), +\family sans +Left\SpecialChar ~ +Header +\family default + (obere linke Ecke). +\layout Subsection + +Nicht unterstützte Befehle von +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:unsuppfoils} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Alle unten erwähnten Befehle müssen als ERTs eingegeben werden. +\layout Subsubsection + +Längenangaben +\layout Standard + +Alle Abstandsdefinitionen werden über den Befehl +\family typewriter + +\backslash +setlength{ +\family default +\emph on +Name +\family typewriter +\emph default +}{ +\family default +\emph on +Wert +\family typewriter +\emph default +} +\family default + verändert. + +\emph on +Name +\emph default + muß dabei durch den Namen der zu verändernden Länge ersetzt werden und + +\emph on +Wert +\emph default + durch den neuen Wert. + Alle Längen müssen Einheiten haben, es können entweder absolute Werte wie + Inches ( +\family typewriter +in +\family default +), Millimeter ( +\family typewriter +mm +\family default +) oder Punkte ( +\family typewriter +pt +\family default +) verwendet werden, oder aber fontabhängige wie +\family typewriter + +\backslash +textwidth +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Der Abstand zwischen Folientitel ( +\family sans +foilhead +\family default +) und eigentlichem Text kann über die Längendefinition +\family typewriter + +\backslash +foilhead\SpecialChar \- +skip +\family default + verändert werden. + Um zum Beispiel alle Titel 1 Zentimeter näher an den Text heranzurücken, + geben Sie im LaTeX-Vorspann folgenden Befehl ein: +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +foilheadskip}{-10mm} +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Die Abstände vor und nach Gleitobjekten können durch die folgenden Längendefinit +ionen verändert werden: +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +abovefloatskip +\family default +Abstand zwischen Text und Oberkante des Gleitobjektes. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +abovecaptionskip +\family default +Abstand zwischen Gleitobjekt und Unterschrift. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +belowcaptionskip +\family default +Abstand zwischen Unterschrift und folgendem Text. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +captionwidth +\family default + Damit können Sie die Unterschrift schmaler als den normalen Text setzen. + Am besten verwenden Sie hier Angaben relativ zur normalen Textbreite, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +textwidth +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Es gibt auch einige Größen, die sich auf die Titelseite beziehen und nützlich + sind, falls Sie eine lange Überschrift haben, oder mehrere Autoren beteiligt + sind. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +abovetitleskip +\family default + Abstand zwischen Kopfzeile und Überschrift. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +titleauthorskip +\family default + Abstand zwischen Überschrift und Autor. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +authorauthorskip +\family default + Zeilenabstand bei mehreren Autoren. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +authordateskip +\family default + Abstand zwischen Autor und Datum. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +dateabstractskip +\family default + Abstand zwischen Datum und Zusammenfassung. +\layout Standard + +Die letzte Einstellung beeinflußt alle Aufzählungsumgebungen. + Wenn Sie den LaTeX-Befehl +\family typewriter + +\backslash +zero\SpecialChar \- +list\SpecialChar \- +vert\SpecialChar \- +dimens +\family default + +\emph on +innerhalb +\emph default + einer Aufzählungsumgebung verwenden, dann wird jeglicher vertikaler Zwischenrau +m zwischen den einzelnen Einträgen entfernt. + Beachten Sie, daß dies ein Befehl und keine Längenangabe ist, und keine + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +setlength +\family default +-ähnlichen Dinge benötigt. +\layout Subsubsection + +Kopf- und Fußzeilen +\layout Standard + +Über die Befehle +\family typewriter + +\backslash +LogoOn +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +LogoOff +\family default + können Sie bestimmen, ob der in +\family typewriter + +\backslash +MyLogo +\family default + definierte Eintrag auf der jeweiligen Seite ausgegeben werden soll. + Wenn Sie den Befehl +\family typewriter + +\backslash +LogoOff +\family default + im LaTeX-Vorspann eingeben, wird keine der Seiten das Logo zeigen. + Wollen Sie es lediglich auf einer einzelnen Seite deaktivieren, geben Sie + den Befehl +\family typewriter + +\backslash +LogoOff +\family default + direkt nach dem foilhead für diese Seite ein, und schalten Sie es an derselben + Stelle auf der nächsten Seite mit +\family typewriter + +\backslash +LogoOn +\family default + wieder ein. +\layout Standard + +Falls Sie in +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default +\SpecialChar ~ +das Seitenformat +\family sans +fancy +\family default + eingestellt haben, sollten Sie möglicherweise die Zeile +\family typewriter + +\backslash +let +\backslash +headwidth +\backslash +textwidth +\family default + im LaTeX-Vorspann einfügen, damit Kopf- und Fußzeilen auch auf Seiten im + Querformat richtig positioniert werden. + Dies beruht auf einigen Konflikten der Format-Definitionen des Paketes + +\family typewriter +fancyhdr +\family default + mit denen der Klasse +\family sans +foils +\family default +. +\layout Section + +Latex8 (IEEE-Konferenzpapiere) +\layout Standard + +von +\noun on +Allan Rae +\layout Subsection + +Einleitung +\layout Standard + +Diese Textklasse ist speziell für Artikel gedacht, die in den Veröffentlichungen + der von der IEEE gesponserten Konferenzen erscheinen sollen. + Deshalb ist es angebracht, daß Sie sich eine Kopie ihrer +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Anleitung für Autoren +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + besorgen. + Dazu gehört dann auch die benötigte +\family typewriter +latex.sty +\family default +-Datei sowie eine Stildatei für die Bibliographie. + Diese +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Anleitung +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + wird normalerweise über Email verschickt, wenn Ihre erste Version der Veröffent +lichung akzeptiert wurde. + Sie enthält jede Menge hilfreicher Informationen, und im folgenden wird + angenommen, daß Sie diese Anleitung gelesen haben, damit hier nicht alles + wiederholt werden muß. +\layout Subsection + +Erste Schritte +\layout Standard + +[Hier kommt später mehr -- +\emph on +AR +\emph default +] +\layout Subsection + +Unterstützte Umgebungstypen +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Open + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{2} +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Standard +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Titel +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Autor +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +E-Mail +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Affiliation +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Zusammenfassung +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Abschnitt +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Unterabschnitt +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Beschriftung +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Open + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Unterschiede zwischen Bildschirm und Druckbild +\layout Standard + +Es gibt kleinere Unterschiede, hauptsächlich in der Art, wie die Abschnittsnumer +ierung aussieht. + Am Bildschirm fehlt der abschließende Punkt, aber in der Druckausgabe ist + er vorhanden. + Also kein Grund zur Beunruhigung. +\layout Section + +Hollywood (Skripte nach Hollywood-Spezifikation) +\layout Standard + +von +\noun on +Garst Reese +\layout Subsection + +Einleitung +\layout Standard + +Das Format eines Hollywood-Skriptes korrekt zu erstellen ist nicht einfach. + Es wurde entworfen, damit die Leser sich auf den Inhalt konzentrieren und + die Schauspieler es einfach lesen können. + Jede Zeile des Skriptes sollte eine Minute des Filmes enthalten. + Das Skript enthält nichts, was nicht im Film zu sehen oder zu hören ist. + Es soll durchgängig die Schriftart Courier in 12pt verwendet werden. + Keine Hervorhebungen. +\layout Subsection + +Besondere Probleme +\layout Standard + +Zeilenumbrüche dürfen NIEMALS in der Mitte eines Satzes erfolgen. + Wenn sich der Text eines Sprechers über einen Seitenumbruch hinweg fortsetzt, + wird sein Name gefolgt von +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +(Cont'd) +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + wiederholt. +\layout Subsection + +Besondere Funktionen +\layout Standard + +Fügen Sie die Namen der Sprecher ( +\family sans +Speaker +\family default +) als Marken ein und verwenden Sie dann Querverweise, um die Namen einzufügen. + Das Querverweis-Menü enthält auf diese Weise immer die Darstellerliste. + Sie können die Querverweise auch verwenden, um die Namen der Sprecher in + den Textpassagen einzufügen. +\layout Subsection + +Seitengrößen und Randbreiten +\layout Standard + +US Letter, links 1.6 +\begin_inset Formula $\,$ +\end_inset + +Inch, rechts 0.75 +\begin_inset Formula $\,$ +\end_inset + +Inch, Oben 0.5 +\begin_inset Formula $\,$ +\end_inset + +Inch, unten 0.75 +\begin_inset Formula $\,$ +\end_inset + +Inch +\layout Subsection + +Umgebungstypen +\layout Standard + +Die folgenden Absatzumgebungen stehen zur Verfügung. + Sie können die Datei +\family typewriter +hollywood.bind +\family default + verwenden, dann können Sie die Tastaturkürzel auf der rechten Seite benutzen. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Standard +\family default + +\newline +Falls sonst nichts anderes verwendet werden kann. + Versuchen Sie, es zu vermeiden. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +FADE_IN +\family default +: +\hfill + +\family sans +Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +Umschalt+I +\family default + +\newline +Normalerweise von etwas wie +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Sally wacht gerade auf +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + gefolgt. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +INT: +\hfill +Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +I +\newline + +\family default +Legt eine neue (innen) Kameraeinstellung fest. + Immer gefolgt von DAY oder NIGHT oder etwas Entsprechendem, um die Lichtverhält +nisse wiederzugeben. + Alles in dieser Zeile wird in GROSSBUCHSTABEN gesetzt. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +EXT: +\hfill +Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +E +\newline + +\family default +Eine neue Kameraeinstellung (außen). + Alles in dieser Zeile wird in GROSSBUCHSTABEN gesetzt. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Speaker +\hfill +Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +S +\newline + +\family default +Die Person, die spricht. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Parenthetical +\hfill +Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +P +\newline + +\family default +Anweisungen für den Sprecher. + Die Klammern () werden automatisch eingefügt; in LyX wird nur die öffnende + Klammer angezeigt, es werden aber beide gedruckt. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Dialogue +\hfill +Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +D +\newline + +\family default +Was der Sprecher ( +\family sans +Speaker +\family default +) sagt. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Transition +\hfill +Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +T +\newline + +\family default +Kameraanweisungen, etwa CUT TO: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +FADE OUT: +\hfill +Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +Umschalt+I +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Autor +\hfill +Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +Umschalt+A +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Titel +\hfill +Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +Umschalt+T +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Right_Address +\hfill +Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +R +\layout Subsection + +Skript Jargon +\layout Itemize + +(O.S) --- off screen +\layout Itemize + +(V.0) --- voice over +\layout Itemize + +b.g. + --- background +\layout Itemize + +C.U. + --- close-up +\layout Itemize + +PAN --- camera movement +\layout Itemize + +INSERT --- cut to close-up of +\layout Section + +Broadway +\layout Standard + +von +\noun on +Garst Reese +\layout Subsection + +Einleitung +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Broadway +\family default + ist ein Format, um Theaterstücke zu schreiben. + Das Format ist dekorativer als +\family sans +Hollywood +\family default +, und unterliegt weniger Standards. + Dieses Format sollte für Workshops u. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +ä.\SpecialChar ~ +geeignet sein. +\layout Subsection + +Besondere Probleme +\layout Standard + +Wie bei +\family sans +Hollywood +\family default +. +\layout Subsection + +Besondere Funktionen +\layout Standard + +Fügen Sie die Sprechernamen als Marken ein und verwenden Sie Querverweise + im Text, um die Namen einzufügen. + Das Querverweis-Menü dient auf diese Weise als aktuelle Darstellerliste. +\layout Subsection + +Seitengrößen und Randbreiten +\layout Standard + +US Letter, links 1.6 +\begin_inset Formula $\,$ +\end_inset + +Inch, rechts 0.75 +\begin_inset Formula $\,$ +\end_inset + +Inch, Oben 0.5 +\begin_inset Formula $\,$ +\end_inset + +Inch, unten 0.75 +\begin_inset Formula $\,$ +\end_inset + +Inch +\layout Subsection + +Umgebungstypen +\layout Standard + +Die folgenden Absatzumgebungen stehen zur Verfügung. + Sie können die Datei +\family typewriter +broadway.bind +\family default + verwenden, dann können Sie die Tastaturkürzel auf der rechten Seite benutzen. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Standard +\newline + +\family default +Diesen Typ sollten Sie nicht benötigen, aber er ist für alles, was sonst + in keine Sparte paßt. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Narrative +\hfill +Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +N +\newline + +\family default +Wird verwendet, um Zustand der Bühne und Aktionen zu beschreiben. + Namen von Sprechern bei der ersten Verwendung in GROSSBUCHSTABEN. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +ACT +\hfill +Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +A +\newline + +\family default +Wird automatisch numeriert. + Am Bildschirm in arabischen Ziffern, die gedruckte Version zeigt römische + Ziffern. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +ACT* +\hfill +Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +Umschalt+AT +\newline + +\family default +Untertitel für +\family sans +ACT +\family default +. + Einfach zentrierter Text. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +SCENE +\hfill +Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +Umschalt+S +\newline + +\family default +Nicht automatisch numeriert, die Nummer muß von Ihnen eingegeben werden + (weil ich einfach nicht herausgefunden habe, wie das geht). +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +AT_RISE: +\hfill +Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +Umschalt+R +\newline + +\family default +Eine besondere Form von +\family sans +Narrative +\family default +, die beschreibt, was beim Heben des Vorhanges geschieht. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Speaker +\hfill +Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +S +\newline + +\family default +Titel des Sprechers/Schauspielers, zentriert in Großbuchstaben. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Parenthetical +\hfill +Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +P +\newline + +\family default +Anweisungen an den Sprecher. + Die Klammern werden automatisch eingefügt. + LyX zeigt nur die öffnende Klammer, es werden aber beide gedruckt. + Dieser Umgebungstyp wird nur innerhalb von +\family sans +Dialogue +\family default + verwendet. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Dialogue +\hfill +Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +D +\newline + +\family default +Was der Sprecher sagt. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +CURTAIN +\hfill +Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +Umschalt+C +\newline + +\family default +Der Vorhang fällt. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Titel +\hfill +Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +Umschalt+T +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Autor +\hfill +Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +Umschalt+A +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Right_Address +\hfill +Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +R +\layout Section + +RevTeX4 +\layout Standard + +von +\noun on +Amir Karger +\layout Standard + +Die Textklasse +\family sans +RevT +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX4 +\family default + arbeitet mit der Dokumentklasse RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ +4.0 der American Physical Society + (genauer dem +\begin_inset Formula $\beta$ +\end_inset + +-Release vom Mai 1999). +\layout Standard + +Die Textklasse +\family sans +article\SpecialChar ~ +(REVT +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX) +\family default + von LyX basiert auf Version 3.1 von RevTeX. + Leider ist diese mittlerweile obsolet, da sie nur mit LaTeX 2.09 funktioniert. + Das bedeutet, daß einige RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ +3.1-Befehle als ERTs eingegeben werden müssen. + Da RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ +4.0 auf die Arbeit mit LaTeX2e ausgerichtet wurde, ist auch LyX + zusammen mit der Textklasse +\family sans +RevT +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX4 +\family default + recht einfach zu benutzen. +\layout Standard + +Dieser Text ist als ein +\emph on +Anhang +\emph default + zu der regulären Dokumentation des Paketes RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ +4.0 zu betrachten, deshalb + werden hier keine der speziellen Makros beschrieben; es wird angenommen, + daß Sie selbst wissen, was Sie nötigenfalls in den LaTeX-Vorspann einfügen + müssen. +\layout Subsection + +Installation +\layout Standard + +Alles was Sie tun müssen, ist das Paket gemäß der ihm beiliegenden README-Datei + zu installieren. + Das Paket selber finden Sie bei +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[RevTeX 4 unter]{http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/} + +\end_inset + +. + Installieren Sie es dort, wo LaTeX das neue Paket sehen kann. + Machen Sie einen LaTeX-Lauf mit einem kurzen RevTeX-Dokument in einem beliebige +n Verzeichnis, das heißt nicht in dem Verzeichnis mit den +\family typewriter +.cls +\family default +-Dateien. + Wenn Sie LyX nun neu konfigurieren, sollte nach einem Neustart auch die + neue Textklasse +\family sans +RevT +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX4 +\family default + zur Verfügung stehen. +\layout Standard + +Sie können nun Dokumente in dieser Klasse erstellen, entweder indem Sie + ein bestehendes RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ +4-Dokument mittels +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + importieren oder eines -- ausgehend von der Datei +\family typewriter +revtex4.lyx +\family default + im Verzeichnis mit den Beispielen -- neu anlegen. +\layout Subsection + +LaTeX-Vorspann +\layout Standard + +Optionale Argumente für +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentstyle +\family default + können Sie wie gewohnt in der Rubrik +\family sans +Weitere\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +O +\bar default +ptionen +\family default + in +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar ~ +angeben. + Bedenken Sie auch, daß RevTeX mindestens ein optionales Argument benötigt! + Weitere Dinge wie etwa +\family typewriter + +\backslash +draft +\family default + geben Sie wie gewohnt im LaTeX-Vorspann ein. +\layout Subsection + +Format +\layout Standard + +Die Namen der Absatzumgebungen entsprechen im allgemeinen den entsprechenden + Befehlen aus RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ +4.0. + Beachten Sie auch, daß (zumindest in RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ +4.0 +\begin_inset Formula $\beta$ +\end_inset + +) +\family sans +Address +\family default + und +\family sans +Affiliation +\family default + identisch sind, Deshalb müssen Sie auch nicht beide verwenden. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Falls Sie neugierig sind: beide wurden eingebaut, so daß +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + sowohl +\family typewriter + +\backslash +address +\family default + als auch +\family typewriter + +\backslash +affiliation +\family default + übersetzen kann. +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Wichtige Hinweise +\layout Standard + +Es gibt einige Besonderheiten in RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ +4.0, die möglicherweise Fehler hervorrufen +, die in LyX sogar noch verwirrender erscheinen. + In RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ +4.0 steht der +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thanks +\family default +-Befehl +\emph on +außerhalb +\emph default + der +\family typewriter + +\backslash +author +\family default +-Umgebung. + In LyX bedeutet das, daß +\family sans +Thanks +\family default + ein eigenes Format-Element ist. + Benutzen Sie im +\family sans +Autor +\family default +-Format +\emph on +keine +\emph default + Fußnoten, oder es können verrückte Dinge geschehen. + Die Dokumentation zu RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ +4.0 enthält weitere Details dazu. + Die Einträge +\family sans +Autor\SpecialChar ~ +Email +\family default +, +\family sans +Autor\SpecialChar ~ +URL +\family default + und +\family sans +Thanks +\family default + müssen +\emph on +zwischen +\emph default + +\family sans +Autor +\family default + und der zugehörigen +\family sans +Address +\family default + (bzw. + +\family sans +Affiliation +\family default +) plaziert werden. + Setzen Sie sie nach +\family sans +Address +\family default +, scheitert der LaTeX-Lauf. +\layout Subsection + +Nachteile +\layout Standard + +Das größte Problem mit diesem Format ist, daß Sie optionale Argumente zu + Umgebungstypen wie +\family sans +Email +\family default + oder +\family sans +Titel +\family default + nicht verwenden können (es ist ein generelles Problem von LyX, daß für + Gliederungsumgebungen keine optionalen Argumente angegeben werden können). + Das bedeutet, daß Sie die Datei, nachdem Sie sie im LaTeX-Format exportiert + haben, mit einem Editor bearbeiten und die fehlenden Optionen hinzufügen + müssen (beispiels\SpecialChar \- +weise um Kurztitel für die Seitenüberschrift anzugeben). + Aus diesem Grund sind die Befehle +\family typewriter + +\backslash +altaffiliation +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +altaddress +\family default + nutzlos, und die entsprechenden Umgebungen existieren in LyX nicht. + Dies wird voraussichtlich in Version 1.2 von LyX behoben. +\layout Section + +Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) +\layout Standard + +von +\noun on +Tomasz Luczak +\layout Standard + +Die LyX-Dokumentklassen +\emph on +article (mwart) +\emph default +, +\emph on +report (mwrep) +\emph default + und +\emph on +book (mwbk) +\emph default + korrespondieren mit den LaTeX-Dokumentklassen +\family typewriter +mwart.cls +\family default +, +\family typewriter +mwrep.cls +\family default + und +\family typewriter +mwbk.cls +\family default +. + Sie ersetzen die Standard-Dokumentklassen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{article.cls} + +\end_inset + +, +\family typewriter +report.cls +\family default + und +\family typewriter +book.cls +\family default + und passen in vielen Punkten besser zu den polnischen Typografie-Konventionen. +\layout Itemize + +Hauptunterschiede: +\layout Itemize + +Nichtnumerierte Titel (zum Beispiel +\family sans +Abschnitt* +\family default +) werden zum Inhaltsverzeichnis hinzugefügt, +\begin_deeper +\layout Description + +zusätzliche Seitenstile: +\layout Description + +uheadings Kopfzeilen mit getrennten Zeilen, +\layout Description + +myheadings benutzerdefinierte Kopfzeilen werden mit: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +markright +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +markboth +\family default + erzeugt, +\layout Description + +myuheadings benutzerdefinierte Kopfzeilen mit getrennten Zeilen, +\layout Description + +outer die Seitennummer wird wird auf der Außenseite der Seite plaziert. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Optionen +\begin_deeper +\layout Description + +rmheadings Titel in serif --- default, +\layout Description + +sfheadings Titel in sans serif, +\layout Description + +authortitle auf der Titelseite kommt erst der Autor, dann der Titel --- + default, +\layout Description + +titleauthor auf der Titelseite kommt erst der Titel, dann der Autor, +\layout Description + +withmarginpar Platz für Ränder auf der Seite reservieren. +\end_deeper +\layout Section + +Elsevier Journals +\layout Standard + +von +\noun on +Rod Pinna +\layout Standard + +Elsevier Science Publishers B.V. + stellt eine Standard-LaTeX-Dokumentklasse ( +\family typewriter +elsart.cls +\family default +) zur Verfügung, mit der man Artikel für ihre verschiedenen Journale einreichen + kann. + Die Stildatei kann direkt von +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://authors.elsevier.com/} + +\end_inset + + heruntergeladen werden. + Anweisungen stehen in der Klassendatei, die die Anforderungen an die Verleger + genau beschreibt. + LyX enthält ein Paket, das die Benutzung dieser Klasse mit Hilfe einer + Format- und einer Vorlagendatei erlaubt. + Die Installation der Klasse erfolgt wie für andere LaTeX-Pakete; Anweisungen + gibt es in der Elsevier-Dokumentation. +\layout Standard + +Um +\family typewriter +elsart.cls +\family default + benutzen zu können, gibt es eine Datei +\family typewriter +elsart.layout +\family default +. + Da die Elsevier-Klassen\SpecialChar \- +datei weitgehend auf der Standard-article-Klasse + basiert, hat man das meiste der normalen Funktionalität. + Die Elsevier-Klasse enthält viele mathematischen Umgebungen, die den AMS-Um\SpecialChar \- +ge\SpecialChar \- +bu +n\SpecialChar \- +gen ähnlich sind. + Diese Befehle sind alle in der Elsevier-Dokumentation beschrieben und in + LyX verfügbar. +\layout Standard + +Am einfachsten benutzt man den Elsevier-Stil mit der mitgelieferten Vorlagendate +istil. + Am besten benutzt man keine Dinge wie den Seiten-Stil +\family sans +fancy +\family default + headings oder das Geometrie-Paket, weil solche Elemente von Elsevier in + deren Stildatei definiert sind. + Idealerweise sollten keine Pakete außer den in der Elsevier-Dokumentation + erwähnten benutzt werden. + Für Elsevier ist eine möglichst +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +saubere +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + LaTeX-Datei unerläßlich, weil sie die mitgelieferte Datei nehmen wollen + und die Klassendatei mit der eines bestimmten Journals ersetzen wollen, + an das das Papier geschickt wurde. + Das bedeutet auch, daß man nicht zuviel Zeit für die Formatierung des Dokuments + aufwenden sollte. + Wenn es veröffentlicht wird, wird sie sich sowieso ändern. + Ansonsten wird dieses Format wie die normale +\family sans +article +\family default +-Dokumentklasse benutzt. + Für Einzelheiten, was Elsevier macht und was nicht, lesen Sie bitte ihre + Dokumentation. +\layout Chapter + +Import und Export anderer Dateiformate +\layout Section + +Einleitung +\layout Standard + +Der Import anderer Formate nach LyX und der Export von LyX-Dokumenten nach + anderen Formaten wurde im +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default + nur kurz erwähnt. + In diesem Abschnitt erfahren Sie mehr darüber, was passiert, wenn Sie eine + der Funktionen unter +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +I +\bar default +mportieren +\family default + oder +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +xportieren +\family default + auswählen. +\layout Section + +Import anderer Formate +\layout Subsection + +LaTeX +\layout Standard + +Die Übersetzung von LaTeX nach LyX geschieht mit dem Perl-Skript reLyX. + Obwohl es ein eigenständiges Programm ist, das auf der Kommandozeile gestartet + werden kann, startet LyX es automatisch, wenn ein LaTeX-Dokument importiert + werden soll. + Eine vollständige Beschreibung von reLyX finden Sie in Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:reLyX} + +\end_inset + +. + Innerhalb von LyX kann der Benutzer keine Parameter für reLyX übergeben. +\layout Subsection + +ASCII-Text +\layout Standard + +Es gibt es zwei Methoden, um ASCII-Text zu importieren. + Importiert man ihn als +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +ASCII-Text als Zeilen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, so werden alle Zeilenumbrüche beibehalten. + Für LyX sieht dann jede Zeile wie ein Absatz aus. + Importiert man ihn als +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +ASCII-Text als Absätze +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, bilden Zeilen, die nur durch einen Zeilenumbruch getrennt sind, einen + Absatz. + Mehrere Zeilenumbrüche ohne Text dazwischen trennen die Absätze. +\layout Subsection + +NoWeb +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +[Notiz des Herausgebers: dieser Abschnitt muß noch geschrieben werden -- + Freiwillige vor! --- mer] +\layout Section + +Export nach anderen Formaten +\layout Subsection + +LaTeX +\layout Standard + +LyX erzeugt zwei LaTeX-Dateitypen: zerlegte Versionen für die normale Bearbeitun +g ( +\family sans +Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI +\family default + usw.), die man normalerweise niemals sieht, und für Menschen lesbare Versionen, + die Sie mit Ihren Kollegen austauschen können. + Die resultierende Datei ist eine vollgültige LaTeX-Datei, obwohl der Vorspann + ein wenig seltsam aussehen mag, weil er einige von LyX benutzte Definitionen + enthält, die in den meisten von Menschen geschriebenen LaTeX-Dateien nicht + vorkommen würden. + Optionen können Sie mit +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +E +\bar under +i +\bar default +nstellungen +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX +\family default +setzen. +\layout Subsection + +DVI +\layout Standard + +Geräteunabhängige Dateien ( +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +device independent +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, kurz dvi) werden erzeugt, wenn LaTeX Ihr Dokument bearbeitet. + Es gibt keine Benutzeroptionen. +\layout Subsection + +PostScript® +\layout Standard + +Den letzten Schritt macht normalerweise das Programm +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default +, obwohl das mit +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +E +\bar under +i +\bar default +nstellungen +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Drucker\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Druckerbefehl: +\family default + geändert werden kann. + Dort kann man auch Kommandozeilenargumente für +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + wie zum Beispiel die Umkehr des Drucks mit +\family typewriter +-r +\family default + setzen. +\layout Subsection + +ASCII-Text +\layout Standard + +Beim Exportieren einer LyX-Datei als ASCII wird versucht, die +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Form +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + des Dokumentes so gut wie möglich zu erhalten, aber Dinge wie Zentrierung + und Einrückung werden weggelassen, und Absätze werden durch Leerzeilen + getrennt. + Abschnittsnumerierung und Querverweise werden richtig gemacht, so daß die + erstellten Textdateien bemerkenswert lesbar sind. + Die einzige Option, die gesetzt werden kann, sind die Zeilenlänge der Ausgabeda +tei und der roff-Befehl. +\layout Subsection + +HTML +\layout Standard + +LyX-Dokumente können nach HTML konvertiert werden, indem sie zunächst nach + LaTeX, dann nach HTML konvertiert werden. + LyX kennt zur Zeit drei LaTeX +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + + HTML-Konverter: +\family typewriter +tth +\family default +, +\family typewriter +latex2\SpecialChar \- +html +\family default + und +\family typewriter +hevea +\family default +. + +\family typewriter +latex2html +\family default + ist voreingestellt, aber in +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +E +\bar under +i +\bar default +nstellungen +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Konvertierung +\family default + können Sie das überschreiben und auch +\family sans +Zusatz-Flag +\family default +s setzen. + Allerdings müssen diese Pakete gesondert installiert werden, weil sie weder + von LaTeX noch von LyX automatisch dazu installiert werden. +\layout Subsection + +PDF +\layout Standard + +von +\noun on +Dekel +\noun default + +\noun on +Tsur +\noun default + (das meiste) +\layout Standard + +PDF-Datei ohne Marken, Links, usw.\SpecialChar ~ +erstellen Sie am einfachsten mit +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +xportieren +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +DF +\family default +. + Es gibt ein paar Probleme mit Fonts, die Sie beachten müssen (siehe Abschnitt + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:badfonts} + +\end_inset + +). +\layout Subsubsection + +pdfLaTeX benutzen +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{sloppypar} +\end_inset + +Wenn Sie pdfLaTeX benutzen wollen, müssen Sie Ihre eps-Bilder ins PDF-Format + konvertieren (s.\SpecialChar ~ +Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:pdfeps} + +\end_inset + +), und Sie können +\family typewriter +pstricks +\family default + nicht benutzen. + Andererseits können Sie mit pdfLaTeX Bilder im JPEG- und PNG-Format direkt + einfügen, True-Type-Fonts benutzen, und mehr. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsubsection + +Warum sieht der Text mit Acrobat®Reader so schlecht aus? +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:badfonts} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Das Problem ist, daß Bitmap-Fonts mit Acrobat Reader schlecht dargestellt + werden. + Wenn Sie aus einer LyX-Datei eine PDF-Datei machen wollen, müssen Sie skalierba +re Zeichensätze anstatt Bitmap-Fonts benutzen. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Sie sollten skalierbare Zeichensätze auch für PostScript®-Dateien benutzen. +\end_inset + + Neuere LaTeX-Distributionen haben die PostScript®-Typ\SpecialChar ~ +1-Versionen der Standardfo +nts (Computer Modern). + pdfLaTeX benutzt diese Fonts standardmäßig, +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + nicht. + Damit +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + es tut, sollten Sie die folgenden Zeilen in Ihre +\family typewriter +~/.dvipsrc +\family default +-Datei einfügen: +\layout LyX-Code + +p+ psfonts.cmz +\layout LyX-Code + +p+ psfonts.amz +\layout Standard + +Wenn das Standard-Font-Encoding (OT1) für LaTeX benutzt wird, muß nichts + weiter getan werden. + Wenn aber das T1-Font-Encoding benutzt wird, benutzt LaTeX die neueren + EC-Fonts, für die es keine Typ\SpecialChar ~ +1-Version gibt. + Die Lösung ist, das +\family typewriter +ae +\family default +-Paket zu benutzen, das T1-Fonts emuliert, indem es die Standard-CM-Fonts + benutzt. + Sie erreichen das, wenn Sie +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage{ae,aecompl} +\family default + zum Vorspann der LyX-Datei hinzufügen. + Allerdings fehlen einige Sonderzeichen der CM-Fonts (zum Beispiel eth, + thorn), die dann von den EC-Fonts genommen werden. + Deshalb erhalten Sie diese Sonderzeichen als Bitmaps. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +LyX benutzt standardmäßig das T1-Font-Encoding. + Wenn Sie das Standard-Font-Encoding (OT1) benutzen wollen, obwohl das nicht + empfohlen wird, wenn Sie nicht nur englische Dokumente schreiben, schreiben + Sie in das Feld +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +E +\bar under +i +\bar default +nstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +T +\bar default + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX +\family default +\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Kodierung: +\family default + den Wert +\family sans +default. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Eine andere Möglichkeit ist, die Standard-PostScript®-Fonts anstelle der + Computer-Modern-Fonts zu benutzen. + Dazu müssen Sie in +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Format +\family default +als +\family sans +\bar under +S +\bar default +chrift\SpecialChar ~ +&\SpecialChar ~ +Größe: +\family default + +\family sans +pslatex +\family default +wählen. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\noun on +HHa +\noun default +: Das scheint für mich die +\emph on +einzige +\emph default + Lösung zu sein. +\end_inset + + Wenn Sie die PostScript®-Fonts benutzen, werden die PDF-Dateien kleiner, + weil die Fonts nicht gespeichert werden. + Außerdem enthalten die PostScript®-Fonts alle T1-Sonderzeichen. + Andererseits haben die PostScript®-Fonts keine Fett-Fonts, so daß ein Ersatz + benutzt werden muß (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:pdfbold} + +\end_inset + +). + Außerdem sehen die PostScript®-Fonts anders aus als die Computer-Modern-Fonts. +\layout Standard + +Insgesamt erzielen Computer-Modern-Fonts und PostScript®-Fonts mit ein paar + Ausnahmen gute Ergebnisse. + Es ist eine Geschmacksfrage, welche Sie benutzen wollen. +\layout Subsubsection + +Warum funktioniert der Befehl +\family typewriter + +\backslash +boldsymbol{} +\family default + nicht mit +\family typewriter +ps\SpecialChar \- +latex +\family default +? +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pdfbold} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Die PostScript®-Fonts haben keine Fett-Fonts. + Als Ersatz können Sie +\family typewriter + +\backslash +pmb{} +\family default + (Fett-Fonts für Arme) benutzen. + Sie können den Befehl +\family typewriter + +\backslash +boldymbo +\family default +l mit +\family typewriter + +\backslash +pmb{} +\family default + neu definieren, indem Sie die folgende Zeile in den Vorspann eintragen: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcomman{ +\backslash +boldsymbol}[1]{ +\backslash +pmb{1#}} +\layout Subsubsection + +Kann man LaTeX-Code schreiben, der nur mit pdfLaTeX bearbeitet wird? +\layout Standard + +Ja. + Hier ist ein Beispiel: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +newif +\backslash +ifpdf +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +ifx +\backslash +pdfoutput +\backslash +undefined +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +pdffalse +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +else +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +pdftrue +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +fi +\layout LyX-Code + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +ifpdf +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +pdfinfo { /Autor (your name and e-mail address) +\layout LyX-Code + + /Titel (official title -- i.e., title element) +\layout LyX-Code + + /Subject (one line description of the document) +\layout LyX-Code + + } +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +pdfcatalog { /PageMode (/UseNone) +\layout LyX-Code + + % /OpenAction (fitbh) +\layout LyX-Code + + } +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +else +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +fi +\layout Subsubsection + +Wie mache ich URLs anklickbar? +\layout Standard + +Lesen Sie bitte unter +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://ev-en.org/wiki/moin.cgi/LyxPdf} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Subsection + +Benutzerdefiniert +\layout Standard + +Benutzerdefinierte Exporte ( +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +xportieren +\family default +\bar under +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +B +\bar default +enutzerdefiniert\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default +) sind möglich, wenn Sie ein besonders seltsames Format haben, in das Sie + konvertieren wollen, aber natürlich nur, wenn Sie den entsprechenden Konverter + haben. + Das Format der +\emph on +Eingabedatei +\emph default + wird im +\family sans +Export-Formate: +\family default + festgelegt. + LyX wird bis zu dem Befehl normal konvertieren und dann an den Konverter + übergeben. +\layout Standard + +Der Konverterbefehl wird in +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +efehl +\family default + festgelegt. + Er sollte ein vollständig qualifizierter Kommandozeilenbefehl sein, der + die Umgebungsvariable +\family typewriter +$$FNAME +\family default + für die Wurzel-Dateinamen benutzt. + Sie müssen sich eventuell etwas einfallen lassen, damit Ihre shell den + Befehl richtig interpretiert. +\layout Standard + +Obwohl Sie diesen Befehl nicht in den +\family sans +Einstellungen +\family default + speichern können, können Sie aber Ihre +\family typewriter +.lyx/preference +\family default +s-Datei editieren und folgende Zeile hinzufügen: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +custom_export_command +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +mycommand $$FName +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Die vollständige reLyX-Beschreibung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:reLyX} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Übersicht +\layout Standard + +Die einfachste Methode, reLyX zu verwenden, ist mittels der Option +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +I +\bar under +m +\bar default +portieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + aus LyX heraus. + Dadurch wird reLyX mit dem angegebenen Dokument als Argument gestartet + und die resultierende Datei in LyX geladen. + Diesen Weg sollten Sie als ersten versuchen und nur, wenn Sie ausgefallenere + Optionen benötigen, reLyX selbst von der Kommandozeile aus starten. +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +\series bold +reLyX +\family default +\series default + [ +\series bold +-c +\series default + +\shape italic +textklasse +\shape default + ] [ +\series bold +-df +\series default + ] [ +\series bold +-o +\series default + +\shape italic +verzeichnis +\shape default + ] [ +\series bold + -r +\series default +\shape italic + renv1 +\shape default +[, +\shape italic +renv2 +\shape default +...]] [ +\series bold + -s +\series default +\shape italic + sfile1 +\shape default +[, +\shape italic +sfile2 +\shape default +...]] +\emph on +eingabedatei +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +\series bold +reLyX +\family default +\series default + +\series bold +-p +\series default + +\series bold +-c +\series default + +\shape italic +textklasse +\shape default + [ +\series bold +-df +\series default + ] [ +\series bold +-o +\series default +\shape italic + verzeichnis +\shape default + ] [ +\series bold + -r +\series default +\shape italic + renv1 +\shape default +[, +\shape italic +renv2 +\shape default +...]] [ +\series bold + -s +\series default +\shape italic + sfile1 +\shape default +[, +\shape italic +sfile2 +\shape default +...]] +\emph on +eingabedatei +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +\series bold +reLyX +\family default +\series default + +\series bold +-h +\layout Subsection + +Optionen +\layout Description + +-c Klasse. + Normalerweise erzeugt reLyX eine Datei der Textklasse +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +foo +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, wenn in der Eingabedatei die Zeichenkette +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass{foo} +\family default + gefunden wird, weiterhin wird die entsprechende Formatbeschreibung von + LyX eingelesen (typischerweise +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{/usr/share/lyx/layouts/foo.layout} + +\end_inset + +). + Mit dieser Option können Sie eine alternative Textklasse festlegen (deren + Formatbeschreibung dann verwendet wird). +\layout Description + +-d Debug. + Normalerweise arbeitet reLyX im Stillen und löscht temporäre Dateien zum + Schluß. + Wird +\series bold +-d +\series default + angegeben, gibt reLyX viel mehr Informationen, was gerade passiert (sowohl + auf +\family typewriter +stdout +\family default + als auch auf +\family typewriter +stderr +\family default +) und löscht temporäre Dateien nicht. +\layout Description + +-f Force (= erzwingen). + Wenn die zu erzeugende LyX-Datei bereits existiert, bricht reLyX normalerweise + ab. + mit dieser Option wird die vorhandene Datei überschrieben. +\layout Description + +-h Hilfe. + Es wird eine Benutzungshilfe ausgegeben und das Programm beendet. +\layout Description + +-o Ausgabeverzeichnis. + Alle temporären Dateien, die erzeugten LyX-Dateien (auch Teildateien, siehe + Option +\series bold +-p +\series default +) werden in das angegebene Verzeichnis geschrieben. + Andernfalls würden die Dateien für eine Eingabedatei +\emph on +dir/foo.tex +\emph default + in das Verzeichnis +\emph on +dir +\emph default + geschrieben. + Diese Option ist praktisch, wenn Sie für die Verzeichnisse, in denen die + TeX-Dateien stehen, keine Schreibberechtigung haben oder Dateien aus unterschie +dlichen Verzeichnissen einbinden und die von reLyX erzeugten Dateien in + einem gemeinsamen Verzeichnis sammeln wollen. +\layout Description + +-p Teildateien. + Die Eingabedateien sind keine vollständigen LaTeX-Dateien und haben keinen + Vorspann oder ein +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{document} +\family default +. + Diese Option kann nur zusammen mit +\series bold +-c +\series default + verwendet werden, da reLyX die Dokumentklasse nicht selbständig feststellen + kann. + In diesem Fall können Sie auch mehrere Dateien gleich\SpecialChar \- +zeitig konvertieren, + solange sie dieselbe Klasse besitzen. + Derart erzeugte Dateien können über den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ins +\bar under +e +\bar default +rt\SpecialChar ~ +Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +y +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +{ +\end_inset + +X +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +} +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +Dokument +\family default + in ein bestehendes LyX-Dokument eingebunden werden. +\layout Description + +-r Reguläre Umgebungen (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:syntaxfile} + +\end_inset + +). + Falls Sie mehr als eine Umgebung angeben, trennen Sie sie mit Kommata ab, + nicht durch Leerzeichen. + Unter Umständen müssen Sie die Liste in Anführungszeichen setzen, insbesondere, + wenn Namen mit einem Stern (foo*) auftauchen. + Wenn Sie diese Option oft verwenden, sollten Sie eigene Syntaxdateien anlegen. +\layout Description + +-s Syntaxdateien. + Geben Sie hier eine oder mehrere (in Anführungszeichen, durch Komma getrennt) + Syntaxdateien an, die zusätzlich eingelesen werden sollen. + Näheres im Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:syntaxfile} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Subsection + +Beschreibung +\layout Subsubsection + +Einleitung +\layout Standard + +reLyX erzeugt aus einer Datei +\family typewriter + dir/foo.tex +\family default + die Datei +\family typewriter +dir/foo.lyx +\family default + (außer es wurde die Option +\series bold +-o +\series default + verwendet). + +\layout Standard + +Als Dateiendungen sind +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default +, +\family typewriter +.ltx +\family default + und +\family typewriter +.latex +\family default + erlaubt. + Wenn die Eingabedatei nicht existiert oder keine der Endungen hat, wird + reLyX versuchen, +\family typewriter +Eingabedatei.tex +\family default + zu übersetzen. + (Dies entspricht dem Verhalten von LaTeX.) +\layout Standard + +Der Zweck von reLyX ist es, +\emph on +gutmütigen +\emph default + LaTeX2e-Code nach LyX zu übersetzen. + Wenn Ihre Datei nicht fehlerfrei von LaTeX bearbeitet werden kann, oder + wenn Sie darin ungewöhnliche Dinge wie eine Umdefinition von Standardbefehlen + durchführen, wird vermutlich auch reLyX ins Stolpern geraten. + Teilweise wird auch die alte LaTeX\SpecialChar ~ +2.09-Syntax korrekt umgesetzt, aber dafür + gibt es keine Garantie. +\layout Standard + +reLyX hat noch ein paar kleine Fehler, einige Funktionen fehlen. + Die Hauptziele sind: +\layout Itemize + +Verarbeiten einer +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +gutmütigen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + LaTeX2e-Datei, ohne abzustürzen. +\layout Itemize + +Den Großteil einer Datei zu übersetzen. +\layout Itemize + +Lokalisieren von Teilen, die nicht übersetzt werden können; einfügen derselben + im TeX-Modus. +\layout Standard + +Diese Ziele werden bei den meisten Dateien recht gut erreicht. +\layout Standard + +Es gibt viele Verbesserungen für reLyX, die in Zukunft gemacht werden können + und werden. + Trotzdem wollten wir reLyX schon früh freigegeben, um es neuen LyX-Benutzern + einfacher zu machen, ihre LaTeX-Dateien mit LyX zu lesen. +\layout Subsubsection + +Benutzung +\layout Standard + +Hier eine etwas längere Beschreibung, was Sie tun müssen, um ein LaTeX-Dokument + nach LyX zu übersetzen: +\layout Itemize + +Starten Sie reLyX. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +reLyX hält Sie über den Fortgang auf dem laufenden und gibt etwaige Fehlermeldun +gen auf +\family typewriter +stderr +\family default + aus. + Ist Ihnen das zuviel, versuchen Sieden bash-Befehl +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +reLyX foo.tex > /dev/null 2>&1 +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Der (t)csh-Befehl ist +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +reLyX foo.tex >& /dev/null +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\end_inset + + Sie sollten +\emph on +niemals +\emph default + die Standardausgabe in die Datei +\family typewriter +foo.lyx +\family default + umleiten! +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Öffnen Sie die erzeugte +\family typewriter +.lyx +\family default +-Datei in LyX. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Theoretisch sollte der Großteil der Datei in die entsprechenden LyX-Befehle + umgesetzt worden sein. + Die nicht übersetzbaren Teile sind rot unterlegt (TeX-Modus). + LyX sollte in der Lage sein, die Datei einzulesen und auszudrucken, da + der nicht übersetzte Teil unverändert an LaTeX zurückgegeben wird. + Leider wird das in der Realität nicht immer so sein. + Falls reLyX abstürzt oder LyX die erzeugte Datei nicht lesen kann, lesen + Sie bitte den Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:reLyXerrors} + +\end_inset + + oder die Datei +\family typewriter +BUGS +\family default + im Verzeichnis +\family typewriter +LyXDir/reLyX +\family default +. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Ändern Sie den nicht übersetzten, rot unterlegten Text von Hand in LyX. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Wie bereits erwähnt, sollten Sie den Text auch ohne diesen Schritt ausdrucken + können, doch kommen Sie durch die Konvertierung von LaTeX-Code in LyX-Objekte + auch in den Genuß der WYSIWYM-Darstellung von LyX. +\layout Standard + +Es wird nicht garantiert, daß reLyX genau dieselbe Textdarstellung erzeugt + wie die ursprüngliche LaTeX-Datei, das Aussehen sollte aber sehr ähnlich + sein. + Im Zweifelsfall wird reLyX eher darauf zurückgreifen, Textteile nicht in + die LyX-Syntax zu konvertieren, um korrekte +\family typewriter +dvi- +\family default + und +\family typewriter +ps +\family default +-Dateien zu erzeugen, selbst wenn dadurch mehr ERTs erzeugt werden und weniger + WYSIWYM. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\series bold +Prüfen Sie den erzeugten Text! +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Das hatten Sie sicherlich in jedem Fall vor, aber es ist insbesondere wichtig, + wenn Sie ein LaTeX-Dokument übersetzt haben. + Zumindest derzeit ist reLyX eher ein Konverter, der den gesamten Text übersetzt + als jedes einzelne Detail. + Insbesondere bei der Behandlung von Leerräumen gibt es noch einige Lücken. +\end_deeper +\layout Subsubsection + +Womit reLyX umgehen kann +\layout Standard + +reLyX versteht viele LaTeX-Befehle. + Folgendes wird übersetzt: +\layout Itemize + +regulärer Text, einschließlich Minibefehlen wie ~, +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +@ +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +TeX +\family default + sowie Zeichen mit Akzenten wie +\family typewriter + +\backslash +'{a} +\family default + oder die Sonderfälle ? +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +` = ?` und ! +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +` = !` +\layout Itemize + +Titelbefehle wie +\family typewriter + +\backslash +author +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +date +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +title +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thanks +\family default + und die +\family sans +Abstract +\family default +-Umgebung +\layout Itemize + +Gliederungsbefehle wie +\family typewriter + +\backslash +section +\family default +, einschließlich der *-Formen ( +\family typewriter + +\backslash +section* +\family default +) +\layout Itemize + +Umgebungen: +\family typewriter +quote +\family default +, +\family typewriter +quotation +\family default + und +\family typewriter +verse +\family default +; +\family typewriter +center +\family default +, +\family typewriter +flushright +\family default + und +\family typewriter +flushleft +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +itemize +\family default +, +\family typewriter +Aufzählung +\family default + und +\family typewriter +description +\family default + sowie deren +\family typewriter + +\backslash +item +\family default +-Befehle. + Ebenfalls +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +wohlerzogene +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + geschachtelte Listen +\layout Itemize + +Querverweise: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +ref +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +pageref +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +label +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +cite +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +footnote +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +margin +\layout Itemize + +Fontbefehle einschließlich +\family typewriter + +\backslash +em +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +emph +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +textit +\family default + sowie die entsprechenden Befehle, um Familie, Größe, Serie und Form zu + ändern +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +input{foo} +\family default + (oder +\family typewriter + +\backslash +input{foo.blah} +\family default +) und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +include{foo} +\family default +. + Der aus TeX stammende +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +in\SpecialChar \- +put foo.tex +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +-Befehl wird ebenfalls unterstützt +\layout Itemize + +Der Umgebungstyp +\family typewriter +tabular +\family default + sowie die darin benutzten Befehle wie +\family typewriter + +\backslash +hline +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +cline +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +multicolumn +\family default + (aber siehe unten) +\layout Itemize + +Gleitobjekt-Umgebungen +\family typewriter +table +\family default + und +\family typewriter +table* +\family default + und die +\family typewriter + +\backslash +caption +\family default +-Befehle darin +\layout Itemize + +Die Umgebung +\family typewriter +thebibliography +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bibitem +\family default +-Befehle, ebenso wie die BibTeX-Befehle +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bibliography +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bibliographystyle +\family default + +\layout Itemize + +Verschiedenes: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +hfill +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\backslash + +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +noindent +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +ldots\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Itemize + +Umgebungen (und manche Befehle), die spezifisch für Dokumentklassen sind + und die in LyX-Formate übersetzt werden können +\layout Itemize + +Argumente von bestimmten nicht übersetzbaren Befehlen wie zum Beispiel +\family typewriter + +\backslash +mbox +\layout Standard + +In einigen dieser Fälle ist die Unterstützung allerdings nicht hundertprozentig. +\layout Standard + +reLyX übernimmt mathematische Ausdrücke (fast) wörtlich aus der LaTeX-Datei. + Glücklicherweise versteht LyX diese selbst, deshalb funktionieren die meisten + mathematischen Dinge problemlos. + Einige Befehle, die LyX nicht versteht, werden durch äquivalente Ausdrücke + ersetzt, etwa +\family typewriter + +\backslash +to +\family default + durch +\family typewriter + +\backslash +rightarrow +\family default +. + Mehr dazu im Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:syntaxfile} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +reLyX wird auch sämtliche Befehle des LaTeX-Vorspanns (das heißt alles vor + dem +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{docu\SpecialChar \- +ment} +\family default +) unverändert kopieren, so daß sich dort gemachte Einträge in der +\family typewriter +dvi +\family default +-Vorschau oder dem gedruckten Dokument auswirken sollten, wenn auch im LyX-Fenst +er nichts davon zu sehen ist. + Prüfen Sie diesen Teil mit +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX-Vorspann +\family default +. +\layout Subsubsection + +Womit reLyX nicht umgehen kann, jedoch keine Fehler auftreten +\layout Itemize + +Abbildungen und +\family typewriter +tabular* +\family default +-Tabellen +\layout Itemize + +Minipages +\layout Itemize + +Abstandsbefehle ( +\family typewriter + +\backslash +vspace +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +pagebreak +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +par +\family default +) +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +centering +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +raggedleft +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +raggedright +\layout Itemize + +Die Umgebungen +\family typewriter + +\backslash +verb +\family default + und +\family typewriter +verbatim +\family default +. + In diesen Fällen achtet reLyX darauf, alles einschließlich Kommentaren + und Leerzeichen +\emph on +identisch +\emph default + zu übernehmen. +\layout Itemize + +einige unbekannte (zum Beispiel benutzerdefinierte) Umgebungen und Befehle. +\layout Standard + +reLyX kopiert unbekannte Befehle mitsamt ihren Argumenten wörtlich in die + LyX-Datei. + Dasselbe geschieht, wenn ein Eintrag +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{foo} +\family default + gefunden wird und die Umgebung +\family typewriter +foo +\family default + nicht bekannt ist; alles bis zum schließenden +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{foo} +\family default + wird unverändert kopiert (es sei denn, Sie haben die Option +\series bold +-r +\series default + verwendet). + Normalerweise sollten derartige Dinge reLyX nicht zum Absturz bringen, + sie verlangen lediglich etwas Handarbeit von Ihrer Seite, nachdem Sie die + Datei in LyX geladen haben. + Das ist in jedem Fall einfacher und angenehmer, als die +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default +- oder +\family typewriter +.lyx +\family default +-Datei in einem Texteditor zu bearbeiten. +\layout Subsubsection + +Womit reLyX wirklich schlecht umgeht --- echte Fehler +\layout Standard + +Da reLyX ein relativ neues Programm ist, hat es noch einige Probleme. + Im Laufe der Zeit werden diese aber beseitigt werden. + Einige Fehler und fehlende Funktionen sind in +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[LyX Bugzilla]{http://bugzilla.lyx.org/} + +\end_inset + + zu finden. +\layout Standard + +Wenn reLyX sich an irgendetwas verschluckt, oder wenn LyX die übersetzte + Datei nicht lesen kann, ist es das beste, den Problemtext in der Originaldatei + mit den Befehlen +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{reLyX\SpecialChar \- +skip} +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{reLyXskip} +\family default + einzuklammern. + Dies ist ein sogenannter +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Überspringen-Block +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + reLyX kopiert ihn unverändert in die LyX-Datei und markiert ihn als TeX-Modus. + Sie können die entsprechenden Stellen dann wie gewohnt in LyX nachbearbeiten. + Die Umgebungsbefehle +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end +\family default + werden übrigens nicht in die LyX-Datei übertragen. +\layout Itemize + +Das +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +genaue +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + Kopieren unbekannter Umgebungen und Befehle ist nicht völlig genau. + Insbesondere Zeilenumbrüche und Kommentare können verloren gehen. + Das ergibt eine schlecht aussehende Darstellung in LyX, die Ausgabe wird + aber in den meisten Fällen richtig sein. + Einige Bereiche werden aber immer identisch übernommen, das sind der LaTeX-Vors +pann, die +\family typewriter +verbatim +\family default +-Umgebung und der +\family typewriter + +\backslash +verb +\family default +-Befehl sowie Überspringen-Blöcke. +\layout Itemize + +reLyX übersetzt nur ein paar der möglichen Optionen des +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default +-Befehls (insbesondere 1[012]pt, [letter|legal|executive|a4|a5|b5]paper, + [one|two]side, landscape und [one| +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +"" +\end_inset + +two]column). + Andere Optionen werden in das Feld +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +O +\bar default +ptionen: +\family default + eingetragen. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Fast noch wichtiger: reLyX übersetzt keine +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage +\family default +-Befehle, Randbreiteneinstellungen +\family typewriter + +\backslash +newcom\SpecialChar \- +mand +\family default +-Be\SpecialChar \- +feh\SpecialChar \- +le oder kurz gesagt keine Befehle im LaTeX-Vorspann. + Diese werden einfach in die LyX-Datei kopiert. + Wenn Sie im Vorspann irgendwelche Definitionen für die Randbreiten (margins) + haben, werden in LyX auch die richtigen Randbreiten verwendet. + Allerdings werden diese Einstellungen Ihre in +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Seite +\family default + überschreiben. + Sie sollten deshalb die Einträge aus dem Vorspann entfernen ( +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX-Vorspann +\family default +), um sicherzugehen. + Dasselbe gilt auch für die Einstellungen der Sprache durch Babel mit den + Befehlen +\family typewriter + +\backslash +inputencoding +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +pagestyle +\family default + usw. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Die Textklasse +\family sans +foils +\family default + enthält einige Fehler. + reLyX macht möglicherweise seltsame Dinge mit optionalen Argumenten der + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +foilhead +\family default +-Befehle. + Ebenso wird unter Umständen ein +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{ +\family default + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +"" +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +dinglist} +\family default + falsch behandelt, obwohl der Text in der Umgebung richtig übersetzt werden + sollte. +\layout Standard + +Weniger wichtige Fehler sind in der Datei +\family typewriter +BUGS +\family default + dokumentiert. +\layout Standard + +reLyX ist hoffentlich recht stabil. + Wie bereits erwähnt wird es Ihre Datei möglicherweise nicht perfekt umsetzen, + aber es sollte nicht abstürzen. + Wenn es das dennoch tut und das Problem nicht einer der oben erwähnten + Punkte ist, lesen Sie bitte den Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:reLyXerrors} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Subsubsection + +Was LyX nicht handhaben kann +\layout Standard + +LyX fehlen selbst noch einige Funktionen. + Aus diesem Grund kann es, selbst wenn reLyX eine Datei perfekt übersetzt, + noch zu Problemen kommen. + Wenn Sie derartige Dinge wirklich benötigen, können Sie das fertige LyX-Dokumen +t nach LaTeX exportieren und die entsprechenden Einträge wieder einfügen. + Lesen Sie die Datei +\family typewriter +BUGS +\family default +, um mehr zu diesen Problemen zu erfahren. +\layout Itemize + +Für einige Befehle unterstützt LyX keine optionalen Argumente. + Beispiele hierfür sind +\family typewriter + +\backslash +sqrt +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +chapter +\family default + (sowie alle anderen Abschnittsbefehle) und +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\backslash + +\family default +. + reLyX läßt solche Argumente automatisch weg und gibt eine Warnung auf +\family typewriter +stdout +\family default + aus. + LyX ignoriert auch das Argument +\family typewriter +width +\family default + in der Umgebung +\family typewriter +thebibliography +\family default +. +\layout Itemize + +Zentrierung (oder links/rechtsbündiges Ausrichten) funktioniert nur für + ganze Absätze. +\layout Itemize + +Die Unterstützung von Tabellen in LyX ist nicht perfekt. + Verwenden Sie für komplizierte Tabellen einen Überspringen-Block, um die + Tabelle als TeX-Code zu übernehmen. +\layout Itemize + +Der Mathematikeditor von LyX kennt die Umgebungstypen +\family typewriter +align +\family default +, +\family typewriter +split +\family default + usw.\SpecialChar ~ +aus dem AMS-LaTeX-Paket nicht. + Diese werden also im TeX-Modus kopiert. + Sie können die +\family typewriter +equation* +\family default +-Umgebung im Originaltext durch die gleichwertige +\family typewriter +displaymath +\family default + ersetzen, dann wird der Text einwandfrei übersetzt. +\layout Subsection + +Beispiele +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +reLyX -df -o +\emph on +my/dir +\emph default + -r +\emph on +myenv +\emph default + foo.tex > foo.debug +\layout Standard + +Der obenstehende Befehl erzeugt aus der Datei +\family typewriter +foo.tex +\family default + die Datei +\family typewriter +my/dir/foo.lyx +\family default + und überschreibt dabei eventuell existierende Dateien. + Wird ein +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{myenv} ... + +\backslash +end{myenv} +\family default +-Block gefunden, so wird der Inhalt dieses Blockes zwar übersetzt, die +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end +\family default + Befehle werden jedoch im TeX-Modus in die LyX-Datei eingefügt. + Temporäre Dateien werden nicht gelöscht und befinden sich ebenfalls im + Verzeichnis +\family typewriter +my/dir +\family default +. + Es werden Debug-Informationen ausgegeben, diese stehen in der Datei +\family typewriter +foo.debug +\family default +. +\layout Subsection + +Hinweise +\layout Subsubsection + +Fehlerberichte +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:reLyXerrors} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Wenn reLyX abstürzt oder sich auf sonst eine Weise seltsam verhält, die + hier, in der Datei +\family typewriter +BUGS +\family default + oder in +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[LyX Bugzilla]{http://bugzilla.lyx.org/} + +\end_inset + + nicht beschrieben wurde, starten Sie reLyX bitte mit der Option +\series bold +-d +\series default +. + Dadurch können Sie herausfinden, in welchem Abschnitt des Übersetzungsprozesses + der Fehler auftritt. + Dadurch können Sie letztendlich einen deutlich besseren Fehlerbericht schreiben +, wodurch die Entwickler den Fehler viel schneller und leichter beheben + können. +\layout Standard + +Senden Sie solche Fehlerberichte bitte an die Mailingliste der LyX-Entwickler, + das ist derzeit +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{lyxdevel@lists.lyx.org} + +\end_inset + + (Sie können diese Adresse auf der LyX-Seite +\family typewriter +http://www.lyx.org +\family default + nachsehen). + Wenn Sie eine sehr große Datei mit reLyX übersetzen -- bitte senden Sie + nicht die gesamte Ausgabe von reLyX mit dem Fehlerbericht ein, sondern + nur den relevanten Teil, in dem der Fehler auftritt. + Oder, noch besser, schicken Sie eine kleine TeX-Datei mit, die dieselben + Probleme wie die große Datei verursacht. +\layout Subsubsection + +Details zur Implementation: +\layout Standard + +reLyX arbeitet in mehreren Durchgängen, um eine Datei zu übersetzen. + In jedem Durchgang werden ein oder zwei Dateien erzeugt. +\layout Description + +Durchgang\SpecialChar ~ +0 Vor allem anderen werden die Syntaxdateien gelesen. +\layout Description + +Durchgang\SpecialChar ~ +1a Der Vorspann (alles vor dem +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{document} +\family default +) wird von der restlichen Datei abgetrennt. + Die beiden Teile werden in getrennten Dateien gespeichert. + Dies ist notwendig, da der Vorspann recht +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +seltsame +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + Dinge enthalten kann. + Alles nach einem +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{document} +\family default + wird ebenfalls ignoriert, da es vermutlich kein LaTeX-Code mehr ist. + +\layout Description + +Durchgang\SpecialChar ~ +1b Übersetzen des Vorspanns. + Derzeit bedeutet das einfach erkennen des +\family typewriter + +\backslash +docu\SpecialChar \- +ment\SpecialChar \- +class +\family default +-Befehls und kopieren des restlichen Vorspanns in den LyX-Vorspann. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Nachdem nun die verwendete Dokumentklasse bekannt ist, wird die Formatdatei + von LyX für diese Klasse eingelesen. +\end_deeper +\layout Description + +Durchgang\SpecialChar ~ +2 +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Säubern +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + der TeX-Datei, wobei ein etwas strikterer LaTeX-Code generiert wird. + Das umfaßt: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Ändern von Dingen wie etwa x^2 in das gleichbedeutende aber eindeutige x^{2} +\layout Itemize + +Entfernen optionaler Argumente, die LyX nicht verarbeiten kann (zum Beispiel + von +\family typewriter + +\backslash +sqrt +\family default +) +\layout Itemize + +Umwandeln von +\family typewriter +{ +\backslash +em foo} +\family default + nach +\family typewriter + +\backslash +emph{foo} +\family default + usw. + Das ist notwendig, da LyX grundsätzlich diese nichtlokale Form verwendet. + Dies sollte aber kaum einen Unterschied machen. +\end_deeper +\layout Description + +Durchgang\SpecialChar ~ +3 Übersetzen von LaTeX-Text, -Befehlen und -Umgebungen in die LyX-Synta +x. +\layout Description + +Durchgang\SpecialChar ~ +4 Zusammenfügen der beiden Teildateien sowie einige kleinere Änderungen +, um die LyX-Datei zu erzeugen. +\layout Standard + +Falls die Datei irgendwelche +\family typewriter + +\backslash +input +\family default + oder +\family typewriter + +\backslash +include +\family default +-Befehle enthielt, wird nun von vorn begonnen, und die eingebundenen Dateien + werden übersetzt. + Dabei wird angenommen, daß sie dieselbe Textklasse verwenden wie die Hauptdatei +, und daß sie keinen Vorspann enthalten. + (Falls Sie in einer Datei einen +\family typewriter + +\backslash +input +\family default +-Befehl im Vorspann verwenden, wird dieser Befehl unverändert in den LaTeX-Vorsp +ann übernommen und die eingebundene Datei wird nicht übersetzt.) Bei eingebundene +n Dateien werden die Durchgänge 0 und 1 übersprungen. +\layout Standard + +Falls reLyX irgendwelche einzubindenden Dateien nicht findet, wird eine + Warnung ausgegeben, das Programm bricht aber nicht ab, sondern übersetzt + diejenigen Dateien, die gefunden werden. +\layout Subsubsection + +Format-Dateien +\layout Standard + +reLyX liest die Format-Dateien von LyX um zu erkennen, wie diverse LaTeX-Umgebun +gen und Befehle, die in entsprechende Formate in LyX konvertiert werden, + zu behandeln sind. + Diese Datei umfaßt alle +\emph on +normalen +\emph default + nicht mathematischen Umgebungen (das heißt einschließlich +\family sans +quote +\family default + und +\family sans +itemize, +\family default + aber nicht +\family sans +tabular +\family default +, +\family sans +minipage +\family default + und einige andere ausgefallene Umgebungen) und Befehle wie +\family typewriter + +\backslash +section +\family default + oder +\family typewriter + +\backslash +title +\family default +. + Wenn Sie mit reLyX eine Datei konvertieren wollen, für deren Textklasse + keine Format-Datei in LyX existiert, müssen Sie eine solche erzeugen. + Doch das müssen Sie sowieso tun, da LyX diese Dateien benötigt, um den + Text am Bildschirm korrekt darzustellen. + Die Dokumentation von LyX hilft Ihnen bei dieser Aufgabe (die je nach Art + der Textklasse, für die Sie die Formatdatei erstellen wollen, leicht oder + schwer sein kann). + Wenn Ihre Klasse einer Klasse mit existierender Format-Datei sehr ähnlich + ist, können Sie möglicherweise die Option +\series bold +-c +\series default + von reLyX verwenden. +\layout Subsubsection + +Syntaxdateien +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:syntaxfile} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +reLyX liest immer mindestens eine Syntaxdatei, die sogenannte Default-Datei. + Falls Sie eine persönliche Syntaxdatei angelegt haben, wird diese gelesen, + ansonsten die systemweite Datei. + Weitere Syntaxdateien werden eingelesen, falls dies mit der Option +\series bold +-s +\series default + gefordert wird. + (Diese Dateien sollten dasselbe Format besitzen wie die Default-Datei, + sind aber im Normalfall kürzer als diese, da sie nur zusätzliche Dinge + festlegen, die nicht in der Default-Datei enthalten sind.) Eine Syntaxdatei + erklärt reLyX einige Dinge. +\layout Standard + +Zunächst beschreibt sie die Syntax eines jeden Befehls, also wie viele benötigte + und wie viele optionale Argumente der Befehl hat. + Dadurch wird es für reLyX einfacher, Befehle (im TeX-Modus) zu kopieren, + die es nicht verarbeiten kann. + Die Syntaxdatei enthält dazu einfach den Befehl, gefolgt von eckigen und + geschweiften Klammern, die die Argumente in der korrekten Reihenfolge beschreib +en. + So bedeutet der Syntaxeintrag +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bibitem[]{} +\family default +, daß der Befehl +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bibitem +\family default + ein optionales Argument kennt, das von einem erforderlichen Argument gefolgt + wird, der Eintrag +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bf +\family default + zeigt, daß dieser Befehl überhaupt keine Argumente kennt. + Stößt reLyX im Text auf einen Befehl, der nicht umgesetzt werden kann, + wird dieser Befehl --- zusammen mit der korrekten Anzahl von Argumenten + --- wörtlich (im TeX-Modus) übernommen. + Gibt es für den Befehl keinen Eintrag in der Syntaxdatei, werden einfach + alle Argumente, die gefunden werden, kopiert: Dies kann möglicherweise + zuviel sein. + Doch da der Benutzer eigene Syntaxdateien anlegen kann, sollte dies nicht + zu oft der Fall sein. +\layout Standard + +Einige Befehle, zum Beispiel +\family typewriter + +\backslash +mbox +\family default +, die nicht in LyX konvertiert werden können, enthalten in einem ihrer Argumente + regulären LaTeX-Text. + Wird in der Syntaxdatei für diesen Befehl an der entsprechenden Stelle + der Eintrag +\family typewriter +translate +\family default + eingefügt, so wird dieses Argument normal übersetzt, anstatt es wörtlich + zu übernehmen. + Die Default-Datei enthält beispielsweise den Eintrag +\family typewriter + +\backslash +raisebox{}[][]{translate} +\family default +. + Das bedeutet, daß der +\family typewriter + +\backslash +raisebox +\family default +-Befehl, das erste (sowie optionale Argumente, falls vorhanden) im TeX-Modus + übernommen werden, wohingegen das letzte Argument (das möglicherweise mathemati +sche Formeln, komplizierte LaTeX-Befehle oder andere, nicht übersetzbare + Befehle enthält) nach LyX konvertiert wird. + Bei optionalen Argumenten kann +\family typewriter +translate +\family default + nicht verwendet werden. +\layout Standard + +Benutzerdefinierte Syntaxdateien können entweder neue Befehle und deren + Syntax beschreiben oder aber die Definition in der Default-Datei überschreiben + (beispielsweise wenn Sie einen Stil verwenden, der für einen dieser Befehle + ein zusätzliches Argument erlaubt). + Dies ist jedoch nur für Befehle von Nutzen, die im TeX-Modus übernommen + werden. + Für Befehle, die wirklich in die LyX-Form übersetzt werden, wie etwa +\family typewriter + +\backslash +item +\family default +, ist de Anzahl der Argumente fest im Programmcode von reLyX verankert. + Diese Befehle sind in der Default-Datei besonders ausgewiesen. +\layout Standard + +Weiterhin beschreibt die Syntaxdatei +\emph on +reguläre Umgebungen +\emph default +. + Normalerweise werden unbekannte Umgebungen komplett im TeX-Modus kopiert. + Definieren Sie aber hier zum Beispiel eine Umgebung +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +foo +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, so werden nur noch die Befehle +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{foo} +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{foo} +\family default + im TeX-Modus gesetzt; der Text zwischen diesen Befehlen wird von reLyX + wie normaler Text behandelt und übersetzt. + Versuchen Sie aber nicht, +\family typewriter +tabbing +\family default + oder +\family typewriter +picture +\family default + als reguläre Umgebungen zu definieren, da der Text darin reLyX durcheinanderbri +ngen wird; verwenden Sie diese Möglichkeit nur für Umgebungen, die einfachen + Text, mathematische Formeln oder simple LaTeX-Befehle enthalten. + Sie können auch keine unbekannten mathematischen Umgebungen (wie +\family typewriter + +\backslash +equation* +\family default +) als reguläre Umgebungen definieren, da sie vom Mathematikeditor in LyX + nicht verarbeitet werden können. + Die Namen der definierten regulären Umgebungen stehen, durch Leerzeichen + getrennt, zwischen den beiden Befehlen +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{reLyXre} +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{reLyXre} +\family default + in der Syntaxdatei. + (Wenn Sie eine bestimmte reguläre Umgebung nur gelegentlich verwenden, + reicht es auch, diese mit der Option +\series bold +-r +\series default + anzugeben.) +\layout Standard + +Drittens beschreibt die Syntaxdatei die mathematische Umsetzungstabelle. + Einige Befehle werden vom Mathematikeditor in LyX nicht verarbeitet. + So wird beispielsweise +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +_ +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + unterstützt, das gleichwertige +\family typewriter + +\backslash +sb +\family default + aber nicht. + Tragen Sie alle Befehle, die Sie konvertiert haben wollen, zwischen den + Zeilen +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{reLyXmt} +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{reLyXmt} +\family default + ein. + Der Eintrag +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +| { +\backslash +Vert} +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + bedeutet, daß jegliche im Mathematikmodus vorkommende +\family typewriter + +\backslash +| +\family default + als +\family typewriter + +\backslash +Vert +\family default + an LyX weitergegeben werden. + (In Fällen, in denen ein Eintrag, bestehend aus einem Backslash und einem + Nicht-Buchstaben in etwas mit Buchstaben am Ende konvertiert wird, fügt + reLyX automatisch ein Leerzeichen an. + Auf diese Weise wird zum Beispiel +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +|a +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + korrekt umgewandelt in +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +Vert a +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +.) +\layout Subsubsection + +Verschiedenes +\layout Standard + +Sie benötigen Perl mindestens in der Version 5.002, um reLyX benutzen zu + können. + Falls Sie kein Perl installiert haben, sollten Sie das unbedingt tun, da + es ein wirklich hilfreiches Werkzeug für praktisch alles ist. +\layout Subsection + +Diagnostik +\layout Standard + +Falls reLyX einmal abstürzt, sollte es grundsätzlich angeben, warum dies + geschehen ist. + Einige der Angaben werden allerdings recht technisch klingen, wenn der + Fehler tief im Inneren des Codes aufgetreten ist. + reLyX gibt noch deutlich mehr Informationen, wenn es mit der Option +\series bold +-d +\series default + gestartet wird, doch dies sollte nur notwendig sein, wenn irgendetwas schief + geht. +\layout Standard + +reLyX gibt nach Beendigung grundsätzlich aus, ob der Lauf erfolgreich war, + oder aufgrund eines Fehlers abgebrochen wurde. +\layout Subsection + +Warnungen +\layout Standard + +Bewahren Sie grundsätzlich eine Kopie Ihrer originalen LaTeX-Datei auf, + entweder unter einem anderen Namen oder in einem anderen Verzeichnis. + Es gibt einige denkbare Möglichkeiten, wie bei der Arbeit mit LyX die originale + LaTeX-Datei überschrieben werden kann: +\layout Itemize + +Wenn Sie +\family typewriter +foo.tex +\family default + importieren, dann +\family typewriter +foo.lyx +\family default + editieren und es danach neu exportieren, wird LyX das Original überschreiben + (allerdings vorher fragen, ob Sie die Datei überschreiben wollen). +\layout Itemize + +Falls Sie im Menü +\family sans +Einstellungen +\family default +, Karteikarte +\family sans +\series bold +Ausgabe +\family default +\series default +, Karteikarte +\family sans +Pfade +\family default + +\family sans +Temporäres\SpecialChar ~ +Verz. + +\family default + nicht aktiviert haben, wird LyX die temporären Dateien im aktuellen Verzeichnis + anlegen; das bedeutet, daß die originale Datei (ohne Nachfrage!) überschrieben + wird, wenn Sie +\family sans +Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI +\family default + oder +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +rucken\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar ~ + +\family default +ausführen. +\layout Subsection + +Dateien +\layout Description + + +\emph on +UserDir +\emph default +/layouts/*.layout \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Private Format-Dateien des Benutzers für Dokumentklassen. +\layout Description + + +\emph on +UserDir +\emph default +/reLyX/syntax.default \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Private Syntaxdateien des Benutzers. +\layout Description + + +\emph on +L +\family sans +\emph default + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +{ +\end_inset + + +\family default +\emph on +y +\family sans +\emph default + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +} +\end_inset + + +\family default +\emph on +XDir +\emph default +/layouts/*.layout \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Systemweite Format-Dateien für Dokumentklassen. +\layout Description + + +\emph on +L +\family sans +\emph default + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +{ +\end_inset + + +\family default +\emph on +y +\family sans +\emph default + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +} +\end_inset + + +\family default +\emph on +XDir +\emph default +/reLyX/syntax.default \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Systemweite LaTeX-Syntaxdatei. +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +L +\family sans +\emph default + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +{ +\end_inset + + +\family default +\emph on +y +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +} +\end_inset + + +\family sans +\emph default +XDir +\family default + ist das systemweite LyX-Verzeichnis, normalerweise etwas wie +\family typewriter +/usr/local/share/lyx +\family default +. + +\emph on +UserDir +\emph default + ist das private LyX-Verzeichnis des Benutzers, normalerweise +\family typewriter +$HOME/.lyx +\family default +. +\layout Subsection + +Siehe auch +\layout Standard + + +\shape italic +lyx +\shape default +(1), +\shape italic +latex +\shape default +(1) +\layout Subsection + +Autoren +\layout Standard + +Copyright (c) 1998-9 +\noun on +Amir +\noun default + +\noun on +Karger +\noun default + (karger@voth.chem.utah.edu) +\layout Standard + +Zum Code haben beigetragen: +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +John Weiss +\noun default + schrieb den ursprünglichen CleanTeX-Durchlauf. +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Etienne Grossmann +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Jos\i \'{e} + Ab\i \'{\i} +lio Oliveira Matos +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +David Suarez de Lis +\layout Standard + +Andere Mitwirkende: +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Jean-Marc Lasgouttes +\noun default + arbeitete am aufrufenden Skript mit und lieferte jede Menge Fehlerberichte, + Tips und Vorschläge für Erweiterungen. +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Asger K. + Alstrup Nielsen +\noun default + und +\noun on +Marc Pavese +\noun default + gaben Tips. +\layout Itemize + +Verschiedene Personen von den Mailing-Listen der Entwickler und Benutzer + lieferten Fehlerberichte und Vorschläge für neue Eigenschaften. +\layout Standard + +reLyX verwendet eine modifizierte Version des Paketes Perl-TeX-Parser Text::TeX, + das von +\noun on +Ilya Zakharevich +\noun default + (ilya@math.ohio-state.edu) geschrieben wurde. + Sie finden es auf CPAN (Comprehensive Perl Archive Network, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.cpan.org} + +\end_inset + +). +\layout Chapter + +LyX-Funktionen, die zusätzliche Programme benötigen +\layout Section + +Die Verwendung von LyX mit den SGML-Tools (LinuxDoc) +\layout Standard + +von +\noun on +Paul Evans +\layout Subsection + +Überblick +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +SGML (LinuxDoc) +\family default + ist eine der in LyX vorhandenen Dokumentklassen, wenn Sie +\family typewriter +sgmltools +\family default + installiert haben. + Sie können Sie verwenden, um damit Dokumente in der sogenannten +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Standardized General Mark-up Language +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + (SGML) zu erstellen, die das besondere Format des +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Linux Documentation Project +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + benutzen. + Dies ist vor allem dann hilfreich, wenn Sie an diesem Projekt mitarbeiten. + Das SGML-Format kann mit den Skripten und Programmen des Paketes +\family typewriter +sgmltools +\family default + in eine Vielzahl anderer Formate übersetzt werden (zum Beispiel LaTeX, + HTML, Text, Manpage\SpecialChar \ldots{} +). + Sie können daher diese Dokumentklasse auch verwenden, wenn Sie einen Text + schreiben wollen, der sehr einfach in andere Formate übersetzt werden kann. +\layout Standard + +Sie werden feststellen, daß die Klasse +\family sans +SGML (LinuxDoc) +\family default + weniger Formatelemente besitzt als die anderen Klassen in LyX. + Dies liegt darin begründet, daß nur so gewährleistet ist, daß die Formate + sinnvoll in alle möglichen Formate übersetzt werden können. + In diesem Abschnitt wird beschrieben, wie Sie +\layout Itemize + +einen Text in der +\family sans +SGML (LinuxDoc) +\family default +-Klasse anlegen und wie Sie damit umgehen, +\layout Itemize + +die Formatelemente von +\family sans +SGML (LinuxDoc) +\family default + einsetzen, um Ihren Text zu formatieren +\layout Itemize + +das SGML-Paket einsetzen, um unterschiedliche Formate zu erzeugen +\layout Itemize + +einige Probleme umschiffen. +\layout Subsection + +Vorbereitung und Umgang mit einem SGML (LinuxDoc)-Doku\SpecialChar \- +ment +\layout Subsubsection + +Zu Beginn +\layout Standard + +Als erstes wählen Sie im Dialog +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar ~ +die Klasse +\family sans +SGML (LinuxDoc) +\family default + aus. + Ein Blick in das Menü mit den Absatztypen ganz links in der Werkzeugleiste + zeigt, daß es in dieser Klasse deutlich weniger Absatzumgebungen gibt als + in den anderen Dokumentklassen von LyX. + Wie diese einzusetzen sind, wird in Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:sgmlparas} + +\end_inset + + erläutert. +\layout Standard + +Sie +\emph on +müssen +\emph default + auf jeden Fall einen Titel für das Dokument eingeben, gefolgt von einer + Zeile mit dem Autor, wobei für jeden Eintrag die entsprechende Absatzumgebung + angewählt werden muß. + Wenn Sie dies nicht tun, werden Sie beim Versuch, die Datei zu drucken, + Fehlermeldungen erhalten. + Als nächstes geben Sie Datum und Zusammenfassung ein, falls Sie dies wünschen. + Der eigentliche Text muß mit dem Umgebungstyp +\family sans +Abschnitt +\family default + beginnen, normaler Text ( +\family sans +Standard +\family default +) führt ebenfalls zu Fehlern. +\layout Standard + +Davon abgesehen können Sie Ihren Text wie gewohnt unter Zuhilfenahme der + vorhandenen Absatzumgebungen erstellen. + Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:sgmlparas} + +\end_inset + + enthält eine Zusammenstellung aller vorhandenen Typen und wie sie eingesetzt + werden. +\layout Subsubsection + +Abspeichern +\layout Standard + +Sie können Dokumente der Klasse +\family sans +SGML (LinuxDoc) +\family default + wie gewohnt speichern und ausdrucken. + Um aber die weiten Möglichkeiten des SGML-Paketes auszunutzen, müssen Sie + die Datei im +\family sans +SGML (LinuxDoc) +\family default +-Format speichern. + Sie erreichen dies durch die Auswahl +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +xportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Linu +\bar under +x +\bar default +Doc +\family default +\SpecialChar \@. + Sie finden dann eine Datei mit demselben Namen und der Endung +\family typewriter +.sgml +\family default + anstelle von +\family typewriter +.lyx +\family default +. + Im Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:sgmloperate} + +\end_inset + + wird beschrieben, wie Sie diese Datei dann weiterverarbeiten können. +\layout Subsection + +Die Verwendung der Absatzumgebungen in SGML (LinuxDoc) +\layout Subsubsection + +Die Struktur eines SGML (LinuxDoc)-Dokumentes +\layout Standard + +Es gibt einen formalen Aufbau, der für alle SGML (LinuxDoc)-Dokumente gilt. + Dadurch wird eingeschränkt, wann welche Absatztypen verwendet werden können. + Jedes Dokument besteht aus zwei Teilen: +\layout Description + +Kopf: Er umfaßt alles, was bis zum ersten Absatz des Typs +\family sans +Abschnitt +\family default + eingegeben wird. + Dies können Überschrift, Autor, Datum, Zusammenfassung und Inhaltsverzeichnis + sein, die ersten beiden +\emph on +müssen +\emph default + angegeben werden. +\layout Description + +Body: Er umfaßt alles nach dem ersten +\family sans +Abschnitt +\family default +-Absatz. + Hier sind alle Absatztypen erlaubt. +\layout Subsubsection + +Die Absatzumgebungen in SGML (LinuxDoc) +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:sgmlparas} + +\end_inset + +Nachfolgend finden Sie eine Zusammenstellung all der Einträge, die Sie auch + in der Absatzumgebungsliste in der Werkzeugleiste vorfinden. + Zu jedem Element werden eine kurze Beschreibung sowie einige Hinweise gegeben, + falls die Verwendung nicht offensichtlich ist. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Standard: +\family roman + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Titel +\family default +: Dieser Text erscheint auf dem Ausdruck oben links über einer dicken horizontal +en Linie, allerdings sieht man dies in LyX nicht. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Abschnitt, Unterabschnitt, Unterunterabschn., Paragraph +\family default + und +\family sans +Unterparagraph: +\family default + Diese Typen bewirken genau das, was sie auch in den anderen Dokumentklassen + tun. + Ob sie numeriert werden, hängt von der Einstellung +\family sans +Max.\SpecialChar ~ +Unterabschnitt +\family default + im Dialog +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + ab. + Dies ist die einzige Möglichkeit, nicht numerierte Abschnitte zu erhalten, + denn die Abschnittsumgebungen vom Typ +\family sans +Abschnitt* +\family default + werden in der Klasse +\family sans +SGML (LinuxDoc) +\family default + nicht unterstützt. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Aufzählung: +\family default + Wie gewohnt können Sie hiermit numerierte, eingerückte Listen erzeugen. + Dies wird im +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default + beschrieben. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Auflistung: +\family default +Auch hier besteht kein Unterschied zu anderen Klassen, weitere Beschreibung + finden Sie im +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default +. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default +: Die Beschreibung finden Sie im +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default +. + Wenn Sie im fettgedruckten Teil der Beschreibung mehr als ein Wort haben + wollen, müssen Sie diese durch geschützte Leerzeichen verbinden. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Unformatiert: +\family default +Wie in anderen Klassen auch. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Code: +\family default +entspricht dem Umgebungstyp +\family sans +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +X-Code +\family default +. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Autor +\family default +: Der hier eingegebene Text erscheint im Ausdruck links oben unter der dicken + horizontalen Linie. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Datum: +\family default + Der hier eingegebene Text erscheint im Ausdruck oben rechts unter der horizonta +len Linie. + Die Eingabe ist optional, es kann beliebiger Text (zum Beispiel eine Versionsnu +mmer) eingegeben werden. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Zusammenfassung +\family default +: Damit können Sie einen einzelnen, freistehenden Absatz nach Autor und + Datum, aber vor dem ersten Abschnitt eingeben. + Es ist aber nur ein einziger solcher Absatz erlaubt. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Hinweis des Autors: +\emph default + Dies sollte geprüft werden ---pe. +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +SGML: +\family default + ??? +\layout Subsubsection + +Andere Format-Elemente +\layout Standard + +Sie können das Menü +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat +\family default + wie gewohnt verwenden, um Zeichensätze zu verändern oder Text hervorzuheben. + Auch das Inhaltsverzeichnis können Sie wie gewohnt verwenden, lesen Sie + dazu den entsprechenden Abschnitt im +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default +. + Obwohl Sie diverse andere Formatelemente in den Menüs finden, zum Beispiel + Einfügen von Fußnoten, ist es nicht sicher, ob diese auch einwandfrei funktioni +eren. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Hinweis des Autors: +\emph default + Möglicherweise liegen die Probleme an meinem Rechner --- pe +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Die Verwendung der SGML (LinuxDoc)-Skripte +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:sgmloperate} + +\end_inset + +Sie können SGML (LinuxDoc) natürlich einfach nur als Textklasse und ohne + jede zusätzlichen Skripte verwenden, aber das würde nicht sehr sinnvoll + sein. + Alles was Sie dadurch erhalten ist ein Dokument, das aussieht wie ein +\emph on +Linux Documentation Project HOWTO +\emph default +. + Für die Übersetzung des Dokumentes benötigen Sie das Paket +\family typewriter +sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz +\family default + (mit +\begin_inset Formula $x\geq3$ +\end_inset + +) von der WWW-Seite der SGML-Tools, +\layout LyX-Code + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://pobox.com/~cg/sgmltools} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Sie können das Paket auch vom sunsite-Archiv bekommen: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/text/sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Die Archivdatei +\family typewriter +sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz +\family default + enthält alles was Sie benötigen, um SGML-Do\SpecialChar \- +ku\SpecialChar \- +men\SpecialChar \- +te zu erstellen und diese + in die Formate groff, LaTeX, HTML, GNU info, LyX und RTF zu konvertieren. +\layout Standard + +Bis zum Januar 1997 hieß dieses Paket +\family typewriter +linuxdoc-sgml-1.5.tar.gz +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Folgen Sie den Anweisungen zur Installation und Benutzung des Paketes. + Dies alles müssen Sie -- unabhängig von LyX -- durchgeführt haben, bevor + Sie den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +xportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Linu +\bar under +x +\bar default +Doc +\family default + auswählen können. +\layout Subsection + +Fehlersuche in SGML (LinuxDoc) +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie ein Dokument ausdrucken oder (als Dvi oder Postscript®) betrachten + wollen, werden einige Tests durchgeführt, bevor LaTeX gestartet wird. + Dabei werden einige Fehler abgefangen, insbesondere solche, die die Struktur + des Textes betreffen. + LyX erzeugt dabei manchmal zwar eine Fehlermeldung, hinterläßt aber keine + Fehlermarke im Text, die es Ihnen erleichtert, die fehlerhafte Stelle zu + lokalisieren. + Unter Umständen müssen Sie in diesen Fällen die Datei selber genau untersuchen, + um den Fehler zu finden. + Die meisten derartigen Fehler beruhen auf der Verwendung von Formatelementen, + die in dieser Klasse nicht vollständig unterstützt werden. +\layout Section + +TeX prüfen +\layout Standard + +von +\noun on +Asger Alstrup +\layout Subsection + +Einleitung +\layout Standard + +Im Menü +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten +\family default + finden Sie einen Eintrag +\family sans + T +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +e +\bar under +X +\bar default +\SpecialChar ~ +prüfen +\family default +. + Damit dieser Befehl einsetzbar ist, müssen Sie das Programm +\family typewriter +chktex +\family default + installiert haben. + Ist dies nicht der Fall, wird der Befehl in hellgrau angezeigt und kann + nicht aktiviert werden. + Sie finden dieses Programm auf jeder Spiegelung des CTAN oder über das + Netz auf +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ifi.uio.no/~jensthi/chktex/} + +\end_inset + + +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Das Paket +\family sans +ChkT +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX +\family default + wurde von +\noun on +Jens T. + Berger Thielemann +\noun default + aus dem Frust heraus erstellt, daß manche Konstrukte in LaTeX nicht sehr + intuitiv und leicht zu vergessen sind. + Das Programm liest die LaTeX-Datei, überprüft die Integrität und meldet + einige typische Fehler. + Es ist damit so etwas wie +\family typewriter +Lint +\family default + für LaTeX. +\layout Standard + +Sie fragen sich nun sicherlich, was ein solches Programm für LyX bringen + soll, welches bereits selber fehlerfreies LaTeX erzeugt. + Die Antwort ist recht einfach: Wie auch +\family typewriter +Lint +\family default + überprüft +\family typewriter +chktex +\family default + nicht nur die korrekte +\emph on +Syntax +\emph default + des Dokumentes, sondern es führt auch einige semantische und +\emph on +typographische +\emph default + Tests durch. + Im einzelnen kann +\family typewriter +chktex +\family default + einige verbreitete Fehler erkennen wie zum Beispiel +\layout Itemize + +Fortsetzungspunkte: +\newline +Es sollte \SpecialChar \ldots{} + anstelle von ... + verwendet werden. +\layout Itemize + +Kein Leerzeichen vor/nach einer Klammer: +\newline +( falsche Leerräume ) +\layout Itemize + +Erzwingen eines normalen Leerraumes nach verbreiteten Abkürzungen: +\newline +z. + B. + ist dies ein zu großer Abstand. +\layout Itemize + +Erzwingen eines Satzende-Punktes, wenn das letzte Wort im Satz mit Großbuchstabe +n endet: +\newline +Dies ist ein TEST. + Und dies ein falscher Abstand. +\layout Itemize + +Leerzeichen vor Marken und ähnlichen Befehlen: +\newline +Die Marke sollte direkt an den Text anschließen um zu verhindern, daß sie + auf eine falsche Seite gesetzt wird. + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:chktex} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Diese Fußnote kann eventuell auf einer falschen Seite landen. +\end_inset + + Der Abstand der Marke ist zu groß. +\layout Itemize + +Normale Leerzeichen vor Querverweisen anstelle von geschützten Leerzeichen: +\newline +Im ungünstigen Fall wird der Zeilenumbruch genau zwischen dem verweisenden + Text und der Referenz\SpecialChar \- +nummer eingefügt, das sieht nicht schön aus. + Ein Beispiel dafür enthält Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:chktex} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Itemize + +Die Verwendung von +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +x +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + anstelle von +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\times$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + zwischen Zahlen: +\newline +2x2 sieht im Vergleich zu 2 +\begin_inset Formula $\times$ +\end_inset + +2 recht mickrig aus. +\layout Standard + +Und vieles mehr\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family typewriter +chktex +\family default + ist ein unentbehrliches Hilfsmittel, wenn Sie Ihr Dokument vor dem Ausdruck + noch ein wenig aufpolieren wollen. + Sie sollten es direkt nach der Rechtschreibprüfung aufrufen, bevor Sie + sich von Hand um weitere Verfeinerungen des Textsatzes kümmern. +\layout Subsection + +Der Aufruf +\layout Standard + +Wenn das Programm auf Ihrem Rechner installiert ist, müssen Sie einfach + nur den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +T +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +e +\bar under +X\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar default +prüfen +\family default + aufrufen. + LyX wird dann aus Ihrem Dokument eine LaTeX-Datei erzeugen und +\family typewriter +chktex +\family default + starten, um sie zu prüfen. + Werden dabei Fehler gefunden, wird LyX an den entsprechenden Stellen im + Text Fehlermarken einfügen. + Sie können diese Marken einfach finden, indem Sie den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +N +\bar default +avigieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +F +\bar default +ehler +\family default + oder das Ta\SpecialChar \- +stenkürzel +\family sans +Strg+G +\family default + (mit +\family typewriter +cua.bind +\family default +, der Standardeinstellung) verwenden. + Öffnen Sie die Fehlermarken durch anklicken oder über das Tastenkürzel + +\family sans +Strg+I +\family default + (oder +\family sans + Strg+O +\family default +, falls Sie +\family typewriter +emacs.bind +\family default + verwenden). + Lesen Sie die Fehlermeldung und beheben Sie den Fehler (falls es wirklich + einer ist). + Wenn Sie mit der Fehlermeldung nichts anfangen können oder sie nicht verstehen, + können Sie sie einfach ignorieren. + Denken Sie daran, daß zwischen dem Erscheinungsbild des Textes auf dem + Bildschirm und der Version, die +\family typewriter +chktex +\family default + zu sehen bekommt, noch ein Zwischenschritt liegt, dadurch kann es passieren, + daß einige Warnungen unverständlich oder sogar dumm erscheinen. +\layout Standard + +Dieser Text ist ein perfektes Testfeld für das Programm, und es sollte einige + Warnungen erzeugen, mit denen Sie herumspielen können. + Da Computer aber nicht sehr schlau sind, können Sie davon ausgehen, daß + die meisten davon falscher Alarm sind. +\layout Subsection + +Anpassung an persönliche Wünsche +\layout Standard + +Sie werden feststellen, daß +\family typewriter +chktex +\family default + manchmal mehr Meldungen erzeugt, als Ihrer momentanen Laune guttut. + Sie können sich dann überlegen, ob Sie es lieber nicht verwenden, warten, + bis sich Ihre Laune ändert oder einfach +\family typewriter +chktex +\family default + so anpassen, wie es Ihnen gefällt. + In jedem Fall können Sie den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Alle\SpecialChar ~ +Fe +\bar under +h +\bar default +lermarken\SpecialChar ~ +entfernen +\family default + verwenden, um sofort alle Fehlermarken aus dem Text zu entfernen. +\layout Standard + +Obwohl +\family typewriter +chktex +\family default + in weiten Bereichen konfigurierbar und erweiterbar ist, sollten Sie nicht + erwarten, daß sich auf diese Weise alle Probleme in LyX lösen lassen. + Da LyX eine ganz spezielle LaTeX-Datei erzeugen muß, +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Sie können sich die gesamte Ausgabe von chktex ansehen, indem Sie direkt + nach dessen Aufruf den Menüpunkt +\family sans +Ans +\bar under +i +\bar default +cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +aT +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX-Protokoll +\family default + anwählen. +\end_inset + + damit es die von +\family typewriter +chktex +\family default + gemeldeten Zeilennummern der internen Dokumentenstruktur zuordnen kann, + werden manche Warnungen nicht an der richtigen Stelle erscheinen. + In diesem Fall können Sie zwei Dinge tun: +\layout Itemize + +Verändern Sie den Aufruf von +\family typewriter +chktex +\family default + in der globalen Konfigurationsdatei für +\family typewriter +chktex +\family default + (normalerweise +\family typewriter +/usr/local/share/chktexrc +\family default +). + Weiter unten im Text wird erläutert, welche Arten von Fehlerhinweisen so + (de)aktiviert werden können. +\layout Itemize + +Exportieren Sie das Dokument als LaTeX-Datei und starten Sie +\family typewriter +chktex +\family default + von Hand, um diese Datei zu prüfen. + Auf diese Weise kann es etwas schwierig werden, die entsprechende Stelle + im LyX-Dokument zu finden, aber mit ein wenig Geduld sollte das kein Problem + sein. +\layout Standard + +Hier nun die Liste all derjenigen Warnungen, die über den Eintrag +\family typewriter + +\backslash +chktex_command +\family default + in der Datei +\family typewriter +preferences +\family default + ein- oder ausgeschaltet werden können. + Verwenden Sie +\family typewriter +-n# +\family default +, um ein Warnung abzuschalten, und +\family typewriter +-w# +\family default +, um sie zu aktivieren. + Die Einträge in hervorgehobener Schrift sind normalerweise abgeschaltet, + denn die Standardeinstellung ist +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +chktex -n1 -n3 -n6 -n9 -n22 -n25 -n30 -n38 +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Bitte verwenden Sie nur solche Optionen, die Warnungen an- oder abschalten. + LyX ist darauf angewiesen, daß einige andere Parameter auf ganz bestimmte + Werte gesetzt sind, damit eine Kommunikation zwischen LyX und +\family typewriter +chktex +\family default + möglich ist. +\layout Standard + +Die folgenden Befehle wurden nicht übersetzt, um Ihnen die Zuordnung zu + erleichtern. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +\emph on +Command terminated with space. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Non-breaking space ( +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +~ +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +) should have been used. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +\emph on +You should enclose the previous parenthesis with +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +{} +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Italic correction ( +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +/ +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +) found in non-italic buffer. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Italic correction ( +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +/ +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +) found more than once. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +\emph on +No italic correction ( +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +/ +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +) found. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Accent command +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +cmd +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + needs use of +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +cmd +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Wrong length of dash may have been used. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +%s +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + expected, found +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +%s +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Solo +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +%s +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + found. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +You should use +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +%s +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + to achieve an ellipsis. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Inter-word spacing ( +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +) should perhaps be used. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Inter-sentence spacing ( +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +@ +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +) should perhaps be used. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Could not find argument for command. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +No match found for +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +%s +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Math mode still on at end of latex file. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Number of +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +char +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + doesn't match the number of +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +char +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +You should use either +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family default + or +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\family default + as an alternative to +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +" +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +You should use " +\family typewriter +' +\family default +" (ASCII 39) instead of " +\family typewriter +´ +\family default +" (ASCII 180). +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +User-specified pattern found. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +This command might not be intended. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +\emph on +Comment displayed. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Either +\family typewriter +'' +\backslash +,' +\family default + or +\family typewriter +' +\backslash +,'' +\family default + will look better. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Delete this space to maintain correct page references. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +\emph on +You might wish to put this between a pair of +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +{} +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +You ought to remove spaces in front of punctuation. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Could not execute latex command. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Don't use +\family typewriter + +\backslash +/ +\family default + in front of small punctuation. +\layout Enumerate + + +\family typewriter +\size small +$ +\backslash +times$ +\family default + may look prettier here. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +\emph on +Multiple spaces detected in output. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +This text may be ignored. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Use +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family default + to begin quotation, not +\family typewriter +' +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Use +\family typewriter +' +\family default + to end quotation, not +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Don't mix quotes. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +You should perhaps use +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +cmd +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + instead. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +You should put a space in front of/after parenthesis. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +You should avoid spaces in front of/after parenthesis. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +\emph on +You should not use punctuation in front of/after quotes. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Double space found. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +You should put punctuation outside inner/inside display math mode. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +You ought to not use primitive TeX in latex code. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +You should remove spaces in front of +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +%s +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +%s +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + is normally not followed by +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +%c +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Für kommende LyX-Versionen ist eine verbesserte Schnittstelle zu diesem + Programm (und seinem kleinen Bruder +\family typewriter +lacheck +\family default +) geplant, um dessen volle Stärke ausnutzen zu können. + Aber auch im gegenwärtgen Stadium ist es alles andere als nutzlos: versuchen + Sie es doch einfach mal mit einem Ihrer etwas längeren Dokumente, Sie werden + überrascht sein. +\layout Section + +Versionskontrolle in LyX +\layout Standard + +von +\noun on + Lars Gullik Bjønnes +\layout Subsection + +Einleitung +\layout Standard + +Ein Freund von mir wollte LyX für ein Gruppenprojekt verwenden. + Als er aber keinerlei Unterstützung für Versionskontrolle oder File Locking + fand, verwarf er die Idee. + Das hat mich natürlich geärgert, und aus diesem Grund beschloß ich, mindestens + Unterstützung für RCS ( +\emph on +Revision Control System +\emph default +, Versionskontrolle) zu implementieren (mit der Möglichkeit, dies später + auf CVS und/oder SCCS zu erweitern). + Dies ist nun geschehen. + LyX unterstützt einige grundlegende RCS-Befehle. + Wenn Sie etwas Komplizierteres machen wollen, müssen Sie dies in einem + XTerm von Hand durchführen. +\layout Standard + +Bevor Sie damit anfangen, RCS in LyX zu verwenden, sollten Sie unbedingt + +\family typewriter +rcsintro +\family default + lesen (das ist eine Datei der Online-Hilfe von Unix, zu lesen mit dem Befehl + +\family typewriter +man rcsintro +\family default +). + Dieser Text beschreibt alle grundlegenden Fähigkeiten von RCS. + Insbesondere sollten Sie den Hinweis über das RCS-Verzeichnis und den Begriff + der RCS-Master-Datei (die Datei mit der Endung +\family typewriter +,v +\family default +) lesen. +\layout Standard + +Die Implementation in LyX setzt eine aktuelle Version des GNU-RCS-Paketes + voraus --- für ältere Versionen wird keine Garantie gegeben. +\layout Subsection + +RCS-Befehle in LyX +\layout Standard + +Die folgenden Abschnitte beschreiben die von LyX unterstützten RCS-Befehle. + Sie finden sie im Menü +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Versions +\bar under +k +\bar default +ontrolle +\family default +. +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +\series medium +Registrieren +\layout Standard + +Wenn Ihr Dokument noch nicht der Versionskontrolle untersteht, ist dies + der einzige Eintrag im Menü. + Ist es einmal registriert, ist dieser Eintrag grau unterlegt und nicht + anwählbar. +\layout Standard + +Mit diesem Befehl registrieren Sie Ihr Dokument bei der Versionskontrolle. + Sie werden interaktiv nach einer anfänglichen Beschreibung für den Text + gefragt. + Dann wird das Dokument als schreibgeschützt markiert. + Um es zu verändern, müssen Sie zuerst +\family sans +Arbeitskopie\SpecialChar ~ +erzeugen +\family default + auswählen. + Bei einem Dokument, das der Versionskontrolle unterliegt, wird hinter dem + Dateinamen im Minipuffer der Eintrag ,,[RCS: ]`` angehängt. +\layout Standard + +Der aufgerufene RCS-Befehl ist +\family typewriter +ci -q -u -i -t-"" +\layout Standard + +Lesen Sie die Online-Hilfe ( +\family typewriter +man ci) +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\family default +um mehr über die Bedeutung der Schalter zu erfahren. +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +\series medium +Änderungen einchecken\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie mit dem Editieren des Textes fertig sind, müssen Sie die Änderungen + wieder der Versionskontrolle übergeben. + Wenn Sie dies tun, werden Sie nach einer Beschreibung der Änderungen gefragt. + Dies wird dann in der Log-Datei vermerkt. + Die Versionsnummer wird erhöht, die Änderungen in die Masterdatei übertragen, + die Datei wird entsperrt und als schreibgeschützt markiert. +\layout Standard + +RCS-Befehl: +\family typewriter +ci -q -u -m"" +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +\series medium +Arbeitskopie erzeugen +\layout Standard + +Dadurch wird das Dokument gesperrt, und nur noch Sie können es verändern. + Dadurch wird für Sie außerdem das Dokument als veränderbar markiert. + Normalerweise werden Sie nun eine ganze Weile mit dem Text arbeiten, ihn + verändern und zum Schluß den geänderten Text wieder an die Versionskontrolle + übergeben. + In der Statuszeile (Minipuffer) wird angezeigt, daß Sie die Datei gesperrt + haben. +\layout Standard + +RCS-Befehl: +\family typewriter +co -q -l +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +\series medium +Letzte Version wiederherstellen +\layout Standard + +Dadurch werden alle Änderungen, die Sie seit der letzten Übergabe an die + VK gemacht haben, verworfen. + Sie bekommen einen entsprechenden Warnhinweis, bevor diese Aktion durchgeführt + wird. +\layout Standard + +RCS-Befehl: +\family typewriter +co -f -u +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +\series medium +Letzte Version widerrufen +\layout Standard + +Dadurch wird die letzte Übergabe an die VK rückgängig gemacht. + Am Dokument, das Sie in LyX geladen haben, werden keinerlei Änderungen + gemacht, aber die letzte Version wird aus der Masterdatei gelöscht. +\layout Standard + +RCS-Befehl: +\family typewriter +rcs -o +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +\series medium +Entwicklung anzeigen +\layout Standard + +Damit wird die vollständige Entwicklungsgeschichte des Dokumentes angezeigt. + Es wird die Ausgabe des Befehls +\family typewriter +rlog +\family default + in einem eigenen Fenster gezeigt. + Weitere Informationen liefert +\family typewriter +man rlog +\family default +. +\layout Section + +Literarische Programmierung +\layout Standard + +von +\noun on +Edmar Wienskoski Jr. + +\noun default + (edmar-w-jr@technologist.com), aktualisiert von +\noun on +Kayvan +\noun default + +\noun on +Sylvan +\noun default + ( +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{kayvan@sylvan.com} + +\end_inset + +) +\layout Subsection + +Einleitung +\layout Standard + +Zweck dieses Teils der Dokumentation ist es Ihnen zu zeigen, wie Sie LyX + verwenden können, um sogenanntes Literarische Programmierung zu betreiben. + Dabei wird vorausgesetzt, daß Sie sich mit dieser Programmiertechnik bereits + auskennen und wissen was mit +\emph on +verknoten +\emph default + (tangling) und +\emph on +weben +\emph default + (weaving) gemeint ist. + Wenn das nicht der Fall ist, sollten Sie dieses Kapitel überspringen oder + sich anhand der weiter unten angegebenen Links im Web schlau machen -- + es gibt sehr viel gute Literatur zu diesem Thema, die alles von der geschichtli +chen Entwicklung bis zu den aktuellsten Hinweisen für Hilfsprogramme reicht. +\layout Standard + +Außerdem wird angenommen, daß Sie sich mit LyX zumindest so gut auskennen, + daß Sie es problemlos konfigurieren oder die X-Resources verändern können. + Andernfalls ziehen Sie die restliche Dokumentation von LyX zu Rate. +\layout Subsection + +Was ist Literarische Programmierung? +\layout Standard + +Aus dem +\emph on +Literarische Programmierung FAQ +\emph default + : +\layout Quotation + +Literarische Programmierung ist die Kombination von Dokumentation und Quelltext + in einer einzigen Datei, und zwar in einer Art und Weise, in der sie von + Menschen einfach gelesen werden kann. + Solche Dokumente sollten sogar Spaß beim Lesen machen, ja sogar zum Lesen + einladen. + Generell vereinen derartige +\emph on +literarische +\emph default + Programme Quellcode und Dokumentation in einer einzigen Datei. + Die Hilfsprogramme lesen dann diese Dateien und erzeugen daraus entweder + die lesbare Dokumentation oder aber den kompilierbaren Programmcode. + Der besondere WEB-Stil der Literarische Programmierung wurde von +\noun on +D. + E. + Knuth +\noun default + während der Entwicklung von TeX kreiert. +\layout Standard + +Eine andere Stelle sagt: +\layout Quotation + + +\emph on +Wie unterscheidet sich Literarische Programmierung von normaler Dokumentation? +\layout Quotation + +Es gibt drei Unterscheidungsmerkmale. + Nach Wichtigkeit geordnet sind das: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Flexibilität bei der Reihenfolge der Ausarbeitung +\layout Itemize + +Automatische Unterstützung von Textsuche +\layout Itemize + +Gesetzte Dokumentation, insbesondere bei Diagrammen und Mathematik +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Jetzt, nachdem hoffentlich Ihre Neugier geweckt ist, sehen wir uns die Literatur + an. +\layout Subsubsection + +Literaturhinweise +\layout Standard + +Alle FAQs für die Literarische Programmierung finden Sie hier: +\layout Quote + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://shelob.ce.ttu.edu/daves/faq.html} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Dieses FAQ zählt 23 (dreiundzwanzig!) unterschiedliche Hilfsprogramme auf. + Manche davon sind ganz speziell für eine bestimmte Programmiersprache ausgelegt +, andere sind da flexibler. + Für LyX wurde +\family typewriter +NoWeb +\family default + ausgewählt, und zwar aus folgenden Gründen: +\layout Itemize + +Die Dokumentation kann wahlweise in LaTeX oder HTML erstellt werden. +\layout Itemize + +Es besitzt eine offene Struktur, das heißt es kann leicht um neue Filter + erweitert werden, die eine benötigte Bearbeitungsfunktion hinzufügen. +\layout Itemize + +Es gibt bereits eine gute Auswahl an bestehenden Filtern (HTML ist einer + davon). +\layout Itemize + +Es ist freie Software. +\layout Standard + +Das NoWeb-Paket finden Sie auf +\layout Quote + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.cs.virginia.edu/~nr/noweb} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Von dort aus erreichen Sie auch viele andere, hochinteressante Links und + sogar ein paar Beispiele für Programme, die mit Literarischer Programmierung + erstellt wurden. +\layout Subsection + +LyX und Literarische Programmierung +\layout Standard + +Um mit NoWeb zusammenzuarbeiten, waren einige Änderungen in LyX notwendig. + Diese wurden aber in einer Weise durchgeführt, die nicht auf NoWeb beschränkt + sind. + Das bedeutet, daß es relativ einfach möglich sein sollte, ein anderes Hilfsprog +ramm für Literarische Programmierung zu verwenden, indem Sie einfach Ihre + LyX-Einstellungen ändern. +\layout Subsubsection + +Erstellen von Dokumentation und Quellcode (weben und verknoten) +\layout Paragraph + +Auswählen der Dokumentklasse +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie LyX und NoWeb erfolgreich installiert haben, stehen Ihnen bei der + Auswahl der Dokumentklasse drei weitere Klassen zur Auswahl: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Article (Noweb) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Book (Noweb) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Report (Noweb) +\layout Standard + +Sie müssen eine davon verwenden, wenn Sie einen Text mit Literarischer Programmi +erung erstellen wollen. +\layout Standard + +Generell ist Literarische Programmierung nicht auf diese drei Klassen beschränkt +, es können jederzeit weitere Klassen auf der Basis von bestehenden Stildateien + wie etwa +\family sans +letter +\family default + erstellt werden oder bestehende Klassen wie etwa +\family sans +article\SpecialChar ~ +(AMS) +\family default + entsprechend angepaßt werden. + Die Beschränkung auf drei Klassen ist eine Folge des Wunsches, die Auswahlliste + nicht übermäßig lang werden zu lassen. + Falls Sie irgendwelche besonderen Wünsche haben, lassen Sie mich das wissen + und ich werde versuchen, einen entsprechenden Eintrag zu bewirken oder + Ihnen dabei helfen, das selber zu machen. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Es ist ziemlich einfach, Sie müssen lediglich eine 4-zeilige Datei anlegen + und die automatische LyX-Konfiguration starten. +\end_inset + + Gleiches gilt für den Fall, daß Sie ein anderes Programm als NoWeb verwenden + wollen, auch dann müssen Sie eigene neue Dokumentklassen erstellen. +\layout Paragraph + +Die Eingabe von Programmcode +\layout Standard + +In LyX verwenden Sie zur Eingabe von Programmcode den Umgebungstyp +\family sans +Scrap. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Der entsprechende Terminus in NoWeb ist +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Chunk +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Ich habe die Bezeichnung +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Scrap +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + aus einem anderen Programm, Nuweb, übernommen, das ich vor NoWeb lange + Jahre verwendet habe. +\end_inset + + +\family default + NoWeb schließt derartige Eingaben so ein: +\layout LyX-Code + +<>= +\layout LyX-Code + + Code +\layout LyX-Code + + Mehr Code +\layout LyX-Code + + Noch mehr Code +\layout LyX-Code + + @ +\layout Standard + +Das Problem dabei ist, daß alles, was zwischen +\family typewriter +\series bold +<< +\family default +\series default + und dem +\family typewriter +\series bold +@ +\family default +\series default + steht, wörtlich genommen werden muß, das heißt LyX muß daran gehindert + werden, die Eingabe in seiner Weise zu interpretieren und zu verändern. + Aus diesem Grund gibt es den Umgebungstyp +\family sans +Scrap +\family default +. + Er verhält sich wie eine normale Absatzumgebung, bietet aber zusätzlich + die Möglichkeit, Leerzeichen beliebig zu verwenden. +\layout Standard + +Der Nachteil davon ist, daß aufeinanderfolgende Code-Absätze durch eine + Leerzeile voneinander getrennt werden, sowohl im Quelltext wie auch in + der gedruckten Dokumentation. + Dies können Sie umgehen, indem Sie die einzelnen Zeilen mit +\family sans +Strg+Eingabe +\family default + anstelle von +\family sans +Eingabe +\family default + abschließen. + Das obige Beispiel sähe also so aus: +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie die gedruckte Version dieses Textes lesen, werden Sie keinen Unterschie +d zwischen den beiden Beispielen erkennen. +\end_inset + + +\layout LyX-Code + +<>= +\newline + Code +\newline + Mehr Code +\newline + Noch mehr Code +\newline + @ +\layout Standard + +Bis auf die Unannehmlichkeit, +\family sans +Strg+Eingabe +\family default + verwenden zu müssen, funktioniert dieses Format einwandfrei. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Es steht aber auf der Wunschliste des Autors, dies zu verbessern. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Als besonderer Hinweis: Sie können auch NoWebs +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +%def +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +-Konstrukt in Ihren +\family sans +Scrap +\family default +-Absätzen benutzen, um Einträge zu NoWebs Querverweisen hinzuzufügen: +\layout LyX-Code + +<>= +\newline + def eine_funktion(args): +\newline + "Dies ist die Beschreibung der Funktion." +\newline + print "My args: ", args +\newline +@ %def eine_funktion +\layout Standard + +Ein Beispiel für die Benutzung und die Querverweisausgabe finden Sie in + der Datei +\family typewriter +lister\SpecialChar \- +rors.lyx +\family default + ( +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ö +\bar under +f +\bar default +fnen\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +B +\bar default +eispiele +\family default +). +\layout Paragraph + +Erstellung der Dokumentation +\layout Standard + +Sie haben nun ein neues Dokument mit der korrekten Dokumentklasse und einigem + Text sowie Programmcode darin. + Wie drucken Sie das nun aus? Die Antwort ist einfach: wählen Sie +\family sans +Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI +\family default + oder was immer Sie verwenden, wenn Sie normale Dokumente in der Vorschau + betrachten wollen. + Weiter ist keine besondere Aktion notwendig. +\layout Standard + +Um Ihnen die Orientierung zu erleichtern, geben wir hier eine kurze Zusammenfass +ung, was dabei hinter den Kulissen von LyX geschieht: +\layout Enumerate + +Wenn +\family sans +Ansicht\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Aktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator +DVI +\family default + gewählt wird, wird eine LaTeX-Datei erzeugt. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Wenn das Dokument eine der literarischen Klassen benutzt, wird dabei die + Dateiendung verwendet, die in +\family typewriter +preferences +\family default + mit dem Befehl +\family typewriter + +\backslash +literate_extension +\family default + (standardmäßig +\family typewriter +.nw +\family default +) festgelegt wurde, andernfalls wird die normale Endung +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + verwendet. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Der einzige Unterschied ist bislang der Dateiname, es ist also keinerlei + Sonderbehandlung seitens LyX notwendig. + Der Umgebungstyp +\family sans +Scrap +\family default +, den Sie zum Formatieren des Programmcodes verwendet haben, sorgt für die + korrekte Behandlung. +\layout Enumerate + +Wenn das Dokument eine der literarischen Klassen benutzt, wird LyX dann + den internen Konverter L +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +{ +\end_inset + +y +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +} +\end_inset + +X +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + +NoWeb benutzen, gefolgt von NoWeb +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + +La +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +{ +\end_inset + +T +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +} +\end_inset + +eX, um die LaTeX-Datei zu erzeugen. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Die Konverter finden Sie unter +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +E +\bar under +i +\bar default +nstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Konverter +\family default +. +\end_inset + + +\layout Enumerate + +Schließlich wird LaTeX gestartet und bearbeitet den Text wie gewohnt. +\layout Standard + +Die Unabhängigkeit von einem besonderen +\emph on +literarischen Werkzeug +\emph default + erreicht man einfach durch ändern der Befehle, die von den verschiedenen + Konvertern benutzt werden. +\layout Paragraph + +Erstellung des Programmcodes +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Programm\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +e +\bar default +rstellen +\family default + auswählen, wird wie oben in Schritt 1 eine LaTeX-Datei erzeugt. + Dann startet LyX den +\family typewriter +NoWeb->Pro\SpecialChar \- +gram +\family default +-Konverter. + Typischerweise hat dieser Konverter wie alle anderen zwei Teile: +\layout Enumerate + +Das Konvertierprogramm selber. + Dieses führt die Umwandlung von einem Format ins andere durch (in diesem + Fall von NoWeb in das Programm-Pseudo-Format). +\layout Enumerate + +Der Parser der Fehlerdatei. + Dieses Programm schreibt die Fehlermeldungen in ein Format um, das Lyx + verstehen kann. + Damit kann LyX Fehlerkästchen an die richtigen Stellen in der Datei schreiben. +\layout Standard + +Der erste Teil, der +\family sans +B +\bar under +e +\bar default +fehl +\family default +, sollte den Eintrag +\family typewriter +build-script\SpecialChar ~ +$$i +\family default + bekommen. + Das bedeutet hauptsächlich, daß LyX +\family typewriter +build-script +\family default + (ein Programm oder Skript) mit dem Namen der NoWeb-Datei aufruft (normalerweise + eine Datei im temp-Verzeichnis von LyX). +\layout Standard + +Dies ist eine Implementierung von +\family sans +build-script +\family default +, die Sie in einem Verzeichnis in Ihrem Pfad einfügen können: +\layout LyX-Code + +#!/bin/sh +\layout LyX-Code + +# +\layout LyX-Code + +notangle -Rbuild-script $1 | env NOWEB_SOURCE=$1 sh +\layout Standard + +Der zweite Teil sind die +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +xtra\SpecialChar ~ +flags +\family default + für den Konverter, die auf +\family typewriter + originaldir,parselog=lister\SpecialChar \- +rors +\family default + gesetzt werden müssen. + Damit werden alle von +\family sans +build-script +\family default + erzeugten Fehler mit dem +\family typewriter +listerrors +\family default +-Programm bearbeitet. +\layout Standard + +Der Konverter sucht zuerst im Verzeichnis ~/.lyx/scripts, dann in +\emph on + L +\family sans +\emph default + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + + +\family default +\emph on +yXDir/scripts +\emph default + und dann im Pfad des +\family typewriter +listerrors +\family default +-Programms. +\layout Paragraph + +Build-Befehle im Dokument +\layout Standard + +Das letzte Stück für die Integration von LyX und NoWeb ist das +\family sans +Scrap +\family default + +\family typewriter +build-script +\family default +. + Im allgemeinen sollten die Befehle zum Erzeugen Ihres Programms in ein + eigenes +\family sans +Scrap +\family default + eingebettet sein. + Das obige NoWeb-spezifische +\family typewriter +build-script +\family default + benutzt den +\family typewriter +notangle +\family default +-Befehl, um nach diesem +\family sans +Scrap +\family default +, genannt +\family typewriter +build-script +\family default +, zu suchen und startet ein Shellskript. +\layout Standard + +Solch ein +\family sans +Scrap +\family default + sieht typischerweise so aus: +\layout LyX-Code + +<>= +\newline +#!/bin/sh +\newline + +\newline +if [ -z "${NOWEB_SOURCE}" ] +\newline +then +\newline + NOWEB_SOURCE=meinedatei.nw +\newline +fi +\newline +[... + Code zum Extrahieren von Dateien ...] +\newline +[... + Code zum Extrahieren von Dateien ...] +\newline +@ +\layout Standard + +Sehen Sie sich die Dateien +\emph on +Ly +\family sans +\emph default + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + + +\family default +\emph on +XDir/examples/listerrors.lyx +\emph default + und +\emph on +Ly +\family sans +\emph default + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + + +\family default +\emph on +XDir/examples/Literate.lyx +\emph default + mit Beispielen, wie das +\family typewriter +"listerrors" +\family default +-Programm implementiert werden kann und all diese Teile zusammenwirken, + oder +\emph on +Ly +\family sans +\emph default + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + + +\family default +\emph on +XDir/noweb2lyx.lyx +\emph default + an. + Interessanterweise zeigen diese drei Dateien die sprachunabhängige Unterstützun +g von LyX für Literarische Programmierung, denn sie wurden in Python, C + und Perl geschrieben. +\layout Subsubsection + +LyX-Konfiguration +\layout Standard + +Alle Einstellungen für die Literarische Programmierung werden in +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +E +\bar under +i +\bar default +nstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +"" +\end_inset + + +\family sans +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Konverter +\family default + gemacht. +\layout Description + +das\SpecialChar ~ +literarische\SpecialChar ~ +Format wird auf der Karteikarte +\family sans +Formate +\family default + festgelegt. + Hier werden die Noweb-spezifischen Dinge definiert. + Der +\family sans +Name im +\bar under +G +\bar default +UI +\family default + wird auf +\family typewriter +NoWeb +\family default + gesetzt, die +\family sans +Datei\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +E +\bar default +ndung +\family default + auf +\family typewriter +.nw +\family default +. + Damit wird LyX gesagt, im ersten Schritt der Konvertierung eine +\family typewriter +.nw +\family default +-Datei zu erzeugen. +\layout Description + +das\SpecialChar ~ +Programmformat ist ein leeres Format, das nur dazu dient, das Ende der + Konvertierung zu sein (womit Sie dafür einen Konverter einstellen können). +\layout Description + +NoWeb +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + +La +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +{ +\end_inset + +T +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +} +\end_inset + +eX Dieser Konverter +\emph on +webt +\emph default + das literarische Dokument. + Für Noweb wird der +\family sans +B +\bar under +e +\bar default +fehl +\family default + auf +\newline + +\family typewriter +noweave -delay -index $$i > $$o +\family default + gesetzt. +\layout Description + +NoWeb +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + +Program Dies ist Schritt zum +\emph on +Verknoten +\emph default +. + Wie oben erwähnt werden hier der +\family sans +B +\bar under +e +\bar default +fehl +\family default + auf +\family typewriter + +\family default + +\newline + +\family typewriter +build-script $$i +\family default + und +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +xtra\SpecialChar ~ +flags +\family default + auf +\family typewriter + originaldir,parselog=listerrors +\family default + gesetzt. +\layout Subsubsection + +Erweiterungen zur Fehlersuche +\layout Standard + +In den LyX-Server wurde eine neue Funktion implementiert, und zwar +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +server-goto-file- +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +"" +\end_inset + +row +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Sie kann insbesondere von +\family typewriter +ddd +\family default +/ +\family typewriter +gdb +\family default + oder einem anderen Debugger aus verwendet werden. +\layout Standard + +Beim Debugging mit +\family typewriter +ddd +\family default +/ +\family typewriter +gdb +\family default + gibt es die Möglichkeit, mit einem einzigen Tastendruck einen Editor an + der aktuellen Position im Programmcode zu starten, die Voreinstellung in + +\family typewriter +ddd +\family default + ist +\family sans +Umschalt+Strg+V +\family default +. + Über den Menüpunkt Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Helpers in +\family typewriter +ddd +\family default + können Sie unter +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Edit Sources +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + festlegen, welcher Editor gestartet werden soll. +\layout Standard + +Sie können die neue LyX-Server- und die +\family typewriter +ddd +\family default +-Funktion benutzen, wenn Sie +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Edit Sources +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + folgenden Wert geben: +\layout Quote + +echo "LYXCMD:monitor:server-goto-file-row:@FILE@ @LINE@" >~/.lyxpipe.in +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie nun +\family typewriter +ddd +\family default + verwenden und eine Stelle im Programm finden, die Sie verändern wollen, + drücken Sie einfach +\family sans +Umschalt+Strg+V +\family default + und +\family typewriter +ddd +\family default + sendet die entsprechenden Informationen über den Server an LyX, und im + LyX-Fenster wird der Cursor auf dieselbe Zeile gesetzt, an der auch +\family typewriter +ddd +\family default + gerade war. + Kein mühsames Suchen nach der entsprechenden Stelle mehr. +\layout Standard + +Um diese Fähigkeit auszunutzen müssen Sie allerdings den LyX-Server aktiviert + haben. + Dazu benötigen Sie den Eintrag +\layout Quote + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +serverpipe "/home//.lyxpipe" +\layout Standard + +in Ihrer Datei +\family typewriter +preferences +\family default +. + Weitere Informationen zum LyX-Server finden Sie in der LyX-Dokumentation. +\layout Subsubsection + +Werkzeugleistenerweiterungen +\layout Standard + +Es gibt sechs neue Einträge für die Werkzeugleiste, fünf davon sind für + verschiedene Absatzumgebungen: +\family sans +Standard +\family default +, +\family sans +Abschnitt +\family default +, +\family sans +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX +\family default +, +\family sans +L +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +yX-Code +\family default +, und +\family sans +Scrap +\family default +. + Der sechste ist für den Menüpunkt +\family sans +Programm\SpecialChar ~ +erstellen +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +LyX bietet noch viele andere Schalter für die Anpassung der Werkzeugleiste. + In meiner persönlichen Version verwende ich die neuen Einträge zusammen + mit zwei weiteren: für +\family sans +DVI aktualisieren +\family default + und +\family sans +DVI anzeigen +\family default +. + Das sieht in +\family typewriter +preferences +\family default + dann so aus: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +begin_toolbar +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +layouts +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +add layout Standard +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +add layout Section +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +add layout LaTeX +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +add layout LyX-Code +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +add layout Scrap +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +separator +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +add buffer-view +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +add buffer-typeset +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +add build-program +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +separator +\layout LyX-Code + +. +\layout LyX-Code + +. +\layout LyX-Code + +. +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +end_toolbar +\layout Subsubsection + +Farben anpassen +\layout Standard + +Viele der von LyX zur Darstellung verwendeten Farben können den eigenen + Wünschen angepaßt werden. + Das wird mit +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Aussehen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Farben +\family default + gemacht. +\layout LyX-Code + +\layout Chapter + +Geheimnisse der LaTeX-Meister +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cha:Geheimnisse-der-LaTeX-Meister} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Obwohl LyX ein sehr leistungsfähiges Programm ist, ist es unmöglich, all + die Dinge, die mit reinem TeX/LaTeX möglich sind, zu unterstützen. + Dennoch sind viele in TeX und LaTeX übliche und verbreitete Tricks auch + in LyX möglich, zumindest, wenn es Ihnen nichts ausmacht, den +\family sans +TeX +\family default +-Schalter in der Werkzeugleiste zu verwenden oder (via +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX-Vorspann +\family default +) TeX-Befehle selber in den LaTeX-Vorspann einzutragen. + In diesem Kapitel werden einige Tips, Tricks und sonstige guten Ideen aufgezeig +t, um Ihren Dokumenten einen besonderen Anstrich zu geben. + +\emph on +Machen Sie das aber zu Hause! +\emph default + Fangen Sie erstmal mit einem kleineren Text an, nicht gleich mit etwas + so wichtigem wie Ihrer Dissertation. +\layout Standard + +Die meisten hier vorgestellten Ideen setzen Dateien voraus, die nicht in + allen LaTeX-Distributio\SpecialChar \- +nen zum Standard gehören. + Bei einem kompletten System wie teTeX werden zwar die meisten dieser Pakete + eingeschlossen sein, ein paar werden Sie sich aber trotzdem von einem CTAN-Arch +iv besorgen müssen. + +\layout Standard + +Oft gibt es in LaTeX mehrere Wege, etwas Bestimmtes zu erreichen, und oft + gibt es mehrere Stildateien, die demselben Zweck dienen. + Hier soll nicht ein Paket oder Weg einem anderen vorgezogen werden, es + soll einfach nur gezeigt werden, +\emph on +wie +\emph default + eine bestimmte Aufgabe mit dem benutzten Paket gelöst werden kann. + Also: setzen Sie Ihren Zauberhut auf, passen Sie auf Drachen auf und lassen + Sie uns anfangen. +\layout Section + +Tricks für Fußnoten und Randnotizen +\layout Standard + +angeregt von +\noun on +Robin Socha +\layout Subsection + +Fußnoten +\layout Standard + +In der Dokumentklasse +\family sans +article +\family default + kann LyX den Zähler für die Fußnoten nicht nach jedem Kapitel auf +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +1 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + zurücksetzen, genausowenig kann die Art des Zählers beeinflußt werden. + Sie müssen dazu eigene LaTeX-Befehle in den Text einfügen: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +setcounter{footnote}{0} +\end_inset + + Der Befehl +\family typewriter + +\backslash +setcounter{footnote}{0} +\family roman + +\family default +setzt den Zähler zurück auf 1. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Der Zähler steht wieder auf 1. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Der folgende Befehl schaltet die Numerierung um auf kleine Buchstaben. + Betrachten Sie die nächste Fußnote in der +\family typewriter +dvi +\family default +- oder PostScript®-Vorschau. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +thefootnote}{ +\backslash +alph{footnote}} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Dies ist ein Beispiel für eine Fußnote mit alphabetischer Numerierung. + Verwenden Sie den LaTeX-Befehl +\family typewriter + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +thefootnote { +\backslash +alph{footnote}} +\family default +, um diesen Effekt zu erzielen. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Der nächste Befehl setzt den Numerierungsstil wieder auf die Standardeinstellung + (arabische Ziffern) zurück. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +renewcommand { +\backslash +thefootnote} { +\backslash +arabic{footnote}} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Verwenden Sie den LaTeX-Befehl +\family typewriter + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +thefootnote}{ +\backslash +arabic{footnote}} +\family default +, um +\family roman + +\family default +den Fußnotenstil wieder auf arabische Ziffern zurückzustellen. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Als Einstellung für den Fußnotenstil sind +\family typewriter + +\backslash +arabic +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +roman +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +Roman +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +alph +\family default + oder +\family typewriter + +\backslash +Alph +\family default + sowie ein paar weitere erlaubt. + Ersetzen Sie einfach die entsprechenden Ausdrücke im obigen Beispiel und + sehen Sie sich die Auswirkung in der Vorschau an. +\layout Subsection + +Randnotizen +\layout Standard + +Hier zwei Beispiele, was für nette Dinge mit Randnotizen möglich sind, wenn + man ein paar einfache LaTeX-Befehle verwendet. +\layout Standard + +Der folgende Befehl erzeugt einen dicken Strich neben Ihrem Text. + So etwas läßt sich wunderbar als Markierung für die schnelle Suche beim + Durchblättern verwenden: +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +marginpar{ +\backslash +rule[-10mm]{30mm}{5mm}} +\family roman +. +\family default + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +marginpar{ +\backslash +rule[-10mm]{20mm}{5mm}} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Betrachten Sie in der +\family typewriter +dvi +\family default +- oder PostScript®-Vorschau, was der folgende Befehl bewirkt. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Open + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +reversemarginpar +\end_inset + + Richtig, damit können Sie eine Randnotiz auf der +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +falschen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + Seite eines zweiseitig gesetzten Dokumentes einfügen. +\begin_inset Marginal +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Dies ist eine Randnotiz. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\noun on +HHa +\noun default +: Wie auch im +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default + habe ich hier ziemlich schmale Seitenränder verwendet, un Papier zu sparen. + Wenn Sie unbedingt +\emph on +lesbare +\emph default + Randnotizen benötigen, müssen Sie den entsprechenden Rand verbreitern. +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Mehrspaltige Dokumente +\layout Standard + +von +\noun on +Lars Gullik Bjønnes +\layout Subsection + +Absicht +\layout Standard + +Das Ziel dieses Abschnittes ist es, +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Hinweis des Editors: +\emph default + Das ursprüngliche Kapitel von +\noun on +Lars +\noun default + war eine meisterhafte Beschreibung, wie man das Paket +\family typewriter +multicol +\family default + verwenden kann. + Leider war es zu lang, um problemlos in dieses Dokument zu passen. + Daher habe ich beschlossen, hier nur die wichtigsten Abschnitte herauszupicken + (Sorry, Lars); Sie können aber das Original von Lars (und mehr von der + Geschichte!) in der Beispieldatei +\family typewriter +examples/multicol.lyx +\family default + lesen. + --- mer +\end_inset + + Ihnen die Verwendung des LaTeX-Paketes +\family typewriter +multicol +\family default + zu erläutern. + Diese Paket wird derzeit von LyX noch nicht direkt unterstützt, deshalb + müssen Sie einige Dinge von Hand einfügen. + Wenn Sie diesen Abschnitt lesen, sollte Ihnen klarwerden, wie man das macht. +\layout Standard + +Damit man mehrspaltige Dokumente drucken kann, muß in den LaTeX-Vorspann + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage{ +\begin_inset ERT +status Open + +\layout Standard +"" +\end_inset + +multicol} +\family default + eingefügt werden. +\layout Subsection + +Einschränkungen +\layout Standard + +Das Paket +\family typewriter +multicol +\family default + dient dazu, um auf ein und derselben Seite zwischen ein- und mehrspaltigem + Textsatz umzuschalten. + Fußnoten werden dabei (größtenteils) richtig behandelt, werden allerdings + unten auf der Gesamtseite, und nicht unter der jeweiligen Spalte gesetzt. + In der gegenwärtigen Implementierung ist aber der Gleitmechanismus von + LaTeX teilweise deaktiviert, aus diesem Grund können in dieser Umgebung + nur ganzseitige Gleitobjekte verarbeitet werden. + +\layout Subsection + +Beispiele +\layout Subsubsection + +Zwei Spalten +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie Text in zwei Spalten setzen wollen, müssen Sie den LaTeX-Modus + verwenden und an dem Punkt, an dem der zweispaltige Satz beginnen soll, + den Befehl +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{2} +\family default + einfügen und am Ende den Befehl +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\family default +. + Zum Beispiel so: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{2} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard +\noindent + +\series bold +\size small +MOMO +\series default + +\newline +von +\noun on +Michael Ende +\layout Standard + + +\size small +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + Draußen am südlichen Rand dieser großen Stadt, dort, wo schon die ersten + Felder beginnen und die Hütten und Häuser immer armseliger werden, liegt, + in einem Pinienwäldchen versteckt, die Ruine eines kleinen Amphitheaters. + Es war auch in jenen alten Zeiten keines von den prächtigen, es war schon + damals sozusagen ein Theater für ärmere Leute. + In unseren Tagen, das heißt um jene Zeit, da die Geschichte von Momo ihren + Anfang nahm, war die Ruine fast ganz vergessen. + Nur ein paar Professoren der Al\SpecialChar \- +ter\SpecialChar \- +tums\SpecialChar \- +wis\SpecialChar \- +sen\SpecialChar \- +schaft wußten von ihr, aber + sie kümmerten sich nicht weiter um sie, weil es dort nichts mehr zu erforschen + gab. + Sie war auch keine Sehenswürdigkeit, die sich mit anderen, die es in der + großen Stadt gab, messen konnte. + So verirr\SpecialChar \- +ten sich nur ab und zu ein paar Tou\SpecialChar \- +ri\SpecialChar \- +sten dort hin, kletterten + auf den grasbewachsenen Sitzreihen umher, machten Lärm, knipsten ein Erinnerung +sfoto und gingen wieder fort. + Dann kehrte die Stille in das stei\SpecialChar \- +ner\SpecialChar \- +ne Rund zurück, und die Zikaden stimmten + die nächste Strophe ihres endlosen Liedes an, die sich übrigens in nichts + von der vorigen unterschied. +\layout Standard + + +\size small +Eigentlich waren es nur die Leute aus der näheren Umgebung, die das seltsame + runde Bauwerk kannten. + Sie ließen dort ihre Ziegen weiden, die Kinder benutzten den runden Platz + in der Mitte zum Ballspielen, und manchmal trafen sich dort am Abend die + Liebespaare +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsubsection + +Mehr als zwei Spalten +\layout Standard + +Dasselbe Schema gilt, wenn Sie mehr als zwei Spalten haben wollen, Sie geben + einfach die Anzahl der gewünschten Spalten in der zweiten Klammer an: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{3} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\size footnotesize +Aber eines Tages sprach es sich bei den Leuten herum, daß neuerdings jemand + in der Ruine wohne. + Es sei ein Kind, ein kleines Mädchen vermutlich. + So genau könne man das allerdings nicht sagen, weil es ein bißchen merkwürdig + angezogen sei. + Es hieße Momo oder so ähnlich. +\layout Standard + + +\size footnotesize +Momos äußere Erscheinung war in der Tat ein wenig seltsam und konnte auf + Menschen, die großen Wert auf Sauberkeit und Ordnung legen, möglicherweise + etwas erschreckend wirken. + Sie war klein und ziemlich mager, so daß man beim besten Willen nicht erkennen + konnte, ob sie erst acht oder schon zwölf Jahre alt war.. + Sie hatte einen wilden, pechschwarzen Lockenkopf, der so aussah, als ob + er noch nie mit einem Kamm oder einer Schere in Berührung gekommen wäre. + Sie hatte große, wunderschöne und ebenfalls pechschwarze Augen und Füße + von der glei\SpecialChar \- +chen Farbe, denn sie lief fast immer barfuß. + Nur im Winter trug sie manchmal Schuhe, aber es waren zwei verschiedene, + die nicht zusammenpaßten und ihr außerdem viel zu groß waren. + Das kam daher, daß Momo eben nichts besaß, als was sie irgendwo fand oder + geschenkt bekam. + Ihr Rock war aus allerlei bunten Flicken zusammengenäht und reichte ihr + bis auf die Fußknöchel\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Sie können zwar mehr als 3 Spalten verwenden, aber das ist meist für das + Auge nicht sehr ansprechend. +\layout Subsubsection + +Spalten innerhalb einer Spalte +\layout Standard + +Sie können sogar mehrspaltige Abschnitte innerhalb einer anderen, mehrspaltigen + Umgebung verwenden: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{2} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\size footnotesize +Darüber trug sie eine alte, viel zu weite Männerjacke, deren Ärmel an den + Handgelenken umgekrempelt waren. + Abschneiden wollte Momo sie nicht, weil sie vorsorglich daran dachte, daß + sie ja noch wachsen würde. + Und wer konnte wissen, ob sie jemals wieder eine so schöne und praktische + Jacke mit so vielen Taschen finden würde. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{2} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\size footnotesize +Unter der grasbewachsenen Bühne der Theaterruine gab es ein paar halb eingestürz +te Kammern, die man durch ein Loch in der Außenmauer betreten konnte. + Hier hatte Momo sich häuslich eingerichtet. + Eines Mittags kamen einige Männer und Frauen aus der näheren Umgebung zu + ihr und versuchen sie auszufragen. + Momo stand ihnen gegenüber und guckte sie ängstlich an, weil sie fürchtete, + die Leute würden sie wegjagen. + Aber sie merkte bald, daß es freundliche Leute waren. + Sie waren selber arm und kannten das Leben. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\size footnotesize + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +So +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, sagte einer der Männer, +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +hier gefällt es dir also? +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\newline + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Ja +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, antwortet Momo. +\newline + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Und du willst hier bleiben? +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\newline + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Ja, gern. +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\newline + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Aber wirst du denn nirgendwo erwartet? +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\newline + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Nein. +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\newline + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Ich meine, mußt du denn nicht wieder nach Hause? +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\newline + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Ich bin hier zu Hause +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, versicherte Momo schnell. +\newline + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Wo kommst du denn her, Kind? +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\newline +Momo machte mit der Hand eine unbestimmte Bewegung, die irgendwohin in die + Ferne deutete. +\newline + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Wer sind denn deine Eltern? +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + forschte der Mann weiter. +\newline +Das Kind schaute ihn und die anderen Leute ratlos an und hob ein wenig die + Schultern. + Die Leute tauschten Blicke und seufzten. +\newline + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Du brauchst keine Angst zu haben +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, fuhr der Mann fort, +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +wir wollen dich nicht vertreiben. + Wir wollen die helfen. +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\newline +Momo nickte stumm, aber noch nicht ganz überzeugt\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Für fortgeschrittenere Beispiele (Abstände, Trennlinien) lesen Sie bitte + die Datei +\family typewriter +multicols. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +"" +\end_inset + +lyx +\family default + im Verzeichnis mit den Beispielen. +\layout Section + +Numerierung in der +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Absatzumgebung +\layout Standard + +von +\noun on +John Weiss +\layout Standard + +Die Numerierung in der +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Absatzumgebung beginnt normalerweise mit arabischen Zahlen und endet in + der tiefsten Aufzählungsebene mit Großbuchstaben. + Falls Sie eine andere Art der Aufteilung wünschen, hier ist ein Beispiel: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +labelenumi}{ +\backslash +Roman{enumi}.} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +labelenumii}{ +\backslash +Alph{enumii}.} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +labelenumiii}{ +\backslash +arabic{enumiii}.} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +labelenumiv}{ +\backslash +alph{enumiv}.)} +\layout Standard + +Damit wird das Schema umgestellt auf große römische Zahlen, Großbuchstaben, + arabische Zahlen und als letztes Kleinbuchstaben. +\layout Standard + +Darüberhinaus wird die Numerierung noch ein wenig verändert, es wird zusätzlich + ein Punkt eingefügt und in Ebene 4 eine Klammer. + Das so erzeugte Numerierungsschema für die verschiedenen Aufzählungsebenen + ist damit also folgendes: +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +I. +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +A. +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +1. +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +a.) +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + +\layout Standard + +Wie Sie am Beispiel sehen, gibt es für jede Ebene eigene Markierungsbefehle, + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +labelenumi +\family default + \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +labelenumiv +\family default +, und ebenso einen eigenen Zähler, +\family typewriter +enumi +\family default + \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family typewriter +enumiv +\family default +. + Außerdem gibt es fünf Befehle, um +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Zahlen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + auszugeben, nämlich +\family typewriter + +\backslash +arabic{} +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +roman{} +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +Roman{} +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +alph{} +\family default + und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +Alph{} +\family default +. + Jedem von ihnen muß als Argument einer der Zähler übergeben werden. + Sie können vor oder nach den Befehlen auch noch weitere Zeichen eingeben, + Leerzeichen sind jedoch nicht notwendig. +\layout Standard + +Damit ist dann wirklich fast jedes denkbare Schema machbar, hier ein Beispiel: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +labelenumi}{ +\backslash +# +\backslash +Alph{enumi} +\backslash +#} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +labelenumii}{ +\backslash +Alph{enumi}. +\backslash +arabic{enumii}} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +labelenumiii}{ +\backslash +alph{enumiii}+} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +labelenumiv}{( +\backslash +roman{enumiv})} +\layout Standard + +Damit erhält man folgendes Numerierungsschema: +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +#A# +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +A.1 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +a+ +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +(i) +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + +\layout Section + +Zusätzlicher Leerraum zwischen Tabellenzeilen +\layout Standard + +von +\noun on +Mike Ressler +\layout Standard + +In LaTeX ist es einfach möglich, zwischen zwei Zeilen einer Tabelle einen + etwas größeren Zwischenraum einzufügen, indem man dem Zeilenende-Befehl + ( +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\backslash + +\family default +) ein optionales Argument gibt. + In LyX wurde dies noch nicht umgesetzt, deshalb sind hier zwei Tricks, + wie Sie das trotzdem erreichen können. +\layout Standard + +Der erste ist der formal richtige, aber etwas umständliche Weg. + Fügen Sie im LaTeX-Vorspann den folgenden Befehl ein: +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +extratablespace}[1]{ +\backslash +noalign{vskip#1}} +\family default + +\layout Standard + +Dieser Befehl hat einen Parameter --- den Betrag des Abstands, den Sie einfügen + wollen. + Benutzen Sie diesen Befehl in der ersten Zeile +\emph on +nach +\emph default + der Stelle, an der Sie den Leerraum haben wollen. + Hier ein Beispiel: +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Mineralien +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Kalzit +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Dolomit +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Quarz +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Graphit +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +extratablespace{2ex} +\end_inset + +Fels +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Kalkstein +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Sandstein +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Granit +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Andesit +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Die zweite Methode ist schneller, wird aber Typographen und TeXperten aufstöhnen + lassen: Fügen Sie einfach einen zusätzlichen Zeilenende-Befehl mit optionalem + Argument an derselben Stelle ein. + Hier sind keine weiteren Definitionen wie im ersten Beispiel notwendig, + aber es wird mehr Leerraum eingefügt, als Sie angegeben haben. + Denn es wird ja eine leere Zeile +\emph on +plus +\emph default + dem angegebenen Leerraum eingefügt. + Wenn dies zuviel Leerraum ist, geben Sie einfach einen negativen Wert als + Parameter an: +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Mineralien +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Kalzit +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Dolomit +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Quarz +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Graphit +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash + +\backslash +[-1ex] +\end_inset + + Fels +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Kalkstein +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Sandstein +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Granit +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Andesit +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Es ist kurz, süß und macht die Arbeit schnell, obwohl es wirklich häßlich + ist. + Werfen Sie das verrottete Gemüse jetzt weg! Ich verspreche, ich würde so + etwas niemals vorschlagen! +\layout Section + +Abgesetzte Großbuchstaben +\layout Standard + +von +\noun on +Mike Ressler +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Open + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +newfont{ +\backslash +tmpfont}{cmr17 scaled 2500}{ +\backslash +tmpfont D} +\backslash +vspace*{-9.5ex} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard +\noindent + +\begin_inset ERT +status Open + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +hangindent=3.3em +\backslash +hangafter=-3 +\end_inset + + iejenigen unter Ihnen, denen der Stil alter Bücher gefällt, würden sicherlich + in Ihren Texten auch gerne jene abgesetzten großen Buchstaben am Anfang + eines Kapitels verwenden. + Mit etwas Kenntnis von TeX ist dies durchaus möglich --- allerdings etwas + aufwendig, wie das Beispiel am Anfang dieses Absatzes zeigt. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Für diejenigen, die den Text nur in gedruckter Form vorliegen haben: Die + Befehlssequenz, um das große +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +D +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + zu erzeugen, lautete +\family typewriter + +\backslash +newfont{ +\backslash +tmpfont}{cmr17 scaled 2500}{ +\backslash +tmpfont D} +\backslash +vspace*{-8.2ex} +\backslash +hangindent=3.3em +\backslash +hangafter=-3 +\family default +. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Es gibt aber noch einen viel einfacheren Weg, das zu erreichen. + Das Paket +\family typewriter +dropcaps +\family default + (oder das neuere +\family typewriter +dropping +\family default +) vom CTAN bietet einen schnellen Weg, solche Großbuchstaben in Ihren Text + einzubinden. + Da dieses Paket aber nicht zum Standardumfang von teTeX gehört, können + wir das hier nicht vorführen. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Der TeX-Befehl wäre +\family typewriter + +\backslash +verb+ +\backslash +bigdrop{-1em}{3}{ptmri}{E}+ +\family default +. +\end_inset + + Falls Sie +\family typewriter +dropcaps +\family default + auf Ihrem System installiert haben, gehen Sie folgendermaßen vor: Speichern + Sie diesen Text als neues Dokument ab (damit Sie ihn ändern können). + Entfernen Sie am Beginn des Absatzes das +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\backslash +verb +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + sowie die beiden +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + ++ +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und fügen im LaTeX-Vorspann die Zeile +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage{dropcaps} +\family default + ein. + Sie bekommen dann am Textanfang ein schönes +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +E +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + im Zeichensatz Times Roman Italic, das drei Zeilen hoch ist und 1 +\begin_inset Formula $\,$ +\end_inset + +em in den Randbereich hineinragt. + Der erste Parameter im LaTeX-Befehl ist die Breite der Einrückung. + Im Beispiel ist diese negativ, damit ragt der Buchstabe in den Randbereich + hinein. + Der zweite Parameter ist die Höhe des Buchstaben, gemessen in Zeilen. + Der dritte Parameter gibt den zu verwendenden Zeichensatz an: Hier kann + praktisch jeder Zeichensatz verwendet werden, zu dem es eine +\family typewriter +tfm +\family default +-Datei gibt (schauen Sie sich ruhig einmal im Verzeichnis +\family typewriter +.../texmf/fonts/tfm +\family default + um). + Sehr schön ist zum Beispiel +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +yinit +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, ein altdeutscher Zeichensatz, der speziell für derartige Initialen gemacht + wurde. + Der vierte und letzte Parameter ist schließlich der Buchstabe (es können + auch mehrere sein), den Sie abgesetzt haben wollen. + Das neuere Paket +\family typewriter +dropping +\family default + unterstützt über den Befehl +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bigdrop +\family default + hinaus auch noch das leicht abgeänderte +\family typewriter + +\backslash +dropping +\family default +. +\layout Section + +Ungewöhnliche Absatzformen +\layout Standard +\added_space_bottom bigskip +von +\noun on +Mike Ressler +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{sloppypar} +\layout Standard + +\backslash +newdimen +\backslash +varunit +\newline + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +varunit}{5.5in} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard +\noindent + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +parshape 19 0.45 +\backslash +varunit 0.332 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.40 +\backslash +varunit 0.300 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.35 +\backslash +varunit 0.293 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.30 +\backslash +varunit 0.300 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.25 +\backslash +varunit 0.317 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.20 +\backslash +varunit 0.342 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.15 +\backslash +varunit 0.373 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.10 +\backslash +varunit 0.410 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.05 +\backslash +varunit 0.453 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.00 +\backslash +varunit 0.500 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.05 +\backslash +varunit 0.453 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.10 +\backslash +varunit 0.410 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.15 +\backslash +varunit 0.373 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.20 +\backslash +varunit 0.342 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.25 +\backslash +varunit 0.317 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.30 +\backslash +varunit 0.300 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.35 +\backslash +varunit 0.293 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.40 +\backslash +varunit 0.300 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.45 +\backslash +varunit 0.332 +\backslash +varunit +\newline + +\end_inset + +Es gibt Zeiten, da muß die Tyrannei der rechteckigen Absätze gebrochen werden. + In solchen Situationen bietet sich der reizende TeX-Befehl +\family typewriter + +\backslash +parshape +\family default + an. + Wie Sie sehen können Sie beliebige Formen mit einem geeigneten Satz von + Zeilenlängendefinitionen herstellen. + Während dieses Beispiel ein wenig töricht und nutzlos aussehen mag, könnte + man sich Situationen vorstellen, die aus einem solchen Handwerkzeug Nutzen + ziehen, wie zum Beispiel besondere Formen abgesetzter Großbuchstaben, Text + um Bilder, die nicht rechteckig sind, herumfließen zu lassen, usw. +\layout Standard + +Die Syntax ist +\family typewriter + +\backslash +parshape numlines #1indent #1length #2indent #2length \SpecialChar \ldots{} + #nindent #nlength +\family default +, wobei hier +\family typewriter +numlines +\family default + die Zahl der Textzeilen ist, die den Absatz definieren. + Wenn dabei weniger Zeilen herauskommen, wird der Umriß verkürzt, werden + es mehr, so erhalten die restlichen Zeilen dieselben Dimensionen wie die + letzte definierte. + Die Einträge +\family typewriter +#nindent +\family default + und +\family typewriter +#nlength +\family default + legen die Einrückung und die Zeilenlänge ab dieser Einrückung fest. + Das Aussehen wird nur auf den momentanen Absatz angewendet, für den folgenden + wird alles auf normal zurückgesetzt. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Zusammenfassung +\layout Standard + +Wie Sie sehen umfassen die Beispiele dieses Kapitels Nützliches und Seltsames. + Während ich nicht erwarte, daß jemand jemals die Absatzform aus dem letzten + Abschnitt benötigen wird, +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\noun on +HHa +\noun default +: vielleicht bei Gedichten von +\noun on +Morgenstern +\noun default + und anderen. +\end_inset + + ist es doch wichtig zu zeigen, daß Sie fast alles was Sie wollen mit LyX + machen können, wenn Sie herausfinden wie es mit TeX und LaTeX gemacht wird. + TeX ist ein fantastisch mächtiges Drucksetzsystem, und all das steht Ihnen + zur Verfügung, weil LyX es im Hintergrund benutzt. + +\layout Standard + +Viel Spaß beim LyXen! +\begin_inset LatexCommand \printindex{} + +\end_inset + + +\the_end diff --git a/lib/doc/de_Intro.lyx b/lib/doc/de_Intro.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9cab76b25f --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/de_Intro.lyx @@ -0,0 +1,1774 @@ +#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 221 +\textclass book +\language german +\inputencoding latin1 +\fontscheme default +\graphics none +\paperfontsize default +\spacing single +\papersize Default +\paperpackage a4 +\use_geometry 1 +\use_amsmath 0 +\use_natbib 0 +\use_numerical_citations 0 +\paperorientation portrait +\leftmargin 2cm +\topmargin 1cm +\rightmargin 2cm +\bottommargin 1cm +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation skip +\defskip medskip +\quotes_language german +\quotes_times 2 +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 1 +\paperpagestyle default + +\layout Title + +Einführung in LyX +\newline +oder +\newline +Das Einmaleins der LyX-Dokumentation +\layout Author + +vom LyX Team +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Deutsche Übersetzung: +\noun on +Peter Sütterlin +\noun default + und +\noun on +Hartmut +\noun default + +\noun on +Haase +\noun default +. +\end_inset + + +\layout Date + +13.\SpecialChar ~ +September 2003 +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Chapter + +Die Philosophie von LyX +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Minipage +position 1 +inner_position 0 +height "0pt" +width "80text%" +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Onkel Cosmo, warum nennt man das Ding Textverarbeitung? +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Ganz einfach Skyler: Du hast doch gesehen was die Lebensmittelverarbeitung + mit dem Essen anstellt, oder? +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\hfill +-- Jeff MacNelly in "Shoe" +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Was ist LyX +\layout Standard + +LyX ist ein komplettes System zur Erstellung von Dokumenten. + Es ist unübertroffen beim Schreiben von komplexen wissenschaftlichen und + technischen Artikeln mit mathematischen Formeln, Querverweisen, Literaturlisten +, Indexlisten usw. + Es kann sehr gut mit Texten jeglicher Größe umgehen, bei denen die üblichen + Anforderungen gestellt werden: Automatische Seiten- und Kapitelnumerierung, + Rechtschreibprüfung usw. + Natürlich kann man LyX auch verwenden um einen Brief an die Mutter zu schreiben +, obwohl es dafür sicherlich einfachere Programme gibt. + Es ist sicherlich nicht das geeignetste Werkzeug um damit Werbezettel, + Flugblätter oder ähnliches zu erstellen (warum werden wir etwas später + erläutern), obwohl auch das mit einigem Aufwand sehr wohl möglich ist. + Hier einige Beispiele wozu LyX im allgemeinen verwendet wird: Memos, Briefe, + Dissertationen und Diplomarbeiten, Bücher (über PostgreSQL, Fernabtastung, + Kryptologie, Novellen, Poesie und sogar ein oder zwei Kinderbücher), Artikel + in referierten wissenschaftlichen Zeitschriften, Skripte für Theaterstücke + und Filme, wirtschaftliche Proposals\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Standard + +LyX ist ein Programm das einen sehr modernen Ansatz zum computerunterstützten + Schreiben von Texten bietet. + Durch die Verwendung einer +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Markup +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +-Sprache weicht dieser Ansatz vom obsoleten Schreibmaschinen-Konzept ab. + Er wendet sich an Autoren die schnell und mit minimalem Aufwand professionell + aussehende Ergebnisse erzielen wollen, ohne dafür Spezialisten im Schriftsatz + werden zu müssen. + Mit LyX wird diese Aufgabe praktisch vollständig vom Computer übernommen, + der Autor kann sich auf den Inhalt des Textes konzentrieren. +\layout Standard + +Ein Teil der anfänglichen Herausforderung bei der Nutzung von LyX liegt + in der Änderung der Denkweise, die Sie, der Leser, schaffen müssen. + Früher gab es nur Schreibmaschinen, um Texte zu erstellen, und so lernten + wir alle viele Tricks, um deren Unzulänglichkeiten zu umgehen. + Das Unterstreichen zum Beispiel, das eigentlich mehr ein Übermalen mit + einem +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +_ +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + ist, wurde ein Standardweg, um Text hervorzuheben. + Beim Anlegen einer Tabelle mußte man sich im voraus überlegen, wie groß + jede Spalte sein muß, und setzte die entsprechenden Tabulatoren. + Das gleiche gilt für Briefe oder anderen rechtsbündigen Text. + Wort\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +trennungen am Zeilenende verlangten ein scharfes Auge und viel Vorausdenken. +\layout Standard + +In anderen Worten, wir haben gelernt und geübt, uns darum zu kümmern, welcher + Buchstabe wo gesetzt wird. + Als direkte Folge davon haben die meisten Textverarbeitungen diese Mentalität + übernommen. + Man verwendet weiterhin Tabulatoren, um dynamischen Leerraum zu erzeugen, + und muß sich immer noch darum kümmern, wo genau auf der Seite etwas erscheinen + wird. + Um eine Textstelle hervorzuheben, wird der Zeichensatz geändert, gleichsam + wie das Auswechseln des Typenrades einer Schreibmaschine. + Dies ist die Philosophie, die einer sogenannten WYSIWYG-Textverarbeitung + zugrunde liegt: What you see is what you get --- Was Du siehst ist (genau + das) was Du siehst. + Leider führt das aber meist nur zu einem 'Was Du siehst ist alles was Du + bekommst'. +\layout Standard + +In genau diesem Punkt unterscheidet sich LyX von einer herkömmlichen Textverarbe +itung. + Sie kümmern sich nicht selber darum, wie der Satz genau durchgeführt wird. + Sie sagen LyX, +\emph on +was Sie machen wollen +\emph default +, und LyX kümmert sich um den Rest. + Dabei folgt es einem festen Regelwerk, das man als +\emph on +Stil +\emph default + bezeichnet. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Fairerweise muß man sagen, daß die meisten aktuellen Textverarbeitungsprogramme + mittlerweile auch so etwas wie Stilvorlagen unterstützen, die ein ähnliches + Konzept darstellen. + Leider werden Sie, so unsere Erfahrung, in der Realität kaum genutzt. +\end_inset + + Sehen wir uns ein kleines Beispiel an: +\layout Standard + +Nehmen wir an, Sie schreiben einen Bericht. + Zu Beginn wollen Sie einen Abschnitt +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Einleitung +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Sie gehen also in das entsprechende Menü Ihrer Textverarbeitung und suchen + eine neue Zeichensatzgröße aus, schalten Fettdruck ein. + Dann schreiben Sie +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +1.\SpecialChar ~ +\SpecialChar ~ +Einleitung +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + Wenn Sie natürlich zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt beschließen, daß dieses + Kapitel an einer anderen Stelle im Dokument erscheinen soll, oder wenn + Sie ein weiteres Kapitel davor einfügen wollen, dann müssen Sie die Numerierung + für dieses und alle folgenden Kapitel sowie die Einträge im Inhaltsverzeichnis + ändern. +\layout Standard + +In LyX öffnen Sie das Auswahl-Menü auf der linken Seite der Werkzeugleiste + und wählen als Typ +\family sans +Abschnitt +\family default + und schreiben +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Einleitung +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Ja, das ist wirklich alles. + Wenn Sie diesen Abschnitt später an eine andere Stelle verschieben, wird + die Numerierung automatisch angepaßt --- egal wohin Sie ihn verschieben. + Wenn Sie in ihrem Text Querverweise auf diesen Abschnitt haben und diese + korrekt über das LyX-eigene System getan haben, werden auch all diese Verweise + (Kapitel- und Seitennummern) automatisch aktualisiert. + Sie werden nie wieder explizite Kapitelnummern verwenden. +\layout Standard + +Und dann ist da noch das Problem mit der Konsistenz. + Fünf Tage später laden Sie den Bericht wieder und schreiben ein Kapitel + 4. + Sie erinnern sich nicht mehr, daß Sie in den ersten Kapiteln eine 18-Punkt + Schrift für die Überschriften verwendet hatten, und wählen eine 16-Punkt + Schrift aus. + Dieses Problem existiert in LyX nicht, denn der Computer kümmert sich um + solche Dinge. + Dafür ist er schließlich gedacht. +\layout Standard + +Oder stellen Sie sich vor, Sie erstellen eine Liste. + In anderen Textverarbeitungen besteht eine solche Liste meist aus einer + Menge gesetzter Tabulatoren und Zeilenvorschüben. + Sie müssen dafür Sorge tragen, daß die Spaltenüberschriften an der richtigen + Stelle sitzen, müssen ausrechnen oder probieren, wie viele Leerzeichen + einzufügen sind usw. + Mit LyX haben Sie nur zwei Dinge, um die Sie sich kümmern müssen: Was für + eine Art von Liste Sie wollen, und was darinstehen soll. + Das ist alles. +\layout Standard + +Die Grundidee von LyX ist also: Sagen Sie, +\emph on +was +\emph default + Sie wollen, nicht +\emph on +wie +\emph default + man es macht. + An die Stelle des +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +WYSIWYG +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + tritt bei LyX das +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +WYSIWYM +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +: What you see is what you +\emph on +mean +\emph default +, was man sieht ist was man +\emph on +meint +\emph default +. + Dies ist ein sehr mächtiges Konzept daß das Schreiben von Texten stark + vereinfacht. + Und es ist auch der Grund, warum LyX weniger für das Erstellen von Flugblättern + oder Werbezetteln geeignet ist: Denn dort +\emph on +wollen +\emph default + Sie genau angeben, wo welches Textelement erscheint, denn es gibt keine + funktionellen Elemente wie Absätze, Abschnitte usw. + Das bedeutet nicht, daß in LyX irgendwelche tollen Funktionen fehlen - + es ist einfach nicht das richtige Programm für diesen Zweck --- Sie verwenden + ja auch keinen Schraubendreher, um damit Nägel einzuschlagen (außer vielleicht + ihr Schraubendreher hat eine lebenslängliche Garantie). +\layout Section + +Unterschiede zwischen LyX und Textverarbeitungen +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Nein, dies ist nicht der Versuch, einen heiligen Krieg der Textverarbeitungen + anzufangen (oder zu gewinnen). + Es ist jedoch wichtig, die Vorteile von LyX zu beschreiben. + Und einer dieser vielen Vorteile, das WYSIWYM-Prinzip, unterscheidet sich + grundlegend von der Vorstellung, die 99% der Nutzer von einer Textverarbeitung + haben. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Hier ist eine kleine Aufzählung von Dingen, die Sie bei LyX nicht finden + werden: +\layout Itemize + +Das Lineal +\layout Itemize + +Tabulatoren +\layout Itemize + +zusätzliche Leerzeichen oder -zeilen (also mehrmals hintereinander +\family sans +Enter +\family default + oder die Leertaste betätigen) +\layout Standard + +Tabulatoren, zusammen mit dem Lineal, welches Ihnen die Position von Einträgen + auf der Seite anzeigen, sind in LyX sinnlos. + Das Programm kümmert sich darum, wo auf der Seite etwas erscheint, nicht + Sie. + Dasselbe gilt für zusätzliche Leerzeilen. + Wenn sie vom Kontext her nötig sind, fügt LyX sie automatisch ein. + Anfangs mag es für Sie etwas ungewohnt oder sogar störend sein, keine zwei + Leerzeilen nacheinander einfügen zu können. + Aber wenn Sie sich erst an das WYSIWYM-Prinzip gewöhnt haben, wird es Ihnen + als der natürlichere Weg erscheinen. +\layout Standard + +Hier nun ein paar Dinge, die es zwar in LyX gibt, jedoch anders verwendet + werden, als man sich das vielleicht vorstellt: +\layout Itemize + +Kontrolle des Einzuges +\layout Itemize + +Seitenumbrüche +\layout Itemize + +Zeilenabstände (d. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +h.\SpecialChar ~ +einzeilig, zweizeilig usw.) +\layout Itemize + +Zwischenräume ohne Text, horizontal wie vertikal +\layout Itemize + +Zeichensätze und -größen +\layout Itemize + +Schriftarten (fett, schräg, unterstrichen usw.) +\layout Standard + +Obwohl es all dies in LyX gibt, benötigt man es im Normalfall nicht. + LyX nimmt notwendige Einstellungen kontextbezogen vor. + Unterschiedliche Teile des Textes werden automatisch in verschiedenen Schriftar +ten und -größen gesetzt. + Der Einzug zu Beginn eines Absatzes ist ebenfalls vom Zusammenhang bestimmt, + verschiedene Absätze werden unterschiedlich behandelt. + Auch die Seitenumbrüche werden automatisch eingefügt. + Generell sind alle Abstände zwischen Worten, Zeilen und Absätzen variabel + und werden von LyX bestimmt. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Selbstverständlich gibt es die Möglichkeit, alle diese Abstände entweder + lokal oder global für das gesamte Dokument zu verändern. + Nur in wenigen Fällen ist dabei Wissen über LaTeX notwendig. + Näheres finden Sie im +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default + und den +\emph on +Profi-Tipps +\emph default +. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Schließlich gibt es auch einige Gebiete, in denen LyX (und LaTeX) unserer + Meinung nach herkömmlichen Textverarbeitungen weit überlegen sind: +\layout Itemize + +Silbentrennung +\layout Itemize + +Aufzählungen aller Art +\layout Itemize + +Mathematiksatz +\layout Itemize + +Tabellen +\layout Itemize + +Querverweise im Text +\layout Standard + +Zugegeben, viele moderne Textverarbeitungen können mit mathematischen Symbolen + umgehen, und einige beginnen bereits mit der Einführung von Stildefinitionen + und einer Art WYSIWYM-Prinzip. + Dies ist jedoch noch nicht sehr lange so. + Im Gegensatz dazu basiert LyX auf dem Textsatzsystem LaTeX, welches bereits + seit über 10 Jahren existiert und +\emph on +funktioniert +\emph default +. + All die kleinen Fehler, die ein neues Programm immer hat, sind bei LaTeX + schon lange gefunden und beseitigt. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Natürlich ist nichts perfekt, aber LaTeX ist so nahe an einem fehlerfreien + Computerprogramm, wie dies nur möglich ist. +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Was +\emph on +ist +\emph default + denn nun LaTeX (und muß ich das wissen)? +\layout Standard + +LaTeX ist ein System zur Erstellung von Texten, das 1985 von +\noun on +Leslie Lamport +\noun default +entworfen wurde. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Die Information in diesem Abschnitt basiert auf den Angaben in dem Buch + +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +A Guide to LaTeX2e +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\emph default + von +\noun on +Helmut Kopka +\noun default + und +\noun on +Patrick Daly +\noun default +. + Die genaue Quellenangabe finden Sie im Literaturverzeichnis des +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuches +\emph default +. +\end_inset + + Es basiert auf der Textsatz-Sprache TeX, die von +\noun on +Donald Knuth +\noun default +1984 entwickelt wurde. + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +TeX +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + spricht man aus wie +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Blech +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, und manche halten es auch für etwas blechern. + Das liegt aber daran, daß die wenigsten verstehen, was TeX eigentlich ist. + TeX liest aus einer ASCII-Datei eine Reihe von Textsatzbefehlen und führt + sie aus. + Das ist etwas komplizierter als eine Schreibmaschine, aber bei weitem nicht + so schwierig wie eine echte Schriftsatz-Maschine in einer Druckerei. + Aber viele der +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Tricks +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + der Schriftsetzer wurden von Knuth als Computer-Algorithmus formuliert + und in TeX integriert, daher sehen seine Druckergebnisse so hervorragend + aus. + TeX erzeugt als Ausgabe eine Datei, die man als geräteunabhängig ( +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +device independent +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, +\family typewriter +dvi +\family default +) bezeichnet. + Eine solche +\family typewriter +dvi +\family default +-Datei kann von vielen Programmen, die dieses Format verstehen, gelesen + werden und in andere Formate wie z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + PostScript® oder PDF umgewandelt werden. +\layout Standard + +Wäre das bereits alles, TeX wäre nichts anderes als ein primitiver Textsetzer. + Aber in TeX ist es möglich, eigene Befehlssequenzen, sogenannte Makros, + zu definieren. + Und dadurch sind die Möglichkeiten von TeX schier unbegrenzt. +\layout Standard + +Die meisten Leute, die TeX verwenden, benutzen tatsächlich ein Makropaket, + das +\noun on +Knuth +\noun default + zusammengestellt hat, um den Großteil der Details beim Zeichensatz vor + dem Anwender zu verstecken. + Dieses Makropaket ist meist gemeint, wenn man von TeX spricht. + Das eigentliche TeX mit seinen expliziten Satzbefehlen benutzt kaum ein + normaler Anwender, das machen nur diejenigen Leute, die selber Makropakete + entwickeln. + Und hier kommt +\noun on +Leslie Lamport +\noun default + ins Spiel. + Er wollte ein Makropaket, daß sich näher am Benutzer orientiert, und nicht + an den Feinheiten beim Textsatz. + Ein Paket, mit dem sich einfach Dinge wie Abschnitte, Tabellen oder mathematisc +he Formeln schreiben lassen, ohne zu verwirrend zu sein. + So wurde LaTeX geboren. + +\layout Standard + +Parallel zur Weiterentwicklung von LaTeX entstanden andere, spezielle Pakete + für TeX: Eines, um Folien zu schreiben oder eines, um Artikel für mathematische + Zeitschriften zu erstellen, und so fort. + Einige der Autoren verwendeten dazu TeX, andere begannen, LaTeX abzuändern. + Um dieses Wirrwarr zu vereinfachen, begann eine Gruppe von LaTeX-Experten + (zu denen natürlich auch +\noun on +Lamport +\noun default + selbst gehörte) in den späten 80-er Jahren, LaTeX2e zu entwickeln, die + heutige Version von LaTeX. + Diese neue Version stellt auch Befehle zur Verfügung, um einfach neue Makros + zu erstellen, andere Zeichensätze zu definieren und so weiter. + Alles in allem ist LaTeX dadurch selber eine ziemlich umfangreiche +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Sprache +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + geworden. + Überall auf der Welt haben Benutzer ihre eigenen Erweiterungen für LaTeX + geschrieben. + +\layout Standard + +Es existieren zwei unterschiedliche Wege, wie man LaTeX erweitern kann: + Klassen und Stile. + Eine +\emph on +Klasse +\emph default + besteht aus einer Reihe von LaTeX- (und TeX-) Makros, die eine neue Art + von Dokument beschreiben, wie etwa ein Buch oder einen Artikel. + Es gibt z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + Klassen für Folien, für Artikel in mathematischen oder physikalischen Zeitschri +ften\SpecialChar \ldots{} + viele Universitäten haben sogar eine eigene Klasse für ihre Dissertationen + zusammengestellt! Im Gegensatz dazu definiert ein +\emph on +Stil +\emph default + keine neue Art von Dokument, sondern eine anderes +\emph on +Verhalten +\emph default +, das ein Dokument nutzen kann. + So nutzt LyX zwei unterschiedliche Stil-Dateien, um die Ränder und Zeilenabstän +de in den Dokumenten festzulegen. + Es existieren Stil-Dateien für fast jeden denkbaren Zweck: Um Etiketten + und Umschläge zu beschriften, den Texteinzug zu verändern, um Grafikdateien + handhaben zu können, spezielle Kopf- und Fußzeilen zu erstellen, Literaturliste +n den eigenen Wünschen anzupassen, Erscheinungsbild und Position von Fußnoten, + Tabellen und Abbildungen zu verändern und so weiter und so fort. +\layout Standard + +Hier eine kurze Zusammenfassung: +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +TeX: Makrofähige Programmiersprache für Schriftsatz. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +LaTeX: Makropaket auf der Basis von TeX. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +Klassen: Beschreibung eines Dokumententyps, verwendet LaTeX. + +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +Stile: Verändern die Standardeinstellungen von LaTeX. + +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +LyX: Visuelle WYSIWYM-Textverarbeitung, die LaTeX mit all seinen Fähigkeiten + zum Ausdruck verwendet. +\layout Standard + +Der Zweck dieses Abschnittes war es, ihnen zu zeigen, +\emph on +warum +\emph default + LyX etwas anders arbeitet als andere Textverarbeitungen. + Dieser Grund ist einfach: LyX verwendet LaTeX als Formatierprogramm für + den Ausdruck. + Wie auch LaTeX konzentriert sich LyX auf den Inhalt Ihres Textes --- also + +\emph on +was +\emph default + Sie schreiben. + Der Rechner kümmert sich dann darum, daß es gut aussieht. +\layout Standard + +Ach ja --- eine letzte Bemerkung. + LaTeX spricht man aus wie TeX, das sich auf das Wort Blech reimt. + Laut Lamport kann man LaTeX auch +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Läitech +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + aussprechen. + Wer es so ausspricht wie das Material, aus dem Kondome hergestellt werden, + spricht es falsch. + LyX dagegen spricht man +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Lücks +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Oder +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Licks +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + --- je nachdem, aus welchem Land man stammt\SpecialChar \ldots{} + aber über die Aussprache wurden + auf der Mailing Liste schon endlose Diskussionen geführt, also sprechen + Sie es einfach so aus, wie es Ihnen gefällt --- nur nicht +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +word +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + +\family typewriter +:-) +\layout Chapter + +Der Weg durch die Dokumentation +\layout Standard + +Die LyX-Dokumentation wurde in mehrere Dateien aufgeteilt, um es einfacher + zu machen, all Ihre Fragen zu beantworten und alle Möglichkeiten und Vorzüge + von LyX zu beschreiben. + Jedes dieser Dokumente verfolgt seinen eigenen Zweck, der weiter unten + beschrieben wird. + Bevor Sie sich jedoch diesen Dateien widmen, lesen Sie bitte sorgfältig + die vorliegende +\emph on +Einführung +\emph default +, denn sie enthält eine Menge wichtiger und hilfreicher Informationen und + Hinweise, die Ihnen einige Zeit ersparen können. +\layout Standard + +Obwohl LyX mittlerweile eine Versionsnummer 1.0 weit überschritten hat, kann + die Dokumentation immer noch teilweise unvollständig sein oder sich noch + auf eine ältere Version beziehen. + Wie auch das Programm LyX selber wird die Dokumentation von einer Gruppe + von Freiwilligen geschrieben, die +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +nebenher +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + auch noch einem richtigen Beruf nachgehen, Familien haben, ihren Müll wegbringe +n müssen usw. + Wir sind ständig bemüht, die Texte so vollständig und korrekt wie möglich + zu halten, doch das gelingt manchmal nicht da die Entwickler immer dabei + sind, neue Details einzubauen, während wir die alten noch dokumentieren. + Wenn Sie an dieser Situation etwas ändern wollen gibt Ihnen Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:Helfen} + +\end_inset + + einige Hinweise, wie auch Sie Ihren Teil zu LyX beitragen können. +\layout Standard + +Und noch eine Bitte: Wenn Ihnen in dieser Dokumentation irgendetwas unklar + oder falsch erscheint, zögern Sie nicht, uns dies mitzuteilen! Sie erreichen + das LyX-Entwickler-Team über die Mailing-Liste +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org} + +\end_inset + +. + Falls Sie dringende Fragen haben, die in der Dokumentation offensichtlich + nicht beantwortet werden, gibt es eine sehr aktive Mailing Liste die Sie + unter +\family typewriter +lyx-users@lists.lyx.org +\family default + erreichen können. +\layout Section + +Das Format der Handbücher +\layout Standard + +Einige von Ihnen haben vielleicht die gesamte Dokumentation ausgedruckt. + Andere lesen sie +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +online +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, also als Datei in LyX. + Für diejenigen, die online lesen, gibt es einige Unterschiede zur gedruckten + Version. + Zunächst ist der Titel einfach am Anfang des Dokuments, und nicht schön + zentriert auf einer eigenen Seite. + Es sind zunächst auch weder Inhaltsverzeichnis noch Fußnoten sichtbar. + Eine Fußnote sieht so +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Hallo! Zum Schließen dieser Fußnote klicken Sie bitte auf das grau unterlegte + Feld mit dem Wort +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Fußnote +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\end_inset + + aus. + Um sie zu öffnen, klicken Sie mit dem linken Mausknopf darauf. + Um das Inhaltsverzeichnis zu betrachten klicken Sie entweder auf den entspreche +nden grauen Kasten oder wählen Sie das Menü +\family sans +\bar under +N +\bar default +avigieren +\family default +, dort wird der Inhalt ebenfalls automatisch angezeigt -- Versuchen Sie + es einmal! +\layout Standard + +In der gedruckten Version dieser Hilfetexte erscheinen die Querverweise + mit ihren tatsächlichen Kapitel- und Seitennummern. + Wenn Sie den Text jedoch von LyX aus lesen, sehen Sie lediglich grau unterlegte + Felder wie das folgende: +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:Helfen} + +\end_inset + + (in der gedruckten Version steht hier eine Zahl). + Wenn Sie mit der Maus auf diesen grauen Kasten klicken, öffnet sich automatisch + ein Fenster mit allen Querverweisen des Dokumentes. + In diesem Dokument finden Sie nur den Eintrag +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +sec:Helfen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Sie gelangen an die entsprechende Stelle, wenn Sie die Schaltfläche +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Gehe zu Referenz +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + anklicken. + Zurück an die Ausgangsposition zu gelangen ist genauso einfach. + Mit +\family sans +Strg+< +\family default + kommen Sie wieder zurück an die ursprüngliche Stelle. + (Was +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Strg+< +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + bedeutet, wird gleich erklärt.) +\layout Standard + +Nachdem nun die wichtigsten Unterschiede zwischen der gedruckten und der + Online-Dokumenta\SpecialChar \- +tion geklärt sind, können wir uns mit dem Format der Handbücher + befassen. + Sie werden immer wieder Begriffe finden, die in unterschiedlichen Zeichensätzen + gesetzt sind: +\layout Itemize + + +\emph on +Hervorgehoben +\emph default + wird generell benutzt, um Dinge zu betonen, Buchtitel zum Beispiel, oder + Namen von Abschnitten in anderen Handbüchern oder Hinweise der Autoren. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +Schreibmaschine +\family default + kennzeichnet Programmtext und Dateinamen, LaTeX- und/oder LyX-Code und + Funktionen. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Serifenfrei +\family default + bezeichnet Namen von Menüs, Knöpfen, Popups und Tasten der Tastatur. +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Kapitälchen +\noun default + werden für Eigennamen verwendet. +\layout Standard + +Tasten und Tastaturbelegungen werden im Abschnitt +\emph on +Grundlegende Tastaturfunktionen +\emph default + des +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuches +\emph default + behandelt. + Wenn Tasten bezeichnet werden sollen, gelten folgende Regeln: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Strg+ +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\family default + wird in den Menüs mit +\family sans +C- +\family default +bezeichnet. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Umschalt+ +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + wird in den Menüs mit +\family sans + S- +\family default + ( +\begin_inset Formula $\Uparrow$ +\end_inset + +) bezeichnet. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Alt+ +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + wird in den Menüs mit +\family sans +M- +\family default +bezeichnet. + Wenn Ihre Tastatur eine +\family sans +Meta +\family default +-Taste hat, ist diese gemeint. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +F1 +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +F12 +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + sind die Funktionstasten. +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Esc +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + ist die Escape-Taste. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +L +\family default +inks +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +R +\family default +echts +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Auf +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Ab +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +: die Cursor-Tasten. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Einfg +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Entf +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Pos\SpecialChar ~ +1 +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Ende +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Bild +\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$ +\end_inset + + +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Bild +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +: Das sind die 6 Tasten über den Cursor-Tasten. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Return +\family default + und +\family sans +Enter +\family default + bezeichnen dieselbe Taste. + Manche Tastaturen haben diese beiden Tasten, manche bezeichnen sie auch + nur mit einem abgeknickten Pfeil. + Für LyX sind beide Tasten gleichwertig, deshalb muß keine Unterscheidung + gemacht werden. +\layout Standard + +Ab und zu werden Sie auch Hinweise sehen wie +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +(siehe +\emph on +Tutorium +\emph default +) +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Dort sind für jede Funktion auch alle möglichen Tastaturbelegungen aufgezählt, + Sie können also auch dort nachschlagen. + Beachten Sie dabei bitte auch, daß unter den LyX Benutzern zwei unterschiedlich +e Tastaturbelegungen verbreitet sind: Der standardmäßig voreingestellte + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +CUA +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +-Stil (Nutzern aus der PC-Welt vertraut) und der +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Emacs +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +-Stil, der mehr von denen verwendet wird, die im Unix-Umfeld groß geworden + sind und dort diesen Editor verwenden. + Falls nicht anders angegeben beziehen sich alle Tastaturbelegungen auf + die Standardeinstellung CUA. + Falls Sie Emacs verwenden sind Sie sicher auch clever genug die Dokumentation + zu lesen und die entsprechenden Tastaturkürzel selbst herauszusuchen. +\layout Section + +Die Handbücher +\layout Standard + +Die folgende Liste beschreibt den Inhalt aller Dateien der LyX-Dokumentation: +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Einführung +\emph default + \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Diese Datei. +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Tutorium +\emph default + \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Wenn Sie neu bei LyX sind und zuvor niemals LaTeX verwendet haben, sollten + Sie hier mit dem Lesen beginnen. + Wenn Sie der Meinung sind, LaTeX sei das Material, aus dem Kondome hergestellt + werden, sollten Sie es auf jeden Fall lesen. + Danach werden Sie vielleicht immer noch denken, LaTeX sei ein elastisches + Material, aber immerhin wissen Sie dann, wie Sie mit LyX umgehen\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie bereits mit LaTeX gearbeitet haben, sollten Sie das +\emph on +Tutorium +\emph default + dennoch lesen und gleich mit dem Kapitel +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +LyX für LaTeX-Benutzer +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + beginnen. + Ein Überfliegen der restlichen Kapitel schadet aber sicherlich nicht. +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie zu irgendeinem Zeitpunkt mit LyX nicht richtig klarkommen, lesen + Sie das Tutorium (nochmals) sorgfältig durch; es stellt ein sehr gutes + Sprungbrett für die weitere Suche in den anderen Handbüchern dar. +\end_deeper +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default + \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Der Hauptteil der Dokumentation. + Hier werden (möglichst) alle grundlegenden Funktionen und Fähigkeiten von + LyX beschrieben. + Der Text setzt voraus, daß Sie das +\emph on +Tutorium +\emph default + gelesen haben. +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Profi-Tipps +\emph default + \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Erweiterung des +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuches +\emph default +. + Es erläutert die Verwendung von LaTeX-Kommandos, zusätzliche Layouts und + erweiterte Bearbeitungsmöglichkeiten, inklusive einiger Tricks der LaTeX-Profis. +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Anpassung +\emph default + \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Eine Beschreibung der Konfigurationsmöglichkeiten für Fortgeschrittene. + Hier wird auch beschrieben, wie LyX konfiguriert wird. + Das umfaßt Tastaturbelegung, Internationalisierung und Konfigurationsdateien. + Denken Sie besser nicht daran, es zu lesen, ohne vorher das +\emph on +Tutorium +\emph default + durchgearbeitet zu haben. +\layout Description + + +\emph on +LaTeX\SpecialChar ~ +Konfiguration +\emph default + \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Bei der Installation untersucht LyX Ihr System. + Diese Datei enthält die dabei gefundenen Informationen. + Sehen Sie sich diese Datei ruhig einmal an und entscheiden, welche eventuell + fehlenden LaTeX-Pakete Sie noch installieren wollen. +\layout Standard + +Die einzelnen Dokumente verweisen teilweise aufeinander. + So enthält das +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default + auch einige Informationen zur Installation und Anpassung, verweist den + Leser aber für weitere Infos an das Handbuch +\emph on +Anpassung +\emph default +. +\layout Standard + +Bevor es jetzt richtig losgeht, noch einmal der Hinweis: +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 0.51cm \added_space_bottom 0.51cm \align center +Wenn Sie LyX das erste Mal verwenden, sollten Sie +\series bold +jetzt +\series default + das +\emph on +Tutorium +\emph default + lesen! +\layout Standard + +Sie ersparen sich dadurch sicherlich einiges an Frustration und werden die + Vorzüge von LyX sicher schnell zu schätzen wissen. + Denn LyX kann alles, was Sie von anderen Textverarbeitungen her kennen, + wenn es auch einen anderen Ansatz verwendet. +\layout Chapter + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Helfen} + +\end_inset + +Wie helfe ich beim LyX Projekt? +\layout Section + +Mithilfe bei LyX +\layout Standard + +LyX ist hauptsächlich in C++ geschrieben (Der LaTeX-Import ist in Perl geschrieb +en). + Es ist ein sehr großes Projekt, und dadurch sicher nicht ohne Fehler oder + den Bedarf, den vorhandenen Code zu verbessern. +\layout Subsection + +Fehler melden +\layout Standard + +Es mag sein daß Sie beim Benutzen von LyX auf Dinge stoßen, die Sie als + Fehler ansehen. + Auch Abstürze können vorkommen, sie sind jedoch sehr selten. + Probleme mit der Benutzerschnittstelle haben bei den Entwicklern eine sehr + hohe Priorität: Hinweise auf Stellen, die Ihnen unklar oder verwirrend + erscheinen sind besonders hilfreich. + +\layout Standard + +LyX hat ein Web-basiertes Fehlermeldesystem, den +\begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl[LyX Bug Tracker]{http://bugzilla.lyx.org} + +\end_inset + +. + Sie sollten dort nachsehen bevor Sie einen Fehler melden, denn vielleicht + hat daß ja schon jemand getan. + Wenn Sie einen Kommentar zu einem bestehenden Fehler abgeben wollen, oder + einen neuen Fehler melden wollen, können Sie das über den Bug Tracker tun, + oder Sie senden eine Email an die Entwickler-Liste, +\family typewriter +lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org +\family default +. + Archive der Liste erreichen Sie über die +\begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl[LyX Homepage]{http://www.lyx.org/} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Eine gute (hilfreiche) Fehlerbeschreibung umfaßt mindestens auch die verwendete + Version von LyX. + Genaue und detaillierte Beschreibungen der Umstände, unter denen der Fehler + auftritt, werden bevorzugt. + Denn je mehr Zeit die Entwickler aufwenden müssen, das Problem zu lokalisieren, + desto weniger Zeit finden sie, Verbesserungen einzubauen. + Geben Sie auch an auf welchem System Sie LyX verwenden, und welche Version + es ist. + Geben Sie an, welche Version der Systembibliotheken installiert ist, oder, + wenn es sich um ein Problem im Zusammenhang mit externen Programmen handelt, + die Versionsnummern dieser externen Programme. + Wenn es sich um ein Problem beim selbst compilieren handelt schicken Sie + die Datei +\family typewriter +config.log +\family default + mit und geben Sie an, welchen Compiler sie verwenden. +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie einen reproduzierbaren Absturz hervorrufen können wäre es extrem + hilfreich wenn Sie sich die Zeit nehmen könnten, einen Backtrace mit einem + nicht-gestripten Binary durchzuführen (das installierte binary ist meist + gestrippt, im Gegensatz zu dem im Quellverzeichnis). + Starten Sie LyX von +\family typewriter +gdb +\family default + aus, also z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +gdb /usr/src/lyx-1.2/src/lyx +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und dann +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +run +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Verursachen Sie den Absturz, Sie landen dann wieder an der Eingabeaufforderung + von +\family typewriter +gdb +\family default +. + Erzeugen sie mit dem Befehl +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +bt +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + einen Backtrace und schicken diesen zusammen mit dem Fehlerbericht ein +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie besonders gründlich sein wollen benutzen Sie die Befehle +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +info locals +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +up +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + um die Werte der lokalen Variablen in einigen übergeordneten Stack-Levels + auszugeben. +\end_inset + +. + Im Zweifelsfall ist es aber wichtiger, einen reproduzierbaren Weg anzugeben, + wie der Absturz verursacht werden kann, da die Entwickler dann die Möglichkeit + haben, selbst einen solchen Backtrace zu erstellen. + Ist der Absturz aber nicht so ohne weiteres reproduzierbar ist ein solcher + Backtrace essentiell, denn er ist dann die einzige Möglichkeit, den Fehler + einzukreisen. +\layout Subsection + +Fixes und neue Fähigkeiten beisteuern +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie Änderungen an den LyX Quellen vorgenommen haben von denen Sie meinen + daß sie fester Bestandteil von LyX werden sollten, schicken die diese Änderunge +n als vereinheitlichte Differenz-Datei ( +\family typewriter +diff -u +\family default +) an die oben angegebene Entwickler-Liste. + Vergessen Sie nicht ein Änderungsprotokoll und eine Beschreibung, was der + Patch macht. +\layout Section + +Hilfe bei der Dokumentation +\layout Standard + +Die Dokumentation von LyX ist sehr ausführlich und umfangreich. + Jedoch befindet sich LyX in stetiger Weiterentwicklung, und mit jeder Version + kommen neue Merkmale hinzu. + Eventuell finden Sie einen Teil in der Dokumentation, der der Verbesserung + bedarf. + Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt, was Sie tun sollten wenn Sie einen Fehler + finden oder einfach nur Vorschläge haben, wie man sie verbessern kann. +\layout Subsection + +Fehler in den Handbüchern +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie eine Unstimmigkeit in der Dokumentation entdecken, schicken Sie + bitte eine Mail an die Mailing Liste +\family typewriter +lyxdoc@lists.lyx.org +\family default +. + Das Dokumentationsteam wird sich darum kümmern, daß sie beseitigt wird. +\layout Subsection + +Dem Dokumentationsteam beitreten +\layout Standard + +Wie alle anderen Bereiche von LyX kann auch das Dokumentations-Team Hilfe + immer gut gebrauchen. + Wenn Sie daran interessiert sind, bei der Dokumentation mitzumachen, müssen + Sie zunächst folgende Dinge sicherstellen: +\layout Enumerate + +Besorgen Sie sich die neueste Version der LyX-Quellen. + Packen Sie das Archiv aus +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Sie können sich die aktuellste Version auch aus dem LyX CVS Archiv besorgen + - sie befindet sich im Modul +\family typewriter +lyxdoc +\family default +. +\end_inset + +. + Im Hauptverzeichnis finden sie das Unterverzeichnis +\family typewriter +lib/doc +\family default +. + Darin befindet sich die Datei +\family typewriter +DocStyle.lyx +\family default +. + Lesen Sie sie, sie ist ein Stil-Leitfaden für die Dokumentation. +\layout Enumerate + +Gönnen Sie sich ein oder zwei Tage Pause und lesen Sie +\family typewriter +DocStyle.lyx +\family default + nochmal. +\layout Enumerate + +Als nächstes lesen Sie +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default + und +\emph on +Tutorium +\emph default +. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Dieser Schritt dient dazu Ideen zu liefern. + Das +\emph on +Tutorium +\emph default + und das +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default + sind die vollständigsten und aktuellsten Dokumente der Serie. + Es sollte Ihnen ein paar Hinweise geben, wie wir uns die Dokumentation + vorstellen. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Setzen Sie sich mit dem Team in Verbindung: +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org +\layout Standard + +Dort können Sie ihre Ideen diskutieren und bekommen Feedback. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Dabei ist alles an Änderungen möglich, angefangen von Verbesserungen der + Verständlichkeit bis hin zu einer kompletten Umstrukturierung --- alles + was die Dokumentation verbessert ist herzlich willkommen. +\the_end diff --git a/lib/doc/de_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/de_TOC.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1f9bb7a60b --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/de_TOC.lyx @@ -0,0 +1,3959 @@ +#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 221 +\textclass article +\language german +\inputencoding latin1 +\fontscheme default +\graphics none +\paperfontsize 10 +\spacing single +\papersize Default +\paperpackage widemarginsa4 +\use_geometry 0 +\use_amsmath 0 +\use_natbib 0 +\use_numerical_citations 0 +\paperorientation portrait +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation skip +\defskip medskip +\quotes_language german +\quotes_times 2 +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 1 +\paperpagestyle default + +\layout Title + +Inhaltsverzeichnis LyX Dokumentation +\layout Section* + +Einführung in LyX +\newline +oder +\newline +Das Einmaleins der LyX-Dokumentation +\layout Description +1 +Die Philosophie von LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +Was ist LyX +\layout Description +1.2 +Unterschiede zwischen LyX und Textverarbeitungen + + +\layout Description +1.3 +Was +\emph on +ist +\emph default + denn nun LaTeX (und muß ich das wissen)? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Der Weg durch die Dokumentation +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Das Format der Handbücher +\layout Description +2.2 +Die Handbücher +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 + + +Wie helfe ich beim LyX Projekt? +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Mithilfe bei LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.1 +Fehler melden +\layout Description +3.1.2 +Fixes und neue Fähigkeiten beisteuern +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.2 +Hilfe bei der Dokumentation +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +Fehler in den Handbüchern +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Dem Dokumentationsteam beitreten +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +LyX: Häufig gestellte Fragen mit Antworten +\newline +Version 0.3.6 +\layout Description +1 +Einleitung und generelle Informationen +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +Was ist LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +Schön, aber ist das nützlich? +\layout Description +1.3 +Womit fange ich an? +\layout Description +1.4 +Läuft LyX auch auf meinem Computer? +\layout Description +1.5 +Wieviel Festplattenplatz benötigt LyX? +\layout Description +1.6 +Ist LyX wirklich Open Source? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Quellen im Internet +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Wo soll ich im World Wide Web nach LyX suchen? +\layout Description +2.2 +Wo kann ich LyX via FTP bekommen? +\layout Description +2.3 +Welche Mailing Listen gibt es? +\layout Description +2.4 +Werden die Mailing Listen irgendwo archiviert? +\layout Description +2.5 +Schlaumeier. + Also, Wo werden sie archiviert? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Kompatibilität mit anderen Text/Dokumenten\SpecialChar \- +systemen +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Kann ich LaTeX Dateien lesen/schreiben? +\layout Description +3.2 +Kann ich Word Dateien lesen/schreiben? +\layout Description +3.3 +Kann ich HTML Dateien lesen/schreiben? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Bezug und Compilierung von LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Was wird benötigt? +\layout Description +4.2 +Wie compiliere ich es? +\layout Description +4.3 +Ich hasse Compilieren. + Wo sind die vorkompilierten Pakete? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Was ist +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Evil Red Text +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +? (Wichtig!) +\layout Description +6 +Fragen zur Benutzung von LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Generelle Fragen +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.1 +Wie ändere ich die Abstände in eine Liste (Itemize/\SpecialChar \- +Enumerate/ Description)? +\layout Description +6.1.2 +Wie kann ich Gleichungen Kapitelweise numerieren? +\layout Description +6.1.3 +Ist das auch für Abbildungen und Tabellen möglich? +\layout Description +6.1.4 +Wie ändere ich die Fußnotenzählung in Symbole (Stern, Dagger usw.)? +\layout Description +6.1.5 +Wie vermeide ich Witwen und Schusterjungen? +\layout Description +6.1.6 +Wie bekomme ich eine formatierte Liste, die z. + +B. + mit 1.a) beginnt? +\layout Description +6.1.7 +Wie kann ich in LyX Worte zählen? +\layout Description +6.1.8 +Wie kann ich einen definierten horizontalen Abstand einfügen? +\layout Description +6.1.9 +Wie kann ich Zitate in der Form [1,2,3,6] oder [1-3,6] anstelle von [1][2][3][6] + erhalten? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.2 +Fragen zu Abbildungen +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +Was ist der Unterschied zwischen einer +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Abbildung +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und einer +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Float Abbildung +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +? +\layout Description +6.2.2 +Wie bekomme ich LyX dazu, eine Abbildung genau dort einzufügen, wo ich sie + haben will? +\layout Description +6.2.3 +Was bedeutet +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Too many unprocessed floats +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Fragen zum Mathematik-Modus +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +Wie kann ich in einer mathematischen Gleichung normalen Text eingeben? +\layout Description +6.3.2 +Wie erzeuge ich eine Kubikwurzel (oder höhere)? +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Fragen zur Benutzung von LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Wie konvertiere ich mit einem Kommandozeilen\SpecialChar \- +Befehl eine LyX-Datei nach LaTeX? +\layout Description +7.2 +Wie erzeuge ich aus meinem LyX-Dokument eine PDF-Datei? +\layout Description +7.3 +Warum sehen die Zeichensätze meines Textes in +\family typewriter +acroread +\family default + so schlecht aus? +\layout Description +7.4 +Warum kann meine tolle neue Ghostscript-Version die eingebundenen EPS-Abbildunge +n nicht richtig verarbeiten? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 +Fragen zu LyX unter Windows +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.1 +Warum flackern Menüs und die Werkzeugleiste? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +9 +Wo bekomme ich weitere Hilfe? +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +9.1 +Meine Frage ist immer noch nicht beantwortet... +\layout Description +9.2 +Ich will jemandem via Mail von meinem Problem berichten +\layout Description +9.3 +Was soll ich in einer Hilfeanfrage alles angeben? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +10 +Administrative Information und Danksagung +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +10.1 +Feedback ist willkommen +\layout Description +10.2 +Formate, in denen dieser Text erhältlich ist +\layout Description +10.3 +Autor und Danksagung +\layout Description +10.4 +Ausschluß und Copyright +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +Das LyX-Tutorium +\layout Description +1 +Einleitung +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +Willkommen bei LyX +\layout Description +1.2 +Was das Tutorium +\emph on +ist +\emph default +, und was +\emph on +nicht +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.1 +Wie Sie den größten Nutzen aus dem Tutorium ziehen +\layout Description +1.2.2 +Was Sie hier +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + finden +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Die ersten Schritte mit LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Ihr erstes LyX-Dokument +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1.1 +Eingabe, Betrachten und Drucken +\layout Description +2.1.2 +Einfache Vorgänge +\layout Description +2.1.3 +WYSIWYM: Leerzeichen in LyX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.2 +Umgebungstypen +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.2.1 +Abschnitte und Unterabschnitte +\layout Description +2.2.2 +Listen und Teillisten +\layout Description +2.2.3 +Weitere Umgebungstypen: Verse, Zitate und andere +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Das Schreiben von Dokumenten +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Dokumentklassen und Vorlagen: Das Schreiben von Briefen +\layout Description +3.2 +Vorlagen: Briefe schreiben +\layout Description +3.3 +Dokumententitel +\layout Description +3.4 +Marken und Querverweise +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.1 +Ihre erste Textmarke +\layout Description +3.4.2 +Ihr erster Querverweis +\layout Description +3.4.3 +Weitere Möglichkeiten mit Marken +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.5 +Fußnoten und Randnotizen +\layout Description +3.6 +Bibliographie +\layout Description +3.7 +Inhaltsverzeichnis +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Der Gebrauch mathematischer Ausdrücke +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Der Mathematik-Modus +\layout Description +4.2 +In Gleichungen bewegen +\layout Description +4.3 +Exponenten und Indizes +\layout Description +4.4 +Die Tafel der Mathematiksymbole +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Griechische Buchstaben und Symbole +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Quadratwurzeln, Akzente und Klammern +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Brüche +\layout Description +4.4.4 +TeX-Modus: Grenzwerte, Logarithmen, Trigonometrische Funktionen und anderes +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Matrizen +\layout Description +4.4.6 +Abgesetzte Formeln +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +Mehrzeilige Gleichungen +\layout Description +4.6 +Weitere mathematische Sachen +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Vermischtes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Andere wichtige LyX-Merkmale +\layout Description +5.2 +LyX für LaTeX-Benutzer +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +Der TeX-Modus +\layout Description +5.2.2 +LaTeX-Dokumente nach LyX konvertieren --- +\family typewriter +reLyX +\layout Description +5.2.3 +LyX-Dokumente nach LaTeX konvertieren +\layout Description +5.2.4 +Der LaTeX-Vorspann +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.4.1 +Die Dokumentenklasse +\layout Description +5.2.4.2 +Andere Einträge im Vorspann +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.5 +BibTeX +\layout Description +5.2.6 +Sonstiges +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Fehler! +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +Das LyX-Benutzerhandbuch +\layout Description +1 +Einleitung +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +Was ist LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +Die ersten Schritte +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.1 +Der Aufruf von LyX +\layout Description +1.2.2 +Wie LyX aussieht +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.2.1 +Das Hauptfenster +\layout Description +1.2.2.2 +Dialoge +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dialoge} + +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.3 +HILFE! +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.3 +Die LyX-Schnittstelle +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.3.1 +Einfache Datei-Befehle +\layout Description +1.3.2 +Einfache Editier-Funktionen +\layout Description +1.3.3 + +\family sans +\bar under +R +\bar default +ückgängig +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Ruckgängig@Rückgängig} + +\end_inset + + ( +\family sans +Strg+Z +\family default +) und +\family sans +\bar under +W +\bar default +iederholen +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Wiederholen} + +\end_inset + + ( +\family sans +Umschalt+Strg+Z +\family default +) +\layout Description +1.3.4 +Die Grundfunktionen der Maus +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Mausfunktionen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +1.3.5 +Grundlegende Tastaturfunktionen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tastaturfunktionen} + +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.4 +Wie man LyX zusammen mit anderen Programmen benutzt +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.4.1 +ASCII-Dateien +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Datei!importieren} + +\end_inset + + importieren + + +\layout Description +1.4.2 +Ausschneiden und Kopieren zwischen LyX und anderen Programmen +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Die LyX-Einrichtung und unterstützende Anwendungen +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Einleitung +\layout Description +2.2 +LyX-Grundeinstellungen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Grundeinstellungen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +2.3 +LaTeX +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{LaTeX} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +2.4 +Dvips und Ghostscript +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.4.1 +Was Sie benötigen +\layout Description +2.4.2 +Dvips +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dvips} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +2.4.3 +Ghostscript +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Ghostscript} + +\end_inset + +, Xdvi +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{xdvi} + +\end_inset + + und gv +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{gv} + +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.5 +Der Drucker +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +LyX-Grundlagen +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Dokumenttypen +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.1 +Einleitung +\layout Description +3.1.2 + + +Die verschiedenen Dokumentklassen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dokumentklassen} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.2.1 +Übersicht +\layout Description +3.1.2.2 +Eine Klasse auswählen +\layout Description +3.1.2.3 +Eigenschaften +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.3 +Feineinstellung der Standardwerte +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Standardwerte} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +3.1.4 +Seitenorientierung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Seitenorientierung} + +\end_inset + +, Papierformat +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Papierformat} + +\end_inset + + und Ränder +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Rander@Ränder} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +3.1.5 +Wichtiger Hinweis: +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.2 +Absatzeinrückung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Absatzeinruckung@Absatzeinrückung} + +\end_inset + + und Absatztrennung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Absatztrennung} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +Einleitung +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Globale Absatztrennung +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Feineinstellung +\layout Description +3.2.4 +Zeilenabstände ändern +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Absatzumgebungen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Absatzumgebungen} + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +Überblick +\layout Description +3.3.2 +Standard +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Standard} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +3.3.3 +Dokumenttitel +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dokumenttitel} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +3.3.4 +Überschriften +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Uberschriften@Überschriften} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.4.1 +Numerierte Überschriften +\layout Description +3.3.4.2 +Nichtnumerierte Überschriften +\layout Description +3.3.4.3 +Ändern der Numerierung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Numerierung} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +3.3.4.4 +Spezielle Informationen +\layout Description +3.3.4.5 +Einen Anhang erstellen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Anhang erstellen} + +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5 +Zitate +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zitat} + +\end_inset + + und Lyrik +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Lyrik} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5.1 + +\family sans +Zitat (kurz) +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zitat!(kurz)} + +\end_inset + +und +\family sans +Zitat (lang) +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zitat!(lang)} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +3.3.5.2 + +\family sans +Gedicht +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Lyrik} + +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6 +Listen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Listen} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6.1 +Allgemeine Eigenschaften +\layout Description +3.3.6.2 + +\family sans +Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +listung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Auf\/listung} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +3.3.6.3 + +\family sans +Aufzählung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Aufzahlung@Aufzählung} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +3.3.6.4 + +\family sans +Beschreibung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Beschreibung} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +3.3.6.5 +Die LyX- +\family sans +Liste +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{LyX-Liste} + +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7 +Briefe +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Briefe} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7.1 + +\family sans +Adresse +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Adresse} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + und +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Right Address} + +\end_inset + +: Ein Überblick +\layout Description +3.3.7.2 +Gebrauch +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8 +Wissenschaftliche Texte +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Wissenschaftliche Texte} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8.1 + +\family sans +Zusammenfassung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zusammenfassung} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +3.3.8.2 +Literaturverzeichnis +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Literaturverzeichnis} + +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9 +Besondere Umgebungen +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9.1 + +\family sans +Beschriftung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Beschriftung} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +3.3.9.2 + +\family sans +L + +yX-Code +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{LyX-Code} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +3.3.9.3 + +\family sans +Kommentar +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Kommentar} + +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Umgebungen schachteln +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Umgebungen schachteln} + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.1 +Der große Wurf +\layout Description +3.4.2 +Was Sie schachteln können und was nicht +\layout Description +3.4.3 +Andere Dinge schachteln: Tabellen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen} + +\end_inset + +, Mathematik +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Mathematik} + +\end_inset + +, Gleitobjekte +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleitobjekte} + +\end_inset + + usw. +\layout Description +3.4.4 +Gebrauch und allgemeine Eigenschaften +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.4.1 +Die verschiedenen Bindungen +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5 +Einige Beispiele +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5.1 +Beispiel 1: Sechsfache und gemischte Schachtelung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schachtelungsbeispiele} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +3.4.5.2 +Beispiel 2: Vererbung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schachtelungsbeispiele} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +3.4.5.3 +Beispiel 3: Marken, Stufen +\family sans + +\family default +und +\family sans + Aufzählung +\family default +- und +\family sans +Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +listung +\family default +-Umgebungen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schachtelungsbeispiele} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +3.4.5.4 +Beispiel 4: Übergeschnappt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schachtelungsbeispiele} + +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.5 +Fonts +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fonts} + +\end_inset + + und Textstile +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Textstile} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.5.1 +Überblick +\layout Description +3.5.2 +Globale Optionen +\layout Description +3.5.3 +Gebrauch unterschiedlicher Buchstabenstile +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Buchstabenstile} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +3.5.4 +Feineinstellung mit dem +\family sans +Zeichen +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zeichensatzattribute} + +\end_inset + +-Menü +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.6 +Drucken +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{drucken} + +\end_inset + + und Druckvorschau +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.6.1 +Überblick +\layout Description +3.6.2 +Schnelles Ansehen mit +\family typewriter +xdvi +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{xdvi} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +3.6.3 +Die PostScript +\series medium +® +\series default +-Version mit +\family typewriter +gv +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{gv} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + anschauen +\layout Description +3.6.4 +Die Datei drucken +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{drucken} + +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7 +Ein paar Worte über Typographie +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.1 +Bindestriche +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Bindestriche} + +\end_inset + + und Silbentrennung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Silbentrennung} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +3.7.2 +Satzzeichen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Satzzeichen} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.2.1 +Abkürzungen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abkurzungen@Abkürzungen} + +\end_inset + + und Satzenden +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Satzenden} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +3.7.2.2 +Anführungszeichen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Anfuhrungszeichen@Anführungszeichen} + +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.3 +Ligaturen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Ligaturen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +3.7.4 +Schusterjungen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schusterjungen} + +\end_inset + + und Hurenkinder +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Hurenkinder} + +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Gleitobjekte +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleitobjekte} + +\end_inset + +: Fußnoten, Randnotizen, Abbildungen und Tabellen +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Fußnoten +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fußnoten} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +4.2 +Randnotizen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Randnotizen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +4.3 +Abbildungen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abbildungen} + +\end_inset + + und eingebundene Grafiken +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Grafiken} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1 +Die +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Beschriftung} + +\end_inset + +-Umgebung für Abbildungen +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1.1 +Die Benutzung der +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default +-Umgebung +\layout Description +4.3.1.2 +Plazierung von +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Beschriftung} + +\end_inset + +-Umgebungen +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.2 + +\family typewriter +xfig +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{xfig} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + und LyX + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.4 +Tabellen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Das Dialogfenster +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Tabellen-Einstellungen bearbeiten +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!Einstellungen bearbeiten} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Was kann eine Zelle +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellenzelle} + +\end_inset + + alles enthalten? +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Ausschneiden +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!ausschneiden} + +\end_inset + + und Einfügen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!einfügen} + +\end_inset + + in Tabellen +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Mehrzeiliger Text in Tabellen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!mehrzeiliger Text} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Tabellen in +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default +-Umgebungen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!in Beschriftung-Umgebungen} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.5.1 +Tabellentitel +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!-titel} + +\end_inset + + in +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default +-Umgebungen +\layout Description +4.4.5.2 +Plazierung von +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default +-Umgebungen +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +Inhaltsverzeichnisse +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Inhaltsverzeichnisse} + +\end_inset + + und andere Listen +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +Das Inhaltsverzeichnis +\layout Description +4.5.2 +Liste der Abbildungen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Liste der Abbildungen} + +\end_inset + +, Tabellen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Liste der Tabellen} + +\end_inset + + und Algorithmen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Liste der Algorithmen} + +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Mathematische Formeln +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{mathematische!Formeln} + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Grundlagen +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1.1 +Mathed starten +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Mathed} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +5.1.2 +Wie man sich in einer Gleichung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleichung} + +\end_inset + + bewegt +\layout Description +5.1.3 +Text auswählen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Mathed!Text auswählen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +5.1.4 +Exponenten +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Exponenten} + +\end_inset + + und Indizes +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Indizes} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +5.1.5 +Brüche +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Bruche@Brüche} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +5.1.6 +Summen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Summen} + +\end_inset + + und Integrale +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Integrale} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +5.1.7 +Das Menü +\family sans + Mathe-Kontrollfläche +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Mathed!Kontrollfläche} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +5.1.8 +Andere mathematische Symbole +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{mathematische!Symbole} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +5.1.9 +Mathematische Funktionen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{mathematische!Funktionen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +5.1.10 +Weitere Symbole +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Symbole} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +5.1.11 +Akzente +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Akzente} + +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.2 +Klammern +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Klammern} + +\end_inset + + und Dekorationen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dekorationen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +5.3 +Gruppierung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gruppierung} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +5.4 +Matrizen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Matrizen} + +\end_inset + + und mehrzeilige Gleichungen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleichungen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +5.5 +Gleichungen numerieren +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleichungen!numerieren} + +\end_inset + + und markieren +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleichungen!markieren} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +5.6 +Benutzerdefinierte Makros +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Makros} + +\end_inset + + im +\family typewriter +Mathe-Modus +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.6.1 +Hinweise zum Gebrauch von Makros +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Makros} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.6.1.1 +Wie man sie erzeugt +\layout Description +5.6.1.2 +Wie man sich im Makro bewegt +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.7 +Feineinstellungen +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.7.1 +Schriftstile +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schriftstile} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +5.7.2 +Mathematischer Textmodus +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{mathematische!-r Textmodus} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +5.7.3 +Fontgrößen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fontgroße@Fontgröße} + +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.8 +AMS-TeX +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{AMS-TeX} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.8.1 +AMS verwenden +\layout Description +5.8.2 +AMS-Symbole +\layout Description +5.8.3 +AMS-Formeln +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.9 +Weitergehende Literatur +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Weitere Werkzeuge +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Querverweise +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Querverweis} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +6.2 +URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{URL} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +6.3 +Kurze Titel +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Titel!kurze} + +\end_inset + + mit optionalen Argumenten definieren + + +\layout Description +6.4 +Manuelle Feineinstellungen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Feineinstellungen} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 +Zusätzlicher waagerechter Leerraum +\layout Description +6.4.2 +Zusätzlicher senkrechter Leerraum +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Leerraum - senkrechter} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +6.4.3 +Absatzausrichtung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Absatzausrichtung} + +\end_inset + + ändern +\layout Description +6.4.4 +Manuelle Seitenumbrüche +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Seitenumbruche@Seitenumbrüche} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +6.4.5 +Geschützte Leerzeichen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Leerzeichen - geschützte} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +6.4.6 +Manueller Zeilenumbruch +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zeilenumbruch!manueller} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +6.4.7 +Horizontale Linien +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{horizontale Linien} + +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.5 +Rechtschreibprüfung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Rechtschreibprufung@Rechtschreibprüfung} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.1 +Optionen für die Rechtschreibprüfung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Rechtschreibprufung@Rechtschreibprüfung} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.1.1 +Benutzerschnittstelle Rechtschreibprüfung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Rechtschreibprufung@Rechtschreibprüfung} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +6.5.1.2 +Persönliches Wörterbuch +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Worterbuch - personliches@Wörterbuch - persönliches} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +6.5.1.3 +Weitere Optionen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Rechtschreibprüfung} + +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.2 +Probleme +\layout Description +6.5.3 +Grenzen +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.6 +Internationale Unterstützung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Internationale Unterstützung} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.6.1 +Sprachoptionen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Sprachoptionen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +6.6.2 +Tastaturtabellen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tastaturtabellen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +6.6.3 +Zeichentabellen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zeichentabellen} + +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Die restlichen Befehle +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Die Werkzeugleiste +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Werkzeugleiste} + +\end_inset + + + + +\layout Description +7.2 + +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family default + \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.1 + +\family sans +Versions +\bar under +k +\bar default +ontrolle +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Versionskontrolle} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +R +\bar default +egistrieren\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Description +7.2.2 + +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +mportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +aT +\family default + + + +\family sans +eX\SpecialChar \ldots{} +/ +\bar under +N +\bar default +oWeb\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Datei!importieren} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +7.2.3 + +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +xportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI/ +\bar under +H +\bar default +TML/ +\bar under +L +\bar default +aT +\family default + + + +\family sans +eX/ +\bar under +P +\bar default +DF/Pos +\bar under +t +\bar default +script/ +\bar under +B +\bar default +enutzerdef\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +iniert\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Datei!exportieren} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +7.2.4 + +\family sans +Fa +\bar under +x +\bar default +en +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.3 + +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family default + \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.3.1 + +\family sans +Externe A +\bar under +u +\bar default +swahl einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +als +\bar under +Z +\bar default +eilen/als +\bar under +A +\bar default +bsätze +\layout Description +7.3.2 + +\family sans +\bar under +M +\bar default +athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family default + \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Description +7.3.3 + +\family sans +T +\family default + + + +\family sans +e +\bar under +X +\bar default + prüfen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{TeX!prufen@prüfen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +7.3.4 + +\family sans +Alle Fe +\bar under +h +\bar default +lermarken entfernen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fehlermarken entfernen} + +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.4 + +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family default + \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.4.1 + +\family sans +\bar under +M +\bar default +athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +C +\bar default +ases/AMS align, alignat, f\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +lalign +\family default +, +\family sans +gather +\family default + und +\family sans + multline-Umgebung +\layout Description +7.4.2 + +\family sans +St +\bar under +i +\bar default +chwort\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Index} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +7.4.3 + +\family sans +T +\family default + + + +\family sans +e +\bar under +X +\bar default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{TeX} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +7.4.4 + +\family sans +Mini +\bar under +p +\bar default +age +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Minipage} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +7.4.5 + +\family sans +Gleit +\bar under +o +\bar default +bjekte\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Algorithmus +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Algorithmus} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +7.4.6 + +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei +\family default + +\family sans +einfügen +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.4.6.1 + +\family sans +Ly +\family default + + + +\family sans +X Dokument\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Description +7.4.6.2 + +\family sans +ASCII +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{ASCII} + +\end_inset + + als +\bar under +Z +\bar default +eilen/ +\bar under +A +\bar default +SCII als Absätze\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.4.7 + +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +xternes Material\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.5 + +\family sans +Ans +\bar under +i +\bar default +cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family default + \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.5.1 + +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +DF +\family default + und +\family sans +\bar under +A +\bar default +ktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +DF +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{PDF} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +7.5.2 + +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +DF (dvipdf +\bar under +m +\bar default +) +\family default + und +\family sans +\bar under +A +\bar default +ktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +DF (dvipdf +\bar under +m +\bar default +) +\family default + +\family sans + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{PDF (dvipdfm)} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +7.5.3 + +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +aT +\family default + + + +\family sans +eX-Protokoll +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{LaTeX-Protokoll} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +7.5.4 + +\family sans +T +\family default + + + +\family sans +e +\bar under +X +\bar default +-Informationen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{TeX!-Informationen} + +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.6 + +\family sans +\bar under +N +\bar default +avigieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family default + \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.6.1 + +\family sans +Abbildung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abbildung} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + und +\family sans +Tabelle +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabelle} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +7.6.2 + +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ehler +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fehler} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +7.6.3 + +\family sans +\bar under +N +\bar default +otiz +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Notiz} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +7.6.4 + +\family sans +\bar under +R +\bar default +eferenzen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Referenzen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +7.6.5 + +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +esezeichen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Lesezeichen} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family default + \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.7 + +\family sans +Do +\bar under +k +\bar default +umente +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dokumente} + +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 +Danksagung +\layout Section* + +Profi-Tipps: erweiterte Textbearbeitung mit LyX +\layout Description +1 +Einleitung +\layout Description +2 +LyX und LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Wie LyX LaTeX benutzt +\layout Description +2.2 + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Hilfe! LyX hat eine unleserliche +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default +-Datei erzeugt! +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +2.3 +LaTeX-Dateien nach LyX konvertieren +\layout Description +2.4 +LaTeX-Code (ERT) in LyX-Dokumente einsetzen +\layout Description +2.5 +LyX und der LaTeX-Vorspann +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.1 +Über den LaTeX-Vorspann +\layout Description +2.5.2 +Den Vorspann ändern +\layout Description +2.5.3 +Beispiele +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.3.1 +Beispiel 1: Verschiebungen (Offsets) +\layout Description +2.5.3.2 +Beispiel 2: Aufkleber +\layout Description +2.5.3.3 +Beispiel +\series medium + +\series default +3: Absatzeinrückung + + +\layout Description +2.5.3.4 +Beispiel 4: Dieses Dokument +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.6 +LyX und LaTeX-Fehler +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Ergänzende Werkzeuge +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Erstellen eines Literaturverzeichnisses mit BibTeX +\layout Description +3.2 +Erstellen eines Stichwortverzeichnisses +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Stichwortverzeichnis} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +3.3 +Mehrteilige Dokumente +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +Allgemeine Handhabung +\layout Description +3.3.2 +Querverweise zwischen Dateien +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Algorithmen +\layout Description +3.5 +Teilabbildungen +\layout Description +3.6 +Kunstvolle Kopf- und Fußzeilen +\layout Description +3.7 +Minipage +\layout Description +3.8 +Text um Abbildungen herumfließen lassen + + +\layout Description +3.9 +Sonderformate für Tabellen +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.9.1 +Zusätzlichen Leerraum in Spalten entfernen +\layout Description +3.9.2 +Ändern des Spaltentrennzeichens +\layout Description +3.9.3 +Eine Spalte nach einem Dezimalpunkt ausrichten +\layout Description +3.9.4 +Eine bessere Lösung für die Dezimalpunktausrichtung +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.10 +Listenmarkierer auswählen + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.10.1 +Einleitung +\layout Description +3.10.2 +Das Dialogfenster + + +\layout Description +3.10.3 +So funktioniert es +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Besondere Dokumentklassen +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +AMS-Mathe +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1.1 +Was diese Formate bieten +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.2 +Dinbrief +\layout Description +4.3 +Paper +\layout Description +4.4 +A&A Paper +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Einleitung +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Der Anfang +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Der Titelblock +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Die Zusammenfassung +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Unterstützte Umgebungstypen +\layout Description +4.4.6 +Von LyX nicht unterstützte Befehle +\layout Description +4.4.7 +Gleitende Abbildungen und Tabellen +\layout Description +4.4.8 +Das Schiedsrichter-Format +\layout Description +4.4.9 +Der Beispielartikel +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +AASTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +Einleitung +\layout Description +4.5.2 +Einen neuen Artikel beginnen +\layout Description +4.5.3 +Der Abschluß eines Artikels +\layout Description +4.5.4 +Hinweise zu einzelnen Befehlen +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.4.1 +Dinge, die wie erwartet funktionieren +\layout Description +4.5.4.2 +Dinge, die funktionieren, jedoch zusätzlicher Hinweise bedürfen +\layout Description +4.5.4.3 +Nicht implementierte Dinge (LaTeX-Code verwenden) +\layout Description +4.5.4.4 +Dinge, die nicht implementiert werden können +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5 +FAQs, Tips, Tricks und andere Wiederholungen +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5.1 +Wie man LyX und AASTeX zusammenarbeiten läßt +\layout Description +4.5.5.2 +LaTeX-Fehler beim Verarbeiten von Tabellen +\layout Description +4.5.5.3 +Literaturverzeichnisse + + +\layout Description +4.5.5.4 +Einbinden von EPS-Dateien +\layout Description +4.5.5.5 +Möglichkeiten, die ich nicht realisiert habe +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.6 +Schlußbemerkung +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.6 +ijmpd +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.6.1 +Überblick +\layout Description +4.6.2 +Ein Papier schreiben +\layout Description +4.6.3 +Ein Papier zum Versenden vorbereiten +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.7 +Kluwer +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.7.1 +Überblick +\layout Description +4.7.2 +Ein Papier schreiben +\layout Description +4.7.3 +Ein Papier zum Versenden vorbereiten +\layout Description +4.7.4 +Besonderheiten des Kluwer-Paketes + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.8 +Koma-Script +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.8.1 +Überblick +\layout Description +4.8.2 +article (koma-script), report (koma-script) und book (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.3 +letter (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.4 +Die neue Briefklasse: letter (koma-script v.2) +\layout Description +4.8.5 +Probleme +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.9 +Springer-Zeitschriften ( +\family sans +svjour +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.9.1 +Beschreibung +\layout Description +4.9.2 +Neue Stile +\layout Description +4.9.3 +Unterstützte Zeitschriften +\layout Description +4.9.4 +Danksagung +\layout Description +4.9.5 +Fehler +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.10 +AGU journals (aguplus) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.10.1 +Beschreibung +\layout Description +4.10.2 +Neue Umgebungen +\layout Description +4.10.3 +Neue Gleitobjekte +\layout Description +4.10.4 +Unterstützte Journale +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.11 +EGS journals (egs) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.11.1 +Beschreibung +\layout Description +4.11.2 +Neue Umgebungen +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12 +Folien [S +\noun on +li +\noun default +TeX] + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.1 +Einleitung +\layout Description +4.12.2 +Zu Beginn + + +\layout Description +4.12.3 +Absatzumgebungen +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.3.1 +Unterstützte Umgebungen +\layout Description +4.12.3.2 +Kniffe mit den neuen Absatzumgebungen + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4 +Erstellen einer Präsentation mit +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + und +\family sans +Hinweis +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4.1 +Die +\family sans +Slide- +\family default +Umgebung benutzen +\layout Description +4.12.4.2 +Die +\family sans +Overlay +\family default +- mit der +\family sans +Slide +\family default +-Umgebung benutzen +\layout Description +4.12.4.3 +Die +\family sans +Hinweis +\family default +- mit der +\family sans +Slide +\family default +-Umgebung benutzen +\family sans + + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.5 +Die Vorlagedatei für die +\family sans +slides- +\family default +Klasse +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13 +Folien [ +\family sans +\noun on +Foil +\family default +TeX +\noun default +] + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.1 +Einleitung +\layout Description +4.13.2 +Zu Beginn +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.2.1 +Weitere Optionen +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.3 +Unterstützte Umgebungstypen +\layout Description +4.13.4 +Die Erstellung eines Foliensatzes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.4.1 +Anlegen einer Titelseite +\layout Description +4.13.4.2 +Eine neue Folie beginnen +\layout Description +4.13.4.3 +Theoreme, Lemmas, Beweise und anderes +\layout Description +4.13.4.4 +Aufzählungen +\layout Description +4.13.4.5 +Abbildungen und Tabellen +\layout Description +4.13.4.6 +Kopf- und Fußzeilen der Seite + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5 +Nicht unterstützte Befehle von +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5.1 +Längenangaben +\layout Description +4.13.5.2 +Kopf- und Fußzeilen +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.14 +Latex8 (IEEE-Konferenzpapiere) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.14.1 +Einleitung +\layout Description +4.14.2 +Erste Schritte +\layout Description +4.14.3 +Unterstützte Umgebungstypen +\layout Description +4.14.4 +Unterschiede zwischen Bildschirm und Druckbild +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.15 +Hollywood (Skripte nach Hollywood-Spezifikation) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.15.1 +Einleitung +\layout Description +4.15.2 +Besondere Probleme +\layout Description +4.15.3 +Besondere Funktionen +\layout Description +4.15.4 +Seitengrößen und Randbreiten +\layout Description +4.15.5 +Umgebungstypen +\layout Description +4.15.6 +Skript Jargon +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.16 +Broadway +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.16.1 +Einleitung +\layout Description +4.16.2 +Besondere Probleme +\layout Description +4.16.3 +Besondere Funktionen +\layout Description +4.16.4 +Seitengrößen und Randbreiten +\layout Description +4.16.5 +Umgebungstypen +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.17 +RevTeX4 +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.17.1 +Installation +\layout Description +4.17.2 +LaTeX-Vorspann +\layout Description +4.17.3 +Format +\layout Description +4.17.4 +Wichtige Hinweise +\layout Description +4.17.5 +Nachteile +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.18 +Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) +\layout Description +4.19 +Elsevier Journals +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Import und Export anderer Dateiformate +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Einleitung +\layout Description +5.2 +Import anderer Formate +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.2.2 +ASCII-Text +\layout Description +5.2.3 +NoWeb +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Export nach anderen Formaten +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.3.2 +DVI +\layout Description +5.3.3 +PostScript® +\layout Description +5.3.4 +ASCII-Text +\layout Description +5.3.5 +HTML +\layout Description +5.3.6 +PDF +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.6.1 +pdfLaTeX benutzen +\layout Description +5.3.6.2 +Warum sieht der Text mit Acrobat®Reader so schlecht aus? + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.3 +Warum funktioniert der Befehl +\family typewriter + +\backslash +boldsymbol{} +\family default + nicht mit +\family typewriter +ps\SpecialChar \- +latex +\family default +? +\family typewriter + + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.4 +Kann man LaTeX-Code schreiben, der nur mit pdfLaTeX bearbeitet wird? +\layout Description +5.3.6.5 +Wie mache ich URLs anklickbar? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.7 +Benutzerdefiniert +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +Die vollständige reLyX-Beschreibung + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.1 +Übersicht +\layout Description +5.4.2 +Optionen +\layout Description +5.4.3 +Beschreibung +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.3.1 +Einleitung +\layout Description +5.4.3.2 +Benutzung +\layout Description +5.4.3.3 +Womit reLyX umgehen kann +\layout Description +5.4.3.4 +Womit reLyX nicht umgehen kann, jedoch keine Fehler auftreten +\layout Description +5.4.3.5 +Womit reLyX wirklich schlecht umgeht --- echte Fehler +\layout Description +5.4.3.6 +Was LyX nicht handhaben kann +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.4 +Beispiele +\layout Description +5.4.5 +Hinweise +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.5.1 +Fehlerberichte + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.2 +Details zur Implementation: +\layout Description +5.4.5.3 +Format-Dateien +\layout Description +5.4.5.4 +Syntaxdateien + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.5 +Verschiedenes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.6 +Diagnostik +\layout Description +5.4.7 +Warnungen +\layout Description +5.4.8 +Dateien +\layout Description +5.4.9 +Siehe auch +\layout Description +5.4.10 +Autoren +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +LyX-Funktionen, die zusätzliche Programme benötigen +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Die Verwendung von LyX mit den SGML-Tools (LinuxDoc) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.1 +Überblick +\layout Description +6.1.2 +Vorbereitung und Umgang mit einem SGML (LinuxDoc)-Doku\SpecialChar \- +ment +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.2.1 +Zu Beginn +\layout Description +6.1.2.2 +Abspeichern +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3 +Die Verwendung der Absatzumgebungen in SGML (LinuxDoc) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3.1 +Die Struktur eines SGML (LinuxDoc)-Dokumentes +\layout Description +6.1.3.2 +Die Absatzumgebungen in SGML (LinuxDoc) +\layout Description +6.1.3.3 +Andere Format-Elemente +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.4 +Die Verwendung der SGML (LinuxDoc)-Skripte +\layout Description +6.1.5 +Fehlersuche in SGML (LinuxDoc) +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.2 +TeX prüfen +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +Einleitung +\layout Description +6.2.2 +Der Aufruf +\layout Description +6.2.3 +Anpassung an persönliche Wünsche +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Versionskontrolle in LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +Einleitung +\layout Description +6.3.2 +RCS-Befehle in LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.2.1 + +\family sans +\series medium +Registrieren +\layout Description +6.3.2.2 + +\family sans +\series medium +Änderungen einchecken\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Description +6.3.2.3 + +\family sans +\series medium +Arbeitskopie erzeugen +\layout Description +6.3.2.4 + +\family sans +\series medium +Letzte Version wiederherstellen +\layout Description +6.3.2.5 + +\family sans +\series medium +Letzte Version widerrufen +\layout Description +6.3.2.6 + +\family sans +\series medium +Entwicklung anzeigen +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4 +Literarische Programmierung +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 +Einleitung +\layout Description +6.4.2 +Was ist Literarische Programmierung? +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.2.1 +Literaturhinweise +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3 +LyX und Literarische Programmierung +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3.1 +Erstellen von Dokumentation und Quellcode (weben und verknoten) +\layout Description +6.4.3.2 +LyX-Konfiguration +\layout Description +6.4.3.3 +Erweiterungen zur Fehlersuche +\layout Description +6.4.3.4 +Werkzeugleistenerweiterungen +\layout Description +6.4.3.5 +Farben anpassen +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Geheimnisse der LaTeX-Meister + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Tricks für Fußnoten und Randnotizen +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1.1 +Fußnoten +\layout Description +7.1.2 +Randnotizen +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.2 +Mehrspaltige Dokumente +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.1 +Absicht +\layout Description +7.2.2 +Einschränkungen +\layout Description +7.2.3 +Beispiele +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.3.1 +Zwei Spalten +\layout Description +7.2.3.2 +Mehr als zwei Spalten +\layout Description +7.2.3.3 +Spalten innerhalb einer Spalte +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.3 +Numerierung in der +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Absatzumgebung +\layout Description +7.4 +Zusätzlicher Leerraum zwischen Tabellenzeilen +\layout Description +7.5 +Abgesetzte Großbuchstaben +\layout Description +7.6 +Ungewöhnliche Absatzformen +\layout Description +7.7 +Zusammenfassung +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +LyX-Anpassung: +\newline +Möglichkeiten für fortgeschrittene Nutzer +\layout Description +1 +Einleitung +\layout Description +2 +Die Konfigurationsdateien von LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Was befindet sich in +\family typewriter +LyXDir +\family default +? +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1.1 +Automatisch erzeugte Dateien +\layout Description +2.1.2 +Verzeichnisse +\layout Description +2.1.3 +Dateien, die Sie nicht verändern sollten +\layout Description +2.1.4 +Andere Dateien +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.2 +Das lokale Konfigurationsverzeichnis +\layout Description +2.3 +LyX mit mehreren Konfigurationen + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Der Dialog +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +E +\bar under +i +\bar default +nstellungen +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Der erste Aufruf des Dialogs +\layout Description +3.2 +Bildschirmdarstellung und Zeichensätze +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +Auf + +lösung und Vergrößerungsfaktor +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Befehle zur Festlegung des Zeichensatzes +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Zeichensatzkodierung +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Tastatur-Einstellung + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\family default + und +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1.1 + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\layout Description +3.3.1.2 + +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.2 +Sondertasten +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Sondertasten} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +3.3.3 +Hilfreiche Hinweise und Tips +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Tastaturkürzel + + +\layout Description +3.5 +Die Benutzerschnittstelle + + +\layout Description +3.6 +Konverter, Formate und Druckvorschau +\layout Description +3.7 +Optionen für den ASCII-Export +\layout Description +3.8 +Drucker +\layout Description +3.9 +Bildschirmfarben +\layout Description +3.10 +Automatische Einstellungen +\layout Description +3.11 +Weitere Befehle +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Internationales LyX + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Eine andere Sprache für die Schnittstelle auswählen + + +\layout Description +4.2 +Tastaturkürzel für andere Sprachen anpassen + + +\layout Description +4.3 +LyX übersetzen +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1 +Die Benutzerschnittstelle übersetzen (Textmeldungen) +\layout Description +4.3.2 +Die Dokumentation übersetzen +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.4 +Internationale Tastaturbelegung + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Eigene Tastaturtabellen definieren: das +\emph on +Keymap +\emph default +-Dateiformat +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +Internationale Tastaturtabellen: +\emph on +Keymaps +\emph default + + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +Die +\family typewriter +.kmap +\family default +-Datei + + +\layout Description +4.5.2 +Die +\family typewriter +.cdef +\family default +-Datei +\layout Description +4.5.3 +Tote Tasten definieren +\layout Description +4.5.4 +Ihre Sprachkonfiguration einstellen + + +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Installieren neuer Textklassen, Layouts und Vorlagen + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Installation eines neuen LaTeX-Paketes +\layout Description +5.2 +Layouts +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +Unterstützung neuer Dokumentenklassen +\layout Description +5.2.2 +LaTeX2e +\family typewriter +sty +\family default +-Datei +\layout Description +5.2.3 +LaTeX2e +\family sans +cls +\family default +-Datei +\layout Description +5.2.4 +LaTeX 2.09 +\family sans +sty +\family default +-Datei +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Deklaration einer neuen Textklasse +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +Allgemeine Parameter für Textklassen +\layout Description +5.3.2 +Der Abschnitt +\family typewriter +ClassOptions +\layout Description +5.3.3 +Einzelne Absatz-Layouts +\layout Description +5.3.4 +Beschreibung des Zeichensatzes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +Vorlagen erstellen +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Eine Anleitung für Drucker + + + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Einleitung +\layout Description +6.2 +Die Datei +\family typewriter +/etc/printcap +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +Überblick +\layout Description +6.2.2 +Der Druckername +\layout Description +6.2.3 +Die Drucker-Gerätedatei +\layout Description +6.2.4 +Das Spulverzeichnis und die Logdatei +\layout Description +6.2.5 +Die Filterdatei +\layout Description +6.2.6 +Zusätzliche Kürzel +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Wir bauen einen Druckerfilter +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +PostScript®-Dateien mit Hilfe von Ghostscript ausdrucken +\layout Description +6.3.2 +Wenn Ihr Drucker bereits PostScript® versteht\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4 +Der Druckerspuldämon +\family typewriter +lpd +\layout Description +6.5 +Kurze Zusammenfassung +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Die Einfügung Externes Material + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Hintergrund +\layout Description +7.2 +Wie funktioniert das? +\layout Description +7.3 +Der Dialog +\family sans +Externe Datei bearbeiten +\layout Description +7.4 +Beispiele +\layout Description +7.5 +Die Konfigurationsdatei +\layout Description +7.6 +Der Ersetzungsmechanismus +\layout Description +7.7 +Sicherheitshinweise +\layout Description +7.8 +Die Zukunft der externen Einfügung +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 \start_of_appendix +Tastaturkürzel +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.1 +Werkzeugleiste +\layout Description +8.2 +Menüs +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.1 +Datei +\layout Description +8.2.2 +Bearbeiten +\layout Description +8.2.3 +Einfügen +\layout Description +8.2.4 + +\family sans +Format +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.4.1 + +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Zeichen\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.5 +View +\layout Description +8.2.6 +Navigate +\layout Description +8.2.7 +Help +\layout Description +8.2.8 +Absatzformat +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8.3 +Tastatur +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.3.1 +Specifische Definitionen aus +\family typewriter +emacs.bind +\layout Description +8.3.2 +Specifische Definitionen aus +\family typewriter +cua.bind +\layout Description +8.3.3 +Spezifische Definitionen aus +\family typewriter +sciword.bind +\layout Description +8.3.4 +Standard-Definitionen im Mathematikmodus +\layout Description +8.3.5 +Sonstige Tastaturkürzel +\end_deeper +\end_deeper + +\the_end diff --git a/lib/doc/de_Tutorial.lyx b/lib/doc/de_Tutorial.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8076243e4f --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/de_Tutorial.lyx @@ -0,0 +1,5813 @@ +#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 221 +\textclass book +\begin_preamble +\usepackage{graphics} +\end_preamble +\language german +\inputencoding latin1 +\fontscheme default +\graphics none +\paperfontsize default +\spacing single +\papersize a4paper +\paperpackage a4 +\use_geometry 1 +\use_amsmath 0 +\use_natbib 0 +\use_numerical_citations 0 +\paperorientation portrait +\leftmargin 2cm +\topmargin 1cm +\rightmargin 2cm +\bottommargin 1cm +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation skip +\defskip medskip +\quotes_language german +\quotes_times 2 +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 1 +\paperpagestyle headings + +\layout Title + +Das LyX-Tutorium +\layout Author + +vom LyX-Team +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Deutsche Übersetzung +\noun on +Peter Sütterlin, +\noun default + +\noun on +Jens Stolze +\noun default + und +\noun on +Hartmut Haase +\noun default +. +\end_inset + + +\layout Date + +15.\SpecialChar ~ +September 2003 +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Chapter + +Einleitung +\layout Section + +Willkommen bei LyX +\layout Standard + +Zielgruppe für dieses Dokument sind alle diejenigen, die noch niemals etwas + von LaTeX gehört haben oder es nicht sehr gut beherrschen. + Doch nur keine Panik - Sie müssen kein LaTeX lernen, um LyX zu benutzen. + Denn das ist die Absicht, die hinter LyX steckt: Eine Beinahe-WYSIWYG-Schnittst +elle zu LaTeX zu bieten. + Einige Dinge müssen Sie aber trotzdem lernen, um LyX effizient benutzen + zu können. +\layout Standard + +Einige sind wahrscheinlich auf dieses Dokument gestoßen, weil sie versucht + haben, zwei Leerzeichen hinter einem +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +. +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + einzufügen, oder mehrere Leerzeilen zwischen zwei Absätzen. + Nach einiger Frustration werden Sie herausgefunden haben, daß das nicht + geht. + Und nicht nur das, die meisten Tricks, die Sie vermutlich von anderen Textverar +beitungen her gewohnt sind, funktionieren in LyX nicht. + Das liegt daran, daß Sie bei den meisten Textverarbeitungen, mit denen + Sie bisher gearbeitet haben, derartige Abstände oder auch Zeichensatzänderungen + von Hand eingeben mussten. + Dadurch schreibt man einen Text nicht einfach nur, man muß auch die Aufgaben + eines Schriftsetzers übernehmen. + LyX übernimmt nun den Schriftsatz für Sie, und zwar in einer konsistenten + Art und Weise, und läßt Sie sich dadurch auf die wichtigen Dinge konzentrieren + -- etwa den Inhalt ihres Textes. +\layout Standard + +Also nehmen Sie sich die Zeit und lesen Sie diesen Text aufmerksam durch, + es wird sich sicherlich lohnen. +\layout Section + +Was das Tutorium +\emph on +ist +\emph default +, und was +\emph on +nicht +\layout Standard + +Zu Beginn ein wichtiger Hinweis: Das +\shape italic +Tutorium +\shape default + verwendet die Notation, wie sie in der +\emph on +Einführung +\emph default + dargelegt wurde. + Wenn Sie diesen Text noch nicht gelesen haben, lesen Sie bitte erst die + +\emph on +Einführung +\emph default +. + Ja, wir meinen jetzt. + (Die +\emph on +Einführung +\emph default +wird mit +\family sans +\bar under +H +\bar default +ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +inführung +\family default + geöffnet). +\layout Standard + +Und nun, nachdem Sie wissen, welcher Zeichensatz was besagt, können wir + uns über die Ziele des +\emph on +Tutorium +\emph default + unterhalten. +\layout Subsection + +Wie Sie den größten Nutzen aus dem Tutorium ziehen +\layout Standard + +Das +\emph on +Tutorium +\emph default + besteht aus Beispielen und Übungen. + Um den besten Nutzen aus dem Dokument zu ziehen, sollten Sie es in Ruhe + durchlesen und all die kleinen Übungen ausprobieren um zu sehen, ob Sie + sie nachvollziehen können. + Zum besseren Verständnis kann es hilfreich sein, die PostScript®-Version + des Textes auszudrucken. +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie bereits einige Erfahrungen mit LaTeX gemacht haben, werden Sie + dieses +\emph on +Tutorium +\emph default + vielleicht sogar etwas schneller durcharbeiten können, denn viele der Ansätze + in LyX sind nur verkleidete LaTeX-Ideen. + Allerdings besitzt LyX einige spezifische Eigenheiten, +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +oder, optimistisch ausgedrückt: +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Features +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + mit denen Sie sich vertraut machen sollten. + Und selbst wenn Sie den Rest dieses Textes nicht lesen wollen, sollten + Sie in jedem Fall einen Blick in das Kapitel\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:Latexnutzer} + +\end_inset + + werfen, das vorrangig für erfahrene LaTeX-Benutzer geschrieben wurde. +\layout Subsection + +Was Sie hier +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + finden +\layout Itemize + +Erklärung aller Fähigkeiten von LyX. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Was, Sie wollen ein zweites +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default +? +\layout Standard + +Im Ernst, der Sinn dieses Textes ist es, Sie soweit mit LyX vertraut zu + machen, daß Sie nur noch das +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default + zum arbeiten benötigen. + Wenn wir nun auch noch alle Fähigkeiten von LyX hier im +\emph on +Tutorium +\emph default + auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +listen oder erläutern wollten, wäre es redundant, viel zu lang und auf + ewig veraltet. + Alles was dieser Text soll, ist, die verschiedenen Dinge kurz vorzustellen. + Denken Sie sich also am Ende eines jeden Kapitels ein +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Weitere Informationen im +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Ausführliche Erklärungen zu LaTeX. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Dies ist nicht nötig. + Wenn Sie sich wirklich für all die kleinen und feinen Tricks interessieren, + die mit LaTeX möglich sind, kaufen Sie sich ein spezielles LaTeX-Buch. + Es gibt viele gute im Buchhandel. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +So, nun ist es Zeit, anzufangen und das erste Dokument zu erstellen. +\layout Chapter + +Die ersten Schritte mit LyX +\layout Section + +Ihr erstes LyX-Dokument +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{Abs:der-erste-text} + +\end_inset + +Sie sind nun vorbereitet, mit dem Schreiben zu beginnen. + Zu Beginn wollen wir aber noch ein paar Dinge erwähnen, die dieses +\emph on +Tutorium +\emph default + hoffentlich noch nützlicher, lehrreicher und vielleicht sogar unterhaltsamer + machen. +\layout Standard + +Da in diesem Text viele Dinge, die an anderer Stelle ausführlich erklärt + werden, nur kurz oder gar nicht behandelt werden, sollten Sie zunächst + wissen, wo Sie diese anderen Hilfstexte finden. + Zum Glück ist das sehr einfach. + Starten Sie LyX und wählen Sie das +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default + aus dem Menü +\family sans +\bar under +H +\bar default +ilfe +\family default +. + Eventuell sollten Sie auch dieses +\emph on +Tutorium +\emph default + laden (falls Sie das nicht bereits getan haben und diesen Text gerade am + Bildschirm lesen). + Auf diese Weise können Sie sie einfach lesen, während Sie Ihren eigenen + Text schreiben. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Außerdem bieten beide Texte gute Beispiele, wie man die verschiedenen Fähigkeite +n von LyX benutzt. +\end_inset + + Falls Sie mehrere Dokumente gleichzeitig geöffnet haben, können Sie einfach + über das Menü +\family sans +Do +\bar under +k +\bar default +umente +\family default + zwischen diesen wechseln. + Das Verteilen der Information auf mehrere Texte mag zu Beginn etwas störend + wirken. + Aber zum einen hilft das, das +\emph on +Tutorium +\emph default + kurz zu halten, zum anderen lernen Sie so den Umgang mit den Hilfetexten, + was Ihnen auf lange Sicht viel Zeit sparen kann. +\layout Standard + +In diesem +\emph on +Tutorium +\emph default + gehen wir davon aus, daß Sie eine voll funktionsfähige Version von LyX + besitzen, d. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +h.\SpecialChar ~ +LyX, LaTeX, +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + (oder ein anderes Programm, um DVI anzuzeigen), +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + (oder ein entsprechendes Programm zur Umwandlung von DVI in PostScript®) + und einen funktionierenden Drucker. + Das sind eine ganze Menge Voraussetzungen. + Ist eine davon nicht erfüllt, müssen Sie (oder ein freundlicher Administrator) + Ihr System richtig konfigurieren. + Ein paar Tips dazu finden Sie in den anderen Hilfetexten. +\layout Standard + +Und zum Schluss: Wir haben eine Datei erstellt, anhand der Sie den Umgang + mit LyX üben können. + Sie heißt +\family typewriter +de_beispiel_roh.lyx +\family default +. + Stellen Sie sich vor, diese Datei hätte jemand geschrieben, der keine Ahnung + von den tollen Fähigkeiten von LyX hat. + Immer wenn Sie neue Funktionen von LyX kennenlernen, werden Sie aufgefordert, + die entsprechenden Abschnitte in +\family typewriter +de_beispiel_roh.lyx +\family default + zu korrigieren. + Außerdem enthält die Datei auch Hinweise und Tips, wie diese Korrektur + erfolgen sollte. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Diese Hinweise finden Sie in den kleinen gelben +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Notizen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Sie können deren Text lesen, indem Sie sie anklicken. +\end_inset + + Überprüfen können Sie Ihre Arbeit anhand der Datei +\family typewriter +de_beispiel_gelyxt.lyx +\family default +. + Sie enthält denselben Text, diesmal aber von einem LyX-Profi geschrieben. +\layout Standard + +Die Beispieldateien finden Sie im Verzeichnis +\family typewriter +examples +\family default + des systemweiten LyX-Verzeichnisses. + Sie finden es im Menü +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ö +\bar under +f +\bar default +fnen\SpecialChar \ldots{} +, +\family default + wenn Sie auf den Knopf +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +eispiele +\family default + klicken. + Laden Sie die unmodifizierte Datei und verwenden Sie +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Speichern\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +u +\bar default +nter +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +, um eine editierbare Kopie in Ihrem privaten LyX-Verzeichnis anzulegen. + Sie können die Auswirkungen Ihrer Änderungen in der DVI-Vorschau betrachten. +\layout Standard + +Darüberhinaus finden Sie in +\family typewriter +examples +\family default + viele weitere Beispieldateien. + Sie führen Ihnen vor, wie Sie das eine oder andere Formatierproblem lösen + können und enthalten viele Dinge, die (aufgrund ihres Umfangs oder ähnlicher + Gründe) nicht in die normale Dokumentation gepasst haben. + Sehen Sie sich diese Beispieldateien an, wenn Sie das +\emph on +Tutorium +\emph default + gelesen haben oder falls Sie nicht weiter wissen, wenn Sie mal etwas ausgefalle +nere Dinge mit LyX machen wollen. +\layout Subsection + +Eingabe, Betrachten und Drucken +\layout Itemize + +Öffnen Sie ein neue Datei mit +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +N +\bar default +eu. +\layout Itemize + +Geben Sie einen Satz ein, z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B.: +\family typewriter +Dies ist mein erster Text mit LyX! +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Ja, ok, der Satz ist ziemlich dumm. + Jeder andere tut es auch. + Im Voraus schon 'mal Entschuldigung für allen Unsinn, den Sie in der nächsten + Zeit tippen sollen. +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + +Speichern Sie den Text: +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Speichern\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +u +\bar default +nter\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Itemize + +Starten Sie LaTeX, um eine +\family typewriter +dvi +\family default +-Datei zu erzeugen: +\family sans +Ans +\bar under +i +\bar default +cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI +\family default +\SpecialChar \@. + Falls Sie LyX von einem anderen Fenster aus gestartet haben, können Sie + dort eine ganze Menge an Textausgabe sehen. + Dies sind Meldungen von LaTeX, die Sie im Moment ignorieren können. + Ist der LaTeX-Lauf erfolgreich beendet, wird LyX +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + (oder einen anderen DVI-Betrachter) starten, der dann ein eigenes Fenster + öffnet, in dem Sie den Text so sehen können, wie er später gedruckt aussehen + wird. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Sie können Zeit sparen, wenn Sie +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default +nicht jedesmal neu starten, sondern nur das erste mal, und das Programm + dann im Hintergrund weiterlaufen lassen. + Sie können dann den Menüpunkt +\family sans +Ans +\bar under +i +\bar default +cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +A +\bar default +ktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI +\family default + wählen und, nachdem LaTeX beendet ist, in das +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default +-Fenster klicken (bzw. + es de-ikonifizieren), um die neue Version zu sehen. +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + +Drucken Sie den Text aus: +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +rucken\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + und dann auf +\family sans +OK +\family default + klicken. +\layout Standard + +Glückwunsch! Sie haben gerade Ihren ersten Text mit LyX geschrieben und + gedruckt. + Alles andere sind nur noch Details, die im Rest dieses +\emph on +Tutoriums +\emph default +, im +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default + und in +\emph on +Profi-Tipps +\emph default + behandelt werden. +\layout Subsection + +Einfache Vorgänge +\layout Standard + +Selbstverständlich beherrscht LyX auch die meisten Dinge, die Sie von anderen + Textverarbeitungen her gewohnt sind. + Es führt automatisch einen Zeilenumbruch durch, wenn Sie über das Zeilenende + hinaus schreiben oder fügt automatisch einen Einzug bzw.\SpecialChar ~ +einen kleinen Abstand + am Beginn eines neuen Absatzes ein. + Hier ist eine kurze Beschreibung von einigen einfachen Bearbeitungsschritten: +\layout Description + +Rückgängig LyX unterstützt mehrfaches Rückgängigmachen. + Dies bedeutet, Sie können durch die wiederholte Auswahl von +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +R +\bar default +ückgängig +\family default + alles, was Sie seit dem Öffnen des Dokumentes verändert haben, zurücknehmen. + Falls Sie dabei einen oder mehrere Schritte zuviel tun -- kein Problem. + +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +W +\bar default +iederholen +\family default + macht das Rückgängigmachen wieder ungeschehen. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Derzeit ist Undo auf 100 Schritte beschränkt. + Außerdem funktioniert es nicht für +\emph on +alle +\emph default + Vorgänge, z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + Änderungen am Dokumenten-Format. +\end_deeper +\layout Description + +Ausschneiden/Kopieren/Einfügen Benutzen Sie die Menüpunkte +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +ear\SpecialChar \- +beiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +A +\bar default +usschneiden, +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +K +\bar default +opieren +\family default + und +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen +\family default +, um markierten Text zu bearbeiten. + Zum Einfügen können Sie auch die +\emph on +mittlere +\emph default + Maustaste verwenden. +\layout Description + +Suchen/Ersetzen Über den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +uchen\SpecialChar ~ +&\SpecialChar ~ +Ersetzen\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + gelangen Sie in einen Dialog, in dem Sie Begriffe (wahlweise unter Berücksichti +gung von Groß/Kleinschreibung sowie als ganzes Wort) suchen und ersetzen + können. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Sie können das Dialogfenster nach getaner Arbeit wieder schließen. + Genausogut können Sie es aber auch geöffnet lassen und es lediglich in + den Hintergrund schieben. + LyX besitzt eine ganze Menge derartiger Fenster, die einfach in den Hintergrund + geschoben werden können, ohne sie zu schließen. + Dazu gehören u. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +a.\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +\bar under +S +\bar default +uchen\SpecialChar ~ +&\SpecialChar ~ +Ersetzen\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + und +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nhaltsverzeichnis +\family default +. + Im Gegensatz dazu blockieren Dialoge wie +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ö +\bar under +f +\bar default +fnen +\family default + die Texteingabe im Hauptfenster von LyX, bis sie wieder geschlossen werden. +\end_inset + + +\layout Description + +Zeichensatzattribute Über die Schalter im Menü +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat +\family default +\bar under + +\bar default +können Sie Text +\emph on +hervorheben +\emph default +, +\series bold +Fettdruck +\series default + einschalten oder +\noun on +Kapitälchen +\noun default + verwenden. +\layout Description + +Werkzeugleiste Die Schalterleiste unterhalb der Menüleiste bezeichnet man + als Werkzeugleiste oder Toolbar. + Diese Schalter erlauben es Ihnen, oft verwendete Funktionen wie z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + +\family sans +\bar under + E +\bar default +infügen +\family default + oder +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +rucken +\family default + einfach anzuklicken. + Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger eine kurze Zeit unbewegt über einen solchen Schalter + positionieren, erscheint ein kleines gelbes Feld, das seine Funktion beschreibt + (genannt +\emph on +tooltip +\emph default +). +\layout Standard + +Bislang haben Sie natürlich noch nicht genug geschrieben, um all diese Funktione +n nutzbringend einzusetzen. + Probieren Sie sie einfach bei Ihren weiteren Schreibübungen aus. +\layout Subsection + +WYSIWYM: Leerzeichen in LyX +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{Abs:Leerzeichen} + +\end_inset + +Die Art und Weise, wie LyX mit Leerzeichen umgeht, gehört für Neulinge mit + Sicherheit zu den gewöhnungsbedürftigsten Punkten. + Egal, wie oft Sie die +\family sans +Return +\family default +-Taste betätigen, es bleibt bei genau einer leeren Zeile. + Dasselbe mit der Leertaste - maximal ein Leerzeichen erscheint auf dem + Bildschirm, und in einer leeren Zeile erscheint noch nicht einmal das! + Die Tabulator-Taste +\family sans +Tab +\family default + setzt den Cursor nicht auf den nächsten Tabulatorstop - ja, es +\emph on +gibt +\emph default + noch nicht einmal Tabulatoren. + Das bekannte Lineal am oberen Seitenrand, auf dem man Tabulatoren setzen + könnte, gibt es auch nicht! +\layout Standard + +Viele kommerzielle Textverarbeitungen basieren heutzutage auf dem WYSIWYG-Prinzi +p: +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +What You See Is What You Get +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + (Was Sie sehen ist, was Sie (gedruckt) bekommen). + LyX hingegen verwendet hier lieber den Begriff WYSIWYM: +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +What You See Is What You +\emph on +Mean +\emph default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + (Sie sehen, was Sie +\emph on +meinen +\emph default +). + D. + h.\SpecialChar ~ +Sie geben das ein, was Sie meinen, um die Formatierung kümmert sich dann + ausschließlich LyX. + Grammatikalisch gesehen beendet ein +\family sans +Return +\family default + einen Absatz, ein Leerzeichen trennt zwei Worte. + Warum also mehrere davon hintereinander verwenden? Dasselbe gilt für Tabulatore +n: Sie haben keine grammatikalische Bedeutung, deshalb benötigt LyX sie + nicht. + Wenn Sie LyX verwenden, werden Sie bald feststellen, daß Sie viel mehr + Zeit darauf verwenden, sich um den +\emph on +Inhalt +\emph default + Ihres Textes Gedanken zu machen, anstelle über die Formatierung desselben. + Die +\emph on +Einleitung +\emph default + enthält weitere Informationen zu diesem WYSIWYM-Konzept. +\layout Standard + +Selbstverständlich bietet auch LyX viele Möglichkeiten, die Formatierung + Ihres Textes zu beeinflussen und zu verändern, denn eventuell macht ja + LyX nicht +\emph on +haargenau +\emph default + das, was Ihnen vorschwebt. + All diese Dinge werden im +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default + beschrieben. + Das umfasst (variable) horizontale und vertikale Leerräume, die vielseitiger + und mächtiger sind als mehrfache Leerzeilen und -zeichen, außerdem Wege, + wie Sie Zeichensätze, Zeichensatzgrößen und Absatzausrichtungen von Hand + einstellen können. + Die Idee hinter LyX ist aber, daß Sie sich zunächst nur um Ihren Text kümmern, + und dann, ganz am Schluß, vielleicht auch einen Blick auf die Formatierung + werfen (falls LyX nicht alles genau nach Ihren Wünschen gemacht hat). + Im Gegensatz dazu sind Sie bei einer gewöhnlichen Textverarbeitung bereits + während des gesamten Schreibens mit den Problemen der Formatierung beschäftigt. +\layout Standard + +Ein weiterer Typ von besonderem Leerraum ist das +\family sans +Geschützte\SpecialChar ~ +Leerzeichen +\family default +, das Sie mit +\family sans +Strg+Leertaste +\family default + (oder +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +onderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +gesch.\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +L +\bar default +eerzeichen +\family default +) erzeugen, und das am Bildschirm als kleines, blaues +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +u +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + erscheint. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie das Tutorium in LyX lesen, ist es Ihnen vielleicht bereits aufgefallen + und Sie haben sich gefragt, was es bedeutet. +\end_inset + + Wenn Sie zwischen zwei Worten ein geschütztes Leerzeichen einfügen, erscheint + es im Ausdruck wie jedes andere Leerzeichen auch. + Aber ein solches geschütztes Leerzeichen teilt darüberhinaus LaTeX mit, + daß es zwischen diesen beiden Worten keinen Zeilenumbruch einfügen darf. + Sehr verbreitet ist die Verwendung deshalb in Fällen wie +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ +1 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, in denen Sie sicherstellen wollen, daß +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Abschnitt +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +1 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + in derselben Zeile stehen. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Im +\emph on +Tutorium +\emph default + werden Sie außerdem in Namen von Menüs und Sonderzeichen verwendet -- wie + eben das +\family sans +gesch.\SpecialChar ~ +Leerzeichen +\family default +. +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Umgebungstypen +\layout Standard + +Unterschiedliche Teile eines Dokumentes dienen verschiedenen Zwecken; man + bezeichnet solche logischen Unterteilungen +\emph on +Umgebungen +\emph default +. + Der Großteil eines Dokumentes besteht z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + aus gewöhnlichem Text. + Titel (Kapitel, Abschnitt, Unterabschnitt) teilen dem Leser mit, daß nun + ein neues Thema behandelt wird, usw. + Besondere Arten von Dokumenten besitzen besondere Umgebungen: Ein Artikel + in einer Zeitschrift hat Überschrift und Zusammenfassung, ein Brief wird + keine davon verwenden, hat dafür aber vielleicht eine andere Umgebung, + in der die Adresse angegeben wird. +\layout Standard + +Derartige Umgebungen bilden den Hauptteil des WYSIWYM-Konzeptes von LyX. + Ein bestimmter Umgebungstyp verlangt eventuell bestimmte Einstellungen + für Zeichensatz, Schriftgröße, Einzug, Zeilenabstand und so fort. + Und das Problem wird teilweise noch verschlimmert: So verwendet vielleicht + eine Zeitschrift für ihre Titel eine 18-Punkt-Schrift in Fettdruck, zentriert + gesetzt, eine andere verwendet kursive 15-Punkt-Schriften. + Verschiedene Sprachen verwenden andere Standardeinstellungen für den Einzug. + Und die Formate für Bibliographien variieren sehr stark. + Mit LyX können Sie vermeiden, all diese unterschiedlichen Formate lernen + zu müssen. +\layout Standard + +Ganz links in der Werkzeugleiste, direkt unterhalb des Menüs +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei +\family default +, wird in einem kleinen Feld angegeben, in welchem Umgebungstyp Sie sich + gerade befinden. + Als Sie vorhin Ihren ersten Text geschrieben haben, stand dort z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Standard +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, dies ist die Umgebung für normalen Text. + Sie werden nun einige dieser Umgebungen ausprobieren um zu sehen, was sie + bewirken. + Um dies zu tun, öffnen Sie den Umgebungs-Dialog, indem Sie mit der Maus + auf den schwarzen Pfeil rechts neben dem Anzeigefeld drücken. +\layout Subsection + +Abschnitte und Unterabschnitte +\layout Standard + +Schreiben Sie das Wort +\family typewriter +Einleitung +\family default + in die erste Zeile Ihrer LyX-Datei. + Wählen Sie nun aus dem Umgebungs-Menü den Typ +\family sans +Abschnitt. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Sie müssen die Zeile dazu nicht extra markieren. + Wenn nichts ausgewählt ist, wandelt LyX den gegenwärtigen Absatz in das + neue Umgebungsformat um. + Selbstverständlich können Sie mehrere Absätze gleichzeitig umwandeln, wenn + Sie diese vor der Änderung markieren. +\end_inset + + +\family default + LyX vergibt automatisch die Abschnittsnummer +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +1 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und setzt die Abschnittsüberschrift in einer größeren Schrift (natürlich + wird die Überschrift auch im endgültigen Dokument so korrekt formatiert). + Drücken Sie nun +\family sans +Return +\family default +. + Beachten Sie, daß der Eintrag im Umgebungsfeld von +\family sans +Abschnitt +\family default + zurück auf +\family sans +Standard +\family default + wechselt. + Dies ist normal, da für alle Arten von Überschriften angenommen wird, daß + sie nach einem +\family sans +Return +\family default + beendet sind. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Im +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default + wird beschrieben, wie Sie Titel auch über mehrere Zeilen ausdehnen können. + Die Umgebung +\family sans +Standard +\family default + kann sich selbstverständlich über mehrere Absätze erstrecken. + Die verschiedenen Aufzählungsumgebungen (siehe weiter unten) werden ebenfalls + durch ein +\family sans +Return +\family default + nicht beendet. + Der aktuelle Umgebungstyp wird jederzeit im Umgebungsfeld angezeigt. +\end_inset + + Geben Sie nun einen einleitenden Text ein: +\layout LyX-Code + +Dies ist eine Einleitung für mein erstes LyX-Dokument. +\layout Standard + +Drücken Sie +\family sans +Return +\family default +, und wählen Sie dann wieder den Umgebungstyp +\family sans +Abschnitt +\family default + aus. + LyX schreibt eine +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +2 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + an den Zeilenanfang und wartet darauf, daß Sie eine Überschrift eingeben. + Schreiben Sie z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + +\family typewriter +Weitere Dinge +\family default +, und Sie werden sehen, daß es von LyX automatisch wieder als Überschrift + gesetzt wird. +\layout Standard + +Es kommt sogar noch besser. + Gehen Sie ans Ende des ersten Abschnittes Ihres Textes (direkt nach +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +erstes LyX-Dokument. +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +) und drücken Sie +\family sans +Return +\family default +. + Wählen Sie nun wieder als Umgebungstyp +\family sans +Abschnitt +\family default + aus. + Wie erwartet schreibt LyX wieder eine +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +2 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und wartet auf ihre Texteingabe. + Schreiben Sie z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + +\family typewriter +Über dieses Dokument +\family default +. + Sie werden feststellen, daß der ehemalige Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ +2, +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Weitere Dinge +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, automatisch in Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ +3 umnumeriert worden ist. + Genau +\emph on +das +\emph default + ist es, was das WYSIWYM-Konzept ausmacht: Sie sagen lediglich +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Dies hier ist eine Abschnittsüberschrift +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und LyX kümmert sich automatisch um Numerierung und Textsatz. +\layout Standard + +Drücken Sie nun erneut +\family sans +Return +\family default +, um zurück in die Umgebung +\family sans +Standard +\family default + zu gelangen, und geben Sie dann die folgenden fünf Zeilen (jeweils durch + ein +\family sans +Return +\family default +beendet) ein: +\layout LyX-Code + +Hier werden Abschnitte und Unterabschnitte erläutert. +\layout LyX-Code + +Beschreibung für +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Abschnitt +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\layout LyX-Code + +Abschnitte sind größer als Unterabschnitte. +\layout LyX-Code + +Beschreibung für +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Unterabschnitt +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\layout LyX-Code + +Unterabschnitte sind kleiner als Abschnitte. +\layout Standard + +Positionieren Sie den Cursor in die zweite Zeile und wählen Sie den Typ + +\family sans +Unterabschnitt +\family default + aus dem Umgebungs-Menü. + LyX versieht den Unterabschnitt mit der Nummer +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +2.1 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und setzt den Text in einer Schriftgröße, die etwas kleiner als diejenige + einer Abschnittsüberschrift ist. + Ändern Sie nun auch den Typ für die vierte Zeile auf +\family sans + Unterabschn +\family default +.\SpecialChar \@. + Wie Sie nun sicher erwartet haben, hat LyX die automatische Numerierung + mit +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +2.2 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + fortgesetzt. + Und wenn Sie nun einen neuen Abschnitt vor Abschnitt zwei einfügen - genau, + Sie haben es erraten: LyX nimmt automatisch die Umnumerierung vor, d. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +h.\SpecialChar ~ +aus Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ +2 wird Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ +3, und die Unterabschnitte erhalten automatisch + die laufenden Nummern +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +3.1 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +3.2 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Weitere Ebenen der Unterteilung umfassen die Typen +\family sans +Unterunterabschn., Paragraph +\family default + und +\family sans +Unterparagraph\SpecialChar \@. + +\family default +Spielen Sie ein wenig damit herum, probieren Sie sie aus. + Sie werden dabei feststellen, daß die Umgebungstypen +\family sans +Paragraph +\family default + und +\family sans +Unterparagraph +\family default + nicht numeriert sind, und daß ein +\family sans +Unterparagraph +\family default + eingerückt wird. + Wie Sie dieses Verhalten ändern können, steht im +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default +. + Schließlich gibt es noch den Umgebungstyp +\family sans +Kapitel +\family default +, der noch vor +\family sans +Abschnitt +\family default + steht. + Er kann allerdings nur in einigen bestimmten Dokumentklassen verwendet + werden - siehe dazu das Kapitel\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:Textklassen} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Möglicherweise wollen Sie aber gar keine numerierten Unterabschnitte? Nun, + auch dafür gibt es eigene Umgebungstypen. + Ändern Sie z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + eine der Abschnittsüberschriften in den Typ +\family sans +Abschnitt* +\family default +. + LyX setzt die Überschrift in genau demselben Zeichensatz wie zuvor - nur + eben ohne diesen Abschnitt zu numerieren. + Entsprechende +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +gesternte +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + Typen gibt es auch für +\family sans +Unterabschnitt +\family default + und +\family sans +Unterabschn +\family default +.\SpecialChar \@. + Verändern Sie den Typ einiger Ihrer Überschriften und beachten Sie, wie + sich die Numerierung der folgenden Abschnitte ändert. +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +Übung: +\series default + Korrigieren Sie die Überschriften der Abschnitte und Unterabschnitte in + der Datei +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{de_beispiel_roh.lyx} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Subsection + +Listen und Teillisten +\layout Standard + +LyX bietet mehrere Umgebungstypen, um Listen zu erstellen. + Diese unterschiedlichen Listentypen ersparen es Ihnen, tausende von +\family sans +Tab +\family default + einzugeben, wenn Sie einen Überblick erstellen, oder gar eine komplette + Liste neu zu numerieren, wenn Sie mittendrin einen neuen Punkt auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +führen. + Dadurch können Sie sich voll auf den Inhalt der Liste konzentrieren. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Auf diesen Punkt wird sehr häufig in diesem +\emph on +Tutorium +\emph default + hingewiesen. + Aber es handelt sich dabei um die grundlegende Denkweise von LyX, deshalb + sollten Sie dieses dauernde Erwähnen entschuldigen\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\end_inset + + Je nach Art Ihres Textes werden Sie unterschiedliche Arten von Listen benötigen +: +\layout Itemize + +Eine Präsentation auf Overheadfolien könnte die +\family sans +Auflistung +\family default +-Umgebung mit ihren durch unterschiedliche Symbole abgesetzten Listen verwenden, + um verschiedene Punkte zu beschreiben. +\layout Itemize + +Ein Überblick würde eher die numerierte +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Umgebung verwenden. +\layout Itemize + +Ein Text, der verschiedene Softwarepakete beschreibt, kann die +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default +-Umgebung einsetzen, bei der jeder Eintrag der Liste mit einem Begriff in + Fettdruck beginnt. +\layout Itemize + +Der Umgebungstyp +\family sans +Liste +\family default + --- den es in LaTeX so nicht gibt --- ist eine leichte Abwandlung des Typs + +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Schreiben wir ein paar Gründe auf, warum LyX besser ist als manch andere + Textverarbeitung. + Irgendwo in Ihrem Text schreiben Sie: +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +Lyx ist besser als andere Textverarbeitungen, denn: +\layout Standard + +Drücken Sie nun +\family sans +Return +\family default +. + Wählen Sie dann den Umgebungstyp +\family sans +Auflistung +\family default + aus dem Auswahlmenü. + LyX schreibt jetzt einen Stern an den Anfang der Zeile (in der endgültigen + Ausgabe wird dieser Stern ein gefüllter Kreis -- im englischen mit bullet + bezeichnet). + Zählen Sie nun die Gründe auf: +\layout LyX-Code + +Der Textsatz wird automatisch erstellt. +\layout LyX-Code + +Die Darstellung mathematischer Symbole ist im WYSIWYG-Format. +\layout LyX-Code + +Aufzählungen sind äußerst einfach zu erstellen! +\layout Standard + +Im Gegensatz z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + zu Überschriften wird der Umgebungstyp nach Eingabe von +\family sans +Return +\family default + nicht auf Standard zurückgesetzt. + Vielmehr nimmt LyX an, daß Sie ein weiteres Listenelement einfügen wollen. + Wenn Sie in einem Listenelement mehr als einen Absatz unterbringen wollen, + müssen Sie ein +\family sans +Geschütztes\SpecialChar ~ +Zeilenende +\family default + durch Eingabe von +\family sans +Strg+Return +\family default + verwenden, um die Absätze voneinander zu trennen. + Um wieder in den Standardmodus zurückzugelangen, müssen Sie diesen durch + Wahl von +\family sans +Standard +\family default + als Umgebungstyp (wahlweise durch das Tastaturkürzel +\family sans +Alt+P+S +\family default +) aktivieren. +\layout Standard + +Sie haben nun also eine wunderschöne Stichpunktliste. + Sie sollten sich die endgültige Form einmal ansehen, indem Sie LaTeX starten + und die erzeugte Dvi-Datei betrachten. + Aber was, wenn Sie nachträglich entscheiden, daß Sie die Liste doch lieber + als numerierte Aufzählung hätten? Kein Problem, markieren Sie einfach die + gesamte Liste +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +LyX wird es Ihnen nicht ermöglichen, den Stern vor dem ersten Listenelement + mit auszuwählen, wenn Sie nicht den vorangehenden Absatz mit auswählen, + was Sie vermutlich nicht wollen. + Gleiches gilt für die Zahlen von numerierten Abschnittsüberschriften. + LyX macht aber dennoch alles richtig -- machen Sie sich deswegen also keine + Sorgen. +\end_inset + + und wählen Sie aus dem Umgebungsmenü den Typ +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +, fertig. + Wie bereits erwähnt wird LyX auch automatisch die Numerierung anpassen, + wenn Sie einzelne Einträge aus der Liste entfernen oder hinzufügen. +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie die Liste gerade ausgewählt haben, können Sie sie versuchsweise + auch gleich in eine der anderen beiden Umgebungstypen, +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default + oder +\family sans +Liste +\family default +, konvertieren, dann sehen Sie sofort, wie diese aussehen. + Bei diesen beiden Typen bestehen die Listen aus einem Begriff (dem ersten + Wort im Absatz) und einer Definition, die den Rest des Absatzes (bis zum + nächsten +\family sans +Return +\family default +) umfaßt. + Der erste Begriff ist entweder in Fettdruck dargestellt ( +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default +) oder durch einen Tabulatorstop +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Es handelt sich dabei aber nicht um den üblichen, festen Schreibmaschinentabulat +or, sondern um einen variablen Schriftsetzertabulator, der sich automatisch + der Größe des größten Elementes anpaßt. +\end_inset + + vom Rest abgetrennt ( +\family sans +Liste +\family default +). + Soll der Begriff aus mehr als einem Wort bestehen, müssen diese durch geschützt +e Leerzeichen ( +\family sans +Strg+Leertaste +\family default +) verbunden werden. +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +Übung +\series default +: Setzen Sie die Beispielliste in +\family typewriter +de_beispiel_roh.lyx +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Listen und Aufzählungen können ineinander geschachtelt werden. + Ein typisches Beispiel hierfür sind etwa Überblicke. + Das +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default + gibt weitere Details zu den unterschiedlichen Listentypen und enthält auch + einige Beispiele von tief verschachtelten Aufzählungen. +\layout Subsection + +Weitere Umgebungstypen: Verse, Zitate und andere +\layout Standard + +Es gibt zwei unterschiedliche Umgebungen, um Zitate vom restlichen Text + abzusetzen: +\family sans +Zitat\SpecialChar ~ +(kurz) +\family default + für kurze Zitate und +\family sans +Zitat\SpecialChar ~ +(lang) +\family default + für die etwas längeren. + Quelltexte von Computerprogrammen (in der Umgebung +\family sans +L +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +yX-Code +\family default +, in der auch die langen Übungsbeispiele hier im +\emph on +Tutorium +\emph default + gesetzt sind) werden in der Schriftart Schreibmaschine dargestellt. + Dies ist die einzige Umgebung, in der auch mehrere Leerzeichen verwendet + werden können, z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + um Codezeilen einzurücken. + Mit dem Umgebungstyp +\family sans +Gedicht +\family default + können Sie sogar Gedichte schreiben. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +vorausgesetzt natürlich Sie sind kreativ genug, sich den Text vorher auszudenken. +\end_inset + + Hier dient +\family sans +Return +\family default + zum Trennen der Verse, einzelne Zeilen innerhalb eines Verses werden durch + +\family sans +Strg+Return +\family default + abgetrennt. + Die unterschiedlichen Umgebungstypen werden im +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default + ausführlich beschrieben. +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +Übung +\series default +: Setzen Sie die Beispiele für +\family sans +Quote +\family default +, +\family sans +L +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +yX-Code +\family default + und +\family sans +Verse +\family default + in der Datei +\family typewriter +de_beispiel_roh.lyx +\family default + richtig. +\layout Chapter + +Das Schreiben von Dokumenten +\layout Standard + +Mit Hilfe des vorangegangenen Kapitels haben Sie sich hoffentlich an das + Schreiben mit LyX gewöhnt. + Es hat Sie in die grundlegenden Verarbeitungsoperationen eingeführt, und + ebenso in die vielfältigen Möglichkeiten, die das Arbeiten mit Umgebungen + bietet. + Die meisten Leute jedoch, die LyX benutzen, wollen damit einfach nur Texte + schreiben: Veröffentlichungen, Artikel, Bücher, Anleitungen oder Briefe. + Dieses Kapitel wird Sie vom einfachen Schreiben von Texten mit LyX hinführen + zum Schreiben von Dokumenten. + Das Konzept der Dokumentklassen wird Ihnen vorgestellt, mit denen unterschiedli +che Arten von Dokumenten einfach erstellt werden können. + Dabei werden auch viele der Zusätze beschrieben, die einen Text in ein + Dokument verwandeln, wie etwa Überschriften, Fußnoten, Querverweise, Bibliograp +hien und Inhaltsverzeichnis. +\layout Section + +Dokumentklassen und Vorlagen: Das Schreiben von Briefen +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Textklassen} + +\end_inset + +Unterschiedliche Arten von Dokumenten sollten verschieden gesetzt werden. + So werden Bücher i. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +a.\SpecialChar ~ +zweiseitig gedruckt, wohingegen Artikel meist einseitig sind. + Darüberhinaus besitzen manche Dokumente besondere Umgebungstypen: In Briefen + gibt es einige Umgebungen --- z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + Absender oder Unterschrift --- die in einem Buch oder einem Artikel völlig + sinnlos sind. + In LyX sorgen die +\emph on +Dokumentklassen +\emph default + dafür, daß mit derartigen Unterschieden korrekt umgegangen wird. + Das +\emph on +Tutorium +\emph default + wurde z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + unter Verwendung der Dokumentklasse +\family sans +book +\family default + erstellt. + Die Dokumentklassen sind ein weiterer wichtiger Bestandteil des WYSIWYM-Prinzip +s. + Sie sagen LyX, wie es den Text setzen soll, damit Sie sich nicht darum + kümmern müssen. +\layout Standard + +Ihr (erstes) Dokument entstand vermutlich in der Dokumentklasse +\family sans +article. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Dies ist normalerweise die Standardeinstellung von LyX, Sie können das aber + (über den Dialog +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +E +\bar under +i +\bar default +nstellungen +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +) in Ihrer Datei +\family typewriter +preferences +\family default + festlegen. +\end_inset + + +\family default + Versuchen Sie doch einfach einmal, es in eine andere Dokumentklasse umzuwandeln + (im Menü +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Format +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +okumentklasse: +\family default +), und sehen Sie sich an, auf welche Weise es dann gesetzt wird. + Wenn Sie Ihr Dokument z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + in die Klasse +\family sans +book +\family default + umwandeln und dann einen Blick auf die verfügbaren Umgebungstypen werfen, + werden Sie kaum eine Änderung feststellen. + Sie können nun jedoch auch den neuen Umgebungstyp +\family sans +Kapitel +\family default + verwenden. + Wenn Sie sich einmal nicht sicher sind, welche Umgebungstypen Sie in der + gerade eingestellten Dokumentklasse verwenden können: Ein Blick in das + Auswahlmenü ganz links in der Werkzeugleiste unter den Hauptmenüs genügt. +\layout Standard + +Schriftgröße, ein- oder zweiseitiger Ausdruck oder Seitenüberschriften sind + einige andere Dinge, in denen sich die verschiedenen Dokumentklassen unterschei +den können. + Und da die Computerisierung beständig zunimmt, haben viele Zeitschriften + angefangen, neue Artikel auch auf elektronischem Wege zu akzeptieren. + Dafür wurden vielfach eigene Stil-Dateien für LaTeX erstellt, mit deren + Hilfe die Autoren korrekt formatierte und gesetzte Manuskripte einsenden + können. + LyX ist sehr gut darauf vorbereitet, auch mit solchen Stildateien umzugehen. + So unterstützt LyX +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +von Haus aus +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + bereits den Satz (und die zusätzlichen Textumgebungen) von Artikeln für + die American Mathematics Society (Dokumentklasse +\family sans +article (AMS) +\family default +) oder den Springer-Verlag (z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + +\family sans +article (A&A) +\family default +). +\layout Standard + +Hier ist eine kurze Zusammenstellung einiger vorhandener Dokumentklassen. + Weitere Details finden Sie im Abschnitt +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Besondere Dokumentenklassen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + in den +\emph on +Profi-Tips +\emph default +. +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Name +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Bemerkungen +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +article +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +einseitig, keine Kapitel +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +article (AMS) +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Layout & Umgebung für die American Math Society +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +report +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +länger als article, zweiseitig +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +book +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +wie report, zusätzlich Titelseiten usw. +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +slides +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Overhead-Folien (schließt auch FoilTeX ein) +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +letter +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +viele Extras für Adressen, Unterschrift\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Vorlagen: Briefe schreiben +\layout Standard + +Eine der beliebtesten Dokumentklassen ist +\family sans +letter +\family default +. + Eine Möglichkeit, einen Brief zu schreiben, wäre natürlich, zunächst ein + neues Dokument zu öffnen und dann über den Dialog +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Format +\family default + die Dokumentklasse +\family sans +letter +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Außer +\family sans +letter +\family default + gibt es noch weitere Umgebungsklassen für Briefe, wobei auch speziell auf + deutsche Bedürfnisse angepasste Klassen existieren. + +\end_inset + + +\family default + auszuwählen. + Dies ist zwar recht offensichtlich, könnte aber sicherlich einfacher gehen. + Jedesmal, wenn Sie einen Geschäftsbrief schreiben, müßten Sie dann Ihre + Adresse, die Adresse des Angeschriebenen, den eigentlichen Brieftext, die + Grußformel sowie vielleicht ein paar weitere, immer gleiche Dinge eintippen. + LyX bietet deshalb die Möglichkeit, Briefe über eine +\emph on +Vorlage +\emph default + zu erstellen, die bereits einen Beispielbrief enthält. + Wenn Sie mit einer solchen Vorlage arbeiten, müssen Sie lediglich ein paar + Abschnitte durch Ihren eigenen Text ersetzen. +\layout Standard + +Öffnen Sie eine neue Datei über den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Neu\SpecialChar ~ +von\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +V +\bar default +orlage +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + Nachdem Sie einen Namen für Ihren Brief eingegeben haben, wählen Sie den + Eintrag +\family typewriter +letter.lyx +\family default + aus dem Vorlagendialog. + Speichern Sie die neue Datei und drucken Sie sie aus, dann sehen Sie, wie + die verschiedenen Textumgebungen gesetzt werden. +\layout Standard + +Im Auswahlmenü der Textumgebungen werden Sie viele Einträge finden, die + es in den meisten anderen Dokumentklassen nicht gibt, z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + +\family sans +My\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default +. + Andere, wie etwa +\family sans +Zitat (kurz) +\family default + oder +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default + sind ähnlich wie in den anderen Dokumentklassen. + Probieren Sie sie einfach alle einmal aus um zu sehen, was dabei herauskommt. + Sie werden feststellen, daß beispielsweise beim Umgebungstyp +\family sans +Unterschrift +\family default + das Wort +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Unterschrift: +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + in blau vor dem eigentlichen Text Ihrer Unterschrift erscheint. + Dieses Wort wird im ausgedruckten Brief nicht erscheinen. + Es dient Ihnen nur als Erinnerungshilfe, daß der entsprechende Text nach + der Grußformel erscheint. + Sie können den Eintrag übrigens hinschreiben, wo Sie wollen -- auch vor + den eigentlichen Brieftext. + Denn durch das WYSIWYM-Prinzip weiß LyX, +\emph on +wo +\emph default + dieser Text zu erscheinen hat, nämlich am Ende des Briefes. +\layout Standard + +Eine Vorlage ist eine ganz normale LyX-Datei. + Das bedeutet, daß Sie problemlos eine eigene Vorlage erstellen können, + indem Sie die von Ihnen gewünschten Änderungen an der Vorlage durchführen + und die Datei dann als Ihre Vorlage abspeichern. + Für alle folgenden Briefe können Sie dann diese Version als Vorlage verwenden. + Sie sollten das alles jetzt vielleicht einfach mal ausprobieren --- schreiben + Sie doch als Übung einen kleinen Brief an jemanden! +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Eine kleine Warnung, wenn Sie mit einer Vorlage arbeiten: Wenn Sie den komplette +n Text in einer Umgebung entfernen --- also etwa alle Zeilen in der +\family sans +My\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default +-Umgebung, um sie durch Ihre eigene Adresse zu ersetzen --- und dann aus + Versehen den Cursor bewegen, ohne Text eingegeben zu haben, wird in manchen + Umgebungstypen der Absatz komplett entfernt, denn er kann ohne Text nicht + existieren. + In diesem Fall müssen Sie die entsprechende Umgebung wie gewohnt über das + Menü wieder auswählen. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Derartige Vorlagen können Ihnen viel Zeit sparen, und wir raten sehr dazu, + sie intensiv zu verwenden. + Sie können auch dabei helfen, die Möglichkeiten der spezielleren Dokumentklasse +n auszureizen. + Und schließlich helfen Sie jedem, der LyX für eine Reihe von Nutzern vorkonfigu +rieren will, die sich mit Computern nicht so gut auskennen. + Für diese Benutzer ist es anfangs sehr viel einfacher, wenn Sie bereits + vorformatierte Texte mit den Adressen ihrer Firma usw.\SpecialChar ~ +vorfinden. +\layout Section + +Dokumententitel +\layout Standard + +Wie auch LaTeX betrachtet LyX den Titelblock --- der aus der eigentlichen + Überschrift, dem Namen des Autors, dem Datum und eventuell sogar der Kurzzusamm +enfassung eines Artikels bestehen kann --- als einen eigenständigen Teil + des Dokumentes. +\layout Standard + +Wechseln Sie wieder zu Ihrem +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Spieldokument +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + (oder öffnen Sie ein solches neu) und stellen Sie sicher, daß Sie die Dokumentk +lasse +\family sans +article +\family default + verwenden. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Sie sollten hierfür +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + die Dokumentklasse +\family sans +letter +\family default + verwenden, da diese die Verwendung des Umgebungstyps +\family sans +Titel +\family default + nicht erlaubt. +\end_inset + + Geben Sie nun in der ersten Zeile eine Überschrift ein und ändern Sie den + Umgebungstyp in +\family sans +Titel +\family default +. + In die nächste Zeile schreiben Sie (mit dem Umgebungstyp +\family sans +Autor +\family default +) Ihren Namen und in die darauf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +folgende Zeile das aktuelle Datum (Umgebungstyp + +\family sans +Datum +\family default +). + Schreiben Sie nun einen kleinen Absatz im Umgebungstyp +\family sans +Zusammenfassung +\family default + und betrachten dann das ganze in der Vorschau. +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +Übung +\series default +: Bringen Sie in der Beispieldatei +\family typewriter +de_beispiel_roh.lyx +\family default + Überschrift, Autorenname und Datum in die korrekte Form. +\layout Section + +Marken und Querverweise +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Marken} + +\end_inset + +Sie können jedes Kapitel, Unterkapitel (oder, wenn auch seltener benötigt, + jeden Abschnitt) Ihres Dokumentes mit einer Marke versehen. + Wenn Sie dies getan haben, können Sie in anderen Teilen Ihres Textes auf + diesen Abschnitt verweisen. + Sie können sich dabei wahlweise auf die Nummer des Kapitels oder auf die + Seite im Text, auf der das besagte Kapitel steht, beziehen. + Wie auch bei der Numerierung von Abschnitten und Fußnoten kümmert sich + LyX um die korrekte Verwaltung dieser Querverweise. + Automatische Marken und Querverweise stellen einen der größten Vorzüge + von LyX (und LaTeX) gegenüber gewöhnlichen Textverarbeitungen dar. +\layout Subsection + +Ihre erste Textmarke +\layout Standard + +Zu Beginn gleich ein praktisches Beispiel: Markieren Sie den zweiten Abschnitt + dieses Dokumentes (die Überschrift lautet +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Was das Tutorium ist\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +). + Positionieren Sie dazu den Cursor an das Ende der Überschrift und öffnen + Sie dann das Menü +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +arke\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Falls Sie diesen Text direkt über das Hilfe-Menü von LyX geöffnet haben, + lesen Sie die (schreibgeschützte) Originalversion. + In diesem Fall können Sie im Menü +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen +\family default + keine Auswahl treffen. + Speichern Sie zunächst das Dokument in einem eigenen Verzeichnis (Menü + +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Speichern\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +u +\bar default +nter +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +) und öffnen Sie dann diese Kopie. + Dort dürfen Sie dann die Änderungen vornehmen. +\end_inset + + +\family default + Es erscheint ein Dialogfeld, in dem Sie einen Namen für die Marke eingeben + können. + Geben Sie z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + ein +\family typewriter +sec:Was_Tutorium +\family default +. + Dies ist ein einprägsamer Name, den Sie nicht so einfach mit anderen Marken + im Text verwechseln können. + Das +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +sec: +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + zu Beginn soll daran erinnern, daß ein Abschnitt markiert wurde, denn es + können auch Bilder, Tabellen usw.\SpecialChar ~ +mit Marken versehen werden. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Mittlerweile schlägt LyX automatisch einen Namen für die Marke vor, der + auf dem Kontext basiert. +\end_inset + + Klicken Sie nun auf +\family sans +OK +\family default +, und der Name der Marke wird in einem grau unterlegten Rahmen neben der + Überschrift erscheinen. +\layout Standard + +Sie hätten diese Marke übrigens genausogut irgendwo anders im betreffenden + Kapitel einfügen können, denn Verweise auf einen Abschnitt beziehen sich + immer auf die Abschnittsnummer, die als letzte vor der Marke definiert + ist. + Dadurch, daß man sie gleich zu Beginn setzt, ist aber sichergestellt, daß + auch Verweise auf die Seitennummer des Kapitels richtig sind. +\layout Standard + +Gut. + Bislang ist aber noch gar nichts geschehen. + Wenn Sie sich die +\family typewriter +dvi +\family default +-Datei ansehen, werden Sie keinerlei Unterschied zu vorher feststellen, + da die Marken in der Druckversion des Textes nicht auftauchen. + Sie können nun aber die gesetzten Marken ganz einfach referenzieren. + Das werden Sie im nächsten Abschnitt machen. +\layout Subsection + +Ihr erster Querverweis +\layout Standard + +Positionieren Sie nun den Cursor irgendwo im dritten Kapitel dieses Dokumentes + und geben den folgenden Text ein: +\layout LyX-Code + +Wenn Sie mehr über dieses Dokument erfahren wollen, +\newline +lesen Sie Abschnitt auf Seite . +\layout Standard + +Wählen Sie nun (der Cursor sollte sich hinter dem Wort +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Abschnitt +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + befinden) den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +Q +\bar default +uerverweis +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + Es öffnet sich ein Auswahlfeld, in dem Sie die im aktuellen Text definierten + Marken aufgeführt sehen. + Suchen Sie den Eintrag +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +sec:Was_Tutorium +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, markieren Sie ihn mit der Maus, wählen bei +\family sans +Art der +\bar under +R +\bar default +eferenz +\family default + und klicken auf +\family sans +\bar under +O +\bar default +K +\family default +. + Setzen Sie nun den Cursor hinter das Wort +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Seite +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, ändern den Referenztyp auf +\family sans + +\family default + und klicken Sie wieder +\family sans +\bar under +O +\bar default +K +\family default +. + (Und um es ganz korrekt zu machen sollten Sie zwischen +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Abschnitt +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + bzw.\SpecialChar ~ +Seite und der Referenz ein geschütztes Leerzeichen verwenden, um einen + Zeilenumbruch an dieser Stelle zu verhindern.) +\layout Standard + +LyX stellt die Querverweise in einem grauen Rahmen dar, der an der aktuellen + Position des Cursors eingefügt wird. + Später, im ausgedruckten Dokument, werden diese Platzhalter durch die tatsächli +chen Werte von Kapitel und Seitennummer ersetzt. + Sehen Sie sich Ihren Text in der +\family typewriter +dvi +\family default +-Vorschau an und Sie werden feststellen, daß der Eintrag durch +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +1.2 auf Seite 3 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + (oder wo immer sich dieses Kapitel tatsächlich befindet) ersetzt wurde. +\layout Standard + +In LyX dienen diese Querverweise übrigens auch als +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Hyperlink +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +: Wenn Sie mit dem Mauszeiger auf einen solchen Querverweis klicken, öffnet + sich der Dialog +\family sans +Querverweis +\family default +. + Wenn Sie nun auf +\family sans +Gehe\SpecialChar ~ +zu +\family default + klicken, wird der Cursor an die entsprechende Stelle im Text positioniert, + auf die der Verweis zeigt, und ein Klick auf +\family sans +Gehe\SpecialChar ~ +zurück +\family default + bringt Sie wieder zurück zu der Referenz. + +\layout Subsection + +Weitere Möglichkeiten mit Marken +\layout Standard + +Wie bereits erwähnt kümmert sich LyX um die Verwaltung und Numerierung der + Querverweise. + Nun ist es an der Zeit, das zu prüfen. + Fügen Sie ein neues Unterkapitel +\emph on +vor +\emph default + dem referenzierten Unterkapitel ein, und aktualisieren Sie die +\family typewriter +dvi +\family default +-Vorschau. + Voilà, dort steht nun +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +1.3 auf Seite x +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +! Oder machen Sie aus dem Unterkapitel ein eigenes Kapitel, die Referenz + lautet nun +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +2 auf Seite y +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + -- ganz ohne Ihr Zutun. + Die Seitennummer wird sich vermutlich nicht ändern --- es sei denn, Sie + fügen soviel Text vor dem Kapitel ein, daß sich der Seitenanfang auf die + nächste Seite verschiebt. + +\layout Standard + +Es ist übrigens Absicht, daß sich das Fenster +\family sans +Querverweis +\family default + nicht automatisch schließt, nachdem Sie etwas eingefügt haben. + Wer oft und viel mit derartigen Referenzierungen arbeitet, wird es schnell + zu schätzen wissen, alle gesetzten Marken für Verweise dauernd parat zu + haben. +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +Übung: +\series default + Korrigieren Sie die Querverweise in der Datei +\family typewriter +de_beispiel_roh.lyx +\family default +. +\layout Section + +Fußnoten und Randnotizen +\layout Standard + +Fußnoten können Sie entweder über den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +F +\bar default +ußnote +\family default + oder über das Symbol in der Werkzeugleiste +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Das Symbol zeigt eine horizontalen Pfeil, der auf einen roten Textblock + unterhalb eines schwarzen Textes weist +\end_inset + + einfügen. + Setzen Sie beispielsweise den Cursor hinter das Wort +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +LyX +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und klicken Sie auf diese Schaltfläche. + Unterhalb der aktuellen Cursorposition öffnet sich eine neue, rot umrahmte + Zeile, über der in einem kleinen grauen Kästchen das Wort +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Fußnote +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + steht. + Geben Sie nun einen Fußnotentext ein, z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. +\layout LyX-Code + +LyX ist eine Textverarbeitung, die den Schriftsatz beherrscht. +\layout Standard + +Klicken Sie dann auf das Wort +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Fußnote +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Die umrahmte Zeile mit der Fußnote verschwindet, es bleibt nur das graue + Kästchen an der Stelle, an der das Fußnotenzeichen im Text erscheinen wird. + Diesen Vorgang bezeichnet man als +\emph on +Zusammenfalten +\emph default + der Fußnote. + Sie können die Fußnote natürlich jederzeit mit einem erneuten Klick entfalten + und den Text ändern. +\layout Standard + +Vielleicht fragen Sie sich jetzt: +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Warum ist die Markierung für die Fußnote ein Wort und keine Zahl? +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Die Antwort ist: LyX kümmert sich um die korrekte Numerierung der Fußnoten, + wenn der Text gesetzt wird. + Sie können dies einfach prüfen, indem Sie die +\family typewriter +dvi +\family default +-Vorschau oder den ausgedruckten Text betrachten. + Wenn Sie irgendwo im Text eine Fußnote einfügen, ändert LyX (genauer gesagt, + LaTeX) automatisch die Nummern aller nachfolgenden Fußnoten. + Es gibt daher keinen Grund, die Numerierung bereits im LyX-Text durchzuführen. +\layout Standard + +Eine Fußnote kann man übrigens auch ausschneiden und kopieren wie gewöhnlichen + Text. + Sie müssen dazu lediglich die Fußnoten-Markierung selektieren +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Es ist wahrscheinlich einfacher, dies über die Tastatur zu tun, da sich + beim Markieren mit der Maus die Fußnote öffnet, wenn Sie +\emph on +auf +\emph default + anstatt +\emph on +vor +\emph default + die Marke klicken. +\end_inset + + und sie dann wie gewohnt +\family sans +\bar under +A +\bar default +usschneiden +\family default + und +\family sans +\bar under +K +\bar default +opieren +\family default +. + Sie können auch einfach gewöhnlichen, bereits geschriebenen Text in eine + Fußnote umwandeln, indem Sie ihn markieren und dann die Fußnoten-Schaltfläche + anklicken. + Umgekehrt können Sie eine Fußnote in gewöhnlichen Text zurückwandeln, indem + Sie die Schaltfläche anklicken, wenn sich der Cursor in der geöffneten + Fußnote befindet. +\layout Standard + +Randnotizen werden über den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +R +\bar default +andnotiz +\family default + oder das Symbol in der Werkzeug\SpecialChar \- +leiste +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Das Symbol sollte sich neben dem für die Fußnoten befinden und zeigt einen + vertikalen Pfeil, der auf einen roten Textblock rechts neben einem schwarzen + Text zeigt. +\end_inset + + eingefügt. + Eine Randnotiz ist fast wie eine Fußnote, mit den folgenden Unterschieden: +\layout Itemize + +Die Markierung innerhalb von LyX ist +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Rand +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + anstelle von +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Fußnote +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Itemize + +Randnotizen erscheinen am Rand neben dem Text, nicht darunter. +\layout Itemize + +Randnotizen sind nicht numeriert. +\layout Standard + +Wandeln Sie die Fußnote zu LyX vom vorigen Beispiel zurück in normalen Text + und dann in eine Randnotiz. + Aktualisieren Sie die +\family typewriter +dvi +\family default +-Vorschau um zu sehen, wie eine Randnotiz im Druck aussieht. + +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +Übung +\series default +: Korrigieren Sie die Fußnoten in der Datei +\family typewriter +de_beispiel_roh.lyx +\family default +. +\layout Section + +Bibliographie +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Bibliographie} + +\end_inset + +Zumindest in den exakten Wissenschaften ist eine Bibliographie in gewisser + Weise so etwas wie ein Querverweis. + Die Bibliographie besteht aus einer Liste von Referenzen am Ende des Dokumentes +, auf die vom Dokument aus verwiesen werden kann. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Um Bibliographien im Stile der humanistischen Wissenschaften zu erstellen + müssen Sie die Techniken dieses Abschnittes mit Fußnoten kombinieren. +\end_inset + + Wie auch bei den Kapitelüberschriften vereinfachen LyX und LaTeX die Arbeit + mit Bibliographien dadurch, daß die Einträge automatisch numeriert werden + und die Zitate entsprechend verändert werden, wenn sich die Numerierung + ändert. +\layout Standard + +Gehen Sie zum Ende des Dokumentes und wechseln Sie in den Umgebungstyp +\family sans +Literaturliste +\family default +. + Jeder Absatz, den Sie von jetzt ab eingeben, wird eine Referenz. + Geben Sie z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + als erste Referenz ein. + Sie werden feststellen, daß LyX automatisch eine Nummer in einem Rahmen + vor die Referenz setzt. + Klicken Sie auf diese Nummer, und es erscheint die Dialogbox +\family sans +Literatureintrag +\family default +. + Das erste Feld in diesem Dialog, +\family sans +\bar under +S +\bar default +chlüssel +\family default +, dient zur Festlegung eines Namens, unter dem die Referenz innerhalb des + Textes angesprochen werden kann; voreingestellt ist hier eine Nummer. + Ändern Sie diese um in +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +lyxtutorium +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Damit ist es einfacher, den Eintrag zu finden und zuzuordnen. +\layout Standard + +Gehen Sie nun an eine Stelle im Dokument, an dem Sie ein Zitat einfügen + wollen. + Tun Sie dies über den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +Z +\bar default +itat +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + Das Dialogfenster +\family sans +Zitat +\family default + wird geöffnet. + Das zweite Feld in diesem Fenster, +\family sans +Verfügbar +\family default +, enthält eine Liste mit den in der Bibliographie vorhandenen Referenzen, + aus der Sie auswählen können, indem Sie einen Eintrage anklicken und mit + dem Pfeil ins erste Feld +\family sans +Ausgewählt +\family default + kopieren. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Aus diesem Grund ist es eine gute Idee, anstelle der Zahlen eindeutige und + leicht zuzuordnende Namen für die Referenzen zu vergeben. + Es ist dann einfacher, den gewünschten Eintrag in dieser Liste zu finden. +\end_inset + + Wählen Sie den Eintrag +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +lyxtutorium +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + aus (es sollte der einzige Eintrag in der Bibliographie sein). + Ein Blick auf die aktualisierte +\family typewriter +dvi +\family default +-Vorschau zeigt Ihnen, daß das Zitat in eckigen Klammern erscheint und auf + den Eintrag in der Bibliographie am Textende verweist. +\layout Standard + +Und die anderen Felder in den Dialogfenstern? Mit dem Eintrag +\family sans +Text\SpecialChar ~ +danach +\family default + im Dialog +\family sans +Zitat +\family default + können Sie eine zusätzliche Bemerkung, wie etwa einen Hinweis auf eine + besondere Seite im referenzierten Dokument, angeben. + Diese wird, durch ein Komma getrennt, nach der eigentlichen Referenz innerhalb + der Klammern eingefügt. + Wenn Sie Ihre Zitate in einer anderen Form anstelle der Nummern haben wollen + (einige Journale verwenden etwa +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +[Smi95] +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, wenn der Artikel von Smith aus dem Jahr 1995 referenziert wird), können + Sie dazu das Feld +\family sans +\bar under +M +\bar default +arke +\family default + im Dialog +\family sans +Literatur +\family default + verwenden. + Näheres hierzu finden Sie im +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default +. +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +Übung: +\series default +Korrigieren Sie Bibliographie und Zitate in der Datei +\family typewriter +de_beispiel_roh.lyx +\family default +. +\layout Section + +Inhaltsverzeichnis +\layout Standard + +LyX bietet Ihnen eine sehr einfache Möglichkeit, am Anfang Ihres Dokumentes + ein Inhaltsverzeichnis einzufügen. + Positionieren Sie den Cursor dazu in eine leere Zeile +\emph on +vor +\emph default + der ersten Kapitelüberschrift und wählen dann den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +isten\SpecialChar ~ +und\SpecialChar ~ +Inhaltsverz.\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +I +\bar default +nhaltsverzeichnis +\family default +. + Der Schriftzug +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Inhaltsverzeichnis +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + erscheint grau unterlegt in Ihrem Dokument. +\layout Standard + +Das erscheint zunächst nicht sehr hilfreich. + Wenn Sie nun jedoch die +\family typewriter +dvi +\family default +-Vorschau betrachten, werden Sie sehen, daß ein vollständiges Inhaltsverzeichnis + erstellt wurde, welches die verschiedenen Kapitel und Unterkapitel Ihres + Textes mit den zugehörigen Seitenzahlen auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +führt. + Wie in LyX üblich wird dieses Inhaltsverzeichnis automatisch aktualisiert, + wenn Sie neue Kapitel einfügen oder Abschnitte umordnen. +\layout Standard + +Innerhalb von LyX selber wird das Inhaltsverzeichnis nicht ausgegeben, denn + es wird automatisch erstellt, so daß Sie es sowieso nicht verändern könnten. + Sie können das Inhaltsverzeichnis dafür aber in einem zusätzlichen Fenster + anzeigen. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Entweder indem Sie auf das eingefügte Symbol klicken, oder -- falls Sie + kein Inhaltsverzeichnis eingefügt haben -- über den Menüpunkt +\family sans +Ans +\bar under +i +\bar default +cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +I +\bar default +nhaltsverzeichnis +\family default +. +\end_inset + + Dieses Fenster ist ungemein hilfreich, denn Sie können damit in Ihrem Dokument + navigieren: Klicken Sie auf ein (Unter)kapitel im Fenster +\family sans +Inhaltsverzeichnis +\family default +, dann wird die entsprechende Zeile hervorgehoben und der Cursor im Textfenster + auf den Anfang des betreffenden Kapitels gesetzt. + Innerhalb des Inhaltsverzeichnisses können Sie auch mit Hilfe der Cursortasten + navigieren. + Wer viel in seinem Text herumspringt, wird sich schnell daran gewöhnen, + dieses Fenster dauernd geöffnet zu lassen. + Darüberhinaus können Sie auch das Menü +\family sans +\bar under +N +\bar default +avigieren +\family default + verwenden, um gezielt einzelne Kapitel anzuspringen. +\layout Standard + +Um ein Inhaltsverzeichnis zu löschen, können Sie den Platzhalter ganz einfach + markieren und wie jedes gewöhnliche Zeichen löschen. +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +Übung +\series default +: Korrigieren Sie das Inhaltsverzeichnis in der Datei +\family typewriter +de_beispiel_roh.lyx +\family default +. +\layout Chapter + +Der Gebrauch mathematischer Ausdrücke +\layout Standard + +LaTeX wird von vielen Wissenschaftlern benutzt, weil es den Druck erstklassig + gesetzter mathematischer Ausdrücke ermöglicht und gleichzeitig bei der + Eingabe die Benutzung von Kontrollsequenzen wie bei Textverarbeitungen + und ihren Formeleditoren vermieden wird. + Viele dieser Wissenschaftler sind jedoch frustriert, weil das Schreiben + mathematischer Ausdrücke in LaTeX mehr einer Programmierung als Textverarbeitun +g gleicht. + Glücklicherweise bietet LyX dafür WYSIWYM-Unterstützung. + Wenn man es gewohnt ist, mit LaTeX zu arbeiten, dann wird man bemerken, + daß alle gebräuchlichen mathematischen LaTeX-Befehle wie gewohnt eingegeben + werden können, doch in LyX werden sie in einer WYSIWYM-Art auch angezeigt! + Andererseits ermöglicht die Tafel der Mathematiksymbole +\family sans +, +\family default +daß man professionell aussehende mathematische Ausdrücke schnell und leicht + schreiben kann, auch wenn man noch nie LaTeX benutzt hat. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +LyX kann leider nicht prüfen, ob die Formeln, die man schreibt, wirklich + +\emph on +korrekt +\emph default +sind. + +\emph on + Das wäre ja auch zu schön, um wahr zu sein\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Der Mathematik-Modus +\layout Standard + +Schreibe Sie irgendwo in Ihrem LyX-Dokument: +\layout LyX-Code + +Ich liebe, was Einstein sagte, E=mc^2, weil es so einfach ist. +\layout Standard + +Nun, diese Gleichung sieht nicht gut aus, auch nicht in der +\family typewriter +dvi +\family default +-Vorschau; da ist kein Abstand zwischen den Buchstaben und dem Gleichheitszeiche +n, und man möchte die +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +2 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + auch wirklich hochgestellt haben. + Dieser schlechte Schriftsatz ist das Ergebnis, weil wir LyX nicht gesagt + haben, daß wir einen mathematischen Ausdruck schreiben wollen, die Gleichung + wird folglich wie gewöhnlicher Text gesetzt. +\layout Standard + +Mathematische Ausdrücke werden im Mathematik-Editor geschrieben, auch bekannt + als Mathe\SpecialChar \- +matik-Modus. + Um in den Mathematik-Modus zu kommen, müssen Sie nur den blau beschrifteten + Schalter +\begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$ +\end_inset + + in der Werkzeugleiste anklicken. + LyX öffnet dann ein kleines blaues Quadrat, welches von einem purpurroten + Rechteck umrahmt wird. + Das blaue Quadrat ist ein +\emph on +Einfügepunkt +\emph default +, der anzeigt, daß der Mathematik-Editor darauf wartet, daß etwas eingegeben + wird. + Das Rechteck zeigt an, daß man im Mathematik-Editor ist. + LyX plaziert den Cursor in dem blauen Quadrat; geben Sie nun nochmals die + Formel +\family typewriter +E=mc^2 +\family default + ein. + Der Ausdruck wird in blauer Farbe angezeigt, und das blaue Quadrat verschwindet +, sobald der Einfügepunkt nicht leer ist. + Nun drücken Sie +\family sans +Esc +\family default +, um den Mathematik-Editor zu verlassen (Merke: Ein nochmaliges Klicken + auf den Mathematikschalter schließt den Mathematik-Editor +\emph on +nicht +\emph default +). + Das purpurrote Rechteck verschwindet, der Cursor ist rechts neben dem Ausdruck. + Wenn jetzt etwas geschrieben wird, dann wird es wieder normaler Text. +\layout Standard + +Nun kann ein LaTeX-Lauf gestartet und das Ergebnis angesehen und untersucht + werden. + Hierbei können Sie sehen, daß der Ausdruck jetzt ansehnlich gesetzt wird, + mit Abstand zwischen den Buchstaben und dem Gleichheitszeichen und einer + hochgestellten +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +2 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Im Mathematik-Modus wird angenommen, daß Buchstaben Variablen sind, die + dann kursiv erscheinen. + Bei Zahlen wird die Schriftart nicht verändert. +\layout Standard + +Der Mathematik-Editor ist ein anderes Beispiel für die WYSIWYM-Philosophie. + In LaTeX beschreibt man mathematische Ausdrücke als Texte und Befehle wie + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +sqrt +\family default +; dies kann frustrierend sein, weil man nicht sehen kann, wie ein Ausdruck + gesetzt wird, bis man nicht einige LaTeX-Läufe gestartet und viel Zeit + beim Finden von fehlenden Klammern und anderen Fehlern verbracht hat. + Andererseits versucht LyX nicht, den Ausdruck perfekt aussehen zu lassen + (WYSIWYG), doch es gibt einen sehr guten Eindruck, wie der Ausdruck aussehen + wird. + LaTeX sorgt für den professionellen Textsatz. + In 99% aller Fälle braucht man keine Veränderungen an den Zeichensatzgrößen + oder den Abständen bei der LaTeX-Ausgabe zu machen. + So kann man sich vollkommen auf den +\emph on +Inhalt +\emph default + mathematischer Ausdrücke konzentrieren und muß sich nicht mit deren Formatierun +g beschäftigen. +\layout Section + +In Gleichungen bewegen +\layout Standard + +Nun ist +\begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ +\end_inset + + in +\begin_inset Formula $E=1+mc^{2}$ +\end_inset + + zu verwandeln. + Hierzu müssen Sie die Pfeiltasten benutzen, um den Cursor in den Ausdruck + hineinzubewegen. + Wenn Sie im Ausdruck angekommen sind werden Sie sehen, daß das purpurrote + Rechteck erscheint, das anzeigt, daß Sie sich im Mathematik-Editor befinden. + Verwenden Sie nun die +\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ +\end_inset + +- und die +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + +-Taste, um den Cursor hinter das Gleichheitszeichen zu bekommen, und geben + Sie +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +1+ +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + ein. + Danach kommen Sie mit den Pfeiltasten oder +\family sans +Esc +\family default + aus dem Ausdruck heraus, und das purpurrote Rechteck verschwindet wieder. + Viele Leute finden die Pfeiltastenbenutzung bequemer, aber man kann auch + irgendwo mit der Maus in den Ausdruck klicken, wodurch der Cursor gesetzt + und der Mathematikeditor gestartet wird. +\layout Standard + +Außer bei den weiter unten beschriebenen speziellen Tasten ist Schreiben + im Mathematikeditor wie Editieren von normalem Text: +\family sans +Entf +\family default + (oder +\family sans +Backspace +\family default +) werden gebraucht, um Dinge zu löschen, Text wird entweder mit den Pfeiltasten + oder der Maus selektiert, +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +R +\bar default +ückgängig +\family default +funktioniert auch im Mathematik-Modus, ebenso wie +\family sans +\bar under +A +\bar default +usschneiden +\family default + und +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen. + +\family default + Doch Vorsicht ist geboten! Wenn Sie rechts außerhalb eines Ausdruckes im + Mathematikeditor +\family sans +Entf +\family default + (oder +\family sans +Backspace +\family default +) drücken, wird der ganze Ausdruck gelöscht. + Glücklicherweise können Sie aber alles mit +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +R +\bar default +ückgängig +\family default + zurückholen. +\layout Standard + +Was ist zu tun, um +\begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ +\end_inset + + in +\begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2.5}+1$ +\end_inset + + umzuändern? Wieder können Sie mit der Maus den richtigen Ort anklicken, + jedoch können Sie auch die Pfeiltasten benutzen. + Wenn der Cursor genau nach dem +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +c +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und vor der +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +2 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + ist, hebt die +\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$ +\end_inset + +-Taste den Cursor auf die Ebene der Exponenten, genau vor die +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +2 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Nach der Eingabe der +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +.5 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + bringt +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + + den Cursor wieder auf die normale Eingabeebene zurück. + Egal wo sich der Cursor im Exponenten befunden hat, mit der +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + +-Taste wird er immer auf die Basislinie +\emph on +nach +\emph default + dem Exponenten gesetzt, Sie können also sofort mit der Eingabe des +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + ++1 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + fortfahren. +\layout Standard + +Auch die Leertaste können Sie zur Positionierung in mathematischen Gleichungen + verwenden: Wenn sich der Cursor innerhalb einer Struktur im Mathematik-Editor + befindet (Exponenten, Indizes, Brüche, Quadratwurzeln, Begrenzungen, Matrizen + und alles weitere, was in den folgenden Abschnitten beschrieben wird), + bewirkt die Leertaste, daß der Cursor +\emph on +hinter +\emph default + diese Struktur gesetzt wird, ohne dabei den Mathematik-Modus zu beenden. + So können Sie beispielsweise die Gleichung +\begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{1+x}-2$ +\end_inset + + eingeben, ohne dazu die Maus oder die Pfeiltasten verwenden zu müssen. + Geben Sie am Ende des Exponenten einfach ein Leerzeichen ein, und der Cursor + wird auf die Basislinie zurückgesetzt, wo Sie mit der Eingabe fortfahren + können. + Aus diesem Grund müssen Sie bei der Eingabe darauf achten, daß Sie nicht + im Exponenten zwischen der +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +1 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und dem Plus-Zeichen die Leertaste drücken, da Sie dadurch den Exponenten + unbeabsichtigt verlassen würden. + In Fällen, wo diese Aktion keinen Sinn macht, bewirkt das Leerzeichen +\family sans + +\family default +rein gar nichts. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Leerzeichen +\family default +und +\family sans +Tabs +\family default + werden +\series bold +nicht +\series default + dazu gebraucht, um Extra-Leerzeichen zwischen Teilen einer Gleichung zu + machen. + Die Abstände werden von LyX (LaTeX) berechnet (siehe Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{Abs:Leerzeichen} + +\end_inset + +). + Wenn Sie mit dem Ergebnis nicht völlig zufrieden sind, gibt das +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default + Tips zur Feinabstimmung beim Satz. + Doch darum sollten Sie sich erst kümmern, wenn der ganze Text geschrieben + ist. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie mathematische Ausdrücke schreiben und mit +\family sans +Esc +\family default + den Mathematik-Modus verlassen ist zu beachten, daß (normalerweise) kein + Leerzeichen nach dem Ausdruck gesetzt wird. + Das ist gut, wenn ein Punkt oder ein Komma folgt; wenn Sie aber ein Wort + nach einer Formel schreiben möchten, dann müssen Sie explizit ein Leerzeichen + eingeben. +\layout Standard + +Damit Sie nicht aus Versehen +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ +\end_inset + +ist meine liebste Gleichung +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + anstelle von +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ +\end_inset + + ist meine liebste Gleichung +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + schreiben, gibt es eine kleine Besonderheit: Befindet sich der Cursor wirklich + am Ende eines Ausdruckes im Mathematik-Editor, dann genügt als Abkürzung + das Drücken der +\family sans + Leerzeichen +\family default +-Taste, um den Mathematikeditor zu verlassen +\emph on +und +\emph default + ein Leerzeichen zu setzen. +\layout Section + +Exponenten und Indizes +\layout Standard + +Ein Exponent kann über das Menü +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +onderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +uperscript +\family default + eingegeben werden, doch es ist wirklich einfacher, die +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +^ +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +-Taste zu verwenden. + LyX plaziert dann den Eingabepunkt (das blaue Quadrat) in der Exponentenebene. + Alles, was Sie jetzt eingeben, wird hierhin geschrieben, und das in einer + kleineren Zeichensatzgröße. + Bis Sie die +\family sans +Leerzeichen +\family default +- oder die +\family sans +Esc +\family default +-Taste (um den Mathematikeditor vollkommen zu verlassen) drücken, erscheint + alles als Exponent. +\layout Standard + +Das Schreiben von Indizes ist genauso leicht. + Verwenden Sie den Unterstrich +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +_ +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, um in die Index-Ebene zu wechseln. + Indizes und Exponenten können übrigens auch selber wieder mit Index oder + Exponent versehen werden: +\begin_inset Formula $A_{a_{0}+b^{2}}+C^{a_{0}+b^{2}}$ +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +Übung: +\series default + Schreiben Sie die Gleichung 1 von +\family typewriter +de_beispiel_roh.lyx +\family default + im Mathematik-Modus. +\layout Section + +Die Tafel der Mathematiksymbole +\layout Standard + +Mit der Tafel der Mathematiksymbole ist ein bequemer Weg gegeben, um mathematisc +he Symbole per Mausklick einzugeben oder komplizierte Funktionen im Mathematiked +itor durchzuführen. + Viele davon können Sie auch über die Tastatur oder das +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen +\family default +-Menü aufrufen, an dieser Stelle konzentrieren wir uns aber auf den Gebrauch + der Symboltafel, damit Sie lernen, wie sie benutzt werden kann. + Tastaturkontrollsequenzen können Sie später aus anderen Anleitungen lernen + (ein Wink mit dem Zaunpfahl\SpecialChar \ldots{} +). + Öffnen Sie deshalb jetzt die Symboltafel über den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +athe\SpecialChar ~ +Kontrollfläche +\family default + und lassen Sie sie während des Lesens des Kapitels geöffnet. +\layout Subsection + +Griechische Buchstaben und Symbole +\layout Standard + +Über die +\family sans + Mathe\SpecialChar ~ +Kontrollfläche +\family default + können viele in der Mathematik benutzte Symbole ausgewählt werden: verschiedene + Pfeile, Relationen, Operatoren, Summen, Integrale, usw. + Exponenten und Indizes wurden bereits erwähnt: bei Summen und Integralen + verwendet man sie für untere und obere Grenzen. +\layout Subsection + +Quadratwurzeln, Akzente und Klammern +\layout Standard + +Klicken Sie auf den Schalter mit dem Quadratwurzelzeichen, um eine solche + einzugeben. + Der Cursor wird automatisch unter das Wurzelzeichen gesetzt (zunächst sehen + Sie dort das blaue Quadrat als Platzhalter), hier können Sie den Radikanden + eingeben. + LyX paßt die Größe der Wurzel automatisch dem Inhalt an. +\layout Standard + +Eine Variable ( +\begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{v}$ +\end_inset + +) oder einen Term ( +\begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{a+b}$ +\end_inset + +) z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + mit einem Pfeil zu versehen, wird genauso gemacht. + Sie müssen auf der +\family sans +Mathe\SpecialChar ~ +Kontrollfläche +\family default + unter +\family sans +Symbole +\family default + +\family sans +Rahmen-Dekorationen +\family default + auswählen und auf eins der Symbole klicken. + Durch einen Klick auf ein Symbol wird LyX das ausgewählte und einen Einfügepunk +t darunter (bzw.\SpecialChar ~ +darüber) anzeigen. + Dort kann das Gewünschte eingefügt und mit der +\family sans +Leertaste +\family default +die Dekoration verlassen werden. + Es gibt zwei Gruppen Dekorationen: die der oberen Gruppe (mit den etwas + größeren Schaltern) passen ihre Größe automatisch an den eingefügten Text + an; die der unteren Gruppe haben eine feste Größe und sind vorrangig für + einzelne Buchstaben gedacht. +\layout Standard + +Gruppensymbole wie Trennungsstriche, Klammern und Pfeile werden ähnlich, + jedoch etwas komplizierter gehandhabt. + Hierzu ist der Knopf mit dem blauen Quadrat umgeben von rechteckigen Klammern + anzuklicken. + Nun muß auf einen linken Begrenzer mit dem +\emph on +linken Mausknopf +\emph default +und auf einen rechten Begrenzer mit dem +\emph on +rechten Mausknopf +\emph default + geklickt werden gleichen. + Wenn Sie links und rechts die zugehörige Klammer haben wollen, können Sie + +\family sans +\bar under +Z +\bar default +usammengehörige\SpecialChar ~ +Trennzeichen +\family default + aktivieren und müssen nur eine Klammer anklicken. +\layout Standard + +Die aktuelle Auswahl der Begrenzungssymbole wird unter den Wahlmöglichkeiten + angezeigt. + Die Voreinstellung sind ein paar runde Klammern, doch mit der allgemeingültigen + Auswahl kann man ein Paar Klammern oder auch Trennungsszeichen setzen, + oder auch mit dem leeren Quadrat etwas wie +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $a=\left\langle 7\right.$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + bekommen (der leere Begrenzer wird in LyX als schwarze, gebrochene Linie + angezeigt, aber er erscheint nicht im Ausdruck). +\layout Standard + +Wenn die Begrenzer ausgewählt sind, dann werden sie durch einen Mausklick + auf +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen +\family default +in den Text eingefügt. + Aus Bequemlichkeit könnten Sie auch normale Klammern verwenden. + Doch diese besonderen Begrenzer haben einen großen Vorteil: Sie passen + ihre Größe automatisch an den +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Inhalt +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + an, beispielsweise, wenn sie einen Bruch umschließen. +\layout Standard + +Sie können auch bereits geschriebene Formeln oder sonstige Ausdrücke mit + diesen Begrenzern und Dekorationen versehen. + Markieren Sie diese dazu und wählen Sie dann die gewünschten Symbole aus + dem Menü aus. + Versuchen Sie doch einmal, so die Gleichung +\begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ +\end_inset + + in ihre vektorielle Form +\begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{f}=m\overrightarrow{a}$ +\end_inset + + umzuschreiben. + Auch lassen sich so Matrizen mit (passenden) Klammern einschließen. +\layout Subsection + +Brüche +\layout Standard + +Brüche sind mit dem Mathematik-Editor einfach. + Sie müssen lediglich den +\family sans +Brüche +\family default +-Schalter im Fenster +\family sans +Mathe\SpecialChar ~ +Kontrollfläche +\family default + anklicken, und ein Bruch mit blauen Quadraten im Zähler und Nenner erscheint. + LyX schreibt zwei Einfügepunkte in den Bruch. + Wie zu erwarten, können Sie die Pfeiltasten und die Maus dazu benutzen, + um sich im Bruch zu bewegen. + Wenn Sie so das obere Quadrat auswählen, dort eine +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +1 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + einfügen, dann +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + + drücken und +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +2 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + schreiben, haben Sie bereits Ihren ersten einfachen Bruch geschrieben. + Natürlich können Sie auch beliebige andere Ausdrücke in die zwei Quadrate + schreiben: Variablen mit Exponenten, Quadratwurzeln, andere Brüche, usw. +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +Übung: +\series default + Schreiben Sie die Gleichung 2 von +\family typewriter +de_beispiel_roh.lyx +\family default + im Mathematik-Modus. +\layout Subsection + +TeX-Modus: Grenzwerte, Logarithmen, Trigonometrische Funktionen und anderes +\layout Standard + +Weil Buchstaben im Mathematikmodus als Variablen behandelt werden, würde + LyX +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +sin +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + im Mathematik-Modus als das Produkt der Variablen +\begin_inset Formula $s$ +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Formula $i$ +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Formula $n$ +\end_inset + + interpretieren. + Die drei Buchstaben werden in Kursivschrift gesetzt, doch eigentlich möchte + man das Wort +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +sin +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + in Roman gesetzt bekommen. + Außerdem ist da kein Abstand zwischen dem Wort +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +sin +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und dem +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +x +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + -- Sie erinnern sich, wenn Sie versuchen, ein Leerzeichen einzugeben, verlassen + Sie den Mathematik-Modus. + Aber wie bekommt man dann +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\sin x$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + anstatt +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $sinx$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +? +\layout Standard + +Wählen Sie dazu im Kasten +\family sans +Funktionen +\family default + im Dialogfeld +\family sans +Mathe\SpecialChar ~ +Kontrollfläche +\family default + den Eintrag +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +sin +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + aus. + Das Wort +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +sin +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + wird dann in schwarz und in der normalen Roman-Schriftart (Sie kennen das + als LaTeX-Modus) in Ihren Text eingefügt. + Das ganze Wort wird als +\emph on +ein +\emph default + Symbol behandelt, wenn Sie also nun +\family sans +Backspace +\family default + drücken würden, würde das ganze Wort gelöscht. + Nun geben Sie +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +x +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + ein, dieses wird wie gewohnt blau und kursiv angezeigt. + In der +\family typewriter +dvi +\family default +-Vorschau sehen Sie nun den Ausdruck in seiner ganzen Schönheit, versuchen + Sie es! +\layout Standard + +Andere Kommandos, die im TeX-Modus über die +\family sans + Funktionen- +\family default +Listenauswahl eingefügt werden müssen, sind andere trigonometrische Funktionen + und deren Inverse, hyperbolische Funktionen, Logarithmen, Grenzwerte und + eine Menge weiterer Funktionen. + Diese Funktionen können auch mit Exponenten und Indizes versehen werden, + was etwa zum Schreiben von +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\cos^{2}\theta$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + oder +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{n\rightarrow\infty}$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + wichtig ist. +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +Übung: +\series default + Schreiben Sie die Gleichung 3 von +\family typewriter +de_beispiel_roh.lyx +\family default + im Mathematik-Modus. +\layout Subsection + +Matrizen +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Matrizen} + +\end_inset + +Um eine Matrix zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf den Schalter mit den neun kleinen + Kästchen im Dialogfeld +\family sans +Mathe\SpecialChar ~ +Kontrollfläche +\family default +. + In einem kleinen Fenster können Sie nun die gewünschte Anzahl an Zeilen + und Spalten einstellen, wählen Sie beispielsweise 2 Zeilen und 3 Spalten. + LyX zeigt dann 6 Einfügepunkte an, die in einer +\begin_inset Formula $2\times3$ +\end_inset + +-Matrix angeordnet sind. + Wie gewohnt können Sie an diesen Stellen jede Art von mathematischen Ausdrücken + einfügen, wie etwa Wurzeln, Brüche oder sogar weitere Matrizen. + Sie können auch einzelne Felder ganz leer lassen. +\layout Standard + +Um sich waagrecht zwischen den Spalten einer Matrix bewegen, können Sie + die +\family sans +Tab- +\family default +Taste benutzen. + Alternativ können Sie auch die Pfeiltasten verwenden, um sich in der ganzen + Matrix zu bewegen --- ein Druck auf die +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + +-Taste am Ende eines Eingabepunktes bewegt den Cursor zum nächsten Eingabepunkt + in der Zeile, beim Druck auf die +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + +-Taste wird er in die nächste Zeile gesetzt. +\layout Standard + +Falls Sie zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt weitere Zeilen oder Spalten in der + Matrix benötigen können Sie das über die Menüpunkte +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Zeile/Spalte\SpecialChar ~ +anfügen +\family default + tun (sie werden unter/rechts von der aktuellen Cursorposition eingefügt); + ebenso können überzählige mit +\family sans +Zeile/Spalte\SpecialChar ~ +löschen +\family default + aus demselben Menü entfernt werden. +\layout Standard + +Im +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default + stehen weitere Informationen, wie Sie die horizontale Ausrichtung jeder + Spalte sowie die senkrechte Anordnung in der ganzen Matrix verändern können. + Wenn Sie beabsichtigen, eine Matrix zu erstellen, die hauptsächlich Text + enthält, sollten Sie aber auf den hervorragenden Tabellen-Modus von LyX + zurückgreifen. +\layout Subsection + +Abgesetzte Formeln +\layout Standard + +Alle Ausdrücke, die bisher beschrieben wurden, standen in der gleichen Zeile + wie der Text davor oder danach. + Dies bezeichnet man als +\emph on +eingefügte +\emph default + oder +\emph on +inline-Formeln +\emph default +. + Dies ist ausreichend für kurze und einfache Ausdrücke; wenn Sie jedoch + umfangreichere Formeln schreiben wollen und diese vom eigentlichen Text + zur besseren Sichtbarkeit etwas getrennt stehen sollen, müssen Sie diese + im Modus für +\emph on +abgesetzte Formeln +\emph default + schreiben. + Außerdem können auch nur abgesetzte Ausdrücke benannt und numeriert werden + (siehe +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default +) oder mehrzeilige Gleichungen enthalten (siehe Kapitel\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:gl-systeme} + +\end_inset + +). +\layout Standard + +Klicken Sie auf den +\family sans +Anzeige +\family default +-Schalter im Dialogfeld +\family sans +Mathe\SpecialChar ~ +Kontrollfläche +\family default +(ein blaues Quadrat mit je zwei Strichen darüber und darunter). + LyX öffnet einen Einfügepunkt, doch dieser befindet sich in einer neuen + Zeile und wird zentriert gesetzt. + Wenn Sie nun einen mathematischen Ausdruck einfügen und einen LaTeX-Lauf + starten, können Sie das Ergebnis begutachten. + Dieser Modus stellt übrigens eine Umschaltung dar, die durch erneutes Klicken + rückgängig gemacht werden kann: Befindet sich der Cursor in einer solchen + abgesetzten Formel, wandelt ein Klick auf den +\family sans +Anzeige +\family default +-Schalter diese in eine gewöhnliche Inline-Formel um und umgekehrt. + Versuchen Sie es doch einfach einmal. +\layout Standard + +Der Modus für abgesetzte Formeln hat einige Unterschiede im Vergleich zum + normalen Formelmodus: +\layout Itemize + +Der Standard-Zeichensatz ist für einige Symbole wie +\begin_inset Formula $\sum$ +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Formula $\int$ +\end_inset + + größer +\layout Itemize + +Exponenten und Indizes für Grenzwerte und Summen (aber nicht Integrale) + werden unter bzw.\SpecialChar ~ +über und nicht neben die Symbole geschrieben +\layout Itemize + +Der Text ist zentriert +\layout Standard + +Bis auf diese Unterschiede sind abgesetzte und eingefügte Formeln sehr ähnlich. +\layout Standard + +Eine abschließende Bemerkung ist noch hinsichtlich des Buchstabensatzes + bei abgesetzten Gleichungen zu machen: Überlegen Sie sich genau, ob Sie + eine Gleichung in einen neuen Absatz setzen oder nicht. + Ist die Gleichung in der Mitte eines Satzes oder Absatzes, dann sollten + Sie nicht +\family sans +Return +\family default + drücken. + Wenn Sie es doch tut, dann wird der Text +\emph on +nach +\emph default + der Gleichung in einen neuen Absatz verschoben, was aller Wahrscheinlichkeit + nicht gewünscht ist. +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +Übung: +\series default + Setzen Sie die verschiedenen Gleichungen in +\family typewriter +de_beispiel_roh.lyx +\family default + in den absetzten Anzeigemodus und sehen Sie sich an, wie sich der Schriftsatz + verändert. +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +Übung: +\series default + Verwenden Sie die in diesem Abschnitt vorgestellten Methoden, um folgende + Gleichung zu schreiben: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula \[ +f(x)=\left\{ \begin{array}{cc} +\log_{8}x & x>0\\ +0 & x=0\\ +\sum_{i=1}^{5}\alpha_{i}+\sqrt{-\frac{1}{x}} & x<0\end{array}\right.\] + +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Mehrzeilige Gleichungen +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:gl-systeme} + +\end_inset + +Versuchen Sie doch einmal, zwei zusammengehörende Gleichungen wie die folgenden + zu schreiben, und sehen Sie sich das Ergebnis in der +\family typewriter +dvi +\family default +-Vorschau an. + Sie werden dazu zwei getrennte Formeln im abgesetzten Modus schreiben müssen. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula \[ +x=y+y+y+y+y\] + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula \[ +=5y\] + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Das Ergebnis sieht überhaupt nicht gut aus! Wenn man zwei oder mehrere Gleichung +en erfolgreich setzen möchte, dann sieht es viel besser aus, wenn die Gleichheit +szeichen untereinander stehen; dies ist besonders wichtig, wenn in der zweiten + Gleichung keine linke Seite vorhanden ist. + LyX ermöglicht das Schreiben von mehrzeilige Gleichungen mit einigen Kontrollmö +glichkeiten hinsichtlich der Ausrichtung: +\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} +x & = & y+y+y+y+y\\ + & = & 5y\end{eqnarray*} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Dies sieht doch +\emph on +viel +\emph default + besser aus! Die Gleichheitszeichen stehen untereinander, und es ist viel + weniger Platz zwischen den Gleichungen. +\layout Standard + +Um mehrzeilige Gleichungen zu schreiben, müssen Sie eine abgesetzten Formel + öffnen und +\family sans +Strg+Return +\family default + drücken oder den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +qnarray\SpecialChar ~ +Umgebung +\family default + anwählen. + LyX zeigt dann zwei Zeilen mit jeweils drei leeren Einfügepunkten an. + Dies ist eine mehrzeilige Formel mit einer Zeile. + Enttäuscht? Drücken Sie erneut +\family sans +Strg+Return +\family default + oder verwenden Sie +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Zeile\SpecialChar ~ +an +\bar under +f +\bar default +ügen +\family default + um eine weitere derartige Zeile zu erzeugen. + Mit diesem Wissen sollten Sie die obigen, mehrzeiligen Gleichungen reproduziere +n können. + Zu beachten ist auch, daß es durchaus erlaubt ist, einen oder mehrere Einfügepu +nkte leer zu lassen. + Dies kann sowohl bei dem obigen Beispiel als auch bei einer aufgeteilten, + sehr langen Gleichung sinnvoll sein: +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie sich das Ergebnis ansehen, werden Sie feststellen daß der Abstand + nach dem ersten Pluszeichen zu gering ist. + Dies ist einer der seltenen Fälle, in denen LaTeX versagt und Sie die Abstände + von Hand anpassen müssen. + Mehr dazu im +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default +. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} +x & = & a+b+c+d\\ + & & +e+f+g\end{eqnarray*} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +LyX bringt das zweite (zentrale) Feld jeder Reihe in eine Linie, so das + man gewöhnlich das Gleichheits- oder Relationszeichen in dieses Feld setzt; + man kann natürlich auch andere Zeichen dort einsetzen. + Doch sollten Sie keine mehrzeilige Gleichungen verwenden, um Felder zu + drucken; hierfür bieten sich Matrizen an (siehe Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:Matrizen} + +\end_inset + +). +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie weitere Zeilen in Ihrem Gleichungssystem benötigen, drücken Sie + einfach ein weiteres mal +\family sans +Strg+Return +\family default +, und eine weitere Reihe mit drei Einfügepunkten erscheint. + Falls sich der Cursor dabei nicht am Ende einer Zeile befand, wird alles, + was in dieser Zeile hinter dem Cursor stand, in die nächste Zeile verschoben. + Wenn Sie bereits eine (normale, einteilige) Gleichung geschrieben haben + und dann an deren Ende +\family sans +Strg+Return +\family default + drücken, wird die gesamte Gleichung in das erste Feld gesetzt. + Positionieren Sie in diesem Fall den Cursor vor das Gleichheitszeichen + und drücken Sie +\family sans +Strg+Tab +\family default +, dadurch wird alles hinter dem Cursor in das nächste Feld verschoben. + Wiederholen Sie das mit dem Teil nach dem Gleichheitszeichen, um ihn in + das rechte Feld zu verschieben. + Versuchen Sie als Übung, die Gleichung +\begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ +\end_inset + + in +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} +E & = & mc^{2}\\ + & = & mc\times c\end{eqnarray*} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +umzuschreiben. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +KDE-Benutzer können diese Übung leider nicht nachvollziehen, da mit +\family sans +Strg+Tab +\family default + zwischen den einzelnen KDE-Bildschirmen umgeschaltet wird. + In diesem Falle müßte die erste Gleichungsreihe neu geschrieben werden. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Falls Sie überzählige Zeilen angelegt haben können Sie diese mit +\family sans +Bearbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Mathe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Zeile\SpecialChar ~ +lösc +\bar under +h +\bar default +en +\family default + entfernen. + Alternativ können Sie auch den Cursor an das Ende der vorangehenden Zeile + positionieren und +\family sans +Strg+K +\family default + drücken. + Dadurch wird der Inhalt der drei Eingabebereiche der folgenden Zeile zusammen + an die aktuelle Zeile angefügt; ist die nächste Zeile leer wird sie also + einfach gelöscht. + Befindet sich der Cursor nicht am Zeilenende wird alles bis zum Zeilenende + gelöscht. + Diese Tastenkombination +\family sans +Strg+K +\family default + ist übrigens nicht spezifisch für den Mathematiksatz --- dieses Löschen + bis zum Zeilenende funktioniert in allen Umgebungen. +\layout Standard + +Und noch ein letzter Hinweis: Zu mehrzeiligen Gleichungen gäbe es noch viel + zu sagen. + Insbesondere haben wir hier die vielen Punkte im Menü +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +athe +\family default +, die mit +\family sans +AMS +\family default + beginnen, nicht erläutert. + Die American Mathematical Society war mit einigen Dingen, wie LaTeX mehrzeilige + Gleichungen behandelt, nicht zufrieden und hat deswegen eine eigene Sammlung + von Befehlen erstellt, um das besser zu machen. + Wollen Sie sie verwenden? Dann ziehen Sie bitte das +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default + zu Rate. +\layout Section + +Weitere mathematische Sachen +\layout Standard + +Der Mathematik-Editor hat noch viel weitreichendere Fähigkeiten, bislang + haben Sie nur die Grundlagen kennengelernt. + Im +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default + finden Sie dann Anleitungen zu den folgenden Themenbereichen: +\layout Itemize + +Beschriften und Numerieren von Ausdrücken. +\layout Itemize + +Wechseln von Zeichenattributen, z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + um fetten Text in einem Ausdruck zu schreiben. +\layout Itemize + +Feineinstellung von Zeichensatzgrößen und Abständen innerhalb eines Ausdruckes. +\layout Itemize + +Schreiben von Makros. + Diese sind sehr mächtig, weil man sie einmal am Anfang des Dokumentes definiert + und dann immer wieder anwenden kann. + Wenn man die Makrodefinition verändert, dann ändert sich der Bezug zum + Makro auch innerhalb des ganzen Dokumentes. + Es ist sogar Möglich, Makros mit Parameters zu schreiben. +\layout Itemize + +Viele andere Dinge, für die kein Platz in diesem +\emph on +Tutorium +\emph default +ist. +\layout Chapter + +Vermischtes +\layout Section + +Andere wichtige LyX-Merkmale +\layout Standard + +Wir haben noch lange nicht alle möglichen Befehle vorgestellt, die LyX kennt, + dies ist auch nicht geplant, denn dafür ist das +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default + da. + Deshalb sollen hier nur ein paar der wichtigsten Fähigkeiten von LyX kurz + erwähnt werden\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Itemize + +LyX unterstützt WYSIWYG-Tabellen. + Mit der Auswahl +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +T +\bar default +abelle\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + legen Sie eine Tabelle an. + Klicken Sie nun mit dem +\emph on +rechten Mausknopf +\emph default + in die Tabelle, um den Dialog +\family sans +Tabelle\SpecialChar ~ +bearbeiten +\family default + zu öffnen. + Hier können umfangreiche Einstellungen einfach vorgenommen werden. +\layout Itemize + +LyX erlaubt die einfache Einbindung von Abbildungen in unterschiedlichen + Formaten (einschließlich JPEG und anderer Bitmap-Formate sowie PostScript® + und LaTeX). + Die Auswahl +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +G +\bar default +raphik\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + erzeugt einen leeren Rahmen in Ihrem Dokument und öffnet eine Dialogbox, + in der Sie die Abbildung einfach skalieren und drehen können usw. + Sowohl Tabellen als auch Abbildungen können mit Unterschriften versehen + werden, LyX legt auf Wunsch außerdem eine Liste der Tabellen und Abbildungen + an. +\layout Itemize + +Versions-Kontrolle wird unterstützt, dafür muß aber RCS installiert sein + (weitere Informationen liefert +\family typewriter +man rcs +\family default + bzw.\SpecialChar ~ + +\family typewriter +man rcsintro +\family default +). +\layout Itemize + +LyX ist voll konfigurierbar. + Angefangen vom Aussehen des LyX-Fensters bis hin zum Format der Ausgabe, + alles kann in weitem Rahmen verändert werden. + Dies geschieht mit dem Menü +\family sans +Bearbeiten +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +E +\bar under +i +\bar default +nstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + Lesen Sie dazu das Dokument +\family sans +\bar under +H +\bar default +ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +A +\bar default +npassung +\family default +. +\layout Itemize + +LyX wird von einem Team von Programmierern aus fünf Kontinenten entwickelt. + Dadurch bietet LyX eine bessere Unterstützung verschiedener Sprachen (Holländis +ch, Deutsch, Griechisch, Tschechisch, Türkisch, \SpecialChar \ldots{} +) als viele andere Textverarbeit +ungen. + Sogar einige Sprachen, die von rechts nach links schreiben, wie Hebräisch + oder Arabisch, werden unterstützt. + Sie können mit LyX Texte in anderen Sprachen schreiben, Sie können es aber + auch so konfigurieren, daß alle Menüs und Fehlermeldungen in einer anderen + Sprache ausgegeben werden. +\layout Itemize + +Alle Menüs in LyX können über Tastaturkombinationen bedient werden, d. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +h.\SpecialChar ~ +daß Sie das Menü +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +N +\bar default +eu +\family default + auch durch die Tasten +\family sans +Alt+D +\family default +, gefolgt von +\family sans +N +\family default + oder durch die im Menü angezeigte Tastenkombination öffnen können. + Diese Tastaturbindungen sind ebenfalls frei konfigurierbar. + Lesen Sie dazu +\family sans +\bar under +H +\bar default +ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +A +\bar default +npassung +\family default +. +\layout Itemize + +LyX kann LaTeX-Dokumente importieren. + Siehe dazu das Kapitel\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:reLyX} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Itemize + +Mit der Auswahl +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Rechtschreib +\bar under +p +\bar default +rüfung\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + können Sie Ihre Texte auf korrekte Rechtschreibung prüfen. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Beachten Sie dabei, daß die Rechtschreibprüfung an der momentanen Position + des Cursor beginnt, nicht am Anfang des Dokumentes. +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +LyX für LaTeX-Benutzer +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Latexnutzer} + +\end_inset + +Wenn Sie nichts über LaTeX wissen, können Sie diesen Abschnitt überspringen. + Oder besser, lernen Sie ein wenig über LaTeX und lesen +\emph on +dann +\emph default + diesen Abschnitt. + Aber vermutlich wird ein Großteil derjenigen, die LyX benutzen, bereits + mit LaTeX vertraut sein. + Wenn Sie auch zu diesem Personenkreis gehören, fragen Sie sich sicherlich, + ob LyX wirklich alles das kann, was LaTeX auch kann. + Die kurze Antwort ist: LyX kann auf die eine oder andere Weise fast alles, + was auch mit LaTeX selber möglich ist, und in jedem Fall vereinfacht es + die meisten Dinge beim Schreiben eines Textes. + Derzeit gibt es zwar noch ein paar Unschönheiten, z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + bei der Umwandlung von alten LaTeX-Dokumenten in das neue Format, aber + diese Dinge werden sicherlich in einer späteren Version von LyX behoben + sein. +\layout Standard + +Dies ist nur das Tutorium, und aus diesem Grund werden wir hier nur solche + Dinge erwähnen, die für neue Benutzer von LyX von vorrangigem Interesse + sind. + Dies dient dazu, das +\emph on +Tutorium +\emph default + möglichst kurz zu halten. + In den +\emph on +Profi-Tipps +\emph default +, insbesondere im Kapitel +\emph on +Geheimnisse der LaTeX-Zauberer +\emph default +, werden die Unterschiede zwischen LyX und LaTeX sehr viel ausführlicher + behandelt, dort finden Sie auch viele Tips, wie Sie diverse LaTeX-Tricks + auch in LyX einsetzen können. +\layout Subsection + +Der TeX-Modus +\layout Standard + +Alles, was Sie im TeX-Modus eingeben, erscheint in roter Schrift und wird + unverändert an LaTeX weitergegeben. + In diesen Modus wechseln Sie mit der Auswahl +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +T +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +e +\bar under +X +\family default +\bar default + oder durch Drücken des +\family sans +TeX +\family default +-Schalters in der Werkzeugleiste. + Dadurch wird eine Text Box geöffnet, und alles darin wird direkt an LaTeX + weitergegeben. +\layout Standard + +Im Mathematikmodus wird der TeX-Modus etwas unterschiedlich behandelt. + Hier aktiviert man ihn, indem man einen Backslash, +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\backslash + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, eingibt. + Dieser erscheint nicht auf dem Bildschirm, aber alle folgenden Eingaben + erscheinen nun in roter Schrift. + Den TeX-Modus verläßt man, indem man ein Leerzeichen oder ein beliebiges + Zeichen außer einem Buchstaben eingibt, wie z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + eine Zahl, einen Unterstrich, eine Klammer oder ähnliches. + Falls LyX den eingegebenen TeX-Befehl kennt, wird es ihn durch das entsprechend +e Zeichen ersetzen. + Wenn Sie also in den Mathematikmodus wechseln und dann +\family typewriter + +\backslash +gamma +\family default + eingeben, wird LyX, sobald Sie die Leertaste drücken, das rote Wort +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +gamma +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + durch das blaue +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\gamma$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + ersetzen. + Dies funktioniert für fast alle einfachen Mathematik-Makros, allerdings + bleiben mathematische Funktionen wie z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +sin +\family default + in roter Schrift -- sie sind ja schon WYSIWYM. + Diese Art der Eingabe ist sehr viel schneller als die Auswahl über den + Dialog +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +athe-Kontrollfläche +\family default +, und vor allem für diejenigen, die bereits mit LaTeX vertraut sind, eine + große Erleichterung. +\layout Standard + +Ein Sonderfall tritt ein, wenn Sie im mathematischen TeX-Modus eine öffnende + geschweifte Klammer eingeben. + In diesem Fall wird LyX automatisch öffnende +\emph on +und +\emph default + schließende Klammern einfügen, den TeX-Modus beenden und den Cursor +\emph on +zwischen +\emph default + die beiden Klammern plazieren. + Dadurch können sehr viel einfacher Makros mit Parametern eingegeben werden, + die dem Mathematik-Modus nicht direkt bekannt sind. +\layout Standard + +LyX kann (noch?) nicht alles, was mit LaTeX möglich ist. + Einige selten genutzte Funktionen werden überhaupt nicht unterstützt, einige + andere funktionieren, allerdings nicht WYSIWYG. + Über den TeX-Modus hat der Benutzer Zugriff auf die volle Flexibilität + von LaTeX und kann dennoch die angenehme Vereinfachung nutzen, die LyX-Funktion +en wie WYSIWYG-Tabellen und -Abbildungen bieten. + LyX wird niemals alle LaTeX-Pakete unterstützen. + Indem Sie im LaTeX-Vorspann (siehe Abschnitt\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Vorspann} + +\end_inset + +) den Befehl +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage{foo} +\family default + eingeben, können Sie aber auch solche Pakete verwenden --- wenn auch nicht + mit Unterstützung von WYSIWYG. +\layout Subsection + +LaTeX-Dokumente nach LyX konvertieren --- +\family typewriter +reLyX +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:reLyX} + +\end_inset + +Über den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +Im +\bar default +portieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{ +\end_inset + + +\bar under +L +\bar default + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +} +\end_inset + +a +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{ +\end_inset + +T +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +} +\end_inset + +eX\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + können Sie vorhandene LaTeX-Dateien in LyX übernehmen. + Dabei wird ein Perl-Skript mit dem Namen +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + aufgerufen. + Dieses erzeugt aus einer Datei +\family typewriter +bla.tex +\family default + die Datei +\family typewriter +bla.lyx +\family default +, welche dann von LyX geöffnet wird. + Falls dies aus LyX heraus nicht richtig funktioniert, können Sie auch versuchen +, +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + selbst von der Kommandozeile aus aufzurufen +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Bei der Installation von LyX wird im selben Verzeichnis, in das das ausführbare + Programm von LyX (etwa +\family typewriter +/usr/local/bin/lyx +\family default +) geschrieben wird, auch ein weiteres ausführbares Programm mit dem Namen + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + installiert. + Damit es funktioniert, benötigt es Perl, derzeit mindestens in Version + 5.002. +\end_inset + + und dabei zusätzliche Optionen mitanzugeben. +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + kann die meisten korrekten LaTeX-Konstrukte in die entsprechende LyX-Form + übersetzen, aber nicht alle. + Derartige nicht übersetzbare Abschnitte werden im TeX-Modus belassen. + Diese Abschnitte können Sie dann später in LyX ansehen und von Hand bearbeiten. +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + besitzt auch eine eigene Hilfeseite, die Sie mit +\family typewriter +man\SpecialChar ~ +reLyX +\family default + lesen können und sollten, um sich darüber zu informieren, welche LaTeX-Konstruk +te nicht unterstützt werden, welche Fehler (noch) vorhanden sind und wie + man sie umgehen kann, sowie über die Benutzung der Kommandozeilenoptionen. +\layout Subsection + +LyX-Dokumente nach LaTeX konvertieren +\layout Standard + +Eventuell wollen Sie ein LyX-Dokument im LaTeX-Format abspeichern, z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + um es einem Kollegen zu geben, der (noch) kein LyX verwendet. + Dies ist aber sehr einfach. + Mit der Auswahl +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +xportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{ +\end_inset + + +\bar under +L +\bar default + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +} +\end_inset + +a +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{ +\end_inset + +T +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +} +\end_inset + +eX +\family default + wird die von Ihnen editierte Datei (z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + +\family typewriter +bla.lyx +\family default +) als +\family typewriter +bla.tex +\family default + im selben Verzeichnis wie die LyX-Datei abgelegt. + Temporär legt LyX immer eine LaTeX-Version des gerade editierten Dokumentes + an, wenn Sie eine Datei drucken oder als +\family typewriter +dvi +\family default +-Datei betrachten. + Deshalb ist die LaTeX-Generierung von LyX auch sehr ausgereift. +\layout Subsection + +Der LaTeX-Vorspann +\layout Subsubsection + +Die Dokumentenklasse +\layout Standard + +Im Dialog +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument +\family default + werden praktisch alle Optionen eingestellt, die man dem Befehl +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default + als Option mitgeben würde. + Hier werden die Dokumentenklasse und die Standard\SpecialChar \- +schrift- und Papiergröße + eingestellt. + Für weitere, nicht vorgesehene Einträge verwenden Sie das Feld +\family sans +\bar under +O +\bar default +ptionen +\family default +. +\layout Subsubsection + +Andere Einträge im Vorspann +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Vorspann} + +\end_inset + +Wenn Sie besondere Befehle im Vorspann Ihrer LaTeX-Dateien benötigen, können + Sie diese auch für LyX verwenden. + Öffnen Sie dazu den Dialog +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{ +\end_inset + +L +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +} +\end_inset + +a +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{ +\end_inset + +T +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +} +\end_inset + +eX\SpecialChar ~ +Vorspann +\family default +, und tragen Sie dort die gewünschten TeX-Kommandos ein. + Alles, was Sie hier eingeben, wird direkt von LaTeX ausgewertet. +\layout Subsection + +BibTeX +\layout Standard + +LyX bietet Unterstützung für BibTeX. + Dieses Programm erlaubt es, Datenbanken von Literaturreferenzen für die + Verwendung in vielen Dokumenten zu unterhalten. + Um eine solche +\family typewriter +bib +\family default +-Datei einzubinden verwenden Sie den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +isten\SpecialChar ~ +und\SpecialChar ~ +Inhaltsverz.\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +B +\bar default +ib +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{ +\end_inset + +T +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +} +\end_inset + +eX\SpecialChar ~ +Referenz +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + Es öffnet sich ein Dialogfeld. + (Wenn Sie später Änderungen vornehmen wollen, klicken Sie auf die graue + Box +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Von BibTeX erstellte Verweise +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +.) Im Feld +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atenbanken +\family default + geben Sie den Namen ein, den Sie in den Klammern des TeX-Befehls +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bibliography{} +\family default + verwenden würden. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Wie bei normalem LaTeX können auch mehrere Bibliographien, durch Kommas + ohne Leerzeichen getrennt, angegeben werden. +\end_inset + + In das Feld +\family sans +\bar under +S +\bar default +til +\family default + gehört der Eintrag für den Befehl +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bibliographystyle{} +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Nun können Sie über den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +Z +\bar default +itat +\family default + die in den Datenbanken definierten Referenzen, die im Dialogfeld angezeigt + werden, verwenden (siehe auch Abschnitt +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:Bibliographie} + +\end_inset + +). + LyX kümmert sich darum, daß BibTeX aufgerufen wird. +\layout Subsection + +Sonstiges +\layout Standard + +Unter dem Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +onderzeichen +\family default + finden Sie weitere besondere Zeichen wie etwa Fortsetzungspunkte, erzwungene + Zeilenumbrüche, Trennvorschläge usw. +\layout Section + +Fehler! +\layout Standard + +Manchmal treten bei einem LaTeX-Lauf Fehler auf, also irgendwelche Dinge, + die LyX oder LaTeX nicht verstehen. + In diesem Fall wird von LyX eine Fehlermarke angelegt, das ist eine kleiner + roter Kasten mit dem Schriftzug +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Fehler +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Wenn Sie auf diesen Kasten klicken, öffnet sich ein Fenster mit der zugehörigen + Meldung. + Wenn es sich dabei um etwas handelt, das von LyX falsch gemacht wurde, + ist dies ein echter Fehler in LyX. + Diese sollten aber extrem selten sein. + Meist hat LaTeX ein Problem (das fast immer durch Einfügungen im TeX-Modus + verursacht wird), dann wird die entsprechende LaTeX-Fehlermeldung angezeigt. +\layout Bibliography +\bibitem {lyxtutorium} + +Das LyX Tutorium, vom LyX-DocTeam +\the_end diff --git a/lib/doc/de_UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/de_UserGuide.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f46468c4ed --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/de_UserGuide.lyx @@ -0,0 +1,27541 @@ +#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 221 +\textclass book +\begin_preamble +% DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!! +% +% I've designed this preamble to ensure that the User's Guide prints +% out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble, +% parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you +% have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact +% the documentation team intead of messing around in here. --jpw 4/97 + +%% Widens the vertical table spacing +%% +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.25} +\setlength{\tabcolsep}{0.45em} + + +%% Provides certain commands which are missing. +%% +\DeclareRobustCommand{\textyen}{% +{\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{msa}\selectfont\char85}% +} +\DeclareRobustCommand{\textcurrency}{% +{\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{wasy}\selectfont\char27}% +} +\DeclareRobustCommand{\textcent}{% +{\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{wasy}\selectfont\char103}% +} +\DeclareRobustCommand{\textbrokenbar}{% +{\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{wasy}\selectfont\char124}% +} + + +%% For some odd reason, this character isn't defined in T1-encoding. +%% +\DeclareInputText{"0AD}{\textendash} + + +%% Accented characters missing in non-T1 encodings. +%% +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\quotedblbase}{% +\raisebox{-1ex}{\textquotedblright} +\hspace{-0.7em} +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\quotesinglbase}{% +\raisebox{-1ex}{\textquoteright} +\hspace{-0.7em} +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guillemotleft}{% +\raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle \ll\!\!\!}} +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guillemotright}{% +\raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle \gg}} +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guilsinglleft}{% +\raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle <\!\!\!}} +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guilsinglright}{% +\raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle >}} +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\DH}{% +D\hspace{-0.7em}\rule[0.8ex]{0.30em}{0.08ex}\hspace{0.40em} +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\dh}{% +\ensuremath{\mathrm{\partial}} +\hspace{-0.65em}\rule[1.35ex]{0.3em}{0.08ex}\hspace{0.35em} +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\TH}{% +\textsc{I\hspace{-0.325em}p} +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\th}{% +p\hspace{-0.55em}l +} +\usepackage [chapter,nottoc]{tocbibind} +\usepackage{latexsym} +\usepackage{multicol} +\usepackage{floatflt} % Temporarily - until LyX fixed + +\usepackage[ngerman]{babel} +\addto\captionsngerman +{\renewcommand{\indexname} +{Stichwortverzeichnis}} +\end_preamble +\language german +\inputencoding latin1 +\fontscheme default +\graphics default +\paperfontsize default +\spacing single +\papersize Default +\paperpackage a4 +\use_geometry 1 +\use_amsmath 1 +\use_natbib 0 +\use_numerical_citations 0 +\paperorientation portrait +\leftmargin 2cm +\topmargin 1cm +\rightmargin 2cm +\bottommargin 1cm +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation skip +\defskip smallskip +\quotes_language german +\quotes_times 2 +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 1 +\paperpagestyle default + +\layout Title + +Das LyX-Benutzerhandbuch +\layout Author + +vom LyX-Team +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\size normal +Übersetzung: Hartmut Haase, Peter Sütterlin +\end_inset + + +\layout Date + +letzte Änderung: 9\SpecialChar ~ +April 2004 +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset FloatList figure + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset FloatList table + +\end_inset + + +\layout Chapter + +Einleitung +\layout Section + +Was ist LyX? +\layout Standard + +LyX ist ein System zur Vorbereitung von Dokumenten. + Es ist ein Werkzeug, mit dem man schöne Manuskripte, verlegbare Bücher, + Geschäftsbriefe und -vorschläge und sogar Lyrik schreiben kann. + Anders als die meisten anderen +\emph on +Textverarbeitungen +\emph default + verhält es sich eher wie eine Auszeichnungssprache. + Das heißt, wenn Sie eine Abschnittsüberschrift schreiben, bezeichnen Sie + sie als +\family sans +Abschnitt +\family default +, aber nicht als +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Fett, Schriftgröße 17, linksbündig, 5 mm Leerraum darunter +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + LyX kümmert sich für Sie um die Druckaufbereitung, Sie beschäftigen sich + nur mit dem Entwurf, nicht mit der Ausführung. +\layout Standard + +Diese Philosophie wird viel ausführlicher in der +\emph on +Einführung +\emph default + erläutert. + Wenn Sie sie noch nicht gelesen haben, sollten Sie das jetzt tun. + Ja, wir meinen jetzt. +\layout Standard + +Die +\emph on +Einführung +\emph default + beschreibt außerdem einige zusätzliche Dinge: das wichtigste ist das Format + der Handbücher. + Wenn Sie sie nicht lesen, werden Sie viel Zeit brauchen, um in diesen Handbuch + zu suchen. + Ihnen ist vielleicht auch mehr damit gedient, in andere Handbücher als + dieses zu schauen. + Die +\emph on +Einführung +\emph default + beschreibt das auch. +\layout Section + +Die ersten Schritte +\layout Subsection + +Der Aufruf von LyX +\layout Standard + +Wie auch andere Linux- (oder allgemein Unix-) Programme wird LyX durch die + Eingabe von +\family typewriter +lyx[&] +\family default + an der Eingabeaufforderung der Shell gestartet. + Natürlich können Sie auch zusätzliche Kommandooptionen angeben, einschließlich + Dateinamen. + Wir werden die Kommandooptionen hier nicht auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +listen, weil wir das bereits + auf der Hilfeseite zu LyX (mit +\family typewriter +man lyx +\family default +) gemacht haben. + Hier soll nur eines besonders erwähnt werden: +\layout Itemize + +Wenn Sie mehrere Dateinamen angeben, werden alle diese Dateien geladen. + Sie werden allerdings nicht alle gleichzeitig angezeigt, mehr dazu gleich. +\layout Subsection + +Wie LyX aussieht +\layout Subsubsection + +Das Hauptfenster +\layout Standard + +Wie die meisten Anwendungen hat auch LyX die bekannte Menüleiste am oberen + Rand des Fensters. + Darunter befindet sich die Werkzeugleiste mit einer Listenauswahl und diversen + Schaltknöpfen. + Natürlich gibt es auch einen vertikalen Rollbalken und den Hauptarbeitsbereich, + in dem Sie Ihre Dokumente bearbeiten. + Am unteren Rand des Editierbereiches befindet sich ein kleines weißes Fenster + mit Auf- und Abpfeilen links davon. + Dies ist der sogenannte +\emph on +Minipuffer +\emph default + (eine Bezeichnung, die aus vom GNU Emacs übernommen wurde). + Dort können Sie Befehle eingeben, nachdem Sie +\family sans +Alt+X +\family default + eingetippt oder in den Puffer geklickt haben. + Alte Befehle können Sie im Minipuffer mit den Tasten +\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$ +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + + zurückholen. + Der Minipuffer dient auch als Statuszeile, dort finden Sie Informationen + verschiedenster Art, zum Beispiel über die gerade verwendete Schrift oder + mögliche Tastenkürzel, wenn Sie den Anfang davon getippt haben. +\layout Standard + +Beachten Sie, daß es keinen horizontalen Rollbalken gibt. + Das ist kein Fehler oder Vergeßlichkeit, sondern Absicht. + Bei einem Buch erwarten Sie ja auch, daß der Text am Ende einer Zeile in + die nächste umgebrochen wird. + Auch der Überlauf auf eine neue Seite ist prinzipiell eine vertikale Sache, + deshalb benötigen Sie nur einen vertikalen Rollbalken. +\layout Standard + +Es gibt nur drei Fälle, in denen Sie sich vielleicht einen horizontalen + Rollbalken wünschen. + Der erste betrifft große Abbildungen, die WYSIWYG +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYG} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +what you see is what you get +\end_inset + + dargestellt werden. + Das liegt aber an einem Problem der Routine, die von LyX zur Anzeige am + Bildschirm verwendet wird; sie sollte die Abbildung automatisch umskalieren, + so daß sie auf den Bildschirm paßt, so wie auch Sie sie umskalieren müssen, + damit sie auf die Seite paßt. + Die beiden anderen Fälle sind Tabellen und Gleichungen, die breiter als + das LyX-Fenster sind. + Das ist in der Tat ein Problem und wird in einer der kommenden Versionen + von LyX behoben werden. + Zumindest für Tabellen existiert mittlerweile eine Teillösung: Sie können + mit den Pfeiltasten horizontal in einer zu breiten Tabelle navigieren. +\layout Subsubsection + +Dialoge +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dialoge} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Praktisch alle LyX-Dialoge haben drei grundlegende Schaltflächen: +\family sans +OK +\family default +, +\family sans +\bar under +Ü +\bar default +bernehmen +\family default + und +\family sans +Schließen +\family default + oder +\family sans +Abbrechen +\family default +. + Beim öffnen eines Dialogfensters ist meist nur der +\family sans +Schließen +\family default +-Schalter aktiviert. + Erst nachdem Sie etwas ausgewählt oder eingetippt haben, ändert er sich + nach +\family sans +Abbrechen, +\family default + und die anderen werden aktiviert. + Viele haben auch einen +\family sans +\bar under +Z +\bar default +urücksetzen +\family default +-Schalter. + +\family sans + OK +\family default + und +\family sans +Schließen +\family default + sind wohl selbsterklärend, die Schaltfläche +\family sans +\bar under +Ü +\bar default +bernehmen +\family default + führt die ausgewählte(n) Aktion(en) durch, schließt den Dialog jedoch nicht. + +\family sans +OK +\family default + entspricht im Prinzip einem +\family sans +\bar under +Ü +\bar default +bernehmen +\family default +, gefolgt von einem +\family sans +Schließen +\family default +. + +\family sans +\bar under +Z +\bar default +urücksetzen +\family default + ist recht nützlich, wenn Sie in einem Dialog Änderungen vorgenommen haben, + diese aber auf die derzeit eingestellten Werte zurücksetzen wollen. + Für alle vier Aktionen gibt es auch Tastaturkürzel: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +OK +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{OK} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + ist wie bei den meisten Programmen mit der Eingabetaste ( +\family sans +Return +\family default +) belegt. +\layout Itemize +\noindent + +\family sans +\bar under +Ü +\bar default +bernehmen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Ubernehmen@Übernehmen} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + wird durch +\family sans +Alt+Ü +\family default + aktiviert. + (Falls Sie mit dem Ausdruck +\family sans +Alt+Ü +\family default + nichts anfangen können lesen Sie bitte Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:key bindings} + +\end_inset + +.) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Schließen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schließen} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + ist auf die +\family sans +ESC- +\family default +Taste gelegt. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +Z +\bar default +urücksetzen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zurucksetzen@Zurücksetzen} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + wird mit +\family sans +Alt+Z +\family default + aufgerufen. +\layout Standard + +Einige Dialogfenster haben weitere oder leicht unterschiedliche Schaltflächen, + doch keine Sorge, diese sind meist selbsterklärend. + Wir wollten nur die Funktionen +\family sans +\bar under +Ü +\bar default +bernehmen +\family default + und +\family sans +\bar under +Z +\bar default +urücksetzen +\family default + irgendwo erklären. +\layout Subsection + +HILFE! +\layout Standard + +Zunächst die schlechte Nachricht: Das Hilfesystem ist nicht so umfangreich + und einfach wie in vielen kommerziellen Anwendungen. + Haben Sie Geduld, es wird daran gearbeitet. +\layout Standard +\noindent +Doch nun zu den guten Nachrichten: Das Hilfesystem besteht aus den LyX-Handbüche +rn, die Sie alle direkt in LyX lesen können. + Wählen Sie einfach das gewünschte Dokument aus dem Menü +\family sans +\bar under +H +\bar default +ilfe +\family default + aus. +\layout Standard + +Und aus gegebenem Anlaß gleich noch ein Hinweis zu den Handbüchern: Sie + sind nicht idiotensicher, nicht im geringsten. + Dazu ein Zitat von +\noun on +John Weiss +\noun default +, einem der Autoren, über Handbücher: +\layout Quotation + +Ich hasse Handbücher. +\layout Quotation + +Jeder hatte schon einmal mit zu knappen, schlecht übersetzten oder unverständlic +hen Handbüchern zu tun. + Sie sind ärgerlich. + Ich finde jedoch, daß zu einfache Handbücher sogar noch ärgerlicher sind. + Zunächst wird die Hälfte der Zeit damit verbracht, dem Benutzer zu erklären, + wie er mit der Maus umgeht, was ein Menü ist und so weiter und so fort. + Bitte, wenn ein Benutzer wirklich keine Ahnung hat, wie er seinen Computer + oder die Bedieneroberfläche benutzen kann, dann soll er erst einmal das + lernen, +\emph on +bevor +\emph default + er irgendein größeres Programm startet. +\layout Quotation + +Weiterhin scheint die Art von Information, die in derartigen Texten gegeben + wird, anzunehmen, daß der Leser dumm ist. + Das ist völliger Unsinn! Meiner Erfahrung nach sind die meisten Benutzer + eine Mischung aus ahnungslos und eingeschüchtert, aber nicht dumm. + Wenn jemand wirklich sehr langsam beim Lernen von neuen Dingen ist, benötigt + er Hilfe, die ihm ein Computerhandbuch nicht geben kann. +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Hinweis des Editors: Mit dieser Bemerkung im Hinterkopf habe ich alle anderen + Autoren dazu angehalten, Sie, die Leser, nicht gönnerhaft zu behandeln + und eher pädagogisch als pedantisch zu sein. + Und für diejenigen, die zu faul zum Lesen und Verstehen der Handbücher + sind -- nun, wie es in Amerika heißt, es gibt kein kostenloses Mittagessen. + -- jw +\layout Section + +Die LyX-Schnittstelle +\layout Subsection + +Einfache Datei-Befehle +\layout Standard + +Im Menü +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei +\family default + finden Sie die 9 einfachen Datei-Befehle einer jeden Textverarbeitung und + einige fortgeschrittenere: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +N +\bar default +eu (Strg+N) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Neu von +\bar under +V +\bar default +orlage\SpecialChar \ldots{} + (Umschalt+Strg+N) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Ö +\bar under +f +\bar default +fnen\SpecialChar \ldots{} + (Strg+O) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +S +\bar under +c +\bar default +hließen (Strg+W) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +S +\bar default +peichern (Strg+S) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Speichern +\bar under +u +\bar default +nter\SpecialChar \ldots{} + (Umschalt+Strg+S) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +W +\bar default +ieder herstellen (Strg+R) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +rucken\SpecialChar \ldots{} + (Strg+P) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +eenden (Strg+Q) +\layout Standard + +Bis auf ein paar kleine Unterschiede machen sie dasselbe wie bei jeder anderen + Textverarbeitung. + Der Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Neu\SpecialChar ~ +von\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +V +\bar default +orlage\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + erfragt den Namen einer Vorlage, die verwendet werden soll. + Mit der Auswahl einer Vorlagedatei werden automatisch verschiedene Layout-Einst +ellungen aktiviert, die Sie sonst von Hand verändern müßten. + Derartige Vorlagen können für alle möglichen Textklassen verwendet werden, + sie bieten sich aber vor allem für Briefe an (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:doc-classes} + +\end_inset + +). +\layout Standard + +Hinweis: Es gibt keine Standarddatei oder ein Dokument +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +unbenannt +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, das automatisch geladen wird. + Solange Sie nicht selber eine Datei öffnen oder neu anlegen, ist der leere + Bereich auf dem Bildschirm genau das -- ein großer, leerer Bereich. +\layout Standard + +Der Befehl +\family sans +\bar under +W +\bar default +ieder\SpecialChar ~ +herstellen +\family default + lädt das aktuelle Dokument neu von der Festplatte. + Damit können Sie einen Text, den Sie aus Versehen editiert haben, wieder + in den Originalzustand bringen, außerdem ist er hilfreich, wenn mehrere + Personen an einem Text arbeiten. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie das vorhaben, sollten Sie sich die Unterstützung für Versionskontrolle + im Dokument +\emph on +Profi-Tipps +\emph default + ansehen. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Der letzte Hinweis betrifft die Menüpunkte +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +S +\bar under +c +\bar default +hließen +\family default + und +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +B +\bar default +eenden +\family default +. + Wenn Sie eine bearbeitete Datei schließen oder LyX beenden wollen, werden + Sie gefragt, ob Sie vorher geänderte Dateien speichern wollen. +\layout Subsection + +Einfache Editier-Funktionen +\layout Standard + +Wie bei den meisten gängigen Textverarbeitungen können Sie auch bei LyX + Textblöcke ausschneiden und kopieren, sich zeichen-, wort- oder seitenweise + durch den Text bewegen und ganze Worte oder auch einzelne Zeichen löschen. + In den folgenden vier Abschnitten werden diese Funktionen beschrieben. + Den Anfang macht das Ausschneiden und Kopieren. +\layout Standard + +Wie zu erwarten, finden Sie diese Befehle im Menü +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten +\family default +, zusammen mit einigen weiteren Funktionen zur Textbearbeitung. + Einige von ihnen sind von besonderer Bedeutung und werden später gesondert + behandelt. + Die grundlegenden Befehle sind: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +A +\bar default +usschneiden +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Ausschneiden} + +\end_inset + +, Strg+X +\family default + oder +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/cut.png + BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Damit +\family typewriter +.xpm +\family default +-Bilder bei der Druckvorschau keine LaTeX-Fehlermeldungen erzeugen, sollten + Sie ImageMagick installiert haben oder etwas Vergleichbares. +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +K +\bar default +opieren +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Kopieren} + +\end_inset + +, Strg+C +\family default +oder +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/copy.png + BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp + +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Einfugen@Einfügen} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + , +\family sans +Strg+V +\family default + oder +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/paste.png + width 0.9cm + height 0.9cm + BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp + rotateOrigin center + +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +inden\SpecialChar ~ +&\SpecialChar ~ +Ersetzen\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Finden \& Ersetzen} + +\end_inset + + +\family default +oder +\family sans + Strg+F +\layout Standard + +Die ersten drei sind selbsterklärend, lediglich ein Punkt ist erwähnenswert: + Wenn Sie ein Stück Text löschen, das Sie markiert hatten, wird der gelöschte + Text automatisch in den Zwischenspeicher kopiert. + Das heißt, die Tasten +\family sans +Entf +\family default + und +\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ +\end_inset + + (Backspace) arbeiten ebenfalls wie der Befehl +\family sans +\bar under +A +\bar default +usschneiden +\family default +. + Auch müssen Sie aufpassen, wenn Sie Textstellen markiert haben. + Wenn Sie in diesem Moment eine Taste drücken, wird der markierte Text gelöscht + und durch den neu eingegebenen Text ersetzt. + Sie müssen dann den gelöschten Text mit dem Befehl +\family sans +\bar under +R +\bar default +ückgängig +\family default + ( +\family sans +Strg+Z +\family default +) zurückholen. +\layout Standard + +Das Menü +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +F +\bar default +inden\SpecialChar ~ +&\SpecialChar ~ +Ersetzen\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + öffnet das Dialogfenster +\family sans +Ly +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +X:\SpecialChar ~ +Finden\SpecialChar ~ +&\SpecialChar ~ +Ersetzen +\family default +. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Die Klammerung Ly{}X in der +\family typewriter +.lyx +\family default +-Datei verhindert, daß aus L\SpecialChar ~ +y\SpecialChar ~ +X LyX wird, ebenso bei LaTeX, TeX usw. +\end_inset + + Den zu suchenden Text tragen Sie im Feld +\family sans +\bar under +S +\bar default +uche: +\family default + ein. + Mit der Schaltfläche +\family sans +\bar under + +\bar default +Nächstes +\family default + wird der Text gesucht. + Die Suchrichtung ist normalerweise vorwärts, es sei denn, +\family sans +Rückwärt +\bar under +s +\bar default +\SpecialChar ~ +suchen +\family default + ist aktiviert. + Wurde der Suchbegriff gefunden, wird er markiert. + Wenn Sie dann +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +rsetzen +\family default + anklicken, wird der markierte Begriff durch den Inhalt des Feldes +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +rsetzen\SpecialChar ~ +durch: +\family default + ersetzt. + Dann können Sie weitersuchen. + Wenn Sie +\family sans +\bar under +A +\bar default +lles\SpecialChar ~ +ersetzen +\family default + anklicken, werden unabhängig davon, wo der Cursor im Dokument gerade steht, + wirklich ALLE Suchbegriffe ersetzt. + Ist das Feld +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +rsetzen\SpecialChar ~ +durch: +\family default + leer, wird der Suchbegriff gelöscht. +\layout Standard + +Über den Umschaltknopf +\family sans +\bar under +G +\bar default +roß-/Kleinschr.\SpecialChar ~ +beachten +\family default + können Sie festlegen, ob bei der Suche die Schreibweise berücksichtigt + werden soll. + Ist sie aktiv, wird zum Beispiel bei der Suche nach +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Treffen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + das Wort +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +treffen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + nicht gefunden. +\layout Standard + +Der Umschaltknopf +\family sans +Ganzes\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +W +\bar default +ort +\family default + schaltet den Modus +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +nur ganze Worte finden +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + ein und aus. + Dann wird beispielsweise bei der Suche nach +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Treff +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + das Wort +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Treffer +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + nicht gefunden. +\layout Subsection + + +\family sans +\bar under +R +\bar default +ückgängig +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Ruckgängig@Rückgängig} + +\end_inset + + ( +\family sans +Strg+Z +\family default +) und +\family sans +\bar under +W +\bar default +iederholen +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Wiederholen} + +\end_inset + + ( +\family sans +Umschalt+Strg+Z +\family default +) +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie einen Fehler machen, können Sie diesen leicht ungeschehen machen, + denn LyX verfügt über einen sehr großen Speicher für Änderungen. + Wählen Sie die Funktion +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +R +\bar default +ückgängig +\family default + ( +\family sans +Strg+Z +\family default +), um einen falschen Arbeitsschritt zurückzunehmen. + Wenn Sie dabei versehentlich zu weit zurückgehen, können Sie mit +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +W +\bar default +iederholen +\family default + ( +\family sans +Umschalt+Strg+Z +\family default +) das Rückgängigmachen schrittweise wieder zurücknehmen. + Derzeit ist die Anzahl der zurücknehmbaren Schritte auf 100 beschränkt, + um den Speicherverbrauch zu verringern. +\layout Standard + +Auf diese Weise lassen sich Änderungen natürlich nur bis zu dem Zeitpunkt + zurücknehmen, als Sie das Dokument geöffnet haben, ebenso funktioniert + +\family sans +\bar under +W +\bar default +iederholen +\family default + nur bis zur letzten gemachten Änderung. + Sonst sind die entsprechenden Menüpunkte grau unterlegt und nicht anwählbar. + Bitte beachten Sie auch, daß, wenn Sie in einem Dokument alle gemachten + Änderungen zurücknehmen, trotzdem der Status des Dokumentes als +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +geändert +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + erhalten bleibt. + Dies ist mit der oben erwähnten Beschränkung auf 100 Änderungsschritte + verbunden. +\layout Standard + +Die Funktionen +\family sans +\bar under +R +\bar default +ückgängig +\family default + und +\family sans +\bar under +W +\bar default +iederholen +\family default + sind auf fast alle Bearbeitungsschritte anwendbar, jedoch gibt es ein paar + Eigenheiten. + So arbeiten sie beispielsweise nicht zeichenorientiert, sondern textblockweise; + das kann anfangs etwas gewöhnungsbedürftig sein. + Probieren Sie ein wenig mit diesen Funktionen herum, um ein Gefühl dafür + zu bekommen, wieviel Text in einem solchen Block enthalten ist, und Sie + werden sich hoffentlich bald daran gewöhnt haben. + Außerdem funktioniert +\family sans +\bar under +W +\bar default +iederholen +\bar under + +\family default +\bar default +nicht im Mathematikmodus. + Ein Tip dazu: Wenn Sie in den Mathematikmodus wechseln, dort eine Gleichung + ändern und dann den Mathematikmodus verlassen, stellt ein +\family sans +\bar under +R +\bar default +ückgängig +\family default + die Gleichung so wieder her, wie sie war, bevor Sie in den Mathematikmodus + gewechselt sind. +\layout Subsection + +Die Grundfunktionen der Maus +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Mausfunktionen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +An dieser Stelle sollen nur die grundlegenden Operationen beschrieben werden, + die mit der Maus durchgeführt werden können. + In anderen Abschnitten dieses Dokumentes werden Sie weitere, spezielle + Funktionen kennenlernen. +\layout Enumerate + +Positionieren +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Einfaches Klicken mit der +\emph on +linken +\emph default +Maustaste positioniert den Textcursor unter den Mauscursor. +\layout Itemize + +Der Rollbalken funktioniert so wie in anderen Programmen +\layout Itemize + +Querverweise +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Ein Klick mit der +\emph on +rechten +\emph default + Maustaste springt zu der Stelle, auf die verwiesen wird. +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Text markieren +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Halten Sie die +\emph on +linke +\emph default + Maustaste gedrückt und bewegen Sie die Maus. + LyX markiert den Text zwischen der alten und der neuen Position des Mauszeigers. + Mit +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +K +\bar default +opieren, Strg+C +\family default + oder +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/copy.png + BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp + +\end_inset + + übernehmen Sie den markierten Text in den internen Kopierspeicher von LyX. +\layout Itemize + +Positionieren Sie den Textcursor neu und fügen Sie die Auswahl mit +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen, Strg+V +\family default + oder +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/paste.png + BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp + rotateOrigin center + +\end_inset + + in den Text ein. +\layout Itemize + +Wenn Sie die Auswahl durch Klicken mit der +\emph on +mittleren +\emph default + Maustaste in den Text einzufügen, verwendet LyX anstelle des eigenen Kopierspei +chers den X-Puffer. + Der Text wird derselbe sein, jedoch gehen dabei sämtliche Formatierungen + verloren. + Dennoch ist dieser Mechanismus praktisch, wenn Sie Textabschnitte aus anderen + X-Anwendungen in ein Dokument einfügen wollen. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Fußnoten, Randnotizen, Gleitobjekte (Abbildungen und Tabellen) usw. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Ein einfaches Klicken mit der +\emph on +linken +\emph default + Maustaste öffnet oder schließt jedes dieser Objekte. + Beachten Sie außerdem die entsprechenden Abschnitte dieses Handbuches. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Tabellen +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Ein einfaches Klicken mit der +\emph on +rechten +\emph default + Maustaste öffnet ein Dialogfenster, mit dem Sie die Tabelle verändern können. +\end_deeper +\layout Subsection + +Grundlegende Tastaturfunktionen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tastaturfunktionen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:key bindings} + +\end_inset + +Auch hier werden nur einige grundlegende Tastaturfunktionen beschrieben. + Generell sollten Sie mit der Tastatur vertraut sein, ansonsten finden Sie + im +\emph on +Referenzhandbuch +\emph default + eine Zusammenstellung +\emph on +aller +\emph default + Tastaturfunktionen. + In jedem Fall sollten Sie bedenken, daß es in LyX zwei grundlegende Schemata + der Tastaturbelegungen gibt, CUA und Emacs. + Sie werden sicherlich fluchen, wenn Sie +\family sans +Strg+D +\family default + drücken, um ein Zeichen zu löschen, und stattdessen eine DVI-Ansicht gestartet + wird (oder umgekehrt). + +\layout Standard + +Einige Tasten wie +\family sans +Bild +\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$ +\end_inset + +, Bild +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$ +\end_inset + + +\family default + und +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + + machen genau das, was Sie von ihnen erwarten. + Andere tun dies nicht: +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Tab +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tab} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + In LyX gibt es keine Tabulatoren. + Wenn Ihnen das unverständlich erscheint, sollten Sie zunächst die Abschnitte + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:parindentintro} + +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:par-environments} + +\end_inset + + und insbesondere +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:parenvlists} + +\end_inset + + lesen, bevor Sie hier weiterlesen. + Im Zweifelsfall werfen Sie auch nochmals einen Blick in das +\emph on +Tutorium +\emph default +. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie unbedingt etwas Tabulatorähnliches benötigen, können Sie das meistens + durch eine Tabelle ohne Rahmen simulieren, siehe auch +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:tables} + +\end_inset + +. +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Esc +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Esc} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + Dies ist die +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Abbruchtaste +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Sie wird normalerweise eingesetzt, um Vorgänge abzubrechen. + Näheres erfahren Sie in späteren Abschnitten dieses Dokumentes. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Pos +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +1 +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Pos 1} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ + +\family default +und\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Ende +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Ende} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + Diese Tasten positionieren den Textcursor an den Anfang bzw.\SpecialChar ~ +das Ende der + aktuellen Zeile. + Wenn Sie die Emacs-Tastenbelegung verwenden, erfolgt die Positionierung + an den Anfang bzw.\SpecialChar ~ +das Ende des Dokumentes. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Formula $\longleftarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\family default +\SpecialChar ~ +und\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Entf +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Entf} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + Vorausgesetzt Ihre Tastatur ist im X-Window-System korrekt eingestellt, + löscht +\family sans + +\begin_inset Formula $\longleftarrow$ +\end_inset + + (Backspace +\family default +) das Zeichen links und +\family sans +Entf +\family default + das Zeichen rechts vom Cursor (falls kein Text markiert ist). +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Falls Ihre Tastatur nicht richtig eingestellt ist oder Sie keine Vorstellung + davon haben, was hier gemeint ist, dann lesen Sie bitte in +\emph on +Anpassung +\emph default + nach. + Sie werden sich dadurch einige Probleme ersparen. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Weiterhin gibt es die Modifiziertasten: +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Strg +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Strg} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +(Control) +\family default + Diese hat eine unterschiedliche Bedeutung, je nachdem mit welcher anderen + Taste sie gedrückt wird: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Zusammen mit +\family sans +Backspace +\family default + oder +\family sans +Entf +\family default + wird anstelle eines einzelnen Zeichens ein ganzes Wort gelöscht. +\layout Itemize + +Zusammen mit +\family sans + +\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\family default + und +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + + können Sie den Cursor wortweise bewegen. +\layout Itemize + +Zusammen mit +\family sans +Pos +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +1 +\family default + und +\family sans +Ende +\family default + bewegen Sie den Cursor an den Anfang bzw.\SpecialChar ~ +das Ende des Dokumentes. +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Umschalt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Umschalt} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Formula $\Uparrow$ +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +(Shift) +\family default + Zusammen mit den Cursortasten können Sie den Text zwischen der alten und + der neuen Cursorposition markieren. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Alt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Alt} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +(Meta) +\family default + Auch sie hat viele mögliche Funktionen, aber generell wird sie als Menüfunktion +staste eingesetzt. + Wenn Sie sie zusammen mit einem der in den Menüs unterstrichenen Zeichen + drücken, wird die entsprechende Menüfunktion aktiviert. + Beispielsweise entspricht +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Alt+B\SpecialChar ~ +E +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\family default + dem Befehl +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Einfügen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Es gibt noch weitere Funktionen, die über die +\family sans +Alt +\family default +-Taste angesprochen werden können. + Weitere Informationen entnehmen Sie bitte dem +\emph on +Referenzhandbuch +\emph default +. +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Compose +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Compose} + +\end_inset + + +\family default +Diese Taste ist die Kombination +\family sans + Umschalt+AltGr +\family default + und/oder die rechte +\family sans +Windoof +\family default +-Taste (rechts von +\family sans +AltGr +\family default +). + Sie ist besonders dann hilfreich, wenn man Buchstaben mit Akzenten oder + andere zusammengesetzte Zeichen nur manchmal benutzt. + Hier sind einige Beispiele dafür, was Sie mit der +\family sans +Compose +\family default +-Taste machen können: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Compose\SpecialChar ~ +e\SpecialChar ~ +' +\family default + +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + + é +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Compose\SpecialChar ~ +O\SpecialChar ~ +R +\family default + +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + + ® +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Compose\SpecialChar ~ +1\SpecialChar ~ +2 +\family default + +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + + ½ +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Compose\SpecialChar ~ +<\SpecialChar ~ +< +\family default + +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + + « +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Mit der Zeit werden Sie sicherlich weitere Tastenbelegungen und Tastaturkürzel + lernen, denn LyX zeigt bei fast allen Aktionen im Minipuffer (der Zeile + ganz unten im LyX-Fenster) einige Informationen an, die den Namen der aufgerufe +nen Funktion sowie alle mit dieser Funktion belegten Tastenkombinationen + enthalten. + Die verwendete Notation ist dabei dieselbe wie auch in den Texten der Dokumenta +tion, Sie sollten also keine Verständnisprobleme haben. + Beachten Sie aber in jedem Fall, daß die Umschalttaste ( +\family sans +Shift +\family default +) immer explizit mitangegeben wird. + Zum Beispiel bedeutet +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +M-p S-A +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Alt+P +\family default + gefolgt von einem großen +\family sans +A +\family default + ( +\family sans +Alt+P\SpecialChar ~ +Umschalt+A +\family default +), +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +S-C-S +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + bedeutet +\family sans +Umschalt+Strg+S +\family default + ( +\family sans +Umschalt+Strg+S +\family default +). +\layout Section + +Wie man LyX zusammen mit anderen Programmen benutzt +\layout Subsection + +ASCII-Dateien +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Datei!importieren} + +\end_inset + + importieren +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:ASCII-Dateien-importieren} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Sie können Text aus einer ASCII-Datei mit zwei Befehlen in LyX einfügen: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +I +\bar default +mportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +A +\bar default +SCII\SpecialChar ~ +Text\SpecialChar ~ +als\SpecialChar ~ +Zeilen\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + erzeugt aus jeder Zeile der Datei einen eigenen Absatz im LyX-Dokument. + Dies ist praktisch, wenn Sie beispielsweise eine einfache Liste übernehmen + wollen. + Wenn die ASCII-Datei jedoch bereits selber eine Absatzstruktur aufweist, + wird LyX diese bei dieser Form der Einbindung durcheinanderbringen. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +I +\bar default +mportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator +ASCII\SpecialChar ~ +Text\SpecialChar ~ +als\SpecialChar ~ +Absätze\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + erhält die in der Datei vorhandene Absatzstruktur. + Oft sind in einer ASCII-Datei die Absätze nicht jeweils in einer eigenen + Zeile enthalten, sondern durch Zeilenumbrüche formatiert. + Die Methode +\family sans +als\SpecialChar ~ +Absätze +\family default + faßt allen Text zwischen zwei Leerzeilen in einem eigenen Absatz zusammen. + Aber beachten Sie bitte: Die Zeile zwischen zwei Absätzen muß +\emph on +vollständig leer +\emph default + sein. + Ist sie das nicht, faßt LyX sie zu einem einzigen Absatz zusammen. +\layout Subsection + +Ausschneiden und Kopieren zwischen LyX und anderen Programmen +\layout Standard + +Mit den Funktionen +\family sans +\bar under +A +\bar default +usschneiden +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Ausschneiden} + +\end_inset + + ( +\family sans +Strg+X +\family default +), +\family sans +\bar under +K +\bar default +opieren +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Kopieren} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + ( +\family sans +Strg+C +\family default +) und +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Einfugen@Einfügen} + +\end_inset + + (Strg+V) +\family default + können Sie Text zwischen LyX und anderen X-Fenstern transferieren. +\layout Standard + +So können Sie Text von LyX in andere X-Fenster kopieren: Markieren Sie den + Text in LyX, dann wechseln Sie in das andere X-Fenster und fügen den Text + mit der mittleren Maustaste +\family sans + +\family default +einfügen. +\layout Standard + +Das Einfügen von Text in LyX funktioniert fast genauso wie in X. + Markieren Sie den gewünschten Text in einem anderen X-Fenster. + Wechseln Sie zum LyX-Fenster und fügen die Auswahl mit der mittleren Maustaste + ein. +\layout Chapter + +Die LyX-Einrichtung und unterstützende Anwendungen +\layout Section + +Einleitung +\layout Standard + +Wenn jemand LyX für Sie eingerichtet hat, können Sie dieses Kapitel ruhig + überspringen. + Es beschreibt alles, was Sie außer dem LyX-Programm und den mitgelieferten + Dateien benötigen. +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie LyX selber installiert haben, +\emph on +sollten Sie alle README-Dateien, die zusammen mit LyX kamen, lesen und dann + +\family sans +\emph default +\bar under +H +\bar default +ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +K +\bar default +onfiguration. + +\family default +Das ist das Erste, was Sie tun sollten. + Dieses Kapitel beschreibt +\series bold +nicht +\series default +, wie man LyX installiert oder einrichtet, sondern es beschreibt alles, + was Sie benötigen, um alle Möglichkeiten von LyX ausnützen zu können. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Hier wollten wir hauptsächlich einige Informationen darüber festhalten, + wie man LyX benutzt, einschließlich der anderen Programme, die man benötigt, + damit LyX nützlich wird. +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +LyX-Grundeinstellungen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Grundeinstellungen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:setup} + +\end_inset + +Es gibt zwei Möglichkeiten, LyX zu starten. + Die erste ist, LyX und alle Hilfsprogramme und -dateien auf Ihrem System + zu installieren. + Dazu brauchen Sie natürlich +\emph on +root +\emph default +-Privilegien. + Die zweite Möglichkeit, LyX zu starten, erfordert keine +\emph on +root +\emph default +-Privilegien. + Sie +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +installieren +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + LyX einfach als Benutzer. + LyX wird selber feststellen, wo es sich befindet, wenn nur die Hilfsverzeichnis +se an den richtigen Stellen sind. +\layout Standard + +Es gibt einige LyX-Funktionen, die innerhalb von LyX konfiguriert werden + können, ohne Konfigurationsdateien bearbeiten zu müssen. + Zunächst einmal kann LyX Ihr System untersuchen, um festzustellen, was + für Programme, LaTeX-Dokument-Klassen und LaTeX-Pakete verfügbar sind. + LyX wird diese Informationen dazu verwenden, in der Datei +\family typewriter +preferences +\family default + vernünftige Werte für einige Variablen einzutragen. + Obwohl diese Konfiguration bereits während der LyX-Installation durchgeführt + wurde, gibt es vielleicht einige Dinge, die Sie lokal installiert haben + und die LyX nicht sehen kann. + Um LyX zu zwingen, Ihr System noch einmal zu durchforsten, sollten Sie + +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Neu\SpecialChar ~ +k +\bar under +o +\bar default +nfigurieren +\family default + wählen. + Dann sollten Sie LyX neu starten, damit die Änderungen wirksam werden. + Soweit LaTeX-Klassen und LaTeX-Pakete betroffen sind, finden Sie diese + Informationen unter +\family sans +\bar under +H +\bar default +ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +aT +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX\SpecialChar ~ +Konfiguration +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Der zweite Satz Einstellungen, den Sie vielleicht ändern wollen, besteht + aus den allgemeinen Einstellungen für Dokumente, die Sie im +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat +\family default +-Menü ändern können, zum Beispiel +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} +. + +\family default +Zum Ändern öffnen Sie irgendein Dokument, machen Ihre Einstellungen und + speichern sie unter +\family sans + +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\bar under +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar default +Als\SpecialChar ~ +Dokument- +\bar under +S +\bar default +tandards\SpecialChar ~ +speichern +\family default +. + Dadurch wird eine Vorlage mit dem Namen +\family typewriter +defaults.lyx +\family default + erzeugt, die automatisch von LyX geladen wird, wenn Sie ein Dokument ohne + Vorlage öffnen. + So stehen Ihnen Ihre Standardeinstellungen automatisch zur Verfügung. +\layout Standard + +Es gibt viele andere benutzerdefinierbare Optionen, die man in LyX speichern + kann. + Beim Start liest LyX eine globale Konfigurationsdatei mit dem Namen +\family typewriter +lyxrc.defaults +\family default +. + Danach wird versucht, in Ihrem Heimatverzeichnis die Datei +\family typewriter +~/.lyx/preferences +\family default + zu lesen. + Über das Dialogfenster +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +E +\bar under +i +\bar default +nstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + können viele LyX-Voreinstellungen geändert werden. + Das Dokument +\emph on +Anpassung +\emph default +enthält weitere Informationen hierzu. +\layout Section + +LaTeX +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{LaTeX} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie mehr mit LyX machen wollen als nur Dokumente schreiben und +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default +-Dateien ausgeben, dann benötigen Sie LaTeX-Kenntnisse. +\layout Standard + +Falls Sie es nicht wissen, LaTeX ist eine Erweiterung von TeX. + Es bereitet Dokumente vor und wurde 1984 von +\noun on +Donald Knuth +\noun default + entwickelt. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Eine Bemerkung zur Aussprache: TeX ist von griechischen Buchstaben abgeleitet, + +\begin_inset Formula $\tau\epsilon\chi$ +\end_inset + +, was wie +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Blech +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + ausgesprochen wird. + Man sagt also +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +tech +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +latech +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +tex +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +latex +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + LyX allerdings spricht sich +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +lyx +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +! +\end_inset + + TeX liest Befehle aus einer ASCII-Datei und konvertiert sie in ein DVI-Format + ( +\emph on +device-independent +\emph default +). + Die DVI-Datei kann dann an einen Drucker gesendet werden. + TeX ist programmierbar, und LaTeX ist nichts als ein (sehr großer) Satz + von TeX-Makros. + LaTeX ist normalerweise Teil einer TeX-Distribution, das heißt Sie benötigen + nur das TeX-Paket. +\layout Standard + +Es gibt zur Zeit zwei LaTeX-Versionen. + Die eine ist das ältere LaTeX 2.09, welches bereits seit 1994 überholt ist; + die andere das neuere LaTeX2e. + LyX kann nur mit LaTeX2e zusammenarbeiten, nicht mit der älteren Version + 2.09. + Das wird normalerweise nur bei alten Universitätssystemen aufkommen. + Wenn Sie Linux innerhalb der letzten fünf Jahre auf einem PC installiert + haben und das mitgelieferte TeX-Paket (entweder teTeX oder NTeX), sollte + alles in Ordnung sein. +\layout Standard + +Noch einmal in aller Deutlichkeit: +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 0.23cm \added_space_bottom 0.23cm \align center +LyX +\emph on +KANN NUR MIT +\emph default +LaTeX2e +\emph on +ARBEITEN +\emph default +!!! +\layout Standard + +Wenn auf Ihrem System die Version 2.09 ist, lassen Sie LaTeX2e von Ihrem + Systemadministrator installieren. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Falls Sie das nicht selber sind! +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie Linux benutzen, ist LaTeX2e wahrscheinlich in Ihrer Distribution + enthalten. + Sehen Sie sich die Anweisungen für Ihre Linux-Distribution (wahrscheinlich + eine CD-ROM) an und installieren Sie das TeX-Paket, wenn Sie es noch nicht + getan haben. + Alles, was Sie brauchen, ist dort, und noch ein paar Dinge, die Sie wahrscheinl +ich nicht brauchen werden. +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie auf einem anderen System arbeiten, werden Sie wahrscheinlich mit + Ihrem Systemadministrator sprechen müssen, damit TeX/LaTeX installiert + wird, falls es nicht vorhanden ist. +\layout Standard + +Haben wir übrigens erwähnt, daß LyX nur mit LaTeX2e arbeitet? +\layout Section + +Dvips und Ghostscript +\layout Subsection + +Was Sie benötigen +\layout Standard + +Da ist noch etwas, was Sie tun müssen, wenn Sie Ihre LyX-Dokumente drucken + wollen. + Natürlich muß Ihr Drucker richtig eingerichtet sein (siehe nächsten Abschnitt). + Außerdem müssen Sie die folgenden vier Programme (oder vergleichbare) installie +ren, wenn Sie sie noch nicht haben: +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +dvips +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +ghostscript +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +xdvi +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +gv +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +LyX benutzt +\family typewriter +gv +\family default + anstatt +\family typewriter +ghostview +\family default +, weil es eine bessere Schnittstelle besitzt. + Sie können aber auch andere PostScript®-Betrachter benutzen und das unter + +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +E +\bar under +i +\bar default +nstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Konvertierung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Formate\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +B +\bar default +etrachter: +\family default +festlegen +\family sans +. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Die letzten beiden Programme sind Betrachter für Dateien im DVI- und PostScript® +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +PostScript® ist ein eingetragenes Warenzeichen von Adobe Systems Incorporated. +\end_inset + +-Format. + Wenn Sie nicht wissen, was eine DVI-Datei ist, haben Sie wahrscheinlich + noch nie mit LaTeX gearbeitet und sollten jetzt das +\emph on +Tutorium +\emph default + lesen ( +\family sans +\bar under +H +\bar default +ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +T +\bar default +utorium), +\family default +bevor Sie weitermachen. + +\family typewriter + dvips +\family default + konvertiert DVI-Dateien nach PostScript®. + Dieses Format verstehen heutzutage die meisten Drucker. + Diejenigen, die Nadel- oder Tintenstrahldrucker benutzen, müssen PostScript® + durch +\family typewriter +ghostscript +\family default + filtern. + Es kann für viele Druckerarten eine Ausgabe erzeugen. + Der folgende Abschnitt über Druckereinrichtung beschreibt, wie man erreicht, + daß es bei jedem Druckvorgang automatisch geschieht. + Im Moment wollen wir uns auf +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + konzentrieren. +\layout Subsection + +Dvips +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dvips} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:dvipsconfig} + +\end_inset + +Ob Sie LyX auf einem großen System benutzen oder unter Linux zu Hause, auf + jeden Fall sollten Sie +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + konfigurieren. + +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +druckt +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + entweder in eine Datei oder sendet die Ausgabe direkt an den Drucker, abhängig + von der Einstellung. + Wenn in eine Datei gedruckt wird und kein Dateiname angegeben wird, wird + aus +\family typewriter +foo.dvi +\family default + +\family typewriter +foo.ps +\family default +. + Auf den meisten Systemen ist +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + so eingerichtet, daß die Ausgabe zum Standarddrucker geschickt wird. + Mit LyX möchten Sie vielleicht beide Möglichkeiten nutzen. +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie keine Lust haben, +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + so einzurichten, daß die Ausgebe an den Drucker geschickt wird, können + Sie diesen Abschnitt ruhig überspringen. + Aber seien Sie gewarnt, daß die Ausgabe nicht so gut werden könnte, wie + Sie es von Ihrem Drucker erwarten. + Aber es wird wenigstens gedruckt. +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie teTeX benutzen (eine TeX-Distribution, die bei Linux besonders + populär ist), sollten Sie das Programm +\family typewriter +texconfig +\family default + laufen lassen. + Damit +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + den Namen des Druckers kennt, sollten Sie als nächstes +\family sans +Dvips +\family default + auswählen und dann +\emph on +add +\emph default +. + Geben Sie die benötigten Parameter ein, wählen die Funktion +\family sans +Rehash +\family default + und beenden das Programm. +\layout Standard + +Nun zur manuellen Konfiguration: um +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + mitzuteilen, wie es eine DVI-Datei automagisch +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Ja, wir meinen das so! +\end_inset + + in eine +\family typewriter +.ps +\family default +-Datei für den Drucker +\family typewriter +foo +\family default + umformen kann, benötigen Sie die Konfigurationsdatei +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +config.foo +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, die irgendwo auf Ihrem System ist. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Unter Linux ist +\family typewriter +locate +\family default + ein guter Befehl zum Suchen. +\end_inset + + Normalerweise finden Sie die +\family typewriter +config.* +\family default +-Dateien für +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + in +\family typewriter +/usr/lib/texmf/dvips +\family default + für die meisten TeX-Distributionen. + Ihr System wird möglicherweise anders eingerichtet sein, also fangen Sie + im Hauptverzeichnis von TeX an, nach einem Unterverzeichnis namens +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + zu suchen. + Es wird da irgendwo sein. + +\layout Standard + +Normalerweise wird es mindestens eine Konfigurationsdatei geben: +\family typewriter +config.ps +\family default +. + Diese Datei enthält die Standard\SpecialChar \- +einstellungen, die +\emph on +immer +\emph default +von dvips +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Insbesondere setzt diese Datei keine namens +\family typewriter +ps +\family default + voraus. +\end_inset + + gelesen werden. + Lesen Sie die Datei und stellen Sie fest, welche Optionen Sie für Ihren + Drucker ändern müssen. + Dann schreiben Sie die Datei +\family typewriter +config.foo +\family default +, die nur die relevanten Zeilen enthält. +\layout Standard + +Es gibt mindestens eine Änderung, die Sie evtl. + in der config-Datei vornehmen müssen. + Es kann eine Zeile geben, die so aussieht: +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +o | lpr +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + (natürlich ohne die Anführungszeichen\SpecialChar \ldots{} +). + Ändern Sie sie in +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +o | lpr -Pfoo +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, so daß die Ausgabe standardmäßig zum Drucker +\family typewriter +foo +\family default + geschickt wird. + Außerdem sollten Sie sich die Einträge +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +M +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +D +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + ansehen, die den Metafont-Modus und die Druckerauf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +lösung festlegen. + Wenn Sie nicht wissen, was ein Metafont-Modus ist, es ist so eine Art Druckertr +eiber: er paßt die TeX-Fonts an um sicherzustellen, daß Sie das bestmögliche + Druckergebnis erhalten. + Seien Sie aber gewarnt, daß +\family typewriter + dvips +\family default + einige Kopien Ihrer TeX-Fonts auf der Festplatte speichert, wenn Sie mehrere + Metafont-Modi erzeugen, und das verschlingt wertvollen Speicherplatz. +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie sicher sind, daß Ihre Drucker richtig konfiguriert sind, sollten + Sie das LyX mitteilen, damit es diese Konfiguration benutzen kann. + Starten Sie dazu den Dialog +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +E +\bar under +i +\bar default +nstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + und tragen Sie die korrekten Namen und Befehle in +\family sans +Ausgabe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Drucker +\family default + unter +\family sans +Name: +\family default + und +\family sans +Druckerbefehl\SpecialChar ~ +und\SpecialChar ~ +Flags +\family default + ein. +\layout Standard + +Sie können soviele config-Dateien wie nötig benutzen, eine für jeden Drucker. + Der Standarddrucker für LyX kann im Dialog +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +E +\bar under +i +\bar default +nstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + festgelegt werden oder mit der +\family typewriter +PRINTER +\family default +-Umgebungsvariablen. + Sie können aber auch den gewünschten Drucker innerhalb von LyX auswählen, + so wie es in einem späteren Abschnitt beschrieben wird. + Wenn das alles fertig ist, können Sie von LyX aus entweder auf einem PostScript +®-Drucker oder in eine Datei drucken. + +\layout Standard + +Wenn Ihr Drucker PostScript® nicht versteht, benötigen Sie +\family typewriter +ghostscript +\family default + als Filter für Ihren Druckerspuler. + Das wird in vielen HOWTO und Handbüchern beschrieben. + Wir haben auch einen Abschnitt, in dem darüber etwas steht. +\layout Standard + +Einige scheinen die Kombination +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + plus +\family typewriter +ghostscript +\family default + nicht zu mögen. + Als Alternative können Sie ein Programm benutzen, das die DVI-Datei direkt + in Ihre Druckersprache übersetzt. + Sie können dieses Programm ebenfalls im Dialog +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +E +\bar under +i +\bar default +nstellungen\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + festlegen. + Ein Hauptnachteil dieser Methode ist, daß Sie keine PostScript®-Dateien + wie zum Beispiel Grafiken in Ihr Dokument einfügen können, weil die druckerspez +ifischen Umwandlungsprogramme PostScript® nicht verstehen. + Deshalb empfiehlt die LyX-Mannschaft, zum Drucken auf jeden Fall +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + und +\family typewriter +ghostscript +\family default + zu benutzen. + +\layout Subsection + +Ghostscript +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Ghostscript} + +\end_inset + +, Xdvi +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{xdvi} + +\end_inset + + und gv +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{gv} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +Xdvi +\family default + und +\family typewriter +gv +\family default + sind Dateibetrachter. + +\family typewriter +Xdvi +\family default + betrachtet DVI-Dateien, während +\family typewriter +gv +\family default + zusammen mit +\family typewriter +ghostscript +\family default + PostScript®-Dateien betrachtet. +\layout Standard + +Eine kurze Anmerkung zu beiden Programmen. + Beide aktualisieren ihre Ausgabe automatisch, wenn die betrachtete Datei +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +das ist die +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default +- oder +\family typewriter +.ps +\family default +-Datei, nicht die Quelldatei. +\end_inset + + geändert wurde. + Man kann eine Aktualisierung aber auch erzwingen. + Das bedeutet, daß Sie ein einmal geöffnetes Fenster nicht mehr schließen + müssen. + Beide Programme sind sehr ähnlich und haben dieselben Funktionen. +\layout Standard + +Die LyX-Mannschaft empfiehlt +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default +, um Dokumenten den letzten Schliff zu geben. + Warum? Es ist schneller, weil es einen Arbeitsschritt weniger gibt, bis + Sie die Änderungen sehen können. + Hier ist ein Beispiel: +\layout Enumerate + +Benutzen Sie +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + ( +\family sans +Ans +\bar under +i +\bar default +cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI +\family default + ( +\family sans +Strg+ +\family default +D)), um ein mit LyX geschriebenes Dokument zu betrachten und lassen das + Fenster geöffnet. +\layout Enumerate + +Ändern Sie das Dokument mit LyX. +\layout Enumerate + +Um die Änderungen zu sehen, wählen Sie +\family sans +Ans +\bar under +i +\bar default +cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +A +\bar default +ktualisieren +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI +\family default + ( +\family sans +Umschalt+Strg+D +\family default +). + Nachdem LaTeX fertig ist, klicken Sie in das +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default +-Fenster, und voilà! +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + aktualisiert die Darstellung. +\layout Standard + +Das bedeutet nun nicht, daß +\family typewriter +gv +\family default + nutzlos ist. + +\family typewriter +gv +\family default + ist besser für Gelegenheiten ausgerüstet, wo Sie die PostScript®-Version + des Dokuments betrachten +\emph on +müssen. + +\emph default +Für wiederholte Änderungen, die nicht von PostScript® abhängen, fahren Sie + mit +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + besser. +\layout Section + +Der Drucker +\layout Standard + +Wer auf einem großen System arbeitet, sollte keine Probleme haben. + +\size normal + +\size default +Ihr Systemadministrator +\size normal +(o +\size default +de +\size normal +r +\size default +Sie, wenn Sie es sind +\size normal +) s +\size default +ollte bereits die Drucker für das System eingerichtet haben +\size normal +. + +\size default +Sie müssen nur den Namen des Druckers herausfinden, den Sie benutzen wollen, +\size normal + +\size default +u +\size normal +nd +\size default +Ihre +\size normal + +\size default +Einstellungen wie im letzten Absatz beschrieben konfigurieren. +\layout Standard + +Wer aber +\size normal +Linux +\size default + benutzt +\size normal +, h +\size default +at ein wenig mehr Arbeit +\size normal +. + +\size default +Viele erhalten jetzt eine +\size normal +Linux +\size default +-D +\size normal +istribution +\size default +auf +\size normal +CD-ROM +\size default +\SpecialChar \@. + +\size normal + +\size default +Sie befolgen die Installationsvorschriften und bekommen +\size normal + Linux +\size default +zum Laufen +\size normal +, +\size default +aber sind sich nie klar darüber, daß sie ihren Drucker einrichten müssen +\size normal +. + +\size default + Wir haben im +\emph on +Anpassung +\emph default +-Handbuch ( +\family sans +\bar under +H +\bar default +ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +A +\bar default +npassung +\family default +) ein Kapitel +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Eine Anleitung für Drucker +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\emph default +geschrieben, das Ihnen ein wenig dabei helfen kann. + +\layout Chapter + +LyX-Grundlagen +\layout Section + +Dokumenttypen +\layout Subsection + +Einleitung +\layout Standard + +Bevor Sie anfangen, ein Dokument zu schreiben, müssen Sie entscheiden, was + für eine +\emph on +Art +\emph default +von Dokument Sie wollen. + Unterschiedliche Dokumentarten benutzen unterschiedliche Typen für Zwischenräum +e, Überschriften, Numerierungen, usw. + Außerdem benutzen unterschiedliche Dokumente unterschiedliche Absatzumgebungen + und formatieren Dokumenttitel unterschiedlich. +\layout Standard + +Eine +\emph on +Dokumentklasse +\emph default + beschreibt eine Gruppe von Eigenschaften, die eine bestimmte Menge von + Dokumenten gemeinsam haben. + Durch die Wahl der Dokumentklasse legt man diese Eigenschaften automagisch + fest und erleichtert die Erschaffung des gewünschten Dokumentes. + Wenn Sie keine Dokumentklasse wählen, nimmt LyX die Standardklasse. + Dann aber müssen Sie eventuell die Dokumentklasse ändern. +\layout Standard + +Lesen Sie jetzt, welche Dokumentklassen Sie in LyX wählen können und wie + man einige Eigenschaften feineinstellt. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Wir werden im folgenden die englischen Namen beibehalten, wie Sie sie in + den Menüs u. + ä. + finden. +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:doc-classes} + +\end_inset + +Die verschiedenen Dokumentklassen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dokumentklassen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsubsection + +Übersicht +\layout Standard + +In LyX gibt es fünf Standarddokumentklassen: +\layout Description + +article für Standardartikel +\layout Description + +book für Bücher +\layout Description + +letter\SpecialChar ~ +(german) für Briefe im deutschen Stil +\layout Description + +report für Standardberichte +\layout Description + +slides\SpecialChar ~ +(default) für Dias +\layout Standard + +Es gibt auch noch andere Klassen, die LyX aber nur benutzt, wenn LaTeX entsprech +end eingerichtet ist. +\layout Description + +article\SpecialChar ~ +(AMS) Artikel im Stil und Format der AMS (American Mathematical Society). + Es gibt drei amsart-Layouts. + +\newline +Das Standardlayout benutzt das normale Numerierungsschema für Sätze usw., + das die Abschnittsnummer voranstellt. + Alle Behauptungen (Sätze, Korollare usw.) werden gemeinsam numeriert, aber + Definitionen, Beispiele und Ähnliches haben ihre eigene Numerierungsfolge. + +\newline + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\series bold +sequential numbering +\series default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + stellt keine Abschnittsnummer voran, sondern numeriert alles fortlaufend. + Jeder Typ (Sätze, Definitionen usw.) erhält eine eigene Numerierungsreihenfolge. + +\newline + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\series bold +unnumbered +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\series default + verzichtet vollständig auf die Numerierung. +\layout Description + +article\SpecialChar ~ +(REVTeX) Artikel für Veröffentlichungen der American Physical Society + (APS), des American Institute of Physics (AIP) und der Optical Society + of America (OSA). + Diese Klasse ist nicht mit allen LyX-Funktionen kompatibel. +\layout Description + +book\SpecialChar ~ +(AMS) Bücher im Stil und Format der AMS. + Es wird nur die Standardnumerierung benutzt, in der Annahme, daß man Sätze + usw.\SpecialChar ~ +numerieren muß, aber nicht durchgehend. +\layout Description + +letter für Briefe im US-amerikanischen Stil +\layout Description + +paper für die +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +paper +\family default +LaTeX +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +-Dokumentklasse (nicht in allen LaTeX-Distributionen enthalten) +\layout Standard + +Wir wollen hier nicht im Einzelnen beschreiben, wie man diese verschiedenen + Dokumentklassen benutzen kann. + Einzelheiten über die Nicht-Standard-Klassen finden Sie unter +\family sans +\bar under +H +\bar default +ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +rof\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +i-Tipps +\family default +. + Hier wollen wir uns mit Eigenschaften befassen, die allen Dokumentklassen + gemeinsam sind. +\layout Subsubsection + +Eine Klasse auswählen +\layout Standard + +Sie können eine Klasse über +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family default +\bar under +D +\family sans +\bar default +okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family default +Karteikarte +\family sans + Dokument\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +K +\bar default +lasse: +\family default +auswählen. + Danach können Sie die benötigten Optionen feineinstellen. +\layout Subsubsection + +Eigenschaften +\layout Standard + +Jede Dokumentklasse hat Standardwerte, hier ist eine Tabelle mit ihnen: +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 3mm \added_space_bottom 3mm \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Seitenstil +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Format +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Spalten +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +höchste Abschnittsstufe +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +article +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +plain +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Einseitig +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +1-spaltig +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Abschnitt +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +article (AMS) +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +headings +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Einseitig +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +1-spaltig +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Abschnitt +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +book +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +headings +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Zweiseitig +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +1-spaltig +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Kapitel +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +letter +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +plain +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Einseitig +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +1-spaltig +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +keine +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +report +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +plain +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Einseitig +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +1-spaltig +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Kapitel +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +SGML (Linuxdoc) +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +plain +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Einseitig +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +1-spaltig +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Abschnitt +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +slides +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +plain +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Einseitig +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +1-spaltig +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +keine +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +paper +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +headings +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Einseitig +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +1-spaltig +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Abschnitt +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Sie werden sich wahrscheinlich fragen, was +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +höchste Abschnittsstufe +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + bedeutet. + Es gibt mehrere Absatzumgebungen, um Abschnittsüberschriften zu erzeugen. + Unterschiedliche Dokumentklassen gestatten unterschiedliche Abschnittsüberschri +ften. + Nur zwei benutzen die +\family sans +Kapitel +\family default +-Überschrift; der Rest beginnt stattdessen mit der +\family sans +Abschnitt +\family default +-Überschrift. + Einige Dokumentklassen wie die für Briefe benutzen überhaupt keine Überschrifte +n. + Außer +\family sans +Kapitel +\family default +- und +\family sans +Abschnitt +\family default +-Überschriften gibt es auch +\family sans +Unterabschnitt +\family default +-Überschriften, +\family sans +Unterunterabschn. +\family default +-Überschriften usw. + Wir werden diese Überschriften ausführlich in Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:parenvheadings} + +\end_inset + + beschreiben. +\layout Subsection + +Feineinstellung der Standardwerte +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Standardwerte} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Ja, wir wissen, daß wir Ihnen noch nicht gesagt haben, was die meisten dieser + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Standardwerte +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + machen, die man über den +\family sans +\bar under +K +\bar default +lasse +\family default +-Knopf erhält. + Dafür ist dieser Abschnitt da. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + + +\family sans +\bar under +S +\bar default +eiten-Stil +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Seiten-Stil} + +\end_inset + +: +\family default + Dies ist eine weitere Liste mit fünf Optionen. + Damit wird festgelegt, wie Überschriften und Seitenzahlen aussehen. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +LaTeX macht diesen Teil. +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + + +\family sans +default +\family default +das Standardseitenformat der gewählten Klasse benutzen. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + + +\family sans +empty +\family default + weder Seitenzahlen noch Überschriften. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + + +\family sans +plain +\family default + nur Seitenzahlen. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + + +\family sans +headings +\family default + Seitenzahlen und Kapitel- oder Abschnittsüberschriften mit Nummer. + +\begin_inset Note +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Ob LyX die Kapitel- oder die Abschnittsüberschriften benutzt, hängt von + Extra->Tiefe der Abschnittsnumerierung ab. + ??? +\end_inset + + +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + + +\family sans +fancy +\family default + gestattet völlig individuell gestaltete Kopf- und Fußzeilen, wenn Sie das + Paket +\family sans +fancyhdr +\family default + installiert haben. + Zur Zeit kann LyX dies nur beschränkt unterstützen. + Um alle Möglichkeiten des Pakets ausschöpfen zu können, müssen Sie in Ihrem + Vorspann +\emph on +magic code +\emph default + eintragen. + Lesen Sie die Dokumentation des +\family sans +fancyhdr +\family default +-Paketes +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Zur Zeit unter /usr/share/texmf/doc/latex/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.dvi zu finden +\end_inset + + für weitere Einzelheiten. +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + + +\family sans +Seiten\SpecialChar ~ +Z +\bar under +w +\bar default +eiseitig +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Seiten Zweiseitig} + +\end_inset + + Nein, LyX kann Ihren Drucker nicht dazu bringen, beide Seiten eines Blattes + zu bedrucken! Aber es kann andere Formate für gerade und ungerade Seiten + benutzen. + Wenn Sie einen Drucker mit Duplexdruck haben +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Das heißt beide Seiten eines Blattes werden bedruckt. +\end_inset + +, werden die Seitenzahlen immer in der oberen Ecke der Seite außen sein, + und der innere Rand wird genug Platz zum Binden lassen. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + + +\family sans +Spalten +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Spalten} + +\end_inset + + Hier kann man die Zahl der Spalten auf einer Seite wählen. + Beachten Sie, daß LyX keine zwei Spalten anzeigen wird. + Das ist unpraktisch, oft unleserlich und gehört nicht zum WYSIWYM +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYM} + +\end_inset + +-Konzept. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +siehe +\emph on +Einführung +\emph default +( +\family sans +\bar under +H +\bar default +ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +inführung +\family default +) +\end_inset + + Aber in der Druckausgabe +\emph on +werden +\emph default + die beiden Spalten zu sehen sein. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + + +\family sans +Zusatz- +\bar under +O +\bar default +ptionen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Optionen} + +\end_inset + +: +\family default + Das LaTeX-Kommando +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default + hat mehrere Optionen. + LyX setzt einige davon für Sie automatisch. + In das Kästchen können Sie weitere eintragen. + Sie müssen nur eine mit Kommas getrennte Optionsliste eingeben. + Lesen Sie in einem guten LaTeX-Buch nach, was für Optionen Sie benutzen + können. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + + +\family sans +Absatztrennung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Absatztrennung} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + Hierzu gibt es einen eigenen Abschnitt. + Lesen Sie in Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:parindentintro} + +\end_inset + +, was dieser Parameter bewirkt. +\layout Subsection + +Seitenorientierung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Seitenorientierung} + +\end_inset + +, Papierformat +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Papierformat} + +\end_inset + + und Ränder +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Rander@Ränder} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Es gibt im Dialogfenster +\family sans +Dokumentformat +\family default + noch weitere Parameter, die man setzen kann. + Es sind alles globale Parameter, aber sie dienen besonderen Zwecken und + berühren nur gewisse Funktionen. + Deswegen beschreiben wir sie dort, wo wir die von ihnen betroffenen Funktionen + beschreiben. +\layout Standard + +Es gibt zwei globale Parameter, die wir hier beschreiben wollen. + Sie finden sie im Menü +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family default +\bar under +D +\family sans +\bar default +okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family default +Karteikarte +\family sans + Seite +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Abmessungen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abmessungen} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + Legt die Papiergröße fest. + Es gibt folgende Möglichkeiten: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Standard +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Benutzerdef\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +iniert +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +US letter +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +US legal +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +US executive +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +A3, A4, +\family default + +\family sans +A5 +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +B3, B4, B5 +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Orientierung +\family default + Hier kann man mit zwei Knöpfen zwischen +\family sans +Ho +\bar under +c +\bar default +hformat +\family default + und +\family sans + +\bar under +Q +\bar default +uerformat +\family default + wählen. +\layout Standard + +Für einige Einstellungen benötigen Sie das +\family sans +geometry +\family default +-Paket. + Mit diesem Paket können Sie in diesem Menü dann auch die +\family sans +Ränder +\family default + setzen. + Wenn Sie unter +\family sans +\bar under +R +\bar default +änder: +\family default + etwas Anderes als +\family sans +Standard +\family default + wählen, können Sie das +\family sans +geometry +\family default +-Paket nicht benutzen. + Die Ränder sind dann festgelegt. +\layout Subsection + +Wichtiger Hinweis: +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie die Klasse eines Dokumentes ändern, muß LyX +\emph on +alles +\emph default + in die neue Klasse umwandeln, einschließlich der Absatzumgebungen. + Einige Absatzumgebungen sind Standard; alle Dokumentklassen haben sie. + Einige Klassen jedoch haben besondere Absatzumgebungen. + Wenn Sie in so einem Fall die Dokumentklasse ändern, setzt LyX die fehlenden + Absatzumgebungen auf +\family sans +Standard +\family default + und plaziert ein Fehlerkästchen an den Anfang des Absatzes. + Wenn Sie draufklicken, sehen Sie eine Meldung, warum die Umwandlung fehlschlug. +\layout Section + +Absatzeinrückung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Absatzeinruckung@Absatzeinrückung} + +\end_inset + + und Absatztrennung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Absatztrennung} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Einleitung +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parindentintro} + +\end_inset + +Bevor wir die verschiedenen Absatzumgebungen beschreiben, wollen wir etwas + über Para\SpecialChar \- +graph\SpecialChar \- +einrückung sagen. + Jeder scheint eigene Vorstellungen darüber zu haben, wie Absätze zu trennen + sind. + Die meisten Amerikaner rücken die erste Zeile eines Absatzes ein. + Andere machen das nicht, sondern fügen stattdessen einen größeren Abstand + zwischen zwei Absätzen ein. + Die deutsche LyX-Version benutzt diese Konvention. + Die englische (amerikanische) Version rückt den +\emph on +ersten +\emph default + Absatz eines Abschnittes, oder nach einem Bild, einer Gleichung, einer + Liste usw.\SpecialChar ~ + +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + ein. + Nur die folgenden Absätze werden eingerückt. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Die Unterschiede erkennt man am besten, wenn man sich die Dokumentation + in den verschiedenen Sprachen ansieht. +\end_inset + +Manch einer mag diese Konvention nicht, aber wenn Sie eingerückte Absätze + benutzen wollen, müssen Sie damit leben. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Man kann LaTeX nicht zwingen, +\emph on +alle +\emph default + Absätze einzurücken. + LyX zeigt es natürlich nicht und LaTeX wird es auch nicht so drucken. + Sie benötigen ein Spezialpaket und einen entsprechenden Befehl in der Präambel. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Der Abstand zwischen zwei Absätzen, der Zeilenabstand, der Abstand zwischen + Überschrift und Text -- alle Abstände zwischen irgendwelchen Objekten sind + in LyX in der Tat vordefiniert. + Wie wir sagten, Sie müssen sich nicht um Zwischenräume kümmern, LyX paßt + darauf auf. + Tatsächlich sind die vordefinierten vertikalen Abstände keine feste Zahl, + sondern ein Bereich. + Auf diese Weise kann LyX den Platz zwischen Zeilen verringern oder dehnen + um sicherzustellen, daß Bilder zusammen mit Text auf eine Seite passen, + daß Abschnitte nicht am Fuß einer Seite beginnen usw. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Eigentlich macht LaTeX das, wenn LyX die Druckdatei erzeugen will. +\end_inset + + Aber vordefiniert bedeutet nicht, daß Sie das nicht ändern können. + LyX läßt Sie +\emph on +alle +\emph default + vordefinierten Abstände global ändern. + Wir werden das später erklären. +\layout Subsection + +Globale Absatztrennung +\layout Standard + +Um eine Standardmethode für die Absatztrennung festzulegen, wählen Sie +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +, um das Dialogfenster +\family sans +Dokumentformat +\family default + anzuzeigen. + Dann wählen Sie bei auf der Karteikarte +\family sans + Dokument +\family default +bei +\family sans + Absatztrennung +\family default + entweder +\family sans + +\bar under +E +\bar default +inrückung +\family default + oder +\family sans +Abs +\bar under +t +\bar default +and +\family default +, um Absätze einzurücken oder einen größeren Abstand zwischen den Absätzen + einzufügen. + Außerdem können Sie verschiedene Abstände auswählen oder Ihren eigenen + festlegen. +\layout Subsection + +Feineinstellung +\layout Standard + +Sie können die Art der Absatztrennung auch für einzelne Absätze festlegen. + Wählen Sie +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +A +\bar default +bsatz +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +, um das Menü +\family sans +Absatzformat +\family default + anzuzeigen. + Dort können Sie unter +\family sans +Text +\family default + den +\family sans +\bar under +K +\bar default +eine\SpecialChar ~ +Einrückun +\family default +g-Knopf drücken, um die Einrückart des aktuellen Absatzes zu ändern. + Wenn Absätze standardmäßig eingerückt werden, wird der Knopf deaktiviert + sein. + Wenn Absätze nicht eingerückt werden, sondern durch zusätzlichen Leerraum + abgetrennt werden, wird dieser Knopf völlig ignoriert (das heißt Sie können + ihn auch nicht verwenden, um einen einzelnen Absatz einzurücken). +\layout Standard + +Die Absatztrennung werden Sie nur für die Feineinstellung eines einzelnen + Absatzes ändern müssen. + Normalerweise wählt man +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +inrückung +\family default + oder +\family sans +\bar under +A +\bar default +bstand +\family default + für das gesamte Dokument. +\layout Subsection + +Zeilenabstände ändern +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie das +\family sans +setspace +\family default +-Paket installiert haben, können Sie Ihren Zeilenabstand im Dialogfenster + +\family sans +Dokumentformat +\family default +einstellen. +\layout Section + +Absatzumgebungen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Absatzumgebungen} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:par-environments} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Überblick +\layout Standard + +Die Absatzumgebungen entsprechen in einer normalen LaTeX-Datei den verschiedenen + Befehlsfolgen +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{ +\family default +\emph on +environment +\family typewriter +\emph default +} ... + +\family default + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end +\family default + { +\emph on +environment +\emph default +}. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\noun on +HHa +\noun default +: Dies scheint ein LaTeX-Fehler zu sein, siehe auch +\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latex-einführung} + +\end_inset + +, S. + 21 und S. + 101. + LaTeX hat offensichtlich Probleme, den Schreibmaschinenfont richtig umzubrechen. + Man kann das mit den Trennhilfen +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +- +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash + +\end_inset + + korrigieren, manchmal hilft es auch, solche Textteile als URL zu definieren + (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:URLs} + +\end_inset + +). + Manchmal hilft +\family typewriter +sloppypar +\family default + weiter (siehe +\emph on +Profi-Tipps +\emph default + oder auch +\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latex-einführung} + +\end_inset + +) +\end_inset + + Wenn Sie LaTeX nicht kennen oder das Konzept der Absatzumgebung völlig + fremd für Sie ist, sollten Sie unbedingt das +\emph on +Tutorium +\emph default + lesen. + Das +\emph on +Tutorium +\emph default + enthält auch viel mehr Beispiele als dieser Abschnitt. +\layout Standard + +Eine Absatzumgebung ist eine Art +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Behälter +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + für einen Absatz, der für ihn gewisse Eigenschaften +\emph on + +\emph default +enthält. + Diese können Stil, Font, Ränder, Numerierungsart, Marken usw.\SpecialChar ~ +betreffen. + Außerdem kann man die verschiedenen Umgebungen +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +schachteln +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, wobei eine Umgebung Eigenschaften einer anderen erbt. + Die verschiedenen Absatzumgebungen machen den Gebrauch unsauberer Tabstopps, + das Ausrichten von Rändern im Vorübergehen und andere unnütze Dinge aus + den Tagen der Schreibmaschinen überflüssig. + Es gibt mehrere Absatzumgebungen für spezielle Dokumentarten. + Wir werden hier nur die gebräuchlichsten beschreiben. +\layout Standard + +Eine Absatzumgebung wählt man mit dem +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +pull-down +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +-Menü am Anfang der Werkzeugleiste. + LyX wird die Umgebung des +\emph on +gesamten +\emph default + Absatzes, in dem der Cursor sitzt, ändern. + Eine Gruppe von Absätzen kann man ändern, indem man sie vorher markiert. + +\layout Standard + +Wenn man +\family sans +Return +\family default + eingibt, wird +\emph on +normalerweise +\emph default + ein neuer Absatz des Typs +\family sans +Standard +\family default + begonnen. + Wir sagen +\emph on +normalerweise +\emph default +, weil das nicht immer stimmt. + Wenn Sie in einer der folgenden Umgebungen sind: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Zitat (kurz) +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zitat!(kurz)} + +\end_inset + + -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Quote +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Quote} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Zitat (lang) +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zitat!(lang)} + +\end_inset + + -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Quotation +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Quotation} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Gedicht +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gedicht} + +\end_inset + + +\family default +-- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Verse +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Verse} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +listung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Auf\/listung} + +\end_inset + + +\family default +-- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Itemize +\family sans + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Itemize} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Aufzählung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Aufzahlung@Aufzählung} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Enumerate +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Enumerate} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Beschreibung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Beschreibung} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Description +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Description} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Liste +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Liste} + +\end_inset + + +\family default +-- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: List +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{List} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +wird LyX die bisherige Absatzumgebung beibehalten, wenn Sie +\family sans +Return +\family default + eingeben, anstatt nach +\family sans +Standard +\family default + zurückzukehren. + LyX wird aber die Schachtelungstiefe zurücksetzen. + Normalerweise werden am Anfang eines neuen Absatzes Umgebung +\emph on +und +\emph default + Schachtelungstiefe zurückgesetzt (mehr über Schachtelung in Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:nest} + +\end_inset + +). + Manchmal jedoch behält LyX die alte Umgebung. + Für den Augenblick: all dies ist kontextabhängig. + Es ist besser für Sie, wenn Sie erwarten, daß +\family sans +Return +\family default + Umgebung und Schachtelungstiefe zurücksetzt. + Wenn Sie einen neuen Absatz mit der bisherigen Umgebung und Schachtelungstiefe + wollen, benutzen Sie +\family sans +Alt+Return +\family default +. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Damit wird die Funktion +\family typewriter +break-paragraph-keep-layout +\family default + ausgelöst. +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Standard +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Standard} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Die normale Absatzumgebung ist +\family sans +Standard +\family default +. + Sie hat keine besonderen Eigenschaften. + Wenn LyX eine Absatzumgebung zurücksetzt, wird diese genommen. + Der Absatz, den Sie gerade lesen -- und die meisten dieses Handbuches -- + haben die +\family sans +Standard +\family default +-Umgebung. +\layout Standard + +Sie können einen Absatz schachteln, indem Sie in fast jeder anderen Umgebung + die +\family sans +Standard +\family default +-Umgebung wählen, aber in einer +\family sans +Standard +\family default +-Umgebung können Sie so gut wie nichts schachteln. +\layout Subsection + +Dokumenttitel +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dokumenttitel} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Eine LaTeX-Titelseite hat drei Teile: den Titel selber, die Autorennamen + und das Datum. + Außerdem können Sie eine +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Fußnote +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + für Danksagungen oder Kontaktinformation schreiben. + Bei einigen Dokumenttypen druckt LaTeX dies alles auf einer eigenen Seite + zusammen mit dem Druckdatum. + Bei anderen Dokumenttypen wird die +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Titelseite +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + zum Beginn der ersten Seite gedruckt. + +\layout Standard + +LyX stellt mit den Absatzumgebungen +\family sans +Titel +\family default +, +\family sans +Autor +\family default + und +\family sans +Datum +\family default + eine Schnittstelle zu den Titelsei\SpecialChar \- +tenkommandos zur Verfügung. + So benutzen Sie sie: +\layout Itemize + +Schreiben Sie den Titel Ihres Dokumentes mit der +\family sans +Titel +\family default +-Umgebung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Titel!-Umgebung} + +\end_inset + + (LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Title +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Title} + +\end_inset + +). +\layout Itemize + +Schreiben Sie den Autorennamen mit der +\family sans +Autor +\family default +-Umgebung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Autor-Umgebung} + +\end_inset + + (LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Author +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Author} + +\end_inset + +). +\layout Itemize + +Wenn Sie wollen, daß das Datum Ihrem Geschmack entspricht, wenn Sie ein + festes Datum wollen oder wenn Sie einen Text anstelle des Datums wollen, + benutzen Sie die +\family sans +Datum +\family default +-Umgebung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Datum-Umgebung} + +\end_inset + + (LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Date +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Date} + +\end_inset + +). + Der Gebrauch dieser Umgebung ist optional. + Wenn Sie sie nicht benutzen, wird LaTeX automatisch das Druckdatum einfügen. +\layout Standard + +Passen Sie auf, daß Sie dies am Beginn des Dokuments machen. + Sie können auch Fußnoten benutzen, um +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Danksagungen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + oder Kontaktinformation einzufügen. +\layout Subsection + +Überschriften +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Uberschriften@Überschriften} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvheadings} + +\end_inset + + Es gibt neun Absatzumgebungen für Abschnittsüberschriften. + LyX übernimmt für Sie die Numerierung. + Sie müssen nur festlegen, wie Abschnitt x von Kapitel y heißen soll. +\layout Subsubsection + +Numerierte Überschriften +\layout Standard + +Es gibt 6 numerierte Abschnittsüberschriften: +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Kapitel +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Kapitel} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Chapter +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Chapter} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abschnitt} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + -- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Section +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Section} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Unterabschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Unterabschnitt} + +\end_inset + + +\family default +-- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Subsection +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Subsection} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Unterunterabschn. +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Unterunterabschn.} + +\end_inset + + +\family default +-- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Subsubsection +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Subsubsection} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Paragraph +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Paragraph} + +\end_inset + + +\family default +-- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Paragraph +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Unterparagraph +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Unterparagraph} + +\end_inset + + +\family default +-- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Subparagraph +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Subparagraph} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +LyX markiert jede Überschrift mit einer Reihe von Zahlen, die durch Punkte + getrennt werden. + Die Zahlen beschreiben, wo im Dokument Sie sich befinden. + Die Überschriften unterteilen Ihr Dokument in unterschiedliche Textstücke. + Nehmen wir zum Beispiel an, Sie schreiben ein Buch. + Sie unterteilen das Buch in Kapitel. + LyX macht eine ähnliche Unterteilung: +\layout Itemize + +Die höchste Abschnittsstufe ist entweder +\family sans +Kapitel +\family default + oder +\family sans +Abschnitt +\family default +. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Kapitel +\family default + wird in +\family sans +Abschnitt +\family default +e unterteilt. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Abschnitt +\family default + wird in +\family sans +Unterabschnitt +\family default +e unterteilt. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Unterabschnitt +\family default + wird in +\family sans +Unterunterabschn. +\family default +e unterteilt. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Unterunterabschn. + +\family default + wird in +\family sans +Paragraph +\family default +en unterteilt. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Paragraph +\family default + wird in +\family sans +Unterparagraph +\family default +en unterteilt. +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Bemerkung: +\emph default + nicht alle Dokumenttypen benutzen +\family sans +Kapitel +\family default + als höchste Abschnittsstufe, sondern +\family sans +Abschnitt +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Also, wenn Sie die +\family sans +Unterunterabschn. +\family default +-Umgebung benutzen, um einen neuen Unter-Unterabschnitt zu markieren, markiert + LyX die Überschrift mit der zugehörigen Nummer und den Nummern des Unterabschni +tt +\family sans +es +\family default +, des Abschnitt +\family sans +es +\family default + und, falls möglich, des Kapitels, in dem der Unter-Unterabschnitt steht. + Beispiel: der fünfte Abschnitt des zweiten Kapitels dieses Handbuches hat + die Marke +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +2.5 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Subsubsection + +Nichtnumerierte Überschriften +\layout Standard + +Es gibt drei nichtnumerierte Überschriftsarten: +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Abschnitt* +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abschnitt*} + +\end_inset + +-- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Section* +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Section*} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Unterabschnitt* +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Unterabschnitt*} + +\end_inset + + +\family default +-- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Subsection* +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Subsection*} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Unterunterabschn.* +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Unterunterabschn.*} + +\end_inset + + +\family default +-- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Subsubsection* +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Subsubsection*} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Der +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +* +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + nach den Namen bedeutet, daß die Überschriften nicht numeriert werden. + Sonst sind sie wie ihre numerierten Gegenstücke. +\layout Subsubsection + +Ändern der Numerierung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Numerierung} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Sie können auch wählen, welche Abschnittsstufen numeriert und welche im + Inhaltsverzeichnis aufgenommen werden sollen. + Dadurch werden ihre Stufen nicht entfernt, weil das in der Dokumentklasse + festgelegt wird. + Einige Klassen beginnen mit +\family sans +Kapitel +\family default + und gehen hinunter bis zur +\family sans +Unterparagraph +\family default +-Stufe. + Andere beginnen mit +\family sans +Abschnitt +\family default +. + Auf ähnliche Weise numerieren nicht alle Dokumentklassen alle Abschnittsstufen. + Die meisten numerieren weder +\family sans +Paragraph +\family default + noch +\family sans +Unterparagraph +\family default +. + Das können Sie ändern. +\layout Standard + +Öffnen Sie das Dialogfenster +\family sans +Dokumentformat +\family default + ( +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +). + Unter +\family sans +Nummerierung +\family default + können Sie festlegen, wie wieviele Hierarchiestufen LyX in +\family sans +\bar under +A +\bar default +bschnitt: +\family default + und +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nhaltsverzeichnis: +\family default + numerieren soll. + Unglücklicherweise ist die Zahl, die Sie dort einstellen können, nichtssagend. + Deshalb folgt eine Tabelle mit Werten und ihre Bedeutungen: +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 3mm \added_space_bottom 3mm \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Abschnitt/Inhaltsverzeichnis +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +LyX numeriert folgende +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Wert: +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Überschriften: +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +-2 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +keine +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +-1 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +bis +\family sans + Teil +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +-0 und 0 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +bis +\family sans + Kapitel +\family default + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +1 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +bis +\family sans +Abschnitt +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +2 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +bis +\family sans +Unterabschnitt +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +3 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +bis +\family sans +Unterunterabschn +\family default +. +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +4 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +bis +\family sans +Paragraph +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +5 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +bis +\family sans +Unterparagraph +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Die aufsteigenden Zahlen sind kumulativ: eine +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +0 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + wird +\family sans +Teil +\family default +e und +\family sans +Kapitel +\family default + numerieren, während eine +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +2 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Teil +\family default +e, +\family sans +Kapitel +\family default +, +\family sans +Abschnitt +\family default +e und +\family sans +Unterabschnitt +\family default +e numerieren wird. + Wenn Sie natürlich eine Dokumentklasse benutzen, die keine +\family sans +Kapitel +\family default +-Überschriften benutzt, dann beginnt die Numerierung bei +\family sans +Abschnitt +\family default +, und +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +0 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + bedeutet +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +keine Numerierung +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Subsubsection + +Spezielle Informationen +\layout Standard + +Die folgenden Bemerkungen gelten sowohl für +\family sans +Kapitel +\family default +, +\family sans +Abschnitt +\family default +, +\family sans +Unterabschnitt +\family default +, +\family sans +Unterunterabschn. +\family default +, +\family sans +Paragraph +\family default +, +\family sans +Unterparagraph +\family default + als auch für +\family sans +Abschnitt* +\family default +, +\family sans +Unterabschnitt* +\family default + und +\family sans +Unterunterabschn.* +\family default +: +\layout Itemize + +Innerhalb dieser Umgebungen können Sie keine Randnotiz einfügen. +\layout Itemize + +Sie +\emph on + +\emph default +können +\emph on + eingefügte Formeln +\emph default +(s. + +\emph on +Tutorium +\emph default +) schreiben. +\layout Itemize + +Diese Umgebungen können Sie nicht schachteln. +\layout Itemize + +Sie können Marken und Querverweise benutzen, um auf ihre Nummern zu verweisen. +\layout Standard + +Beispiele für diese Absatzumgebungen finden Sie überall in unseren Handbüchern. + Schauen Sie sich nur um! +\layout Subsubsection + +Einen Anhang erstellen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Anhang erstellen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Um einen Anhang zu erstellen, fügen Sie zunächst eine neue Überschrift des + höchsten Abschnitttyps hinzu, also +\family sans +Kapitel +\family default + oder +\family sans +Abschnitt. + +\family default + Dann stellen Sie den Cursor an den Anfang der Überschrift und wählen +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Anhang\SpecialChar ~ +hier\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +b +\bar default +eginnen +\family default +. + Die erste Nummer vor den nun folgenden Überschriften wird in einen Großbuchstab +en umgeändert. +\layout Subsection + +Zitate +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zitat} + +\end_inset + + und Lyrik +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Lyrik} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +LyX hat drei Absatzumgebungen, um Zitate und Lyrik zu schreiben. + Es sind +\family sans +Zitat (kurz) +\family default +, +\family sans +Zitat (lang) +\family default + und +\family sans +Gedicht +\family default +. + Vergessen Sie die Zeiten, wo Sie Zeilenabstände ändern und an Rändern drehen + mußten. + Diese drei Absatzumgebungen haben diese Änderungen bereits eingebaut. + Sie alle vergrößern den linken Rand und fügen ober- und unterhalb des Textes + zusätzlichen Leerraum ein. + Sie erlauben auch schachteln, das heißt Sie können ein +\family sans +Gedicht +\family default + in ein +\family sans + Zitat (lang) +\family default + setzen, ebenso wie in einige andere Absatzumgebungen. +\layout Standard + +Diese drei Absatzumgebungen haben noch eine Eigenschaft: sie kehren +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + nach +\family sans +Standard +\family default + zurück, wenn Sie +\family sans +Return +\family default + drücken. + So können Sie das Gedicht schreiben und fröhlich +\family sans +Return +\family default + drücken, ohne fürchten zu müssen, daß die Absatzumgebung sich ändert. + Das bedeutet natürlich, daß Sie am Ende die +\family sans +Standard +\family default +-Umgebung von Hand setzen müssen. +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +Zitat (kurz) +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zitat!(kurz)} + +\end_inset + +und +\family sans +Zitat (lang) +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zitat!(lang)} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quote} + +\end_inset + +Nachdem wir die Gemeinsamkeiten dieser drei Umgebungen beschrieben haben, + ist es Zeit für die Unterschiede. + +\family sans +Zitat (kurz) +\family default +-- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: +\family sans +quote +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{quote} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + und +\family sans +Zitat (lang) +\family default +-- LaTeX-Bezeichnung: +\family sans +quotation +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{quotation} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + besitzen nur einen Unterschied: +\family sans +Zitat (kurz) +\family default + benutzt zusätzlichen Leerraum zwischen Absätzen und rückt die erste Zeile + niemals ein. + +\family sans +Zitat (lang) +\family default + rückt die erste Zeile eines Absatzes +\emph on +immer +\emph default + ein und hat konstante Zeilenabstände. +\layout Standard + +Hier ist ein Beispiel für eine +\family sans +Zitat (kurz) +\family default +-Umgebung: +\layout Quote + +Dies ist die +\family sans +Zitat (kurz) +\family default +-Umgebung. + Wenn ich schreibe, wird die Zeile immer länger, bis sie umgebrochen wird. + Sehen Sie -- keine Einrückung! +\layout Quote + +Hier ist der zweite Absatz dieses Zitats. + Wieder gibt es keine Einrückung, aber zwischen beiden Absätzen ist zusätzlicher + Leerraum. +\layout Standard + +Das Beispiel ist zu Ende. + Hier ist ein weiteres, diesmal für die +\family sans +Zitat (lang) +\family default +-Umgebung: +\layout Quotation + +Dies ist die +\family sans +Zitat (lang) +\family default +-Umgebung. + Beim Schreiben sehen Sie die Einrückung. + Wenn es in Ihrem Land üblich ist, die erste Zeile eines neuen Absatzes + einzurücken, dann ist +\family sans +Zitat (lang) +\family default + die richtige Umgebung für Sie, das heißt Sie sollten sie benutzen, +\emph on +wenn +\emph default + Sie anderen Text zitieren würden. +\layout Quotation + +Hier ist ein neuer Absatz. + Ich könnte wie ein Politiker zur Wahlzeit +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Oder ein Manager auf Betriebsversammlungen ( +\noun on +HHa +\noun default +) +\end_inset + + weiterschwafeln, aber es würde Sie langweilen. +\layout Standard + +Das war das andere Beispiel. + Also: +\family sans +Zitat (kurz) +\family default + ist geeignet für diejenigen, die zur Absatztrennung zusätzlichen Leerraum + verwenden. + Sie sollten Zitate in einer +\family sans +Zitat (kurz) +\family default +-Umgebung schreiben. + Diejenigen, die Absätze durch Einrückung trennen, sollten die +\family sans +Zitat (lang) +\family default +-Absatzumgebung für zitierten Text benutzen. +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +Gedicht +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Lyrik} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:verse} + +\end_inset + +Gedicht +\family default + ist eine Absatzumgebung für Lyrik. + Hier ist ein Beispiel (ich glaube, es ist von +\noun on +Wilhelm Busch +\noun default +): +\layout Verse + +Wenn einer, der mit Mühe kaum +\newline +gekrochen ist auf einen Baum, +\newline +schon meint, daß er ein Vöglein wär' +\newline +so irrt sich der. +\layout Verse + +Es folgt ein viel schlechteres Beispiel. + Diese Zeile wird länger, immer länger, sehr lang, endlich bricht sie um. + Hier sieht es nicht schlecht aus, aber im gedruckten Dokument sind die + Folgezeilen ein wenig weiter eingerückt als die erste. + Nun, es ist Prosa geworden und reimt sich nicht mehr. +\layout Verse + +Um eine Zeile umzubrechen +\newline +und es gut aussehen zu lassen +\newline +benutze man +\family sans +Strg+Return +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Wie Sie sehen, rückt +\family sans +Gedicht +\family default + nur den linken Rand ein. + Jede Strophe ist ein eigener Absatz. + Zum Trennen der Zeilen einer Strophe benutze man die +\family typewriter +break-line +\family default +-Funktion +\family sans +Strg+Return +\family default +. +\layout Subsection + +Listen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Listen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvlists} + +\end_inset + +LyX hat vier verschiedene Absatzumgebungen, um unterschiedliche Listen zu + erzeugen. + In den +\family sans +Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +listung +\family default +- und +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Umgebungen markiert LyX Ihre Listeneinträge mit Aufzählungszeichen bzw.\SpecialChar ~ +Zahlen. + In den +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default +- und +\family sans +Liste +\family default +-Umgebungen läßt LyX Sie Ihre eigenen Marken verwenden. + Die individuellen Einzelheiten für jeden Typ werden wir beschreiben, nachdem + wir ein paar allgemeine Eigenschaften beschrieben haben. +\layout Subsubsection + +Allgemeine Eigenschaften +\layout Standard + +Die vier Absatzumgebungen unterscheiden sich von anderen Umgebungen in vielerlei + Hinsicht. + Zunächst einmal behandelt LyX jeden Absatz als Listenelement. + Wenn Sie +\family sans +Return +\family default + drücken, wird die Umgebung +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + auf +\family sans +Standard +\family default + zurückgesetzt, sondern bleibt gleich und erzeugt ein neues Listenelement. + Die Schachtelungstiefe wird jedoch zurückgesetzt. + Wenn Sie Schachtelungstiefe +\emph on +und +\emph default +Absatzumgebung behalten wollen, müssen Sie +\family sans +Alt+Return +\family default + benutzen, um einen neuen Absatz zu beginnen. +\layout Standard + +Sie können Listen jeden Typs ineinander schachteln. + LyX ändert die Aufzählungszeichen abhängig von der Schachtelung. + Wenn Sie eine der Listenumgebungen benutzen wollen, sollten Sie +\emph on +unbedingt +\emph default + den gesamten Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:nest} + +\end_inset + + lesen. +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +listung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Auf\/listung} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:itemize} + +\end_inset + +Der erste Listentyp, den wir genauer beschreiben werden, ist die +\family sans +Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +listung +\family default +-Absatzumgebung. + Sie hat folgende Eigenschaften: +\layout Itemize + +Jedes Element besitzt ein bestimmtes Aufzählungszeichen als Marke. +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +LyX benutzt für alle Elemente derselben Stufe dasselbe Symbol. +\layout Itemize + +Das Symbol erscheint am Anfang der ersten Zeile. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Die Elemente können beliebig lang sein. + LyX rückt den linken Rand jedes Elements automatisch ein. + Die Einrückung ist immer relativ zu der Umgebung, in der die +\family sans +Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +listung +\family default + sich befindet. +\layout Itemize + +Wenn Sie +\family sans +Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +listung +\family default +-Umgebungen schachteln, bekommt jede Stufe ein neues Symbol als Markierung. +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Es gibt vier verschiedene Symbole, um maximal vierfach schachteln zu können. +\layout Itemize + +LyX benutzt immer dasselbe Symbol, den Stern. +\layout Itemize + +Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:nest} + +\end_inset + + beschreibt die Schachtelung vollständig. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Natürlich war diese Erklärung auch ein Beispiel für eine +\family sans +Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +listung +\family default +. + Die +\family sans +Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +listung +\family default +-Umgebung eignet sich am besten für Listen, bei denen die Reihenfolge keine + Rolle spielt. +\layout Standard + +Wir sagten, daß unterschiedliche Stufen unterschiedliche Symbole als Markierung + benutzen würden. + Hier ist ein Beispiel für alle vier Symbole. + Denken Sie daran, daß Sie die Unterschiede nicht sehen können, wenn Sie + das LyX-Original lesen. +\layout Itemize + +Die Marke für die erste Stufe von +\family sans +Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +listung +\family default + ist ein schwarzer Kreis. +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Die Marke für die zweite Stufe ist ein Gedankenstrich. +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Die Marke für die dritte Stufe ist ein Stern. +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Die Marke für die vierte Stufe ist ein zentrierter Punkt. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Zurück zu Stufe drei. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Zurück zu Stufe zwei. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Und zurück zu Stufe eins. +\layout Standard + +Dieses sind die Standardmarken für eine +\family sans +Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +listung +\family default +. + Sie können diese Marken Ihren Wünschen anpassen, indem Sie im Dialogfenster +\family sans + Dokumentformat +\family default + unter +\family sans +Aufzählungszeichen +\family default + die +\family sans +Aufzählungsebene +\family default + anklicken, dann eins der Felder +\family sans +S +\bar under +t +\bar default +andard +\family default + bis +\family sans +Din +\bar under +g +\bar default +\SpecialChar ~ +4 +\family default + und schließlich eins der Symbole in der Matrix. + Das Symbol wird dann angezeigt. + In Feld +\family sans +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX +\family default + könne den LaTeX-Befehl für ein Zeichen Ihrer Wahl eingeben. + Außerdem können Sie die Größe des Aufzählungszeichens im Feld +\family sans +G +\bar under +r +\bar default +öße +\family default + für jede Ebene festlegen. + Natürlich weiß LyX nichts davon; das macht das WYSIWYM +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYM} + +\end_inset + +-Konzept aus. + Alle Anpassungen erscheinen im gedruckten Dokument. +\layout Standard + +Beachten Sie, wie der Abstand zwischen den Elementen mit ansteigender Schachtelu +ng abnimmt. + Wir werden Schachtelungen und alle Tricks für verschiedene Stufen in Abschnitt + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:nest} + +\end_inset + + ausführlich beschreiben. + Lesen Sie ihn auf jeden Fall! +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +Aufzählung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Aufzahlung@Aufzählung} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:enumerate} + +\end_inset + +Die +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Umgebung benutzt man, um numerierte Listen und Aufzählungen zu erstellen. + Sie hat folgende Eigenschaften: +\layout Enumerate + +Jedes Element hat eine Ziffer als Marke. +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Die Ziffernart hängt von der Schachtelungstiefe ab. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +LyX zählt die Elemente automatisch für Sie und erneuert die Marken, wenn + nötig. +\layout Enumerate + +Jede neue +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Umgebung fängt mit 1 an. +\layout Enumerate + +Ebenso wie die +\family sans +Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +listung +\family default +-Umgebung macht die +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Umgebung folgendes: +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +LyX rückt den linken Rand jedes Elements automatisch ein. + Die Elemente können beliebig lang sein. + +\layout Enumerate + +der Abstand zwischen den Elementen nimmt mit ansteigender Schachtelung ab. +\layout Enumerate + +abhängig von der Schachtelungstiefe werden unterschiedliche Marken benutzt. +\layout Enumerate + +maximal vier Schachtelungsstufen sind erlaubt. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Anders als bei der +\family sans +Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +listung +\family default +-Umgebung sind die verschiedenen Marken von +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default + in LyX +\emph on + zu erkennen +\emph default +. + So markiert LyX die vier Stufen von +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +: +\layout Enumerate + +Die erste Stufe von +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default + benutzt arabische Ziffern, gefolgt von einem Punkt. +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Die zweite Stufe benutzt Kleinbuchstaben in runden Klammern. +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Die dritte Stufe benutzt kleingeschriebene römische Ziffern, gefolgt von + einem Punkt. +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Die vierte Stufe benutzt Großbuchstaben, gefolgt von einem Punkt. +\layout Enumerate + +Beachten Sie wieder, wie der Abstand zwischen den Elementen mit ansteigender + Schachtelung abnimmt. + +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Zurück zu Stufe drei. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Zurück zu Stufe zwei. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Und zurück zu Stufe eins. +\layout Standard + +Auch in der +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Umgebung können Sie diese Marken Ihren Wünschen durch entsprechende Befehle + im LaTeX-Vorspann anpassen (siehe +\family sans +\bar under +H +\bar default +ilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +rof\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +i-Tipps +\family default +). + Wie bereits erwähnt, erscheinen die Anpassungen nur im gedruckten Dokument, + nicht auf dem LyX-Bildschirm. +\layout Standard + +Über Schachtelungen von +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Umgebungen gibt es mehr als hier beschrieben. + Sie sollten +\emph on +wirklich +\emph default + Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:nest} + +\end_inset + + lesen, um mehr darüber zu erfahren. +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +Beschreibung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Beschreibung} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:descrlist} + +\end_inset + +Anders als die beiden vorigen Umgebungen hat die +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default + keine festen Marken. + Stattdessen benutzt LyX das erste +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Wort +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + der ersten Zeile als Marke. + Hier ist ein Beispiel: +\layout Description + +Beispiel: Dies ist ein Beispiel für die +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default +-Umgebung. +\layout Standard + +LyX setzt die Marke fett und fügt zusätzlichen Leerraum zwischen die Marke + und den Rest der Zeile ein. +\layout Standard + +Jetzt fragen Sie sich sicher, was mit +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +benutzt das erste Wort +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + gemeint ist. + Wie bereits gesagt, +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Anmerkung des Herausgebers: Dies sollte irgendwo am Anfang stehen\SpecialChar \ldots{} + -jw +\end_inset + + die Leertaste fügt keine Leerzeichen hinzu, sondern trennt Worte voneinander. + In der +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default +-Umgebung sagt das erste Benutzen der Leertaste LyX, daß die Marke zu Ende + ist. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Anmerkung des Herausgebers: +\emph default + +\emph on +Hoffentlich wird das jemand ändern. + Es wäre nett, wenn zum +\emph default + +\emph on +Beispiel die +\family sans +\emph default +Tab +\family default +\emph on +-Taste die Marke beenden würde, weil LaTeX erlaubt, veränderbaren Leerraum + in der Marke einer +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default +-Liste zu benutzen. + -jw +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Aber was ist, wenn Sie mehr als ein Wort als Marke wollen oder benötigen? + Ganz einfach: benutzen Sie ein geschütztes +\family sans + +\family default +Leerzeichen. + (Entweder mit +\family sans +Strg+Leertaste +\family default + oder +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +onderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +gesch.\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +L +\bar default +eerzeichen +\family default +.) Lesen Sie auch Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:hspace} + +\end_inset + + für weitere Hinweise. + Hier ist ein Beispiel: +\layout Description + +Zweites\SpecialChar ~ +Beispiel: Hier sehen Sie, wie man ein geschütztes Leerzeichen in + einer Marke eines +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default +-Ele\SpecialChar \- +men\SpecialChar \- +tes benutzt. +\layout Description + +Gebrauch: Sie sollten die +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default +-Umgebung für Dinge wie Definitionen oder Theoreme benutzen. + Benutzen Sie sie, wenn ein beschreibendes Wort besonders hervorgehoben + werden soll. + Sie sollten die +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default +-Umgebung aber nicht benutzen, wenn Sie einen ganzen Satz hervorheben wollen. + Dann benutzt man besser +\family sans +Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +listung +\family default + oder +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default + und schachtelt mehrere +\family sans +Standard +\family default +-Absätze hinein. +\layout Description + +Schachteln: Sie können natürlich +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default +-Umgebungen ineinander oder mit anderen Typen verschachteln. + Lesen Sie Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:nest} + +\end_inset + +, um mehr darüber zu erfahren. +\layout Standard + +Beachten Sie, daß LyX auch hier ab der zweiten Zeile einrückt. +\layout Subsubsection + +Die LyX- +\family sans +Liste +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{LyX-Liste} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxlist} + +\end_inset + +Die +\family sans +Liste +\family default +-Umgebung ist eine LyX-Erweiterung von LaTeX. + Wenn Sie direkt hierher gelangt sind, ohne die Abschnitte +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:itemize} + +\end_inset + + - +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:descrlist} + +\end_inset + + gelesen zu haben, sind Sie aufgeschmissen. + Die +\family sans +Liste +\family default +-Umgebung erzeugt +\emph on +keine +\emph default +numerierten Listen. + Das macht +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +, und es ist in Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:enumerate} + +\end_inset + + beschrieben. +\layout Standard + +Die +\family sans +Liste +\family default +-Umgebung hat ebenso wie die +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default +-Umgebung benutzerdefinierte Marken für jedes Listenelement. + Es gibt aber einige gravierende Unterschiede zwischen der +\family sans +Liste +\family default +-Umgebung und den anderen drei: +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + +Marken +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Marken} + +\end_inset + + LyX benutzt das erste +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Wort +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + der ersten Zeile als Marke. + Sie wird wie bei der +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default +-Umgebung behandelt (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:descrlist} + +\end_inset + +). +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + +Ränder +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Rander@Ränder} + +\end_inset + + Wie Sie sehen, benutzt LyX unterschiedliche Ränder für die Marke und den + Rest des Listenelementes. + Der Text hat einen größeren linken Rand, der sich aus einem Standardwert + plus ein wenig extra Leerraum ergibt. + +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + +Breite\SpecialChar ~ +der\SpecialChar ~ +Marken +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Markenbreite} + +\end_inset + + Dafür benutzt LyX das Maximum aus wirklicher Markenbreite und einem Standardwer +t. + Ist die wirkliche Breite größer als der Standardwert, wird die Marke in + die erste Zeile +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +ausgedehnt +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Das bedeutet, daß der linke Rand der ersten Textzeile dann nicht mit dem + Rand des Restes übereinstimmt, so wie bei diesem Element. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + +Standardbreite +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Standardbreite} + +\end_inset + + Diese können Sie sehr leicht setzen und damit sicherstellen, daß die Texte + aller Elemente der +\family sans +Liste +\family default +-Umgebung denselben linken Rand haben. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + +Gebrauch Die +\family sans +Liste +\family default +-Umgebung sollten Sie wie die +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default +-Umgebung benutzen, wenn Sie wollen, daß ein Begriff, der den Text beschreibt, + hervorgehoben wird. + Mit der +\family sans +Liste +\family default +-Umgebung haben Sie eine weitere Möglichkeit, das zu tun, aber mit einem + anderen Aussehen. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + +Schachtelung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schachtelung} + +\end_inset + + Sie können +\family sans +Liste +\family default +-Umgebungen ineinander oder in andere schachteln usw., wie bei den anderen + Listen\SpecialChar \- +umgebungen auch. + Lesen Sie Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:nest} + +\end_inset + +, um mehr darüber zu erfahren. +\layout Standard + +Wie Sie sehen, hat diese Absatzumgebung eine Menge Funktionen! +\layout Standard + +Um die Standardmarkenbreite zu ändern, markieren Sie die Elemente, die Sie + ändern wollen. + Wenn Sie nur die Markenbreite eines Elementes ändern wollen, bewegen Sie + den Cursor einfach in dieses Element. + Dann öffnen Sie das Menü +\family sans +Absatzformat +\family default + ( +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +A +\bar default +bsatz +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +) und gehen zum Kästchen +\family sans +Markenbreite +\family default +. + Der Text in +\family sans +Län +\bar under +g +\bar default +ste\SpecialChar ~ +Marke +\family default + bestimmt die Standardmarkenbreite. + Wenn Sie wirklich wollen, aber nur dann, können Sie hier den Text Ihrer + breitesten Marke eintragen, aber Sie müssen es nicht. + Wir empfehlen, den Buchstaben +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +M +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + zu benutzen. + Es ist der breiteste Buchstabe und ein Standardmaß in LaTeX. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Natürlich können Sie auch andere Buchstaben benutzen. + Oder Sie können es übertreiben und eine Kombination von +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +I +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +s, +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +0 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +s und +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +M +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +s benutzen. + Aber die Breite des Buchstaben +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +M +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\emph on +ist +\emph default + ein Standardmaß für waagerechten Leerraum in LaTeX. + Darum empfehlen wir, eine Reihe von +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +M +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +s zu benutzen. +\end_inset + + Die Standardmarkenbreite ist 6 +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +M +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +s. + Der Gebrauch von +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +M +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + als Breitenmaß im Kästchen +\family sans +Markenbreite +\family default + hat noch einen Vorteil: Sie müssen nicht dauernd den Inhalt des +\family sans +Markenbreite +\family default +-Kästchens ändern, wenn Sie eine Marke in einer +\family sans +Liste +\family default +-Umgebung ändern. +\layout Standard + +Es gibt noch eine Funktion der +\family sans +Liste +\family default +-Umgebung, von der wir Ihnen erzählen müssen. + Wie Sie in den Beispielen sehen können, richtet LyX die Marken standardmäßig + linksbündig aus. + In Wirklichkeit ist ein +\family sans +HFill +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{HFill} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + am Ende der Marke eingebaut. + Man kann zusätzliche +\family sans +HFill +\family default +s benutzen, damit LyX die Marken anders ausrichtet. + Wir werden +\family sans +HFill +\family default +s später in Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:hspace} + +\end_inset + + dokumentieren. + Hier sind einige Beispiele: +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM + +Links Die Standardausrichtung. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM + + +\hfill +Rechts Ein +\family sans +HFill +\family default + am Anfang der Marke richtet Sie nach rechts aus. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM + + +\hfill +Zentriert +\hfill + Je ein +\family sans +HFill +\family default + am Anfang und am Ende zentriert die Marke. +\layout Standard + +Machen Sie sich nichts daraus, wenn Sie noch nicht wissen, was +\family sans +HFill +\family default +s sind. + Merken Sie sich nur, daß Sie sie zum Anpassen der +\family sans +Liste +\family default +-Umgebung benutzen können. +\layout Standard + +Das ist alles über die vier Absatzumgebungen zum Erstellen von Listen. + Augenblick -- haben wir erwähnt, daß Sie Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:nest} + +\end_inset + + wegen Schachtelungen lesen sollten? +\layout Subsection + +Briefe +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Briefe} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +Adresse +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Adresse} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + und +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Right Address} + +\end_inset + +: Ein Überblick +\layout Standard + +Obwohl LyX Dokumentklassen für Briefe hat, haben wir zwei Absatzumgebungen + +\family sans +Adresse +\family default + und +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default + geschaffen. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Anmerkung von +\noun on +Matthias +\noun default +: Ich bin ein wenig stolz auf das Aussehen der rechten Adresse. + Versuchen Sie einmal, dasselbe mit einer normalen Textverarbeitung zu erreichen. + Sie müßten einen Rahmen definieren und ihn von Hand mit der Maus oder wie + auch immer positionieren. +\end_inset + + Um die +\family sans +letter +\family default +-Klasse benutzen zu können, müssen Sie spezielle Absatzumgebungen in einer + festgelegten Reihenfolge benutzen, sonst wird LaTeX sich an dem Dokument + übergeben. + Dagegen können Sie die +\family sans +Adresse +\family default +- und +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default +-Absatzumgebun\SpecialChar \- +gen überall problemlos benutzen. + Sie können sie sogar in anderen Umgebungen schachteln, obwohl Sie nicht + alles in ihnen schachteln können. +\layout Standard + +Natürlich können Sie +\family sans +Adresse +\family default + und +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default + nicht nur für Briefe benutzen. + +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default + eignet sich insbesondere für Artikelüberschriften, wie sie in europäischen + wissenschaftlichen Zeitschriften benutzt werden. +\layout Subsubsection + +Gebrauch +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:adress_usage} + +\end_inset + +Die +\family sans +Adresse +\family default +-Umgebung formatiert Text wie eine Adresse, was in einigen Ländern auch + für die Eröffnung und die Unterschrift benutzt wird. + Entsprechend formatiert die +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default +-Umgebung Text im Stile einer rechtsbündigen Adresse, was in einigen Ländern + für den Absender und das Datum benutzt wird. + Hier ist für beides ein Beispiel: +\layout Right Address + +Absender +\newline +Straße +\newline +PLZ Ort +\newline + +\newline +Ort, Datum +\layout Standard + +Das war eine +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default +. + Beachten Sie, daß alle Zeilen linksbündig sind. + LyX setzt den linken Rand so, daß der längste Text auf eine Zeile paßt. + Hier ist ein Beispiel für die +\family sans +Adresse +\family default +-Umgebung: +\layout Address + +Empfänger +\newline +Straße +\newline +PLZ Ort +\layout Standard + +Wie Sie sehen ist zwischen +\family sans +Adresse (LaTeX-Bezeichnung: +\family default + Address +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Address} + +\end_inset + +) und +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default + und dem nächsten Absatz ein größerer Abstand als normal. + Wenn Sie +\family sans + Return +\family default + drücken, setzt LyX die Schachtelungstiefe zurück und kehrt zur +\family sans +Standard +\family default +-Umgebung zurück. + Das liegt daran, daß +\family sans +Return +\family default + die +\family typewriter +break-paragraph +\family default +-Funktion ist und die einzelnen Zeilen einer Adresse keine Absätze sind. + Wollen Sie innerhalb von +\family sans +Adresse +\family default + oder +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default + eine neue Zeile beginnen, müssen Sie die +\family typewriter +break-line +\family default +-Funktion benutzen ( +\family sans +Strg+Return +\family default + oder +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +onderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +Z +\bar default +eilenumbruch +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zeilenumbruch} + +\end_inset + +). +\layout Subsection + +Wissenschaftliche Texte +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Wissenschaftliche Texte} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Die meisten wissenschaftlichen Texte beginnen mit einer kurzen Zusammenfassung + und enden mit einem Literaturverzeichnis. + LyX hat dafür Absatzumgebungen. +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +Zusammenfassung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zusammenfassung} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Die +\family sans +Zusammenfassung +\family default +-Umgebung (LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Abstract +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abstract} + +\end_inset + +) kann man nur in den +\family sans +article +\family default +- und +\family sans +report +\family default +-Dokumentklassen benutzen (und +\family sans +amsart +\family default +, was nur ein Spezialfall von +\family sans +article +\family default + ist). + Die +\family sans +book +\family default +-Dokumentklasse ignoriert +\family sans +Zusammenfassung +\family default + völlig, und es ist vollkommen töricht, +\family sans +Zusammenfassung +\family default + in der +\family sans +letter +\family default +-Dokumentklasse zu benutzen. +\layout Standard + +Die +\family sans +Zusammenfassung +\family default +-Umgebung wird für die Zusammenfassung benutzt. + Technisch gesehen +\emph on +könnten +\emph default + Sie diese Umgebung überall benutzen, aber Sie +\emph on +sollten +\emph default + es nur am Anfang eines Dokumentes, nach dem Titel, tun. + Versuchen Sie auch nicht, die +\family sans +Zusammenfassung +\family default +-Umgebung in eine andere zu schachteln oder umgekehrt. + Es geht nicht. +\layout Standard + +Die +\family sans +Zusammenfassung +\family default +-Umgebung erledigt einige Dinge für Sie. + Erstens wird die Marke +\noun on + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\series bold +\noun default +Zusammenfassung +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\series default + zentriert über den Text gesetzt. + Die Marke und der Text werden durch zusätzlichen Leerraum getrennt. + Zweitens ist der Font etwas kleiner, geradeso wie Sie es erwarten. + Drittens ist die Zusammenfassung ein wenig eingerückt und vom restlichen + Text durch zusätzlichen Leerraum getrennt. + So jedenfalls wird es in LyX aussehen. + Wenn Ihr Dokument die +\family sans +report +\family default +-Klasse benutzt, wird die Zusammenfassung im Ausdruck auf einer eigenen + Seite erscheinen. +\layout Standard + +Wenn man +\family sans +Return +\family default + drückt, wird die +\family sans +Zusammenfassung +\family default +-Umgebung +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + zurückgesetzt. + Der neue Absatz wird weiterhin in der +\family sans +Zusammenfassung +\family default +-Umgebung sein. + Sie müssen also am Ende der Zusammenfassung die Absatzumgebung von Hand + ändern. +\layout Standard + +Wir würden Ihnen gern ein Beispiel zeigen, aber das geht nicht, weil dieses + Dokument die +\family sans +book +\family default +-Klasse benutzt. + Wenn Sie noch nie von einer Zusammenfassung gehört haben, können Sie diese + Umgebung ruhig ignorieren. +\layout Subsubsection + +Literaturverzeichnis +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Literaturverzeichnis} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bibliography} + +\end_inset + +Die +\family sans +Literaturliste +\family default +-Umgebung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Literaturliste-Umgebung} + +\end_inset + + (LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Bibliography +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Bibliography} + +\end_inset + +) wird für Literaturangaben benutzt. + Technisch gesehen +\emph on +könnten +\emph default + Sie diese Umgebung überall benutzen, aber Sie +\emph on +sollten +\emph default + es nur am Ende eines Dokumentes tun. + Versuchen Sie auch nicht, die +\family sans +Literaturliste +\family default +-Umgebung in eine andere zu schachteln oder umgekehrt. + Es geht nicht. +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie eine +\family sans +Literaturliste +\family default +-Umgebung das erste Mal öffnen, fügt LyX einen großen Leerraum ein, gefolgt + von der großen fetten Überschrift +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Bibliography +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + oder einen kleineren, gefolgt von +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +References +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + in Großbuchstaben, abhängig von der Dokumentklasse. + Jeder Absatz der +\family sans +Literaturliste +\family default +-Umgebung ist ein Eintrag in das Literaturverzeichnis. + Das Drücken von +\family sans +Return +\family default + setzt die Absatzumgebung +\emph on +nicht +\emph default +zurück. + Jeder neue Absatz bleibt in der +\family sans + Literaturliste +\family default +-Umgebung. +\layout Standard + +Am +\emph on +Anfang der +\emph default + +\emph on +ersten Zeile +\emph default +eines Absatzes werden Sie ein graues Kästchen mit einer Zahl sehen. + Wenn Sie daraufklicken, erscheint ein Menü, in dem Sie einen +\family sans +\bar under +S +\bar default +chlüssel +\family default + und eine +\family sans +\bar under +M +\bar default +arke +\family default + einfügen können. + Der +\family sans +\bar under +S +\bar default +chlüssel +\family default + ist der symbolische Name, mit dem Sie auf diese Literaturangabe verweisen. + Nehmen wir zum Beispiel an, Ihre erste Literaturangabe wäre ein Buch über + LaTeX. + Wir könnten dann als +\family sans +\bar under +S +\bar default +chlüssel +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +latexbuch +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + dafür nehmen. + Sie können auch eine +\family sans +\bar under +M +\bar default +arke +\family default + benutzen, die dann in dem grauen Kästchen erscheinen würde. +\layout Standard + +Das +\family sans +\bar under +M +\bar default +arke +\family default +n-Feld ist nicht nutzlos. + Sie können auf Ihre Literaturangaben verweisen, indem Sie +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +Z +\bar default +itat\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + benutzen. + Dann wählen Sie einen der Werte aus dem +\family sans +\bar under +S +\bar default +chlüssel +\family default +-Feld. + Ein Beispiel für ein Literaturverzeichnis finden Sie (wo sonst) am Ende + dieses Dokumentes. + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Siehe +\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide} + +\end_inset + + oder +\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite[Kapitel 3]{latexcompanion} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + sind zwei Beispiele dafür, wie man Einträge davon zitiert. + Im zweiten Beispiel haben wir das Feld +\family sans +Text\SpecialChar ~ +danach: +\family default + des +\family sans +Zitat +\family default +-Menüs benutzt, um den Text +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Kapitel 3 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + hinzuzufügen. + Die Texte +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +latexguide +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +latexcompanion +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, die Sie hier sehen, werden beim Drucken durch die entsprechenden Nummern + des Literaturverzeichnisses ersetzt. +\layout Standard + +Das erweiterte LaTeX-Literaturpaket BibTeX wird von LyX auch unterstützt. + Im Dokument +\emph on + Profi-Tipps +\emph default + können Sie nachlesen, wie man es benutzt. +\layout Subsection + +Besondere Umgebungen +\layout Standard + +Es gibt drei Absatzumgebungen, die einfach in keine Kategorie passen, weil + sie für besondere Zwecke benutzt werden. + Wir werden das Wichtigste von ihnen und ihren Gebrauch erklären. +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +Beschriftung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Beschriftung} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:captionlayout} + +\end_inset + +Die +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default +-Umgebung (LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Caption +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Caption} + +\end_inset + +) wird standardmäßig für Gleitobjekt-Abbildungen und Gleitobjekt-Tabellen + benutzt. + Auf dem LyX-Bildschirm werden Sie entweder die Marke +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Abbildung: +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + oder +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Tabelle: +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + sehen, abhängig vom Gleitobjekt-Typ. + Außerdem erzeugt die +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default +-Umgebung im Ausdruck eine Abbildungs- oder Tabellennummer. +\layout Standard + +Man kann in die +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default +-Umgebung nichts schachteln und umgekehrt. + +\family sans +Return +\family default + setzt die Absatz\SpecialChar \- +umgebung auf +\family sans +Standard +\family default + zurück, das heißt ein +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default + ist nur ein einzelner Absatz. +\layout Standard + +Außerhalb von Gleitobjekt-Abbildungen und Gleitobjekt-Tabellen kann man + die +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default +-Umgebung nicht benutzen. + Lesen Sie die Abschnitte +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:figures} + +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:tables} + +\end_inset + + für mehr Einzelheiten über +\family sans +Gleitobjekt-Abbildungen und Gleitobjekt-Tabellen. +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +L +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +yX-Code +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{LyX-Code} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Die +\family sans +L +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +yX-Code +\family default +-Umgebung ist noch eine LyX-Erweiterung. + Sie setzt Text in einem Schreibmaschinenfont. + Außerdem kann die Leertaste mehrfach hintereinander benutzt werden; +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +In der +\family sans +L +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +yX-Code +\family default +-Umgebung wird die Leertaste als geschütztes Leerzeichen behandelt anstatt + als +\family typewriter +end-of-word +\family default +-Markierung. +\end_inset + + dies ist einer der wenigen Fälle in LyX. + Für Leerzeilen muß man +\family sans +Strg+Return +\family default + eingeben (die +\family typewriter +break-line +\family default +-Funktion). + +\family sans +Return +\family default + beendet Absätze. + Beachten Sie aber, daß +\family sans +Return +\family default + +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + die Absatzumgebung zurücksetzt. + Wenn man also die +\family sans +L +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +yX-Code +\family default +-Umgebung beenden will, muß man das durch Wahl einer anderen Umgebung machen. + +\family sans +L +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +yX-Code +\family default +-Umgebungen kann man auch in andere schachteln. +\layout Standard + +Diese Umgebung hat ein paar Marotten: +\layout Itemize + +Am Anfang eines neuen Absatzes kann man +\family sans +Strg+Return +\family default + nicht benutzen (das heißt auf +\family sans +Return +\family default + kann kein +\family sans +Strg+Return +\family default + folgen). +\layout Itemize + +Auf +\family sans +Strg+Return +\family default + kann keine Leertaste folgen. +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Benutzen Sie +\family sans +Return +\family default +, um einen neuen Absatz zu beginnen; dann können Sie die Leertaste benutzen. +\layout Itemize + +Oder: benutzen Sie stattdessen +\family sans +Strg+Leertaste +\family default +. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Es gibt keinen leeren Absätze und keine leere Zeile. + Sie müssen in jeder leeren Zeile mindestens einmal die Leertaste drücken. + Sonst meldet LaTeX Fehler. +\layout Itemize + +Anführungszeichen erreichen Sie nicht durch Eingabe von +\family sans +", +\family default + weil das ' ' erzeugt. + Die Anführungszeichen erhalten Sie durch +\family sans +Strg+" +\family default + (oder +\family sans +Strg+Q +\family default +, wenn Sie die Emacs-Tastaturbelegung verwenden). +\layout Standard + +Hier ist ein Beispiel: +\layout LyX-Code + +#include +\layout LyX-Code + + +\layout LyX-Code + +int main(void) +\layout LyX-Code + +{ +\layout LyX-Code + + printf("Hallo Welt! +\backslash +n"); +\layout LyX-Code + + return 0; +\layout LyX-Code + +} +\layout Standard + +Das ist das Standard- +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Hallo Welt! +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +-C-Programm. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +{ +\end_inset + +L +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +} +\end_inset + +yX-Code +\family default + hat einen Zweck: Code zu setzen, zum Beispiel Quellprogramme, Shell-Skripte, + rc-Dateien usw. + Benutzen Sie diese Umgebung nur in diesen Spezialfällen, wenn der Text + aussehen soll, als wäre er mit einer Schreibmaschine geschrieben worden. +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +Kommentar +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Kommentar} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Die +\family sans +Kommentar +\family default +-Absatzumgebung (LaTeX-Bezeichnung: Comment +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Comment} + +\end_inset + +) kann zum Schreiben von Kommentaren benutzt werden, die im gedruckten Dokument + nicht erscheinen sollen. + Um das deutlich zu machen, schreibt LyX die +\family sans +Kommentar +\family default +-Umgebung in einer anderen Farbe, kursiv, mit dem Wort +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Comment: +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + davor und eingerückt. +\layout Section + +Umgebungen schachteln +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Umgebungen schachteln} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:nest} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Der große Wurf +\layout Standard + +Während der vorangegangenen Abschnitte haben wir Ihnen dauernd zugesetzt, + Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:nest} + +\end_inset + + zu lesen. + Deswegen fragen Sie sich sicher, worum es eigentlich geht. +\layout Standard + +LyX unterscheidet sich vom normalen Konzept der +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Textverarbeitung-als-Superschreibmaschine +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + sehr stark. + Mit einer Schreibmaschine ist Text bloß Tinte auf Papier. + Bei einigen Textverarbeitungen ist das auch heute noch das Hauptproblem. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Nomen est omen! +\end_inset + + LyX dagegen behandelt Text als einen zusammengehörigen Block in einem spezielle +n Kontext und mit speziellen Eigenschaften. + Aber was ist, wenn Sie möchten, daß ein +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Block +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + einige Eigenschaften eines anderen +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Blocks +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + erben soll? +\layout Standard + +Ein gutes Beispiel dafür sind Aufzählungen. + Nehmen wir an, Sie haben drei Hauptpunkte in Ihrer Aufzählung, aber Punkt + 2 hat auch noch zwei Unterpunkte. + Mit anderen Worten, Sie haben eine Liste +\emph on +innerhalb +\emph default +einer anderen, wobei die innere Liste zu Punkt 2 +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +gehört +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +: +\layout Enumerate + +eins +\layout Enumerate + +zwei +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Unterliste - Punkt 1 +\layout Enumerate + +Unterliste - Punkt 2 +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +drei +\layout Standard + +Wie erstellt man eine Liste in einer anderen? +\layout Standard + +Inzwischen sollte die Antwort klar sein: man schachtelt eine Liste in die + andere. + Aber Schachteln ist nicht auf Listen beschränkt. + In LyX kann man fast alles ineinander schachteln, wie Sie bald feststellen + werden. + Das ist die wirkliche Stärke des Schachtelns von Absatzumgebungen. +\layout Subsection + +Was Sie schachteln können und was nicht +\layout Standard + +Bevor wir Sie mit einer Liste von Absatzumgebungen konfrontieren, müssen + wir Ihnen etwas mehr darüber sagen, wie schachteln arbeitet. +\layout Standard + +Die Frage, ob man schachteln kann oder nicht, ist nicht einfach mit ja oder + nein zu beantworten. + Die Frage ist auch noch: wie? Kann man diese Umgebung in irgendeine andere + schachteln? Kann man eine andere Umgebung in diese schachteln? Ein +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Ja +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + auf die erste Frage garantiert noch kein +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Ja +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + auf die zweite. +\layout Standard + +Die Absatzumgebungen in LyX können bezüglich schachteln eins von drei Dingen. + Erstens kann eine Umgebung überhaupt kein schachteln erlauben. + Zweitens gibt es Umgebungen, die vollständig schachtelbar sind. + Man kann sie in andere Dinge schachteln und auch andere Dinge in sie. + Drittens gibt es Umgebungen, die man in andere schachteln kann, aber in + sie selber kann man nichts schachteln. +\layout Standard + +Hier ist eine Aufstellung der drei Schachteltypen und der zugehörigen Absatzumge +bungen: +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Seltsamerweise erlaubt LyX, +\family sans +Literaturliste +\family default + und +\family sans +Zusammenfassung +\family default + vollständig zu schachteln. + Ebenso kann man +\family sans +Titel +\family default +, +\family sans +Autor +\family default + und +\family sans +Datum +\family default + in andere Umgebungen schachteln. + Wir bitten Sie dringend, das nicht zu tun. + LaTeX könnte meckern -- oder auch nicht. + Wir wissen es nicht genau. + Aber da es vom Kontext her keinen Sinn macht, diese Umgebungen in andere + zu schachteln, warum sollten Sie es dann tun? +\end_inset + + +\layout Description + +Nicht\SpecialChar ~ +schachtelbar +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{schachtelbar, nicht} + +\end_inset + + Man kann sie nicht schachteln. + Man kann nichts in sie hineinschachteln. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Teil +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Teil} + +\end_inset + + +\family default +(LaTeX-Bezeichnung: +\family sans +Part +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Part} + +\end_inset + +), Kapitel, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Kapitel} + +\end_inset + + Abschnitt, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abschnitt} + +\end_inset + + Unterabschnitt, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Unterabschnitt} + +\end_inset + + Unterunterabschn., +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Unterunterabschn.} + +\end_inset + + Paragraph, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Paragraph} + +\end_inset + + Unterparagraph, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Unterparagraph} + +\end_inset + + Teil*, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Teil*} + +\end_inset + + Kapitel*, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Kapitel*} + +\end_inset + + Abschnitt*, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abschnitt*} + +\end_inset + + Unterabschnitt*, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Unterabschnitt*} + +\end_inset + + Unterunterabschn.*, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Unterunterabschn.*} + +\end_inset + + Literaturliste, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Literaturliste} + +\end_inset + + Zusammenfassung, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zusammenfassung} + +\end_inset + + Titel, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Titel} + +\end_inset + + Autor, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Autor} + +\end_inset + + Datum. +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Datum} + +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description + +Vollständig\SpecialChar ~ +schachtelbar +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{schachtelbar, vollständig} + +\end_inset + + Man kann sie schachteln. + Man kann andere Dinge in sie hineinschachteln. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Gedicht, Zitat (kurz), Zitat (lang), Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +listung, Aufzählung, Beschreibung, + Liste, L +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +yX-Code. +\end_deeper +\layout Description + +Teilweise\SpecialChar ~ +schachtelbar +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{schachtelbar, teilweise} + +\end_inset + + Man kann sie in andere Dinge schachteln. + Man kann nichts in sie hineinschachteln. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Standard, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Standard} + +\end_inset + + Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Right Address} + +\end_inset + + Adresse. +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Adresse} + +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Die +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default +-Umgebung paßt nirgendwo richtig hinein, weil sie nur in Gleitobjekt-Abbildungen + und Gleit\SpecialChar \- +ob\SpecialChar \- +jekt-Tabellen benutzt wird. +\layout Subsection + +Andere Dinge schachteln: Tabellen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen} + +\end_inset + +, Mathematik +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Mathematik} + +\end_inset + +, Gleitobjekte +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleitobjekte} + +\end_inset + + usw. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table-and-fig-nesting} + +\end_inset + +Es gibt einige Dinge, die zwar keine Absatzumgebungen, aber trotzdem vom + schachteln betroffen sind. + Das sind: +\layout Itemize + +Gleichungen +\layout Itemize + +Tabellen +\layout Itemize + +Bilder +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Anmerkung: wenn Sie ein Bild oder eine Tabelle in ein Gleitobjekt einfügen, + gilt dies nicht mehr. + Lesen Sie weiter unten oder in den Abschnitten +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:figures} + +\end_inset + + oder +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:tables} + +\end_inset + + weitere Einzelheiten. +\layout Standard + +LyX kann diese drei Objekte entweder als Wort oder als Absatz behandeln. + Nun, eine Tabelle kann man nicht in eine Zeile schreiben, aber Formeln + und Bilder. + Wenn ein Bild oder eine Gleichung +\emph on +inline +\emph default + ist, folgt sie dem Absatz überall hin. +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie aber eine Gleichung, ein Bild oder eine Tabelle in einer eigenen + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Absatz +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + haben, verhält sie sich wie eine teilweise schachtelbare Absatzumgebung. + Man kann sie in jede Umgebung schachteln, aber man kann natürlich nichts + in sie schachteln. +\layout Standard + +Hier ist ein Beispiel mit einer Tabelle: +\layout Enumerate + +Punkt eins +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Dies ist (a) und geschachtelt. +\begin_deeper +\layout Address + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +a +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +b +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +c +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +d +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Dies ist (b). + Die Tabelle ist in (a) geschachtelt. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Wieder zurück. +\layout Standard + +Wenn wir die Tabelle nicht geschachtelt hätten, würde die Liste wie folgt + aussehen: +\layout Enumerate + +Punkt eins +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Dies ist (a) und geschachtelt. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +a +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +b +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +c +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +d +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Enumerate + +Dies ist (b). + Die Tabelle ist +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + in (a) geschachtelt. + Sie ist überhaupt nicht geschachtelt. +\layout Enumerate + +Wieder zurück. +\layout Standard + +Beachten Sie, daß (b) nicht nur nicht mehr geschachtelt ist, sondern auch + der erste Punkt einer neuen Liste ist! +\layout Standard + +Es gibt noch eine Falle, in die man leicht geht: man schachtelt zwar die + Tabelle, geht aber nicht tief genug. + LyX verwandelt dann alles nach der Tabelle in eine neue (Unter)liste. +\layout Enumerate + +Punkt eins +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Dies ist (a) und geschachtelt. +\layout Address + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +a +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +b +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +c +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +d +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Enumerate + +Dies ist (b). + Die Tabelle ist in 1. + geschachtelt, aber +\emph on +nicht +\emph default +in (a). +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Wieder zurück. +\layout Standard + +Wie Sie sehen, wurde (b) zum ersten Punkt einer neuen Liste, aber +\emph on +innerhalb +\emph default +von Punkt 1. + Dasselbe würde mit einem Bild oder einer Gleichung geschehen. + Wenn Sie also Tabellen, Bilder oder Gleichungen schachteln, passen Sie + auf die richtige Tiefe auf! +\layout Standard + +Dann sind da die sogenannten Gleitobjekte. + Ein Gleitobjekt ist ein Textblock, der mit einer Art Marke versehen ist, + der aber keinen festen Platz hat. + Er kann eine Seite oder zwei vorwärts oder rückwärts +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +fließen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, je nachdem, wohin er am besten paßt. + +\family sans +Fußnote +\family default +n und +\family sans +Randnotiz +\family default +en sind Gleitobjekte, ebenso Gleitobjekt-Abbildung, Gleitobjekt-Tabelle, + Gleitobjekt-Abbildung\SpecialChar ~ +(breit) und Gleitobjekt-Tabellen\SpecialChar ~ +(breit). +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Der Unterschied zwischen breiten und normalen Gleitobjekten spielt nur in + zweispaltigen Dokumenten eine Rolle, wo sich breite +\family sans + +\family default +Gleitobjekte über zwei Spalten anstatt über eine erstrecken. + In einspaltigen Dokumenten kann man +\family sans + +\family default +nicht Gleitobjekt-Abbildung (breit) und Gleitobjekt-Tabellen (breit) wählen. +\end_inset + + Wenn Sie in LyX ein Dokument bearbeiten, sieht ein geschlossenes Gleitobjekt + wie ein hochgestelltes rotes Wort aus, das dem Absatz folgt. + Weil ein Gleitobjekt aber keinen festen Platz im fertigen Text hat, wirkt + sich schachteln auf seinen momentanen Platz nicht aus, nachdem Sie es an + LaTeX weitergereicht haben. +\layout Subsection + +Gebrauch und allgemeine Eigenschaften +\layout Subsubsection + +Die verschiedenen Bindungen +\layout Standard + +Nachdem wir Ihnen gesagt haben, was Sie schachteln können und was nicht, + ist es an der Zeit zu erklären, +\emph on +wie +\emph default +man schachtelt. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Anmerkung des Autors: Ich habe überlegt, diesen Abschnitt vor die beiden + vorigen zu stellen, aber alle drei sind so eng verbunden, daß die richtige + Reihenfolge schwierig herauszufinden war. + -- jw +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Als erstes können Sie Tastenkombinationen, einen Werkzeugleistenknopf und + einen Menüeintrag benutzen. + Wenn Sie +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Umg +\bar under +e +\bar default +bungstiefe\SpecialChar ~ +erhöhen +\family default + wählen, wird die Schachtelungstiefe +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schachtelungstiefe} + +\end_inset + + um eine Stufe +\emph on +erhöht +\emph default +. + Sie können dafür auch den Werkzeugleistenknopf benutzen, auf dem Sie eine + Seite mit einem Pfeil links von einem eingerückten Absatz sehen. + Mit +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Umgebungstiefe\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +v +\bar default +erringern +\family default + wird die Schachtelungstiefe um eine Stufe +\emph on +verringert +\emph default +. + Schließlich können Sie die Schachtelungstiefe mit +\emph on + +\emph default +der Tastenkombination +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\family default + +\emph on +erhöhen +\emph default +und mit +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\family default + +\emph on +verringern +\emph default +. +\layout Standard + +Es gibt zwei Möglichkeiten, Text zu schachteln. + Man kann den zu schachtelnden Text markieren oder den Cursor einfach in + den Absatz bewegen, dessen Tiefe man ändern möchte. + Mit der ersten Methode kann man mehrere Absätze auf einmal ändern. +\layout Standard + +Beachten Sie, daß LyX die Schachtelungstiefe nur dann ändert, wenn es möglich + ist. + Sonst passiert nichts, wenn Sie versuchen, die Tiefe zu ändern. + Wenn Sie die Tiefe eines Absatzes ändern, werden außerdem alle darin geschachte +lten Absätze betroffen. + Es ist schwer zu beschreiben, was LyX in diesem Fall genau tut. + Das hängt insbesondere davon ab, wie Ihr Text aussieht. + Das Beste, was Sie tun können, ist ausprobieren und sehen, was passiert. +\layout Standard + +Zuletzt sollten Sie noch folgendes beachten: +\layout Itemize + +Wenn Sie die Tiefe mehrmals +\emph on +verringern +\emph default + (das heißt wiederholt +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\family default + drücken), hält LyX auf der höchsten Stufe an. +\layout Itemize + +Wenn Sie die Tiefe mehr als 7 Mal +\emph on + erhöhen +\emph default + (das heißt wiederholt +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\family default + drücken), macht LyX +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +einen Umbruch +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Das heißt, wenn Sie die 7. + Stufe erreichen, hält LyX dort nicht an, sondern beginnt wieder bei der + äußersten Stufe, wenn Sie die Tiefe weiter erhöhen wollen. +\layout Standard + +Beachten Sie, daß die +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +niedrigste Stufe +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + nicht die niedrigst mögliche bedeutet. + Sie können nicht beliebig schachteln, wie Sie es bereits bei der +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Umgebung und anderen gesehen haben, und auch LaTeX setzt eine Grenze. +\layout Standard + +LyX kann maximal sechsmal schachteln, ohne daß LaTeX meckert. + Hier ist ein Beispiel, das zeigt, was wir meinen: +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie dies in LyX lesen, erkennen Sie die Schachtelungen auch an den + roten Klammer am linken Rand. +\end_inset + + +\layout Enumerate + +Stufe 1 - außen +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Stufe 2 +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Stufe 3 +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Stufe 4 +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Stufe 5 +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Stufe 6 +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Noch einmal: LyX hat maximal 6 sinnvolle Stufen, unabhängig davon, welche + Absatzumgebung Sie auf einer bestimmten Stufe benutzen. + Das bedeutet, daß Sie eine sechsfach geschachtelte +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default +- oder +\family sans +Gedicht +\family default +-Umgebung usw.\SpecialChar ~ +erzeugen können. + Sie können auch sechs Umgebungen mischen, wie wir später sehen werden. +\layout Standard + +Es gibt zwei Ausnahmen für das sechsfache Schachteln, und Sie können beide + im obigen Beispiel sehen. + Anders als die anderen vollständig schachtelbaren Umgebungen können Sie + die +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Umgebung und die +\family sans +Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +listung +\family default +-Umgebung nur vierfach schachteln. + Wenn wir zum Beispiel eine weitere +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default + innerhalb von +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +A. +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + erstellen wollten, würden wir Fehlermeldungen erhalten. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Noch einmal: LyX kümmert sich nicht um die Grenze, sondern LaTeX produziert + Fehlermeldungen, wenn Sie Ihr Dokument für den Druck aufbereiten wollen. +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Einige Beispiele +\layout Standard + +Der beste Weg zu erklären, was Sie mit schachteln erreichen können, sind + Beispiele. + Wir haben mehrere mit geschachtelten Umgebungen. + Darin erklären wir, wie wir sie erzeugt haben, so daß Sie sie reproduzieren + können. +\layout Subsubsection + +Beispiel 1: Sechsfache und gemischte Schachtelung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schachtelungsbeispiele} + +\end_inset + + +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMM + +1-a Dies ist die äußerste Stufe. + Es ist eine +\family sans +Liste +\family default +-Umgebung. +\begin_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMM + +2-a Dies ist Stufe 2. + Wir haben +\family sans +Alt+Return +\family default + gedrückt, gefolgt von +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\family default +. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMM + +3-a Dies ist Stufe 3. + Diesmal haben wir nur +\family sans +Return +\family default + gedrückt, dann +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\family default + zweimal nacheinander. + Wir hätten es aber auch wie bei 2-a machen können: +\family sans +Alt+Return +\family default + drücken, gefolgt von +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\family default +. +\begin_deeper +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Dies ist eine +\family sans +Standard +\family default +-Umgebung, in +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +3-a +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + geschachtelt. + Also ist sie auf Stufe 4. + Wir haben dies erreicht durch +\family sans +Alt+Return +\family default +, dann +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\family default + und schließlich durch Ändern der Umgebung auf +\family sans +Standard +\family default +. + So erhalten Sie Listeneinträge mit mehr als einem Absatz - es funktioniert + auch mit den +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default +-, +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +- und +\family sans +Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +listung +\family default +-Umgebungen! +\layout Standard + +Hier ist ein weiterer +\family sans +Standard +\family default +-Absatz, auch auf Stufe 4, nur mit einem +\family sans +Alt+Return +\family default + erzeugt. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMM + +4-a Dies ist Stufe 4. + Wir haben +\family sans +Alt+Return +\family default + gedrückt und die Absatz\SpecialChar \- +umgebung auf +\family sans +Liste +\family default + zurückgesetzt. + Denken Sie daran -- innerhalb einer +\family sans +Standard +\family default +-Umgebung kann man nichts schachteln, deswegen sind wir noch auf 4. + Aber wir +\emph on +können +\emph default +innerhalb von +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +3-a +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + weiterschachteln. +\begin_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMM + +5-a Dies ist Stufe 5\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\begin_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMM + +6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{} +und dies ist Stufe 6. + Inzwischen sollten Sie wissen, wie wir diese beiden erzeugt haben. +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMM + +5-b Zurück zu Stufe 5. + Drücken Sie nur +\family sans +Alt+Return +\family default +, gefolgt von +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\family default +. +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMM + +4-b Nach noch einem +\family sans +Alt+Return +\family default +, gefolgt von +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\family default +, sind wir zurück auf Stufe 4. +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMM + +3-b Zurück zu Stufe 3. + Inzwischen sollte klar sein, wie wir das taten. +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMM + +2-b Zurück zu Stufe 2. + +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMM + +1-b Und schließlich zurück zur äußersten Stufe 1. + Nach diesem Satz drücken wir +\family sans +Return +\family default + und ändern die Absatzumgebung zurück nach +\family sans +Standard +\family default +, um die Liste zu beenden. +\layout Standard + +Das war's! Übrigens -- wir hätten auch die +\family sans +Beschreibung +\family default +-, +\family sans +Zitat (kurz) +\family default +-, +\family sans +Zitat (lang)- +\family default + und sogar die +\family sans +Gedicht +\family default +-Umgebung anstatt der +\family sans +Liste +\family default +-Umgebung benutzen können. + Das Beispiel hätte sehr ähnlich ausgesehen. +\layout Subsubsection + +Beispiel 2: Vererbung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schachtelungsbeispiele} + +\end_inset + + +\layout LyX-Code + +Dies ist die LyX-Code-Umgebung auf Stufe 1, der äußersten Stufe. + Jetzt werden wir +\family sans +Return +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Wäre +\family sans +Return +\family default + auch im Schreibmaschinenfont geschrieben ( +\family typewriter +Return +\family default +), würde im Ausdruck ein ähnlicher Fehler wie in Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:par-environments} + +\end_inset + + auftreten. + Also: Vorsicht mit dem Schreibmaschinenfont. +\end_inset + + +\family default + drücken, dann +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\family default +; danach werden wir zur +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Umgebung wechseln. +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Dies ist die +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Umgebung auf Stufe 2. +\layout Enumerate + +Sehen Sie, wie die geschachtelte +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Umgebung nicht nur die Randeinstellung der Elternumgebung ( +\family sans +L +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +yX-Code +\family default +) erbt, sondern auch Font und Leerzeichen! +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Wir haben dies Beispiel beendet, indem wir +\family sans +Return +\family default + gedrückt haben. + Danach mußten wir die Absatzumgebung auf +\family sans +Standard +\family default + und die Schachtelungstiefe mit einmal +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\family default + zurücksetzen. +\layout Subsubsection + +Beispiel 3: Marken, Stufen +\family sans + +\family default +und +\family sans + Aufzählung +\family default +- und +\family sans +Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +listung +\family default +-Umgebungen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schachtelungsbeispiele} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Enumerate + +Dies ist Stufe 1 in einer +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Absatzumgebung. + Wir wollen einige davon schachteln. +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Dies ist Stufe 2. + Wir haben +\family sans +Alt+Return +\family default + gedrückt, gefolgt von +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\family default +. + Was wird passieren, wenn wir eine +\family sans +Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +listung +\family default +-Umgebung hier hinein schachteln? Sie wird auf Stufe 3 sein, aber welche + Marke wird es sein? Ein Stern? +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Nein! Es ist ein schwarzer Kreis. + Dies ist die +\emph on +erste +\emph default + +\family sans +Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +listung +\family default +-Stufe, obwohl wir auf Stufe 3 sind. + Deswegen ist die Marke ein schwarzer Kreis. + (Bemerkung: wir kamen hierher durch +\family sans +Alt+Return +\family default +, dann +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\family default +, dann der Umgebungswechsel auf +\family sans +Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +listung +\family default +.) +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Hier ist Stufe 4, produziert mit +\family sans +Alt+Return +\family default +, dann +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + +. + +\family default + Wir werden das noch einmal machen \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + um zu Stufe 5 zu gelangen. + Diesmal aber haben wir auch die Absatz\SpecialChar \- +umgebung zurückgesetzt auf +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +. + Beachten Sie die Numerierung! Sie ist jetzt eine +\emph on +kleingeschriebene römische Zahl +\emph default +, weil wir auf der +\emph on +dritten +\emph default +Stufe der +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Umgebung sind (das heißt dies ist eine +\family sans + Aufzählung- +\family default + in einer +\family sans +Aufzählung- +\family default + in einer +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Umgebung). +\layout Enumerate + +Was passiert, wenn wir die Absatzumgebung +\emph on +nicht +\emph default +ändern, sondern die Schachtelungstiefe verringern? Welche Numerierung wird + LyX benutzen? +\layout Enumerate + +Oh, als wenn Sie das nicht bereits geraten hätten. + Wir benutzen nur +\family sans +Alt+Return +\family default +, um die Umgebung und die Tiefe beizubehalten und einen neuen Eintrag zu + erzeugen. +\layout Enumerate + +Wir wollen +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt \SpecialChar ~ ++ +\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\family default + benutzen, um nach dem nächsten +\family sans +Alt+Return +\family default + die Tiefe zu verringern. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Dies ist Stufe 4. + Sehen Sie, was für eine Marke LyX benutzt! +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Dies ist Stufe 3. + Obwohl wir die Stufen geändert haben, benutzt LyX immer noch kleingeschriebene + römische Zahlen für die Marken. + Warum? +\layout Enumerate + +Weil der Absatz trotz der Tiefenänderung +\emph on +immer noch +\emph default +die dritte Stufe der +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Umgebung ist. + Beachten Sie aber, daß LyX den Zähler für die Marke +\emph on +zurückgesetzt +\emph default +hat. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Eine weitere Folge +\family sans +Alt+Return +\family default + +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\family default + und wir sind zurück auf Stufe 2. + Diesmal haben wir nicht nur die Schachtelungstiefe zurückgesetzt, sondern + sind auch in der +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Umgebung eine Stufe zurückgegangen. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Dasselbe passiert nach einer weiteren Folge +\family sans +Alt+Return +\family default + +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\family default +. + Wir sind zurück auf Stufe 1, der äußersten Stufe. +\layout Standard + +Schließlich haben wir die Umgebung auf +\family sans +Standard +\family default + zurückgesetzt. + Wie Sie sehen, korrespondiert die Stufennummer nicht mit dem Markentyp, + den LyX für die +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +- und +\family sans +Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +listung +\family default +-Umgebungen benutzt. + Die Anzahl von +\emph on +anderen +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Umgebungen +\emph default +, die sie umgeben, bestimmen die Marke, die LyX für einen +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +-Eintrag benutzt. + Dasselbe gilt auch für die +\family sans +Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +listung +\family default +-Umgebung. +\layout Subsubsection + +Beispiel 4: Übergeschnappt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schachtelungsbeispiele} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Enumerate + +Jetzt werden wir völlig verrückt. + Wir werden weder so tief wie in den anderen Beispielen schachteln noch + so ausführlich erklären, wie wir es machen. + (Stufe 1: +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +( +\family sans +Return, Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + +, Standard +\family default +: Stufe 2) Wir werden eine kurze Beschreibung in runden Klammern irgendwo + plazieren. + Zum Beispiel besagen die beiden Tastenkombinationen, wie wir die Tiefe + änderten. + Der Umgebungsname bezeichnet natürlich die Umgebung, in der wir uns befinden. + Entweder davor oder danach werden wir die Stufe schreiben. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +( +\family sans +Return, Aufzählung +\family default +: Stufe 1) Dies ist der nächste Eintrag in der Liste. +\begin_deeper +\layout Verse + +Jetzt dichten wir. +\newline +Es wird noch schlechter. +\newline +( +\family sans +Return, Umschalt+Alt\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + +, Gedicht +\family default +: Stufe 2) +\layout Verse + +Wir wollen ein Bier. +\newline +Das wäre gerechter! +\newline +( +\family sans +Alt+Return +\family default +) +\layout Verse + +Hier kommt eine Tabelle: +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 0.3cm \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +ein Fisch +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +zwei Fische +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +rote Fische +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +blaue Fische +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\layout Verse + + +\family sans +(Alt+Return, Tabelle, Alt+P\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\family default + 3mal, +\family sans +Alt+Return, Gedicht, Alt+P\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\family default +) : +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +( +\family sans +Return, Aufzählung +\family default +: Stufe 1) Dies ist ein weiterer Eintrag. + Beachten Sie, daß die Wahl einer +\family sans +Tabelle +\family default + die Schachtelungstiefe auf Stufe 1 zurücksetzt, so daß wir sie dreimal + erhöhen mußten, damit die Tabelle in die +\family sans +Gedicht +\family default +-Umgebung kommt. +\layout Quotation + +Wir beenden nun die +\family sans +Aufzählung +\family default + und wechseln nach +\family sans +Zitat (lang) +\family default +. + Wir sind immer noch auf Stufe 1. + Wir wollen Ihnen einige Dinge zeigen, die Sie mit dem Mischen von Umgebungen + machen können. + Die nächsten Absätze sind ein +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +zitierter Brief +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Wir werden die +\family sans +Adresse +\family default +- und die +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default +-Umgebung hier hineinschachteln, dann eine weitere geschachtelte +\family sans +Zitat (lang) +\family default + für den Brief selber benutzen. + Wir werden +\family sans +Alt+Return +\family default + benutzen, um die Tiefe beizubehalten. + Denken Sie daran, daß Sie +\family sans +Strg+Return +\family default + benötigen, um innerhalb von +\family sans +Adresse +\family default +- und +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default +-Umgebungen mehrere Zeilen schreiben zu können. + Hier ist das Ergebnis: +\begin_deeper +\layout Right Address + +Nirgendwostr. + 1234 +\newline +54321 Irgendwo +\newline +18. + Feb. + 1999 +\layout Address + +Sehr geehrter Herr Soundso, +\layout Quotation + +wir bedauern, Ihnen mitteilen zu müssen, daß wir Ihre Bestellung über 50 + Liter komprimiertes Methangas wegen widriger Umstände nicht liefern können. + Unglücklicherweise sind einige unserer Kühe auf merkwürdige Weise explodiert, + so daß wir nicht mehr genügend Methan haben. + Wir werden Sie auf die Warteliste setzen und Ihre Bestellung so schnell + wie möglich liefern. + In der Zwischenzeit danken wir Ihnen für Ihre Geduld. +\layout Quotation + +Wir haben aber jetzt ein Sonderangebot für Rindfleisch. + Wenn Sie interessiert sind, schicken Sie bitte das beigefügte Bestellformular + zusammen mit einem Scheck an uns zurück. +\layout Quotation + +Wir danken Ihnen nochmals für Ihre Geduld. +\layout Address + +Hochachtungsvoll, +\newline +Franz Meier +\end_deeper +\layout Quotation + +Ende des Beispiels! +\layout Standard + +Wie Sie sehen können, erreichen Sie mit dem Schachteln von Umgebungen in + LyX eine ganze Menge mit nur wenigen Tastendrücken. + Wir hätten leicht eine +\family sans +Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +listung +\family default + innerhalb von +\family sans +Zitat (lang) +\family default + oder +\family sans +Zitat (kurz) +\family default + schachteln können oder ein +\family sans +Zitat (kurz) +\family default + innerhalb von einer +\family sans +Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +listung +\family default +. + Sie haben jede Menge Möglichkeiten zur Auswahl. +\layout Section + +Fonts +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fonts} + +\end_inset + + und Textstile +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Textstile} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Überblick +\layout Standard + +Viele moderne Drucksetz- und Formatierungssprachen sind dazu übergegangen, + Buchstabenstile an Stelle von Fonts zu definieren. + So benutzt man zum Beispiel den Stil +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +hervorgehoben +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + anstatt die Kursivform des momentanen Fonts zu nehmen. + Dieses Konzept paßt vollkommen zu LyX. + In LyX macht man Dinge kontextabhängig anstatt sich mit den Einzelheiten + des Drucksetzens zu befassen. +\layout Standard + +Zur Zeit erlaubt LyX Ihnen, einen globalen Font festzulegen, der zwei Buchstaben +stile besitzt: +\family sans +Hervorhebung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Hervorhebung} + +\end_inset + + +\family default +und +\family sans +Kapitälchen +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Kapitälchen} + +\end_inset + +. + Der +\family sans +Hervorhebung +\family default +sstil entspricht einem kursiven Font. + Der +\family sans +Kapitälchen +\family default +stil entspricht einem Kapitälchenfont, den einige Sprachen und Schreibstile + für Namen verwenden. + Das LyX-Team hofft, eines Tages einen vollständigen Satz von Buchstabenstilen + zu haben und dem Benutzer zu gestatten festzulegen, welche Fontänderungen + zu welchen Stilen gehören. + Im Moment müssen Sie sich mit dem zufrieden geben, was wir bereits getan + haben. +\layout Subsection + +Globale Optionen +\layout Standard + +Den Standardfont können Sie im Dialogfenster +\family sans + Dokumentformat +\family default +festlegen, das Sie mit +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family default +\bar under +D +\family sans +\bar default +okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + erhalten. + Es gibt zwei Parameter, die auf der Karteikarte +\family sans +Dokument +\family default + interessieren: +\family sans +Schriften +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schriften} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + und +\family sans +Schriftgröße +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schriftgroße@Schriftgröße} + +\end_inset + +. + Die möglichen Optionen unter +\family sans +Schriften +\family default + umfassen +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +default +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und eine Liste von Fonts, die auf Ihrem System zur Verfügung stehen. + Die Option +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +default +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + benutzt die Standard-TeX-Fonts, bekannt als +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +computer modern +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + (cm) oder +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +European modern +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + (ec). + Die meisten Systeme haben normalerweise Versionen der Fonts Times und Helvetica + und eine Vielzahl anderer Varianten. + Sie müssen es selber herausfinden. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Schriftgröße +\family default + hat außer +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +default +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + drei Werte: +\family sans +10 +\family default +, +\family sans +11 +\family default + und +\family sans +12 +\family default +. + Denken Sie daran, dies ist die +\emph on +Basis +\emph default +zeichengröße. + In Wirklichkeit skaliert LyX alle möglichen Fontgrößen (so wie die in Fußnoten, + hoch- und tiefgestellt) über diesen Wert. + Im Dokument können Sie die Fontgröße immer feineinstellen, wenn es nötig + ist. + Außerdem ist es ziemlich töricht, einen 8pt- oder 24pt-Font als Standardgröße + zu benutzen, weil Ihr Dokument dadurch sicher unleserlich wird. +\layout Standard + +Denken Sie daran, daß LyX die Darstellung +\emph on +nicht +\emph default +ändert, wenn Sie neue Werte für +\family sans +\bar under +Z +\bar default +eichensatz +\family default + und +\family sans +Zeichen +\bar under +g +\bar default +röße +\family default + gewählt haben. + Sie werden den Unterschied erst in der Druckansicht sehen. + Dies ist Teil des WYSIWYM +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYM} + +\end_inset + +-Konzeptes. + Außerdem haben Sie sicher bereits erkannt, daß +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Roman +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +-Text in der LyX-Darstellung dem Standardfont entspricht. +\layout Subsection + +Gebrauch unterschiedlicher Buchstabenstile +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Buchstabenstile} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Wie wir bereits gesehen haben, ändert LyX automatisch den Buchstabenstil + für gewisse Absatz\SpecialChar \- +umgebungen. + Wir haben bereits zwei Buchstabenstile erwähnt: +\family sans +Hervorhebung +\family default +und +\family sans +Kapitälchen +\family default +. + Beide kann man mit Tastenkürzeln, über die Menüs oder die Werkzeugleiste + auswählen. +\layout Standard + +Um +\family sans +Kapitälchen +\family default + zu aktivieren, machen Sie folgendes: +\layout Itemize + +Sie wählen +\family sans +\bar under +K +\bar default +apitälchen +\family default + im Menü +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat +\family default +, oder +\layout Itemize + +Sie klicken auf den Werkzeugleistenknopf, auf dem ein Männchen zu sehen + ist, oder +\layout Itemize + +Sie drücken +\family sans +Alt+Z+K. +\layout Standard + +Diese Befehle sind Umschalter: ist +\family sans +Kapitälchen +\family default + aktiviert, so wird es durch den Befehl deaktiviert und umgekehrt. +\layout Standard + +Eine typische Anwendung für +\family sans +Kapitälchen +\family default +-Stil sind Namen, zum Beispiel +\noun on + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Matthias Ettrich +\noun default + ist der LyX-Erfinder. +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Der +\family sans +Hervorhebung +\family default +sstil wird häufiger benutzt. + Man kann ihn folgendermaßen (de)aktivieren -- es sind ebenfalls Umschalter: +\layout Itemize + +Sie wählen +\family sans +\bar under +H +\bar default +ervorhebung +\family default + im Menü +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat +\family default +, oder +\layout Itemize + +Sie klicken auf den Werkzeugleistenknopf, auf dem ein Ausrufezeichen zu + sehen ist, oder +\layout Itemize + +Sie drücken +\family sans +Alt+Z+H. +\layout Standard + +Zur Zeit ist der +\family sans +Hervorhebung +\family default +sstil gleichbedeutend mit einem kursiven Font. + Wir wollen dem Benutzer in Zukunft ermöglichen, eine andere Zuordnung zu + treffen. +\layout Standard + +Den +\family sans +Hervorhebung +\family default +sstil haben wir überall in diesem Dokument benutzt. + Hier ist noch ein Beispiel: +\layout Quotation + + +\emph on +Übertreiben Sie den Gebrauch von Buchstabenstilen nicht! +\layout Standard + +Über das Beispiel hinaus ist es eine Warnung. + Man sollte in etwa so schreiben, wie man sich unterhält. + Da man sich ja nicht dauernd anschreit, sollte man vermeiden, Dinge zu + oft hervorzuheben. + +\layout Standard + +Noch eine letzte Bemerkung: mit +\family sans +Alt+Z+Leertaste +\family default + kann man jederzeit zum Standardfont zurückkehren. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\noun on +HHa +\noun default +: bei LyX-1.3.3 muß man den Text aber vorher markieren. +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Feineinstellung mit dem +\family sans +Zeichen +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zeichensatzattribute} + +\end_inset + +-Menü +\layout Standard + +Es gibt immer Situationen, in denen man Feineinstellungen vornehmen muß. + Deshalb hat LyX Möglichkeiten, den Buchstabenstil zu verändern. + Zum Beispiel schreiben ein wissenschaftliches Journal oder eine Firma vor, + daß ein Font ohne Serifen in gewissen Situationen zu benutzen ist. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Bemerkung von +\noun on +John Weiss +\noun default +: Für die LyX-Dokumentation gibt es auch Stilvorschriften, weil Handbücher + eine gewisse Konsistenz haben sollten. +\end_inset + + Manche Schriftsteller benutzen manchmal einen anderen Font, um die Gedanken + einer Person von einem gewöhnlichen Dialog abzuheben. +\layout Standard + +Bevor wir beschreiben, wie man Buchstabenstile ändern kann, wollen wir eine + Warnung wiederholen: Übertreiben Sie den Gebrauch von Buchstabenstilen + nicht. + Viele moderne Textverarbeitungen bieten viele Fonts an, womit Sie die Stärke + der Presse besitzen. + Unglücklicherweise gibt es eine Tendenz, damit zu verschwenderisch umzugehen. + Es hat etwas von +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +mit Kanonen auf Spatzen schießen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Außerdem sieht ein Dokument, das sehr viele Fonts und Größen benutzt, wirklich + so aus, als hätte jemand Löcher hineingeschossen. + -- Aber genug gejammert. +\layout Standard + +Um Fonts zu verändern, wählen Sie +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +Z +\bar default +eichen +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +, um das Dialogfenster +\family sans +Zeichenformat +\family default + angezeigt zu bekommen. + Dieses Menü hat sieben Knöpfe für die verschiedenen Fonteigenschaften, + die man auswählen kann. + Klickt man auf einen Knopf, kann man eine Einstellung wählen oder mit +\family sans +Keine\SpecialChar ~ +Änderung +\family default + alles beim alten lassen. + Mit +\family sans +Zurücksetzen +\family default + wird die Eigenschaft auf ihren Standardwert in der gerade benutzten Absatzumgeb +ung zurückgesetzt. + Damit kann man auf einen Schlag Attribute für verschiedene Absatzumgebungen + zurücksetzen. +\layout Standard + +Die sieben Fonteigenschaften und ihre möglichen Werte (plus +\family sans +Keine\SpecialChar ~ +Änderung +\family default + und +\family sans +Zurücksetzen +\family default +) sind: +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMM + + +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +amilie +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fontfamilie} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + Das +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +allgemeine Aussehen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + des Fonts. + Es gibt folgende Möglichkeiten: +\begin_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Roman +\family default + Dies ist die Fontfamilie Roman. + Es ist auch die Standardfamilie. + (Tastenkürzel = +\family sans +Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +R +\family default +) +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Serifenfrei +\family default + +\family sans +Dies ist die Fontfamilie Sans Serif. + +\family default +(Tastenkürzel = +\family sans +Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +S +\family default +) +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Schreibmaschine +\family default + +\family typewriter +Dies ist die Fontfamilie Schreibmaschine +\family default + (Tastenkürzel = +\family sans +Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +C +\family default +) +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMM + + +\family sans +\bar under +S +\bar default +erie +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fontserie} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + Dies ist die Druckstärke +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Druckstärke} + +\end_inset + + mit folgenden Optionen: +\begin_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Mittel +\family default + Dies ist die Druckstärke mittel. + Es ist auch die Standardstärke. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Fett +\family default + +\series bold +Dies ist die Druckstärke fett. + +\series default +Fettdruck kann man mit +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +F +\bar default +ettdruck +\family default +, +\family sans +Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +F +\family default + oder +\family sans +Strg+B +\family default + (de)aktivieren. +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMM + + +\family sans +F +\bar under +o +\bar default +rm +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fontform} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + Wie der Name schon sagt mit folgenden Optionen: +\begin_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Normal +\family default + Dies ist die Standardform. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Kursiv +\family default + +\shape italic +Dies +\family sans +i +\family default +st die kursive Form +\shape default +\emph on +. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Geneigt +\family default + +\shape slanted +Dies ist die geneigte Form +\shape default +(obwohl man es auf dem Bildschirm vielleicht nicht sieht, ist die Form anders + als kursiv). +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Kapitälchen +\family default + +\shape smallcaps +Dies ist die Kapitälchenform +\shape default +\noun on +. +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMM + + +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +arben +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fontfarbe} + +\end_inset + + +\family default +Hiermit können Sie eine Textfarbe auswählen. + Natürlich benötigen Sie einen Farbdrucker, wenn Sie es sehen wollen, und + Sie müssen das +\family sans +color +\family default +-LaTeX-Paket installiert haben. + +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + kann keine Farben darstellen. + Sie können zwischen +\family sans +Schwarz +\family default +, +\family sans +Weiß +\family default +, +\family sans +Rot +\family default +, +\family sans +Grün +\family default +, +\family sans +Blau +\family default +, +\family sans +Türkis +\family default +, +\family sans +Magenta +\family default + und +\family sans +Gelb +\family default + wählen. + Wir werden es nicht demonstrieren, da die meisten keinen Farbdrucker haben. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMM + + +\family sans +\bar under +S +\bar default +prache +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Sprache (ändern)} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + Hiermit können Sie einem markierten Textteil eine andere Sprache zuordnen. + Wenn Sie zum Beispiel längeren englischen Text in Ihr Dokument einfügen + wollen, berücksichtigt LaTeX für diesen Teil automatisch die englische + Silbentrennung. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMM + + +\family sans +\bar under +G +\bar default +röße +\family default + Ändert die Fontgröße +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fontgroße@Fontgröße} + +\end_inset + +. + Sie werden hier keine Zahlenwerte finden; alle möglichen Größen sind proportion +al zur Standardfontgröße. + Noch einmal, Sie füttern LyX nicht mit Details, sondern mit einer Beschreibung + von dem, was Sie machen wollen. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Die Optionen (und ihre Tastenkürzel) sind: +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Winzig +\family default + +\size tiny +Dies ist die +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +winzige +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + Fontgröße. + +\size default + LaTeX: tiny oder winzig +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +(Tastenkürzel = +\family sans +Alt+S\SpecialChar ~ +T +\family default + oder +\family sans +Alt+S+1 +\family default +) +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Kleinst +\family default +\size scriptsize +Dies ist die +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +klein 3 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + Fontgröße. + +\size default + LaTeX: scriptsize oder sehr klein +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +(Tastenkürzel = +\family sans +Alt+S+2 +\family default +) +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Kleiner +\family default +\size footnotesize +Dies ist die +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +klein 2 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + Fontgröße. + +\size default +LaTeX: footnotesize oder Fußnote +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +( +\size small +Tastenkürzel +\size default + = +\family sans +Alt+S+3 +\family default +) +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Klein +\family default + +\size small +Dies ist die +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +kleine +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + Fontgröße. + +\size default +LaTeX: small oder klein +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +( +\size small +Tastenkürzel +\size default + = +\family sans +Alt+S+Umschalt+S +\family default + oder +\family sans +Alt+S+4 +\family default +) +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Normal +\family default + Dies ist die +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +normale +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + Fontgröße. + LaTeX: normalsize oder normal +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Dies ist auch die Standardgröße (Tastenkürzel = +\family sans +Alt+S+N +\family default + oder +\family sans +Alt+S+5 +\family default +) +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Groß +\family default + +\size large +Dies ist die +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +große +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + Fontgröße. + +\size default +LaTeX: large oder groß +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +(Tastenkürzel = +\family sans +Alt+S+L +\family default + oder +\family sans +Alt+S+6 +\family default +) +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Größer +\family default + +\size larger +Dies ist die +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +groß 2 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + Fontgröße. + +\size default +LaTeX: Large oder Größer +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +(Tastenkürzel = +\family sans +Alt+S+Umschalt+L +\family default + oder +\family sans +Alt+S+7 +\family default +) +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Größt +\family default + +\size largest +Dies ist die +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +groß 3 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + Fontgröße. + +\size default +LaTeX: LARGE oder noch größer +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +(Tastenkürzel = +\family sans +Alt+S+8 +\family default +) +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Riesig +\family default + +\size huge +Dies ist die +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +riesige +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + Fontgröße. + +\size default +LaTeX: huge oder riesig +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +(Tastenkürzel = +\family sans +Alt+S+H +\family default + oder +\family sans +Alt+S+9 +\family default +) +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Riesiger +\family default +\size giant +Dies ist die +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +riesig 2 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + Fontgröße. + +\size default +LaTeX: Huge oder gigantisch +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +(Tastenkürzel = +\family sans +Alt+S+Umschalt+H +\family default + oder +\family sans +Alt+S+0 +\family default +) +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Vergrößern +\family default + vergrößert den markierten Text schrittweise +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Verkleinern +\family default + verkleinert den markierten Text schrittweise +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Wir wollen Sie +\emph on +noch einmal +\emph default +warnen: +\size large + spielen +\size default + Sie mit dieser Funktion nicht verrückt. + Die Fontgröße müssen Sie so gut wie nie ändern. + LyX ändert die Fontgröße für verschiedene Absatzumgebungen automatisch + - das sollten Sie benutzen. + Dies ist +\emph on +nur +\emph default +für Feineinstellungen! +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMM + + +\family sans +Diverses +\family default + Hier können Sie auf Buchstabenniveau noch ein paar andere Dinge ändern: +\begin_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Hervorgehoben +\family default + +\emph on +Dies ist hervorgehobener Text +\emph default +. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Dies mag wie +\shape italic +kursiv +\shape default + aussehen, aber es ist ein wenig anders. + Wenn Sie bei kursivem Text hervorheben benutzen, wird es normaler Text. + Bei zukünftigen LyX-Versionen können Sie diese +\emph on +logische +\emph default + Eigenschaft hoffentlich Ihren Wünschen entsprechend anpassen. +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Unterstrichen +\family default + +\bar under +Dies ist unterstrichener Text. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +(Tastenkürzel = +\family sans +Alt+Z+U +\family default + oder +\family sans +Strg+U +\family default +) +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMM + + +\family sans +Kapitälchen +\family default + +\noun on +Dies ist Text mit Kapitälchen. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Dies ist ebenso wie +\family sans +Hervorgehoben +\family default + ein logisches Attribut. + Zur Zeit ist es +\family sans +Kapitälchen +\family default +, aber es wird eines Tages wählbar sein. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Vermeiden Sie zu unterstreichen, wenn Sie können! Es ist ein Überbleibsel + aus den Schreibmaschinentagen, als man Fonts nicht wechseln konnte. + Wir brauchen auf das Unterstreichen nicht mehr zurückzugreifen, um etwas + hervorzuheben. + Es ist nur deshalb in LyX, weil es auch in LaTeX ist und weil einige es + +\emph on +möglicherweise +\emph default +benötigen, um Stilvorschriften zu genügen (und wir benutzen es in den Handbücher +n, um Tastenkürzel für Menüeinträge hervorzuheben). +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Sie können aus einer großen Zahl von Kombinationsmöglichkeiten wählen. +\layout Standard + +Nachdem Sie mit Hilfe des Menüs +\family sans +Zeichenformat +\family default + einen neuen Buchstabenstil gewählt haben, können Sie ihn mit dem Werkzeugleiste +nknopf +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Font +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + aktivieren. + (Sie können natürlich auch die Knöpfe +\family sans +Ü +\bar under +b +\bar default +ernehmen +\family default + und +\family sans +Schließen +\family default + benutzen.) Mit dem Werkzeugleistenknopf kann man auch dann umschalten, wenn + das Menü +\family sans +Zeichenformat +\family default + nicht zu sehen ist. + +\layout Standard + +Wie wir bereits erwähnt haben, kann man mit +\family sans +Alt+Z+Leertaste +\family default + den Buchstabenstil auf die Voreinstellung zurücksetzen. + Wenn Sie nur die von Ihnen gewählten Änderungen umschalten wollen, verwenden + Sie den Knopf +\family sans +Umschalten\SpecialChar ~ +ein +\family default + und drücken Sie dann +\family sans +Ü +\bar under +b +\bar default +ernehmen +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Wir schließen mit derselben Warnung, die wir dauernd wiederholt haben: Übertreib +en Sie den Gebrauch von Buchstabenstilen nicht. + Sie sind häufig eine Notlösung und ein schrecklicher Ersatz für gutes Schreiben. + Ihre Schreibweise sollte für sich selber sprechen -- und tut es auch. +\layout Section + +Drucken +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{drucken} + +\end_inset + + und Druckvorschau +\layout Subsection + +Überblick +\layout Standard + +Nachdem wir nun einige Grundfunktionen von LyX zur Dokumentbearbeitung erläutert + haben, wollen Sie sicherlich wissen, wie Sie Ihr Meisterstück ausdrucken + können. + Vorher wollen wir Ihnen jedoch einen kurzen Überblick über das geben, was + sich im Hintergrund abspielt. + Wir werden dies ausführlicher im +\emph on +Profi-Tipps +\emph default +-Handbuch behandelt. +\layout Standard + +LyX benutzt das Programm LaTeX zur Druckaufbereitung. + (Eigentlich ist LaTeX nur ein Makropaket für das Druckaufbereitungssystem + TeX, aber um Sie nicht zu verwirren, werden wir das Ganze nur LaTeX nennen.) + Sehen Sie es so: LyX benutzen Sie zum Schreiben. + Dann ruft LyX LaTeX auf, um daraus etwas Druckbares zu machen. + Das passiert in mehreren Schritten: +\layout Enumerate + +LyX wandelt Ihr Dokument in eine Reihe von Textbefehlen für LaTeX um und + erzeugt eine Datei mit der Erweiterung +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Enumerate + +LaTeX benutzt die Befehle der +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default +-Datei, um eine druckbare Ausgabe zu erzeugen. + Aber es weiß nichts über Ihren Drucker. + Stattdessen erzeugt LaTeX eine +\emph on +geräteunabhängige +\emph default +Datei, kurz DVI ( +\emph on +device-indepen\SpecialChar \- +dent +\emph default +). + Die Ausgabe kommt in eine Datei mit der Erweiterung +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Dvi-Dateien sind vollständig portierbar; Sie können Sie ohne Konvertierung + von einem Computer auf einen anderen bringen. +\begin_deeper +\layout Description + +ANMERKUNG: Die dvi-Datei enthält nur das, was in der LaTeX-Datei selber + war. + Wenn Sie in Ihr Dokument PostScript®-Bilder eingefügt haben, wird es nur + einen Verweis (link) auf diese Bilddateien geben. + Also vergessen Sie sie nicht, wenn Sie Ihre +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default +-Datei auf einen anderen Computer übertragen. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Betrachten Sie die +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default +-Datei als +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +endgültige Ausgabe +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Wenn Sie die haben, können Sie sie ansehen, drucken oder in andere Formate + konvertieren. +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Sie können +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default +-Dateien mit +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + ansehen. +\layout Enumerate + +Einige Drucker und Unix-Systeme verstehen Dvi und können Ihre +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default +-Datei direkt drucken. +\layout Enumerate + +Heutzutage verstehen die meisten Drucker das PostScript®-Format. + LyX konvertiert die +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default +-Datei automatisch in eine PostScript®-Datei für Sie, wenn Sie Ihr Dokument + drucken wollen. + LyX ermöglicht Ihnen auch, die PostScript®-Version Ihres Dokumentes mit + +\family typewriter +gv +\family default + oder ähnlichen Betrachtern anzusehen. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Ein Vorteil beim Benutzen von PostScript® ist, daß das Konvertierungsprogramm + +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + auch alle PostScript®-Bilder in Ihrem Dokument bearbeiten kann und sie + in die PostScript®-Version Ihres Dokumentes einfügt. + Es fügt auch alle Spezialfonts, die Sie benutzt haben, ein. + Dadurch ist die PostScript®-Version viel leichter zu übertragen als die + DVI-Version. +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +LyX führt all diese Schritte automagisch für Sie durch. +\layout Standard + +Wie Sie gesehen haben passieren eine Menge Dinge, bevor Sie einen Ausdruck + oder eine Druckvorschau Ihres Dokumentes bekommen. + Also haben Sie keine Angst, wenn das Drucken etwas mehr Zeit benötigt als + mit anderen Textverarbeitungen. + Das gedruckte Ergebnis ist es wert. + Qualität hat immer ihren Preis. + +\layout Subsection + +Schnelles Ansehen mit +\family typewriter +xdvi +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{xdvi} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie die endgültige Version Ihres Dokumentes mit fertigen Seitenumbrüchen, + richtig numerierten Fußnoten usw.\SpecialChar ~ +sehen wollen, wählen Sie +\family sans +Ans +\bar under +i +\bar default +cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI +\family default +. + Dann warten Sie (eine Weile). +\layout Standard + +Nachdem die Arbeit im Hintergrund fertig ist, ruft LyX das Programm +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + auf. + Jetzt können Sie das Ergebnis sehen. + (Wenn Sie mehr über das +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default +-Programm wissen wollen, lesen Sie die +\family typewriter +man +\family default +-Seiten.) +\layout Description + +Tip: Lassen Sie das +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default +-Fenster geöffnet und schieben es eventuell auf eine andere Arbeitsfläche. + Nachdem Sie Ihr Dokument geändert haben, wählen Sie +\family sans + Ans +\bar under +i +\bar default +cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +A +\bar default +ktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI +\family default +. + Jetzt klicken Sie in das +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default +-Fenster. + Das +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default +-Programm wird die +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default +-Datei automatisch wieder lesen und den Fensterinhalt aktualisieren. +\layout Subsection + +Die PostScript +\series medium +® +\series default +-Version mit +\family typewriter +gv +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{gv} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + anschauen +\layout Standard + +Im allgemeinen geht es am leichtesten und schnellsten, wenn Sie Ihr Dokument + mit +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + anschauen. + Manchmal jedoch möchten Sie die PostScript®-Version sehen. + Ein Grund sind Fonts. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\noun on +John Weiss +\noun default +: Ein anderer Grund ist Verfolgungswahn. + Ich liebe es, die PostScript®-Datei anzusehen, bevor ich sie drucke, damit + ich genau sehe, was zum Drucker geht\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\end_inset + + Man kann PostScript®-Fonts in einem LaTeX-Dokument benutzen, aber +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + wird sie nicht darstellen. + Sie müssen +\family typewriter +gv +\family default + oder einen anderen PostScript®-Dateibetrachter benutzen, um die Ergebnisse + zu sehen. +\layout Standard + +Um die PostScript®-Version Ihres Dokumentes anzusehen, wählen Sie +\family sans +Ans +\bar under +i +\bar default +cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Pos +\bar under +t +\bar default +script +\family default +. + Dann holen sie sich einen Kaffee. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\noun on +Matthias Zenker: +\noun default + Ein einigermaßen schneller Computer wird Ihnen aber keine Zeit dafür lassen\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\end_inset + + Nachdem all die Arbeit im Hintergrund erledigt ist, ruft LyX das Programm + +\family typewriter +gv +\family default + auf. + Jetzt können Sie sich die Ergebnisse ansehen. +\layout Standard + +Sie haben geraten, was der Befehl +\family sans +Ans +\bar under +i +\bar default +cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +A +\bar default +ktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Pos +\bar under +t +\bar default +script +\family default + macht, nicht wahr? Denken Sie daran, einmal in das +\family typewriter +gv +\family default +-Fenster zu klicken, nachdem der Befehl die Ansicht aktualisiert hat. +\layout Subsection + +Die Datei drucken +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{drucken} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Um eine Datei zu drucken, wählen Sie +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +rucken\SpecialChar \ldots{} +, +\family default + +\family sans +Strg+P +\family default + oder klicken auf +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/share/lyx/images/buffer-print.xpm + +\end_inset + +. + Das öffnet das +\family sans +Drucken +\family default +-Menü. +\layout Standard + +Hier sind die verschiedenen Optionen aufgelistet: +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMM + + +\family sans +Ziel +\family default +mit +\family sans + Drucker +\family default +oder +\family sans + Datei l +\family default +egen Sie fest, ob Sie auf einem Drucker oder in eine Datei drucken wollen: + +\begin_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMM + + +\family sans +Drucker +\family default + Hier steht der Name des Druckers, auf dem Sie drucken wollen. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Beachten Sie, daß der Druckername nicht für den +\family typewriter +lpr +\family default +-Befehl gilt, sondern für +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default +. + Das bedeutet, daß +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + für diesen Druckernamen konfiguriert sein muß. + Lesen Sie in Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:dvipsconfig} + +\end_inset + + oder der +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default +-Dokumentation weitere Details. + Der Standarddrucker kann auch in der Datei +\family typewriter +lyxrc +\family default + definiert werden. +\end_inset + + Der Drucker sollte Post\SpecialChar \- +Script®-fähig sein. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMM + + +\family sans +Datei +\family default + Der Name der Datei, in die gedruckt werden soll. + Die Ausgabe wird im PostScript®-Format sein. + LyX speichert die Datei normalerweise im aktuellen Verzeichnis, außer Sie + haben einen absoluten Pfad angegeben. +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMM + + +\family sans +Seiten +\family default +Es gibt fünf Knöpfe, die bestimmen, welche Seiten wie gedruckt werden sollen. + Sie können wählen zwischen: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +A +\bar default +lle +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +V +\bar default +on +\family default + \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family sans +Nach +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +U +\bar default +ngerade Seiten +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +G +\bar default +erade Seiten +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +U +\bar default +mgekehrte Reihenfolge +\layout Standard + +Mit +\family sans +\bar under +U +\bar default +ngerade\SpecialChar ~ +Seiten\SpecialChar ~ +drucken +\family default + und +\family sans +\bar under +G +\bar default +erade\SpecialChar ~ +Seiten\SpecialChar ~ +drucken +\family default + können Sie beide Seiten eines Papiers bedrucken, auch wenn Ihr Drucker + keinen Duplexdruck hat. + Sie müssen nur die ungeraden Seiten zuerst drucken, dann das Papier umdrehen, + und dann die geraden Seiten drucken oder umgekehrt. +\end_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMM + + +\family sans +Kopien +\family default + Hier können Sie die Anzahl der Kopien festlegen, die Sie gedruckt haben + wollen. +\layout Standard + +Beachten Sie, daß das Drucken etwas Zeit kostet, weil LaTeX, +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + und, falls Sie keinen PostScript®-Drucker haben, +\family typewriter +ghostscript +\family default + Ihr Dokument bearbeiten müssen. +\layout Section + +Ein paar Worte über Typographie +\layout Subsection + +Bindestriche +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Bindestriche} + +\end_inset + + und Silbentrennung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Silbentrennung} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hyphens} + +\end_inset + +In LyX hat das +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +- +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +-Zeichen drei Längen, +\emph on +Bindestrich, Gedankenstrich +\emph default +und +\emph on +langer Gedankenstrich +\emph default +: +\layout Enumerate + +der Bindestrich - besteht aus +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +- +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\layout Enumerate + +der Gedankenstrich -- besteht aus +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +- +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +/ +\end_inset + +- +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\layout Enumerate + +der lange Gedankenstrich --- besteht aus +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +- +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +/ +\end_inset + +- +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +/ +\end_inset + +- +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\layout Enumerate + +das Minuszeichen +\begin_inset Formula $-$ +\end_inset + + ist ein +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +- +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + im Mathematikmodus +\layout Standard + +Sie erzeugen diese Zeichen, indem Sie das +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +- +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +-Zeichen mehrmals hintereinander schreiben. + LyX konvertiert sie automatisch in die richtige Länge. +\layout Standard + +Die drei Strichtypen unterscheiden sich vom Minuszeichen, das im Mathematikmodus + erscheint und eine eigene Länge hat. + Hier sind einige Beispiele für den Gebrauch von +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +- +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +: +\layout Enumerate + +Zeilen- und Seitenumbrüche ( +\emph on +Bindestrich +\emph default +) +\layout Enumerate + +Von A -- Z ( +\emph on +Gedankenstrich +\emph default +) +\layout Enumerate + +Oh --- da ist ein langer Gedankenstrich. + ( +\emph on +langer Gedankenstrich +\emph default +) +\layout Enumerate + + +\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$ +\end_inset + + ( +\emph on +Minuszeichen +\emph default +) +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie dies in LyX lesen, sehen Sie keine Unterschiede, aber in der gedruckten + Version erkennen Sie sie. +\layout Standard + +Ein paar abschließende Bemerkungen zur Silbentrennung: LyX macht die Silbentrenn +ung automagisch bei englischem Text. + In Wirklichkeit macht LaTeX das, und auch in +\emph on +einigen +\emph default +anderen Sprachen. + Deshalb sehen Sie die Silbentrennung auch erst in der der gedruckten Version. +\layout Standard + +Falls LaTeX ein Wort nicht oder nicht richtig trennen kann, können Sie manuell + Trennhilfen einfügen. + Dazu wählen Sie +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family default +\bar under +S +\family sans +\bar default +onderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family default +\bar under +T +\family sans +\bar default +rennmöglichkeit +\family default + an der Stelle im Wort, an der Sie trennen möchten, oder einfach +\family sans +Strg+ +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +/ +\end_inset + + +\family default +-. + Beachten Sie, daß diese Trennhilfen nur Empfehlungen für LaTeX sind. + Wenn keine Silbentrennung notwendig ist, wird LaTeX die Trennhilfen ignorieren. +\layout Subsection + +Satzzeichen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Satzzeichen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsubsection + +Abkürzungen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abkurzungen@Abkürzungen} + +\end_inset + + und Satzenden +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Satzenden} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:abbrev} + +\end_inset + +Wenn LyX LaTeX aufruft, um die endgültige Version Ihres Dokumentes zu erzeugen, + unterscheidet LaTeX automatisch zwischen Worten, Sätzen und Abkürzungen. + LaTeX fügt dann +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +geeigneten Leerraum +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + ein: zwischen dem Punkt am Ende eines Satzes und dem ersten Wort des nächsten + kommt ein wenig mehr Leerraum. + Abkürzungen bekommen hinter dem Punkt genausoviel Leerraum wie normale + Worte. +\layout Standard + +Unglücklicherweise ist der Algorithmus zur Bestimmung einer Abkürzung und + eines Satzendes ein wenig dumm. + Wenn ein +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +. +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + auf einen kleingeschriebenen Buchstaben folgt, wird es als Satzende interpretie +rt; folgt der Punkt auf einen großgeschriebenen Buchstaben, wird es als + Abkürzung interpretiert. +\layout Standard + +Hier sind einige Beispiele von +\emph on +richtigen +\emph default +Abkürzungen und Satzenden: +\layout Itemize + +M. + Butterfly +\layout Itemize + +Ärgere Dich nicht. + Sei glücklich. +\layout Standard + +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +und hier sind welche, bei denen der Algorithmus falsch arbeitet: +\layout Itemize + +hier z. + B. + ist zuviel Leerraum! +\layout Itemize + +Dies bin ICH. + Hier ist zu wenig. +\layout Standard + +Die Fehler sehen Sie erst in der gedruckten Version Ihres Dokumentes. + Um das Problem zu beheben, können Sie folgendes tun: +\layout Enumerate + +Benutzen Sie ein +\family sans +Geschütztes\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +L +\bar default +eerzeichen +\family default +( +\family sans +Strg+Leertaste +\family default +) (Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sub:protblank} + +\end_inset + +) oder oder einen kleinen Zwischenraum +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + ( +\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latex-einführung} + +\end_inset + +, S. + 405) nach kleingeschriebenen Abkürzungen. +\layout Enumerate + +Benutzen Sie einen +\family sans +Satzende +\bar under +p +\bar default +unkt +\family default +, den Sie unter +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +onderzeichen +\family default + finden, um einen Leerraum wie zwischen Sätzen zu erzwingen. + Einfacher geht es mit +\family sans +Strg+ +\family default +. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Mit den Korrekturen sehen die obigen Beispiele so aus: +\layout Itemize + +hier z. +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +, +\end_inset + +B. + ist zuviel Leerraum! +\layout Itemize + +Dies bin ICH\SpecialChar \@. + Hier ist zu wenig. +\layout Standard + +Manche Sprachen verwenden keinen zusätzlichen Leerraum zwischen Sätzen. + Wenn das auf Ihre Sprache zutrifft, müssen Sie über all dies nicht besorgt + sein. + Für die, die sich darum sorgen müssen, gibt es Hilfe, um diese raffinierten + Fehler zu finden: wählen Sie +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Te +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + + +\bar under +X +\bar default +\SpecialChar ~ +prüfen +\family default +, wie es in +\emph on +Profi-Tipps +\emph default + beschrieben ist. +\layout Subsubsection + +Anführungszeichen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Anfuhrungszeichen@Anführungszeichen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quotes} + +\end_inset + +LyX setzt Anführungszeichen normalerweise richtig. + Insbesondere wird es unterschiedliche Anführungszeichen für den Beginn + und das Ende des eingeschlossenen Textes benutzen. + Zum Beispiel +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Anfang Ende +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Das Tastaturzeichen +\family sans +" +\family default + wird sie automatisch erzeugen. +\layout Standard + +Sie können das Verhalten der +\family sans +" +\family default +-Taste im Dialogfenster +\family sans + Dokumentformat\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Sprache +\family default + einstellen. + Wenn Sie +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +oppelt wählen, +\family default +erzeugt die +\family sans +" +\family default +-Taste die Folge +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Wählen Sie +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infach +\family default +, erzeugt die +\family sans +" +\family default +-Taste die Folge +\begin_inset Quotes pls +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes grs +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Über +\family sans +Anführungszeichen +\family default + können Sie sechs verschiedene Anführungszeichen auswählen: +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMM + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +text +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\family default + benutzt folgende Anführungszeichen: +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +doppelt +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + oder +\begin_inset Quotes els +\end_inset + +einfach +\begin_inset Quotes ers +\end_inset + + +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMM + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes sld +\end_inset + +text +\begin_inset Quotes srd +\end_inset + + +\family default + benutzt folgende Anführungszeichen: +\begin_inset Quotes sld +\end_inset + +doppelt +\begin_inset Quotes srd +\end_inset + + oder +\begin_inset Quotes sls +\end_inset + +einfach +\begin_inset Quotes srs +\end_inset + + +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMM + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +text +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\family default + benutzt folgende Anführungszeichen: +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +doppelt +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + oder +\begin_inset Quotes gls +\end_inset + +einfach +\begin_inset Quotes grs +\end_inset + + +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMM + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +text +\begin_inset Quotes prd +\end_inset + + +\family default +benutzt folgende Anführungszeichen: +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +doppelt +\begin_inset Quotes prd +\end_inset + + oder +\begin_inset Quotes pls +\end_inset + +einfach +\begin_inset Quotes prs +\end_inset + + +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMM + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +text +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + benutzt folgende Anführungszeichen: +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +doppelt +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + oder +\begin_inset Quotes fls +\end_inset + +einfach +\begin_inset Quotes frs +\end_inset + + +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMM + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes ald +\end_inset + +text +\begin_inset Quotes ard +\end_inset + + +\family default + benutzt folgende Anführungszeichen: +\begin_inset Quotes ald +\end_inset + +doppelt +\begin_inset Quotes ard +\end_inset + + oder +\begin_inset Quotes als +\end_inset + +einfach +\begin_inset Quotes ars +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie aber ein +\emph on +echtes +\emph default + Anführungszeichen haben wollen, drücken Sie +\family sans +Strg+Umschalt+ +\family default +". + Das erzeugt ein ". +\layout Subsection + +Ligaturen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Ligaturen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ligatures} + +\end_inset + +Es ist eine Standardschriftsetzpraxis, gewisse Buchstaben zusammenzuziehen + und sie wie einen zu drucken. + Diese Kombinationen nennt man +\emph on +Ligaturen +\emph default +. + Da sich LaTeX mit Ligaturen auskennt, werden Ihre mit LyX geschriebenen + Dokumente sie auch haben. + Hier sind die möglichen Ligaturen: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Open + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +vspace{-2ex} +\backslash +parbox[t]{3cm}{ +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + +ff +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Open + +\layout Standard +} +\backslash +parbox[t]{3cm}{ +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + +fi +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Open + +\layout Standard +} +\backslash +parbox[t]{3cm}{ +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + +fl +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Open + +\layout Standard +} +\backslash +parbox[t]{3cm}{ +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + +ffi +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Open + +\layout Standard +} +\backslash +parbox[t]{3cm}{ +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + +ffl +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Manchmal aber möchte man keine Ligaturen in einem Wort. + Während eine Ligatur in einem Wort wie +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +Graffiti +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + vielleicht in Ordnung ist, sieht es in zusammengesetzten Worten seltsam + aus, zum Beispiel +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +Stofflappen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + oder +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +Dorffest +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Um die Ligatur aufzuheben benutzt man den LaTeX-Befehl +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +| +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + zwischen den Buchstaben ( +\family sans +Einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Sonderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Li +\bar under +g +\bar default +aturtrenner +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Ligaturtrenner} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + oder +\family sans +Umschalt+Strg+L +\family default +). + Dies macht aus +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +Stofflappen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +Stoff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +lappen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und aus +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +Dorffest +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +fest +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Subsection + +Schusterjungen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schusterjungen} + +\end_inset + + und Hurenkinder +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Hurenkinder} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:widows} + +\end_inset + +In den frühen Tagen der Textverarbeitungen passierten Seitenumbrüche genau + dort, wo die Seiten zu Ende waren. + Es spielte keine Rolle, worum es im Text eigentlich ging. + Sie werden sich sicher erinnern, daß Sie nach dem Drucken eines Dokumentes + feststellten, daß die Überschrift eines neuen Abschnittes oder die erste + Zeile eines neuen Absatzes allein auf der letzten Zeile einer Seite standen, + oder daß die letzte Zeile eines Absatzes die erste Zeile einer neuen Seite + bildete. + Diese Dinge nennt man +\emph on +Schusterjungen +\emph default + und +\emph on +Hurenkinder +\emph default +. +\layout Standard + +Klar, daß LyX vermeiden kann, eine Seite direkt nach der Abschnittsüberschrift + umzubrechen. + Das ist ein Vorteil von Absatzumgebungen. + Aber was ist mit Schusterjungen und Hurenkindern? LaTeX hat Regeln, um + mit Seitenumbrüchen fertigzuwerden, und einige von ihnen sind speziell + dazu da, um Schusterjungen und Hurenkinder zu verhindern. + Das ist +\emph on +ein +\emph default + Vorteil, daß LyX LaTeX im Hintergrund hat. +\layout Standard + +Wir können es nicht näher erläutern, wie TeX und LaTeX Seitenumbrüche festlegen + oder wie man das Verhalten beeinflussen kann. + Einige LaTeX-Bücher im Literaturverzeichnis (zum Beispiel\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexcompanion} + +\end_inset + + oder\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide} + +\end_inset + +) mögen mehr darüber enthalten. + Auf jeden Fall müssen Sie sich fast nie darum kümmern. +\layout Chapter + +Gleitobjekte +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleitobjekte} + +\end_inset + +: Fußnoten, Randnotizen, Abbildungen und Tabellen +\layout Section + +Fußnoten +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fußnoten} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Im Gegensatz zu anderen Textverarbeitungsprogrammen stellt LyX Fußnoten + nicht am unteren Bildschirmrand oder an einer ganz anderen Stelle im Text + dar, sondern verwendet dafür +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +einklappbare +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + Gleitobjekte, auch +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Floats +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + genannt. + Wenn Sie über den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +F +\bar default +ußnote +\family default + eine neue Fußnote anlegen, erscheint ein roter Rahmen, der links oben die + Marke +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Fußnote +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + trägt. + Dieser Rahmen ist die Art und Weise, wie LyX Fußnoten darstellt. + Geben Sie den Text für die Fußnote in diesem Rahmen ein. + Wenn Sie auf die Marke +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Fußnote +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + klicken, wird der Rahmen geschlossen und alles, was Sie noch von der Fußnote + sehen, ist ein hochgestelltes rotes +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Fußnote +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Wenn Sie zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt den Fußnotentext wieder ansehen oder + verändern wollen, genügt ein Klick auf den roten Text, und der Rahmen öffnet + sich wieder. + +\layout Standard + +Auch werden Sie feststellen, daß die Fußnoten in LyX nicht numeriert sind. + Darum brauchen Sie sich aber sowieso nicht zu kümmern, denn für die fortlaufend +e Numerierung der Fußnoten sorgt LyX ebenso automatisch wie dafür, daß die + Fußnote im Text auch auf der richtigen Seite erscheint. + Wenn Sie übrigens eine bereits geschriebene Textpassage nachträglich in + eine Fußnote umwandeln wollen, markieren Sie sie einfach und klicken dann + auf das Fußnotensymbol in der Werkzeugleiste (ein stilisiertes Bild einer + Textseite mit einem Pfeil am unteren Rand, der auf ein paar Zeilen deutet). +\layout Standard + +Was LyX im Zusammenhang mit Fußnoten derzeit noch nicht beherrscht sind + Dinge wie das Zurücksetzen des Zählers am Anfang eines neuen Kapitels oder + die Änderung des Stils der Fußnoten (zum Beispiel arabische oder römische + Zahlen usw.). + Dazu müssen Sie -- wie im Abschnitt +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Tricks für Fußnoten und Randnotizen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + der +\emph on +Profi-Tipps +\emph default + beschrieben -- einige LaTeX-Befehle verwenden. +\layout Description + +Hinweis: In LyX und LaTeX ist ein Gleitobjekt nicht einfach ein gewöhnlicher + Absatz wie in anderen Textverarbeitungen. + Es handelt sich dabei vielmehr um eine komplexe Struktur, die beliebige + Arten von Dingen (mit Ausnahme von weiteren Gleitobjekten) enthalten kann. + Das bedeutet, daß Sie innerhalb eines solchen Gleitobjektes alle Ihnen + bekannten Layout-Elemente, ja sogar Tabellen oder Abbildungen verwenden + können. + Das wird sicherlich nicht allzuoft der Fall sein, aber dann ist es ungemein + praktisch. +\newline +Wenn Sie die Rechtschreibprüfung einsetzen wollen, beachten Sie bitte, daß + die Gleitobjekte geöffnet sein müssen, damit sie erkannt und geprüft werden + können. + Sie können dazu den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +G +\bar default +leitobjekt\SpecialChar ~ +öffnen/schließen +\family default + ( +\family sans +Strg+I +\family default +) verwenden. +\layout Section + +Randnotizen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Randnotizen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Innerhalb von LyX erscheint und verhält sich eine Randnotiz genau wie eine + Fußnote. + Wenn Sie über +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +R +\bar default +andnotiz +\family default + oder die Werkzeugleiste (die Schaltfläche zeigt stilisierten Text im Randbereic +h und einen Pfeil, der darauf deutet) eine Randnotiz einfügen, erscheint + ein rotumrandetes Feld mit der Bezeichnung +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Rand +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + in Ihrem Text. +\begin_inset Marginal +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Dies ist eine solche Randnotiz. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\noun on +HHa +\noun default +: Die Randnotiz ist nur verstümmelt zu sehen, weil ich schmale Seitenränder + benutze, um Papier zu sparen (10-20%). + Wenn Sie Randnotizen benötigen, müssen Sie die Seitenränder, insbesondere + den rechten, entsprechend vergrößern. +\end_inset + + In diesem Feld können Sie den Text für die Randnotiz eingeben. + Wenn Sie auf die rote +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Rand +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +-Marke klicken, wird die Randnotiz bis auf ein rotes, unterstrichenes +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Rand +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + geschlossen. + Sie können die Randnotiz zu jedem Zeitpunkt wieder öffnen, indem Sie erneut + auf den roten Text +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Rand +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + klicken. +\layout Standard + +Als Standardeinstellung verwendet LyX 1.9\SpecialChar ~ +cm (0.75\SpecialChar ~ +Zoll) als Breite für die + Randnotizen. + Dies wird eventuell nicht Ihren Wünschen entsprechen, aber wie auch bei + den Fußnoten unterstützt LyX noch nicht alles, was in LaTeX möglich ist. + Bitte lesen Sie in entsprechenden LaTeX-Büchern über weitere Einstellungsmöglic +hkeiten. +\layout Section + +Abbildungen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abbildungen} + +\end_inset + + und eingebundene Grafiken +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Grafiken} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figures} + +\end_inset + +Kein Textverarbeitungsprogramm ist vollständig ohne die Fähigkeit, Grafiken + und Bilder aus anderen Anwendungen in das Dokument einzubinden. + In LyX werden derartige Objekte +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Abbildungen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + genannt, unabhängig davon, ob es sich nun um Abbildungen im traditionellen + Sinn oder um sonstige Bilder handelt. + Mit Abbildungen im Format +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Encapsulated PostScript® +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + kann LyX ganz hervorragend umgehen, es verwendet +\family typewriter +gv +\family default +, um die Bilder im LyX-Fenster darzustellen und den LaTeX-Befehl +\family typewriter + +\backslash +includegraphics +\family default +, um sie im endgültigen Dokument einzubinden. +\layout Standard + +Ein Hinweis am Rande: Die Art von Abbildungen, die hier beschrieben werden, + haben keine zugeordneten Bildunterschriften und erscheinen im Text genau + da, wo Sie sie plaziert haben. + Falls das nicht Ihren Bedürfnissen entspricht, lesen Sie bitte den Abschnitt + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:figurefloats} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Um eine Abbildung in Ihr Dokument einzufügen, klicken Sie auf das zweite + Symbol von rechts in der Werkzeug\SpecialChar \- +leiste oder wählen +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +G +\bar default +raf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +ik\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + Ein kleiner Rahmen wird in Ihr Dokument eingefügt, +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/doc/mobius.eps + display grayscale + height 4cm + BoundingBox 0bp 0bp 367bp 158bp + rotateOrigin center + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +und ein Dialogfenster erscheint, in dem Sie einen Dateinamen zum Laden eingeben + können. + Außerdem können Sie in diesem Dialogfenster einige Einstellungen ändern. + All diese Veränderungen werden jeweils erst durchgeführt, wenn Sie auf + +\family sans +\bar under +Ü +\bar default +bernehmen +\family default + oder +\family sans + OK +\family default + klicken. + Wenn Sie später noch Änderungen vornehmen wollen, erhalten Sie das Dialogfenste +r auch, wenn Sie mit der linken Mausfenster in die Abbildung klicken. +\layout Standard + +Das Dialogfenster hat eine ganze Reihe Parameter, von denen die meisten + selbsterklärend sind. + Auf der Karteikarte +\family sans +Datei +\family default + können Sie im Feld +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei: +\family default +Ihre Bilddatei eingeben. + Bemerken Sie auch, daß die Darstellungen in LyX ( +\family sans +L +\family default +\bar under + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + + +\family sans +\bar default +yX-Ansicht +\family default +) und im gedruckten Dokument ( +\family sans +Ausgabe +\family default +) getrennt definiert werden können, was bei großen Bildern hilfreich sein + kann. + Die Abbildung kann auch gedreht werden (Karteikarte +\family sans + Extra\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Drehung +\family default +). + Über die Karteikarte +\family sans +Begrenzungsbox +\family default + kann die Lage festgelegt werden. + Auf der Karteikarte +\family sans +Extra +\family default + können Sie die +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +eilabbildung +\family default +s-Option setzen, die bei Gleitobjekt-Abbildungen benutzt werden kann (siehe + Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:figurefloats} + +\end_inset + +). + Schließlich können LaTeX-Zauberer über die Karteikarte +\family sans +Extra +\family default + zusätzliche LaTeX-Optionen eingeben. +\layout Subsection + +Die +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Beschriftung} + +\end_inset + +-Umgebung für Abbildungen +\layout Subsubsection + +Die Benutzung der +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default +-Umgebung +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figurefloats} + +\end_inset + +Das Problem beim direkten Einfügen von Abbildungen in den Text ist, daß + der Seitenumbruch extrem schwierig wird. + Um der LyX-Maxime, derartige Prozesse zu automatisieren, ist es deshalb + meist besser, Gleitobjekt-Abbildungen zu verwenden, die LyX (eigentlich + LaTeX) relativ frei im Dokument herumschieben kann, um so ein optimal anspreche +ndes Ergebnis zu erzielen. + Als Gegenleistung automatisiert LyX das Erstellen einer Abbildungsliste + und erlaubt, die Abbildungen mit Titeln zu versehen, indem man die +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default +-Umgebung benutzt, die in Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:captionlayout} + +\end_inset + + erläutert wird. +\layout Standard + +Um Gleitobjekt-Abbildungen anzulegen, wählen Sie aus der Menüleiste den + Punkt +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Gleit +\bar under +o +\bar default +bjekte\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Abbildung +\family default +. + Sie erhalten einen leeren roten Rahmen ohne Abbildung; wie in Abschnitt + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:figures} + +\end_inset + + beschrieben, können Sie dann eine Abbildung einfügen. + +\begin_inset Float figure +placement htbp +wide false +collapsed false + +\layout Caption + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:escher} + +\end_inset + +M.C. + Escher in Hochform. +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/doc/escher-lsd.eps + display color + rotateOrigin center + +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Float figure +placement htbp +wide false +collapsed false + +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/doc/platypus.eps + lyxscale 50 + display color + rotateOrigin center + +\end_inset + + +\layout Caption + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:kill-plat} + +\end_inset + +Ein ziemlich verzerrtes Schnabeltier in einer Float-Umgebung. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Das erscheint sehr einfach, aber bei der Positionierung des Bildtitels gibt + es eine kleine Subtilität. + Wenn Sie den Titel unter der Abbildung bevorzugen, müssen Sie die Abbildung + ganz am Anfang der +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default +-Umgebung einfügen (dafür wandeln Sie die +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default +- in eine +\family sans +Standard +\family default +-Umgebung und stellen sie wieder her, nachdem Sie die Abbildung eingefügt + haben). + Das haben wir für Abbildung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{fig:kill-plat} + +\end_inset + + gemacht. + Ist der Cursor am Ende des Titels, wenn Sie die Abbildung einfügen, wird + sie unter dem Titel eingefügt wie bei Abbildung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{fig:escher} + +\end_inset + +. + Es empfiehlt sich, nur jeweils eine Abbildung je +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default +-Umgebung zu verwenden. + Dadurch kann LyX (eigentlich LaTeX) den besten Platz für jede Abbildung + zu finden. +\layout Standard + +Die Abbildung zeigt auch, wie man eine Marke setzen und darauf verweisen + kann. + Dies geschieht einfach durch +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +M +\bar under +a +\bar default +rke +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +, während sich der Cursor in der Bildunterschrift befindet (siehe auch Abschnitt + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:crossref} + +\end_inset + +). + Einen Verweis fügen Sie wie gewohnt mit +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +Q +\bar default +uerverweis\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + ein. + Insbesondere für Gleitobjekte ist diese Art der Referenzierung unbedingt + den vagen Formulierungen wie +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +in der obenstehenden Abbildung +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + vorzuziehen, da LaTeX diese Gleitobjekte jederzeit im Text verschieben + kann und sich die Abbildung dann vielleicht gar nicht mehr über der verweisende +n Textstelle befindet. + Paßt sie nicht mehr auf dieselbe Seite wie der Text, der sich darauf bezieht, + wird sie auf eine andere Seite verschoben oder sogar auf einer eigenen + Seite gesetzt. + Sie können sich aber darauf verlassen, daß das Ergebnis im allgemeinen + sehr gut aussieht. +\layout Standard + +Es gibt noch zwei weitere Dinge, die die Verwendung der +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default +-Umgebung für Gleitobjekt-Abbildung und Gleitobjekt-Abbildung\SpecialChar ~ +(breit) so + angenehm macht: falls Sie eine Liste der Abbildungen in Ihr Dokument einfügen + wollen (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:ListsOf} + +\end_inset + +), werden die Abbildungen dort automatisch eingetragen. + Außerdem lassen sie sich (wie alle +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default +-Umgebungen) schließen und öffnen, wodurch Sie sich besser auf Ihren Text + konzentrieren können. +\layout Subsubsection + +Plazierung von +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Beschriftung} + +\end_inset + +-Umgebungen +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:float-locn} + +\end_inset + +Der Gedanke hinter den gleitenden Abbildungen (ebenso wie bei den in +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:table float} + +\end_inset + + beschriebenen gleitenden Tabellen) ist es, LyX zu ermöglichen, die Abbildung + (oder eben Tabelle) auf eine möglichst konsistente, kontextbezogene Art + und Weise auf der Seite zu plazieren. + Das wäre aber ziemlich sinnlos, wenn Sie nicht auch eine Möglichkeit hätten, + diese +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Art und Weise +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + irgendwie zu beeinflussen. + Deshalb bietet Ihnen LyX insgesamt vier Orte, an denen es versucht, die + Abbildung zu positionieren: +\layout Description + +Here: LyX versucht, das Gleitobjekt genau an der Stelle einzufügen, an der + es im Text steht. + Ist dort nicht ausreichend Platz, versucht es eine der anderen drei Positionen. +\layout Description + +Top: LyX versucht, das Gleitobjekt oben auf der aktuellen Seite einzufügen. + Paßt es nicht auf die aktuelle Seite, wird es auf der nächsten Seite eingefügt. +\layout Description + +Bottom: LyX versucht, das Gleitobjekt unten auf der aktuellen Seite einzufügen. + Paßt es nicht auf die aktuelle Seite, wird es auf der nächsten Seite eingefügt. +\layout Description + +Page: LyX setzt die +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default +-Umgebung auf eine eigene Seite. +\layout Standard + +Sie können diese Optionen im Dialogfenster +\family sans +Dokumentformat\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Format +\family default +, das Sie über +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + öffnen, auf der Karteikarte +\family sans +Extra +\family default + im Feld +\family sans +Gleitobjekt- +\bar under +P +\bar default +latzierung: +\family default + eintragen. + Damit wird diese Einstellung dann für alle Gleitobjekte global im gesamten + Dokument verwendet. + Wenn Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf ein Gleitobjekt-Abbildung klicken, + können Sie diese Einstellungen nur für dieses Objekt ändern. +\layout Standard + +Wie geht das nun genau vor sich? Sie können unter +\family sans +Gleitobjekt- +\bar under +P +\bar default +latzierung: +\family default + jede Kombination aus vier Buchstaben angeben: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +h +\family default + für +\emph on +here +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +t +\family default + für +\emph on +top +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +b +\family default + für +\emph on +bottom +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +p +\family default + für +\emph on +page +\layout Standard + +Ihre Reihenfolge ist nicht maßgeblich -- LaTeX gibt intern die Suchreihenfolge + +\family typewriter +htbp +\family default + vor. + Sobald Sie also ein +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +h +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + mitangeben, auch wenn es an letzter Stelle steht, wird als erstes versucht, + die Abbildung an der aktuellen Position einzufügen. + Dann wird die nächste der angegebenen Optionen versucht, und so weiter. + Wenn LyX besonders stark versuchen soll, eine bestimmte Positionierung + zu erreichen, können Sie die betreffende Option mit einem Ausrufezeichen + einleiten, etwa +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +!htbp +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Hier ein paar Beispiele und was sie bewirken: +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +hbp +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Versuche zunächst, die Abbildung/Tabelle genau da zu setzen, wo sie im Text + auftaucht. + Falls das nicht klappt, versuche es unten auf der Seite, sonst setze sie + auf eine eigene Seite. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +!hbp +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Versuche, die Abbildung/Tabelle unbedingt genau da zu setzen, wo sie im + Text auftaucht. + Falls das nicht klappt, versuche es unten auf der Seite, sonst setze sie + auf eine eigene Seite. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +tp +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Setze die Abbildung/Tabelle oben auf der Seite. + Ist sie dafür zu groß, setze sie auf eine eigene Seite. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +p +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Setze Abbildungen und Tabellen grundsätzlich auf eine eigene Seite. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Und ein letzter Hinweis: +\family sans +Gleitobjekt- +\bar under +P +\bar default +latzierung +\family default + kontrolliert die Position sowohl von Abbildungen als auch von Tabellen. +\layout Subsection + + +\family typewriter +xfig +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{xfig} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + und LyX +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie ImageMagick installiert haben, ist dieser Abschnitt für Sie unerheblich. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:xfig-und-LyX} + +\end_inset + +Eine offensichtliche Frage bleibt: wie soll man die Abbildungen eigentlich + erstellen? Zum Glück ist die Antwort Bestandteil der meisten Linux- und + LaTeX-Distributionen. + +\family typewriter +xfig +\family default + ist ein mächtiges und äußerst empfehlenswertes Werkzeug zum Zeichnen. + Um eine mit +\family typewriter +xfig +\family default + erstellte Abbildung in LyX einzubinden, haben Sie mehrere Möglichkeiten. + Wir empfehlen die folgenden: +\layout Enumerate + +Exportieren Sie die Abbildung als Encapsulated PostScript®. + Dieses können Sie dann ganz einfach so wie oben beschrieben in Ihren Text + einbinden. + Der große Vorteil bei diesem Vorgehen ist, daß Ihnen sämtliche Fähigkeiten + von PostScript® zur Verfügung stehen, das heißt Bezier-Kurven, Farben, + Strichstärken und vieles mehr. + Wenn Ihre Grafik auch Text enthält, so wird dieser unter Verwendung von + PostScript®-Zeichensätzen gesetzt, was sehr gut aussieht. + Sie können derartige Abbildungen ohne Einschränkung wie bereits beschrieben + skalieren und drehen. +\newline +Der einzige Nachteil besteht darin, daß Sie mit den PostScript®-Zeichensätzen + nicht ohne weiteres Formeln setzen können. + Falls also Ihr Text in der Abbildung auch Formeln oder Exponenten/Indizes + umfaßt, sollten Sie einen der beiden folgenden Wege beschreiten. +\layout Enumerate + +Exportieren Sie die Grafik als LaTeX. + Das läßt sich ebenso einfach in LyX einbinden und gibt Ihnen die Möglichkeit, + beim Text in +\family typewriter +xfig +\family default + LaTeX-Befehle zu verwenden. + Dafür müssen Sie in +\family typewriter +xfig +\family default + die +\emph on +special +\emph default +-Option für Text aktivieren, dies geschieht automatisch, wenn Sie es durch + den Aufruf +\family typewriter +xfig\SpecialChar ~ +-specialtext +\family default + starten. + Ist dies geschehen und haben Sie einen LaTeX-Zeichensatz ausgewählt, können + Sie beispielsweise in +\family typewriter +xfig +\family default + einfach +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +$H_2$ +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + schreiben. + Wenn Sie diese Abbildung dann als LaTeX exportieren und in LyX mittels + +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Datei\SpecialChar ~ +ein +\bar under +b +\bar default +inden\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + einfügen, erscheint im Text dann +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $H_{2}$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\newline +Der Nachteil hiervon ist, daß die grafischen Fähigkeiten von LaTeX nicht + so gut sind wie die von PostScript®. + Sie können nicht beliebige Strichstärken verwenden, und, noch viel einschränken +der, auch nicht beliebige Steigungen für Geraden. + Deshalb empfehlen wir für komplexe Abbildungen den dritten Weg. +\layout Enumerate + +Exportieren Sie die Abbildung als kombiniertes LaTeX/PostScript®. + +\family typewriter +xfig +\family default + (oder genauer +\family typewriter +transfig +\family default +) generiert dann zwei Dateien: +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Den PostScript®-Teil +\family typewriter +foo.pstex +\family default +, der die gesamte Grafik enthält, und +\layout Enumerate + +den LaTeX-Teil +\family typewriter +foo.pstex_t +\family default +, der den Text und einen Verweis auf den PostScript®-Teil enthält. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Sie müssen in diesem Fall nur den LaTeX-Teil, wie oben beschrieben einbinden, + der PostScript®-Teil wird dann automatisch miteingebunden. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Falls Sie eine Fehlermeldung wie +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +unknown graphics extension pstex +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + bekommen, müssen Sie diese Endung deklarieren. + Es ist eigentlich ein Fehler von +\family typewriter +transfig +\family default +, der im Zusammenspiel mit LaTeX2e auftritt. + Fügen Sie einfach eine Zeile +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +@namedef{Gin@rule@ps_tex}#1{{eps}{ps_tex}{#1}} +\family default + +\layout Standard + +in der Datei +\family typewriter +/usr/share/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/dvips.def +\family default + ein. + Dann fügen Sie die Endung +\family typewriter +pstex +\family default + hinzu: +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +def +\backslash +Gin@extensions{eps, ps, pstex, eps.gz, ps.gz, eps=2EZ} +\layout Standard + +Das sollte die Fehlermeldungen beheben. + Alternativ können Sie auch den PostScript©-Teil als +\family typewriter +foo.eps +\family default + exportieren und den LaTeX-Teil von Hand in +\family typewriter +foo.pstex_t +\family default + umbenennen. + Doch das ist auf Dauer störend. +\end_inset + + Auf diese Weise kombinieren Sie die volle Stärke von LaTeX mit der von + Post\SpecialChar \- +Script®, außer der Möglichkeit, die Abbildung nach dem Erstellen zu + skalieren. + Wenn Sie also skalierbare Abbildungen wollen, können Sie nur PostScript® + benutzen. + Ein weiterer kleiner Vorteil, wenn LaTeX den Font setzt, ist, daß derselbe + Font in Ihren Abbildungen und im Text benutzt wird, was etwas schöner aussieht. +\layout Section + +Tabellen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:tables} + +\end_inset + +LyX besitzt die Fähigkeit, Tabellen im WYSIWYM +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYM} + +\end_inset + +-Stil zu erstellen und zu editieren. + LaTeX beherrscht beim Umgang mit Tabellen weit mehr, als LyX derzeit unterstütz +t. + Sollten Ihnen aber die hier beschriebenen Möglichkeiten nicht ausreichen, + sollten Sie ein gutes LaTeX-Buch zu Rate ziehen. +\layout Standard + +Eine gewöhnliche Tabelle fügen Sie wahlweise mit der rechten Schaltfläche + aus der Werkzeugleiste oder mittels +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +T +\bar default +abelle +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar ~ +ein. + Es wird ein Dialogfenster geöffnet, in dem Sie die Anzahl der Zeilen und + Spalten der Tabelle angeben müssen. + Die so erstellte Standardtabelle hat in jedem Feld Linien auf der linken + und oberen Seite, die letzte Spalte zusätzlich auch auf der rechten Seite. + Die letzte Zeile hat auch Linien am unteren Rand, wodurch eine vollständig + eingerahmte Tabelle entsteht. + Außerdem hat auch die erste Zeile eine Linie am unteren Rand, wodurch die + erste Zeile von den folgenden durch einen doppelten Strich abgetrennt wird. + Am besten sehen Sie das an einem Beispiel: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +12 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +45 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +98 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +A +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +B +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +multi +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +C +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Stand der Cursor vor dem Einfügen mitten im Text, wird die Tabelle auch + dort eingefügt. + Stand der Cursor auf einer leeren Zeile, wird die Tabelle linksbündig eingefügt. + Andere Ausrichtungen erreichen Sie mit +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +A +\bar default +bsatz +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + Dabei +\emph on +muß +\emph default + der Cursor unmittelbar vor der Tabelle stehen. +\layout Subsection + +Das Dialogfenster +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Tabellen-Einstellungen bearbeiten +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!Einstellungen bearbeiten} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Eine Tabelle können Sie verändern, indem Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in + die Tabelle klicken. + Es öffnet sich dann ein Dialogfenster, in dem Sie Eigenschaften der Tabelle + ändern können, unter anderem die folgenden: +\layout Itemize + +Karteikarte +\family sans +Tabelle +\family default + +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Rahmen in einer Zeile oder Spalte ein- und ausschalten. + Wenn Sie eine der Linien entfernen, wird in LyX eine gestrichelte Linie + angezeigt, diese dient aber nur zu Ihrer Orientierung. + In der Druckausgabe ist keine Linie zu sehen. + Wenn Sie die unterste Linie einer Zeile +\emph on +und +\emph default + die obere der darunterliegenden Zelle aktivieren, werden die beiden Zeilen + durch einen kleinen Leerraum getrennt, wie Sie auch im Beispiel oben erkennen + können. + Sie können das auch vertikal erreichen, indem Sie die rechte Linie einer + Spalte und die linke der rechts danebenliegenden Spalte einschalten. +\layout Itemize + +Anfügen von Zeilen und Spalten. +\layout Itemize + +Löschen von Zeilen und Spalten. +\layout Itemize + +Rotieren der gesamten Tabelle oder einzelner Einträge um 90 Grad. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Lange +\family default + +\family sans +Tabelle +\family default + ein- und ausschalten. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Karteikarte +\family sans +Zeile/Spalte +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Festlegen des Rahmens für eine Zeile/Spalte +\layout Itemize + +Ausrichtung des Textes in einer Spalte. +\layout Itemize + +Einträge über mehrere Spalten. +\layout Itemize + +Die Breite für eine Spalte fest vorgeben. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Karteikarte +\family sans +Eintrag +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Festlegen von Parametern für eine oder verbundene Zellen. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Karteikarte +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +ange Tabelle +\family default +: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Einstellungen für +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Lange Tabellen +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Diese sind hilfreich für Tabellen, die länger sind als die Seitenhöhe des + Dokumentes. + Die Tabelle wird dann am Seitenende umgebrochen und auf der folgenden Seite + fortgesetzt. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Sie können übrigens auch die Menüleiste verwenden, um eine Tabelle zu verändern. + Sehen Sie sich einmal +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +T +\bar default +abelle +\family default + an, wenn sich der Cursor innerhalb einer Tabelle befindet. +\layout Standard + +Die meisten dieser Optionen können Sie auch auf markierte Bereiche anwenden, + das heißt wenn Sie mehrere Zellen, Zeilen oder Spalten markiert haben (Zellen + müssen Sie immer anwählen; es hängt jedoch vom Kontext ab, wie diese interpreti +ert werden) und dann eine dieser Optionen anwählen, wird sie bei allen markierte +n Zellen aktiviert. +\layout Standard + +Falls Sie eine neue Zeile hinzufügen, so wird sie +\emph on +unter +\emph default + der Zeile eingefügt, in der sich der Cursor gerade befindet. + Gleichermaßen werden Spalten +\emph on +rechts +\emph default +vom Cursor eingefügt. + Aus diesem Grund ist es ziemlich schwierig, eine Spalte auf der linken + Seite der Tabelle hinzuzufügen -- es ist eine Menge Ausschneide/Kopierarbeit + notwendig. + Gelöscht wird immer die Zeile oder Spalte, in der sich der Cursor befindet. +\layout Standard + +Die Option +\family sans +\bar under +M +\bar default +ehrfachspalte +\family default + verbindet zwei oder mehr benachbarte Zellen in einer Zeile. + Im obigen Beispiel wurden so in Zeile +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +B +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + die Spalten +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +45 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +98 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + verknüpft. + Um dies zu erreichen, müssen Sie zunächst die gewünschten Zellen markieren + und dann die Option +\family sans +\bar under +M +\bar default +ehrfachspalte +\family default + wählen. +\layout Standard + +Sie können diesen Mehrspalten-Modus auch verwenden, um für eine einzelne + Zelle eine Sonderformatierung im Hinblick auf die Rahmen und die Ausrichtung + des Textes zu ermöglichen. + Hier ein Beispiel, bei dem das ausgenutzt wurde: +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 3mm \added_space_bottom 3mm \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +x +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +y +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +Punkt a & b +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +103 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +9 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +Punkt b & a +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +599 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +340 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +Punkt abcd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +96 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +11 +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Wie Sie sehen, sind die Überschriften der einzelnen Spalten jeweils zentriert + gesetzt, während die eigentlichen Einträge in der linken Spalte linksbündig + und in den übrigen Spalten rechtbündig sind. + Außerdem wurde zwischen zwei Zellen der Trennstrich entfernt. +\layout Standard + +Wenn eine Spaltet eine feste Breite haben soll, können Sie diese im Feld + +\family sans +Feste\SpecialChar ~ +Breite +\family default + eintragen. +\layout Standard + +Wird Ihre Tabelle zu breit, um auf eine normale Seite im Hochformat zu passen, + können Sie die Option +\family sans +90°\SpecialChar ~ +drehen +\family default + aktivieren, die Tabelle wird dann im Querformat gesetzt. + Außerdem ist es auch möglich, nur einzelne Einträge der Tabelle um 90° + zu drehen und so Platz zu sparen. + Werfen Sie einen Blick auf das folgende Beispiel, es zeigt, wozu man diese + Fähigkeit verwenden kann. +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Hinweis: +\emph default + Diese 90°-Drehung wird weder im LyX-Fenster noch in der DVI-Vorschau angezeigt + und funktioniert auch nur bei PostScript®-Ausgabe. + Verwenden Sie also +\family sans +Ans +\bar under +i +\bar default +cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Pos +\bar under +t +\bar default +script +\family default +, wenn Sie eine Druckvorschau der Tabelle betrachten wollen. +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 3mm \added_space_bottom 3mm \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Beschreibung +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Flag 1 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Flag 2 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Flag 3 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Flag 4 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Flag 5 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Flag 6 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Flag 7 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Flag 8 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Flag 9 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Flag 10\SpecialChar ~ + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Total +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Beschr.\SpecialChar ~ +1 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +7 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Beschr.\SpecialChar ~ +2 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +9 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Beschr.\SpecialChar ~ +3 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +8 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Beschr.\SpecialChar ~ +4 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +6 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Gesamt +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +30 +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Wie Sie an diesem Beispiel schön erkennen können, würde der Text in der + Titelzeile (Flag\SpecialChar ~ +1\SpecialChar \ldots{} +Flag\SpecialChar ~ +10) nicht auf das Papier passen, wenn er nicht gedreht + wäre. +\layout Subsection + +Was kann eine Zelle +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellenzelle} + +\end_inset + + alles enthalten? +\layout Standard + +Viele Objekte können in eine Zelle einer Tabelle eingefügt werden. + Eine (oder mehrere) Textzeilen, eine Formel (allerdings keine hervorgehobenen + Formeln, und auch keine mehrzeiligen Gleichungen), eine Abbildung oder + sogar alle diese Objekte gleichzeitig können in eine Zelle eingefügt werden. + Sie können Schriftgröße und -art verändern, und die Geometrie der Tabelle + paßt sich automatisch den neuen Gegebenheiten an. + Es ist lediglich nicht möglich, eine weitere Tabelle in einer Tabelle einzufüge +n, genausowenig können Sie besondere Umgebungstypen (wie +\family sans +Abschnitt* +\family default + usw.) verwenden. + LyX würde dann versuchen, die gesamte Tabelle in diesem Umgebungstyp zu + setzen -- mit unvorhersehbaren Auswirkungen. +\layout Subsection + +Ausschneiden +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!ausschneiden} + +\end_inset + + und Einfügen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!einfügen} + +\end_inset + + in Tabellen +\layout Standard + +Das Ausschneiden und Einfügen in und zwischen Tabellen funktioniert im allgemein +en recht gut. + Sie können dabei sogar mehr als eine Zeile gleichzeitig verarbeiten. + Das Markieren funktioniert wie gewohnt mit der Maus oder über +\family sans +Shift +\family default + mit den Cursortasten. + Im folgenden Beispiel wurden die Einträge in der zweiten Tabelle durch + markieren, kopieren und einfügen aus der ersten Tabelle übernommen: +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 3mm \added_space_bottom 3mm \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +1 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +2 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +3 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +4 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +5 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +6 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +7 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +8 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +9 +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\qquad$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +1 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +2 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +3 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +4 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +5 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +6 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +7 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +8 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +9 +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Beim Einfügen muß der Cursor in der Zelle links oben stehen, ohne daß das + rote Rechteck zu sehen ist, oder diese Zelle muß markiert (blau) sein. + Beachten Sie bitte, daß Quell- und Zieltabelle dieselbe Anzahl an Zeilen + und Spalten haben sollten, da sonst beim Einfügen Daten weggelassen werden. + Bei größeren Zieltabellen werden die überzähligen Zeilen und Spalten leergelass +en. +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 3mm \added_space_bottom 3mm \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +1 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +2 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +4 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +5 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +7 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +8 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\qquad$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +1 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +2 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +3 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +4 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +5 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +6 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\qquad$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +1 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +2 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +3 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +4 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +5 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +6 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +7 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +8 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +9 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Sie können auch eine ganze Tabelle auf einmal kopieren. +\layout Subsection + +Mehrzeiliger Text in Tabellen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!mehrzeiliger Text} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Mehrzeiliger Text mit Zeilenumbruch ist auch in Tabellen möglich, wenn auch + nicht im gewohnten WYSIWYM +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYM} + +\end_inset + +-Stil. + Sie können es auf mehreren Wegen erreichen: +\layout Enumerate + +Geben Sie im Dialogfenster +\family sans +Tabelle\SpecialChar ~ +bearbeiten +\family default + eine feste Breite für die Spalte vor. + Danach wird der eingegebene Text automatisch umgebrochen und die Höhe der + Zeile entsprechend angepaßt, falls er länger ist als die vorgegebene Länge. +\layout Enumerate + +Entfernen Sie die Linien zwischen zwei oder mehr benachbarten Zeilen. + Dies erweckt aber nur den Eindruck eines echten mehrzeiligen Eintrags. +\layout Enumerate + +Geben Sie im Dialogfenster +\family sans +Tabelle\SpecialChar ~ +bearbeiten +\family default + eine feste Breite für die Spalte vor und aktivieren Sie die Option +\family sans +Zeilenum +\bar under +b +\bar default +rüche +\family default +. + Sie können nun durch die Eingabe von +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\backslash + +\backslash + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + im LaTeX-Modus einen Zeilenumbruch erzwingen. + Dies ist aber eigentlich nicht notwendig, da diese Option bewirkt, daß + von Ihnen eingegebene Zeilenumbrüche ( +\family sans +Strg+Return +\family default +, siehe unten) WYSIWYG +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYG} + +\end_inset + + in das endgültige Dokument übertragen werden. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Hier ist ein Beispiel für eine solche Tabelle: +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 3mm \added_space_bottom 3mm \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +1 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +2 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +3 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +4 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Dies ist ein mehrzeiliger Eintrag in einer Tabelle. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +5 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +6 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Jetzt ist er länger. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +7 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +8 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Dies ist ein mehrzeiliger Eintrag in einer Tabelle. + Jetzt ist er länger. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +9 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +10 +\lang english + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Dies ist ein +\emph on + mehrzeiliger +\emph default + Tabelleneintrag. + Er sollte so aussehen wie oben. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +11 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\lang english + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Dies ist ein +\emph on + mehrzeiliger +\emph default + Tabelleneintrag. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Wie Sie sehen, wird in LyX der Text nicht (immer) mehrzeilig angezeigt, + im endgültigen Dokument stimmt die Ausgabe aber. + Um überlange Zeilen im LyX-Fenster zu vermeiden, können Sie mit +\family sans +Strg+Return +\family default + eine neue Zeile beginnen. + Dieser Zeilenumbruch ist aber nur in LyX sichtbar, im endgültigen Dokument + wird er ignoriert. +\layout Standard + +Ein weiteres Problem in diesem Zusammenhang ist, daß Tabellen nicht automatisch + so formatiert werden, daß sie auf die Seite passen. + Das heißt wenn der Text in einer Zelle ohne Zeilenumbrüche zu lang ist, + wird sich die Tabelle über den Rand der Seite hinaus erstrecken, gleiches + gilt für Tabellen mit zu vielen Zeilen: sie reichen über das untere Seitenende + hinaus. + Zur Lösung dieser Probleme stehen Ihnen folgende Wege zur Auswahl: +\layout Enumerate + +Teilen Sie die Tabelle in zwei unabhängige Teile, so daß die Zeilen- und + Seitenumbrüche eingehalten werden können. +\layout Enumerate + +Aktivieren Sie die Option +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +ange\SpecialChar ~ +Tabelle +\family default + im Dialog +\family sans +Tabellen-Einstellungen\SpecialChar ~ +bearbeiten +\family default +. + Dies verteilt die Tabelle automatisch auf mehrere Seiten, falls sie zu + lang wird. + Danach stehen Ihnen in diesem Dialog auch die zusätzlichen Optionen für + lange Tabellen zur Verfügung, und Sie können die folgenden Dinge festlegen: +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Erste\SpecialChar ~ +Kopfzeile +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!erste Kopfzeile} + +\end_inset + +: Die aktuelle Zeile sowie alle darüberliegenden, die keine Sonderoptionen + aktiviert haben, werden als die Überschrifts-Zeilen der ersten Seite einer + mehrseitigen Tabelle definiert. +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Kopfzeile +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!Kopfzeile} + +\end_inset + +: Die aktuelle Zeile sowie alle darüberliegenden, die keine Sonderoptionen + aktiviert haben, werden als die Überschrifts-Zeilen aller Seiten festgelegt + (mit Ausnahme der ersten, wenn +\family sans +Erste\SpecialChar ~ +Kopfzeile +\family default + aktiviert ist). +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Fußzeile +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!Fußzeile} + +\end_inset + +: Die aktuelle Zeile sowie alle darüberliegenden, die keine Sonderoptionen + aktiviert haben, werden als die Fußzeilen aller Seiten festgelegt (mit + Ausnahme der letzten, wenn +\family sans +Letzte\SpecialChar ~ +Fußzeile +\family default + aktiviert ist). +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Letzte\SpecialChar ~ +Fußzeile +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!letzteFußzeile} + +\end_inset + +: Die aktuelle Zeile sowie alle darüberliegenden, die keine Sonderoptionen + aktiviert haben, werden als die Fußzeilen der letzten Seite einer mehrseitigen + Tabelle definiert. +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +\bar under +S +\bar default +eitenumbruch\SpecialChar ~ +nach\SpecialChar ~ +der\SpecialChar ~ +aktuellen\SpecialChar ~ +Zeile: +\family default +manueller Seitenumbruch. +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!Seitenumbruch} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Falls Sie mehrere dieser Optionen in einer einzelnen Zeile aktivieren wollen, + sollten Sie sich bewußt sein, daß nur die erste davon verwendet wird, alle + anderen werden auf +\emph on +leer +\emph default + gesetzt. + In diesem Zusammenhang bedeutet +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +die erste +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + die erste in der Reihenfolge +\family sans +Fußzeile +\family default +, +\family sans + Letzte\SpecialChar ~ +Fußzeile +\family default +, +\family sans + Kopfzeile +\family default +, +\family sans + Erste\SpecialChar ~ +Kopfzeile +\family default + (betrachten Sie die Beispiele in der Datei +\family typewriter +/usr/share/lyx/examples/TableExamples.lyx +\family default +, um einen Eindruck zu bekommen, wie das funktioniert). +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Benutzen Sie das Feld +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +reite: +\family default + im Dialog +\family sans +Tabellen-Einstellungen\SpecialChar ~ +bearbeiten +\family default +, um die Breite der Tabelle einzuschränken, bis sie auf die Seite paßt. +\layout Enumerate + +Eine Tabelle kann auch in eine +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default +-Umgebung eingebettet werden, das ermöglicht es TeX, sie so gut wie möglich + in die Seite einzupassen. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +Hinweis: +\family sans +Lange\SpecialChar ~ +Tabelle +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabelle!Lange} + +\end_inset + + und +\family sans +90°\SpecialChar ~ +drehen +\family default + verwenden spezielle LaTeX-Pakete. + Sie sollten mittels +\family sans +Hilfe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaT +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +K +\bar default +on\SpecialChar \- +f\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +i\SpecialChar \- +gu\SpecialChar \- +ra\SpecialChar \- +tion +\family default + nachprüfen, ob diese auf Ihrem System vorhanden sind. +\layout Subsection + +Tabellen in +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default +-Umgebungen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!in Beschriftung-Umgebungen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table float} + +\end_inset + +Falls Sie zum Erstellen der Tabelle einfach nur die Schaltfläche in der + Werkzeugleiste bzw.\SpecialChar ~ +den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +T +\bar default +abelle +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + verwenden, wird die Tabelle genau an der Stelle im Text erscheinen, an + der sich der Cursor befand. + Sie wird als eigener Absatz und zentriert gesetzt. + Verwenden Sie stattdessen +\family sans +Tabelle +\family default + aus dem Menü +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Gleit +\bar under +o +\bar default +bjekte +\family default +, so kann LaTeX die Tabelle auch ein wenig verschieben und so möglichst + optimal positionieren. + Diese Positionierung einer +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default +-Umgebung mit Tabelle funktioniert genauso, wie es im Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:float-locn} + +\end_inset + + für Abbildungen erläutert wurde. + Tabelle +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{table:a table float} + +\end_inset + + ist ein Beispiel für eine solche Gleitobjekt-Tabelle. + In LyX wurde sie am Ende dieses Absatzes eingefügt. + +\begin_inset Float table +placement htbp +wide false +collapsed false + +\layout Caption + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{table:a table float} + +\end_inset + +Eine gleitende Tabelle. +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +1 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +2 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +3 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Joe +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Mary +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Ted +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} +a & b\\ +c & d\end{array}\right]$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsubsection + +Tabellentitel +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabellen!-titel} + +\end_inset + + in +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default +-Umgebungen +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie eine neue +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default +-Umgebung für eine Tabelle anlegen, ist das erste, wozu Sie aufgefordert + werden, die Eingabe eines Titels ( +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Beschriftung +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +). + Um wirklich eine Tabelle einzufügen, müssen Sie dies innerhalb der +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default +-Umgebung mit Menü oder Werkzeugleiste durchführen. + Ob die Tabelle über oder unter dem Titel steht, können Sie wie auch bei + den Abbildungen über die Position des Cursors beim Einfügen der Tabelle + festlegen: Befindet er sich ganz am Anfang des Textes, also direkt hinter + dem Wort +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\series bold +Table #: +\series default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, so erscheint die Tabelle über dem Text (wie in Tabelle +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{table:a table float with caption below} + +\end_inset + +), befindet er sich am Ende der Beschreibung, wird sie unter den Text gesetzt + (Tabelle +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{table:a table float} + +\end_inset + +). + +\begin_inset Float table +placement htbp +wide false +collapsed false + +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +1 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +2 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +3 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +4 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +5 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +6 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +7 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +8 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +9 +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Caption + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{table:a table float with caption below} + +\end_inset + +Eine weitere gleitende Tabelle, diesmal mit beschreibendem Text darunter. +\end_inset + + Sie können auch +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default +-Umgebungen ohne Titel erzeugen, dafür gibt es zwei Möglichkeiten. + Entweder erstellen Sie zunächst eine einfache Tabelle (ohne +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default +-Umgebung), markieren diese und wählen dann +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Gleit +\bar under +o +\bar default +bjekte\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Tabelle +\family default +, oder Sie erstellen ganz normal eine gleitende Tabelle, geben aber keinen + Text ein, sondern fügen nur eine Tabelle ein. + Setzen Sie nun den Cursor in den Bereich des Titels und drücken Sie +\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$ +\end_inset + +. + Der Eintrag +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\series bold +Table #: +\series default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + verschwindet, die Tabelle wird ohne Untertitel gesetzt. + Tabelle +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{table:captionless} + +\end_inset + + ist ein Beispiel dafür. +\begin_inset Float table +placement htbp +wide false +collapsed false + +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +9 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +8 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +7 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +6 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +5 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +4 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +3 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +2 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +1 +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{table:captionless} + +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + Ohne Titel wird die Tabelle nicht numeriert, deshalb wird sie, falls Sie + eine Marke für Querverweise (siehe\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:crossref} + +\end_inset + +) einfügen, unter der Nummer des aktuellen (Unter)Kapitels referenziert. + Beachten Sie bitte auch, daß nur Tabellen und Abbildungen in +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default +-Umgebungen mit einer Textunterschrift vom Typ Beschriftung versehen werden + können. +\layout Subsubsection + +Plazierung von +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default +-Umgebungen +\layout Standard + +Bei der Plazierung wird nicht zwischen Abbildungen und Tabellen unterschieden, + es gilt diesbezüglich uneingeschränkt das in Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:float-locn} + +\end_inset + + Gesagte. +\layout Section + +Inhaltsverzeichnisse +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Inhaltsverzeichnisse} + +\end_inset + + und andere Listen +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:toc} + +\end_inset + +Einer der wirklich hervorragenden Vorzüge von LaTeX ist die Einfachheit, + mit der die unterschiedlichsten Arten von Listen wie zum Beispiel das Inhaltsve +rzeichnis erstellt werden können. + Sie müssen nur bestimmte Absatzumgebungen benutzen und eine Referenz dort + einfügen, wo die Liste erscheinen soll. +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie LaTeX-Benutzer sind, werden Sie sicher wissen, daß LaTeX unter + Umständen mehrmals aufgerufen werden muß, damit alle Einträge korrekt sind. + Das ist glücklicherweise nicht mehr nötig. + LyX achtet selber darauf, daß LaTeX oft genug aufgerufen wird, damit alle + Dinge in der +\family typewriter +dvi +\family default +-Vorschau richtig erscheinen. +\layout Subsection + +Das Inhaltsverzeichnis +\layout Standard + +Um ein Inhaltsverzeichnis zu erstellen, sind vier Dinge notwendig: +\layout Enumerate + +Sie müssen eine Dokumentenklasse verwenden, die ein Inhaltsverzeichnis unterstüt +zt (fast alle Standard-Typen, außer +\family sans +letter +\family default +). +\layout Enumerate + +Verwenden Sie Umgebungstypen, die automatisch von der Inhalts-Funktion erkannt + werden: +\family sans +Kapitel +\family default +, +\family sans +[Unter\SpecialChar \ldots{} +]Abschnitt +\family default +, +\family sans +[Unter\SpecialChar \ldots{} +]Paragraph +\family default +. + Beachten Sie auch, daß Umgebungstypen mit einem Stern, wie etwa +\family sans +Abschnitt* +\family default +, +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + im Inhaltsverzeichnis erscheinen. +\layout Enumerate + +Stellen Sie sicher, daß die Einträge im Dialogfenster +\family sans + Dokumentformat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family default +Karteikarte +\family sans + Extra\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Tiefe\SpecialChar ~ +der\SpecialChar ~ +Abschnittsnummerierung +\family default + und +\family sans +Tiefe\SpecialChar ~ +im\SpecialChar ~ +Inhaltsverzeichnis +\family default + auf vernünftige Werte gesetzt sind. + Wenn Sie etwa nur Kapitel und Abschnitte im Inhaltsverzeichnis haben wollen, + setzen Sie diesen Wert auf 1. +\layout Enumerate + +Fügen Sie den Befehl zum Erstellen des Inhaltsverzeichnisses an der gewünschten + Stelle ein. + Verwenden Sie dazu den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +isten\SpecialChar ~ +und\SpecialChar ~ +Inhaltsverz.\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +I +\bar default +nhaltsverzeichnis +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Außerdem können Sie, ob Sie nun im Text ein Inhaltsverzeichnis angelegt + haben oder nicht, mit +\family sans +Ans +\bar under +i +\bar default +cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +I +\bar default +nhaltsverzeichnis +\family default + ein zusätzliches Fenster öffnen, in dem das Inhaltsverzeichnis angezeigt + wird. + Sie können es verwenden, um damit schnell im Text herumzuspringen. +\layout Subsection + +Liste der Abbildungen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Liste der Abbildungen} + +\end_inset + +, Tabellen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Liste der Tabellen} + +\end_inset + + und Algorithmen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Liste der Algorithmen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ListsOf} + +\end_inset + +Zusammenstellungen der im Dokument verwendeten Abbildungen, Tabellen und + Algorithmen können genauso einfach erstellt werden wie ein Inhaltsverzeichnis. + Es gibt nur ein paar kleine Unterschiede, die hier am Beispiel einer Liste + der Abbildungen erläutert werden sollen: +\layout Enumerate + +Abbildungen, die in der Liste erscheinen sollen, +\emph on +müssen +\emph default + als Gleitobjekt ( +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Gleit +\bar under +o +\bar default +bjekte\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Abbildung +\family default +) eingefügt werden. +\layout Enumerate + +Fügen Sie den Befehl zum Erstellen der Liste der Abbildungen an der gewünschten + Stelle ein. + Verwenden Sie dazu den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +isten\SpecialChar ~ +und\SpecialChar ~ +Inhaltsverz.\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Abbildungsverzeichnis +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Für die beiden anderen Klassen von Gleitobjekten gilt sinngemäß dasselbe. + Dem aufmerksamen Leser mag auffallen, daß die gleitenden Algorithmen an + keiner anderen Stelle im +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default + erwähnt werden -- sie sind eine Neuerung, die leider noch nicht ausreichend + dokumentiert ist. +\layout Chapter + +Mathematische Formeln +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{mathematische!Formeln} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cha:Mathe-Formeln} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Grundlagen +\layout Standard + +Mathematische Ausdrücke mit LyX zu schreiben ist jetzt fast vollständig + WYSIWYM +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYM} + +\end_inset + +. + Sie können das mit dem Mathematik-Editor +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Mathematik!Editor} + +\end_inset + + (kurz Mathed) erledigen. +\layout Subsection + +Mathed starten +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Mathed} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:Mathed-starten} + +\end_inset + +Es gibt verschiedene Wege, um +\family roman +Mathed +\family default + zu starten. + Sie können einfach auf den Werkzeugleistenknopf +\begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$ +\end_inset + + klicken. + Das öffnet ein kleines blaues Rechteck, mit purpurnen Häkchen umrandet. + Das blaue Rechteck ist die Mathed-Cursor-Position, und die purpurne Farbe + deutet an, daß Sie im +\family typewriter +Mathe-Modus +\family default + sind. + Sie können auch +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +ingebettete\SpecialChar ~ +Formel +\family default + wählen oder die Tastenkürzel +\family sans +Alt+M+M +\family default +, +\family sans +Alt+Z+M +\family default + oder +\family sans +Strg+M +\family default + (letzteres nur im CUA-Modus) benutzen. + Wenn Sie auf den Werkzeugleistenknopf klicken, werden unten im Minipuffer + alle äquivalenten Tastenkürzel aufgelistet, die Mathed starten. + Auf all diese Arten wird ein Mathed-Kästchen +\emph on +in der Zeile +\emph default + erzeugt. + Um eine eigenständige Gleichung zu erhalten, wählen Sie +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +A +\bar default +bgesetzte\SpecialChar ~ +Formel +\family default + ( +\family sans +Umschalt+Strg+M +\family default +). +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie den +\family typewriter +Mathe-Modus +\family default + nur benutzen wollen, um zum Beispiel ein +\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ +\end_inset + + zu schreiben, gibt es besondere Tastenkürzel, zum Beispiel +\family sans +Alt+M+G+A +\family default + für +\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ +\end_inset + +, +\family sans + Alt+M+G+B +\family default + für +\begin_inset Formula $\beta$ +\end_inset + + usw +\emph on +. +\layout Standard + +Sie können Mathed aber auch indirekt vom Menü +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +athe-Kontrollfläche +\family default + starten. + Das Menü +\family sans +Mathe-Kontrollfläche +\family default + ist unglaublich nützlich, Sie sollten es deshalb geöffnet lassen. + Wenn Sie irgendetwas aus dem Menü auswählen, wird Mathed gestartet. +\layout Subsection + +Wie man sich in einer Gleichung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleichung} + +\end_inset + + bewegt +\layout Standard + +Sie können auf eine existierende Gleichung klicken (irgendetwas, das blau + aussieht), und Sie werden automatisch Mathed aktivieren und den Cursor + in etwa dort vorfinden, wo Sie geklickt haben. + In einer existierenden Gleichung hat man mit den Pfeiltasten die beste + Kontrolle über die Cursorposition. + Mathed benutzt manchmal kleine Rechtecke um anzuzeigen, wo etwas eingefügt + werden kann, weil Mathed Symbole nicht einfach nur linear anordnet. + +\layout Standard + +Die Pfeiltasten können benutzt werden, um sich in einer Mathed-Struktur + zwischen Textgebieten zu bewegen. + Wenn man eine Pfeiltaste am Rande von Mathed drückt, verläßt man Mathed, + wenn der Pfeil aus dem Mathed-Kästchen herauszeigt. + Wenn man die +\family sans +Leertaste +\family default +drückt, verläßt man einen Teil oder eine andere Mathed-Struktur (eine Quadratwur +zel +\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$ +\end_inset + +, Klammern +\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$ +\end_inset + + oder eine Matrix +\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} +1 & 2\\ +3 & 4\end{array}\right]$ +\end_inset + +), und bleibt innerhalb von Mathed. + Mit +\family sans +Esc +\family default + verläßt man Mathed, und der Cursor wird rechts vom Kästchen plaziert. + Mit der +\family sans + Leertaste +\family default +kann man Mathed auch verlassen, aber der Cursor wird um eine Leerstelle + neben dem Kästchen gestellt (wenn keine Leerstelle dort war, wird sie erzeugt). + +\family sans +Tab +\family default + kann benutzt werden, um sich waagerecht in einer Mathed-Struktur zu bewegen, + wie in den Zeilen einer Matrix oder den Stellen in einer mehrzeiligen Gleichung. +\layout Standard + +Die +\family sans +Leertaste +\family default +scheint nichts innerhalb von Mathed zu bewirken, weil sie wirklich keinen + Zwischenraum zwischen Zeichen hinzufügt, aber sie verläßt eine geschachtelte + Struktur. + Deshalb muß man mit der +\family sans +Leertaste +\family default + vorsichtig sein. + Wenn man zum Beispiel +\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$ +\end_inset + + erreichen will, muß man +\family typewriter + +\backslash +sqrt +\family default + tippen, dann +\family sans +Leertaste +\family default +, dann +\family typewriter + 2x+1 +\family default +, aber nicht +\family typewriter + +\backslash +sqrt +\family sans +\SpecialChar ~ +Leertaste\SpecialChar ~ + +\family typewriter +2x +\family sans +\SpecialChar ~ +Leertaste\SpecialChar ~ + +\family typewriter ++ +\family sans +\SpecialChar ~ +Leertaste\SpecialChar ~ + +\family typewriter +1 +\family default +, weil dann nur die +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Formula $2x$ +\end_inset + + +\family default + unter dem Wurzelzeichen stehen würden: +\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$ +\end_inset + +. + Diejenigen, die es gewohnt sind, Ausdrücke auf diese Weise mit Zwischenräumen + zu versehen, müssen ein wenig umlernen. +\layout Standard + +Da wir über die +\family sans +Leertaste +\family default + sprechen: es mag sein, daß Sie Leerzeichen erzeugen wollen, die über das + hinausgehen, was LaTeX normalerweise erzeugt. + Wir empfehlen das natürlich nicht, weil das WYSIWYM +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYM} + +\end_inset + +-Prinzip bedeutet, daß Sie nicht über den Schriftsatz nachdenken, sondern + über den Inhalt. + Es mag aber Situationen geben, in denen Sie wirklich Leerzeichen hinzufügen + wollen. + Das kann man natürlich mit +\family sans +Strg+Leertaste +\family default + machen. + Das erzeugt einen kleinen Zwischenraum und zeigt ihn auf dem Bildschirm + wie eine auf dem Rücken liegende eckige rote Klammer an: +\begin_inset Formula $a\!\sqcup\! b$ +\end_inset + +. + Gedruckt sieht das so aus: +\begin_inset Formula $a\, b$ +\end_inset + +. + Mit dem nächstes Trick ändert man die Größe. + +\emph on +Bevor +\emph default + Sie nach +\family sans +Strg+Leertaste +\family default + den Cursor bewegen, drücken Sie die +\family sans +Leertaste +\family default + erneut ein- oder mehrere Male, das vergrößert den Zwischenraum auf unterschiedl +iche Größen: +\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$ +\end_inset + +. + Als letztes gibt es den blauen, den negativen Zwischenraum: +\begin_inset Formula $a\! b$ +\end_inset + +. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Wie in Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sub:Mathed-starten} + +\end_inset + + bereits erwähnt, finden Sie all diese Symbole im Menü +\family sans +Mathe-Kontrollfläche +\family default +. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Man kann viele teilweise gefüllte Mathed-Strukturen wie diese Matrix verlassen: +\begin_inset Formula \[ +\left(\begin{array}{ccc} +\lambda_{1}\\ + & \ddots\\ + & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right).\] + +\end_inset + +Wenn Sie eine Teilstruktur, die nur teilweise gefüllt ist, verlassen oder + einen Exponenten mit nichts darin, wird das Ergebnis unvorhersehbar, aber + die meisten Objekte stört das nicht. + +\layout Subsection + +Text auswählen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Mathed!Text auswählen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Innerhalb von Mathed können Sie Text auf zwei verschiedene Arten auswählen. + Stellen Sie den Cursor an das eine Ende der Zeichenkette, die Sie auswählen + wollen und drücken Sie +\family sans +Umschalt+Pfeil +\family default +in der Richtung, in der Sie markieren wollen. + Der markierte Text wird wie sonst auch hervorgehoben. + Oder Sie machen es wie gewohnt mit der Maus, obwohl dabei manchmal alles + im purpurnen Rechteck markiert wird. + Den markierten Text können Sie dann kopieren oder ausschneiden und in eine + andere Formel einsetzen (aber nicht außerhalb von LyX und auch nicht in + einem normalen Textbereich). + Text, der in einem normalen Textbereich von LyX ausgewählt wurde, kann + (noch) nicht in eine Formel eingesetzt werden, ebenso nichts, was außerhalb + von LyX ausgewählt wurde. + +\layout Subsection + +Exponenten +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Exponenten} + +\end_inset + + und Indizes +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Indizes} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Sie können das Menü +\family sans +Mathe-Kontrollfläche +\family default + benutzen, um Hoch- oder Tiefstellungen zu erzeugen, aber viel einfacher + geht es mit der normalen TeX-Methode. + Um +\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$ +\end_inset + + zu erhalten, tippen Sie (in Mathed) +\family typewriter +x^2 +\family default +, dann +\family sans +Leertaste +\family default +. + Die +\family sans +Leertaste +\family default + bringt den Cursor zurück auf die Grundlinie des Ausdrucks. + Wenn Sie +\family typewriter +x^2y +\family default + tippen, erhalten Sie +\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$ +\end_inset + +; um +\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$ +\end_inset + + zu erhalten, müssen Sie +\family typewriter +x^2, +\family sans + +\family default +dann +\family sans +Leertaste +\family default +, dann +\family typewriter + y +\family default + tippen. + Indizes sind ähnlich: um +\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$ +\end_inset + + zu erhalten, müssen Sie in Mathed +\family typewriter +a_1 +\family default +, dann +\family sans +Leertaste +\family default +tippen. +\layout Subsection + +Brüche +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Bruche@Brüche} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Einen Bruch kann man mit +\family typewriter + +\backslash +frac +\family sans + +\family default +(in Mathed) oder mit dem Bruchsymbol aus dem +\family sans +Mathe-Kontrollfläche +\family default +-Menü schreiben. + Sie erhalten einen leeren Bruch mit zwei blauen Mathed-Kästchen über und + unter einem Bruchstrich. + Der Cursor steht im Zählerkästchen. + Mit der +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + +-Taste gelangt man in den Nenner, mit der +\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$ +\end_inset + +-Taste wieder in den Zähler. + Jede mathematische Struktur kann in einen Bruch geschrieben werden, wie + dieses Beispiel zeigt: +\begin_inset Formula \[ +\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc} +2 & 3\\ +4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\] + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Summen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Summen} + +\end_inset + + und Integrale +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Integrale} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Die Summen- und Integralzeichen +\begin_inset Formula $\sum$ +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Formula $\int$ +\end_inset + + werden sehr oft mit Grenzen versehen, die in LyX (wie in TeX) als Exponenten + und Indizes geschrieben werden. + Bei Summen in der Zeile werden die Grenzen automatisch neben dem Summenzeichen + plaziert wie bei +\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$ +\end_inset + +, bei abgesetzten Formeln hingegen über und unter dem Summenzeichen: +\begin_inset Formula \[ +\sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\frac{x^{n}}{n}=\ln\left(\frac{1}{1-x}\right).\] + +\end_inset + +Bei Integralen werden die Grenzen immer neben dem Integralzeichen plaziert + wie in +\begin_inset Formula $\int_{a}^{x}f(t)dt:=F(x)$ +\end_inset + +, bei abgesetzten Formeln sieht es so aus: +\begin_inset Formula \[ +\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{dx}{1+x^{2}}=\pi.\] + +\end_inset + +Beide Symbole werden automatisch angepaßt. + Man kann die Plazierung der Grenzen (direkt über und unter oder rechts + neben dem Zeichen) ändern, indem man den Cursor direkt vor das Zeichen + stellt und +\family sans +Alt+M\SpecialChar ~ +L +\family default + eingibt. + Wie die Änderung genau aussieht, hängt vom Zeichen ab. + Einige andere mathematische Ausdrücke besitzen diese Automatik-Funktion + auch, wie +\begin_inset Formula \[ +\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\] + +\end_inset + +bei dem +\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$ +\end_inset + + unter dem +\emph on +lim +\emph default + bei abgesetzten Formeln plaziert wird, aber in der Zeile daneben: +\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$ +\end_inset + +. + Das +\begin_inset Formula $\lim$ +\end_inset + +-Zeichen hat eine besondere Bedeutung. + In LaTeX wird es als Sonderobjekt behandelt, damit es Indizes wie beschrieben + darstellen kann. + In LyX erhält man es mit +\family typewriter + +\backslash +lim +\family default +in Mathed oder indem man es aus den +\family sans +Funktionen +\family default + im Menü +\family sans +Mathe-Kontrollfläche +\family default +auswählt. + Andere Spezialworte sind trigonometrische Funktionen (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:math-functions} + +\end_inset + +). +\layout Subsection + +Das Menü +\family sans + Mathe-Kontrollfläche +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Mathed!Kontrollfläche} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-panel} + +\end_inset + +Das Menü +\family sans + Mathe-Kontrollfläche +\family default + besitzt eine sehr umfangreiche Liste an Symbolen und Strukturen. + Wie bereits erwähnt können Sie es geöffnet lassen, wenn Sie mathematische + Formeln schreiben. + Dadurch gelangen Sie leichter an die weniger trivialen Funktionen des +\family typewriter +Mathe-Modus +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/math/sqrt.png + BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp + +\end_inset + + erzeugt Schablonen für Wurzeln wie +\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$ +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt[3]{45}$ +\end_inset + + oder +\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt[7]{a+b}$ +\end_inset + +. +\layout Enumerate + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/math/frac.png + BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp + +\end_inset + + erzeugt eine Schablone für Brüche wie +\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$ +\end_inset + +. +\begin_inset Formula $\bmod$ +\end_inset + + +\layout Enumerate + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/math/delim.png + BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp + +\end_inset + + bringt eine Auswahl von Trennzeichen +\family sans + +\family default +wie Klammern und ähnlichem, zum Beispiel +\begin_inset Formula $\left\{ 3\right\rangle $ +\end_inset + +. + Diese werden in der Größe an ihren Inhalt angepaßt. +\layout Enumerate + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/math/deco.png + BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp + +\end_inset + + erzeugt Dekorationen wie zum Beispiel +\begin_inset Formula $\underbrace{a}$ +\end_inset + +. +\layout Enumerate + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/math/space.png + BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp + +\end_inset + + bringt eine Auswahl von geschützten Leerzeichen, zum Beispiel +\begin_inset Formula $2\qquad3$ +\end_inset + +. +\layout Enumerate + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/math/math-superscript.png + BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp + +\end_inset + + erzeugt "^" für Exponenten. +\layout Enumerate + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/math/math-subscript.png + BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp + +\end_inset + + erzeugt "_" für Indizes. +\layout Enumerate + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/math/style.png + BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp + +\end_inset + + legt den Schrifttyp fest. +\layout Enumerate + +Mit +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/math/matrix.png + BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp + +\end_inset + + definiert man die Größe einer Matrix und ihre Ausrichtung: +\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{clr} +1 & 2 & 3\\ +45 & 67 & 89\end{array}\right]$ +\end_inset + +. +\layout Enumerate + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/math/equation.png + BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp + +\end_inset + + erzeugt ein +\emph on +abgesetztes +\emph default + leeres Kästchen für den +\family typewriter +Mathe-Modus +\family default +, wenn der Cursor im normalen Textmodus ist. + Im +\family typewriter +Mathe-Modus +\family default + schaltet dieser Knopf zwischen +\emph on +in +\emph default + +\emph on +der +\emph default + +\emph on +Zeile +\emph default + und +\emph on +abgesetzt +\emph default + um. +\layout Standard + +Außerdem hat das Menü +\family sans + Mathe-Kontrollfläche +\family default + Untermenüs mit mathematischen Symbolen und Funktionen. +\layout Subsection + +Andere mathematische Symbole +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{mathematische!Symbole} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Einige Symbole können, wie im vorigen Abschnitt beschrieben, direkt über + das +\family sans +Mathe-Kontrollfläche +\family default +-Menü ausgewählt werden. + Die meisten anderen Symbole kann man in den verschiedenen Kategorien finden: +\layout Itemize + +schwarze Beschriftung: +\begin_inset Formula $\pm\times$ +\end_inset + +enthält Operatoren, +\begin_inset Formula $\leq\cong$ +\end_inset + + Relationen, +\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow\Leftrightarrow$ +\end_inset + + Pfeile +\family sans +, +\family default + +\begin_inset Formula $\sum\int$ +\end_inset + + große Symbole, +\emph on +Punkte +\emph default +zum Beispiel +\begin_inset Formula $\vdots$ +\end_inset + +, +\emph on +Diverses +\emph default +-- nun ja, verschiedenes, und +\begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\iota\varepsilon\chi\eta\sigma\chi\eta$ +\end_inset + + griechische Buchstaben. +\layout Itemize + +blaue Beschriftung: +\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow\Leftrightarrow$ +\end_inset + + enthält weitere Pfeile +\family sans +, +\family default + +\begin_inset Formula $\leq\cong$ +\end_inset + + weitere Relationen, +\begin_inset Formula $!(\leq\cong)$ +\end_inset + + verneinte Relationen, +\begin_inset Formula $\pm\times$ +\end_inset + +weitere Operatoren, und +\emph on +Diverses +\emph default + ebenfalls verschiedenes. +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie das Standard-LaTeX-Makro für ein bestimmtes Symbol kennen, können + Sie es direkt eingeben. + Mathematische Symbole sind sehr hilfreich, wenn Sie den LaTeX-Namen nicht + kennen. + Ein LaTeX-Makro, das Sie kennen, tippen Sie mit einem vorangestellten +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\family default +, den LaTeX benutzt, ein, wie zum Beispiel +\family typewriter + +\backslash +alpha +\family default +, und der Text wird automatisch in das Zeichen konvertiert, nachdem Sie + ihn mit der +\family sans +Leertaste +\family default + oder einem anderen nicht-alphabetischen Symbol abgeschlossen haben. + Der Text erscheint zunächst ohne den +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\family default +, wird aber zu einem blauen Symbol, wenn LyX verstanden hat, was Sie wollen. + Wenn Mathed den Text nicht in ein Symbol konvertieren kann, wird er rot + bleiben. + Das nennt man +\emph on +Makromodus +\emph default +. +\layout Standard + +Noch können nicht alle in LaTeX verfügbaren Symbole WYSIWYM +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYM} + +\end_inset + + in LyX dargestellt werden. + Ein Beispiel dafür ist +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +A +\family typewriter + +\backslash +hookrightarrow +\family default +B +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + In LyX in Mathed wird es aussehen wie +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + + +\emph on +A +\family typewriter +\emph default +hookrightarrow +\family default +\emph on +B +\emph default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + mit A und B in blau und +\family typewriter +hookrightarrow +\family default + in rot. + Weil LaTeX das Makro aber kennt, wird es gedruckt so aussehen: +\begin_inset Formula $A\hookrightarrow B$ +\end_inset + +. + Einige Symbole des Menüs +\family sans +Mathe-Kontrollfläche +\family default + werden in LyX so aussehen, weil LyX sie noch nicht darstellen kann. + +\layout Standard + +Diese Eigenschaft von LyX, Texte in Mathed, die es nicht kennt, so zu lassen + wie sie eingegeben wurden, erlaubt Ihnen, Ihre eigenen Makrokürzel zu definiere +n und zu benutzen. + Der zugehörige Befehl muß im LaTeX-Vorspann stehen (siehe +\emph on +Profi-Tipps +\emph default +). + Wenn Sie dort zum Beispiel schreiben: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +a}{ +\backslash +alpha} +\family sans + +\layout Standard + +können Sie in Mathed +\family typewriter + +\backslash +a +\family sans + +\family default +anstatt +\family typewriter + +\backslash +alpha +\family sans + +\family default +benutzen, um +\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ +\end_inset + + zu erzeugen. + Vorsicht ist aber geboten, weil es LyX egal ist, ob das Makro gültig ist. + Ist es ungültig, werden Sie Fehlermeldungen erhalten, sobald Sie es an + LaTeX senden (für eine Druckvorschau oder zum Druck). + Weitere Einzelheiten finden Sie in den +\emph on +Profi-Tipps +\emph default +. +\layout Subsection + +Mathematische Funktionen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{mathematische!Funktionen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-functions} + +\end_inset + +Das Menü +\family sans + Mathe-Kontrollfläche +\family default + enthält +\emph on +Funktionen +\emph default + wie +\begin_inset Formula $\sin$ +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Formula $\lim$ +\end_inset + +, usw.\SpecialChar ~ +(man kann sie in Mathed auch mit Befehlen wie +\family typewriter + +\backslash +sin +\family default + usw.\SpecialChar ~ +eintippen. + Standardmäßig werden Funktionen, die Namen sind wie +\begin_inset Formula $\sin$ +\end_inset + +, nicht kursiv geschrieben. + Gibt man in Mathed aber nur die Buchstaben +\begin_inset Formula $sin$ +\end_inset + + ein, sind sie natürlich kursiv. + Deshalb gibt es diese besonderen Makros. + In der Druckausgabe bewirken sie aber mehr als nur die Schriftform zu ändern. + Zum Beispiel bekommt der Ausdruck +\emph on +sint +\emph default + zusätzlichen Leerraum zwischen sin und t: +\begin_inset Formula $\sin t$ +\end_inset + +. + Bei komplexeren mathematischen Objekten wie +\begin_inset Formula $\lim$ +\end_inset + + bestimmt das Makro, wo die Bedingung plaziert wird, ob neben das Wort lim + als Index wie hier: +\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L$ +\end_inset + + oder darunter wie hier: +\begin_inset Formula \[ +\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L.\] + +\end_inset + + Beide Ausdrücke wurden exakt gleich eingetippt, nur die Art, wie das lim-Makro + benutzt wurde, entschied über die Darstellung (in diesem Fall wurde das + Makro für die Darstellung in der Zeile geändert, damit der Zeilenabstand + besser aussieht). +\layout Subsection + +Weitere Symbole +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Symbole} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Es gibt einige mathematische Symbole, die es in LaTeX (oder LyX) nicht gibt, + die aber in mathematischen Schriften benutzt werden, wie zum Beispiel die + altdeutsche Frakturschrift und die +\emph on +Wandtafel +\emph default +-Fettschrift (Blackboard), die für Vektoren, komplexe Zahlen oder ganze + Zahlen benutzt werden. + Diese Pakete kann man jetzt über ein Menü hinzufügen: im Dialogfenster +\family sans + Dokumentformat +\family default + gibt es unter +\family sans +Pakete +\family default + einen Umschaltknopf +\family sans +\bar under +A +\bar default +MS\SpecialChar ~ +Mathe\SpecialChar ~ +verwenden +\family default +. + Wenn er aktiviert ist, sind alle AMS-LaTeX-Symbole und Umgebungen verfügbar. + Sie werden Ärger bekommen, wenn Sie diese Pakete in den Vorspann einfügen, + weil LyX jetzt ein paar Makros dieser Pakete selber definiert hat. + Die AMS-Klassen fügen diese Pakete automatisch hinzu. +\layout Subsection + +Akzente +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Akzente} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Im +\family typewriter +Mathe-Modus +\family default + setzt man Akzente wie im normalen Textmodus. + Wie das gemacht wird, kann von Ihrer Tastatur und Ihrer Tastaturdatei abhängen. + Sie können aber auch die TeX-Äquivalente als Makros benutzen. + Wenn Ihre Tastatur keine Akzente ermöglicht, können Sie zum Beispiel in + Mathed +\family typewriter + +\backslash +hat{a +\family default + eintippen, um +\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ +\end_inset + + zu erhalten. + Die folgende Tabelle enthält die Akzentnamen im Textmodus, in Mathed und + Beispiele für die Akzente: +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 3mm \added_space_bottom 3mm \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Text +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Mathed +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Beispiel +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +circumflex +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +hat +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +grave +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +grave +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +acute +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +acute +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +umlaut +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +ddot +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +tilde +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +tilde +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +dot +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +dot +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +breve +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +breve +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +caron +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +check +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +macron +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +bar +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +--- +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +vector +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Klammern +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Klammern} + +\end_inset + + und Dekorationen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dekorationen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:klammern-dekos} + +\end_inset + +Es gibt in LyX mehrere Klammerarten. + Für die meisten Zwecke sollte es genügen, nur die Tasten +\family typewriter +[{]}()| +\backslash +<> +\family default + zu drücken. + Aber die Wirkung ist besser, wenn Sie das Menü +\family sans + Mathe-Kontrollfläche +\family default + benutzen, insbesondere, wenn Sie große Strukturen wie Matrizen oder Brüche + in Klammern setzen wollen, oder wenn Sie mehrere Klammerschichten haben + (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:math-panel} + +\end_inset + +). + So zum Beispiel würden Sie Klammern um eine Matrix setzen: +\begin_inset Formula \[ +\left[\begin{array}{cc} +1 & 2\\ +3 & 4\end{array}\right].\] + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +In Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:arrays-multi-line} + +\end_inset + + steht ausführlich beschrieben, wie man das im Einzelnen macht. + Auch erkennt man mehrere Klammerschichten besser bei Scheußlichkeiten wie + hier: +\begin_inset Formula \[ +\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\] + +\end_inset + +oder hier: +\begin_inset Formula \[ +f\left(g\left(h\left(k\left(l\left(x\right)\right)\right)\right)\right).\] + +\end_inset + +Die Klammern aus dem Menü werden automatisch an die Größe ihres Inhaltes + angepaßt. + (Das wird direkt mit den LaTeX-Befehlen +\family typewriter + +\backslash +left( bla\SpecialChar ~ +bla +\backslash +right) +\family default + erreicht.) +\layout Standard + +Es ist sehr einfach, die gewünschten Klammern zu bekommen. + Sie müssen nur mit der linken Maustaste auf das Klammersymbol, das Sie + links haben wollen, klicken, mit der rechten auf das, das Sie rechts haben + wollen, und schließlich zum Einsetzen auf den Knopf +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen +\family default +, der Ihre Auswahl anzeigt. + Wenn Sie auf einer Seite keine Klammer haben wollen, wählen Sie das leere + Symbol. + In LyX wird es als gestrichelte senkrechte Linie angezeigt, in der Druckausgabe + ist nichts zu sehen. + Wenn Sie links und rechts die zugehörige Klammer haben wollen, können Sie + +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +eide +\family default + aktivieren und müssen nur eine Klammer anklicken. +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie sich erst nachträglich entschließen, eine mathematische Struktur + mit Klammern, anderen mathematischen Symbolen oder Verzierungen zu versehen, + können Sie das tun, indem Sie das, was innerhalb der Klammern usw.\SpecialChar ~ +stehen + soll, markieren. + Dazu stellen Sie den Cursor links oder rechts neben Ihre Auswahl, drücken + die +\family sans +Umschalt +\family default +-Taste und gehen mit den Pfeiltasten in die gewünschte Richtung. + Sie können natürlich auch mit der Maus markieren. + Dann wählen Sie die gewünschten Klammern für links und rechts und klicken + auf +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen +\family default +. + Die Klammern werden um die markierte Struktur gesetzt. +\layout Section + +Gruppierung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gruppierung} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Grouping} + +\end_inset + +Eventuell müssen Sie einen Satz von Symbolen gruppieren. + In LaTeX wird zum Beispiel +\family typewriter +(x^y)^z +\family default + anders als +\family typewriter +x^(y^z)=x^y^z +\family default + gesetzt: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} +x^{y}{}^{z} & \mathrm{ist}\,\mathrm{anders\, als} & x^{y^{z}}\end{eqnarray*} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Die Gruppierung erreichen Sie, indem Sie im ersten Fall +\family typewriter +x^y +\family default +, gefolgt von +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + +, +\family default +dann +\family typewriter + +\backslash +{ +\family default + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + + +\family default + und schließlich +\family typewriter +^z +\family default + eingeben. + Durch +\family typewriter + +\backslash +{ +\family default + bekommen Sie die geschweiften roten Klammern mit dem blauen Rechteck darin. + Im zweiten Fall geben Sie einfach +\family typewriter +x^y^z +\family default + ein. +\layout Section + +Matrizen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Matrizen} + +\end_inset + + und mehrzeilige Gleichungen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleichungen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:arrays-multi-line} + +\end_inset + +Matrizenähnliche Gebilde kann man in LyX einfach eingeben. + Entweder wählen Sie +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Arra +\bar under +y +\bar default +-Umgebung +\family default +: dann bekommen Sie automatisch eine 2x2-Matrix, oder Sie klicken mm Menü +\family sans + Mathe-Kontrollfläche +\family default + den Knopf mit den neun blauen Quadraten an, der das Menü +\family sans +einfügen\SpecialChar ~ +Matrix +\family default + öffnet, in dem Sie verschiedene Optionen setzen können. + Hier ist ein Beispiel: +\begin_inset Formula \[ +\left(\begin{array}{ccc} +1 & 2 & 3\\ +4 & 5 & 6\\ +7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right).\] + +\end_inset + +Die Klammern werden nicht automatisch eingefügt, sondern müssen mit dem + +\family sans +Trennzeichen +\family default +-Menü hinzugefügt werden. + Das können Sie nachträglich machen (siehe +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:klammern-dekos} + +\end_inset + +). +\layout Standard + +Sie können festlegen, ob die Spalten einer Matrix (oder Teile davon) links- + oder rechtsbündig oder zentriert ausgerichtet werden sollen. + Die Voreinstellung ist zentriert (durch +\family typewriter +c +\family default +'s im Feld +\family sans +Ausrichtung\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Horizontal: +\family default +gekennzeichnet +\family sans +). + +\family default +Bei anderen und verschiedenen Ausrichtungen müssen Sie die entsprechende + Buchstabenkombinationen aus +\family typewriter +l +\family default +, +\family typewriter +c +\family default + und +\family typewriter +r +\family default + eingeben. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +rlc +\family default + bedeutet: Spalte 1 rechtbündig, Spalte 2 linksbündig und Spalte 3 zentriert. +\end_inset + + Wenn der Cursor in der Matrix steht, können Sie über +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +athe +\family default + Zeilen und Spalten hinzufügen oder löschen. + Hier ist ein anderes Beispiel mit unterschiedlichen Ausrichtungen: +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Das +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +ü +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + erhält man übrigens durch +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + + +\backslash +ddot u +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + oder "u, aber "u wird in LyX +\emph on +nicht +\emph default + als ü dargestellt. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula \[ +\begin{array}{lcr} +diese & diese & diese\\ +Spalte & Spalte & Spalte\\ +ist\: linksb\ddot{u}bndig & ist\: zentriert & ist\: rechtsb\ddot{u}ndig\end{array}.\] + +\end_inset + +Der LaTeX- +\family typewriter +Mathe-Modus +\family default + hat viele Matrizenarten, insbesondere bietet das AMS-LaTeX-Paket zum Beispiel + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +cases +\family default + und kommutative Diagramme. + Hier ist ein einfaches Beispiel, wie LyX Bedingungen (LaTeX +\family typewriter + +\backslash +cases +\family default +) darstellen kann: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} +f(x) & := & \begin{cases} +\frac{1}{q} & \mathrm{f}\ddot{\mathrm{u}}\mathrm{r}\, x=\frac{p}{q}\,(\mathrm{p},\,\mathrm{q}\,\,\mathrm{ganzzahlig})\\ +0 & \mathrm{falls}\, x\,\mathrm{irrational}\,\mathrm{ist}\end{cases}\end{eqnarray*} + +\end_inset + +Dies wurde folgendermaßen erreicht: zuerst wurde eine Gleichungs-Umgebung + gewählt ( +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +G +\bar default +leichungs-Umgebung +\family default +), in die linken beiden Kästchen f(x) und := geschrieben. + Ins rechte Kästchen wurde eine Bedingungs-Umgebung ( +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +B +\bar default +edingungs-Umgebung +\family default +) eingefügt und mit +\family sans +\series medium +Strg+E +\series default +nter +\family default + zwei Zeilen erzeugt. + In die beiden blauen Kästchen wurde dann alles rechts der geschweiften + Klammer geschrieben. + Wie man den Roman-Font bekommt, wird später erklärt. +\layout Standard + +Mehrzeilige Gleichungen kann man mit LyX sehr einfach schreiben ( +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +G +\bar default +leichungs-Umgebung +\family default +). + Dadurch wird in das LaTeX-Format für mehrzeilige Gleichungen ( +\family typewriter +\series medium +eqnarray +\family default +\series default +)) umgeschaltet. + Innerhalb des Kästchens tippt man +\family sans +\series medium +Strg+E +\series default +nter +\family default + so oft, bis man die Zahl der gewünschten Zeilen hat, am besten als erstes. + Jede Zeile hat drei Gebiete, links, Mitte, rechts, zwischen denen Sie sich + mit den Pfeiltasten, der Maus oder der +\family sans +\series medium +Tab +\family default +\series default +-Taste bewegen können. + Hier ist ein Beispiel: +\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} +3 & = & 1+2\\ +4+5 & = & 9.\end{eqnarray*} + +\end_inset + +Man kann auch eine vorhandene abgesetzte Formel in eine mehrzeilige umändern, + indem man irgendwo in der Formel +\family sans +\series medium +Strg+Enter +\family default +\series default + tippt. + LyX wird alles in den linken Teil der mehrzeiligen Gleichung +\emph on + +\emph default +packen, wobei alles links vom Cursor in die erste Zeile kommt, der Rest + in die zweite. + Um die Gleichungen auszurichten, stellen Sie den Cursor dorthin, wo der + mittlere Teil (zum Beispiel das Gleichheitszeichen) beginnen soll, und + tippen +\family sans +Strg+Tab. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie KDE als grafische Oberfläche verwenden, geht das leider nicht, + es sei denn, Sie konfigurieren KDE um (zum Beispiel +\family sans +Strg+Tab +\family default + auf +\family sans +Windows+Tab +\family default +: KDE-Kontrollzentrum\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Regional-Einstellungen & Zugangshilfen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Tastenkürzel). +\end_inset + + +\family default +Alles rechts vom Cursor wird dann in den mittleren Teil der Gleichung gepackt + (LaTeX setzt den mittleren Teil übrigens nicht wie normale Formeln, deshalb + sollten Sie dort keine großen Ausdrücke wie Brüche schreiben). + Stellen Sie dann den Cursor dorthin, wo der rechte Teil beginnen soll, + und tippen nochmals +\family sans +Strg+Tab +\family default +. + Der +\emph on +zusätzliche +\emph default + Einfügepunkt in der Zeile verschwindet dann. + +\layout Standard + +Eine ganze Zeile der Gleichung kann man löschen, indem man den Cursor in + die Zeile stellt und +\family sans +Alt+B\SpecialChar ~ +Z +\family default + tippt. + Weitere Zeilen fügt man mit +\family sans +Strg+Enter +\family default + hinzu. +\layout Section + +Gleichungen numerieren +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleichungen!numerieren} + +\end_inset + + und markieren +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Gleichungen!markieren} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-label} + +\end_inset + +Mit LyX ist es sehr einfach, Gleichungen zu numerieren. + Um eine Gleichung wie +\begin_inset Formula \[ +1+2=3\] + +\end_inset + +in eine numerierte +\begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} +1+2=3\label{mathed:first-eqn}\end{equation} + +\end_inset + +zu verwandeln, wählt man +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +arke +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + In das Fenster, das dann erscheint, müssen Sie eine Zeichenkette als Marke + eingeben. + Man muß die Marke nicht mit einer Zahl aufrufen, weil LaTeX sich um die + Numerierung kümmert. + Die Marken selber werden im gedruckten Dokument nicht erscheinen. + LaTeX wird sie stattdessen durch geeignete Nummern ersetzen. + Die Marken werden intern für Querverweise benutzt. + Man kann die Numerierung auch ohne spezielle Marke benutzen, indem man + den Cursor in die Gleichung stellt und +\family sans +Alt+M\SpecialChar ~ +N +\family default + eintippt: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} +1+1=2.\end{equation} + +\end_inset + +Rechts von der Gleichung erscheint dann (#). + +\family sans +Alt+M\SpecialChar ~ +N +\family default + ist ein Umschalter. + Tippt man es nochmal, verschwindet (#) wieder. + Auf eine markierte Gleichung kann man mit +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +Q +\bar default +uerverweis +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar ~ +verweisen, aber nicht auf eine mit dem Nummerzeichen, zum Beispiel ( +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:first-eqn} + +\end_inset + +). + Achten Sie bitte darauf, +\emph on +keine +\emph default +Leerzeichen in Ihren Marken zu benutzen, weil sie gelöscht werden und Querverwei +se nicht mehr funktionieren. + Dies ist ein LyX-Fehler, mit dem man aber leben kann. +\layout Standard + +Bei numerierten oder markierten mehrzeiligen Formeln wird standardmäßig + jede Zeile für sich numeriert. + Wenn Sie eine Zeile mit einer Marke zum Numerieren versehen, werden alle + folgenden mit # markiert. + Diese Marke kann geändert werden, damit man darauf verweisen kann wie bei + ( +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fourth-eqn} + +\end_inset + +). +\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray} +1 & = & 3-2\label{mathed:second-equation}\\ +2 & = & 4-2\\ +4 & \leq & 7.\end{eqnarray} + +\end_inset + +Die Numerierung einer Zeile kann man mit +\family sans + Alt+M\SpecialChar ~ +N +\family default + ab- und wieder anschalten. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Achtung: +\family sans +Alt+M\SpecialChar ~ +N +\family default +wirkt auf alle Zeilen der mehrzeiligen Formel. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray} +1 & = & 4-3\label{mathed:fourth-eqn}\\ +2 & = & 7-5\\ +1 & = & e^{2\pi i}\nonumber \\ +16 & \equiv & 2\,(mod\,7)\label{mathed:fifth-eqn}\end{eqnarray} + +\end_inset + +Beachten Sie, daß die erste Gleichung ( +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fourth-eqn} + +\end_inset + +) markiert ist, die zweite nur numeriert, die dritte gar nicht und die letzte + ( +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fifth-eqn} + +\end_inset + +) wieder markiert. + +\layout Section + +Benutzerdefinierte Makros +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Makros} + +\end_inset + + im +\family typewriter +Mathe-Modus +\layout Standard + +LyX erlaubt dem Benutzer, Makros zu definieren. + Wenn Sie wie in Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sub:Create-macro} + +\end_inset + + ein Makro erzeugt haben, erscheint an der Cursorposition ein Makro-Definitionsk +ästchen, das in etwa so aussieht: +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Makro: Makroname: +\begin_inset Formula $\Box$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\Box$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + +. +\begin_inset FormulaMacro +\newcommand{\Makroname}{} +\end_inset + + Dabei ist die die Umrandung rot, und die beiden +\begin_inset Formula $\Box$ +\end_inset + + sind blaue Rechtecke, die wie im Mathed editiert werden können. + Wenn Sie dies in LyX lesen, probieren Sie es. + Der Inhalt des ersten Rechtecks wird während des Exports nach LaTeX benutzt, + der Inhalt des zweiten zur Makro-Expansion auf dem Bildschirm. + Normalerweise sind beide Inhalte gleich, so daß man das zweite Rechteck + leer lassen kann. + LyX wird dann den Inhalt des ersten Rechtecks automatisch für Export und + Expansion benutzen. + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset FormulaMacro +\newcommand{\macro}{a+b} +\end_inset + +Wollen Sie das Makro +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Makro: macro: a + b +\begin_inset Formula $\Box$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + in anderen Mathed-Kästchen benutzen, müssen Sie nur seinen Namen im TeX-Modus + schreiben, in diesem Fall +\family typewriter + +\backslash +macro +\family default +, und er wird automatisch umgewandelt wie hier: +\begin_inset Formula $c=\macro$ +\end_inset + +. + Wie Sie bemerken werden, können Sie den Cursor nicht ins Makro stellen, + denn es wird als einzelnes Zeichen behandelt. + Der von TeX erzeugte Text ist +\family typewriter +c = +\backslash +macro +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Bei Makros mit +\emph on +Argumenten +\emph default +aber kann man den Cursor in das Makro stellen. + In einer Makrodefinition sieht ein Argument aus wie ein # mit einer Nummer + dahinter: +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Makro: macrowarg: 2 + +\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{\#1}$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\Box$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + +. +\begin_inset FormulaMacro +\newcommand{\macrowarg}[1]{2+\sqrt{#1}} +\end_inset + + Benutzt man das Makro, wird das bekannte blaue Rechteck erscheinen, in + das Sie dann als Argument schreiben können, was immer Sie wollen: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +macrowarg = +\begin_inset Formula $\macrowarg{\Box}$ +\end_inset + + +\family default +. + Beispiel: +\begin_inset Formula $b=\macrowarg{x-2}$ +\end_inset + +. + +\layout Standard + +Wenn man das Dokument als LaTeX exportiert, wird eine Makrodefinition in + den Befehl +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +newcommand +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + umgesetzt, im letzten Beispiel also +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +macrowarg}[1]{2+ +\backslash +sqrt{#1}} +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Subsection + +Hinweise zum Gebrauch von Makros +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Makros} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsubsection + +Wie man sie erzeugt +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:Create-macro} + +\end_inset + +Um ein Makro zu definieren, schreiben Sie in den Minipuffer ( +\family sans +Alt+X +\family default +) folgendes: +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +HHa: Makros dürfen nicht in Überschriften definiert werden! +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +math-macro [number of arguments] +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +macro +\family default + zum Beispiel wurde mit +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +math-macro macro +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + erzeugt und +\family typewriter + +\backslash +macrowarg +\family default + mit +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +math-macro macrowarg 1 +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie den Cursor in das Makrokästchen stellen, können Sie eine Argumentmarke + setzen, indem Sie +\family typewriter +# +\family default + eingeben oder im Minipuffer folgendes schreiben: +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +math-macro-arg +\layout Standard + +Die Argumentmarke in +\family typewriter + +\backslash +macrowarg +\family default + wurde mit +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +math-macro-arg 1 +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + eingefügt. +\layout Standard + +Sie dürfen höchstens 9 Argumente benutzen, numeriert von 1 bis 9. + Eine Argumentmarke kann mehrfach mehrfach benutzt werden, aber natürlich + nur einmal mit einem Argument versorgt werden. + Eine Argumentnummer darf nicht größer sein als die bei der Makrodefinition + festgelegte. + +\layout Subsubsection + +Wie man sich im Makro bewegt +\layout Description + +Mit\SpecialChar ~ +den\SpecialChar ~ +Pfeiltasten: Wenn man in ein Makro von links hineingeht, wird der + Cursor im ersten Argument stehen. + Mit der +\family sans +Tab +\family default +-Taste gelangt man zum nächsten. + Mit der +\family sans +Leertaste +\family default + verläßt man das Makro, und der Cursor steht dann rechts neben ihm. +\layout Description + +Mit\SpecialChar ~ +der\SpecialChar ~ +Maus: Wie gewöhnlich klicken Sie auf das gewünschte Argumentkästchen. + Manchmal, wenn das Kästchen leer oder zu klein ist, schlägt das fehl. +\layout Standard + +Zur Zeit kann man nur Befehlsmakros schreiben, aber keine Umgebungsmakros. +\layout Section + +Feineinstellungen +\layout Standard + +Im folgenden wird vorausgesetzt, daß Sie sich bei der Texteingabe im +\family typewriter +Mathe-Modus +\family default + befinden. +\layout Subsection + +Schriftstile +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Schriftstile} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Sie können verschiedene Schriftstile benutzen, aber zur Zeit müssen Sie + dazu Tastaturbefehle verwenden. + Nicht alle erscheinen genau WYSIWYM +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYM} + +\end_inset + +, und einige werden überhaupt nicht angezeigt. + Der Standardfont für Text ist kursiv, +\begin_inset Formula $text$ +\end_inset + +, aber für Zahlen ist der Standard Roman. + Um Text im +\family typewriter +Mathe-Modus +\family default + Roman zu setzen, benutzen Sie +\family sans +Alt+Z+R +\family default +: +\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{text}$ +\end_inset + +. + Für Fettdruck, +\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{text}$ +\end_inset + +, ist es +\family sans +Alt+Z+F +\family default +. + Den kalligraphischen Font für Großbuchstaben, der auf dem Bildschirm wie + Helvetica-kursiv aussieht, aber gedruckt ausgefallener, +\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{TEXT}$ +\end_inset + +, erhält man mit +\family sans +Alt+Z+I +\family default +. + Tabelle +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{table:Mathematik-Schriftstile} + +\end_inset + + ist eine Tabelle mit den unterstützten Fonts: +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Float table +wide false +collapsed false + +\layout Caption + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{table:Mathematik-Schriftstile} + +\end_inset + +Mathematik-Schriftstile +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 3mm \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Textmodus +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Mathed +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Mathed-Tastenkürzel +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +LaTeX-Befehl +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +fett +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{fett}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Alt+Z+F +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\backslash + +\family typewriter +mathbf +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +kursiv +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{KALLIGR}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Alt+Z+I +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\backslash + +\family typewriter +mathcal +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +--------- +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Alt+Z+R +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\backslash + +\family typewriter +mathrm +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +Schreibmaschine +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Schreibmaschine}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +--------- +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\backslash + +\family typewriter +mathtt +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Voreinstellung +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{Voreinstellung}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Alt+Z\SpecialChar ~ +Leertaste +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\backslash + +\family typewriter +textrm +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +--------- +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{WANDTAFEL}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Alt+Z+K +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\backslash + +\family typewriter +mathbb +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +--------- +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +--------- +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\backslash + +\family typewriter +mathfrak +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{kursiv}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\backslash + +\family typewriter +mathit +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +serifenfrei +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{serifenfrei}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Alt+Z+S +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\backslash + +\family typewriter +mathsf +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Der Tastaturbefehl, um zu einem speziellen Font zu wechseln, wird im +\family typewriter +Mathe-Modus +\family default + wie beschrieben interpretiert. + Der +\family typewriter +Mathe-Modus +\family default + unterstützt aber nicht alle Zeichen in allen Fonts, und der Kalligraphiefont + unterstützt nur Großbuchstaben. +\layout Standard + +Bei all diesen Fonts müssen Sie den Text sorgfältig eingeben. + Wenn es rechts vom Anfangspunkt Text gibt, wird der Font mach einem Buchstaben + in den anderen Stil geändert. + Um eine Zeichenkette mit einem speziellen Font zu schreiben, müssen Sie + rechts vom Cursor ein geschütztes Leerzeichen eingeben. + Außerdem wird durch ein geschütztes Leerzeichen der nachfolgende Text in + den Standardfont geändert. +\layout Standard + +In AMS-LaTeX ist es möglich, Zahlen und Spezialsymbole fett (aber nicht + kursiv) zu schreiben. + LyX kann das zur Zeit noch nicht WYSIWYM +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYM} + +\end_inset + + darstellen, aber es wird richtig ausgedruckt. + Um ein fettgedrucktes +\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ +\end_inset + + zu bekommen, müssen Sie +\family typewriter + +\backslash +boldsymbol{ +\backslash +alpha} +\family default + eingeben: +\begin_inset Formula $\boldsymbol{\alpha}$ +\end_inset + +. + Klammer-zu erscheint automatisch, nachdem Sie Klammer-auf getippt haben. + Dies funktioniert für alle Symbole und Zahlen. + +\layout Standard + +Über +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +\bar under +M +\bar default +athe +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +\bar under +S +\bar default +chriftänderung +\family default + gibt es noch weitere Möglichkeiten. +\layout Subsection + +Mathematischer Textmodus +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{mathematische!-r Textmodus} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Die verschiedenen Schriftstile sind hilfreich, um Variablennamen in einem + bestimmten Zeichensatz einzugeben, aber sicherlich nicht, um damit normalen + Text zu schreiben. + Verwenden Sie deshalb zum Schreiben von längeren Textstücken den mathematischen + Textmodus, den Sie durch +\family sans +Alt+M\SpecialChar ~ +M +\family default + aktivieren, wenn Sie sich bereits im Mathematikmodus befinden. + Der mathematische Textmodus wird am Bildschirm in Schwarz anstelle des + üblichen Blau dargestellt. + Sie können in diesem Modus allerdings nicht den Zeichensatz wechseln oder + Satzzeichen verwenden, +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Außerdem gibt der mathematische Textmodus den Text in einer +\family typewriter + +\backslash +textrm{} +\family default +-Umgebung aus, obwohl eigentlich +\family typewriter + +\backslash +mbox +\family default + (oder das +\family typewriter + +\backslash +text +\family default + von AMSLaTeX) die bessere Wahl wäre. +\end_inset + + doch für einfache Texte ist das ausreichend. + Hier ist ein Beispiel: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula \[ +f(x)=\begin{array}{rl} +x & \textrm{wenn ich es sage}\\ +-x & \textrm{sonst}\end{array}\] + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Fontgrößen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fontgroße@Fontgröße} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Es gibt vier (relative) Fontgrößen, die in den meisten Fällen automatisch + benutzt werden. + Sie heißen +\emph on +textstyle +\emph default +, +\emph on +displaystyle +\emph default +, +\emph on +scriptstyle +\emph default + und +\emph on +scriptscriptstyle +\emph default +. + Für die meisten Zeichen haben +\emph on +textstyle +\emph default + und +\emph on +displaystyle +\emph default + dieselbe Größe, aber Brüche, Exponenten, Indizes und gewisse andere Effekte + werden größer oder im +\emph on +displaystyle +\emph default + gesetzt. + Außer einigen Operatoren, die ihre Größe an die jeweilige Situation anpassen, + werden die Texte in der Größe gesetzt, die LaTeX für geeignet hält. + Das kann mit +\family typewriter +math-size +\family default + im Minipuffer geändert werden. + Zum Beispiel kann man +\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$ +\end_inset + + normal schreiben ( +\emph on +textstyle +\emph default +), oder man kann es vergrößern, wobei auch die Zeilenabstände vergrößert + werden, indem man +\emph on +displaystyle +\emph default + benutzt. + Dazu gibt man im Minipuffer +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +math-size displaystyle +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + ein oder wählt über den 3. + Knopf der Mathe-Kontrollfläche die entsprechende Größe aus, während der + Cursor auf der Hauptlinie des Mathed-Kästchens steht: +\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$ +\end_inset + +. + Hier ist Text in den verschiedenen Größen: +\begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$ +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$ +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$ +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$ +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +All diese Fontgrößen sind relativ, das heißt sie werden angepaßt, wenn die + gesamte Formel, Gleichung usw.\SpecialChar ~ +und der umgebende Text in einer bestimmten + Größe geschrieben werden. + Auf ähnliche Weise wird alles angepaßt, wenn die Basisfontgröße eines Dokumente +s geändert wird. +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\size largest +H +\family default +i +\family roman +er is +\family default +t +\family roman + +\family default +ein +\family roman + +\family default +Absatz +\family roman + i +\family default +m +\family roman + +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +größten +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\family roman + +\family default +F +\family roman +ont, +\family default +m +\family roman +it +\family default +S +\family roman +ymbol +\family default +en +\family roman +: +\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Dies gilt auch für Mathematikfonts in Titeln usw. +\layout Section + +AMS-TeX +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{AMS-TeX} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Die American Mathematical Society (AMS) stellt LaTeX-Pakete bereit, die + oft benutzt werden. + LyX unterstützt diese Pakete ein wenig. +\layout Subsection + +AMS verwenden +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie auf +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Extra\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family default + +\family sans +\bar under +A +\bar default +MS\SpecialChar ~ +Mathe\SpecialChar ~ +verwenden +\family default +auswählen, werden diese Pakete in Ihrem Dokument verwendet. +\layout Subsection + +AMS-Symbole +\layout Standard + +Die AMS-LaTeX-Pakete unterstützen einige mathematische Symbole, die man + mit LaTeX (LyX) nicht direkt erreicht, die aber in mathematischen Veröffentlich +ungen benutzt werden, zum Beispiel der altdeutsche Frakturfont, der nach + der Eingabe von +\family typewriter + +\backslash +mathfrak{g} +\family default + ein Fraktur- +\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{{g}}$ +\end_inset + + druckt, oder die +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +Wandtafel +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +-Fettschrift, zum Beispiel +\family typewriter + +\backslash +mathbb{R} +\family default + +\begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{{R}}$ +\end_inset + + für reelle und komplexe Zahlen. + Diese Symbole werden (noch) nicht WYSIWYM +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{WYSIWYM} + +\end_inset + + in LyX erscheinen. +\layout Subsection + +AMS-Formeln +\layout Standard + +Unter +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +athe +\family default +können Sie die AMS-Formeltypen +\family typewriter +align +\family default +, +\family typewriter +alignat +\family default +, +\family typewriter +flalign +\family default +, +\family typewriter +gather +\family default + und +\family typewriter +multline +\family default + auswählen. + Eine ausführliche Dokumentation dieser Typen finden Sie unter +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ams.org} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Section + +Weitergehende Literatur +\layout Standard + +In +\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{Mathebefehle} + +\end_inset + + gibt es eine sehr umfangreiche Beschreibung des Mathematik-Editors, die + auch Hinweise für physikalische und chemische Formeln enthält. + Außerdem gibt es Hinweise, wie man Formeln, die LyX nicht sehr sauber setzt, + verfeinern kann. + Für viele Befehle ist die LaTeX-Notation angegeben, weil der Autor meint: + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Wer aber viele Formeln zu schreiben hat, wird feststellen, dass man mit + den LaTeX-Befehlen viel schneller eine Formel setzen kann. +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Die Dokumentation ist unter +\newline + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://prozess.imtek.uni-freiburg.de/stoehr/} + +\end_inset + + +\newline +und unter +\newline + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://fkurth.de/uwest/LyX/Dokumentation/} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +zu finden. + Die Datei +\family typewriter +Mathebefehle.lyx +\family default + können Sie aber nicht als DVI, PDF oder PostScript® ansehen oder drucken, + wenn Sie die dort erwähnten LaTeX-Pakete +\family typewriter +adobestd +\family default +, +\family typewriter +adobeother +\family default +, +\family typewriter +aeguill +\family default +, +\family typewriter +bbm +\family default +, +\family typewriter +eurosym +\family default +, +\family typewriter +hyperref +\family default + und +\family typewriter +tocbibind +\family default + nicht installiert haben. + Allerdings ist sie sehr hilfreich um zu lernen, wie man die Formeln schreibt. + Wenn Sie sich nur für die gedruckte Version interessieren, sollten Sie + sich die Dateien +\family typewriter +Mathebefehle.pdf +\family default +, +\family typewriter +Mathebefehle.ps +\family default + oder +\family typewriter +Mathebefehle.dvi +\family default + holen. +\layout Chapter + +Weitere Werkzeuge +\layout Section + +Querverweise +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Querverweis} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:crossref} + +\end_inset + +Wenn Sie dieses Handbuch in LyX lesen, sehen Sie am Anfang dieses Satzes + ein graues Kästchen mit Text darin. + Das ist eine +\family sans +Marke +\family default +. + Genauer gesagt ist es eine Hälfte eines Querverweises. + Die andere Hälfte ist der +\family sans +Verweis +\family default +und sieht so aus: +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref} + +\end_inset + +. + In LyX ist das auch ein graues Kästchen mit Text darin. + Im gedruckten Dokument ist es eine Zahl -- in diesem Fall die Nummer dieses + Abschnittes. + Es gibt auch andere Verweistypen: +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \pageref{sub:Create-macro} + +\end_inset + + (die Seitennummer der Marke), +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vpageref{sub:Create-macro} + +\end_inset + + ( +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +auf Seite +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + + die Seitennummer der Marke), +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sub:Create-macro} + +\end_inset + + (Typ 1 + Typ 3). +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\noun on +HHa +\noun default +: PrettyRef wird nicht mehr von LaTeX unterstützt. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Mit Querverweisen können Sie andere Teile Ihres Dokumentes zitieren. + Sie müssen sich die Abschnittsnummer nicht merken -- LyX macht das für + Sie! Alles, was Sie brauchen, ist eine +\family sans +Marke +\family default +zum Markieren eines Abschnittes, eines Bildes, einer Tabelle, einer Gleichung + usw., die Sie dann mit einem +\family sans +Querverweis +\family default + zitieren. +\layout Standard + +Um eine Marke zu definieren, benutzen Sie +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +M +\bar under +a +\bar default +rke +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + Ein Kästchen erscheint, in das Sie Ihre Marke eingeben können. + Sie können eine Marke ändern, indem Sie auf die Marke klicken und den Text + ändern. +\layout Standard + +Um auf eine Marke zu verweisen, wählen Sie +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +Q +\bar default +uerverweis +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + Das Menü +\family sans +Querverweis +\family default + erscheint mit einer Liste der Marken. + Um eine Marke einzufügen, wählen Sie sie aus und klicken auf +\family sans +OK +\family default +. + Im Feld +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat: +\family default + können Sie einen der oben beschriebenen Verweistypen auswählen. + Wenn Sie sich nicht sicher sind, ob es die richtige Marke ist, können Sie + mit +\family sans +\bar under +G +\bar default +ehe\SpecialChar ~ +zu +\family default +dorthin gehen, wo sie definiert wurde. +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie Text aus einem anderen Dokument kopieren, der eine Marke oder einen + Verweis enthält, oder wenn Sie eine Marke aus Ihrem Dokument, auf die verwiesen + wird, löschen, werden in der Druckausgabe zwei Fragezeichen an der Stelle + des Verweises stehen. +\layout Standard + +Es gibt noch einige Anmerkungen zu +\family sans +Marken +\family default +. + Sie enthalten immer die Abschnittsnummer der vorangehenden Überschrift. + Wenn Sie also auf ein +\family sans +Kapitel +\family default + verweisen wollen, aber eine +\family sans +Abschnitt +\family default +-Überschrift unmittelbar folgt, müssen Sie die Marke +\emph on +in +\emph default +die +\family sans +Kapitel +\family default +-Umgebung setzen. + Es ist egal, wo, und es sieht auf dem Bildschirm seltsam aus. + Aber Sie müssen es tun, wenn Sie +\family sans +Kapitel +\family default + anders als +\family sans +Abschnitt +\family default + markieren wollen. + Dasselbe gilt für alle Abschnittsüberschriften. + Nur wenn nach der Überschrift Text folgt, dürfen Sie die Marke ohne Nachdenken + in den Text setzen. + Also passen Sie auf. +\layout Standard + +Außerdem macht eine Marke +\emph on +nur +\emph default +für +\emph on +numerierte +\emph default + Abschnitte und Gleitobjekte (Tabellen und Abbildungen) Sinn. + Normale Abbildungen und Tabellen sind nicht numeriert, also kann man für + sie ebenso wie für nichtnumerierte Abschnitte eigentlich keine Marken benutzen. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Nun, man +\emph on +kann, +\emph default +aber nur, wenn man als +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat: +\family default + oder auf Seite benutzt. + Der normale Verweis auf eine Abschnitts-, Tabellen- oder Abbildungsnummer + geht nicht, weil es keine Nummer gibt! Ein Verweis mit würde + auf die letzte numerierte Überschrift zeigen. +\end_inset + + In den Abschnitten +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:figurefloats} + +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:table float} + +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:math-label} + +\end_inset + + finden Sie weitere Einzelheiten über das Markieren von Abbildungen, Tabellen + und Gleichungen. + +\layout Section + +URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{URL} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:URLs} + +\end_inset + +Es ist oft wünschenswert, lange Ausdrücke +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +wörtlich +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + im Text einzufügen, etwa Adressen von Seiten im WWW, Email-Adressen usw. + Diese Dinge enthalten normalerweise keine Leerzeichen und es ist deshalb + schwer, sie korrekt zu setzen. + Sie geraten dann oft an das Ende einer Zeile und erzeugen je nach den äußeren + Umständen zu volle oder zu leere Zeilen. + Sie könne in diesen Fällen den Menüpunkt +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +U +\bar default +RL +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar ~ +verwenden, um einen solche lange URL einzugeben, die dann bei Bedarf an + (automatisch bestimmten) Trennstellen umgebrochen wird. +\layout Standard + +Wählen Sie an der gewünschten Einfügestelle einfach +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +U +\bar default +RL +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + Es öffnet sich ein Dialogfenster, in dem Sie (im Feld +\family sans +\bar under +U +\bar default +RL +\family default +) die volle Adresse eingeben können. + Im einfachsten Fall ist das bereits alles. + Klicken Sie einfach mal auf das folgende graue Feld um zu sehen, wie die + Adresse der LyX-Homepage eingegeben wurde: +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie die Adresse darüberhinaus mit einer festen Phrase versehen wollen, + könne Sie diese im Feld +\family sans +\bar under +N +\bar default +ame +\family default + des Dialoges eingeben; sie wird als normaler Text direkt vor dem URL ausgegeben +, zum Beispiel finden Sie alle mit LaTeX zusammenhängenden Dinge auf +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[CTAN]{http://ctan.tug.org} + +\end_inset + +. + In der gedruckten Version endet der letzte Satz mit +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + auf CTAN +\family typewriter +http://ctan.tug.org +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Note +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +[ +\noun on +HHa +\noun default +: Ich habe keine Idee, wofür der Knopf +\family sans +HTML\SpecialChar ~ +Typ +\family default + im Dialog gedacht ist. + Er scheint keine Unterschiede in der exportierten LaTeX-Datei zu erzeugen, + und auch in der dvi-Vorschau ändert sich nichts] +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Kurze Titel +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Titel!kurze} + +\end_inset + + mit optionalen Argumenten definieren +\begin_inset OptArg +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Kurztitel +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Einige Kapitel oder Abschnittsüberschriften wie diese können sehr lang werden. + Wenn sie als Seitenüberschriften benutzt werden, können sie über den Blattrand + ragen, was sehr häßlich aussieht. + Deswegen kann man mit +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Kurztitel +\family default + eine alternative Überschrift definieren, die dann benutzt wird, wenn die + lange nicht auf die Seite paßt. + Dieser Kurztitel wird auch im Inhaltsverzeichnis und in Gleitobjekten benutzt, + wenn es nötig ist. + Im Dokument selber wird immer die lange Überschrift benutzt und nötigenfalls + umgebrochen. +\layout Section + +Manuelle Feineinstellungen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Feineinstellungen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Zusätzlicher waagerechter Leerraum +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hspace} + +\end_inset + + +\family sans +HFill +\family default +s sind eine besondere LyX-Funktion, um zusätzlichen Leerraum gleichmäßig + einzufügen. + Ein +\family sans +HFill +\family default + ist ein Leerraum mit variabler Länge, der dem verbleibenden zwischen dem + linken und dem rechten Rand entspricht. + Gibt es in einer Zeile mehrere +\family sans +HFill +\family default +s, teilen sie sich den freien Leerraum gleichmäßig. +\layout Standard + +Bemerkung: wenn Sie einen +\family sans +HFill +\family default + am Anfang einer Zeile, die +\emph on +nicht +\emph default +die erste Zeile eines Absatzes ist, einfügen, ignoriert LyX das. + Damit wird verhindert, daß +\family sans +HFill +\family default +s zufällig auf eine neue Zeile gelangen. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +HFill +\family roman +s +\family default + kann man mit +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +onderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +H +\bar default +Fill +\family default + einsetzen. + Hier sind ein paar Beispiele: +\layout Quote +\noindent +Dieser Teil ist links +\hfill +Dieser Teil ist rechts +\layout Quote +\noindent +Links +\hfill +Mitte +\hfill +Rechts +\layout Quote +\noindent +Links +\hfill +1/3 Links +\hfill + +\hfill +Rechts +\layout Standard + +Das waren Beispiele in der +\family sans +Zitat\SpecialChar ~ +(kurz) +\family default +-Umgebung. + Hier : +\hfill +: ist ein +\family sans + HFill +\family default + in einem Standardabsatz. + Im gedruckten Text ist er vielleicht nicht zu erkennen, aber er ist zwischen + den +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +:: +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Erinnern Sie sich, daß ein +\family sans +HFill +\family default + immer den restlichen Leerraum zwischen den Rändern füllt? Es kann mehrere + Ränder in einer Zeile geben. + Hier ist ein Beispiel mit der +\family sans +Liste +\family default +-Umgebung: +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + +eins +\hfill +zwei :drei +\hfill +vier +\hfill +fünf +\hfill +sechs +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + +eins :zwei drei vier fünf sechs +\layout Standard + +Der Doppelpunkt markiert den Beginn des Listenelementes. + (Innerhalb der Marke in der +\family sans +Liste +\family default +-Umgebung gibt es einen +\emph on +verborgenen +\emph default + +\family sans +HFill +\family default +; er wird automatisch am Ende der Marke eingefügt.) Die zweite Zeile +\family sans + +\family default +ist ein ganz normales Listenelement zum Vergleich. + +\family sans +HFill +\family default +s wirken in anderen Situationen mit +\emph on +Mehrfach +\emph default +-Rändern ähnlich, wie zum Beispiel im Zwei-Spalten-Modus. +\layout Subsection + +Zusätzlicher senkrechter Leerraum +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Leerraum - senkrechter} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:vertspace} + +\end_inset + +Zusätzlichen senkrechten Leerraum über oder unter einem Absatz fügt man + mit +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +A +\bar default +bsatz\SpecialChar \ldots{} +, +\family default +womit das Menü +\family sans +Absatzformat +\family default + geöffnet wird, hinzu. + Dort ist es die Karteikarte +\family sans +Abstand +\family default +. + Ein +\family sans +VFill +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{VFill} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + erreicht man mit +\family sans +Variabler\SpecialChar ~ +Abstand +\family default + für +\family sans +Über/Unter dem Absatz +\family default +, aber es gibt auch andere Möglichkeiten. +\layout Standard + +Wir werden kein Beispiel für einen +\family sans +VFill +\family default + zeigen, weil es Papierverschwendung ist. + Er arbeitet so wie die anderen Fülltypen, einschließlich +\family sans +HFill +\family default +: er füllt den restlichen senkrechten Raum einer Seite mit Leerraum. + Gibt es mehrere +\family sans +VFill +\family default +s auf einer Seite, teilen sie sich den restlichen Leerraum gleichmäßig. + +\family sans +VFill +\family default +s kann man deshalb benutzen, wenn man Text auf einer Seite zentrieren will + oder ihn 2/3 oder 1/4 usw.\SpecialChar ~ +nach unten plazieren will. +\layout Subsection + +Absatzausrichtung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Absatzausrichtung} + +\end_inset + + ändern +\layout Standard + +Mit dem Menü +\family sans +Absatzformat +\family default + können Sie auch die +\family sans +Ausrichtung +\family default + eines oder mehrerer Absätze ändern. + Sie haben vier Möglichkeiten +\family sans + Blocksatz, Links, Rechts +\family default +und +\family sans +Zentriert. +\layout Standard + +In den meisten Fällen ist die Voreinstellung +\family sans + Blocksatz +\family default +, bei dem der Leerraum zwischen den Worten variabel ist und jede Zeile des + Absatzes den Platz zwischen den beiden Rändern ausfüllt. + Die drei anderen Ausrichtungen sind selbsterklärend und sehen wie folgt + aus: +\layout Standard +\align right +Dieser Absatz ist rechtsbündig, +\layout Standard +\align center +dieser ist zentriert, +\layout Standard +\align left +und dieser ist linksbündig. +\layout Standard + +In einigen Absatzumgebungen ist die Voreinstellung nicht +\family sans +Blocksatz +\family default +. +\layout Subsection + +Manuelle Seitenumbrüche +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Seitenumbruche@Seitenumbrüche} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pagebreak} + +\end_inset + +Wenn Ihnen nicht gefällt, wie LaTeX die Seiten Ihres Dokumentes umbricht, + können Sie manuelle Seitenumbrüche einfügen. + Im allgemeinen ist das +\emph on +nicht +\emph default +nötig, weil LaTeX Seitenumbrüche gut gestaltet, wie bereits in Abschnitt + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:widows} + +\end_inset + + erwähnt. + +\layout Standard + +Wir empfehlen +\emph on +sehr +\emph default +, +\emph on +keine +\emph default +manuellen Seitenumbrüche einzufügen, +\emph on +bevor +\emph default +das Dokument endgültig fertig ist und Sie sich in der Druckvorschau überzeugt + haben, daß Sie die Seitenumbrüche +\emph on +wirklich +\emph default +ändern müssen. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Natürlich können Sie das auch kapitelweise tun, da ein Kapitel immer auf + einer neuen Seite beginnt. +\end_inset + + Dann können Sie einen manuellen Seitenumbruch vor oder hinter dem Absatz, + in dem der Cursor gerade steht, mit den Optionen +\family sans +Über +\family default + und +\family sans +Unter +\family default + im Menü +\family sans +Absatzformat +\family default + einfügen. +\layout Standard + +Einen manuellen Seitenumbruch werden Sie vielleicht einfügen wollen, damit + eine Abbildung oder eine Tabelle auf einer neuen Seite beginnen. + Das ist natürlich der falsche Weg. + Mit LyX können Sie festlegen, daß Ihre Abbildungen und Tabellen automatisch + auf den Beginn einer neuen Seite kommen (oder ans Ende oder auf eine eigene + Seite), ohne daß Sie sich darum kümmern müssen, was vor oder nach Ihrer + Abbildung oder Tabelle steht. + In den Abschnitten +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:figures} + +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:tables} + +\end_inset + + erfahren Sie mehr über Gleitobjekte. +\layout Subsection + +Geschützte Leerzeichen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Leerzeichen - geschützte} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:protblank} + +\end_inset + +Das geschützte Leerzeichen: Es wird hauptsächlich benutzt, um LyX (und LaTeX) + mitzuteilen, die Zeile +\emph on +nicht +\emph default +zwischen den beiden Worten umzubrechen. + Das ist manchmal nötig, um unschöne Zeilenumbrüche zu vermeiden, wie hier: + +\layout Quote + +Eine gute Dokumentation sollte nicht mehr wiegen als 1 +\newline +kg. + +\layout Standard + +Offensichtlich ist zwischen der +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +1 +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +kg +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + ein geschütztes Leerzeichen angebracht. + Ein geschütztes Leerzeichen erhält man mit +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +onderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +gesch.\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +L +\bar default +eerzeichen +\family default + oder einfach mit +\family sans +Strg+Leertaste. +\layout Subsection + +Manueller Zeilenumbruch +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zeilenumbruch!manueller} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:lbreak} + +\end_inset + +Manueller Zeilenumbruch: Diesen erhält man mit +\family sans +Strg+Return +\family default + oder +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +onderzeichen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +Z +\bar default +eilenumbruch. + +\family default + Sie sollten ihn aber nicht benutzen, um den Zeilenumbruch von LaTeX zu + korrigieren, weil LaTeX Zeilenumbrüche +\emph on +sehr +\emph default +gut gestaltet (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:pagebreak} + +\end_inset + +). + Es gibt aber einige Situationen, in denen man manuell umbrechen muß, zum + Beispiel bei Gedichten und Adressen (siehe Abschnitte +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:quote} + +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:verse} + +\end_inset + + und +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:adress_usage} + +\end_inset + +). +\layout Subsection + +Horizontale Linien +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{horizontale Linien} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard +\line_bottom +Horizontale Linien über oder unter einem Absatz: sie sind für Überschriften + nützlich. + Sie können sie im Menü +\family sans +Absatzformat +\family default +, +\family sans +Über +\family default + und +\family sans +Unter +\family default + einfügen. + Hier: +\layout Standard + +ist eine solche Linie. +\layout Section + +Rechtschreibprüfung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Rechtschreibprufung@Rechtschreibprüfung} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:spellchecking} + +\end_inset + +LyX selber besitzt keine Rechtschreibprüfung, sondern benutzt das +\family typewriter +ispell +\family default +-Programm +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Die neueste Version können Sie im Internet unter +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://ficus-www.cs.ucla.edu/ficusmembers/geoff/ispell.html} + +\end_inset + + finden, falls sie nicht in Ihrer Distribution ist. +\end_inset + + oder das neuere und generell bessere +\family typewriter +aspell +\family default +. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://metalab.unc.edu/kevina/aspell/} + +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + In der Dokumentation, die zur +\family typewriter +ispell +\family default +-Distribution gehört, finden Sie Installationsanweisungen und Hinweise zu + Wörterbüchern. + Sorgen Sie dafür, daß +\family typewriter +\shape up +ispell +\family default +\shape default + in Ihrem +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +PATH +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + erreichbar ist. + +\layout Standard + +Die Rechtschreibprüfung können Sie mit +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Rechtschreib +\bar under +p +\bar default +rüfung +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar ~ +oder +\family sans +F7 +\family default + starten. + Die Prüfung beginnt automatisch an der Cursorposition. + Im Fenster +\family sans +Rechtschreibprüfung +\family default + wird das nächste falsch geschriebene (oder unbekannte) Wort, das +\family typewriter +ispell +\family default + findet, ins Kästchen +\family sans +Unbekanntes\SpecialChar ~ +Wort +\family default + geschrieben. + Außerdem wird das Wort markiert und das Textfenster aktualisiert, damit + das Wort zu sehen ist. + In dem Kästchen +\family sans +Ersetzung +\family default + können Sie einen Ersatz eingeben und das falsche/unbekannte Wort mit +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +rsetzen +\family default + ersetzen. + Wenn +\family typewriter +ispell +\family default + ein +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +ähnliches +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + Wort kennt, wird es ins Kästchen +\family sans +Vorschläge +\family default + geschrieben. + Klickt man auf einen Vorschlag, wird er ins +\family sans +Ersetzun +\family default +g-Kästchen kopiert. + Ein Doppelklick auf einen Vorschlag ersetzt das falsche/unbekannte Wort + durch ihn. + Die einzelnen Knöpfe des Menüs sind ziemlich selbsterklärend: +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +\bar under +I +\bar default +gnorieren +\series default + +\family default +läßt +\family sans + +\family default +das von +\family typewriter +\shape up +ispell +\family default +\shape default + bemängelte Wort, wie es ist, wird es aber wieder bemängeln, wenn es noch + einmal vorkommt. +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +\bar under +A +\bar default +lle +\family default +\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +ignorieren +\family default + akzeptiert +\series default + das von +\family typewriter +\shape up +ispell +\family default +\shape default + bemängelte Wort bis zum Ende der Rechtschreibprüfung, ohne es zum persönlichen + Wörterbuch hinzuzufügen. +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +\bar under +H +\bar default +inzufügen +\family default +\series default + schreibt das Wort in ein persönliches +\family typewriter +ispell +\family default +-Wörterbuch. + +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +\bar under +E +\bar default +rsetzen +\series default + +\family default +ersetzt das bemängelte Wort durch das, das im Kästchen +\family sans +Ersetzung: +\family default + steht. +\layout Description + + +\family sans +\series medium +Schließen +\family default +\series default + hört mit der Prüfung auf. +\layout Standard + +Außerdem gibt es eine Anzeige für den Fortschritt der Rechtschreibprüfung. +\layout Description + +Bemerkung: Wenn Sie Fußnoten, Randnotizen oder +\family sans +Beschriftung +\family default +-Umgebungen auf Schreibfehler prüfen wollen, +\emph on +müssen +\emph default +Sie sie +\emph on +vorher +\emph default +öffnen. + Das können Sie einfach mit +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +G +\bar default +leitobjekt\SpecialChar ~ +öffnen/schließen +\family default + oder +\family sans +Strg+I +\family default + machen. +\layout Subsection + +Optionen für die Rechtschreibprüfung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Rechtschreibprufung@Rechtschreibprüfung} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:spell_opt} + +\end_inset + +Sie können folgende Optionen für die Rechtschreibprüfung festlegen (Menü + +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +instellungen +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Sprach-Optionen +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Karteikarte +\family sans + Rechtschreibprüfung +\family default +.): +\layout Subsubsection + +Benutzerschnittstelle Rechtschreibprüfung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Rechtschreibprufung@Rechtschreibprüfung} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Die verwendete +\family typewriter +ispell/aspell +\family default +-Datei hängt von der Sprache ab, die im zu prüfenden Dokument verwendet + wird. + Diese wiederum wurde im Dialogfenster +\family sans + Dokumentformat, +\family default +Karteikarte +\family sans + Sprache +\family default + festgelegt. + Wenn es für die gewählte Sprache kein Wörterbuch gibt, wird die Rechtschreibprü +fung erst gar nicht gestartet, leider gibt es auch keine Fehlermeldung. + +\layout Standard + +Man kann auch einen +\emph on +link +\emph default + von zum Beispiel +\family typewriter +deutsch.(aff|hash) +\family default + nach +\family typewriter +german.(aff|hash) +\family default + oder was auch immer auf Ihre Sprache zutrifft definieren. + Das ist nötig, weil die +\family typewriter +ispell +\family default +-Dateien normalerweise Namen in der Muttersprache haben ( +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +deutsch +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +) während +\family typewriter +ispell +\family default +, wenn es von LyX aus gestartet wird, nach dem englischen Namen der Datei + sucht, der vom LaTeX-Babel-Paket benutzt wird ( +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +german +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +). +\layout Standard + +Möglicherweise werden Sie auch Probleme bekommen, wenn die Fontkodierung + für das Wörterbuch nicht richtig ist. + Wenn Sie eine Sprache mit Latin1-Kodierung benutzen und die +\family sans +Kodierung +\family default +s-Option im Dialogfenster +\family sans + Dokumentformat +\family default + auch +\family sans +Latin1 +\family default + (also nicht +\family sans +default +\family default +) ist, müssen Sie diese Option auch in Ihrem Wörterbuch benutzen. + Wenn Ihr Wörterbuch Ihre gewählte Kodierung nicht unterstützt, werden Sie + sich sicher darüber wundern, daß richtig geschriebene Worte bemängelt werden. + +\layout Standard + +Es gibt vier Möglichkeiten, das zu vermeiden. + +\layout Itemize + +Die einfachste ist die +\family sans +Eingabekodierung\SpecialChar ~ +verwenden +\family default +-Option. +\layout Itemize + +Wenn das nicht hilft, könnten Sie im Dialogfenster +\family sans + Dokumentformat\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Sprache\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +K +\bar default +odierung: +\family default + auf +\family sans +default +\family default + setzen, bevor Sie die Rechtschreibprüfung starten (was sicher ärgerlich + ist). + +\layout Itemize + +Die dritte Möglichkeit ist, die +\family typewriter +Latin1 +\family default +-Option in der Datei +\family typewriter +\emph on +< +\family default +Meine\SpecialChar ~ +Sprache +\family typewriter +\emph default +>.aff +\family default + hinzuzufügen und das Wörterbuch noch einmal zu übersetzen (was sicher nicht + einfach ist, wenn Sie +\family typewriter +ispell +\family default + mit einer Distribution installiert haben und die +\family typewriter +ispell +\family default +-Quellen nicht haben). + Lesen Sie dazu die +\family typewriter +ispell +\family default +-Dokumentation! +\layout Itemize + +Die vierte Möglichkeit ist, daß der Pfleger des Wörterbuchs das Problem + löst. +\layout Subsubsection + +Persönliches Wörterbuch +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Worterbuch - personliches@Wörterbuch - persönliches} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +ispell +\family default + benutzt ein persönliches Wörterbuch, in dem Worte gespeichert werden können, + die im Hauptwörterbuch nicht gefunden werden konnten. + Sonst werden diese Worte immer bemängelt, wenn Sie das Dokument auf Rechtschrei +bfehler prüfen lassen. + Der Name ist normalerweise +\family typewriter +$HOME/.ispell_ +\family default +\emph on +Sprache +\emph default +, wobei +\emph on +Sprache +\emph default +der +\emph on + +\emph default +Name des von LyX/LaTeX benutzten globalen Wörterbuches ist (zum Beispiel +\emph on + german +\emph default +). + Oft ist der Dateiname für das +\family sans +default +\family default +-Wörterbuch nur +\family typewriter +$HOME/.ispell_words +\family default +. +\layout Subsubsection + +Weitere Optionen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Rechtschreibprüfung} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:further_options} + +\end_inset + +Das in +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sub:spell_opt} + +\end_inset + + erwähnte Menü hat noch weitere Optionen, die mehr oder weniger selbsterklärend + sind: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +Z +\bar default +usammengesetzte\SpecialChar ~ +Wörter\SpecialChar ~ +erlauben +\family default + verhindert, daß +\family typewriter +ispell +\family default + zusammengeschriebene Worte als Fehler meldet. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Persönliches\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +W +\bar default +örterbuch +\family default +: hier können Sie Ihr persönliches Wörterbuch eingeben. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +' +\bar under +E +\bar default +scape'-Zeichen: +\family default + hier können Sie Sonderzeichen definieren, die in Worten auftreten dürfen. +\layout Subsection + +Probleme +\layout Standard + +Wenn Ihre Rechtschreibprüfung keine internationalen Zeichen akzeptiert, + versuchen Sie die +\family sans +Eingabekodierung\SpecialChar ~ +verwenden +\family default +-Option. +\layout Subsection + +Grenzen +\layout Standard + +Auch wenn +\family typewriter +ispell +\family default + zusammengesetzte Worte korrekt erkennt, scheint das von LyX aus nicht immer + zu funktionieren. + Außerdem ist es überhaupt nicht klar, ob die erste und dritte Option aus + Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sub:further_options} + +\end_inset + + so wie vermutet arbeiten. +\layout Standard + +Einige Benutzer haben den Wunsch geäußert, die Schreibweise eines Wortes + global ändern zu können, anstatt bei jedem Auftreten des Wortes. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Anmerkung von +\emph default +\noun on +Hartmut +\emph on +\noun default + +\emph default +\noun on +Haase +\noun default +: Nun, mit dem Menü +\family sans +Suchen\SpecialChar ~ +&\SpecialChar ~ +Ersetzen +\family default + ist es zumindest einfacher als mit der Rechtschreibprüfung. +\end_inset + + Diese Funktion wird für spätere LyX-Versionen in Betracht gezogen. +\layout Standard + +Solange Sie für die Rechtschreibprüfung nicht +\family typewriter +pspell +\family default + benutzen, kann LyX keine Dokumente mit mehreren Sprachen prüfen. + Mit +\family typewriter +pspell +\family default + jedoch geht das, wenn Sie die entsprechenden Teile richtig markiert haben. +\layout Section + +Internationale Unterstützung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Internationale Unterstützung} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Dieser Abschnitt beschreibt, wie Sie LyX mit jeder gewünschten Sprache benutzen + können. + Die voreingestellte LyX-Konfiguration arbeitet in der Sprache, die Sie + für Ihre graphische Linux-Oberfläche festgelegt haben, der zugehörigen + Tastatur, mit der Standard-Papiergröße und einer Rechtschreibprüfung Ihrer + Sprache. + Sie können von diesen Einstellungen ändern, was Sie wollen, und Sie können + sich aussuchen, ob die Änderungen nur für die momentane Sitzung gelten + sollen oder Ihre Standardkonfiguration werden soll. +\layout Standard + +Wenn Ihre Tastatur an Ihre Sprache angepaßt ist (zum Beispiel eine deutsche + Tastatur, um in Deutsch zu schreiben), und wenn Sie Ihre graphische Oberfläche + richtig eingerichtet haben, müssen Sie LyX nur Ihre Sprache mitteilen, + die Zeichenkodierung und die gewünschte Papiergröße. + In +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:langlay} + +\end_inset + + finden Sie weitere Informationen. +\layout Standard + +Wenn Sie aber eine U.S.-Tastatur haben und nicht Englisch schreiben wollen, + können Sie eine andere Tastaturtabelle benutzen. + Wenn Sie zum Beispiel eine U.S.-Tastatur haben und Italienisch schreiben + wollen, sollten Sie LyX für den Gebrauch einer italienischen Tastaturtabelle + konfigurieren. + In +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:optkey} + +\end_inset + + finden Sie weitere Einzelheiten. + +\layout Standard + +Schließlich wollen Sie vielleicht nur einige Tasten ändern oder eine völlig + andere Tastaturtabelle benutzen (für Marsianisch vielleicht). + Wenn Sie zum Beispiel im Normalfall italienisch auf einer U.S.-Tastatur schreiben +, aber hin und wieder etwas Deutsches zitieren wollen, dann können Sie Ihre + eigene Tastaturtabelle benutzen oder eine vorhandene modifizieren. +\layout Standard + +Wie Sie LyX an Ihre eigene Sprache anpassen können, liegt +\emph on +weit außerhalb +\emph default + dieses Handbuches. + Sie können nicht nur die Tastaturtabelle ändern, Sie können auch die Menübeschr +iftungen an Ihre Sprache anpassen. + Wenn Sie mehr über all dies wissen wollen, lesen Sie bitte das Handbuch + +\emph on +Anpassung +\emph default +, das Sie unter +\family sans +\bar under +H +\bar default +ilfe +\family default +finden werden. +\layout Subsection + +Sprachoptionen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Sprachoptionen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:langlay} + +\end_inset + +Die Dialogfenster +\family sans +Dokumentformat +\family default + und +\family sans +Zeichenformat +\family default + haben Optionen für Sprache, Papiergröße und Zeichenkodierung. + +\family roman + +\layout Standard + +Um Ihre Sprache auszuwählen, klicken Sie im Dialogfenster +\family sans +Dokumentformat\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Sprache +\family default + auf den Pfeil rechts neben dem +\family sans +Sprache +\family default +-Kästchen. + Voreingestellt ist +\family sans +Deutsch +\family default +. + Suchen Sie Ihre Sprache in der Liste und klicken Sie darauf. + Der Sprachname wird ins Kästchen kopiert. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Für LaTeX bedeutet die Wahl einer anderen Sprache als der Standardeinstellung, + die Babel-Unterstützung einzuschalten. + Wenn bei Ihnen Babel nicht installiert ist, suchen Sie nach einer anderen + LaTeX-Distribution. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Mit der Option +\family sans +\bar under +K +\bar default +odierung +\family default + können Sie die Zeichenkodierung auswählen. + Die Voreinstellung ist +\family sans +latin1 +\family default +, die die Zeichen der westeuropäischen Sprachen enthält (Umlaute, akzentuierte + Vokale und ähnliche). + Die Möglichkeit +\family typewriter +Latin2 +\family default + ist für die osteuropäischen Sprachen. + +\family typewriter +Latin5 +\family default + schließlich ist für die kyrillische Schrift. + Klickt man auf das Kästchen und dann auf die gewünschte Kodierung, so erscheint + sie im Kästchen. + (In +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:keytab} + +\end_inset + + finden Sie mehr über Zeichenkodierung.) +\layout Standard + +Klicken Sie im Dialogfenster +\family sans +Dokumentformat\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Seite +\family default + auf das pull-down-Menü +\family sans +Papier +\bar under +g +\bar default +röße:, +\family default +um die Wahlmöglichkeiten für die Papiergröße zu sehen. + Die Voreinstellung ist +\family sans +A4 +\family default +. + Klicken Sie auf die Größe Ihrer Wahl, und sie erscheint im Kästchen. +\layout Standard + +Um Ihre Wahl wirksam zu machen, klicken Sie auf +\family sans +OK +\family default + oder +\family sans +\bar under +Ü +\bar default +bernehmen +\family default +. + Die Änderungen bleiben während der momentanen LyX-Sitzung erhalten. +\layout Subsection + +Tastaturtabellen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tastaturtabellen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:optkey} + +\end_inset + +Über +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Einstellungen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family default +Karteikarte +\family sans +Sprach-Optionen +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Karteikarte +\family sans +Sprache +\family default + können Sie den Knopf +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +a\SpecialChar \- +sta\SpecialChar \- +tur\SpecialChar \- +ta\SpecialChar \- +bel\SpecialChar \- +le +\family default + aktivieren, mit dem Sie die Sprache für Ihre Tastatur auswählen können. + Sie können 1 +\family sans +. + +\family default +und +\family sans +\bar under +2 +\bar default +. + +\family default + Tastatursprache festlegen. +\layout Subsection + +Zeichentabellen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Zeichentabellen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:keytab} + +\end_inset + +Hier ist eine Tabelle mit allen Zeichen des +\family typewriter +Latin1 +\family default +-Zeichensatzes. + Sie sollten diese Zeichen direkt mit der Tastatur eingeben können, ohne + allzuviele Modifiziertasten benutzen zu müssen (vorausgesetzt, Ihre Tastatur + wurde richtig eingestellt). + Beachten Sie, daß Sie über +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okument\SpecialChar \ldots{} +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Sprache +\bar under +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +K +\bar default +odierung +\family default + +\family sans +latin1 +\family default + auswählen müssen, um diesen Zeichensatz benutzen zu können, und +\family sans +latin2 +\family default + für den +\family typewriter +Latin2 +\family default +-Zeichensatz. +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 3mm \added_space_bottom 3mm \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\size tiny +00 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\size tiny +10 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\size tiny +20 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\size tiny +30 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\size tiny +40 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\size tiny +50 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\size tiny +60 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\size tiny +70 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\size tiny +80 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\size tiny +90 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\size tiny +A0 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\size tiny +B0 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\size tiny +C0 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\size tiny +D0 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\size tiny +E0 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\size tiny +F0 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\size tiny +00 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +0 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +@ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +P +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +' +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +p +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +° +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +À +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Ð +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +à +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +ð +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\size tiny +01 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +! +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +1 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +A +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Q +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +a +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +q +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +¡ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +± +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Á +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Ñ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +á +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +ñ +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\size tiny +02 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +2 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +B +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +R +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +b +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +r +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +¢ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +² +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Ò +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +â +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +ò +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\size tiny +03 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +# +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +3 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +C +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +S +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +c +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +s +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +£ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +³ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +à +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Ó +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +ã +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +ó +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\size tiny +04 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +4 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +D +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +T +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +d +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +t +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +¤ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +´ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Ä +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Ô +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +ä +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +ô +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\size tiny +05 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +% +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +5 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +E +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +U +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +e +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +u +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +¥ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +µ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Å +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Õ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +å +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +õ +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\size tiny +06 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +& +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +6 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +F +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +V +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +f +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +v +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +¦ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +¶ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Æ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Ö +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +æ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +ö +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\size tiny +07 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +` +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +7 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +G +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +W +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +g +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +w +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +§ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +· +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Ç +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +× +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +ç +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +÷ +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\size tiny +08 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +( +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +8 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +H +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +X +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +h +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +x +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +¨ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +¸ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +È +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Ø +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +è +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +ø +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\size tiny +09 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +) +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +9 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +I +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Y +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +i +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +y +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +© +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +¹ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +É +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Ù +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +é +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +ù +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\size tiny +0A +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +: +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +J +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Z +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +j +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +z +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +ª +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +º +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Ê +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Ú +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +ê +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +ú +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\size tiny +0B +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + ++ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +; +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +K +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +[ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +k +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +{ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +« +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +» +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Ë +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Û +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +ë +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +û +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\size tiny +0C +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +, +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +< +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +L +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\backslash + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +l +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +| +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +¬ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +¼ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Ì +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Ü +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +ì +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +ü +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\size tiny +0D +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +- +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + += +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +M +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +] +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +m +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +­ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +½ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Í +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Ý +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +í +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +ý +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\size tiny +0E +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +> +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +N +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +^ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +n +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +® +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +¾ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Î +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Þ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +î +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +þ +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\size tiny +0F +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +/ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +? +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +O +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +_ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +o +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +¯ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +¿ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Ï +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +ß +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +ï +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +ÿ +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Ein paar Dinge müssen Sie über diese Tabelle wissen. + Sie wurde manuell -- allerdings -- erzeugt, um alle Zeichen zu drucken. + Das ist nicht der Normalfall, bei weitem nicht. + Hier sind einige Einzelheiten, die Sie berücksichtigen müssen, wenn Sie + Zeichen des +\family typewriter +Latin1 +\family default +-Zeichensatzes benutzen wollen: +\layout Itemize + +Die Zeichen (erstes Zeichen Spalte, zweites Zeile) A2, A4, A5, A6 und AD + -- der Cent, das generische Währungssymbol, der Yen, der unterbrochene + senkrechte Strich und der kurze Gedankenstrich -- fehlen ganz einfach in + der Standardkodierung. + Wir wissen weder, wo sie sind, noch, warum das so ist. +\layout Itemize + +Auch wenn Sie +\family sans +latin1 +\family default + als +\family sans +Kodierung +\family default +im Dialogfenster +\family sans +Dokumentformat +\family default + gewählt haben, aber nur die +\family typewriter +OT1 +\family default +-Fonts für LaTeX (oder die +\family typewriter +T1 +\family default +-Fonts ohne sie zu benutzen) haben, werden Sie noch ein paar Zeichen vermissen: + D0, F0, DE, FE, AB und BB -- eth und thorn (jeweils groß und klein) und + die französischen Anführungszeichen. +\layout Itemize + +Benutzer der +\family typewriter +OT1 +\family default +-Fonts können die französischen Anführungszeichen (die Zeichen AB und BB) + aber bekommen, wenn sie das Paket +\family typewriter +umlaute.sty +\family default + oder +\family typewriter +german.sty +\family default + in Ihre Dokumente einfügen. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Das gilt für den Fall, wenn Sie diese Zeichen manuell einfügen wollen. + Die automatische Anführungszeichenfunktion (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sec:quotes} + +\end_inset + +) wird automatisch LaTeX-Code erzeugen, der an die verfügbaren Fonts und + Pakete angepaßt ist. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Es folgt eine Aufstellung aller akzentuierten Zeichen, die LyX direkt darstellen + kann. + Das sind alle akzentuierten Zeichen von +\family typewriter +ISO8859-1 +\family default + bis +\family typewriter +4 +\family default +. + +\layout Itemize + +Aus +\family typewriter +ISO8859-1 +\family default +: +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ +\hfill +diaeresis +\layout Standard + +^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û +\hfill +circumflex +\layout Standard + +` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù +\hfill +grave +\layout Standard + +´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý +\hfill +acute +\layout Standard + +~ Ã Ñ Õ ã ñ õ +\hfill +tilde +\layout Standard + +¸Çç +\hfill +cedilla +\layout Standard + +¯ +\hfill +macron +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Die +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +dead macron +\begin_inset Quotes prd +\end_inset + + wird normalerweise nicht benötigt, weil Sie eine +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +non--dead +\begin_inset Quotes prd +\end_inset + +-Taste benutzen werden. + Zum Beispiel +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt+ +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +/ +\end_inset + +- +\family default + oder +\family sans +Umschalt+Alt+macron +\family default +, wenn +\family typewriter +\shape up +.Xmodmap +\family default +\shape default + richtig ist. +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Aus +\family typewriter +ISO8859-2 +\family default + bis +\family typewriter +4 +\family default +: +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +\i \^{H} +\i \^{J} +\i \^{h} +\i \^{\j} +\i \^{C} +\i \^{G} +\i \^{S} +\i \^{c} +\i \^{g} +\i \^{s} + +\hfill +circumflex +\layout Standard + +\i \'{S} +\i \'{Z} +\i \'{s} +\i \'{z} +\i \'{R} +\i \'{L} +\i \'{C} +\i \'{N} +\i \'{r} +\i \'{l} +\i \'{c} +\i \'{n} + +\hfill +acute +\layout Standard + +\i \~{I} +\i \~{\i} +\i \~{U} +\i \~{u} + +\hfill +tilde +\layout Standard + +\i \c{S} +\i \c{s} +\i \c{T} +\i \c{t} +\i \c{R} +\i \c{L} +\i \c{G} +\i \c{r} +\i \c{l} +\i \c{g} +\i \c{N} +\i \c{K} +\i \c{n} +\i \c{k} + +\hfill +cedilla +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Diese Zeichen sehen auf dem Bildschirm sicher nicht schön aus, dafür aber + ausgedruckt umso schöner. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +\i \={E} +\i \={e} +\i \={A} +\i \={I} +\i \={O} +\i \={U} +\i \={a} +\i \={\i} +\i \={o} +\i \={u} + +\hfill +macron +\layout Standard + +\i \H{O} +\i \H{U} +\i \H{o} +\i \H{u} + +\hfill +hungarian umlaut +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +All diese Zeichen werden aktiv von TeX-Fonts unterstützt. + Zusätzlich erlaubt TeX diakritische Marken auf fast allen Zeichen. + Vergewissern Sie sich, daß Sie die +\family typewriter +T1 +\family default +-Fontkodierung benutzen und das Paket +\family typewriter +umlaute.sty +\family default + mit der Definitionsdatei +\family typewriter +iso.def +\family default + installiert haben. +\layout Chapter + +Die restlichen Befehle +\layout Section + +Die Werkzeugleiste +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Werkzeugleiste} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Werkzeugleiste} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Die Werkzeugleiste enthält von links nach rechts folgende Menüs und Schaltknöpfe +: +\layout Enumerate + + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +pull-down +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +-Menü für die Absatzumgebungen. +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/file-open.png + BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp + +\end_inset + + +\family default +: +\family sans +Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ö +\bar under +f +\bar default +fnen\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Enumerate + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/buffer-write.png + BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp + +\end_inset + +: +\family sans +Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +peichern +\layout Enumerate + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/buffer-print.png + BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp + +\end_inset + +: +\family sans +Datei\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +rucken\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Enumerate + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/cut.png + BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp + +\end_inset + +: +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +A +\bar default +usschneiden +\layout Enumerate + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/copy.png + BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp + +\end_inset + +: +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +K +\bar default +opieren +\layout Enumerate + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/paste.png + BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp + +\end_inset + +: +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen +\layout Enumerate + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/font-emph.png + BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp + +\end_inset + +: +\family sans +Hervorhebung +\family default + ( +\family sans +Alt+Z+H +\family default +) +\layout Enumerate + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/font-noun.png + BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp + +\end_inset + +: +\family sans +Kapitälchen +\family default + ( +\family sans +Alt+Z+K +\family default +) +\layout Enumerate + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/font-free.png + BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp + +\end_inset + +: wenn Sie über +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ormat +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +\bar under +Z +\bar default +eichen +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + den voreingestellten Font geändert haben, können Sie mit einem Klick auf + diesen Knopf einzelne Worte oder markierten Text damit formatieren. +\layout Enumerate + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/ert-insert.png + BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp + +\end_inset + +: (La)T +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +eX-Code einfügen ( +\family sans +Alt+Z+T +\family default + oder +\family sans +Strg+L +\family default +) +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{enu:LaTeX-Code-einfügen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Enumerate + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/math-mode.png + BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp + +\end_inset + +: +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +ingebettete Formel (Strg+M) +\layout Enumerate + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/footnote-insert.png + BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp + +\end_inset + +: +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +F +\bar default +ußnote +\layout Enumerate + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/marginalnote-insert.png + width 0.9cm + height 0.9cm + BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp + rotateOrigin center + +\end_inset + +: +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +R +\bar default +andnotiz +\layout Enumerate + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/depth-increment.png + width 0.9cm + height 0.9cm + BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp + rotateOrigin center + +\end_inset + +: +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Umgebungstiefe erhöhen +\layout Enumerate + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/graphics-insert.png + BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp + rotateOrigin center + +\end_inset + +: +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +G +\bar default +raf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +ik\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Enumerate + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename /usr/local/share/lyx/images/tabular-insert.png + width 0.9cm + height 0.9cm + BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp + rotateOrigin center + +\end_inset + +: +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +T +\bar default +abelle\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Section + + +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family default + \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Subsection + + +\family sans +Versions +\bar under +k +\bar default +ontrolle +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Versionskontrolle} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +R +\bar default +egistrieren\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Standard + +Siehe +\emph on +Profi-Tipps. +\layout Subsection + + +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +mportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +aT +\family default + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + + +\family sans +eX\SpecialChar \ldots{} +/ +\bar under +N +\bar default +oWeb\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Datei!importieren} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Siehe +\emph on +Profi-Tipps. +\layout Subsection + + +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +xportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI/ +\bar under +H +\bar default +TML/ +\bar under +L +\bar default +aT +\family default + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + + +\family sans +eX/ +\bar under +P +\bar default +DF/Pos +\bar under +t +\bar default +script/ +\bar under +B +\bar default +enutzerdef\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +iniert\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Datei!exportieren} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Siehe +\emph on +Profi-Tipps. + +\emph default +Welche Typen in der Liste auftauchen, hängt davon ab, welche Pakete zusätzlich + zu LyX und LaTeX geladen wurden. +\layout Subsection + + +\family sans +Fa +\bar under +x +\bar default +en +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Standard + +Das bearbeitete Dokument wird zunächst in eine PostScript®-Datei formatiert + und zwischengespeichert. + Dann wird ein Programm aufgerufen, mit dem diese zwischengespeicherte PostScrip +t®-Datei gefaxt werden kann. +\layout Section + + +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +earbeiten\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family default + \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Subsection + + +\family sans +Externe A +\bar under +u +\bar default +swahl einfügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator +als +\bar under +Z +\bar default +eilen/als +\bar under +A +\bar default +bsätze +\layout Standard + +Funktioniert wahrscheinlich wie +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +I +\bar default +mportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator +ASCII-Text\SpecialChar ~ +als\SpecialChar ~ +Zeilen/Absätze\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sub:ASCII-Dateien-importieren} + +\end_inset + +). + Dieser Menüpunkt ist aber noch nirgends näher beschrieben. +\layout Subsection + + +\family sans +\bar under +M +\bar default +athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family default + \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Standard + +Hiermit kann man mathematische Ausdrücke bearbeiten, wenn man sich im Mathematik +-Editor befindet. + die einzelnen Punkte sollten selbsterklärend sein. + Ansonsten lesen Sie bitte in Kapitel +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{cha:Mathe-Formeln} + +\end_inset + + nach. +\layout Subsection + + +\family sans +T +\family default + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + + +\family sans +e +\bar under +X +\bar default + prüfen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{TeX!prufen@prüfen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Siehe +\emph on +Profi-Tipps. +\layout Subsection + + +\family sans +Alle Fe +\bar under +h +\bar default +lermarken entfernen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fehlermarken entfernen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Damit können Sie alle Fehlermarken, die nach einem LaTeX-Lauf in Ihr LyX-Dokumen +t eingefügt wurden, auf einmal entfernen. +\layout Section + + +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +infügen\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family default + \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Subsection + + +\family sans +\bar under +M +\bar default +athe\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +C +\bar default +ases/AMS align, alignat, f\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +lalign +\family default +, +\family sans +gather +\family default + und +\family sans + multline-Umgebung +\layout Standard + +Diese Menüpunkte sind noch nirgends näher beschrieben außer in +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ams.org} + +\end_inset + +, aber Sie können sie ruhig ausprobieren. +\layout Subsection + + +\family sans +St +\bar under +i +\bar default +chwort\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Index} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Siehe +\emph on +Profi-Tipps. +\layout Subsection + + +\family sans +T +\family default + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + + +\family sans +e +\bar under +X +\bar default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{TeX} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Werkzeugleiste} + +\end_inset + +, Punkt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{enu:LaTeX-Code-einfügen} + +\end_inset + + und +\emph on +Profi-Tipps. +\layout Subsection + + +\family sans +Mini +\bar under +p +\bar default +age +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Minipage} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Siehe +\emph on +Profi-Tipps. +\layout Subsection + + +\family sans +Gleit +\bar under +o +\bar default +bjekte\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Algorithmus +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Algorithmus} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Funktioniert ähnlich wie die anderen Gleitobjekte, ist aber noch nirgends + näher beschrieben. + In der Druckausgabe sieht man oberhalb des Objektes einen etwas dickeren, + darunter zwei dünnere Striche über die ganze Seitenbreite. +\layout Subsection + + +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei +\family default + +\family sans +einfügen +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +Ly +\family default + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + + +\family sans +X Dokument\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Standard + +Damit können Sie ein anderes LyX-Dokument in ein bestehendes LyX-Dokument + einbinden. + Die Dokumentklasse des eingesetzten Dokuments geht allerdings verloren. +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +ASCII +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{ASCII} + +\end_inset + + als +\bar under +Z +\bar default +eilen/ +\bar under +A +\bar default +SCII als Absätze\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Standard + +Funktioniert genauso wie +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +atei\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +I +\bar default +mportieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator +ASCII\SpecialChar ~ +Text\SpecialChar ~ +als\SpecialChar ~ +Zeilen/Absätze +\family default + (siehe Abschnitt +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sub:ASCII-Dateien-importieren} + +\end_inset + +). +\layout Subsection + + +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +xternes Material\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Standard + +Damit können Sie andere Dateien mit den unterschiedlichsten Dateitypen einfügen. + Es kann und wird aber so sein, daß nicht alles druckaufbereitet werden + kann wie zum Beispiel eine +\family typewriter +.xpm +\family default +-Datei. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Diese können Sie aber mit +\family typewriter +xfig +\family default + (s. + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \vref{sub:xfig-und-LyX} + +\end_inset + +) oder OpenOffice in eine . +\family typewriter +eps +\family default +-Datei exportieren. + Wahrscheinlich gibt es noch andere Programme, die das tun. +\end_inset + + Dieser Menüpunkt ist aber noch nirgends näher beschrieben. +\layout Section + + +\family sans +Ans +\bar under +i +\bar default +cht\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family default + \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Subsection + + +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +DF +\family default + und +\family sans +\bar under +A +\bar default +ktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +DF +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{PDF} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Siehe +\emph on +Profi-Tipps. +\layout Subsection + + +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +DF (dvipdf +\bar under +m +\bar default +) +\family default + und +\family sans +\bar under +A +\bar default +ktualisieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +DF (dvipdf +\bar under +m +\bar default +) +\family default + +\family sans + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{PDF (dvipdfm)} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Dieser Menüpunkt ist noch nirgends näher beschrieben. +\layout Subsection + + +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +aT +\family default + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + + +\family sans +eX-Protokoll +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{LaTeX-Protokoll} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Siehe +\emph on +Profi-Tipps. +\layout Subsection + + +\family sans +T +\family default + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + + +\family sans +e +\bar under +X +\bar default +-Informationen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{TeX!-Informationen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Dieser Menüpunkt ist noch nirgends näher beschrieben. +\layout Section + + +\family sans +\bar under +N +\bar default +avigieren\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family default + \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Subsection + + +\family sans +Abbildung +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Abbildung} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + und +\family sans +Tabelle +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Tabelle} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Damit gelangen Sie direkt zur ausgewählten Abbildung oder Tabelle. +\layout Subsection + + +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ehler +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Fehler} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Siehe +\emph on +Profi-Tipps. +\layout Subsection + + +\family sans +\bar under +N +\bar default +otiz +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Notiz} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Damit gelangen Sie von einer Notiz zur nächsten. +\layout Subsection + + +\family sans +\bar under +R +\bar default +eferenzen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Referenzen} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Damit gelangen Sie von einem Querverweis zum nächsten. +\begin_inset Note +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\noun on +HHa +\noun default +: oder auch nicht! +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + + +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +esezeichen +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Lesezeichen} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family default + \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Standard + +Damit können Sie bis zu drei Lesezeichen setzen und dorthin gehen. +\layout Section + + +\family sans +Do +\bar under +k +\bar default +umente +\begin_inset LatexCommand \index{Dokumente} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Hier ist eine Liste aller geöffneten Dokumente. + Das gerade bearbeitete ist mit einem Häkchen versehen, und Sie können eines + der anderen zur Bearbeitung nach vorn holen. +\layout LyX-Code + +\layout Chapter + +Danksagung +\layout Standard + +Viele haben etwas zur Dokumentation beigetragen. + Zunächst müssen wir uns bei denen bedanken, die +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +vor uns +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + waren. + Sie gaben uns die Basis, auf der die neuen Handbücher aufgebaut wurden, + und einige von ihnen liefern heute noch Informationen: +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Matthias Ettrich +\noun default + schrieb die ursprüngliche Dokumentation, aus der sich dieser Text entwickelt + hat, ebenso die Einleitung zu diesem Text (das +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +LyX-Manifest +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +, wie es manche nennen). +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Lars Gullik Bjønnes +\noun default + schrieb mehrere Mini-Dokumentationen, insbesondere diejenigen über die + Unterstützung von anderen Sprachen in LyX. +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Ivan Schreter +\noun default + schrieb auch einiges zu den internationalen Versionen von LyX, insbesondere + zu Tastaturtabellen und Anpassung. +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Pascal André +\noun default + schrieb die ursprüngliche Dokumentation der LinuxDoc SGML-Schnitt\SpecialChar \- +stelle. +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Alejandro Aguilar Sierra +\noun default + entwarf die erste Dokumentation des Mathematik-Edi\SpecialChar \- +tors und stellte die + Einträge für das +\emph on +Referenzhandbuch +\emph default + zusammen. +\layout Itemize + +Ein besonderer Dank geht an das LyX-Team\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{lyxcredit} + +\end_inset + + für Hilfe und Antworten auf Fragen. +\layout Standard + +Und nun zum +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +LyX-Dokumentations-Team +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. + Das sind all diejenigen, die mitgeholfen haben, die LyX-Do\SpecialChar \- +ku\SpecialChar \- +men\SpecialChar \- +ta\SpecialChar \- +tion nach + der Version 0.10 in die Form neu- und umzuschreiben, die sie heute hat: +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +David Johnson +\noun default +: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Beiträge zur FAQ +\layout Itemize + +Generelle Hilfe beim Editieren. +\layout Itemize + +Dokumentation von: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Mathematik-Modus +\layout Itemize + +Tabellen +\layout Itemize + +Rechtschreibprüfung +\layout Standard + +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + im +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Rich Fields +\noun default +: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Hauptautor im +\emph on +Referenzhandbuch +\layout Itemize + +Dokumentation der grundlegenden Benutzerschnittstelle im +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Paul Evans +\noun default +: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Ehemaliger Verwalter der FAQ +\layout Itemize + +Dokumentation von LinuxDoc im +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Paul Russel: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Dokumentation von Abbildungen und Grafikimport im +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +John Raithel +\noun default +: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Dokumentation der Möglichkeiten zur Internationalisierung im +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Robin Socha: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Dokumentation von: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Fußnoten +\layout Itemize + +Randnotizen +\layout Itemize + +Inhaltsverzeichnissen +\layout Itemize + +Querverweisen +\layout Standard + +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + im +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Amir Karger +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Hauptautor des +\emph on +Tutorium +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Matthias Zenker: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Dokumentation von: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +manuellen Feineinstellungen +\layout Itemize + +Verwendung von LaTeX in LyX +\layout Standard + +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + im +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +John Weiss +\noun default +: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Generelle Organisation und Format der Dokumente +\layout Itemize + +Dokumentation von: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +LyX-Setup +\layout Itemize + +Absatzumgebungen, Dokumentenlayout, Schachtelungen, Hinweise zu Typographie + und Zeichensätzen +\layout Standard + +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + mit einigen kleinen Änderungen an +\noun on +Matthias Ettrich +\noun default +s Einleitungskapitel im +\emph on +Benutzerhandbuch +\emph default +. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Auch verantwortlich für die Einleitung im +\emph on +Tutorium +\layout Itemize + +Editor der Dokumentation (von 6/96 bis Herbst 97) +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Nach dem Herbst 1997 übernahm das LyX-Team als Ganzes die Betreuung der + Dokumentation. +\layout Bibliography +\bibitem {lyxcredit} + +The LyX source tree. + File: CREDITS. +\layout Bibliography +\bibitem {latexbook} + +Leslie Lamport. + +\emph on +LaTeX: A Document Preparation System. + +\emph default +Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994 +\layout Bibliography +\bibitem {latexcompanion} + +Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin: +\emph on +The LaTeX Companion. + +\emph default +Addison-Wesley, 1994 +\layout Bibliography +\bibitem {latexguide} + +A Guide to LaTeX2e, Kopka and Daly. + +\layout Bibliography +\bibitem {texbook} + +Donald E. + Knuth. + +\emph on +The TeXbook +\layout Bibliography +\bibitem {latex-einführung} + +Helmut Kopka: +\emph on +LaTeX, Band 1 -- Einführung, 2., überarbeitete Auf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +lage +\emph default +. + Addison-Wesley, 1996 +\layout Bibliography +\bibitem {Mathebefehle} + +Uwe Stöhr: Mathebefehle für LyX, 2003 +\layout Standard + + +\lang ngerman + +\begin_inset Note +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\lang ngerman +Damit der Index den Namen +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Stichwortverzeichnis +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + erhält, wurde im LaTeX-Vorspann +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +\lang ngerman + +\backslash +usepackage[german]{babel} +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +\lang ngerman + +\backslash +addto +\backslash +captionsgerman { +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +indexname} {Stichwortverzeichnis}} +\layout Standard + + +\lang ngerman +eingefügt. + Denn voreingestellt ist +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Index +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + + +\lang ngerman +Das Paket +\series bold +babel +\series default + sorgt dafür, dass die Beschriftungen in der ausgewählten Sprache erscheinen. + Ehe man Beschriftungen ändern kann, muss es geladen werden. + Außerdem wird +\series bold +babel +\series default + von LyX automatisch nach dem LaTeX-Vorspann geladen. + Das ruft aber keine Probleme hervor. +\layout Standard + + +\lang ngerman +Möchte man andere Beschriftungen ändern, ersetzt man +\series bold + +\backslash +indexname +\series default + durch +\series bold + +\backslash +name +\series default +. + Eine Auflistung der möglichen Namen findet man unter +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +\lang ngerman +http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=fixnam +\layout Standard + + +\lang ngerman +Möchte man Beschriftungen für andere Sprachen ändern, ersetzt man +\series bold +german +\series default + durch die Dokumentsprache und +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +\lang ngerman + +\backslash +captionsgerman +\series default + durch +\series bold + +\backslash +captions +\series default +. +\end_inset + + +\lang german + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \printindex{} + +\end_inset + + +\lang ngerman + +\begin_inset Note +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\lang ngerman +Das LaTeX-Paket +\series bold +tocbibind +\series default +, dass im LaTeX-Vorspann mit der Zeile +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +\lang ngerman + +\backslash +usepackage[nottoc]{tocbibind} +\layout Standard + + +\lang ngerman +geladen wurde, sorgt dafür, dass der Index im Inhaltsverzeichnis erscheint. +\layout Standard + + +\lang ngerman +Die Option +\series bold +nottoc +\series default + verhindert, dass das Wort +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Inhaltsverzeichnis +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + selbst im Inhaltsverzeichnis erscheint. +\end_inset + + +\the_end diff --git a/lib/doc/es_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/es_TOC.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2f6606fc6d --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/es_TOC.lyx @@ -0,0 +1,2532 @@ +#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 221 +\textclass article +\language english +\inputencoding default +\fontscheme default +\graphics default +\paperfontsize default +\spacing single +\papersize Default +\paperpackage a4 +\use_geometry 0 +\use_amsmath 0 +\use_natbib 0 +\use_numerical_citations 0 +\paperorientation portrait +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation indent +\defskip medskip +\quotes_language english +\quotes_times 2 +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 1 +\paperpagestyle default + +\layout Title + +LyX Documentation Table of Contents +\layout Section* + +Introducción a LyX +\newline +o +\newline +Cómo usar esta documentación +\layout Description +1 +Navegando por la documentación +\layout Description +2 +El formato de los manuales +\layout Description +3 +Los manuales +\layout Description +4 + + +Contribuir al proyecto de documentación +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Informar de errores en los manuales +\layout Description +4.2 +Unirse al Equipo de Documentación +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers +\newline +Version 0.3.7 +\layout Description +1 +Introduction and General Information +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +What is LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +That's fine, but is it useful? +\layout Description +1.3 +Where do I start? +\layout Description +1.4 +Does LyX run on my computer? +\layout Description +1.5 +How much hard disk space does LyX need? +\layout Description +1.6 +Is LyX really Open Source? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Internet Resources +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff? +\layout Description +2.2 +Where can I get LyX material by FTP? +\layout Description +2.3 +What mailing lists are there? +\layout Description +2.4 +Are the mailing lists archived anywhere? +\layout Description +2.5 +Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Compatibility with other word/document processors +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Can I read/write LaTeX files? +\layout Description +3.2 +Can I read/write Word files? +\layout Description +3.3 +Can I read/write HTML files? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Obtaining and Compiling LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +What do I need? +\layout Description +4.2 +How do I compile it? +\layout Description +4.3 +I hate compiling. + Where are precompiled binaries? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)? +\layout Description +5.2 +How do I enter Evil Red Text? +\layout Description +5.3 +The new ERT inset is really inconvenient ! +\layout Description +5.4 +Is there an alternative? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Questions Related to Using LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +General questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.1 +How do I get rid of the date under the title? +\layout Description +6.1.2 +How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \- +Enumerate/\SpecialChar \- +Description list environment +? +\layout Description +6.1.3 +How do I number equations by section? +\layout Description +6.1.4 +Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well? +\layout Description +6.1.5 +How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)? +\layout Description +6.1.6 +How do I kill widows and orphans? +\layout Description +6.1.7 +How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g. + 1. + a)? +\layout Description +6.1.8 +How do I count words in LyX? +\layout Description +6.1.9 +How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space? +\layout Description +6.1.10 +How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6 +]? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.2 +Figure related questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +What is the difference between a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +figure +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +figure float +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +? +\layout Description +6.2.2 +How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it? +\layout Description +6.2.3 +What does +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Too many unprocessed floats +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + mean? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Math related questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation? +\layout Description +6.3.2 +How do I make a cube root (or higher)? +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Questions Related to Running LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line? +\layout Description +7.2 +How do I create PDF files from my LyX document? +\layout Description +7.3 +Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in +\family typewriter +acroread +\family default + ? +\layout Description +7.4 +Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline + figures properly? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 +Questions Related to LyX on Windows +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.1 +Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +9 +How to get further assistance +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +9.1 +You still haven't answered my question! +\layout Description +9.2 +I want to mail someone about my problem. + +\layout Description +9.3 +What to put in a request for help. +\end_deeper +\layout Description +10 +Administrative information and acknowledgments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +10.1 +Feedback is invited. + +\layout Description +10.2 +Formats in which this FAQ is available. + +\layout Description +10.3 +Authorship and acknowledgments. +\layout Description +10.4 +Disclaimer and Copyright. + +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +Tutorial de LyX +\layout Description +1 +Introducción +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +¡Bienvenido a LyX! +\layout Description +1.2 +Qué +\emph on +es +\emph default + este tutorial y qué +\emph on +no +\emph default + +\emph on +es +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.1 +Para aprovechar al máximo el tutorial +\layout Description +1.2.2 +Qué +\emph on +no +\emph default + vas a encontrar +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.3 +¿Qué es LyX? + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.3.1 +Visión general +\layout Description +1.3.2 +Diferencias entre LyX y los procesadores de texto usuales + + +\layout Description +1.3.3 +¿Qué diablos es LaTeX? +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Empezando con LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Tu primer documento LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1.1 +Escribiendo, viendo e imprimiendo +\layout Description +2.1.2 +Operaciones sencillas +\layout Description +2.1.3 +WYSIWYM: el espacio en blanco en LyX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.2 +Entornos +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.2.1 +Secciones y subsecciones +\layout Description +2.2.2 +Listas y sublistas +\layout Description +2.2.3 +Más entornos: estrofas, citas y otros +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Escribiendo documentos +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Clases de texto y modelos +\layout Description +3.2 +Modelos: escribir una carta +\layout Description +3.3 +Título del documento +\layout Description +3.4 +Etiquetas y referencias cruzadas +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.1 +Tu primera etiqueta +\layout Description +3.4.2 +Tu primera referencia +\layout Description +3.4.3 +Más diversión con etiquetas +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.5 +Notas a pie de página y notas al margen +\layout Description +3.6 +Bibliografía +\layout Description +3.7 +Índice general +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Usando las matemáticas +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +El modo matemático +\layout Description +4.2 +Navegando por una ecuación +\layout Description +4.3 +Exponentes e índices +\layout Description +4.4 +El +\family sans +Panel de Fórmulas +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Símbolos y letras griegas +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Raíces cuadradas, tildes y delimitadores +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Fracciones +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Modo TeX: Límites, logaritmos, senos y otros +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Matrices +\layout Description +4.4.6 +El modo demostración +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +Ecuaciones de varias líneas +\layout Description +4.6 +Más cosas sobre matemáticas +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Misceláneo +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Otras características importantes de LyX +\layout Description +5.2 +LyX para usuarios de LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +Modo TeX +\layout Description +5.2.2 +Importar documentos LaTeX: +\family typewriter +reLyX +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Convertir documentos LyX a LaTeX +\layout Description +5.2.4 +Preámbulo LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.4.1 +Clase de documento +\layout Description +5.2.4.2 +Otros aspectos del preámbulo +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.5 +BibTeX +\layout Description +5.2.6 +Misceláneo +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +¡Errores! +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +The LyX User's Guide +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +What is LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +Getting Started +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.1 +Invoking LyX +\layout Description +1.2.2 +How LyX Looks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.2.1 +The Main Window +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.3 +HELP! +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.3 +The LyX Interface +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.3.1 +Basic File Operations +\layout Description +1.3.2 +Basic Editing Features +\layout Description +1.3.3 +Undo and Redo +\layout Description +1.3.4 +Basic Mouse Bindings +\layout Description +1.3.5 +Basic Key Bindings +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.4 +Using LyX with Other Programs +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.4.1 +Importing ASCII files +\layout Description +1.4.2 +Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +LyX Setup and Supporting Applications +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2.2 +Basic LyX Setup +\layout Description +2.3 +Setting Up the X Keyboard +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.1 + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\family default + and +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.1.1 + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\layout Description +2.3.1.2 + +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.2 +Modifiers and Mode_switch +\layout Description +2.3.3 +Helpful Hints and Tips +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.4 +LaTeX +\layout Description +2.5 +Dvips and Ghostscript +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.1 +What You Need +\layout Description +2.5.2 +Dvips +\layout Description +2.5.3 +Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.6 +The Printer +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +LyX Basics +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Document Types +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.1.2 + + +The Various Document Classes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.2.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.1.2.2 +Selecting a Class +\layout Description +3.1.2.3 +Properties +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.3 +Fine-tuning the Defaults +\layout Description +3.1.4 +Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins +\layout Description +3.1.5 +Important Note: +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.2 +Paragraph Indentation and Separation +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Global Indentation Method +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Fine-Tuning +\layout Description +3.2.4 +Changing Line Spacing +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Paragraph Environments + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.3.2 +Standard +\layout Description +3.3.3 +Document Titles +\layout Description +3.3.4 +Headings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.4.1 +Numbered Headings +\layout Description +3.3.4.2 +Unnumbered Headings +\layout Description +3.3.4.3 +Changing the Numbering + + +\layout Description +3.3.4.4 +Special Information +\layout Description +3.3.4.5 +Creating an Appendix +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5 +Quotes and Poetry +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5.1 + +\family sans +Quote +\family default + and +\family sans +Quotation +\layout Description +3.3.5.2 + +\family sans +Verse +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6 +Lists +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6.1 +General Features +\layout Description +3.3.6.2 + +\family sans +Itemize +\layout Description +3.3.6.3 + +\family sans +Enumerate +\layout Description +3.3.6.4 + +\family sans +Description +\layout Description +3.3.6.5 +The LyX +\family sans +List +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7 +Letters +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7.1 + +\family sans +Address +\family default + and +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default +: An Overview +\layout Description +3.3.7.2 +Usage +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8 +Academic Writing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8.1 + +\family sans +Abstract +\layout Description +3.3.8.2 + +\family sans +Bibliography +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9 +Special Purpose +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9.1 + +\family sans +Caption +\layout Description +3.3.9.2 + +\family sans +LyX-Code +\layout Description +3.3.9.3 +Comment +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Nesting Environments + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.1 +The Big Deal +\layout Description +3.4.2 +What You Can and Can't Nest +\layout Description +3.4.3 +Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. +\layout Description +3.4.4 +Usage and General Features +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.4.1 +Nesting limits +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5 +Some Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5.1 +Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting +\layout Description +3.4.5.2 +Example #2: Inheritance +\layout Description +3.4.5.3 +Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + and +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + Environments. +\layout Description +3.4.5.4 +Example #4: Going Bonkers +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.5 +Fonts and Text Styles +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.5.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.5.2 +Global Options +\layout Description +3.5.3 +Using Different Character Styles +\layout Description +3.5.4 +Fine-Tuning with the +\family sans +Character Layout +\family default + dialog +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.6 +Printing and Previewing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.6.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.6.2 +Quick Viewing with +\family typewriter +xdvi +\layout Description +3.6.3 +Viewing the PostScript® Version with +\family typewriter +ghostview +\layout Description +3.6.4 +Printing the File +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7 +A Few Words about Typography +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.1 +Hyphens and Hyphenation +\layout Description +3.7.2 +Punctuation Marks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.2.1 +Abbreviations and End of Sentence +\layout Description +3.7.2.2 +Quotes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.3 +Ligatures +\layout Description +3.7.4 +Widows and Orphans +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Footnotes +\layout Description +4.2 +Margin Notes +\layout Description +4.3 +Figures and Imported Graphics +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1 +Figure Floats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1.1 +Using Figure Floats +\layout Description +4.3.1.2 +Float Placement +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.2 + +\family typewriter +XFig +\family default + and LyX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.4 +Tables +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +The Table dialog +\layout Description +4.4.2 +What can be placed inside a table cell? +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Cut & Paste in Tables +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Multiple lines in cells +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Table Floats +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +Table of Contents and other Listings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +The Table of Contents +\layout Description +4.5.2 +List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Mathematical Formulae +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Basic Math Editing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1.1 +Navigating a Formula +\layout Description +5.1.2 +Selecting Text +\layout Description +5.1.3 +Exponents and Subscripts +\layout Description +5.1.4 +Fractions +\layout Description +5.1.5 +Sums and Integrals +\layout Description +5.1.6 +The Math Panel +\layout Description +5.1.7 +Other Math Symbols +\layout Description +5.1.8 +Altering spacing +\layout Description +5.1.9 +Math functions +\layout Description +5.1.10 +Accents +\layout Description +5.1.11 +The math editor for LaTeX users +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.2 +Brackets and decorations +\layout Description +5.3 +Grouping +\layout Description +5.4 +Arrays and Multi-line Equations +\layout Description +5.5 +Equation Numbering and Labels +\layout Description +5.6 +User defined macros in math mode +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.6.1 +Directions on using macros +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.6.1.1 +How to create them +\layout Description +5.6.1.2 +How to navigate +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.7 +Fine-Tuning +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.7.1 +Typefaces +\layout Description +5.7.2 +Math Text Mode +\layout Description +5.7.3 +Font Sizes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.8 +AMS LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.8.1 +Enabling AMS Support +\layout Description +5.8.2 +AMS Symbols +\layout Description +5.8.3 +AMS Formula Types +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +More Tools +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Cross-References +\layout Description +6.2 +URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) +\layout Description +6.3 +Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments + + +\layout Description +6.4 +Spacing, pagination and line breaks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 +Extra Horizontal Space +\layout Description +6.4.2 +Extra Vertical Space +\layout Description +6.4.3 +Changing Paragraph Alignment +\layout Description +6.4.4 +Forcing Page Breaks +\layout Description +6.4.5 +Protected blanks +\layout Description +6.4.6 +Line breaking +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.5 +Spellchecking +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.1 +Spellchecker Options +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.1.1 +Dictionary +\layout Description +6.5.1.2 +Personal dictionary +\layout Description +6.5.1.3 +Further Options +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.2 +Limitations +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.6 +International Support +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.6.1 +Language Options +\layout Description +6.6.2 +Keyboard mapping configuration +\layout Description +6.6.3 +Character Tables +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Credits +\layout Section* + +Extended LyX Features +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2 +LyX and LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +How LyX Uses LaTeX +\layout Description +2.2 + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Help! LyX generated an unreadable +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + file! +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +2.3 +Translating LaTeX files into LyX +\layout Description +2.4 +Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents + + +\layout Description +2.5 +LyX and the LaTeX Preamble +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.1 +About the LaTeX Preamble +\layout Description +2.5.2 +Changing the Preamble +\layout Description +2.5.3 +Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.3.1 +Example #1: Offsets +\layout Description +2.5.3.2 +Example #2: Labels +\layout Description +2.5.3.3 +Example #3: Paragraph Indentation +\layout Description +2.5.3.4 +Example #4: This Document +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.6 +LyX and LaTeX Errors +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Supplemental Tools +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX +\layout Description +3.2 +Making an Index +\layout Description +3.3 +Multipart Documents +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +General Operation +\layout Description +3.3.2 +Cross-References Between Files +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Algorithms +\layout Description +3.5 +Subfigures +\layout Description +3.6 +Fancy Headers and Footers +\layout Description +3.7 +Minipages +\layout Description +3.8 +Wrapping Text Around Figures + + +\layout Description +3.9 +Extra Table Options +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.9.1 +Removing Extra Column Space +\layout Description +3.9.2 +Changing the Column Separator Character +\layout Description +3.9.3 +Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column +\layout Description +3.9.4 +A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.10 +Itemize Bullet Selection + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.10.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.10.2 +How it looks +\layout Description +3.10.3 +How to use it +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Special Document Classes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +AMS LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1.1 +What these layouts provide +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.2 +Dinbrief +\layout Description +4.3 +Paper +\layout Description +4.4 +A&A Paper +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Getting started +\layout Description +4.4.3 +The header block +\layout Description +4.4.4 +The abstract +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Supported environments +\layout Description +4.4.6 +Commands not supported by LyX +\layout Description +4.4.7 +Figure and Table Floats +\layout Description +4.4.8 +Referee layout +\layout Description +4.4.9 +The example paper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +AASTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.5.2 +Starting a New Paper +\layout Description +4.5.3 +Finishing Your Paper +\layout Description +4.5.4 +Comments On Specific Commands +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.4.1 +Things that work as expected +\layout Description +4.5.4.2 +Things that work, but require more comment +\layout Description +4.5.4.3 +Things not implemented, use ERT +\layout Description +4.5.4.4 +Things that cannot be implemented +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5 +FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5.1 +Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate +\layout Description +4.5.5.2 +LaTeX error processing a table +\layout Description +4.5.5.3 +References + + +\layout Description +4.5.5.4 +Including EPS files +\layout Description +4.5.5.5 +Things I could have done, but didn't +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.6 +Final Caveat +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.6 +ijmpd +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.6.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.6.2 +Writing a paper +\layout Description +4.6.3 +Preparing a paper for submission +\layout Description +4.6.4 +Use of ERT +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.7 +Kluwer +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.7.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.7.2 +Writing a paper +\layout Description +4.7.3 +Preparing a paper for submission +\layout Description +4.7.4 + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Peculiarities +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + of the Kluwer package + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.8 +Koma-Script +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.8.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.8.2 +article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.3 +letter (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.4 +The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) +\layout Description +4.8.5 +Problems +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.9 +Springer Journals ( +\family sans +svjour +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.9.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.9.2 +New styles +\layout Description +4.9.3 +Supported journals +\layout Description +4.9.4 +Credits +\layout Description +4.9.5 +Bugs +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.10 +AGU journals ( +\family sans +aguplus +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.10.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.10.2 +New styles +\layout Description +4.10.3 +New floats +\layout Description +4.10.4 +Supported journals +\layout Description +4.10.5 +Bugs and things to remember +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.11 +EGS journals ( +\family sans +egs +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.11.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.11.2 +New styles +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12 +Slides [aka +\noun on +Sli +\noun default +TeX] + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.12.2 +Getting Started + + +\layout Description +4.12.3 +Paragraph Environments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.3.1 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.12.3.2 +Quirks of the New Environments + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4 +Making a Presentation with +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, +\family sans + Overlay +\family default + and +\family sans +Note +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4.1 +Using the +\family sans +Slide +\family default + Environment +\layout Description +4.12.4.2 +Using +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + with +\family sans +Slide +\layout Description +4.12.4.3 +Using +\family sans +Note +\family default + with +\family sans +Slide +\family default + + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.5 +The +\family sans +slides +\family default + Class Template File +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13 +Foils [aka +\family sans +Foil +\family default +\noun on +TeX +\noun default +] + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.13.2 +Getting Started +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.2.1 +Extra Options +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.3 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.13.4 +Building a Set of Foils +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.4.1 +Give It a Title Page +\layout Description +4.13.4.2 +Start a New Foil +\layout Description +4.13.4.3 +Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more +\layout Description +4.13.4.4 +Lists +\layout Description +4.13.4.5 +Figures and Tables +\layout Description +4.13.4.6 +Page Headers and Footers + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5 +Unsupported +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX Goodies + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5.1 +Lengths +\layout Description +4.13.5.2 +Headers and Footers +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.14 +Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.14.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.14.2 +Getting Started +\layout Description +4.14.3 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.14.4 +Differences Between Screen and Paper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.15 +Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.15.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.15.2 +Special problems +\layout Description +4.15.3 +Special features +\layout Description +4.15.4 +Paper size and Margins +\layout Description +4.15.5 +Environments +\layout Description +4.15.6 +Script jargon +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.16 +Broadway +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.16.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.16.2 +Special problems +\layout Description +4.16.3 +Special features +\layout Description +4.16.4 +Paper size and Margins +\layout Description +4.16.5 +Environments +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.17 +RevTeX4 +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.17.1 +Installation +\layout Description +4.17.2 +Preamble Matter +\layout Description +4.17.3 +Layouts +\layout Description +4.17.4 +Important Notes +\layout Description +4.17.5 +Drawbacks +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.18 +Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) + + +\layout Description +4.19 +Elsevier Journals +\layout Description +4.20 +Memoir +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.20.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.20.2 +Basic features and restrictions +\layout Description +4.20.3 +Extra features +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Considerations +\layout Description +5.2 +Importing Other Formats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.2.2 +ASCII Text +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Noweb +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Exporting Other Formats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.3.2 +Device Independent Files +\layout Description +5.3.3 +PostScript® +\layout Description +5.3.4 +ASCII text +\layout Description +5.3.5 +HTML +\layout Description +5.3.6 +PDF +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.6.1 +Use pdfLaTeX +\layout Description +5.3.6.2 +Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader? + + + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.3 +Why doesn't the +\backslash +boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex? + + + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.4 +Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running + pdfLaTeX? + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.5 +How can I make URLs clickable ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.7 +Custom +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +The Complete reLyX Description + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.1 +Synopsis +\layout Description +5.4.2 +Options +\layout Description +5.4.3 +Description +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.3.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +5.4.3.2 +Usage +\layout Description +5.4.3.3 +What reLyX Can Handle +\layout Description +5.4.3.4 +What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK +\layout Description +5.4.3.5 +What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~ +k.\SpecialChar ~ +a. + BUGS + + +\layout Description +5.4.3.6 +What LyX Can't Handle +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.4 +Examples +\layout Description +5.4.5 +Notes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.5.1 +Bug Reports + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.2 +Implementation Details: +\layout Description +5.4.5.3 +Layout Files +\layout Description +5.4.5.4 +Syntax Files + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.5 +Miscellaneous +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.6 +Diagnostics +\layout Description +5.4.7 +Warnings +\layout Description +5.4.8 +Files +\layout Description +5.4.9 +See also +\layout Description +5.4.10 +Authors +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +LyX Features needing Extra Software +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.1 +Overview +\layout Description +6.1.2 +Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.2.1 +Getting started +\layout Description +6.1.2.2 +Output from LinuxDoc +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3 +Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3.1 +The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document +\layout Description +6.1.3.2 +The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments +\layout Description +6.1.3.3 +Other document features +\layout Description +6.1.3.4 +Cross references and HTML +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.4 +Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts + + +\layout Description +6.1.5 +Troubleshooting LinuxDoc +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.2 +Checking TeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.2.2 +How to use it +\layout Description +6.2.3 +How to fine tune it +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Version Control in LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.3.2 +RCS commands in LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.2.1 + +\family sans +Register +\layout Description +6.3.2.2 + +\family sans +Check In Changes +\layout Description +6.3.2.3 + +\family sans +Check Out For Edit +\layout Description +6.3.2.4 + +\family sans +Revert To Last Version +\layout Description +6.3.2.5 + +\family sans +Undo Last Checkin +\layout Description +6.3.2.6 + +\family sans +Show History +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4 +Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.4.2 +Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.2.1 +References +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3 +LyX and Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3.1 +Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) +\layout Description +6.4.3.2 +Configuring LyX +\layout Description +6.4.3.3 +Debug extensions +\layout Description +6.4.3.4 +Toolbar extensions +\layout Description +6.4.3.5 +Colors customization +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Secrets of the LaTeX Masters + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1.1 +Footnotes +\layout Description +7.1.2 +Margin Notes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.2 +Multiple Columns +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.1 +Purpose +\layout Description +7.2.2 +Limitations +\layout Description +7.2.3 +Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.3.1 +Two columns +\layout Description +7.2.3.2 +Multiple columns +\layout Description +7.2.3.3 +Columns inside columns +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.3 +Numbering in the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + Paragraph Environment + + +\layout Description +7.4 +Extra Space Between Table Rows +\layout Description +7.5 +Dropped Capitals +\layout Description +7.6 +Non-standard Paragraph Shapes +\layout Description +7.7 +Summary +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2 +LyX configuration files +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +What's in +\family typewriter +LyXDir +\family default +? +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1.1 +Automatically generated files +\layout Description +2.1.2 +Directories +\layout Description +2.1.3 +Files you don't want to modify +\layout Description +2.1.4 +Other files needing a line or two... +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.2 +Your local configuration directory +\layout Description +2.3 +Running LyX with multiple configurations +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +The +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +references +\family default + dialog +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Using the dialog for the first time +\layout Description +3.2 +On-screen fonts +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +DPI setting and Font Zoom +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Font definition commands +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Font encoding +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Bindings + + +\layout Description +3.4 +User Interface + + +\layout Description +3.5 +Converters, Formats and Viewers +\layout Description +3.6 +ASCII export options +\layout Description +3.7 +Printer +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.1 +Changing Colors +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.8 +The autodetected settings +\layout Description +3.9 +The rest +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Internationalizing LyX + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Selecting an alternative language for the user interface +\layout Description +4.2 +Translating LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.2.1 +Translating the graphical user interface (text messages). +\layout Description +4.2.2 +Translating the documentation. +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.3 +International Keyboard Support +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1 +Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.4 +International Keymap Stuff + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +The .kmap File +\layout Description +4.4.2 +The .cdef File +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Dead Keys +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Saving your Language Configuration +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates + + + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Installing a new LaTeX package +\layout Description +5.2 +Layouts +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +Supporting new document classes +\layout Description +5.2.2 +A layout for an +\family sans +sty +\family default + file +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Layout for a +\family sans +cls +\family default + file +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Declaring a new text class +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +General text class parameters +\layout Description +5.3.2 + +\family typewriter +ClassOptions +\family default + section +\layout Description +5.3.3 +Specific Paragraph Layouts +\layout Description +5.3.4 +Floats +\layout Description +5.3.5 +Counters +\layout Description +5.3.6 +Font description +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +Creating Templates + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Including External Material +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Background +\layout Description +6.2 +How does it work? +\layout Description +6.3 +The external material dialog +\layout Description +6.4 +Examples +\layout Description +6.5 +The external template configuration file +\layout Description +6.6 +The substitution mechanism +\layout Description +6.7 +Security discussion +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +The LyX Server +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +7.2 +Starting the LyX Server +\layout Description +7.3 +Normal communication +\layout Description +7.4 +Notification +\layout Description +7.5 +The simple LyX Server Protocol +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 \start_of_appendix +Bindings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.1 +Toolbar +\layout Description +8.2 +Menu +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.1 +File +\layout Description +8.2.2 +Edit +\layout Description +8.2.3 +Insert +\layout Description +8.2.4 +Layout +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.4.1 +L +\family sans +ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Character +\family default + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.5 +View +\layout Description +8.2.6 +Navigate +\layout Description +8.2.7 +Help +\layout Description +8.2.8 +Paragraph Style +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8.3 +Keyboard +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.3.1 +Specific to +\family typewriter +emacs.bind +\layout Description +8.3.2 +Specific to +\family typewriter +cua.bind +\layout Description +8.3.3 +Specific to +\family typewriter +sciword.bind +\layout Description +8.3.4 +Standard math bindings +\layout Description +8.3.5 +Other Accelerators +\end_deeper +\end_deeper + +\the_end diff --git a/lib/doc/eu_Customization.lyx b/lib/doc/eu_Customization.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..74902b0437 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/eu_Customization.lyx @@ -0,0 +1,12888 @@ +#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 221 +\textclass scrbook +\begin_preamble +\usepackage{multicol} +\end_preamble +\language basque +\inputencoding latin1 +\fontscheme pslatex +\graphics default +\paperfontsize default +\spacing single +\papersize a4paper +\paperpackage a4 +\use_geometry 0 +\use_amsmath 0 +\use_natbib 0 +\use_numerical_citations 0 +\paperorientation portrait +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation indent +\defskip medskip +\quotes_language english +\quotes_times 2 +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 2 +\paperpagestyle default + +\layout Title + +LyX pertsonalizatzea: +\newline +erabiltzaile aurreratuentzako ezaugarriak +\layout Author + +egilea: LyX taldea +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Fitxategi honen arduradun nagusia +\noun on +Mike Ressler +\noun default + da. + Bidali iradokizunak edo erroreei buruzko zuzenketak LyX dokumentazioko + posta-zerrendara : . + +\newline +Itzulpena: Iñaki Larrañaga Murgoitio, , 2004. + +\newline +Zuzenketak: Hizkuntza Politikarako Sailburuordetza, , 2004 +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Chapter + +Sarrera +\layout Standard + +Eskuliburu honek pertsonaliza ditzakezun LyX-eko ezaugarriak azaltzen ditu. + Berton, teklatuko laster-teklak, pantailako aurrebistaren aukerak, inprimagailu +aren aukerak, LyX-i (LyX zerbitzariaren bitartez) aginduak bidaltzea, nazioartek +o hizkuntzak, LaTeX klaseak eta LyX diseinu berriak instalatzea, eta bestelako + gauza batzuetaz mintzatuko gara. + Baliteke alda dezakezun guztia ez azaltzea, gure garatzaileek ezaugarri + berriak horiei buruzko dokumentazioa prestatu baino azkarrago sortzen baitira. + Hala ere, gehien pertsonalizatzen diren gauzak azalduko ditugu, eta, zorionez, + korapilotsua gerta dakizukeen arloan egokiro bideratzen lagunduko dizugu. +\layout Chapter + +LyX-en konfigurazioko fitxategiak +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{kapi:konfig} + +\end_inset + +Kapitulu honen xedea da LyX-en konfigurazioko fitxategien artean zure bidea + aurkitzen laguntzea. + Kapitulu hau irakurtzen jarraitu aurretik, LyX-eko liburutegien direktorioa + non kokatzen den aurkitu beharko zenuke, horretarako erabili +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ly +\bar under +X +\bar default +-i\SpecialChar ~ +buruz +\family default + menua. + Direktorio horretan LyX-ek bere konfigurazioko fitxategien sistema osoa + dago, eta dokumentu honetan +\family typewriter +LyXDir +\family default + esaten diogu. +\layout Section + +Zer dago LyXDir-en? +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +LyXDir +\family default +-en, eta beraren azpidirektorioetan, hainbat fitxategi dago, eta LyX-en + jokaera pertsonalizatzeko erabil ditzakezu. + Fitxategi horietariko asko LyX bertatik alda ditzakezu, +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +H +\bar default +obespenak +\family default + menua erabiliz. + +\family sans +Hobespenak +\family default + leihoan LyX-en pertsonalizatzeko nahi dituzun ia gauza guztiak egoki ditzakezu. + Hala ere, LyX-eko beste gauza batzuk +\family typewriter +LyXDir +\family default + direktorioko fitxategiak aldatuta pertsonaliza ditzakezu. + Horiek honako azpiatal hauetan azaltzen diren kategoria ezberdinetan sailkatzen + dira. +\layout Subsection + +Automatikoki sortutako fitxategiak +\layout Standard + +Fitxategi hauek LyX konfiguratzen duzunean sortzen dira. + Lehenetsitako hainbat balio edukitzen dute, eta zure sistemaren gain egindako + ikuskapenetik kalkulatzen dira. + Orokorrean, ez da komeni horiek aldatzea, zeren eta edozein unetan gainidatzita + gelditu baitaitezke. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +lyxrc.defaults +\family default +: hainbat komandorentzako balio lehenetsiak ditu. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +packages.lst +\family default +: LyX-ek ezagutu dituen paketeen zerrenda bat dauka. + Gaur egun, LyX programak fitxategi honek duen informazioa jaso eta +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +aTeX\SpecialChar ~ +konfigurazioa +\family default + eskuliburuan bistaratzeko erabiltzen du. + +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +textclass.lst +\family default +: zure +\family typewriter +layout/ +\family default + direktorioan aurkitu diren testu-klaseen zerrenda da, dagokien LaTeX dokumentu- +klase eta azalpenekin batera. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +doc/LaTeXConfig.lyx +\family default +: +\family typewriter +LaTeXConfig.lyx.in +\family default + fitxategia konfiguratzerakoan automatikoki sortzen da. +\layout Subsection + +Direktorioak +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +bind/ +\family default + Direktorio honek +\family typewriter +.bind +\family default + luzapenak dituzten fitxategiak dauzka; horiek LyX-en erabiltzen diren laster-te +klak definitzen dituzte (ikusi +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:lasterbideak} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala). + Norberaren hizkuntzera (internazionalizatutakoa ere deitzen zaio) moldatutako + laster-teklen fitxategirik badago, lehenbizi hori erabiliko da. + Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikusi +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{kapi:i18n} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +kapitulua eta +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:lasterbideak} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala . +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +clipart +\family default +/ Dokumentuetan gehitu daitezkeen fitxategi grafikoak ditu. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +doc/ +\family default + LyX-eko dokumentazioaren fitxategiak ditu (une honetan irakurtzen ari zarena + barne). + +\family typewriter +LaTeXConfig.lyx +\family default + fitxategiak, arestian azaldu den bezala, arreta berezia eskatzen du. + Laguntzako dokumentazioak hizkuntza batera itzulita badaude, fitxategi-izenen + aurretik +\family typewriter +$LANG_ +\family default + edukitzen dute, lehenbizi itzulitako horiek erabiliko dira. + Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikusi +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{kapi:i18n} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +kapitulua . +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +examples/ +\family default + Ezaugarri batzuk nola erabiltzen diren azaltzen duten adibideen fitxategiak + dauzka. + Adibideen zerrenda ikusteko, klikatu fitxategien arakatzailean +\family sans +Adibideak +\family default + botoian . +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +images/ +\family default + +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoan erabiltzen diren irudien fitxategiak ditu. + Gainera, tresna-barrako eta iragarkiaren (LyX abiatzen denean erakusten + dena) ikonoak ditu. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +kbd/ +\family default + Teklatuarentzako mapen fitxategiak ditu. + Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikusi +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:teklatmapa} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala . +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +layouts/ +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{kapi:testu-klaseak} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +kapituluan azaltzen diren testu-klaseen fitxategiak ditu. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +reLyX/ +\family default + reLyX-en fitxategiak dauzka. + reLyX LaTeX-eko fitxategiak LyX formatura bihurtzen ditu. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +scripts/ +\family default + Kanpo-materiala funtzioaren gaitasunak erakusten duten fitxategiak ditu. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +templates/ +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:txantiloiak} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +kapituluan azaltzen diren LyX-eko txantiloi estandarrak ditu. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +tex/ +\family default + LyX-ekin banatzen diren LaTeX cls motako fitxategiak ditu. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +ui/ +\family default + +\family typewriter +.ui +\family default + luzapena duten fitxategiak ditu, LyX-entzako erabiltzailearen interfazea + definitzen dute, hau da, fitxategiok zein menutan eta tresna-barran zein + elementu agertu behar duten definitzen dute. + Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikusi +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:ui} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +kapitulua . +\layout Subsection + +Fitxategi hauek ez aldatu +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek bere barruan erabiltzen dituen fitxategi batzuk daude, eta garatzailea + ez bazara ez zaizu hauek aldatzea komeni. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +CREDITS +\family default + Fitxategi honek LyX-eko garatzaileen zerrenda dauka. + Honen edukia +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +yX-i\SpecialChar ~ +buruz +\family default + menuarekin irekitzen den leihoan aurkezten da. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +chkconfig.ltx +\family default + Hau konfigurazio prozesuan erabiltzen den LaTeX-eko script bat da. + Ez exekutatu zuzenean. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +configure +\family default + Hau LyX birkonfiguratzeko erabiltzen den script-a da. + Exekutatu den direktorioan konfigurazioko fitxategiak sortzen ditu. +\layout Subsection + +Lerro bat edo bi behar duten fitxategiak\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +encodings +\family default + Honek karaktere kodeketa ezberdina Unicode-ra nola mapatu daitezken azaltzen + dituzten taulak ditu. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +external_templates +\family default + Honek +\family sans +Kanpo-materiala +\family default + funtzio berriak eskaintzen dituen txantiloiak ditu. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +languages +\family default + Fitxategi honek gaur egun LyX-en onartuta dauden hizkuntza guztien zerrenda + dauka. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +lyxrc.example +\family default + Hau erabat zaharkituta dago, garai bateko hobespenenetarako fitxategia + zen. + Laster desagertuko da, hurrean. +\layout Section + +Zure konfigurazio lokaleko direktorioa +\layout Standard + +LyX programa erabiltzaile arrunt gisa erabiltzen baduzu, noizbait LyX-en + kofigurazioa aldatzu nahi izango duzu zure erabilerarentzako. + +\family typewriter +ErabDir +\family default + direktorioak zure konfigurazioaren fitxategi guztiak ditu. + Direktorio hau +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +yX-i\SpecialChar ~ +buruz +\family default + menuko leihoa agertzen den "erabiltzailearen direktorioa" da. + Direktorio hau +\family typewriter +LyXDir +\family default +-en ispilu bezala erabiltzen da, hau da, +\family typewriter +ErabDir +\family default +-en aurkitzen den fitxategi bakoitza +\family typewriter +LyXDir +\family default +-eko dagokion fitxategiaren ordezko bat da. + Arestian azaldu den konfigurazioko edozein fitxategi sistema osoko direktorioan + kokatu daiteke, eta horrela erabiltzaile guztiei eragingo die, edo bestela + zure erabilerarentzako direktorio lokalean. +\layout Standard + +Gauzak argiago azalteko, adibide gutxi batzuk jarriko dizkizugu: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +H +\bar default +obespenak +\family default + menuko leihoan ezarritako hobespenak +\family typewriter +ErabDir +\family default +-eko +\family typewriter +preferences +\family default + fitxategian gordetzen dira. +\layout Itemize + +LyX konfiguratzen duzunean +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +B +\bar default +irkonfiguratu +\family default + erabiliz, LyX-ek +\family typewriter +configure +\family default + exekutatzen du, eta emaitzeko fitxategiak zure konfigurazio lokaleko direktorio +an gordetzen ditu (ekimen honek eragiten duen +\family typewriter +preferences +\family default +-eko ezarpenen zerrenda +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:autodetektatuta} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atalean ikusi ahalko duzu). + Honek esanahi du +\family typewriter +ErabDir/layouts +\family default + direktoriopean gehitzen dituzun testu-klaseak +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoko klaseen zerrendan gehituko direla. +\layout Itemize + +Halaber, etxean (direktorio pertsonalean) LaTeX dokumentu-klaseak instalatu + badituzu, eta LaTeX zure +\family typewriter +TEXINPUTS +\family default + bide-izenean aurkitzeko gai bada, horiek zure testu-klaseen zerrendan azalduko + dira +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek edo zuk +\family typewriter +.layout +\family default +fitxategian sartzen dituzun hainbat sarreren arabera, noski +\end_inset + +. + +\layout Itemize + +LyX-eko ftp zerbitzaritik eguneratutako dokumentazioa eskuratzen baduzu, + eta sistemako arduraduna ez zarenez zure sisteman ezin baduzu instalatu, + kopiatu fitxategiok +\family typewriter +ErabDir/doc/ +\family default + direktoriopean, eta +\family sans +Laguntza +\family default + menuko elementuek irekiko dituzte! +\layout Section + +LyX hainbat konfiguraziorekin exekutatzen +\layout Standard + +Konfigurazio lokaleko direktorioaren konfigurazio askatasuna ez da nahikoa + izango aldi berean konfigurazio bat baino gehiago zure esku eduki nahi + badituzu. + Adibidez, aldi bakoitzean laster-tekla edo inpimagailuaren ezarpenak erabil + deitzakezu. + Hori lortzeko direktorio batzuk eduki beharko dituzu. + Orduan, exekuzio-garaian zein direktorio erabili behar den zehaztu beharko + duzu. +\layout Standard + +Komando lerroan LyX programari +\family typewriter +-userdir +\family default + < +\emph on +direktorio-bat +\emph default +> aukerarekin deitzen bazaio, < +\emph on +direktorio-bat +\emph default +> direktorioko konfigurazio-fitxategiak irakurtzera bultzatuko duzu (bestela, + komando lerroan LyX aukerarik gabe deitzen bada, lehenespeneko direktorioa + hartuko du oinarritzat). + < +\emph on +direktorio-bat +\emph default +> direktorioa ez balego, LyX-ek zure ordez sortuko luke, lehenetsitako direktori +oa sortzen duen bezalaxe, programa lehen aldiz abiatzen denean. + +\family typewriter +Erabdir +\family default + gehigarri honetan konfigurazioko aukerak alda ditzakezu, lehenespeneko + direktorioan aldatuko zenituzkeen antzera. + Direktorio hauek bata bestearengatik askeak dira (baina jarraian irakurtzen + dira). + Ohartu zaitez +\family typewriter +LYX_USERDIR_13x +\family default + inguruneko aldagaia balio hauetariko batekin ezartzeak antzeko eragina + duela. +\layout Standard + +Hainbat konfigurazio edukitzeak guztiak zaindu beharra izatea eskatzen du: + +\family typewriter +Erabdir/layouts +\family default + direktorian diseinu berri bat gehitu nahi baduzu, eta hori zure konfigurazio + guztietan eskuragarri eduki nahi izanez gero, diseinuari dagokion fitxategia + direktorio bakoitzean gehitu beharko duzu. + Lan guzti hori sahiesteko, honako hau egin behar duzu: behin LyX-ek direktorio + gehigarri bat sortzen duenean, azpidirektorio gehienak (ikus arestian) + hutsik egoten dira. + Konfigurazio berri bat existitzen den beste baten +\emph on +ispilua +\emph default + izateko erabili esteka sinbolikoa. + Argi ibili +\family typewriter +doc/ +\family default + azpidirektorioarekin, zeren eta honek konfigurazioko fitxategiak baititu + (hautatu +\family sans +\bar under + E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +B +\bar default +irkonfiguratu +\family default + menua konfigurazioa automatikoki eguneratzeko, xehetasun gehiago +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:autodetektatuta} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atalean) eta sistemaren arabera konfigurazio-fitxategiak bereziki sortzen + dira. + Beraz, ez sortu +\family typewriter +doc/ +\family default + azpidirektorioaren esteka sinbolikorik. +\layout Description + +Itzultzailearen\SpecialChar ~ +oharra: esteka sinbolikoak sortzeko komando lerroan (shell + batean) honako agindu hau lantzen da: +\begin_deeper +\layout LyX-Code + +ln -s /jator_bidea/direktorio1 /helbur_bidea/direktorio2 +\layout Standard + +non +\family typewriter +direktorio1 +\family default +-ra iristeko bide-izen osoa ( +\family typewriter +jator_bidea +\family default +) idaztea komeni den, eta honen esteka +\family typewriter +direktorio2 +\family default + izenarekin sortuko den estekaren bide-izen osoa ( +\family typewriter +helbur_bidea +\family default +) ere zehaztu behar den. + Batzuetan, erabiltzaile bakoitzak erabakitzen du; +\family typewriter +direktorio1 +\family default +-ek eta +\family typewriter +direktorio2 +\family default +-k izen berdina eduki dezakete (baldin eta +\family typewriter +jator_bidea +\family default + eta +\family typewriter +helbur_bidea +\family default + ezberdinak badira, bederen). + Adibidez, LyX-eko konfigurazioari dagokion esteka sinbolikoa sortzeko honako + komando hau erabili nuen: +\layout LyX-Code + +ln -s /home/dooteo/.lyx/layouts /home/dooteo/lyx01/layouts +\layout Standard + +Hor bigarren konfigurazioari dagokion direktorioa +\family typewriter +lyx01 +\family default + izendatuta nuen. + Agindu hau landu ostean, +\family typewriter +.lyx/layouts +\family default + direktoriopean gehitzen dudan guztia +\family typewriter +lyx01/layouts +\family default + direktorioan (ispilu baten antzekoa) ere +\emph on +gehituta +\emph default + legoke. + Honela, +\family typewriter +.lyx/layouts +\family default + direktoriopeko diseinuaren fitxategi bat ezabatzen badut, +\family typewriter +lyx01/layouts +\family default + direktorioan ere desagertuko da. + +\end_deeper +\layout Chapter + +Hobespenak leihoa +\layout Section + +Leihoa lehen aldiz erabiltzea +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +ErabDir/preferences +\family default + fitxategiak jatorrizko jokaeraren aldaketak bakarrik ditu. + Horietariko batzuk LyX-eko iturburuan kodetuta daude; beste batzuk, berriz, + sistemako +\family typewriter +LyXDir/lyxrc.defaults +\family default + fitxategian daude. + Jabetu zaitez bi fitxategiotan " +\family typewriter +# +\family default +" ikurrarekin hasten diren lerroak, iruzkinak direnez, ez direla interpretatuak + izango. + Hala ere, +\family typewriter +LyXDir/lyxrc +\family default + fitxategia sistemako arduradunak bakarrik edita dezake. + Erabiltzaileek fitxategia sortu eta aldatzeko, +\family sans +Editatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Hobespenak +\family default + leihoa erabili beharko dute. +\layout Standard + +Uste dugu +\family sans +Hobespenak +\family default + leihoak bere burua nahiko ongi azaltzen duela. + Komando gehienek dagokien iruzkina dutenez, probak egiteko ez duzu arazo + handirik izango. + Komando garrantzitsu batzuk beherago azaltzen hasi aurretik, ohar garrantzitsua + egingo dizugu. + Egiten dituzun aldaketa batzuk egin eta +\family sans +Aplikatu +\family default + botoian sakatuta (adibidez pantailako letra-tipoak), berehalako eragina + izaten dute. + Beste batzuek (adib. + laster-teklen fitxategia aldatzea) ez dute zuzeneko eraginik izango. + Ezer aldatu ez dela iruditzen bazaizu, aldaketak +\family sans +Gorde +\family default + eta LyX berrabiarazi. +\layout Section + +Pantailako letra-tipoak +\layout Standard + +Zure dokumentuak LyX-eko pantailan erakusteko erabiltzen den letra-tipoa + oso garrantzitsua da, zure dokumentu guztiak letra-tipo honekin irakurtzen + arituko baitzara. + Horrela, dokumentua irakurtzeko, letra-tipoa eroso eta ahalik eta politena + izateak bere garrantzia dauka. + Zuretzat lehenespenez ahalik eta letra-tipo onena eskaintzen saiatzen da + LyX taldea, baina X11 sistema guztiak ezberdinak direnez, gerta daiteke + lehenetsitako letra-tipoa zure sistemako egokiena ez izatea. + Zorionez, hori konpontzeko, zerbait egin dezakezu. + Nola egiten den azaldu baino lehenago, letra-tipoei buruz gehiago ikasi + beharko zenuke, horrela letra-tipoak aukeratzeko hobeto prestatuta egongo + baitzara; gainera, zure sistemak eskaintzen dituenak eta atsegin dituzunen + arteko zerbait izaten da. +\layout Standard + +Atal honek LyX-eko leihoan (pantailan) agertzen diren letra-tipoe aztertuko + ditu. + Inprimatutako edo aurrebistako letra-tipoek ez dute zerikusirik LyX-en + pantailako letra-tipoekin, dokumentu-klaseak letra-tipoak zehazten baititu. + Inprimatutako bertsioaren letra-tipoak aldatzen ikasteko, irakurri +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default +. +\layout Standard + +Oinarrian, pantailako letra-tipoak bi motatakoak dira: eskalatu daitezkeen + letra-tipo bektorialak eta eskalatu ezin daitezkeen bitmap motako letra-tipoak. + Ezberdintasuna gaur egun gutxitzen doa, zeren eta letra-tipoak marrazten + dituzten tresna modernoek letra-tipo +\emph on +eskalakaitzak +\emph default + eskala baititzakete. + Horrela, garrantzitsuena da eskalakaitzak diren bitmap letra-tipoak edo + eskalakorrak diren letra-tipo bektorialak noiz erabili behar diren jakitea. +\layout Standard + +Eskalagarriak diren letra-tipoak karaktere bakunetako ("glyphs") letra-tipoen + +\emph on +kanpoko marretatik +\emph default + sortzen dira. + Horrek esanahi du karaktere bakoitza matematikako kurbak definituz sortzen + dela, eta nahi den tamainara eskalatzeko gaitasuna daukala. + Matematikako definizio hau letrak marrazten dituen tresnak interpretatzen + du, eta programatzailearen eskaeretan oinarrituz konposatzen du. + Horrela, eskalagarriak diren letra-tipoak tamaina guztietan egokiro bistaratuko + dira. + Letra-tipo eskalagarriak modu abstraktu batean definitzen direnez, tamaina + txikiak marraztea nahiko gogorra izaten da, non irudi on bat emateko pixel + bakoitza kontu handiarekin kalkulatzen den. + Teknikoki hau matematikako definiziotik egiteko aukera dago, baina marrazketa-p +rozesuaren denbora ahalik eta azkarrena izan dadin, adostasun batera iritsi + beharra egoten da, eta honen ondorioz letra-tipo eskalagarriak tamaina + txikiekin irakurtzeko zailtasunak egoten dira. +\layout Standard + +Bitmap motako letra-tipoak ordea, hasieratik bitmap irudietan definitzen + dira, eta diseinatuta dauden tamaina guztietan ongi irakurtzen dira. + Hala ere, ez dira egokiro eskalatzen, zeren eta karaktere bat handitzerakoan, + jatorrizko pixel bat hainbat pixeletara zabaltzen baita. + Antzeko efektu bat gertatzen da +\family typewriter +xv +\family default + edo beste irudiak ikusteko tresnekin irudi bat handitzen duzunean. + Efektu zatar horiek kentzeko, bitmap motako letra-tipoak hainbat neurritan + diseinatzen dira: 8 pixel-etik 34 pixel-erako tamainaren esparrua betetzen + dute (batzuetan handiagoak ere diseinatu izan dira), eta gehienetan tamainak + horiek izaten dira erabilienak. + Bitmap motako letra-tipoak erabiltzearen abantailarik nagusiena da karaktere + bakoitza bistaratzeko kalkulu konplexurik ez dela egin behar izaten, eta + horrela, letra-tipo eskalkorrak baino askoz ere azkarrago bistaratzen dira. + Alde txarra ere badute: nahi den tamainakorik ez balego, pixelak bikoiztuz + eskalatzen dira, eta beraz, letra-tipoen itxura zatartu egiten da. +\layout Standard + +Laburtuz, bitmap motako letra-tipoak tamaina txikientzat egokiak dira; eskuragar +ri daudenean, berriz, letra-tipo eskalakorrak orokorrean egokiagoak dira + tamaina handientzat. + Hemendik lortzen dugun emaitza da letra-tamaina txikientzat bitmap letra-tipoak + erabiltzea eta letra-tamaina handientzat, berriz, letra-tipo eskalagarriak. + Zoritxarrez, hori ez da batere egokia, zeren eta bitmap eta eskalakorrak + ez baitaude diseinatuta batera erabiltzeko. + Beraz, emaitzaren itxura orokorra nahiko zatarra izango litzateke. + Egokiena da bi letra-tipo motekin jokatu eta norberari ondoen egokitzen + zaiona erabiltzea. +\layout Standard + +Lehenespenez, LyX-ek (interfazean XForms liburutegiak erabiltzerakoan) eskalakai +tzak diren bitmap motako letra-tipoak erabiltzen ditu. + Serif letra-tipoentzat +\emph on +times +\emph default +, sans serif letra-tipoentzat +\emph on +helvetica +\emph default + eta idazmakina letra-tipoarentzako +\emph on +courier +\emph default + erabiltzen ditu. +\layout Standard + +Ondoren, LyX-en ongi ikusten ez diren letra-tipoez arituko gara. + Parametro garrantzitsuenekin hasiko gara: DPI eta zoom letra-tipoa. +\layout Subsection + +DPIren ezarpenak eta zooma +\layout Standard + +LyX automatikoki letra-tipoak eskalatzen saiatzen da, inprimatuko den bertsioko + tamainara ahalik eta gehien gerturatuz, zoom faktorea deitzen zaionarentzat + izan ezik. +\layout Standard + +Sistema guztian hau lantzeko, pantailako DPI ("dots per inch" edo "puntuak + hatzeko") ezarpenetan oinarritzen da. + LyX-ek zure sistemako DPI ezarpenak autodetektatzen ditu, horretarako X + zerbitzariak eskaintzen duen informazioa erabiliz. + LyX-ek jasotzen dituen DPI ezarpenak ikusteko, terminal batean exekutatu + komando hau: +\family typewriter +lyx -dbg 2 +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Sistema askotan X ez da egokiro konfiguratuta egoten; hori dela eta, zuzen + dagoela eskuz egiaztatu beharko duzu. + Exekutatu " +\family typewriter +xdpyinfo | more +\family default +" eta idatzi papertxo batean erabiltzen ari zaren pantailako bereizmenean + zein DPI daukazun. + Hor agertzen diren balioak LyX-ek detektatzen dituenen antzekoak izan beharko + lukete. + Balioa "resolution" bezala adierazitako zenbakia da. + Zabaleran duzun pixel kopurua ere idatzi ("dimensions" eremuan agertuko + zaizu). +\layout Standard + +Gero, eskuratu erregela zahar bat, eta neurtu zure monitorean ikusten den + arearen zabalera. + Bihurtu neurtutakoa hatzetara (zentimetroak erabiltzen ari bazara); horretarako + jasotzen duzun tamaina zati 2,54 egiten da. + Orain, zure pantailaren DPI ezarpen egokia zehaz dezakezu, zabalerak duen + pixel kopurua monitoreak duen marrazte arearen zabaleragatik zatituz. + Emaitza detektatu den balioa baino 5 DPI handiagoa bada, X-en konfigurazioa + zuzendu beharko zenuke, edo behintzat LyX-i jakinarazi DPI-ren balioa eta + dektektatu denarena ezberdinak direla. +\layout Standard + +X-en konfigurazioa zuzendu ezin baduzu (zuzenduz gero, LyX eta beste programa + guztiek horren onura jasoko lukete), LyX-i, +\family sans +Hobespenak +\family default + leihoa erabiliz, DPI zuzena zein den esan beha diozu . + Testua txikiegia edo handiegia bada, zoomaren eremuan balio bat ezarriz + egoki dezakezu. + Ezarpen honek testuko puntuaren tamaina eskalatzen du. + Zure DPI ezarpenak zuzenak badira, eta zoomaren balioa 100 bada, horrek + esanahi du LyX-ek agertzen duen letra-tamaina eta inprimatuko dena berdinak + izango direla. + Zooma 200 balioarekin jartzen baduzu, pantailako testua inprimatuko dena + baino bi bider handiago agertuko da. + Noski, LyX-ek tamaina egokia duen letra-tipo bat aurkitzen badu gertatuko + da, baina hori ezin da erabat bermatu. + LyX programa WYSIWYM izaera duenez, murriztapen hori ez da arazo larria. +\layout Standard + +Lehenespenez letra-tamainaren zooma 150-koa da, normalean pantaila paper-zati + bat baino handiagoa izaten baita, eta hori zure beharretara egokitzeko, + erabili +\family sans +Hobespenak +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Zooma +\family default + eremua. + Zure nahietara egokitzen den ezarpena aurkitzen duzunean (trikimailua: + jolasean ibiltzen zaren bitartean leihoa zabalik egon dadin, erabili +\family sans +\bar under +A +\bar default +plikatu +\family default + botoia), lehenetsi gisa +\family sans +\bar under +G +\bar default +orde +\family default + behar duzu. +\layout Standard + +Nahiz eta pantailako testuarentzako tamaina egoki bat aurkitu, horrek ez + du esanahi zure sistemako letra-tiporik onena izango denik. + Zure sistemako letra-tipoak lortzen laguntzeko, tamaina ez ezik testuaren + itxura ere gain beste xehetasun batzuetan fintzeko letra-tipoak definitzen + dituzten komandoak erabil ditzakezu. +\layout Subsection + +Letra-tipoak definitzeko komandoak +\layout Standard + +Arestian aipatu den bezala, LyX-ek interfaze lanetarako XForms liburutegiak + erabiltzen dituenean, bitmap motako letra-tipo eskalakaitzak erabiltzen + ditu. + Serif letra-tipoentzako +\emph on +times +\emph default +, sans serif letra-tipoentzako +\emph on +helvetica +\emph default + eta idazmakina letra-tipoarentzako +\emph on +courier +\emph default + erabiltzen ditu. +\layout Standard + +Horiek guztiak +\family sans +Hobespenak +\family default + leihoan alda ditzakezu. + Eskuragarri dauden letra-tipoak sistemaren araberakoak dira, baina +\family typewriter +xfontsel +\family default + programa sistemak guztietan erabilgarri egon beharko luke. + Erabili programa hori dauden letra-tipoak aurkitzeko. + Atsegin duzun letra-tipo bat aurkitzen duzunean, saia zaitez izenaren lehenbizi +ko bi elementuak (xfontsel programako "fndry" eta "fmly" izenekoak) +\family sans +Hobespenak +\family default + leihoko dagokien eremuetan sartzen, eta klikatu +\family sans +\bar under +A +\bar default +plikatu +\family default + botoian. + LyX-ek, orduan, letra-tipo berria erabiliz zure dokumentua birfomateatuko + du, eta letra-tipo hori egitan (baina egi-egitan) atsegin baduzu, +\family sans +\bar under +G +\bar default +orde +\family default + ezazu. + Letra-tipo berriak aurkitzeko biderik egokiena da "utopia" letra-tipo eskalakor +ra ba al dagoen begiratzea. + +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Trikimailua +\emph default +: letra-tipo bat bitmap motakoa edo eskalakorra den jakiteko, begiratu +\family typewriter +xfontsel +\family default + programako "resx" edo "resy" eremuetan. + 0 balioa erabilgarri badago, orduan letra-tipoa eskalakorra izango da. + Bestela, 0 erabilgarri ez badago, bitmap motakoa. +\layout Standard + +Bitmap motako letra-tipoekin jauregiak eraikitzen hasi aurretik, tamaina + handikoak 'blokeak' diruditelako, "Erabili letra eskalakorrak" ("Use scalable + fonts") gaitu beharko zenuke. + Hori bitmap letra-tipoentzako bakarrik da, ez baitira ongi eskalatzen. + Bandera hau ezartzen baduzu, eskuragarri dauden finkatutako letra-tipoak + bakarrik erabiliko ditu LyX-ek, eta horrela bitmap letra-tipoak itxura + polita edukiko dutela ziurtatuko du. + Gogoratu, eskuragarri dauden letra-tipoak ikusteko +\family typewriter +xlsfonts +\family default + komandoa erabil dezakezula, xehetasun gehiagorako, landu terminal batean + +\family typewriter +man xlsfonts +\family default +. + Hala ere, lortzen dena ezberdina izan daiteke; izan ere, pantailako letra-tipoe +n tamainaren aldean inprimatzen den letra-tipoa handiagoa izan daiteke, + zeren eta dagoen tamainatik gertuena erabiltzen saiatzen baita LyX, eta + egokitzeko ez du letra-tipoa eskalatuko. + Gainera, logikoa denez, pantailan tamaina batzuk berdintsu agertuko dira, + adibidez, Handia eta Handiagoa, eta pantailan bien arteko aldeak ikustea + zaila izango da zuretzat. + Letra-tipo eskalakorrak lehenetsi gisa ez erabiltzea adostu genuen, zeren + eta erabiltzaile askok bandera hori edozein modutara erabiltzea atsegin + baitu, nahiz eta pantailako letra-tipoen tamaina fidagarria ez dela jakin. + Gogoratu, ordea, bandera honek bitmap motako letra-tipoak erabiltzen dituzunean + bakarrik eragiten duela. + Letra-tipo eskalakorrei, orain ulertu dezakezun arrazoiengatik, ez die + eragingo. +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Bandera\SpecialChar ~ +honi\SpecialChar ~ +buruzko\SpecialChar ~ +azken\SpecialChar ~ +oharra +\emph default +: jakin beharko zenuke ez dagoela inolako arazorik bitmap eta eskalakorrak + diren letra-tipoak aldi berean, eta xede ezberdinetarako, batera erabiltzen + dituzunean. + Serif testuentzako "Utopia" eskalakorra eta "Helvetica" bitmap bertsioa + batera erabiltzea oso hedatua dago. + Eta " Erabili letra eskalakorrak" botoia lasai hauta dezakezu, Helvetica + letra-tipoari bakarrik eragingo baitio. +\layout Standard + +Batzuetan aukera hori erabiltzeak sortzen duen eragozpena pantailako letra-tamai +nak erabiliz arindu daiteke (hauei dagozkien tamaina logiko ezberdinak aldatuz). + LyX +\family typewriter +lyx -dbg 513 +\family default + bezala abiatuta, zein letra-tipo zehatzen tamaina logikoa mapatzen den + ikusiko duzu, eta hauei dagokien sarrerak +\family sans +Hobespenak +\family default + leihoan egokitzen saia zaitezke, nahi dituzun letra-tipoak lorzeko. + Hau lantzea nahiko astuna gerta dakizuke, LyX-ek pantailako letra-tamainak + X zerbitzariari eskatzeko DPI ezarpena eta letra-tipoaren zooma erabiltzen + baititu, eta ondorioz mapatze lanak korapilatzen du. + Saiakera eta erroreen bitartez ezin baduzu lortu, DPI ezarpena eta zooma + 100 baliora ezarriz (nahiz eta gaizki dagoela jakin) prozesu hau erosoago + egingo zaizu. + Tamalez letra-tipo eskalakorrak itsusi agertuko dira, beraz egiten duzunarekin + argi ibili. +\layout Subsection + +Letra-kodeketa +\layout Standard + +Lehenespenez, LyX-ek europa mendebaldeko (Western European) testuak, eta + ingeleseko mota guztiak, idazteko letra-tipoak erabiltzen ditu. + Hau +\emph on +letra-kodeketa +\emph default + deitzen zaionaren birtartez definitzen da. + LyX-ekin europa ekialdeko testuak, Cirilikoa edo ISO-8859-1 kodeketak betetzen + ez duen beste hizkuntza batean idazteko, kodeketaren ezarpen ezberdin bat + defini dezakezu. + Honek letra-tipo bereziak instalatuta edukitzea eskatzen du. + Zure egoera zein den ikusteko +\family typewriter +xfontsel +\family default + programa erabili: ISO-8859-1 kodeketaren ISO-8859-X balio ezberdinak ikusi + eta zure hizkuntzari dagokion karaktereak dituena aurkitzeko eremuak "rgstry" + eta"encdng" egiaztatu. + Kodeketaren bat aurkituz gero, leihoan sar ezazu. + Ezezko kasuan, letra-tipo egokiak aurkitzeko zoaz Interneten bilatzera. + LyX programak Qt liburutegia erabiltzen badu, orduan egokiena iso646 kodeketa + erabiltzea da. +\layout Standard + +Bestelako letra-kodeketa erabiltzeko LyX konfiguratzen duzunean, LyX-eko + leihoetan erabiltzen diren letra-tipoak aldatzea ere komeniko zaizu. + Adibidez, Gaien aurkibidearen leihoa ez da ulertuko LyX-i bertan beste + letra-tipo bat erabiltzeko esaten ez diozun bitartean. + Lehenetsi gisa, menuen letra-tipoa +\family typewriter + -*-helvetica-medium-r +\family default + motarekin ezarrita dago, baina askotan behar duzun kodeketarekin +\family sans +Helvetica +\family default + letra-tipoa ez da eskuragarri egoten. + Beraz, +\family sans +Hobespenak +\family default + leihoak hau aldatzen uzten dizu. +\layout Standard + +Ikus dezakezun bezala, zure letra-tipoak fintzeko Hainbat aukera dituzu. + Ez zaitez beldurtu eta egokitu ezarpenak zeure nahietara, azken finean + LyX etorkizunean asko erabiliko baituzu. + WYSIWYG motako testu prozesatzaileekin ez bezala (bai pantailan bai inprimatzen + diren orrietan letra-tipo berdinak erabiltzeaz aspertuko zarelakoan), LyX-ek + inprimatutako orrietarako letra-tipo dotoreak erabiltzen dituzun bitartean + pantailarako egokiak diren letra-tipoak erabiltzea uzten dizu. +\layout Section + +Lasterbideak +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:lasterbideak} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Lasterbideak funtzio bat tekla bati esleitzeko erabiltzen dira. + Hainbat paketetan sartutako lasterbideak eskuragarri daude: CUA lasterbide + multzoa (PC eta CDE teklatuentzako lasterbideak), Emacs lasterbide multzoa + (Egiazko Bide Bakarra eta gure estandarrak galtzerik nahi ez dugunontzat + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Argi dago ni hauetariko bat naizela, ez? +\end_inset + +), beste lasterbide berezi batzuk (broadway eta hollywod) eta bestelako + hizkuntzetakoak (frantsesa, alemaniera, e.a.). +\layout Standard + +Hala ere, lasterbideak zuretzat atseginagoak izan daitezen aldatu nahi badituzu, + orduan +\family typewriter +LyXDir/bind/ +\family default + direktorioko gehien gerturatzen zaizun fitxategia +\family typewriter +ErabDir/bind/ +\family default + direktorioan kopiatu eta biderik egokiena bertan aldatzea duzu. + Ez ahaztu gitxategi berri hau LyX-en kargatzea; horretarako, erabili Hobespenak + leihoa. + Oraingoz aldaketa hauek eragina izan dezaten LyX berrabiaraztea nahikoa + izaten da. +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek erabiltzailearen interfazerako nazioarteko hizkuntzen euskarria dauka + (ikusi +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{kapi:i18n} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +kapitulua). + Zure locale inguruneko +\family typewriter +$LANG +\family default + aldagaiarekin ezarrita badago, LyX lasterbideen fitxategiak (aurretik +\family typewriter +$LANG_ +\family default + dutenak) erabiltzen saiatuko da. + Adibidez, lasterbide estandar baten itzulitako kopia zure +\family typewriter +bind/ +\family default + direktorioan jar dezakezu, eta LyX-ek automatikoki erabiliko du. +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +.bind +\family default + fitxategien sintaxia honelakoa izaten da: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +bind +\layout Standard + +Bai tekla-elkarteak bai lyx-funtzioak (eduki ditzakeen argumentuak barne) + "komatxo bikoitzen" artean egon behar dute. + LyX-eko funtzio guztiak +\emph on +Erreferentzia Gida +\emph default + eskuliburuan zerrendatzen dira. +\layout Section + +Erabiltzailearen interfazea +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:ui} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Menua eta tresna-barraren itxura Hobespenak leihoa erabiliz alda ditzakezu. + +\family typewriter +LyXDir/ui/ +\family default + direktorioko .ui fitxategia aldatzea besterik ez da. + Oraingoz, fitxategi bakarra dago, +\family typewriter +default.ui +\family default +, baina beronekin jolas dezakezu. + Fitxategi hori +\family typewriter +ErabDir/ui/ +\family default + direktorioan kopiatu eta jolastera! Gogoratu, oraingoz, aldaketa hauek + eragina izan dezaten LyX berrabiarazi behar duzula. +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +.ui +\family default + fitxategien sintaxia nahiko garbia da: begiratu +\family typewriter +default.ui +\family default + fitxategian. + +\family typewriter +The\SpecialChar ~ +Menubar +\family default +, +\family typewriter +Menu +\family default + eta +\family typewriter +Toolbar +\family default + sarrerek +\family typewriter +End +\family default + hitzarekin amaitu behar dute. + Horiek +\family typewriter +Submenu +\family default +, +\family typewriter +Item +\family default +, +\family typewriter +OptItem +\family default +, +\family typewriter +Separator +\family default +, +\family typewriter +Icon +\family default + elementuak edukiko dituzte, eta "file" menuaren kasuan +\family typewriter +Lastfiles +\family default + sarrera bat. + Ohar bat egin behar dizugu: +\family typewriter +Submenu +\family default + elementuak +\family typewriter +Menubar +\family default + edo +\family typewriter +Menu +\family default + batean sartu beharko lukete, baina hauek +\family typewriter +Menu +\family default + gisa definitzen dira, ez +\family typewriter +Submenu +\family default + bezala. +\layout Section + +Bihurtzaileak, formatuak eta ikustaileak +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek fitxategien formatuetatik edota formatuetara bihurtzeko mekanismo + ahaltsu bat dauka, eta horretarako kanpoko tresnetan oinarritzen da. + Formatu bikote bat definitu, adib. +\family typewriter +\SpecialChar ~ +LaTeX +\family default + eta +\family typewriter +\SpecialChar ~ +PDF +\family default +. + Orain definitu formatu batetik bestera bihurtzeko erabiliko den tresna. + Gure adibidean, bi bide daude. +\layout Enumerate + +LaTeX-etik PDF-ra +\family typewriter +pdflatex +\family default + erabiliz zuzeneko bihurketa egitea. +\layout Enumerate + +Bide korapilatsuago bat, bitarteko bihurtzaile eta formatuak erabiliz: LaTeX-eti +k DVI-ra (LaTeX erabiliz) eta gero PostScript® formatora ( +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + erabiliz) eta azkenik PDF formatora ( +\family typewriter +ps2pdf +\family default + erabiliz). +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek beti biderik motzena hautatzen du, beraz biak erabiltzeko +\family typewriter +.pdf +\family default + fitxategientzako bi formatu-izen ezberdin zehaztu beharko dituzu. + Biak lehenespenez +\family sans +Hobespenak +\family default + leihoan gehituta daude. + Begiratu eta sortu zuretzat egokiena. +\layout Standard + +Horretaz gain, formatu bakoitzari ikustaile bat esleitzen zaio. + Adibidez, PostScript® bistaratzeko +\family typewriter +ghostview +\family default + edo LaTeX-eko irteera aurreikusteko +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + tresna erabili ohi dira. + Erabili nahi dituzun ikustaileak aldatzeko (eta hoiei zein aukera igorriko + zaien zehazteko), +\family sans +Editatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Hobespenak +\family default + menua hautatu, eta, sortzen den leihoan, erabili +\family sans +Fitxategi-formatuak +\family default + fitxako Ikustailea eremua. + Adibidez, +\family typewriter +dvi +\family default + ikustailea aldatzeko, hautatu formatuen zerrendan DVI; aldatu ikustailea + +\family typewriter +kdvi +\family default + tresnara (edo bestelako batera) eta klikatu Aldatu botoian. +\layout Section + +ASCIIra esportatzeko aukerak +\layout Standard +\added_space_top bigskip +ASCII eran esportatzen diren testu fitxategiak "garbitzeko" bi komando daude. + Jabetu zaitez LyX-ek instalazio-garaian zure sistemako ezarpen egokienak + automatikoki detektatu eta erabiltzen dituela. + Haren interpretazioarekin ados ez bazaude, horiek alda ditzakezu. + Ezarpen horiek +\family sans +Hobespenak +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Irteerak +\family default + fitxako +\family sans +ASCII +\family default + azpifitxan aurkituko dituzu. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +roff\SpecialChar ~ +komandoa +\family default +\series default + Aukera honek ASCII taula egokiagoak sortzeko erabiliko den komandoa definitzen + du. + UNIX sistemetan eskuragarri dituzun komandoak hauek dira: +\family typewriter +groff +\family default +, +\family typewriter +troff +\family default + edo +\family typewriter +nroff +\family default +. + Agindu horien xehetasunak jakiteko, ikusi +\family typewriter +man +\family default + orrialdeak. + Eremu hau hutsik utzita, LyX-i bere barneko bihurtzailea erabiltzeko adierazten + zaio. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Irteerako\SpecialChar ~ +lerro\SpecialChar ~ +luzera +\family default +\series default + Eremu honekin lehenetsi gisa ezar dezakezu ASCII motako irteerako fitxategiek + edukiko duten lerroen luzera . + Eremu hau 0 balioarekin ezarrita, amaierarik ez duten lerroak edukitzea + esanahi du. +\layout Section + +Inprimagailua +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek kanpoko inprimatzeko komandoarekin lan egiteko konfigurazioko hainbat + aukera ditu. + Ezarpen horiek +\family sans +Hobespenak:Irteerak +\family default + fitxako +\family sans +Inprimagailua +\family default + azpifitxan daude. + Orohar, lehenetsita daudenak ongi finduta egoten dira. + Hala ere, zure inprimagailuak aukeren beste izenak erabiltzen baditu, fitxa + horretan egokitu ditzakezu. +\layout Section + +Koloreak aldatzea +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek pantailan darabiltzan koloreak aldatzea nahi baduzu, erabili +\family sans +Hobespenak +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Koloreak +\family default + fitxa. + Horretaz gain, sakonago jolastu nahi baduzu, +\family typewriter +set-color +\family default + funtzioa ( +\emph on +Erreferentzia Gida +\emph default + ikusi) honela erabili behar duzu: +\layout LyX-Code + +set-color LyXIzena X11Kolorea +\layout Standard + +Hemen funtzioen eta lehenetsitako koloreen zerrenda-zati bat aurkezten dizugu: +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +LyX +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default +izena +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Xedea +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +(X11) Kolore lehenetsia +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +background +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +te +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default +stuaren atzeko planoa +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +black +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +foreground +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +testuaren kolorea +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +linen +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +latex +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +LaTeX +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default +kodea +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +DarkRed +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +math +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Matematika formulak +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +DarkBlue +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +mathline +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +zatikien marrak, kortxeteak, e.a. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Blue +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +mathbg +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +AntiqueWhite +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +mathframe +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Magenta +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +mathcursor +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +black +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +selection +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +hautapenaren atzeko planoa +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +LightBlue +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Autodetektatutako ezarpenak +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:autodetektatuta} + +\end_inset + + +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +B +\bar default +irkonfiguratu +\family default + aukeratzen duzunean, hainbat elementu detektatzen dira. + Atal honetan erabiltzailearen hobespenekin zerikusia dutenak zerrendatu + ditugu: +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash +ascii_roff_command +\family default +\series default + honek +\family typewriter +groff +\family default + edo +\family typewriter +nroff+tbl +\family default + erabiltzen du, eskuragarri dagoenaren arabera. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash +chktex_command +\family default +\series default + hau +\family typewriter +chktex +\family default + komandoarekin ezartzen da, eta hainbat aukera gehitzen dira. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash +print_spool_command +\family default +\series default + hau System V motako sistema eragileko +\family typewriter +lp +\family default + komandoarekin ezartzen da. + Sistema BSD motakoa bada, orduan +\family typewriter +lpr +\family default + komandoarekin ezarriko da. + +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash +print_spool_printerprefix +\series default + -d +\family default + aukera ezarriko zaio sistemak +\family typewriter +lp +\family default + komandoa badu; bestela, +\family typewriter +lpr +\family default + komandoaren kasuan, +\family typewriter +-P +\family default + aukera ezarriko zaio. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium + +\backslash +font_encoding +\family default +\series default + hau +\family typewriter +T1 +\family default + kodeketarekin ezarriko da baldin eta +\family typewriter +ec +\family default + letra-tipoak aurkitu badira eta LaTeX-ek letra-tipo horiek onartzen baditu. + Eskuz ezar dezakezu +\family typewriter +dc +\family default + letra-tipoak bakarrik badituzu. +\layout Section + +Hainbat +\layout Standard + +LyX-en jokaera pertsonalizatzeko beste konfigurazio aukera asko daude. + Horiei buruz idatzi beharra daukagun arren, gehienak zertarako diren nahiko + garbi egongo dira. + Informazio gehiago behar baduzu, idatzi posta-zerrendetara, horrela atal + hau landuko dugu. +\layout Chapter + +LyX internazionalizatzea +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{kapi:i18n} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek itzulitako interfaze bat erabiltzeko euskarria dauka. + Azken aldiz begiratu genuenean LyX, ingelesera eta beste 14 hizkuntzatara + itzulita zegoen. + Hizkuntzaren aukerari +\emph on +locale +\emph default + deitzen zaio. + Sistema eragileak hizkuntza batekin lan egin dezan, ezarpen batzuk egin + beharko dituzu, konfiguratuta ez badago bederen. + Hizkuntzak ezartzeko, irakurri +\family typewriter +man locale +\family default + eskuliburua, abiapuntu egokia da. +\layout Standard + +Itzulpen hauek erabil ditzakezu. + Okerrena da leihoak diseinatzeko garaian, ingelesean oinarritu zirela, + eta batzuetan itzulitako esaldiak (dagokien eremuetarako) luzeegiak direla. + Horrek ez du programa hondatzen, itsusiago egotea bakarrik dakar. + Gainera, zenbait itzulpenetan lasterbide guztiak ez dira erabiltzen. + Batzuetan lasterbide gisa erabiltzeko hizkirik ez baitute aurkitu. + Beste batzuetan, itzultzailea ez da horretaz arduratu. + Etorriko diren LyX-en bertsioetan hori finkatzen saiatuko gara. +\layout Section + +Interfazea beste hizkuntza batekin +\layout Standard + +Lehenespenez ezaugarri hau desgaituta egoten da, interfazea ingelesez agertuko + da. + Beste hizkuntza bat gaitzeko, dagokion inguruneko aldagaia ezarri beharko + duzu. + +\family typewriter +csh +\family default + komando lerroa erabiltzen baduzu, erabili " +\family typewriter +setenv LANG xx +\family default +". + Erabili " +\family typewriter +export LANG=xx +\family default +" +\family typewriter +sh +\family default + motako komando-lerroekin. + Idatzi zure hizkuntzari dagokion kodea +\family typewriter +xx +\family default + azaltzen den tokian. + Adibidez, Euskara hizkuntza ezartzeko, +\family typewriter +eu +\family default + erabiltzen da. +\layout Standard + +Egokiena lerro hori zure +\family typewriter +~/.Xsession +\family default + edo +\family typewriter +~/.xinitrc +\family default + fitxategian jartzea duzu; horrela, lehenespenez hautatutako hizkuntza hori + erabiliko duzu. + Gogoratu LyX " +\family typewriter +--disable-nls +\family default +" aukerarekin konfiguratu eta konpilatu bada, honek ez duela funtzionatuko. +\layout Section + +LyX itzultzea +\layout Subsection + +GUI itzultzea (testuen mezuak) +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek, bere interfazea bestelako hizkuntzekin kudeatzeko, GNU +\family typewriter +gettext +\family default + liburutegia erabiltzen du. + LyX-ek menu eta leiho guztiak atseginen duzun hizkuntzan bistaratzeko, + hizkuntza horri dagokion PO fitxategia eduki behar du. + Hori eskuragarri dagoenean, PO fitxategitik MO fitxategia sortzen da, eta + mo hori instalatzen da. + Eman beharreko urrats guztiak GNU +\family typewriter +gettext +\family default +-eko dokumentazioan aurkitzen dira +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Itzultzailearen oharra +\emph default +: EuskalGNU-ren gunean ( +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.euskalgnu.org} + +\end_inset + +) honi buruzko dokumentazioa euskaraz ere agertzen da: +\emph on +Nola\SpecialChar ~ +gettext +\emph default + izenekoa. + +\end_inset + +. + Hemen laburpen bat idatzi dugu (hizkuntzaren kodea xx-ekin adierazi da): +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +LYX-ITURBURU-DIR/po/lyx.pot +\family default + fitxategia +\family typewriter +xx.po +\family default +-ra kopiatu ( +\family typewriter +lyx.pot +\family default + ez badago, direktorio horretan +\family typewriter +make lyx.pot +\family default + komandoarekin berregin dezakezu, edo dagoen beste +\family typewriter +po +\family default + fitxategi bat txantiloi gisa erabili). +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +xx.po +\family default + fitxategia editatu +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Egilearen oharra: +\emph default + Emacs erabiltzea aholkatzen dizugu, po motako fitxategiak lantzeko euskarri + dotorea baitauka. +\newline + +\emph on +Itzultzailearen oharra +\emph default +: GNU/Linux-en baditugu beste tresna batzuk: +\family typewriter +KBabel +\family default + eta +\family typewriter +Gtranslator +\family default +. + Neuk KBabel erabiltzeko ohitura daukat, euskaratuta dago eta, gainera, + +\emph on +Itzulpen Memoriekin +\emph default + aritzeko euskarria dauka. + +\end_inset + +. + Zenbait menu eta etiketarentzako itzuli beharreko lasterbideak daude. + Gako hauek `|' ikurraren ostean agertzen dira (LyX bertsio berriek batzuetan + '&' ere erabiltzen hasi dira), eta xx hizkuntzaren hitz eta esaldiei egokituta + egon behar dute. + +\family typewriter +LYX-ITURBURU-DIR/development/tools/ +\family default + direktorioan +\family typewriter +scgen.pl +\family default + izeneko tresna bat dago ( +\family typewriter +Prolog +\family default + programaketa hizkuntzan idatzita), eta lasterbideak zehazten lagunduko + dizu. + Kontutan izan XForms liburutegiak (0.86 bertsioak behintzat) lasterbide + gisa 7-bit motako karaktereak bakarrik onartzen dituela. + PO fitxategiaren hasieran beste informazio batzuk bete beharko dituzu: + zure helbide elektronikoa, eta abar. + Horrela erabiltzaileek iradokizunak bideratzeko helbide bat dute. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +xx.mo +\family default + sortu. + Honela sortu behar duzu: +\begin_deeper +\layout LyX-Code + +msgfmt -o xx.mo < xx.po +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Kopiatu sortu berri den MO fitxategia ondoren agertzen den direktoriopean + lyx.mo izenarekin; horretarako, supererabiltzailearen baimenak eduki beharko + dituzu: +\begin_deeper +\layout LyX-Code + +/usr/local/share/locale/xx/LC_MESSAGES/lyx.mo +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +PO fitxategi bat LyX banaketan gehitzeak konfigurazioaren script-a eta bestelako + batzuk aldatu beharra izatea dakar. + Baina POa itzultzeko LyX-en iturbururik ez duzu behar, +\family typewriter +lyx.pot +\family default + (edo +\family typewriter +po +\family default + fitxategia) eta +\family typewriter +gettext +\family default + tresnak instalatuta edukitzea nahikoa izaten da. +\layout Standard + +LyX une honetan onartzen ez duen PO bat hizkuntza batera itzuli baduzu, + bidal iezaguzu. + Kasu horretan, xehetasun gehiagorako, +\family typewriter +LYX-ITURBURU-DIR/po/ +\family default + direktorioan dagoen +\family typewriter +README +\family default + fitxategia irakurtzea aholkatzen dizugu. +\layout Subsection + +Dokumentazioa itzultzea +\layout Standard + +Laguntza menuan agertzen diren eskuliburuak itzul daiteke (edo itzultzea + komeni dira). + Dokumentazioaren eskuliburu batzuk itzulita egonez gero, eta +\emph on +locale +\emph default + egokiro ezarrita balego, LyX-ek automatikoki erabiliko lituzke. + LyX-ek itzulitako bertsioak +\family typewriter +LyXDir/doc/ +\series bold +xx +\series default +_DokIzena.lyx +\family default + bezala bilatzen ditu; bertan +\family typewriter +\series bold +xx +\family default +\series default + hitzak +\family typewriter +$LANG +\family default + aldagaiarekin zehazten den hizkuntzari dagokion kodea adierazten du. + Itzulitakorik ez badu aurkitzen, ingelesezkoa bistaratuko luke. + Jakin ezazu itzulitako bertsioek jatorrizko fitxategiaren izen berdina + (arestiko +\family typewriter +DokIzena +\family default +) eduki behar dutela. + Dokumentazioa euskaratzea nahi baduzu (eta bitartean jatorrizkoa egiaztatzeko + aukera izango zenuke) ondorengo urratsak landu beharko zenituzke: +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +DocStyle.lyx +\family default + irakurri, LyX-eko dokumentazioa idazteko gida da. + Irakurri arretaz itzultzaileen atala. +\layout Itemize + +Begiratu dokumentazioaren itzulpenaren web gunean ( +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[LyX garatzaileen gunea]{http://www.devel.lyx.org} + +\end_inset + +), horrela jakingo duzu zein dokumentu dauden zure hizkuntzara itzulita. + Gune horretan LyX-eko gauzak zure hizkuntzara itzultzen eta antolatzen + ari den taldeari buruzko informazioa ere aurkituko duzu. + Antolaketa-talderik ez balego, bidali iezaguzu mezu bat interesa duzula + adieraziz. +\layout Standard + +Behin itzultzen hasten zarela, arazao batzuk saihesteko adierazpen batzuk + zerrendatzen dizkizugu: +\layout Itemize + +Elkartu dokumentazio-taldean! Hori nola egin behar duzun jakiteko, irakurri + +\family typewriter +Intro.lyx +\family default + ( +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +arrera +\family default +). + Gainera, hau lehenbizi itzuli beharko zenukeen dokumentua da. +\layout Itemize + +Ikasi hizkuntzaren tipografiaren arautegia. + Tipografia duela mende askotik hona datorren artea da, eta munduko leku + bakoitzak bere arauak erabiltzen ditu. + Ikasi zure herrian tipografia-arloko adituek erabiltzen duten terminologia + ere. + Terminologia berria asmatuta, erabiltzaileak nahastea besterik ez duzu + lortuko. + +\emph on +Argi ibili! Tipografiak zaletasuna bultzatzen baitu! +\layout Itemize + +Egin dokumentuaren kopia bat. + Kopiaren gainean lan egin beharko zenuke. + Dokumentu hau zure +\family typewriter +~/.lyx/doc/ +\family default + direktorioan kokatuta, +\family sans +Laguntza +\family default + menuan erabil ahalko duzu. +\layout Itemize + +Batzuetan jatorrizko dokumentua (LyX taldearen eskutik) eguneratu daiteke. + Aldatu dena aztertzeko, erabili +\begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl{http://www.lyx.org/viewcvs.cgi/lyxdoc/} + +\end_inset + + guneko +\family typewriter +ViewCVS +\family default + tresna +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Horretaz gain, itzuli duzun dokumentuaren ingelesezko azken bertsioa gordeta + eduki dezakezu. + +\end_inset + +. + Honela, itzuli duzun dokumentuaren zein zati eguneratu behar diren errazago + ikusiko duzu. +\layout Itemize + +Jatorrizko dokumentuan errore bat aurkitzen baduzu, konpondu eta jakinarazi + dokumentazio-taldeari aldaketen berriekin batera (ez al zaizu ahaztu dokumentaz +io taldearekin elkartzea?). +\layout Section + +Teklatu internazionalaren euskarria +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Editorearen\SpecialChar ~ +oharra +\emph default +: datorren atal hau +\noun on +Ivan Schreter +\noun default +-ek idatzi du. + Dokumentazioaren estilo berriari egokitzea eta v1.0 bertsioko ezaugarriak + erabiltzea falta da. + -jw +\layout Subsection + +Zure teklatu-mapa definitzea: fitxategiaren formatua +\layout Standard + +Teklatuaren definizioa duen fitxategia gertuagotik ikusiko dugu. + ASCII soileko fitxategi bat da, eta honako hau definitzen du: +\layout Itemize + +tekla-eta-tekla edo tekla-eta-katea dagokion bihurketa +\layout Itemize + +tekla hilak (dead keys) +\layout Itemize + +tekla hilen salbuespenak +\layout Standard + +tekla-eta-tekla edo tekla-eta-katea bihurketa definitzeko, erabili komando + hau: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +kmap tekla irteerako_katea +\layout Standard + +bertan, +\family typewriter +tekla +\family default + bihurtu beharreko tekla da, eta +\family typewriter +irteerako_katea +\family default + dokumentuan txertatuko den katea da. + Tekla hilak definitzeko, erabili hau: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +kmod tekla tekla_hila +\layout Standard + +bertan, +\family typewriter +tekla +\family default + teklatuko tekla da, eta tekla_hila tekla hilaren izena da. + Honako tekla hil hauek onartzen dira (laburtutako izenak parentesi artean): +\layout Quotation + + +\emph on +Izena +\hfill +Adibidea +\layout Quotation + +acute (acu) +\hfill +áéíóú +\layout Quotation + +grave (gra) +\hfill +àèìòù +\layout Quotation + +macron (mac) +\hfill + \i \={o} + +\layout Quotation + +tilde (til) +\hfill +ñÑ +\layout Quotation + +underbar (underb) +\hfill + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +b o +\end_inset + + +\layout Quotation + +cedilla (ced) +\hfill +çÇ +\layout Quotation + +underdot (underd) +\hfill + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +d o +\end_inset + + +\layout Quotation + +circumflex (circu) +\hfill +âêîôû +\layout Quotation + +circle (circl) +\hfill +Å\i \r{u} +\i \r{U} + +\layout Quotation + +tie (tie) +\hfill + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +t o +\end_inset + + +\layout Quotation + +breve (bre) +\hfill +\i \u{a} + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +u o +\end_inset + + +\layout Quotation + +caron (car) +\hfill +\i \v{c} +\i \v{s} +\i \v{z} + +\layout Quotation + +hungarian umlaut (hug) +\hfill +\i \H{o} +\i \H{u} + +\layout Quotation + +umlaut (uml) +\hfill +äöü +\layout Quotation + +dot (dot) +\hfill +\i \.{z} + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +.s +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Nazioarteko teklatu askotan tekla hilek egin dezaketenaren salbuespenak + daudenez, honela defini ditzakezu: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +kxmod tekla_hila tekla irteera_katea +\layout Standard + +Adibidez, Eslovakierako teklatu batekin, +\family typewriter +caron-o +\family default + sartzen baduzu, berak "circumflex-o" bat sortzen du; beraz, ongi landu + dadin, hau idatzi beharko zenuke: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +kxmod caron o " +\backslash +^o" +\layout Standard + +Bestalde, i eta j hizkien gainean salbuespenak definitu behar dituzu. + Hizki horietan azentua jarri aurretik beraien burugainean duten puntua + kendu behar zaielako. + Etorkizunean hau aldatuko dut, baina epe luzera begiratu beharko diogu + denboraz oso larri baikabiltza. +\layout Standard + +Karaktereei buruzko gauza batzuk: alderantzizko barra ihes karaktere motakoa + da, eta hori sartzeko alderantzizko barra bikoitza jarri beharko duzu. + Gainera komatxoak eta +\family typewriter +# +\family default + ikurrak erabilera ezberdina dute. + +\family typewriter +# +\family default + ikurrak iruzkinak adierazten ditu. + Komatxoak (hasiera eta amaierakoak), berriz, LaTeX estiloko komandoak. + Komatxo bat sartzeko +\family typewriter + +\backslash +" +\family default + erabili, eta +\family typewriter +# +\family default + sartzeko +\family typewriter + +\backslash +# +\family default + erabili. +\layout Standard + +Teklatuaren deskripzio-fitxategi bat egiten baduzu, eta zure hizkuntzarekin + ongi moldatzen bada, eskertuko nizuke niri bidaliko bazenit, eta horrela + teklatu-mapen hurrengo banaketan gehituko nuke. +\layout Standard + +Etorkizunean teklatu-mapako konfigurazio fitxategian teklatu gehienak onartuta + egongo dira. + Honela +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +kinclude +\family default + +\family typewriter +fitxaIzena +\family default + +\hfill +beste fitxategi bat gehitzen du ( +\family typewriter +include +\family default +) +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +kprog +\family default + +\family typewriter +programa +\family default + +\hfill +kanpoko tekla-mapa bihurtzaile bat ( +\family typewriter +define +\family default +) +\layout Standard + +Lehenespenak +\family typewriter +lyxrc +\family default + fitxategian begiratu beharko zenuke baita ere (adibidez, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +kinclude +\family default + aukera batek lehenetsitako teklatua gehituko luke). +\layout Section + +Nazioarteko teklatu-mapa +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:teklatmapa} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Hurrengo bi atalek +\family typewriter + .kmap +\family default + eta +\family typewriter +.cdef +\family default + fitxategien sintaxia xeheasun osoz azalduko dute. + Atal horiek zure teklatu-mapa propioa diseinatzen lagunduko dizute; izan + ere, gerta daiteke orain daukazuna zure beharretara ez moldatzea. +\layout Subsection + + +\family typewriter +.kmap +\family default + fitxategia +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +.kmap +\family default + fitxategi batek sakatutako tekla karaktere edo kateetara mapatzen ditu. + Izenak dioen bezala, teklatuaren mapa ezartzen du. + +\family typewriter +.kmap +\family default + fitxategiko +\family typewriter +kmap +\family default +, +\family typewriter +kmod +\family default +, +\family typewriter +ksmod +\family default +, eta +\family typewriter +kcomb +\family default + gakoak atal honetan azaltzen dira. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +kmap +\family default + Karakte bat kate batera mapatzen du. +\begin_deeper +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +kmap +\emph on +karak +\emph default + +\emph on +katea +\layout Standard + +Honek +\emph on +karak +\emph default + tekla +\emph on +katea +\emph default + karaktere edo katera mapatzen du. + Jakin ezazu kate horretan komatxo bikoitzak ( +\family typewriter +" +\family default +) eta alderantzizko barra ( +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\family default +) ikurrek aurretik alderantzizko barra den ( +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\family default +) ihes ikurra eduki behar dutela. + +\family typewriter +kmap +\family default + instrukzio baten adibidea ikusiko dugu. + Horren ondorioz erabiltzaile batek +\family typewriter +& +\family default + tekla sakatzen duenean irteeran +\family typewriter +/ +\family default +ikurra agertuko da: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +kmap & / +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +kmod +\family default + Azentodun karakterea zehazten du. +\begin_deeper +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +kmod +\emph on +karak azentu baimenduta +\layout Standard + +Honek baimenduta dauden karaktereetan karak karakterea azentua bezala jartzen + die. + Hau da, tekla-hilen +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +tekla-hila +\emph default + terminoa tekla bati deitzen zaio, eta tekla honek bere kasa karaktererik + ez du sortzen, jarraitzen dion teklak baizik, eta horrela nahi den azentudun + karakterea sortzen da. + Adibidez, alemanerako karaktere bat umlaut batekin, +\emph on +ä +\emph default + bezala, era honetan sortzen da. +\end_inset + + mekanismoa. + +\emph on +karak +\emph default + (tekla) sakatzen baduzu, eta gero +\emph on +baimenduta +\emph default + ez dagoen beste tekla bat, irteeran bai karak bai bestea (baimenduta ez + dagoena) lortuko dituzu. + Gogoratu +\family sans +Atzera +\family default +\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +tekla +\family default + batek tekla hil bat ezerezten duela, beraz +\emph on +karak +\emph default + +\family sans +Atzera +\family default +\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +tekla +\family default + sakatzen baduzu, kurtsorea ez da atzerantz joango eta tekla hilaren eragina + deuseztatuko luke. +\layout Standard + +Ondorengo adibideak ' karakterea acute azentua izango dela zehazten du, + eta baimendutako a, e, i, o, u, A, E, I, O, eta U karaktereetan bakarrik + izango luke eragina: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +kmod +\emph on +' acute aeiouAEIOU +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +ksmod +\family default + azentodun karakterearentzako salbuespen bat zehazten du +\begin_deeper +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +kxmod +\emph on +azentua karak emaitz +\layout Standard + +Honek karak baten azentuarentzako salbuespena definitzen du. + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +kmod +\family default + instrukzio batean +\emph on +azentua +\emph default + tekla bati esleitu behar izan zaio aurretik, eta +\emph on +karak +\emph default + ezin da +\emph on +azentu +\emph default + horren baimenduta multzoan egon. + +\emph on +azentua +\emph default + karak sekuentzia bat sartzen duzunean, emaitz gertatzen da. + . +\family typewriter +kmap +\family default + fitxategian deklarazio hori ez badago definituta eta zuk +\emph on +azentua +\emph default + +\emph on +karak +\emph default + sakatzen baduzu, orduan +\emph on +azentu_tekla karak +\emph default + lortuko duzu, non +\emph on +azentu_tekla +\emph default + deklarazioaren aurreneko argumentua den. +\layout Standard + +Ondorengo komandoak, acute-i ('i) sakatzen duzunean äi sortzen du: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +kxmod acute i " +\backslash + +\backslash +'{ +\backslash + +\backslash +i}" +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter +kcomb +\family default + Bi azentudun karaktere bateratzen ditu +\begin_deeper +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +kcomb +\emph on +azent1 azent2 baimenduta +\layout Standard + +Hau nahiko bitxia da. + Honek +\emph on +azent1 +\emph default + eta +\emph on +azent2 +\emph default + efektuak (ordena horretan) bateratzen ditu baimendutako karaktereetan. + Fitxategian, gaineko lekuren batean ( +\family typewriter + +\backslash +kmod +\family default + komandoa erabiliz) +\emph on +azent1 +\emph default + eta +\emph on +azent2 +\emph default +-k definituta egon behar dute. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Aztertu +\family typewriter +greek.kmap +\family default + fitxategitik jaso dugun adibide hau: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +kmod ; acute aeioyvhAEIOYVH +\backslash +kmod : umlaut iyIY +\backslash +kcomb acute umlaut iyIY +\layout Standard + +Horrek +\family typewriter + ;:i +\family default + sakatzen uzten dizu eta ondorioz +\family typewriter +\shape up + +\backslash +'{ +\backslash +"{i}} +\family default +\shape default +-ren efektua lortzen. + Atzera tekla bat sakatuz, azken efektua ezeztatuko luke, beraz +\family typewriter +;:Atzera\SpecialChar ~ +tekla +\family default + sakatzean +\family typewriter + +\backslash +'{i} +\family default + lortuko zenuke. +\layout Subsection + + +\family typewriter +.cdef +\series medium + +\family default +\series default +fitxategia +\layout Standard + +.kmap mapatzea amaitzen denean, +\family typewriter +.cdef +\family default + fitxategi batek uneko letra-tipoaren karaktereekin sortu diren kateak mapatzen + ditu. + LyX banaketak gaur egun +\family typewriter +iso8859-1.cdef +\family default + eta +\family typewriter +iso8859-2.cdef +\family default + fitxategiak behintzat eskaintzen ditu. +\layout Standard + +Orokorrean, +\family typewriter +.cdef +\family default + fitxategi bat ondoren azaltzen den formako deklarazio-sekuentzia bat da + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\family roman +\emph on +karak_index_multzoan +\emph default + +\emph on + katea +\layout Standard + +Adibidez, +\family sans + +\backslash +'{e} +\family default + dagokion iso-8859-1 multzoko (233) karakterera mapatzeko, honako deklarazio + hau erabiltzen da +\layout LyX-Code + +233 " +\backslash + +\backslash +'{e}" +\layout Standard + +katea-ko +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\family default + eta +\family typewriter +" +\family default + ikurrak ihes eran daude. + Konturatu zaitez karaktere berak kate bat baino gehiagori eragin diezaiokeela. + +\family typewriter +iso-8859-7.cdef +\family default + fitxategian honako hauek dituzu +\layout LyX-Code + +192 " +\backslash + +\backslash +'{ +\backslash + +\backslash + +\backslash +"{i}}" +\newline +192 " +\backslash + +\backslash + +\backslash +"{ +\backslash + +\backslash +'{i}}" +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek lasterbide edo tekla hil sekuentzi batek sortzen duen katearentzako + mapa bat ezin badu aurkitu, azentudun karaktere bezalakoa al den begiratuko + du, eta pantailan karakterearen gainean azentua marrazten saiatuko da. +\layout Subsection + +Tekla hilak +\layout Standard + +Nazioarteko karaktereak gehitzeko beste bide bat dago, Tekla hilak deitzen + zaiona. + Tekla hil bat hizki batekin +\emph on +bat eginez +\emph default + azentudun karaktere bat sortzen du. + Hemen, hauek nola lantzen diren erakusteko, tekla hil oso sinpleak azaldu + ditugu. +\layout Standard + +Demagun circumflex karakterea ("\i \^{} +") behar duzula. + Horretarako +\family sans +^-tekla +\family default + (edo +\family sans +Shift-6 +\family default +) LyX-en +\family typewriter +accent-circumflex +\family default + komandoarekin zure +\family typewriter +lyxrc +\family default + fitxategian bateratu behar duzu. + Orain, +\family sans +^-tekla +\family default + sakatzen duzunean, eta hizki batek jarraitzen diolarik, hizkiak bere gainean + circumflex motako azentu bat edukiko du. + Adibidez, " +\family sans +^e +\family default +" sekuentziak "ê" hizkia sortuko luke. + Hala ere " +\family sans +^t +\family default +"-rekin saiatzen bazara, LyX-ek soinu bat kaleratuko du, zeren eta " +\family sans +t +\family default +" hizkiak inoiz ez baitu circumflex motako azenturik jasotzen. + Tekla hil baten ostean +\family sans +Zuriune +\family default + tekla sakatzen bada, honek azento soila sortuko du. + Konturatu azken honekin! Tekla bat tekla hil batekin lotzen baduzu, tekla + horretako karakterea beste tekla bati berriro lotu (bateratu) beharko diozu. + Ez da batere egokia ,-tekla 'cedilla' bati gehitzea, zeren eta komen ordez + cedillak bakarrik lortuko baitituzu. +\layout Standard + +Tekla hilak bateratzeko bide arrunt bat +\family sans +Meta- +\family default +, +\family sans +Ctrl- +\family default + eta +\family sans +Shift- +\family default + ("~", edo "," edo "^" bezalako) azentuarekin batera erabiltzea da. + Beste bide bat +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\family default + eta +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\family default + erabiltzea da +\family typewriter +Mode_Switch +\family default + tekla berezia konfiguratzeko. + +\family typewriter +Mode_Switch +\family default +-ek +\family sans +Shift +\family default + bezala lan egiten du eta azentudun karaktereei teklak lotzea uzten dizu. + Nahi baduzu teklak tekla hilak bezala jar ditzakezu, +\family typewriter +usldead_cedilla +\family default + bezalako batekin lotuz eta gero tekla sinboliko hau dagokion LyX komandoarekin + elkartuz +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +\noun on +John Weiss +\noun default +-en oharra +\emph default +: Hau da hain zuzen nire +\family typewriter +~/.lyx/lyxrc +\family default + eta +\family typewriter +~/.xmodmap +\family default + fitxategietan egiten dudana. + Nire +\family sans +Scroll\SpecialChar ~ +Lock +\family default + tekla +\family typewriter +Mode_Shift +\family default + bezala ezarrita daukat, eta hainbat " +\family typewriter +usldead_* +\family default +" tekla sinboliko +\family sans +Scroll\SpecialChar ~ +Lock-^ +\family default + eta +\family sans +Scroll Lock-~ +\family default + bezala elkartuta ditut. + Horrela sortzen ditut azentudun karaktereak. +\end_inset + +. + Nahi duzuna egin dezakezu +\family typewriter +Mode_Switch +\family default + teklaren barruan: +\family sans +Ctrl- +\family default + tekletariko bat funtzio-tekla bezala erabiltzeko definitu, e.a. + Azentuek sortzen dituzten LyX-en komandoak +\emph on +Erreferentzia Gida +\emph default +ko +\family sans +accent-acute +\family default + atalean dagoen zerrendan aurkituko dituzu. +\layout Subsection + +Hizkuntzaren konfigurazioa gordetzea +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:gordeHizkunt} + +\end_inset + +Zure hobespenak edita ditzakezu, eta beraz, LyX abiatzen denean automatikoki + nahi duzun hizkuntzaren ingurunea konfiguratu dezan ezar dezakezu. + Horretarako erabili +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +H +\bar default +obespenak +\family default + leihoa. +\layout Chapter + +Dokumentu-klase, diseinu eta txantiloi berriak instalatzea +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{kapi:testu-klaseak} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset OptArg +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Dokumentu-klase berriak instalatzea +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Kapitulu honetan azalduko da LyX-eko diseinu eta txantiloi berriak nola + sortu eta instalatzen diren erakusteaz gain, bai eta LaTeX-eko dokumentu-klase + berriak nola instalatzen diren ere. + Hona zenbait definizio: +\layout Description + +Dokumentu-klasea LaTeX motako fitxategia bat izaten da ( +\family typewriter +.cls +\family default + edo +\family typewriter +.sty +\family default + luzapena eduki ohi du). + Honek dokumentu baten formatua (adibidez artikulua, txostena, liburua e.a.) + definitzen du, eta formatu hori sortzeko behar diren komando guztiak ditu. +\layout Description + +Diseinu\SpecialChar ~ +fitxategia LyX motako fitxategi bat da, eta LaTeX-eko dokumentu-klase + bati dagokio. + Fitxategi honek LyX-i gauzak pantailan nola bistaratu behar dituen esaten + dio, azken finean inprimatutako bertsioaren antzeko itxura LyX-eko pantailan + marrazteko. + Zehatzago esanda, diseinuaren fitxategi batek "testu-klase" bat definitzen + du, eta azken hori ("testu-klasea") LyX-ek pantailan gauzak bistaratzeko + erabiltzen duen eta bere barnean dagoen eraikitzaile bat da. + +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Nahiz eta dokumentazioan bai "diseinua" bai "testu-klasea" hitzak bereiztu + gabe erabili izan diren, fitxategi bati buruz hitz egiterakoan egokiagoa + da "diseinua" hitza erabiltzea, eta LyX-en memorian dagoenari "testu-klasea" + deitzea. +\end_deeper +\layout Description + +Txantiloia Hau LyX dokumentu normal bat da, eta dokumentu-klase batentzako + aurrez definitutako sarrera-multzo bat edukitzen du. + Sarrera multzo hori dokumentu-klase horrek eskatzen duena izan ohi da. + Txantiloiak batik bat aldizkarien idazkietarako erabilgarriak izaten dira. + Idazki horiek posta elektronikoaren bitartez argitaletxera bidaltzen dira. +\layout Section + +LaTeX pakete berri bat instalatzea +\layout Standard + +Banaketa batzuek LaTeX-eko pakete guztiak ez dituzte instalatzen, batzuetan + LyX-ekin erabili nahiko zenukeena instalatu gabe gelditzen da. + Adibidez, demagun FoilTeX (gardenkiak sortzeko pakete ahaltsua) behar duzula. + Orain paketea nola lortu eta instalatzeko ematen diren urratsak zerrendatuko + ditugu, eta teTeX edo web2c banaketan oinarritutako zerbait erabiltzen + duzula suposatzen da: +\layout Enumerate + +CTAN edo beste nonbaitetik paketea eskuratu +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Ikusi +\emph on +Inventory of your LaTeX configuration +\emph default + eskuliburua CTAN zer den jakiteko, eta bertan aurki ditzakezun paketeen + zerrenda lortzeko. + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Enumerate + +Irakurri +\family typewriter +texmf.cnf +\family default + fitxategia, +\family typewriter +$TEXMF/web2c +\family default + direktoriopean aurkitu ahal izango duzu. + Fitxategi hau non kokatua zehazki jakiteko, landu terminal batean +\family typewriter +kpsewhich texmf.cnf +\family default + komandoa. + Fitxategi horrek +\family typewriter +texmf +\family default + direktorio lokal bat nola gehitzen den deskribatzen duenez, jarraitu bertan + ageri diren urratsak . + +\family typewriter +texmf.cnf +\family default + fitxategian zure +\family typewriter +texmf +\family default + direktorio lokalaren izena gehitu behar duzu. + GNU/Linux sistema eragilean, zure banaketarekin batera ez datorren softwarea + +\family typewriter +/usr/local +\family default + direktoriopean instalatu ohi da. + Beraz, +\family typewriter +/usr/local/texmf +\family default + erabiltzea komeniko litzaizuke. + Arruntena bi gauza bakarrik aldatzea izaten da: +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Ezarri +\family typewriter +TEXMFLOCAL +\family default + aldagaia aukeratu duzun direktorioarekin. + Adibidez, +\begin_deeper +\layout LyX-Code + +TEXMFLOCAL = /usr/local/texmf +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Ziurtatu +\family typewriter +TEXMF +\family default + aldagaiak dituen elementuen artean +\family typewriter +TEXMFLOCAL +\family default + aldagaia aurkitzen dela. + Adibidez, +\layout LyX-Code + +TEXMF = {$HOMETEXMF,!!$TEXMFLOCAL,!!$TEXMFMAIN} +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Sortu zure +\family typewriter +texmf +\family default + direktorio lokala: adib. +\family typewriter +\SpecialChar ~ +/usr/local/texmf +\family default +. + +\family typewriter +texmf +\family default + direktorioan dagoen direktorio-egitura zure direktorio lokalean errepikatu + behar duzu: adibidez, LaTeX-eko paketeak +\family typewriter +/usr/local/texmf/tex/latex/ +\family default + direktorioan kokatuko lirateke. +\layout Enumerate + +Paketea instalatu. + Adibidez, deskonprimatu FoilTeX artxiboa eta +\begin_deeper +\layout LyX-Code + +/usr/local/texmf/tex/latex/foiltex +\layout Standard + +sortu beharko zenuke. + +\family typewriter +foiltex +\family default + direktorioak fitxategi batzuk edukiko ditu. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Exekutatu +\family typewriter +texhash +\family default +. + Honek, beste batzuen artean, hau sortuko luke: +\begin_deeper +\layout LyX-Code + +/usr/local/texmf/ls-R +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +6. + LyX-en hau landu: +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +B +\bar default +irkonfiguratu +\family default +. + Gero berrabiarazi LyX . +\layout Standard + +Orain, instalatu duzun pakete berria (adibidearekin jarraitzeko +\family sans +slides\SpecialChar ~ +(FoilTeX) +\family default + izango litzakete) +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okumentua +\family default + menuak irekitzen duen +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Diseinua +\family default + fitxako +\family sans +Dokumentu-klasea +\family default + zerrendan aurkituko duzu. + Jakin ezazu paketeak instalatzeko beste bide errazgo bat ere badagoela: + sistemako LaTeX direktorioan ( +\family typewriter +$TEXMF/tex/latex +\family default +) pakete berria kokatuta dagoen direktoriora bideratutako esteka bat gehitu, + eta gero exekutatu terminalean +\family typewriter +texconfig +\family default + komandoa. + Beste bide bat inguruneko +\family typewriter +$TEXINPUTS +\family default + aldagian pakete berria gehitzea da. + Hala ere, +\family typewriter +texmf.cnf +\family default + fitxategiak argitzen duen bidea jarrituta, hori ongi ibiliko dela bermatzen + du, eta beraz, supererabiltzailearen baimenik ez baduzu, +\family typewriter +texmf.cnf +\family default +-ek azaltzen duen bidea jorratzea komeniko zaizu. +\layout Section + +Diseinuak +\layout Standard + +Atal honek LyX diseinuen fitxategiak (gogoratu testu-klaseak ere deitzen + zaiela) nola idatzi eta instalatu ditzakezun azaltzen du, eta adibide gisa, + +\family sans +article +\family default + testu-klasean oinarrituko da. + Diseinuaren fitxategiak ( +\family typewriter +.layout +\family default + luzapena edukitzen du) dokumentu-klase batentzako eskuragarri dauden paragrafo + estiloak deskribatzen ditu, eta LyX-ek nola bistaratu behar dituen ere + bai. + Hemen prozesu hau azaltzen saiatuko garen arren, LaTeX-ek dokumentu-klase + ugari dituenez, aukera denak ezin izango ditugu azaldu. +\layout Standard + +Kapitulu honetan azaltzen diren etiketa (edo marka) guztiak maiuskuletan + edo minuskuletan egon daitezke, hots, +\family typewriter +Style +\family default +, +\family typewriter +style +\family default + eta +\family typewriter +StYlE +\family default + komando berdinak dira. + Erabil daitezkeen balioak kortxete artean jarri dira, ezaugarrien izenen + ondoren. + Balio lehenetsia, ezaugarria, testuaren klase-deskripzioan ez badago zehaztuta, + +\emph on +letra etzanarekin +\emph default + jarriko da. + Argumentuak "string" edo "float" bezalako datu-tipo bat du, lehenetsitakoa + honela erakutsiko da: +\family typewriter +float=default +\family default +. +\layout Subsection + +Dokumentu-klase berriak onartzea +\layout Standard + +LaTeX-eko dokumentu-klase berriak onartu nahi izanen gero, bi egoera aurkitu + ditzakezu: LaTeX2e klasearen ( +\family typewriter +.cls +\family default +) eta estiloaren ( +\family typewriter +.sty +\family default +) fitxategiak. +\layout Subsection + + +\family typewriter +sty +\family default + fitxategi baten diseinua +\layout Standard + +Dokumentu-klase berri bat estilo-fitxategi bezala eskaintzen baduzu, eta + orain arte onartuta dagoen dokumentu-klase batekin oinarrituta erabiltzen + bada, kopiatu klase horren diseinua zure direktorio lokalean. + Adibidean suposatuko dugu zure diseinuaren fitxategiak +\family typewriter +nireklasea.sty +\family default + izena duela, eta +\family typewriter +report.cls +\family default +-rekin (klase estandar bat) erabiliko dela. +\layout LyX-Code + +cp report.layout ~/.lyx/layouts/nireklasea.layout +\layout Standard + +Gero, nire +\family typewriter +klasea.layout +\family default + fitxategia editatu eta ondorengo lerroa +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +DeclareLaTeXClass{report} +\layout Standard + +aldatu. + Honela gelditu beharko luke: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +DeclareLaTeXClass[report, +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +nireklasea.sty]{report (nireklasea)} +\layout Standard + +Ondoren hau gehitu: +\layout LyX-Code + +Preamble +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +usepackage{nireklasea} +\layout LyX-Code + +EndPreamble +\layout Standard + +fitxategiaren hasieratik gertu egon dadila. +\layout Standard + +Abiatu LyX eta hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +B +\bar default +irkonfiguratu +\family default +. + LyX berrabiarazi eta dokumentu berri bat sortzen saia zaitez. + +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoan +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +report\SpecialChar ~ +(nireklasea) +\family default +" dokumentu-klasea aurkitu beharko zenuke. + Litekeena da ataleko komando batzuk oinarrizko klaseak dituenaren jokaera + ezberdinak edukitzea +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Adibide honetan: +\family sans +report +\family default + klasea. +\end_inset + +, beraz nahi duzun jokaera eduki dezaten atal ezberdinentzako ezarpenekin + jolastu. + Hurrengo ataletan xehetasun gehiago azalduko dira. +\layout Subsection + + +\family typewriter +cls +\family default + fitxategi baten diseinua +\layout Standard + +Kasu honetan, diseinua zeuk sortzea nahiko duzu. + Gure aholkua hau da: jadanik antzeko LaTeX klasea erabiltzen duen diseinu + bat kopiatu, eta aukera egonez gero, zure beharretara moldatu. + Behintzat existitzen den fitxategi bat hasierako oinarri bezala erabili, + horrela arduratu beharko zaren elementuak aurkituko baitituzu. + Berriro diogu, xehetasunak azpian azaltzen ditugu. +\layout Section + +Testu-klase berri bat deklaratzea +\layout Standard + +Eskuak zikintzen hasteko eta zure diseinuaren fitxategia sortu edota editatzeko + ordua heldu zaizu, ondorengo atalek eman beharreko urratsak argituko dizute. + Jarraitu gure aholkua eta gauzak astiro egin, askotan gorde eta egiaztatu, + musika goxoa eta lasaia entzun, eta dastatu gehien atsegin duzun helduentzako + edaria (mozkortu gabe), batik bat arazo batekin trabatzen zarenean. + Ez da hain zaila, leku berean aukera gehiegirekin saiatzeak burua lehertzen + ez badizu behintzat. + Joan kalera, lagunartean egon eta itzulitakoan, litekeena da konponbidea + aurkituta izatea. +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Gazen ba! +\layout Standard + +Diseinu bateko fitxategian +\family typewriter + # +\family default + ikurrarekin hasten diren lerroak iruzkinak dira. + Arau honek, ordea, salbuespen bat dauka: diseinu guztiak honelako lerroekin + hasi beharko lukete: +\layout LyX-Code + +#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +"Ez ezabatu azpiko lerroa; konfigurazioa horren esku baitago" +\end_inset + +. +\layout LyX-Code + +# +\backslash +DeclareLaTeXClass{article} +\layout Standard + +Bigarren lerroa LyX konfiguratzeko erabiltzen da. + Diseinuaren fitxategia LaTeX-eko +\family typewriter +chkconfig.ltx +\family default + script-ak irakurtzen du, modu berezi batean zeren eta +\family typewriter +# +\family default + ikurrari ezikusi egiten dio. + Lehenbiziko lerroa LaTeX-eko iruzkin bat da, eta bigarrenak testu-klasearen + deklarazioa dauka. + Lerro hauek +\family typewriter +article.layout +\family default + izeneko fitxategian agertzen badira, orduan +\family sans +article +\family default + izeneko (diseinu fitxategiaren izena) testu-klase bat definitzen dute, + eta testu-klaseak LaTeX-eko +\family typewriter +article.cls +\family default + dokumentu-klasea erabiltzen du (lehenetsi gisa diseinu fitxategiaren izen + berdina erabiltzea da). + Arestian agertzen den "article" katea +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoko testu-klasearen deskripzio bat egiteko erabiltzen da. +\layout Standard + +Demagun +\family typewriter +article.cls +\family default + dokumentu-klasean oinarritutako testu-klasea idatzi duzula, baina ataleko + izenburuen itxura aldatu duzula. + Hori +\family typewriter +nireartikulua.cls +\family default + fitxategian jarri baduzu, fitxategiaren goiburukoa hau izango da: +\layout LyX-Code + +#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this +\layout LyX-Code + +# +\backslash +DeclareLaTeXClass[article]{artikulua (nere izenburuekin)} +\layout Standard + +Honek +\family sans +nireartikulua +\family default + testu-klase bat deklaratzen du, LaTeX-eko +\family typewriter +article.cls +\family default + dokumentu-klaseari esleitzen dio eta "artikulua (nere izenburuekin)" bezala + deskribatzen du. + Zure testu-klaseak hainbat paketerekiko menpekotasuna badu, honela deklaratu + dezakezu: +\layout LyX-Code + +#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this +\layout LyX-Code + +# +\backslash +DeclareLaTeXClass[article,lelo.sty]{artikulua (nere izenburuekin)} +\layout Standard + +Honek zure testu-klaseak +\family typewriter +lelo.sty +\family default + paketea erabiltzen duela adierazten du. + Azkenik, SGML eta DocBook kodeentzako klaseak deklara ditzakezu. + Ohiko deklarazio batek honelako itxura edukiko luke +\layout LyX-Code + +#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this +\layout LyX-Code + +# +\backslash +DeclareSGMLClass{SGML (LinuxDoc)} +\layout Standard + +edo +\layout LyX-Code + +#% Do not delete the line below; configure depends on this +\layout LyX-Code + +# +\backslash +DeclareDocBookClass[article]{SGML (DocBook article)} +\layout Standard + +Jabetu zaitez deklarazio hauek aurkerazko parametro bat ere eman dezaketela, + dokumentu-klasearen izena zehazten duena (baina ez zerrenda bat). +\layout Standard + +Atsegin duzun testu-klase bat moldatutakoan, +\family typewriter +$LyXDir/layouts/ +\family default + edota +\family typewriter +$ErabDir/layouts +\family default + direktorioan kopiatu behar duzu, eta gero +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +B +\bar default +irkonfiguratu +\family default + hautatu. + LyX-etik irten eta berriro abiatu, orduan testu-klase berri hau beste guztiekin + batera erabilgarri izango duzu. +\layout Subsection + +Testu-klaseen parametro orokorrak +\layout Standard + +Hauek parametro orokorrak dira eta dokumentu osoaren formatua deskribatzen + dute: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Columns[1, +\series default +2] +\family default +: klaseak, lehenespenez, zutabe bat edo bi izango dituen zehazten du. + Dokumentu-ezarpenak leihoan alda daiteke. + Ezarpen hau ( +\family typewriter +Sides +\family default +-entzako ere antzekoa da) oso garrantzitsua da: zure testu-klasea lehenetsi + gisa bi zutabekoa bada, baina gaizki ezarri baduzu, +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leinoko +\family sans +Bi zutabeko dokumentua +\family default + eremua gaitu arren LaTeX-en +\family typewriter +twocolumn +\family default + aukera ez da irteeran kaleratuko. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Sides [1, +\series default +2] +\family default +: lehenespenez klasea paper bateko alde bakarrean edo bi aldeetan inprimatuko + den zehazten du. + +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoan alda daitezke. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +PageStyle [plain,\SpecialChar ~ +empty,\SpecialChar ~ +headings] +\family default +\series default + Klasearen orri-estilo lehenetsia. + +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoan alda daiteke. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +MaxCounter +\series default +[Counter_Chapter, Counter_Section, Counter_Subsection, Counter_Subsubsection, + Counter_Paragraph, Counter_Subparagraph, Counter_EnumI, Counter_EnumII, + Counter_EnumIII, Counter_EnumIV] +\family default + Zenbaketa automatikoaren mailarik gorena. + Liburu edo txosten batentzako +\family typewriter +Counter_Chapter +\family default + balioa eta artikulu batentzako +\family typewriter +Counter_Section +\family default + balioa oso erabilgarriak dira. + Inolako zenbaketarik ez bada behar, adibidez gutun klase batean, orduan + +\family typewriter +MaxCounter +\family default +-i balio hau ezarri: +\family typewriter +Counter_EnumI +\family default +. + +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +ClassOptions\SpecialChar \ldots{} +End +\family default +\series default + Atal honek dokumentu-klaseak onartzen dituen aukera global batzuk deskribatzen + ditu. + Xehetasun gehiago +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:classoptions} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atalean aurkituko dituzu. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +ProvidesAmsmath +\series default +[0, 1] +\family default +: klaseak jadanik +\family typewriter +amsmath +\family default + paketea kargatzen du. + Hau +\family sans +amsart +\family default + eta +\family sans +amsbook +\family default + dokumentu-klaseen kasua da. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +ProvidesMakeidx +\series default +[0, 1] +\family default +: klaseak jadanik +\family typewriter +makeidx +\family default + paketearen funtzionalitatea eskaintzen du. + Hau +\family sans +amsart +\family default + eta +\family sans +amsbook +\family default + dokumentu-klaseen kasua da. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +ProvidesUrl +\series default +[0, 1] +\family default +: klaseak jadanik +\family typewriter +url +\family default + paketearen funtzionalitatea eskaintzen du. + Hau +\family sans +AASTeX +\family default + dokumentu-klasearen kasua da. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +DefaultFont +\family default +\series default + Dokumentuko letra-tipo lehenetsia deskribatzeko erabiltzen da. + Xehetasun gehiago +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:letra-tipoak} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atalean aurkituko duzu. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +DefaultStyle +\series default +[string] +\family default + Paragrafo berriei ezarriko zaien estilo lehenetsia da, arruntena +\family sans +Standard +\family default + ( +\family sans +Estandarra +\family default +) erabiltzea da. + Lehenespeneko balioa definitutako lehen ingurunearentzako izango da, bestelakor +ik ez baduzu ematen, hala ere agindu hau erabiltzea oso aholkatzen dizugu. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +TitleLatexType +\series default +[CommandAfter, Environment] +\family default + Dokumentuaren titulua definitzeko erabiliko den marka-mota da. + +\family typewriter +CommandAfter +\family default +-ek honako hau adierazten du: +\family typewriter +TitleLaTeXCommand +\family default + izeneko makroa " +\family typewriter +InTitle 1 +\family default +" daukan azken ingurunearen ondoren txertatuko da. + " +\family typewriter +InTitle 1 +\family default +" daukaten paragrafo-blokeak +\family sans +TitleLaTeXCommand +\family default + ingurunean bilduta egon behar duten kasuari dagokio +\family typewriter +Environment +\family default +. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +TitleLatexCommand +\series default +[string="maketitle"] +\family default +Arestian aipatutako komando edo ingurunearen izena. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Preamble\SpecialChar \ldots{} +EndPreamble +\family default +\series default + Makroen definizio multzo bat, eta LaTeX fitxategietako hasieran idazten + dira. + Erabili definizio orokorretarako. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Input +\family default +\series default +: beraren izenak (sarrera) dioen bezala, bikoiztutako komandoak saihesteko, + zure diseinuan beste diseinuen definizio fixtategia gehitzea eskaintzen + dizu agindu honek. + Adibidez +\family typewriter +stdclass.inc +\family default +, oinarrizko diseinu gehienak ditu. +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Style\SpecialChar \ldots{} +End +\family default +\series default + Sekuentzia honek estilo berri bat definitzen du. + Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikusi +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:style} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +NoStyle +\family default +\series default + Komando honek existitzen den estiloa ezabatzen du. + Sarrerako fitxategi batean definitu den estilo bat ezabatzea oso baliagarria + izaten da nahi duzunerako. +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Float\SpecialChar \ldots{} +End +\family default +\series default + Sekuentzia honek mugikor berri bat definitzen du. + Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikusi +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:mugikor} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +NoFloat +\family default +\series default + Komando honek existitzen den mugikor bat ezabatzen du. + Sarrerako fitxategi batean definitu den mugikor bat ezabatzea oso baliagarria + izaten da nahi duzunerako. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Counter\SpecialChar \ldots{} +End +\family default +\series default + Sekuentzia honek zenbatzaile berri bat definitzen du. + Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikusi +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:zenbatzaile} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +ClassOptions atala +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:classoptions} + +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +ClassOptions +\family default + atalak honako sarrera hauek ditu: +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +FontSize +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +string="10|11|12" +\family default +] Dokumentuaren letra-tipo nagusientzako dauden letra-tamainen zerrenda, + "|" ikurrarz bereizten dira. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +PageStyle +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +string="empty|plain|headings|fancy" +\family default +] Eskuragarri dauden orri-estiloen zerrenda, "|" ikurrarekin bereizten dira. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Other +\family default +\series default + [ +\family typewriter +string="" +\family default +] Dokumentu-klasearen aukera batzuk, komaz bereizita, eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default + komandoaren aukerako zatiari gehituko zaio. +\layout Subsection + +Paragrafo-ingurune jakin batzuk +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:style} + +\end_inset + +Paragrafo-ingurune baten deskripzioa honelakoa izan ohi da. + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Jakin ezazu honek ingurune berri bat definitu edo dagoena aldatu dezakeela. +\end_inset + + : +\layout LyX-Code + +Style +\family roman +\emph on +name +\layout LyX-Code + +... +\layout LyX-Code + +End +\layout Standard + +Bertan honako komando hauek erabil ditzakezu: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +CopyStyle +\family default +\series default + Hau existitzen den diseinu baten ezaugarri guztiak uneko diseinuan kopiatzeko + erabiltzen da. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +LatexType +\series default +[Paragraph, Command, Environment, Item_Environment, List_Environment] +\family default + Ingurunea LaTeX-era nola bihurtu beharko litzatekeen. + +\family typewriter +Paragraph +\family default + "ezer berezia" adierazten du. + +\family typewriter +Command +\family default + hau adierazten du: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +LatexName{\SpecialChar \ldots{} +} +\family default +. + +\family typewriter +Environment +\family default + hau adierazten du: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{LatexName}\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\backslash +end{LatexName} +\family default +. + +\family typewriter +Item_Environment +\family default + berriz +\family typewriter +Environment +\family default +-en antzekoa da, gainera ingurune honen paragrafo bakoitzarentzako +\family typewriter + +\backslash +item +\family default + sortzen du. + +\family typewriter +List_Environment +\family default + berriz +\family typewriter +Item_Environment +\family default +-en antzekoa da; gainera, +\family typewriter +LabelWidthString +\family default + argumentu bezala inguruneari igortzen zaio. + +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +aragrafoa +\family default + leihoan +\family typewriter +LabelWidthString +\family default + definitzeko aukera dago. + +\family typewriter +LatexName +\family default + piska bat gaizki ulertu izan ohi da, arau hauek SGML klaseei ere eragiten + dietelako. + Adibide zehatzagoak SGML klaseen fitxategiak ikus ditzakezu. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +InTitle +\series default +[1, 0] +\family default + Baldin eta 1 balioa badu, ingurunea titulu-blokearen zati bezala markatzen + du ( +\family typewriter +TitleLatexType +\family default + eta +\family typewriter +TitleLatexCommand +\family default + sarrera globalak ikusi baita ere). +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +LatexName +\family default +\series default + LaTeX objektuari dagokion izena da, bai ingurune bai komandoaren izena. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +LatexParam +\family default +\series default + Hau +\family typewriter +LatexName +\family default + objektuari dagokion aukerazko parametroa da. + Parametro hau LyX-en ezin da aldatu. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Margin +\series default +[Static, Manual, Dynamic, First_Dynamic, Right_Address_Box] +\family default + Inguruneak bere ezkerrean duen marjina mota da. + +\family typewriter +Static +\family default +-ek finkatutako marjina adierazten du. + +\family typewriter +Manual +\family default +-ek ezkerreko marjina +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +aragrafoa +\family default + leihoan sartzen den katearen menpe dagoela esanahi du. + Tabuladorerik gabe zerrendak erdira lerrokatzeko erabiltzen da hau. + +\family typewriter +Dynamic +\family default +-ek marjina etiketaren tamainaren menpe dagoela adierazten du. + Goiburukoak automatikoki zenbatzeko erabiltzen da hori. + Argi dago "5.4.3.2.1 Goiburuko oso luzea" goiburukoak ( eta "5.4.3.2.2" gehi zuriunea + duen goiburuko baten bezain handia) "3.2 Goiburuko oso luzea" baino ezkerreko + marjina handiagoa edukiko duela, nahiz eta beste testu prozesatzaileek + hori egiteko gai izan ez. + +\family typewriter +First_Dynamic +\family default + antzekoa da, baina paragrafo bakoitzeko lehen lerroa bakarrik izaten da + dinamikoa, beste guztiak estatikoak dira. + Hau azalpenetarako (edo deskripzioentzako) erabiltzen da. + +\family typewriter +Right_Address_Box +\family default +-ek paragrafoaren lerro luzeenak eskuineko marjina finkatu ahala marjina + aukeratzen dela adierazten du. + Orrialdearen eskuineko ertzean helbidea lerrokatzeko erabiltzen da hori. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +NextNoIndent +\series default +[1, 0] +\family default +: hurrengo paragrafoaren lehenbiziko lerroa koskatua izango den edo ez zehazten + du. + 1 balioak adierazten du ez dela koskatuko , eta 0 balioak, berriz, kostatuko + dela. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +ParIndent +\series default +[string=""] +\family default + Paragrafo bateko lehen lerroaren koska. + Argumentua kate gisa igortzen zaio. + Adibidez, " +\family typewriter +MM +\family default +"-ek paragrafoa letra-tipo arrunta duen +\family typewriter +"MM" +\family default +-ren zabalerarekin koskatuko dela zehazten du. + Zabalera negatiboa ezar dezakezu; horretarako, jarri katearen hasieran + " +\family typewriter +- +\family default +" ikurra. + Bide hau pantailan erabiltzen den letra-tipoaren itxura berdina edukitzeko + aukeratu zen. + Parindent ingurune batzuk finkatzeko da. + Salbuespena +\family sans +Standar +\family default + ( +\family sans +Estandarra +\family default +) ingurunea da, zeren eta +\family sans +Estandarra +\family default + ingurunea koskatzea +\family typewriter +NextNoIndent +\family default +-ekin galarazi baitaiteke. + Gainera, inguruneen barruan dauden +\family sans +Estandarra +\family default + motako pagrafoak ingurunearen +\family typewriter +Parindent +\family default + erabiltzen du, eta ez beraien jatorrizkoa. + Adibidez, +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default + ingurunean dagoen +\family sans +Estandarra +\family default + paragrafo bat ez da koskatzen. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Parskip +\series default +[float=0] +\family default + LyX-ek dokumentu bateko paragrafoak bereizteko Koska ("indent") edo Jauzia + ("skip") erabiltzeko aukera eskaintzen du. + Koska aukeratzen denean balio hau baztertu egingo da. + Jauzia aukeratzen denean, ingurune baten ParIndent baztertu egiten da eta + paragrafo guztien arteko bereizketari Parskip argumentu hau gehitzen zaie. + Tarte bertikala +\family typewriter +value*DefaultHeight() +\family default +-rekin kalkulatzen da, eta +\family typewriter +DefaultHeight() +\family default + lerro baten altuera da (letra-tipo normala duen lerroarena, alegia). + Honela, pantailako letra-tipo ezberdinekin itxura berdina mantetzen jarraituko + du. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +TopSep +\series default +[float=0] +\family default + Ingurune honetako paragrafo-multzoko lehenengo paragrafoa aurreko paragrafotik + bereizteko tarte bertikala da. + Aurreko paragrafoak beste ingurune-mota bat badu, bereizketa gehitu ordez + tarte handiena hartuko luke. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +BottomSep +\series default +[float=0] +\family default +Hau +\family typewriter +TopSep +\family default +-en antzekoa da, azken paragrafoari dagokio ordea. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Parsep +\series default +[float=0] +\family default + Ingurune honetako bi paragrafoen arteko tartea bertikala da. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Itemsep +\series default +[float=0] +\family default + Ingurune bateko paragrafoen arteko tarte gehigarria da. + Ingurune honetan beste inguruneko paragrafoak abiaratzen badizutu, bakoitza + inguruneko +\family typewriter +Parsep +\family default +-ekin bereiztuko da. + Baina inguruneko elementu guztiak Itemsep honekin bereiztuko dira gainera. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +LeftMargin +\series default +[string="" +\family default +] Inguruneetan beste ingurune batzuetako paragrafoak abiaratzen badituzu, + ezkerreko marjinak zuzenean elkarrekin gehitu ordez, +\begin_inset Formula $\frac{4}{depth+4}$ +\end_inset + + faktore batekin gehitzen dira. + Ertza +\family typewriter +Manual +\family default + edo +\family typewriter +Dynamic +\family default + bezala definitzen denean ere parametro hau erabiltzen da. + Gero, eskuzko ertzari edo ertz dinamikoari gehitzen zaio. + Kate honek +\family typewriter +ParIndent +\family default +-entzako esanahi berdina dauka. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +RightMargin +\series default +[string=""] +\family default +Hau +\family typewriter +LeftMargin +\family default + komandoaren antzekoa da. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Labeltype +\series default +[No_Label, Manual, Static, Top_Environment, +\newline +Centered_Top_Environment, Sensitive, Counter_Chapter, +\newline +Counter_Section, Counter_Subsection, Counter_Subsubsection, +\newline +Counter_Paragraph, Counter_Subparagraph, Counter_EnumI, +\newline +Counter_EnumII, Counter_EnumIII, Counter_EnumIV] Manual +\family default +-ek etiketa lehenbiziko hitza dela esanahi du (aurreneko egitazto zuriuneraino). + +\family typewriter +Static +\family default + ingurunean definitzen dela adierazten du (ikus +\family typewriter +LabelString +\family default +). + +\family typewriter +Top_Environment +\family default + eta +\family typewriter +Centered_Top_Environmen +\family default +t berriz Static-en kasu bereziak dira. + Etiketa paragrafoaren gainean inprimatuko da, baina ingurune baten gainean + edo ingurune honen paragrafo multzoen gainean bakarrik. + Adibidez, +\family sans +Laburpena +\family default + (Abstract) edo +\family sans +Bibliografia +\family default + (Bibliography) inguruneetan erabili ohi izaten da. + +\family typewriter +Manual +\family default + etiketen (eta +\family typewriter +LatexType +\family default + komandoan +\family typewriter +Environment +\family default + dutena) kasua da baita ere, teoremen diseinua egokiro lantzeko. + Sensitive "Irudia" eta +\family sans +"Taula" +\family default + epigrafe-etiketen kasu berezia da. + Sensitive-ek etiketaren katea mugikor motaren arabera dagoela adierazten + du. + +\family typewriter +Counter_xxx +\family default + etiketa-motak bere buruz azaldu beharko luke. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Labelsep +\series default +[string=""] +\family default + Etiketa eta gorputzeko testuaren arteko tarte horizontala da. + Gorputzeko testuaren gainetik ez dauden etiketentzako bakarrik da baliagarria. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +LabelBottomsep +\series default +[float=0] +\family default + Etiketa eta gorputzeko testuaren arteko tarte bertikala. + Gorputzeko testuaren ( +\family typewriter +Top_Environment +\family default +, +\family typewriter +Centered_Top_Environment +\family default +) gainean dauden etiketentzako da bakarrik baliagarria. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +LabelString +\series default +[string=""] +\family default + Kate hau +\family typewriter +LabelType +\family default + komandoa +\family typewriter +Static +\family default + balioarekin duen etiketarentzako bakarrik erabiltzen da. + Ertza +\family typewriter +Manual +\family default + denean, kate hau +\family typewriter +LabelWidthString +\family default + komandoarentzako iradokizun bezala erabiliko da, eta +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +aragrafoa +\family default + leihoan ezar daiteke. + +\family typewriter +LabelType +\family default + komandoa +\family typewriter +Counter_xxx +\family default + denean, kate hau zenbatzailearen aurrean agertuko da. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +EndLabeltype +\series default +[No_Label, Box, Filled_Box, Static] +\family default + Paragrafoaren amaiera (edo paragrafoen sekuentzia +\family typewriter +LatexType +\family default + komandoa +\family typewriter +Environment +\family default +, +\family typewriter +Item_Environment +\family default + edo +\family typewriter +List_Environment +\family default + bada) zehazten duen etiketa mota da. + +\family typewriter +No_Label +\family default + balioak "ezer ez" adierazten du. + +\family typewriter +Box +\family default +-ek (eta +\family typewriter +Filled_Box +\family default +) lauki zuri bat (eta beltza) frogapenen amaiera markatzeko da. + Static ageriko testu-kate bat da. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +EndLabelString +\series default +[string=""] +\family default + Hau +\family typewriter +EndLabelType +\family default + komandoa +\family typewriter +Static +\family default + balioarekin duen etiketa batentzako katea da. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Align +\series default +[block, left, right, center] +\family default +Paragrafoa lerrokatzeko da. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +AlignPossible +\series default +[block, left, right, center] +\family default +Komaz bereiztutako lerrokadura aukeren zerrenda da. + LaTeX estilo batzuk zenbait lerrokadura debekatzen dute, ez baitute zentzurik + izaten. + Adibidez, eskuinera edo erdira lerrokatutako zenbakera ezinezkoa da. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Fill_Top +\series default +[0,1] +\family default + Parametro honekin +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +aragrafoa +\family default + leihoko "Tarte bertikala" zerrendako Bete balioa ezartzen du +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +\noun on +Jean-Marc +\noun default +-en oharra +\emph default +: Ez nago ziur ezarpen hau baliagarria ote den, eta baliteke datozen bertsioetan + kentzea. +\end_inset + +. + +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Fill_Bottom +\family default +\series default + [0,1] Hau +\family typewriter +Fill_Top +\family default +-en antzekoa da. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +NeedProtect +\series default +[0,1] +\family default + Diseinu honetako komando ahulak +\family typewriter + +\backslash +protect +\family default + komandoarekin babestu behar diren zehazten du. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Newline +\series default +[0, 1] +\family default + Lerro berriak LaTeX-eko lerro-berrietara ( +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\backslash + +\family default +) bihurtu behar al diren edo ez. + Bihurketa desgaitu daiteke LyX-en LaTeX modu eroso batean editatu ahal + izateko. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +PassThru +\series default +[0, 1] +\family default +Paragrafo honen edukia era gordin batean, LaTeX-ek eskatzen duen bihurketa + berezirik egin gabe, kanporatuko den zehazten du. + Honek nolabait LaTeX zaharreko letra-tipoaren propietateak ordezten ditu. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +FreeSpacing +\series default +[0, 1] +\family default +Gehienetan LyX-ek hitzen artean zuriune bat baino gehiago sartzen ez dizu + utziko, zeren eta zuriune bat bi hitzen arteko bereizketa egiteko (eta + ez karaktere edo ikur bezala) hartzen baita. + Hau gauza nahiko fina izan arren batzuetan nekagarria gerta daiteke, adibidez + programa baten kodea edo LaTeX-eko kode soila idazterakoan. + Hori dela eta, +\family typewriter +FreeSpacing +\family default + gaitzeko aukera dago. + Jakin ezazu LyX-ek zuriune gehigarrientzako, eta LaTeX eran ez dagoenean, + +\family sans +Zuriune-babestuak +\family default + sortuko lituzkeela. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +KeepEmpty +\series default +[0, 1] +\family default +Normalki LyX-ek paragrafo huts bat edukitzea ez du utziko, LaTeX irteera + hutsa sortuko lukeelako. + Hala ere, zenbait egoeretan horrelako paragrafo hutsak edukitzea baliagarria + izan daiteke, adibidez gutunen txantiloi batean, bete beharreko eremu hutsak + eduki ditzake, eta horrela erabiltzailea ez da hauetaz ahaztuko. + Kasu berezi batzuetan paragrafoa (testurik gabekoa) jauzi bezala erabil + daiteke. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Spacing +\series default +[single, onehalf, double, other +\family default +\emph on +balioa +\family typewriter +\emph default +] +\family default +Honek paragrafoaren tarte lehenetsia definitzen du. + +\family typewriter +single +\family default +, +\family typewriter +onehalf +\family default + eta +\family typewriter +double +\family default + argumentuek bidertzeko 1, 1.25 eta 1.667 koefizienteei dagokie, hurrenez + hurren. + other argumentua zehazten baduzu, zenbakizko argumentu bat eman behar diozu, + eta balio hori oraingo biderkatzailearen balioa izango da. + Ohartu zaitez beste parametroekin gertatzen ez den bezala, +\family typewriter +Spacing +\family default +-ek, +\family typewriter +setspace.sty +\family default + paketea erabiltzen duen LaTeX kode berezia sortzea dakar. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Font +\family default +\series default + Etiketa eta gorputzeko testuan erabiliko den letra-tipoa da. + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:letra-tipoak} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala ikusi. + Ohartu zaitez letra-tipo hau definitzeak automatikoki +\family typewriter +LabelFont +\family default + balio berdinarekin definitzen duela. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +TextFont +\family default +\series default + Gorputzeko testuan erabiliko den letra-tipoa. + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:letra-tipoak} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala ikusi. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +LabelFont +\family default +\series default + Etiketek erabiliko duten letra-tipoa. + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:letra-tipoak} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala ikusi. +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Preamble\SpecialChar \ldots{} +EndPreamble +\family default +\series default + Makro definizioen multzo bat, diseinu hau erabiltzerakoan LaTeX fitxategien + hasieran idatziko dira. + Zure diseinu bereziak behar dituen makroak definitzeko erabil ezazu. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +DependsOn +\family default +\series default + Estilo baten izena da. + Estilo horren hitzaurrea arestikoarena baino lehenago kanporatu behar da. + Makro definizio batzuk beste batzuen menpean daudenean hitzaurreak egokiro + ordenatuko direla ziurtatzen du +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Jabetu zaitez, funtzionalitate honetatik kanpo, hitzaurreak ordenatzeko + biderik ez dagoela. + LyX-eko bertsio baten ikusten duzun ordena beste azken bertsio batzuetan, + eta jakinarazpenik gabe, alda daiteke. +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Mugikorrak +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:mugikor} + +\end_inset + +LyX-en 1.3.0 betsiotik honantz, mugikorrak (irudia, taula, \SpecialChar \ldots{} +) testu-klase bertan + definitu behar dira. + Existitzen den testu-klase bat nola eguneratzen den ikasteko atal honetara + iritsi bazara, ziurrenik testu-klasean ondorengoa idaztearekin nahikoa + izango duzu +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Ez ahaztu hurrengo atala, zenbatzaileei buruzkoa, ere irakurtzea. +\end_inset + + : +\layout LyX-Code + +Input stdfloats.inc +\layout Standard + +Bestelako mugikor-motak (AGU klasea LyX-ekin erabiltzea bezalakoa) erabiltzeko + gaitasuna duen testu-klase bat garatu nahi baduzu, azpiko informazioak + lagunduko dituzu: +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Type +\series default +[string=""] +\family default +Mugikor-klase berriaren tipoa ("type"), programa edo algoritmoa bezala. + Dagokion +\family typewriter + +\backslash +newfloat +\family default +-en ondoren, +\family typewriter +begin{program} +\family default + edo +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{algorithm*} +\family default + bezalako komandoak erabilgarriak dira. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +GuiName +\series default +[string=""] +\family default + Menuetan, eta epigrafean ere, erabiliko den katea. +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +LaTeXBuiltin [0, 1] +\family default + Mugikorra jadanik dokumentu-klasean definituta badago, +\family typewriter +1 +\family default + balioa ezarri. + +\family typewriter +0 +\family default + balioarekin ezartzen bada, mugikorra LaTeX-eko float paketearekin definituko + da. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +NumberWithin +\series default +[string=""] +\family default + Aukerazko argumentu honek klase honetako mugikorrak dokumentuko atal unitateen + barruan zenbatuko diren zehazten du. + Adibidez, +\family typewriter +chapter +\family default + sartzen baduzu, mugikorrak kapitulu barruan kapitulu zenbakiarekin zenbatuko + dira. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Style +\series default +[string=""] +\family default + Mugikorra +\family typewriter + +\backslash +newfloat +\family default + erabiliz definitzen denean erabiliko den estiloa. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Placement +\series default +[string=""] +\family default +Mugikor klasearentzako ematen den kokapen lehenetsia. + LaTeX estandarrekoen bezalakoak dira (parentesi artean beraien esanahiak + azaltzen dira): +\family typewriter +t +\family default + (goian), +\family typewriter +b +\family default + (behean), +\family typewriter +p +\family default + (orrialdean) eta +\family typewriter +h +\family default + (hemen) +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Jakin ezazu hizki hauen ordenak ez duela inolako garrantzirik, LaTeX-en + gertatzen den bezala. +\end_inset + + . + Gainera tipo berri bat dago, +\family typewriter +H +\family default +. + Tipo berri hau mugikor bati ez dagokio, zeren eta "jarri hemen eta ez beste + inon" adierazten baitu. + Jabetu zaitez +\family typewriter +H +\family default + tipo berezia dela, eta garapenen arrazoiak direla medio, dokumentu-klasean + definitu ( +\family typewriter +LaTeXBuiltin=1 +\family default +) ez diren mugikorrekin ezin dela erabili. + Zeri buruz ari garen ez baduzu ulertzen, lasai, erabili +\family typewriter +"tbp" +\family default + eta kitto! +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Extension +\series default +[string=""] +\family default + Irudien (edo beste zerbaiten) zerrendaren fitxategi-laguntzaile baten fitxategi +-izenaren luzapena. + LaTeX-ek epigrafeak fitxategi honekiko idatziko ditu. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +ListName +\series default +[string=""] +\family default + Mugikorren zerrendarako erabiliko den izenburua. +\layout Subsection + +Zenbatzaileak +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:zenbatzaile} + +\end_inset + +LyX-en 1.3.0 bertsiotik honantz, zenbatzaileak (kapitulua, irudia, \SpecialChar \ldots{} +) testu-klase + bertan definitu behar dira. + Existitzen den testu-klase bat nola eguneratzen den ikasteko atal honetara + iritsi bazara, ziurrenik testu-klasean ondorengoa idaztearekin nahikoa + izango duzu +\layout LyX-Code + +Input stdcounters.inc +\layout Standard + +Zenbatzaileen definizioa, LyX-en, nahikoa gogorra da, gauza asko oraindik + ere iturburuetan jarraitzen dutelako. + Honako bi parametro hauek erabil ditzakezu: +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Name +\series default +[string=""] +\family default + Zenbatzaielaren izena. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Within +\series default +[string=""] +\family default + Hau beste zenbatzaile baten izenarekin ezartzen bada, oraingo zenbatzailea + +\family typewriter +0 +\family default + balioarekin berrasieratu egingo da bestea handitzen (edo gehitzen) den + bakoitzean. +\layout Subsection + +Letra-tipo deskripzioa +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:letra-tipoak} + +\end_inset + +Letra-tipo baten deskripzioa honelakoa da: +\layout LyX-Code + +Font +\family roman +\emph on +edo +\family default +\emph default + LabelFont +\layout LyX-Code + +... +\layout LyX-Code + +EndFont +\layout Standard + +eta komando hauek eskuragarri daude: +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Family +\series default +[Roman, Sans, Typewriter] +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Series +\series default +[Medium, Bold] +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Shape +\series default +[Up, Italic, SmallCaps, Slanted] +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Size +\series default +[tiny, small, normal, large, larger, largest, huge, giant] +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +Color +\series default +[none, black, white, red, green, blue, cyan, magenta, yellow] +\layout Section + +Txantiloiak sortzea +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:txantiloiak} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Txantiloiak ohiko dokumentuen antzera sortzen dira. + Dagoen ezberdintasun bakarra hau da: ohiko dokumentuek ezarpen guztiak + dituzte, letra-tipoen eskemak (fontscheme) eta paper-tamainak (papersize) + barne. + Gehienetan erabiltzaile batek txantiloi bateko lehenespenak gainidazterik + ez du nahi izaten. + Horregatik, txantiloiaren egileak bere LyX txantiloitik dagokion komandoak + ( +\family typewriter + +\backslash +fontscheme +\family default + edo +\family typewriter + +\backslash +papersize +\family default + bezalakoak) kentzen ditu. + Hori edozein testu-editore arruntekin egin daiteke, adib. + +\family typewriter +vi +\family default + edo +\family typewriter +xedit +\family default +. + +\layout Standard + +Sortzen eta editatzen dituzun txantiloiak +\family typewriter +$ErabDir/templates/ +\family default + direktorioan jarri, erabili ohi duzuna +\family typewriter +$LyXDir/templates/ +\family default + direktoriotik (txantiloien direktorio orokorra) zure direktorio lokalean + kopiatu, eta +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +H +\bar default +obespenak +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Bide-izenak +\family default + fitxan txantiloien bide-izen egokia berriro zehaztu. +\layout Standard + +Ohartu zaitez hor txantiloi berezi bat dagoela: +\family typewriter +defaults.lyx +\family default +. + Txantiloi hori +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +B +\bar default +erria +\family default + hautatuta dokumentu berri bat sortzen den bakoitzean (eta lehenespenak + erabilgarri edukitzeko xedearekin) kargatzen dela. + LyX-ekin, txantiloi hori sortzeko, ireki dokumentu bat eta egokitu ezarpenak, + gero +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Gorde dokumentu lehenetsi gisa +\family default + botoian klikatu behar duzu. +\layout Chapter + +Kanpoko materiala gehitzea +\layout Section + +Testuingurua +\layout Standard + +LyX-en erabiltzaileek gehien eskatzen duten gauzetariko bat LyX-ek +\family typewriter +XFig +\family default +, +\family typewriter +Dia +\family default + edo antzerako beste programa batentzako interfazea edukitzea da. + Programak horiek dokumentuan edukitzea garrantzitsuak diren diagrama, irudi, + eskemak edo bestelako gauzak sortzeko bereziki prestatuta daude. + Garai batean LyX dokumentuetan irudi finko edo estatikoak bakarrik gehitu + zitekeen, baina arazo horri eusteko murriztapen batzuk daude: +\layout Itemize + +Irudia aldatzea nahi baduzu, kanpoko programa bati eskuz deitu behar diozu. +\layout Itemize + +Erreferentzia fitxategia aldatzen denean LyX-ek ez du oharrik ematen, eta + pantailako bistaratzea zaharkitua egon daiteke, bistaratzea ezin eguneratzeak + hau astunago egiten du. +\layout Itemize + +Objektu grafikoek esportatutako formatuekin (hala nola DocBook, HTML edo + Ascii soila) kopiatzeko mekanismorik ez dute eskaintzen. + +\layout Standard + +Kanpoko materiala arazo hauek ebazteko erraztasunak ematen saiatzen da +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Nahiz eta irudien erraztasunak arazo guztiak ezin konpondu, oraindik baliagarria + da zeren eta grafikoen aurrebista lerro-barnean erakusteaz gain, interfaze + eroso batekin bihurketa geometriko aurreratuen euskarria baitu. +\end_inset + +. + Hori egiteko, kanpoko aplikazioentzako interfaze bezala lantzeko prestatu + da LyX. + Aplikazio berezi bakoitzarentzako funtzio ezberdinen zerrenda luze bat + sartu ordez, aplikazio esparru handia biltzen duen funtzio orokor bat eskaintze +ko xedearekin gehitutako materialaren lerro-barneko bistara galtzea erabaki + dugu. + Horren ondorioz, kanpoko materialen funtzioa daukagu. + Kanpoko materiala dokumentuan botoi bat bezala agertzen den arren, ez zaitez + honekin zoratu. + Botoiaren gainean klikatzen duzunean, leiho bat irekiko da, eta bertan + gehitzea nahi duzun material zehatza hautatu ahal izango duzu. + Hurrengo ataletan mekanismo hau erabiltzen eta zure arazoak honekin gainditzen + ikasiko duzu. +\layout Section + +Nola lantzen da? +\layout Standard + +Kanpoko materialaren ezaugarria +\emph on +txantiloi +\emph default + baten zentzuan oinarritzen da. + Txantiloi batek LyX-ek material mota batekin interfaze lanak nola egin + behar dituen zehazten du. + Orokorrean LyX banaketa +\family typewriter +XFig +\family default + motako irudiak, Dia motako diagramak, +\emph on +raster +\emph default + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Itzultzailearen oharra +\emph default +: raster formatua batzuetan "itzaldura" itzuli izan da; beste batzuetan, + berriz, "bilbe-grafikoa". + Dokumentu honetan "raster" erabiliko dugu. + Honako esanahi hauek ditu: +\layout Description + +Raster Sare edo laukitxo baten kolore edo gris tonoak osatzen duten irudi-format +u bat da, pantailako pixelei ere deitzen zaie. +\layout Description + +Raster Pantaila bateko pixelak dituzten lerro horizontalekin osatzen den + irudi-formatua. + +\end_inset + + formatuko irudiak, +\family typewriter +gnuplot +\family default + eta bestelako batzuen aurredefinitutako txantiloiekin etortzen da. + Orain daukan zerrenda ikusteko +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +K +\bar default +anpo-materiala +\family default + menura joan. + Horretaz gain, material mota zehatz baten euskarria duen txantiloi bat + sor dezakezu. + Geroxeago zer egin behar den azalduko dugu, eta horrela sortzen dituzun + txantiloi guztiak guri bidali eta hurrengo LyX-en bertsioan kaleratuko + genituzke. +\layout Standard + +Kanpoko materialaren ezaugarriaren beste oinarrizko ideia jatorrizko fitxategia + (bukaerako materiala lortzeko oinarri bezala erabiltzen dena) eta sortzen + den bihurtutako fitxategia (esportatzen edo inprimatzen den dokumentuan + gehitzen dena) arteko ezberdintasunean datza. + Adibidez, demagun +\family typewriter +XFig +\family default + programarekin irudi bat sortzen dela. + +\family typewriter +XFig +\family default + programa berak +\family typewriter +.fig +\family default + luzapena duen jatorrizko fitxategi batekin lan egiten du. + +\family typewriter +XFig +\family default +-ekin irudiak sortu eta alda ditzakezu, eta behin amaitutakoan fig fitxategia + gorde. + Irudi hori zure dokumentuan gehitu nahi duzunean, PostScript fitxategi + bat sortzeko (eta hau LaTeX fitxategian gehitzeko), landu terminal batean + +\family typewriter +transfig +\family default + komandoa. + Kasu honetan +\family typewriter +.fig +\family default + fitxategia jatorrizkoa da, eta PostScript motakoa sortzen den bihurtutako + fitxategia da. +\layout Standard + +Bereizketa hau egitea oso garrantzitsua da, horrela dokumentua idazten jarraitze +n duzun bitartean materialaren eguneraketak egin ditzakezu. + Gainera, hainbat formatutan esportatzeko euskarriak behar den malgutasuna + ematen digu. + Adibidez, bihurtutako ASCII motako fitxategi baten kasuan, PostScript bezala + irudia gehitzea ez da batere egokia. + Horren ordez, irudiaren erreferentzia bat gehitzea, edo amaierako emaitzak + benetako grafiko baten itxura izan dezan grafikoetatik ASCII-ra moldatzen + duen bihurtzaile bati deitzea komenigarriagoa da. + Kanpoko materialen kudeaketak hori egiten uzten du, zeren eta LyX-ek onartzen + dituen formatu ezberdinetara esportatzeko parametrizatua baitago. +\layout Standard + +Esportatzeko formatuei dagokien produktu ezberdinen ekoizpena onartzeko + xedearekin, aplikazioekin editatu eta bistaratzeko bateratutako euskarria + sartu zaio. + +\family typewriter +XFig +\family default + motako irudi baten kasuan, LyX-eko kanpoko materialen leihoan klik batekin + jatorrizko fitxategiaren gain lan egin dezan +\family typewriter +xfig +\family default + abia dezakezu, eta beste klik bat eginez +\family typewriter +ghostview +\family default +-rekin sortzen den PostScript fitxategiaren aurrebista landu. + Jatorrizko edo bihurtutako fitxategiak non kokatuta dauden aurkitzeko eta + ukitzeko (edo aldatzeko), komando-lerrorik edota fitxategi kudeatzailerik + erabili beharrik ez daukazu. + Honela zure dokumentuak idazten ari zarenean aplikazio ezberdin askoren + gaitasun guztiekin aritzeko aukera izango duzu, eta, azken finean, eraginkorrag +oa izango da. +\layout Standard + +Beraz, LyX-ek, hori guztia lantzeko, erabil daitezkeen programa ezberdinei + buruzko informazioa dauka. + Egotez, informazio hori txantiloietan dago. + Txantiloi bakoitzak deitu behar duen aplikazioentzat, jatorrizkotik bihurtutako + fitxategira bihurtzeko eta beste gauza batzuk egiteko komandoen zerrenda + bat dauka. + Mekanismo honek erabiltzaile aurreratuei Lyx-en gaitasuna hedatzeko (LyX-eko + iturburak ukitu gabe) aukera eskaintzen die. + Komando eta bandera (aukera) guztiak definitzeak bere lana eskatzen du, + baina zorionez LyX taldekoek lan gogor guzti hau zure ordez egin dute. +\layout Standard + +Onartu behar dugu zenbait gauza ez ditugula egin. + Esportatutako formatu bakoitzarekin fitxategi mota ezberdin asko sor ditzakezun +ez, produktu bakoitzaren aurrebista lantzeko aukera dagoela pentsa dezakezu. + Erabiltzailearen interfazea sinplea izaten jarraitu dezan, LyX-eko taldeak + hau ez egitea erabaki zuen. + Esportutako fitxategi formatu bakoitzeko botoi bat sortu ordez, botoi bakarra + edukitzea (oinarrizko fitxategi formatuaren kontzeptua sartzen duelarik) + erabaki genuen. + Kanpoko materialaren leihoan +\family sans +Ikusi\SpecialChar ~ +emaitza +\family default + botoian klikatzen duzuenan bukerako fitxategiaren ikuspegia oinarrizko + fitxategiaren formatuan lortuko duzu. + Eta zure dokumentu-klasean oinarrizko fitxategiaren formatua zehazten da. + Dokumentu-klase gehienetan oinarrizko fitxategiaren formatua LaTeX izaten + da, baina DocBook dokumentu-klaseetan oinarrizko fitxategiaren formatua + +\family typewriter +DocBook +\family default + izaten da. + Beraz, bihurtutako fitxategia ikusten duzunean, gogoratu emaitz nagusia + kaleratuko denaren aurrebista bat bakarrik izango dela. + Esportatutako beste formatuak nola ikusten diren jakin nahi baduzu, eskuz + esportatu eta ikusi beharko dituzu. +\layout Section + +Kanpo-materiala leihoa +\layout Standard + +Kanpoko materiala +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu +\family default + menutik txertatzen da. + Hori egiterakoan, dokumentuan botoi bat txertatzen da, eta kanpoko materialaren + leihoa erakusten da. + Leiho honek gehitzea nahi duzun materiala, eta nola gehitzen den ere bai, + zehazki deskribatzea uzten dizu. + Gainera, emaitzeko fitxategian erabiltzeko asmoarekin materiala ikusi, + editatu edota sortzeko kanpoko aplikazioari deitzeko aukera eskaintzen + du. +\layout Standard + +Leihoko +\family sans +Txantiloia +\family default + eremua erabili behar diren txantiloien zerrenda da, eta hor egokien datorkizuna + aukeratu behar duzu. + Eremu horren azpian testu-area bat dago, aukeratzen duzun txantiloiaren + laburpen bat erakusten da, txantiloia nola erabili azaltzen du. + Gehienetan txantiloiaren laburpena eta nola parametriza dezakezun azaltzen + du. + Leiho horretan "Arakatu" botoia ere badago, eta fitxategien arakatzaile + arrunt batekin gehitzea nahi duzun fitxategia hautatzeko erabiltzen da. + Horrela, eremu honek jatorrizko fitxategiari dagokio. + Bihurtutako fitxategia automatikoki sortzen denez, horrentzako erabiltzailearen + interfazean sarbiderik ez da behar. +\layout Standard + +Badago beste eremu bat +\family sans +Parametroak +\family default + izenekoa. + Eremu horretan txantiloi zehatz bat parametrizatzeko erabiltzen da. + Erabileraren xehetasunak txantiloiaren laburpenean agertu beharko luke, + bihurtutako fitxategia nola sortuko den definitzeko beste modu batzuk jar + ditzakezu. + Leiho horretan beste hiru botoi aurkituko dituzu: +\family sans +Editatu\SpecialChar ~ +fitxategia +\family default +, +\family sans +Ikusi\SpecialChar ~ +emaitza +\family default + eta +\family sans +Eguneratu\SpecialChar ~ +emaitza +\family default +. + Horiek jatorrizko fitxategia (dagokion aplikazioarekin) editatu, oinarrizko + dokumentuaren formatuan gehituko den bezala bihurtutako fitxategia ikusi, + eta azkenik, oinarrizko formatuan emaitzaren materiala eguneratzeko erabiltzen + dira. + Normalki +\family sans +Eguneratu\SpecialChar ~ +emaitza +\family default + botoia desgaituta egoten da, zeren eta txantiloi gehienek behar denean + bihurtutako fitxategia automatikoki eguneratzen baitute. + Kasu horietan bihurtutako fitxategi berri bat sortzea ez da beharrezkoa. + Hala ere, txantiloi batzuk ez dute automatikoki bihurtutako fitxategia + eguneratzen, hori egiten duten bakoitzean denbora gehiegi igarotzen baitute, + eta dokumentuaren ekoizpena gehiegi luzatuko lukete. + Mota horretako txantiloiei +\emph on +eskuzko +\emph default + kanpo-materiala esaten zaie. + Kasu horietan bihurtutako fitxategia eguneratzeko zeuk (hori egin behar + duzunean +\family sans +Eguneratu\SpecialChar ~ +emaitza +\family default + botoia erabilita) egunera dezakezu. + Hau da, zure eskuetan gelditzen da une bakoitzean bihurtutako fitxategia + eguneratua dagoela ziurtatzea: inprimatu, esportatu, aurrebista landu eta + bestelako batzuen aurretik jorratu beharko zenituzke. + Agian, etorkizunean, baliteke LyX-ek zeregin honetan zuri laguntzea. + Txantiloia, jatorrizko fitxategia edo parametroak aldatzerakoan +\family sans +Editatu\SpecialChar ~ +fitxategia +\family default +, +\family sans +Ikusi\SpecialChar ~ +emaitza +\family default + eta +\family sans +Eguneratu\SpecialChar ~ +emaitza +\family default + botoiak erabili beharko dituzu. +\layout Section + +Adibideak +\layout Standard + +Atal honetan kanpoko materialaren erabileren adibide batzuk gehituko ditugu. + Adibideok honako hauek eduki beharko dituzte: +\layout Itemize + +Kanpoko raster irudiak. +\layout Itemize + +Kanpoko XFig irudiak. +\layout Itemize + +Chess diagramak. +\layout Itemize + +Soinuen laginak. +\layout Itemize + +makefiles-en erabilera. +\layout Itemize + +Kanpoko LyX txantiloi errekurtsiboak. +\layout Section + +Kanpoko txantiloiaren konfigurazio fitxategia +\layout Standard + +Kanpoko txantiloiaren definizioak LyX-en gehitzea nahikoa erraza da. + Hala ere, argi ibili hori lantzerakoan, zeren eta segurtasun alorreko zulo + bat sor baitezakezu. + Beraz, horrekin jolasean hasi aurretik, irakurri geroago aurkituko duzun + segurtasunari buruzko atala. +\layout Standard + +Hau esanda, sortzen dituzun txantiloi interesgarriak bidaltzeko eskatzen + dizugu. +\layout Standard + +Kanpoko txantiloiak +\family typewriter +lib/external_templates +\family default + fitxategian definitzen dira. + Zure bertsioa +\family typewriter +.lyx/external_templates +\family default + fitxategian jar dezakezu. + Etorkizunean litekeena da norbaitek txantiloien edukien eta txantiloiak + definitzeko erabiltzen den sintaxiaren dokumentazioa idaztea. +\layout Section + +Ordezpen mekanismoa +\layout Standard + +Kanpoko materialaren erraztasunak kanpoko programa bati deitzen dionean, + txantiloiaren konfigurazio fitxategian definituta dagoen oinarrizko komandoan + oinarrituz egiten da. + Komando horiek exekutatu aurretik hedatzen diren makro batzuk eduki ditzakete. + Exekuzioa dokumentua dagoen direktorioan gertatzen da beti. +\layout Standard + +Gainera, kanpoko materiala bistaratu behar den bakoitzean, ordezte-mekanismoak + sortuko du bere izena. +\layout Standard + +Eskuragarri dauden makroak hauexek dira: +\layout Description + +$$FName Kanpoko materialaren leihoan zehazten den jatorrizko fitxategiaren + izena. +\layout Description + +$$Basename Luzapenik gabeko fitxategi-izena. +\layout Description + +$$Tempname Behin-behineko fitxategi batentzako izena eta bide-izen osoa. + Hori daukan dokumentua ixterakoan edo kanpoko materialaren txertatze-gunea + ezabatzen denean automatikoki ezabatuko da. +\layout Description + +$$Contents("fitxa_izena.ext") Makro hau +\family typewriter +fitxa_izena.ext +\family default + izena duen fitxategiaren edukietara hedatuko da. +\layout Description + +$$Sysdir Makro hau sistemako direktorioaren bide-izen osoarekin hedatuko + da. + LyX-ekin datozten script lagungarriengana bideratzeko erabili ohi izaten + da. +\layout Standard + +Hauetaz gain, erraztasunak +\family typewriter +${PATH} +\family default + bezalako sintaxia duten inguruneko aldagai orokorrak heda ditzake. +\layout Section + +Segurtasunaren eztabaida +\layout Standard + +Kanpoko materialaren funtzioak kanpoko programa askoren interfaze lanak + egiten ditu, eta gauzak automatikoki egiten dituenez, segurtasun arazoak + aztertu behar ditugu. + Fitxategien izenak edota parametroak komandoetan heda ditzakezunez, badirudi + dokumentu maltzur bat sortzeko aukera dagoela, eta ondorioz, erabiltzaile + batek dokumentuaren aurrebista lantzerakoan edo inprimatzerakoan bestelako + komando batzuk exekuta ditzake. + Hori erabat saihetsi nahiko genuke. +\layout Standard + +Hala ere, kanpoko programen komandoak txantiloiaren konfigurazio fitxategian + bakarrik zehazten direnez, eta LyX txantiloi seguruekin bakarrik konfiguratuta + badago, orduan ez dago segurtasun arriskurik. + Horrela da zeren eta +\family typewriter +execvp +\family default + sistemako deia erabiltzen baita, eta ez +\family typewriter +system +\family default + errutina, eta ondorioz fitxategi-izenetik edo parametroen bitartez ezin + dira komando lerroko (shell) edozein komando exekutatu. +\layout Standard + +Horrek beste ondorio batzuk ditu, kanpoko materialen txantiloietan komando + batzuk erabiltzera mugatuta egotea. + Kanalizazioak eta berbideratzeak ezin dituzu erabili. + Horrela izan behar du LyX segurtasun aldetik segurua izaten jarraitzeko. + Komando lerroko zenbait funtzio erabili nahi badituzu, hori modu kontrolatu + batean egiteko, script seguru bat idatz dezakezu, eta gero komando lerrotik + script horri deitu. + LyX instalatzen den +\family typewriter +lib/scripts +\family default + direktorioan itzulbirako script seguru bat aurkituko duzu: +\family typewriter +general_command_wrapper.py +\family default +; horrek sarrera eta irteera berbideratzea onartzen du. + Gainera, babeseko script txantiloi bat nola idazten den erakusteko ere + balio du. + +\family typewriter +fork +\family default + eta antzekoak erabiltzen dituzten adibide aurreratuagoak +\family typewriter +pic2ascii.py +\family default + bihurtzaile script-ean aurkituko dituzu. +\layout Standard + +Zuzenean komandoen lerroarekin lan egiteko txantiloi bat garatu daiteke, + baina erabiltzaile maltzur batek ahultasun hau bere onerako erabil dezake. + Hori dela eta, script seguruak bakarrik eta modu kontrolatu batean +\family typewriter +execvp +\family default + sistemako deiarekin lantzen dena erabiltzea aholkatzen dizugu. + Noski, ingurune kontrolatu batean erabiltzeko, komando lerroko script arruntak + erabiltzea oso tentagarria izan daiteke. + Hori eginez gero, konturatu zaitez zure sisteman erraz lehertu daitekeen + segurtasun zulo bat eskaini dezakezula. + Segurtasunari begira, LyX-eko banaketeta arruntetan ez da inoiz seguruak + ez diren txantiloirik gehituko. + Iturburu irekien izaeran oinarrituz, erabiltzaileei txantiloiak bidaltzeko + eskatzen jarraituko dugu, baina seguruak ez direnak ez ditugu banaketan + sartuko. +\layout Standard + +Kanpoko materiala gehitzeak ahalmen handia eskaintzen du, eta argi ibili + behar duzu ahalmen honetan segurtasun arloko gune ahulik ez sartzeko. + Inozoa dirudien script batean lerro oker bakar bat sartzea nahiko da sisteman + ikaragarrizko atzeko atea ireki eta arazo larriak sortzeko. + Arazo horiek ez badituzu ongi ulertu, segurtasun sistemetan aditua den + norbaiti galdetzeko eskatzen dizugu, edo bestela hor dituzun txantiloiak + seguruak al diren edo ez jakiteko, jo LyX taldearengana. + Eta hori guztia ingurune ez-kontrolatu batean aritzen hasi aurretik egin + beharko zenuke. +\layout Chapter + +LyX zerbitzaria +\layout Section + +Sarrera +\layout Standard + +LyX zerbitzaria LyX-en garatutako metodo bat da, eta horren bitartez beste + programa batzuek LyX-ekin hitzegin, LyX-eko komandoei deitu eta LyX-en + barneko egoeraren informazioa eskura dezakete. + Hau erabiltzaile adituentzako zuzenduta dago, oso erabilkorra aurkituko + baitute. +\layout Section + +LyX zerbitzaria abiatzea +\layout Standard + +LyX zerbitzaria kanalizazioko tutua (pipe) izeneko bikotearen bitartez lantzen + da. + Zure direktorioan (etxean) " +\family typewriter +.lyxpipe.in +\family default +" eta " +\family typewriter +.lyxpipe.out +\family default +" izenekin kokatzen dira. + Kanpoko programak +\family typewriter +.lyxpipe.in +\family default + fitxategian idazten du, eta itzulerako datuak +\family typewriter +.lyxpipe.out +\family default + fitxategitik irakurtzen ditu. + Kanalizazioaren tutuaren izena +\family sans +Hobespenak +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Bide-izenak +\family default + fitxan egokitu, adib. + " +\family typewriter +/home/nire_etxea/.lypipe +\family default +". +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek tutuak sortzeko ' +\family typewriter +.in +\family default +' eta ' +\family typewriter +.out +\family default +' luzapenak gehituko ditu. + Arestiko ezarpenak LyX zerbitzaria aktibatzea eragiten du baita ere. + Tutuetariko bat jadanik sortuta balego, LyX-ek beste LyX-en procesu bat + lanean dagoela suposatzen duela uste du, eta ez du zerbitzaririk abiatuko. + Une berean, hainbat LyX prozesu zerbitzariekin edukitzeko, programa horiek + abiatu aurretik beraien konfigurazioa aldatu beharko dituzu. +\layout Standard + +Bezero +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Itzultzailearen oharra +\emph default +: +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +bezeroa +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + programa bati deitzen zaio. + Programa hau erabiltzailearen ordenagailuan exekutatu ohi da, eta zerbitzariare +kin konektatzeko erabiltzen da. + Horrela, zerbitzari eta bezero batek zeregin bateko bikotea osatzen dute. + Adibidez, posta elektronikoaren arloan bezeroa Evolution edo KMail dira, + eta zerbitzariak berriz Qmail, Sendmail. +\layout Standard + +Ingelesez +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +client +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (bezeroarentzat) eta +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +server +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (zerbitzariarentzat) hitzak erabiltzen dute. +\end_inset + + bat garatzen ari bazara, LyX zerbitzaritik arazketa informazioa gaitzea + erabilgarria izan daiteke. + Horretarako LyX honela abiatu: +\family typewriter +lyx -dbg 8192 +\family default +. +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Oharra +\emph default +: LyX hondatzen bada, tutuak ez ditu ezabatuko. + Gogoratu tutu horiek fitxategiak direla, eta ondorioz zeuk eskuz ezabatu + beharko dituzu, zeren eta LyX abiatzerakoan tutuak hor badaude, zerbitzaririk + ez baita abiatuko. +\layout Standard + +Esandakoaz gainera, beste gauza batzuk kontuan eduki behar dira: +\layout Itemize + +Bai zerbitzari bai bezeroek UNIX edo OS/2 sistema eragileetan aritu behar + dute. + Bai zerbitzariek bai bezeroek, oraingoz, sistema eragile-mota berdinarekin + aritu behar dute: adibidez, LyX zerbitzaria UNIX batean lantzen ari bada, + bezeroek ere UNIX sistema motetan egon beharko dute, bestela beraien artean + ez baita komunikaziorik gertatutako. + Zerbitzaria OS/2 sisteman badago, bezeroak ere sistema eragile horretan + kokatuta egon beharko dute. +\layout Itemize + +OS/2 sisteman LyX zerbitzari batekin, aldi berdinean, bezero bakar bat konekta + daiteke. +\layout Itemize + +OS/2 sistemako bezeroek sarrerako tutua +\family typewriter +O_WRONLY +\family default + moduan ireki behar dute. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +C +\family default + programazioa hizkuntzan egindako adibide oso bat banaketaren iturburuetan + aurkitu ahal izango duzu: +\family typewriter +development/server_monitor.c +\family default +. +\layout Section + +Komunikazio normala +\layout Standard + +LyX-i dei bat igortzeko bezeroek sarrerako tutuan ASCII lerro bat idazten + dute. + Lerroak formatu hau dauka: +\layout Quote + +LYXCMD: +\emph on +bezeroizena +\emph default +: +\emph on +funtzioa +\emph default +: +\emph on +argurmentua +\layout Standard + +Hemen +\emph on +bezeroizena +\emph default + bezeroak hartu dezakeen edozein izen da. + LyX-ek erantzuna bidali behar duenean bakarrik erabiliko du, horrela bezero + batek beste hainbat eskaleren emaitzak bana ditzake. +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +funtzioa +\emph default + LyX-ek lantzea nahi duzun funtzioa da. + Bufertxoan erabiltzen dituzun komandoen antzekoa da. +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +argumentua +\emph default + aukerazko argumentu bat da, eta funtzio batzuetan bakarrik dauka zentzua + (adib.\SpecialChar ~ +"self-insert", honek argumentua kurtsorearen kokapenean testu gisa + txertatuko luke). +\layout Standard + +LyX-etik datorren erantzuna irteerako tutura iristen da eta honelako formatua + edukitzen du +\layout Quote + +INFO: +\emph on +bezeroizena +\emph default +: +\emph on +funtzioa +\emph default +: +\emph on +datua +\layout Standard + +Bertan, +\emph on +bezeroizena +\emph default + eta +\emph on +funtzioa +\emph default + eskaerako komandotik errepikatutako balioak dira; +\emph on +datua +\emph default + komandoaren eraginez sor daitekeen informazio (neurri batean gehiago edo + gutxiago) erabilgarria izan daiteke. + Komando batzuek LyX-en barneko egoeraren informazioa itzultzen dute, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +font-state" komandoak esaterako. + Beste batzuek datu hutsak itzultzen dituzte. + Honek komandoaren zeregina egokiro burutu dela esanahiko luke. +\layout Standard + +Errorea gertatzen bada, LyX-ek honelako erantzuna botako du: +\layout Quote + +ERROR: +\emph on +bezeroizena +\emph default +: +\emph on +funtzioa +\emph default +: +\emph on +errore-mezua +\layout Standard + +Bertan, +\emph on +errore-mezuak +\emph default + huts egin duen komandoari buruzko azalpena dauka. + Adibidez: +\layout LyX-Code + +echo "LYXCMD:proba:beginning-of-buffer:" >~/.lyxpipe.in +\layout LyX-Code + +echo "LYXCMD:proba:get-xy:" >~/.lyxpipe.in +\layout LyX-Code + +read a <~/.lyxpipe.out +\layout LyX-Code + +echo $a +\layout Section + +Jakinarazpena +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek gertaerak asinkronoki joango direla adieraziz bezeroei jakinarazpena + bidal diezaieke. + Une honetan hori egiteko erabiltzaileak +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +notify" funtzioarekin tekla-sekuentzi bat elkartu behar du. + LyX-ek bidaltzen duen katearen formatua hau da: +\layout Quote + + +\family typewriter +NOTIFY: +\family default +\emph on +tekla-sekuentzia +\layout Standard + +Bertan, +\emph on +tekla-sekuentzia +\emph default + erabiltzaileak orain idatzi duen teklen sekuentziaren adierazpen inprimatua + da. +\layout Standard + +Erabili mekanisko hau LyX-eko komando multzoak hedatzeko eta makroak garatzeko: + tekla sekuentzia batzuk "notify"-rekin elkartuz, irteerako tutuan entzuten + duen bezero bat abiatu, sekuentziari dagokion bezala komando bat igorri, + eta LyX-i komando bat (edo batzuk) igortzeko LyX-en deiak eta eskariak + erabiltzen dituen funtzio bat abiatu. +\layout Section + +LYX zerbitzariaren protokoloa +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek protokolo sinple bat dauka, eta saioaren kudeaketa egiteko erabil + daiteke. + Mezu guztiak era honetakoak dira: +\layout Quote + +LYXSRV: +\emph on +bezeroizena:protokolo-mezua +\layout Standard + +Bertan, +\emph on +protokolo-mezuak +\emph default + "hellow" edo "bye" esan dezake. + Bezero batetik +\family typewriter +"hello" +\family default + jasotzen badu, LyX-ek bezeroari bere mezuak entzuten ari dela adierazteko + erantzun bat itzuliko dio. + LyX-ek bezeroei +\family typewriter +"bye" +\family default + igortzen dienean taberna ixten ari dela eta bezeroak lotara joateko ordua + dutela adierazten du. +\layout Chapter +\start_of_appendix +Lasterbideak +\layout Standard + +Eranskin hau ingeleseko lasterbide guztien izugarrizko erreferentzia gurutzatu + bat da. + Jatorrian, lasterbideak eta horiekin lotuta zeuden funtzioak bakarrik zerrendat +zea bururatu zitzaigun. + Horrela, erabiltzaile batek lasterbide bat (zer egiten duen jakiteko) bilatu + zezakeen. + Orduan erabaki genuen, zergatik ez, jatorrizko tresna-barra eta menuen + lasterbideak ere gehitzea. + Jakin ezazu atal hau oso zaharkitua egon daitekeela. +\layout Standard + +Atal honetako edukien egitura nahiko garbia delakoan gaude, baina badaezpada + argibide batzuk emango dizkizugu: sarrera guztiak lasterbideen arabera + alfabetikoki ( +\family sans +C-a +\family default +, +\family sans +C-b +\family default +, e.a.) antolatu dira. + Teklatuaren diseinu orokor batentzako aurrizki xumeagoak konplexuagoaren + aurretik jarri ditugu (lehenbizi +\family sans +C-s +\family default +, gero +\family sans +C-S-c +\family default +). + Sarrera guztiak erabiltzailearen interfaze eta lasterbideen fitxategietatik + eskuratu dira. + Fitxategiok \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family typewriter +/share/lyx/ui +\family default + eta \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family typewriter +/share/lyx/bind +\family default + direktorioetan daude. + Eta horiek lasterbideen erabateko arau bezala erabili behar dira. +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Azken\SpecialChar ~ +oharra +\emph default +: argi ibili zenbait leiho kudeatzailerekin (FVWM bezalakoa) zenbait funtzio + edo mugimendu teklen kontrolaz jabetzen baitira. + Hemen +\family sans +C-eskuina +\family default + lasterbideak +\family typewriter +hitza-aurrera +\family default + funtzioa sortuko duela zerrendatzen da, baina FVWM leiho kudeatzaileak + mahaigain birtualetan mugitzeko erabiltzen du. + Nahikoa gogaikarria izan daiteke zure leiho kudeatzaileari sekuentzia hauek + jaso ez ditzala agintzen ez diozun bitartean. +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Itzultzailearen\SpecialChar ~ +oharra +\emph default +: hemen agertzen diren lasterbide asko ingelesari eta, gainera, LyX-eko + bertsio zaharkituei dagozkienez, lasterbide eta funtzioen izenak ez dira + euskaratu. + Bestelako azalpenak lagungarriak izango direlakoan euskaratu dira. +\layout Section + +Tresna-barra +\layout LyX-Code + +Tresna-barra +\layout LyX-Code + + Diseinuak +\layout LyX-Code + + Ikonoa "ireki" +\layout LyX-Code + + Ikonoa "gorde" +\layout LyX-Code + + Ikonoa "inprimatu" +\layout LyX-Code + + Bereizlea +\layout LyX-Code + + Ikonoa "ebaki" +\layout LyX-Code + + Ikonoa "kopiatu" +\layout LyX-Code + + Ikonoa "itsatsi" +\layout LyX-Code + + Bereizlea +\layout LyX-Code + + Ikonoa "letra-enfasia" +\layout LyX-Code + + Ikonoa "letra-izena" +\layout LyX-Code + + Ikonoa "letra-askea" +\layout LyX-Code + + Bereizlea +\layout LyX-Code + + Ikonoa "tex era" +\layout LyX-Code + + Ikonoa "matematika-era" +\layout LyX-Code + + Bereizlea +\layout LyX-Code + + Ikonoa "txertatu oin-oharra" +\layout LyX-Code + + Ikonoa "txertatu albo-oharra" +\layout LyX-Code + + Ikonoa "habio-sakonera" +\layout LyX-Code + + Bereizlea +\layout LyX-Code + + Ikonoa "txertatu irudia" +\layout LyX-Code + + Ikonoa "taula txertatzeko leihoa" +\layout LyX-Code + +End +\layout Section + +Menua +\layout Subsection + +Fitxategia +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-f\SpecialChar ~ +a +\family typewriter +buffer-write-as +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-f\SpecialChar ~ +c +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-close +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-f\SpecialChar ~ +d +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-reload +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-f\SpecialChar ~ +e +\family default + +\family typewriter +file_export +\family default + azpimenua +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-f\SpecialChar ~ +f +\family typewriter +buffer-export fax +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-f\SpecialChar ~ +i +\family default + +\family typewriter +file_import +\family default + azpimenua +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-f\SpecialChar ~ +n +\family typewriter +buffer-new +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-f\SpecialChar ~ +o +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-open +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-f\SpecialChar ~ +p +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-print +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-f\SpecialChar ~ +s +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-write +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-f\SpecialChar ~ +t +\family typewriter +buffer-new-template +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-f\SpecialChar ~ +v +\family typewriter + file_vc +\family default + azpimenua +\begin_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +h +\family typewriter + vc-history +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +i +\family typewriter + vc-check-in +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +l +\family typewriter + vc-revert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +o +\family typewriter + vc-check-out +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +r +\family typewriter + vc-register +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +u +\family typewriter + vc-undo-last +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-f\SpecialChar ~ +x +\family typewriter +lyx-quit +\layout Subsection + +Editatu +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-e\SpecialChar ~ +a +\family default + +\family typewriter +paste +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-e\SpecialChar ~ +c +\family default + +\family typewriter +cut +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-e\SpecialChar ~ +d +\family default + +\family typewriter +redo +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-e\SpecialChar ~ +e +\family default + +\family typewriter +error-remove-all +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-e\SpecialChar ~ +f +\family default + +\family typewriter +find-replace +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-e\SpecialChar ~ +h +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-chktex +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-e\SpecialChar ~ +i +\family default + +\family typewriter +edit_floats +\family default + azpimenua +\begin_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +a +\family default + +\family typewriter +tabular-feature append-row +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +b +\family default + +\family typewriter +tabular-feature toggle-line-bottom +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +c +\family default + +\family typewriter +tabular-feature align-center +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +d +\family default + +\family typewriter +tabular-feature delete-column +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +e +\family default + +\family typewriter +tabular-feature align-left +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +i +\family default + +\family typewriter +tabular-feature align-right +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +l +\family default + +\family typewriter +tabular-feature toggle-line-left +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +m +\family default + +\family typewriter +tabular-feature multicolumn +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +n +\family default + +\family typewriter +tabular-feature valign-center +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +o +\family default + +\family typewriter +tabular-feature valign-top +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +r +\family default + +\family typewriter +tabular-feature toggle-line-right +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +t +\family default + +\family typewriter +tabular-feature toggle-line-top +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +u +\family default + +\family typewriter +tabular-feature append-column +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +v +\family default + +\family typewriter +tabular-feature valign-bottom +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +w +\family default + +\family typewriter +tabular-feature delete-row +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-e\SpecialChar ~ +l +\family default + +\family typewriter +matematikako panela +\begin_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +a +\family typewriter + floats-operate openfoot +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +c +\family typewriter + floats-operate closefoot +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +f +\family typewriter + floats-operate openfig +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +m +\family typewriter + melt +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +o +\family typewriter + open-stuff +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +t +\family typewriter + floats-operate closefig +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-e\SpecialChar ~ +o +\family default + +\family typewriter +copy +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-e\SpecialChar ~ +p +\family default + +\family typewriter +dialog-preferences +\family sans + +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-e\SpecialChar ~ +r +\family default + +\family typewriter +reconfigure +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-e\SpecialChar ~ +s +\family default + +\family typewriter +spellchecker +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-e\SpecialChar ~ +t +\family default + +\family typewriter +edit_tabular +\family default + azpimenua +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-e\SpecialChar ~ +u +\family typewriter +undo +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-e\SpecialChar ~ +x +\family typewriter +edit_paste +\family default + azpimenua +\begin_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +l +\family default + +\family typewriter +primary-selection-paste +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +p +\family default + +\family typewriter +primary-selection-paste paragraph +\end_deeper +\layout Subsection + +Txertatu +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-i\SpecialChar ~ +a +\family default + +\family typewriter +insert_floats +\family default + azpimenua +\begin_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +a +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-float-insert algorithm +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +d +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-float-insert wide-tab +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +f +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-float-insert figure +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +t +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-float-insert table +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +w +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-float-insert wide-fig +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-i\SpecialChar ~ +b +\family default + +\family typewriter +dialog-tabular-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-i\SpecialChar ~ +c +\family default + +\family typewriter +citation-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-i\SpecialChar ~ +d +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-display +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-i\SpecialChar ~ +e +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-child-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-i\SpecialChar ~ +f +\family default + +\family typewriter +footnote-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-i\SpecialChar ~ +g +\family default + +\family typewriter +figure-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-i\SpecialChar ~ +h +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-mode +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-i\SpecialChar ~ +i +\family default + +\family typewriter +index-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-i\SpecialChar ~ +l +\family default + +\family typewriter +label-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-i\SpecialChar ~ +m +\family default + +\family typewriter +marginpar-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-i\SpecialChar ~ +n +\family default + +\family typewriter +note-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-i\SpecialChar ~ +o +\family default + +\family typewriter +insert_toc +\family default + azpimenua +\begin_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +a +\family default + +\family typewriter +loa-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +b +\family default + +\family typewriter +bibtex-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +c +\family default + +\family typewriter +toc-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +f +\family default + +\family typewriter +lof-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +i +\family default + +\family typewriter +index-print +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +t +\family default + +\family typewriter +lot-insert +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-i\SpecialChar ~ +r +\family default + +\family typewriter +reference-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-i\SpecialChar ~ +s +\family default + +\family typewriter +insert_special +\family default + azpimenua +\begin_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +b +\family default + +\family typewriter +protected-space-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +e +\family default + +\family typewriter +end-of-sentence-period-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +h +\family default + +\family typewriter +hfill-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +i +\family default + +\family typewriter +dots-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +l +\family default + +\family typewriter +break-line +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +m +\family default + +\family typewriter +menu-separator-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +p +\family default + +\family typewriter +hyphenation-point-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +q +\family default + +\family typewriter +quote-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +s +\family default + +\family typewriter +command-sequence math-insert ^;math-mode; +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +u +\family default + +\family typewriter +command-sequence math-insert _;math-mode; +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-i\SpecialChar ~ +t +\family default + +\family typewriter +insert_file +\family default + azpimenua +\begin_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +l +\family default + +\family typewriter +file-insert-ascii lines +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +p +\family default + +\family typewriter +file-insert-ascii paragraphs +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +x +\family default + +\family typewriter +file-insert +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-i\SpecialChar ~ +u +\family default + +\family typewriter +url-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-i\SpecialChar ~ +w +\family default + +\family typewriter +index-insert-last +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-i\SpecialChar ~ +x +\family default + +\family typewriter +external-insert +\layout Subsection + +Diseinua +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-l\SpecialChar ~ +a +\family default + +\family typewriter +appendix +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-l\SpecialChar ~ +b +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-bold +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-l\SpecialChar ~ +c +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout-character +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-l\SpecialChar ~ +d +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout-document +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-l\SpecialChar ~ +e +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-emph +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-l\SpecialChar ~ +l +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout-preamble +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-l\SpecialChar ~ +n +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-noun +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-l\SpecialChar ~ +p +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout-paragraph +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-l\SpecialChar ~ +s +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout-save-default +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-l\SpecialChar ~ +t +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout-tabular +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-l\SpecialChar ~ +v +\family default + +\family typewriter +depth-increment +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-l\SpecialChar ~ +x +\family default + +\family typewriter +tex-mode +\layout Subsubsection + +Diseinua +\family sans +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family default +Karakterea +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +b +\family typewriter +font-bold +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +c +\family typewriter +font-noun +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +e +\family typewriter +font-emph +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +m +\family typewriter +math-mode +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +p +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-code +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +r +\family typewriter +font-roman +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +s +\family typewriter +font-sans +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +t +\family typewriter +tex-mode +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +u +\family typewriter +font-underline +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +space +\family typewriter +font-default +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +Down +\family typewriter +word-lowcase +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +Up +\family typewriter +word-upcase +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +Right +\family typewriter +word-capitalize +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +h +\family typewriter +font-size huge +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +l +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-size large +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +n +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-size normal +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +s +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-size small +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +t +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-size tiny +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +0 +\family typewriter +font-size huger +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +1 +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-size tiny +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +2 +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-size smallest +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +3 +\family typewriter +font-size smaller +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +4 +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-size small +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +5 +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-size normal +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +6 +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-size large +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +7 +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-size larger +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +8 +\family typewriter +font-size largest +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +9 +\family typewriter +font-size huge +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +S-H +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-size huger +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +S-L +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-size larger +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +S-S +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-size smaller +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +plus +\family typewriter +font-size increase +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-s\SpecialChar ~ +minus +\family typewriter +font-size decrease +\layout Subsection + +Ikusi +\layout Subsection + +Arakatu +\layout Subsection + +Laguntza +\layout Subsection + +Paragrafo-estiloa +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +a +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Abstract +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +b +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Itemize +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +c +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout LyXCode +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +d +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Description +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +e +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Enumerate +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +f +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout ShortFoilhead +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +i +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Itemize +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +l +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout List +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +n +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Enumerate +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +q +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Quote +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +r +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout ShortRotatefoilhead +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +s +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Standard +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +t +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Title +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +v +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Verse +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +space +\family default + +\family typewriter +drop-layouts-choice +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p +\noun on +\SpecialChar ~ +0 +\family default +\noun default + +\family typewriter +layout Part +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p +\noun on +\SpecialChar ~ +1 +\family default +\noun default + +\family typewriter +layout Chapter +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +2 +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Section +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +3 +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Subsection +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +4 +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Subsubsection +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +5 +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Paragraph +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +6 +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Subparagraph +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +0 +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Part* +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +1 +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Chapter* +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +2 +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Section* +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +3 +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Subsection* +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +4 +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Subsubsection* +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +5 +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Paragraph* +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +asterisk\SpecialChar ~ +6 +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Subparagraph* +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +S-A +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Author +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +S-B +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Bibliography +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +S-C +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Comment +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +S-D +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Date +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +S-F +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Foilhead +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +S-L +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout LaTeX +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +S-Q +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Quotation +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +S-R +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Rotatefoilhead +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +C-a +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout RightAddress +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +M-a +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Address +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +M-c +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Caption +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Left +\family default + +\family typewriter +depth-decrement +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Right +\family default + +\family typewriter +depth-increment +\layout Standard + +Hauek guztiak atzerako konpatibilitatea mantentzeko daude, baina qwerty + motako teklatuetan bakarrik dute zentzua: +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +S-at +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Section* +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +S-dollar +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Subsubsection* +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +S-numbersign +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout Subsection* +\layout Section + +Teklatua +\layout Subsection + + +\family typewriter +emacs.bind +\family default +-i dagokionak +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-a +\family default + +\family typewriter +line-begin +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-b +\family default + +\family typewriter +char-backward +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-d +\family default + +\family typewriter +delete-forward +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-e +\family default + +\family typewriter +line-end +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-f +\family default + +\family typewriter +char-forward +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-g +\family default + +\family typewriter +cancel +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-h +\family default + +\family typewriter +hyphenation-point-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-i +\family default + +\family typewriter +hfill-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-k +\family default + +\family typewriter +line-delete-forward +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-l +\family default + +\family typewriter +screen-recenter +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-m +\family default + +\family typewriter +mark-toggle +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-n +\family default + +\family typewriter +down +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-o +\family default + +\family typewriter +open-stuff +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-p +\family default + +\family typewriter +up +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-q +\family typewriter + quote-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-s +\family default + +\family typewriter +find-replace +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-u +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-underline +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-v +\family default + +\family typewriter +screen-down +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-w +\family default + +\family typewriter +cut +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-y +\family default + +\family typewriter +paste +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-Y +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout-paste +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +a +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-auto-save +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +b +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-previous +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +c +\family default + +\family typewriter +lyx-quit +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +d +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-new +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +?\SpecialChar ~ +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +f +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-open +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +g +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-view-ps +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +k +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-close +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +p +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-view +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +r +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-typeset +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +?\SpecialChar ~ +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +s +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-write +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +t +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-typeset +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +u +\family default + +\family typewriter +undo +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +v\SpecialChar ~ +c +\family default + +\family typewriter +vc-undo-last +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +v\SpecialChar ~ +h +\family default + +\family typewriter +vc-history +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +v\SpecialChar ~ +i +\family default + +\family typewriter +vc-register +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +v\SpecialChar ~ +u +\family default + +\family typewriter +vc-revert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +v\SpecialChar ~ +v +\family default + +\family typewriter +vc-check-in +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +?\SpecialChar ~ +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +w +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-write-as +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +bracketleft +\family default + +\family typewriter +screen-up +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +bracketright +\family default + +\family typewriter +screen-down +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +C-a +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-auto-save +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +C-b +\family default + +\family typewriter +menu-open Documents +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +C-c +\family default + +\family typewriter +lyx-quit +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +C-d +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-new +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +C-f +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-open +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +C-g +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-view-ps +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +C-p +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-view +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +C-q +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-toggle-read-only +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +C-s +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-write +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +C-t +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-typeset +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x\SpecialChar ~ +C-w +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-write-as +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Home +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-begin +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +End +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-end +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Home +\family default + +\family typewriter +line-begin-select +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-End +\family default + +\family typewriter +line-end-select +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Up +\family default + +\family typewriter +up-select +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Down +\family default + +\family typewriter +down-select +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Next +\family default + +\family typewriter +screen-down-select +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Prior +\family default + +\family typewriter +screen-up-select +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Left +\family default + +\family typewriter +backward-select +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Right +\family default + +\family typewriter +forward-select +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-Up +\family default + +\family typewriter +paragraph-up +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-Down +\family default + +\family typewriter +paragraph-down +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-Left +\family default + +\family typewriter +word-backward +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-Right +\family default + +\family typewriter +word-forward +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-Delete +\family default + +\family typewriter +word-delete-forward +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-BackSpace +\family default + +\family typewriter +word-delete-backward +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-Return +\family default + +\family typewriter +break-line +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-period +\family default + +\family typewriter +end-of-sentence-period-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-space +\family default + +\family typewriter +protected-space-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-at +\family default + +\family typewriter +mark-on +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-greater +\family default + +\family typewriter +reference-goto +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-less +\family default + +\family typewriter +reference-back +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-slash +\family default + +\family typewriter +undo +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-underscore +\family default + +\family typewriter +undo +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-quotedbl +\family default + +\family typewriter +quote-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-Home +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-begin-select +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-End +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-end-select +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-Up +\family default + +\family typewriter +paragraph-up-select +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-Down +\family default + +\family typewriter +paragraph-down-select +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-Left +\family default + +\family typewriter +word-backward-select +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-Right +\family default + +\family typewriter +word-forward-select +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Escape +\family default + +\family typewriter +meta-prefix +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-d +\family default + +\family typewriter +word-delete-forward +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-w +\family default + +\family typewriter +copy +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-x +\family default + +\family typewriter +command-execute +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-S-W +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout-copy +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-period +\family default + +\family typewriter +dots-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-Return +\family default + +\family typewriter +break-paragraph-keep-layout +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-S-percent +\family typewriter +find-replace +\layout Subsection + + +\family typewriter +cua.bind +\family default +-i dagokionak +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-b +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-bold +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-c +\family default + +\family typewriter +copy +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-d +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-view +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-e +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-emph +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-f +\family default + +\family typewriter +find-replace +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-g +\family default + +\family typewriter +error-next +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-i +\family default + +\family typewriter +open-stuff +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-k +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-noun +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-l +\family default + +\family typewriter +tex-mode +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-m +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-mode +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-n +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-new +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-o +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-open +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-p +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-print +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-q +\family default + +\family typewriter +lyx-quit +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-r +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-reload +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-s +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-write +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-t +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-view-ps +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-u +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-underline +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-v +\family default + +\family typewriter +paste +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-w +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-close +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x +\family default + +\family typewriter +cut +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-z +\family default + +\family typewriter +undo +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-space +\family default + +\family typewriter +protected-space-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-C +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout-copy +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-D +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-typeset +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-M +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-display +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-N +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-new-template +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-P +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-code +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-S +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-write-as +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-T +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-typeset-ps +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-V +\family default + +\family typewriter +layout-paste +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-Z +\family default + +\family typewriter +redo +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Insert +\family default + +\family typewriter +paste +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Delete +\family default + +\family typewriter +cut +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-period +\family default + +\family typewriter +end-of-sentence-period-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-greater +\family default + +\family typewriter +reference-goto +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-less +\family default + +\family typewriter +reference-back +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-minus +\family default + +\family typewriter +hyphenation-point-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-quotedbl +\family default + +\family typewriter +quote-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-space +\family default + +\family typewriter +protected-space-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-x +\family default + +\family typewriter +command-execute +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Home +\family default + +\family typewriter +line-begin-select +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-End +\family default + +\family typewriter +line-end-select +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Up +\family default + +\family typewriter +up-select +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Down +\family default + +\family typewriter +down-select +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Delete +\family default + +\family typewriter +cut +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Insert +\family default + +\family typewriter +paste +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Next +\family default + +\family typewriter +screen-down-select +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Prior +\family default + +\family typewriter +screen-up-select +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Left +\family default + +\family typewriter +backward-select +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-Right +\family default + +\family typewriter +forward-select +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-Home +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-begin +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-End +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-end +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-Up +\family default + +\family typewriter +paragraph-up +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-Down +\family default + +\family typewriter +paragraph-down +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-Delete +\family default + +\family typewriter +word-delete-forward +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-BackSpace +\family default + +\family typewriter +word-delete-backward +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-Insert +\family default + +\family typewriter +copy +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-Return +\family default + +\family typewriter +break-line +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-Left +\family default + +\family typewriter +word-backward +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-Right +\family default + +\family typewriter +word-forward +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-Down +\family default + +\family typewriter +paragraph-down-select +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-End +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-end-select +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-Home +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-begin-select +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-Left +\family default + +\family typewriter +word-backward-select +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-Right +\family default + +\family typewriter +word-forward-select +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-Up +\family default + +\family typewriter +paragraph-up-select +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-quotedbl +\family default + +\family typewriter +quote-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-Return +\family default + +\family typewriter +break-paragraph-keep-layout +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-period +\family default + +\family typewriter +dots-insert +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-S-Right +\family default + +\family typewriter +depth-increment +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-S-Left +\family default + +\family typewriter +depth-decrement +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Escape +\family default + +\family typewriter +cancel +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +F2 +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-write +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +F3 +\family typewriter +buffer-open +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +F5 +\family default + +\family typewriter +screen-recenter +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +F7 +\family default + +\family typewriter +spellchecker +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +F9 +\family default + +\family typewriter +meta-prefix +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-F4 +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-close +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-F4 +\family default + +\family typewriter +lyx-quit +\layout Subsection + + +\family typewriter +sciword.bind +\family default +-i dagozkionak +\layout Standard + +Hauek matematikarentzako (edo Scientific Word-en antzekoentzako) LyX teklatuaren + definizioak dira. +\layout Standard + +Laster-teklen fitxategiak eta dokumentu hau Serge Winitzki-ek sortu zuen, + Jean-Marc Lasgouttes-ren laguntzarekin. + 1.3 bertsioa, LyX 1.2 eta 1.3.x-entzako. +\layout Standard + +Definizio hauek sagua erabili gabe ekuazioak sartzeko bide errazagoa eskaintzen + dute, batik bat Scientific Word ezagutzen duten erabiltzaileentzako. + LyX-en lasterbide estandarrak, +\family sans +M-m +\family default + edo +\family sans +M-o +\family default + bezalakoak, ez dira aldatu. +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Trikimailua +\emph default +: "LyX-eko lasterbide baten izena" aurkitzeko, begiratu egoera-barran ez + dagoen lasterbide-elkarte batekin. + Adibidez, " +\family sans +Ctrl-& +\family default +" nola erreferentzitzen den ikusteko, sakatu +\family sans +Ctrl-S +\family default + eta gero +\family sans +Ctrl-& +\family default +: egoera-barrak honelako zerbait erakutsiko luke " +\family sans +C-s S-c-ampersand +\family default +". + Gauza bat! Hau ez dabil LyX-en 1.3.0 bertsiotik aurrera (garatuagoak)! +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-c +\family default + +\family typewriter +copy +\family default + -- Kopiatu, ebaki, itsatsi Sciword-en bezala, +\family sans +C-c +\family default +, +\family sans +C-x +\family default +, eta +\family sans +C-v +\family default +. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-d +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-display +\family default + -- Adierazpen-formula txandakatu: adierazpen-ekuazio bat sartzeko +\family sans +C-d +\family default + idatzi. + Kursorea adierazpen-erako ekuazio batean kokatu eta +\family sans +C-d +\family default + sakatuta, lerro barneko ekuazio da. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-f +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert +\family default + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +frac +\family default + -- Zatikiak: zatiki bat txertatzeko +\family sans +C-f +\family default + sakatu. + Espresio bat hautatu eta +\family sans +C-f +\family default + sakatuta, zatiki bateko zenbatzaile bihur dezakezu. + +\emph on +Oharra +\emph default +: zatiki bateko izendatzailearen ezkerrean +\family sans +Atzera-tekla +\family default + ( +\family sans +backspace +\family default +) sakatuta, zenbatzailea ezabatu eta izendatzailea ez-zatiki batean bihurtzen + du. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-i +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert +\backslash +int +\family default + -- +\begin_inset Formula $\int$ +\end_inset + + ikurra txertatzen du +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-k +\family default + +\family typewriter +line-delete-forward +\family default + -- Emacs-en lasterbideak: kurtsorea dagoen lekutik lerroaren bukaera arte + ezabatzen du. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-m +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-mode +\family default + -- Testua/Matematika txandakatzeko: testu-eran matematika-erara aldatzen + da, eta matematika-eran letra-tipo erromatarra duen testua sartzen du. + +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-n +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-number +\family default + -- Ekuazio baten zenbatzailea gehitu/kendu. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-C-N +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-nonumber +\family default + -- Ekuazio-multzoko lerro baten zenbatzailea gehitu/kendu. +\layout Standard + +Arestiko komandoak ekuazioen zenbakera kontrola txandakatzeko dira. + +\emph on +Oharra +\emph default +: ekuazio-multzo bateko zenbatzailearen etiketa ezabatzen denean, egitan + etiketa hori ez da ezabatuko (TeX kodea honelakoa da: " +\family typewriter + +\backslash +label{} +\backslash +nonumber +\family default +"), eta LaTeX-en ohar (ez kaltegarri) bat sortzen du. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-o +\family default + +\family typewriter +file-open +\family default + -- Dokumentu berri bat ireki. + (W*ndows) +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-q +\family default + +\family typewriter +quote-insert +\family default + -- Komatxo bat " txertatzen du. + Hori ez da lehenespenez lortzen duzun komatxo bikoitz "azkarra". +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-r +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert +\family default + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +sqrt +\family default + -- +\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{x}$ +\end_inset + + erro karratuaren ikurra. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-C-R +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert +\family default + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +root +\family default + -- +\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt[n]{x}$ +\end_inset + + erro ikurra. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-t +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-mode +\family default + -- Beste lasterbide testu eta matematika artean txandakatzen aritzeko. + Jakin ezazu matematika-eran txertatzen den testu erromatarra berezia dela. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-u +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-underline +\family default + -- Hautatutako testua +\bar under +azpimarratu +\bar default + (testu eran soilik, matematikarako +\family typewriter + +\backslash +overline +\family default + edo +\family typewriter + +\backslash +underbar +\family default + bezalako gauzak erabili). +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-v +\family default + +\family typewriter +paste +\family default + -- W*ndows-etik jasotakoa +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-w +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-close +\family default + -- Uneko dokumentua itxi (berriro, W*ndows-etik jasotakoa). +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-x +\family default + +\family typewriter +cut +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-z +\family default + +\family typewriter +undo +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-C-Z +\family default + +\family typewriter +redo +\family default + -- "Berregin" eragiketa, edo "desegindakoa desegin". +\layout Standard + +Kortxete mugatzaileak: mugatzaile bikote bat (iriki eta itxierakoak parekatzen + direnak) txertatzeko, sakatu +\family sans +Ctrl- +\family default +. + Adibidez, +\family sans +Ctrl-[ +\family default + lasterbideak +\begin_inset Formula $\left[\right]$ +\end_inset + + motako kortxeteak sartzen ditu. + +\family sans +Ctrl-] +\family default + ere berdin egiten du. + Beharrezkoa bada, matematika-erara aldatuko da. + Onartutako karaktereak hauek dira: +\family sans +( [ { < | +\family default +. + Berdin dio ezkerreko edo eskuineko kortxete/parentesiak diren. + Dagokien mugatzaileak hauek dira, hurrenez hurren: +\begin_inset Formula $\left(\right)$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\left[\right]$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\left\{ \right\} $ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\left\langle \right\rangle $ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\left|\right|$ +\end_inset + +. + Mugatzaileak "argiak" dira eta beraien edukien arabera tamaina egokitzeko + gaitasuna daukate. + Erabili matematikako panela bestelako edo parekatzen ez diren mugatzaileak + lortzeko. + +\emph on +Ezkerreko +\emph default + mugatzailean sakatu +\family sans +Atzera-tekla +\family default + ( +\family sans +backspace +\family default +) eta mugatzaile bikotea ezabatuko da, edukia ezabatu gabe. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-9 +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim ( ) +\family default +-- Komeni delako, +\family sans +Ctrl-9 +\family default + sakatzea +\family sans +Ctrl-( +\family default + edo +\family sans +Ctrl-) +\family default + sakatzea bezalaxe da +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-C-parenleft +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim ( ) +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-0 +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim ( ) +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-C-parenright +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim ( ) +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-bracketleft +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim [ ] +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-bracketright +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim [ ] +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-less +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim langle rangle +\family default + -- Mugatzaile angularrak +\begin_inset Formula $\left\langle \right\rangle $ +\end_inset + +, mesedez, ez nahastu < > ikur arruntekin. + Horiek beste maila jerarkiko batean daude! +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-greater +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim langle rangle +\layout Standard + +Barra bertikala: teklatu batzuetan (Ingalaterrakoak, adib.), barra-karakterea + +\family sans +Alt +\family default +-zerbaiti elkartua dago, eta zenbait Unix-etan barra bertikal zatikatuari + ("brokenbar" ) dagokio. + Beraz tekla hauek guztiak honela definitu ditugu: +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-bar +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim | | +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-S-brokenbar +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim | | +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-M-bar +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim | | +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-C-braceleft +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim { } +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-C-braceright +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim { } +\layout Standard + +Azentuak kasu gehienetan +\family sans +Ctrl- +\family default + sakatuta txertatzen dira. + Adib. + +\family sans +Ctrl-. + +\family default + batek gainpuntu bat, +\family sans +Ctrl-' +\family default + azentu zorrotz bat, +\family sans +Ctrl-~ +\family default + tilet bat (hemen +\family sans +Shift +\family default + ere sakatu beharko duzu) e.a. + Adibidez, " +\family sans +Ctrl-' a +\family default +" batek á txertazen du. + Azentu batzuk matematika eran bakarrik erabil daitezke, eta beste batzuk, + berriz, testu eran bakarrik. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-period +\family default + +\family typewriter +accent-dot +\family default + -- "gaipuntu" azentua: \i \.{a} + (testu eran soilik). +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-comma +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert +\backslash +dot +\family default + -- "gaipuntu" azentua: +\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$ +\end_inset + + (matetamtika eran soilik -- fisikan lehen deribatua adierazten du). +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-equals +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert +\backslash +overrightarrow +\family default + -- Bektore azentua: +\begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{x}$ +\end_inset + + (matem.). +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-C-quotedbl +\family default + +\family typewriter +accent-umlaut +\family default + -- umlaut azentua: ä (testuan soilik). +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-C-colon +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert +\backslash +ddot +\family default + -- "puntu bikoitza" azentua: +\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$ +\end_inset + + (matem. + -- fisikan bigarren deribatua adierazten du). + Matematika-eran hirugarren puntua lortzeko, erabili +\family typewriter + +\backslash +dddot +\family default +. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-quoteleft +\family default + +\family typewriter +accent-grave +\family default +-- grave azentua: à  (testu eran soilik, matem. + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +grave +\family default + erabili). +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-C-asciitilde +\family default + +\family typewriter +accent-tilde +\family default + -- tilet azentua: ã (testu eran soilik, matem. + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +tilde +\family default + erabili). +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-apostrophe +\family default + +\family typewriter +accent-acute +\family default + -- azentu zorrotza: á (testu eran soilik, matem. + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +acute +\family default + erabili). +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-C-asciicircum +\family default + +\family typewriter +accent-circumflex +\family default + -- circumflex azentua: â (testu eran soilik, matem. + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +hat +\family default + erabili). +\layout Standard + +Funtzio teklak. + S-F2 tekla berria LaTeX fitxategia sortzeko erosoa dela dirudi. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +F2 +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-write +\family default + -- Uneko dokumentua gorde. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-F2 +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-export latex +\family default + -- Uneko dokumentua LaTeX fitxategi gisa esportatu. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +F3 +\family default + +\family typewriter +find-replace +\family default + -- Bilatu eta ordeztu leihoa. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-F4 +\family default + +\family typewriter +buffer-close +\family default + -- +\family sans +C-w +\family default +-ren antzekoa. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-F4 +\family default + +\family typewriter +lyx-quit +\family default + -- +\family sans +Alt-F4 +\family default + LyX-etik irteteko. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +F4 +\family default +-tik +\family sans +F8 +\family default +-ra letra-tipoak aldatzeko erabiltzen dira. + Letra-tipo arruntera itzultzeko, +\family sans +F4 +\family default + erabili. + Letra-tipo ez-lehenetsiak txandakatzeko, +\family sans +F5 +\family default + - +\family sans +F8 +\family default + erabili. + Kurtsorea hitz baten erdian kokatuta badago, hitz osoari eragingo dio edo + hautatzen duzun testuari. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +F4 +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-default +\family default + -- letra-tipo berezia erabiltzeari utzi. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +F5 +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-bold +\family default + -- letra- +\series bold +lodia +\series default +, +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +F6 +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-emph +\family default + -- letra- +\emph on +etzana +\emph default +. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +F7 +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-code +\family default + -- testua +\family typewriter +idazmakina +\family default + bezala jarri. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +F8 +\family default + +\family typewriter +font-noun +\family default + -- testua +\noun on +Maius/maius txiki +\noun default + letra-tipoarekin jarri. + Batzuetan pertsonen izenak nabarmentzeko erabiltzen da. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +F9 +\family default +, berriz, "meta-aurrizki" bezala erabiltzen da, +\family sans +Alt +\family default + teklaren antzera (adibidez, teklatuak +\family sans +Alt +\family default +-ekin lanik ezin duenerako egin). + +\layout Standard + +Matematikako ikurrak txertatzeko Sciword-en oinarritutako zenbait lasterbide + ere badaude. + Ikur asko +\family sans +C-s +\family default + sekuentziarekin hasten dira. + Horrela +\family sans +C-s +\family default + bera ezin zaio ebste ezeri elkartu. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-apostrophe +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert +\backslash +prime +\family default + -- Matematikako +\begin_inset Formula $\prime$ +\end_inset + + "prime" ikurra. + Gehienetan ez da beharrezkoa izaten: kasu gehienetan apostrofe bat erabiltzeare +kin nahikoa izaten da, adib. + +\begin_inset Formula $x'+2x=0$ +\end_inset + +, batzuetan ordea honek LaTeX goi-indizeko errore bat sortzen du. + Kasu horretan +\begin_inset Formula $x^{\prime2}$ +\end_inset + + ( +\begin_inset Formula $x$ +\end_inset + + prime karratua) sartu behar da prime karakterearekin. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-s +\family typewriter + math-matrix 3 3 +\family default + -- 3 +\begin_inset Formula $\times$ +\end_inset + +3 neurriko matrize bat sortzen du: +\begin_inset Formula $\begin{array}{ccc} +\\\\\end{array}$ +\end_inset + + (matrizea inprimatutako dokumentuan ez da agertuko, elementu guztiak hutsik + baititu). + Gero matrize hori +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +atematika +\family default + menua erabiliz alda dezakezu. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-s\SpecialChar ~ +S-plus +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert +\backslash +dagger +\family default +-- +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Daga +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\dagger$ +\end_inset + +. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-s\SpecialChar ~ +equal +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert +\backslash +equiv +\family default +-- +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Berdintasun berbera +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\equiv$ +\end_inset + +. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-equal +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert +\backslash +approx +\family default +-- +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Gutxi gorabehera berdina +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\approx$ +\end_inset + +. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-minus +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert +\backslash +sim +\family default +-- +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Baliokidea +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + ikurra: +\begin_inset Formula $\sim$ +\end_inset + +. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-minus +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert +\backslash +rightarrow +\family default +-- Gezia +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}$ +\end_inset + + bezala. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-M-less +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert +\backslash +leq +\family default +-- Txikiago edo berdina +\begin_inset Formula $\leq$ +\end_inset + +. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +S-M-greater +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert +\backslash +geq +\family default +-- Handiago edo berdina +\begin_inset Formula $\geq$ +\end_inset + +. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-s\SpecialChar ~ +S-less +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert +\backslash +ll +\family default +-- +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Askoz ere txikiagoa +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\ll$ +\end_inset + + (fisikan oso erabilia) +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +C-s\SpecialChar ~ +S-greater +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert +\backslash +gg +\family default +-- +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Askoz ere handiagoa +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + ikurra +\begin_inset Formula $\gg$ +\end_inset + +. +\layout Subsection + +A.3.4 Matematikako lasterbide estandarrak +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +b +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert +\backslash +overline +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +d +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-display +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +e +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert ^ +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +f +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert +\backslash +frac +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +g +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-greek +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +h +\family default + +\family typewriter +accent-circumflex +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +i +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert +\backslash +int +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +l +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-limits +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +m +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-mode +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +n +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-number +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +o +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert +\backslash +oint +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +p +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert +\backslash +partial +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +r +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert +\backslash +sqrt +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +s +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert +\backslash +sqrt +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +u +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert +\backslash +sum +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +v +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert +\backslash +vec +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +x +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert _ +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +8 +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert +\backslash +infty +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +S-G +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-greek-toggle +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +S-N +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-nonumber +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +S-period +\family default + +\family typewriter +accent-dot +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +S-asciitilde +\family default + +\family typewriter +accent-tilde +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +S-apostrophe +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert +\backslash +prime +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +S-parenleft +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim ( ) +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +S-bracketleft +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim [ ] +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +S-braceleft +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim { } +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +S-less +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim langle rangle +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +S-greater +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim rangle langle +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +S-bar +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-delim | | +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +S-plus +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert +\backslash +pm +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +S-equal +\family default + +\family typewriter +math-insert +\backslash +neq +\layout Subsection + +Beste azeleratzaileak +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-k\SpecialChar ~ +o +\family typewriter +keymap-off +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-k\SpecialChar ~ +t +\family typewriter +keymap-toggle +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-k\SpecialChar ~ +x +\family typewriter +keymap-off +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-k\SpecialChar ~ +1 +\family typewriter +keymap-primary +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +M-k\SpecialChar ~ +2 +\family typewriter +keymap-secondary +\the_end diff --git a/lib/doc/eu_Extended.lyx b/lib/doc/eu_Extended.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f7765f1b1d --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/eu_Extended.lyx @@ -0,0 +1,20026 @@ +#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 221 +\textclass scrbook +\begin_preamble +\usepackage{multicol} +\newcommand{\extratablespace}[1]{\noalign{\vskip#1}} +\end_preamble +\language basque +\inputencoding latin1 +\fontscheme pslatex +\graphics default +\paperfontsize default +\spacing single +\papersize a4paper +\paperpackage a4 +\use_geometry 0 +\use_amsmath 0 +\use_natbib 0 +\use_numerical_citations 0 +\paperorientation portrait +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation indent +\defskip medskip +\quotes_language english +\quotes_times 2 +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 2 +\paperpagestyle default + +\layout Title + +LyX Ezaugarri Hedatuak +\layout Author + +egilea: LyX taldea +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Fitxategi honen arduradun nagusia +\noun on +Mike Ressler +\noun default + da. + Bidali iradokizunak edo erroreei buruzko zuzenketak LyX dokumentazioko + posta-zerrendara: . + +\newline +Itzulpena: Iñaki Larrañga Murgoitio, , 2004. + +\newline +Zuzenketak: Hizkuntza Politikarako Sailburuordetza, , 2004. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Chapter + +Sarrera +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +LyX +\emph default + +\emph on +Ezaugarri Hedatuak +\emph default + eskuliburua, oraintxe irakurtzen ari zarena, batik bat +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default +-ren 2. + zatia da. + Dokumentu hau zatitzearen arrazoia hau da: +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default + jadanik oso handia da, eta dokumentu gehienak prestatzeko behar diren oinarrizk +o ezaugarriak azaltzen ditu. + Hala ere, LyX taldeak aspalditik hainbat konfigurazio-fitxategiren eta + kanpoko paketeen bitartez LyX programa hedatzeko helburua izan du. + Horrek esanahi du LaTeX-eko Trikitixa (ez dago, adibidea besterik ez da) + paketearen euskarria eduki nahi baduzu, LyX bera aldatu gabe fitxategiaren + diseinua sor dezakezula. + Horrela, ezaugarri berri asko ekarriko lizkizuke. + Eskuliburu honetan hori guztia dokumentatzen da. +\layout Standard + +Eskuliburu honek ezaugarri berezi batzuk dokumentatzen ditu, ongi lantzeko + software gehigarria eskatzen dutenak alegia: adibidez faxaren euskarria, + bertsio-kontrola eta SGML euskarriari buruzkoak. + Azkenik, LaTeX-eko tresnei eta trikimailuei buruzko kapitulu bat dago, + LaTeX-en ezaugarri ahaltsuak erabiliz zure dokumentuak hobetzeko. + Azken finean, LyX WYSIWYM bakarrik da, eta LaTeX-eko hainbat funtziorentzako + intefazea besterik ez da. +\layout Standard + +Noski, dokumentazio osagarri horrekin guztiarekin, +\emph on +LyX Ezaugarri Hedatuak +\emph default + bere txapelean sartzeko gehiegi handitu daiteke. + Egoera horretan, adar jotzeko " Eskuliburu gain-hedatua" dei diezaiokezu! +\layout Standard + +Oraindik ez baduzu +\emph on +Sarrera +\emph default + eskuliburua irakurri, orduan okerreko eskuliburuan zaude. + Lehenengo eta behin +\emph on +Sarrera +\emph default + irakurri behar da, eta berak eramango zaitu eskuliburu egokira. + Gainera, eskuliburu guztien jakinarazpenak eta egiturak azaltzen ditu. + +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default +-rekin eta LyX-eko oinarrizko ezaugarriekin ere arituta egon beharko zenuke. +\layout Standard + +Dokumentu honetan, atal asko laguntzaile batzuk idatzitako artikulu askeak + dira, eta hori direla jakinarazten da. + Idazle bakoitzak, orokorrean, LaTeX pakete edo dokumentu-klase berri batentzako + diseinu-fitxategia idatzi du, edo bestela funtzioren bat garatu du. + Kapitulu batean (edo dagokion atalean) egilearen izenik ez bada aipatzen, + LyX-eko Dokumentazio taldeak idatzi duela esan nahi du. +\layout Standard + +Eskuliburu honetako gai guztiek azaltzen dute (LyX programa LaTeX-en oinarritzen + denez) LyX barrutik nola dabilen eta LyX-en nahi duzun LaTeX-eko kodea + zuzenean nola sortzen den. + Hau, agerian dagoenez, LyX-eko erabiltzaile aurreratuentzako prestatua + dago. +\layout Chapter + +LyX eta LaTeX +\layout Section + +LyX-ek nola erabiltzen du LaTeX +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:lyxetalatex} + +\end_inset + +Kapitulu hau bai TeX-eko teknikarientzat bai LaTeX-eko kuxkuxeroentzat da. + Berton, LyX eta LaTeX elkarrekin nola aritzen diren erakutsiko dugu, inprimatu + daitekeen irteera sortzeko. + LaTeX-i buruzko zerbait dakizula eskuliburu honetan bakarrik suposatuko + da, ez beste eskuliburuetan. +\layout Standard + +Garai batean LyX-i "LaTeX-entzako WYSIWYM motako interfazea" deitzen genion, + baina ez da gehiago egia izango. + Hor kanpoan LaTeX-entzako beste interfaze batzuk badaudelako. + Horiek, orokorrean, LaTeX exekutatzeko eta editatzen duzun fitxategian + edozein errore markatzeko gaitasuna duten editoreak dira. + LyX ere editore bat da, LaTeX exekutatzen du eta fitxategian erroreak markatzen + ditu, baina hori baino gauza gehiago egiten ditu, askoz ere gauza gehiago. + WYSIWYM kontzeptuari esker, LyX era eraginkor batean erabiltzeko ez duzu + LaTeX-ik behar. + LyX-ek ere LaTeX-entzako zenbait hedapen dakartza. + Saiatu zaitez noizbehinka honako hau egiten: hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Esportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaTeX +\family default + menua, ondoren +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + fitxategiaren emaitzeko hitzaurrean begiratu. + Jabetuko zara LyX-ek hainbat makro berri bereziki definitu dituela. + Makro horiek automatikoki definitzen dira, dokumentuan erabiltzen dituzun + ezaugarrien arabera. +\layout Standard + +LaTeX-i automatikoki deitzeko komando asko daude. + Hona hemen: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\emph on +Formatua +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +guneratu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\emph on +Formatua +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator +I +\bar under +n +\bar default +primatu... +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +F +\bar default +axa... +\layout Standard + +Horiek LaTeX-i deituko diote baldin eta LaTeX landu den azken alditik fitxategia +n aldaketak egon badira. + Editatzen ari zaren fitxategiarekin LaTeX exekutatzen duzunean, LyX-ek + urrats hauek lantzen ditu: +\layout Enumerate + +Dokumentua LaTeX-era bihurtzen du, eta fitxategia +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + luzapenarekin +\family typewriter +.lyx +\family default + dagoen direktorioan gordetzen du. +\layout Enumerate + +LaTeX abiatzen du +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + fitxategiarekin (agian hainbat aldiz). +\layout Enumerate + +Errorerik gertatzen bada, dokumentuan errore-kutxak txertatzen ditu, non + gertatu diren adierazteko. + Kutxa horiek aldi baterako izaten dira eta ez dira dokumentuarekin batera + gordetzen. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator +DVI +\family default + erabiliz LaTeX exekutatzen baduzu, LyX-ek orduan +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + abiaratuko du Dvi fitxategiarentzako. + +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator +PostScript +\family default + edo +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Inprimatu +\family default + erabiltzen baduzu, LyX-ek beste bi urrats gehiago landuko ditu: +\layout Itemize + +Dvi fitxategia PostScript®-era bihurtzeko +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + abiatuko du: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +PostScript +\family default + hautatu bada, irteerako fitxategiaren luzapena +\family typewriter +.ps_tmp +\family default + izango da. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +I +\bar under +n +\bar default +primagailua... +\family default +\SpecialChar ~ +hautatu bada, irteerako fitxategiaren luzapena +\family typewriter +.ps +\family default + izango da, espero zenuen bezalaxe. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +ghostview +\family default + exekutatu, edo bidali PostScript® fitxategia inprimagailura. +\layout Section + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Lagundu! LyX-ek +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + fitxategi irakurkaitza sortu du! +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +LaTeX-eko erabiltzaile sutsuek alkondarak txikitu eta garrasika igaroko + dute urte hasierako gaua (San Juan bezpera, alegia), ilargi betearen itzalpean + LyX erabilkaitza dela lau haizetara aldarrikatuz, eta hori guztia gertatzen + zaie eskuliburu guztiak ez irakurtzeagatik. +\layout Standard + +Goazen, bada, gauzak argitzera. + LyX-ek bi LaTeX fitxategi-mota sortzen ditu. + Bata, gizakiok irakur dezakeguna; bestea, LyX-ek irakur dezakeena. + LyX-ek LaTeX lantzen duen bakoitzean, LaTeX fitxategi bat sortzen du erroreak + errazago antzemateko. + Ondorioz, sortzen den +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + fitxategia gizakientzako irakurtezina da. + Ez saiatu hori irakurtzen. + +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + fitxategia nahi baduzu (lankide bati bidaltzeko, adib.), hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +sportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +aTeX +\family default + menua. +\layout Section + +LaTeX fitxategiak LyX-era bihurtzen +\layout Standard + +LaTeX fitxategi bat LyX-era inportatzeko, erabili +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +I +\bar default +nportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +aTeX +\family default + komandoa LyX leihoan. + Horrek Perl programaketa hizkuntzan egindako script bati deituko dio: +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + ; horrek +\family typewriter +fitxat1.tex +\family default + fitxategia jasoz +\family typewriter +fitxat1.lyx +\family default + sortzen du. + Ondoren, LyX-ek +\family typewriter + fitxat1.lyx +\family default + fitxategia irekitzen du. + Bihurketa ez bada ongi ibili, saia zaitez reLyX tresna komando lerrotik + exekutatzen, aukera sofistikatuagoak erabilita. +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +-ek LaTeX-eko zilegia den ia dena bihurtuko du, baina ez guztia. + TeX moduan ulertzen ez dituen gauzak ez ditu bihurtuko; beraz, bihurtu + gabekoak gorri koloreko testuetan agertzen dira, eta eskuz editatu beharko + dituzu ongi ikusteko. +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +-ek +\emph on +Ezaugarri Hedatuak +\emph default + eskuliburuan (eta dagokion Unix-eko man orrialdeetan ere) bere atala dauka. + Irakurri atal hori, jakiteko LaTeX-eko zein ezaugarri ez dauden onartuta, + zein akats dauden (eta nola konpondu) eta aukera batzuk nola erabili. +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +-ek lana egitea lortzen ez baduzu, edo LyX fitxategi batean LaTeX kodea + txertatzea nahi baduzu, ikusi +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:latexkodeak} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala. +\layout Section + +LaTeX kodea LyX dokumentuetan txertatzea +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:txertat-LaTeX-kodea} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:latexkodeak} + +\end_inset + +Ezaugarri hau nahiko garrantzitsua da: beti izango duzu LaTeX kodea LyX-eko + dokumentu batean txertatzeko aukera. + LyX-ek ezin ditu, eta litekeena da inoiz ezin izatea, LaTeX-eko egitura + guztiak bistaratu. + LyX dokumentu batean LaTeX-eko komando bat txertatu behar duzunean, erabili + ERT kutxa. + ERT kutxa lortzeko, hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +T +\bar default +eX +\family default + menua. + ERT kutxa hiru modutan ager daiteke: tolestuta, irekita eta lerro barnean. + Aurreneko biak beste kutxa tolesgarriak bezala erabiltzen dira, adib. + oin-oharrak, eta LaTeX-eko komando kopuru askorekin erabiltzen dira. + "Barneko" ERT kutxa batek bere edukia botoiaren zati bezala bistaratzen + du, eta LaTeX komandoen zati motz bezala erabiltzen dira. + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +% hau bezala +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Hiru moduen artean txandakatzeko, ERT kutxa bertan klikatu saguaren eskuineko + botoiarekin. + Jakin ezazu LaTeX-eko komandoak lerro bat baino gehiagotan erabiltzea nahi + badituzu, ezin duzula barneko modua erabili. +\layout Standard + +Ondorengoa LyX-eko dokumentu batean LaTeX kodea txertatzearen adibidea duzu. + Kodeak honelako itxura eduki ohi dute: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +begin{tabular}{ll} +\newline + +\backslash +begin{minipage}{5cm} +\newline +Hau orritxo ingurunearen adibide bat da. + Zuk +\newline +nahi duzuna jar dezakezu bertan, edozein (ez-mugikor) +\newline +irudi eta taula. + +\newline + +\backslash +end{minipage} +\newline +& +\newline + +\backslash +begin{minipage}{5cm} +\newline + +\backslash +begin{verbatim} +\newline + +\backslash +begin{minipage}{5cm} +\newline +Hau ... + +\newline + +\backslash +end{minipage} +\newline + +\backslash +end{verbatim} +\newline + +\backslash +end{minipage} +\newline + +\backslash +end{tabular} +\layout Standard + +Adibideko testuak daukan ERT kutxa paragrafo honen ondoren agertzen da. + Eskuliburu hau pantailan (LyX-eko leihoan) irakurtzen ari bazara, gris + koloreko botoi bat (gorri koloreko testu bitxi batekin) ikusiko duzu. + Inprimatutako bertsioan, ordea, honen emaitza ikusiko duzu: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{tabular}{ll} +\newline + +\backslash +begin{minipage}{5cm} +\newline +Hau orritxo ingurunearen adibide bat da. Zuk nahi duzuna jar dezakezu bertan, edozein (ez-mugikor) irudi eta taula. +\newline + +\backslash +end{minipage} +\newline +& +\newline + +\backslash +begin{minipage}{5cm} +\newline + +\backslash +begin{verbatim} +\newline + +\backslash +begin{minipage}{5cm} +\newline +Hau ... +\newline + +\backslash +end{minipage} +\newline + +\backslash +end{verbatim} +\newline + +\backslash +end{minipage} +\newline + +\backslash +end{tabular} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Bi metodo hauetaz gain, LaTeX-eko egitura konplexua duen aparteko fitxategi + bat sor dezakezu. + Gero +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Txertatu\SpecialChar ~ +fitxategia +\family default + menua erabili fitxategia txertatzeko (sarrera mota hautatu beharko duzu). + Hau aholkatzen dizugu ongi dabilen +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + fitxategi bat jadanik badaukazu. + Bestela izugarrizko lana izango duzu LaTeX-eko erroreak zuzentzen. + +\layout Standard + +Azpimarratu beharreko azken oharrak: +\layout Itemize + +LyX-en barruan LaTeX-eko kodea +\emph on +gorriz +\emph default + agertzen da. +\layout Itemize + +LyX-ek +\emph on +ez du +\emph default + LaTeX-eko kodea ongi a dagoen egiaztatzen. +\layout Itemize + +Kontu ibili gurpila berriz asmatzearekin. +\layout Standard + +Azken oharrak bi gauza adierazi nahi ditu. + Lehenbizi, LyX-ek bere barnean ezaugarri batzuk ditu, eta gehiago ekartzekotan + dago. + LaTeX-eko kodea idazten hasi aurretik, ziurtatu zaitez eskuliburuetan irakurriz + LyX-ek zuk behar dituzun LaTeX-eko ezaugarri horiek ez dakartzala, bestela + alferrikako lana egingo baituzu. + Bigarrenik, hor kanpoan (zure LaTeX-eko banaketan) hainbat gauza ezberdin + egiten dituzten pakete asko daude, eta agian zuk behar duzuna horietariko + bat izan daiteke, kartazalentzako etiketetatik hasi eta hainbat orrialdeko + tauletaino. + Begiratu CTANeko gunean xehetasunak irakurtzeko (ikusi +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default + eskuliburuko "Beharrezko aplikazioak" atala) +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +\noun on +John Weiss +\noun default +-en oharra +\emph default +: hori egiten askotan ikusi izan dut. + Etiketak inprimatzeko kodea batzuk prestatzen hasi, eta buruhauste asko + igaro eta gero konturatzea hori egiteko jadanik LaTeX-eko bi pakete erabilgarri + daudela. + Eta okerrena da neuk banituela pakete horiek! +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Zure dokumentuan zerbait sofistikatua eta sakona egin behar baduzu, ziurtatu + zaitez alboan LaTeX buruzko liburu on bat edukitzea, kodea garatzen laguntzeko. + +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default + eskuliburuko bibliografian batzuk zerrendatzen dira. +\layout Standard + +Badaude LaTeX-eko komando batzuk testuaren aurretik kokatu behar izaten + direnak. + Hauek hitzaurrean kokatzen dira, eta hurrengo atalean honi buruz hitz egiten + da. +\layout Section + +LyX eta LaTeX-eko hitzaurrea +\layout Subsection + +LaTeX-eko hitzaurreari buruz +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:hitzaurrea} + +\end_inset + + LaTeX ezagutzen baduzu, hemen ez daukagu hitzaurrea zertarako egokia den + azaldu beharrik. + Ez baduzu ezagutzen ordea, datozen azalpenek ideia batzuk lortzen lagunduko + dizute (berriro diogu, xehetasun gehiagorako LaTeX-eko liburu on bat eskuratu + eta irakurri). + Dena den, ondorengo azalpenak irakurri beharko zenituzke, LyX-eko dokumentu + batean LaTeX-eko hitzaurrerekin zer egin dezakezun eta zer ez duzun egin + behar azaltzen baitute. +\layout Standard + +LaTeX-eko hitzaurrea dokumentuaren hasieran agertzen da, edozein testuren + +\emph on +aurretik +\emph default +. + Ondorengoentzako da: +\layout Itemize + +Dokumentu-klasea zehazteko. + Jadanik, LyX-ek hau zuregatik egiten du. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +LaTeX arloan aditua bazara, eta erabili nahi dituzun dokumentu-klase pertsonaliz +atuak badituzu, irakurri +\emph on +Pertsonalizazioa +\emph default + eskuliburua, LyX horien interfaze gisa ezartzeko egin beharrekoak agertzen + baititu. + Ziurtatu zure lanak LyX taldeari bidaltzen dizkiozula, datozen bertsioetan + sartzeko! +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Paketeen erabilera zehazteko. + LaTeX-eko paketeek komando bereziak eskaintzen dituzte; horiek dokumentuan + erabili ahal izango dira baldin eta dokumentuko hitzaurrean zehaztu badira. + Adibidez, +\family typewriter +indentfirst +\family default + paketeak paragrafo guztiak koskatuak izan daitezen derrigortzen du. + Etiketak, kartazalak, marjinak eta beste hainbat gauzetarako beste pakete + batzuk badaude. +\layout Itemize + +Zenbatzaileak, aldagaiak, luzera eta zabalerak zehazteko. + LaTeX-en hainbat zenbatzaile eta aldagai daude, eta nahi den eragina egiteko + modu global batean hitzaurrean ezarri behar dira. + Beste zenbait aldagai, ordea, dokumentuaren barruan ezar eta berrasiera + ditzakezu. + Marjinak adibide egokiak dira hitzaurrean zer ezarri behar den erakusteko. + Beste adibide bat zerrendentzako etiketen formatua da. + Gaur egun, horiek dokumentuko edozein lekutan ezar ditzakezu, baina egokiena + leku bakar batean egitea da, hitzaurrearen barruan. +\layout Itemize + +Erabiltzaileak definitutako komandoak ( +\family typewriter + +\backslash +newcommand +\family default + edo +\family typewriter + +\backslash +renewcommand +\family default +-ekin) zehazteko. + Gehienetan LaTeX-eko komandoen laburtzapenak izan ohi dira dokumentu barruan + askotan agertzen direnak. + Gainera, hitzaurrea leku egokia da komando horiek zehazteko, beste edozein + lekutan ere zehatz daitezke (hori bai, lehen aldiz erabili +\emph on +aurretik +\emph default +). + Hau oso erabilgarria izan daiteke zure dokumentuan LaTeX-eko kode gordin + asko daudenean, normalean ez da horrelakorik gertatzen. +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek sortzen duen +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + fitxategian dagokion definizio-multzoa hitzaurrean gehitzen du. + Horrela, LyX-ek sortutako LaTeX fitxategia eramangarria izaten da. +\layout Subsection + +Hitzaurrea aldatzea +\layout Standard + +LaTeX fitxategiko hitzaurrean LyX-ek gehitzen dituen komandoak finkatuta + daude; ezin dituzu aldatu baldin eta LyX programaren iturburua ez baduzu + aldatzen. + Hala ere, zure komandoak hitzaurrean gehitzeko aukera daukazu. + Hori egiteko bi bide daude: +\layout Enumerate + +Hautatu +\family sans +Diseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Hitzaurrea, +\family default + edo +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +okumentua +\family default + menutik sortzen den leihoko +\family sans +\bar under +H +\bar default +itzaurrea +\family default + fitxa, erabiltzen duzun LyX bertsioaren arabera. + LyX-eko laster-teklak leihoan ez dira erabilgarriak. +\layout Enumerate + +Gehitu dituzun hitzaurreko edukiak erabili lehenetsitako txantiloi gisa + (ikus "Oinarrizko LyX konfigurazioa" +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default + eskuliburuan), horrela sortzen dituzun fitxategien hitzaurre lehenetsia + izango da. +\layout Standard + +Aurrez berak eraikita duen hitzaurreko guztia Hitzaurrean gehitzen du LyX-ek. + Hitzaurrean zure komandoak sartu aurretik, ziurtatu zaitez zuk nahi duzuna + LyX-ek ez daukala (gogoratzen zara nola esan genizun gurpila berriro ez + asmatzeko?). + Gainera, +\emph on +ziurtatu zure hitzaurrearen kodea zuzena dela +\emph default +. + LyX-ek ez ditu egiaztatzen. +\layout Subsection + +Adibideak +\layout Standard + +Hemen agertzen diren adibideek azaltzen dute hitzaurrean zer gehitu ditzakezun + eta zer egiten duten: +\layout Subsubsection + +1. + adibidea: desplazamendua +\layout Standard + +LaTeX-en bi aldagai daude orrialdearen kokapena kontrolatzeko: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +hoffset +\family default + eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +voffset +\family default +. + Horizontalki eta bertikalki desplazatzeko erabiltzen dira, hurrenez hurren. + Aldagai horiek oso baliagarriak dira etiketak inprimatzeko. + Noizbehinka, orriaren (edo inprimakiaren) tamaina eta orrian inprimatu + daitekeen arearen tamainak ez datoz bat. + Horretarako erabiltzen dira +\family typewriter + +\backslash +hoffset +\family default + eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +voffset +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Lehenetsitako balioak bai +\family typewriter + +\backslash +hoffset +\family default + bai +\family typewriter + +\backslash +voffset +\family default +-entzako +\family typewriter +0\SpecialChar ~ +pt. + +\family default + izan ohi dira, adibidez, orrialdea ez badago mailakatuta. +\layout Standard + +Zoritxarrez, badirudi zenbait DVI kontrolatzailek orrialdea beti mailakatzen + dutela. + Ez dakigu zergatia, agian sistemako arduradunak ez du dagokion jokaera + egokiro finkatu. + LyX erabiltzen ari zaren ordenagailuko arduraduna ez bazara, edota sistemako + arduraduna alfer-ontzi bat bada, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +hoffset +\family default + eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +voffset +\family default + aldagaiek lagunduko dizute. + Demagun ezkerreko eta goiko marjinak +\family typewriter +0,5 +\family default + hazbete (inch) handiagoak direla beti. + Gehitu hauek hitzaurreari: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +hoffset}{-0.5 in} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +voffset}{-0.5 in} +\layout Standard + +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +eta marjinak egokiro edukiko dituzu orain. +\layout Subsubsection + +2. + adibidea: etiketak +\layout Standard + +Etiketez ari garela, helbideen etiketa-sorta bat inprimatu nahi duzula suposatu. + Badago +\family typewriter +labels.sty +\family default + izeneko pakete polit bat (CTAN-eko artxiboetatik eskura dezakezuna) etiketa-orr +iak inprimatzeko. + Litekeena da zure sistemak pakete hau lehenetsi gisa instalatuta ez edukitzea. + Egiaztatze-lanak zure esku uzten ditugu. + Agian dagokion dokumentazioa irakurtzea komeniko zaizu, ez baitugu hori + hemen azalduko. + Hau adibide bat denez, pakete hori nola erabili azalduko dizugu. +\layout Standard + +Lehenik, ziurtatu +\family sans +article +\family default + dokumentu-klasea erabiltzen ari zarela. + Gero, jarri honako hau hitzaurrean: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +usepackage{labels} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +LabelCols=3 +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +LabelRows=7 +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +LeftBorder=8mm +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +RightBorder=8mm +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +TopBorder=9mm +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +BottomBorder=2mm +\layout Standard + +Horrek gauzak etiketa-orri motarentzat konfiguratzen ditu Avery®, #5360 + erreferentziarekin. + Etiketak inprimatzeko prest egon arren, LaTeX kodea txertatu beharko duzu, + etiketa bakoitzaren inguruan +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{labels} +\family default + eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{labels} +\family default + komandoak jarriz. + Hori eta +\family typewriter +labels.sty +\family default + paketeko beste ezaugarri bereziak dokumentazio honetan azaltzen dira. +\layout Standard + +Noizbait norbaitek LyX diseinuren bat idatz lezake pakete hau zuzenean erabiltze +ko. + Agian norbait hori zeu izan zintezke. +\layout Subsubsection + +3. + adibidea: paragrafoak koskatzea +\layout Standard + +Amerikarrak ohituta daude paragrafo +\emph on +bakoitzeko +\emph default + lehenbiziko lerroa kostatzen. + Dituzten beste lilurazko jokabideekin, amerikar gehienek negar-zotinka + aritzen dira beraiena lortu eta paragrafo guztien lehenbiziko lerroa koskatu + arte +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +\noun on +John Weiss +\noun default +-en oharra +\emph default +: hau amerikar batek idatzi du --- neuk! Nire herrialdeko biztanleei buruzko + neure ikuspegia da. + Ez baduzu atsegin, pikuteaaaaaaaaa, ño! +\end_inset + + . +\layout Standard + +Noski, jokabide hau tipografia ikuspuntutik ez da batere estandarra. + Liburuetan, normalean paragrafo bateko lehenbiziko lerroa koskatzen da + baldin eta beste baten atzetik badoa. + Paragrafo bateko aurreneko lerroa koskatzearen ideia inguruetako paragrafoetati +k nabarmentzeko da. + Aurretik ez badago paragraforik, irudi baten atzean dagoelako edo atal + bateko lehenbiziko paragrafoa delako, orduan ez da koskatze berezirik egiten. +\layout Standard + +Amerikar liluratu horietariko bat bazara, ez zaitez gauza esoterikoetaz + arduratu: zuk koskatzea nahiko duzu! Gehitu hau hitzaurrean: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +usepackage{indentfirst} +\layout Standard + +Zure TeX banaketa ez badago hondatuta, pakete hau edukiko duzu, eta paragrafo + guztiek lortuko dute hain maiteak dituzun koskak. +\layout Subsubsection + +4. + adibidea: dokumentu hau +\layout Standard + +Dokumentu honen hitzaurrea ere begiratu dezakezu, egin ditzakezun gauza + aurreratu batzuen burutazioa argitzeko. + Agian +\family sans +Hitzaurrea +\family default + dagoen leihoa handitu beharko duzu bertakoa erosoago ikusteko. + Adibide gehiago eta LaTeX-eko +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +trikimailu zikin" batzuk +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{kapi:sekretuak} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +kapituluan aurkitzen dira. +\layout Section + +LyX eta LaTeX-eko erroreak +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek LaTeX-i deitzen dionean, erroreei ezikusi egiteko eta aurrera jarraitzeko + esaten dio. + Gero, LaTeX-ek landutako egunkari fitxategia eskuratzen du erroreak aztertzeko. + Kapitulu hasieran azaldu dugun bezala, LyX-ek bi +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + fitxategi-mota sortzen ditu, horietariko bat dokumentuko erroreak antzemateko + erabiltzen da. + Nonbaiten errore bat egonez gero, LyX-ek +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Errorea" etiketa duen kutxa dokumentuko leku egoki batean jarriko du +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Batzuetan LyX-ek ezin du asmatu errorea zehazki non gertatu den. + Arruntena irudi, taula, matematika eta hitzaurrearekin gertatzea izaten + da. +\end_inset + +. + Honekin batera, leiho bat kaleratuko du zenbat errore gertatu diren jakinarazte +ko. +\layout Standard + +Errore artean mugitzeko erabili +\family sans +\bar under +A +\bar default +rakatu +\family default + menuko +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +rrorea +\family default + aukera. + Saguarekin klikatuz errore-kutxak ireki eta mezuak irakur ditzakezu. + +\layout Standard + +Erabiltzaile batzuk egunkari-fitxategian zuzenean begiratu nahi izaten dute, + +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +aTeX\SpecialChar ~ +egunkaria +\family default + menua erabiliz. + Bertan errore-mezu eta abisu gehienak azaltzen dira. + Horiek hemen azaltzen ditugu. + Zerrenda osoa lortzeko, eskuratu LaTeX liburu on bat. +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +LaTeX Warning: +\family default +" +\layout Standard + +Hitz horiekin hasten den edozer gauza abisuko mezu bat da, LaTeX kodea arazteko + xededuna. + Honelako mezuak jasoko dituzu erreferentzia gurutzatuak edo bibliografien + sarrerak gehitu edo aldatu badituzu, kasu horietan LaTeX-ek beste exekuzio + bat egin behar duzula esaten ari da. +\layout Standard + +Orokorrean mezu hauek ahaztu ditzakezu. +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +LaTeX Font Warning: +\family default +" +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Abisuko beste mezu bat, oraingoan LaTeX-ek aurkitu ezin dituen letra-tipoengatik + ari da. + Mezuaren beste zatiak LaTeX-ek erabiltzen dituen letra-tipoak aldatzeko + zerbait esaten du askotan. +\layout Standard + +Horietaz lasai asko ahaztu zaitezke. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +Overfull +\backslash +hbox +\family default +" +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +LaTeX-ek mezu hauek botatzen ditu sarritan. + Lerro batzuk luzeegiak direla eta eskuineko marjina gaindituko dutela ohartaraz +ten dute. + Lerro bukaeran hitz bat zatitu eta hitzaren beste zatia lerro berrira ezin + duelako bidali gertatzen da. + Betiko moduan, azken irteerako bertsioan ez zara ohartuko. + Edo karaktere bakarrak edo bik igaroko dute marjina. + Idazten duzun edozein dokumentutan LaTeX-ek behintzat honelako mezu bat + kaleratuko du. +\layout Standard + +Mezu alu horiek bazter ditzakezu. + Zure begiek esango dizute arazorik ba al dagoen luzeegia den zerbaitekin. + Irteerako bertsioa begiratzearekin nahikoa duzu. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +Underfull +\backslash +hbox +\family default +" +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Ez da bere lehengusina bezain ospetsua, agerraldi gutxiago egiten baititu. + Badirudi LaTeX-ek atsegin duela lerro luzeak direnak inprimatzea, txikien + ordez. + Ez dakigu zergatia. +\layout Standard + +Honelakoak ere ahaztu. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +Overfull +\backslash +vbox +\family default +" eta +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +Underfull +\backslash +vbox +\family default +" +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Orrialdeak zatitzeko (jauzteko) arazoak daudela ohartarazten dute. + Berriro, begiratu irteerako bertsioan. + Zure begiek esango dizute akatsa non gertatu den. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +LaTeX Error: File "Xxxx" not found +\family default +" +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Sistema honetan +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +Xxxx +\family default +" fitxategia ez dagoela instalatuta jakinarazten du. + Egoera hau normalki zure dokumentuak eskatzen duen paketea instalatu gabe + dagoenean gertatzen da. + Hitzaurrea ez baduzu aldatzen edo +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage{} +\family default + komandoa ez baduzu erabiltzen, orduan LyX-ek kargatu nahi izan duen paketea + falta da. + Erabili +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +aguntza +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +aTeX\SpecialChar ~ +konfigurazioa +\family default + LyX-ek ezagutzen duen pakete-zerrenda lortzeko. + Fitxategi hau LyX birkonfiguratzen duzun ( +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +B +\bar default +irkonfiguratu +\family default + erabili) bakoitzean eguneratzen da, eta zein pakete antzeman dituen eta + zer egiten duten argituko dizu. +\layout Standard + +Baldin eta dokumentuan komando bat erabili baduzu, eta kortxete artean zehaztu + duzun paketea ez badago instalatuta, zeuk instalatu beharko duzu. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +LaTeX Error: Unknown option +\family default +" +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Honekin hasten diren errore-mezuak pakete batentzako aukera oker bat edo + definitu gabea zehaztu duzula adierazten saiatzen dira. + Begiratu paketeen dokumentazioa. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +Undefined control sequence +\family default +" +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Zure dokumentuan LaTeX kodea txertatu baduzu, baina hizkiren bat gaizki + idatzi baduzu, honelako mezu bat lortuko duzu. + Litekeena da pakete bat kargatzea ahaztu izana. + Edozein modutan, errore-mezu honek definitu gabeko komando bat erabiltzen + ari zarela adierazten du. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Bestelako errore eta abisu-motako mezuak ere badira. + Batzuk beraien burua azaltzen dute. + Oro har, LaTeX-eko mezuak dira. + Besteak apur bat zailago dira ulertzeko. + TeX-en errore-mezuak izan ohi dira, eta ez dakigu zer adierazi nahi duten + edo nola argitu beraien esanahia. +\layout Standard + +Errore-mezuak agertzen badira, honako urrats hauek egin behar dituzu: +\layout Enumerate + +Begiratu LaTeX-eko kodean ea hizkiren bat gaizki idatzi ote duzun jakin + eta zuzentzeko. +\layout Enumerate + +Hizkirik ez baduzu jan, egiaztatu komandoak egokiro erabili dituzula. +\layout Enumerate + +Dokumentu-hasieran zenbait errore-kutxa agertzen badira, hitzaurrean erroreak + daudela adierazten du. + Zure hitzaurrea arazten has zintezke. +\layout Enumerate + +Dokumentuak ez badu ez hitzaurrerik ez LaTeX koderik, litekeena da akatsa + duzun LaTeX banaketan egotea. + Begiratu galdutako paketeak, eta instala itzazu. +\layout Enumerate + +Ongi, pakete galdurik ez badago, erabili al duzu dokumentua fintzeko aukerarik + LyX-en? Gauzak zehaztuz, horietariko batzuk +\emph on +gaizki erabili +\emph default + dituzu? Adibidez, eskuz hainbat +\family sans +Zuriune\SpecialChar ~ +babestu +\family default +, +\family sans +Lerro-jauzi +\family default + edo +\family sans +Orri-jauzi +\family default + txertatu dituzu? Horiekin zerbait oker bateratzen saiatu zara paragrafo-ingurun +e egokiak erabili ordez? +\layout Enumerate + +Oso ondo, ez duzu dokumentua fintzeko aukerarik erabili, arauen barruan + jokatzen ari zara. + Dotoretzeko gauzak eskuz egiten ari zara? Taula edo ekuazio baten barruan + zerbait polita egin al duzu, grafiko bat taula bateko gelaxka batean txertatzea + bezalakoa? +\layout Enumerate + +Testu-zati luzeak al dituzu, eta horietan LaTeX-ek lerroa eteteko leku egokia + ezin du aurkitu? Jatorriz, LaTeX nahiko zorrotza izaten da lerro bat eteteko + hitzen artean zenbat tarte gehitu behar duen erabakitzerakoan. + Egokiena paragrafoa berriro lantzea duzu, arazoa konpontzeko testua beste + modu batera idatz dezakezu. + Hori ez bada zuretzako aukera bat, zure testua itzulbiratu dezakezu +\family typewriter + +\backslash +sloppypar +\family default + erabiliz LaTeX-ek lerro-jauzia nahi duen bezala egin dezan +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Itzultzailearen oharra: LaTeX-ek nahi duen bezala testu zati baten lerro-jauzia + egiteko, kokatu testu zati hori honako komando hauen artean: +\newline + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{sloppypar} +\newline +(... + hemen testu zatia sartu...) +\newline + +\backslash +end{sloppypar} +\end_inset + +. +\layout Enumerate + +Habiaratze-sakonera maila guztiak gainditu dituzu? Gaur egun, LyX-ek ez + du egiaztatzen inguruneetako habiaratze-sakoneraren muga gainditzen al + duzun, oraingoz hori zure esku gelditzen da. + Inguruneak bata bestearen barruan +\begin_inset Formula $17.$ +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +mailaraino habiaratzen badira, hor egongo da arazoa. + +\layout Enumerate + +Ederto! errore-mezurik ez daukazu, baina irteerako bertsioaren itxura zatar + agertzen da. + Dokumentuak taula edo irudi handiegia edo orrialdearentzat luzeegia badu, + saiatu hauekin: +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +berreskalatu irudia, hobekiago finkatu dadin. +\layout Enumerate + +txikitu edo zatitu taula, finkatu arte. +\layout Standard + +Irteeran zerbait oker badoa, eta ez bazara saiatu gauzak dotoretzen edo + sofistikatzen, ez eta dokumentua fintzeko aukerarik ukitu, orduan ez dakigu + zer egon daitekeen gaizki . +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Horrek guztiak ez badu laguntzen, agian LyX-en akats bat aurkitu duzu\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Chapter + +Tresna osagarriak +\layout Section + +BibTeX-ekin bibliografia prestatzea +\layout Standard +\added_space_bottom bigskip +Idazlea: +\noun on +Mike Ressler +\layout Standard +\noindent +GELDITU! Ez badakizu zer den BibTeX, edo erabileraren inguruko ezagutza + onak (zure bibliografiarako datu-base bat konfiguratzea adibidez) badituzu, + zoaz korrika, aintza-aintzaka, +\noun on +Lamport +\noun default +-en +\emph on +LaTeX: A Document Preparation System +\emph default + liburuko 2.\SpecialChar ~ +argitalpen baten gertuen daukazun kopiara, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Appendix B" atalera hain zuzen. + Azalpenean bibliografia-fitxategi egoki bat sortu duzula eta inguruneko + aldagaiak ( +\family typewriter +BIBINPUTS +\family default +, +\family typewriter +BSTINPUTS +\family default +, eta +\family typewriter +TEXINPUTS +\family default + bereziki) ere egokiro konfiguratu dituzula suposatzen da, horrela BibTeX + datu-basea duen LaTeX fitxategi bat sortu eta +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +TeX"-atzeko aukera daukazu. +\layout Standard + +Ez dakitenentzat BibTeX zer den, gehien erabiltzen dituzun bibliografien + erreferentziak gordetzen duen datu-base handi bat sortzeko sistema bat + da. + Etorkizunean idazten dituzun artikuluetan, gehitu datu-base estandar hau + eta egin erreferentzia bakoitzaren gakoari dagokion aipua. + Nahiz eta orri gutxi batzuk (bakoitzean erabilkorrak diren erreferentziekin) + idatzi, BibTeX aztertzea ongi igarotako denbora izango da, eta zuretzat + zenbateraino baliagarria izango den erabaki ahalko duzu. +\layout Standard + +LyX-en BibTeX erabiltzeko, aurrenik irakurri +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default +, aipamenak nola txertatzen diren argitzen baitu. + BibTeX-eko erreferentziak txertatzeko oinarrizko urratsak berdinak dira. + Gero, zure dokumentuaren bukaeran, hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Zerrendak\SpecialChar ~ +eta\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +A +\bar default +urk\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +B +\bar default +ibTeX\SpecialChar ~ +erreferentzia +\family default +. + Bete horrek bistaratzen duen elkarrizketa-koadroan dauden eremuak: +\layout Description + +Datu-basea: idatzi zure +\family typewriter + .bib +\family default + fitxategiaren izena, +\family typewriter +.bib +\family default + luzapenik gabe. + Hainbat +\family typewriter +.bib +\family default + fitxategitan bilaketa egiteko, idatzi nahi duzun ordenan, eta komaz bereiztuta. +\layout Description + +Estiloa: idatzi zure BibTeX estiloaren izena, baina +\family typewriter +.bst +\family default + luzapenik gabe. + Lehenetsitako estiloa +\family sans +plain +\family default + (zure LaTeX banaketan egon behar duenez, ez kezkatu hori sortzen) da. +\layout Standard + +Aipamen bakoitzarentzako iturburuak +\family typewriter +.bib +\family default + fitxategian daudela suposatuz, testuko kokaleku batean +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +Z +\bar default +itazio\SpecialChar ~ +erreferentzia +\family default + menuari deitu, eta sartu erreferentziaren gako egokia. + Ez da besterik eskatzen: +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI +\family default + ikustaileari deitzen diozunean, adibidez, ikusiko duzu nola BibTeX eta + LaTeX exekutatzen diren behar diren heinean. +\layout Section + +Indize bat sortzea +\layout Standard + +Dokumentu luze batean indize ona sortzea oso zaila izan arren, LyX-ek gauzak + errazten laguntzen du, LaTeX-eko azken banaketetan dagoen +\family typewriter +makeindex +\family default + programaren interfaze lanak eginez. + Indize bat txertatzea eta hitzak markatzea indizearen aurkibidean gehitzeko, + arestiko atalean azaldu den bibliografia erreferentziekin lan egitearen + antzeko zerbait da. +\layout Standard + +Lehenbizi, joan zure fitxategiaren amaierara eta hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Zerrenda\SpecialChar ~ +eta\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +A +\bar default +urk\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Indize-zerrenda +\family default +. + Ondoren, indizean agertzea nahi duzun hitz bakoitzarentzako, zoaz hitz + horren atzera, eta klikatu +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Indize-sarrera +\family default +. + Honek, indize alfabetikoan agertuko den hitza erakutsiz, etiketa bat txertatuko + du. + Hori da dena; LyX-ek automatikoki +\family typewriter +makeindex +\family default +-eri deituko dio eta indizea sortuko du. + Indize-motako botoian saguaren eskuineko botoiaz klikatuz agertzen den + elkarrizketa-koadroko testuak LaTeX onartzen du; kontuz ibili eta saihestu + karaktere bereziak. + Aukera aurreratuak erabil ditzakezu (zure LaTeX banaketarekin datorren + dokumentazioa begiratu "habiaratutako sarrerak" bezalako gauzak lantzeko). +\layout Standard + +Argi ibili testuko hitzaren eta indizearen markatzailearen artean tarterik + ez jartzearekin, bestela indize alfabetikoan okerreko orrialde baten zenbakiare +kin agertuko dira. +\layout Section + +Zati anitzeko dokumentuak +\layout Subsection + +Eragiketa orokorra +\layout Standard + +Fitxategi luze batean hainbat atalekin lanean ari bazara, batzuetan egokia + izaten da dokumentua hainbat fitxategitan zatitzea, edo aldiro bere edukia + eguneratzen den taula bat edukitzea, baina arestian daukan testua ez ordea. + Egoera horietan, zati anitzeko dokumentuak erabiltzea egokiagoa izan dezakezu. + Adibidez, aldizkari zientifikoek bost atal nagusi izaten dituzte: sarrera, + behaketa, emaitzak, eztabaida eta ondorioak. + Horietariko bakoitza LyX fitxategi bereizi batean egon ohi da, eta fitxategi + 'nagusi' batekin (honek titulua, egileak, laburpena, erreferentziak eta + bost fitxategiak txertatuta edukitzen ditu). + Garrantzitsua da jakitea fitxategi horietariko bakoitza erabateko LyX fitxategi +a dela, eta bera bakarrik egituratu eta inprimatu daitekeela, baita fitxategi + nagusian sartuta dagoenean ere. + Fitxategi horiek guztiak dokumentu-klase berdina erabili behar dute (ez + bateratu artikulu-klase bat liburu-klase batekin). + LaTeX fitxategiak ere sartu behar dituzu; fitxategi horiek ez dute beraien + hitzaurrea eduki behar (hori dela eta, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{document} +\family default + lerroraino dagoen guztia, komando hau barne, eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{document} +\family default + lerroa ezabatu behar dira) bestela DVI fitxategia sortzerakoan erroreak + gertatuko baitira. +\layout Standard + +Fitxategiak gehitzeko, LyX-ek bide erraz bat aurkezten dizu: +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar ~ +fitxategia +\family default +. + Hautapen honetan klikatzen duzunean kurtsorea kokatuta dagoen lekuan kutxa + txiki bat txertatzen da. + Kutxa horretan klikatuz elkarrizketa-koadro bat irekitzen da, gehitu nahi + den fitxategia hautatzeaz gain zein modu erabiliko den aukera dezakezu. +\layout Standard + +Fitxategia hautatzeko kutxa nola erabiltzen den argi dago. + Hiru bide daude gehitzeko: "gehitu", "sarrera" eta " hitzez hitz". + LaTeX-eko adituentzako "gehitu" eta "sarrera" arteko ezberdintasunak garrantzia + eduki arren, "gehitu" diren fitxategiak orrialde berri batean konposatzen + diren bitartean, "sarrera" moduan gehitu direnak uneko orrialdean konposatzen + hasten dira. + Agian, egunen batean, LyX-eko etiketak aldatuko dira egoera hauek bereizteko. +\layout Standard + +Orokorrean, fitxategi nagusia konposatu aurretik LaTeX fitxategi batera + bihurtu ohi da, gehitutako fitxategiak ordea hitzaurreko informazio guztia + ez duten LaTeX fitxategietara bihurtzen dira. + +\family sans +Ez\SpecialChar ~ +konposatu +\family default + botoia aktibatuta, bihurketa hau aurrezaintzen da. +\layout Standard + +"hitzez hitz" moduan gehitutako fitxategi bat fitxategi nagusian egongo + bazen bezala konposatzen da, karaktereak finkatutako zabalera duen idazmakina + letra-tipoarekin ezartzen dira. + Normalki, fitxategi honetako zuriuneak ikusgaitzak dira, eta bi zuriune + jarraian egon daiteke, LyX zuriuneekin lan egiten duen bidetik aldenduz. + Hala ere, +\family sans +Markatu zuriuneak irteeran +\family default + aktibatuz zuriuneen agerpena nabarmentzen du. +\layout Subsection + +Fitxategien arteko erreferentzia gurutzatuak +\layout Standard + +Bi fitxategien artean erreferentzia gurutzatuak lantzeko aukera daukazu. + Aurrenik ireki fitxategi guzti horiek, A eta B deituko diegu bi fitxategiko + adibidean, non B fitxategia A barruan gehitzen den. + Orain kokatu A fitxategian eta txertatu etiketa bat, B fitxategian honi + buruzko erreferentzia bat sartzeko. + Ondoren, joan B fitxategira, erreferentzia gurutzatuen leihoa ireki eta + hautatu nahi duzun elementua. +\layout Section + +Algoritmoak +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek +\family typewriter +algorithm +\family default + paketea behar du algoritmo mugikorrak kaleratzeko. + Orri-jauzietan zehar algoritmo laburrak kokatzeko eta algoritmoen zerrenda + sortzeko erabiltzen da. +\layout Section + +Azpirudiak +\layout Standard + +Grafikoen leihoan "azpirudia" hautatzerakoan eta azpirudiaren epigrafea + sartzen duzunean, LyX-ek +\family typewriter +subfigure +\family default + paketea erabiltzen du. + Honela markatutako hainbat irudi mugikor bakar batean, azpi-epigrafeekin, + sar daiteke. +\layout Section + +Goiburuko eta orri-oin sofistikatuak +\layout Standard + +Lehenetsitako orrialdearen diseinua nahiko soila izaten da; artikulu motako + dokumentu-klase batentzako, lortzen duzun bakarra orrialdeko behean eta + erdira lerrokatuta dagoen orrialde-zenbatzaile bat da. + Dokumentu hau liburu-klasekoa da, eta dotorexeago azaldu beharko luke, + baina era horretan jartzeko ( +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default +n aipatzen denez) dokumentuaren orri-estiloa "fancy" aukerarekin ezarri + behar duzu. + Atal honek hitzaurrean edo testuan sartu behar duzun LaTeX-en kodea argitzen + du, nahi duzun itxura lortzeko. +\layout Standard + +Orrialdearen goiburukoa hiru eremutan banatzen da, "ezkerra" , "erdia" eta + "eskuina" etiketekin. + Orri-oina ere hiru eremu horietan banatzen da. + Eremu horiek ezartzeko, LaTeX-eko komandoak +\family typewriter + +\backslash +lhead +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +chead +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +rhead +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +lfoot +\family default +, eta bestelakoak daude. + Demagun zure izena orrialde bakoitzeko goi eta ezkerreko ertzean jartzea + nahi duzula. + Hitzaurrean honako hau idaztea besterik ez duzu: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +lhead{Enbata Ondamendieta Lurrikaragoiena} +\layout Standard + +Ikusi dezakezu zure izena goi-ezkerrean. + Eremu batek kendu nahiko zenukeen lehenetsitako sarrera badu (maiz gertatzen + da dokumentu baten orrialdeetako behean eta erdira lerrokatuta zenbaki + bat agertzea), idatzi argumentu huts bat duen komandoa. + Adibidez: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +cfoot{} +\layout Standard + +Goazen, ordea, gauzak apaintzera: atalaren zenbatzailea "atala" hitzaren + atzetik jarriko dugu (adib. + "3. + atala") goi-ezkerrean, orrialdearen zenbakia (adib. + "4. + orria") goi-eskuinean, zure izena behe-ezkerrean, eta data behe-eskuinean. + Komando hauek hitzaurrean agertuko dira: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +lhead{ +\backslash +thesection. + atala} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +chead{} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +rhead{ +\backslash +thepage. + orria} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +lfoot{Enbata Ondamendieta Lurrikaragoiena} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +cfoot{} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +rfoot{ +\backslash +today} +\layout Standard + +LaTeX-eko atal eta orri zenbatzaileak +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thesection +\family default + eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thepage +\family default + kodeekin erabiltzen dira. + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +today +\family default + kodeak egungo data inprimatzen du. +\layout Standard + +Goiburukoan eta orri-oinean agertzen diren marra mehe horizontalak ere alda + daitezke. + Goiburukoan ez baduzu nahi, ezarri bere lodiera +\family typewriter +0 +\family default +\SpecialChar ~ +baliora. + Goiburukoko marraren lehenetsitako lodiera +\family typewriter +0.4pt +\family default + balioa da, eta orri-oinarena berriz +\family typewriter + 0pt +\family default +. + Lodierak berriz ezartzeko erabili komando hauek, atsegin dituzun balioak + idatziz: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +headrulewidth}{0.4pt} +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +eta +\end_deeper +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +footrulewidth}{0.4pt}. +\layout Standard + +Orrialde bakoitzean goiburuko eta orri-oineko ezarpenak aktibatu eta desaktibatz +eko aukera dago, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thispagestyle{empty} +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thispagestyle{plain} +\family default +, eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thispagestyle{fancy} +\family default + bezalako komandoak erabiliz. + Aldatzea nahi duzun orrialdeko testuan txertatu eta jakinarazi TeX kode + gisakoak direla. + Izan ere, tituluek duten orrialdeak "plain" orri-estilo lehenetsia bezala + ezarrita daude, eta ondorengo orrialdeak berriz "fancy" bezala, orri-estilo + orokorra "fancy" bezala ezarrita dagoenean. + +\layout Standard + +Badaude askoz ere komando zailagoak, orrialde bakoitietako goi-ezkerrean + gauzak sartzea eskaintzen dizutenak, eta bestelako gauza batzuk egiteko, + baina horretarako +\family typewriter +fancyhdr +\family default + paketearen dokumentazioa irakurtzea aholkatzen dizugu. + Adibidez, teTeX bat instalatuta baduzu, bilatu hau: +\layout LyX-Code + +/usr/share/texmf/doc/latex/fancyhdr/-fancyhdr.dvi. +\layout Standard + +Azken adibide bat, goiburukoan edo orri-oinean Kapsulatutako PostScript® + (EPS) fitxategi bat sartzeko aukera dago. + Demagun enpresa baten logoa goi-ezkerreko ertzean kokatu nahi duzula. + Saiatu honelako zerbaitekin: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +lhead{ +\backslash +resizebox{1in}{!}{ +\backslash +includegraphics{logo_politta.eps}}} +\layout Standard + +(hau hitzaurrean +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage{graphics} +\family default + aginduarekin idatzi beharko zenuke EPS motako fitxategirik dokumentuan + gehitu ez baduzu). +\layout Section + +Orritxoak +\layout Standard + +LaTeX-ek orri baten barruan beste orri bat sortzeko tresna eskaintzen du, + orritxoak deritze. + Orritxo batean, ohiko arauak erabil ditzakezu: koskatzea, lerroak itzulbiratzea +, e.a. + LyX-ek ere orritxoen gaitasuna eskaintzen du. +\layout Standard + +Orritxoek, LyX-en, kutxa toleskorra dute: +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +O +\bar default +rritxoa +\family default + menutik txertatu. + Kutxan saguaren eskuineko botoiarekin klikatuz, orritxoaren zabalera eta + bertako lerrokadura aldatzeko aukera izango duzu. + Abisua: orritxoa orrialde batean doitzeko luzeegia bada, moztu egingo da, + ez da hurrengo orrialdera itzulbiratuko. +\layout Standard + +Erabili +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Hizki\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +b +\bar default +erezia +\family default + menuko +\family sans +HBete +\family default +orritxo bat beste baten alboan jartzeko, honek bien artean ahalik eta tarte + horizontal handiena jarriko du. + Horrela orritxo bat ezkerreko mugara eta bestea eskuinekora derrigortuko + ditu. + Hurrengo adibideek ezberdintasunak erakutsiko dituzte. +\layout Standard +\added_space_top bigskip + +\begin_inset Minipage +position 1 +inner_position 0 +height "0pt" +width "100col%" +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Orritxo honek ez du HBete erabiltzen. + Hau HBete erabiltzen ez duen orritxo bateko bigarren esaldia da. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Minipage +position 1 +inner_position 0 +height "0pt" +width "100col%" +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Hau HBete erabiltzen ez duen bigarren orritxoa da. + Hau HBete erabiltzen ez duen bigarren orritxoko bigarren esaldia da. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard +\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip +Hemen bi adibideak bereizteko erabili dugun testu arrunta dago. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Minipage +position 1 +inner_position 0 +height "0pt" +width "100col%" +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Hau HBete erabiltzen duen orritxoa da. + Hau HBete erabiltzen duen orritxoaren bigarren esaldia da. +\end_inset + + +\hfill + +\begin_inset Minipage +position 1 +inner_position 0 +height "0pt" +width "100col%" +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Hau HBete erabiltzen duen bigarren orritxoa da. + Hau HBete erabiltzen duen bigarren orritxoaren bigarren esaldia da. +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Testua irudien inguruan egokitzea +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:floatflt} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Wrap figure +placement r +width "6cm" +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename mobius.eps + display color + width 40col% + rotateOrigin center + +\end_inset + + +\layout Caption + +Hau egokitutako irudia da, eta esaldia berriz honi buruzko epigrafe distiratsua + da. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Maiz galdetzen da ea testua irudien inguruan egokitu daitekeen, irudiak + zutabe bateko zati bat bete eta gelditzen den zatia testuek osatuta LaTeX-eko + +\family typewriter +floatflt +\family default + paketea instalatuta edukiz gero (honi buruz +\emph on +LaTeX konfigurazioa +\emph default + eskuliburuan aurkituko duzu) egin dezakezu hau. + +\layout Standard + +Paragrafo hauen eskuinean +\noun on +Mobius +\noun default +-en banda duen irudia dago (irudia +\emph on + Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default +n ikusiko zenuen). + Hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu +\family default + menuko +\family sans + +\bar under +M +\bar default +ugikorrak\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Floatflt\SpecialChar ~ +irudia +\family default + eta egokitze-kutxa bat txertatuko du. + Ondoren, egokitze-kutxa horretan irudi bat txertatu. + Horrela, irudiaren inguruan honen bezalako testua egokitu ahal izango duzu. +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Oharra +\emph default +: pakete hau oso hauskorra da! Adibidez, irudi bat orrialdearen behetik + oso gertu badago, gauzak izorra ditzake, bi irudi gertuegi edukitzea bezalaxe. + Pakete hau kontu handiz erabili eta berorrekin datorren dokumentazioa irakurri + (bertan testuak taulen inguruan nola finkatu ditzakezun argituko dizu). +\layout Section + +Taulen aukera osagarriak +\layout Standard + +Nahiz eta dituzun taulen diseinu estandarrarekin taulen %99 sortzeko nahikoa + izan, noizbehinka lan gehiago egitea eskatzen duten taulak sortu beharko + dituzu. + Taula baten gainean saguaren eskuineko botoiarekin klikatuz taularen leihoa + irekiko zaizu, leiho horrek lan hauek egiteko aukera eskaintzen dizu. + Zutabeen lerrokaduraren argumentu osagarriekin lan egin dezakezu. + Hemen LaTeX-eko kodea piskat erabilgarri daukazu: LaTeX-en taula bat konfigurat +zen duzunean, zutabe bakoitza lerrokadura-mota batekin jartzen da. + Adibidez, zutabeak ezkerrera, erdira edo eskuinera lerrokatzeko, eman " +\family typewriter +l +\family default +", " +\family typewriter +c +\family default +", or " +\family typewriter +r +\family default +" balioak (aukerak, LyX-en, zerrenda batean agertzen dira). + Laugarren mota " +\family typewriter +p +\family default +" da, zutabe baten zabalera zehazten du (LyX-en zutabe zabalera markoa izan + ohi da), eta testua gelaxka horrekiko egokitzea uzten du. + Bosgarrena " +\family typewriter +| +\family default +" da (marra bertikala), puntu batean zutabea marra bertikalarekin marrazten + du (LyX-en " ertzak" fitxako marrekin jartzen dira). + Azkenik, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +@ +\family default +" motakoa ere badago, horrek zutabeen bereizle bezala kortxete artean dauden + argumentuak erabiltzea uzten dizu, argumentu hutsa barne. + Hori egitearen zergatia hain argia ez izan arren, ahalmen handia eskaintzen + dute. + Hoberena adibideekin erakustea da. +\layout Subsection + +Zutabeko tarte gehigarria ezabatzea +\layout Standard + +Hemen taula arrunt bat: +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Mota +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Adibidea +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Haitza +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Granitoa +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Minerala +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Kuartzoa +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Ohartu zaitez taulako goiburukoa azpimarratzen duen marra horizontala bi + alboetako testuak baino zertxobait gehiago zabaltzen dela. + LyX pantailan ez da hain argi ikusten, egokiena aurrebistan edo inprimatutako + dokumentuan ikustea da. + Marra hori testuarekin amaitzea nahi baduzu, amaieran bereizle huts bat + jar dezakegu, LaTeX-ek, lehenetsi gisa, gehitzen dion tarte osagarria kentzeko. + Hona adibidea: +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Mota +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Adibdiea +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Haitza +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Granit +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default +oa +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Mineral +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default +a +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +K +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +uartz +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default +oa +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Adibidean, ezkerreko zutabearen argumentuen eremuan " +\family typewriter +@{} l +\family default +" ezarri den bitartean eskuinekoan " +\family typewriter +l @{} +\family default +" ezarri da, ertzetan karaktere hutsa jartzeko. +\layout Subsection + +Zutabeko karaktere-bereizlea aldatzea +\layout Standard + +Demagun (gaur irrifarre bihurri horrekin esnatu zarelako) +\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{\pi}$ +\end_inset + + bezalako tarte bereizlea erabiltzea nahi duzula, zutabe artekoa noski. + Kendu marra bertikala, eta eskuineko zutabeko argumentuen eremuan +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +@{~$ +\backslash +sqrt{ +\backslash +pi}$~} l +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + jarri. + Orain taulak honen antza izango du: +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Mota +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Adibidea +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Haitza +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Granit +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default +oa +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Mineral +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default +a +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +K +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +uartz +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default +oa +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Itzultzailearen\SpecialChar ~ +oharra +\emph default +: batzuetan, dokumentuak erabiltzen duen hizkuntzaren arabera, taula horretan + sartu den aukerak LaTeX-eko erroreak ematen ditu. + Antzeko erroreak euskarazko eta gaztelaniazko dokumentuetan gerta daitezke, + adibidez. + Horrelakoren bat gertatzen bazaizu, saia zaitez beste hauetariko bat sarzen: +\begin_deeper +\layout LyX-Code + +@{~{}$ +\backslash +sqrt{ +\backslash +pi}$~{}}l +\layout Standard + +edo +\layout LyX-Code + +@{ +\backslash +nobreakspace$ +\backslash +sqrt{ +\backslash +pi}$ +\backslash +nobreakspace}l +\layout Standard + +Juan M. + Aguirregabiria +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Juan M. + Aguirregabiria EHU-ko Fisika Teorikoa eta Zientziaren Historia Saileko + irakaslea da, eta LaTeX euskaraz erabiltzeko bahyph.tex, basque.ldf eta basque.sty + fitxategiak sortzeaz gain, liburua.cls dokumentu-klasea (euskarazko liburuak + LaTeX-ekin jorratzeko) sortu zuen. + Mila esker Juan! +\end_inset + + eta Jean-Marc Lasgouttes +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + Jean Marc Lasgouttes LyX taldeko garatzailea da, eta pazientzia handiarekin + egindako euskaraketak LyX-en barneratzen lagundu dit. + Mertzi Jean Marc! +\end_inset + + azaldu zidaten batzuetan +\family typewriter +~ +\family default + ikurra erabiltzeak arazoak ekartzen dituela. + Hona hemen Juan M.ren hitzak: +\layout Quotation + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Niri ere agertu zait nohizean behin problemaren bat espazio apurtezina lortzeko + tildea erabili dudanean: adibidez, fisikan zenbakia eta unitateak ezin + dira banandu lerro desberdinetan, beraz, batzuetan 1~N erabili dut eta + emaitza izan da 1Ñ eta ez nahi nuen 1 N. + Horrelakoak erraz konpontzen dira {} bikote hutsa erabiliz, 1~{}N, eta + modu berean konpontzen da zure problema. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Aipuan esaten den bezala, batzuetan +\family typewriter +~ +\family default + ikurraren ostean +\family typewriter + {} +\family default + kortxete bikotea sartzea komeni izaten da: +\family typewriter +~{} +\family default +. + Edo beste bide bat, Jean Marc-ek argitu zidana, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +nobreakspace +\family default + sartzean datza, +\family typewriter +~ +\family default + ikurraren ordez. +\end_deeper +\layout Subsection + +Puntu dezimalean lerrokatutako zutabea sortzea +\layout Standard + +Ongi, azken adibidea oso xumea zen, baina oraingoarekin\SpecialChar \ldots{} + eutsi arnasari! + Demagun puntu dezimalean lerrokatutako zutabea duen taula sortzea bururatu + zaizula. + LaTeX arrunt baten trikimailua zenbaki osoak eskuinera lerrokatutako zutabe + batean, eta zati dezimala berriz ezkerrera lerrokatutako zutabean, kokatzean + datza. + Honen aldaketa bat dezimal puntua zenbaki osoa dagoen zutabean sartu, eta + zutabeen arteko tartearentzako bereizle hutsa erabiltzea da. + Ondoren azken aldaketa erakusten da: +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Adierazpena +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Balioa +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\pi$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +3 +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default +, +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +1416 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +36 +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default +, +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +462 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $(\pi^{\pi})^{\pi}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +80663 +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default +, +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi^{\pi}}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +1 +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default +, +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +3402 +\begin_inset Formula $\times10^{18}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Badirudi LyX-en nahiko barregarri agertzen dela, baina inprimatutako bertsioan + bi zutabeko taula izango da; bertan goiburukoak erdira eta eskuineko zutabea + puntu dezimalarekiko lerrokatuta agertzen diren. +\layout Standard + +Agian, hobeto izango da nola egin dudan azaltzea: lehenbizi 3 +\begin_inset Formula $\times$ +\end_inset + +3 gelaxkadun taula sortu, eta kendu ertz guztiak. + Gero, aurreneko errenkadaren azpiko ertza (marra) jarri, eta lehen zutabeko + eskuineko ertza jarri. + Lehenbiziko zutabean balioak idatzi eta bere lerrokadura erdira ezarri. + Idatzi +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +3 +\family default +, +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +36 +\family default +, +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, +\family typewriter +80663 +\family default +, +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + eta +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +1 +\family default +," balioak, ondoren zutabearen lerrokadura eskuinera ezarri. + Idatzi beste balio hauek: +\family typewriter +1416 +\family default +, +\family typewriter +462 +\family default +, eta +\family typewriter +3402 +\begin_inset Formula $\times10^{18}$ +\end_inset + + +\family default +. + Dagokion zutabea +\family typewriter +@{} l +\family default +-rekin lerrokatu. + Azkenik, Idatzi goiburukoko erdiko zutabean +\family typewriter +Balioa +\family default + hitza, nabarmendu hitz hori, bere eskuineko zutabean sarrera hutsik utzi, + hautatu bi zutabeon goiburukoak eta aktibatu +\family sans +Zutabe\SpecialChar ~ +anitza +\family default + kontrol-laukia. + Erraza, ez? +\layout Subsection + +Dezimalen lerrokadura hobea +\layout Standard + +Dezimalen lerrokadura lantzeko beste bide bat +\family typewriter +dcolumn +\family default + paketearen bitartez egitea da. + LaTeX-eko hitzaurrean hau idatzi: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +usepackage{dcolumn} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +newcolumntype{d}[1]{D{,}{,}{#1}} +\layout Standard + +Dezimalki lerrokatutako zutabe bat edukitzeko, idatzi hau +\family sans +Taula +\family default + leihoko argumentuen eremuan: +\layout LyX-Code + +d{datuen dezimal kopurua} +\layout Standard + +Zutabeen arteko tarte gehigarria edukitzeko +\family typewriter +d{} +\family default + argumentuan dezimal kopurua handitu. + Gelaxka bakun batentzako zutabe anitzak atributua ezarriz lerrokadura dezimala + sentikaitza bihurtzen du, eta honek bere erabilkortasuna edukitzen du. + Bide honen ordaina hau da: lerrokadura dezimala duen zutabean matematika + erak ez direla onartzen, zutabe anitza atributua gaitzen ez bada bederen. +\layout Standard + +Bide honek +\family typewriter +dcolumn +\family default + paketearen malgutasun berdina eskaintzen du. + Adibidez, norbaitek lerrokaduraren bereizlea alda dezake, eta zutabe bakoitzare +ntzako lerrokadura bereizle ezberdin bat eduki dezake, hitzaurrean hainbat + zutabe definituz. + Sintaxia ondorengoa da: +\layout LyX-Code + +D{sarrerabereizlea}{irteerabereizlea}{kokapen dezimalak} +\layout Standard + +Xehetasun gehiagorako, irakurri +\family typewriter +dcolumn +\family default + paketearekin datorren dokumentazioa. +\layout Section + +Elementuen bulet hautapena +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:bulet} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Idazlea: +\noun on +Allan Rae +\layout Subsection + +Sarrera +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek 216 bulet eskaintzen ditu, eta leiho batetik erabil daiteke. + Leiho hori erabiliz elementuen zerrendako habiaratze-maila bakoitzean erabili + nahi dituzunak zehatz ditzakezu. + Ezarpen hauek dokumentu osoarentzat izaten denez, ezin duzu paragrafo bakoitzar +entzat bulet ezberdinik zehaztu +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Dena den, gaur egun LyX-ekin ezin izan arren, eskuz egin dezakezu. + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Subsection + +Nolako itxura dauka +\layout Standard + +Ireki +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okumentua +\family default + elkarrizketa-koadroa eta joan +\family sans +Buletak +\family default + fitxara. +\layout Standard + +Leihoak bulet irudiak dituen taula bat dauka. + LyX-eko bertsio berrietan (1.3.x-tik goruntz) +\family sans +Ezarri\SpecialChar ~ +buletak +\family default + zerrenda ireki eta sei elementu dituela ikusiko duzu. + Elementu horietariko bakoitzak panel bat irekitzen du. + Panel horiek ireki aurretik, aukeratu zein habiaratze-mailatan aldatu nahi + duzun. + Ondoren, ireki buleten panel bat, hautatu eta agertzen diren horietatik + bat. + Ohartuko zara nola aukeratu duzun habiaratze-mailako buleta aldatu den. + Behin nahi dituzunak hautatutakoan, dokumentuan aldaketek eragina izan + dezaten, sakatu +\family sans +Aplikatu +\family default + botoia. + +\layout Standard + +Beste bulet batzuen forma erabili nahi baduzu, LaTeX-eko hitzaurrean dagokion + paketea erabiltzeko zehaztu beharko diozu. +\layout Standard + +Sei panelak bakoitzari dagokien paketeen arabera sailkatu dira. + Taula honek bulet formen izena eta LaTeX paketeak zerrendatzen ditu. +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +B +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default +otoia +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Beharrezko paketea +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Standar +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +LaTeX oinarria +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Maths +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +amssymb.sty +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ding +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +1 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +pifont.sty +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ding +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +2 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +pifont.sty +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ding +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +3 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +pifont.sty +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ding +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +4 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +pifont.sty +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek ez dizu ukatuko ez daukazun paketeko buletak erabiltzea. + LaTeX-ek erroreak ematen badizkizu, aurrebistan edo inprimatzerakoan, litekeena + da pakete bat ez egotea. + LyX-ek ez dizu hegorik ebakiko, horrela fitxategia etxean editatu eta beste + nonbaitera eraman baitezakezu, agian bigarren leku horretan bulet berrien + paketea instalatuta egon daitekeelako. +\layout Subsection + +Nola erabili +\layout Standard + +Hautatu aldatu nahi duzun habiaratze-sakoneraren buleta; Ondoren, aukeratu + bulet irudi berria eta tamaina. + Egiten dituzun aldaketak ez dira LyX-eko pantailan ikusiko, baizik eta + +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + edo +\family typewriter +ghostscript +\family default + programekin dokumentuaren aurrebistan. +\layout Standard + +Bulet baten irudia berrasieratzeko, +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Buletak +\family default + nahikoa izaten da dagokion botoiaren gainean saguaren eskuineko botoiarekin + klikatzea +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Itzultzailearen oharra: LyX 1.3.x edo bertsio garatuagoetan badirudi hau ezin + dela egin, horretarako klikatu Erabili klase lehenetsia botoia. + Eskuliburu hau LyX 1.3.3 bertsioarekin euskaratua izan da. + Zure esku gelditzen da beraz hau ziurtatzea. + Atal honetako informazio zati bat erabilgarria izan daitekeelakoan guztia + euskaratu dut. +\end_inset + + . + +\layout Standard + +Egitan nahi baduzu paragrafo-multzoak bulet multzo ezberdinekin aritzea, + orduan goazen eskuak zikintzera. + Buleten leihoak lagundu diezazuke, zeren eta bulet irudi gehienen LaTeX + kodea bistaratzen baitu. + Zure paragrafoak pertsonalizatzeko, aukera hauek dituzu: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +let +\backslash +savelabelitemi= +\backslash +labelitemi +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +renewcommand +\backslash +labelitemi[0]{ +\backslash +small +\backslash +( +\backslash +sharp +\backslash +)} +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + +Habiaratze-sakonera jakin batean bulet irudi berri bat zehazteko +\family typewriter + +\backslash +renewcommand{}{} +\family default + LaTeX komandoa erabili. + Uneko buleta geroago berreskuratu ahal izateko gorde dezakezu, ikus hurrengo + kodeko lehenbiziko lerroa. + +\family sans +Elementua +\family default + inguruneko zerrenda honetako lehenbiziko habiaratze-sakoneran erabiltzen + den buleta aldatzeko honako kodea idatzi da: +\newline + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +let +\backslash +savelabelitemi= +\backslash +labelitemi +\family default + +\family typewriter + +\newline + +\backslash +renewcommand +\backslash +labelitemi[0]{ +\backslash +small +\backslash +( +\backslash +sharp +\backslash +)} +\family default + +\newline +Jabetu zaitez elementuaren sakonera Erromatar letra-tipodun zenbakiekin + zehaztu dela, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +labelitem +\family default + komandoko zati gisa. +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +[ +\backslash +( +\backslash +star +\backslash +)] +\end_inset + + Banakako sarrera bakoitza zehazteko, idatzi elementuaren hasieran lauki-kortxet +etan sartutako bulet irudia , ezarri eta TeX bezala. + Adibidez, elementu hau honekin hasi dugu: +\family typewriter +[ +\backslash +( +\backslash +star +\backslash +)] +\family default +. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +renewcommand +\backslash +labelitemi[0]{ +\backslash +savelabelitemi} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Elementuaren jatorriko buletera itzuli beharra daukazu, etor daitezkeen + beste zerrendetan ohiko buleta erabiltzeko. + Horretarako idatzi hau: +\newline + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +renewcommand +\backslash +labelitemi[0]{ +\backslash +savelabelitemi} +\layout Chapter + +Dokumentu-klase bereziak +\layout Section + +AMS LaTeX +\layout Standard + +Idazlea: +\noun on +David Johnson +\layout Standard +\added_space_top bigskip \noindent +AMS LaTeX diseinuak matematikako idazkientzat (Amerikar Matematika Elkarteako + argitalpenera bidaltzeko) aholkatutako estiloen neurrira konfiguratuta + daude. + Diseinuak ez daude aldizkari zehatz batzuentzako finkatuta, nahiz eta erraz + egin daitekeen. + Aldizkari bakoitzaren neurrira egokitzeko irakurri AMS-ko dokumentazioa, + askotan TeX-eko irteeran lerro bakarra aldatzea nahiko izan ohi da. + Dokumentazio hori +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ams.org} + +\end_inset + + web gunean edo +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/amslatex/} + +\end_inset + + ftp gunean aurkituko duzu. + Diseinu hauek matematikako idazkientzako oso erabilgarri eta baliagarriak + dira. + Une honetan 4 AMS LaTeX diseinu ezberdin daude: +\layout Enumerate + +amsart: AMS artikulu estandarraren formatua. + Emaitza eta sententzia guztiak +\begin_inset Formula $(n.m)$ +\end_inset + + bezala zenbatzen dira; bertan, lehenbiziko zenbakiak atala aipatzen du, + eta bigarrenak, berriz, atal horretako emaitza-kopurua (teoremak, korolarioak, + proposizioak, definizioak eta oharrak, eta e.a.) aipatzen du. + Batzuetan behar dituzun zenbatu gabeko hainbat (baina ez guztiak) ingurune + ere badaude. + Gogoratu zenbatu gabeko inguruneak adierazteko izartxoa (*) edukitzen dutela + amaieran. +\layout Enumerate + +amsart-seq: Hemen sententzi bakoitzaren zenbaketak bere sekuentzia dauka, + eta atalaren zenbakiari ez diote aipurik egiten. + Batzuetan beharko dituzun zenbatu gabeko hainbat (baina ez guztiak) ingurune + ere badaude. + Zenbatu gabeko inguruneak adierazteko izartxo (*) bat edukitzen dute amaieran. +\layout Enumerate + +amsart-plain: Hau askoz ere laburragoa da, ingurune guztiak zenbatu gabekoak + baitira. +\layout Enumerate + +amsbook: AMS liburu (monografikoak) estandarraren formatua. + Zenbaketa amsart diseinuaren antzekoa erabiltzen du: +\begin_inset Formula $(n.m.p)$ +\end_inset + +; bertan, lehenbiziko zenbakiak kapitulua adierazten du, bigarrenak atala, + eta hirugarrenak berriz atal horretako emaitza-kopurua (teoremak, korolarioak, + proposizioak, definizioak eta oharrak, e.a.) aipatzen du. + Batzuetan beharko dituzun zenbatu gabeko hainbat (baina ez guztiak) ingurune + ere badaude. + Ez ahaztu zenbatu gabeko inguruneak adierazteko izartxoa (*) edukitzen + dutela amaieran. +\layout Standard + +Edozein AMS diseinuko LyX fitxategia nahi den zenbakerara bihur daiteke, + +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okumentua +\family default + leihoan dokumentu-klasea aldatuz. +\layout Subsection + +Diseinuok eskaintzen dutena +\layout Standard + +Diseinu hauek ematen dituzten hainbat ingurune zerrendatuko dira orain. + Matematikako artikulu edo liburu gehienek ingurune hauek sententzia berezi + bezala ezartzen dituzte, AMS LaTeX-ekin mugatu gabeko barietatea deklarazio + bezala definitzeko aukera dago. + Hala ere, LyX-en AMS-eko eskuragarri dauden inguruneak aholkatzen dira. + Inguruneen zerrenda ( +\family sans +atala, bibliografia, titulua, egilea, data +\family default + bezalakoak ez dira zerrendatuko) hau da: +\layout Description + +Teorema ( +\emph on +Theorem +\emph default +) Emaitza nagusietako sententzietan erabili ohi da. + +\family sans +"Theorem" +\family default + hitza letra lodiz agertzen da, automatikoki ezarritako zenbaki batekin + (zenbatu gabeko bertsioentzat +\family sans +Teorema* +\family default + ere badago). + Testua letra etzanaz agertuko da. +\layout Description + +Korolarioa ( +\emph on +Corollary +\emph default +) Aurreko sententziei zuzenean jarraitzen dien sententzietan erabiltzen + da. + Hemen ere, hauek emaitza nagusiak izan daitezke. + Zenbatu gabeko +\family sans +Korolarioa* +\family default + bertsioa erabilgarri dago. +\layout Description + +Lema ( +\emph on +Lemma +\emph default +) Hauek beste sententziak frogatzeko behar diren emaitza txikiak (minoreak) + dira. +\layout Description + +Proposizioa ( +\emph on +Proposition +\emph default +) Hauek emaitza nagusi minoreak dira, eztabaidatzen ari den teori orokorrari + gehitzeko. +\layout Description + +Aierua ( +\emph on +Conjecture +\emph default +) Justifikaziorik gabe dauden sententziak dira, egileak nola frogatu ez + dakien arren badirudi egiak direla (egilearen ikuspuntutik bederen). + Batzuek honi "hipotesia" ere deitzen diote. +\layout Description + +Irizpidea ( +\emph on +Criterion +\emph default +) Beharrezko baldintza bat. +\layout Description + +Algoritmoa ( +\emph on +Algorithm +\emph default +) Erabiliko den prozedura orokor bat. +\layout Description + +Axioma ( +\emph on +Axiom +\emph default +) Hau eztabaidatzen ari den sisteman egiatzat hartzen den propietate edo + sententzi bat da. +\layout Description + +Definizioa ( +\emph on +Definition +\emph default +) Badakizu zertarako den. + Letra-tipoa, bai pantailan bai inprimatuko den bertsioan, aurreko inguruneek + dutenaren ezberdina izaten da. + Izenburua ("definition") letra lodiarekin izaten jarraitzen du, zenbakiarekin + jarraituz, baina beste guztia zutik egongo da. +\layout Description + +Adibidea ( +\emph on +Example +\emph default +) Definizioa bezala konposatzen da. +\layout Description + +Baldintza ( +\emph on +Condition +\emph default +) +\layout Description + +Buruketa ( +\emph on +Problem +\emph default +) +\layout Description + +Ariketa ( +\emph on +Exercise +\emph default +) +\layout Description + +Oharra ( +\emph on +Remark +\emph default +) Hau teorema mota berri bat da. + Horrek +\family typewriter +"Remark" +\family default + hitza letra etzanez edukitzen du, eta beste guztia zutik. +\layout Description + +Ohar ( +\emph on +Note +\emph default +) Oharra ingurunea bezala ezartzen da. +\layout Description + +Idazkera ( +\emph on +Notation +\emph default +) +\layout Description + +Aldarrikapena ( +\emph on +Claim +\emph default +) +\layout Description + +Laburpena ( +\emph on +Summary +\emph default +) +\layout Description + +Aitorpena ( +\emph on +Acknowledgement +\emph default +) +\layout Description + +Kasua ( +\emph on +Case +\emph default +) Orokorrean argumentu luzeak zatitzeko erabiltzen dira, baldintza bateko + instantzia zehatzak erabiliz. + Kasuek zenbaketa propioa daukate, zenbatutako beste sententzietatik kanpo. +\layout Description + +Ondorioa ( +\emph on +Conclusion +\emph default +) +\layout Description + +Egitatea ( +\emph on +Fact +\emph default + ) +\layout Description + +Frogapena ( +\emph on +Proof +\emph default +) Pantailan +\family typewriter +"Proof" +\family default + hitza letra etzanez eta beste guztia zutik agertzen da. + Ingurunearen amaieran (beste batzuk honetan abiarazi daitezke) QED ikur + bat (gehienetan laukitxo bat izaten da, nahiz eta estilo ezberdinetan ager + daitekeen) jartzen da. +\layout Description + +Helbidea ( +\emph on +Address +\emph default +) Egilearen helbide iraunkorra izan beharko luke. +\layout Description + +Uneko\SpecialChar ~ +helbidea ( +\emph on +Current Address +\emph default +) Egileak dokumentua bidaltzerakoan duen aldi bateko helbidea da, +\family sans +Helbidea +\family default +-ren ezberdina bada. +\layout Description + +Helb.\SpecialChar ~ +elek. + ( +\emph on +Email +\emph default +) Egilearen helbide elektronikoa. +\layout Description + +URLa ( +\emph on +URL +\emph default +) Egilearen web gunea, nahi izanez gero. +\layout Description + +Gakoak ( +\emph on +Keywords +\emph default +) Artikuluan eztabaidatzen den gai zehatza identifikatzeko erabiltzen den + gako hitzak edo esaldiak. +\layout Description + +Gai-sailkapena ( +\emph on +Subjectclass +\emph default +) Hauek AMSko Gai-sailkapenei aipamena egiten diote, +\emph on +Mathematical Reviews +\emph default +-en argitaratu eta azaltzen den bezala. + Interneten ere arestian zerrendatutako AMSko zitak eskuragarri daude. +\layout Description + +Esker\SpecialChar ~ +ona ( +\emph on +Thanks +\emph default +) +\layout Description + +Eskaintza ( +\emph on +Dedicatory +\emph default +) +\layout Description + +Itzultzailea ( +\emph on +Translator +\emph default +) +\layout Standard + +Gainera, AMS LaTeX eta AMS letra-tipoen paketeek ingurune hauek automatikoki + eskaintzen dituzte. + Ingurune hauek erabiltzeko zure sisteman paketeok eskuragarri egon beharko + dute. +\layout Section + +Dinbrief +\layout Standard + +Dokumentu-klase hau, +\family sans +dinbrief +\family default +, alemanierako itunarekin bat datozen gutun motentzako erabiltzen da. + Txantiloi bat +\family typewriter +.../lyx/share/templates +\family default + direktorioan aurkituko duzu, abiapuntu bezala erabiltzeko. +\layout Section + +Paper +\layout Standard + +Honek ( +\family sans +paper +\family default + dokumentu-klaseak) artikulu estandarra klasearen ordezko aukera eskaintzen + du. + Antzeko erabilgarritasuna eskaintzen duen arren, diseinu hau (atal, izenburu + eta bestelakoak sans serif-ekin lantzeko) erabiltzea nahiago izango duzu. +\layout Section + +A&A Paper +\layout Standard + +Idazlea: +\noun on +Peter Sütterlin +\layout Subsection + +Sarrera +\layout Standard + +Atal honek +\emph on +Astronomy and Astrophysics +\emph default + ( +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.edpsciences.fr/aa} + +\end_inset + +) aldizkari zientifikora bidaltzeko LyX-ekin artikuluak nola idatzi azaltzen + du, +\family sans +aa.cls +\family default + dokumentu-klasearen 5.01 bertsioa erabiliz. + Pakete hau helbide honetatik jaitsi dezakezu: +\layout Standard +\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom medskip \align center + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.edpsciences.org/pub/aa/readme.html} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Paketearekin eskuliburu bat dator, eta atal honek jatorrizko eskuliburua + ordezteko asmorik ez dauka, atal hau artikuluarentzako inprimaki egoki + bat nola sortzen den azaltzen duen gida laburra besterik ez baita. +\layout Standard + +Aldizkariaren argitaletxea 2001. + urtean Springer-tik EDP Sciences-ra aldatu zen. + Ondorioz, estiloen fitxategietan zenbait aldaketa gertatu ziren, batik + bat tesaurus komandoa kentzea. + LyX-eko +\family sans +aa +\family default + klaseak fitxategi hauen azken bertsioak, V 5.01, onartzen ditu. + Bertsio zaharragoa edukiz gero, hobe da eguneratzea. + Konpatibilitatea dela eta, diseinu zaharra (4. + bertsiokoa) article (A&A V4) bezala mantendu da. + Ikus +\family typewriter +LyXDir/layouts/aapaper.layout +\family default +-eko iruzkinak. +\layout Subsection + +Lanean hastea +\layout Standard + +LyX-ekin datorren txantiloitik hastea aholkatzen da. + Txantiloia ez baduzu erabiltzen, irakurri honako hauek: +\layout Itemize + +Hautatu +\family sans +article +\family default + (A&A) dokumentu-klasea, +\family sans +Diseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Dokumentua +\family default + erabili (nahiko erraza izan da hau). +\layout Itemize + +Ez aldatu +\family sans +Orri-estiloa +\family default + aukera: utzi "lehenetsi" (default) bezala. + Diseinu guztia makroekin egingo da, ez zenuke besterik aldatu behar. +\layout Subsection + +Goiburuko zatia +\layout Standard + +Lehenbizi goiburukoari dagokion informazioa sartu behar da. + Zazpi sarrera ditu, eta batzuk aukerazkoak dira. + Hauek dira: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Titulua +\family default +: [beharrezkoa] +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Azpititulua +\family default +: [aukerazkoa] +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Egilea +\family default +: [beharrezkoa] +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Helbidea +\family default +: [beharrezkoa] +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Artikulu zatia +\family default + (Offprints): [aukerazkoa] egile bat baino gehiago diren kasuan; artikuluaren + zatiei buruz egileekin harremanetan jartzeko da. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Gutuna +\family default + (Mail): [aukerazkoa] harremanetarako gutun-helbidea. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Data +\family default +: [beharrezkoa]. + Aholkatutako egitura +\family typewriter +Jasota:; Onartuta +\family default + +\layout Standard + +Ez dago +\family typewriter + +\backslash +maketitle +\family default + komandoa azaldu beharrik, goiburukoa amaitzen denean, LyX-ek automatikoki + deitzen baitu. + Nahiz eta goiburuko bakarreko sarreren ordenak arazorik ez eman, arestiko + sekuentzia mantentzeko aholkua ematen da, benetako dokumentuaren diseinutik + gertuenik eta optika hoberena lortzeko. +\layout Standard + +Goiburukoaren zatian oin-oharrak sartu nahi badituzu, adib.\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash + +\end_inset + + uneko helbidea azaltzeko, erabili ohiko oin-oharra +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Oi +\bar under +n +\bar default +-oharra +\family default +. + Kasu horretan LyX-ek automatikoki +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thanks{} +\family default + hitza erabiliko du. +\layout Standard + +Gainera, makroek LyX-en antzekoak ez dauden LaTeX-eko hiru komando erabiltzen + dituzte: +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +and +\family default + izen ezberdinak bereizteko, egile eta institutu bat baino gehiagoentzako, + hurrenez hurren. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +inst{} +\family default + egile/institutu bikotea markatzeko. + Institutuak sekuentzialki zenbatzen dira Helbidea eremuan agertzen diren + ordenan; beraz, egile bakoitzari marka bat jarri beharko diozu. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +email{helbidea} +\family default + helbide elektroniko bat ordezteko; harreman azkarrentzako. +\layout Standard + +Kasu guztietan, komando guztiak LyX-en LaTeX kodea bezala sartu behar dira. + Ikus adibideak. +\layout Subsection + +Laburpena +\layout Standard + +Laburpena goiburukoa zatiaren ondoren jarraitu behako luke. + 5.\SpecialChar ~ +bertsioarekin laburpena ingurunea komando batera aldatu zen, eta orain + paragrafo batera mugatzen da. + Horretaz gain, gako-sarrera bat eduki beharko luke. + Hori oraindik LyX-en ez dago garatuta. + Hori dela eta, LaTeX-eko +\family typewriter + +\backslash +keywords{} +\family default + komandoa eskuz sartu beharko duzu, eta LaTeX kodea bezala markatu. + Ikus artikuluaren adibidea. +\layout Subsection + +Onartutako inguruneak +\layout Standard + +A&A artikuluaren diseinuak zure testua egitura dezan, ondorengo inguruneak + onartzen ditu: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Estandarra +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Atala +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Azpiatala +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Azpiazpiatala +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Elementua +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Azalpena +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Epigrafea +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Laburpena +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Aitorpena +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Bibliografia +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +LaTeX +\layout Subsection + +LyX-ek onartzen ez dituen komandoak +\layout Standard + +LyX-en +\family sans +paper (A&A) +\family default + diseinuko zenbait komando ez ditu oraindik onartzen. + Batzuk aipatu dira, guztiak hemen zerrendatzen dira: +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +and +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +email +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +appendix +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +authorrunning +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +inst{} +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +keywords{} +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +object{} +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +titlerunning{} +\layout Standard + +Komando horietariko bat edo beste erabili nahi badituzu, zeuk sartu beharko + dituzu. + +\series bold +Ez ahaztu LaTex-eko kodea bezala ezartzea! +\layout Subsection + +Irudi eta taula mugikorrak +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek +\family sans +Irudia +\family default +, +\family sans +Irudia* +\family default +, +\family sans +Taula +\family default + eta +\family sans +Taula* +\family default + ingurune mugikorrekin lan egiteko euskarria daukanez, ez dugu hemen gauza + askorik azalduko. + Ikus +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default +. + Gogoratu taulek ezkerrera lerrokatua egon behar dutela. + Horretarako, hautatu taula bat eta aldatu lerrokadura +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +aragrafoa +\family default + menutik. +\layout Standard + +Gauza berezi bat badago: alboan epigrafeak dituzten irudiak. + Honelako irudi bat sortzeko, ondorengoa landu: +\layout Enumerate + +Sortu irudi mugikor handi bat: +\family sans +Txertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +ugikorra\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Irudia +\family default +. + Ondoren, klikatu saguaren eskuineko botoiarekin irudian eta hautatu +\family sans +Hedatu\SpecialChar ~ +zutabeak +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + +Sartu epigrafearen testua. +\layout Enumerate + +Sakatu +\family sans +Lerro-itzulera +\family default + kurtsorea epigrafearen gainean kokatzeko. +\layout Enumerate + +Txertatu irudia. +\layout Enumerate + +Kokatu kurtsorea irudiaren ondoren eta txertatu lerro betetzaile bat: +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Hizki\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +b +\bar default +erezia\SpecialChar \menuseparator +HBete +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + +Txandakatu LaTeX egoerara: +\family sans +M-c t +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + +Sartu +\family typewriter + +\backslash +parbox[b]{55mm}{ +\family default +. + +\series bold +Ez itxi kortxetea! +\layout Enumerate + +Kokatu kurtsorea epigrafeko testuaren atzean, txandakatu LaTeX egoerara + eta ixteko kortxetea idatzi: +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +t +\family default + +\family typewriter +} +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Ikus artikuluaren ( +\family sans +paper +\family default +) adibideko irudiak baita ere. +\layout Subsection + +Diseinua gainbegiratzea +\layout Standard + +Bidaltzeko, artikulua tarte bikoitz berezidun diseinuarekin egituratzen + da. + Horretarako, dokumentu-klasean +\family typewriter +referee +\family default + aukera eman behar duzu. + +\family sans +Dokumentua +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Aukerak +\family default + eremua erabili. + Hor sartu +\family typewriter +referee +\family default + katea. +\layout Subsection + +Artikuluaren adibidea +\layout Standard + +Examples direktorioak LyX-en idatzitako artikulu baten adibidea dauka. + Jatorrizko makroen paketearekin datorren artikulu-adibidea da, LyX-era + bihurtuta. + Erabil ezazu burutazioak eskuratzeko, eta konparatu LaTeX-eko jatorrizko + kodea eta LyX-en idatzita dagoena. +\layout Section + +AASTeX +\layout Standard + +Idazlea: +\noun on +Mike Ressler +\layout Subsection + +Sarrera +\layout Standard + +AASTeX Amerikar Elkarte Astronomikoak sortutako makro-multzo bat da, argitaratze +n duten hiru aldizkarietara idazki elektronikoak bidaltzeko. + Hauek dira aldizkariak: "Astrophysical Journal" (gutunak eta osagarriak + barne), "Astronomical Journal" eta " Publications of the Astronomical Society + of the Pacific" . + LyX-ek makro hauen 5.0 bertsioa (edo garatuagoa) eskatzen du. + Bertsio zaharkituak LaTeX2.09-ekin erabiltzeko dira, eta ia erabat ezinezkoa + da LyX-en erabiltzea. + AASTeX paketea AAS-ren ftp gunetik eskura dezakezu: +\layout Standard +\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom medskip \align center + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.aas.org/pubs} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Pakete honek erabiltzailearen gida oso bat dauka, eta LyX-en artikulu-mota + hauek idazten hasi aurretik xehetasun guztiak ezagutu beharko zenituzke. + LyX-ek ez du AASTeX-eko komando guztientzako irtebideen beharra konponduko, + bertan testua idazten bakarrik lagunduko dizu. + Artikulua bidali aurretik esportatzen den LaTeX dokumentuak aldizkariak + eskatzen dituen betebeharrak osatzen dituela ziurtatzeko ardura zure eskuetan + gelditzen da. +\layout Subsection + +Artikulu berri bat hastea +\layout Standard + +AASTeX txantiloiarekin hasteko aholkatzen dizut. + +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Berria\SpecialChar ~ +( +\bar under +t +\bar default +xantiloitik) +\family default + menuan klikatu, hautatu +\family typewriter +aastex.lyx +\family default + txantiloia eta gorde dokumentua izen berri batekin. + Idazkian erabiltzen diren eremu gehienak aurkeztuko dizkizu. + Daukan testua informazio berriarekin gainidatzi (kortxete barnekoak ere + bai, <>). + AASTeX-eko komando eta ingurune gehientsuenak LyX-en erabil daitezke; beste + batzuk, ez, ordea: batik bat +\family typewriter + +\backslash +altaffilmark +\family default + eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +altaffiltext +\family default +; horiek sumindutako irudi bat bezala hedatzen dira baldin eta txantiloi + bat irekita baduzu. + Horiek bezalako komandoentzako zuzenean LaTeX kodea sartu eta era horretan + ezarri behar dira. + Komando-mota horiei ERT (Inpernuko Testu Gorria edo "Evil Red Text") deritze. + Saiatu naiz dokumentuetan ERT kopurua ahalik eta gehien minimizatze, tamalez + nahi baino baino gehiago egoten jarraitzen dute. +\layout Subsection + +Artikulua amaitzea +\layout Standard + +Atsegin duzun informazioa sartu ondoren, eta aurrebista ongi badago, prozesatze + ondorengo zenbait urrats landu behar dira, aldizkarira bidali aurretik. +\layout Enumerate + +Artikulua LaTeX fitxategi bezala esportatu ( +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +sportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +ateX +\family default +). + +\layout Enumerate + +Editatu emaitzako +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + fitxategia nahi duzun testu editorearekin. +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +ezabatu +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default + komandoa duen lerroaren aurretik dauden iruzkin guztiak. +\layout Enumerate + +ezabatu +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage...{fontenc} +\family default + lerroa, agertzen bada (gehienetan +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default +-en atzetik agertu ohi da). + Agertzen bada, ezabatu +\family typewriter + +\backslash +secnumdepth +\family default + lerroa ere. +\layout Enumerate + +ezabatu +\family typewriter + +\backslash +makeatletter +\family default + eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +makeatother +\family default + komandoen artean dagoen guztia, komandoak barne. + LaTeX hitzaurrean zeuk sartutako komandoak ez ezabatu, ordea, (normalki + +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + fitxategi batean "User specified LaTeX commands" iruzkinaren atzetik agertu + ohi dira). +\layout Enumerate + +bilatu +\family typewriter + +\backslash +figcaption +\family default + komandoaren agerpen bakoitza eta "FileName" dagokion fitxategiaren benetako + izenarekin ordeztu. +\layout Enumerate + +aldatu +\family typewriter + +\backslash +cite +\family default + komandoak, beharrezkoa bada (ikus +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{apzi:zitak} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala). +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Emaitza LaTeX-etik exekutatu, egokiro prozesatzen dela ziurtatzeko. +\layout Enumerate + +Berrirakurri aldizkariaren eskakizunak, zure fitxategiaren izena eta formatuak + egokiak direla ziurtatzeko. +\layout Enumerate + +Bidali fitxategia. +\layout Subsection + +Komando zehatzei buruzko oharrak +\layout Standard + +Ez dut xehetasunez azalduko AASTeX-eko komando bakoitza: AASTeX-eko +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default +k ( +\family typewriter +aasguide.tex +\family default +) bakoitzaren argibide onak azaltzen ditu. + Niretzat errazena da gidan aurkitu dudan zerrendara joatea eta behar den + lekuan oharrak ematea. + Has gaitezen, bada,\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Subsubsection + +Aurreikusi bezala lantzen dira +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Uste zenuen bezala lantzen direnez, komandoak zerrendatuko ditut, eta zein + ataletan aurkitzen ziren ere bai: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default + (2.1.1), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{document} +\family default + (2.2), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +title +\family default + (2.3), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +author +\family default + (2.3), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +affil +\family default + (2.3), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +abstract +\family default + (2.4), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +keywords +\family default + (2.5), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +section +\family default + (2.7), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +subsection +\family default + (2.7), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +subsubsection +\family default + (2.7), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +paragraph +\family default + (2.7), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{displaymath} +\family default + (2.11), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{equation} +\family default + (2.11), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{eqnarray} +\family default + (2.11), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{mathletters} +\family default + (2.11), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{thebibliography} +\family default + (2.12.1), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bibitem +\family default + (2.12.2), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{table} +\family default + (2.14.4), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{tabular} +\family default + (2.14.4), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +caption +\family default + (2.14.4), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +label +\family default + (2.14.4, eta beste leku batzuetan ere bai), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +tablerefs +\family default + (2.14.5), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +tablecomments +\family default + (2.14.5), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +url +\family default + (2.15.4), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{document} +\family default + (2.16). +\layout Standard + +Estilo-aukera hauek ere egokiro lantzen dira: +\family typewriter +preprint +\family default +, +\family typewriter +preprint2 +\family default +, +\family typewriter +eqsecnum +\family default +, +\family typewriter +flushrt +\family default + (3, 3.1, 3.2). + +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okumentua +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Aukerak +\family default + eremuan jar itzazu. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsubsection + +Badabiltzanak, baina iruzkinak behar dituztenak +\layout Standard + +Ondorengo elementuak badabiltza, baina azalpen gehiago eskatzen dute: +\layout Itemize + +Elementu hauek aldizkariko argitaratzaileak erabiltzeko diren arren, LaTeX-eko + hitzaurrean jar ditzakezu osatuagoa dagoela pentsatzen baduzu: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +received +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +revised +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +accepted +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +ccc +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +cpright +\family default + (guztiak 2.1.3 atalean) +\layout Itemize + +Elementua hauek LaTeX-eko hitzaurrean jartzen dira, eta txantiloi fitxategian + zuriuneak bezala daude: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +slugcomment +\family default + (2.1.4), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +shorttitle +\family default + (2.1.5), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +shortauthors +\family default + (2.1.5) +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +email +\family default + (2.3)-- "bakarka" soilik erabiltzen da, ez paragrafo baten erdian. + Erabili ERT lerro batean barneratzea nahi baduzu. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +and +\family default + (2.3) -- atzetik {} osagarria edukiko du. + Honek ez luke errorerik eman beharko. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +notetoeditor +\family default + (2.6) --"bakarka" soilik erabiltzen da, ez paragrafo baten erdian. + Erabili ERT lerro batean barneratzea nahi baduzu. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +placetable +\family default + (2.8) -- ezin zaio erreferentzia gurutzatu markarik txertatu, marka eskuz + idatzi beharko duzu. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +placefigure +\family default + (2.8) -- +\family typewriter + +\backslash +placetable +\family default +-en antzekoa +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +acknowledgements +\family default + (2.9) -- atzetik {} osagarria edukiko du. + Honek ez luke errorerik eman beharko. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +appendix +\family default + (2.10) -- atzetik {} osagarria edukiko du. + Honek ez luke errorerik eman behako. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +figcaption +\family default + (2.13.2) -- azkenengo LaTeX fitxategian aukerazko argumentua eskuz editatu + beharko duzu. +\layout Subsubsection + +Garatu gabe daudenak, erabili ERT +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +altaffilmark +\family default + (2.3), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +altaffiltext +\family default + (2.3), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +eqnum +\family default + (2.11), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +setcounter{equation} +\family default + (2.11), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +citet +\family default + (2.12), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +citep +\family default + (2.12), aldizkariaren izen laburrak (2.12.4), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +figurenum +\family default + (2.13.1), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +epsscale +\family default + (2.13.1), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +plotone +\family default + (2.13.1), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +plottwo +\family default + (2.13.1), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +tablenum +\family default + (2.14.4), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +tableline +\family default + (2.14.4, txertatu hau nahi duzun lekuaren ondorengo ezkerreko gelaxkako lehenbizi +ko elementu gisa. + Taulan LyX-eko araurik ez erabili), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +tablenotemark +\family default + (2.14.5), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +tablenotetext +\family default + (2.14.5), gehienak Misc-en (2.15, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +url +\family default + eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +email +\family default + ezik; ikus arestian), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +singlespace +\family default + (3.1), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +doublespace +\family default + (3.1), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +onecolumn +\family default + (3.2), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +twocolumn +\family default + (3.2) +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsubsection + +Garatu ezin daitezkeenak +\layout Standard + +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +hauek ahazteko aholkatuko nizuke. + Hauek +\family typewriter +reference +\family default + (2.12.3) eta +\family typewriter +deluxetable +\family default + (2.14) inguruneak dira. + Erabat beharrezkoa baduzu deluxetable erabiltzea, beste testu editore batekin + fitxategi bereizi batean editatzea ahokatuko nizuke, ondoren, LyX dokumentuan + gehitzeko erabili +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +G +\bar default +ehitu\SpecialChar ~ +fitxategia +\family default + menua. + Ikus +\family typewriter +aas_sample.lyx +\family default + fitxategia honen adibide bat aztertzeko. +\layout Subsection + +MEG, iradokizunak, trikimailuak eta bestelako hausnarketak +\layout Subsubsection + +LyX eta AASTeX elkarlanean jartzea +\layout Standard + +Maltzurtasun piska bat behar da LyX-ek diseinu eta dokumentu-klase berri + bat onartzeko. + Guzti honek huts egiten duenean, saiatu hau egiten: +\layout Enumerate + +Ziurtatu LaTeX-ek AASTeX aurkitzen duela. + +\family typewriter +Sample.tex +\family default + (eta agian +\family typewriter +table.tex +\family default + ere bai) AASTeX banaketatik LaTeX edo AASTeX-ekin inolako zerikusirik ez + duen direktorio batean kopiatu, eta landu LaTeX +\family typewriter +sample.tex +\family default + fitxategiarekin. +\layout Enumerate + +Ziurtatu +\family typewriter +aastex.layout +\family default + fitxategia direktorio hauetariko batean agertzen dela: +\begin_deeper +\layout LyX-Code + +/usr/.../share/lyx/layouts +\layout Standard + +edo +\layout LyX-Code + +~/.lyx/layouts. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +LyX-en abiatu +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +B +\bar default +irkonfiguratu +\family default + menua, ondoren LyX berrabiatu. +\layout Enumerate + +Ireki fitxategi arrunt berri bat, txantiloirik ez erabili. + Agertzen al da +\family sans +Dokumentua +\family default + leihoko dokumentu-klaseen zerrendan? +\layout Standard + +Abisu bat jasotzen baduzu, AASTeX motako dokumentu bat dagoelarik ezin duela + AASTeX diseinurik aurkitu edo "You should not mix title layouts with normal + ones" bezalako mezu bat, orduan gauzak ez dira ongi instalatu. +\layout Subsubsection + +LaTeX errorea taula bat prozesatzean +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek, lehenetsi gisa, taulako izenburu/epigrafea erdira lerrokatzea saiatzen + da. + Badirudi hau AASTeX-ekin gaizki konpontzen dela. + Hori dela eta, klikatu izenburu/epigrafean eta ondoren hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +aragrafoa +\family default + menua. + Gero, lerrokadura eremuko zerrendan +\family sans +Blokea +\family default + hautatu +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Itzultzailearen oharra +\emph default +: agian LyX-en zenbait bertsiotan +\family sans +Blokea +\family default + (Block) ez duzu aurkituko. + Saiatu zaitez ea +\family sans +Justifikatua +\family default + aukerarekin gauzak konpontzen al diren. +\end_inset + +. + Egokitzapen honekin LyX niregatik arduratuko da. +\layout Subsubsection + +Erreferentziak +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{apzi:zitak} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Gauza gutxi batzuk: +\layout Enumerate + +Ohartarazi nahiko nuke erreferentzien sarrerako testuetan tarteekin gauza + bitxiak gertatzen direla. + Bibliografiako elementu bat sartzen duzunean, ziurtatu azken egile eta + urtea duen parentesien artean tarterik ez uztea: adib.\SpecialChar ~ +idatzi +\family typewriter +M.Davis(1991) +\family default +, ez +\family typewriter +M.Davis\SpecialChar ~ +(1991) +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + +Nahiko goibel sentitzen naiz ezin dudalako +\family typewriter + +\backslash +citet +\family default + eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +citep +\family default + automatikoagoak egin, LyX-eko iturburuak aldatzea eskatzen baitu. + Oraingoz bi hauetariko bat landu dezakezu: +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +sartu zitazioak +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +Z +\bar default +itazio-erreferentzia +\family default + erabiliz. + Horrela behintzat automatikoki txertatuko duzu. + Gero editatu (beste testu editore batekin) esportatutako LaTeX fitxategia + eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +cite +\family default + sarrerak +\family typewriter + +\backslash +citet +\family default + edo +\family typewriter + +\backslash +citep +\family default + komandoetara aldatu, fitxategia bidali aurretik ( +\family typewriter + +\backslash +cite +\family default + une honetan +\family typewriter + +\backslash +cite +\family default +-ren baliokidea denez, ez daukazu aldatu beharrik). + Edo +\layout Enumerate + +zure zitazioak zuzenean ERT erabiliz sar ditzakezu, bibliografiako elkarrizketa- +koadroan erabiltzen dituzun argumentuentzako gako berdinak erabiliz, adibidez + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +citet{gakoa} +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Bide hauek erosoak ez izan arren, LyX-ek zitazioak ulertzeko natbib tresna + daukanez, honekin moldatu beharko gara. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Guztientzako erreferentziak sartzea ez da hain garbia. + Errazena dokumentuaren amaieran zure lehenbiziko erreferentzia idaztea + da, ondoren +\family sans +Erreferentzia +\family default + mota bezala ezarri. + Honek kutxa gris bat jarriko dizu kurtsorea kokatuta zegoen lekuan. + Klikatu kutxan bestelako informazioa betetzeko. + Erreferentzia berrientzako, joan dagoen erreferentzia baten amaierara eta + sakatu +\family sans +Lerro-itzulera +\family default +. + Horrela lerro berri bat sortuko da, bere kutxa eta guzti, e.a. +\layout Subsubsection + +EPS fitxategiak gehitzea +\layout Standard + + +\noun on +Chris Biemesderfer +\noun default + eta AASTeX paketea idazten lagundu zuten guztiei begirunea diegun arren, + irudiak kudeatzeko tresnak kirats nazkagarria dario. + Txertatu dezakezu +\family typewriter + +\backslash +plotone +\family default +, e.a. + irudi mugikorren kutxako ERTeko komando bezala, baina nik neuk ez dut inoiz + zorterik izan diseinu egokirik lortzeko. + Nire aholkua hau da: ez gehitu EPS motako irudirik idazkian, aldizkarira + bidaltzeko. + Horren ordez, erabili LyX-ek duen EPS fitxategiak gehitzeko tresna estandarra + aurrebista dotoreak egin nahi dituzunean. + LyX-ek LaTeX-eko hitzaurrean +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage{graphics} +\family default + komandoa jartzen du eta irudiak LaTeX2e-ko modu estandarrean kudeatzen + ditu. + Hala ere, jakin behar da AASTeX 5.0 motako idazki bat inprimatzea nahi bada + LaTeX2e banaketa instalatuta eduki behar dela, eta horrela izanik, zergatik + ez gara irudiak kudeatzeko tresna mila bider hobeagoa den batekin arituko? + Beraiek LaTeX2e edo grafikoen paketeengatik kexuka badabiltza, galantena + da hau +\emph on +Lamport\SpecialChar ~ +(1994) +\emph default + bigarren argitalpenean aipatu zela, eguneratzeko nahiko denbora izan zuten + duela urte dexente. +\layout Subsubsection + +Egin nitzakeenak, egin gabe +\layout Standard + +Gauza gutxi "politt" batzuk garatu nitzaken, baina ez egitea erabaki nuen. + Adibidez, LyX-eko leihoko testuan ez nituen testu artean tarte bikoitzik + ikusi, nahiz eta inprimatutako bertsioan tarte bikoitza agertu. + Gainera, preprint eta preprint2 estiloentzako bereizitako diseinurik ez + egitea erabaki nuen. + Dena den, denbora gehiena idazki soil batean igarotzen duzulakoan konturatu + nintzenetik honekin disko gogorrarekin dantzan ez ibiltzea erabaki nuen. + Egi-egitan uste baduzu diseinu hauek garatu behar nituela Mudgeeraba Creek-eko + Zaldi eta Boomerang Jaurtitze Elkartekoak oinarritzen diren arauen arimetara + atxikituko naiz: +\layout Quotation + +"Epaitegien erabakia erabatekoa izango da, baldin eta aurkitzen den entzulegoak + izugarrizko esku-altxatze-olatua-sortuz batekin ez badu isiltzen. + Arerioak ezingo du gehikeria edo hizkuntza lizunik erabili epaikideekin, + edo alderantziz, epaitegiko epaikideek arerioari zuzentzerakoan (boomerang + batek buruan jotzen ez badio bederen)." +\layout Subsection + +Azken +\emph on +ikuttua +\layout Standard + + +\noun on +Donald Knuth +\noun default +-en ordenagailuen algoritmoei buruzko zita zital bat lapurtuko diot, "Hau + probatu dut ongi dagoela ikusteko, egia esanda, ez naiz saiatu ere egin". + Sinisten dut, izar eta galaxia guztiengatik, arestiko prozedurak AASTeX + dokumentu onargarri bat sortuko duela, baina honen azken eguneraketa (2000.eko + urtarrilak 25), hau erabiltzen duen artikulurik ez dut bidali. + Agian, patuak laguntzen banau, hemendik hilabete batzuetara\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Section + +ijmpd +\layout Standard + +Idazlea: +\noun on +Panayotis Papasotiriou +\layout Subsection + +Sarrera +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +ijmpd +\family default + paketea makroen multzo bat da, World Scientific-ek kaleratzen duen +\emph on +International Journal of Modern Physics D +\emph default + aldizkarira idazki elektronikoak bildatzeko erabiltzen da. + Dokumentu-klasearen izena ws-ijmpd.cls da. + Artxiboa, dokumentazio eta guzti, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.worldscinet.com/ijmpd/mkt/guidelines.shtml} + +\end_inset + + gunetik jaitsi daiteke. + Pakete hau, +\family typewriter +ijmpd +\family default +, "artikulua" (article) pakete estandarraren moldaketa bat da. + LyX-ek bere ezaugarri gehienak onartzen ditu. + Duela gutxi LyX arrakastaz erabili dut artikulu bat +\emph on +International Journal of Modern Physics D +\emph default + aldizkarira bidaltzeko. +\layout Subsection + +Artikulua idaztea +\layout Standard + +Artikulu bat idazteko modurik erosoena txantiloi bat erabiltzea da. + Klikatu +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Berria\SpecialChar ~ +( +\bar under +t +\bar default +xantiloitik) +\family default +menua eta hautatu +\emph on +ijmpd.lyx +\emph default + fitxategia. + Honek dokumentua ia hutsik agertzen du, idazkian aurkitzen diren eremu + guztiekin. + Dagoen testua (<> kortxeteak barne) dagokion informazioarekin gainidatzi. + Gogoan eduki ondorengo oharrak. +\layout Enumerate + +LyX-ek ez dizu dokumentuaren letra-tamaina eta orri-estiloak aldatzen utziko, + +\family typewriter +ijmpd +\family default + paketeak ez baitu horrelako moldaketarik onartzen. +\layout Enumerate + + +\family typewriter +ijmpd +\family default + paketeak dokumentuaren hizkuntza aldatu gabe jarraitzea eskatzen du. + Artikulua aurreikusi aurretik ziurtatu babel paketea ez dela erabiltzen. + Hori egiteko, klikatu +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +H +\bar default +obespenak +\family default + menuan, +\family sans +Hizkuntza +\family default + fitxa hautatu, +\family sans +Erabili\SpecialChar ~ +babel +\family default + aukera desgaitu eta +\family sans +\bar under +A +\bar default +plikatu +\family default + botoian (edo +\family sans +\bar under +G +\bar default +orde +\family default + aldaketa hau betirako edukitzea nahi baduzu) klikatu. +\layout Enumerate + +Bi ingurune berri erabilgarri dituzu, +\family sans +"Teorema" +\family default + ( +\emph on +Theorem +\emph default +) eta +\family sans +"Frogapena" +\family default + ( +\emph on +Proof +\emph default +) izenekoak. +\layout Enumerate + +Artikuluan eranskinak gehi daitezke. + LyX-ek ingurune berezia eskaintzen du, +\family sans +"Eranskina" +\family default + ( +\emph on +Appendix +\emph default +) izenekoa, eta eranskinaren hasiera markatzen du. + Eranskin batek atal, azpiatal edo azpiazpiatal normal bat eduki dezake. +\layout Enumerate + + +\family typewriter +ijmpd +\family default + paketeak taulen epigrafeak LyX-ek lantzen dituen ezberdin bideratzen ditu. + Ondorioz, LyX-ekin sortutako taula bat ongi inprimatzen da, baina epigrafeei + jaramonik ez zaie egiten. + Epigrafeak dituzten taulak behar badituzu, taula mugikor osoa +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + fitxategian garatu beharko duzu, gero fitxategi hori LyX dokumentuan gehitu + ( +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +G +\bar default +ehitu\SpecialChar ~ +fitxategia +\family default +). + +\family typewriter +ijmpd +\family default + taula nola sortzen den buruzko xehetasunak +\family typewriter +ws-ijmpd.tex +\family default + fitxategian aurkituko duzu, eta +\family typewriter +ijmpd +\family default + paketearen barruan dago. +\layout Subsection + +Artikulua bidaltzeko prestatzea +\layout Standard + +Artikulua bidali aurretik LyX-eko dokumentua LaTeX motako fitxategi bezala + esportatu behar duzu, +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +sportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +atex +\family default + menua erabili. + Hori egin ostean, +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + emaitzeko fitxategian ondorengoak aldatu: +\layout Enumerate + +Ezabatu +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default + komandoaren aurreko iruzkin lerroak. + +\layout Enumerate + +Ezabatu +\family typewriter + +\backslash +makeatletter +\family default + eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +makeatother +\family default + komandoen arteko (hauek barne) guztia, LaTeX-eko hitzaurrean zeuk sartutakoak + ezik. +\layout Standard + +Aldatutako +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + fitxategia behar adina aldiz gorde eta LaTeX-etik prozesatu. + Egiaztatzeko, sortzen den +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default + dokumentua begiratu. +\layout Subsection + +ERTen erabilera +\layout Standard + +ERTen erabilera aukerazkoa da, eta hiru komandoetara laburtzen da, orrialdearen + itxurari eragiten diote. + Zure artikulua +\family typewriter +ijmpd.lyx +\family default + txantiloiarekin idazten hasi bazara, beharrezko ERT eremua jadanik bere + kokapenean egongo da, eta normalki ez duzu zer ezabatu beharrik izango. + Lehenbiziko ERT kutxaren edukia aldatzea komeni zaizu, inprimatuko den + bertsiorako orrialde bakoiti eta bikoitien goiburukoaren informazioa zehaztuz + (egilearen izena eta artikulu motzaren titulua hurrenez hurren). + ERT honek +\family typewriter + +\backslash +markboth{Egileen izenak}{Artikuluaren titulu laburtua} +\family default + antzeko itxura edukiko du. +\layout Section + +Kluwer +\layout Standard + +Idazlea: +\noun on +Panayotis Papasotiriou +\layout Subsection + +Sarrera +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +Kluwer +\family default + paketea Kluwer Academic Publishers-ek sortutako makro multzo bat da, beraiek + argitaratzen dituzten aldizkarietara idazki elektronikoak bidaltzeko. + Argitaratzen dituzten aldizkarietatik hauek dira ospetsuenak (interesgarrienak + iruditzen zaizkidanak bederen): +\emph on +Astrophysics and Space Science +\emph default +eta +\emph on + Solar Physics +\emph default +, baina batituzte gehiago ere (ikus zerrenda osoa +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/jrnllist.htm/JRNLHOME} + +\end_inset + + gunean). + +\family typewriter +Kluwer +\family default + paketea +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/kaphtml.htm/STYLEFILES} + +\end_inset + + gunetik jeitsi dezakezu. + Pakete horretan erabiltzailearen gida oso bat aurkituko duzu (bananduta + ere jaitsi daiteke). +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek pakete honen ezaugarri asko onartzen ditu. + Hala ere, paketeko komando "bitxi" batzuentzako ERT erabili behar da (ikus + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{azpiatal:kluwer_berezitasunak} + +\end_inset + +). + Duela gutxi LyX erabili dut artikulu bat idatzi eta +\emph on +Astrophysics and Space Science +\emph default +-ra bidaltzeko, inolako arazorik gabe. +\layout Subsection + +Artikulua idaztea +\layout Standard + +Artikulu bat idazteko biderik goxoena Kluwer txantiloi batean oinarritzea + da. + Klikatu +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Berria\SpecialChar ~ +( +\bar under +t +\bar default +xantiloitik) +\family default + menuan, eta hautatu +\family typewriter +kluwer.lyx +\family default + txantiloia. + Honek dokumentu ia hutsik agertzen du, idazkian aurkitzen diren eremu guztiekin. + Txantiloi gehienetan bezala, dagoen testua (<> kortxeteak barne) dagokion + informazioarekin gainidatzi. + +\layout Subsection + +Artikulua bidaltzeko prestatzea +\layout Standard + +AASTeX paketearen antzera, artikulua bidali aurretik " hurrengo prozesuak" + landu behar dituzu, irakurri datozen urrtatsak. +\layout Enumerate + +Esportatu artikulua LaTeX fitxategi gisa. + Hau egiteko klikatu +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +sportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +aTeX +\family default + menuan. + +\layout Enumerate + +Irteerako +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + fitxategia beste testu editore batekin editatu eta ondorengo aldaketak + egin: +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Ezabatu +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default + komandoaren aurreko iruzkin lerroak. + +\layout Enumerate + +Ezabatu +\family typewriter + +\backslash +makeatletter +\family default + eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +makeatother +\family default + komandoen arteko (hauek barne) guztia, LaTeX hitzaurrean zuk sartutakoak + ezik. +\layout Standard + +Gorde aldatutako +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + fitxategia. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Aldatutako +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + fitxategia behar adina aldiz gorde eta LaTeX-etik prozesatu. + +\layout Enumerate + +Begiratu emaitza +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default + dokumentuan, horretarako +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + erabili dezakezu, eta guztia ongi dagoela ziurtatu (halaxe egongo da baldin + eta akatsik ez baduzu egin). +\layout Subsection + +Kluwer paketearen +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +berezitasunak +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{azpiatal:kluwer_berezitasunak} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Kluwer paketeak ondorengo +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +berezitasunak" ditu: +\layout Enumerate + +Hainbat artikulu LaTeX fitxategi berdinean idatz daiteke +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Hau egiteko arrazoi egokirik ez zait bururatzen. +\end_inset + + . + Artikulu bakoitza +\family sans +"Artikulua" +\family default + (article) ingurunean sartuta egon beharko du. + Zoritxarrez, ingurune hau ezin da ahaztu, nahiz eta artikulu bakar bat + idatzi. + Beraz, artikulu bakoitza +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{article} +\family default + komandoarekin hasi behar da, eta noski, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{article} +\family default + komandoarekin amaitu. + Nahiz eta hau LyX-en garatu daitekeen, ez dut gehitu, zatarra gelditzen + delako eta erabiltzaile hasiberrientzako korapilotsua gerta dakiekeelako. + Hortaz, zeuk zuzenean sartu eta LaTeX kode gisa ezarri beharko dituzu (hain + ezaguna den ERT erabiliz). +\layout Enumerate + +Artikuluaren hasieran ematen den informazioa (adib. + titulua, azpititulua, egilea, instituzioa, titulu laburtua, egile laburtua, + laburpena eta gakoak) " +\family sans +ireki-unea +\family default +" (opening) izeneko ingurunean sartu behar dira. + Hau LyX-en garatuta ez dagoenez, zeuk sartu beharko dituzu titulu, azpititulu + eta bestelakoak bi ERT lerroartean: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{opening} +\family default + eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{opening} +\family default + komandoen artean. +\layout Enumerate + +Erabiltzailearen eskuliburuari jarraituz, bibliografiako elementu bakoitzaren + etiketa honela idatzi behar da: +\begin_deeper +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +protect +\backslash +citeauthoryear{ +\emph on +egilea(k) +\emph default +}{ +\emph on +urtea +\emph default +} +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +kluwer.lyx +\family default + txantilioak "berezitasun" hauei buruzko ardura hartzen du. + Artikulua txantiloi honetan oinarrituz idazten baduzu, ez daukazu ezer + berezirik egin beharrik. + Hauek egin: +\layout Enumerate + +Ez ezabatu txantiloian dauden ERT eremuak. +\layout Enumerate + +Kopiatu txantiloian agertzen den bibliografiako elementua, eta aldatu behar + dituzun bibliografiako hainbat elementu berri sartzeko. +\layout Section + +Koma-Script +\layout Standard + +Idazlea: +\noun on +Bernd Rellermeyer +\layout Subsection + +Sarrera +\layout Standard + +LyX-eko +\family sans +article (koma-script) +\family default +, +\family sans +report (koma-script) +\family default +, +\family sans +book (koma-script) +\family default +, eta +\family sans +letter +\family default + +\family sans +(koma-script) +\family default + dokumentu-klaseak LaTeX-eko Koma-Script familiako +\family typewriter +scrartcl.cls +\family default +, +\family typewriter +scrreprt.cls +\family default +, +\family typewriter +scrbook.cls +\family default +, eta +\family typewriter +scrlettr.cls +\family default + dokumentu-klaseei dagokie, hurrenez hurren. + +\family typewriter +article.cls +\family default +, +\family typewriter +report.cls +\family default +, +\family typewriter +book.cls +\family default + eta +\family typewriter +letter.cls +\family default + dokumentu-klase estandarren ordezkoak dira, eta Europako tipografia hitzarmenek +o dezimaldun zenbakietara moldatzen dira. +\layout Itemize + +Letra-tamaina estandarra 11pt-koa da +\family sans +article (koma-script) +\family default +, +\family sans +report (koma-script) +\family default +, eta +\family sans +book (koma-script) +\family default + dokumentu-klaseeten, eta 12pt-koa +\family sans +letter (koma-script) +\family default + motan. +\layout Itemize + +Izenburuak, azalpena ingurunearen etiketak, eta +\family sans +letter (koma-script) +\family default + klaseko elementu kopuru bat sans serif letra lodiz ezarrita daude +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Ezberdintasun handia dago sans serif-eko +\family sans +cm +\family default + letra-tipo zaharkitua eta +\family sans +ec +\family default + letra-tipo berrien artean, goiburukoetan bereziki. + Elkarrekin konparatuz, +\family sans +ec +\family default +-ko sans serif letra lodiak meheagoak dirudite. + Hemen +\noun on +Walter Schmidt +\noun default +-ek prestatutako LaTeX +\family typewriter +cmsd.sty +\family default + paketeak "ohiko" itxura sortzen laguntzen du, +\family sans +ec +\family default + letra-tipoak erabiltzerakoan. +\end_inset + +. + Kapituluen izenburuak atalen izenburuak bezala zenbatzen dira, hau da, + "Kapitulua\SpecialChar \ldots{} +" lerro gehigarririk gabe. + Gainera, izenburuen itxura aldatzeko +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okumentua +\family default + sortzen duen leihoko Aukerak eremua erabil daiteke. + Alemanieraz idatzitako xehetasunak (aukera hauei buruzkoak) Koma-Script + dokumentazioko +\emph on +scrguide +\emph default + gidan aurkituko dituzu. + +\layout Itemize + +Koma-Script-eko dokumentu-klaseen area diseinatzeko gauzarik garrantzitsuenak + +\family sans +BCOR +\family default + eta +\family sans +DIV +\family default + aukerak dira (LyX-en Aukerak eremuan sartu behar dira). + Hauek ahalik eta orrialdeen marjinen moldaketa garbiena egiten dute, +\family sans +Dokumentua +\family default + leihoko aukerek egiten duten gisa. + Alemanieraz idatzitako hauei eta beste idazte-areako aukerei buruzko xehetasuna +k Koma-Script dokumentazioko +\emph on +scrguide +\emph default + gidan aurkituko dituzu. +\layout Itemize + +Koma-Script familiako LaTeX dokumentu-klaseek komando gehigarriak definitzen + dituzte. + LyX-en zentzua dutenak dagokien paragrafo motetan garatuak izan dira. +\layout Standard + +Koma-Script familiako LaTeX paketeen xehetasunak, alemanieraz, Koma-Script-eko + dokumentazioko +\emph on +scrguide +\emph default + gidan aurkitzen dira +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Badago ingelesezko itzulpena, +\emph on +screnggu +\emph default +, baina ez dago osatuta. +\end_inset + +. + Hurrengo atalek LyX-en erabiltzen direnak soilik argituko dute. +\layout Subsection + +article (koma-script), report (koma-script), eta book (koma-script) +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +article (koma-script) +\family default +, +\family sans +report (koma-script) +\family default +, eta +\family sans +book (koma-script) +\family default + dokumentu-klaseak diseinuko +\family typewriter +scrartcl.layout +\family default +, +\family typewriter +scrreprt.layout +\family default +, eta +\family typewriter +scrbook.layout +\family default + fitxategietan hurrenez hurren garatuta daude. + Hauek dokumentu-klase estandarrei (artikulua edo +\family sans +"article" +\family default +, txostena edo +\family sans +"report" +\family default +, eta liburua edo +\family sans +"book" +\family default +) dagokien paragrafo-mota guztiak (apur bat eraldatuak) dituzte, LyX-en + berariazkoa den +\family sans +Zerrenda +\family default + mota izan ezik (gaitasun berdina duen +\family sans +Etiketatua +\family default + (Labeling) mota berriagatik ordeztua izan delarik). + +\family sans +Etiketatua +\family default + motaren aurretik paragrafo mota berriak gehitu dira. + Hauek ez dira +\family sans +letter (koma-script) +\family default + dokumentu-klaseko kide. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +GehituZati +\family default + (Addpart), +\family sans +GehituKapi +\family default + (Addchap), +\family sans +GehituAtal +\family default + (Addsec): hauek +\family sans +Zatia* +\family default +, +\family sans +Kapitulua* +\family default + eta +\family sans +Atala* +\family default + inguruneen baliokideak dira, hurrenez hurren, gaien aurkibideari sarrera + bat gehitzen diote. + +\family sans +GehituZati +\family default + eta +\family sans +GehituKapi +\family default + ez daude +\family sans +article (koma-script) +\family default + dokumentu-klasean. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +GehituKapi* +\family default + ( +\family sans +Addchap* +\family default +), +\family sans +GehituAtal* +\family default + ( +\family sans +Addsec* +\family default +): hauek +\family sans +GehituKapi +\family default + eta +\family sans +GehituAtal +\family default + inguruneen jokaera dute, kapitulu eta atalen zenbaketarik ez dute azaltzen. + +\family sans +GehituKapi* +\family default + ez dago +\family sans +article (koma-script) +\family default + dokumentu-klasean +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Badago +\family typewriter + +\backslash +addpart* +\family default + komandoa ere +\family sans +book (koma-script) +\family default + eta +\family sans +report (koma-script) +\family default + dokumentu-klaseetan, baina +\family sans +Part* +\family default + ingurunearen berdina denez, ez da LyX-en garatua izan. + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Ataltxoa (Minisec) +\family default +: zuzenean izenburu bat sortzen du hurrengo paragrafoaren gainean, letra-tamaina + estandarrarekin eta dokumentuaren egituran eraginik egin gabe. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Epigrafea\SpecialChar ~ +gainean (Captionabove) +\family default + eta +\family sans +Epigrafea\SpecialChar ~ +azpian (Captionbelow) +\family default + epigrafe bereziak dira, eta elementu baten gainean edo azpian behar den + tarteak mantentzen dituzte (tipografien arautegiak jarraitzen badituzu, + taulei dagokien epigrafeak beti taulen gainean kokatzea nahiko dituzu). + Klaseko +\family typewriter +tablecaptionsabove +\family default + aukera ere erabil dezakezu, honek taulentzako epigrafea ingurunea +\family sans +Epigrafea gainean +\family default + motara, eta irudientzako epigrafea azpian motara, bihurtuko du. + Hau erabiltzeko gutxienez +\family sans +Koma-Script\SpecialChar ~ +2.8q +\family default + bertsioa beharko duzu. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Esaera (Dictum) +\family default +: esaera edo zita bat kapitulu hasieran sartzeko erabiltzen da. + Aukerazko argumentua erabiltzen baduzu ( +\family sans +Txertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Titulu\SpecialChar ~ +laburtua +\family default +), hemen esaeraren egilea txerta dezakezu. + Esaera eta egilea lerro batez bereizten dira. + Hau erabiltzeko gutxienez +\family sans +Koma-Script\SpecialChar ~ +2.8q +\family default + bertsioa beharko duzu. + Esaera ez dago +\family sans +article (koma-script) +\family default + dokumentu-klasean. +\layout Standard + +Hurrengo ingurune motek, +\family sans +Titulua +\family default +, +\family sans +Egilea +\family default + eta +\family sans +Data +\family default + estandarrekin batera, dokumentuko tituluaren gunea osatzen dute. + Lehenbiziko paragrafo "arrunta"-ren aurretik sartu behar dira +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Dagokien LaTeX komandoak +\family typewriter + +\backslash +maketitle +\family default + komandoaren baino lehenago agertu behar dute. + +\end_inset + +. + Mota bakoitza behin baino gehiagotan erabiltzen direnean, azkenaren erabilerak + osatutakoa gainidazten du, hau da, mota bakoitzentzako erabilitako azkena + izango da baliagarria. + Mota ezberdinen ordenak, +\family sans +Titulua +\family default +, +\family sans +Egilea +\family default + eta +\family sans +Data +\family default + bezala, sortzen den dokumentuan ez dute eraginik. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Gaia (Subject) +\family default +: titulu arruntaren ( +\family sans +Titulua +\family default +, +\family sans +Egilea +\family default +, +\family sans +Data +\family default +) gainean erdira lerrokatutako paragrafoa sortzen du, dokumentuaren gaia + azaltzeko. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Argitaratzaileak (Publishers) +\family default +: titulu arruntaren ( +\family sans +Titulua +\family default +, +\family sans +Egilea +\family default +, +\family sans +Data +\family default +) azpian erdira lerrokatuako paragrafoa sortzen du, argitaratzaileen izenentzako. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Eskaintza (Dedication) +\family default +: +\family sans +report (koma-script) +\family default + eta +\family sans +book (koma-script) +\family default + klaseetan bere orrialde bereizian erdira lerrokatutako paragrafoa sortzen + du, edo +\family sans +article (koma-script) +\family default + klasean titulu arruntaren azpian ( +\family sans +Titulua +\family default +, +\family sans +Egilea +\family default +, +\family sans +Data +\family default +, +\family sans +Argitaratzaileak +\family default +) erdiratutako paragrafoa sortzen du eskaintzarentzako. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Tituluburua (Titlehead) +\family default +: titulu arruntaren gainean ( +\family sans +Titulua +\family default +, +\family sans +Egila +\family default +, +\family sans +Data +\family default +, +\family sans +Gaia +\family default +) ezkerrera lerrokatutako paragrafoa sortzen du, dokumentuaren goiburukoarentzak +o. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +TituluAtzekoGoian (Uppertitleback) +\family default +: +\family sans +report (koma-script) +\family default + eta +\family sans +book (koma-script) +\family default + klaseetan alde bietako inprimaketan ezkerrera lerrokatuta, eta titulu orriaren + atzealdean eta goian, paragrafoa sortzen du. + Ez du eraginik alde bakarreko inprimaketan edo +\family sans +article (koma-script) +\family default + klasean. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +TituluAtzekoBehean (Lowertitleback) +\family default +: +\family sans +report (koma-script) +\family default + eta +\family sans +book (koma-script) +\family default + klaseetan alde bietako inprimaketan ezkerrera lerrokatuta eta titulu orriaren + atzealdean eta behean paragrafoa sortzen du. + Ez du eraginik alde bakarreko inprimaketan edo +\family sans +article (koma-script) +\family default + klasean. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +TituluOsagarria (Extratitle) +\family default +: uneko dokumentuaren aurrean orrialde "zikin" bat sortzen du, egitura berezirik + ez duen paragrafo batekin. +\layout Standard + +Diseinu fitxategiek, +\family sans +article (koma-script) +\family default +, +\family sans +report (koma-script) +\family default +, eta +\family sans +book (koma-script) +\family default + dokumentu-klaseena, +\family typewriter +scrmacros.inc +\family default + fitxategia dute. + Zure motak definitzeko lekua bezala pentsatua dago. + Kopiatu +\family typewriter +scrmacros.inc +\family default + zure diseinuen direktorioan eta editatu fitxategia! +\layout Subsection + +letter (koma-script) +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +letter (koma-script) +\family default + dokumentu-klasea +\family typewriter +scrlettr.layout +\family default + diseinu fitxategian garatuta dago. + Honek +\family sans +letter +\family default + (gutuna) dokumentu-klaseak dituen paragrafo-ingurune guztiak ditu, piska + bat eraldatuta, LyX-en berariazkoak diren +\family sans +LyX-kodea +\family default +, +\family sans +Iruzkina +\family default + eta +\family sans +Zerrenda +\family default + motak izan ezik, +\family sans +Etiketatua +\family default + (Labeling) mota berriarekin ordeztuak izan baitira. + Gainera, +\family sans +LaTeX +\family default +, +\family sans +Zita +\family default +, +\family sans +Zitazioa +\family default + eta +\family sans +Bertsoa +\family default + ingurune estandarrak ditu. + Horretaz gain, badaude gutunentzako bereziki zehaztutako ingurune berri + batzuk. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Dokumentu-klase honek sortzen duen gutunaren itxura LaTeX-eko hainbat komandorek +in egokitu daiteke ( +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okumentua +\family default + menuak zabatzen duen +\family sans +Dokumentu\SpecialChar ~ +ezarpenak +\family default + leihoan +\family sans +Hitzaurrea +\family default + fitxan idatzi) +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Adibidez, gutunetako goiburukoen (izen eta helbidea ditu) itxura estandarra + nahiko burugogorra izan ohi da. + Goiburuko "arrunt" bat sortzeko, sartu ondorengo LaTeX komandoak hitzaurrean: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +firsthead{ +\backslash +parbox[b]{ +\backslash +textwidth} +\layout LyX-Code + +{ +\backslash +ignorespaces +\backslash +fromname +\backslash + +\backslash + +\backslash +ignorespaces +\backslash +fromaddress}} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +nexthead{ +\backslash +parbox[b]{ +\backslash +textwidth} +\layout LyX-Code + +{ +\backslash +ignorespaces +\backslash +fromname +\backslash +hfill +\backslash +ignorespaces +\backslash +pagename +\backslash + +\backslash +thepage}} +\end_inset + +. + Alemanieraz idatzitako xehetasunak, LaTeX-en komandoei buruzkoak bezalakoak, + +\family sans +Koma-Script +\family default +-eko +\family typewriter +scrguide +\family default + dokumentazioan aurki daiteke. + Berorrekin, gutunaren egileak gutun diseinu pertsonalizatu bat sor dezake. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Gutuna +\family default + (Letter) eta +\family sans +Ireki-unea +\family default + (Opening) inguruneek gutunaren hasiera definitzen dute, eta gutun bakoitzean + egon beharko dute. + Hauek LyX-eko dokumentu-klasean nabarmentzeko, +\emph on +L +\emph default + edo +\emph on +O +\emph default + hizkiekin markatzen dira ezkerreko marjinan. + Fitxategi bakar batean hainbat gutun idazteko aukera dago. + +\family sans +Ireki-unea +\family default + inguruneak helbide berdina erabiliz gutun berri bat hasten du, eta +\family sans +Gutuna +\family default +-k berriz helbidea aldatzeko aukera eskaintzen du. + +\family sans +Itxi-unea +\family default +, +\family sans +PS +\family default +, +\family sans +CC +\family default + eta +\family sans +Eransk +\family default + paragrafo-ingurune arruntak dira, eta gutun bakarrean nahi adina aldiz + erabil daiteke. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Gutuna +\family default + (Letter): helbideentzako paragrafoa sortu eta gutunarean hasiera definitzen + du. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Ireki-unea +\family default +(Opening): helbidearen paragrafoa sortzen du eta inplizitoki gutun berria + sortzen du. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Itxi-unea +\family default + (Closing): itxierako paragrafoa sortzen du. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +PS +\family default +: postscript-arentzako paragrafoa sortzen du. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +CC +\family default +: banaketa zerrendarako paragrafoa sortzen du. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Eransk +\family default + (Encl): eranskinentzako paragrafoa sortzen du. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Izena +\family default +, +\family sans +Sinadura +\family default +, +\family sans +Helbidea +\family default +, +\family sans +Telefonoa +\family default +, +\family sans +Tokia +\family default +, +\family sans +Itzulerako helbidea +\family default +, +\family sans +Gutun berezia +\family default +, +\family sans +Kokapena +\family default +, +\family sans +Titulua +\family default + eta +\family sans +Gaia +\family default + inguruneek informazioa sartzeko etiketa bat eskaintzen dute (sarrera motakoa + deituko diegu), eta dokumentu-klaseak landuko du +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Baliteke +\family sans +Gutuna +\family default + eta +\family sans +Ireki-unea +\family default + inguruneek zentzugabeko gauza bezala ikustea, arestian aipatutako etiketak + ez baitituzte jartzen. + Ingurune hauen zeregin berezia dela eta, ezkerrean marka bat jartzen duten + paragrafo arrunt bezala garatu ditut. + Bestalde, +\family sans +Ireki-unea +\family default + eta +\family sans +Itxi-unea +\family default + inguruneek bestelako itxura edukiz gero, nire simetriaren zentzua hautsiko + bailukete. +\end_inset + +. + Ingurune hauek dagokien +\family sans +Ireki-unea +\family default + baino lehenago erabili behar dira. +\layout Standard + +Ingurune hauen WYSIWYG itxurako garapenak badirudi zentzurik ez duela, zeren + eta sortzen den gutunaren benetako itxura ez baitago mota berezi bat erabiltzea +ren arabera , beste faktore batzuk daude jokoan. + Adibidez, +\family sans +Sinadura +\family default + ingurunearekin sartutako sinadura bat, gutun horretan +\family sans +Itxi-unea +\family default + erabiltzen denean, jokaera estandar batekin agertuko litzateke sortzen + den gutunean. + +\family sans +Telefonoa +\family default + ingurunean sartutako balioa jokaera estandarrarekin sortzen den gutunean + ez da azaltzen. + Gutun baten izenburua diseinatzeko askatasuna beheko oin-oharrean azaltzen + da. +\layout Standard + +Sarrera motak paragrafo hutsen gisa erabil daitezke. + Adibidez, honen zentzua +\family sans +Sinadura +\family default + ingurunean gerta daiteke. + Ez bada sinadurarik erabili behar, beraren ordez Izena inguruneko balioa + erabiliko da; bertan, +\family sans +Sinadura +\family default + hutsa erabiliz sinadura gabeko balioa definitzen da. +\layout Standard + +Sarrera motakoak erabiliz gutunaren txantiloi bat idazteko aukera dago, + eta bete beharreko eremuek zure datu pertsonalak (izena, helbidea, e.a.) + edukiko ditu;sarrera hutsak, berriz, sartu nahi dituzun bestelako datuak. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Izena +\family default + (Name): bidaltzailearen izena, jokaera estandarrarekin gutunaren izenburuan + erdira lerrokatutako paragrafo bezala agertuko da, maiuskula-txiki letra-tipoek +in. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Sinadura +\family default + (Signature): bidaltzailearen sinadura, jokaera estandarrarekin +\family sans +Itxi-unea +\family default +ren azpian agertzen da. + Ez bada +\family sans +Sinadura +\family default +rik erabiltzen, horren ordez Izena-ren balioa erabiliko da. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Helbidea +\family default + (Address): bidaltzailearen helbidea, jokaera estandarrarekin gutuneko izenburua +n eta bidaltzaile-izenaren azpian erdira lerrokatutako paragrafoan agertuko + da. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Telefonoa +\family default + (Telephone): bidaltzailearen telefono-zenbakia, jokaera estandarrarekin + LaTeX-eko +\family typewriter + +\backslash +telephonenum +\family default + aldagaia ezartzen du soilik. + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Tokia +\family default + (Place): gutuna idatzi den lekua. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Data +\family default + (Date): gutuna idatzi den data. + +\family sans +Tokia +\family default + eta +\family sans +Data +\family default +, jokaera estandarrarekin, gutuneko helbidea eremuaren azpiko lerroan eta + eskuinera lerrokatuta agertzen dira. + +\family sans +Data +\family default + hutsik egonez gero, ez dira agertuko ez tokia ez data, eta berdin dio +\family sans +Tokia +\family default + eremuak balioren bat al daukan edo ez. + +\family sans +Data +\family default +rik ez bada erabiltzen, gutuna sortzen den egunari dagokion data agertuko + da. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Itzulerako\SpecialChar ~ +helbidea +\family default + (Backaddress): bidaltzailearen itzulerako helbidea, jokaera estandarrarekin + helbidea eremuaren gainean agertzen da, sans serif motako letra-tipo txikiekin. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Gutun\SpecialChar ~ +berezia +\family default + (Specialmail): gutunaren informazio berezia, jokaera estandarrarekin itzulerako + helbidearen azpian eta helbidea eremuaren gainean azpimarratuta agertzen + da. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Kokapena +\family default + (Location): informazio gehigarria, jokaera estandarrarekin helbide eremuaren + azpian eta eskuinera lerrokatuta agertzen da. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Titulua +\family default + (Title): gutunaren izenburua, jokaera estandarrarekin gaiaren gainean sans + serif letra-tipo lodia eta handiz agertzen da. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Gaia +\family default + (Subject): gutunaren gaia, jokaera estandarrarekin +\family sans +Ireki-unea +\family default + paragrafoaren gainean letra lodiz agertuko da. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Zure\SpecialChar ~ +erref +\family default +, +\family sans +Zure\SpecialChar ~ +gutuna +\family default +, +\family sans +Nire\SpecialChar ~ +erref +\family default +, +\family sans +Bezeroa +\family default + eta +\family sans +Faktura +\family default + inguruneek negozio-gutuna sortzen dute. + Gutun honek +\family sans +Titulua +\family default + lerroaren gainean "Your ref.", "Your letter of", " Our ref.", "Customer no.", + "Invoice no.", eta "Date" jartzen ditu. + Dataren eremuan +\family sans +Data +\family default + inguruneko balioa erabiltzen du. + "Negozio-gutuneko" ingurune hauetariko bat erabiltzen baduzu, +\family sans +Tokia +\family default + inguruneko balioa ez da agertuko, LaTeX-eko +\family typewriter + +\backslash +fromplace +\family default + aldagaia ezarriko da bakarrik. + Toki eta dataren irteera arrunta (helbide azpian eskuinera lerrokatutakoak) + desagertuko dira. + Hauek sarrera motakoen antzera etiketa jartzen dute, eta dagokien +\family sans +Ireki-unea +\family default + ingurunea baino lehenago erabili behar dira. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Zure\SpecialChar ~ +erref +\family default + (Yourref): zure erreferentzia. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Zure\SpecialChar ~ +gutuna +\family default + (Yourmail): zure gutuna. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Nire\SpecialChar ~ +erref +\family default + (Myref): gure erreferentzia. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Bezeroa +\family default + (Customer): bezero zenbakia. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Faktura +\family default + (Invoice): faktura zenbakia. +\layout Subsection + +Gutun klase berria: letter (koma-script v.2) +\layout Standard + +Idazlea: +\noun on +Jürgen Spitzmüller +\layout Standard +\added_space_top bigskip \noindent + +\family sans +Koma-Script 2.8 +\family default + bertsioak gutun klase berri bat ekarri du: +\family sans +scrlttr2 +\family default +. + Honek orain euskarririk ez daukan +\family sans +scrlettr +\family default + ordezkatzen du. + LaTeX-en ikuspegitik interfaze eraberritua dauka, eta klase zaharkituarekin + bateraezina da. + Horrela, LyX-ek biak onartzen dituen arren, berriena erabiltzea aholkatzen + zaizu. +\layout Standard + +Klase honek +\family sans +letter\SpecialChar ~ +(koma-script) +\family default +-ek zuen funtzionalitate berdina, askoz ere gehiago, egia esan behar bada. + Oinarrizko elementuak +\family sans +Helbidea +\family default + (jasotzailearen, diseinu zaharreko +\family sans +Gutuna +\family default + izango zatekeena), +\family sans +Ireki-unea +\family default + eta +\family sans +Itxi-unea +\family default + dira. + +\family sans +Hurrengo\SpecialChar ~ +helbidea +\family default + inguruneak gutun berri bat hasten du (dokumentu batean hainbat gutun idatz + ditzakezula gogoratu). + Elementu berriak bidaltzailearen +\family sans +E-posta +\family default +, +\family sans +URLa +\family default +, +\family sans +Faxa +\family default +, +\family sans +Bankoa +\family default + dira eta goiburukoan +\family sans +Logoa +\family default + erabiltzeko aukera dago ( +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Irudia +\family default +). +\layout Standard + +Hobekuntza handiena gutunaren diseinua edozein beharretara konfiguratzeko + aukera da. + Horretarako, erabili +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Hitzaurrea +\family default + fitxa, edo estilo fitxategi berezi bat (Letter Class Option, +\family typewriter +*.lco +\family default + luzapenekoa) klase aukera baten antzera irakurria izango dena +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +KOMA +\family default + paketea oinarrizko hainbat +\family typewriter +*.lco +\family default + fitxategirekin dator. + Adibidez, alemanierako konposaketa estiloa jarraitzen duen +\family typewriter +DIN.lco +\family default + fitxategia, edo +\family sans +scrlettr +\family default + klase zaharkituaren diseinua eskaintzen duen +\family typewriter +KOMAold.lco +\family default + fitxategia. + Azkenekoa +\family sans +KOMAold +\family default + klase aukerarekin kargatu daiteke, +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Aukerak +\family default + erabiliz. +\end_inset + + . +\layout Standard + +Ikusi +\family typewriter +koma-letter2 +\family default + txantiloia, LyX-eko txantiloien artean dago. + Xehetasunak Koma-Script-en dokumentazioan ( +\family typewriter +scrguide +\family default +) aurkituko dituzu. +\layout Subsection + +Arazoak +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Koma-Script +\family default + motako dokumentu-klaseak LyX-en bistaratzen direnean LyX barneko arazo + batzuk sortzen dira. +\layout Itemize + +Kapituluaren zenbatzailea ( +\family sans +Kapitulua +\family default + inguruarena) kapituluko izenburuari dagokion lerroaren azpian agertzen + da, lerro berdinean agertu ordez. + Horren arrazoia LyX-ek bere barnean diseinu fitxategiko +\family sans +Counter_Chapter +\family default + etiketarentzako jokabidean datza. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +GehituKapi +\family default + eta +\family sans +GehituAtal +\family default + ingurunetako izenburuak LaTeX-en "egitazko" gaien aurkibidean agertzen + dira, baina ez LyX-ekoan ( +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Gaien\SpecialChar ~ +aurkibidea +\family default +). +\layout Itemize + +Paragrafoak, +\family sans +letter +\family default + dokumentu-klasean, bereiztutako jauzi batekin agertzen dira, baina ez koskatuta. + Hau jokabide estandarra da, ez da LaTeX-eko komando berezirik behar horretarako. + Baina +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoko ( +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okumentua +\family default + botoiak Koska adierazten du. + Jauzia eremua gaitzen bada, tartea sartzeko dokumentuan LaTeX-eko komando + osagarriak txertatzea dakar, baina kasu honetan hau ez dugu nahi. +\layout Section + +Springer aldizkariak (svjour) +\layout Standard + +Idazlea: +\noun on +Martin Vermeer +\layout Subsection + +Azalpena +\layout Standard + +Diseinu hauek Springer Verlag etxeko aldizkarien formatuak dira, eta +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.springer.de/author/tex/help-journals.html} + +\end_inset + + gunean zerrendatuta daude, hortik ere klaseen fitxategiak jaitsi ahal izango + dituzu (bai, LaTeX2e-entzako prestatuta daude). + Sistema modular bat da: aldizkari guztientzako orokorrak diren gauza guztiak + +\family typewriter +svjour.inc +\family default + fitxategian aurkitzen dira, eta aldizkari zehatz bateko (adib. +\family typewriter +\SpecialChar ~ +svjog.layout +\family default +, Journal of Geodesy aldizkarikoa) diseinu fitxategiak gehitu dezake. +\layout Standard + +Haren gunean zerrendatu ez den Springer-en beste aldizkari baterako euskarria + garatzea nahi izanez gero, nahikoa duzu +\family typewriter +sv< +\emph on +nerealdizkaria +\emph default +>.layout +\family default + garatzea, bidea +\family typewriter +svjog.layout +\family default + fitxategiak erakutsiko dizu. +\layout Standard + +Diseinu hau ongi baino hobekiago egiaztatu da Journal of Geodesy-rako. + +\family typewriter +svjour +\family default + eta +\family typewriter +svjog +\family default + LyX banaketa estandarrarekin batera dator. + Klase garrantzitsuen fitxategia instalatu (Springer-en gunetik jeitsi) + direktorio egoki batean, birkonfiguratu LaTeX (teTeX-en kasuan +\family typewriter +texhash +\family default + exekutatuz, agian supererabiltzaile bezala egin beharko duzu --- LyX oraindik + ez al da honetaz arduratu?), birkonfiguratu LyX eta kitto! Oso ongi ibili + beharko litzateke! +\layout Subsection + +Estilo berriak +\layout Standard + +Teoremen antzeko estilo kopuru handia --- +\family sans +Aldarrikapena +\family default +, +\family sans +Aierua +\family default +, +\family sans + \SpecialChar \ldots{} +Teorema. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{2} +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Goi-oharra +\family default +\size scriptsize + +\newline +(Headnote) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Eskaintza +\family default +\size scriptsize + +\newline +(Dedication) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Azpititulua +\family default +\size scriptsize + +\newline +(Subtitle) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +LaTeX_Titulu_Laburtua +\family default +\size scriptsize + +\newline +(Running_LaTeX_Title) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Egile_Laburtua +\size scriptsize + +\family default + +\newline +(Author_Running) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Erakundea +\family default +\size scriptsize + +\newline +(Institute) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Posta +\family default +\size scriptsize + +\newline +(Mail) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Separatak +\family default +\size scriptsize + +\newline +(Offprints) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Gakoak +\family default +\size scriptsize + +\newline +(Keywords) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Aitorpenak +\family default +\size scriptsize + +\newline +(Acknowledgements) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Aitorpena +\family default +\size scriptsize + +\newline +(Acknowledgement) +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikus Springer klaseko fitxategien dokumentazioa. +\layout Subsection + +Onartutako aldizkariak +\layout Itemize + + +\emph on +Journal of Geodesy +\emph default +: +\family typewriter +svjog.layout +\family default + --- Martin Vermeer +\layout Itemize + + +\emph on +Probability Theory and Related Fields +\emph default +: +\family typewriter +svprobth.layout +\family default + --- Jean-Marc Lasgouttes +\layout Standard + +Gehitu zurea, ez da hain zaila! +\layout Subsection + +Aitorpena +\layout Standard + +Fitxategi hauek zati batean +\family typewriter + ejour2.layout +\family default + zaharrean oinarrituta daude, azken hori Springerren LaTeX 2.09 bertsio zaharrera +ko prestatua zegoen estilo fitxategian oinarrituta zegoen. + Guzti hauek ez dute jarraipenik. + +\noun on +Jean-Marc Lasgouttes +\noun default + jaunak ikaragarri lagundu dit LyX-en diseinu fitxategi sisteman inguruko + bidea aurkitzen. +\layout Subsection + +Akatsak +\layout Standard + +Daitekeena da. + Hala ere, ziurrenik LaTeX +\family typewriter +ejour2 +\family default + zaharrak baino askoz ere gutxiago edukiko ditu. +\layout Standard + +Murriztapenak: ez ditu teoremen zenbaketak bistaratzen, +\family typewriter +# +\family default + soilik. +\layout Section + +AGU aldizkariak (aguplus) +\layout Standard + +Idazlea: +\noun on +Martin Vermeer +\layout Subsection + +Azalpena +\layout Standard + +Diseinu fitxategi hauek American Geophysical Society-ko aldizkari batzuena + dira. + Hau erabiltzeko bai AGU-ko klase fitxategiak bai +\family typewriter +AGUplus +\family default + instalatuta eduki behar dituzu ( +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.agu.org/journals/latex/journals} + +\end_inset + + gunetik jeitsi ahal dituzu). +\layout Subsection + +Estilo berriak +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Paragrafoa +\family default + eta +\family sans +Paragrafoa* +\family default + berriro definitu dira. + LyX-eko interfaze grafikoan oraindik horrela deitzen zaie, baina beraien + LaTeX-eko baliokideak (AGU klaseetan) +\family sans +Azpiazpiazpiatala +\family default + eta +\family sans +Azpiazpiazpiatala* +\family default + dira. +\layout Standard + +Berriro definitu diren estilo berriak hauek dira: +\family sans +Ezker-goiburukoa +\family default + (Left_Header), +\family sans +Eskuin-oiburukoa +\family default + (Right_Header), +\family sans +Jasoa +\family default + (Received), +\family sans +Berraztertua +\family default + (Revised), +\family sans +Onartua +\family default + (Accepted), +\family sans +CCC +\family default +, +\family sans +PaperId +\family default +, +\family sans +Egile-helbidea +\family default + (AuthorAddr), +\family sans +SlugComment +\family default +. + Hauek idazki gehienen atributuak dira, eta AGU klasearen dokumentazioan + aipatzen dira. +\layout Standard + +Ummmm... + Uste dut oraindik hau ez daukadala osatua. +\layout Subsection + +Mugikor berriak +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Planotable +\family default + eta +\family sans +Plate +\family default +. + Baita ere +\family sans +Taula_epigrafea +\family default + (Table_Caption) berri bat daukagu. +\layout Subsection + +Onartutako aldizkariak +\layout Itemize + + +\emph on +Journal of Geophysical Research +\emph default +: +\family typewriter +jgrga.layout +\family default + --- +\noun on +Martin Vermeer +\layout Standard + +Gehitu zurea, ez da horren zaila! Ikus +\family typewriter +jgrga.layout +\family default + eta +\family typewriter +aguplus.inc +\family default + adibide gisa. +\layout Subsection + +Akatsak eta gogoratu beharrekoak +\layout Standard + +Diseinu berri hauekin lan egiterakoan, gogoratu dokumentu berri batean egin + beharrekoak zein diren: +\layout Standard + +1. + Kendu babel. + Horretarako, joan +\family sans +Hobespenak +\family default + ( +\family sans +Editatu +\family default + menutik) leihora. + AGUrentzako artikuluak beti ingelesez izaten dira. + Beraz, ez hautatu beste hizkuntzarik. +\layout Standard + +2. + Sartu jgrga dokumentuaren +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Aukerak +\family default + eremuan. +\layout Standard + +3. + Ziurtatu +\family typewriter +agu.bst +\family default + bibliografia estiloa erabiltzen ari zarela, BibTeX-eko bigarren eremuan + sartu agu. + Estilo estandarretako inork ezin du egin. +\layout Section + +EGS aldizkariak (egs) +\layout Standard + +Idazlea: +\noun on +Martin Vermeer +\layout Subsection + +Azalpena +\layout Standard + +Diseinu hau European Geophysical Society-ko aldizkarientzako da. + Eskatzen duen +\family typewriter +egs.cls +\family default + fitxategia EGS +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.copernicus.org} + +\end_inset + + gunetik eskura daiteke. +\layout Subsection + +Estilo berriak +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Eskuin-helbidea +\family default + (Right_address), +\family sans +LaTeX_Titulua +\family default + (LaTeX_Title), +\family sans +Afiliazio +\family default + (Affil), +\family sans +Aldizkaria +\family default + (Journal), +\family sans +mszenbakia +\family default + (msnumber), +\family sans +LehenEgilea +\family default + (FirstAuthor), +\family sans +Jasoa +\family default + (Received), +\family sans +Onartua +\family default + (Accepted), +\family sans +Desplazamendua +\family default + (Offsets). + Uneko diseinu fitxategia, zoritxarrez, ez da batere modularra, eta onura + lortuko luke +\family typewriter +std*.inc +\family default + motako fitxategi batzuk erabiliz gero. +\layout Section + +Gardenkiak (edo SliTeX) +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:slitex} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Idazlea: +\noun on +John Weiss +\layout Subsection + +Sarrera +\layout Standard + +Atal honek proiektoreekin aurkezpenak egiteko LyX nola erabiltzen den azaltzen + du, gardenkiak sortzeko alegia. + Hau egiteko bi dokumentu-klase daude: +\family sans +gardenkia +\family default + klasea (slides) eta +\family sans +FoilTeX +\family default + gardenki-klasea. + Atal honek lehenbizikoa argitzen du. +\layout Standard + +Berriro esango dut, ozen eta garbi, gaizki ez dadin ulertu: +\layout Standard +\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center + +\size large +Atal honek +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +slides (default) +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\emph on +bakarrik +\emph default + deskribatzen du. +\layout Standard + +"slides (FoilTeX)" buruzko dokumentuazioaren bila bazalbiltza, ikus +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:foiltex} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala. + +\family sans +Foils +\family default + klasea ("slides (FoilTeX)" ) gaur egun, atal honetan dokumentatzen den, + slides klasea baino zerbait hobeagoa da +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +edo hainbat aldiz errepikatu dut honen alde eginez. + Inoiz erabili ez dudanez, ez dakit aldarrikapen hau egia al den edo ez. +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Klase hau +\noun on +SliTeX +\noun default + pakete zaharrean oinarritutako hobekuntza bat da, LaTeX2e-entzako prestatuta. + LaTeX2e banaketa bakoitzak klase hau (hemendik aurrera +\family sans +"slides" +\family default + bezala deituko diot) edukitzen duenez,zure sisteman derrigorrez eduki beharko + duzu. + Arestian aipatu dudanez, badaude beste klase batzuk, +\family sans +foils +\family default + bezalakoak, gardenkiak sortzen dituztenak, eta agian lan hobea egiten dutenak. + Hala ere, badaude +\family sans +slides +\family default + klaseak egin ditzakeen gauza batzuk, besteek ezin dituztenak egin. + Jarraitu irakurtzen! +\layout Subsection + +Lanean hastea +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:gardenkonfig} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Argi dago dokumentu-klase hau erabiltzeko +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoan "slides (default)" hautatu behar duzula. + Klase honi buruz jakitea komeni zaizkizun gauza batzuk daude: +\layout Itemize + +Alferrik ibiliko zara +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoan +\family sans +Aldeak +\family default + eta +\family sans +Zutabeak +\family default + aukera aldatzen, inola ere ez baitaude +\family sans +slides +\family default + klasean onartuta. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoan +\family sans +Orri-estiloa +\family default + aukerak jokaera ezberdina dauka klase honentzako. + Ondoren, dauden aukerak eta zer egiten duten zerrendatzen dira: +\begin_deeper +\layout Description + +plain: azken irteerako dokumentuan orrialdeak zenbatuta agertzen dira, azpiko + eskuineko ertzean. +\layout Description + +headings: plain antzera, sartzen dituzun denboraren markatzaileak inprimatzen + ditu. + Hau lehenetsitako estiloa da. +\layout Description + +empty: irteerako dokumentuan ez dira orrialdeen zenbakirik, denbora markatzailer +ik edo lerrokadura markatzailerik inprimatzen. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +slides +\family default + klaseak aukera osagarri bat dauka: +\family typewriter +clock +\family default +. + Hori erabiltzeko +\family typewriter +"clock" +\family default + sartu +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Aukerak +\family default + eremuan. +\layout Standard + +Aukera hau erabiliz Ohar inguruneetan denbora markatzaileak gehi ditzakezu. + Xehetasun gehiagorako ikus +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:gardenOhar} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala. +\layout Standard + +Dokumentu batek automatikoki slides klasea erabil dezan, " +\family typewriter +slides.lyx +\family default +" txantiloitik sortzea aholkatzen dizut: hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Berria\SpecialChar ~ +( +\bar under +t +\bar default +xantiloitik) +\family default + menua. + Txantiloi honek klase honetan erabiltzen diren paragrafo-ingurune berezi + batzuen adibideak ditu. +\layout Subsection + +Paragrafoen inguruneak +\layout Subsubsection + +Onartutako inguruneak +\layout Standard + +Gardenkia sortzerakoan ohartuko zara beste letra-tipo eta tamaina bat erabiltzen + duela: +\family sans +Sans\SpecialChar ~ +Serif +\family default + letra-tipoko "Handiena" tamainaren baliokidea izanik. + Irteeran erabiltzen dena da. + Har ezazu hori "eredu bisuala" bezala, gardenki batekin lanean ari zarela + gogoratzeko. + Irteerako gardenkiak letra-tamaina handiagoa erabiltzen du, eta beraz, + leku gutxiago daukazu. + Noski, pantailan agertzen den lehenetsitako letra-tipo handiena ez da WYSIWYG, + gauzak oroitzeko bakarrik erabiltzen da. +\layout Standard + +Nabarmena den beste gauza bat zer da: paragrafoen inguruneak alda ditzakezula. + Beste dokumentu-klase batzuetan ikusi izan dituzun ingurune asko ez dira + zerrendatzen. + Beste bost berri daude. + +\family sans +Slides +\family default + klaseak zenbait paragrafo-ingurune bakarrik onartzen dituelako da: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{2} +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Estandarra +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Elementua +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Zenbatua +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Azalpena +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Zerrenda +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Zitazioa +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Zita +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Bertsoa +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Epigrafea +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +LyX-kodea +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Iruzkina +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Bestelako ohiko inguruneak, ataleko izenburuen inguruneak barne, ez dira + +\family sans +slides +\family default + klasean erabiltzen. +\layout Standard + +Horretaz gain, hauek dira dauden ingurune berriak: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{2} +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Gardenkia +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Gainjarria +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Ohar +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +TestuIkuskaitza +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +TestuIkuskorra +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Bost ingurune hauek LyX-en berezitasuna dela-eta "bitxikeri" motakoak dira. + LyX-ek ez dizu uzten paragrafo bat beste paragrafo huts baten barruan habiaratz +en. + Hori dotore eta sofistikatua da, baina gardenki bat hasteko derrigorrez + testu batekin hasi beharko zatekeen. + +\emph on +Arazo +\emph default + hau kudeatzeko, "LaTeX-en sorginkeria" landu dut. +\layout Subsubsection + +Ingurune berrien bitxikeriak +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:gardenkBitxi} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Uneko LyX-en murriztapenak direla eta, bost ingurune berri hauek nahiko + bitxak dira. + Esan bezala, LyX-ek ingurune bat beste ingurune batekin hastea galarazten + du. + Hori lortzeko +\family sans +Gardenkia +\family default + ingurunea ez da paragrafo-ingurune bat. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Gardenkia +\family default +, +\family sans +Gainjarria +\family default + eta +\family sans +Ohar +\family default + elementuak "sasi-inguruneak" direla suposatu. + Horiek ataleko izenburuaren edo +\family sans +Kapitulua +\family default +ren antzeko itxura dute, baina egitan paragrafo-ingurune bat hasten dute + (eta beharrezkoa izanez gero, aurrekoa itxi ere bai). + Era berean, +\family sans +TestuIkuskaitza +\family default + eta +\family sans +TestuIkuskorra +\family default + "sasi-inguruneak" bezala hartu behar dituzu. +\layout Standard + +Bost ingurune horien ezaugarri orokorra da etiketa nahiko luzea dutela. + Etiketa honi jarraitzen dion testuak (era arruntean esanda, paragrafo-ingurunee +n edukia) garrantzirik ez du +\family sans +Gardenkia +\family default +, +\family sans +Gainjarria +\family default +, +\family sans +Ohar +\family default +, +\family sans +TestuIkuskaitza +\family default + eta +\family sans +TestuIkuskorra +\family default + inguruneetzat. + LyX-ek ezikusi egiten die. + Izan ere, bost ingurune horiek hutsik utz ditzakezu. +\layout Standard + +Nahiz eta etiketa luze samar horien ondoren testua eduki beharrik ez izan, + litekeena da xede hori izatea. + Hau +\family sans +Gardenkia +\family default + inguruneko azalpen labur bat da, adibidez. + Egoera horretan, sartu zure azalpenari buruzko iruzkina eta +\family sans +Lerro-itzulera +\family default + sakatu, ohi den bezala. +\layout Standard + +Bestalde, azalpeneko testua idatzi nahi ez baduzu, LyX-eko beste bitxikeri + bat hauta dezakezu. + LyX-ek ez dizu paragrafo-ingurune berri bat hasten utziko baldin eta aurrekoan + ez baduzu zerbait idazten. + Horretarako, hau egin: +\layout Itemize + +Hasi testua sartzen: +\family sans +Gardenkia +\family default +, +\family sans +Gainjarria +\family default +, +\family sans +Ohar +\family default +, +\family sans +TestuIkuskaitza +\family default + eta +\family sans +TestuIkuskorra +\family default + inguruneei jarraituz. +\layout Itemize + +Orain kokatu kurtsorea paragrafo horren hasieran. +\layout Itemize + +Ondoren, sakatu +\family sans +Lerro-itzulera +\family default +. +\layout Itemize + +Azkenik, aldatu paragrafo berri huts hau +\family sans +Gardenkia +\family default +, +\family sans +Gainjarria +\family default +, +\family sans +Ohar +\family default +, +\family sans +TestuIkuskaitza +\family default + edo +\family sans +TestuIkuskorra +\family default + ingurunera. +\layout Standard + +LyX-en etorkizuneko bertsioetan, zorionez, bitxikeria horiek konpontzeko + ahaleginak egingo dira\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Subsection + +Gardenkia, Gainjarria eta Ohar-ekin aurkezpena egitea +\layout Subsubsection + +Gardenkia ingurunea erabiltzea +\layout Standard + +Atal honek aurkezpen bat nola egiten den erakutsiko dizulakoan bazaude, + oker zaude. + Atal honetan, aurkezpen baten materialak prestatzeko slides klaseak nola + lagun diezazukeen azalduko da. + Edukiak betetzea zure esku dago, LyX-en izaera baita. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Gardenkia +\family default + ingurunea aukeratzeak ( +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:gardenkBitxi} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atalean azaldu den moduan) LyX-i gardenki berri bat hasteko esaten dio. + Sasi-ingurune honen etiketa urdin koloreko "ASCII marra" bat da, eta jarraian + "NewSlide" izena agertzen da. + Etiketa honen ondoren doan testu edo paragrafo-ingurune guztia gardenki + berrian joango da. + Bai erraza! +\layout Standard + +Ziur asko, gardenkiak izango dira orrialde bakoitza ixtera derrigortzen + duen klase bakarra (hau +\family sans +Paragrafo +\family default + diseinua leihoan zehatz dezakezu). + Izan ere, gardenki baten edukia sartutakoan nahiko duzu orria amaitzea, + ez? Gardenki batean, fisikoki sartzen diren testuak baino testu gehiago + sartzen baduzu, soberan dagoen testua gardenki berri batera bidaliko da. + Ez dut hau egitea aholkatzen, zeren eta soberakoa dagoen orria ez baitago + zenbatuta. + Gainera, neurriz gainezka dagoen Gardenkia laguntzeko jarri dezakezun +\family sans +Gainjarria +\family default + ingurunearekin oztopatzen da. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Gainjarria +\family default + eta +\family sans +Ohar +\family default + inguruneak +\family sans +Gardenkiaren +\family default + antzera lantzen dira. + Bi horiek "ASCII marra" sortzen dute, "NewOverlay:" eta "NewNote:" izeneko + etiketekin, hurrenez hurren. + Urdina izan beharrean, arrosa kolorea erabiltzen dute, eta "ASCII marrak" + itxura ezberdina dauka, bai estiloan bai luzeran. + Hirukoteko bakoitzaren letra-tipoa ere elkarrengatik bereizten da. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Gardenkia +\family default + batekin, +\family sans +Ohar +\family default +-ren eta +\family sans +Gainjarria +\family default +-ren edukia gardenki baten edo paperaren tamaina fisikoa gainditzen badute, + gainezka egiten duen testu-zatia orri berri batean ezarriko da. + Berriro diot, hori saihesten ahalegindu zaitez. + Horrek +\family sans +Ohar +\family default +-ren eta +\family sans +Gainjarria +\family default +-ren xedea izurra dezake. +\layout Subsubsection + +Gardenkiarekin Gainjarria erabiltzea +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Gainjarria +\family default + baten atzean dagoen kontzeptua honako hau da: gardenki bat beste gardenki + baten gainean jartzea. + Agian +\family sans +Gardenkia +\family default + nagusian irudi bat aurkeztea nahiago duzu dagokion testua agertu aurretik. + Hori burutzeko bide bat da zinta itsaskor batekin kartulina beltz bat geroago + gardenkiaren aurkezpenean nahi duzun zatiaren gainean ipintzea. + Metodo honek, ordea, huts egiten du grafiko bat beste baten gainean jarri + nahi duzunean, adibidez. + Orduan, hitz egiten ari zaren bitartean, kartulina hori kendu eta bi grafikoak + elkarrekiko lerrokatzeko +\family sans +Gardenkiak +\family default + gainjartzen arituko zara. + +\family sans +Gainjarria +\family default + ingurunea bi kasuetan erabiltzea askoz errazagoa da. + Gainjarri bakoitzak bere gurasoaren orri-zenbakia jasotzen du, " +\family typewriter +-a +\family default +" bat erantsita +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Antza denez, hainbat +\family sans +Gainjarriek +\family default + bere +\family sans +Gardenki +\family default + gurasoaren orri-zenbakietan " +\family typewriter +-a +\family default +", " +\family typewriter +-b +\family default +", " +\family typewriter +-c +\family default +", e.a. + erantsita edukiko dute. +\end_inset + + . + Garbi dago +\family sans +Gardenki +\family default + eta +\family sans +Gainjarrien +\family default + edukiak gardenki fisiko bakarrean jartzea nahiko dituzula. + Baliteke zuk +\family sans +Gainjarri +\family default + bat +\family sans +Gardenki +\family default + baten zati bezala hartzea. + Noski, LyX-en slides klaseak jarraibide bisuala eskaintzen du: +\family sans +Gainjarria +\family default + hasten den etiketa +\family sans +Gardenkia +\family default + ingurunearen baino motzagoa da. + Azkenik, inprimatzeko irteera sortzen duzunean, bai +\family sans +Gainjarria +\family default + orrietako bai +\family sans +Gardenkia +\family default + orrietako ertz guztietan lerrokatzeko markak aurkituko dituzu. + Bi gardenki fisikoak elkarrekiko zentratzen lagunduko dizute. +\layout Standard + +Bi gardenki gainjartzearen arazorik handiena bien edukiak zentratzean datza. + Zenbateko tartea utzi behar duzu bigarren gardenkiaren grafikoarentzako? + Edo okerrago, zer gertatzen da bigarren gardenkian grafiko bat eta sententzia + (testua) eduki nahi badituzu, baina gardenki nagusiko testuak bien artean + agertu behar badu? Nahi baduzu tamaina egokiko tarte bertikala sartzen + saia zaitezke. + Biderik egokiena, ordea, +\family sans +TestuIkuskaitza +\family default + eta +\family sans +TestuIkuskorra +\family default + erabiltzea da. +\layout Standard + +Beraien izenek dioten bezala, +\family sans +TestuIkuskaitza +\family default + eta +\family sans +TestuIkuskorra +\family default + bi paragrafo-inguruneko komandoak dira, eta ondorioz testua ikustezina + eta ikuskor jartzen dute, hurrenez hurren. + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:gardenkBitxi} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +ataleko oharra: nola nahi ere, bi ingurune horien +\emph on +barruan +\emph default +ezer ez jarri. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +TestuIkuskaitza +\family default + sortzen duzunean, berak orrialdean erdira lerrokatutako urdin-argia koloreko + etiketa ("") txertatzen du. + Etiketa honi jarraitzen dioten paragrafoek +\family sans +Gardenkia +\family default + zatian (edo +\family sans +Gainjarrian +\family default +, berdin dio) egon beharko luketena, eta tarte hutsez ordezkatzen dira. + Hau da, gardenki nagusian +\family sans +TestuIkuskaitza +\family default +-ko testua ez da agertuko, eta +\family sans +Gainjarria +\family default + gardenkian, ordea, agertuko dira. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +TestuIkuskorra +\family default + sortzen duzunean berak orrialdean erdira lerrokatutako berde-argia koloreko + etiketa ("") txertatzen du. + Etiketa horri jarraitzen dioten paragrafoak jokaera normala dute, hots, + gardenki nagusian +\family sans +TestuIkuskorre +\family default +-ko testua agertuko da, baina ez +\family sans +Gainjarria +\family default + gardenkian. + +\family sans +Gainjarria +\family default + orrian agertzeko, gainjarri horretan +\family sans +TestuIkuskorra +\family default + inguruneko testua idatzi beharko duzu. + Hori guztia azaltzea batere erraza ez denez, egokiena Tomas Deunaren bidea + jarraitzea da: ikusi ondoren sinetsiko dut. + Beraz, ireki ezazu +\family typewriter +slides.lyx +\family default + txantiloia eta DVI aurrebista ireki. + Mirarietan sinisten hasiko zara! . +\layout Standard + +Jakin ezazu +\family sans +Gardenkia +\family default +, +\family sans +Gainjarria +\family default + edo +\family sans +Ohar +\family default + berri baten hasierak +\family sans +TestuIkuskaitz +\family default + bat desgaitzen duela automatikoki. + Hori dela eta, +\family sans +Gardenki +\family default + baten amaieran ez daukazu +\family sans +TestuIkuskorra +\family default + erabili beharrik. +\layout Standard + +Oraingoz, gardenkiak elkarren gainean sortzeko +\family sans +TestuIkuskaitza +\family default + eta +\family sans +TestuIkuskorra +\family default + +\family sans +Gardenkia +\family default + eta +\family sans +Gainjarrian +\family default + nola erabili garbi gelditu da: +\layout Enumerate + +Sortu +\family sans +Gardenki +\family default + bat, bertan agertu behar duen guztiarekin, gardenki nagusian edo +\family sans +Gainjarri +\family default + batean. +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Gainjarri +\family default + batean agertu behar duen irudi edo paragrafo bakoitzaren aurretik txertatu + +\family sans +TestuIkuskaitza +\family default + ingurunea. + Beharrezkoa bada, txertatu +\family sans +TestuIkuskorra +\family default + ingurunea +\family sans +Gainjarria +\family default +-ren ondoren (testuentzako soilik). +\layout Enumerate + +Hasi +\family sans +Gainjarri +\family default + bat +\family sans +Gardenki +\family default + bati zuzenean jarraituz. +\layout Enumerate + +Kopiatu +\family sans +Gardenkia +\family default +ren edukia +\family sans +Gainjarrian +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + +Gainjarrian, aldatu +\family sans +TestuIkuskaitza +\family default + guztiak +\family sans +TestuIkuskorra +\family default + ingurunera, eta alderantziz. +\layout Standard + +Hori da guztia. + Sortu berri duzu +\family sans +Gainjarri +\family default + bat. +\layout Standard + +Arazo bat dago LyX-eko slides klasea diseinatzeko modu honekin: ezin duzu + paragrafo baten erdiko testua ikuskaitz bihurtu, ezta ere ikuskaitza den + paragrafo baten erdiko testua berriro ikuskor bihurtu. + Hori lantzeko, LaTeX kode batzuk erabili beharko dituzu +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Hauek dira komando interesgarriak: +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +{ +\backslash +invisible \SpecialChar \ldots{} + } +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +{ +\backslash +visible \SpecialChar \ldots{} + } +\layout Standard + +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +eta TeX bezala (ERT) markatu behar dira. + "Ikusgarritasuna" aldatzea nahi duzun testuak kortxete artean joan behar + du (eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +invisible +\family default + edo +\family typewriter + +\backslash +visible +\family default + komandoen ondoren). + Ez badakizu TeX gisa nola markatzen diren, ikus dagokion atala Erabiltzailearen + Gidan. +\end_inset + +. +\layout Subsubsection + +Gardenkiarekin Ohar erabiltzea +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:gardenOhar} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Gainjarri baten antzera, +\family sans +Ohar +\family default + bat gurasoa duen +\family sans +Gardenki +\family default + batekin elkartzen da. + Hemen ere, LyX-en +\family sans +slides +\family default + klaseak jarraibide bisuala ematen du. + +\family sans +Ohar +\family default + baten etiketa, arrosa kolorekoa, +\family sans +Gardenkia +\family default +rena baino motzagoa da (baina +\family sans +Gainjarri +\family default + baten baino luzeagoa). + Gainera, inprimatutako +\family sans +Ohar +\family default +rak bere +\family sans +Gardenki +\family default + gurasoaren orri zenbakia dauka, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +- +\family default +1 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +- +\family default +2 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +- +\family default +3 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + e.a.\SpecialChar ~ +gisa erantsita. + +\family sans +Gardenki +\family default + batekin hainbat +\family sans +Ohar +\family default + eduki ditzakezu, eta badaiteke ohar luzeak zatitu nahi izatea, orri bakun + batean jartzeko. +\layout Standard + +Ohar baten xedea nahiko garbia da: gardenkiari buruz mintzatzea, nahi duzunaren + informazio osagarria edukitzen du. + Gardenki baten oroigarrietarako orri bezala ere erabil daiteke. + Azken kasuan, denbora-markak erabiltzea nahi izango duzu. + Une honetan, LyX-eko slides klaseak ez dauka denbora marken euskarririk. + Horretarako, erabili LaTeX kodea. +\layout Standard + +Denbora-markak erabiltzeko, +\family typewriter +"clock" +\family default + aukera osagarria zehaztu behar duzu ( +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:gardenkonfig} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala ikusi). + Aukera honek denbora markak gaitzen ditu, eta sortzen duzun +\family sans +Ohar +\family default + bakoitzaren azpi-ezkerreko ertzean agertzen da. + Denbora markatzailean zer agertu behar duen ezartzeko, erabili LaTeX-eko + " +\family typewriter + +\backslash +settime{} +\family default +" eta " +\family typewriter + +\backslash +addtime{} +\family default +" komandoak. + Bi komandoetako argumentua segundotan neurtzen dira. + " +\family typewriter + +\backslash +settime{} +\family default +" komandoak emandako ordu batekin jartzen du denbora-marka. + " +\family typewriter + +\backslash +addtime{} +\family default +" komandoak denbora-marka zenbatzaile batekin gehitzen du, zeuk ezartzen + duzu zenbatzaile hori. + Denbora markak eta +\family sans +Ohar +\family default +rak erabiltzean, zeure buruari gogorarazten diozu +\family sans +Gardenki +\family default + bakoitzean hitz egin dezakezun denbora. +\layout Standard + +Azken ezaugarri bat azaldu behar dugu. + Askotan, +\family sans +Gardenki +\family default + eta +\family sans +Gainjarri +\family default + guztiak paper gardenetan inprimatzea nahiko duzu, eta +\family sans +Ohar +\family default +rak berriz paper zurietan. + Hala ere, +\family sans +Ohar +\family default + batek +\family sans +Gardenki +\family default + gurasoari jarraitu behar dio. + Nork egingo du? +\layout Standard + +Zorionez, badaude bi LaTeX komando zer inprimatzea nahi duzun hautatzeko. + Biak dokumentuaren hitzaurrean sartu behar dira. + " +\family typewriter + +\backslash +onlyslides{ +\backslash +slides} +\family default +" komandoarekin +\family sans +Gardenki +\family default + eta +\family sans +Gainjarriak +\family default + soilik inprimatuko dira. + " +\family typewriter + +\backslash +onlynotes{ +\backslash +notes} +\family default +" komandoarekin berriz +\family sans +Ohar +\family default +rak bakarrik inprimatuko dira. + +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Oharra +\emph default +: egokiena da hasieratik bi komando horiek hitzaurrean sartzea, eta iruzkin + gisa uztea. + Ondoren, aurkezpen guztiaren aurrebista landu dezakezu. + Behin aurkezpena idaztea amaitzen duzunean, kendu bi komandoetariko bati + iruzkina egoera (inprimatu nahi duzuna hautatzeko). + Nire ohitura (zuretzako ere baliagarria izan daiteke): " +\family typewriter + +\backslash +onlyslides{ +\backslash +slides} +\family default +"-ri iruzkina egoera kendu eta inprimatuko den fitxategiaren izenari " +\family typewriter +*-garden.ps +\family default +" gehitzen diot. + Gero, aurreko komandoa berriro iruzkin egoeran jartzen dut eta beste komandoari + (" +\family typewriter + +\backslash +onlynotes{ +\backslash +notes} +\family default +") iruzkin egoera kentzen diot. + Ondoren " +\family typewriter +*-ohar.ps +\family default +" fitxategian inprimatzen dut. + Hori egin ostean, bi fitxategiok inprimagailura bidaltzen ditut, dagokionari + gardenak edo zuriak diren paperak emanez. +\layout Standard + +Bi komandoentzako (" +\family typewriter + +\backslash +onlyslides{} +\family default +"eta " +\family typewriter + +\backslash +onlynotes{} +\family default +") argumentuak eman ditzakezu. + Xehetasun gehiagorako, irakurri LaTeX liburu on bat. +\layout Subsection + +Gardenkiaren txantiloia +\layout Standard + +Baita ere, " +\family typewriter +slides.lyx +\family default +" izeneko txantiloia erabilgarri dago LyX-en, eta slides klasea erabiltzen + du. + Zure aurkezpena txantiloi honekin lantzeko, zoaz +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Berria\SpecialChar ~ +( +\bar under +t +\bar default +xantiloitik) +\family default + menura. + LyX-en aurkezpen berriak +\family sans +Gardenkia +\family default +, +\family sans +Gainjarria +\family default + eta +\family sans +Ohar +\family default + hirukotearen adibideak edukiko ditu. + Horretaz gain +\family sans +Gardenkia +\family default + eta +\family sans +Gainjarriak +\family default + +\family sans +TestuIkuskaitza +\family default + eta +\family sans +TestuIkuskorra +\family default +ren adibideekin datoz. + Azkenik, hitzaurreak ondorengoa edukiko du +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +Uncomment to print out only slides and overlays +\family default +" esaldiak hau adierazten du: +\emph on +Kendu iruzkina (% ikurra) gardenki eta gainjarriak bakarrik inprimatzeko +\emph default +. + Iruzkina kenduta honela geldituko da: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +onlyslides{ +\backslash +slides} +\layout Standard + +" +\family typewriter +Uncomment to print out only notes +\family default +" berriz beste hau: +\emph on +Kendu iruzkina oharrak bakarrik inprimatzeko +\emph default +. + Iruzkinik gabe honela geldituko da: +\backslash + +\family typewriter +onlynotes{ +\backslash +notes} +\end_inset + +: +\layout LyX-Code + +% Uncomment to print out only slides and overlays +\layout LyX-Code + +% +\layout LyX-Code + +% +\backslash +onlyslides{ +\backslash +slides} +\newline + +\layout LyX-Code + +% Uncomment to print out only notes +\layout LyX-Code + +% +\layout LyX-Code + +% +\backslash +onlynotes{ +\backslash +notes} +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Azken\SpecialChar ~ +oharra +\emph default +: klase hau LaTeX2e "SliTeX emulation" klasea onartzeko garatu dut, LaTeX2e + barneko klasetariko bat. + Ez nik ez LyX Taldeko beste inork slides klase hau erabiltzera ez zaitugu + derrigortuko edo debekatuko, erabiltzaile bakoitzak erabakitzen baitu. + Erabiltzea nahi duenarentzako dago hemen. + Aurkezpenak egiteko badaude beste LaTeX2e klase batzuk, +\family sans +Foils +\family default + klasea (ikus +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:foiltex} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala) edo +\family typewriter +seminar +\family default + paketea (zenbait TeX banaketetan ageri da). + Azken hori ez da LyX-en onartzen +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Agian zeregin hori har dezakezu\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\end_inset + +. + Beste klase horiei buruzkorik ez dakit ezer. + Saiatu bestekin nolako aukerabidea eskaintzen duten ikusteko. +\layout Section + +Foils (edo FoilTeX) +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:foiltex} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Idazlea: +\family typewriter +Allan Rae +\layout Subsection + +Sarrera +\layout Standard + +Atal honetan proiektoreentzako aurkezpenak egiteko LyX nola erabili azaltzen + du. + Horretarako bi dokumentu-klase daude: lehenetsitako slides klasea eta +\family sans +FoilTeX +\family default + gardenki klasea. + Atal honek azkenengo klasea dokumentatzen du. + Hemendik aurrera, +\family sans +FoilTeX +\family default + dokumentu-klaseari +\family sans +foils +\family default + klasea deituko diot. +\layout Standard + +Berriro esango dut, garbiago baina ez ozenago, ongi ulertuta gelditu dadin: +\layout Standard +\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center + +\size large +Atal honek +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +slides (FoilTeX) +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + klasea +\emph on +bakarrik +\emph default +deskribatzen +\emph on + +\emph default +du +\emph on +. +\layout Standard + +"slides (default)"-en dokumentazioaren bila bazabiltza, zoaz +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:slitex} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atalera. + Zure sistemak ez badu +\family sans +foils +\family default + klasea (" slides (FoilTeX)") instalatuta, orduan baliteke slides klasea + erabili nahi izatea, nahiz eta foils bezain ona ez izan. +\layout Standard + +Klase hau, +\family sans +foils +\family default +, LaTeX-eko +\family typewriter +foils.cls +\family default + fitxategiaren 2.1 bertsioarekin lan egiteko diseinatuta dago, orain LaTeX2e-reki +n bateratua dago. +\layout Subsection + +Lanean hastea +\layout Standard + +Ohikoa denez, dokumentu-klase hau erabiltzeko +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoan " +\family sans +slides (FoilTeX) +\family default +" hautatu behar duzu. + Leiho horretan ezagutzea komeni zaizun klase honi buruzko zenbait ezarpen + daude: +\layout Itemize + +Ez aldatu ( +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoan) +\family sans +Aldeak +\family default + eta +\family sans +Zutabeak +\family default + aukerak. + +\family sans +foils +\family default + klaseak jaramonik ez baitie egingo. +\layout Itemize + +Lehenetsitako letra-tamaina 20pt da; beste aukeretan 17pt, 25pt eta 30pt + erabiltzen dira. +\layout Itemize + +Lehenetsitako letra-tipoa +\family sans +sans serif +\family default + da, matematikako ekuazioetan, ordea, ohiko letra-tipo erromatarra erabiltzen + du. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +FoilTeX +\family default + -ek A4 eta +\family sans +Gutuna +\family default + (Letter) paper-tamainen euskarria edukitzeaz gain, 35mm tamainako gardenkiekin + ere lan egin dezake. + Ez ditu A5, legala edo exekutiboa paper-tamainak onartzen. +\layout Itemize + +Nazkatuko zara +\family sans +Mugikor +\family default + kokapenaren ezarpenak aldatzen, zeren eta edozein modutan baztertuak izango + baitira. + Mugikor guztiak testuan definitzen diren lekuan agertuko dira. +\layout Itemize + +Klase honetan +\family sans +Orri-estiloak +\family default + bestelako jokaera bat zehazten du. + +\family sans +FoilTeX +\family default +-ek orri-oinaren eta goiburukoaren gaitasun zabala eskaintzen du, erabiltzaileak + definitutako logoa barne. + Xehetasun gehiagorako ikus +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:orriburuak} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala. + Tituluaren orria dokumentuko beste orrien ezberdin lantzen da, eta +\emph on +beti +\emph default + zenbatu gabea da eta logotipoa (txertatzen bada bederen) +\emph on +beti +\emph default + orriaren behean erdira lerrokatuta doa. + Ondoren, dauden orrien estiloak eta zer egiten duten zerrendatzen da: +\begin_deeper +\layout Description + +empty Irteerako dokumentuak ez du zenbatutako orririk, ezta ere goiburukorik + edo orri-oinik (oin-oharrak bai, noski!). +\layout Description + +plain Irteerako orriak zenbatuta daude, orriaren behean eta erdira lerrokatuta. + Oin-oharrak ez diren izenbururik edo orri-oinarik ere ez dute. +\layout Description + +foilheadings Orrien zenbakiak behe eta eskuineko ertzean doaz. + Goiburuko eta orri-oin gehigarriak ere bistaratzen dira. + Hau lehenetsitako estiloa da. +\layout Description + +fancy Honek +\family sans +fancyheadings +\family default + paketea erabiltzeko sarbidea eskaintzen dizu. + +\family sans +FoilTeX +\family default +-en egileak, ordea, +\family sans +FoilTeX +\family default +-ekin ez erabilzeko aholkatzen du, zenbait bateraezintasun gertatzen direlako. +\end_deeper +\layout Subsubsection + +Aukera osagarriak +\layout Standard + +Aukera hauek +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Aukerak +\family default + eremuan jar ditzakezu: +\layout Description + +35mmSlide Honek orriaren diseinua 7.33 hatz x 11 hatz tamainuko paper-motarentzat + prestatzen du, eta 35mm motako gardenkiaren itxura-erlazio berdina du, + euskarri honekin lan egitea erraztuz. +\layout Description + +headrule Tituluaren orrian izan ezik, beste orri guztietan marra horizontal + bat jartzen du goiburukoaren azpian. +\layout Description + +footrule Titulu orrian izan ezik, beste orri guztietan marra horizontal + bat jartzen du orri-oinaren gainean. +\layout Description + +dvips Hau automatikoki ezartzen da foils dokumentu berri bat sortzen den + bakoitzean. + Aukera honek +\family sans +FoilTeX +\family default +-i +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + kontrolatzailea erabiltzeko esaten dio, horizontalki egon behar duten orriak + biratzeko. +\layout Description + +landscape Orriaren dimentsioak aldatzen ditu horizontaleko orrientzat, baina + ez du biraketarik egiten. + Honela, aukera hau erabiltzen baduzu orri bakoitza biratzeko edo zure inprimaga +iluari orriak horizontalki emateko kanpoko programa bat erabili beharko + duzu. + Jabetu zaitez aukera honek +\family sans +Foilhead +\family default + eta +\family sans +Rotatefoilhead +\family default + inguruneen zeregina alderantzikatzen duela. + Ez kezkatu, azkenengo bi ingurune horiek hurrengo atalean argitzen dira. +\layout Description + +leqno Ekuazioan zenbakiak ezkerrera lerrokatuak. +\layout Description + +fleqn Ezkerrera lerrokatutako ekuazioak. +\layout Subsection + +Onartutako inguruneak +\layout Standard + +Beste klaseetan dauden ohiko ingurune gehienak foils klasean onartuta daude. + FoilTeX-ek hainbat ingurune gehiago eskaintzen ditu, eta LyX-ek beste pare + bat gehitzen dizkio. + Orain beste klaseekin partekatzen diren inguruneak zerrendatzen dira: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{2} +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Estandarra +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Elementua +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Zenbatua +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Azalpena +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Zerrenda +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +LyX-kodea +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Bertsoa +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Zita +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Zitazioa +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Titulua +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Egilea +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Data +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Laburpena +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Bibliografia +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Helbidea +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Eskuin-Helbidea +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Epigrafea +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Iruzkina +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Hau da, atalen inguruneak izan ezik beste ingurune nagusi gehienak daude. + Gardenki mota hauek beraien barnean titulu eta gorputzak ataletan zatituta + dutenez, gardenki berriak hasteko +\family sans +FoilTeX +\family default +-ek komando berezi hauek eskaintzen ditu: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Orriburua (Foilhead) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +BiratuOrriburua (Rotatefoilhead) +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek ere moldatutako bi ingurune hauek eskaintzen ditu: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +OrriburuLaburra (ShortFoilhead) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +BiratuOrriburuLaburra (ShortRotatefoilhead) +\layout Standard + +eta horien arteko ezberdintasunak hurrengo atalean argituko dira. +\layout Standard + +Gardenkiak (edo diapositibak) burutazio edo teorema berriak aurkezteko ere + erabiltzen direnez, FoilTeX-ek aurkezpen dotoreak egiteko beste hauek eskaintze +n ditu: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{2} +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Teorema +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Lema +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Korolarioa +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Proposizioa +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Definizioa +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Frogapena +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Teorema* +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Lema* +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Korolarioa* +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Proposizioa* +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Definizioa* +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Izartxoak dituztenak zenbatutako inguruneak dira; izartxorik ez dutenak, + berriz, zenbatu gabekoak dira. + LyX-ek zerrendentzako beste bi ingurune gehitu ditu: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +ZerrendaMarka (TickList) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +ZerrendaGurutzea (CrossList) +\layout Standard + +Horietaz gain, +\family sans +FoilTeX +\family default +-ek goiburukoaren eta orri-oinaren gaitasun ahaltsua ematen du, horiek dokumentu +ko edozein lekutan jar daitekeen arren, egokiena hitzaurrean ezartzea izango + litzateke. + Dokumentuan ezarpen hauek aldatu nahi badituzu, lekurik egokiena gardenkiaren + goian egotea da, adibidez, orriburuaren ondoren. +\layout Standard + +Xede horretarako, estilo-komando hauek eskaintzen dira +\shape smallcaps +(Martin Vermeer +\shape default +): +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{2} +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Nere\SpecialChar ~ +Logora (My\SpecialChar ~ +Logo) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Murrizketa (Restriction) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +EskuinOrri-Oina (RightFooter) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +EskuinGoiburukoa (RightHeader) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +EzkerGoiburukoa (LeftHeader) +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +\SpecialChar ~ + +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +FoilTeX-ek eskaintzen dituen beste komando batzuk zuzenean LyX-ek ez ditu + onartzen, baina zer egiten duten eta nola erabili +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:foils-onargabeak} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atalean esango dizut. +\layout Subsection + +Gardenki-multzoa sortzea +\layout Standard + +Atal honetan gardenki-multzo bat sortzeko hainbat ingurune nola erabili + azaltzen da. + Gardenki-multzo baten adibidea ikusi nahi baduzu, hautatu +\family typewriter +Foils.lyx +\family default + fitxategia (( +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +I +\bar default +reki +\family default + menua aukeratu eta +\family sans +Adibideak +\family default + botoian klikatu). +\layout Subsubsection + +Eman titulu-orri bat +\layout Standard + +Beste klase batzuk +\family sans +Titulua +\family default +, +\family sans +Egilea +\family default +, +\family sans +Data +\family default + eta +\family sans +Laburpena +\family default + inguruneak eskaintzen dituzte; +\family sans +foils +\family default +-ek, ordea, bere kasa orri batean titulua sortzen du. + +\family sans +Data +\family default + ingurunea uzten baduzu LaTeX-ek uneko data ordeztuko du (irteera birsortzen + duzun bakoitzean). +\layout Subsubsection + +Hasi gardenki berri bat +\layout Standard + +Arestian aipatu dudanez, gardenki batekin hasteko lau bide daude. + Gardenki bertikalentzako +\family sans +Orriburua +\family default + edo +\family sans +OrriburuLaburra +\family default + erabili beharko zenuke. + Bi ingurune horien arteko ezberdintasuna hau da: orriaren (orriburua) titulu + eta orriaren gorputzaren arteko tartea. +\layout Standard + +Erabili +\family sans +BiratuOrriburua +\family default + eta +\family sans +BiratuOrriburuLaburra +\family default + inguruneak +\family sans +Gardenki +\family default + horizontalentzako. + Bi horien arteko ezberdintasuna orriburu eta gorputzaren arteko tartea + da. + Bi laburren bertsioek orriburu eta gorputzaren arteko tartea 0.5 hatz-etakoa + da. +\layout Standard + +Gardenki horizontalekin dagoen arazo bakarra da +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + kontrolatzailea erabili behar duzula, PostScript® motako irteera sortzeko, + bestela gardenkiak ez baitira biratuko. + Aukera dago eskatzen den +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + kontrolatzailerik gabe gardenki horizontalak lortzeko, inprimagailuan paperak + albotaka sartuz ;-) +\layout Subsubsection + +Teoremak, lemak, frogapenak eta bestelakoak +\layout Standard + +LyX-eko akats ttipi bat dela medio, ezin dituzu antzeko bi ingurune horietarikor +ik bata bestearen ondoren erabili. + Zerbaitek banatu behar ditu. + Saiatzen bazara, aurreneko ingurunea hedatuko da, bi inguruneak bateratuta + egongo balira bezala. + Beraz, nola konpondu arazo hau? Aukerarik errazena da bi inguruneen artean + testuren bat txertatzea, edo bien artean LaTeX ingurune bat"%" duelarik + txertatzea (ikur horrek lerroaren atzetik datorrena iruzkina dela adierazten + du). + Honela LyX bi inguruneak bereiztera derrigortzen da, eta LaTeX irteera + egokia sortzen da. + Honen adibidea LyX banaketan dagoen adibide-fitxategia da. + Gogoratu, arazo hau baldin eta bi antzeko ingurune (teorema bezalakoak) + bata bestearen segidan jarriz gero gertatzen da. +\layout Subsubsection + +Zerrendak +\layout Standard + +Beste klaseetan onartuta dauden zerrenda ingurune gehienak eskuragarri edukitzea +z gain beste bi berri dituzu. + Berri horiek bakarrik azalduko ditut. + Beste zerrenda inguruneei buruzko informazioa jakiteko, irakurri +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default +. + +\family sans +Elementua +\family default + ingurunea erabiltzea nahi baduzu, eta erabiltzen dituen buletak nola zehatz + ditzakezun jakiteko, irakurri arestiko +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:bulet} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala. +\layout Standard + +Bi zerrenda berriak, +\family sans +ZerrendaMarka +\family default + eta +\family sans +ZerrendaGurutzea +\family default +, zereginen eta zer-ez-eginen edo ongi eta gaizki-ri buruzko zerrendak sortzeko + baliabideak dira, zerrendaren etiketeta bezala baieztapen marka bat edo + gurutze bat jartzeko erabiltzen dira. + Zerrenda horiek +\family sans +Elementua +\family default + ingurunearen ondorioak dira. + Hala ere, hauek paketea instalatuta edukitzea eskatzen dute. +\layout Subsubsection + +Irudi eta taulak +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +FoilTeX +\family default +-ek berriro definitzen ditu taula eta irudi mugikorrak; hori dela eta, hauek + txertatzen diren lekuan agertuko dira inprimatutako bertsioan. + Izan ere, mugikor bateko kokalekuaren ezarpena aldatzen baduzu, jaramonik + ez dio egingo. +\layout Subsubsection + +Orriaren goiburukoak eta orri-oinak +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:orriburuak} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Nire_Logoa +\family default + eta +\family sans +Murriztapena +\family default + orri-oinaren ezkerreko testu katea kontrolatzeko erabiltzen diren komandoak + dira. + Lehenbizikoak zure gardenkian logotipo grafiko bat txertatzeko aukera eskaintze +n dizu, lehenetsi gisa "-Typeset by FoilTex" jartzen baitu. + Bigarrenak, berriz, entzuleen sailkapena egiteko balio du, adib.\SpecialChar ~ +Isilpekoa. + Lehenetsi gisa hutsik egoten da. +\layout Standard + +Oroitzapenerako orriaren ertzak +\family sans +EskuinOrri-oina +\family default + (orriak zenbatzeko lehenetsia da), +\family sans +EskuinGoiburukoa +\family default + eta +\family sans +EzkerGoiburukoa +\family default + erabiliz bete ditzakezu. +\layout Subsection + +FoilTeX-eko onartu gabeko funtzioak +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:foils-onargabeak} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Ondoren aipatzen diren komandoak LaTeX ingurunean edo TeX eran (beste ingurune + batekin) ezarri behar izaten dira. +\layout Subsubsection + +Luzerak +\layout Standard + +Luzera guztiak +\family typewriter + +\backslash +setlength{ +\family default +\emph on +luzeraizena +\family typewriter +\emph default +}{ +\family default +\emph on +luzeraberria +\family typewriter +\emph default +} +\family default + komandoarekin egokitzen dira. + luzeraizena aldatzeko, nahi duzun luzeraren izenarengatik ordeztu behar + da, eta luzeraberria luzeraren balio berria da. + Luzera guztien balioak hatzetan ( +\family typewriter +in +\family default +), milimetrotan ( +\family typewriter +mm +\family default +) edo puntuetan ( +\family typewriter +pt +\family default +) edo beste dokumentu batetiko edo letra-tipoaren luzeroan oinarrituz ( +\family typewriter + +\backslash +textwidth +\family default + bezala) zehaztu behar dira. +\layout Standard + +Gardenkiaren goiburuko eta gorputzaren arteko tartea aldatzeko aukera dago, + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +foilheadskip +\family default +-ekin luzera egokituz. + Adibidez, goiburuko guztiak beraien gorputzengandik 0,5 hatz gerturatzeko, + hitzaurrean ondorengo komandoa idatzi: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +foilheadskip}{-0.5in} +\layout Standard + +Mugikorren arteko tartea egokitzeko, ezarri honako luzera hauek: +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +abovefloatskip +\family default + Testu eta mugikorraren gainaren arteko tartea +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +abovecaptionskip +\family default + Mugikorra eta epigrafearen arteko tartea +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +belowcaptionskip +\family default + Epigrafea eta jarraitzen dion testuaren arteko tartea +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +captionwidth +\family default + Luzero hau egokituz epigrafeak inguruko testuen baino estuago jar ditzakezu. + Egokiena +\family typewriter + +\backslash +textwidth +\family default + definitzea izan daiteke. +\layout Standard + +Badaude hainbat tituluko orriekin zerikusia duten luzerak, titulu luzea + edo hainbat egile zerrendatzeko baliagarri aurkituko dituzunak: +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +abovetitleskip +\family sans +Goiburukoa +\family default +-k +\family sans +Titulua +\family default +-tik banatzeko tartea +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +titleauthorskip +\family default + +\family sans +Titulua +\family default + eta +\family sans +Egilea +\family default + inguruneen artekoa +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +authorauthorskip +\family default +Hainbat +\family sans +Egile +\family default +-ren artekoa +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +authordateskip +\family default + +\family sans +Egilea +\family default + eta +\family sans +Data +\family default + artekoa +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +dateabstractskip +\family default + +\family sans +Data +\family default + eta +\family sans +Abstract +\family default + artekoa +\layout Standard + +Aipatutako azken luzera komandoak zerrenda motako ingurune guztiei eragiten + die. + Zerrenda motako ingurune baten barruan +\family typewriter + +\backslash +zerolistvertdimens +\family default + jartzen baduzu, zerrendako elementuen arteko tarte bertikala kendu egingo + dira. + Ohartu zaitez hau ez dela luzera bat, komando bat baizik, eta beraz ez + du behar +\family typewriter + +\backslash +setlength +\family default +, arestian azaldu den bezala. +\layout Subsubsection + +Goiburukoak eta orri-oinak +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +LogoOn +\family default + eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +LogoOff +\family default + komandoek emandako orri batean +\family sans +Nere\SpecialChar ~ +Logoa +\family default + noiz agertu behar duen, edo noiz ez, kontrolatzen dute. + Hitzaurrean +\family typewriter + +\backslash +LogoOff +\family default + jartzen baduzu, gardenki batek berak ere ez du logotiporik edukiko. + Gardenki batean logorik ez baduzu nahi, gardenki horretako goiburuko baten + ondoren kokatu +\family typewriter + +\backslash +LogoOff +\family default + zuzenean eta jarri zuzenean +\family typewriter + +\backslash +LogoOn +\family default + hurrengo goiburukoaren ondoren. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +fancy +\family default + orri-estiloa erabiltzea erabaki baduzu ( +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoan), ziurrenik hitzaurrean +\family typewriter + +\backslash +let +\backslash +headwidth +\backslash +textwidth +\family default +jarri beharko duzu, horrela gardenki horizontaletako goiburukoak eta orri-oinak + egokiro biratuko dira. + +\family sans +fancyheadings +\family default + paketea eta +\family sans +foils +\family default + klasearen artean zenbait gatazka sortzen direlako gertatzen da. +\layout Section + +Latex8 (IEEE jardunaldiko idazkiak) +\layout Standard + +Idazlea: +\noun on +Allan Rae +\layout Subsection + +Sarrera +\layout Standard + +Klase hau IEEEk babesten (laguntzen) dituen jardunaldietara idazkiak bidaltzeko + prestatuta dago, beraien +\family sans +Egileen Tresna-jokoa +\family default +ren (Authors Kit) kopia bat eskuratzea aholkatzen dizut. + Tresna-joko horretan +\family typewriter +latex.sty +\family default + paketea eta dagokion bibliografia estiloko fitxategia barneratuta daude. + +\family sans +Egileen Tresna-jokoa +\family default +k posta elektronikoz bidaltzen da, behin zure hasierako bidalketa onartua + izandakoan. + +\family sans +Egileen Tresna-joko +\family default +an informazio erabilgarri ugari dago, murriztapenak nola formateatu eta + bestelakoak azalduz, eta suposatzen dut hori irakurri duzula, beraz ez + dut gehiago errepikatuko. +\layout Subsection + +Lanean hastea +\layout Standard + +(AR. + hau bete beharra dago) +\layout Subsection + +Onartutako inguruneak +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{2} +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Estandarra +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Titulua +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Egilea +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Helb.elek. + (E-posta) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Afiliazioa +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Laburpena +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Atala +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Azpiatala +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Kapitulua +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Pantaila eta paperaren arteko ezberdintasunak +\layout Standard + +Ezberdintasun arin batzuk daude itxura nagusian aurkezpeneko atalen zenbatzailee +kin. + Pantailan ataleko zenbakiaren puntuen aztarnak galdu egiten dira, baina + irteerako bertsioan agertzen dira. + Beraz, ez zaitez kezkatu. +\layout Section + +Hollywood (Hollywood gidoi berezia) +\layout Standard + +Idazlea: +\noun on +Garst Reese +\layout Subsection + +Sarrera +\layout Standard + +Hollywood gidoiaren egitura bat lortzea "iraganeko erritual" bat da. + Irakurleak edukian zentratzeko eta aktoreek era eroso eta ezagun batean + irakurtzeko diseinatuta dago. + Gidoiaren orri bakoitzak pelikulako minutu bati dagokio (gutxi gorabehera). + Gidoiak pantailan ikusi edo entzungo duzunik ez dago. + Letra-tipoa 12pt tamainako courier mota erabiltzen da. + Ez dago letra etzanik. +\layout Subsection + +Arazo bereziak +\layout Standard + +Hizlarien lerroak INOIZ ere ez dira sententziaren erdian eteten. + Hizlari baten lerroak orri-jauzi baten ondoren jarraitzen badu, errepikatu + +\family sans +Hizlaria +\family default + (Speaker) titulua "(Cont-d)" edo ("Jarraitzen du") batekin. +\layout Subsection + +Ezaugarri bereziak +\layout Standard + +Txertatu +\family sans +Hizlarien +\family default + izenak etiketa bezala, gero izena txertatzeko etiketari dagokion erreferentzia + gurutzatua erabili. + Erreferentzia gurutzatuaren elkarrizketa-koadroak uneko antzezleen zerrenda + erakutsiko dizu. + Hau historioaren kontaketan hizlariaren izena sartzeko ere erabil dezakezu. +\layout Subsection + +Paper tamaina eta marjinak +\layout Standard + +US\SpecialChar ~ +gutuna (US\SpecialChar ~ +letter), ezkerretik 1.6in, eskuinetik 0.75in, goitik 0.5in, azpitik + 0.75in +\layout Subsection + +Inguruneak +\layout Standard + +Hurrengo inguruneen euskarriak ditu. + +\family typewriter +hollywood.bind +\family default + fitxategia erabil dezakezu eskuinean zerrendatzen diren laster-teklak lortzeko. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Estandarra +\newline + +\family default +Hau erabili, besterik ez badu funtzionatzen. + Saiatu hau sahiezten. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +IREKI_IRAUNGIZ (FADE_IN +\family default +): +\hfill + +\family sans +M-z S-I +\family default + +\newline +Normalki, honen ondoren +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Arantxa esnatzerakoan +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + antzeko zerbaitek jarraitzen dio. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +BARNE (INT): +\hfill +M-z i +\newline + +\family default +Kamararentzat BARRUKO berri bat sartzen du. + Beti EGUNA edo GAUA, edo antzerako zerbaitekin argitasuna definituz jarraitzen + da. + Lerro honetako guztia MAIUSKULETAN. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +KANPO (EXT): +\hfill +M-z e +\newline + +\family default +Kamerarentzat KANPOKO berri bat sartzen du. + Lerro honetako guztia MAIUSKULAZ. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Hizlaria (Speaker) +\hfill +M-z s +\newline + +\family default +Hitzegiten duen pertsonaia. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Parentesikoa (Parenthetical) +\hfill +M-z p +\newline + +\family default +Hizlariarentzako instrukzio edo azalpenak. + () ikurrak automatikoki txertatzen dira, baina LyX-en ( ikurra bakarrik + erakusten da, nahiz eta biak inprimatuko diren. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Elkarrizketa (Dialogue) +\hfill +M-z d +\newline +Hizlariak (Speaker) zer esten duen. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Iragapena (Transition) +\hfill +M-z t +\newline + +\family default +Kamara mugitzeko xehetasunak (instrukzioak). + Adibz.\SpecialChar ~ +HONEN HURBILEKO PLANOA: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +ITXI-IRAUNGIZ (FADE OUT): +\hfill +M-z S-I +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Egilea +\hfill +M-z S-A +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Titulua +\hfill +M-z S-T +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Eskuin-Helbidea +\hfill +M-z r +\layout Subsection + +Gidoiko argota +\layout Itemize + +(O.S) --- pantailatik kanpo (off screen) +\layout Itemize + +(V.0) --- gaineko ahotsa (voice over) +\layout Itemize + +b.g. + --- atzeko planoa (background) +\layout Itemize + +C.U. + --- hurbileko planoa (close-up) +\layout Itemize + +PAN --- kamara mugimendua +\layout Itemize + +INSERT --- sartu hurbileko planoa (cut to close-up of) +\layout Section + +Broadway +\layout Standard + +Idazlea: +\noun on +Garst Reese +\layout Subsection + +Sarrera +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Broadway +\family default + antzezlanak idazteko dokumentu-klase bat da. + Bere formatua +\family sans +Hollywood +\family default +-en baino apaingarriagoa da, eta ez dago hain estandarizatua. + Formatu hau lantegientzako egokia izan daiteke. +\layout Subsection + +Arazo bereziak +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Hollywood +\family default +-en antzekoak. +\layout Subsection + +Ezaugarri bereziak +\layout Standard + +Txertatu +\family sans +Hizlarien +\family default + izenak etiketa bezala, gero, izena txertatzeko, etiketarentzako +\family sans +Erreferentzia gurutzatua +\family default + erabili. + +\family sans +Erreferentzia gurutzatua +\family default +ren elkarrizketa-koadroak uneko antzezlarien zerrenda erakutsiko dizu. +\layout Subsection + +Paper tamainak eta marjinak +\layout Standard + +US\SpecialChar ~ +gutuna (US\SpecialChar ~ +letter), ezkerretik 1.6in, eskuinetik 0.75in, goitik 0.5in, behetik + 0.75in +\layout Subsection + +Inguruneak +\layout Standard + +Ondorengo inguruneak erabil ditzakezu. + Eskuinean zerrendatzen diren laster-teklak lortzeko, erabili broadway.bind + fitxategia. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Estandarra +\newline + +\family default + Ez zenuke hau erabili beharko, beste guztiak huts egiten dutenean soilik. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Kontakizuna (Narrative) +\hfill +M-z n +\newline + +\family default +Dekorazioa eta ekintza deskribatzeko erabiltzen da. + Hizlarien izenak lehen aldiz erabiltzerakoan MAIUSKULAZ egon behar dute. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +AKTOA (ACT) +\hfill +M-z a +\newline + +\family default +Automatikoki zenbatzen da. + Pantailan zenbaki arabierekin dago, baina erromatar zenbakiekin inprimatzen + da. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +AKTOA (ACT*) +\hfill +M-z S at +\newline +AKTOA +\family default +-rentzako azpitituluak. + Erdira lerrokatutako testua. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +ESZENA (SCENE) +\hfill +M-z S-S +\newline + +\family default +Ez da automatikoki zenbatzen. + Zeuk sartu behar dizkiozu zenbakiak. + Nola egin ez dakidalako da. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +IGOTZEAN (AT_RISE): +\hfill +M-z S-R +\newline + +\family default +Kontakizunaren egoera berezia, antzoki-oihala igotzean dekorazioa eta ekintza + deskribatzeko. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Hizlaria (Speaker) +\hfill +M-z s +\newline + +\family default +Hizlariaren (aktorearen) izenburua, MAIUSKULETAN. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Parentesikoa (Parenthetical) +\hfill +M-z p +\newline + +\family default +Hizlariarentzako instrukzioak. + Parentesiak automatikoki txertatzen dira. + Nahiz eta pantailan ( ikurra bakarrik agertu, biak inprimatzen dira. + Ingurune hau +\family sans +Elkarrizketa +\family default +-ren barruan bakarrik erabil daiteke. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Elkarrizketa (Dialogue) +\hfill +M-z d +\newline + +\family default +Hizlariak zer dioen. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +OIHALA (CURTAIN) +\hfill +M-z S-C +\newline + +\family default +Antzokiko oihala jeistea. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Titulua +\hfill +M-z S-T +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Egilea +\hfill +M-z S-A +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Eskuin-Helbidea +\hfill +M-z r +\layout Standard + +Kaixo entzule zoragarria. +\layout Section + +RevTeX4 +\layout Standard + +Idazlea: +\noun on +Amir Karger +\layout Standard +\added_space_top bigskip \noindent + +\family sans +Revtex 4 +\family default + dokumentu-klasea American Physical Society-ren RevTeX 4.0 klasearekin (1999.go + maiatzean kaleratu zen +\begin_inset Formula $\beta$ +\end_inset + + bertsioarekin) lan egiten du. +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek duen +\family sans +Revtex +\family default + dokumentu-klaseak RevTeX 3.1 bertsioarekin lan egiten du. + Hala ere, 3.1 bertsioa nahiko zaharkitua dago, eta LaTeX 2.09 bertsioarekin + lan egiten du. + Horrek esanahi du ez dela oso ongi konpontzen LyX-ekin, zeren eta LyX-ek + LaTeX2e eskatzen baitu, nahiz eta lan egiteko era zikin batean bateratua + izan. + RevTeX 4.0 bertsioa LaTeX2e-rekin askoz ere egokiago lan egiteko diseinatuta + dagoenez, LyX-en +\family sans +RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ +4 +\family default + dokumentu-klasea erabiltzea nahiko erraza izan beharko luke. +\layout Standard + +Dokumentazio hau RevTeX 4.0-ren eskuliburuekin batera erabiltzeko asmoz idatzi + da, eta ondorioz ez ditugu RevTeX-en makro berezirik azalduko, eta suposatzen + da badakizula hitzaurrean zein komando idatzi behar dituzun. + Zalantzaren bat edukiz gero, joan zaitez RevTeX-en dokumentazioa irakurtzera, + gauzak xehetasun gehiagoz argitzen baititu. +\layout Subsection + +Instalazioa +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ +4 +\family default + instalatzeko eskatzen den guztia paketeko +\family typewriter +README +\family default + fitxategian aurkituko duzu. + RevTeX 4 paketea +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[RevTeX 4, web gunea]{http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/} + +\end_inset + + gunetik jaitsi beharko duzu. + Instalatu LaTeX-ek aurkitu dezakeen lekuren batean. + Zure etxean +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Itzultzailearen oharra +\emph default +: UNIX antzeko sistema eragileetan, "etxea" erabiltzailearen direktorio + pertsonalari deitzen zaio. +\end_inset + + RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ +4 dokumentu bat sortu eta LaTeX-etik prozesatzeko egiaztatu ezazu. + Egokiro instalatuta dagoenean, birkonfiguratu LyX, berak aurkituko du klasearen + fitxategia eta RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ +4 dokumentu-klasea erabiltzen utziko dizu. +\layout Standard + +Agian, hasteko biderik erosoena RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ +4 dokumentu bat +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +-ekin inportatzea izango litzateke, edo RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ +4 txantiloia erabiltzea. +\layout Subsection + +Hitzaurreari buruz +\layout Standard + +Ohitura denez, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default + komandoarentzako aukerazko argumentuak, +\family typewriter +"preprint" +\family default + edo +\family typewriter +"aps" +\family default + bezalakoak, +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Aukerak +\family default + eremuan joan behar dute. + Gogoratu RevTeX batek aukerazko argumentu bat behintzat eskatzen duela! +\layout Standard + +Beti bezala, hitzaurreko gauzak, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +draft +\family default + eta bestelakoak, LaTeX-en ( +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoko) +\family sans +Hitzaurrean +\family default + egoten dutela. +\layout Subsection + +Diseinuak +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Itzultzailearen oharra +\emph default +: Atal honetan egilea "diseinuari" buruz ari da, baina gehienetan LyX-eko + dokumentazioan erabili dugun hitza adieraziko luke: "ingurunea" edo " paragrafo +en ingurunea". + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Diseinuak beraien oinarrian RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ +4.0-eko komandoei dagokie. + Adibidez, +\family sans +Helbide elektronikoa +\family default + (Email) ingurunea +\family typewriter + +\backslash +email{} +\family default + komandoari dagokio. + Jakin ezazu (RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ +4.0 Beta bertsioan bederen) +\family sans +Helbidea +\family default + eta +\family sans +Afiliazioa +\family default + inguruneak baliokideak direla, eta ez zenuke biak erabili beharrik izango +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Jakinguraz bazaude, biak barneratuta daude, eta +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + tresnak +\family typewriter + +\backslash +address +\family default + eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +affiliation +\family default + bihurtzeko gai da. + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Subsection + +Ohar garrantzitsuak +\layout Standard + +RevTeX 4-ko zenbait ezaugarri garrantzitsu daude, arazoak sor ditzaketenak + eta ondorioz LyX erabiltzerakoan burua nahastu dezakete. +\layout Standard + +RevTeX-en, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thanks +\family default + komandoa +\family typewriter + +\backslash +author +\family default + komandoaren +\emph on +kanpoan +\emph default + joaten da. + LyX-eko baliokidea den banatutako +\family sans +Esker\SpecialChar ~ +ona +\family default + ingurunea da. + +\family sans +Egilea +\family default + ingurunean ez idatzi oin-oharrik, bestela urtzia buru gainera eroriko baitzaizu. + Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikus RevTeX\SpecialChar ~ +4-ren dokumentazioa. +\layout Standard + +Bestalde, +\family sans +Egilea_Helb.elek +\family default +., +\family sans +Egilea_URLa +\family default + eta +\family sans +Esker\SpecialChar ~ +ona +\family default + ingurunea +\family sans +Egilea +\family default + ingurunearen eta dagokion +\family sans +Helbidea +\family default + (edo baliokidea den +\family sans +Afiliazioa +\family default +) ingurunearen artean jarri behar dira. + +\family sans +Esker\SpecialChar ~ +ona +\family default + ingurunea +\family sans +Helbidearen +\family default + ondoren jartzen baduzu, LaTeX-ek ez du konpilatuko. +\layout Subsection + +Eragozpenak +\layout Standard + +Diseinu honek duen eragozpenik nagusiena da +\family sans +Helb.elek. + +\family default + eta +\family sans +Titulua +\family default + bezalako diseinuentzako aukerazko argumenturik ezin duzula erabili. + Arazo hau ez dagokio diseinu honi bakarrik; ezin duzu +\family sans +Atala +\family default + ingurunearentzako aukerazko argumenturik erabili. + Horrek esanahi du fitxategia LaTeX-era esportatu (honetarako aldi baterako + APS-ra igorri beharko duzu) ondoren LaTeX fitxategia editatu beharko duzula, + eta aukerazko argumentuak (titulu laburtuentzako edo orrialdeen goiburukoentzak +o, adiz.) eskuz ezarri beharko dituzula. + Diseinu horien faltan +\family typewriter + +\backslash +altaffiliation +\family default + (eta baliokidea den +\family typewriter + +\backslash +altaddress +\family default +) erabilgaitza egiten dute, eta dagokien diseinuak ez daudenez, eskuz gehitu + beharko dituzu. + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +\noun on +JMarc +\noun default +-en oharra +\emph default +: une honetan, LyX 1.3.0 bertsioak honelako aukerazko argumentu batzuk onartzen + ditu, baina diseinu hauek oraindik ez dira eguneratu, eta ondorioz, beraien + abantailekin oraingoz ezingo dugu jolastu. +\end_inset + + . +\layout Section + +Artikulua (mwart), liburua (mwbk) eta txostena (mwrep) +\begin_inset OptArg +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +mw +\emph default + motako klaseak +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Idazlea: +\noun on +Tomasz Luczak +\layout Standard +\added_space_top bigskip \noindent +LyX-eko +\family sans +article (mwart) +\family default +, +\family sans +report (mwrep) +\family default + eta +\family sans +book (mwbk) +\family default + dokumentu-klaseak LaTeX-eko +\family typewriter +mwart.cls +\family default +, +\family typewriter +mwrep.cls +\family default + eta +\family typewriter +mwbk.cls +\family default + klaseei dagokie, hurrenez hurren. + Estandarrak diren +\family typewriter +article.cls +\family default +, +\family typewriter +report.cls +\family default + eta +\family typewriter +book.cls +\family default + dokumentu-klaseen ordezkoak dira, hurrenez hurren, polonieraren tipografia + hitzarmeneko zenbaki dezimalekin lan egiteko egokitua dago. + +\layout Standard + +Oinarrizko ezberdintasunak: +\layout Itemize + +Zenbatu gabeko atalak (izartxoa dutenak, adib.\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Atala* +\family default +) gaien aurkibidean gehitzen dira. +\layout Itemize + +Beste orri-estiloak: +\begin_deeper +\layout Description + +uheadings goiburuak bereiztutako lerroetan. +\layout Description + +myheadings goiburu pertsonalizatuak, komando hauekin definitzen dira: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +markright +\family default + eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +markboth +\family default +. +\layout Description + +myuheadings goiburu pertsonalizatuak bereiztutako lerroetan. +\layout Description + +outer orrialdearen zenbakia orriaren kanpokaldean kokatzen da. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Aukerak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description + +rmheadings serif letra-tipodun tituluak --- lehenetsia. +\layout Description + +sfheadings sansserif letra-tipodun tituluak. +\layout Description + +authortitle titulu orrialdean lehenbizi egilea kokatzen da, eta ondoren + titulua ---lehenetsia. +\layout Description + +titleauthor titulu orrialdean lehenbizi titulua kokatzen da, gero egilea. +\layout Description + +withmarginpar orrialdeetan marjinentzako lekua gordetzen da. +\end_deeper +\layout Section + +Elsevier aldizkariak +\layout Standard + +Idazlea: +\noun on +Rod Pinna +\layout Standard +\added_space_top bigskip \noindent +Elsevier Science Publishers B.V.-ek beraien aldizkarietara artikuluak bidaltzeko + LaTeX-eko dokumentu-klase estandar bat eskaintzen du: +\family typewriter +elsart.cls +\family default +. + Fitxategi hau beraien gunetik jeitsi daiteke: +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://authors.elsevier.com/} + +\end_inset + +. + Instrukzioak fitxategiarekin batera datoz, eta argitaratzaileen xehetasunak + dakartzate. + LyX-ek pakete hau dauka, klase hau erabiltzeko, bai diseinu bat bai txantiloi + fitxategi bat ere. + Klase fitxategiaren instalazioa LaTeX-eko beste paketeen antzera egiten + da; instrukzioak Elsevier-en dokumentazioan aurkitzen dira. +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +elsart.cls +\family default + dokumentu-klasea erabiltzeko +\family typewriter +elsart.layout +\family default + fitxategia hornitzen da. + Elsevier klasea batik bat artikulu klasean oinarrituta dagoenez, ohiko + funtzionalitatearen gehiengoa eskaintzen da. + Elsevier klaseak AMS-ko inguruneen antzekoak diren hainbat matematikarako + ingurune definitzen ditu. + Komando hauek Elsevier-en dokumentazioan argitzen dira, eta LyX-en eskuragarri + daude. +\layout Standard + +Elsevier estiloko dokumentuak sortzeko biderik erosoena paketearekin datorren + txantiloian oinarritzea da. + Hoberena +\family sans +"fancy" +\family default + orri-estiloa edo geometriaren paketea ez erabiltzea da, Elsevier berak + definituta baitauzka antzeko funztioak. + Egokiena da Elsevier-eko dokumentazioan agertzen diren pakete gehigarriak + bakarrik erabiltzea, bestelakorik ez erabili. + Berez, Elsevier-ek ahalik eta LaTeX fitxategi +\emph on +garbiena +\emph default + eskatzen du, zeren eta bidaltzen zaien artikulua aldizkari bakoitzarentzako + bereziki prestatutako klasera bihurtzen baitute. + Hots, dokumentu baten egitura prestatzen denbora asko ez dela galdu behar, + dena den argitaratzerakoen beti moldatua izango baita. + Diseinu honen erabilera artikulu estandarraren oso antzekoa da. + Elseveir-ek zer egin dezakeen (edo zer ez) jakiteko, dagokion dokumentazioa + irakurri. +\layout Section + +Memorandum (Memoir) +\layout Standard + +Idazlea: +\noun on +Jürgen Spitzmüller +\layout Subsection + +Laburpena +\layout Standard + +Memorandum bat ( +\family sans +Memoir +\family default +) ahalmen handiko eta beti hedatzen doan klase bat da. + Hau fikzio edo ez-fikziozko literaturarentzat adeitasunez diseinatuta dago. + Bere xedea dokumentuko konposaketaren gainean erabiltzaileak kontrol handiena + edukitzea da. + +\family sans +Memoir +\family default + liburu klase estandarrean oinarrituta dago, baina artikulu gisa ere moldatu + daiteke (ikusi behean). +\layout Standard + +Peter Wilson, Memorandumaren (Memoir) garatzailea LaTeX arloko pakete ugari + garatzen dituelako ezagutzen da. + Horietariko gehienak +\family sans +Memoir +\family default +-en bateratuak izan dira. + Horrela, gaien aurkibidea, eranskinak, kapituluen inguruneak eta antzekoak + diseinatzea errazagoa da. + LyX-ek, halere, jatorriz ez ditu ezaugarri guztiak onartzen. + Batzuk etorkinuzeko LyX bertsioetan gehituko dira +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Bidali iradokizunak hona: +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org} + +\end_inset + +. +\end_inset + + , beste asko litekeena da inoiz ez barneratzea, LyX-eko lan-moldearen murriztap +enak direla eta. + Ezaugarri hauek LaTeX-eko komandoekin (ERT +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Xehetasunak +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:txertat-LaTeX-kodea} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atalean ikus ditzakezu. +\end_inset + +) erabil ditzakezu. + Atal honetan, LyX onartzen dituen ezaugarriak bakarrik zerrendatuko ditugu. + Azalpen sakonagoak irakurtzeko (eta beste ezaugarriak ikasteko) joan +\family sans +Memoir +\family default + klaseko dokumentaziora. + Dokumentazio hori ez da erabiltzailearen gida soil bat, horretaz gain konposake +ta onak egiteko azalpenak eta konposaketa dotore baten adibidea dauzka. +\layout Subsection + +Oinarrizko ezaugarriak eta murriztapenak +\layout Standard + +Memorandumak (Memoir) liburua klaseak dituen ezaugarri guztiak onartzen + ditu, gutxi gorabehera. + Ezberdintasun batzuk daude ordea: +\layout Description + +Letra-tamainak: +\family sans +Memoir +\family default +-ek letra-tipoen barruti zabal hau dauka: 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 17 +\layout Description + +Orri-estiloak: +\family sans +"fancy" +\family default + orri-estiloa ez du onartzen, +\family sans +Memoir +\family default + eta +\family typewriter +fancyhdr +\family default + paketearen arteko gatazka dela eta (biak komando bat izen berdinarekin + definitzen dute, eta LaTeX zoratu egiten da). + Horren ordez, +\family sans +Memoir +\family default +-ek bere orri-estilo multzoarekin etortzen da (ikus +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Orri-estiloa +\family default + zerrenda). + Kapituluen orrietan erabili nahi badituzu, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +chapterstyle +\family default + komandoa testu nagusian edo hitzaurrean jarri beharko duzu (adib. + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +chapterstyle{companion} +\family default +). +\layout Description + +Testu-atalak: Testua zatitzaileak (kapitulua, atala, azpiatala, e.a.) klase + estandarreko aukerazko argumentuekin datoz. + Honekin, gaien aurkibideko eta goiburukoen (titulua luzegia bada, adib.) + aukerazko titulua zehaz dezakezu. + LyX-en hau kapitulu/atal batean jartzeko, +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Titulu\SpecialChar ~ +laburtua +\family default + menutik egin dezakezu. + +\family sans +Memoir +\family default +-ek bigarren aukerazko argumentua bat dauka, horrela gaien aurkibidea goiburukoe +tatik bereiztu daiteke. + Titulua hiru eratara defini dezakezu: bat testu nagusiarentzako, bestea + gaien aurkibidearentzako eta azkenekoa goiburuentzako. + Zoritxarrez, LyX-ek ez ditu bi aukerazko argumentu onartzen. + Baina LyX-i adarra jo diezaiokezu. + Sartu kortxete bikote bat ERT eran ( +\family sans +C-L +\family default +), lehenbiziko eta bigarren argumentuen artean. + Hori da eta! Idatzi +\family sans +Titulu\SpecialChar ~ +laburtua +\family default + barnekian < +\emph on +titulu laburtua gaien aurkibidearentzat +\emph default +> ][ < +\emph on +titulu laburtua goiburukoentzat +\emph default +> (non ][ TeX eran dagoen). +\layout Description + +GAurk./TaulaZer./IrudiZer.: Klase estandarretan (eta beste klase batzuetan + ere) gaien aurkibideak, irudien zerrendak eta taulen zerredak automatikoki + orri berri bat hasten dute. + +\family sans +Memoir +\family default +-ek ez du joera hau jarraitzen. + Orri-jauzi bat zeuk txertatu beharko duzu, bat eduki nahi baduzu, bederen. +\layout Description + +Titulu-orria: Arrazoi ezezagun bat dela medio, +\family sans +Memoir +\family default +-ek titulu-orrian orrialdeztapena erabiltzen du (klase estandarretan titulu-orri +ak "hutsak" egoten dira, adib. + orrialderik gabe). + +\family sans +Titulu-orri +\family default + hutsa eduki nahi baduzu, hitzaurrean idatzi +\begin_deeper +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +aliaspagestyle{title}{empty} +\end_deeper +\layout Description + +Artikulua: article klaseko aukerarekin ( +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Aukerak +\family default + eremuan sartzeko), artikuluaren estiloa emulatzeko aukera izango duzu. + Hau da, zenbatzaileak (oin-oharrena, irudiena, taulena, e.a.) +\family sans +Kapitulu +\family default + edo +\family sans +Zati +\family default + berrietan ez dira berrasieratuko, kapituluek ez dute orrialde berri bat + hasiko (hemen kapituluak onartzen dira, benetako artikulu batean gertatzen + ez dena), nahiz eta liburuetan beraien orri propioa eduki. +\layout Description + +Letra-tipo\SpecialChar ~ +komando\SpecialChar ~ +zaharrak: Lehenespenez, +\family sans +Memoir +\family default +-ek ez du letra-tipoen komando zaharkituak erabiltzen uzten, LaTeX 2.09 bertsio + zaharkituan erabiltzen zirenak (adib.\SpecialChar ~ + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +rm +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +it +\family default +). + Komando hauetariko bat agertzen denean LaTeX-ek errore bat sortzen du eta + gelditu egiten da. + +\family sans +oldfontcommands +\family default + klaseko aukerak komando hauek erabiltzea eskaintzen du, eta abisuak jaurtitzen + ditu (horrela LaTeX ez da gelditzen). + Oraindik pakete askok, eta batik bat BibTeX-ek, komando hauek erabiltzen + dituztenez, aukera hau lehenetsi gisa erabiltzea erabaki dugu. +\layout Subsection + +Ezaugarri osagarriak +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek onartzen dituen ezaugarriak azalduko dituzu, egia esanda, gaur egun + ez dira ezaugarri asko. + Xehetasunak jakiteko +\family sans +Memoir +\family default +-en eskuliburua +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Gune honetan aurkituko duzu: +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/memoir/memman.pdf} + +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + +. + Irakurri. +\layout Description + +Laburpena: Nolatan laburpena ezaugarri osagarri bat den galdetzen ariko + zara. + Egia da liburu klasean dagoela. + Normalki, liburuek ez dute laburpenik izaten. + +\family sans +Memoir +\family default +-ek bai, ordea. + Nahi duzun lekuan eta nahi adina aldiz erabil dezakezu. +\layout Description + +KapituluZehaztua\SpecialChar ~ +(Chapterprecis): Kapitulu baten edukia tituluaren azpian + laburki azalten da, eta baita gaien aurkibidean ere (adib. + +\emph on +Txanogorritxu basoan; lagun berria; otsoaren iruzurra +\emph default +). + +\family sans +KapituluZehaztua +\family default + inguruneak hau egiten du. + Honela, kapitulu baten azpian bakarrik erabiltzen da. +\layout Description + +KapituluEpigrafea\SpecialChar ~ +(Epigraph) +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Itzultzailearen\SpecialChar ~ +oharra: epigrafe mota honi "KapituluEpigrafea" deitzen diot, + zeren eta beste klase batzuetan irudi eta taulentzako epigrafeak baitaude, + horrela hauetatik nabarmentzen dut. + +\end_inset + +: Epigrafe mota hau kapitulu baten hasierako lema txiki bat da. + +\family sans +KapituluEpigrafea +\family default + inguruneak kapituluaren lema batentzako konposaketa dotore bat eskaintzen + du. + Lema bera (testua) eta bere egilea (jatorria) lerro motz batekin banatzen + dira. + Zoritxarrez, berriro LyX-i adarra jo beharko diogu, ingurune honek bi argumentu + behar dituelako (testu eta jatorria). + Kasu honetan, kortxete kizkurrak erabili behar ditugu (TeX eran) bi argumentuen + artean:< +\emph on +lema laburra +\emph default +> }{ < +\emph on +lemaren egilea +\emph default +>. +\layout Description + +Olerki-titulua\SpecialChar ~ +(Poemtitle): +\family sans +Memoir +\family default +-ek olerkiak konposatzeko bide asko ditu (oso konplexuak diren irudizko + olerkietaraino), LyX-ek gutxi batzuen euskarria dauka. + Horietariko bat +\family sans +Olerki-titulua +\family default + da: olerkien tituluak erdira lerrokatzen ditu, eta gaien aurkibidean ere + gehitzeko aukera du ( +\family sans +Bertsoa +\family default + olerkientzako ingurune estandarra da. + +\family sans +Memoir +\family default +-ek +\family sans +Bertsoa +\family default +ren bertsio hobetu batzuk ditu, baina horientzako ERT erabili beharko duzu, + +\family sans +Bertsoa +\family default + ingurune arruntean habiaratu behar direlako, eta hori LyX-en ezinezkoa + da). +\layout Description + +Olerki-titulua\SpecialChar ~ +(Poemtitle)*: +\family sans +Olerki-titulua +\family default + gisakoa da, baina gaien aurkibidean ez du sarrerarik gehitzen. +\layout Chapter + +Beste fitxategi formatuak inportatu eta esportatzea. + +\begin_inset OptArg +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Inportatu eta esportatzea +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Gogoeta +\layout Standard + +LyX-en dokumentuak inportatzea (edo esportatzea), beste formatu batzuetatik + (edo batzuetara) +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default +n laburki azalduta dago. + Hemen +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +I +\bar default +nportatu +\family default + eta +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +sportatu +\family default + menuetako elementuak hautatzerakoan zer gertatzen den xehetasun gehiagoz + azaltzen dugu. +\layout Section + +Beste formatuetatik inportatzea +\layout Subsection + +LaTeX +\layout Standard + +LaTeX-eko fitxategi bat LyX formatura bihurtzeko +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + izeneko script bat lantzen da. + Nahiz eta bere kasa programa bat izan eta komandoen lerrotik deitu dezaiokezun + arren, LyX-ek LaTeX-eko dokumentu bat inportatzerakoan automatikoki deitzen + dio. + Azalpen zehatzagoa +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:reLyX} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atalean aurkituko duzu. + Erabiltzaileak LyX-en +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +-entzako aukerazko argumenturik ezin ditu erabili. +\layout Subsection + +ASCII Testua +\layout Standard + +ASCII motako testu soila inportatzen denean, fitxategia irakurtzeko bi metodo + daude. + "Lerro gisa" inportatzeak ASCII-ko lerro-jauziak mantentzen ditu, eta gero + LyX-en lerro bakoitza paragrafo bat bezala agertzen da. + " Paragrafo gisa" inportatzen denean, jarraian dauden lerroak (lerro-jauzi + bakarrarekin) paragrafo bat bezala onartzen dira. + Paragrafo berria antzemateko, tartean lerro zuri edo hutsa egon behar du. + Hots, hainbat lerro-jauzi jarraian eta testurik gabe egotea, paragrafoen + mugatzaile bezala onartzen dira. +\layout Subsection + +Noweb +\layout Standard + +( +\emph on +Editorearen oharra +\emph default +: argi dago hau idatzi beharrekoa dela, bolondresik bai? --- mer) +\layout Section + +Beste formatuetara esportatzea +\layout Subsection + +LaTeX +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek bi LaTeX mota sortzen ditu: batak oinarrizko ezaugarriak ditu, prozesatze + normala lantzeko ( +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI +\family default +, e.a.), eta gehienetan erabiltzaile batek sortzen den fitxategi hau ez du + inoiz ere ikusten +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Emaitzeko fitxategia LaTeX fitxategi baliogarria bat izaten da; hala ere, + hitzaurreak nahiko itxura bitxia edukiko du, LyX-ek erabiltzen dituen zenbait + definizio baitauzka, eta hauek erabiltzaileen dokumentuetan ez ditu inoiz + erakusten. +\end_inset + +; besteak gizakiok irakurri ahal izan dezagun formatuan kaleratzen du, eta + horrela lagunartean bana daiteke. + Bihurketak egiteko zehaztu daitekeen gauza bakarra lerroaren luzera da. + Lehenetsi gisa 65 karakteretara mugatuta dago, baina +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +H +\bar default +obespenak +\family default + menuan +\family sans +Irteerako\SpecialChar ~ +lerro\SpecialChar ~ +luzera +\family default + eremuan ezar dezakezu. +\layout Subsection + +DVI fitxategiak (Gailutik askeak) +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Gailutik askeak +\family default + (edo DVI fitxategiak) sortzeko zure dokumentua LaTeX-etik igaroz lortzen + da (nolabaiteko konpilaketa bat gertatzen da). + Ez ditu aukeren ezarpenik, beraz erabiltzaile batek ezin du ezer aldatu. +\layout Subsection + +PostScript® +\layout Standard + +Bihurketa katearen hurrengo urratsa DVI fitxategi bat PostScript®-era bihurtzean + datza. + Horretarako bai +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +sportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +PostScript +\family default + bai +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator +I +\bar under +n +\bar default +primatu +\family default + erabil ditzakezu. + Azkena erabiltzen baduzu, jabetu zaitez dvips programari zenbait aukera + igortzeko eta zenbait efekturekin inprima dezan zehazteko, +\family sans +Hobespena +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Irteerak +\family default + fitxako +\family sans +Inprimagailua +\family default + azpifitxan nahi duzun bezala konfigura dezakezula. +\layout Subsection + +ASCII testua +\layout Standard + +ASCII gisa esportatzerakoan dokumentuaren "izaera" ahalik eta gehien mantentzen + saiatzen da, baina erdira lerrokatzea edo koskatze antzeko gauzak baztertu + egiten dira; paragrafoak lerro +\emph on +zuriz +\emph default + (edo lerro hutsez) bereizten dira. + Atalen zenbaketa, eta erreferentzia gurutzatuak egokiro lantzen direnez, + emaitzeko testua irakurtzeko formatu polita lortzen du. + Aldatu dezakezun aukera bakarra, LaTeX-eko ireteeran bezala, lerroen luzera + da. +\layout Subsection + +HTML +\layout Standard + +LyX dokumentuak hipertestu markatu formatuko dokumentuetan bihur daitez + ke, horretarako lehenbizi LaTeX-era bihurtzen da, eta ondoren HTML-ra. + Gaur egun LyX-ek hiru LaTeX +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + +HTML bihurtzaile ezagutzen ditu: +\family typewriter +tth +\family default +, +\family typewriter +latex2html +\family default +, eta +\family typewriter +hevea +\family default +. + Halere hauek autodetektatuak izaten direnez, hobespenetan nahi duzuna erabil + dezakezu ( +\family sans +Bihurtzaileak +\family default + fitxako +\family sans +Bihurtzaileak +\family default + zerrendan). + Fitxa honetan komando lerroko aukera gehiago sar ditzakezu. +\layout Subsection + +PDF +\layout Standard + +Idazlea: +\noun on +Dekel Tsur +\noun default + (gehienbat) +\layout Standard +\added_space_top bigskip \noindent +Oinarrizko PDF fitxategi bat (etiketa markarik gabe, estekarik gabe, e.a.) + sortzeko biderik erosoena, LyX-eko edozein bertsioetan, dokumentua PostScript® + fitxategi bezala gordetzea da, gero fitxategi hori +\family typewriter +ps2pdf +\family default + komandoari igortzea. + LyX-eko 1.1.6 bertsioan, bidea errazteko, +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +sportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +DF +\family default + menuko elementua gehitu zen. + Letra-tipoekin dauden zenbait berezitazun gogoan eduki behar dituzu: ikus + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:letra-zatarrak} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala. + Gainera, 1.1.6 bertsiotik honantz fitxategi askoz ere sofistikatuagoak sortzeko + metodo hobeago bat garatu zen. +\layout Subsubsection + +Erabili pdfLaTeX +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +pdfLaTeX +\family default + programarekin zure EPS formatuko irudiak PDF formatura bihurtu behar dituzu, + eta ezin duzu +\family typewriter +pstricks +\family default + erabili. + Bestalde, pdfLaTeX programarekin JPEG edo PNG formatudun irudiak zuzenean + txerta ditzaketzu, edo TrueType motako letra-tipoak erabili, eta abar. +\layout Subsubsection + +Zergatik ikusten da testua hain gaizki Acrobat Reader-ekin? +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:letra-zatarrak} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset OptArg +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Letra-tipo zatarrak Acrobat Reader-en +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Arazoa da Acrobat Reader-en bitmap motako letra-tipoak gaizki bistaratzen + direla. + LyX motako fitxategi batetik PDF fixtategi bat sortzen denean, letra-tipo + bektorialak erabili behar dituzu, lehenetsitako bitmap letra-tipoen ordez + (izan ere, PostScript® fitxategietan ere letra-tipo bektorialak erabil + ditzakezu). + Azken LaTeX banaketek letra-tipo estandarren (Computer Modern) Postscript® + Type 1 bertsioarekin datoz. + +\family typewriter +pdfLaTeX +\family default +-ek lehenespenez letra-tipo hauek erabiltzen ditu. + +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + programak, berriz, lehenespenez ez ditu letra-tipo hauek erabiltzen. + Letra-tipo hauek erabil ditzan zure +\family typewriter +~/.dvipsrc +\family default + fitxategian ondorengo lerroak gehitu behar dituzu: +\layout LyX-Code + +p+ psfonts.cmz +\layout LyX-Code + +p+ psfonts.amz +\layout Standard + +LaTeX-en letra-kodeketa lehenetsia ( +\family typewriter +OT1 +\family default +) erabiltzen bada, ez da besterik egin behar. + Hala ere, T1 letra-kodeketa erabiltzen bada, orduan LaTeX-ek EC letra-tipo + berrienak erabiliko ditu, eta hauentzako Type 1 bertsiorik ez dago. + Arazo hau konpontzeko egokiena ae paketea erabiltzea da, honek T1 letra-kodeket +a emulatzen du (CM letra-tipo estandarrak erabiliz). + Horretarako LyX fitxategiko hitzaurrean +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage{ae,aecompl} +\family default +gehitu behar da. + Hala ere, CM letra-tipoko zenbait karaktere bitxi (adib. + eth, thorn) galdu egiten dira, eta EC letra-tipoetatik eskuratzen dira. + Hori dela eta, karaktere bitxi horiek bitmap eran lortuko dituzu. +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Oharra +\emph default +: LyX-ek lehenespenez +\family typewriter +T1 +\family default + letra-kodeketa erabiltzen du. + Lehenesitako letra-kodeketa erabili nahi baduzu (dokumentuak ingelesez + bakarrik idatzi behar duzunean bakarrik aholkatzen da), garbitu +\family sans +Hobespenak +\family default + leihoko LaTeX fitxan dagoen TeX kodeketa eremua. +\layout Standard + +Bestelako aukera bat PostScript® letra-tipo estandarrak erabiltzea da, Computer + Modern letra-tipoen ordez. + Hori egiteko, dokumentuaren ezarpeneko leihoan letra-tipo globala bezala + +\family sans +pslatex +\family default + hautatu behar duzu. + PostScript® letra-tipoak erabiltzean, sortzen den PDF fitxategia txikiagoa + izaten da, letra-tipoak ez baitira fitxategi barruan gordetzen. + Honetaz gain, PostScript® letra-tipoak +\family typewriter +T1 +\family default +-eko karaktere +\emph on +bitxiak +\emph default + dauzkate. + Bestalde, PostScript® letra-tipoek ez dute letra lodi ikurrik, eta beraz + letra lodi txiroa ("poor man's bold" edo pmb) erabili beharko da (ikus + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:pdfbold} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala). + Gainera, PostScript® letra-tipoek Computer Modern letra-tipoen itxura ezberdina + edukitzen dute. +\layout Standard + +Laburtzeko, Computer Modern eta PostScript® letra-tipoek emaitza hobeak + eskaintzen dituzte (salbuezpen gutxi batzuekin). + Zein erabili erabiltzailearen eskuetan dago. +\layout Subsubsection + +Zergatik ez dabil +\backslash +boldsymbol{} komandoa pslatex erabiltzen dudanean? +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:pdfbold} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset OptArg +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\backslash +boldsymbol{} eta pslatex +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +PostScript® letra-tipoek ez dute letra lodi ikurrik. + Hori konpontzeko, erabili +\family typewriter + +\backslash +pmb{} +\family default + (poor man's bold) komandoa. +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +boldsymbol +\family default + komandoak +\family typewriter + +\backslash +pmb +\family default + erabil dezan berriz definitzeko aukera dago. + Horretarako, idatzi hau hitzaurrean: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +boldsymbol}[1]{ +\backslash +pmb{#1}} +\layout Subsubsection + +Nola idatzi latex kodea, pdfLaTeX exekutatzean bakarrik prozesatzeko? +\begin_inset OptArg +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + Baldintzatu pdfLaTeX-ekin +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Bai. + Hona hemen adibide bat: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +newif +\backslash +ifpdf +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +ifx +\backslash +pdfoutput +\backslash +undefined +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +pdffalse +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +else +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +pdftrue +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +fi +\layout LyX-Code + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +ifpdf +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +pdfinfo { /Author (zure izena eta helbide elektronikoa) +\layout LyX-Code + + /Title (titulu ofiziala -- adbi., titulu elementua) +\layout LyX-Code + + /Subject (dokumentua azaltzeko lerro bat) +\layout LyX-Code + + } +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +pdfcatalog { /PageMode (/UseNone) +\layout LyX-Code + + % /OpenAction (fitbh) +\layout LyX-Code + + } +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +else +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +fi +\layout Subsubsection + +Zer egin dezaket URLak klikatu ahal izateko? +\layout Standard + +Ikus aipuak hemen: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://wiki.lyx.org/pmwiki.php/FAQ/PDF} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Pertsonalizazioa +\layout Standard + +Pertsonalizatutako esportazio bat egin daiteke, nahi duzun formatura bihurtzeko, + eta suposatuz beste formatu horretara bihurtzeko tresna egokia instalatuta + daukazula. + Bihurketaren +\emph on +sarrerako +\emph default + fitxategiaren formatua +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +sportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +ertsonalizatua +\family default + menuan aukeratu beharko duzu; LyX-ek automatikoki sarrerako formatu horretara + bihurtuko du, eta ondoren zure bihurtzaile pertsonalizatura igorriko du. + Dauden aukera baliagarriak LyX-ek bere dokumentutik sor ditzakeen formatu + horiek guztiak dira. +\layout Standard + +Bihurtzailearen komandoa leiho horretan zehazten da. + Eremu horrek komando lerroko (edo shell-a) erabateko komandoa eduki beharko + luke, eta fitxategiaren izena zehazteko +\family typewriter +$$FName +\family default + aldagaia erabili. + Aldagai hori ez bazaio ematen, fitxategia zure komando lerroko sarrera + estandarrera (stdin) bidaliko litzateke. + Sekuentzia hau zure shell-arekin bat egoteko burutsua izan beharko zara. +\layout Standard + +Ezinezkoa denez komando hau +\family sans +Hobespenak +\family default + leihoarekin gordetzea, zure etxeko +\family typewriter +.lyx/preferences +\family default + fitxategia eskuz edita dezakezu ondorengo lerroa (edo antzekoa) gehitzeko: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +custom_export_command "nire_komandoa $$FName" +\layout Section + +reLyX, xehetasunak +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:reLyX} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Laburpena +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + erabiltzeko bide eroso bat LyX-eko +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +I +\bar default +nportatu +\family default + menua da. + Horrek +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + programari deitzen dio (fitxategi bat emanez) eta sortzen duen emaitzeko + fitxategia LyX-en kargatzen du. + Aurrenik saia zaitez horrela egiten, eta komando lerroan +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +-i deitu baldin eta aukera bereziagoak behar dituzunean doilik. +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +reLyX +\series default + [ +\series bold +-c +\series default + +\shape italic +dok_klasea +\shape default + ] [ +\series bold +-df +\series default + ] [ +\series bold +-o +\series default + +\shape italic +irteera_direkt +\shape default + ] [ +\series bold + -r +\series default +\shape italic + ingur1 +\shape default +[, +\shape italic +ingur2 +\shape default +...]] [ +\series bold + -s +\series default +\shape italic + sfitxa +\shape default +1[, +\shape italic +sfitxa2 +\shape default +...]] +\emph on +fitxa_sarrera +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +reLyX +\series default + +\series bold +-p +\series default + +\series bold +-c +\series default + +\shape italic +dok_klasea +\shape default + [ +\series bold +-df +\series default + ] [ +\series bold +-o +\series default + +\shape italic +irteera_direkt +\shape default + ] [ +\series bold + -r +\series default +\shape italic + ingur1 +\shape default +[, +\shape italic +ingur2 +\shape default +...]] [ +\series bold + -s +\series default +\shape italic + sfitxa1 +\shape default +[, +\shape italic +sfitxa2 +\shape default +...]] +\emph on +fitxa_sarrera +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +reLyX +\series default + +\series bold +-h +\layout Subsection + +Aukerak +\layout Description + +-c Klasea. + Lehenesenez, reLyX-ek +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass{lelo} +\family default + komandoa ikusten duenean, "lelo +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Itzultzailearen oharra +\emph default +: lelo hitza erabili dut, ingelesezkoa foo izan ohi den bezala, zerbait + txoroa edo huskeria denean, edo adibide bezala ere, erabiltzen baita. +\end_inset + +" dokumentu-klasea sortzen du, eta klase horri dagokion LyX-eko diseinu-fitxateg +ia irakurtzen du. + Erabili +\family sans +-c +\family default + beste dokumentu-klase bat definitzeko (eta beste diseinu-fitxategi bat + irakurtzeko). +\layout Description + +-d Arazketa (debug). + Lehenespenez, irteera bat bakarrik ematen du, eta bihurketan sortzen dituen + behin-behineko fitxategiak ezabatzen ditu. + Erabili +\family sans +-d +\family default + aukera (edo bandera) irteera gehiago sor ditzan (bai stdout bai stderr + irteeretan) eta behin-behineko fitxategiak ez ezabatzeko. +\layout Description + +-f Derrigortu. + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + ez da exekutatuko baldin eta jadanik +\family typewriter +.lyx +\family default + fitxategia existitzen bada. + Erabili +\family sans +-f +\family default + aukera (argi ibili) existintzen den fitxategiaren gainean idazteko. +\layout Description + +-h Laguntza. + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + nola erabiltzen den buruzko informazioa aurkezten du, eta bere exekuzioa + amaitzen da. +\layout Description + +-o Irteerako direktorioa. + Aukera honekin behin-behineko fitxategiak eta irteerako LyX fitxategiak + (ematen zaion sarrerako fitxategiarentzat, gehitutako fitxategiarentzat + eta edozein fitxategi-zatirentzat, +\family sans +-p +\family default + aukerarekin) +\family typewriter +irteera_direkt +\family default + direktorioan kokatuko ditu. + Bestela, +\family typewriter +dir/lelo.tex +\family default + fitxategi bakoitzeko, behin-behineko fitxategiak eta irteerako LyX fitxategia + +\family typewriter +dir +\family default + direktorioan kokatuko ditu. + Hori oso erabilgarria izan daiteke fitxategi batek beste direktorioetako + fitxategiak baditu, eta guztiak direktorio batean bateratu nahi dituzunean; + edo LaTeX fitxategiak dauden direktorioan idazteko baimenik ez daukazunean. +\layout Description + +-p Fitxategi zatiak. + Sarrerako fitxategiak LaTeX zatiak dira, hitzaurrerik edo +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{document} +\family default + komandorik ez daukate. + Aukera honek +\family sans +-c +\family default + aukera eskatzen du, zeren eta reLyX bihurtzen ari den fitxategiak +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default + komandorik ez baitauka. + Aukera hau erabiltzen denean, fitxategi bat baino gehiago bihur ditzakezu, + hori bai, fitxategi guztiak dokumentu-klase berdinekoak izan behar dute. + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +-ek sortzen duen LyX fitxategia existitzen den beste fitxategi batean gehitu + daiteke, +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Txertatu\SpecialChar ~ +fitxategia +\family default + menuko LyX dokumentua elementua hautatuz. +\layout Description + +-r Ingurune arruntak (ikus +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{azpi:relyx-sintaxia} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala). + Ingurune bat baino gehiago eman behar baduzu, bereiztu itzazu koma karakterea + erabiliz (zuriunerik ez) . + Gerta daiteke inguruneen zerrenda komatxoen artean jarri behar izatea, + batik bat zerrenda horretan izartxoa duten inguruneak (lelo*) badaude. + Komando hau askotan erabiltzen baduzu, agian sintaxi-fitxategi pertsonal + bat sortu eta erabiltzea egokiagoa izango duzu. +\layout Description + +-s Sintaxi-fitxategiak. + Sarrerako (bat edo gehiago komatxo artean, eta komaz bereiztuta) sintaxi-fitxat +egiak irakurtzeko, lehenetsitakoaz gain. + Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikus +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{azpi:relyx-sintaxia} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala. +\layout Subsection + +Azalpena +\layout Subsubsection + +Sarrera +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +-ek LaTeX-eko +\family typewriter +dir/lelo.tex +\family default + fitxategia eskuratuz +\family typewriter +dir/lelo.lyx +\family default + LyX fitxategi bat sortzen du ( +\family sans +-o +\family default + aukera ez bada erabiltzen, bederen). +\layout Standard + +Onartzen diren luzapenak hauek dira: +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default +, +\family typewriter +.ltx +\family default + eta +\family typewriter +.latex +\family default +. + Sarrerako fitxategirik ez badago, eta luzapen horietariko bat ez badu, + orduan +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + programak +\family typewriter + inputfile.tex +\family default + fitxategia bihurtzen saiatuko da (LaTeX-ek ere antzeko joera dauka). + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +-en xedea LaTeX2e bertsioan oinarritutako fitxategi egoki bat LyX-era bihurtzen + saiatzea da. + Zure LaTeX-ek ezin badu ongi konpilatu (edo gauzak oker idatzi badituzu, + LaTeX-eko komando estandarrak berriro definituz, eta horrelakoak) gatazka + gerta daiteke. + LaTeX 2.09 bertsioan oinarritutako dokumentuak egokiro bihurtzen dira, nahiz + eta erabat bermatuta ez egon. +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +-ek zenbait akats eta funtzio gutxi batzuk falta ditu. + Hala ere, bere helburu nagusiak hauek dira: +\layout Itemize + +LaTeX2e motako ongi egokitutako fitxategia, apurtu gabekoa, eskuratzea. +\layout Itemize + +Fitxategi horretako zati gehienak bihurtzea. +\layout Itemize + +Bihurtu ezin dituen zatiak aurkitzea eta LyX fitxategian TeX eran kopiatzea. +\layout Standard + +Helburu nagusi hauek, fitxategi gehienentzako, ongi burutzen ditu. +\layout Standard + +Etorkizunera begira, reLyX-en hobekuntza asko egin daitezke eta egin beharko + lirateke. + Hala ere, nahiko genuke reLyX ahalik eta azkarren kaleratzea, LyX-eko erabiltza +ile berriek dauzkaten LaTeX fitxategiak bide eroso batean irakurtzeko. +\layout Subsubsection + +Erabilera +\layout Standard + +Hemen LaTeX motako dokumentuak LyX-era bihurtzeko zer egin behar duzun azalpen + luzeagoekin zerrendatzen dugu. +\layout Itemize + +Exekutatu +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +-ek bihurketaren egoerari buruz informatuko zaitu, eta abisu guztiak stderr + irteera estandarrean bistaratuko ditu. + Beraz, guzti horiek ikusteko gogorik ez baduzu, saiatu komando hauekin: +\layout Standard + +(csh komando lerroan) +\family typewriter +reLyX lelo.tex >& /dev/null +\layout Standard + +edo +\layout Standard + +(bash komando lerroan) +\family typewriter +reLyX lelo.tex 2>&1 >/dev/null +\layout Standard + +Irteera estandarra EZ berbideratu +\family typewriter +lelo.lyx +\family default + fitxategira. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Emaitzeko +\family typewriter +.lyx +\family default + fitxategiarekin LyX programa exekutatu. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Teorikoki, fitxategi gehienak bihurtu ditzake, eta bihurtu ezin ditzakeen + zatiak gorriz (TeX eran) nabarmenduko ditu. + Teorikoki, LyX-ek fitxategia irakurtzeko gai izan behar du, eta bertatik + inprimatzeko dokumentua sortu, zeren eta bihurtu ez den (gorriz dagoena, + TeX eran) zuzenean LaTeX-i bidaliko baitio. + Gogoratu LyX-ek bere atzekaldean LaTeX erabiltzen duela. + Zoritxarrez, errealitateak ez dio beti teoriari jarraitzen. + reLyX hondatu egiten bada, eta LyX-ek aurretik sortu den LyX motako fitxategia + ezin badu irakurri, orduan begiratu +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{azpi:relyx-akatsak} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atalean, edo +\family typewriter +BUGS +\family default + fitxategian. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +LyX-en, ERT (TeX kodea) kutxetan dauden gauzak eskuz aldatu. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Arestian azaldu den bezala, LyX fitxategia (ezer aldatu gabe) inprimatu + beharko zenuke. + Hala ere, TeX erako komando bat dagokion LyX objektuan aldatzeak aukera + emango dizu LyX editorearen WYSIWYM filosofiaren abantailekin lanean aritzeko. +\layout Standard + +reLyX-ek ez du bermatzen LaTeX fitxategiak duen irteera berdina LyX fitxategiak + edukiko duenik, nahiz eta asko gerturatu. + reLyX-ek normalki egin dezakeen baino zerbait gutxiago bihurtzen du, dvi + edo ps fitxategiak ziurtatzeko, nahiz eta honen ondorioz " inpernuko testu + gorri" (ERT) gehiago eta WYSIWYM gutxiago sortu. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +DOKUMENTUKO ERROREAK IRAKURRI!! +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Ziur nago bestela ere hau egiteko asmoa zenuela, gainera ohartu zaitez LaTeX + motako dokumentu bat bihurtzen denean hau egitea oso garrantzitsua dela. + reLyX dokumentu osoak bihurtzen tresbetasun gehiago dauka dokumentuko xehetasun +ak bihurtzen baino. + Adibidez, zuriune gehigarriak edo ezabatutako zuriuneak ikusiko dituzu. + Zuriuneen kudeaketa hobetu den arren, ez da perfektua. +\end_deeper +\layout Subsubsection + +reLyX-ek kudea ditzakeena +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +-ek LaTeX-eko komando asko ulertzen ditu. + Ondorengoak bihur ditzake: +\layout Itemize + +testu arrunta: ~, '', +\family typewriter + +\backslash +@ +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +TeX +\family default + bezalako komandotxoak, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +'{a} +\family default + gisako karaktereak, eta ?` eta !` bezalako kasu bereziak. +\layout Itemize + +tituluen komandoak: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +author +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +date +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +title +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thanks +\family default + eta +\family sans +laburpena +\family default + inguruneak bezalakoak. +\layout Itemize + +goiburuen komandoak: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +section +\family default + antzekoak, eta dagokien izardun komandoak ere bai ( +\family typewriter + +\backslash +section* +\family default +). +\layout Itemize + +Inguruneak: +\family typewriter + quote +\family default +, +\family typewriter +quotation +\family default +, eta +\family typewriter +verse +\family default +; +\family typewriter +center +\family default +, +\family typewriter +flushright +\family default +, eta +\family typewriter +flushleft +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +itemize +\family default +, +\family typewriter +enumerate +\family default +, eta +\family typewriter +description +\family default + inguruneak, eta beraien +\family typewriter + +\backslash +item +\family default + komandoak. + Gainera, habiaratutako zerrendak ere bai. +\layout Itemize + +erreferentzia gurutzatuen komandoak: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +ref +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +pageref +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +label +\family default +, eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +cite +\family default +. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +footnote +\family default + eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +margin +\family default +. +\layout Itemize + +Letra-tipoak aldatzeko komandoak +\family typewriter + ( +\backslash +em +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +emph +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +textit +\family default + barne) eta letren familia, tamaina, serieak eta formak aldatzeko komandoak + ere bai. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +input{lelo} +\family default + (edo +\family typewriter + +\backslash +input{lelo.zerbait} +\family default +) eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +include{lelo} +\family default +. + TeX soilaren +\family typewriter + +\backslash +input +\family default + komandoa +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +input lelo.tex +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + ere onartuta dago. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +tabular +\family default + ingurunea (taulena), bertan egon ohi diren komandoak: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +hline +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +cline +\family default +, eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +multicolumn +\family default + bezalakoak (ikus beherago). +\layout Itemize + +Mugikorren ingurunea: +\family typewriter +table +\family default + eta +\family typewriter +table* +\family default + bezalakoak, eta beraien barruan kokatzen diren +\family typewriter + +\backslash +caption +\family default + komandoen bezalakoak. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +thebibliography +\family default + ingurunea eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bibitem +\family default + komandoa, eta BibTexeko +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bibliography +\family default + eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bibliographystyle +\family default + komandoak. +\layout Itemize + +Hainbat komando: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +hfill +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\backslash + +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +noindent +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +ldots\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Itemize + +Dokumentu-klaseentzako bereziak diren inguruneak (eta komando batzuk), LyX-eko + diseinuetara bihur daitekeenak. +\layout Itemize + +Bihurtu ezin direnen zenbait komandoentzako argumentuak (adib. + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +mbox +\family default +). +\layout Standard + +Euskarri hauek oraindik ez daude %100-ean osatuta. + Ikus beherago xehetasunak jakiteko. +\layout Standard + +reLyX-ek zure LaTeX fitxtategitik matematika (gehiena) hitzez hitz kopiatzen + du. + Zorionez, LyX-ek LaTeX-en matematika eran irakurtzen du, beraz, matematikako + edozer (gehiena), LyX-en onartuta dagoena, ongi ibili beharko luke. + LyX-ek matematikako komando gutxi batzuk ez ditu onartzen, eta baliokideekin + ordeztuko dira, adibidez, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +to +\family default + komandoa +\family typewriter + +\backslash +rightarrow +\family default + komandoan bihurtuko da. + Ikusi +\emph on + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{azpi:relyx-sintaxia} + +\end_inset + + +\emph default +\SpecialChar ~ +atala xehetasun gehiago jakiteko. +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +-ek ere hitzaurreko komandoak hitzez hitz kopiatuko ditu (adibidez, +\backslash + +\family typewriter +begin{document} +\family default +), eta horrela hitzaurrean dituzun gauza sofistikatuak +\family typewriter +dvi +\family default + eta inprimatutako dokumentuan mantendu beharko lirateke. + Hori ziurtatzeko, +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Hitzaurrea +\family default + eremua egiaztatu beharko zenuke. +\layout Subsubsection + +reLyX-ek kudeatu ezin ditzakena --- Baina ongi dagoena +\layout Itemize + +Irudiak eta +\family typewriter +tabular* +\family default + taulak. +\layout Itemize + +Orritxoak. +\layout Itemize + +Tartekatzeko komandoak ( +\family typewriter + +\backslash +vspace +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +pagebreak +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +par +\family default +) +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +centering +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +raggedleft +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +raggedright +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +verb +\family default + eta +\family typewriter +verbatim +\family default + inguruneak. + reLyX-ek, kasu honetan, kontuz kontu kopia zehatza egiten du, iruzkin eta + zuriuneak barne. +\layout Itemize + +Beste ingurune eta komando ezezagun batzuk, adib.\SpecialChar ~ +erabiltzaileak definitutakoak. +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +-ek komando ezezagunak ere, beraien argumentu eta guzti, hitzez hitz LyX + fitxategian kopiatzen ditu. + Gainera, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{lelo} +\family default + aurkitzen badu ez du "lelo" ingurunea ezagutzen, eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{lelo} +\family default + aurkitu arte hitzez hitz kopiatzen du (baldin eta +\series bold + -r +\series default + aukera ez baduzu erabiltzen). + Zorionez, honelako komando ezezagunekin +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + ez da hondatzen, eta behin LyX-en fitxategia editatzen duzunean, zeuk eskuz + landu beharko dituzu. + Edozein testu editorekin +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + edo +\family typewriter +.lyx +\family default + fitxategia editatzea baino samurragoa izaten da LyX-ekin egitea. +\layout Subsubsection + +reLyX-ek gaizki kudeatzen duenak ---hots, AKATSAK +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{azpi:relyx-akatsak} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + nahiko programa berria denez, oraindik zenbait akats ditu. + Garatzen doan adinean, akats hauek konpontzen joango dira. + Dituen akatsak eta falta zaizkion ezaugarriak LyX-en akats-bideratzailea +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Ingelesez "bug tracker" deizen zaio sistema edo tresna honi. +\end_inset + + zerrendatuta aurkituko dituzu, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[LyX Bugzilla]{http://bugzilla.lyx.org/} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +gunean. +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +-ek zerbaitekin gatazka bat badu, edo bihurtu duen fitxategia LyX-en ezin + bada irakurri, orduan egokiena iraintzen duen testuaren aurrean +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{reLyXskip} +\family default + komandoa jartzea da, eta testua amaitu ondoren +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{reLyXskip} +\family default + jartzea. + Honi "saltatzeko zatia" deitzen diot. + reLyX-ek zati hori zehatz-mehatz kopiatuko du, TeX eran. + Sortzen den fitxategia LyX-ekin editatzen duzunean, gauza ezezagunak eskuz + bihurtu beharko dituzu. + +\family sans +reLyXskip +\family default + sorgindutako ingurune bat da, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin +\family default + eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end +\family default + komandoak ez baitira LyX fitxategian jarriko. +\layout Itemize + +Ingurune ezezagunak "zehatz-mehatz" kopiatzea ez da erabat zuzena, batik + bat lerro berriak eta iruzkinak gal daitezkeelako. + Honek LyX-eko emaitza zatartuko du, baina kasu gehienetan antzeko irteera + emango du. + Hala ere, fitxategiko hainbat zati egokiro kopiatuko dira, zuriune eta + iruzkinak barne. + Hemen honako hauek sartzen dira: LaTeX-eko hitzaurrea, +\family typewriter +verbatim +\family default + inguruneak eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +verb +\family default + komandoak, eta "saltatzeko zaitak". +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +-ek +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default + komandoaren aukera gutxi batzuk bihurtzen ditu ( +\family sans +1[012]pt, [letter|legal|executive|a4|a5|b5]paper, [one|two]side, landscape, + +\family default +eta +\family sans + [one|two]column +\family default + hain zuzen). + Beste aukerak +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Aukerak +\family default + eremuan ezartzen dira: +\layout Standard + +Garrantzitsuagoa dena, +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +-ek ezin ditu +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage +\family default + komandoak, marjinen komandoak, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +newcommands +\family default + edo hitzaurreko besterik bihurtu. + Berak LaTeX-eko hitzaurrean kopiatzen ditu. + Zure hitzaurrean marjinen komandoak badituzu, orduan LyX fitxategiak marjina + egokiak izango ditu. + Hala ere, marjina hauek +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoan dituzun edozein marjinen gainetik jokatuko dute. + Hori dela eta, ziurtatzeko kendu aukerak horiek hitzaurretik. + Antzekoa gertatzen da zure hizkuntzaren ezarpenekin, babel-en, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +inputencoding +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +pagestyle +\family default +, e.a. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Foil +\family default + klaseak akats batzuk ditu. + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +-ek gauza bitxiak egingo ditu +\family typewriter + +\backslash +foilhead +\family default + komandoaren aukerazko argumentuekin. + Gainera, gerta daiteke +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{dinglist} +\family default + gaizki kudeatzea nahiz eta inguruneko gauzak normalki bihurtu. +\layout Standard + +Garrantzi gutxiagoa duten akatsak +\family typewriter +BUGS +\family default + fitxategian aurkituko dituzu. +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + zorionez nahiko gogorra da. + Arestian esan dugunez, zure fitxategia ez du erabat bihurtuko, baina programa + ez da hondatuko. + Hondatuz gero (eta arazoa arestian azaldu diren horietariko bat ez bada, + edo +\family typewriter +BUGS +\family default + fitxategian ez bada agertzen) ikus +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{azpi:relyx-errore-txostenak} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala. +\layout Subsubsection + +LyX-ek kudea ezin dezakeena +\layout Standard + +LyX berari funtzio batzuk falta zaizkio, nahi eta +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +-ek bihurketak ongi egin, LyX-ek fitxategia irakurtzeko zenbait arazo izan + ditzake. + Funtzio hauek behar badituzu, zure dokumentua LaTeX formatura esportatu, + eta bertan sartu itzazu. + Akats hauei buruzko xehetasun gehiago +\family typewriter +BUGS +\family default + fitxategian aurkituko dituzu. +\layout Itemize + +Komando batzuetan LyX-ek ez ditu aukerazko argumenturik onartzen. + Adibidez, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +sqrt +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +chapter +\family default + (eta beste atalen komandoak), eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\backslash + +\family default +. + reLyX-ek automatikoki aukerazko argumentuak baztertuko ditu, irteera estandarre +an (stdout) gertatuakori buruzko abisuak kaleratuz. + LyX-ek ere +\family sans +thebibliography +\family default + ingurunearen zabalerako argumentua baztertzen du. +\layout Itemize + +Erdira lerrokatzea (edo eskuinera edo ezkerrera) paragrafo guztietan dabil. +\layout Itemize + +LyX-ek taulentzako duen euskarria ez da erabat perfektua. + Taula konplikatuentzako erabili "saltzatzeko zatia", eta TeX eran kopiatuko + dira. +\layout Itemize + +LyX-eko matematika editoreak ezin du AMS-LaTeX-eko +\family sans +align +\family default +, +\family sans +spli +\family default + eta bestelako matematikako inguruneak kudeatu. + Hori dela eta, ingurune horiek TeX eran kopiatuko dira. + +\family sans +equation* +\family default + inguruneak alda ditzakezu matematik erako baliokideak direnengatik, eta + horrela egokiro bihurtuko dira. +\layout Subsection + +Adibideak +\layout LyX-Code + +reLyX -df -o "nere/direk" -r "nereingur" lelo.tex > lelo.debug +\layout Standard + +Aurreko adibideak +\family typewriter +lelo.tex +\family default + fitxategia sarrera bezala jaso eta +\family typewriter +nere/direk/lelo.lyx +\family default + fitxategia sortuko luke, hau gainidatziz beharrezkoa bada. + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{nereingur} ... + +\backslash +end{nereingur} +\family default + zati bat aurkitzen duenean, zati horren barnean dagoena bihurtuko du, baina + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin +\family default + eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end +\family default + komandoak TeX eran kopiatuko ditu. + Azkenik, sortuko dituen behin-behineko fitxategiak mantendu nahi ditu ( +\family typewriter +nere/direk +\family default + direktorioan egongo dira) eta arazketa lantzeko informazioa lelo.debug fitxategi +an gordeko ditu. +\layout Subsection + +Oharrak +\layout Subsubsection + +Errore-txostenak +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{azpi:relyx-errore-txostenak} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + hondatzen bada, edo jokaera bitxi bat agertzen badu ( +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{azpi:relyx-akatsak} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atalean edo akatsen gunean azaldu ez den beste era batean) orduan +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family sans +-d +\family default + aukerarekin exekutatu. + Honek +\family typewriter +reLyx +\family default + zein urratsetan hondatu den erakutsiko dizu, eta ondorioz errore-txosten + hobeago bat idatzi ahal izateaz gain garatzaileek arazoa askoz ere azkarrago + eta errazago aurkituko dute. +\layout Standard + +Errore-txostenak LyX proiektuko garatzaileen posta-zerrendara bidali beharko + litzateke. + Une hauetan helbidea +\family typewriter +lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org +\family default + da. + reLyX fitxategi handi batekin exekutatzen ari bazara, mesedez, errore-txostenar +ekin irteera guztia ez bidali. + Irteerako azken hamar edo hogei lerro bakarrik sartu, LaTeX-eko fitxategiko + zatiarekin batera (hondatu duen zatia, alegia). + Edo, egokia da baita ere, antzeko arazoa sortzen duen fitxategi txiki bat + bere osotasunean mezuari erantsi. +\layout Subsubsection + +Garaketaren xehetasunak: +\layout Standard + +reLyX-ek hainbat "urrats" lantzen ditu TeX fitxategi bat bihurtzerakoan. + Urrats bakoitzean fitxategi bat edo bi sortzen ditu. +\layout Description + +0.\SpecialChar ~ +urratsa \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Beste ezer egin aurretik, irakurri sintaxi fitxategia(k). +\layout Description + +1a.\SpecialChar ~ +urratsa \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Zatitu hitzaurrea ( +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{document} +\family default + komandoaren baino lehenago dagoen guztia) fitxategiko beste guztitik. + Bi zatiak bereiztutako fitxategietan gordeko ditu. + Horrela egiten da zeren eta hitzaurrean nahiko gauza xelebre egon baitaiteke. + Gainera, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{document} +\family default + komandoraren ondoren doan guztia baztertzen du, LaTeX ez dela suposatzen + baitu. +\layout Description + +1b.\SpecialChar ~ +urratsa \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Hitzaurrea bihurtzen du. + Une honetan +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclas +\family default +s komandoa bihurtu eta beste guztia dagoen bezala kopiatzen duela esanahi + du. + +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Behin zein dokumentu-klase erabiltzen duen dakizula, klaseari dagokion LyX-eko + diseinu fitxategia irakurri. +\end_deeper +\layout Description + +2.\SpecialChar ~ +urratsa \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +"Garbitu" TeX fitxategia, LaTeX piskat zorrotzagoa sortzen du. + Honek daukana: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Aldatzea. + Adib.\SpecialChar ~ + +\family typewriter +x^2 +\family default + bere baliokidea eta garbiagoa den +\family typewriter +x^{2} +\family default + formulagatik ordezten du. +\layout Itemize + +LyX-ek kudea ezin ditzakeen aukerazko argumentuak kendu (adib. + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +sqrt +\family default +-tik) +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +{ +\backslash +em lelo} +\family default + adierazpena +\family typewriter + +\backslash +emph{lelo} +\family default +-ra aldatzea, e.a. + Hau beharrezkoa da eta LyX-ek beti forma ez-lokalean idazten baitu. + Normalki emaitz berdinak lortzen dira. +\end_deeper +\layout Description + +3.\SpecialChar ~ +urratsa \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +LaTeX testua, komandoak eta inguruneak LyX-era bihurtzea. +\layout Description + +4.\SpecialChar ~ +urratsa \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Bi zatiak bateratu, eta azken ikutu batzuk lantzea, LyX fitxategia sortzeko. +\layout Standard + +Baldin eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +input +\family default + edo +\family typewriter + +\backslash +include +\family default + komandoak baleude, reLyX-ek berriro atzeruntz itzuliko litzateke, eta horiek + bihurtuko lituzke. + Berak gehitutako fitxategiak fitxategi nagusiak darabilen klase berekoak + direla eta hitzaurrean ezer ez daukatela suposatzen du. + Fitxategi bateko hitzaurrean +\family typewriter + +\backslash +input +\family default + komandoa baduzu, komandoa horrelaxe kopiatuko da LyX fitxategiko LaTeX-eko + hitzaurrean, eta ondorioz gehitutako fitxategia ez da bihurtuko). + Beraz, gehitutako fitxategiak bihurtzerakoan 0.\SpecialChar ~ +eta 1.\SpecialChar ~ +urratsak saltatuko ditu. +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +-ek gehitzea nahi duzun fitxategia ez badu aurkitzen, abisu bat kaleratuko + du, baina aurkitzen dituen fitxategiak bihurtzen jarraituko du. +\layout Subsubsection + +Diseinuen fitxategiak +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +-ek LyX-eko diseinuaren fitxategi bat irakurtzen du, LaTeX-eko inguruneko + komandoak LyX diseinura nola bihurtu behar dituen jakiteko. + Fitxategi honek matematikakoak ez diren ingurune "normal" guztiak eduki + ditzake ( +\family sans +quote +\family default + eta +\family sans +itemize +\family default + barne, baina ez +\family sans +tabular +\family default +, +\family sans +minipage +\family default + edo beste ingurune sofistikaturik), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +section +\family default + eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +title +\family default + bezalako komandoak. + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +-ek existitzen ez den klase bat lantzea nahi baduzu, orduan dagokion diseinuaren + fitxategia sortu beharko duzu. + Bestela ere, hau egin beharra izango duzu, zeren eta LyX-ek fitxategiak + kudeatzeko diseinuen fitxategietan oinarritzen baita, horrela jakiten du + gauzak nola bistaratzen eta prozesatzen diren. + Egiaztatu LyX-eko dokumentazioa lan honetan laguntza jasotzeko (errazago + edo zailagoa gerta daiteke, klaseari dagokion eta sortzea nahi duzun diseinuare +n arabera). + Zure klasea diseinuaren fitxategi bat duen klase baten antzekoa bada, saiatu + +\family sans +-c +\family default + aukera erabiltzen. +\layout Subsubsection + +Sintaxien fitxategiak +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{azpi:relyx-sintaxia} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +-ek beti sintaxiaren fitxategi bat behintzat irakurtzen du, lehenetsitako + sintaxiaren fitxategia deitzen zaiona. + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +-ek zure sintaxiaren fitxategia irakur lezake (aurkituko balu) , bestela + sistemakoa irakurriko luke. + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +-ek beste sintaxiaren fitxategi osagarriak irakur ditzake, horretarako +\family sans +-s +\family default + aukera zehaztuz. + Fitxategi osagarri hauek lehenetsitakoaren formatua mantendu beharko dute, + nahiz eta txikiagoa izateko joera eduki, zeren eta fitxategi lehenetsian + aurkitzen ez diren komando osagarriei buruzkoak edukitzen baitituzte. + Sintaxiaren fitxategi batek +\family sans +reLyX +\family default +-i gauza gutxi batzuk argitzen diote. +\layout Standard + +Lehenbizikoa, komando bakoitzaren sintaxia deskribatzen dute: hots, derrigorrez + zenbat argumentu eskatzen dituzten eta zenbat aukerazko argumentu jasotzen + dituzten. + Hau jakiteak +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +-i bidea errazten dio, komandoak nola bihurtu ez badaki TeX eran kopiatuko + baititu. + Sintaxiaren fitxategiak komando bat eta beroni kortxete-lauki edo kortxete-gilt +za (nolabait azaltze arren) jarraitzen diote, erabiltzen dituen argumentuak + ordena egokian azalduz. + Adibidez, sintaxiaren fitxategiko +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bibitem[]{} +\family default + sarrera batek zera esanahi du: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bibitem +\family default + komandoak aukerazko komando bat jasotzen duela, eta derrigorrezko bat eduki + behar duela; +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bf +\family default + sarrera batean, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bf +\family default + komandoak ordea ez du inolako argumenturik jasotzen. + Orduan, +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +-ek LyX-era nola bihurtu ez dakien komando batekin aurkitzen bada, zehatz-mehatz + kopiatuko du (dagokion argumentu kopuruarekin). + Sintaxiaren fitxategian komandoari dagokion sarrerarik ez badago, orduan + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +-ek aurkitzen dituen argumentu guztiekin kopiatuko du. + Honek esanahi du askotan kopiatzen duela. + Ez luke askotan gertatu behar, zeren eta gogoratu dezagun erabiltzaileak + sintaxiaren fitxategi osagarriak zehazteko aukera duela. +\layout Standard + +LyX formatora bihurtu ezin diren komando batzuk, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +mbox +\family default + bezala, beraien argumentoetariko bat LaTeX testu arrunta dute. + Sintaxiaren fitxategian, bihurtu ezin daitekeen komando bateko argumentu + batean "translate" katea jartzen bada orduan reLyX-ek bihurtu egingo du, + hitzez hitz kopiatu ordez. + Adibidez, lehenespeneko sintaxiaren fitxategiak +\family typewriter + +\backslash +raisebox{}[][]{translate} +\family default + dauka. + Hau da, komandoa eta bere lehenbiziko argumentua (eta aukerazko argumentua + ere, edukiz gero) TeX eran kopiatuko lituzke, baina azkena (matematika, + LaTeX konplexu bat edo bihurtu ezin daitekeen beste komando bat daukana) + LyX-era bihurtuko litzateke. + Ezin duzu "translate" katea aukerazko argumentuetan erabili. +\layout Standard + +Erabiltzaileak definitutako sintaxiaren fitxategiak onartzen dira, komando + berriak eta dagozkien argumentuak definitzeko, edo sintaxiaren fitxategi + lehentsiko komando baten argumetu kopuruak gainidazteko (adib. + komando batentzako argumentu bat gehiago ematen duen estilo bat erabiltzen + ari bazara). + Hala ere, hau TeX eran kopiatutako komandoentzako bakarrik da erabilgarria. + Orain +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +-ek bihurtzen dituen komandoak ( +\family typewriter + +\backslash +item +\family default + bezalakoak) beraien argumentuen sintaxia gogorki kodetuak dituzte. + Gogorki kodetutako komandoak sintaxiaren fitxategi lehenetsian identifikatzen + dira. +\layout Standard + +Bigarrena, sintaxiaren fitxategi batek edozein "ingurune arrunt" deskribatzen + du. + Normalki, ingurune ezezagun osoa TeX eran kopiatzen da. + Adibidez, "lelo" izeneko ingurune berri bat definitzen baduzu +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{lelo +\family default +} eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{lelo} +\family default + bakarrik kopiatuko dira TeX eran, hauen artean dagoen testua LaTeX-eko + testu arrunta bezala bihurtuko da, TeX eran kopiatu ordez. + Ez saiatu tabbing eta picture ingurune arrunt bezala definitzen, ingurune + hauetan dagoen testuak +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + zoratuko baitute; gaitasun hau testua edo matematika edo komando sinpleak + dituzten inguruneak sortzeko erabili. + Matematikako ingurune ezezagunak (equation* bezalakoak) ez definitu ingurune + arrunt bezala, LyX-eko matematika editoreak ez baititu ulertuko. + Sintaxiaren fitxategian, ingurune arrunten izenak +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{reLyXre} +\family default + eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{reLyXre} +\family default + sententzien artean agertzen dira, zuriunez bereiztuta. + Gutxitan erabiltzen duzun ingurune arrunta +\family sans +-r +\family default + aukerarekin erabiltzea egokiagoa da, sintaxiaren fitxategian gehitzea baino. +\layout Standard + +Hirugarrena, sintaxi-fitxategiak matematikako bihurketa taula deskribatzen + du. + LyX-eko matematika editoreak komando gutxi batzuk bakarrik ez ditu onartzen. + Adibidez, +\family sans +_ +\family default + onartuta dago, baina ez bere baliokidea den +\family typewriter + +\backslash +sb +\family default +. + Bihurtzea nahi duzun edozein komando +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{reLyXmt} +\family default + eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{reLyXmt} +\family default + sententzien artean jarri. + " +\family typewriter + +\backslash +| { +\backslash +Vert} +\family default +" sententziak hau adierazten du: edozein +\family typewriter + +\backslash +| +\family default + matematika eran " +\family typewriter + +\backslash +Vert +\family default +"-ra bihurtuko dela (esaldiak alderantzizko barra eta hizkia ez den zerbait + badu, bukaeran hizkia duen batera bihurtuko da, eta reLyX-ek zuriune bat + gehituko dio. + Honela, " +\family typewriter + +\backslash +|a +\family default +" egokiro " +\family typewriter + +\backslash +Vert a +\family default +"-ra bihurtzen da). +\layout Subsubsection + +Hainbat +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + exekutatu ahal izateko Perl 5.002 edo garatuagoa den bertsioa eduki behar + duzu. Ez badaukazu, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[Perl]{http://www.perl.com/} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +gunetik eskura dezakezu, gainera gauza askotarako oso tresna baliagarria + da. +\layout Subsection + +Diagnostikoak +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +-ek beti azalduko dizu zerrekin hondatu den, hondatzen bada bederen. + Diagnostiko batzuk nahiko teknikoak izango dira, kodeko erraietatik etortzen + baitira. + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +-ek +\family sans +-d +\family default + aukerarekin exekutatzen denean informazio gehiago kaleratzen du, baina + ez daukazu erabili beharrik gauzak ongi joanez gero. + +\layout Standard + +Amaitzen denean, +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +-ek bihurketa ongi burutu al duen edo zerbaitegatik hil al den esango dizu. +\layout Subsection + +Abisuak +\layout Standard + +Zure LaTeX fitxaegien jatorrizko kopiak leku babestu batean eduki, izen + ezberdinekin edo beste direktorio batzuetan. + Badaude bide batzuk, LyX erabiltzerakoan, jatorrizko LaTeX fitxategiak + gainidazteko. +\layout Standard + +lelo.tex inportatzen baduzu +\family typewriter +lelo.lyx +\family default + sortzeko, eta gero +\family typewriter +lelo.lyx +\family default + editatu eta berriro esportatzea nahi baduzu, jakin ezazu jatorrizko +\family typewriter +lelo.tex +\family default + fitxategian gainidatziko dela (LyX-ek ez dizu ea gainidaztea nahi duzun + galdetuko). +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Hobespenak +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Bide-izenak +\family default + fitxan behin-behineko direktoriorik ez erabiltzea aukeratu baduzu, LyX-ek + zure uneko direktorioan sortuko ditu behin-behineko fitxategiak. + Beraz, jatorrizko LaTeX fitxategia gainidatzia izango da +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI +\family default + menua hautatzen duzunean edo LyX dokumentua inprimatzean, gogoratu LyX-etik + ez duzula abisurik jasoko. +\layout Subsection +\pagebreak_top +Fitxategiak +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +NIRE_LYXDIR/layouts/*.layout +\family default +\series default + \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Erabiltzaileak pertsonalizatutako diseinuen fitxategiak dira, dokumentu-klaseent +zako. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +NIRE_LYXDIR/reLyX/syntax.default +\family default +\series default + \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Erabiltzaileak pertsonalizatutako sintaxiaren fitxategia. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +LIBDIR/layouts/*.layout +\family default +\series default + \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Sistemak dituen diseinuen fitxategiak, dokumentu-klaseentzako. +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +LIBDIR/reLyX/syntax.default +\family default +\series default + \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Sistemaren LaTeX-eko sintaxiaren fitxategiak. +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +LIBDIR +\family default + LyX sistemako direktorioa da, +\family typewriter +/usr/local/share/lyx/ +\family default + izan ohi da. + Bestalde, +\family typewriter +NIRE_LYXDIR +\family default + esaten denean, erabiltzailearen etxeko +\family typewriter +.lyx/ +\family default + adierazi nahi izaten da. + Hauen balioak +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LyX-i\SpecialChar ~ +buruz +\family default + leihoan ikus ahalko dituzu. +\layout Subsection + +Ikusi hauek ere +\layout Standard + +lyx(1), latex(1) +\layout Subsection + +Egileak +\layout Standard + +Copyright (c) 1998--9 +\noun on +Amir Karger +\noun default + ( +\family typewriter +karger@voth.chem.utah.edu +\family default +) +\layout Standard + +Kodean lagundu dutenak: +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +John Weiss +\noun default +-ek jatorrizko CleanTeX urratsa idatzi zuen. +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Etienne Grossmann +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Jos\i \'{e} + Ab\i \'{\i} +lio Oliveira Matos +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +David Suarez de Lis +\layout Standard + +Beste laguntzaileak: +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Jean-Marc Lasgouttes +\noun default +-ek itzulbiratzeko script-ean garatzen jardun zuen, eta errore-txosten, + jakinarazpen eta funtzioen iradokuzun ugari zabaldu zituen. +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Asger K. + Alstrup Nielsen +\noun default + eta +\noun on +Marc Pavese +\noun default + jakinarazpena eskaini zuten. +\layout Itemize + +LyX-eko garatzaileen eta erabiltzaileen zerrendako hainbat kidek errore-txostena +k eta funtzioak iradoki zuten. +\layout Standard + +reLyX-ek moldatutako Perl TeX aztertzaile bat erabiltzen du: +\family typewriter +Text::TeX +\family default + paketea, +\noun on +Ilya Zakharevich +\noun default +-ek ( +\family typewriter +ilya@math.ohio-state.edu +\family default +) idatzitakoa, eta CPAN-en eskuragarri dago. +\layout Chapter + +LyX-en funtzioentzako software osagarriak +\layout Section + +LyX SGML-Tools-ekin erabiltzea (edo LinuxDoc) +\layout Standard + +Idazlea: +\noun on +Paul Evans +\layout Subsection + +Sarrera +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +LinuxDoc +\family default + LyX-en erabilgarri dagoen dokumentu-klase bat da, +\family typewriter +sgml-tools +\family default + paketea instalatuta baduzu bederen. + SGML (Standardized General Mark-up Language) motako dokumentuak sortzeko + erabil dezakezu, formatu hau Linuxeko Dokumentazio Proiektuan erabiltzen + da. + Proiektu horretan laguntzen ari bazara, dokumentu-klase hau lagungarria + izango duzu. + SGML formatua paketeko script eta programekin erabil dezakezu bestelako + formatu batzuk sortzeko: LaTeX, HTML, testu soila, man orrialdeak eta abar. + Dokumentu-klase hau erabiltzea nahiko duzu, beste formatu askotara modu + errazean dokumentuak bihurtzeko. +\layout Standard + +Ikusiko duzu nola +\family sans +LinuxDoc +\family default +-ek beste dokumentu-klase batzuk baino diseinu-aukera gutxiago dituela. + Hau garrantzitsua da, zeren eta beste formatuetara egokiro eta zentzuz + bihurtzeko aukera baitauka. + Atal honek ondorengoak azalduko ditu: +\layout Itemize + +Dokumentu bat LinuxDoc batean nola konfiguratu eta erabili. +\layout Itemize + +Nola erabili LinuxDoc-eko markatze-etiketak zure dokumentuetako diseinuan. +\layout Itemize + +Nola erabili SGML paketeak hainbat formatu sortzeko. +\layout Itemize + +Nola konpondu arazo batzuk. +\layout Subsection + +LinuxDoc dokumentua prestatu eta erabiltzea +\layout Subsubsection + +Hasi lanean +\layout Standard + +Hasi +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoan +\family sans +LinuxDoc +\family default + dokumentu-klasea hautatzen. + Gero, beste dokumentu-klaseek erabiltzen duten baino ingurune kopuru gutxiago + aurkituko dituzu. + Jakingo duzunez, inguruneak tresna-barrako ezkerraldean zerrendatzen dira. + Ingurune hauek nola erabiltzen diren +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:sgmlparagr} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atalean argitzen dira. +\layout Standard + +Dokumentuaren titulua idatzi +\emph on +behar +\emph default + duzu, egilearen izenarekin jarraituz, eta bakoitzari dagokion paragrafo-ingurun +ea ezarriz. + Ez baduzu hau egiten, inprimatzerakoan erroreak gertatuko dira. + Ondoren, data eta laburpena idatz ditzakezu. + Dokumentu egoki bat +\family sans +Atala +\family default + paragrafo-ingurunearekin hasi behar da, eta ez beste edozein ingurune estandar + batekin. +\layout Standard + +Horren ondoren, prestatu dokumentua eskuragarri dituzun ohiko paragrafo-ingurune +ekin. + Zerrenda osoa eta beraien erabilpena ikusteko +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:sgmlparagr} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atalera joan. +\layout Subsubsection + +LinuxDoc-en formatua +\layout Standard + +Dokumentu hauek beti bezala gorde eta inprima ditzakezu. + SGML paketearen beste funtzioak erabiltzeko, LinuxDoc formatuan gorde behar + duzu (honela dokumentua oinarrizko smgl-etiketak dituen fitxategira bihurtuko + da). + +\family sans +LinuxDoc +\family default + formatuan gordetzeko erabili +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +sportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LinuxDoc +\family default + menua. + Izen bereko baina +\family typewriter +.sgml +\family default + luzapena duen fitxategia lortuko duzu, +\family typewriter +.lyx +\family default + luzapenaren ordez. + Fitxategi berria erabiltzen ikasteko +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:sgml-script} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala ikusi. +\layout Subsection + +LinuxDoc-eko inguruneak erabiltzea +\layout Subsubsection + +LinuxDoc dokumentuaren egitura +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +LinuxDoc +\family default +-ek egitura formal bat dauka, eta honek etiketak nola jartzen dituzun mugatzen + du. + Dokumentu guztietan bi zati daude: +\layout Description + +Goiburukoa\SpecialChar ~ +(Header): Honek lehenbiziko +\family sans +Atala +\family default + inguruneko markaren gainetik dagoena zehazten du. + Hor titulua, egilea, data, laburpena eta gaien aurkibidea koka ditzakezu. + Lehengo bi diseinuak (titulua eta egilea) gehitu +\emph on +behar +\emph default + dituzu. +\layout Description + +Gorputza\SpecialChar ~ +(Body): Lehenbiziko atalaren markatik beheruntz dagoen guztia. + Beste etiketa guztiak erabil ditzakezu. +\layout Subsubsection + +LinuxDoc-eko paragrafo-inguruneak +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:sgmlparagr} + +\end_inset + +Erabil ditzakezun inguruneak zerrendatzen ditugu, bakoitzari dagokion azalpenare +kin: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Estandarra +\family default +: erreferentzia gurutzatua bezala lan egiten du. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Titulua +\family default +: dokumentuaren hasieran agertzen da, marra horizontal lodi baten gainean + (marra hau LyX pantailan ez duzu ikusiko). +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Atala +\family default +, +\family sans +Azpiatala +\family default +, +\family sans +Azpiazpiatala +\family default +, +\family sans +Paragrafoa +\family default + eta +\family sans +Azpiparagrafoa +\family default +: betiko moduan erabiltzen dira, beraien arteko ordena mantenduz. + Zenbatzen al diren edo ez +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Zenbakera +\family default + fitxan dagoen Zenbaki sakonera eremuaren ezarpenak kudeatzen du. + Zenbatu gabekoak ez dituzu beste moduan lortuko, hemen +\family sans +Atala* +\family default + edo antzekorik ez baitaude. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default +: ohi den bezala, honek zenbatutako eta koskatutako zerrenda bat sortzen + du, +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default +n azaltzen zen bezala. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Elementua +\family default +: beste dokumentu-klaseetakoaren berdina da. + Ikus +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default +. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Azalpena +\family default +: +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default +n azaldu zen bezala dabil. + Gogoratu zerrendako elementuaren hasierako hitzak letra lodiz agertzeko, + hitz bat baino gehiago diren kasuan, hauen artean zuriune babestuak erabili + behar dituzula. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Hitzaz hitz +\family default +: beti bezala erabiltzen da. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Kodea +\family default +: +\family sans +LyX-Kodea +\family default + ingurunearen antzekoa da. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Egilea +\family default +: honela markatzen duzun edozer, dokumentuko izenburuaren ezkerrean agertuko + da, marra lodi baten azpian. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Data +\family default +: honela markatzen duzuna izenburuaren eskuinean, eta marraren azpian, agertzen + da. + Ez daukazu derrigorrez data bat sartu behar, askotan dokumentuaren bertsioa + ingurune honekin markatzen da. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Laburpena +\family default +: egile eta dataren ondoren, baina lehenbiziko atalaren aurretik, paragrafo + aske bat sortzeko erabil dezakezu. + Honelako paragrafo bakar bat erabil dezakezu. + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Egilearen oharra +\emph default +: honek egiaztapena behar du ---pe.. +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Displaymath +\family default +: +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Egilearen oharra +\emph default +: oraindik hau ez dut egiaztatu ---pe +\end_inset + +. +\layout Subsubsection + +Beste funtzio batzuk +\layout Standard + +Diseinua menua ere erabil dezakezu letra-tipoak ezartzeko edo hitzak enfasiareki +n jartzeko. + Gaien aurkibidea beti bezala erabil dezakezu baita ere (ikus +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default +ko dagokion atala). + Gainera, menuetan beste zenbait funtzio aurkitu ahal izango dituzu, adib.\SpecialChar ~ +oin-oha +rrak txertatzea. + Guzti hauek egokiro lantzen ote diren buruz zenbait zalatzan daude +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Egilearen oharra +\emph default +: berriro, hau egiaztatu beharra dago, baliteke nere sistemaren eraginaren + ondorioz izatea eta. + ---pe. +\end_inset + + . +\layout Subsubsection + +Erreferentzia gurutzatuak eta HTML +\layout Standard + +Txertatu menuan URL motako helbideak gehitzen duten bi aukera berri aurkituko + dituzu. + Aukera hauetariko bat erabiltzen baduzu, zure dokumentua TeX kodean txertatutak +o blokea aurkituko duzu, hiru bloketan banatuta dago, eta blokeak bereizteko + tarte horizontalak ditu. + Honelako blokea izango litzateke: +\layout Quote + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +htmlurl{ +\family default + edo +\family typewriter + +\backslash +url{ +\family roman + +\hfill + +\family default +tartea +\family typewriter + +\hfill +}{ +\family roman + +\hfill + +\family default +tartea +\family roman + +\hfill + +\family typewriter +} +\layout Standard + +HTML etiketa oso bat txertatu dezakezu lehen eta bigarren blokeen artean. + Hau izan daiteke +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://edozein.helbide} + +\end_inset + + edo honelako etiketa baliagarri bat: +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{mailto:neroni@nire.helbidea} + +\end_inset + +. + Gero, bigarren eta hirugarren blokeen artean nolabaiteko azalpen bat gehitu. + Hauek dira ezberdintasunak: +\layout Itemize + +URLa: bai HTML etiketa bai dagokion azalpena dokumentuan agertuko dira. +\layout Itemize + +HTML URLa: inprimatutako bertsioan azalpena bakarrik agertuko da. +\layout Subsection + +LinuxDoc-en sgml script-ak erabiltzea +\begin_inset Note +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Atal hau erabat zaharkitua dago. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:sgml-script} + +\end_inset + + +\family sans +LinuxDoc +\family default + dokumentu-klase bezala erabil dezakezu, bestelako script edo programarik + erabili gabe, baina kasu horretan ezin da gauza gehiegirik egin. + Lortuko duzun guztia Linux Documentation Project Howto-ren antzeko itxura + izatea da. + Dokumentuaren bihurketa lantzeko +\family typewriter +sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz +\family default + (non +\begin_inset Formula $x\geq3$ +\end_inset + + izan behar duen) paketea eskuratu eta instalatu behar duzu. + Hau eskuratzeko, joan web gune honetara: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\family roman + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://pobox.com/~cg/sgmltools} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + +\layout Standard + +Beste gune batetik ere eskura dezakezu, joan +\family typewriter +sunsite +\family default +-ren artxiboetara. + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Hau itzuli den garaian (2004/02/03), sgml-tools-en 1.0.3 bertsioa ez da +\family typewriter +sunsite +\family default +-ren ftp zerbitzarian aurkitzen. + 0.99.0 bertsioa bakarrik aurkitu da. +\end_inset + + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\family roman + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/text/sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz +\family default + fitxategiak SGML dokumentuak idazteko (eta groff, LaTeX, HTML, GNU info, + LyX, eta RTF formatuetara bihurtzeko) behar dituzun gauza guztiak ditu. + Pakete hau 1997ko urtarrilean +\family typewriter +linuxdoc-sgml-1.5.tar.gz +\family default + bezala berrizendatu zen. +\layout Standard + +Pakete horren jarraibideak zehazten duten urratsak landu, nola instalatu + eta erabili behar den argitzen baitu. + Guzti hau LyX-etik kanpo egin behar da, +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +sportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LinuxDoc +\family default + menua erabili baino lehenago. +\layout Subsection + +LinuxDoc-en erroreak +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +LinuxDoc +\family default + motako dokumentu bat inprimatu edo aurrebista lantzen duzunean, LaTeX-i + deitu aurretik etiketen zenbait egiaztaketa egiten dira. + Hemen errore batzuk harrapatzen dira, batik bat dokumentuaren egiturarekin + zerikusiak dutenak. + LyX-ek errore mezua kaleratzen du, baina dokumentuan ez du errore-kutxarik + jartzen gero zuk ireki ahal izateko. + Zuzenean fitxategian begiratu beharko duzu gaizki dagoena aurkitzeko. + Arazo gehienak dokumentu-klasean erabat erabili ez daitekeen aukeretan + gertatzen da. +\layout Section + +TeX egiaztatzea +\layout Standard + +Idazlea: +\noun on +Asger Alstrup +\layout Subsection + +Sarrera +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu +\family default + menuan +\family sans +Egiaztatu\SpecialChar ~ +TeX +\family default + komandoa aurkituko duzu. + Funtzio honek +\family typewriter +chktex +\family default + programa instalatuta edukitzea eskatzen du, ez badago instalatuta menuan + itzalduta agertuko da (eta ezin izango duzu hautatu). + CTAN-eko gertuen daukazun zerbitzaritik jeitsi ahalko duzu, edo web gune + honetatik: +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ifi.uio.no/~jensthi/chktex/} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + + +\noun on +Jens T. + Berger Thielemann +\noun default +-ek garatu zuen +\family typewriter +ChkTeX +\family default + paketea, batzuetan LaTeX-eko eraikinak ez direlako hain errazak, edo ahazteko + errazegiak direlako. + Programa hau zure LaTeX-en gainetik lan egiten du, eta fitxategiaren osotasuna + egiaztatzen du, hau da, egoki idatzi duzula ziurtatzeko. + Hitz teknikoetan, LaTeX-entzako +\family typewriter +Lint +\family default +-en baliokidea da. +\layout Standard + +Zer egiten du sintaxi-egiaztatzaile batek LyX-en, azken honek edozein modutara + LaTeX egokia sortzen badu? Hau da erantzuna: +\family typewriter +Lint +\family default + bezala, honek ez du C hizkuntzaren sintaxi-egiaztaketa bakarrik lantzen, + errore-moten egiaztaketa semantikoa ere lantzen du. + +\family sans +ChkTeX +\family default +-ek ohiko akats tipografikoak hartzen ditu, sintatikoetaz gain. + +\family sans +ChkTeX +\family default + hainbat ohiko errore antzemateko gai da, adibidez honelakoak +\layout Itemize + +Elipsiak antzeman: +\newline +Erabili\SpecialChar \ldots{} + honen ordez\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Itemize + +Parentesietako zuriuneak, irekitzen den parentesiaren ondoren eta ixten + denaren aurretik ezin du zuriunerik egon: +\newline +( zuriune okerrak ) +\layout Itemize + +Ohiko laburtzapenen ostean tarte normalak erabiltzera derrigortu: +\newline +adib.\SpecialChar ~ +tartea handiegia da. +\layout Itemize + +Sententzien amaiera letra maiuskulaz amaitzen bada, derrigortu esaldi-amaieraren + tartea edukitzera: +\newline +Hauxe bai PROBA. + Eta hau tarte okerra da. +\layout Itemize + +Etiketa eta antzeko komandoen aurreko tartea: +\newline +Etiketa bat aurreko testuari itsatsita (jarraian baina tarterik gabe) egon + behar du, okerreko orrialde batean ez erortzeko +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:chktex} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Oin-ohar honek beste okerreko orrialde batean erortzeko arrisku handia dauka. +\end_inset + +. + Etikea gehiegi banatuta dago. +\layout Itemize + +Erreferentzien aurreko tartea, zuriune-babestuak erabili behar dituzte: + +\newline +Zoritxarrekoa bazara, testua hurrengo lerrora +\emph on +salto +\emph default + egingo du erreferentziaren eta zenbakiaren artean, bakoitza lerro ezberdinetan + utziz. + Ikus +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:chktex} + +\end_inset + +. + Kasu hauetan egokiena honela jartzea da: Ikus\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:chktex} + +\end_inset + +, edo ikusi +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:chktex} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala. +\layout Itemize + +"x" erabiltzea +\begin_inset Formula $\times$ +\end_inset + +-ren ordez, zenbakien artean: +\newline +2x2 oso itxura goibelekoa da, +\begin_inset Formula $2\times2$ +\end_inset + +-rekin konparatzen badugu, azken hau ikaragarri dotorea baita. +\layout Standard + +eta gehiago\SpecialChar \ldots{} + Zure dokumentuak inprimatu aurretik "bukatutzat" jotzeko izugarrizko + trebetasuna daukan tresna bat da, eta zuzentzaile ortografikoa landu ostean + eta konposaketa fintzen hasi aurretik landu ohi izaten da. +\layout Subsection + +Nola erabili +\layout Standard + +Programa instalatuta baduzu, hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Egiaztatu\SpecialChar ~ +Te +\bar under +X +\family default +\bar default + menua. + Horrela, LyX-ek zure dokumentuaren LaTeX fitxategi bat sortuko du, +\family typewriter +ChkTeX +\family default + abiatuko da hau egiaztatzeko, eta gero sortzen dituen abisuak LyX-eko dokumentu +an jarriko dira (errore-kutxetan), abisurik baleude behintzat. + Abisuak gertatu diren lekutik ahalik eta gertuen kokatuko dira, hauek bizkor-bi +zkor aurkitzeko +\family sans +\bar under +A +\bar default +rakatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Errorea +\family default + menua edo +\family sans +C-g +\family default + laster-tekla (CUA teklatu-mapan) edo +\family sans +C-o +\family default + (Emacs teklatu-mapan) erabil ditzakezu. + Irakurri abisuak eta zuzendu akatsak, akatsa baldin bada. + Arazoren bat baduzu abisuak dioena ulertzeko, baztertu eta berataz ahaztu. + Gogoratu pantailako dokumentu eta +\family typewriter +ChkTeX +\family default +-i deitzeko xehetasun teknikoen artean ezkutuko geruza bat dagoela, eta + ondorioz zenbait abisu zaharkituak egon daitezkeela. +\layout Standard + +Dokumentu hau, azaltzen ari garen funtzioa egiaztatzeko, probatu dezakezu, + eta zenbait abisu kaleratu beharko lituzke. + Ordenagailuak hain azkarrak direnez, abisu gehienak alferrikakoak izango + dira, edo horrela espero dugu gertatzea, ez? +\layout Subsection + +Nola findu +\layout Standard + +Batzuetan, +\family typewriter +ChkTeX +\family default +-ek inauterietan baino burrunda askoz ere handiagoa ateratzen duela aurkituko + duzu. + Horrela bada, ez erabiltzea hauta dezakezu, zure ohiturak aldatu arte zai + egon, edo +\family typewriter +ChkTeX +\family default + pertsonalizatzea zurekin hobekiago jokatu dezan. + Beste aukera, egonezinik bazalbiltza, abisu guztiak bapatean ezabatzea + da, +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +K +\bar default +endu\SpecialChar ~ +errore\SpecialChar ~ +guztiak +\family default + menua hautatuz. +\layout Standard + +Nahiz eta +\family typewriter +ChkTeX +\family default + oso konfiguragarria eta hedagarria izan, LyX-en eduki ditzakezun arazo + guztiak ez dizkizu konponduko. + LyX-ek nolabaiteko LaTeX berezi bat sortzen du, ChkTeX-en irteerak +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +chktex +\family default + exekutatu ondoren bere irteera ikus ahal izango duzu +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +aTeX-en\SpecialChar ~ +egunkaria +\family default + menua erabiliz. +\end_inset + + lerro zenbakiekin LyX-eko dokumentuaren egitura parekatzeko, eta ondorioz + gerta daiteke abisu batzuk beraien leku egokian ez agertzea. + Honi buruz, bi gauza egin ditzakezu: +\layout Itemize + +* +\family typewriter +ChkTeX +\family default +-ri deitzeko komandoa +\family sans +Hobespenak +\family default + leihoan ( +\family sans +Irteera +\family default + fitxako +\family sans +LaTeX +\family default + azpifitxan) egokitu, edo +\family typewriter +ChkTeX +\family default +-en konfigurazio fitxategi orokorra, ziurrrenik hemen aurkutuko duzula: +\begin_deeper +\layout LyX-Code + +/usr/local/share/chktexrc +\layout Standard + +Behean zein abisu-mota komando-lerroarekin gaitu edo desgaitu ditzakezun + azaltzen da. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Esportatu zure dokumentua LaTeX fitxategi gisa, +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +sportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +aTeX +\family default + menutik, eta dokumentu horren gainean landu +\family typewriter +chktex +\family default + programa (terminal batean egin beharko duzu). + Bide hau jorratuz, apur bat azpergarria izan daiteke LyX-eko dokumentuarekin + parekotasuna aurkitzea, baina pazientzi piskatekin lortuko duzu. + Gora bihotzak! +\layout Standard + +Orain, +\family sans +Hobespenak +\family default + leihoan abisu motak gaitu eta desgaitzeko aukerak datoz. + Abisu bat desgaitzeko +\family typewriter +-n# +\family default + erabili, eta gaitzeko +\family typewriter +-w# +\family default + berriz. + Lehenspenez, enfasia duten sarrerak desgaituta daude, lehenetsiako komandoa + hau baita: " +\family typewriter +chktex -n1 -n3 -n6 -n9 -n22 -n25 -n30 -n38 +\family default +". +\layout Standard + +Jakin ezazu gaitu eta desgaitzeko aukerak bakarrik erabil ditzakezula, zeren + eta +\family typewriter +chktex +\family default +-ekin komunikatzeko bide zehatz bat ezartzeko LyX-ek beste komando batzuen + parametroetan oinarritzen baita. +\layout Enumerate + +Command terminated with space. + ( +\emph on +Zuriunez bukatutako komandoa +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +Non-breaking space ("~") should have been used. + ( +\emph on +Tarte-ez-hauskorra erabili beharko litzateke +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +You should enclose the previous parenthesis with "{}". + ( +\emph on +Aurreko parentesia "{}"-rekin inguratu beharko zenuke +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +Italic correction (" +\backslash +/") found in non-italic buffer. + ( +\emph on +Letra etzana ez den lekuan letra etzanaren zuzenketa (" +\backslash +/" ) aurkitu da +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +Italic correction (" +\backslash +/") found more than once. + ( +\emph on +Letra etzanaren zuzenketa (" +\backslash +/") askotan aurkitu da +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +No italic correction (" +\backslash +/") found. + ( +\emph on +Ez da letra etzanaren zuzenketarik aurkitu +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +Accent command "cmd" needs use of "cmd". + ( +\emph on +"cmd" azentu komandoak "cmd" erabiltzea behar du +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +Wrong length of dash may have been used. + ( +\emph on +Barraren luzera okerra erabili da +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +"%s" expected, found "%s". + ( +\emph on +"%s" espero zen, "%s" aurkitu da ordea +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +Solo "%s" found. + ( +\emph on +"%s" bakarrik aurkitu da +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +You should use "%s" to achieve an ellipsis. + ( +\emph on + elipsia ongi burutzeko "%s" erabili beharko zenuke +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +Inter-word spacing (" +\backslash + ") should perhaps be used. + ( +\emph on +Agian hitz arteko tartea (" +\backslash + ") erabili beharko litzateke +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +Inter-sentence spacing (" +\backslash +@") should perhaps be used. + ( +\emph on +Agian sententzien arteko tartea (" +\backslash +@") erabili beharko litzateke +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +Could not find argument for command. + ( +\emph on +Ezin izan da komandoarentzako argumenturik aurkitu +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +No match found for "%s". + ( +\emph on +"%s"-ren baliokiderik ez da aurkitu +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +Math mode still on at end of LaTeX file. + ( +\emph on +LaTeX fitxategiaren amaieran matematika erak jarraitzen du +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +Number of "char" doesn't match the number of "char". + ( +\emph on +"char" -en zenbakia ez dator bat "char"-en zenbakiarekin +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +You should use either " or " as an alternative to """. + ( +\emph on +" edo " erabili beharko zenuke, """-ren ordez +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +You should use +\size small +" +\family typewriter +' +\family default +" (ASCII 39) instead of " +\family typewriter +´ +\family default +" +\size default + (ASCII 180). + ( +\size small +\emph on +" +\family typewriter +' +\family default +" +\size default + (ASCII 39) erabili beharko zenuke, +\size small +" +\family typewriter +´ +\family default +" +\size default + (ASCII 180)-ren ordez +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +User-specified pattern found. + ( +\emph on +Erabiltzaileak zehaztutako baliokidea aurkitu da +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +This command might not be intended. + ( +\emph on +Komando hau ezin da nahitakoa izan +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +Comment displayed. + ( +\emph on +Iruzkina bistaratua +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +Either '' +\backslash +,' or ' +\backslash +,'' will look better. + ( +\emph on +'' +\backslash +,' edo ' +\backslash +,''itxura hobeagoa lortuko luke +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +Delete this space to maintain correct page references. + ( +\emph on +Ezabatu tarte hau orri-erreferentzia zuzenak mantentzeko +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +You might wish to put this between a pair of "{}". + ( +\emph on +Hau "{}" bikote batean edukitzea nahi izango duzu +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +You ought to remove spaces in front of punctuation. + ( +\emph on +Puntuazioen aurreko tartea kendu beharko zenituzke +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +Could not execute LaTeX command. + ( +\emph on +Ezin izan da LaTeX komandoa exekutatu +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +Don't use +\backslash +/ in front of small punctuation. + ( +\emph on +Ez erabili puntuazio baxuetan +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + + +\family typewriter +$ +\backslash +times$ +\family default + may look prettier here. + ( +\emph on +Hemen +\family typewriter +$ +\backslash +times$ +\family default +-ek itxura hobeagoa edukiko du +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +Multiple spaces detected in output. + (I +\emph on +rteeran hainbat zuriune antzeman dira +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +This text may be ignored. + ( +\emph on +Testu hau baztertu egingo da +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +Use " to begin quotation, not '. + ( +\emph on +Erabili " zitazioa hasteko, ez ' +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +Use ' to end quotation, not ". + ( +\emph on +Erabili ' zitazioa amaitzeko, ez " +\emph default +) +\layout Enumerate + +Don't mix quotes. + ( +\emph on +Komatxoak ez nahastu +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +You should perhaps use "cmd" instead. + ( +\emph on +Agian horren ordez "cmd" erabili beharko zenuke +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +You should put a space in front of/after parenthesis. + ( +\emph on +Parentesien kanpoan zuriuneak sartu beharko zenituzke +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +You should avoid spaces in front of/after parenthesis. + ( +\emph on +Parentesi barrukaldeko hasiera eta amaieran zuriunerik ez lukete egon behar +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +You should not use punctuation in front of/after quotes. + ( +\emph on +Ez zenuke komatxoen barrukaldeko hasieran edo amaieran punturik erabili + behar +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +Double space found. + ( +\emph on +Zuriune bikoitza aurkitu da +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +You should put punctuation outside inner/inside display math mode. + ( +\emph on +puntuazioa matematika eratik kanpo jarri beharko zenuke +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +You ought to not use primitive TeX in LaTeX code. + ( +\emph on +Ez zenuke TeX-eko komando primitiborik LaTeX kodean erabili behar +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +You should remove spaces in front of "%s". + ( +\emph on +"%s"-ren aurrean dauden tarteak kendu beharko zenituzke +\emph default +). +\layout Enumerate + +"%s" is normally not followed by "%c". + ( +\emph on +Normalki, "%s" -ren atzetik ez da "%c" etortzen +\emph default +). +\layout Standard + +Etorkizuneko LyX bertsioetan tresna honentzako interfaze egokiago eta osatuago + bat eskaintzea espero dugu (eta bere +\family typewriter +lacheck +\family default + lehengusina txikiarentzako ere bai), bere ahalmen guztia erabil ahal izateko. + Dagoen bezala, ordea, erabilgarria da: saiatu zaitez daukazun dokumentuekin + (apur bat luzeak izan daitezela), eta arrituta geldituko zara. +\layout Section + +Bertsio-kontrola LyX-en +\layout Standard + +Idazlea: +\noun on +Lars Gullik Bjønnes +\layout Subsection + +Sarrera +\layout Standard + +Nire lagun batek talde proiektu batean LyX erabiltzea nahi zuen. + Bertsio kontrolik edo fitxategia blokeatzeko euskarririk ez zuela ohartu + zenean, zakarrontzi ilun batera jaurti zuen. + Piska bat suminduta gelditu nintzen, eta pentsatu nuen zerbait egin nezakeela + RCS euskarria edukitzeko (etorkizunean CVS edota SCCS sistemetara hedatzeko + aukera zabalik utziz). + Eta halaxe egin zen. + LyX-ek gaur egun RCS-ko komando gehienak onartzen ditu. + Zerbait garatuagoa (edo sofistikatuagoa) +\layout Standard + +behar baduzu, terminal batean zeuk eskuz egin beharko duzu. +\layout Standard + +Bertsio kontrolen funtzioa LyX-en erabiltzen hasi aurretik, "rcsintro" irakurri + beharko zenuke (man motako eskuliburua da, terminalean landu: +\family typewriter +man rcsintro +\family default +). + Fitxategi honek RCS sistema baten oinarrizko funtzioak argitzen ditu. + RCS direktorioari buruzko iruzkina eta RCS fitxategi maisuaren kontzeptua + ( +\family typewriter +,v +\family default +-kin amaizen den fitxategia) kontu handiarekin irakurri. +\layout Standard + +LyX-en egin den garaketak GNU taldearen ( +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.gnu.org} + +\end_inset + +) RCS paketea, azken bertsioa, instalatuta dagoela suposatzen du. + Ezin da bermatu bertsio zaharkituentzako egina dagoenik. +\layout Subsection + +RCS-ren komandoak LyX-en +\layout Standard + +Hurrengo atalek LyX-ek onartzen dituen RCS komandoak azaltzen dituzte. + Hauek +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Bertsio\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +k +\bar default +ontrola +\family default + azpimenuan aurkituko dituzu. +\layout Subsubsection + +Erregistratu +\layout Standard + +Zure dokumentua ez badago bertsio kontrolpean, azpimenu horretan aurkituko + duzun aukera bakarra izango da. + Eta bertsio kontrolpean egonez gero, +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +rregistratu +\family default + itzalduta egongo da (edo LyX-eko zenbait bertsiotan agertu ere ez da egingo) +\layout Standard + +Komando honek dokumentua RCS-rekin erregistratzen du. + Elkarrizketa-koadro baten bitartez dokumentuaren hasierako azalpen bat + emateko eskatuko dizu. + Behin erregistratuta dagoela, dokumentua irakur-soil erakoa izango da, + eta bertan edozein aldaketa egiteko +\family sans +Egiaztatu\SpecialChar ~ +editatzeko +\family default + hautatu beharko duzu. + Bertsio kontrolpean dagoen dokumentu batek bufertxoan fitxategiaren izenari + atxikitutako "[RCS: ]" etiketa du. +\layout Standard + +Lantzen den RCS komandoa hau da: +\layout LyX-Code + +ci -q -u -i -t-"" +\layout Standard + +Aukerak ulertzeko (terminal batean) +\family typewriter +man ci +\family default + eskuliburua irakurri. +\layout Subsubsection + +Egiaztatu aldaketak +\layout Standard + +Fitxategia editatzea amaitzen duzunean, egin dituzun aldaketak egiaztatzen + dira. + Hau egindakoan, egin dituzun aldaketei buruzko azalpen bat eskatuko zaizu. + Azalpen hau dokumentuko historiaren egunkarian gordeko da. + Bertsioaren zenbakia gehitzen denean, zure aldaketak RCS fitxategi maisura + aplikatzen dira, dokumentua desblokeatzen da eta +\emph on +irakur-soil +\emph default + (soilik irakurtzeko, alegia) eran ezartzen da. +\layout Standard + +RCS komandoa: +\layout LyX-Code + +ci -q -u -m"" +\layout Subsubsection + +Egiaztatu editatzeko +\layout Standard + +Hau aukeratzean dokumentua blokeatzen duzu, eta zeuk bakarrik editatu ahal + izango duzu. + Beraz, zuretzako bakarrik dokumentua irakurri eta idazte eran ezartzen + da. + Behar duzun denboran fitxategia editatu, eta amaitzen duzuenan egindako + aldaketak egiaztatu behar dituzu. + Egoeraren lerroa fitxategia blokeatu duzula adieraziz aldatzen da. +\layout Standard + +RCS komandoa: +\layout LyX-Code + +co -q -l +\layout Subsubsection + +Itzuli azken bertsiora +\layout Standard + +Honek dokumentuan aurreko egiaztaketa arte egindako azken aldaketa guztiak + baztertuko ditu. + Aldaketak baztertu aurretik abisu batek jakinaraziko zaitu. + Onartzen baduzu, aldaketa haiek galduko dituzu. + +\layout Standard + +RCS komandoa: +\layout LyX-Code + +co -f -u +\layout Subsubsection + +Desegin azken egiaztaketa +\layout Standard + +Hau lantzen baduzu, azken egiaztaketa ez da inoiz gertatu. + LyX-en dagoen dokumentuan aldaketarik ez da egiten, baina RCS fitxategi + maisutik azken bertsioa kenduko da. +\layout Standard + +RCS komandoa: +\layout LyX-Code + +rcs -o +\layout Subsubsection + +Erakutsi historiala +\layout Standard + +Honek RCS dokumentuaren historia osoa erakusten du. + Horretarako, +\family typewriter + rlog +\family default + komandoaren irteera kaleratzen da arakatzailearen leiho batean. + Ikus +\family typewriter +man rlog +\family default + xehetasun gehiagorako. +\layout Section + +Literaturaren programazioa +\layout Standard + +Eguneraketa: +\noun on +Kayvan Sylvan +\noun default + ( +\emph on +kayvan@sylvan.com +\emph default +), jatorrizko dokumentuaren egilea: +\noun on +Edmar Wienskoski Jr. + +\noun default + ( +\emph on +edmar-w-jr@technologist.com +\emph default +) +\layout Subsection + +Sarrera +\layout Standard + +Dokumentazio honen xede nagusia literaturaren programaziorako LyX nola erabiltze +n den argitzea da. + Progamaketa honen teknika ezagutzen duzula suposatzen da, eta "tangling" + and "weaving" +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Itzultzailearen oharra +\emph default +: kodearen eta dokumentazioaren sorrera adierazten dute, hurrenez hurren. + +\end_inset + +hitzek zer esanahi duten dakizula ere bai. + Ez badakizu zertaz ari garen, ondorengo ataletan zehazten diren web gunetara + joan zaitez. + Leku horietan garapen zaharren historiatik hasita egungo azken tresnen + trikimailuak dokumentatzen dira. +\layout Standard + +Eta noski, suposatzen da LyX bera erabiltzen ohituta zaudela, LyX-en hobespenak + eta X konfigurazio fitxategiak zure nahietara aldatzeko gaitasuna daukazula. + Hau ez badakizu, egokiagoa izango litzateke LyX-en beste eskuliburuak irakurtze +a. +\layout Subsection + +Literaturaren programazioa +\layout Standard + +Literaturaren programazioari buruzko MEG-etik eskuratuta: +\layout Quotation + +Literaturaren programazioa dokumentazioa eta iturburua, gizakiok irakurtzen + dugun formatu batean, bateratzea da. + Izan ere, literaturaren programazioa irakurtze jostagarria izan beharko + luke, edozein dago gonbidatuta! (Barkatu Bob, ezin izan dut tentaldiarekin!). + Orokorrean, literaturaren programazioak iturburua eta dokumentazioa fitxategi + berdin batean batzen ditu. + Literaturaren programazioko tresnek fitxategia aztertzen dute irakurtzeko + gaitasuna duen dokumentua edo konpilagarriak den iturburua sortzeko. + WEB estiloko literaturaren programazioa +\noun on +D.E. + Knuth +\noun default +-ek sortu zuen, bere TeX konposatze-softwarea garatzerakoan. +\layout Standard + +Beste pasarte batek dio: +\layout Quotation + + +\emph on +Nolatan literaturaren programazioa iruzkinetatik ezberdintzen da? +\layout Quotation + +Bereizten dituzten hiru ezaugarri daude. + Garrantziaren arabera ordenatuta, hauek dira: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +elaborazioaren ordena moldaerraza. +\layout Itemize + +arakatzeko euskarri automatikoa. +\layout Itemize + +dokumentazioaren konposaketa, diagramak eta matematikak bereziki. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Orain, zure jakinmina asetu dudalakoan, begiratu erreferentzietan. +\layout Subsubsection + +Erreferentziak +\layout Standard + +Literaturaren programazioari buruzko MEG +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +MEG: Maiz Egindako Galderak. +\end_inset + + osoa hemen aurkituko duzu: +\layout Quote + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[Literaturaren programazioko MEG]{http://shelob.ce.ttu.edu/daves/lpfaq/faq.html} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +MEG-ak 23 (hogeitahiru!) literaturaren programaziorako tresna ezberdinak + zerrendatzen ditu. + Batzuk programazio hizkuntza berezientan espezializatzen ("tailored") dira, + beste batzuk ordea eremu orokorragoak dituzte. + Neure gauzetarako +\noun on +Noweb +\noun default + hautatu dut, eta hauek dira nire arrazoiak: +\layout Itemize + +Honekin bai latex bai html egiturako dokumentazioa sor dezaket. +\layout Itemize + +Arkitektura irekia da, eta beraz, iragazki berriak gehitu eta behar dituzun + pozesamendu bereziak landu ditzake. +\layout Itemize + +Jadanik iragazki multzo handia eskaintzen du (html horietariko bat da). +\layout Itemize + +Askea da. +\layout Standard + +Noweb-en web gunea hemen aurkituko duzu. +\layout Quote + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[Noweb-en gune nagusia]{http://www.cs.virginia.edu/~nr/noweb/} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Gune honetatik hasita hainbat esteka interesgarri eta literaturaren programaziok +o adibide batzuk aurkituko dituzu. +\layout Subsection + +LyX eta literaturaren programazioa +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek literaturaren programazio euskarria dauka, eta LyX-en bihurketa mekanismo + orokorrak eskaintzen ditu. + Euskarri hau "Noweb-etik independentea" den bidetik ematen da, eta horrela + LyX-eko funtzio berri hau nahi duzun beste literaturaren programazio tresnekin + (LyX-eko hobespenan aldatuz) erabili ahal izango duzu. +\layout Subsubsection + +Dokumentu eta kodea sortzea (weaving eta tangling) +\layout Standard + +Dokumentu-klasea hautatzea +\layout Standard + +Noweb eta LyX egokiro instalatu badituzu, dokumentu berri bat irekitzerakoan + edo dagoen bateko dokumentu-klasea aldatzerakoan, hurrengo hiru dokumentu-klase + berri eskuragarri daudela ohartuko zara: +\layout Itemize + +Article (Noweb) +\layout Itemize + +Book (Noweb) +\layout Itemize + +Report (Noweb) +\layout Standard + +Hauetariko bat hautatu zure literatura-dokumentua sortzeko. +\layout Standard + +Jabetu zaitez, literatura-dokumentuak ez direla hiru hauetara mugatzen. + Klase berriak beste estiloetatik sor daitezke, adibidez, gutuna (letter) + edo Article (AMS) bezalako klase batzuk bateratuz. + Dauden klaseek ez badute zure beharrak betetzen, jakinerazi LyX-eko garatzailee +n posta-zerrendan (lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org) eta sarrera berri bat txertatuko + dugu, edo nola egiten den azalduko dizugu +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Oso erraza da, lau lerro dituen fitxategi bat sortu eta auto-konfigurazioa + berriro exekutatzea bakarrik da. +\end_inset + +. + Gainera, Noweb ez den bestelako literatura-tresna erabiltzen baduzu, horrentzak +o dokumentu-klaseen multzo berriak sortu beharko dituzu. +\layout Paragraph + +Kodea hemen idaztea +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek izeneko Scrap diseinuarekin kodea idazten utziko dizu +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + Noweb-eko baliokidea den hitza "Chunk" da. + Arrazoi historikoengatik "scrap" hitza erabiltzen dut. + Nuweb izeneko literatura-tresnak sartu zuen, eta Noweb zale bihurtu aurretik + erabiltzen nuen. + +\end_inset + +. + Noweb-ek honela mugatzen ditu scrap-ak: +\layout LyX-Code + +<>= +\layout LyX-Code + +kodea +\layout LyX-Code + +kode gehiago +\layout LyX-Code + +oraindik eta kode gehiago +\layout LyX-Code + +@ +\layout Standard + +Arazoa hau da: << eta @ artean idatzita dagoena hitzez hitz hartu behar + da, hau da, LyX-ek idatzita dagoen zati horren interpretazio bereziak egitea + eragotzi egin beharko luke. + Diseinu (ingurune) berezi batek kudeatzen du hau, Scrap izenekoak; hori + paragrafo normal bat bezala lantzen da, baina nahi adina tarte jartzen + uzten du. +\layout Standard + +Scrap paragrafo-ingurune baten eragozpena da jarraian dauden kodeen paragrafoak + jatorrizko kodean lerro huts baten bitartez bereizten direla, eta baita + inprimatutako dokumentuan ere. + Hau sahiesteko, Scrap batean kodea duen lerro bakoitza sartzen da, +\family sans +C-Lerro-itzulera +\family default + erabiliz, baina ez +\family sans +Lerro-itzulera +\family default + normal batekin. + Arestiko adibideak honelako itxura eduki beharko luke: +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Inprimatutako bertsioa irakurtzen ari bazara, ez duzu bi adibideen arteko + (aurrekoa eta hurrengoa) ezberdintasunik aurkituko. +\end_inset + + +\layout LyX-Code + +<>= +\newline + kodea +\newline + kode gehiago +\newline + oraindik eta kode gehiago +\newline + @ +\layout Standard + +Ingurune hau ongi dabil. + Daukan arazo bakarra da +\family sans +C+Lerro-itzulera +\family default + erabili behar duzula, lerro-itzulera arrunt baten ordez +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Nire "Zereginen" zerrendan sartuta daukat hau hobetzeko. +\end_inset + +. +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Ohar\SpecialChar ~ +berezi\SpecialChar ~ +bat +\emph default +: zure Scrap-ean Noweb-en "%def" eraikina erabil dezakezu Noweb-eko erreferentzi +a gurutzatuen identifikatzailean elementuak gehitzeko: +\begin_deeper +\layout LyX-Code + +<>= +\newline + def funtzio_bat(argum): +\newline + "Funtzio honentzako kate bat da." +\newline + print "Nire argumentuak: ", argum +\layout LyX-Code + +@ %def funtzio_bat +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Erabilera honen eta irteerako emaitzean dagoen erreferentzia gurutzatuen + adibidea python-en idatzitako +\family typewriter +LIBDIR/examples/listerrors.lyx +\family default + literatura-programan aurkituko duzu, eta gauza asko argituko dizkizu. +\layout Paragraph + +Dokumentazioa sortzea +\layout Standard + +Une honetan dokumentu berria bat, dokumentu-klase egoki batekin, eta zenbait + kode eta testu bertan idatzita dauzkazu. + Nola inprima dezaket? Hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI +\family default +, eta antzerako zerbait. + Dokumentu soil batentzako egingo zenukeen bezalaxe. + Ez da urrats berezirik eskatzen. +\layout Standard + +Zer gertatzen den jakin dezazun, LyX barruan gertatzen dena azalduko dizut: +\layout Enumerate + +Ikusi menuan +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +guneratu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI +\family default + hautatzen denean LaTeX fitxategi bat sortzen da. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Dokumentua literatura-klase batekoa bada sortutako fitxategiaren luzapenak + "literatur" formatuak definitzen duenarekin jartzen da ( +\family sans +Hobespenak +\family default + leihoan definitzen da), bestela ohiko +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + luzapena edukiko du. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Jakin ezazu ezberdintasun nagusiena fitxategiaren izenean datzala, LyX-ek + ez du prozesamendu berezirik lantzen. + Gainera kodea idazteko +\family sans +Scrap +\family default + ingurunea erabili baduzu, bera arduratuko da dagozkion zereginez. +\layout Enumerate + +Dokumentua literatura-klase batekoa bada, orduen LyX-ek bere baitan duen + bihurtzailea (LyX-etik Noweb-era) erabiliko du, eta gero Noweb-etik LaTeX-era + bihurtzen duen tresnari +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Bihurtzaileak +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +H +\bar default +obespenak +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Bihurtzaileak +\family default + fitxan definitzen dira. +\end_inset + + deituko dio, LaTEX fitxategia sortzeko. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Bestela, urrats hau saltatzen du. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Azkenik, LaTeX-i deitzen zaio eta ohiko prozedurarekin jarraitzen du, ohiko + dokumentu arruntetan bezala. +\layout Standard + +"Literatura-tresna" baten menpetik aske egotea hainbat bihurtzaile erabiliz + lortzen da. +\layout Paragraph + +Kodea sortzea +\layout Standard + +Eraikitzeko menuko aukera bat hautatzen denean, LaTeX fitxategi bat sortzen + da, arestiko 1. + urratsean bezala. + Ondoren LyX-ek +\family typewriter +Noweb->Program +\family default + bihurtaileari deitzen dio. + Bihurtzaile honek (eta ia beste guztiek) bi zati ditu: +\layout Enumerate + +Programa bera bihurtzea. + Programa honek formatu batetik beste formatu batera bihurtzeko lanak egiten + ditu. + Kasu honetan, Noweb formatutik programaren sasi-formatura. +\layout Enumerate + +Errore mezuen iragazkia. + Programa honen helburua sortzen diren errore-mezuak LyX-ek ulertzen dituen + formatura bihurtzea da. + Horrela LyX-ek errore-mezuak dokumentuko leku egokienenean jarzen saiatuko + da. +\layout Standard + +Lehenbiziko zatia, "Bihurtzaileak"-ren ezarpena, " +\family typewriter +eraikin-gidoi $$i +\family default +" bezala ezarri beharko litzateke. + Honek esanahi du, LyX-ek "eraikin-gidoi"-ari (programa edo script bat) + deituko diola Noweb fitxategiaren izenarekin (normalki LyX-en behin-behineko + direktorioan kokatzen den fitxategi bat). +\layout Standard + +Hurrengo kodea "eraikin-gidoi" script-aren adibide bat da, eta zure exekutagarri +en direktorioan jar dezakezu: +\layout LyX-Code + +#!/bin/sh +\layout LyX-Code + +# +\layout LyX-Code + +# Hau eraikin-gidoi fitxategia da. +\layout LyX-Code + +# +\layout LyX-Code + +notangle -Reraikin-gidoi $1 | env NOWEB_SOURCE=$1 sh +\layout Standard + +Bihurtzaile ezarpenaren hurrengo zatia "banderak" ezartzea da, eta honela + jarri behar da: +\layout LyX-Code + +originaldir,parselog=listerrors +\layout Standard + +Honek "eraikin-gidoi" script-a prozesatzen denean sortzen dituen erroreak + "listerrors" programaren bitartez landuko ditu. +\layout Standard + +Kode bihurtzaileak "listerrors" programa +\family typewriter +NireLyxDirektorioa/scripts +\family default + direktorioan begiratzen du lehenbizi, gero +\family typewriter +LIBDIR/scripts +\family default + direktorioan begiratuko du, eta gero exekutagarrien direktorioan (Unix + sistemetan +\family typewriter +PATH +\family default + aldagaiak zehazten dituen direktorioak izaten dira). +\layout Paragraph + +Dokumentuan instrukzioak sortzea +\layout Standard + +LyX eta noweb arteko bateratzearen azken pieza "eraikin-gidoi" scrap-a da. + Orokorki, zure programa sortzeko instrukzioak dagokion scrap-ean barneratuta + egon beharko luke. + Arestian azaldu den noweb-entzako bereziki prestatutako "eraikin-gidoi" + horrek +\family typewriter +notangle +\family default + komandoa erabiltzen du bere scrap-a aurkitzeko ("eraikin-gidoi" izenekoa) + eta bere edukina "sh" komando lerroaren (shell) bitartez landuko ditu. +\layout Standard + +Gehienetan, honelako scrap bat edukiko luke: +\layout LyX-Code + +<>= +\newline +#!/bin/sh +\newline + +\newline +if [ -z "${NOWEB_SOURCE}" ] +\newline +then +\newline + NOWEB_SOURCE=nirefitxategia.nw +\newline +fi +\newline +[... + fitxategiak ateratzeko kodea ...] +\newline +[... + fitxategiak konpilatzeko kodea ...] +\newline +@ +\layout Standard + +Zatiak nola bateratzen diren ikusteko begiratu +\family typewriter +LIBDIR/examples/ +\family default + direktorioko +\family typewriter + listerrors.lyx +\family default + edo +\family typewriter + Literate.lyx +\family default + fitxategietan, hauek "listerrors" programaren bi bertsio dauzkate, edo + +\family typewriter +LIBDIR/examples/ +\family default + direktorioko +\family typewriter + noweb2lyx.lyx +\family default + fitxategian. + Modu interesgarrian, hiru fitxategi hauek LyX-ek duen literatura-programazioko + hizkuntzaren askatasun euskarria erakusten dute, Python, C eta Perl programazio + hizkuntzetan idatzita baitaude, hurrenez hurren. +\layout Subsubsection + +LyX konfiguratzea +\layout Standard + +Literatura-programazioaren euskarria Hobespenak leihoan konfiguratzen da, + Bihurtzaileak edota Fitxategi-formatuak fitxetan. + Hor agertzen diren zati garrantzitsuenak hauek dira +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Itzultzailearen oharra +\emph default +: zerrendatzen diren eremu batzuk ez dira agertzen LyX 1.3.3 bertsioan, eta + ez dakit etorkizunean agertuko ote diren. + Badazpada, esku artean daukazun LyX bertsioan begiratu beharko duzu ea + zure kasuan agertzen diren edo ez ikusteko. +\end_inset + + : +\layout Description + +Literatura-formatua Fitxategi-formatuak fitxan konfiguratu, Noweb-i dagozkion + ezaugarriak (fitxategi-formatuak zerrendan NoWeb aukeratu beharko duzu) + hemen aurkituko baitituzu. + +\family sans +Gui\SpecialChar ~ +izena +\family default + +\family typewriter +NoWeb +\family default + bezala ezarrita dago, eta Luzapena eremuak +\family typewriter +.nw +\family default + du. + Honek LyX-i, bihurketako lehen urratsean, +\family typewriter +.nw +\family default + luzapeneko fitxategi bat sortzeko agintzen dio, +\layout Description + +Programa-formatua Hau formatu huts bat da, bihurketa bateko amaierako puntua + izateko xedea du (eta berorrentzako bihurtzaile bat ezartzea uzten digu). +\layout Description + +NoWeb->LaTeX Bihurtzaile honek literatura-dokumentuaren "weaving"-a lantzen + du. + Noweb-entzako honela ezartzen da: " +\family typewriter +noweave -delay -index $$i > $$o +\family default +". +\layout Description + +NoWeb->Programa Honek "tangling urratsa" lantzen du. + Arestian azaldun denez, +\family sans +Bihurtzailea +\family default + " +\family typewriter +eraikin-gidoi $$i +\family default +" eran ezartzen da, eta +\family sans +Bandera\SpecialChar ~ +osagarriak +\family default + eremuak " +\family typewriter +originaldir, parselog=listerrors +\family default +" duelarik. +\layout Subsubsection + +Arazketaren hedapenak +\layout Standard + +LyX zerbitzarian funtzio berri bat garatuta dago, " server-goto-file-row" + funtzioa, eta ddd/gdb edo beste arazketa-tresna batzuekin erabiltzen da. +\layout Standard + +Kodea araztatzerakoan ( +\family typewriter +ddd +\family default + edo +\family typewriter +gdb +\family default +-rekin) uneko exekuzio kokapenetik testu-editore bati deitzeko aukera dago, + tekla bat sakatuz. + ddd programaren lehenetsitako laster-tekla +\family sans +Shift-Ctrl-V +\family default + da. + +\family sans +Editatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Hobespenak\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Laguntzaileak +\family default + leihoko "Editatu iturburuak" eremuan editoreari komando lerrotik deitzeko + konfigura dezakezu. +\layout Standard + +Sortu berri den LyX zerbitzariaren funtzio honek eta +\family typewriter +ddd +\family default +-ren ezaugarriek eskaintzen dituzten abantailak jaso ditut, eta "Editatu + iturburuak" eremuan ezarri ditut: +\layout LyX-Code + +echo "LYXCMD:monitor:server-goto-file-row:@FILE@ @LINE@" >~/.lyxpipe.in +\layout Standard + +Honekin, +\family typewriter +ddd +\family default + erabiltzen ari zarenean eta programako puntu bat editatzeko aurkitu nahi + duzun bakoitzean, sakatu +\family sans +Shift-Ctrl-V +\family default + laster-tekla ( +\family typewriter +ddd +\family default + leihoan) eta horrek LyX zerbitzariaren bitartez LyX-i informazioa igorriko + dio, horrela LyX-ek +\family typewriter +ddd +\family default + ttesnak duen informazioa aurkeztuko dizu eta kurtsorea +\family typewriter +ddd +\family default +-en kokatua zegoen leku berdinean agertuko da. + Ez da korritze-barrarik gora eta behera mugitu behar kurtsorea non dagoen + aurkitzeko! +\layout Standard + +Ohartu zaitez, ezaugarri hori lanean aritzeko LyX zerbitzaria gaituta eduki + behar duzula (lehenespenez desgaituta egoten da). + Gaitzeko +\family sans +Hobespenak +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Bide-izenak +\family default + fitxan dagoen +\family sans +LyX Zerbitzari-kanalizazioa +\family default + eremuan honelako bide-izen bat jarri beharko duzu: +\layout LyX-Code + +/home//.lyx/lyxpipe +\layout Standard + +Xehetasun gehiagorako, irakurri LyX zerbitzariaren dokumentazioa +\emph on +Pertsonalizazioa +\emph default + eskuliburuan. +\layout Subsubsection + +Tresna-barraren hedapenak +\layout Standard + +LyX-eko tresna-barrari gehi diezaiokezun sei botoi gehiago daude. + Bost botoi inguruneentzako laster-teklak dira: Estandarra, Atala, LaTeX, + LyXkodea eta Scrap. + Azkena "Eraikineko programa"-rentzako laster-tekla da. +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek tresna-barra pertsonalizatzeko zenbait botoi ditu. + Nire tresna-barran sei botoi horietaz gain, beste bi hauek ere gehitu dizkiot: + bata +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI +\family default + lantzeko eta bestea +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +guneratu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI +\family default + lantzeko. + Hona hemen duten itxura: +\layout LyX-Code + +Toolbar +\layout LyX-Code + + Layouts +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "layout Standard" +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "layout Section" +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "layout LaTeX" +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "layout LyXCode" +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "layout Scrap" +\layout LyX-Code + + Separator +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "buffer-view" +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "buffer-typeset" +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "build-program" +\layout LyX-Code + + Separator +\layout LyX-Code + +. +\layout LyX-Code + +. +\layout LyX-Code + +. +\layout LyX-Code + +End +\layout Subsubsection + +Koloreen pertsonalizazioa +\layout Standard + +LyX-en erabiltzen dituen hainbat kolore pertsonaliza ditzakezu: +\family sans +Hobespenak +\family default + leihoan. + Erabiltzaile batzuk LaTeX letra-tipoen kolorearekin nazkatzen dira. + Lehenetsitako kolorea gorria izaten da, eta Scrap-ek LaTeX-en letra-tipo + berdina erabiltzen duenez, eta literatura-dokumentu batean scrap ugari + jartzen badituzu, dokumentua erabat gorrixkatzen da. + Aldatu nahi baduzu, joan +\family sans +Itxura\SpecialChar ~ +eta\SpecialChar ~ +izaera +\family default + fitxako +\family sans +Koloreak +\family default + azpifitxara. +\layout Standard + +Hurrengo gauza pantailako lerro berriaren karaktere ikurra da. + Karaktere horren kolorea hauta dezakezu, eta atzeko planoan dagoen kolorearekin + nahasarazi. + Aholku bat: hautatu ezazu atzeko planoak duen antzeko kolorea baina ez + berdina, bien artean zerbait ezberdintzen dela antzemateko, eta horrela + ez zara hainbeste nazkatuko. +\layout Chapter + +LaTeX-eko adituen sekretuak +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{kapi:sekretuak} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Nahiz eta LyX ahalmen handiko tresna bat izan, ezin da espero TeX/LaTeX + garbian idatzitakoek egiten duten guztia lantzea. + Hala ere, TeX eta LaTeX-eko ezagutzak diren trikimailu asko LyX-en ere + erabil daitezke, baldin eta tresna-barrako "TeX" botoia sakatzeko edo LaTeX-eko + hitzaurrean ( +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Hitzaurrea +\family default + fitxan) gauzak idazteko beldurrik ez baduzu bederen. + Atal honetan hainbat trikimailu, aholku eta bestelako burutazio egoki emango + dizkizugu zure dokumentuan erabiltzeko eta hobetzeko. + +\emph on +Saiatu zaitez etxean egiten +\emph default +, dokumentu txiki eta balio gutxi duenarekin hastea ahokatzen dizut! +\layout Standard + +Atal honetako burutazio gehienek zure LaTeX banaketako dokumentu-klase gutxi + batzuk eskatzen dituzte. + teTeX bezalako banaketa bat instalatuta baduzu, gehienak eskuragarri izango + dituzu. + Gutxi batzuk, ordea, CTANen gunetik jaitsi beharko dira. + Maiz gertatzen da gauza bera egiteko bide bat baino gehiago egotea, edo + antzekoa egiten duten hainbat LaTeX-en estilo-fitxategi egotea. + Bakoitzak erabakitzen du zein bide hartu, egingo dugun bakarra fitxategi + mota batekin lan-mota bat nola egin dezakezun azaltzea da. + Beraz, jantzi aztiaren txapela, mantendu begi bat irekita inguruko herensugeent +zako, eta has gaitezen. +\layout Section + +Oin eta alboko oharrentzako trikimaluak +\layout Standard + +Aholkapena: +\noun on +Robin Socha +\layout Subsection + +Oin-oharrak +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek oraindik artikulu ("article") motako dokumentu-klase bateko atal + bakoitzaren hasieran ezin du oin-oharren zenbaketa berriro 1 balioarekin + berrasieratu, ez eta zenbatzailearen estiloa aldatu ere. + Horretarako, zeuk sartu beharko dituzu LaTeX-eko komandoak, honen bezalakoak: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +setcounter{footnote}{0} +\end_inset + + Komando hau erabiltzeak, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +setcounter{footnote}{0} +\family default +, zenbatzailea 1 balioa edukitzera berrasieratzen du +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Zenbatzailea 1 balioarekin ezarri da. +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Hurrengo komandoak zenbatzailea hizki txikietara aldatzen du. + Begiratu hurrengo oin-oharra zure +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + edo +\family typewriter +ghostview +\family default + tresnan +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +thefootnote}{ +\backslash +alph{footnote}} +\end_inset + +: +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Hau zenbatzaile alfabetikoa duen oin-ohar baten adibidea da. + +\newline +Hau lortzeko +\family typewriter + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +thefootnote { +\backslash +alph{footnote}} +\family default + erabili. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Hurrengo komandoak zenbatzailea bere lehenetsitako egoerara itzultzen du, + hau da, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +arabic +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Erabili +\family typewriter + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +thefootnote}{ +\backslash +arabic{footnote}} +\family default + zenbatzailearen estiloa LyX-en lehenetsia dagoenera itzultzeko.Hau da, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +arabic +\family default +. + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +renewcommand { +\backslash +thefootnote} { +\backslash +arabic{footnote}} +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\family default + . +\layout Standard + +Zenbatzailearen estilo gisa +\family typewriter + +\backslash +arabic +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +roman +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +Roman +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +alph +\family default + edo +\family typewriter + +\backslash +Alph +\family default + eta beste batzuk erabil ditzakezu. + Arestiko adibidean LaTeX komandoa ordeztu, eta berriro exekutatu TeX zein + itxurarekin kaleratzen den ikusteko. +\layout Subsection + +Albo-oharrak +\layout Standard + +LaTeX komandoak erabiliz, alboko oharrak txukuntzeko bi adibide azaltzen + ditugu. +\layout Standard + +Ondorengo komandoak zure testuaren alboan marra bertikal bat marraztuko + du, gauzak hatz erakuslearekin nabarmentzeko: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +marginpar{ +\backslash +rule[-10mm]{30mm}{5mm}} +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +marginpar{ +\backslash +rule[-10mm]{30mm}{5mm}} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Begiratu zure +\family typewriter +dvi +\family default + edo +\family typewriter +ghostview +\family default + irteeran +\family typewriter + +\backslash +reversemarginpar +\family default + komandoak zer egiten duen jarraian dagoen albo-oharrarekin. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +reversemarginpar +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Marginal +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\size scriptsize +Hau alboko +\newline +ohar bat da. + +\newline +Hala ote? +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Zutabe anitzak +\layout Standard + +Idazlea: +\noun on +Lars Gullik Bjønnes +\layout Subsection + +Xedea +\layout Standard + +Kapitulu honen helburua +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Editoraren oharra +\emph default +: Lars-ek idatzi zuen jatorrizko kapitulua +\family typewriter +multicol +\family default + paketearen erabilpenari buruzko azalpen bikaina zen. + Tamalez, dokumentu honetan jartzeko luzegia zen. + Ondorioz, hemen atal garrantzitsuenak bakarrik sartzea hautatu nuen (bihotzez + sentitzen dut, Lars). + Jatorrizko kapitulua (eta beste kontu batzuk!) +\family typewriter +examples/multicol.lyx +\family default +adibide-fitxategian aurkituko duzu--- mer +\end_inset + + LyX-eko dokumentu batean +\family typewriter +multicol +\family default + paketea nola erabil daitekeen erakustea da. + LyX-ek oraindik +\family typewriter +multicol +\family default + paketea onartzen ez duenez, zenbait trikimailutxo erabili beharko ditugu. + Atal hau irakurtzen jarraitxen baduzu, nola egin dezakezun ikasiko duzu. +\layout Subsection + +Murriztapenak +\layout Standard + +Orrialde batean testua bat edo hainbat zutabetan agertzeko +\family typewriter +multicol +\family default + paketea dago. + Oin-oharrak egokiro kudeatzen dira (zati gehienetan behintzat), baina orrialdea +ren behean kokatzen da eta ez zutabe bakoitzaren azpian. + LaTeX-en mugikorrentzako mekanismoa; nola nahi ere, uneko garapenean desgaitua + dago. + Une hauetan orrialde osoko mugikorrak ingurunearen barrutian bakarrik erabil + daitezke. +\layout Subsection + +Adibideak +\layout Subsubsection + +Bi zutabeko testua +\layout Standard + +Testua bi zutabetan banatu nahi baduzu, LaTeX era erabili behar duzu +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{2} +\family default + txertatzeko, eta kokatzen duzun lekutik hasiko dira bi zutabeak agertzen. + Bi zutabeko testua amaitutzat jotzeko erabili: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\family default +. + Honela +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Itzultzailearen oharra +\emph default +: zutabe anitzetako testua ez da euskaratu, zeren eta garrantzitsuena da + testuak hainbat zutabetan nola banatzen diren ikastea, eta ez adibide bezala + erabili den testua ulertzea. +\end_inset + + : +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{2} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +\size footnotesize +The Adventure of the Empty House +\layout Standard + + +\size footnotesize +by Sir Arthur Conan Doyle +\layout Standard + + +\size footnotesize +It was in the spring of the year 1894 that all London was interested, and + the fashionable world dismayed, by the murder of the Honourable Ronald + Adair under most unusual and inexplicable circumstances. + The public has already learned those particulars of the crime which came + out in the police investigation, but a good deal was suppressed upon that + occasion, since the case for the prosecution was so overwhelmingly strong + that it was not necessary to bring forward all the facts. + Only now, at the end of nearly ten years, am I allowed to supply those + missing links which make up the whole of that remarkable chain. + The crime was of interest in itself, but that interest was as nothing to + me compared to the inconceivable sequel, which afforded me the greatest + shock and surprise of any event in my adventurous life. + Even now, after this long interval, I find myself thrilling as I think + of it, and feeling once more that sudden flood of joy, amazement, and increduli +ty which utterly submerged my mind. + Let me say to that public, which has shown some interest in those glimpses + which I have occasionally given them of the thoughts and actions of a very + remarkable man, that they are not to blame me if I have not shared my knowledge + with them, for I should have considered it my first duty to do so, had + I not been barred by a positive prohibition from his own lips, which was + only withdrawn upon the third of last month. + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsubsection + +Hainbat zutabeko testua +\layout Standard + +Eredu berdina erabiltzen da testua bi zutabe baino gehiagotan jarri nahi + duzunean: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{3} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\size footnotesize +It can be imagined that my close intimacy with Sherlock Holmes had interested + me deeply in crime, and that after his disappearance I never failed to + read with care the various problems which came before the public. + And I even attempted, more than once, for my own private satisfaction, + to employ his methods in their solution, though with indifferent success. + There was none, however, which appealed to me like this tragedy of Ronald + Adair. + As I read the evidence at the inquest, which led up to a verdict of willful + murder against some person or persons unknown, I realized more clearly + than I had ever done the loss which the community had sustained by the + death of Sherlock Holmes. + There were points about this strange business which would, I was sure, + have specially appealed to him, and the efforts of the police would have + been supplemented, or more probably anticipated, by the trained observation + and the alert mind of the first criminal agent in Europe. + All day, as I drove upon my round, I turned over the case in my mind and + found no explanation which appeared to me to be adequate. + At the risk of telling a twice-told tale, I will recapitulate the facts + as they were known to the public at the conclusion of the inquest. + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +3 zutabe baino gehiago eduki ditzakezu, baina ziurrenik begientzako ez dela + oso ikusgarria izango. +\layout Subsubsection + +Zutabeak zutabeen barruan +\layout Standard + +Zutabeen barruan zutabeak eduki ditzakezu: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{2} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\size footnotesize +The Honourable Ronald Adair was the second son of the Earl of Maynooth, + at that time governor of one of the Australian colonies. + Adair's mother had returned from Australia to undergo the operation for + cataract, and she, her son Ronald, and her daughter Hilda were living together + at 427 Park Lane. + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{2} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\size footnotesize +The youth moved in the best society--had, so far as was known, no enemies + and no particular vices. + He had been engaged to Miss Edith Woodley, of Carstairs, but the engagement + had been broken off by mutual consent some months before, and there was + no sign that it had left any very profound feeling behind it. + For the rest {sic} the man's life moved in a narrow and conventional circle, + for his habits were quiet and his nature unemotional. + Yet it was upon this easy-going young aristocrat that death came, in most + strange and unexpected form, between the hours of ten and eleven-twenty + on the night of March 30, 1894. + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\size footnotesize +Ronald Adair was fond of cards--playing continually, but never for such + stakes as would hurt him. + He was a member of the Baldwin, the Cavendish, and the Bagatelle card clubs. + It was shown that, after dinner on the day of his death, he had played + a rubber of whist at the latter club. + He had also played there in the afternoon. + The evidence of those who had played with him-- Mr. + Murray, Sir John Hardy, and Colonel Moran--showed that the game was whist, + and that there was a fairly equal fall of the cards. + Adair might have lost five pounds, but not more. + His fortune was a considerable one, and such a loss could not in any way + affect him. + He had played nearly every day at one club or other, but he was a cautious + player, and usually rose a winner. + It came out in evidence that, in partnership with Colonel Moran, he had + actually won as much as four hundred and twenty pounds in a sitting, some + weeks before, from Godfrey Milner and Lord Balmoral. + So much for his recent history as it came out at the inquest. + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Adibide aurrerakoiagoak +\family typewriter +examples/multicol.lyx +\family default + fitxategian aurkituko dituzu, zutabe eta goiburukoen arteko tarteak, lerro + bereizle bertikalak eta bestelako jokoak erakusten ditu. +\layout Section + +Zenbatua paragrafo-ingurunearen zenbakera +\begin_inset OptArg +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Zenbatua +\family default +-ren zenbakera +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Idazlea: +\noun on +John Weiss +\layout Standard +\added_space_top bigskip \noindent + +\family sans +Zenbatua +\family default + paragrafo-ingurunearen lehenetsitako zenbakera arabierazko zenbakiekin + hasi eta hizki maiuskulez amaitzen da. + Demagun, batzuetan eguna horrela zabaltzen delako, zenbakerarentzako bestelako + mota baztuk erabili nahi dituzula. + Zenbakera nola aldatzen den adierazteko adibidea dator orain: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +labelenumi}{ +\backslash +Roman{enumi}.} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +labelenumii}{ +\backslash +Alph{enumii}.} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +labelenumiii}{ +\backslash +arabic{enumiii}.} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +labelenumiv}{ +\backslash +alph{enumiv}.)} +\layout Standard + +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +hauek zenbakera erromatar zenbakiak, maiuskuletan dauden hizkiak, arabierazko + zenbakia eta minuskuletan dauden hizkiak ezartzen dute, hurrenez hurren. +\layout Standard + +Gainera, aurreko adibideak zenbakerari beste zerbait gehitzen dio. + Lehenbizikoak "I." bezalako etiketa edukiko luke. + Askoz erragazo irakurtzearren arestiko adibideak honelako zenbakera sortuko + luke: < +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +I. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +,\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +A. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +,\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +1. +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +,\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +a.) +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +>. +\layout Standard + +Arestiko adibidean ikusi duzunez, habiaratze-sakonera bakoitzarentzako etiketa-k +omando bat dago, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +labelenumi +\family default + \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +labelenumiv +\family default +, eta baita zenbatzaile bat ere, +\family typewriter +enumi +\family default + \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family typewriter +enumiv +\family default +. + "Zenbakiak inprimatzeko" bost komando ere badaude: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +arabic{} +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +roman{} +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +Roman{} +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +alph{} +\family default +, eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +Alph{} +\family default +, eta bakoitzak zenbatzaile bat jasotzen du argumentu bezala. + Horien aurretik eta atzetik karaktereak gehi ditzakezu, baina zuriunerik + gehitu beharrik ez dago. +\layout Standard + +Hauekin gauza ederrak lor ditzakezu. + Adibidez: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +labelenumi}{ +\backslash +# +\backslash +Alph{enumi} +\backslash +#} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +labelenumii}{ +\backslash +Alph{enumi}. +\backslash +arabic{enumii}} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +labelenumiii}{ +\backslash +alph{enumiii}+} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +labelenumiv}{( +\backslash +roman{enumiv})} +\layout Standard + +Komando hauek honelako zenbakera bat sortuko lukete: < +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +#A# +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +,\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +A.1 +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +,\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +a+ +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +,\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +(i) +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +>. + +\layout Section + +Taulako errenkaden arteko tarteaErrenkaden tartea +\layout Standard + +Idazlea: +\noun on +Mike Ressler +\layout Standard +\added_space_top bigskip \noindent +LaTeX-ek taula bateko errenkaden artean tarte osagarria jartzen uzten dizu, + errenkadaren amaiera zehazten duenari ( +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\backslash + +\family default +) aukerako argumentu bat emanez. + LyX-ek oraindik gaitasun hori ez dauka garatuta, beraz hemen eta gauza + bera egiteko bi trikimailu azaltzen dira. +\layout Standard + +Lehenbizikoa arruntagoa da, baita luzeagoa ere. + LyX-en hitzaurrean sartu ondorengo komandoaren definizioa: +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +extratablespace}[1]{ +\backslash +noalign{vskip#1}} +\family default +. + Komando honek argumentu bakar bat jasotzen du, txertatzea nahi duzun tarte-tama +ina. + Txertatu komandoa atzeko errenkadako lehenbiziko zutabean, eta tartea errenkada + horren gainean agertuko da. + Hona hemen adibide bat ( +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +T +\bar default +aula +\family default + erabiliz ertzak kendu dizkiot): +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Mineral +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default +ak +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Kaltzita +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Dolomit +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default +a +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Kuartzo +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Grafito +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +extratablespace{2ex} +\end_inset + + +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default +Haitzak +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Kararria +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Hareharri +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Granit +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default +oa +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Andesite +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Bigarren bidea askoz ere azkarragoa da, baina tipografia-arloan aritzen + dienek eta TeX-eko adituak aizkorak zorroztuta zeruari oihuka hasiko dira. + Leku berean errenkada amaitzen dela adierazten duen ikurra jarri, aukerazko + argumentu batekin. + Hemen, ez da behar komando bat definitzea, aurreko adibidean egin den bezala. + Baina zehazten duzun baino tarte handiagoa egongo da, zeren eta oinarrian + errenkada zuri (huts) bat gehitu baituzu, eta horri tartea gehituz. + Gehitzen den tartea handiegia bada, erabili zenbaki negatiboak, honen gisa: +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Mineral +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default +ak +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Kaltzita +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Dolomit +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default +a +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Kuartzo +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Grafito +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash + +\backslash +[-1ex] +\end_inset + + +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default +Haitzak +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Kararria +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Hareharri +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Granitoa +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Andesite +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Goxoki txiki bat dirudi, eta lana azkar egiten du, nahiz eta oso itxusia + izan. + Usteldutako barazkiak ximaurra egiteko erabili! Zin dagizut honelakorik + inoiz ez nukeela aholkatuko! Bestela eror bedi urtzia gure buruen gainera! +\layout Section + +Letra kapitalak +\layout Standard +\added_space_bottom bigskip +Idazlea: +\noun on +Mike Ressler +\layout Standard +\noindent + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +newfont{ +\backslash +tmpfont}{cmr17 scaled 2500}{ +\backslash +tmpfont Z} +\backslash +vspace*{-8.4ex} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard +\noindent + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +hangindent=3.3em +\backslash +hangafter=-3 +\end_inset + +uetariko askok liburu zaharrek erabiltzen zuten "letra kapitalen" (maiuskuletan + zeuden letra ikaragarri handi haiek, kapitulu edo atal berri bakoitzeko + hasieran kokatzen zirenak) itxura eskuratzea nahiko zenukete . + Hauek LyX/LaTeX soilean zuzenean garatzen dira (TeX soilean zerbait idazten + dakizula suposatzen da), baina lan gehixeago eta beronen gainean hainbat + bira ematea eskatzen du. + Ikus dezakezu (pantailan irakurtzen ari bazara) paragrafo honen hasieran + TeX erako zatarkeria dagoela. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +verb+ +\backslash +bigdrop{-1em}{3}{ptmri}{H}+ +\end_inset + +emen gauza bera egiteko bide errazagoa daukazu. + dropcaps paketea (edo berriagoa den +\family typewriter +dropping +\family default +) CTANen gunetik eskuratuz zure dokumentuetan honelako letrak agertzeko + bide eroso bat eskaintzen dizute. + Pakete hau teTeX-eko zati estandar bat ez denez, dokumentu honetan ezin + dizut erakutsi. + Baina paragrafo hau dokumentu berri batera kopiatzen baduzu, gero " +\family typewriter + +\backslash +verb +\family default +" komandoa eta "+" ikurrak paragrafo hasieran dagoen TeX kodetik ezabatu, + eta LaTeX hitzaurrean +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage{dropcaps} +\family default + gehitzen baduzu, Times Roman letra etzanarekin "H" hizki dotorea agertuko + zaizu. + Letra horrek hiru lerroko altuera izango du, eta marjinetik 1\SpecialChar ~ +em neurrian + kanporago geldituko da. + Ah! Gogoratu " +\family typewriter +dropcaps.sty +\family default +" TeX-ek ikus dezakeen direktorio batean kopiatu behar duzula. + Lehenbiziko argumentua koskatze-tartearen tamainari dagokio; kasu honetan + negatiboa denez, marjinerantz joango litzateke. + Bigarren argumentua hizkiaren altuera da, eta testuaren lerroetan neurtzen + da. + Hirugarren argumentua letra-tipoaren izena da: teorian +\family typewriter +tfm +\family default + fitxategia duen edozerekin ongi moldatu beharko luke (murgildu zaitez \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family typewriter +/texmf/fonts/tfm +\family default + direktorioan dauden aukerak ikusteko). + Gehien bat +\family typewriter +"yinit" +\family default + atsegin dut, alemaniera luxuzko letra-tipo bat, letra kapitalentzako bereziki + diseinatua. + Laugarren argumentua kokatu beharreko hizkia da (edo hizkiak). + +\family typewriter +dropping +\family default + paketeak +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bigdrop +\family default + komandoa ekartzen du, eta apur bat sinpleagoa den +\family typewriter + +\backslash +dropping +\family default + komandoa ere. +\layout Section + +Paragrafoen estandarrak ez diren forma +\layout Standard + +Idazlea: +\noun on +Mike Ressler +\layout Standard +\added_space_top bigskip \noindent + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +newdimen +\backslash +varunit +\newline + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +varunit}{4.5in} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard +\noindent + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +parshape 19 0.45 +\backslash +varunit 0.332 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.40 +\backslash +varunit 0.300 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.35 +\backslash +varunit 0.293 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.30 +\backslash +varunit 0.300 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.25 +\backslash +varunit 0.317 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.20 +\backslash +varunit 0.342 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.15 +\backslash +varunit 0.373 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.10 +\backslash +varunit 0.410 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.05 +\backslash +varunit 0.453 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.00 +\backslash +varunit 0.500 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.05 +\backslash +varunit 0.453 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.10 +\backslash +varunit 0.410 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.15 +\backslash +varunit 0.373 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.20 +\backslash +varunit 0.342 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.25 +\backslash +varunit 0.317 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.30 +\backslash +varunit 0.300 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.35 +\backslash +varunit 0.293 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.40 +\backslash +varunit 0.300 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.45 +\backslash +varunit 0.332 +\backslash +varunit +\newline + +\end_inset + +Bada garaia paragrafo laukiluzeen tirania bertan behera botatzeko. + Horrelakoetan, TeX soileko +\backslash +parshape komando zoragarriari deitzen zaio. + Ikus dezakezunez, edonolako formak jar daiteke lerro-luzeeren definizio + multzo batekin. + Nahiz eta +\family typewriter +parshape +\family default + komandoa nahiko xumea eta erabilgaitza iruditu, erabiltzaileari burutatu + zaiokeen zenbait egoeretan lagungarri gerta dakioke: letra kapitalak fintzea, + irudi ez-laukien ingurunean testua itzulbiratzea, e.a. + +\layout Standard +\added_space_top bigskip +Sintaxia hau da: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +parshape lerrokop #1koska #1luzero #21koska #2luzero \SpecialChar \ldots{} + #nkoska #nluzero +\family default +, non +\family typewriter +lerrokop +\family default + paragrafoa osatzen duen lerro kopurua den. + Lerro gutxiago egonez gero, forma moztu egiten da; gehiago egonez gero, + gainezka dauden lerroak definizioko azken lerroaren neurriak hartuko dituzte. + +\family typewriter +#nkoska +\family default + sarrerak ezkerreko marjinetik hasita lerroaren koskatze-tamaina zehazten + du, eta +\family typewriter +#nluzero +\family default + sarrerak berriz puntu horretatik hasi eta lerro horrek zenbateko luzera + izango duen. + Forma uneko paragrafoari eragiten dio, eta hurrengo paragrafoetan gauzak + bere laukidun ohituretara itzultzen dira. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Laburpena +\layout Standard + +Ikusi duzunez, atal honetako adibideek praktikotasunetik gauza apetatsuetaraino + iritsi dira. + Ez dut uste inork azken ataleko forma bitxidun paragraforik beharko duenik, + zeren eta gauzarik garrantzitsuena da TeX eta LaTeX-en egin ditzakezunak + LyX-en ere egiteko gai izango zarela. + TeX konposaketarako ahalmen handiko sistema zoragarria da, eta bere gaitasun + guztia zure eskuetan dago, zeren eta LyX-ek bere atzekaldean erabiltzen + baitu. + Izan LyX-atze zoriontsua! +\the_end diff --git a/lib/doc/eu_FAQ.lyx b/lib/doc/eu_FAQ.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b57ac28b54 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/eu_FAQ.lyx @@ -0,0 +1,1611 @@ +#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 221 +\textclass scrartcl +\begin_preamble +\usepackage{multicol} +\end_preamble +\language basque +\inputencoding latin1 +\fontscheme pslatex +\graphics default +\paperfontsize default +\spacing single +\papersize a4paper +\paperpackage a4 +\use_geometry 0 +\use_amsmath 0 +\use_natbib 0 +\use_numerical_citations 0 +\paperorientation portrait +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation indent +\defskip medskip +\quotes_language english +\quotes_times 2 +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 2 +\paperpagestyle default + +\layout Title + +LyX Maiz Eginiko Galderak +\newline +0.3.7 bertsioa +\layout Author + +egilea: LyX taldea. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Fitxategi honen arduradun nagusia +\noun on +Mike Ressler +\noun default + da. + Bidali iradokizunak edo erroreei buruzko zuzenketak LyX dokumentazioko + posta-zerrendara: . + +\newline +Itzulpena: Iñaki Larrañaga Murgoitio, , 2004. +\newline +Zuzenketak: Hizkuntza Politikarako Sailburuordetza , 2004. +\end_inset + + +\layout Abstract + +Hau LyX-i dagokion Maiz Egindako Galderen (MEG) zerrenda da. + LyX-ek kalitate goreneko dokumentuak sortzeko +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Ikusten duzuna esan nahi duzu" (WYSIWYM) ingurunea eskaintzen duen testu-prozesa +dore bat du, eta software librea da. + Laguntza gehiagorako, jarri harremanetan LyX-eko erabiltzaile taldearen + posta-zerrendarekin; hori bai, eskuliburu guztiak irakurri ondoren. + Posta-zerrenda hau da: +\family typewriter +lyx-users@lists.lyx.org +\family default + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Sarrera eta informazio orokorra +\layout Subsection + +Zer da LyX? +\layout Standard + +LyX ordenagailuen bitartez dokumentazioa idazteko tresna eraginkorra da, + markatze-hizkuntza darabil, "idazmakina" kontzeptu zaharkitua apurtuz. + Ahalegin gutxirekin eta denbora oso labur batean dokumentu profesionalak + sortu nahi dituztenentzako diseinatua dago, eta "maketazio" arloko aditua + izan gabe. + Maketazio-lanetaz ordenagailua arduratzen da, ez egilea; LyX-ekin egilea + dokumentuaren edukian kontzentratzen da. +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek dokumentuaren +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +ia-WYSIWYG" ikuspegia eskaintzen du. + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Ia +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + hitzak lerro- eta orri-jauziak inprimatutako dokumentuan berdin-berdina + ez direla bistaratuko esan nahi du. + Hala ere, ez da beharrezkoa, zeren eta LyX-ek zure testuaren amaierako + formatua lantzeko konposatze-lanak egiten dituen beste programa (LaTeX + izenekoa) bat erabiltzen baitu. + LyX-ek erabiltzailearen interfaze eroso bat eskaintzeko osagai guztiak + dituen bitartean, konposaketa lanak egiteko programak testuaren formatua + lantzeko gauza guztiak ditu, eta bien artean oso-oso ongi moldatzen dira. +\layout Standard + +Beraz, lerro- eta orri-jauziekin ez duzu inolako arazorik izango. + Azpiatal zehatz batek zein zenbatzaile duen gogoratu beharrik ez duzu izango. + Atalen izenburuek zein letra-tipo eta tamaina erabiltzen duten ere ahaztu. + LyX-i (eta LaTeX-i) esan behar diozun gauzan bakarra da zein +\emph on +dokumentu-klase +\emph default + editatzen ari zaren eta testua dagoen paragrafoa zein +\emph on +motakoa +\emph default + den; hori eginez gero ordenagailuak dokumentuari dagokion konposatze-lanak + egokiro egingo ditu. + Argi dago dokumentua fintzeko maila sakonagoetan aritzeko aukera duzula. + Hala ere, LyX-ek ordenagailuari testua zer den adierazten dio, eta ez nolako + itxura eduki behar duen. + Horregatik, LyX testu-prozesadoreak WYSIWYM ("What You See Is What You + +\emph on +Mean" +\emph default + edo "Ikusten duzuna +\emph on +esan +\emph default + +\emph on +nahi +\emph default + duzu") moduko edizioa eskaintzen dizula esatea atsegin dugu. +\layout Subsection + +Oso polita, baina erabilgarria da? +\layout Standard + +Erabat. + LyX-ekin honako dokumentu-mota hauek sor daitezke: +\layout Itemize + +Memoriak +\layout Itemize + +Gutunak +\layout Itemize + +Tesiak (dokumentu batean 260 orrialde, luzeagoak beste fitxategi batzuk + gehituz lortzen dira) +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +adibidez, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.fee.uva.nl/scholar/mdw/leuven/thesis.pdf} + +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Klaseak emateko apunteak (133 orrialde eta 27 irudi, 33 MHz 486 motako ordenagai +lu batean ekoiztuta!) +\layout Itemize + +Mintegietako koadernoak (500+ orrialde) +\layout Itemize + +Konferentzietako txostenak ("Proceedings of the Second Continental Workshop + on the Geoid in Europe", (Finlandiako Geodesia Institutuaren txostena 98:4), + 292 orrialde) +\layout Itemize + +Softwarearen dokumentazioa (LyX Erabiltzailearen Gidak 120 bat orrialde + ditu) +\layout Itemize + +Liburuak +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +PostgreSQL-ren liburua +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.postgresql.org/docs/awbook.html} + +\end_inset + + gunean aurki dezakezu. +\layout Itemize + +Donnay, J-P., Barnsley, M.J., eta Longley, P.A., eds., 2001, "Remote Sensing and + Urban Analysis" (Taylor eta Francis: Londres). +\layout Itemize + +Herbert Voss: "Praktische Kryptologie mit Java" 286 orrialde, ekuazio, taula + eta irudi pila bat. + ISBN 3-8311-1458-7. +\layout Itemize + +Yann Collette eta Patrick Siarry, "Optimisation multiobjectifs", 2002, Eyrolles. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Ondoren zerrendatzen diren aldizkarietarako artikuluak: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Astronomy & Astrophysics (Suetterlin, P. + 1998, A&A, 333, 305; Suetterlin, P. + & Wiehr, E. + 1998, A&A, 336, 367) +\layout Itemize + +Astronomical Journal (Ressler, M. + E. + & Barsony, M. + 2001, AJ, 121, 1098) +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Eleberriak (2000. + urtean kaleratu zen 400 orrialde baino gehiago zituen eleberri bat; une + hauetan 836 orrialdeko eleberri bat prestatzen ari dira) +\layout Itemize + +Antzezlanak eta zinemarako gidoiak. +\layout Itemize + +Negozio proposamenak: 1 milioi dolar (US) baino gehiagokoak. +\layout Subsection + +Nondik hasiko naiz? +\layout Standard + +LyX-ekin zerikusia duena aurkitzeko, lehenbizi joan +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.lyx.org} + +\end_inset + + web gunera. + Albisteak, adibideak, iturburuak, kode bitarrak eta beste gauza asko gune + horretan eskuragarri dituzu. + LyX instalatu ondoren eta lehen aldiz erabiltzerako, irakurri Tutoretza + ( +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +T +\bar default +utoretza +\family default +). + Bai, horitxi esan nahi dut. +\layout Standard + +Beste sarrerako gida bat aurkituko duzu hemen: +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.bilkent.edu.tr/~robin/lyxguide.pdf} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Zein ordenagailutan erabil dezaket? +\layout Standard + +Une honetan, LyX exekutatzeko X leiho-sistema behar duzu. + OS/2, MacOS X eta Win32 sistementzako bihurketak prestatuta daude, baina + sistema horietan X zerbitzaria instalatuta eta lanean eduki beharko duzu. + LyX honako sistema eragile hauetan (eta beste askotan) erabiltzen dela + badakigu: +\layout Itemize + +Linux: Debian, RedHat, SUSE, Mandrake edo YellowDogLinux beste batzuen artean. +\layout Itemize + +SparcLinux: RedHat 6.0 +\layout Itemize + +Sun Solaris 2.6, 2.7 +\layout Itemize + +Tru64 Unix 4.0f +\layout Itemize + +HP-UX +\layout Itemize + +OSF1 flore V4.0 1091 alpha +\layout Subsection + +LyX-ek zenbat leku behar du disko gogorrean? +\layout Standard + +Nire sisteman, LyX-en kode bitarrak disko gogorrean 2 MB betetzen ditu, + eta euskarriko fitxategiek beste 12.6 MB betetzen dute, horietatik 9.1 MB + dokumentuek osatzen dute, eta diskoan leku gehiago edukitzeko, axola ez + zaizkizun hizkuntzetakoak ezaba ditzakezu. + Gogoratu behar dugu LyX-ek LaTeX-en oinarritzen dela, eta teTeX bezalako + banaketa bat instalatuta 115 MB inguru betetzen dituela, eta ghostscript-ek + beste 10 MB eskatzen dituela! +\layout Subsection + +LyX benetako software askea da? +\layout Standard + +Bai, noski. + Hori galdetzea ere! Inor txikikerietan sakontzen hasten bada, LyX-ek erabiltzen + duen XForm liburutegi grafikoa nahiz eta dohainik eskuragarri egon jabedun + motako softwarea dela esan beharra dugu. + Horren ondorioz LyX ez da hain Garbia eta Santua. + Zentzugabekeria hutsa. + LyX-en iturburua pitin bat moldatutako GPL lizentzian oinarrituta dago, + eta beraz LyX bera software askea da eta horrelaxe bermatzen da. + Gainera, LyX-eko garatzaileek menpekotasunik ez duen tresna-jokoa lantzen + ari dira. + Beraz, 1.3.0 bertsiotik aurrera Qt 2 edo 3 liburutegi askearen 3.\SpecialChar ~ +bertsioa + onartzen du. + LyX-en 1.0 bertsioa baino zaharragoak (LGPL lizentziapean kaleratutakoak) + eskuratzeko, joan gune honetara: +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.lyx.org/pub/xforms/OpenSource/} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Itzultzailearen\SpecialChar ~ +oharra +\emph default +: eskuliburu hau euskaratu zen garaian, 2004. + urteko hasieran, LyX 1.3.3 bertsioa GPL lizentziarekin banatuta zegoen. + Honek LyX erabat askea dela bermatzen du. +\layout Section + +Interneteko euskarriak +\layout Subsection + +LyX-i buruzkoak interneteko zein gunetan aurki ditzaket? +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.lyx.org} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{bugzilla.lyx.org} + +\end_inset + +, LyX-eko errore bati buruzko txostena bidaltzeko. +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.devel.lyx.org} + +\end_inset + +, LyX-en hesteak eta odolkien artean murgiltzea nahi baduzu. +\layout Itemize + +Ezagutzen diren ispilu-guneak, beste batzuen artean: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.mx.lyx.org} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.no.lyx.org} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.it.lyx.org} + +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\layout Subsection + +LyX-eko materiala zein FTP-tik eskura dezaket? +\layout Itemize + +ftp.lyx.org in /pub/lyx (ftp.via.ecp.fr bezala ere ezaguna) +\layout Subsection + +Zein posta-zerrenda daude? +\layout Description + +* lyx-announce@lists.lyx.org (mezu kopuru txikia), LyX-en albisteak zabaltzeko. +\layout Description + +* lyx-users@lists.lyx.org (mezu kopuru ertaina), erabilera orokorrari buruzkoak. +\layout Description + +* lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org (mezu kopuru handia), garapen eta araztatze buruzkoak. +\layout Description + +* lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org (ikaragarrizko mezu kopuru txikia), dokumentazio + buruzkoak. +\layout Standard + +Orokorrean posta-zerrenda hauetariko batean Harpidetzeko, bidali mezu bat + lyx-lelo-subscribe@lists.lyx.org helbidera; edo harpidetza amaitzeko, lyx-lelo-un +subscribe@lists.lyx.org helbidera, non "lelo" hauetariko bat adierazi nahi + duen: "announce", "users", "devel", edo "docs". + Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikusi +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org/internet/mailing.php3} + +\end_inset + + gunea. +\layout Subsection + +Posta-zerrendak nonbaiten gordetzen dira? +\layout Standard + +Nola ez ba? :-) +\layout Subsection + +Ederto, hi bai hi jatorra! Eta non gorde dituzue? +\layout Itemize + +Albisteak: +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.mail-archive.com/lyx-announce@lists.lyx.org/} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + +Erabiltzaileak: +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.mail-archive.com/lyx-users@lists.lyx.org/} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + +Garapena: +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.mail-archive.com/lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org/} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Beste testu-prozesadore batzuekiko bateragarritasuna +\layout Subsection + +LaTeX fitxategiak irakur/idatz ditzaket? +\layout Standard + +Bai horixe. + LyX-ek dokumentuen irteera sortzeko LaTeX fitxategietara bihurtzen (inprimatzek +o erabili behar bada) edo esportatzen (gizakiok irakurtzeko bada) ditu. + reLyX programak, LyX-ekin datorrenak, LaTeX motako fitxategiak LyX formatura + bihurtzen lan dotorea egiten du. + Perfektua ez izan arren, zuretzat %95 lantzen du. +\layout Subsection + +Word fitxategiak irakur/idatz ditzaket? +\layout Standard + +Ez da hain erraza. + Erabiltzaileek neurri batean arrakasta lortu izan dute honako sekuentzia + hauek landuta: LyX +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + +LaTeX +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + +RTF +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + +Word, eta alderantziz. + Hala ere, Word-ek ez du LyX-ek eta LaTeX-ek duten markatze-hizkuntza erabiltzen +, horren ondorioz bihurketak nahiko zailak eta zentzugabekoak dira. +\layout Standard + +Dena den, hona iradokizun batzuk: +\layout Description + +word2x Honek LaTeX, HTML eta testu soileko irteerak sortzen ditu. + Hasiera batean LaTeX formatura bihur dezake (eta nahiko garbi gainera), + baina nik nahiago izaten dut testu soilera bihurtu, eta azken honi LyX-ekin + formatua eman. + Horretarako, jatorrizko dokumentuaren formatua (zein diren atalen izenburuak, + zerrendak eta bestelakoak) ezagutzea eskatzen du. + Egin nuen azken saiakeran Office 2000-ko Word-ekin ez zebilen. + +\layout Description + +wvware (www.wvware.com gunean aurkituko duzu, edo azken bertsioa eskuratzeko, + joan CVS gordeleku-sistemara). + Garai batean msWordView izena zuen. + Oso ona, LaTeX/HTML formatua sortzeko balio du. + Oso konfigurakorra da: +\family typewriter +wvLaTeX.xml +\family default + fitxategiak bihurketa prozesua bideratzen du. + Office-ren azken bertsioetako formatuekin lan egiteko gaitasuna dauka. +\layout Description + +Ted Norbaitek Word-ekin sortutako RTF fitxategia bidaltzen dizunean, fitxategi + mota horren editorea da. + Produktu fina benetean. + Erabili bihurtzailearen bertsioa (testu soila edo HTML). + +\layout Standard + +Azkenik, guzti hauek huts egiten dutenean, erabili Word formatua ulertzen + duten edozein testu-prozesadore (OpenOffice.org, WordPerfect, StarOffice,...). + Gero, bihurtu fitxategia testu soil gisa, eta inportatu LyX-era (ASCII + gisa). + Ondoren, jarri dokumentuari dagokion formatuan. + Niretzat, eta hau iritzi pertsonala da, bihurketa horiek guztiak egin ordez, + azken bide hau jorratzea askoz ere azkarragoa eta garbiagoa da, horrela + ez baitaukazu atzera egin eta gauzak konpontzen denbora galtzen ibili beharrik. +\layout Subsection + +HTML fitxategiak irakur/idatz ditzaket? +\layout Standard + +Fitxategiak HTML formatuan idazteko, beste batzuen artean, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +tth +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + bihurtzailea erabili. + Hortik HTML +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + +LaTeX bihurketa lantzen duen programaren bat egon beharko luke. +\layout Section + +LyX eskuratzea eta konpilatzea +\layout Subsection + +4.1 Zer behar dut? +\layout Itemize + +LyX-eko iturburuak: lyx-1.x.x.tar.gz +\layout Itemize + +XForms edo Qt liburutegia. + XForms-en kasuan xforms-0.88 edo garatuagoa (dagoen azken bertsioa erabiltzea + aholkatzen da) eskuratu. + Bestela Qt 3.1 edo garatuagoa. +\layout Itemize + +LaTeX banaketa bat instalatuta edukitzea: teTeX-1.0 edo bertsio garatuagoa + eskuratzea aholkatzen dizugu. +\layout Itemize + +PostScript® interpretatzailea: ghostscript 7.0 edo garatuagoa. +\layout Itemize + +C++ konpilatzaile moderno bat. + Gcc erabiltzen baduzu, LyX-ek 2.95.2 edo 3.2 eskatuko dizu. + Saiatu dagoen azken bertsioarekin lan egiten. +\layout Subsection + +Nola konpilatzen dut? +\layout Standard + +Terminal batean, eta LyX-en iturburuak dauden direktorioan kokatuta, landu + komando hauek: +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +./configure +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Qt liburutegiak erabiltzea nahi baduzu, honako konfigurazio honetako aukerak + erabili beharko dituzu: +\layout Itemize + +--with-frontend=qt +\layout Itemize + +--with-qt-dir=. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +make +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +make install +\family default + (komando hau supererabiltzaile edo root gisa landu beharko duzu, landu + duzun +\family typewriter +configure +\family default + komandoan bestelako bandera edo aukerarik ez badiozu ezarri bederen) +\layout Standard + +Xehetasun gehiagorako, irakurri iturburuko INSTALL fitxategia. +\layout Subsection + +Konpilatzea gorrotatzen dut. + Aurrekonpilatutako kode bitarrak non aurki ditzaket? +\layout Standard + +Arestiko pakete gehienak aurrekonpilatutako bitar formatuan Linux sistema + anitzetarako eskuragarri daude. + LyX-en kode bitarrak RPMS eta beste formatu batzuetan aurrekonpilatuta + daude eta gune honetatik eskura dezakezu: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.lyx.org/pub/lyx/bin/} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Windows-entzako prestatutakoa hemendik jaitsi beharko duzu: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.fh-hannover.de/mbau/tim/hentschel/lyx/index.html} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Inpernuko Testu Gorriari buruzkoak (GARRANTZITSUA!) +\layout Subsection + +Zer da Inpernuko Testu Gorria (edo ERT)? +\layout Standard + +ERT (Inpernuko Testu Gorria) LaTeX-eko komando gordinei deitzen zaie, eta + LyX dokumentuan txerta ditzakezu. + Garapen-taldeko basapizti batzuei, ERT-ek LyX dokumentuei ematen zien itxura + zela eta, horrela izendatzea bururatu zitzaien. + Gutariko batzuek. + ordea, politikoki askoz ere zuzenagoak omen garenez, URT (Testu Gorri Itsusia) + deitu arren, arbasoengandiko ohitura hedatuz terminoa ERT bezala finkatu + zen. + +\layout Subsection + +Nola sartzen dut Inpernuko Testu Gorri bat? +\layout Standard + +Itxurari buruzko eztabaida alde batera utziz, MEG honetan aurkitu dituzun + erantzun askok ERT erabiltzea eskatuko dizute; beraz, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +txertatu LaTeX kode hau" edo antzeko zerbait agintzen dizugunean, zuk honako + hau egin beharko zenuke (aginduei jaramonik ez egitea nahi baduzu, batzuek + esaten duten bezala "egin zerorrek! +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) +\layout Enumerate + +Tresna-barrako TeX botoian klikatu, edo +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +T +\bar default +eX +\family default + menua erabili. +\layout Enumerate + +Idatzi komandoa, beste edozein testu bezala. +\layout Subsection + +ERT multzo berria nahiko astuna da! +\layout Standard + +Erabiltzaile asko LyX 1.2.0 bertsioan sartu zen eta ERT txertatzeari buruzko + kexa azaldu zen. + Hala ere, LaTeX zaharra berpizteko itxaropen txiki bat egon arren (eta + hori bai zela akerren +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +I +\emph on +tzultzailearen oharra +\emph default +: "hack" hitza berez, beste esanahi batzuen artean, "aizkorakada" da, eta + ondorioz "hacker"-ak "aizkolariak" dira. + Fonema-kontua dela eta, "hacker" euskaraz ahoskatzerakoan "aker" entzuten + denez, "akerra" hitza erabiltzea bururatu zait. +\end_inset + + lana!), hemen hausnarketa batzuk zerrendatu ditugu: +\layout Standard + +* ERT beste edozein mugikor bezala tolesta dezakezu; horretarako, klikatu + dokumentuan txertatu duzun ERT botoiaren gainean edo erabili +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ireki/Itxi\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +m +\bar default +ugikorra +\family default + menua (lehenespenez +\family sans +C-i +\family default + lasterbideari esleituta dago). +\layout Standard + +* ERT bat +\emph on +lerro-barnean +\emph default + ezar dezakezu; horretarako, klikatu ERT txertatze-kutxaren barruan (LaTeX + kodea idazten den lekuan) saguaren eskuin-botoiarekin eta elkarrizketa-koadro + batean bere propietateak azalduko zaizkizu. + "Barnean" hautatu. + +\layout Subsection + +Badago beste aukerarik? +\layout Standard + +LaTeX komandoak +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +LaTeX hitzaurrean" ere txerta daitezke, gune horretan idazten den guztia + prozesuan zehar sortzen den LaTeX fitxategian hitzez hitz txertatzen da. + Hau LaTeX-eko pakete ez-estandarrak gehitzeko (dokumentuan erabiliko diren + lasterbide orokorrak definitu, eta bestelakoak egiteko) oso erabilgarria + izaten da. +\layout Section + +LyX-en erabilerari buruzkoak +\layout Standard + +Atal honetan maiz egin ohi diren galderei erantzuna aurkitzen saiatuko gara. + Oso gutxitan egin diren galderak Herbert Voss-ek egindako +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.educat.hu-berlin.de/~voss/lyx} + +\end_inset + + bilduma ikusgarrian aurkituko dituzu. + Beraz, posta zerrendetan zerbait galdetu aurretik gune horretara joan eta + irakurri, merezi du eta! +\layout Subsection + +Galdera orokorrak +\layout Subsubsection + +Nola ezabatu titulu azpiko data? +\layout Standard + +Irtenbiderik egokiena +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Hitzaurrea +\family default + gunean ondorengo lerroa sartzea da: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +date{} +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Itzultzailearen\SpecialChar ~ +oharra +\emph default +: beste aukera bat da egilea izena sartzen duzunean, liburu batean adibidez, + ondorengo lerroan zuriune babestu bat sartu eta hau +\family sans +Data +\family default + ingurunearekin ezartzea (horrela hitzaurrea ez duzu zer ukitu beharrik). +\layout Subsubsection + +Nola alda ditzaket Elementua/\SpecialChar \- +Zenbatua/\SpecialChar \- +Azalpena zerrenda inguruneko tarteak? +\layout Standard + +Hori eskuz egin behar duzu: adibidez, idatzi zerrenda berezi baten hasieran + LaTeX kode hau: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +itemsep}{0mm} +\layout Subsubsection + +Nola zenbatzen dira ekuazioak atalekiko? +\layout Standard + +Gehitu dokumentuko LaTeX hitzaurrean ondorengo bi lerroak: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +@addtoreset{equation}{section} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +theequation}{ +\backslash +thesection. +\backslash +arabic{equation}} +\layout Subsubsection + +Gauza bera irudi eta taulekin egiterik ba ote? +\layout Standard + +Ordeztu +\family typewriter + +\backslash +theequation +\family default + esaldia +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thetable +\family default + edo +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thefigure +\family default + bategatik; gero ordeztu +\family typewriter + equation +\family default + hitza +\family typewriter +table +\family default + edo +\family typewriter +figure +\family default + hitzagatik. + Ez ahaztu +\family typewriter + +\backslash +@addtoreset +\family default + komandoa egokitzea ere, hor ere +\family typewriter +equation +\family default + agertzen baita, eta egokitu beharra duzu. +\layout Subsubsection + +Oin-oharren zenbakiak ikurretara (izartxoa, daga, e.a.) nola aldatu? +\layout Standard + +Zure LaTeX hitzaurrean +\family typewriter + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +thefootnote}{ +\backslash +fnsymbol{footnote}} +\family default + gehitu. +\layout Subsubsection + +Nola hil ditzaket alargun eta umezurtzak? +\layout Standard + +Beno, hemen ez gara Duke Nukem-ekin jolasten ari! Alargunak eta umezurtzak + (paragrafo baten aurreneko lerroa orrialde baten behean eta paragrafo baten + azken lerroa beste orrialde baten goian) kentzeko, gehitu hau LaTeX hitzaurrean +: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +widowpenalty=10000 +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +clubpenalty=10000 +\layout Standard + +eta agian beste hau ere bai: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +raggedbottom +\layout Subsubsection + +Nola egituratu zerrenda bat 1.a bezalakoarekin hasteko? +\layout Standard + +Honelako zerrenda bat eduki nahi baduzu +\layout LyX-Code + +1. + a) Lehen aukera +\layout LyX-Code + + b) Bigarren aukera +\layout LyX-Code + + c) Hirugarren aukera +\layout Standard + +probatu hau egiten: +\layout LyX-Code + +1. + {} +\layout LyX-Code + +a) Lehen aukera +\layout LyX-Code + +b) Bigarren aukera +\layout LyX-Code + +c) Hirugarren aukera +\layout Standard + +{} kortxete bikotea ERT barruan dago. + Hau da, edukitzaileak ez dira inprimatzen. + Egin hau zehatz-mehatz: sortu paragrafo bat +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +zenbatua" ingurunearekin, sartu ERT batean kortxete bikoitza, sartu lerro + berri bat eta habiaratze-sakonera gehitu, gero idatzi hiru elementuak. + LyX-ek autoetiketatuko ditu. +\layout Subsubsection + +Nola zenbatu hitz-kopurua? +\layout Standard + +Exekutatu zuzentzaile ortografiko bat; egiaztatu duen hitz-kopuru osoa erakutsik +o du. + Zuzentzailea abiatu baino lehenago, eta hitz guztiak zenbatzeko, ziurtatu + kurtsorea dokumentuaren hasieran dagoela. +\layout Subsubsection + +Nola finkatu tarte horizontal zehatz bat? +\layout Standard + +Erabil ditzakezun ERT komando batzuk daude: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +enspace +\family default + (1/2 em), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thinspace +\family default + (1/6 em), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +negthinspace +\family default + (-1/6 em), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +quad +\family default + (1 em), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +qquad +\family default + (2 em), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +hspace{ +\emph on +luzera +\emph default +} +\family default +, e.a. + Komandoetan agertzen diren +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +em" horiek uneko letra-tipoko "m"hizkiaren zabalera da. + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +hspace +\family default + komandoko luzeraren argumentua edozein TeX luzera baliagarria da; unitateak + +\family typewriter +mm +\family default + (milimetroak), +\family typewriter +cm +\family default + (zentimetroak), +\family typewriter +in +\family default + (hatzak), +\family typewriter +pt +\family default + (puntuak = 1/72 hatz), +\family typewriter +em +\family default + ("m" hizkiaren zabalera), edo +\family typewriter +ex +\family default + ("x" hizkiaren luzera) izan daitezke. + Adibidez: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +hspace{1in} +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +hspace{2.5em} +\family default +, e.a. +\layout Subsubsection + +Zer egin zitazioek [1][2][3][6] ordez [1,2,3,6] edo [1-3,6] erakusteko? +\layout Standard + +Txertatu +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage{cite} +\family default + LaTeX hitzaurrean. + LaTeX banaketa gehienek pakete hori edukitzen dute. + LyX-ek pakete hori onartzen du, eta horrela komaz bereiztuta hainbat aipu + zitazioaren elkarrizketa-koadroan txerta ditzakezu: adib. + [Ziggy_TokiAlai][Ansel_Etxetxo] ordez [Ziggi_TokiAlai, Ansel_Etxetxo] bata + bestearen jarraian erabil dezakezu. +\layout Subsection + +Irudiei buruzkoak +\layout Subsubsection + +Zein ezberdintasun dute +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +irudia +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +k eta +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +irudi mugikorra +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +k? +\layout Standard + +Hau terminologia ez-egoki baten adibidea da. + "Irudia" batek "grafiko" bat adierazten du, eta fitxategian argazki bat + txertatuko dela esaten du. + Irudi mugikorra batek artikulu bateko irudi batek adierazten duena baino + gehiago da: honek grafikoak, epigrafeak, irudiaren etiketak eta bestelakoak + baititu. + Lehenbizi irudi mugikor bat txertatzen da, eta gero berroren barruan irudi + bat jartzen zaio. +\layout Standard + +Taulak antzera lantzen dira. + Txertatu taula mugikor bat , eta gero bertan sartu taula bat. +\layout Subsubsection + +Nola kokatu dezaket irudi bat nahi dudan lekuan? +\layout Standard + +Hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okumentua +\family default + menua. + +\family sans +Diseinua +\family default + fitxako +\family sans +Mugikor-kokapena +\family default + eremuan +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +!htp +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + idatzi. + Horrek LaTeX-i irudia txertatu duzun lekuan jartzen buru-belarri saiatzeko, + ezin badu orrialde baten gainean, eta bestela orrialde bat beretzako bereziki + jartzea esaten dio. + Hau ezarpen orokor bat da: irudi guztiek ezarri den arau honi jarraituko + diote. +\layout Standard + +Irudi bakoitzaren jokaera kontrolatu nahi baduzu, klikatu irudi mugikorraren + gainean saguaren eskuineko botoiarekin, eta horrek irudiaren jokaera kontrolatz +eko leihoa bistaratuko dizu. +\layout Subsubsection + +Zer adierazten du +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Too many unprocessed floats +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + errore-mezuak? +\layout Standard + +LaTeX-ek une batean batera mugitu ditzakeen elementu mugikor kopuru mugatu + batekin lan egin dezake. + +\layout Standard + +Adibidez, 4. + irudia ezin bada leku egoki batean jarri (lehenetsitako arauak jarraituz, + orrialdearen goian, gero behean, eta gero beretzako orrialde berezi batean) + eta gero 5.\SpecialChar ~ +irudia badator, biak, kokapen egokia lortu arte, dokumentuaren + amaiera arte mugitzen joango dira. + Ezer onik ez bada gertatzen, dokumentuaren amaieran kokatuko dira. + Horrelako gehiegi egonez gero, LaTeX-i buruko mina jartzen zaio eta "too + many unprocessed floats +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + errore-mezua igortzen du. + Hau ez da LaTeX-en errorea, irudi gehiegi eta testu gutxiegi dagoela baizik + :-) +\layout Standard + +Honen inguruan lan egiteko biderik errazena hau da: txertatu +\family typewriter + +\backslash +clearpage +\family default + komandoa dokumentuan orri-jauzia ongi letorkeen leku batean. + Orri-jauzi batek orrialde berri bat hasten duen bitartean, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +clearpage +\family default + komandoak ordura arte finkatu gabe dauden mugikor guztiak prozesatu, eta + gero orrialde berri bat hasten du. + Honek dokumentu erdian irudi pila bat batera jarri eta dokumentua itsusi + konposatuko du: beraz, irudiak dokumentuan zehar banatzeko hainbat +\family typewriter + +\backslash +clearpage +\family default + erabili beharko dituzu. +\layout Subsection + +Matematikako gauzak +\layout Subsubsection + +Nola sartu testu arrunta matematikako ekuazio batean? +\layout Standard + +Kurtsorea matematikako gunean kokatuta dagoela, sakatu +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +M-m m +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, eta gero idatzi "mat. + testu arrunta". +\layout Subsubsection + +6.3.2 Nola egiten da erro kubiko bat (edo handiagoa)? +\layout Standard + +Kurtsorea matematikako gunean kokatuta dagoela, sakatu +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +M-m m +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +; honek "erroaren kutxa" txertatuko du. + Ondoren, eraibli teklatuko geziak sarrerako kutxetan zehar ibiltzeko. +\layout Section + +7LyX-en exekuzioari buruzkoak +\layout Subsection + +Nola bihurtu LyX fitxategiak LaTeX-era komando lerroarekin? +\layout Standard + +Fitxategia esportatzeko gaitasun hau 1.1.6 bertsioan garatu zen. + Landu hau komando-lerroan: +\layout LyX-Code + +lyx --export latex .lyx +\layout Standard + +eta egina duzu! +\layout Standard + +LyX-eko bertsio zaharragoa baduzu, X exekutatzen ari bazina bezalako sintaxia + erabil dezakezu; horrek LyX leihoa pantailan agertzea dakar. + +\family typewriter +Xvfb +\family default + komandoa erabilgarri baduzu, landu hau itsu-itsu (bash komando lerroan) +\layout LyX-Code + +(Xvfb :1 -once -terminate &); rm .tex; +\layout LyX-Code + +lyx -display :1 --export latex .lyx +\layout Standard + +csh/tcsh motako komando-lerroan berriz: +\layout LyX-Code + +Xvfb :1 -once -terminate &; rm .tex; +\layout LyX-Code + +lyx -display :1 --export latex .lyx +\layout Standard + +Honek edozein lekutan funtzionatu beharko luke, eta berdin dio une horretan + LyX exekutatzen ari den edo ez. +\layout Subsection + +Nola sortu LyX dokumentuaren PDF fitxategia? +\layout Standard + +Irakurri +\emph on +Ezaugarri Hedatuak +\emph default + eskuliburuko 5.3.6 atala. +\layout Subsection + +Dokumentuaren letra-tipo itsusiak acroread-en? +\layout Standard + +Arazo hau eta konponbidea +\emph on +Ezaugarri Hedatua +\emph default +k eskuliburuko 5.3.6 atalean ere azaltzen dira. +\layout Subsection + +Zergatik nire Ghostscript-en azken bertsioak ezin ditu egokiro marraztu + lerro-barneko EPSak? +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Oharra +\emph default +: honek LyX 1.2.0 bertsioa baino zaharragoak direnei eragiten die, bertsio + horretan marrazteko kodea erabat berridatzi baitzen. +\layout Standard + +Erabiltzaile batzuek ohartarazi zuten LyX-eko lerro-barneko EPS irudiak + Ghostscript-en azken bertsioak ezin zituela marraztu. + Hori Ghostscript programaren akatsa da: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://sourceforge.net/bugs/?func=detailbug&bug_id=124957&group_id=1897} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Akats honek Ghostscript 6.22 eta goranzkoei eragiten die. + Arestian aipatutako txaplata aplikatu ondoren, LyX-en marrazketa ongi lantzen + da berriro. + GNU Ghostscript 6.53 eta gainekoek arazoa konponduta dute. +\layout Section + +LyX Windows-en +\layout Subsection + +Zergatik egiten dute dardar tresna-barra eta menuak? +\layout Standard + +Ziurrenik XWin32 X zerbitzaria erabiltzen ariko zara. + Hau XWin32-ren akats bat da: arazoa konpontzeko, desgaitu XWin32-ren "Use + Reserved Colors" aukera, eta saiatu SasiKolorea ez den beste kolore modu + bat erabiltzen. +\layout Section + +Laguntza gehiago nola lortu +\layout Subsection + +Oraindik ez diezu nire galderei erantzun! +\layout Standard + +Zer, tiporta?! Orduan IEPAAAH +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Itzultzailearen oharra +\emph default +: ingelesez RTFM deitzen zaio, hots "Read The Fucking Manual". + Euskaratutakoaren esanahia neuretzako gordetzen dut, ingelesezkoa baino + askoz ere bortitzagoa baita, baina antzeko zerbait esan nahi du, gutxi + gorabehera. + Egunen batean, ardo beltza edanez txikiteoan gabiltzala, agian orduan, + esango dizuet ;-) +\end_inset + + , Tutoretza bereziki! Dokumentazioa oso ona da (azken finean zenbait zati + idazten lagundu bainuen :-). + Zure arazoa LaTeX-ekin bada, orduan irakurri Leslie Lamport-en +\emph on +LaTeX, A Document Preparation System, 2nd Ed. + (1994) +\emph default +. + +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek ere hainbat adibide-fitxategi dakartza. + Hautatu +\family sans +\bar under + F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +I +\bar default +reki +\family default + menua eta klikatu +\family sans +\bar under + A +\bar default +dibideak +\family default + botoian, egin esandakoa eta ulertuko duzu. +\layout Subsection + +Nire arazoa norbaiti azaldu nahi diot +\layout Standard + +Ummmm...Hemen erabiltzaileen bizitza sentimenalei buruz ez gara aritzen. + Horretarako telebistan nahikoa programa daude. + Arazoak LyX-ekin badituzu, orduan idatzi LyX-en erabiltzaileen zerrendara: + lyx-users@lists.lyx.org. + LyX izorratzen bada, edota bestelako funtzio batzuk hondatuta baditu, garatzail +een posta-zerrendarekin saia zintezke: lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org. +\layout Subsection + +Laguntza-eskaeran zer jarri. +\layout Standard + +LyX-en zein bertsio erabiltzen ari zaren, deskribatu hondatzerakoan zer + egiten ari zinen, eta nabarmendu dokumentazioa irakurri duzula. +\layout Standard + +LyX izorratu bada, idatzi LyX-en bertsioa, sistema eragilea, XForms (pantailan + marrazteko arazo batzuk izan ohi ditu) edo Qt bertsioa, eta zertan ari + zinen hori izorratzeko. + Garatzaileek zenbat eta azkarrago antzeman non izorratu den, orduan eta + lehenago konponduko dute arazoa. + Zeure burua akertzat baduzu, erabili gdb eta sortu atzeko-aztarnak (backtrace), + eta gehitu emaitzak zure gutunari. + Diodana ez baduzu aditzen, deskribatu gertatutakoa ahal duzun moduan. + Zure mezua ongi etorria izango dela jakinarazi nahi dizugu. +\layout Section + +Informazio administratiboa eta aitorpenak +\layout Subsection + +Ohartarazpenei ongi etorria +\layout Standard + +Idatzi +\emph on +mike.ressler@alum.mit.edu +\emph default + helbidera iradokizunak, aholkuak, hobekuntzak, eta zure dokumentuarekin + munduko marka hautsi duzula ohartaraziz edo bestelako ipuin batzuekin. + Hemendik entzun dugu gure Mikik ( +\emph on +vos ça grande, miki! +\emph default +) neskatan lepo egiten duela, mutila jatorra da. + Ausartzen? +\layout Subsection + +MEG honen formatu eskuragarriak +\layout Standard + +Jatorrizko LyX fitxategia LyX-en banaketako iturburuekin batera dator, HTML + eta ASCII formatuetara bihurtutakoak laster web gunean eskuragarri egongo + dira. + Banaketan alemanezko bertsio bat ere badago. + Eta noski, euskarazkoa ere bai, irakurtzen ari zaren hau. +\layout Subsection + +Errudunak eta aitorpenak +\layout Standard + +LyX-0.10.7 betetzen zuen MEG 0.2.2 bertsioaren egileak Bernhard Iselborn, David + Johnson, eta Paul Evans izan ziren. + MEG 0.3.0 bertsio bezala hutsetik idazten hasi zen eta LyX-1.0 edo garatuagoak + betetzen ditu. + Pertsona askok lagundu dute uneko bertsioan; Dokumentazio-taldeko Mike + Ressler-ek ( +\emph on +mike.ressler@alum.mit.edu +\emph default +) guztiak bildu eta fitxategi honetan gorde zituen. +\layout Subsection + +Ezespena eta Copyright-a. + +\layout Standard + +Ez dut ziurtatzen dokumentu honetako edozer +\begin_inset Formula $\pi$ +\end_inset + +-ren faktore barrutian koka daitekeenik; azken finean, ni astronomo bat + naiz, eta +\begin_inset Formula $c=h=k=\pi=1$ +\end_inset + + ezartzea atsegin dut. + Emaitza okerra denean, unitatean birdefinitzen ditugu. +\layout Standard + +Fitxategi hau erabilgarria izango delakoan banatzen da, baina INOLAKO BERMERIK + GABE; era berean, ez da bermatzen beraren EGOKITASUNA MERKATURATZEKO edo + HELBURU PARTIKULARRETARAKO ERABILTZEKO. + Argibide gehiago nahi izanez gero, ikus GNU Lizentzia Publiko Orokorra. + Beste era batera mintzatuz, ez da nire errua zure doktoretzako aurkezpenaren + bezperako gauean tesia gorde ez zenuelako, zeren eta oinarrizko fisikako + konstantea +\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{m s}^{-1}$ +\end_inset + + unitateetan neurtuz nola izan zitekeen +\begin_inset Formula $\textrm{kg m s}^{-2}\textrm{ K}^{-1}$ +\end_inset + +bezalako adierazpen baten berdina pentsatzen ari zinen bitartean argi indarra + joan bazen tesia galdu eraziz. + Fitxategi honen Copyright © 2000, egilea Michael E. + Ressler, LyX Dokumentazio Taldearen izenean. +\the_end diff --git a/lib/doc/eu_Intro.lyx b/lib/doc/eu_Intro.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bc068b59d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/eu_Intro.lyx @@ -0,0 +1,1348 @@ +#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 221 +\textclass scrbook +\begin_preamble +\usepackage{multicol} +\end_preamble +\language basque +\inputencoding latin1 +\fontscheme pslatex +\graphics default +\paperfontsize default +\spacing single +\papersize a4paper +\paperpackage a4 +\use_geometry 0 +\use_amsmath 0 +\use_natbib 0 +\use_numerical_citations 0 +\paperorientation portrait +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation indent +\defskip medskip +\quotes_language english +\quotes_times 2 +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 2 +\paperpagestyle default + +\layout Title + +LyX Sarrera +\layout Author + +egilea: LyX taldea. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Fitxategi honen arduradun nagusia +\noun on +John Weiss +\noun default + da. + Bidali iradokizunak edo erroreei buruzko zuzenketak LyX dokumentazioko + posta-zerrenda honetara: +\newline +Itzulpena: Iñaki Larrañaga Murgoitio , 2004. +\newline +Zuzenketak: Hizkuntza Politikarako Sailburuordetza , 2004. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Chapter + +LyX-en filosofia +\layout Quote + +"Osaba Cosmo, zergatik deitzen diote honi testu-prozesadorea?" +\layout Quote + +"Erraza da, Skyler. + Ikusi duzu jaki prozesagailu batek jakiei zer egiten dien, bai?" +\layout Quote + + +\hfill +--- Jeff MacNelly, "Shoe" +\layout Section + +Zer da LyX? +\layout Standard + +LyX dokumentuak prestatzeko sistema bat da. + Matematikak, erreferentzia gurutzatuak, bibliografiak, indizeak eta bestelakoak + erabiliz artikulu tekniko eta zientifiko konplexuak sortzeko aukera eskaintzen + dizu. + Edozein luzeratako dokumentuak idazteko gaitasuna duen tresna paregabea + da: dokumentua hainbat ataletan edo orrialdetan automatikoki zatitzeko, + zuzentzaile ortografikoak lantzeko eta bestelako ezaugarriak ditu. + Amatxori eskutitz bat idazteko ere erabil dezakezu, nahiz eta ziurrenik + hori egiteko programa sinpleagorik eskuragarri egon. + Ez da iragarki, posterrak edo marrazkiak sortzeko tresna (gero azalduko + da zergatia), nahiz eta gogorki saiatuta hori ere lor daitekeen. + Beraren erabileraren gaineko zenbait adibide: memoriak, eskutitzak, desadostasu +nak eta horrelakoak, irakurtzeko oharrak, ikastarotako liburuxkak, hitzaldietara +ko laburpenak, softwareari buruzko dokumentazioa, liburuak (PostgreSQL, + telepatia, kriptologia, fikziozko edota maitasunezko nobelak, olerkiak, + bertsoak, umeentzako ipuinak e.a.), ekitaldi zientifikoetarako artikuluak, + musika eta filmentzako script-ak, proiektuetarako txostenak \SpecialChar \ldots{} +ideia hartu + duzu, ez? +\layout Standard + +LyX ordenagailuen bitartez dokumentazioa idazteko tresna eraginkorra da, + markatze-hizkuntza darabil, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +idazmakina +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + kontzeptu zaharkitua apurtuz. + Ahalegin gutxirekin eta denbora oso labur batean dokumentu profesionalak + sortu nahi dituztenentzako diseinatua dago, eta +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +maketazioko +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + aditua izan gabe. + Maketazio lanez ordenagailua arduratzen da, ez egilea; LyX-ekin egileak + dokumentuaren edukian kontzentratzen da. +\layout Standard + +LyX erabiltzeko lehen aurrerapausoa zuk, erabiltzaile zaren horrek, daukazun + pentsakera aldatzean datza. + Garai batean (sua asmatu eta mende gutxitara) dokumentuak sortzeko tresnak + idazmakinak ziren, eta bere mugak gainditzeko hainbat trikimailu beharko + ikasi. + Honela, esaldia edo hitz bat azpimarratzeko +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +_ +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + karakterearekin berridazten genuen, esaldiari garrantzi handiagoa emanez. + Taula bat sortzeko, berriz, zutabe bakoitzaren zabalera zehaztu, eta kontuz-kon +tuz tabulazioz betetzen genuen. + Gutunak eta bestelakoak sortzerakoan, eskuinera 'koskatu', e.a. + Gainera, lerro-amaierako hitz banaketekin kontuz ibili beharra... + Ene! (arnasotsa) Zelako garaiak haiek! +\layout Standard + +Beste hitzetan, denok entrenatuak izan ginen +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +zer hizki zein lekutan kokatu +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + lan egiteko era horiekin arduratzeko. + Ondorioz, ia testu-prozesadoreen gehiengo batek oraindik bizimodu horrekin + darrai. + Oraindik, orri batean gauza bakoitzak eduki behar duen kokapenarekin arduratu + behar izaten dugu. + Tabuladorea leku batean zuriuneak ezartzeko erabiltzen da. + Dokumentu zati baten letra-tipoa aldatzea, idazmakina baten idazgurpila + aldatzea bezalako zerbait da. +\layout Standard + +LyX-eko oinarrizko izaera zer egiten ari garen horretan datza, eta ez +\emph on +nola +\emph default + egitean. + "Ikusten duzuna lortzen duzu" (WYSIWYG, What You See Is What You Get) pentsamol +deko prozesadore baten ordez LyX-en eredua "Ikusten duzuna +\emph on +esan nahi +\emph default + duzu" (WYSIWYM, What You See Is What You +\emph on +Mean +\emph default +) da. +\layout Standard + +LyX arlo honetan bereizten da, beste testu-prozesadore normal batekin konparatuz + . + Hizki bat leku zehatz batean egoteaz arduratu beharrik ez daukazu. + Esan LyX-i +\emph on +zer egiten ari zaren +\emph default +, eta bera, +\emph on +estilo +\emph default + izeneko arautegi bat jarraituz, beste denaz arduratuko da +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + Zehatzago izatearren, bulegotikako suiteak (azken bertsioak) markatze-metodoare +n antzekoa erabiltzen duten orri-estiloak dituzte. + Nola nahi ere, gure esperientziaren arabera, eguneroko zereginetan oso + gutxi erabiltzen dira. +\end_inset + +. + Ikus dezakegun adibide bat: +\layout Standard + +Demagun dokumentu bat idazten ari zarela. + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Sarrera +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + izeneko atal bat eduki nahi duzu. + Ireki zure testu-prozesadoreko menua, hautatu neurria eta letra-tipoa. + Ondoren, utzi esaldia letra lodiarekin. + Jarraian idatzi +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +1.\SpecialChar ~ +Sarrera +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + Nola ez, denbora pasa ahala, gero atal hau dokumentuko beste leku batean + kokatzeko, edo aurretik beste atal bat idazteko asmoa edukiz gero, bai + honi bai beste atal guztiei zenbatzailean zenbakiak aldatu beharko dizkiozu, + eta nola ez, aurkibideko zenbaki guztiak aldatu. +\layout Standard + +LyX-en, berriz, kokatu goialdean dauden botoitxo guztien ezkerretara dagoen + zerrendan, hautatu +\family sans +Atala +\family default + eta idatzi "Sarrera". +\layout Standard + +Hori da dena. + Ebaki atal hori eta beste edonon itsatsiz gero, dena bere kasa berriz zenbatua + izango da. + Gainera, LyX-ek dokumentuaren barruan egon daiteken atal honi buruzko erreferen +tzia guztiak egunera ditzake, ez daukazu atalen numerazioa gehiago idatzi + beharrik. +\layout Standard + +Ohiko testu-prozesadore orokorrekin kontsistentzia-arazoak gertatzen dira. + Bost egun igaro ondoren, 4.\SpecialChar ~ +atala hasteko asmoa daukazu. + 18\SpecialChar ~ +neurriko letra lodia erabili behar dela ahaztu zaizu, eta 16\SpecialChar ~ +neurrikoa + erabiltzen duzu; beraz, 4.\SpecialChar ~ +ataleko izenburuko letra-tipoa eta 1.\SpecialChar ~ +atalean erabilitak +oa ezberdin erabili dituzu. + LyX-en ez dago arazo hori, zure ordez letra-tipoa eta tamainak egoki edukitzeaz + ordenagailua arduratuko baita. + Azken finean, horretarako sortu ziren ordenagailuak, guri bizitza errazteko. +\layout Standard + +Beste adibide bat. + Demagun zerrenda bat egiten ari zarela. + Beste testu-prozesadoreetan zerrenda bat tabulazio eta lerro berri (lerro-jauzi +) batzuen ondorioa besterik ez da izaten, zerrendako elementu bakoitzaren + etiketa non jarri, zer den, zenbateko tartea eta antzekoetan pentsatu behar + duzu. + LyX-ekin, ordea, bi ardura hartu beharko dituzu, bata zelako zerrenda-mota + den, eta bestea, bertan zer idatzi behar duzun. + Eta kitto! +\layout Standard + +Beraz, LyX inguruan dagoen ideia hau da: zer egin nahi duzun zehaztea, ez + nola egin nahi duzun. + "What You See Is What You Get" modeloaren ordez LyX-ek "What You See Is + What You +\emph on +Mean" +\emph default + edo "WYSIWYM" erabiltzen du. + Ahalmen handiko burutazio honek dokumentuak idazteko zeregina oso sinplifikatze +n du. +\layout Standard + +Horregatik irudi edo iragarkiak sortzeko LyX ez da erabilgarria -- kasu + horietan, gauza bakoitza zein lekutan kokatu behar den zehaztu behar duzu, + hemen ez baitago paragrafo, atal eta bestelako unitate funtzionalik. + Ez du esan nahi LyX-i zenbait funtzio falta zaizkiola. + Esan nahi du lan horretarako ez dela tresna egokia -- marrazkiak ukitzeko + tresna egokiak dauden bezala, dokumentuak idazteko tresnen artean LyX daukagu. +\layout Section + +LyX eta testu-prozesadoreen +\newline +arteko ezberdintasunak +\begin_inset OptArg +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +LyX eta beste testu-prozesadoreak +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Ez, gerra-santu bat irabazteko asmoarekin ez gabiltza. + LyX-en berezitasunak aipatzea garrantzitsua dela deritzogu. + Berezitasun garrantzitsuenetariko bat WYSIWYM da, jendearen %99-ak testua + ekoizteko daukan kontzeptuaz erabat ezberdintzen delako. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Hona LyX-en aurkituko ez dituzun ezaugarrien zerrenda: +\layout Itemize + +Erregela bat (marjinak ezartzeko) +\layout Itemize + +Tabuladoreak +\layout Itemize + +Zuriune osagarriak (adbz. + +\family sans +lerro\SpecialChar ~ +itzulera (Intro) +\family default + edo zuriune tekla bi edo gehiagotan sakatzea) +\layout Standard + +Tabuladoreek zehazten dute erregela batean zehar orrialde bakoitzeko elementuak + non kokatzen diren, LyX-en alferrikakoak dira. + Programa gauza bakoitzaren kokapenaz arduratzen da, zu ez. + Zuriune osagarriekin ere antzera: LyX-ek gehituko ditu, behar diren heinean + eta inguruaren arabera. + Hasieran, bi lerro huts jarraian ezin ezartzea nahiko bitxi gertatuko zaigu, + baina 'WYSIWYM' pentsamoldea ibiltzen ikastean zentzu gehiago hartzen joango + zara. +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek aurkezten dizkizun ezaugarri batzuk, baina irudikatu dezakezun bezala + erabiltzen ez direnak: +\layout Itemize + +Koskatze-kontrolak. +\layout Itemize + +Orri-jauziak. +\layout Itemize + +Lerro-tartea (adb. + zuriune sinplea, bikoitza, e.a.). +\layout Itemize + +Zuriunea, horizontal eta bertikala. +\layout Itemize + +Letra-tipo eta tamainak. +\layout Itemize + +Letra-itxura (lodia, etzana, azpimarratua, e.a.). +\layout Standard + +Nahiz eta LyX-en agertu, oro har ez dira erabiltzen. + LyX gauza horietaz arduratzen da zure ordez, eta egiten ari zarenaren ondorioek +in bat egiten du. + Dokumentuko zati bakoitzari letra-tipo eta tamaina zehatzak automatikoki + ezartzen dizkio. + Paragrafoen koskak kontestuaren menpe daude; paragrafo mota bakoitza era + ezberdinean 'koskatzen' da. + Orri-jauziak modu automatiko batean lantzen dira. + Oro har, lerro, hitz eta paragrafo-tarteak aldakorrak dira, LyX-ek ezartzen + ditu. + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Ezaugarri hauek denak zehatz ditzakezu (gutxi batzuk zehazteko LaTeX-eko + ezaguerak behar dira) bai dokumentu osorako bai eta zati baterako ere. + Xehetasun gehiagotarako, ikusi +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen gida +\emph default + edota +\emph on +Ezaugarri hedatuak +\emph default +. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Azkenik, LyX-ek (eta LaTeX-ek ere bai) testu-prozesadore askori gainditzen + dien arloak hauek dira: +\layout Itemize + +Lerro-amaierako hitz-banaketa (Hipenazioa). +\layout Itemize + +Edozein motatako zerrendak. +\layout Itemize + +Matematikak. +\layout Itemize + +Taulak. +\layout Itemize + +Erreferentzia gurutzatuak. +\layout Standard + +Egungo prozesadore askok matematikako ikurrak, taulak, lerro amaierako hitz + bereizleak eta estilo-definizioa erabiltzen dituzte, eta WYSIWYM pentsamoldera + hurbiltzen hasiak dira. + Ezaugarri horiek ezartzen hasi berri dira; LyX, ordea, LaTeX dokumentu-prestatz +e sisteman oinarritua dago. + LaTeX duela 15 urte baino gehiago sortu zen, eta +\emph on +funtzionatzen du +\emph default +. + +\layout Section + +Zer demontre da LaTeX? +\layout Standard + +LaTeX +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Atal honetako informazioaren jatorria, Helmut Kopka eta Patrick Daly-k idatzitak +o "A Guide to LaTeX2e"-a. + +\emph on +Erabiltzailaren Gida +\emph default +k bibliografia atalean honi buruzko sarrera bat dauka. +\end_inset + + da 1985-ean Leslie Lamport-ek diseinatutako dokumentazioa prestatzeko sistema + da. + 1984-ean Donald Knuth-ek sortu zuen TeX maketazio-konposaketa hizkuntzaren + gainetik pixkanaka eraikita izan zen. + Zehazki zer den, ordea, askok ez du ulertzen. + ASCII (testu soila) fitxategian idatzitako komando-konposaketa zerrenda + hartu eta landu egiten du. + Idazmakina bat baino zailagoa da, baina argitaletxe baten espezializazio + eta konplexutasunera heldu gabe. + Edozein modutan, irteera bezala 'dispositibotik aske' ( +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +device independent +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) izeneko formatuan sortzen du, +\family typewriter +dvi +\family default + era motzean esateko. + +\family typewriter +dvi +\family default + fitxategia bistaratzeko programak edo beste formatu batera (PostScript® + edo PDF) bihurtzen dutenak erabil ditzakezu. +\layout Standard + +Ezaugarri hau besterik ez balu, konposaketaren bihotza besterik ez zen izango. + TeX-ek, ordea, makro-ak ezarri eta zehazteko aukera eskaintzen digu. + Hemen hasten da akelarrea! +\layout Standard + +TeX erabiltzen duten gehienek erabiltzen dute Knuth-ek sortutako Konposaketa-mun +duko ñabardurak ezkutatzeko makro-multzoa. + Erabiltzaile normalak TeX (konposaketa komandoez bakarrik osatutako bizkarrezur +ra) garbi batekin lanik ez du egiten. + Era gordinean makro-ak sortzen dituztenek bakarrik erabiltzen dute. + Eta une hau da Leslie Lamport antzeztokira sartzen zaiguna. + Berak makro-ak (komando multzo bat), taulak edo matematika formulak sortzeko + bide sendo eta uniforme batean egon nahi zuen: erabiltzaileari begira gehiago + zuzendua eta konposaketa arlora berriz gutxiago, horrenbesteko buru hausterik + gabe. + Honela sortu zen LaTeX. +\layout Standard + +Orain, LaTeX-en hedapen eta garapenekin bateratuz, beste gizaki batzuk TeX-erako + norberaren makro multzoak sortzen ari dira, matematika eta horrelako edizio + arloetara zuzendutakoak. + Batzuek zuzenean TeX erabili zuten; besteak, berriz, LaTeX moldatzen hasi + ziren. + Nahaspila hau konpontzeko asmoz, laurogeigarren hamarkadaren amaieran, + LaTeX-eko adituak (Lamport barne, noski) LaTeX2e-en lanean hasi ziren, + gaur egungo bertsioa. + Bertsio berri hori makro-ak sortzeko erraztasun handiagoak eskaintzen dizkizute +n komandoekin dator, letra-tipo berriak erabiltzeko laguntza eta hobekuntza + gehiago. + Beraren eskubide osoz, LaTeX bere izakeran hizkuntza zabal bat da. + Estandarraz gain, mundu osoko erabiltzaileek LaTeX-entzat gehigarriak sortzen + darraite. +\layout Standard + +LaTeX hedatzeko bi modu daude: klaseak eta estiloak. + +\emph on +Klase +\emph default + bat da dokumentu-mota berri bat (liburu bat, edo artikulu bat) zehazten + duen LaTeX-eko (eta TeX-ekoa ere) makro talde bat. + Diapositibentzako klaseak daude, fisika eta matematikako argitarapenetan... + zenbait unibertsitatek tesiak zehazten dituen formatuak dituzte. + +\emph on +Estiloa +\emph default + bat berriz, eta klase batetik ezberdinduz, ez du dokumentu berri bat zehazten, + edozein dokumentutan erabil dezakezun +\emph on +jokabide +\emph default + berri bat baizik. + Adibidez, LyX-ek orriaren marjinak eta lerro-tarteak LaTeX-eko bi estilo-fitxat +egi erabiliz kontrolatzen ditu. + Dokumentu-motak lantzeko hainbat estilo-fitxategi daude: txartelak edo + gutunazalak inprimatzeko, dokumentuaren koskak aldatzeko, letra-tipo berriak + ezartzeko, irudiak moldatzeko, orriko goiburukoak diseinatzeko, bibliografiak + nork bere erara egiteko, oin-oharren itxura eta kokalekuak aldatzeko, taulak + eta irudiak, zerrendak pertsonalizatu, e.a. +\layout Standard + +Laburpen bat: +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +TeX: Konposaketa-hizkuntza, makroak sortu eta erabiltzeko ahalmenarekin. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +LaTeX: Tex-en gainean eraikitako makroen paketea. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +klaseak: dokumentu baten deskribapena, LaTeX erabiliz. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +estiloak: nolabait LaTeX-en izakera moldatzeko. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +LyX: WYSIWYM testu-prozesadore bisuala, LaTeX-en indar eta ahalmen guztiak + erabiliz. +\layout Standard + +Atal honen asmoa izan da zuri argitzea LyX +\emph on +zergatik +\emph default + ezberdintzen den beste testu prozesadoreen lana jorratzeko bideez (bere + funtzionamenduan). + Zergatia garbia da: konposaketa oinarri bezala LaTeX erabiltzen du. + Azken hau bezala, zure idazkeraren inguruan kokatzen da (idazten ari zarena). + Haren itxuraz ordenagailua arduratuko da. +\layout Standard + +Epaaa! Gauza bat gehiago. + LaTeX TeX bezala ahoskatzen da. + "Hey blech"-ekin errimatzen du. + Lamport-ek bere liburuan, ordea, dio "lay-tecks" ere izan daitekeela. + Bestalde, "LyX" "licks" "lucks" edo "looks" ahoska daiteke, herri bakoitzeko + ahoskeren arabera. + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Itzultzailearen oharra +\emph default +: euskaraz "liks" esan dezakegu, hots, "lix". + :-) +\end_inset + + +\layout Chapter + +Dokumentazioan nabigatzea +\layout Standard + +Zure galderei errazago erantzuteagatik, eta LyX-en ezaugarriak era egoki + baten azaltzeko, dokumentazioa hainbat fitxategitan bereiztua izan da. + Zati bakoitzak bere helburua du, aurrerago azalduko den bezala. + Fitxategi hauetariko batekin aurrez aurre aurkitu baino lehenago, begi + bistan daukazun hau irakurtzea aholkatzen dizugu, denbora aurreztu dezazun + informazio eta aipamen erabilgarri asko baitauka. +\layout Standard + +Nahiz eta LyX-ek "1.0 bertsioa" ongi igarota eduki, laguntza dokumentuaren + zati bat amaitu gabe edo zaharkitua egon daiteke. + LyX-eko beste guztia bezala, eskuliburuak boluntario-lanaren emaitzak dira, + eta hauek "benetako lana" daukate; etxekoak, iloba zaindu, edalontziak + garbitu, mozkorkerian gaupasa egin, e.a.\SpecialChar \ldots{} + Eskuliburuak egoera onean (eguneratuak) + egon daitezen ahalegintzen gara. + Laguntzeko prest bazaude, ziurta zaitez dokumentuko beste ezer baino lehen + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:auzolana} + +\end_inset + + atala irakurtzen. +\layout Standard + +Beste mesede bat egin dezakezu: eskuliburu hauetan zerbait argi ez badago + edo akatsak baditu, guri jakinarazi! Dokumentazioa eguneratua edukitzen + arduratuta dauden neska/mutilekin harremanetan jar zaitezke, horretarako + idatzi +\family typewriter +lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org +\family default + helbidera. + +\layout Standard + +Dokumentazioarekin zerikusirik ez duten eta erantzun azkarra eskatzen duten + galderentzat, erabil posta-zerrenda hau: +\family typewriter +lyx-users@lists.lyx.org +\family default +. +\layout Section + +Eskuliburuen egitura +\layout Standard + +Agian, eskulibururen bat edo beste inprimatuta edukiko duzu, edo bestela + LyX erabiliz "monitorean" irakurtzen zaude. + LyX-eko fitxategia eta inprimatutakoaren artean ezberdintasun batzuk daude. + Aurrenekoa, izenburua eskuliburuaren hasieran dago, ez da bereizitako orrialdea +n agertzen, inprimatutako bertsioan lehenbiziko orrialdean agertzen da. + Bai oin-oharra, bai edukien aurkibidea ez daude bistaratuak. + Edukien aurkibidea ikusteko menuko aukera bat badaukazu: +\family sans +Arakatu +\family default +. + Oin-ohar bat irakurtzeko, modu honetan agertzen da +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Kaixo! Oin-ohar hau ixteko, ezkerraldeko laukitxo gris horretan klikatu\SpecialChar \ldots{} +Bai, + "oina" hitza bertan idatzita agertzen da. +\end_inset + + eta saguaren ezker botoiaz bere gainean klikatu. + Saia zaitez! +\layout Standard + +Inprimatutako eskuliburuetan, erreferentzia gurutzatu guztiak kapitulu, + atal, azpiatal eta bestelakoen zenbatzaile bezala agertzen dira. + Pantailan, ordea, erreferentzia gurutzatuak datorrena bezalako laukiluze + grisetan agertzen dira: +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:auzolana} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +alegia (inprimatutako eskuliburuetan zenbakiak agertzen dira laukiluze hauen + ordez). + Laukiluzea saguaren ezker botoiarekin klikatuz dokumentuko erreferentzia + gurutzatuen zerrenda daukan elkarrizketa-koadroa bistaratuko zaizu. + Sarrera honek "atal:auzolana" izeneko bakar bat dauka. + Erreferentziatu den atalera joateko, erabili elkarrizketa koadroan "Joan" + botoia. + +\family sans +C-< +\family default + zapalduz berriz, aurreko kokapenera itzuliko zara. + ( +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +C-< +\family default +"-ren esanahia beheraxeago argitzen da). +\layout Standard + +Fitxategi honen pantailazko eta inprimatutako bertsioaren arteko ezberdintasun + batzuk ikusi ondoren, eskuliburu honen formatuaz mintzatzen has gaitezke. + Noizean behin hizki mota ezberdindun elementuak aurkituko dituzu: +\layout Itemize + + +\emph on +Bereizketa-mota +\emph default + orokorrean enfasietan erabiltzen da, arrazonamendu orokorretan, liburuen + tituluetan, beste eskuliburuetako ataletan, eta idazleen (egile) oharretan. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +Idazmakina mota +\family default + programa eta fitxategien izenetan, LaTeX kodea eta LyX kode eta funtzioetan + erabiltzen da. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Sans Serif +\family default + mota menu, botoi, elkarrizketa-koadroetan eta teklatuko teklen izenetan + erabiltzen da. +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Izen +\noun default + mota pertsonen izena idazteko erabiltzen da. +\layout Standard + +Menuen laster-teklak eta beste tekla-loturei buruz gehiago jakiteko, irakurri + +\emph on +Ezaugarri Hedatuak +\emph default + ( +\family typewriter +Extended.lyx +\family default + fitxategia). + Tekla-loturei erreferentzia egiterakoan erabilpen hauek jarraituko dira: +\layout Itemize + +" +\family sans +C- +\family default +" +\family sans +Kontrol +\family default + ( +\family sans +Ctrl +\family default +) tekla esanahi du. +\layout Itemize + +" +\family sans +S- +\family default +" +\family sans +Shift +\family default + tekla esanahi du. +\layout Itemize + +" +\family sans +M- +\family default +" +\family sans +Meta +\family default + tekla, ia teklatu gehienetan +\family sans +Alt +\family default + izango da. +\layout Itemize + +" +\family sans +F1 +\family default +"\SpecialChar \ldots{} +" +\family sans +F12 +\family default +" funtzio teklak. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +"Esc" +\family default + +\family sans +'Ihes' +\family default + edo +\family sans +'Escape' +\family default + tekla da. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +"Ezkerra" +\family default +, +\family sans +"Eskuina" +\family default +, +\family sans +Gora" +\family default +, +\family sans +"Behera" +\family default + beraien izenak dioen bezala, teklatuko geziak (kurtsoreak) dira. + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +"Txertatu", +\family default + +\family sans +"Ezabatu", +\family default + +\family sans +"Etxea", +\family default + +\family sans +"Amaiera", +\family default + " +\family sans +Goratu Orria +\family default +" eta " +\family sans +Beheratu Orria +\family default +" gezien gainean egon ohi diren 6 tekla dira. + Goratu Orria eta Beheratu Orria teklatu batzuetan +\family sans +Prior +\family default + eta +\family sans +Next +\family default + deitzen dira. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Lerro\SpecialChar ~ +itzulera +\family default + ( +\family sans +Intro +\family default +). + Teklatu batzuek +\family sans +Return +\family default + edo +\family sans +Enter +\family default + bezala daukate. + Beste batzuek birritan daukate. + LyX-ek tekla denak berdin erabiliko ditu, beraz +\family sans +lerro\SpecialChar ~ +itzulera +\family default + edo +\family sans +intro +\family default + erabiliko dugu. +\layout Standard + +Noizean behin " +\family sans +(ikus +\emph on +"Hedatuak" +\emph default +) +\family default +" bezalakoekin aurkituko zara. + "Ezaugarri Hedatuak" eskuliburuan jatorrizko tekla-loturak zerrendatu ditugu, + beraz bertan begiradatxo bat bota dezakezu. + Ohartu zaitez LyX erabiltzaileen artean bi tekla-lotura mapa ezberdin erabiltze +n direla: "CUA" tankeraduna, non hau PC arlotik datorrenarentzat ezaguna + eta jatorrizkoa izaten den, eta "emacs" tankerakoa, hau berriz Unix sistemekin + "hazi" eta "Emacs" editorea erabiltzen dutenentzako ohikoa izaten da. + Bestelakorik ez bada zehazten, dokumentuetan erabiltzen den tekla-loturak + CUA motako mapan oinarritutakoak izaten dira. + Emacs atsegingarria egiten bazaizu, eskuliburuak irakurtzeko eta loturak + zure kasa egiteko gai izango zarelakoan gaude. +\layout Section + +Eskuliburuak +\layout Standard + +Dokumentazioa osatzen duten zatiak zerrendatzen dira ondoren: +\layout Description + +Sarrera +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Fitxategi hau. +\end_deeper +\layout Description + +Tutoretza +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +LyX erabiltzen hasiberria bazara, eta orain arte LaTeX inoiz ez baduzu entzun + ez eta erabili ere, orduan hemendik hasi beharko duzu. + +\emph on +Tutoretza +\emph default + irakurri ostean, LaTeX oraindik zabalegia delakoan ustearekin jarraitu + dezakezu, baina LyX nola erabili behar den jakingo duzu. +\layout Standard + +LaTeX erabili baduzu, +\emph on +Tutoretza +\emph default +-ko "LyX LaTeX erabiltzaileentzat" atala irakurri beharko zenuke (eta eskuliburu +ko beste atalek kalterik ez dizute egingo). +\layout Standard + +Edozein unetan LyX-ekiko iparra (edo norabidea) galdu egin duzulakoan bazaude, + beste edozein eskulibururen bat irakurri eta ulertu aurretik, +\emph on +Tutoretza +\emph default + irakurtzeak on egingo dizu. + Abiatzeko gune ona baita. +\end_deeper +\layout Description + +Erabiltzailearen\SpecialChar ~ +gida +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Eskuliburu nagusia. + Hemen LyX programaren oinarrizko ezaugarri eta aukeren gehiengo bat argitzen + saiatuko gara. + Eskuliburu nagusiak LaTeX-eko ezagutza batzuk badauzkazulakoan dago, edo + +\emph on +Tutoretza +\emph default + irakurri duzula behintzat. +\end_deeper +\layout Description + +Ezaugarri\SpecialChar ~ +hedatuak +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default +-ren hedapena. + LaTeX-eko komandoak, diseinu gehigarriak, edizioko ezaugarri bereziak eta + LaTeX-eko adituen trikimailu batzuk azaltzen ditu dokumentu honek. +\end_deeper +\layout Description + +Pertsonalizazioa +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +LyX-en ezaugarri garatuen azalpena, programaren jarrera (izakera) orokorra + pertsonalizatzea; tekla-lotura, nazioartekotza eta konfigurazio-fitxategi + bezalakoak. + +\emph on +Tutoretza +\emph default + irakurri gabe hau irakurtzea ezta bururatu ere. +\end_deeper +\layout Description + +LaTeX\SpecialChar ~ +konfigurazioa +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek, instalatzerakoan, zure sistema aztertzen du. + Fitxategi honek LyX-ek zure instalazioari buruz ikasitakoaren informazioa + dauka +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Itzultzailearen oharra +\emph default +: dokumentu hau automatikoki sortzen denez ezin da euskaratu. +\end_inset + +. + Eduki beharreko zerbait falta bada, hemen egiazta beharko duzu. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Fitxategiok elkar erreferentziatzen dute, beharrezkoa denean. + Adibidez, +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default +-k instalatze eta pertsonalizatze buruzko zerbait dio, baina irakurlea +\emph on +Pertsonalizazioa +\emph default + eskuliburura bidaltzen du informazio gehiago eskura dezan. +\layout Standard + +Berriro, gauza garrantzitsu bat azpimarratu behar dugu: +\layout Standard +\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center +LyX-ekin hasiberria bazara, +\emph on +Tutoretza +\emph default + irakur ezazu. + Orain. +\layout Standard + +Bestela alferrik haserretuko zara zeure buruarekin. + LyX-ek testu-prozesadore batetik behar duzuna eskaintzen dizu, hori bai, + erabilera ezberdin batekin. +\layout Chapter + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:auzolana} + +\end_inset + +LyX proiektuan laguntzea +\layout Section + +Lagundu LyX-i +\layout Standard + +LyX ia bere osotasunean C++ programaketa hizkuntzan idatzia dago (LaTeX + inportatzeko tresna Perl-en idatzia izan da). + Proiektu handi bat da, eta gerta daiteke errore bat edo beste edukitzea, + edo iturburua hobetu beharra izatea. +\layout Subsection + +Bidali errorea +\layout Standard + +LyX erabiltzerakoan jokaeraren bat errore bezala dela pentsa dezakezu. + Nahiz eta gutxitan gertatu, programa hondatu daiteke. + LyX-eko garatzaile-taldearen iritziz errore gehientsuenak erabiltzaile-interfaz +etik sor daiteke: LyX interfazeko zein zati korapilotsua, zaila ulertzeko, + azaltzen dituzten iradokizunak oso lagungarriak izaten dira. +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek erroreen txostenak bidaltzeko eta kudeatzeko sistema bat erabiltzen + du, +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl[LyX bug tracker]{http://bugzilla.lyx.org/} + +\end_inset + + +\family default + gunean aurki dezakezuna. + Edozein errore buruzko txostena bidali aurretik erroreak kudeatzeko sistema + hori egiaztatzea eskatuko genizuke, aurrez beste norbaitek errore berdinari + buruzko txosten bat bidalita eduki baitezake. + Hau da, errore txosten berri bat bidali aurretik, egiaztatu errore berdinari + buruzko beste txostenik ez dagoela erroreak kudeatzeko LyX-ek darabilen + sistema horretan. + Erabili sistema errore-kudeatzaile hori dagoen errore bati buruzko iradokizunak +, edo errore berri bati buruzko txostena bidaltzeko, edo, bestela, bidali + mezu bat +\family typewriter + lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org +\family default + posta-zerrendara. + Posta-zerrenda honen artxiboei zuzenduriko estekak LyX gune nagusian jarri + dira, +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl[LyX website]{http://www.lyx.org/} + +\end_inset + + +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Errore-txosten on (erabilgarria) batek gutxienik arazoak dituen LyX bertsioaren + zenbakia eduki beharko luke. + Honekin batera, azaldu LyX zein sisteman eragile eta bertsiotan erabiltzen + ari zaren. + Zure sisteman instalatuta daukazun liburutegien bertsioak eta, interesgarria + baderitzozu, LyX-ek erabiltzen duen kanpoko programen bertsioak. + Konpilatze- edo konfigurazio-arazo bat izanez gero, egokiena da config.log + fitxategia eranstea eta zein konpilatzaile erabiltzen ari zaren azaltzea. +\layout Standard + +Izan zehatza, nahiago dira xehetasunez azaldutako deskribapenak - garatzaileek + zenbat eta denbora gehiago +\layout Standard + +igaro errorea non dagoen aurkitzen, orduan eta denbora gutxiago eskainiko + diote programaren bestelako hobekuntzei. +\layout Standard + +LyX hondatzeko gai bazara, eskertuko genizuke "backtrace +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Itzultzailearen oharra +\emph default +: "backtrace" hitza nolabait azaldu arren, programa bat erabiltzerakoan + honek sortzen dituen mezuak izaten dira. + Mezuok terminal batean agertzen dira. + Mezuen ibilbidea jarraituz garatzaileek errorea non kokatzen den errazago + aurkitu ahal izaten dute. +\end_inset + +"-a sortzeko denbora hartuko bazenu lyx exekutagarri ez-garbi bat erabiliz. + Zure iturburuen direktorioan eraikitakoari deitzen diogu exekutagarri ez-garbia +, sisteman instalatua daukazun kode bitarrari berriz garbia deitzen diogularik. + Beraz, gdb tresna erabiliz LyX exekutatu, adibidez idatzi " +\family typewriter +\size small +gdb /users/estitxu/lyx-1.0.x/src/lyx +\family default +\size default +" eta ondoren " +\family typewriter +run +\family default +". + Ondoren, itzuli LyX hondatzea egin eta gdb tresnara. + Erabili "bt" "backtrace"-a sortzeko eta txertatu ezazu errore-txostenean +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +perfektua izatea nahi baduzu, erabili " +\family typewriter +info locals +\family default +" eta +\family typewriter +"up" +\family default + komandoak pila batzuen mailetako aldagai lokalen balioak plazaratzeko +\end_inset + +. + Posiblea bazaizu, azaldu zein urrats landu dituzun LyX hondatzeko, zeren + eta "backtrace" bera baino garrantzitsuagoa baita, horrela guri gure "backtrace +" propioa sortzeko aukera eskainiko baitiguzu. + Errorea berriro sortzea ez den kasuan "backtrace" bat edukitzea ezinbestekoa + da, hori bakarrik edukiko genukeelako. +\layout Subsection + +Lagundu finkatzen eta ezaugarri berrietan +\layout Standard + +Baldin eta LyX-eko iturburuetan aldaketak egin badituzu eta LyX proiektuko + zati izatea garrantzitsua dela uste baduzu, bidal iezaguzu +\family typewriter +diff +\family default + fitxategi bat (formatu bateratu batean) arestiko posta-zerrendara, baita + +\family typewriter +changelog +\family default + fitxategia eta zure txaplatak ( +\family typewriter +patch +\family default +) egiten duenari buruzko azalpena ere. +\layout Section + +Lagundu dokumentazioan +\layout Standard + +LyX-en dokumentazioa zabala da. + Nola nahi ere, LyX beti garatzen ari da, eta kaleratze berri bakoitzak + ezaugarri berriekin agertzen da. + Dokumentazio batzuk eguneratu beharrean daudela aurki ditzakezu. + Atal honek azaltzen du zer egin behar duzun errore bat edo hobekuntzaren + bat aholkatu nahi badiguzu. +\layout Subsection + +Eskuliburuetako errore-txostena +\layout Standard + +Dokumentazioan arazorik aurkitzen baduzu bidali mezu bat +\family typewriter +lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org +\family default + posta-zerrendara. + Dokumentazio-taldeak behar diren zuzenketak egingo dituzte. +\layout Subsection + +Dokumentazio-taldera elkartzea +\layout Standard + +LyX dokumentazio-proiektuak (The LyX Documentation Project), LyX proiektuko + beste guztiak bezala, laguntza erabiltzen du. + Dokumentazio-proiektuan lagundu nahi baduzu, jorratu urrats hauek: +\layout Enumerate + +Eskuratu LyX-en azken iturburuak. + Deskonprimatu +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Abenturazaleek dokumentazioa LyX-eko CVS eduki-sistematik anonimoki eskura + daiteke. + Edukien sistema honek +\family typewriter +lyxdoc +\family default + modulua dauka. +\end_inset + +. + Bertan lib/doc/ izeneko direktorioa aurkituko duzu. + Direktorio honetan +\family typewriter +DocStyle.lyx +\family default + izeneko fitxategia dago. + Irakurri, dokumentazioaren estilo orria baita. +\layout Enumerate + +Ondoren, irakurri +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen gida +\emph default + eta +\emph on +Tutoretza +\emph default +. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Ariketa honen helburua zuri ideiak ematea dauka helburutzat. + +\emph on +Tutoretza +\emph default + eta +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen\SpecialChar ~ +gida +\emph default + izango dira dokumentaziotik gehien eguneratu behar direnak. + Hauekin nolako eskuliburuak irakurri eta zein itxura eduki behar duten + ohartuko zara. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Jarri taldearekin harremanetan: +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org +\layout Standard + +nahi dituzun aldaketei buruz eztabaidatzeko, eta beraien ikuspuntuak jakiteko. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Egiten dituzun aldaketek testu aldetik garbiak izan behar dute, ulerterrazak + alegia, dokumentazioaren berregituraketa sakonagoa egin ahal izateko. + Hobekuntza guzti horiek jasotzea beti eskertzen da. +\the_end diff --git a/lib/doc/eu_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/eu_TOC.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a43ae2c4ec --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/eu_TOC.lyx @@ -0,0 +1,2400 @@ +#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 221 +\textclass article +\language english +\inputencoding default +\fontscheme default +\graphics default +\paperfontsize default +\spacing single +\papersize Default +\paperpackage a4 +\use_geometry 0 +\use_amsmath 0 +\use_natbib 0 +\use_numerical_citations 0 +\paperorientation portrait +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation indent +\defskip medskip +\quotes_language english +\quotes_times 2 +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 1 +\paperpagestyle default + +\layout Title + +LyX Documentation Table of Contents +\layout Section* + +LyX Sarrera +\layout Description +1 +LyX-en filosofia +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +Zer da LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +LyX eta testu-prozesadoreen +\newline +arteko ezberdintasunak + + + + +\layout Description +1.3 +Zer demontre da LaTeX? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Dokumentazioan nabigatzea +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Eskuliburuen egitura +\layout Description +2.2 +Eskuliburuak +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 + + +LyX proiektuan laguntzea +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Lagundu LyX-i +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.1 +Bidali errorea +\layout Description +3.1.2 +Lagundu finkatzen eta ezaugarri berrietan +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.2 +Lagundu dokumentazioan +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +Eskuliburuetako errore-txostena +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Dokumentazio-taldera elkartzea +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +LyX Maiz Eginiko Galderak +\newline +0.3.7 bertsioa +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +.1 +Sarrera eta informazio orokorra +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +.1.1 +Zer da LyX? +\layout Description +.1.2 +Oso polita, baina erabilgarria da? +\layout Description +.1.3 +Nondik hasiko naiz? +\layout Description +.1.4 +Zein ordenagailutan erabil dezaket? +\layout Description +.1.5 +LyX-ek zenbat leku behar du disko gogorrean? +\layout Description +.1.6 +LyX benetako software askea da? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +.2 +Interneteko euskarriak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +.2.1 +LyX-i buruzkoak interneteko zein gunetan aurki ditzaket? +\layout Description +.2.2 +LyX-eko materiala zein FTP-tik eskura dezaket? +\layout Description +.2.3 +Zein posta-zerrenda daude? +\layout Description +.2.4 +Posta-zerrendak nonbaiten gordetzen dira? +\layout Description +.2.5 +Ederto, hi bai hi jatorra! Eta non gorde dituzue? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +.3 +Beste testu-prozesadore batzuekiko bateragarritasuna +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +.3.1 +LaTeX fitxategiak irakur/idatz ditzaket? +\layout Description +.3.2 +Word fitxategiak irakur/idatz ditzaket? +\layout Description +.3.3 +HTML fitxategiak irakur/idatz ditzaket? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +.4 +LyX eskuratzea eta konpilatzea +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +.4.1 +4.1 Zer behar dut? +\layout Description +.4.2 +Nola konpilatzen dut? +\layout Description +.4.3 +Konpilatzea gorrotatzen dut. + Aurrekonpilatutako kode bitarrak non aurki ditzaket? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +.5 +Inpernuko Testu Gorriari buruzkoak (GARRANTZITSUA!) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +.5.1 +Zer da Inpernuko Testu Gorria (edo ERT)? +\layout Description +.5.2 +Nola sartzen dut Inpernuko Testu Gorri bat? +\layout Description +.5.3 +ERT multzo berria nahiko astuna da! +\layout Description +.5.4 +Badago beste aukerarik? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +.6 +LyX-en erabilerari buruzkoak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +.6.1 +Galdera orokorrak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +.6.1.1 +Nola ezabatu titulu azpiko data? +\layout Description +.6.1.2 +Nola alda ditzaket Elementua/\SpecialChar \- +Zenbatua/\SpecialChar \- +Azalpena zerrenda inguruneko tarteak? +\layout Description +.6.1.3 +Nola zenbatzen dira ekuazioak atalekiko? +\layout Description +.6.1.4 +Gauza bera irudi eta taulekin egiterik ba ote? +\layout Description +.6.1.5 +Oin-oharren zenbakiak ikurretara (izartxoa, daga, e.a.) nola aldatu? +\layout Description +.6.1.6 +Nola hil ditzaket alargun eta umezurtzak? +\layout Description +.6.1.7 +Nola egituratu zerrenda bat 1.a bezalakoarekin hasteko? +\layout Description +.6.1.8 +Nola zenbatu hitz-kopurua? +\layout Description +.6.1.9 +Nola finkatu tarte horizontal zehatz bat? +\layout Description +.6.1.10 +Zer egin zitazioek [1][2][3][6] ordez [1,2,3,6] edo [1-3,6] erakusteko? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +.6.2 +Irudiei buruzkoak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +.6.2.1 +Zein ezberdintasun dute +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +irudia +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +k eta +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +irudi mugikorra +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +k? +\layout Description +.6.2.2 +Nola kokatu dezaket irudi bat nahi dudan lekuan? +\layout Description +.6.2.3 +Zer adierazten du +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Too many unprocessed floats +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + errore-mezuak? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +.6.3 +Matematikako gauzak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +.6.3.1 +Nola sartu testu arrunta matematikako ekuazio batean? +\layout Description +.6.3.2 +6.3.2 Nola egiten da erro kubiko bat (edo handiagoa)? +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +.7 +7LyX-en exekuzioari buruzkoak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +.7.1 +Nola bihurtu LyX fitxategiak LaTeX-era komando lerroarekin? +\layout Description +.7.2 +Nola sortu LyX dokumentuaren PDF fitxategia? +\layout Description +.7.3 +Dokumentuaren letra-tipo itsusiak acroread-en? +\layout Description +.7.4 +Zergatik nire Ghostscript-en azken bertsioak ezin ditu egokiro marraztu + lerro-barneko EPSak? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +.8 +LyX Windows-en +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +.8.1 +Zergatik egiten dute dardar tresna-barra eta menuak? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +.9 +Laguntza gehiago nola lortu +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +.9.1 +Oraindik ez diezu nire galderei erantzun! +\layout Description +.9.2 +Nire arazoa norbaiti azaldu nahi diot +\layout Description +.9.3 +Laguntza-eskaeran zer jarri. +\end_deeper +\layout Description +.10 +Informazio administratiboa eta aitorpenak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +.10.1 +Ohartarazpenei ongi etorria +\layout Description +.10.2 +MEG honen formatu eskuragarriak +\layout Description +.10.3 +Errudunak eta aitorpenak +\layout Description +.10.4 +Ezespena eta Copyright-a. + +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + + +\noun on +LyX Tutoretza +\layout Description +1 +Sarrera +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +Ongi etorri LyX-era! +\layout Description +1.2 +Tutoretza hau zer da eta zer ez da. +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.1 +Tutoretza erabilgarria izan dadin. +\layout Description +1.2.2 +Aurkituko +\emph on +ez +\emph default + duzuna: +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +LyX-ekin hastea +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Lehenbiziko LyX dokumentua +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1.1 +Idaztea, ikustea eta inprimatzea +\layout Description +2.1.2 +Eragiketa bakunak +\layout Description +2.1.3 +WYSIWYM: zuriuneak LyX-en +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.2 +Inguruneak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.2.1 +Atalak eta azpiatalak +\layout Description +2.2.2 +Zerrendak eta azpizerrendak +\layout Description +2.2.3 +Beste inguruneak: Bertsoa, Zitazioa eta beste batzuk +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Dokumentuak idaztea +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Testu-klaseak +\layout Description +3.2 +Txantiloiak: eskutitza idaztea +\layout Description +3.3 +Dokumentuen tituluak +\layout Description +3.4 +Etiketa eta erreferentzia gurutzatuak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.1 +Zure aurreneko etiketa +\layout Description +3.4.2 +Zure lehen erreferentzia gurutzatua +\layout Description +3.4.3 +Etiketekin jolastea +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.5 +Oin-oharrak eta albokoak +\layout Description +3.6 +Bibliografiak +\layout Description +3.7 +Gaien aurkibidea +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Matematika erabiltzea +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Matematika-era +\layout Description +4.2 +Ekuazioetan murgiltzea +\layout Description +4.3 +Berretzaile eta indizeak +\layout Description +4.4 +Matematikako panela +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Grekera eta ikurrak +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Erroketa, tilet eta mugatzaileak +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Zatikiak +\layout Description +4.4.4 +TeX era: limiteak, log, sinu eta bestelakoak +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Matrizeak +\layout Description +4.4.6 +Adierazpen-era +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +Matematikari buruzko gauza gehiago +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Hainbat +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +LyX-en beste ezaugarri garrantzitsu batzuk +\layout Description +5.2 +LyX LaTeX-eko erabiltzaileentzat +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +TeX era +\layout Description +5.2.2 +LaTeX dokumentuak inportatzea: reLyX +\layout Description +5.2.3 +LyX dokumentua LaTeX-era bihurtu +\layout Description +5.2.4 +LaTeX hitzaurrea +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.4.1 +Dokumentu-klasea +\layout Description +5.2.4.2 +Hitzaurreko beste alderdi batzuk +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.5 +BibTeX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Erroreak! +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +LyX Erabiltzailearen Gida +\layout Description +1 +Sarrera +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +LyX zer da? +\layout Description +1.2 +Hasiera +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.1 +LyX abiatzea +\layout Description +1.2.2 +LyX-en itxura +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.2.1 +Leiho nagusia +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.3 +Laguntza! +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.3 +LyX interfazea +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.3.1 +Oinarrizko fitxategi-eragiketak +\layout Description +1.3.2 +Oinarrizko edizio-ezaugarriak +\layout Description +1.3.3 +Desegin eta berregin +\layout Description +1.3.4 +Saguaren oinarrizko laster-teklak +\layout Description +1.3.5 +Oinarrizko tekla-lasterbideak +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.4 +LyX beste programa batzuekin erabiltzea +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.4.1 +Inportatu ASCII fitxategiak +\layout Description +1.4.2 +LyX-en eta beste X programen artean ebaki eta itsastea +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +LyX konfigurazioa eta beharrezko aplikazioak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Sarrera +\layout Description +2.2 +2.2 Oinarrizko LyX konfigurazioa +\layout Description +2.3 +X teklatua konfiguratu +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.1 +xmodmap eta xkeycaps +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.1.1 +xmodmap +\layout Description +2.3.1.2 +xkeycaps +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.2 +Aldatzaileak eta Modu_txandaketa +\layout Description +2.3.3 +Argibide eta trikimailu lagungarriak +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.4 +LaTeX +\layout Description +2.5 +Dvips eta Ghostscript +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.1 +Behar duzuna +\layout Description +2.5.2 +Dvips +\layout Description +2.5.3 +Ghostscript, Xdvi eta Ghostview +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.6 +Inprimagailua +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +LyX-en oinarriak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Dokumentu-motak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.1 +Sarrera +\layout Description +3.1.2 + + +Zenbait dokumentu-klase +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.2.1 +Azalpen laburra +\layout Description +3.1.2.2 +Klasea hautatzea +\layout Description +3.1.2.3 +Propietateak +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.3 +Lehenetsitakoak egokitzea +\layout Description +3.1.4 +Paper tamaina, orientazioa eta marjinak +\layout Description +3.1.5 +Ohar garrantzitsua +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.2 +Paragrafoen koskatze eta bereizmena +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +Sarrera +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Koskatze-metodo orokorra +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Fintzea +\layout Description +3.2.4 +Lerro-tartea aldatzea +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Paragrafo-inguruneak + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +Azalpen laburra +\layout Description +3.3.2 +Estandarra +\layout Description +3.3.3 +Dokumentu-tituluak +\layout Description +3.3.4 +Izenburuak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.4.1 +Zenbatutako izenburuak +\layout Description +3.3.4.2 +Zenbatu gabeko izenburuak +\layout Description +3.3.4.3 +Zenbakera aldatzea + + +\layout Description +3.3.4.4 +Informazio berezia +\layout Description +3.3.4.5 +Eranskina sortzea +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5 +Zitak eta bertsoak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5.1 +Zita eta zitazioa +\layout Description +3.3.5.2 +Bertsoa +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6 +Zerrendak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6.1 +Ezaugarri orokorrak +\layout Description +3.3.6.2 +Elementua +\layout Description +3.3.6.3 +Zenbatuta +\layout Description +3.3.6.4 +Azalpena +\layout Description +3.3.6.5 +LyX-eko Zerrenda +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7 +Gutunak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7.1 +Helbidea eta eskuin-helbidea: gainbegiratzea +\layout Description +3.3.7.2 +Erabilera +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8 +Idazkera akademikoa +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8.1 +Laburpena +\layout Description +3.3.8.2 +Bibliografia +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9 +Xede berezia +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9.1 +Epigrafea +\layout Description +3.3.9.2 +LyX kodea +\layout Description +3.3.9.3 +Iruzkina +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Inguruneak habiaratzea + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.1 +Zertan datza bere garrantzia +\layout Description +3.4.2 +Zer habiaratu dezakezu, eta zer ez? +\layout Description +3.4.3 +Besteak habiaratzea: taulak, matematikak, mugikorrak, e.a. +\layout Description +3.4.4 +Erabilera eta ezaugarri orokorrak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.4.1 +Habiaratze-mugak +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5 +Adibide batzuk +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5.1 +1. + adibidea: sei mailako habiaratze-sakonera +\layout Description +3.4.5.2 +2. + adibidea: herentzia +\layout Description +3.4.5.3 +3. + adibidea: etiketak, mailak eta Zenbatuta eta Elementua inguruneak. +\layout Description +3.4.5.4 +4. + adibidea: garunak astindu +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.5 +Letra-tipoak eta testu-estiloak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.5.1 +Azalpen laburra +\layout Description +3.5.2 +Aukera globalak +\layout Description +3.5.3 +Beste karaktere-estiloak erabiltzea +\layout Description +3.5.4 +Karaktereen diseinua fintzea +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.6 +Aurrebista eta inprimatzea +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.6.1 +Azalpen laburra +\layout Description +3.6.2 +Aurrebista azkarra: +\family typewriter +xdvi +\layout Description +3.6.3 +PostScript®-en aurrebista: +\family typewriter +ghostview +\layout Description +3.6.4 +Fitxategia inprimatzea +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7 +Tipografiari buruzko aipamena +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.1 +Hitz-zatiketa eta marratxoak +\layout Description +3.7.2 +Puntuazio-markak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.2.1 +Laburtzapenak eta sententzia-amaiera +\layout Description +3.7.2.2 +Komatxoak +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.3 +Hizki-loturak +\layout Description +3.7.4 +Alargunak eta umezurtzak +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Mugikorrak: taulak, irudiak, oin-oharrak eta albo-oharrak Taula, irudi eta + oharrak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Oin-oharrak +\layout Description +4.2 +Albo-oharrak +\layout Description +4.3 +4.3 Irudi eta grafiko inportatuak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1 +Irudi mugikorrak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1.1 +Irudi mugikorrak erabiltzea +\layout Description +4.3.1.2 +Mugikorraren kokalekua +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.2 +XFig eta LyX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.4 +Taulak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Taula leihoa +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Zer jar dezaket gelaxka batean? +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Tauletan ebaki eta itsastea +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Hainbat lerro gelaxketan +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Taula mugikorrak +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +Gaien aurkibidea eta bestelako zerrendak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +Gaien aurkibidea +\layout Description +4.5.2 +Irudi, taula eta algoritmoen zerrendak +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Matematika-formulak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Oinarrizko matematika edizioa +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1.1 +Formula arakatzea +\layout Description +5.1.2 +Testua hautatzea +\layout Description +5.1.3 +Berretzaile eta azpindizeak +\layout Description +5.1.4 +Zatikiak +\layout Description +5.1.5 +Batura eta integralak +\layout Description +5.1.6 +Matematikako panela +\layout Description +5.1.7 +Beste matematika-ikurrak +\layout Description +5.1.8 +Tarteak eraldatzea +\layout Description +5.1.9 +Matematika funtzioak +\layout Description +5.1.10 +Azentuak +\layout Description +5.1.11 +Matematika editorea, LaTeX-eko erabiltzaileentzat +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.2 +Kortxeteak eta apaingarriak +\layout Description +5.3 +Taldekatzea +\layout Description +5.4 +Matrizeak eta lerro anitzeko ekuazioak +\layout Description +5.5 +Ekuazioak zenbatu eta etiketatzea +\layout Description +5.6 +Makroak definitzea (matematika-eran) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.6.1 +Makroak erabiltzeko argibideak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.6.1.1 +Nola sortu +\layout Description +5.6.1.2 +Nola arakatu +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.7 +Fintzea +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.7.1 +Letra-tipoak +\layout Description +5.7.2 +Matematikako testu-modua +\layout Description +5.7.3 +Letra-tamainak +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.8 +AMS LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.8.1 +AMS euskarria gaitzea +\layout Description +5.8.2 +AMS ikurrak +\layout Description +5.8.3 +AMS formula-motak +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Bestelako tresnak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Erreferentzia gurutzatuak +\layout Description +6.2 +URLak (Uniform Resource Locators) +\layout Description +6.3 +Titulu laburtuak aukerako argumentuekin +\newline +zehaztea + + +\layout Description +6.4 +Tartea, orrialdeztapen eta lerro-jauziak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 +Tarte horizontal osagarria +\layout Description +6.4.2 +Tarte bertikal osagarria +\layout Description +6.4.3 +Paragrafo-lerrokadura aldatzea +\layout Description +6.4.4 +Orrialde-jauziak derrigortzea +\layout Description +6.4.5 +Zuriune babestuak +\layout Description +6.4.6 +Lerroa jauztea +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.5 +Zuzentzailea +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.1 +Zuzentzailearen aukerak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.1.1 +Hiztegia +\layout Description +6.5.1.2 +Hiztegi pertsonala +\layout Description +6.5.1.3 +Aukera gehiago +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.2 +Mugapenak +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.6 +Nazioarteko euskarria +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.6.1 +Diseinua, hizkuntzaren aukerak +\layout Description +6.6.2 +Teklatu-mapa konfiguratzea +\layout Description +6.6.3 +6.6.3 Karaktereen taula +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Aitorpena +\layout Section* + +LyX Ezaugarri Hedatuak +\layout Description +1 +Sarrera +\layout Description +2 +LyX eta LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +LyX-ek nola erabiltzen du LaTeX +\layout Description +2.2 + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Lagundu! LyX-ek +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + fitxategi irakurkaitza sortu du! +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +2.3 +LaTeX fitxategiak LyX-era bihurtzen +\layout Description +2.4 +LaTeX kodea LyX dokumentuetan txertatzea + + +\layout Description +2.5 +LyX eta LaTeX-eko hitzaurrea +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.1 +LaTeX-eko hitzaurreari buruz +\layout Description +2.5.2 +Hitzaurrea aldatzea +\layout Description +2.5.3 +Adibideak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.3.1 +1. + adibidea: desplazamendua +\layout Description +2.5.3.2 +2. + adibidea: etiketak +\layout Description +2.5.3.3 +3. + adibidea: paragrafoak koskatzea +\layout Description +2.5.3.4 +4. + adibidea: dokumentu hau +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.6 +LyX eta LaTeX-eko erroreak +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Tresna osagarriak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +BibTeX-ekin bibliografia prestatzea +\layout Description +3.2 +Indize bat sortzea +\layout Description +3.3 +Zati anitzeko dokumentuak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +Eragiketa orokorra +\layout Description +3.3.2 +Fitxategien arteko erreferentzia gurutzatuak +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Algoritmoak +\layout Description +3.5 +Azpirudiak +\layout Description +3.6 +Goiburuko eta orri-oin sofistikatuak +\layout Description +3.7 +Orritxoak +\layout Description +3.8 +Testua irudien inguruan egokitzea + + +\layout Description +3.9 +Taulen aukera osagarriak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.9.1 +Zutabeko tarte gehigarria ezabatzea +\layout Description +3.9.2 +Zutabeko karaktere-bereizlea aldatzea +\layout Description +3.9.3 +Puntu dezimalean lerrokatutako zutabea sortzea +\layout Description +3.9.4 +Dezimalen lerrokadura hobea +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.10 +Elementuen bulet hautapena + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.10.1 +Sarrera +\layout Description +3.10.2 +Nolako itxura dauka +\layout Description +3.10.3 +Nola erabili +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Dokumentu-klase bereziak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +AMS LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1.1 +Diseinuok eskaintzen dutena +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.2 +Dinbrief +\layout Description +4.3 +Paper +\layout Description +4.4 +A&A Paper +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Sarrera +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Lanean hastea +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Goiburuko zatia +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Laburpena +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Onartutako inguruneak +\layout Description +4.4.6 +LyX-ek onartzen ez dituen komandoak +\layout Description +4.4.7 +Irudi eta taula mugikorrak +\layout Description +4.4.8 +Diseinua gainbegiratzea +\layout Description +4.4.9 +Artikuluaren adibidea +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +AASTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +Sarrera +\layout Description +4.5.2 +Artikulu berri bat hastea +\layout Description +4.5.3 +Artikulua amaitzea +\layout Description +4.5.4 +Komando zehatzei buruzko oharrak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.4.1 +Aurreikusi bezala lantzen dira +\layout Description +4.5.4.2 +Badabiltzanak, baina iruzkinak behar dituztenak +\layout Description +4.5.4.3 +Garatu gabe daudenak, erabili ERT +\layout Description +4.5.4.4 +Garatu ezin daitezkeenak +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5 +MEG, iradokizunak, trikimailuak eta bestelako hausnarketak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5.1 +LyX eta AASTeX elkarlanean jartzea +\layout Description +4.5.5.2 +LaTeX errorea taula bat prozesatzean +\layout Description +4.5.5.3 +Erreferentziak + + +\layout Description +4.5.5.4 +EPS fitxategiak gehitzea +\layout Description +4.5.5.5 +Egin nitzakeenak, egin gabe +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.6 +Azken +\emph on +ikuttua +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.6 +ijmpd +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.6.1 +Sarrera +\layout Description +4.6.2 +Artikulua idaztea +\layout Description +4.6.3 +Artikulua bidaltzeko prestatzea +\layout Description +4.6.4 +ERTen erabilera +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.7 +Kluwer +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.7.1 +Sarrera +\layout Description +4.7.2 +Artikulua idaztea +\layout Description +4.7.3 +Artikulua bidaltzeko prestatzea +\layout Description +4.7.4 +Kluwer paketearen +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +berezitasunak +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.8 +Koma-Script +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.8.1 +Sarrera +\layout Description +4.8.2 +article (koma-script), report (koma-script), eta book (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.3 +letter (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.4 +Gutun klase berria: letter (koma-script v.2) +\layout Description +4.8.5 +Arazoak +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.9 +Springer aldizkariak (svjour) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.9.1 +Azalpena +\layout Description +4.9.2 +Estilo berriak +\layout Description +4.9.3 +Onartutako aldizkariak +\layout Description +4.9.4 +Aitorpena +\layout Description +4.9.5 +Akatsak +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.10 +AGU aldizkariak (aguplus) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.10.1 +Azalpena +\layout Description +4.10.2 +Estilo berriak +\layout Description +4.10.3 +Mugikor berriak +\layout Description +4.10.4 +Onartutako aldizkariak +\layout Description +4.10.5 +Akatsak eta gogoratu beharrekoak +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.11 +EGS aldizkariak (egs) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.11.1 +Azalpena +\layout Description +4.11.2 +Estilo berriak +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12 +Gardenkiak (edo SliTeX) + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.1 +Sarrera +\layout Description +4.12.2 +Lanean hastea + + +\layout Description +4.12.3 +Paragrafoen inguruneak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.3.1 +Onartutako inguruneak +\layout Description +4.12.3.2 +Ingurune berrien bitxikeriak + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4 +Gardenkia, Gainjarria eta Ohar-ekin aurkezpena egitea +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4.1 +Gardenkia ingurunea erabiltzea +\layout Description +4.12.4.2 +Gardenkiarekin Gainjarria erabiltzea +\layout Description +4.12.4.3 +Gardenkiarekin Ohar erabiltzea + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.5 +Gardenkiaren txantiloia +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13 +Foils (edo FoilTeX) + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.1 +Sarrera +\layout Description +4.13.2 +Lanean hastea +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.2.1 +Aukera osagarriak +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.3 +Onartutako inguruneak +\layout Description +4.13.4 +Gardenki-multzoa sortzea +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.4.1 +Eman titulu-orri bat +\layout Description +4.13.4.2 +Hasi gardenki berri bat +\layout Description +4.13.4.3 +Teoremak, lemak, frogapenak eta bestelakoak +\layout Description +4.13.4.4 +Zerrendak +\layout Description +4.13.4.5 +Irudi eta taulak +\layout Description +4.13.4.6 +Orriaren goiburukoak eta orri-oinak + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5 +FoilTeX-eko onartu gabeko funtzioak + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5.1 +Luzerak +\layout Description +4.13.5.2 +Goiburukoak eta orri-oinak +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.14 +Latex8 (IEEE jardunaldiko idazkiak) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.14.1 +Sarrera +\layout Description +4.14.2 +Lanean hastea +\layout Description +4.14.3 +Onartutako inguruneak +\layout Description +4.14.4 +Pantaila eta paperaren arteko ezberdintasunak +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.15 +Hollywood (Hollywood gidoi berezia) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.15.1 +Sarrera +\layout Description +4.15.2 +Arazo bereziak +\layout Description +4.15.3 +Ezaugarri bereziak +\layout Description +4.15.4 +Paper tamaina eta marjinak +\layout Description +4.15.5 +Inguruneak +\layout Description +4.15.6 +Gidoiko argota +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.16 +Broadway +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.16.1 +Sarrera +\layout Description +4.16.2 +Arazo bereziak +\layout Description +4.16.3 +Ezaugarri bereziak +\layout Description +4.16.4 +Paper tamainak eta marjinak +\layout Description +4.16.5 +Inguruneak +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.17 +RevTeX4 +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.17.1 +Instalazioa +\layout Description +4.17.2 +Hitzaurreari buruz +\layout Description +4.17.3 +Diseinuak + + +\layout Description +4.17.4 +Ohar garrantzitsuak +\layout Description +4.17.5 +Eragozpenak +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.18 +Artikulua (mwart), liburua (mwbk) eta txostena (mwrep) + + +\layout Description +4.19 +Elsevier aldizkariak +\layout Description +4.20 +Memorandum (Memoir) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.20.1 +Laburpena +\layout Description +4.20.2 +Oinarrizko ezaugarriak eta murriztapenak +\layout Description +4.20.3 +Ezaugarri osagarriak +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Beste fitxategi formatuak inportatu eta esportatzea. + + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Gogoeta +\layout Description +5.2 +Beste formatuetatik inportatzea +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.2.2 +ASCII Testua +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Noweb +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Beste formatuetara esportatzea +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.3.2 +DVI fitxategiak (Gailutik askeak) +\layout Description +5.3.3 +PostScript® +\layout Description +5.3.4 +ASCII testua +\layout Description +5.3.5 +HTML +\layout Description +5.3.6 +PDF +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.6.1 +Erabili pdfLaTeX +\layout Description +5.3.6.2 +Zergatik ikusten da testua hain gaizki Acrobat Reader-ekin? + + + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.3 +Zergatik ez dabil +\backslash +boldsymbol{} komandoa pslatex erabiltzen dudanean? + + + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.4 +Nola idatzi latex kodea, pdfLaTeX exekutatzean bakarrik prozesatzeko? + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.5 +Zer egin dezaket URLak klikatu ahal izateko? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.7 +Pertsonalizazioa +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +reLyX, xehetasunak + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.1 +Laburpena +\layout Description +5.4.2 +Aukerak +\layout Description +5.4.3 +Azalpena +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.3.1 +Sarrera +\layout Description +5.4.3.2 +Erabilera +\layout Description +5.4.3.3 +reLyX-ek kudea ditzakeena +\layout Description +5.4.3.4 +reLyX-ek kudeatu ezin ditzakena --- Baina ongi dagoena +\layout Description +5.4.3.5 +reLyX-ek gaizki kudeatzen duenak ---hots, AKATSAK + + +\layout Description +5.4.3.6 +LyX-ek kudea ezin dezakeena +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.4 +Adibideak +\layout Description +5.4.5 +Oharrak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.5.1 +Errore-txostenak + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.2 +Garaketaren xehetasunak: +\layout Description +5.4.5.3 +Diseinuen fitxategiak +\layout Description +5.4.5.4 +Sintaxien fitxategiak + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.5 +Hainbat +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.6 +Diagnostikoak +\layout Description +5.4.7 +Abisuak +\layout Description +5.4.8 \pagebreak_top +Fitxategiak +\layout Description +5.4.9 +Ikusi hauek ere +\layout Description +5.4.10 +Egileak +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +LyX-en funtzioentzako software osagarriak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +LyX SGML-Tools-ekin erabiltzea (edo LinuxDoc) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.1 +Sarrera +\layout Description +6.1.2 +LinuxDoc dokumentua prestatu eta erabiltzea +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.2.1 +Hasi lanean +\layout Description +6.1.2.2 +LinuxDoc-en formatua +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3 +LinuxDoc-eko inguruneak erabiltzea +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3.1 +LinuxDoc dokumentuaren egitura +\layout Description +6.1.3.2 +LinuxDoc-eko paragrafo-inguruneak +\layout Description +6.1.3.3 +Beste funtzio batzuk +\layout Description +6.1.3.4 +Erreferentzia gurutzatuak eta HTML +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.4 +LinuxDoc-en sgml script-ak erabiltzea + + +\layout Description +6.1.5 +LinuxDoc-en erroreak +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.2 +TeX egiaztatzea +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +Sarrera +\layout Description +6.2.2 +Nola erabili +\layout Description +6.2.3 +Nola findu +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Bertsio-kontrola LyX-en +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +Sarrera +\layout Description +6.3.2 +RCS-ren komandoak LyX-en +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.2.1 +Erregistratu +\layout Description +6.3.2.2 +Egiaztatu aldaketak +\layout Description +6.3.2.3 +Egiaztatu editatzeko +\layout Description +6.3.2.4 +Itzuli azken bertsiora +\layout Description +6.3.2.5 +Desegin azken egiaztaketa +\layout Description +6.3.2.6 +Erakutsi historiala +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4 +Literaturaren programazioa +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 +Sarrera +\layout Description +6.4.2 +Literaturaren programazioa +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.2.1 +Erreferentziak +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3 +LyX eta literaturaren programazioa +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3.1 +Dokumentu eta kodea sortzea (weaving eta tangling) +\layout Description +6.4.3.2 +LyX konfiguratzea +\layout Description +6.4.3.3 +Arazketaren hedapenak +\layout Description +6.4.3.4 +Tresna-barraren hedapenak +\layout Description +6.4.3.5 +Koloreen pertsonalizazioa +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +LaTeX-eko adituen sekretuak + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Oin eta alboko oharrentzako trikimaluak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1.1 +Oin-oharrak +\layout Description +7.1.2 +Albo-oharrak +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.2 +Zutabe anitzak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.1 +Xedea +\layout Description +7.2.2 +Murriztapenak +\layout Description +7.2.3 +Adibideak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.3.1 +Bi zutabeko testua +\layout Description +7.2.3.2 +Hainbat zutabeko testua +\layout Description +7.2.3.3 +Zutabeak zutabeen barruan +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.3 +Zenbatua paragrafo-ingurunearen zenbakera + + +\layout Description +7.4 +Taulako errenkaden arteko tarteaErrenkaden tartea +\layout Description +7.5 +Letra kapitalak +\layout Description +7.6 +Paragrafoen estandarrak ez diren forma +\layout Description +7.7 +Laburpena +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +LyX pertsonalizatzea: +\newline +erabiltzaile aurreratuentzako ezaugarriak +\layout Description +1 +Sarrera +\layout Description +2 +LyX-en konfigurazioko fitxategiak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Zer dago LyXDir-en? +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1.1 +Automatikoki sortutako fitxategiak +\layout Description +2.1.2 +Direktorioak +\layout Description +2.1.3 +Fitxategi hauek ez aldatu +\layout Description +2.1.4 +Lerro bat edo bi behar duten fitxategiak\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.2 +Zure konfigurazio lokaleko direktorioa +\layout Description +2.3 +LyX hainbat konfiguraziorekin exekutatzen +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Hobespenak leihoa +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Leihoa lehen aldiz erabiltzea +\layout Description +3.2 +Pantailako letra-tipoak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +DPIren ezarpenak eta zooma +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Letra-tipoak definitzeko komandoak +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Letra-kodeketa +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Lasterbideak + + +\layout Description +3.4 +Erabiltzailearen interfazea + + +\layout Description +3.5 +Bihurtzaileak, formatuak eta ikustaileak +\layout Description +3.6 +ASCIIra esportatzeko aukerak +\layout Description +3.7 +Inprimagailua +\layout Description +3.8 +Koloreak aldatzea +\layout Description +3.9 +Autodetektatutako ezarpenak +\layout Description +3.10 +Hainbat +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +LyX internazionalizatzea + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Interfazea beste hizkuntza batekin +\layout Description +4.2 +LyX itzultzea +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.2.1 +GUI itzultzea (testuen mezuak) +\layout Description +4.2.2 +Dokumentazioa itzultzea +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.3 +Teklatu internazionalaren euskarria +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1 +Zure teklatu-mapa definitzea: fitxategiaren formatua +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.4 +Nazioarteko teklatu-mapa + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 + +\family typewriter +.kmap +\family default + fitxategia +\layout Description +4.4.2 + +\family typewriter +.cdef +\series medium + +\family default +\series default +fitxategia +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Tekla hilak +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Hizkuntzaren konfigurazioa gordetzea +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Dokumentu-klase, diseinu eta txantiloi berriak instalatzea + + + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +LaTeX pakete berri bat instalatzea +\layout Description +5.2 +Diseinuak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +Dokumentu-klase berriak onartzea +\layout Description +5.2.2 + +\family typewriter +sty +\family default + fitxategi baten diseinua +\layout Description +5.2.3 + +\family typewriter +cls +\family default + fitxategi baten diseinua +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Testu-klase berri bat deklaratzea +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +Testu-klaseen parametro orokorrak +\layout Description +5.3.2 +ClassOptions atala +\layout Description +5.3.3 +Paragrafo-ingurune jakin batzuk +\layout Description +5.3.4 +Mugikorrak +\layout Description +5.3.5 +Zenbatzaileak +\layout Description +5.3.6 +Letra-tipo deskripzioa +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +Txantiloiak sortzea + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Kanpoko materiala gehitzea +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Testuingurua +\layout Description +6.2 +Nola lantzen da? +\layout Description +6.3 +Kanpo-materiala leihoa +\layout Description +6.4 +Adibideak +\layout Description +6.5 +Kanpoko txantiloiaren konfigurazio fitxategia +\layout Description +6.6 +Ordezpen mekanismoa +\layout Description +6.7 +Segurtasunaren eztabaida +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +LyX zerbitzaria +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Sarrera +\layout Description +7.2 +LyX zerbitzaria abiatzea +\layout Description +7.3 +Komunikazio normala +\layout Description +7.4 +Jakinarazpena +\layout Description +7.5 +LYX zerbitzariaren protokoloa +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 \start_of_appendix +Lasterbideak +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.1 +Tresna-barra +\layout Description +8.2 +Menua +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.1 +Fitxategia +\layout Description +8.2.2 +Editatu +\layout Description +8.2.3 +Txertatu +\layout Description +8.2.4 +Diseinua +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.4.1 +Diseinua +\family sans +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family default +Karakterea +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.5 +Ikusi +\layout Description +8.2.6 +Arakatu +\layout Description +8.2.7 +Laguntza +\layout Description +8.2.8 +Paragrafo-estiloa +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8.3 +Teklatua +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.3.1 + +\family typewriter +emacs.bind +\family default +-i dagokionak +\layout Description +8.3.2 + +\family typewriter +cua.bind +\family default +-i dagokionak +\layout Description +8.3.3 + +\family typewriter +sciword.bind +\family default +-i dagozkionak +\layout Description +8.3.4 +A.3.4 Matematikako lasterbide estandarrak +\layout Description +8.3.5 +Beste azeleratzaileak +\end_deeper +\end_deeper + +\the_end diff --git a/lib/doc/eu_Tutorial.lyx b/lib/doc/eu_Tutorial.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2188484987 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/eu_Tutorial.lyx @@ -0,0 +1,3849 @@ +#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 221 +\textclass scrbook +\begin_preamble +\usepackage{multicol} +\end_preamble +\language basque +\inputencoding latin1 +\fontscheme pslatex +\graphics default +\paperfontsize default +\spacing single +\papersize a4paper +\paperpackage a4 +\use_geometry 0 +\use_amsmath 0 +\use_natbib 0 +\use_numerical_citations 0 +\paperorientation portrait +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation indent +\defskip medskip +\quotes_language english +\quotes_times 2 +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 2 +\paperpagestyle default + +\layout Title + + +\noun on +LyX Tutoretza +\layout Author + +egilea: LyX taldea. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + Fitxategi honen arduradun nagusia +\family typewriter +John Weiss +\family default + da. + Bidali iradokizunak edo erroreei buruzko zuzenketak LyX dokumentazioko + posta-zerrendara: . + +\newline +Itzulpena: Iñaki Larrañaga Murgoitio (dooteo@euskalgnu.org) eta Sara Elorza, + 2004. +\newline +Zuzenketak: Hizkuntza Politikarako Sailburuordetza , 2004. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Chapter + +Sarrera +\layout Section + +Ongi etorri LyX-era! +\layout Standard + +Fitxategi hau LaTeX inoiz entzun barik edo ongi ezagutzen ez duten neska-mutilen +tzat egina dago. + Lasai, ordea, LyX erabiltzeko LaTeX-i buruz ezer jakin beharrik ez daukazu. + Azken finean, LyX-en ezaugarrietako bat LaTeX-entzat ia WYSIWYG ( +\emph on +What You See Is What You Get +\emph default +) interfazea eskaintzean datza. + Hori bai, LyX bere osotasunean erabiltzeko gauza batzuk ikasi beharko dituzu. +\layout Standard + +Ziurrenik, bi paragrafo artean hiru lerro zuri edo puntu "." baten ondoren + bi hutsune ezartzen saiatzeagatik eskuliburu hau irakurtzen ari zara. + Hainbat buruhauste izan eta gero, ezinezkoa dela ohartuko zinen. + +\layout Standard + +Gertatzen dena hau da: bestelako testu prozesadoreetako zenbait trikimailu + LyX-en ez direla erabilgarriak. + Hau da, erabili izan dituzun testu-prozesadore gehienetan tabulazioak, + zuriuneak, paragrafo-tarteak, letra-tipoak eta bestelako batzuk eskuz idatzi + behar dira. + Honekin jarraituz, dokumentuetako testua idazteaz gain beraren itxura eta + konposaketa-lanak ere erabiltzaile bakoitzak lantzen ditu. + LyX-ek, ordea, itxura eta konposaketa-arloak lantzen ditu, gauza garrantzitsuen +a zuri utziz: dokumentuaren edukia idaztea. +\layout Standard + +Beraz, zatoz gurekin eta jarraitu irakurtzen. + Tutoretza hau irakurrita denborari etekina aterako diozu. +\layout Section + +Tutoretza hau zer da eta zer ez da. +\layout Standard + +Atal honekin serioski hasi baino lehen, gauza bat argitu nahiko genuke. + Tutoretza honek +\emph on +Sarrera +\emph default +-n agertzen den idazkera erabiltzen du. + Lehenbizi eskuliburu hau irakurtzen ari bazara, hobe lehenago +\emph on +Sarrera +\emph default + irakurtzen baduzu. + Bai, une honetantxe esan nahi dugu. +\layout Standard + +Orain letra-tipo bakoitzaren esanahia dakizunez, tutoretza honen helburuez + zertxobait azaldu nahi dugu. +\layout Subsection + +Tutoretza erabilgarria izan dadin. +\layout Standard + +Tutoretza hau adibide eta ariketekin osatua dago. + +\layout Standard + +Dokumentu honi zuku handiena ateratzeko irakurtzerakoan zenbait ariketa + idazteko esango dizugu, gauza guztiak ongi ulertu dituzula ziurtatzeko. + Berdin digu errazak badira ere (lehengusinari ez esan zure ordez idazteko, + horrek ez baitu balio eta\SpecialChar \ldots{} +) idatzi ariketa guzti-guztiak gauza bakoitza + ulertu arte. + Zure erosotasunerako(bai jatorrak garela!), inprimatu txosten hau PostScript® + formatuan. +\layout Standard + +LaTeX ezagutzen baduzu, tutoretza hau azkarrago irakur dezakezu, LyX-eko + burutazio ugari LaTeX-ekoak baitira. + Nola nahi ere, Lyx-ek ikasi beharreko halako jokaerak +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +edo, era dotoreago batean,"ezaugarriak" +\end_inset + + ditu. + Baldin eta tutoretza osoa irakurtzeko asmorik ez baduzu, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:latexerabiltzaileak} + +\end_inset + + atala begiratzea aholkatzen dizugu, LaTeX-eko adituei zuzendua baitago. +\layout Subsection + +Aurkituko +\emph on +ez +\emph default + duzuna: +\layout Itemize + +LyX-en ezaugarri guztien azalpen zehatzak. + +\layout Itemize + +Zer? +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default + birritan nahi duzu? +\layout Itemize + +Serioski mintzatuz, zu ernatu eta tresna honekin idazten jartzea nahi dugu, + +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default + bakarrik behar izango duzu. + LyX-en ezaugarri guztiak hemen sartuz gero +\emph on +Tutoretza +\emph default + luzeegia izateaz gain informazio errepikatua eduki eta beti ere zaharkitua + izango litzateke. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Alferrikako lan errepikakor eta aspergarria izango litzateke +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default + bikoiztea, eta gainera zaharkitua geldituko litzateke (eta erabat luzea). + Gauzen sarrera egitea bakarrik nahi dugu; pentsatu atal bakoitzaren amaieran + " +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default + ikusi" bezalako esaldia agertuko dela. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +LaTeX-en azalpen zehatza. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Premiagabekoak. + LaTeX-ekin egin daitezkeen trikimailu batzuk ikasteko gogoa edukiz gero, + berorri buruzko liburu bat lor dezakezu. + Gai honi buruz idatzita hainbat liburu on daude merkatuan (bai, alboko + kaleko frutategian adibidez). + Azken finean, zertarako gurpila berriz asmatu\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Beraz, gora bihotz ausartak, aurrera jarraitzeko ordua iritsi zaigu eta. + Zure lehenbiziko dokumentua egiteko unea da\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Chapter + +LyX-ekin hastea +\layout Section + +Lehenbiziko LyX dokumentua +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:lyxlehenidazkia} + +\end_inset + + Oso ondo. + Idazten hasteko prest zaude. + Hasi aurretik, ordea, tutoretza hau hezigarri, erabilgarri eta atseginagoa + gertatuko zaizulakoan, gauza batzuk esan beharrean gaude. +\layout Standard + +Dagoen informazio asko hemen azalduko ez dugunez, laguntzako beste fitxategi + batzuk bilatu beharrean egongo zara. + Zorionez, erraza da. + Abiatu LyX. + Aukeratu +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default + +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +aguntza +\family default + menuan. + Horrela baderitzozu, kargatu +\emph on +Tutoretza +\emph default + ere (une honetan pantailan irakurtzen ari ez bazara bederen). + Horrela, zure fitxategia LyX-en ezaugarrien erabilera gisa adibide ona + izango da, idazten ari zaren bitartean irakur baititzakezu. + Dokumentu bat baino gehiago irekita badituzu, +\family sans +Dokumentuak +\family default + menua erabili hauen artean mugitzeko. + Tutoretza honek ez ditu zehatz-mehatz azalduko beste LyX eskuliburuetan + agertzen diren gaiak. + Hasera batean nahiz eta zuretzako zailagoa izan, +\emph on +Tutoretza +\emph default + motzagoa izatea lortzen du. + Beste gidak erabiltzera bultzatuko zaitu, epe luzera denbora asko aurreztuz. +\layout Standard + +Tutoretza-n programa hauek instalatuta dauzkazula onartuko dugu: ongi baino + hobekiago darabilen LyX-eko bertsio bat, LaTeX, +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + edo dvi fitxategi-ikustailea eta +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + tresna (dvi formatutik PostScript®-era bihurtzen duen beste programaren + bat) eta (nola ez) inprimagailu bat. + Agian gehiegi suposatzea izango da, baina aurreko programatariko bat falta + bada zuk (edo sistemako administratzaileak) instalatu beharko duzu. + Beste eskuliburuetan instalazio-lanak nola egin aurkitu ahal izango dituzu. +\layout Standard + +Azkenik, zure trebezia lantzeko asmoz LyX-en fitxategi bat prestatu dugu. + Beraren izena +\family typewriter +eu_adibide_gordina.lyx +\family default + da. + Pentsatu LyX-eko ezaugarri dotoreak ezagutzen ez dituen batek idatzi duela. + Funtzio berriak ikasten ari zaren heinean +\family typewriter +eu_adibide_gordina.lyx +\family default + fitxategiko zati batzuk zuzentzeko eskatuko dizugu. + Gauzak zuzentzeko trikimailu politak dauzka +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Trikimailuak hori koloredun "oharretan" agertzen dira. + Horien gainean saguarekin klikatuz irakur ditzakezu. + +\end_inset + +. + Tranpa egin nahi baduzu (edo egindakoa aztertzeko asmoz), +\family typewriter +eu_adibide_lyx-atua.lyx +\family default + fitxategia daukazu; berton LyX-en aditua den norbaitek idatzitako testu + berdina dago. +\layout Standard + +Adibide-fitxategiak +\family typewriter +examples/ +\family default + direktoriopean aurki Daiteke; hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator +I +\bar under +r +\bar default +eki +\family default + menua eta +\family sans +Adibideak +\family default + botoian klikatuz lor ditzakezu. + Ireki Landugabeko dokumentua, +\family typewriter +eu_adibide_gordina.lyx +\family default +, eta horren gainean idazteko +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Gorde\SpecialChar ~ +honela +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + aukera erabiliz zure "etxeko" direktorioan kopia bat gorde. + Dokumentua zuzentzen duzun heinean, aldaketak dvi irteeran nola eragiten + duten ikus dezakezu. +\layout Standard + +Gainera, +\family typewriter +examples/ +\family default + direktorioan dauden beste adibide-fitxategiek LyX-ekin landuago dauden + gauza politak burutzen erakutsiko dizute. + Eskuliburuetan (bere luzera edo beste arrazoiengatik) agertzen ez diren + beste gauza erabilgarri batzuk erakusten dira. + Tutoretza hau irakurri ondoren, edo LyX-ekin gauza dotoreagoak egiteko + orduan zalantzarik edukiz gero, kontsultatu fitxategi hauek. +\layout Subsection + +Idaztea, ikustea eta inprimatzea +\layout Itemize + +Ireki fitxategi berria +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +B +\bar default +erria +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + erabiliz. +\layout Itemize + +Idatzi honelako esaldi bat: Nere LyX lehen idazkia!. +\layout Itemize + +Gorde dokumentua ( +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Gorde\SpecialChar ~ +honela +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +) +\layout Itemize + +Exekutatu LaTeX +\family typewriter +dvi +\family default + fitxategia sortzeko +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI +\family default +. + Leiho nagusian unean lantzen ari diren komandoak ikusi ahal izango dituzu. + LaTeX-eko mezuak dira, oraingoz ezikusi ditzakezu. + LyX-ek xdvi programa (edo bestelako dvi ikustaria) abiatuko du; horrek + beste leiho berri bat sortuko du, berton zure dokumentua inprimatua nola + geldituko den erakutsiko dizun. + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +xdvi atzeko planoan exekutatzen utziz denbora aurrez dezakezu. + Ondoren, +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +guneratu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI +\family default + erabili eta LaTeX-en ekitaldia amaitzean +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default +-ko leihoan klikatu . +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + +Inprimatzeko +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator +In +\bar under +p +\bar default +rimatu +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + menua hautatu eta +\family sans +Inprimatu +\family default + botoian klikatu. +\layout Standard + +Zorionak! Zure lehenbiziko LyX dokumentua idatzi eta inprimatu duzu. + Beste guztia huskeriak bakarrik dira, +\emph on +Tutoretza +\emph default + , +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default + eta +\emph on +Ezaugarri hedatuak +\emph default + eskuliburuetan zehar azalduko direnak. +\layout Subsection + +Eragiketa bakunak +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek testu-prozesadore batekin egin ditzakezun gauza gehienak egin ditzake. + Automatikoki hitzak banandu eta paragrafoak koska ditzake. + Ondoren, ekintza sinple batzuen azalpen laburrak dauzkazu. +\layout Description + +Desegin LyX-ek hainbat desegite-maila ditu, uneko dokumentua editatzen hasi + eta orain arteko guztiak desegin ditzakezu +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +esegin +\family default + hautatuz behin eta berriz. + Gehiegi desegiten baduzu, aldaketak berreskuratzeko, hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +B +\bar default +erregin +\family default +. + +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Gaur egun, desegin komandoa 100 urratsetara mugatua dago. + Gauza guztientzako ez da erabilgarria (adibidez, dokumentuaren diseinuaren + aldaketan). + Horietariko bakoitza LyX errorea bezala onartuta dago. +\end_deeper +\layout Description + +Ebaki/Itsatsi/Kopiatu Erabili +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +baki +\family default +, +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +I +\bar default +tsatsi +\family default + eta +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +K +\bar default +opiatu +\family default + testua ebaki, itsatsi eta kopiatzeko. + Edo itsatsi automatikoki hautatutako testua (beste zenbait programetako + hautapenak ere bai) saguaren erdiko botoiarekin. +\layout Description + +Bilatu/Ordeztu Erabili +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Bilatu\SpecialChar ~ +eta\SpecialChar ~ +ordeztu +\family default + esaldi edo hitzak bilatzeko. + Elkarrizketa-koadroan, bilatu Bilatu hurrengoa botoiarekin, eta erabil + ezazu +\family sans +\bar under +O +\bar default +rdeztu +\family default + aurkitu den hitza ordezteko +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Amaitzean leihotxoa itxi. + Edo irekita utzi lagungarriagoa dela baderitzozu. + LyX-eko elkarrizketa-koadro gehienak ( +\series bold +Bilatu eta ordeztu +\series default +, +\series bold +Gaien aurkibidea +\series default +, +\series bold +Diseinua +\series default + edota matematikako hainbat bezala) modu honetan erabil ditzakezu. + Elkarrizketa-koadro gutxi batzuk, +\series bold +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +I +\bar default +reki... + +\series default + bezalakoak, itxi arte leiho nagusian ezer egiten ez dizute utziko. + Ziurtatu leiho nagusian fokoa daukazula, edo elkarrizketa-koadro batean + komando bat idazten ari zarela. +\end_inset + +. + Bilaketetan maiuskula eta minuskulak bereiz ditzan edo hitz osoak soilik + bilatzeko aukera eskaintzen zaizu. + Dokumentuan gorantz ere bilatu dezakezu. +\layout Description + +Karaktereak\SpecialChar ~ +formateatzea Testua +\emph on +enfasiarekin +\emph default + (karaktere etzanak), +\series bold +lodia +\series default +, edo +\noun on +Izen +\noun default + estiloa (normalean maiuskula txikiak izaten dira, pertsonen izenentzako) + eran ezartzeko, erabili +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +K +\bar default +arakterea +\family default + menua. +\layout Description + +Tresna-barra Ekintza erabilgarrienak lantzeko botoiak dauzka (menuen azpian + dago), adibidez, +\family sans +Itsatsi +\family default + edo +\family sans +Inprimatu +\family default + botoiak. +\layout Standard + +Noski, oraindik ez duzu nahikoa idatzi funtzio hauen erabilgarritasuna aztertzek +o. + Gehiago idaztean desegin, itsatsi, kopiatu e.a. + erabiltzen saia zaitez. +\layout Subsection + +WYSIWYM: zuriuneak LyX-en +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:zuriuneak} + +\end_inset + +Gauza zailenetariko bat (erabiltzaile berrientzako) LyX-ek zuriuneak erabiltzeko + modura ohitzea izaten da. + Nahiz eta mila bider +\family sans +lerro\SpecialChar ~ +itzulera +\family default + ( +\family sans +Enter +\family default + edo +\family sans +Return +\family default +) sakatu, lerro zuri bakarra lortuko duzu. + Nahiz eta tua sutu arte zuriune ( +\family sans +Spacebar +\family default + izeneko 'luuuze' hori) astindu, zuriune bakar bat besterik ez duzu lortuko. + LyX-ek ez dizu lerro huts batean zuriune bat sartzen utziko. + +\family sans +Tabuladoreak +\family default + ez du testua koskatuko, gainera tabulaziorik ez dago! Orrialdearen gainean + marjinak edo tabulazioak ezartzeko erregelarik ere ez dago. +\layout Standard + +Testu-prozesadore komertzial asko WYSIWYG izakeran oinarritzen dira: "ikusten + duzuna lortzen duzu". + LyX-ek, ordea, "Ikusten duzuna +\emph on +esan nahi +\emph default + duzu" izakeran oinarritzen da. + Utzi LyX-en eskuetan idatzi nahi duzuna eta beste dena, konposaketa-lanak. + Lantxo hori txukun-txukun eta polit-polita uzten bera arduratuko baita. + +\family sans +Lerro-itzulera +\family default + batek paragrafoak gramatikalki bereizten ditu, +\family sans +Zuriune +\family default + batek bi hitz bereizten dituen bezalaxe, eta gauzak horrela izanda, lerro-itzul +era gehiago sartu beharrik ez dago; bestalde, +\family sans +Tabuladore +\family default + batek gramatika-ikuspegitik zereginik ez dauka; beraz, LyX-ek ez du onartzen. + Azken finean, LyX erabiliz denborarik gehien dokumentuaren edukian buru-belarri + idazten igaroko duzu, eta gutxiengoa itxuran. + WYSIWYMen esanahia hobekiago ulertzeko, ikus +\emph on +Sarrera +\emph default +. +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek dokumentuaren egitura fintzeko lantzeko aukera (asko) eskaintzen + dizkizu. + Agian esan nahi zenuena ez du inprimatuko behar bezala. + Erabiltzailearen Gida-k honi buruzkoak argitzen dizkizu. + Horizontal eta bertikal betegarriei buruzko azalpenak ditu, hainbat zuriune + edo lerro hutsak baino gaitasun handiagoa daukate. + Paragrafo, lerrokatze, letra-tipo, letra-tamaina eta bestelakoak eskuz + alda ditzakezu. + Benetako ideia da zu zeu dokumentuaren edukian murgiltzea, eta amaitzean + soilik arduratzea gauzak fintzeaz. + Egungo testu-prozesadore estandarrekin, idazten zabiltzan unean dokumentuaren + itxurak arreta galarazten dizu. +\layout Section + +Inguruneak +\layout Standard + +Dokumentu bateko zati ezberdinek xede ezberdinak dituzte: zati horiei +\emph on +inguruneak +\emph default + deritzogu. + Dokumentu bateko gehiengoa testu arrunta izan ohi da. + Ataleko (kapituluak, azpiatalak, e.a.) izenburuek azalduko den gai edo azpigai + berriak hastera doazela jakinarazten diote irakurleari. + Dokumentu-mota batzuek ingurune bereziak dauzkate. + Egunkari bateko artikulu batek titulu eta laburpen bat edukiko du. + Gutun batek, berriz, horietarikorik ez du edukiko, bidaltzailearen helbidea + edukitzeko ingurune aproposa edukiko du ziurrenik. +\layout Standard + +Inguruneak LyX-en oinarrizko "Ikusten duzuna esan nahi duzu" filosofiaren + zati nagusiak dira. + Ingurune zehatz batek letra-tipo, letra-tamaina, koskatze, lerro-tarte + eta beste berezitasun batzuk eska ditzake. + Arazoa areagotzen da ingurune zehatz bat aldatzerakoan: egunkari batek + bere tituluentzako letra lodia, 18 tamainakoa eta paragrafo zentratuak + erabil ditzaken bitartean beste batzuk 15 tamainako letra etzana eta ezkerrera + lerrokatutakoa erabil dezakete; hizkuntza ezberdinek koska-estandar ezberdinak + eska ditzakete; eta bibliografietako egiturak asko alda daitezke. + LyX-ek formatu-estilo guztiak ikastea saihestuko dizu. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Ingurunea +\family default + menua tresna-barraren ezkerrean kokatua dago ( +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia +\family default + menuaren azpian, hain zuzen ere). + Une bakoitzean zein ingurunetan idazten ari zaren erakusten du. + Zure lehen dokumentua idazten ari zinen bitartean "Estandarra" azaltzen + zuen, testuen ingurune lehenetsia. + Nola dabiltzan ikusteko, dokumentu berrian gune ezberdinak jar ditzakezu. + Ireki Ingurunea menua saguarekin klikatuz eta hautatu bertako edozein elementu. +\layout Subsection + +Atalak eta azpiatalak +\layout Standard + +Idatzi +\family typewriter +Sarrera +\family default + zure LyX-eko fitxategiko lehen lerroan, eta +\family sans +Ingurunea +\family default + menuan +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Ez daukazu lerro osoa hautatu beharrik. + Ezer ez baduzu hautatzen, LyX-ek unean dagoen paragrafoa hautatutako ingurunera + aldatuko du. + Bestalde, hainbat paragrafo-ingurune batera aldatzeko, hautatu lehenbizi + paragrafoak eta ondoren zehaztu ingurunea. +\end_inset + +. + Hautatu +\family sans +Atala +\family default +. + Ziurtatu zaitez +\family sans +Atala +\family default + hautatzen duzula eta ez +\family sans +Atala* +\family default +, beherago azalduko da zergatia. + LyX-ek atala "1" bezala zenbatzen du eta atalaren izenburua letra-tamaina + handiagoz ezartzen du. + Orain lerro-itzulera sakatu. + Ikus dezakezuna +\family sans +Ingurunea +\family default + menuan "Atala"tik "Estandarra" egoerara igarotzen da. + Ataleko izenburuak, ingurune asko bezala, lerro-itzulera sakatzerakoan + amaitzen direla onartzen da. + +\layout Standard + +Idatzi dokumentuaren sarrera: +\layout LyX-Code + +Hau nire LyX-eko lehen dokumentuaren sarrera bat da. +\layout Standard + +Sakatu +\family sans +Lerro-itzulera +\family default + berriz, eta hautatu +\family sans +Atala +\family default + Ingurunea menuan. + LyX zain dago "2" idatzi eta izenburu bat noiz idatziko. + Idatzi +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +gauza gehiago +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +, eta ikusiko duzu ataleko izenburu bezala ezarriko duela. +\layout Standard + +Gauzak hobetuz doaz. + Joan 1. + atalaren amaierara ("nire LyX-eko lehen" paragrafoaren atzera), sakatu + lerro-itzulera, eta hautatu +\family sans +Atala +\family default + Ingurunea menuan. + LyX berriro "2" eta ataleko izenburua noiz idatziko zain egongo da. + Idatzi +\family typewriter +Dokumentu honi buruz +\family default +. + "Gauza gehiago" atala, lehenxeago 2. + atala zena, automatikoki 3. + atal bezala berzenbatua izan da! WYSIWYM egiazko eran, dokumentuko testuak + atalen izenburu bezala identifikatu behar dituzu, LyX arduratuko baita + zenbatze-eta konposatze-lanez. +\layout Standard + +Lerro itzulera sakatu, Estandarra ingurunera itzultzeko, eta datozen bost + lerroak idatzi: +\layout LyX-Code + +Atalak eta azpiatalak beherago azaltzen dira. +\layout LyX-Code + +Atalaren azalpena +\layout LyX-Code + +Atalak azpiatalen baino handiagoak dira. +\layout LyX-Code + +Azpiatalaren azalpena +\layout LyX-Code + +Azpiatalak atalak baino txikiagoak dira. +\layout Standard + +Bigarren lerroan kurtsorea kokatu eta Ingurunea menuan +\family sans +Azpiatala +\family default + hautatu. + LyX-ek azpiatala "2.1" zenbatuko du, eta letra-tamaina testu arruntarena + baino handiagoa eta atalen izenburuena baino txikiagoa ezarriko dio. + Laugarren lerroa +\series bold +Azpiatala +\series default + ingurunera aldatuko du. + Pentsatzen zenuen bezala, LyX-ek azpiatala "2.2" bezala zenbatzen du. + Beste atal bat sartzen baduzu 2.aren aurretik, 2. + atala 3. + atalera berzenbatua izango da; beraren azpiatalak, berriz, "3.1" eta "3.2"ra. +\layout Standard + +Zatitzeko maila sakonagoak +\family sans +Azpiazpiatala +\family default +, +\family sans +Paragrafo +\family default + eta +\family sans +Azpiparagrafoak +\family default + dira. + Beraiekin zure kasa jolasten utziko dizugu. + Paragrafo eta azpiparagrafoen izenburuek jatorriz zenbatugabe eta azpiparagrafo +ak koskatuta daudela ohartuko zara; hori aldatzeko, irakurri +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default +. + Zatitze maila-altuena +\family sans +Kapitulua +\family default + izenburuak dira, +\family sans +Atala +\family default + gainetik, baina LyX dokumentuetako testu-klase batzuetan bakarrik erabil + ditzakezu ( +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:testuklaseak} + +\end_inset + + atala ikusi). +\layout Standard + +Azkenik, baliteke zenbatu gabeko atal eta azpiatalak nahi izatea. + Horretarako ere badaude beste gune batzuk. + Atalen izenburuak +\family sans +Atala* +\family default + ingurunera (agian Ingurunea menuan beherantz mugitu beharko duzu) aldatzen + badituzu, LyX-ek atal normaletako letra-tamaina berdina erabiliko du, baina + ez ditu zenbatuko. + Badaude "izardun" izenburuak +\family sans +Azpiatala +\family default + eta +\family sans +Azpiazpiatala +\family default + inguruneentzako. + Atal eta azpiatal bat edo beste izardun ingurunetara bihurtzen saiatu, + eta ohartuko zara nola beste zenbakiak eguneratzen diren. +\layout Description + +Ariketa: konpondu +\family typewriter +eu_adibide_gordina.lyx +\family default + fitxategiko atal eta azpiataleko izenburuak. +\layout Subsection + +Zerrendak eta azpizerrendak +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek zerrendak osatzeko zenbait ingurune ditu. + Zerrenden hainbat ingurunek eskema bat idaztean, +\family sans +Tabuladoreari +\family default + hainbat bider sakatzea edo zerrenda baten erdian puntu berri bat idaztean + beste denak berzenbatzea sahiestuko da. + Horrela, zerrendaren edukiaz arduratuko zara soilik +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Bai, badakigu hau +\emph on +Tutoretza +\emph default + honetan behin eta berriz enfasia jartzen diogula azalpen honi. + LyX-en filosofia nagusia da, ordea; beraz, barka iezaguzu. +\end_inset + + Dokumentu-mota ezberdinek, noski, zerrenda ingurune ezberdinak behar dituzte: +\layout Itemize + +Diapositiben aurkezpeneko puntu ezberdinak deskribatzeko +\family sans +Elementua +\family default + inguruneko buleten +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +Bulet +\series default + bat pinport formako apaingarri bat izaten da, eta hainbat itxura ezberdin + erabiltzen ditu: borobila, izartxoa, irukia, e.a. +\end_inset + + zerrenda erabili beharko luke. +\layout Itemize + +Eskema batek +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default + inguruneko zenbatutako zerrenda (eta hizkiz osatutako azpizerrendak) erabil + lezake. +\layout Itemize + +Hainbat softwaretako paketeak azaltzen dituen dokumentu batek +\family sans +Azalpena +\family default + ingurunea erabil dezake, eta zerrendako elementu bakoitza letra lodia duen + hitz batekin hasiko da. + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Zerrenda +\family default + ingurunea (LaTeX-en ez dago) +\family sans +Azalpena +\family default + ingurunearekin konparatuz apur bat ezberdina da. +\layout Standard + +LyX beste testu-prozesadoreak baino hobeago izatearen arrazoiei buruzko + zerrenda bat idatziko dugu. + Idatzi hau zure dokumentuaren leku batean: +\layout LyX-Code + +LyX beste testu-prozesadoreak baino hobeagoa da zeren eta: +\layout Standard + +eta sakatu lerro-itzulera. + Orain +\family sans +Ingurune +\family default + menuan +\family sans +Elementua +\family default + hautatu. + LyX-ek lerro-hasieran bulet bat idazten du (berez "izartxo" bat, baina + irteerako emaitzan borobil bihurtzen da). + Idatzi zure zergatiak: +\layout LyX-Code + +Konposaketa-lana zure ordez egiten du. +\layout LyX-Code + +Matematikak WYSIWYG dira. +\layout LyX-Code + +Oso erraza da zerrendak sortzea! +\layout Standard + +Zerrenda-motako inguruneak, izenburuen ez bezala, +\family sans +lerro-itzulera +\family default + sakatzerakoan ez dira amaitzen. + Horren ordez, LyX-ek zerrendako hurrengo elementuarekin jarraituko duzulakoan + dago. + Aurreko adibidea hiru elementuz osatutako zerrenda bat da. + Zerrendako elementu batean paragrafo bat baino gehiago edukitzeko jauzi + babestua erabili, +\family sans +C-Lerro-itzulera +\family default + sakatuz. + Zerrenda ingurunetik irteteko, hautatu +\family sans +Estandarra +\family default + ingurunea (edo erabili +\family sans +M-p s +\family default + -elkartea). +\layout Standard + +Zerrenda polita lortu duzu. + Inprimatzean zein itxura edukiko duen ikusteko, exekutatu LaTeX. + Baina, zer gertatzen da arrazoiak zenbatuta eduki nahi badituzu? Hautatu + zerrenda osoa +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek ez dizu lehenbiziko buleta aukeratzen utziko, zerrendaren aurreko + paragrafoa ez baduzu aukeratzen, bederen, eta ziurrenik ez duzu hori egin + nahiko. + Era berean, atalen izenburuen zenbakia ez du hautatzen utziko. + Ez zaitez kezkatu. +\end_inset + + eta aukeratu +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default + Ingurune menuan. + Sinestezina, eh?! Esan genizun bezala, zerrendan elementu bat sartzean + edo ezabatzean LyX-ek zenbaketa guztia berregiten du. +\layout Standard + +Zerrenda hautatuta dagoen bitartean, beste bi zerrenda-ingurunetara alda + dezakezu, +\family sans +Azalpena +\family default + eta +\family sans +Zerrenda +\family default +, nolako itxura duten ikusteko. + Bi kasuetan, zerrendako elementu bakoitzak "termino" eta definizio bat + dauka, eta definizioa paragrafoan gelditzen den beste guztia da (lerro-itzulera + sakatu arte). + +\layout Standard + +Lehen terminoa letra lodiz ( +\family sans +Azalpena +\family default +) edo paragrafotik "Tabuladore" +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Konposaketako tabuladorea da, ordea, eta zerrendako "termino" handienaren + neurrira moldatzeko aldatuko da, idazmakina bateko tabuladore lehor, goibel + eta aldagaitz bat ez bezala. +\end_inset + + ( +\family sans +Zerrenda +\family default +) batekin bereiztua dago. + Zenbait hitzetako terminoa lortzeko hitzak zuriune babestuaz bereizi. + +\family sans +C-Zuriunea +\family default + (C-Spacebar) sakatzerakoan sortzen da. +\layout Description + +Ariketa: zuzendu +\family typewriter +eu_adibide_gordina.lyx +\family default + fitxategiko zerrenda. +\layout Standard + +Itxura erakargarriak osatuz, zerrenda batzuk beste batzuen barnean sar ditzakezu. + Adibide gisa, eskemak. + Zerrenda sinplea eta zenbatuak azpizerrendetan buleta eta zenbatze-mota + ezberdinak eduki ditzakete. + Zerrenda-mota ezberdinen azalpenak eta habiaratze-mailari (adbz. + azpizerrenda beste baten barruan, eta azken hau beste baten barnean) buruko + xehetasunak +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default +-n aurkituko dituzu. +\layout Subsection + +Beste inguruneak: Bertsoa, Zitazioa eta beste batzuk +\layout Standard + +Zitak ezartzeko bi ingurune daude: +\family sans +Zita +\family default + aipamen motzentzat eta +\family sans +Zitazioa +\family default + luzeentzat. + +\family sans +LyX-kodea +\family default + (tutoretza honetako adibide luzeetan erabilia) +\family typewriter +idazmakinaren +\family default + letra-tipoarekin idazten du; kodea koskatzeko nahi adina zuriune jarraian + idazteko baimena eskaintzen dizun LyX-eko ingurune bakarra da. + Olerkiak idatz ditzakezu +\family sans +Bertsoa +\family default + ingurunea erabiliz, estrofak bereizteko lerro-itzulerak eta estrofa baten + barruan lerroak banatzeko +\family sans +C-Lerro-itzulerak +\family default + erabiliz. + LyX-ek eskaintzen dizkizun inguruneen xehetasunak ezagutzeko, ikus +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default +. +\layout Description + +Ariketa: +\family sans +Zita +\family default +, +\family sans +LyX-kodea +\family default + eta +\family sans +Bertso +\family default + inguruneak honeko fitxategian konpondu: +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +linebreak +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +eu_adibide_gordina.lyx +\layout Chapter + +Dokumentuak idaztea +\layout Standard + +Aurreko kapitulua LyX-ekin idazten ohitzeko lagunduko zizulakoan gaude. + Oinarrizko editatze-eragiketaz gain inguruneen ahalmenekin idaztea ere + erakutsi dizugu. + LyX erabiltzen duen gehiengo batek dokumentuak idaztea dauka helburutzat: + egunkariak, artikuluak, liburuak, gutunak edo eskuliburuak. + Kapitulu honek testu bakun batetik dokumentu oso bat LyX-ekin idaztera + eramango zaitu. + Testu-klaseak aurkeztuko dizkizu, hainbat dokumentu-mota idazteko. + Testu bat dokumentu batera bihurtzeko behar dituzun ezaugarri asko azalduko + dizkizu, adibidez, tituluak, oin-oharrak, erreferentzia gurutzatuak, bibliograf +i eta gaien aurkibideak. +\layout Section + +Testu-klaseak +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:testuklaseak} + +\end_inset + +Dokumentu-mota bakoitza era ezberdin batean konposatzen da. + Adibidez, liburuak bi aldetatik inprimatu ohi diren bitartean, artikuluak + orrialde bakarrekoak izaten dira. + Gainera, dokumentu askok ingurune bereziak edukitzen dituzte: gutunak edukitzen + duten zenbait ingurune (bidaltzailearen helbidea eta sinadura bezala) liburu + edo artikulu batean ez daukate zentzurik. + LyX-eko +\emph on +testu-klaseak +\emph default + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +LaTeX-eko erabiltzaileentzat: hau LaTeX-eko dokumentu-klasearen (documentclass) + antzekoa da +\end_inset + + hauen arteko ezberdintasunez arduratzen dira. + Tutoretza hau, adibidez, +\family sans +liburua +\family default + (Book) testu-klasearekin idatzi da. + Testu-klaseak WYSIWYM filosofiaren zatirik garrantzitsuenetarikoak dira; + beraiek esaten baitiote LyX-i dokumentu bat nola konposatu, ondorioz hau + egiteko moduari buruz ez daukazu ezer jakin beharrik. +\layout Standard + +Litekeena da zure dokumentua +\family sans +Artikulua +\family default + (Article) testu-klasearekin +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Testu-klase lehenetsia izan ohi da. +\end_inset + + idaztea. + Saia zaitez beste testu-klase batera aldatzen (erabili +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Dokumentua +\family default +... + menua), beraien konposaketa ezberdinak ikusteko. + Aldatu zure dokumentua +\family sans +Book +\family default + testu-klasera, eta +\family sans +Ingurunea +\family default + menuan begiratzen baduzu dauden ingurune gehienak berdinak izango dira. + Orain, ordea, +\family sans +Kapitulua +\family default + ingurunea erabil dezakezu. + Testu-klase batek zein ingurune eskaintzen dituen jakiteko, +\family sans +Ingurunea +\family default + menua aztertzearekin nahikoa duzu. +\layout Standard + +Egunkariek konposaketa-mota propioa eduki ohi dute: letra-tamainak, zutabe + bateko (edo biko) inprimaketa, edo orriaren izenburuak bezala. + Garai digital honetan, hauek artikulu elektronikoak onartzen hasi dira, + LaTeX estiloko fitxategiak sortu eta idazleak beraien artikuluak ongi konposatu +ta bidal ditzaten. + Horretarako ere prestatuta dago LyX. + Adibidez, LyX-ek +\family sans +Article\SpecialChar ~ +(AMS) +\family default + testu-klasearen bidez Amerikar Matematika Elkarteko egunkarientzat (eta + antzeko beste batzuentzat ere) konposaketa-euskarria eskaintzen du. +\layout Standard + +Jarraian zenbait testu-motari buruzko erreferentzia laburra azaltzen da. + Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikus E +\emph on +zaugarri hedatuak +\emph default + eskuliburuko +\emph on +Dokumentu-klase bereziak +\emph default + atala. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Izena +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Azalpena +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +article +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +orrialde bakarrekoa, kapitulurik gabe +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +article (AMS) +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Amerikar Matematika Elkarteko diseinu eta inguruneak +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +report +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +artikulua baino luzeagoa, bi orrialdetatik +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +book +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +txostena + azala + kontrazala +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +slides +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +gardenkiak (FoilTeX dauka) +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +letter +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +helbide, sinadura eta bestelako inguruneak dauzka +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Txantiloiak: eskutitza idaztea +\layout Standard + +Testu-klase ospetsuena +\family sans +Letter +\family default + (gutuna) da. + Gutun bat idazteko orduan, ireki fitxategi berria eta +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okumentua +\family default + elkarrizketa-koadroko +\family sans +Dokumentu\SpecialChar ~ +klasea +\family default + eremuan +\family sans +Letter +\family default + hautatu. + Eskutitza idazteko biderik errazena izan arren lan gehiago eskatzen duela + dirudi. + Negozio-gutun bakoitza idazterakoan jasotzailearen eta zure helbideak, + gorputza, sinadura e.a. + eduki nahi dituzu. + Beraz, LyX-ek gutunentzat txantiloi bat dauka, gutun-adibidea duena; behin + txantiloi bat eskuartean daukazula, gutun berri bat idazten duzun bakoitzean + zatiren bat edo beste aldatzen duzu soilik. +\layout Standard + +Ireki fitxategi berri bat +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Berria\SpecialChar ~ +(txantiloitik) +\family default + menua aukeratuz. + Hautatu +\family typewriter +letter.lyx +\family default + txantiloi gisa. + Gorde eta inprima ezazu zenbait ingurune nola konposatzen diren aztertzeko. + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Ingurunea +\family default + menuan begiratzen duzunean beste testu-klase batzuetan ageri ez diren hainbat + ingurune ikusiko dituzu, adibidez, +\family sans +Nire\SpecialChar ~ +Helbidea +\family default +. + +\family sans +Zita +\family default + eta +\family sans +Azalpena +\family default + bezalako beste batzuk ezagunak egingo zaizkizu. + Ingurune horiek nola erabiltzen diren ikusteko, beroriekin jolasten ibil + zaitezke. + Ohartuko zara, adibidez, +\family sans +Sinadura +\family default + inguruneak gorri koloredun " +\family typewriter +signature: +\family default +" hitza testu aurretik agertzen duela. + Fitxategia inprimatzen baduzu, ohartuko zara hitz hori ez duela erakusten. + Sinaduraren kokapena jakiteko erabiltzen da. + Horrez gain, jakin ezazu berdin dela +\family sans +Signature +\family default + lerroa non kokatzen den. + Gogoratu LyX programa WYSIWYM dela; nahi duzun lekuan +\family sans +Signature +\family default + ingurunea kokatu, LyX-ek badaki inprimatzerakoan sinadurak gutunaren amaieran + egon behar duela. +\layout Standard + +Txantiloi bat LyX fitxategi arrunt bat besterik ez da. + Hots, zure helbide eta sinadurekin bete eta txantiloi berri bat bezala + gorde dezakezu. + Hemendik aurrera, gutun bat idatzi nahi duzun bakoitzean sortu berri duzun + txantiloian oinarrituz denbora aurreztuko duzu. + Egiazko "ariketa" bat egitea ongi baino hobekiago etorriko zaizula esan + beharrik ez daukagu, idatz iezaiozu gutun bat lagun bati +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Abisu bat, txantiloitik idazten duzun kasurako. + Ingurune bateko testua ezabatuz (zure helbidea sartzeko +\family sans +Nire\SpecialChar ~ +helbidea +\family default + eremua erabat ezabatzen baduzu) eta ondoren ezer idatzi gabe kurtsorea + beste nonbaitera mugituz gero, gune hori desagertuko da. + Ingurune gehienek testurik gabe ezin dute bizi. + Itzultzeko, hautatu berriro Ingurunea menuko elementua. +\end_inset + +! +\layout Standard + +Txantiloiek denbora asko aurrera dezaketenez, ahal duzun guztietan erabiltzea + aholkatzen dizugu. + Gainera, testu-klase dotore batzuk nola erabiltzen diren erakusten dute. + Azkenik, LyX ordenagailuekin trebetasun gutxi daukaten erabiltzaileentzat + lagungarri izan daiteke. + Erabiltzaileek gutun-txantiloi bat erabiltzen badute errazagoa izateaz + gain, LyX erabiltzeko beldurra galduko dute. +\layout Section + +Dokumentuen tituluak +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek (LaTeX-ek bezala) titulua --- uneko izenburua, egilea, data eta laburpena + ere barne eduki ditzake --- dokumentutik bereizitako zati bezala hartzen + du. + Itzul zaitez zure +\family typewriter +fitxategiberria.lyx +\family default + dokumentura eta ziurtatu +\family sans +Article +\family default + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Gutun mota ez darabilzula, +\family sans +Letter +\family default + testu-klaseak titulurik ez baitu erabiltzen. +\end_inset + + testu-klasea erabiltzen ari dela. + Idatzi titulua lehenbiziko lerroan eta lerroa +\family sans +Titulua +\family default + ingurunearekin ezarri. + Idatzi jurrengo lerroan zure izen-abizenak eta aldatu +\family sans +Egilea +\family default + ingurunera. + Idatzi data hirugarren lerroan +\family sans +Data +\family default + ingurunea erabiliz. + Hori egin ondoren, laburtu dokumentuaren edukia bizpahiru paragrafotan + (edo bakar batean) eta ezarri +\family sans +Laburpena +\family default + ingurune bezala. + +\layout Standard + +Orain, ikusi emaitza nola inprimatuko den. +\layout Description + +Ariketa: Zuzendu titulua, egilea eta data +\family typewriter +eu_adibide_gordina.lyx +\family default + fitxategian. +\layout Section + +Etiketa eta erreferentzia gurutzatuak +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:etiketak} + +\end_inset + +Dokumentuko atal bati (edo azpiatala, edo edozein testu-zati bat) etiketa + jar diezaiokezu. + Etiketa bat jarritakoan, dokumentuko beste edozein lekutan atal honi buruzko + aipamenak sartzeko erreferentzia gurutzatuak erabil ditzakezu. + Atalaren zenbakira edo kokatuta dagoen orrialdeari erreferentzia dezakezu. + Atal eta oin-oharrekin gertatzen den bezala, erreferentzia gurutzatuetaz + LyX arduratuko da. + Etiketa eta erreferentzia gurutzatuak automatikoki kudeatzeko gaitasuna + LyX eta LaTeX programen abantailarik onenetariko bat da, beste testu-prozesador +eekin konparatuz. +\layout Subsection* + +Zure aurreneko etiketa +\layout Standard + +Gure bigarren atala, "Dokumentu honi buruz" izenburua duena, markatuko dugu. + Klikatu ataleko izenburuaren amaieran eta hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu +\bar under +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar default +Etiketa\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + menua. + Elkarrizketa-koadro batek etiketaren izena eskatuko dizu, eta berak iradokizuna +k egingo dizkizu. + Ados klikatutakoan, etiketaren izena kutxa batean ataleko izenburutik gertu + ezarriko du. +\layout Standard + +Ahaztu baino lehenago, etiketa ataleko edozein lekutan koka dezakezu; ataleko + erreferentziak etiketaren aurretik dagoen azken atal edo azpiataleko izenburura + zuzendua dago. + Nola nahi ere, ataleko izenburuaren lerroan ezartzeak (edo agian ataleko + aurreneko testu-lerroaren hasieran) atalaren hasierara zuzentzen du. +\layout Standard + +Orain arte ez dugu gauza askorik egin ( +\family typewriter +dvi +\family default + fitxategiak itxura bera dauka, inprimatutako dokumentuan etiketarik ez + baita agertzen). + Hala ere, etiketa gehitu duzunez, honi buruz dokumentuan erreferentzia + gurutzatuak erabil ditzakezu. + Oraintxe egingo dugu. +\layout Subsection* + +Zure lehen erreferentzia gurutzatua +\layout Standard + +Kokatu kurtsorea zure dokumentuko 2. + ataleko lekuren batean. + Idatzi hau +\layout LyX-Code + +Dokumentu honi buruz gehiago jakiteko asmoz, +\newline +ikus atala , orrialdean aurki dezakezu. +\layout Standard + +Orain, kokatu kurtsorea "atala" hitzaren aurrean eta hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu +\family default + menuko +\family sans +Erreferentzia gurutzatua +\family default + elementua. + +\family sans +Erreferentzia gurutzatua +\family default + izeneko leihoa bistaratuko da. + Aipatu dezakezun etiketa-zerrenda bat dauka. + Oraingoz dagoena " +\family typewriter +atal:dokumburuz +\family default +" bakarrik da. + Hautatu hori (jatorriz aukeratuta egongo da) eta klikatu +\family sans +Ados +\family default + botoia. + Orain jarri kurtsorea "orrialdean" hitzaren aurretik eta aldatu erreferentzi + mota orrialde zenbakira elkarrizketa-koadroan eta klikatu +\family sans +Ados +\family default +. + Erabat zuzenak izateko, erreferentzia eta "atala" hitzaren artean +\family sans +zuriune\SpecialChar ~ +babestu +\family default + bat sartu beharko duzu. + Egin gauza bera orrialdearen erreferentziarekin. +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek erreferentzia-kutxa batean jartzen du, kurtsorea dagoen lekuan. + Inprimatutako dokumentuan erreferentzia markatzen duen kutxa hau orrialde + edo atal zenbakiagatik ( +\family sans +Erreferentzia gurutzatua +\family default + elkarrizketa-koadroan hautatutakoaren arabera) ordezten da. + Erabili +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +guneratu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +vi +\family default +, eta ikusiko duzu azken orrialdean "2 atala" eta "1 orrialdea"ri (edo 2. + atala kokatzen den orrialdea) erreferentzia egiten diogula. +\layout Standard + +Era probetxugarri batean, LyX-ekin dokumentua editatzen duzunean, gurutzatutako + erreferentzia batek hiperesteka gisa dihardu; horren gainean klikatuta, + +\family sans +Erreferentzia gurutzatua +\family default + elkarrizketa-koadroa agertuko zaizu, eta klikatu Joan botoia kurtsorea + aipatzen den etiketara mugitzeko. +\layout Subsection* + +Etiketekin jolastea +\layout Standard + +Esan dizugu erreferentzia gurutzatuak zenbatzeaz LyX arduratzen dela; egiaztatze +ko unea heldu zaizu. + Gehitu atal berri bat 2. + atalaren aurretik, jar iezaiozu izenburu panpox bat ("Neguko lore gardenak" + adibidez). + Orain exekutatu LaTeX berriro eta --- 'Voilà!'--- atalaren erreferentzia + gurutzatua "3" izatera aldatu da; sinesgaitza eh? Aldatu "Dokumentu honi + buruz" azpiatal batera, eta erreferentzia gurutzatua 3 atalaren ordez 2.1\SpecialChar ~ +azpiata +la bezala aipatuko du. + Hori bai, orrialdearen erreferentzia aldatzeko etiketaren aurretik testu + asko daukan orrialde berri bat idatzi beharko duzu. + +\layout Standard + +Etiketekin aritzeko, sartu etiketa berri bat lehenbiziko erreferentzia gurutzatu +a zegoen lekuan, eta aipatu dokumentuko edozein lekutik. + Erreferentzia gurutzatu ugari txertatzen ibiltzen bazara (egunkarirako + artikulua idaztean, adibidez), +\family sans +Erreferentzia gurutzatua +\family default + elkarrizketa-koadroa irekita edukitzea komeniko zaizu. +\layout Standard + +Erreferentzia gurutzatuak dokumentu handietan ere ongi dabiltzala ziurtatu + nahi baduzu, kopiatu +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default +-ko orrialde batzuk eta itsatsi zure dokumentuan +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Gauza bat, kapitulu baten izenburua kopiatzeak errore bat sor dezake, zeren + eta artikulu testu-klaseak kapitulurik ez baitu onartzen. + Hori gertatzen bada, ezabatu kapituluaren izenburua. + Xehetasun gehiago +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:testuklaseak} + +\end_inset + + atalean. +\end_inset + +. +\layout Description + +Ariketa: zuzendu erreferentziak +\family typewriter +eu_adibide_gordina.lyx +\family default +fitxategian. +\layout Section + +Oin-oharrak eta albokoak +\layout Standard + +Oin-oharrak gehitzeko, tresna-barrako +\family sans +Txertatu\SpecialChar ~ +oin-oharra +\family default + botoia +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Botoiak beltz koloreko testuaren azpian dagoen testu gorri batera zuzendutako + gezia irudikatzen du. +\end_inset + +, edo +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Oi +\bar under +n +\bar default +-oharra +\family default + menua erabil dezakezu. + Jarri kurtsorea dokumentuko "LyX" hitzaren atzean eta klikatu +\family sans +Txertatu\SpecialChar ~ +oin-oharra +\family default + botoian. + Oin-orriari dagokion kutxa bat agertuko zaizu; idatzi bertan oineko oharrari + dagokion testua. + LyX-ek kurtsorea oin-ohar kutxaren hasieran kokatuko du. + Idatzi +\layout LyX-Code + +LyX konposaketarako testu-prozesadorea da. +\layout Standard + +Orain klikatu "oina" etiketadun botoia. + Oin-oharraren kutxa desagertuko da, oin-oharraren marka inprimatuko den + testuaren kokalekua erakusteko botoia utziko du. + Ekintza horri oin-oharra "tolestatzea" deitzen zaio. + Oin-oharra destolestu nahi duzunean, klikatu "oina" botoia; horrela beraren + testua editatzeko aukera daukazu. +\layout Standard + +Oin-oharraren izendatzailea zenbaki bat izan beharrean hitz bat izatearen + zergatia galdetzen baduzu, erantzuna zera da: inprimatuko den testuan oin-orrie +n zenbaketa egiteaz LyX arduratzen dela. + Zure kabuz egiazta dezakezu dvi fitxategian (edo inprimatutako orrialdeetan) + begiratuz. + Oin-oharrak gehitzen badiozu, LyX-ek birzenbatuko ditu. + Beraz, oin-oharren zenbaketa egiteaz LyX (LaTeX azken finean) arduratzen + denez, LyX fitxategietan zenbakirik jarri beharrik ez dago. +\layout Standard + +Oin-oharrak testu arrunt bezala ebaki eta itsats daitezke. + Saia zaitez beldurrik gabe! Hautatu oin-ohar botoi bat +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Teklatuaren bitartez errazago hautatuko duzu. + Saguarekin saiatzean oin-oharraren kutxa irekitzeko arriskua baitaukazu. +\end_inset + +, +\family sans +Ebaki +\family default + eta +\family sans +Itsatsi +\family default +. + Horretaz gain, testu arrunta oin-ohar batera alda dezakezu: hautatu testua + eta klikatu +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Txertatu +\family default + +\family sans +oin-oharra +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + izeneko botoia. + Oin-oharra testu arruntera bihurtzeko, klikatu +\family sans +Txertatu oin-oharra +\family default + botoia, kurtsorea oin-oharrean kokatuta dagoela. +\layout Standard + +Albo-oharrak gehitzeko, erabili +\family sans +Txertatu\SpecialChar ~ +albo-oharra +\family default + botoia edo +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Albo-oharra +\family default + menua. + Oin-oharrak bezala dihardute, honako hauek izan ezik: +\layout Itemize + +Pantailan kutxek "oina" eduki beharrean "albo" daukate. +\layout Itemize + +Oharrak alboetan kokatzen dira, testuaren behealdean ordez. +\layout Itemize + +Ez dira zenbatzen. + Aldatu LyX-eko oin-ohar bat testu arrunt egoerara, ondoren hautatu testu + hori eta bihurtu ezazu albo-oharrera. + Albo-oharra nola inprimatzen diren ikusteko, exekutatu LaTeX. +\layout Description + +Ariketa: zuzendu oin-oharrak +\family typewriter +eu_adibide_gordina.lyx +\family default + fitxategian. +\layout Section + +Bibliografiak +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:bibliografiak} + +\end_inset + +Bibliografiak erreferentzia gurutzatuak bezalakoak dira. + Bibliografiak erreferentzien zerrenda bat edukitzen du dokumentu amaieran, + eta dokumentuaren zehar elementu hauek aipa daiteke. + Ataletako izenburuekin gertatzen den bezala, LyX eta LaTeX-ek zure lana + errazten dute automatikoki bibliografiako elementuak zenbatuz eta zitazioak + aldatuz elementuen zenbakia aldatzen diren bakoitzean. +\layout Standard + +Joan dokumentu-amaierara eta aldatu +\family sans +Bibliografia +\family default + ingurunera. + Orain, idazten duzun paragrafo bakoitza erreferentzi bat izango da. + Idatzi +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +LyX Tutoretza, LyX-eko dokumentazio taldea +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + zure lehen bibliografiako erreferentzi gisa. + Ohartuko zarenez, LyX-ek automatikoki erreferentzia bakoitzaren aurretik + zenbaki bat daukan kutxa jartzen du. + Zuk lehen eremua erabiliko duzu, Giltza, erreferentzia horri LyX dokumentuan + zehar aipamenak egiteko. + Zenbaki bat izaten da lehenetsi gisa. + Errazago oroitzeko, alda ezazu +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +lyxtutoretza +\family default +"ra +\family sans + Gakoa +\family default + eremukoa. +\layout Standard + +Orain, kokatu kurtsorea dokumentuko leku batean, erreferentzia txertatu + nahi duzun kokalekua hain zuzen. + Hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Zitazio\SpecialChar ~ +erreferentzia +\family default +. + +\family sans +Zitazioa +\family default + elkarrizketa-koadroa agertuko da. + Elkarrizketa-koadro honen eskuineko panelean bibliografiako sarrera guztiak + zerrendatzen dira, eta eremu honek aipatu nahi duzun bibliografiako elementua + aukeratzea eskaintzen dizu. + Hautatu +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +lyxtutoretza +\family default +" (oraintxe bertan, dagoen bibliografiako elementu bakarra baita), ondoren + erabili erdian dagoen ezker-gezia txertatzeko. + Kokapen berean nahi haina zitazio eduki ditzakezu honen bidez hainbat gako + transferituta. + Orain, exekutatu LaTeX, eta ikusiko duzu zitazioak testuan giltzen artean + agertzen direla, dokumentu amaierako bibliografia erreferentziatuz. +\layout Standard + +Nola erabiltzen dira beste eremuak? Zitazioa elkarrizketa-koadroko +\family sans +Testua\SpecialChar ~ +ondoren +\family default + eremuak erreferentziaren ondoren, baina giltza artean, testua sartuko du + (erreferentziatzen den liburu edo artikulu bateko orrialde edo kapitulua + zehazteko, adibidez). + Inprimatzerakoan erreferentziek zenbakien ordez etiketak edukitzea nahi + baduzu (adib. + egunkari batzuk Sorozabal andreak 1992an idatzitako dokumentu bat aipatzeko + "[Sor92]" idaztiko lukete) +\family sans +Bibliografia-elementua +\family default + elkarrizketa-koadroko +\family sans +Etiketa +\family default + eremua erabili. + Xehetasun gehiagorako, irakurri +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default +. +\layout Description + +Ariketa: zuzendu bibliografia eta zitazioak +\family typewriter +eu_adibide_gordina.lyx +\family default + fitxategian. +\layout Section + +Gaien aurkibidea +\layout Standard + +Dokumentu-hasieran gaien aurkibidea jartzeko burutazioa izango zenuen, ez? + LyX-ekin erraz egingo duzu. + Dokumentuko tituluaren ondoren eta testuaren aurretik lerro-itzulera sakatu + ostean, aukeratu +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family default +Zerrendak\SpecialChar ~ +eta\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Aurk. + +\family default + menuan +\family sans +Gaien\SpecialChar ~ +aurkibidea +\family default + elementua. + Dokumentuko aurreneko lerroan " +\family sans +Gaien aurkibidea +\family default +" esaldia duen botoi bat agertuko da. +\layout Standard + +Ez dirudi oso erabilkorra denik. + Hala ere, +\family typewriter +dvi +\family default + fitxategian begiratzen baduzu, dokumentuko atal eta azpiatalak zerrendatzen + dituen gaien aurkibidea ikusiko duzu. + Ohitura den bezala, atalak berrantolatzean edo berriak sortzean, aldaketa + horiek +\family typewriter +dvi +\family default + fitxategi eguneratuan ikusiko dituzu. +\layout Standard + +Dokumentua pantailan editatzerakoan, ez da gaien aurkibidea testu gisa azaltzen, + ezinezkoa baita editatzea. + Gaien aurkibideari dagokion botoian, edo +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Gaien\SpecialChar ~ +aurkibidea +\family default + menuan klikatuz banandutako leiho batean zerrendatzen da. + Nahiz eta dokumentuan "gaien aurkibidea" ez egon txertatuta, menuaren komandoak + funtzionatuko du. + Hori tresna eraginkorra da. + Dokumentuan zehar mugitzeko +\family sans +Gaien\SpecialChar ~ +aurkibidea +\family default + leihoa erabil dezakezu: (azpi)atal baten izenburuan klikatuz bat elementuaren + lerroa nabarmendu eta kurtsorea (LyX editatzen den leihoan) dokumentuko + zati horretan kokatuko du. + Teklatuko geziak (kurtsorea mugitzeko erabiltzen direnak: +\begin_inset Formula $\leftarrow$ +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow$ +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$ +\end_inset + +eta +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + +) ere erabil ditzakezu gaien aurkibidean gora eta behera mugitzeko. + Agian komenigarria izango duzu editatzen ari zarenean leiho hau irekita + uztea. + Antzeko gaitasuna Arakatu menutik lor dezakezu, eta gaien aurkibidea automatiko +ki agertuko da. +\layout Standard + +Aurkibidea kentzeko dagokion botoia, beste edozein testu bezala, ezabatzearekin + nahikoa da. +\layout Description + +Ariketa: jarri gaien aurkibidea +\family typewriter +eu_adibide_gordina.lyx +\family default + fitxategian. +\layout Chapter + +Matematika erabiltzea +\layout Standard + +Zientzialari askok LaTeX erabiltzen dute zeren eta ekuazioak era dotorre + batean kaleratzen baititu, testu prozesadoreek eta beraien ekuazio editoreak + erabiltzen duten kontrol karaktereak sahietsiz. + Zientzilari askok goibelduak sentitzen dira, LaTeX-ekin ekuazioak idatzi + baino programaketa lan bat gehiago delako. + Zorionez, LyX-ek ekuazioentzako WYSIWYM izaera dauka. + LaTeX erabiltzen baduzu, LaTeX-eko matematika komandoak bide normal batean + idatz daitekeela ikusiko duzu, eta horiek WYSIWYM eran erakutsiko dira. + Bestalde, LaTeX inoiz ez baduzu erabili, orduan +\family sans +Matematikako panela +\family default +rekin bide azkar eta erosoan profesional-itxurako adierazpen matematikoak + idazteko aukera izango duzu +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek ezin du egiaztatu idazten dituzun ekuazioak zuzenak al diren edo + ez. + Sentitzen da. +\end_inset + +. +\layout Section + +Matematika-era +\layout Standard + +Dokumentuko lekuren batean ondorengoa idatzi: +\layout LyX-Code + +Gogoko dut Einstein-ek esandakoa, E=mc^2, hain bakuna da. +\layout Standard + +Ekuazioak, +\family typewriter +dvi +\family default + fitxategian ere, ez dauka itxura onik; hizkien eta berdintasun ikurraren + artean ez dago zuriunerik, eta "2" benetako goi-indize bezala egotea nahiko + zenuke. + Konposatze okerra gertatu da, LyX-i matematikako ekuazio bat idazten ari + garela ez baitiogu esan, eta ekuazioa testu normala bezala konposatu du. + +\layout Standard + +Horren ordez, egokiro konposatua izan dadin formula bat sortu dugu. + Ekuazio bat sortzeko, klikatu tresna-barrako kolore urdineko +\begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$ +\end_inset + + botoia. + LyX-ek laukitxo urdin bat txertatuko du; matematika-ekuazio hutsa izango + da, eta kurtsorea bertan kokatuko duenez, idatzi +\family typewriter +E=mc^2 +\family default + berriro. + Adierazpen matematikoa urdinez dago, eta laukitxo urdina ekuazioa hutsa + izateari uzten dion unean desagertuko da. + Sakatu +\family sans +Ihes +\family default + ( +\family sans +Esc +\family default +) ekuaziotik ateratzeko. + Markatzaile arrosa desagertuko da, kurtsorea adierazpenaren eskuinean kokatuz, + eta orain zerbait idazten baduzu testu arrunta izango da. +\layout Standard + +Exekutatu LaTeX eta begiratu +\family typewriter +dvi +\family default + fitxategian. + Konturatuko zarenez, adierazpen matematikoa era dotorean osatu da; hizki + eta berdintasun ikurraren artean zuriunea du, eta "2" goi-indize bezala + dauka. + Matematika-eran hizkiak aldagai gisa hartzen dira, eta letra etzanez azaltzen + dira. + Zenbakiak zenbaki izaten jarraitzen dute. +\layout Standard + +Matematika editatzeko era berri hau WYSIWYM filosofiaren beste adibide bat + da. + LaTeX-en, matematika espresioak testuaren eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +sqrt +\family default + bezalako komandoen bitartez idazten dira; LaTeX exekutatu arte ezin izango + duzu ikusi nola inprimatuko diren, eta falta den parentesi edo bestelako + zerbaiten bila denbora asko gal daiteke, edozein pertsona haserraraziz. + LyX-ek, ordea, adierazpen matematikoa WYSIWYG eran ez azaldu arren, inprimatzea +n edukiko duen ia itxura berdina bistaratzen du. + Ondoren, LaTeX konposaketa profesionala lantzeaz arduratuko da. + Denboraren %99-an LaTeX-ek kaleratzen duenaren letra-tipo edo tarterik + ez duzu aldatzerik nahi izango. + Honela (barkatu hainbeste errepikatzeagatik) adierazpen matematikoez arduratuko + zara, eta ez beraien egituraz. +\layout Section + +Ekuazioetan murgiltzea +\layout Standard + +Orain +\begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ +\end_inset + +aldatu +\begin_inset Formula $E=1+mc^{2}$ +\end_inset + +ekuaziora. + Adierazpen barruan mugitzeko, erabili teklatuko geziak. + Sartzerakoan matematika-eran zaudela argitzeko markatzaile arrosa azaltzen + dela ohartu. + Erabili teklatuko +\family sans +Ezkerra +\family default + eta +\family sans +Eskuina +\family default + geziak berdintasun ikurraren mailan kurtsorea mugitzeko, idatzi eta "1+". + Erabili geziak ekuaziotik irteteko edo sakatu +\family sans +Ihes +\family default +. + Ezkerra, eskuina, gora eta behera geziak diren arren saguarekin klikatuz + ekuazioko edozein lekutan kurtsorea koka dezakezu. +\layout Standard + +Matematika-eran idaztea testu normal bat editatzea bezala da, aurrerago + azalduko dizkizugun tekla bereziak kontutan hartzen ez baditugu bederen. + Ezabatzeko, erabili +\family sans +Ezabatu +\family default + (Supr) edo +\family sans +Atzera-tekla +\family default + (Backspace). + Testua hautatzeko bai teklatuko geziak bai sagua erabil ditzakezu. + +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +esegin +\family default + menua matematika-eran berdin erabiltzen da, gauza bera ebaki eta itsasteko. + Kontuz ibili gauza batekin: ekuazioaren eskuinaldean eta kanpoan kurtsorea + balego eta +\family sans +Ezabatu +\family default + edo +\family sans +Atzera-tekla +\family default + sakatzerakoan ekuazio osoa ezabatuko litzateke. + Eskerrak adierazpen matematikoa berreskuratzeko +\family sans +Desegin +\family default + daukazun. +\layout Standard + +Eta +\begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2}$ +\end_inset + + ordez +\begin_inset Formula $E=mc^{2.5}+1$ +\end_inset + + ekuaziora aldatu nahi baduzu? Beste behin, klikatu saguarekin kokaleku + egokian. + Nahi izanez gero, erabili teklatuko geziak. + Kurtsorea "c" hizkiaren ondoren baina "2"-ren aurrean kokatuta balego, + sakatu +\family sans +Gora +\family default + gezia goi-indizera igotzeko, "2"-ren aurretik kokatuko da. + Gehitu ".5" balioa. + Orain, sakatu +\family sans +Behera +\family default + gezia kurtsorea maila arruntera itzultzeko. + Ekuazioko goi-indizean bazaude eta +\family sans +Zuriunea +\family default + sakatzen baduzu, jaitsi maila arruntera eta goi-indize ondoren kurtsorea + kokatuko du, horrela "+1" idaztea bakarrik faltako zaizu. +\layout Section + +Berretzaile eta indizeak +\layout Standard + +Berretzaile bat +\family sans +Matematikako\SpecialChar ~ +panela +\family default + erabiliz sar daitekeen arren (ikus ondogo atala), askoz ere azkarragoa + da "^" erabiltzea. + LyX-ek goi-indizean beste laukitxo urdin bat jarriko du, ondoren idazten + duzuna goi-indizea izango da (letra-tamaina txikiagoa edukiko du). + +\family sans +Zuriunea +\family default + edo +\family sans +Ihes +\family default + sakatu bitartean idazten duzun guztia goi-indizean agertuko da. +\layout Standard + +Azpindizea idazteko bidea ere erraza da: +\family sans +Azpimarra +\family default + ("_") zapaldu. + Dagoeneko ikasi duzu ondoren agertzen den ekuazioko goi-indizeak eta azpindizea +k idazten: +\begin_inset Formula $A_{a_{0}+b^{2}}+C^{a_{0}+b^{2}}$ +\end_inset + +. +\layout Description + +Ariketa: ipini +\family typewriter +eu_adibide_gordina.lyx +\family default + fitxategiko 1. + ekuazioa matematika-eran. +\layout Section + +Matematikako panela +\layout Standard + +Matematikako ikur eta funtzio osatuagoak sartzeko Matematikako panela erabiltzea + komenigarria izaten da. + Funtzio hauetariko asko tuarekin, +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Matematika +\family default + edo +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +atematika +\family default + menuen bidez sor daiteke. + Matematikako panela erabiltzen irakatsiko dizugu; beste eskuliburuak irakurriz + lasterbideak erabiltzen ikasiko duzu. + Ireki ezazu +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +atematika\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Matematikako\SpecialChar ~ +panela +\family default + eta atal hau irakurtzen ari zaren bitartean irekita utzi. +\layout Subsection + +Grekera eta ikurrak +\layout Standard + +Matematika panela-ak matematikako ikur multzo handia aukeratzen uzten dizu: + hainbat gezi, erlazio, eragile, batura eta integral. + Jakin ezazu goi-indizeek eta azpindizeek batura eta integralen limitea + jartzea eskaintzen dizutela. +\layout Standard + +" Ez dago egin ezin dezakezunik... + behar duzun guztia +\begin_inset Formula $\heartsuit$ +\end_inset + + da." +\layout Subsection + +Erroketa, tilet eta mugatzaileak +\layout Standard + +Erroketa bat idazteko, klikatu erroketa-ikurra daukan botoia. + Erro ikurra agertuko da, eta kurtsorea bere barnean kokatuko da. + Orain idatzi aldagaiak, zenbakiak, beste erroketak, zatiketak edota nahi + duzun guztia. + LyX-ek erroketaren tamaina automatikoki egokituko du edukieraren arabera. +\layout Standard + +Karaktere ( +\begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{v}$ +\end_inset + +) edo karaktere taldean ( +\begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{a+b}$ +\end_inset + +) tilet ikurra ezartzeko bide berdina lantzen da. + Apaingarri-motak panelean eskuragarri daude. + Klikatu apaingarri batean, eta LyX-ek apaingarri hori txertatuko du txertatze-g +une +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Itzultzailearen oharra +\emph default +: txertatze-gunea matematikako ekuazioa idazten den laukitxo urdinari deitzen + zaio. +\end_inset + + baten azpian (edo gainean). + Idatzi gogokoen duzun ekuazioa txertatze-gunean. + Bi apaingarri multzo daude: idazten duzun testuarekin bat tamainaz aldatzen + direnak, eta beraien tamaina finkatuta daukatenak, hizki soilentzako egokiagoak + direnak. +\layout Standard + +Parentesiak, giltzak edota kortxeteak bezalako mugatzaileak antzera erabili + arren pitin bat zailtxoagoak dira erabiltzen. + Sakatu +\family sans +Mugatzailea +\family default + botoia (kortxete artean laukitxo urdina dauka) eta +\family sans +Mugatzaileak +\family default + elkarrizketa-koadroa agertuko da. + Unean hautatutako mugatzailea leiho erdialdean agertuko da. +\layout Standard + +Parentesi-bikotea egoten da lehenetsi gisa, hautatu zuk nahi dituzun kortxete-bi +koteak, kortxete eta parentesiak, edo botoi hutsa " +\begin_inset Formula $a=\left\langle 7\right.$ +\end_inset + +" bezalako zerbait idazteko (huts-mugatzailea tartekako marra bertikala + bezala bistaratzen da LyX-en; inprimatzerakoan, ordea, ez da azaltzen). +\layout Standard + +Alferra bazara, matematika-eran oraingo parentesiak idatz ditzakezu +\family sans +Mugatzailea +\family default + leihoaren ordez. + Hala ere, parentesi horiek testu arruntaren letra-tamaina berdina izango + dute, parentesi barruan zatiketa edo matrize bat idazten baduzu oso itsusi + geldituko dira. + Mugatzailea leihoa erabiltzeak mugatzaileen tamaina edukiaren arabera egokituko + dela ziurtatzen da. +\layout Standard + +Existitzen den testu batean mugatzaileak, erroketak edo apaingarriak txerta + ditzakezu. + Hautatu egokitu nahi duzun ekuazioa, ondoren klikatu +\family sans +Matematikako\SpecialChar ~ +panela +\family default + leihoko nahi duzun botoia. + Saia zaitez +\noun on +Newton +\noun default +-en bigarren legea eskalar eratik ( +\begin_inset Formula $f=ma$ +\end_inset + +) bektore erara ( +\begin_inset Formula $\overrightarrow{f}=\overrightarrow{ma}$ +\end_inset + +) bihurtzen. + Matrizei buruz ikasitakoan parentesi edo kortxeteak modu honetan jar ditzakezu. +\layout Subsection + +Zatikiak +\layout Standard + +Matematika-eran zatikiak idaztea oso erraza da. + Klikatu +\family sans +Matematikako\SpecialChar ~ +panela +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Zatikia +\family default + botoia (zenbatzaile eta zatitzailean lauki urdinak ditu). + LyX-ek bi txertatze-gune jarriko ditu. + Uste zenuen bezala, zatiki batean zehar kurtsorea mugitzeko teklatuko geziak + erabil ditzakezu. + Klikatu zenbatzaileari dagokion txertatze-gunean eta idatzi "1" zenbakia. + Orain, sakatu +\family sans +Behera +\family default + gezia eta "2" zenbakia idatzi. + Zatiki bat lortu duzu ! +\layout Standard + +Jakingo duzunez, bi txertatze-gunetan nahi duzuna idazteko aukera daukazu: + berretzaileak dituzten aldagaiak, erro karratuak, beste zatiki batzuk, + integralak edo bururatzen zaizun beste edozer. +\layout Description + +Ariketa: jarri +\family typewriter +eu_adibide_gordina.lyx +\family default + fitxategiko 2. + ekuazioa matematika-eran. +\layout Subsection + +TeX era: limiteak, log, sinu eta bestelakoak +\layout Standard + +Matematika-eran hizkiak aldagaitzat hartzen direnez, matematika-eran "sin" + idazten baduzu LyX-ek hiru aldagaien arteko biderkaketa ( +\begin_inset Formula $s$ +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Formula $i$ +\end_inset + + eta +\begin_inset Formula $n$ +\end_inset + +) idazten ari zarela usteko du. + Hirurak letra etzanarekin bistaratuko dira, baina "sin" hitza letra erromatarra +rekin idatzi nahiko zenuen. + Gainera, LyX-ek ez du tarterik sartuko "sin" eta "x" hitzen artean (zuriunea + sakatuz matematika-eratik aterako zaitu). + Nola lor dezakezu +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\sin x$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + ekuazioa +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $sinx$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +-en ordez? +\layout Standard + +Hautatu klik bikoitzarekin "sin" +\family sans +Matematikako panela +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Funtzioak +\family default + zerrendan. + "sin" hitza letra beltz eta erromatarrez idatziko da. + Hitz osoa sinbolo soil baten gisa kudeatuko denez, +\family sans +Atzera-tekla +\family default + sakatuz hitz osoa ezabatuko da. + Idatzi orain "x", letra etzan urdinez idatziko da, matematika-eran espero + zenuen bezala. + dvi fitxategian adierazpen matematikoa egokiro konposatuko da. + Saia zaitez. +\layout Standard + +TeX eran idazteko behar dituzun komando gehiago +\family sans +Funtzioak +\family default + zerrendan aurkituko dituzu: trigonometri funtzioak eta beraien alderantzizkoak, + hiperbole funtzioak, logaritmoak, limiteak eta bestelako gutxi batzuk. + Funtzio hauek goi-indize eta azpindizeak onartzen dituzte, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\cos^{2}\theta$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + edo +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{n\rightarrow\infty}$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + bezalakoak idazteko garrantzitsuak izanik. +\layout Description + +Ariketa: jarri +\family typewriter +eu_adibide_gordina.lyx +\family default + fitxategiko 3. + ekuazioa matematika-eran. +\layout Subsection + +Matrizeak +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:matrizeak} + +\end_inset + +Klikatu +\family sans +Matematikako panela +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Matrizea +\family default + botoia. + Izen bereko elkarrizketa-koadroa agertuko da, bi barra higikorrez osatua + dago, matrizeko errenkada eta zutabe kopuruak zehazteko aukera eskainiz. + Aukeratu 2 errenkada eta 3 zutabe, eta klikatu +\family sans +Aplikatu +\family default + edo +\family sans +Ados +\family default +. + +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek +\begin_inset Formula $2\times3$ +\end_inset + +-ko matrize batean 6 txertatze-gune jarriko ditu. + Ohitura denez, txertatze-gune bakoitzean edozein adierazpen matematiko + sar dezakezu: erroketa bat, beste azpimatrizea, eta abar. + Beraietariko bakoitzean matematika ekuazio-mota ezberdinak ezarri diezazkiokezu. + Nahi izanez gero, txertatze-gune bat edo beste hutsik utz dezakezu. +\layout Standard + +Matrize bateko zutabeetan zehar mugitzeko +\family sans +Tabuladorea +\family default + erabil daiteke. + Beste aukera bat da teklatuko geziak erabiltzea: gune-amaieran +\family sans +Eskubira +\family default + sakatuz kurtsorea hurrengora bidaliko du, +\family sans +Behera +\family default + geziarekin azpiko errenkadara, eta abar. +\layout Standard + +Bat-batean errenkada edo zutabe gehiago behar badituzu, erabili +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +atematika +\family default + menuan +\family sans + Gehitu\SpecialChar ~ +errenkada +\family default + eta +\family sans +Gehitu\SpecialChar ~ +zutabea +\family default +. + Uneko kokapenaren ondoren gehituko ditu. + Gehiegi direla? Erabili menu berdineko +\family sans +Ezabatu\SpecialChar ~ +errenkada +\family default + eta +\family sans +Ezabatu\SpecialChar ~ +zutabea +\family default + aukerak. +\layout Standard + +Ikus +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default + zutabe bakoitza lerrokatzen edo matrize osoaren kokapen bertikala nola + aldatzen den ikasteko. + Jabetu zaitez zeregin bakoitzarentzat tresna bat dagoela; testua daukan + taula bat idazteko, erabili LyX-en taula-euskarri harrigarria, taulak idazteko + ez da komeni matrizeak erabiltzea. +\layout Subsection + +Adierazpen-era +\layout Standard + +Orain arte idatzi ditugun ekuazioak, inguratzen zituzten testuaren lerro + berdinean zeuden, lerroko edo barneko ekuazioak bezala ere ezagutzen dira. + Ekuazio labur eta soilentzat ongi doa, baina gauza handiagoentzat, edo + testutik urruntzea nahi badituzu, adierazpen eran idatzi beharko dira. + Gainera, adierazpen erako ekuazioak etiketatu eta zenbatuak izan daiteke, + eta lerro anitzetako ekuazioak adierazpen eran egon behar dute (ikus +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default +). + Gainera hainbat lerrotako ekuazioak adierazpen-eran egon behar dute. +\layout Standard + +Klikatu +\family sans +Matematikako\SpecialChar ~ +panela +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Adierazpen\SpecialChar ~ +era +\family default + botoia, laukitxo urdin baten gainean eta azpian testu-marra bikotea marraztuta + duen irudia dauka. + LyX-ek lerro berri batean, eta erdialdean zentratuta, txertatze-gune bat + jartzen du. + Orain idatzi ekuazio bat eta exekutatu LaTeX bere itxura ikusteko. + +\family sans +Adierazpen\SpecialChar ~ +era +\family default + botoia era batetik bestera txandakatzeko erabiltzen da: adierazpen eratik + barneko erara aldatzeko, edo alderantziz. + Adierazpen erak barneko eratik bereizten dituen zenbait ezaugarri ditu: +\layout Itemize + +Letra-tamaina lehenetsia handiagoa da, +\begin_inset Formula $\sum$ +\end_inset + + eta +\begin_inset Formula $\int$ +\end_inset + + bezalako ikur gutxi batzuentzako. +\layout Itemize + +Batura eta limiteetan (integraletan ez) goi-indizeak eta azpindizeak ikurren + azpira gehiago hurbiltzen dira alboetara baino. +\layout Itemize + +Testua zentratuta dago. +\layout Standard + +Ezberdintasun hauek alde batera utziz, barneko eta adierazpen erako ekuazioak + oso antzekoak dira. +\layout Standard + +Azken ohar bat adierazpen era konposatzeari buruz: argi ibili ekuazioa paragrafo + berri batean edo ez idazten duzunean. + Ekuazioa sententzi edo paragrafo baten erdian idazten baduzu, ez sakatu + lerro-itzulera. + Hori eginez gero, ekuazio osteko testua paragrafo berri batean hasiko baita. + Ondorioz, testu hau koskatuko da, eta litekeena da hori nahi ez izatea. +\layout Description + +Ariketa: jarri +\family typewriter +eu_adibide_gordina.lyx +\family default + fitxategiko ekuazio batzuk adierazpen eran, eta ikusi bestelako konposaketa + lantzen den. +\layout Description + +Ariketa: atal honetan ikasitako zenbait tresnarekin, Hurrengo ekuazioa bezalako + bat idazteko gai izan beharko zenuke +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Bide zailenetik aritu ondoren, zergatik ez zara +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Matematika\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +K +\bar default +asu\SpecialChar ~ +ingurunea +\family default + menuarekin saiatzen? +\end_inset + +: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula \[ +f(x)=\left\{ \begin{array}{cc} +\log_{8}x & x>0\\ +0 & x=0\\ +\sum_{i=1}^{5}\alpha_{i}+\sqrt{-\frac{1}{x}} & x<0\end{array}\right.\] + +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Matematikari buruzko gauza gehiago +\layout Standard + +Matematika-eran gauza gehiago egin daiteke. + Oraindaino oinarrizkoa bakarrik ezagutu duzu, irakurri +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default + trikimailu hauek nola egiten diren jakiteko: +\layout Itemize + +Ekuazioak etiketatu eta zenbatzea. +\layout Itemize + +Lerro anitzeko ekuazioak. +\layout Itemize + +Letra-tipoak aldatzea, adibidez, adierazpen bat letra lodiz idaztea. +\layout Itemize + +Ekuazio bateko letra-tipoa eta barruko tartea zehaztea (ez zaitez kezkatu + honelakoengatik amaierako ziriborroa arte). +\layout Itemize + +Makroak idaztea. + Oso baliagarriak dira, dokumentu baten hasieran definitu eta dokumentuan + zehar erabili ahal izango dituzu. + Makro baten definizioa aldatuz, dokumentuko markoari dagokion erreferentzia + guztiak eguneratuko dira. + Makroek argumentuak jaso ditzakete. +\layout Itemize + +Denboraz larri gabiltzanez, tutoretza honetan azaldu ezin dizugun beste + gauza pila bat. +\layout Chapter + +Hainbat +\layout Section + +LyX-en beste ezaugarri garrantzitsu batzuk +\layout Standard + +Ez ditugu aipatu LyX-ekin erabil daitezken komando guztiak, eta ez daukagu + asmorik. + Informazio gehiagorako irakur ezazu +\emph on +Erabiltzailearen Gida +\emph default +. + LyX-ek egin ditzakeen zenbait gauza garrantzitsu bakarrik aipatuko ditugu... +\layout Itemize + +LyX-ek taulentzako WYSIWYG euskarria dauka. + Taula bat lortzeko, erabili +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +T +\bar default +aula +\family default + menua. + Klikatu taulan saguaren eskuineko botoiarekin eta +\family sans +Editatu\SpecialChar ~ +taula +\family default + elkarrizketa-koadroa irekiko da, eta taula editatzeko aukera izango duzula. + +\layout Itemize + +LyX-ek hainbat formatudun irudiak (JPEG eta bestelako bitmap formatuak, + PostScript® eta LaTeX gordina bezalakoak barne) txertatzeko euskarria dauka. + Asmatu duzu: +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +I +\bar default +rudia +\family default +. + Ondoren, aukeratu txertatu, biratu edo eskalatu nahi duzun irudi-fitxategia. + +\layout Itemize + +Bai taulek bai irudiek epigrafeak eduki ditzakete, eta LyX-ek automatikoki + irudi edota taulen zerrenda sortuko du. +\layout Itemize + +Bertsio-kontrolaren euskarria dauka, RCS erabiliz (exekutatu +\family typewriter +man rcsintro +\family default + komandoa xehetasun gehiagorako). +\layout Itemize + +LyX oso konfigurakorra da. + Gauza guztiak, LyX leihoen itxuratik hasita inprimatzeko irteera emaitza + arte, hainbat eratan konfigura daitezke. + Konfigurazio gehiena +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +\bar under +H +\bar default +obespenak +\family default + menutik lantzen da. + Argitasun gehiagorako, kontsultatu +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +ertsonalizazioa +\family default +. +\layout Itemize + +LyX bost kontinenteetako programatzaile-talde baten eskutik garatzen ari + da. + Horregatik, hainbat testu- prozesadorerekin konparatuz, ingeles hizkuntzak + ez direnen euskarri hobeagoa dauka (alemanera, txekiera, grekera, euskara, + italiera, errusiera...). + Eskuinetik ezkerrera idazten diren hizkuntza batzuk ere onartzen ditu, + arabiera edo hebreera adibidez. + Dokumentuak beste hizkuntza batzuetan idatz ditzakezu; LyX-ek menuak eta + errore-mezuak beste hizkuntzetan erakuts ditzan ere konfigura dezakezu. +\layout Itemize + +LyX-eko menuek laster- k erabiltzen dituzte. + Hots, +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +I +\bar default +reki +\family default + menua hautatzeko +\family sans +M-F +\family default + idatzi eta ondoren +\family sans +I +\family default + sakatu, edo menuaren alboan agertzen den lotura erabili ( +\family sans +C-O +\family default + lehenetsita dago). + laster-teklak ere konfiguragarriak dira. + Honi buruzko argitasunak +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +ertsonalizazioa +\family default + menuan aurkituko dituzu. +\layout Itemize + +LyX-ek LaTeX formatuko dokumentuak irakur ditzake. + Ikus +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:relyx} + +\end_inset + + atala. +\layout Itemize + +Zuzentzaile ortografiko eta tesaurus-a erabilgarri daude. +\layout Itemize + +LyX leiho nagusiaren behealdean dagoen testu-kutxari bufertxoa deitzen zaio + (emacs programak ere pareko ezaugarria dauka). + Erabilgarritasun handiko ezarpen zabala lantzeko aukera eskaintzen dizu, + zure dokumentua zatitzeko gaitasuna barne dela. + Beste hitzetan, hobe duzu bufertxoan ezer ez idaztea zertan ari zaren jakin + gabe. +\layout Section + +LyX LaTeX-eko erabiltzaileentzat +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:latexerabiltzaileak} + +\end_inset + +LaTeX-i buruz ezer ez badakizu, atal hau irakurri beharrik ez daukazu. + Baliteke LaTeX buruzko zerbait ikasi nahi izatea, eta ondorioz atal hau + irakurtzea. + +\layout Standard + +LyX erabiltzen hasten den askori LaTeX ezaguna egingo zaio. + Horietariko bat bazara, galde dezakezu ea LyX-ek LaTeX-ekin egin daitekeen + gauza guztiak egiteko ahalmena al daukan. + Erantzun labur bat da nola edo hala LyX hurbiltzen dela LaTeX-ekin egin + daitekeen gauzetara, eta LaTeX formatuko dokumentu baten zati gehiena idaztea + errazten duela. + Gaur egun, LaTeX-eko idazki zaharrak bihurtzeko arazoak daude, eta beste + zenbait gauzetan, baina etorriko diren bertsio garatuagoetan hau konponduko + dute. +\layout Standard + +Hau tutoretza bat bakarrik denez, LyX-eko erabiltzaile berriek interesa + eduki dezaketen zenbait gauza aipatuko ditugu. + Tutoretza hori labur gordetzearren, azalpen xumeak izango dira. + +\emph on +Ezaugarri hedatuak +\emph default + eskuliburuak, +\emph on +LaTeX adituen sekretuak +\emph default + kapitulupean, LyX eta LaTeX arteko ezberdintasunei, eta LyX-en LaTeX-eko + zenbait trikimailu nola erabili buruzko informazio asko dauka. +\layout Subsection + +TeX era +\layout Standard + +TeX eran idatzitako guztia pantailan gorriz agertuko da, eta zuzenean LaTeX-i + bidaliko zaio. + TeX komandoak LyX-en erabil ditzakezu +\family sans +Txertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +T +\bar default +ex +\family default + menua aukeratuz. + Honek testu-kutxa sortzen du eta barrukoa zuzenean LaTeX-i igorriko zaio. +\layout Standard + +TeX-ek matematika-era zertxobait ezberdin erabiltzen du. + Sartu TeX eran alderantzizko barra, (" +\backslash +") bat idatziz. + Inprimatzerakoan ez da agertuko, ondoren idazten duzun guztia gorriz egongo + da. + Sakatu TeX eratik ateratzeko zuriunea edo edozein karaktere ez-alfabetiko + (zenbaki, azpimarra, berretzaile-ikurra edo parentesi gisakoak). + TeX eratik ateratzen zarenean LyX-ek badaki zein TeX komando idatzi duzun + eta WYSIWYM-era bihurtuko du. + Ekuazio batean +\family typewriter + +\backslash +gamma +\family default + idatzi eta ondoren zuriunea sakatzen baduzu LyX-ek "gamma" gorria +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\gamma$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + urdin bihurtuko du. + Hau oso konplexuak ez diren makro guztientzako balio du (kontutan hartu + +\backslash +sin bezalako funtzioak gorriz jarraituko dutela, bere WYSIWYM itxura baita). + +\family sans +Matematikako\SpecialChar ~ +panela +\family default + erabiltzea baino azkarragoa izan daiteke, batipat LaTeX-eko erabiltzaile + adituentzako. +\layout Standard + +Bitxikeri bat, TeX eran kortxete bat idazten baduzu, hasiera eta amaierako + kortxeteak gorriz txertatuko dira, TeX eratik aterako zaitu eta kurtsorea + kortxete artean kokatuko du. + LyX-ek ezagutzen ez dituen eta argumentuak jasotzen dituzten komandoak + idazteko komenigarria izaten da. +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek ezin ditu egin LaTeX-ekin egiten diren gauza guztiak (oraindik ez?). + Zenbait landutako funtzio ez dira erabat onartzen, beste batzuk erabilgarriak + dira baina ez dira WYSIWYM. + TeX erak erabiltzaileari LaTeX-en moldagarritasun osoa eskaintzeaz batera + LyX-eko ezaugarri erabilgarriekin gozatu (WYSIWYM matematikak, taulak eta + edizioa bezalakoak) dezake. + LyX-ek ezin izango ditu LaTeX-eko pakete guztiak onartu. + +\layout Standard + +Hitzaurrean +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage{pakete_izena} +\family default + idatziz (ikus +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:hitzaurrea} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala), nahi dituzun pakete guztiak erabiltzeko gaitasuna izango duzu (kontutan + izan pakete hauek WYSIWYM euskarria ez dutela izango). +\layout Subsection + +LaTeX dokumentuak inportatzea: reLyX +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:relyx} + +\end_inset + +LaTeX fitxategi bat inportatzeko, erabili +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +I +\bar default +nportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaTeX +\family default + komandoa. + Horrek +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + izeneko Perl programa bati deituko dio: +\family typewriter +fitx.tex +\family default + fitxategi batetik +\family typewriter +fitx.lyx +\family default + bat sortu eta irekiko du. + Bihurketak ez badu funtzionatzen, komando lerrotik +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +LyX instalatzen denean +\family typewriter +lyx +\family default + programa exekutagarria dagoen direktoriopean +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + izeneko programa kopiatzen du (adbz. + +\family typewriter +/usr/local/bin/relyx +\family default +). + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + abiatzeko Perl behar da ( dokumentu hau idaztean 5.002. + bertsioa) +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + exekutatzen saia zaitez, argumentu konplexuagoak erabiliz. +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + programak LaTeX-eko legalak diren komando gehienak bihurtuko ditu, baina + ez guztiak. + Ulergaitz egiten zaizkionak TeX eran utziko ditu, beraz bihurtu ondoren + gorri koloredun testuak bilatu eta eskuz konpondu beharko dituzu. + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +-ek bere eskuliburua dauka. + Irakurri jakiteko LaTeX-eko zein komando eta ingurune ez dituen onartzen, + dauden erroreak (nola saihestu), eta aukera ezberdinak nola erabiltzen + diren. +\layout Subsection + +LyX dokumentua LaTeX-era bihurtu +\layout Standard + +LyX dokumentu bat LaTeX formatura bihurtzea nahi izango duzu. + Adibidez, lankide edo eginkide batek LyX programa ez eduki arren dokumentuareki +n lan egin behar du. + Hori egitea huskeria bat da LyX-entzako. + Hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +sportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaTeX +\family default +. + Horrek editatzen ari zaren +\family typewriter +fitxa_izena.lyx +\family default + fitxategia beste fitxategi honetan bihurtuko du: +\family typewriter +fitxa_izena.tex +\family default +. + Azken finean, LyX-ek dokumentuak bistaratu edo inprimatzerakoan beti LaTeX + behin-behineko fitxategiak sortzen dituenez, LaTeX sortzen trebea da. +\layout Subsection + +LaTeX hitzaurrea +\layout Subsubsection + +Dokumentu-klasea +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okumentua +\family default + elkarrizketa-koadroak +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default + komandoan sar ditzakezun hainbat aukeren gaineko ardura hartzen du. + Hemen aldatu klasea, letra-tipoa eta paper-tamaina. + Jarri +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default + bidaliko zaizkion aukera-osagarriak +\family sans +LaTeX\SpecialChar ~ +hitzaurrea +\family default + arean. +\layout Subsubsection + +Hitzaurreko beste alderdi batzuk +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:hitzaurrea} + +\end_inset + +Hitzaurrean komando bereziak jarri behar badituzu LaTeX fitxategi baterako, + zuzenean LyX dokumentuan idatz ditzakezu. + Horretarako, +\family sans +Diseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Hitzaurrea +\family default + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Itzultzailearen oharra +\emph default +: litekeena da LyX bertsio berrietan bide hau horrela ezin lantzea. + Horretarako +\family sans +Diseinua +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Dokumentua +\family default + elkarrizketa-koadroa ireki eta bertan Hitzaurrea fitxan idatzi behar da. +\end_inset + + idatzi hautatu eta elkarrizketa-koadroan. + Hor idazten duzun dena zuzenean LaTeX-i bidaliko zaio. +\layout Subsection + +BibTeX +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek BibTeX euskarria du, honekin erreferentzia bibliografikoen datu-baseak + sortu eta hainbat dokumentutan erabiltzeko aukera izango duzu. + Hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Zerrendak\SpecialChar ~ +eta\SpecialChar ~ +Aurk.\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +B +\bar default +ibTeX\SpecialChar ~ +erreferentzia +\family default + menua bib motako fitxategi bat gehitzeko. + Alde batetik, +\family sans +BibTeX +\family default + izeneko elkarrizketa-koadro bat agerraraziko du. + Bestalde, dokumentuan " +\family sans +BibTeX-ek sortutako erreferentzia +\family default +k" izeneko botoia txertatuko du. + Elkarrizketa-koadroa ixten baduzu, sortu berri den botoian klikatuz berriro + irekiko zaizu. + +\family sans +BibTeX +\family default + leihoan +\family sans +Datu-baseak +\family default + izeneko eremuan +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bibliography{} +\family default + komandoko +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +LaTeX arruntean bezala, bereiztu bi bibliografia edo gehiago komaz, eta + zuriunerik gabe. +\end_inset + + giltzetan idatziko zenuena idatzi. + Estiloa eremuan, berriz, idatzi +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bibliographystyle{} +\family default + komandoko giltzetan idatziko zenuena. +\layout Standard + +Hori egindakoan, edozein bibliografia-sarreraren aipamenak egin ditzakezu + Txertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Zitazio\SpecialChar ~ +erreferentzia menua erabiliz (ikus +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:bibliografiak} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala). + LyX arduratuko da +\family sans +BibTeX +\family default + exekutatzeaz. + Zitazioa elkarrizketa-koadroko kutxan zure bib fitxategiko erreferentzia + guztiak zerrendatuko dira. +\layout Section + +Erroreak! +\layout Standard + +Batzuetan dokumentu bat LaTeX formatura bihurtzerakoan erroreak gerta daiteke, + LyX-ek edo LaTeX-ek ulertzen ez dituzten gauzengatik. + Hori gertatzen bada, LyX-ek errore-kutxak ("errorea" hitzarekin) sortzen + ditu. + Kutxa horietan klikatuta, errorearen zergatia bistaratuko du. + LyX-ek LaTeX-en sortutako erroreak gehituko ditu. + Ohartu zaitez errore horien kokapenak askotan ez dutela garrantzirik izaten. +\the_end diff --git a/lib/doc/eu_UserGuide.lyx b/lib/doc/eu_UserGuide.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a3db8e4a21 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/eu_UserGuide.lyx @@ -0,0 +1,22776 @@ +#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 221 +\textclass scrbook +\begin_preamble +\usepackage{multicol} +% DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!! +% +% I've designed this preamble to ensure that the User's Guide prints +% out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble, +% parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you +% have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact +% the documentation team intead of messing around in here. --jpw 4/97 + +%% Widens the vertical table spacing +%% +\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.25} +\setlength{\tabcolsep}{0.45em} + + +%% Provides certain commands which are missing. +%% +\DeclareRobustCommand{\textyen}{% +{\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{msa}\selectfont\char85}% +} +\DeclareRobustCommand{\textcurrency}{% +{\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{wasy}\selectfont\char27}% +} +\DeclareRobustCommand{\textcent}{% +{\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{wasy}\selectfont\char103}% +} +\DeclareRobustCommand{\textbrokenbar}{% +{\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{wasy}\selectfont\char124}% +} + + +%% For some odd reason, this character isn't defined in T1-encoding. +%% +\DeclareInputText{"0AD}{\textendash} + + +%% Accented characters missing in non-T1 encodings. +%% +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\quotedblbase}{% +\raisebox{-1ex}{\textquotedblright} +\hspace{-0.7em} +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\quotesinglbase}{% +\raisebox{-1ex}{\textquoteright} +\hspace{-0.7em} +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guillemotleft}{% +\raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle \ll\!\!\!}} +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guillemotright}{% +\raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle \gg}} +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guilsinglleft}{% +\raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle <\!\!\!}} +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guilsinglright}{% +\raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle >}} +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\DH}{% +D\hspace{-0.7em}\rule[0.8ex]{0.30em}{0.08ex}\hspace{0.40em} +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\dh}{% +\ensuremath{\mathrm{\partial}} +\hspace{-0.65em}\rule[1.35ex]{0.3em}{0.08ex}\hspace{0.35em} +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\TH}{% +\textsc{I\hspace{-0.325em}p} +} +\ProvideTextCommandDefault{\th}{% +p\hspace{-0.55em}l +} +\end_preamble +\language basque +\inputencoding latin1 +\fontscheme pslatex +\graphics default +\paperfontsize default +\spacing single +\papersize a4paper +\paperpackage a4 +\use_geometry 0 +\use_amsmath 0 +\use_natbib 0 +\use_numerical_citations 0 +\paperorientation portrait +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation indent +\defskip medskip +\quotes_language english +\quotes_times 2 +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 2 +\paperpagestyle default + +\layout Title + +LyX Erabiltzailearen Gida +\layout Author + +egilea: LyX taldea. + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Fitxategi honen arduradun nagusia +\noun on +Mike Ressler +\noun default + da. + Bidali iradokizunak edo erroreei buruzko zuzenketak LyX dokumentazioko + posta-zerrendara: . + +\newline +Itzulpena: Iñaki Larrañaga Murgoitio, , 2004. + +\newline +Zuzenketak: Hizkuntza Politikarako Sailburuordetza , 2004. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Chapter + +Sarrera +\layout Section + +LyX zer da? +\layout Standard + +LyX dokumentuak prestatzeko sistema da. + Eskuizkribu, argitaratzeko liburuak, negozio-gutun eta eskaerak, eta olerki + dotorean ekoizteko tresna da. + Bestelako "testu-prozesadore" batzuk ez bezala, honek edizio-estiloaren + bihotzean markatze-hizkuntza erabiltzen du. + Hots, atal bateko goiburukoa idazten duzunean "Atala" bezala markatzen + duzu, ez "Letra lodia, 17 pt tamaina, ezkerrera justifikatua, 5 mm-tako + azpiko tartearekin". + LyX arduratuko da konposaketa-lanez, zure zeregin-kontzeptuekin zerikusia + izango du soilik, ez mekanikarekin. +\layout Standard + +Izaera hori zehatz-mehatz +\emph on +"Sarrera" +\emph default + dokumentuan azaltzen da. + Irakurtzea komeni zaizu, ez baduzu irakurri bederen. + Bai, orain esan nahi dugu. +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +"Sarrera" +\emph default + LyX izaeraz gain bestelakoak ere azaltzen ditu: garrantzitsuena, eskuliburu + guztien egitura. + Ez baduzu irakurri, eskuliburu hau irakurtzen denbora galduko duzu. + Agian, egokiagoa izango duzu hau ez den beste eskuliburu bat begiratzea. + +\emph on +"Sarrera"k +\emph default + hau guztia azaltzen du. +\layout Section + +Hasiera +\layout Subsection + +LyX abiatzea +\layout Standard + +Linux-eko (eta bestelako Unix banaketetan ere) programa askoren antzera, + idatzi +\family typewriter +lyx +\family default + LyX abiatzeko komando-lerroan. + Komando lerrotik abiatzeko hainbat argumentu erabil ditzakezu, fitxategi + izenak barne. + Komando-lerroko aukerak ez ditugu zerrendatuko, horretarako LyX-en +\family typewriter +man +\family default + orrialdeak daudelako. + Informazio gehiago eskuratzeko, idatzi komando lerroan +\family typewriter +man lyx +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Gauza bat aipatu nahiko genuke: +\layout Itemize + +Komando-lerroan fitxategi bat baino gehiago gehitzen baduzu, LyX-ek guztiak + kargatuko ditu, nahiz eta aldi berean guztiak ez bistaratu. + Aldian bakarra erakutsiko du. +\layout Subsection + +LyX-en itxura +\layout Subsubsection + +Leiho nagusia +\layout Standard + +Aplikazio gehienak bezala, LyX-ek leihoaren goian ezaguna egingo zaizun + menu-barra dauka. + Menu-barraren azpian tresna-barra dago, eta hainbat botoi eta zerrenda-botoia + ditu. + Eskuinaldean korritze-barra bertikala eta erdian dokumentuak editatzeko + gunea. + Leihoaren behealdean leihotxoa bat; hor lerro bakarreko testua idatz daitekeen. + Hor +\emph on +buffertxoa +\emph default + (termino hau GNU Emacs programatik hartuta dago) dago, "komando bufferra" + adierazi nahiko luke. + Sakatu +\family sans +M-x +\family default + buffertxoan komando bat idazteko . +\layout Standard + +Ez dago korritze-barra horizontalik. + Hori ez da errore bat, apropos egin da. + Liburu bat irakurtzerakoan lerro luze baten amaiera beste batean egotea + espero duzu. + Testua orrialde berrietan bertikalki zabaltzen denez, korritze-barra bertikala + soilik behar da. +\layout Standard + +Hiru kasu daude korritze-barra horizontala nahi Izateko: lehena, irudi handiak, + WYSIWYG eran bistaratuak. + Hori, nola nahi ere, LyX-ek pantailan WYSIWYG erako grafikoak bistaratzeko + funtzioaren akatsa da; leihoan kokatzeko irudia berreskalatu beharko luke, + irudi bat orrialde batera berreskalatu behar duzun bezala. + Bigarren eta hirugarren kasuak, berriz, LyX-en leihoa baino handiagoak + diren taula eta ekuazioekin gertatzen dira. + Teklatuko geziak erabil ditzakezu taulan zehar horizontalki mugitzeko, + baina honek oraindik ez du ekuazioen kasuan funtzionatzen. +\layout Subsection + +Laguntza! +\layout Standard + +Lehenbizi, albiste txarrak: laguntza sistema ez da aplikazio komertzialetan + bezala erabiltzaile inozoentzako bere kasa agertzen. + Lasai, horretan gabiltza. +\layout Standard + +Orain albiste onak: LyX eskuliburuek osatzen dute Laguntza-sistema. + LyX programan eskuliburu +\emph on +guztiak +\emph default + irakur ditzakezu. + Hautatu Laguntza menuan irakurri nahi duzun eskuliburua. +\layout Standard + +Horri buruz ari garenez, eskuliburuez zerbait aipatu nahiko genuke. + Ez daude erabiltzaile inozoei zuzenduta, ez behintzat xede horrekin. + Egileetariko batek, +\noun on +John Weiss +\noun default +-ek, eskuliburuei buruz hau azaldu zuen: +\layout Quote + +Eskuliburuak gorroto ditut. +\layout Quote + +Bai, guztiok eskuliburu kaskar, gaizki itzuliekin edo ulertezinekin aritu + izan gara. + Astunak dira. + Beraz, nire ustez, zenbat eta ganoradunagoak izan, orduan eta astunagoak + bihurtzen dira. + Lehenbizi, denbora erdian azaltzen dute erabiltzaileari sagua nola erabili, + menuak zer diren eta antzekoak xehetasunez, nazkagarria! Norbaitek bere + ordenagailua ez badaki erabiltzen, eseri eta ikas dezala ordenagailua erabiltze +n bestelako softwareak ikasten hasi aurretik. +\layout Quote + +Bigarrenik, azaltzen duten informazioaren arabera badirudi erabiltzailea + artaburutzat hartzen dutela. + Zentzugabekeria! Erabiltzaile gehienak, nire esperientziagatik, desinformatu + eta izutu egiten dituzte aldi berean, ez dira lerdoak. + Gainera, norbait motza bada gauzak ulertu eta bereganatzeko, softwareko + eskuliburu batek eskaini ezin diezaiokeen bestelako laguntza behar du. +\begin_deeper +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Editorearen\SpecialChar ~ +oharra: +\emph default +hori gogoan izanda, beste egile guztiei jakinarazi diet aurreiritziekin + ez hartzeko, eta sasi-maisu izan ordez pedagogikoak izateko. + Eskuliburuak irakurri eta ulertzen alferrak direnentzako (Ameriketan diogun + bezala, "there's no such thing as a free lunch" +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Itzultailearen oharra +\emph default +: esaldi hau zaila da euskaratzen: "Doaneko bazkari bat bezalakorik ez dago" +\end_inset + + ).- jw +\end_deeper +\layout Section + +LyX interfazea +\layout Subsection + +Oinarrizko fitxategi-eragiketak +\layout Standard + +Fitxategia menuan edozein testu-prozesadorek dituen 9 oinarrizko eragiketa + daude, beste eragiketa aurreratuago batzuen artean: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +erria +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Berria ( +\bar under +t +\bar default +xantiloitik) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +reki +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +It +\bar under +x +\bar default +i +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +G +\bar default +orde +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Gorde +\bar under +h +\bar default +onela +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +It +\bar under +z +\bar default +uli +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +I +\bar under +n +\bar default +primatu +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +I +\bar under +r +\bar default +ten +\layout Standard + +Beste testu-prozesadoretan bezala lantzen dira, gutxi gorabehera. + +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Berria\SpecialChar ~ +( +\bar under +t +\bar default +xantiloitik) +\family default + komandoak erabiliko den txantiloiaren izenaz galdetuko dizu. + Txantiloi bat hautatuta, dokumentuari diseinu-ezaugarri zehatzak automatikoki + ezarriko dizkio, bestela eskuz aldatu beharko dituzu. + Zenbait klasetarako erabil daiteke, batik bat gutunak idazteko (ikus +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:dok-klaseak} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala). +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Oharra +\emph default +: hemen ez dago "fitxategi lehenetsirik" ez eta "izengabea" edo "sortu berria" + izeneko dokumenturik. + Fitxategi bat irekitzeko esaten ez diozun bitartean, LyX-ek editatzeko + gune huts handi bat aurkeztuko dizu (eta hori ez da dokumentu bat, baizik + eta area hutsa soilik). +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Aldi berean egile batek baino gehiagok dokumentu berdina editatzen dutenean + Itzuli komandoa oso erabilgarria izaten da +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Zure asmoa hori egitea bada, aztertu LyX-eko Bertsio-kontrola ezaugarria. + Irakurri +\emph on +Ezaugarri hedatuak +\emph default +. +\end_inset + +. + Horrek dokumentua diskotik birkargatzen du. + Dokumentuan aldaketak egin badituzu, gordetako azkena berreskuratzeko ere + erabil dezakezu. +\end_deeper +\layout Description + + +\emph on +2.\SpecialChar ~ +oharra +\emph default +: +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator +It +\bar under +x +\bar default +i +\family default + eta +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator +I +\bar under +r +\bar default +ten +\family default + komandoei buruzkoa. + Bi hauek "ziurtatze-leihoa" ezaugarria dute, gure ankasartzeetatik babesteko. + Aldatu duzun fitxategia ixterakoan (edo LyX programatik irtetzerakoan) + gorde gabe dauden fitxategiei buruz galdetuko zaizu. +\layout Subsection + +Oinarrizko edizio-ezaugarriak +\layout Standard + +Testu-prozesadore gehienak bezala, LyX-ek testu-zatiak ebaki eta itsatsi + ditzake, pantailako karaktere, hitz edo testuetan mugi daiteke, eta bai + hitz osoak bai karaktereak ezaba ditzake. + Hurrengo lau atalak LyX-en edizio-ezaugarriei buruz mintzatuko dira. + Ebaki eta itsatsirekin hasiko gara. +\layout Standard + +Aurrikusi duzun bezala, ebaki eta itsasteko komandoak +\family sans +Editatu +\family default + menuan daude, beste batzuen artean. + Batzuk nahiko bereziak dira eta geroago azalduko ditugu. + Oinarrizkoak hauek dira: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +baki +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +K +\bar default +opiatu +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +tsatsi +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Bilatu eta +\bar under +o +\bar default +rdeztu +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Standard + +Lehenengo hirurak zertarako diren argi dago. + Ohar bat: hautatutako testu-zati bat ezabatzen denean automatikoki arbelean + kokatzen da. + +\family sans +Atzera-tekla +\family default + eta +\family sans +Ezabatu +\family default + teklek +\family sans +Ebaki +\family default + komandoa bezalakoak dira. + Beraz, kontuz ibili testu bat hautatzen duzunean. + Tekla bat sakatzen duzunean hautatutako testua erabat ezabatzen da eta + zuk idatzitakoak ordeztuko du (jokabide hau konfigura daiteke). + Galdutako testua berreskuratzeko, +\family sans +Desegin +\family default + erabil dezakezu. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +B +\bar default +ilatu\SpecialChar ~ +eta\SpecialChar ~ +ordeztu +\family default + elementuak Bilatu elkarrizketa-koadroa irekitzen du. + Idatzi bilatu nahi duzun testua leihoko +\family sans +\bar under +B +\bar default +ilatu +\family default + eremuan. + LyX-ek aurkitzen den hitz edo espresioa hautatuko du. + +\family sans +\bar under +O +\bar default +rdeztu +\family default + botoia klikatuta hautatutako testua +\family sans +Ordeztu\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +h +\bar default +onekin +\family default + eremukoarekin ordeztuko du. + Uneko hitza albo batera utziz hurrengoa bilatzeko, klikatu +\family sans +Bilatu\SpecialChar ~ +hurrengoa +\family default + botoia. +\layout Standard + +Klikatu +\family sans +Ordeztu\SpecialChar ~ +guztiak +\family default + botoia dokumentuko gertaera guztiak automatikoki ordezteko. +\layout Standard + +Erabili +\family sans +Maiuskula/Minuskula +\family default + txandakatze-botoia bilaketan maiuskulak eta minuskulak bereizi nahi badituzu. + Aktibatuta badago, +\family typewriter +"Eguna" +\family default + bilatzerakoan ez du +\family typewriter +"eguna" +\family default + aurkituko. +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek hitza bere osotasunean bilatu dezan, aktibatu +\family sans +Hitz\SpecialChar ~ +osoak\SpecialChar ~ +bakarrik +\family default + botoia. + Adib. + +\family typewriter +"mahaia" +\family default + bilatzean ez ditu +\family typewriter +"mahaian" +\family default + edo +\family typewriter +"mahaiarentzako" +\family default + hitzak aurkituko. +\layout Subsection + +Desegin eta berregin +\layout Standard + +Hutsegite bat egiten baduzu, aurreko egoera berreskura dezakezu. + LyX-ek desegin/berregin lantzeko ahalmen handiko bufferra dauka. + Hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +esegin +\family default + hainbat hutsegite desegiteko. + Gehiegi desegiten baduzu +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +B +\bar default +erregin +\family default + erabil dezakezu "desegindakoa desegiteko". + Desegite-tresna 100 urratsetara mugatua dago, memoriaren gainkarga gutxitzeko. +\layout Standard + +Jakin ezazu dokumentua gorde zenuen azken aldirainoko aldaketa guztiak desegiten + badituzu, dokumentuaren "aldatuta" egoera ez dela berrezarriko. + Hori gertatzen da desegitearen muga 100 urratsetara jarrita dagoelako. + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Desegin +\family default + eta +\family sans +Berregin +\family default + ekintzek LyX guztian eragiten dute. + Zenbait jokabide dute gainera. + Ez dute karakterez karaktere desegin edo berregiten, testu zatiak baizik. + +\family sans +Desegin +\family default + eta +\family sans +Berregin +\family default + probatuta, aldaketen gain nola eragiten duten ikasiko duzu. + Denboraren poderioz nola dabiltzan buruz ikasiko duzu. + +\layout Subsection + +Saguaren oinarrizko laster-teklak +\layout Standard + +Ez ditugu saguaren laster-tekla guztiak azalduko. + Saguarekin egin ditzakezunak eskuliburu honetako beste atal batean xehetasun + gehiagoz azalduko dira. + Orain, saguarekin egin ditzakezun oinarrizko ekintzak bakarrik azalduko + ditugu. +\layout Enumerate + +Mugitu +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Klikatu +\emph on +saguaren ezker-botoia +\emph default + edizio leihoko edozein lekutan. + Kurtsorea sagupean dagoen testuan kokatuko da. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Testua hautatu +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Eduki saguaren ezkerreko botoia sakatuta eta sagua mugitu. + LyX-ek saguaren kokaleku zahar eta berriaren arteko testua hautatuko du. + Erabili +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +K +\bar default +opiatu +\family default + testuaren kopia LyX-en bufferrean sortzeko. +\layout Itemize + +Kurtsorea beste nonbaiten kokatu eta +\family sans +Editatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Itsatsi +\family default + erabiliz, itsatsi testua LyX dokumentuan. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Oin-oharrak, albo-oharrak, irudi eta taula mugikorrak, e.a. +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Klikatu saguaren ezkerreko botoia horietariko bat ireki edo ixteko. + Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikus eskuliburu honetako atal egokia. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Taulak +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Klikatu saguaren eskuin-botoia taula birmoldatzea eskaintzen dizun elkarrizketa- +koadroa irekitzeko. +\end_deeper +\layout Subsection + +Oinarrizko tekla-lasterbideak +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:tekla-lasterbideak} + +\end_inset + +Oraingoan ere, ez ditugu teklen laster-tekla guztiak azalduko. + Konturatu zaitez jatorrizko bi laster-teklentzako mapa daudela behintzat: + CUA eta Emacs. + Ziurtatzen dizut karaktere bat ezabatzeko +\family sans +C-d +\family default + (Kontrol-d adierazten du) tekla sakatzen baduzu, DVI aurrebistako tresna + abiatuko duela. +\layout Standard + +Zenbait teklek +\family sans +Orri-gora +\family default +, +\family sans +Orri-behera +\family default +, +\family sans +Ezkerra +\family default +, +\family sans +Eskuina +\family default +, +\family sans +Gora +\family default + eta +\family sans +Behera +\family default + bezalakoek, beren betebeharra lantzen dute. + Beste tekla batzuek, ez, ordea: +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +Tab LyX-en tabuladore bat bezalakorik ez dago. + Hori ez baduzu ulertzen, joan oraintxe bertan +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:parkoskabarne} + +\end_inset + + eta +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:par-ingurunea} + +\end_inset + + ataletara, bereziki +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:paringuzerren} + +\end_inset + + atalera. + Bai, oraintxe. + Oraindik ere galduta bazabiltza, irakurri +\emph on +Tutoretza +\emph default +. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +Ihes hori "utzi tekla" bezalakoa da. + Orokorrean eragiketak ezerezteko erabiltzen da. + Horri buruzko ezaugarri gehiago eskuliburuko beste zenbait zatitan aurkiko + duzu. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +Hasiera\SpecialChar ~ +eta\SpecialChar ~ +Amaiera +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Hasiera teklak zenbait teklatutan beste izen bat edukiko du: +\family sans +Inicio +\family default +, +\family sans +Home +\family default + edo bestelako bat. + Amaiera tekla, berriz, +\family sans +Fin +\family default +, +\family sans +End +\family default + edo antzeko zerbait izango da. +\end_inset + +. + Kurtsorea lerroaren hasieran eta amaieran kokatzeko erabiltzen dira hurrenez + hurren. + Emacs motako laster-teklak erabiltzen ari bazara fitxategiaren hasiera + eta amaieran kokatuko dute. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +Atera-tekla\SpecialChar ~ +eta\SpecialChar ~ +Ezabatu. + +\emph on +Baldin eta +\emph default + teklatua X leiho sistemarako ongi konfiguratuta badaukazu, +\family sans +Atzera-tekla +\family default + pentsatzen duzun bezala dabil eta +\family sans +Ezabatu +\family default + teklak kurtsorepean dagoen karakterea ezabatuko du (testurik ez badago + hautatuta). +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Teklatua X sistemarren konfigurazioa edo diogunaren Gaineko aztarnik ez + baduzu, joan oraintxe +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:x-win-teklak} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atalera. + Buruko mina edukitzetik aldenduko zara. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Ondorengoak aldarazle-teklak dira: +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +Kontrol- Hainbat erabilpen ditu, zein teklarekin batzen duzun arabera: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Atzera-tekla +\family default + edo +\family sans +Ezabatu +\family default + teklekin, hitz guztia ezabatuko du karaktere bakar baten ordez. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Ezkerra +\family default + eta +\family sans +Eskuina +\family default + geziekin, hitzez hitz mugituko da karakterez karaktere mugitu ordez. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Hasiera +\family default + eta +\family sans +Amaiera +\family default + teklekin, dokumentuaren hasiera eta amaierara mugituko da. + +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +Shift- Hau erabili beste edozein mugitze-teklarekin batera kurtsorearen + kokapen zahar eta berriaren artekoa hautatzeko. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +Meta- Teklatu-mota askoren +\family sans +Alt +\family default + tekla izan ohi da, darabilzun teklatutak ez badu bestelako +\family sans +Meta +\family default +- teklarik bederen. + Zoritxarrez, X sistemak batzuetan beraien funtzionalitatea trukatuta du, + beraz zuk bi teklak badituzu saiakera eta errore +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Ingelesez "trial and error" deitzen diogu. + Hots, saiatu gauza bat lortzen, jorratu beste bide bat errorea gertatzen + denean, nahi duzun emaitza lortu arte (errorerik gertatzen ez den emaitza). +\end_inset + + irizpidea erabiliz +\family sans +Meta +\family default +- funtzioa lantzen duen tekla aurkitu beharko duzu. + Tekla horrek hainbat gauza egin ditzake, horien artean menua azeleratzeko + teklak aktibatzea. + +\family sans +Meta +\family default +- tekla menuan azpimarratuta dauden hizkiekin batuz menuko elementu bat + hautatuko du. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Adibidez, " +\family sans +M-e i +\family default +" lasterbideak testua itsatsiko luke (lehendabizi sakatu " +\family sans +M +\family default +" ( +\family sans +Meta +\family default + edo +\family sans +Alt +\family default +) eta " +\family sans +e +\family default +" teklak batera, eta ondoren " +\family sans +i +\family default +" tekla). + "M-f" idatzita +\family sans +Fitxategia +\family default + menua irekitzen du. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Meta +\family default +- teklarekin batu daitezkeen beste gauza batzuk ere badaude, informazio + gehiagorako, irakurri Pertsonalizazioa eskuliburua. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Zorionez, LyX erabiltzen duzun bitartean teklen loturei buruz geroz eta + gehiago ikasiko zara, zeren eta saguarekin egiten dituzun eragiketa gehienek + buffertxoan eragiketa-izena eta dagokion laster-teklak azalduko dituzte. + Laster-teklen idazkera dokumentu honetan erabilitakoaren oso antzekoa denez, + hau ulertzeko ez zenuke arazorik eduki behar. + Hala ere, +\family sans +Shift +\family default + aldatzaileak esplizituki aipatzen dira, beraz " +\family sans +M-p S-A +\family default +"k zera esan nahi du: +\family sans +Meta-p +\family default + bikotea sakatu ondoren hizki maiuskuletan " +\family sans +A +\family default +" idaztea. + " +\family sans +S-C-S +\family default +" +\family sans +Shift-Kontrol-s +\family default + hirukotea batera sakatu behar dela esan nahi du. +\layout Section + +LyX beste programa batzuekin erabiltzea +\layout Subsection + +Inportatu ASCII fitxategiak +\layout Standard + +ASCII fitxategi bateko testua eskura dezakezu +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Inportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ascii\SpecialChar ~ +testu\SpecialChar ~ +lerro\SpecialChar ~ +gisa +\family default + edo +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Inportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ascii\SpecialChar ~ +testu\SpecialChar ~ +paragrafo\SpecialChar ~ +gisa +\family default + aukerekin. + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Inportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ascii\SpecialChar ~ +testu\SpecialChar ~ +lerro\SpecialChar ~ +gisa +\family default + aukerak fitxategiko lerro bakoitza LyX-eko paragrafo bat bezala jartzen + du. + Testu-fitxategiak zerrenda sinple bat badu, orduan aukera hau egokia da. + Testuak paragrafoak baditu, LyX-ek paragrafoak bereiztuko ditu. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Inportatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ascii\SpecialChar ~ +testu\SpecialChar ~ +paragrafo\SpecialChar ~ +gisa +\family default + fitxategiko paragrafoak mantentzen ditu. + Maiz gertatzen da testu-fitxategi batean paragrafo bateko edukia lerro + bakar batean ez sartzea. + Lerro-itzulera erabiltzen duzu paragrafoa hainbat lerrotan bereizteko. + Paragrafo gisa erabiliz LyX-ek ez ditu paragrafo bezala bereiztuko. + Bi lerro-tartetan dagoena LyX paragrafo erara bihurtuko du. + Gogoratu: testu fitxategian paragrafoen artean lerro huts bat egon behar + duela. + Bestela, LyX-ek bi paragrafo batuko ditu. +\layout Subsection + +LyX-en eta beste X programen artean ebaki eta itsastea +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Ebaki +\family default +, +\family sans +Kopiatu +\family default + eta +\family sans +Itsatsi +\family default + ekintzak testua LyX-etik LyX-era eramaten du. + LyX-etik beste leiho batera testua igortzeko, landu urrats hauek: hautatu + eta kopiatu testua, joan helburuko leihora eta itsatsi saguaren erdiko + botoiarekin. +\layout Standard + +LyX-en itsasteko lanak antzera egiten dira. + Hautatu saguarekin testua beste leihoan. + Joan LyX lehiora eta itsatsi testua +\emph on +saguaren erdiko +\emph default + botoiarekin. +\layout Chapter + +LyX konfigurazioa eta beharrezko aplikazioak +\layout Section + +Sarrera +\layout Standard + +Sistema baten LyX erabiltzen ari bazara, eta zu ez zaren beste norbaitek + instalatu eta konfiguratu badu, orduan kapitulu hau albo batean baztertuta + utz dezakezu. + Kapitulu honek LyX bitarra abiatzeko behar dituzun gauzak eta banatzen + diren fitxategiei buruzkoak azalduko ditu. +\layout Standard + +Sisteman LyX instalatu nahi baduzu, lehenbizi irakurri LyX-en iturburuekin + datorren +\family typewriter +README +\family default + fitxategia eta ondoren +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +aTeX\SpecialChar ~ +konfigurazioa +\family default +. + Aurrenik hori egin. + Kapitulu honek ez du LyX kode bitarraren instalazio edo konfigurazioa azalduko + (ez bere osotasunean bederen). + Azaltzen duena hau da: LyX bere osotasun eta gaitasun guztiarekin erabiltzeko + behar dituzun gauzak +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Hori izan zen LyX exekutatzeari eta LyX erabilgarriagoa izateko behar diren + beste programei buruzko informazioa sortzearen arrazoi nagusia. +\end_inset + +. +\layout Section + +2.2 Oinarrizko LyX konfigurazioa +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:konfigurazioa} + +\end_inset + +LyX exekutatzeko bi bide daude. + Aurrenekoa LyX eta eskatzen dituen fitxategi guztiak sisteman instalatzea + da. + Noski, horretarako supererabiltzailearen ("root") baimenak behar dituzu. + Bigarren bidea, supererabiltzailearen baimenik gabe zure etxe-direktorioan + instalatzea. + LyX-ek non kokatuta dagoen automatikoki jakiteaz gain erabiltzen dituen + direktorioen kokapen zuzenak ere non dauden aztertzen du. +\layout Standard + +LyX-en ezaugarri asko LyX-etik bertatik konfigura daiteke, konfigurazio-fitxateg +iak erabili gabe. + Lehenbizi, LyX-ek sistema arakatzen du zein programa, LaTeX dokumentu-klase + eta LaTeX pakete dauden aztertzeko. + Lortzen duen informazio hori hainbat +\family typewriter +hobespen +\family default + lehenetsitako aldagai gisa ezarriko du. + Horrekin batera, konfigurazioa LyX sisteman instalatzerakoan egiten da, + ondorioz LyX-ek ikusten ez dituen zenbait elementu instalatuta eduki ditzakezu. + LyX-ek zure sistema berriro aztertu dezan, erabili +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +B +\bar default +irkonfiguratu +\family default +. + Ondoren berrabiarazi LyX aldaketek eragina izan dezaten. + LaTeX klase eta paketeei buruzko informazio gehiago +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +aguntza\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +aTeX\SpecialChar ~ +konfigurazioa +\family default + eskuliburuan aurkituko duzu. +\layout Standard + +Bigarren konfigurazio-urratsa, dokumentu arloarekin zerikusi duen guztiarentzat, + erabili +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua +\family default + menuko +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +okumentua +\family default + aukera; horrek +\family sans +Dokumentu\SpecialChar ~ +ezarpenak +\family default + izeneko leihoa irekiko du. + Hori egiteko, ireki garrantzirik gabeko dokumentu bat, ezarri aukera hauek + guztiak gogoko duzun bezala eta gorde +\family sans +Dokumentu\SpecialChar ~ +ezarpenak +\family default + leihoan +\family sans +Gorde\SpecialChar ~ +dokumentu\SpecialChar ~ +lehenetsi\SpecialChar ~ +gisa +\family default + botoian klikatuz. + Ekintza horrek +\family typewriter +default.lyx +\family default + izeneko txantiloi bat sortuko du, LyX-ek hori kargatuko du txantoiloietan + oinarritu gabeko dokumentua bat irekitzerakoan, eta definitu dituzun ezarpenak + automatikoki ezarriko dizkio. +\layout Standard + +Erabiltzaileak konfigura ditzakeen aukera gehiago daude. + Abiatzerakoan, LyX-ek +\family typewriter +lyxrc.defaults +\family default + izeneko aukera orokorren fitxategia irakurtzen du. + Ondoren, zure etxean kokatuta egon beharko lukeen +\family typewriter +~/.lyx/preferences +\family default + izenekoa irakurtzen saiatuko da. + Aukera hauetarako, erabili +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +H +\bar default +obespenak +\family default + menua. + +\emph on +Pertsonalizazioa +\emph default + eskuliburuan hobespenerako elkarrizketa-koadroa eta konfigurazio-fitxategiei + buruzko azalpen sakonagoak azaltzen dira. +\layout Section + +X teklatua konfiguratu +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:x-win-teklak} + +\end_inset + +LyX egokiro erabiltzeko X sistema zuzen konfiguratu behar da. + Ezinbestekoa da LyX-en nazioarteko euskarria erabili nahi baduzu eta ingelesa + ez den teklatu mapa badarabilzu. + Zoritxarrez, inor ez da honegatik kezkatzen, bereziki PC ordenagailu batean + GNU/Linux instalatzen bada. + Sistema handietako arduradunek horren errudun izan daiteke, beraz ez pentsatu + erabat babestuta zaudela sistema zabal batean. + Erabiltzaile bakoitzak X sistemari bere teklatua nola erabili erakuts diezaioke. +\layout Subsection + +xmodmap eta xkeycaps +\layout Standard + +Hasteko irakurri bi programa hauen man eskuliburua. + Lagunik onenak izango dituzu X sistemako teklatu mapa zuzen ezartzeko. + Ez badituzu, instala itzatzu. +\layout Subsubsection + +xmodmap +\layout Standard + +Dokumentu honetan ez dago +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\family default + nola erabiltzen den azaltzen duen informaziorik. + +\emph on +Pertsonalizazioa +\emph default + eskuliburuak +\family typewriter +.Xmodmap +\family default + fitxategiaren adibide bat dauka. + Teklatu-mapa berria kargatzeko, kokatu +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\family default + +\family typewriter +.Xmodmap +\family default + komandoa saioa abiatzeko script baten barruan, adib.\SpecialChar ~ + +\family typewriter +.cshrc +\family default +, +\family typewriter +.profile +\family default +, +\family typewriter +.login +\family default + edo +\family typewriter +.xinitrc +\family default + fitxategietariko batean. +\layout Subsubsection + +xkeycaps +\layout Standard + +Programa hau egia bihurtutako ametsa da! Zure teklatuaren bertsio grafikoa + erakusten du, zenbait aldaketa egiten uzten du eta ondoren aldaketa horiek + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\family default + programak irakur dezakeen formatu bateko estandar irteeran kaleratzen du. + Oso erabilgarria izaten da +\family typewriter +.Xmodmap +\family default + fitxategi berria diseinatzerakoan, eskatzen duen bakarra ebaki-eta-itsatsi + ekintza gutxi batzuk egitea baita. +\layout Subsection + +Aldatzaileak eta Modu_txandaketa +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek hiru aldatzaile onartzen ditu: +\family sans +Shift +\family default + [S-], +\family sans +Kontrol +\family default + [C-], eta +\family sans +Meta +\family default + [M-]. + Tekla horietariko bat +\family sans +Konposizio-tekla +\family default + bezala konfiguratzen bada, zure teklatuak eskaintzen ez dituen beste zenbait + karaktere idatz ditzakezu. + +\family sans +Konposizio +\family default +- +\family sans +tekla +\family default + hau bai aldatzaile ( +\family sans +Shift +\family default + edo +\family sans +Kontrol +\family default +) bai gako-aurrizki bezala erabil daiteke. + Hona +\family sans +Konposizio-tekla +\family default +rekin egin ditzakezun adibideak: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Konposizio+e+' +\family default + +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + + é +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Konposizio+O+R +\family default + +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + + ® +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Konposizio+1+2 +\family default + +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + + ½ +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Konposizio+<+< +\family default + +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + + « +\layout Standard + +Idazteko metodo hau nahiko erosoa izaten da noizbehinka tiletdun karaktereak + idatzi nahi dituzunean. + Jatorriz latin1 motako karaktereekin lan egiten duen arren, zure hizkuntza + zuzen ezartzen baduzu, idazteko beste metodo batzuk erabil ditzakezu. +\layout Subsection + +Argibide eta trikimailu lagungarriak +\layout Standard + +Ireki bi terminal grafiko ( +\family typewriter +xterm +\family default +, +\family typewriter +gnome-terminal +\family default + edo +\family typewriter +e-term +\family default + bezalakoak). + Erabili bata +\family typewriter +.Xmodmap +\family default + fitxategi berria editatzeko eta bestea +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\family default + exekutatzeko. + +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\family default + erabiliz zure teklatuko mapa zure beharretara konfigura dezakezu. + +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\family default + programan teklatu mapa berria sortzen duen botoi bat dago. + Klikatu botoi horretan, +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\family default +-ek exekutatu duzun terminal grafikoan konfigurazioa kaleratuko du. + Kopiatu eta itsatsi informazio hori +\family typewriter +.Xmodmap +\family default + fitxategian, eta kitto. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Hainbeste idatzi nahi ez baduzu, exekutatu komando hau: +\family typewriter +xkeycaps > .Xmodmap +\family default + +\newline +Mapa-fitxategi erabilgarri bat sortuko du. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Gainera, badaude gauza batzuk ongi bideratzen lagunduko dizutenak. + Saia zaitez +\family typewriter +xmodmap -v -pm +\family default + komandoa exekutatzen. + Unean dauden aldatzaile aktiboak erakutsiko dizkizu, eta +\family typewriter +xmodmap -v -pke | more +\family default + komandoarekin ere zein izen sinbolikok zein tekla-koderen zenbakiari dagokion + zerrendatzen du. + Horrek +\family typewriter +.Xmodmap +\family default + fitxategiaren sintaxia nolakoa den argituko dizu. +\layout Standard + +Gauza bat egiaztatzea komeni zaizu. + Ziurtatu +\family sans +Atzera-tekla +\family default + eta +\family sans +Ezabatu +\family default + teklak ez daudela X sistemako tekla sinbolo berdinean definituta! Jakin + ezazu bi tekla horiek izen sinboliko berdinarekin ezartzeak ez duela derrigorre +z zure programen erabilera aldatzen. + Programa batzuk +\family sans +Ezabatu +\family default + eta +\family sans +Atzera-tekla +\family default + ekintza berean elkartzen dituzte, adibidez, Emacs-ek; beste batzuek, berriz, + +\family sans +Atzera-tekla +\family default + eta +\family sans +Ezabatu +\family default + gauza ezberdinetarako erabiltzen dituzte. + LyX programa horietariko bat da, beraz +\family sans +Ezabatu +\family default + eta +\family sans +Atzera-tekla +\family default + izen sinboliko berdinarekin elkartuta badaude, LyX erabiltzean arazoak + eduki ditzakezu. +\layout Section + +LaTeX +\layout Standard + +LyX-ekin dokumentuak eta +\family typewriter + .tex +\family default +fitxategiak sortzea baino zerbait gehiago egin nahi baduzu, LaTeX beharko + duzu. +\layout Standard + +Ez badakizu, LaTeX markatze hizkuntza duen TeX-entzako interfaze bat da, + 1984. + urtean Donald Knuth-ek sortutako sistema bat dokumentuak prestatzeko +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Ahoskerari buruz: jatorriz TeX grekerako hizkietatik dator, +\begin_inset Formula $\tau\epsilon\chi$ +\end_inset + + , eta "blech" bezala ahoskatzen da. + Euskaraz "teks" eta "lateks" bezala esan dezakegu. +\end_inset + +. + ASCII fitxategian idatzitako komando-multzoa hartu eta 'dispositibotik + aske' ("device independent") izeneko formatura bihurtzen du, dvi laburrean + esanda. + Orduan dvi fitxategia inprimagailura bidal daiteke. + TeX programatzeko aukera dago, eta LaTeX, berriz, TeX-eko makro-multzo + zabal bat besterik ez da. + LaTeX normalean TeX banaketarekin batera dator, beraz TeX paketea beharko + duzu. +\layout Standard + +Zenbait sistema zaharretan LaTeX 2.09 instalatuta egon daiteke (gaur egun + ordea LaTeX2e erabiltzen da). + Ezin da LaTeX 2.09 bertsioarekin LyX erabili. +\layout Standard + +GNU/Linux erabiltzen ari bazara, litekeena da LaTeX2e edukitzea. + Bestelako sistemetan zeuk instalatu beharko duzu LaTeX. + Hori lortzeko (bai TeX bai LaTeX-ekin zerikusia duen guztia), zoaz CTAN + (Comprehensive TeX Archive Network) ispilu batera. + Ispiluen zerrenda oso bat hemen aurkituko duzu: +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ctan.org} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:ctan} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Section + +Dvips eta Ghostscript +\layout Subsection + +Behar duzuna +\layout Standard + +LyX dokumentuak inprimatzeko beste urrats bat landu beharko duzu. + Agerikoa den bezala, ziurtatu inprimagailua ongi konfiguratuta daukazula + (ikus hurrengo atala). + Instalatu programa hauek (edo bateragarriak direnak), jadanik ez badauzkazu + instalatuta: +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +dvips +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +ghostscript +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +xdvi +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +ghostview +\layout Standard + +Azken biak Dvi eta PostScript® +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Adobe Systems Incorporated-ek erregistratutako marka bat dira, eta UN*X + munduan orrialde-deskripzioko hizkuntza nagusia da. +\end_inset + + formatuko fitxategien aurrebistako programak dira. + DVI fitxategi bat zer den ez badakizu, litekeena da LaTeX-ekin inoiz lanik + ez egin izana, eta aurrera jarraitu aurretik hobe duzu +\emph on +Tutoretza +\emph default + dokumentua irakurri. + +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + programak DVI fitxategi bat PostScript® formatura bihurtzen du; gaur egun + inprimagailu gehienek erabiltzen dutena da. + Baldin eta zure inprimagailua tinta-zorrotadakoa edo puntu-matrize motakoa + bada, PostScript® iragazteko +\family typewriter +ghostscript +\family default + erabili beharko duzu, hainbat inprimagailu-motatara prestatzeko gaitasuna + baitauka. + Aurrerago azaltzen da inprimagailuaren konfigurazio-atalean inprimatu behar + duzun bakoitzerako hau nola automatikoki egin. + Oraingoz +\family typewriter +divps +\family default + programarekin jarraituko dugu. +\layout Subsection + +Dvips +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:dvipskonfig} + +\end_inset + +Sistema zabal batean edo GNU/Linux duen lanpostu batean LyX exekutatzen + baduzu, +\family typewriter +divps +\family default + konfiguratu dezakezu. + +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + tresnak bai fitxategira bai inprimagailura zuzenean inprima dezake, bere + konfigurazioaren arabera. + Fitxategira inprimatzeko ezarrita balego, eta ez bazaio fitxategi-izenik + esaten, +\family typewriter +fitxat1.dvi +\family default + fitxategia +\family typewriter +fitxat1.ps +\family default + fitxategira bihurtuko du. + Sistema gehienetan +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + tresna inprimagailu lehenetsian inprimatzeko zehaztuta dago. + LyX-en ikuspuntutik, bietarako malgutasuna edukitzea nahi izango duzu. +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + irteera inprimagailura egokitzeko gogorik ez baduzu, atal hau salta dezakezu. + Jakin ezazu irteera ez dela inprimagailuak duen kalitate-mailara iritsiko. + Hori bai, inprimatuko du. +\layout Standard + +teTeX erabiltzen ari bazara (GNU/Linux sisteman oso ezaguna den TeX banaketa + bat), orduan +\family typewriter +texconfig +\family default + programa exekutatu beharko duzu. + Inprimagailu berri baten izena +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default +-ek onartu dezan, hautatu +\family sans +Dvips +\family default + menuko sarrera, eta gehitu iezaiozu. + Idatzi eskatzen dituen argumentuak, eta ez ahaztu irten aurretik +\family sans +Rehash +\family default + funtzioa lantzeaz. +\layout Standard + +Goazen orain eskuzko konfigurazioa lantzera: +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + tresnak automatikoki +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default + fitxategia inprimag1 inprimagailuarekiko egokitutako +\family typewriter +.ps +\family default + fitxategira bihurtu behar duela jakin dezan, inguruan kokatutako " +\family typewriter +config.inprimag1 +\family default +" konfigurazioko fitxategia eduki behar duzu. + Normalean, TeX banaketa gehienetan, dvips tresnarentzako +\family typewriter +config.* +\family default + fitxategiak +\family typewriter +/usr/lib/texmf/dvips +\family default + direktorioan kokatzen dira. + Gerta daiteke zure sistemako beste leku batean egotea, beraz begiratu TeX + direktoriopeko +\family typewriter +"dvips" +\family default + azpidirektorioan. + Hor inguruan egongo da. +\layout Standard + +Fitxategi batek behintzat egon beharko luke: +\family typewriter +config.ps +\family default +. + Hori konfigurazioko fitxategi lehenetsia da, eta +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + tresnak +\emph on +beti +\emph default + irakurtzen du +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Fitxategi horrek ez dauka zertan +\family typewriter +ps +\family default + izeneko fitxategi batera konektatuta egon behar. +\end_inset + +. + Irakur ezazu fitxategi hau, eta ikusi eskaintzen dituen aukerak zure inprimagai +lura egokitzeko. + Ondoren sortu +\family typewriter +config.inprimag1 +\family default + fitxategia, dagozkion lerro garrantzitsuekin bakarrik. +\layout Standard + +Konfigurazio-fitxategia sortzeko beste gauza bat beharko duzu. + Honelako lerro bat egongo da " +\family typewriter +o | lpr +\family default +" (komatxorik gabe, noski). + " +\family typewriter +o | lpr -Pinprimag1 +\family default +" lerrora aldatuz gero, irteera lehenetsia +\family typewriter +inprimag1 +\family default + izango da. + Nola nahi ere, ikertu "M" eta "D" sarrerak, Metafont mota eta inprimagailuaren + bereizmena definitzen baitute, hurrenez hurren. + Ez badakizu Metafont mota zer den, ikusi inprimagailuaren kontrolatzailea: + TeX-ek letra-tipoen diseinuak inprimagailuan emaitzarik hoberenarekin emateko + egokitzen du. + Ohar bat, hainbat inprimagailurentzako Metafont ezberdinak zehazten badituzu, + +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default +-ek zure TeX letra-tipoen hainbat kopia sortuko ditu disko gogorrean, eta + leku dezente betetzen dute. + +\layout Standard + +Inprimagailua egokiro konfiguratutakoan, esan LyX-i konfigurazio hau erabiltzeko. + Horretarako, abiatu +\family sans +Hobespenak +\family default + leihoa ( +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +\bar under +H +\bar default +obespenak +\family default +) eta ezarri +\family sans +Egokitu\SpecialChar ~ +irteera +\family default + eta +\family sans +Spool\SpecialChar ~ +komandoa +\family default + sarrerak. +\layout Standard + +Nahi haina konfigurazio-fitxategi erabil ditzakezu, bat inprimagailuko. + LyX-en lehenetsitako inprimagailua hobespenak leihoko INPRIMAGAILUA inguruneko + aldagaian zehatz daiteke. + Gogokoen duzun inprimagailua LyX barruan aukera dezakezu, hori beste atal + batean deskribatzen da. + Hori guztia egindakoan, LyX-ek bai PostScript® motako inprimagailura bai + fitxategira inprimatzeko aukera izango du. +\layout Standard + +Inprimagailuak ez badu PostScript® onartzen, zure inprimagailuaren spool-arentza +t +\family typewriter +ghostscript +\family default + iragazkia erabili beharko duzu. + Hainbat Nola (HowTo) eta eskuliburuk argitzen dute. + Hor azaltzen duen atal bat daukagu. +\layout Standard + +Zenbaitek ez du atsegin +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + eta +\family typewriter +ghostscript +\family default + elkartuta erabiltzea. + Bestelako aukera DVI fitxategia zure inprimagailuaren hizkuntzara bihurtzen + duen programa erabiltzea da. + +\family sans +Hobespenak +\family default + elkarrizketa-koadroan programa hau zehatz dezakezu. + Metodo horren alde txarra da ezin duzula zure dokumentuan PostScript® fitxategi +rik gehitu, grafiko batzuk adibidez, inprimagailu-zehatzerako bihurtzaile + programak ez baitu PostScript® ulertzen. + Hori dela eta, LyX taldekideok +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + eta +\family typewriter +ghostscript +\family default + erabiltzeko aholkatzen dizugu. +\layout Subsection + +Ghostscript, Xdvi eta Ghostview +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +Xdvi +\family default + eta +\family typewriter +ghostview +\family default + ikustariak dira. + Lehenengoak +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default + fitxategiekin egiten du lan; bigarrena, ostera, PostScript® fitxategiekin + aritzen da. +\layout Standard + +Ohartxo batzuk programa hauei buruz. + Biek automatikoki eguneratzen dute ikusitako fitxategia +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default + edo +\family typewriter +.ps +\family default + fitxategia esanahi du, ez hauek sortzeko erabiltzen diren fitxategiak. +\end_inset + +. + Gainera, biak oso antzekoak dira, eta ezaugarri berdinak eskaintzen dizkizute. +\layout Standard + +LyX-eko taldekideok dokumentuak fintzeko +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + erabiltzea ahokatzen dizugu. + Zergatik? Azkarragoa da; prozesatze-maila bat gutxiago daukanez, aldaketak + azkarrago ikusi ahalko dituzu. + Hona adibide bat: +\layout Enumerate + +Erabili +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + LyX-eko dokumentu baten aurrebista ikusteko, eta utzi exekutatzen (ez itxi). +\layout Enumerate + +LyX erabiliz, egin zenbait aldaketa dokumentuan. +\layout Enumerate + +Aldaketak ikusteko, hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +kusi +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +guneratu +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +DVI +\family default +. + LaTeX-ek gauza guztiak lantzen dituenean, +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + klikatu leihoan eta kitto! +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default +-k bere burua eguneratuko du. +\layout Standard + +Horrek ez du esanahi +\family typewriter +ghostscript +\family default + ez denik erabiltzen. + +\family typewriter +ghostview +\family default + hobeto egokituta dago dokumentuaren PostScript® bertsioa ikusi behar duzunerako. + PostScript®-en menpeko ez diren aldaketentzako, hobe duzu +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + tresnarekin aurrebista landu. + Badago +\family typewriter +ghostview +\family default + antzeko interfaze dotoreago bat duen programa bat: +\family typewriter +gv +\family default +. + LyX-ek automatikoki +\family typewriter +gv +\family default + erabiliko du (instalatuta egonez gero) ghostscript ordez. +\layout Section + +Inprimagailua +\layout Standard + +Sistema zabal batean lan egiten dutenek ez lukete arazorik eduki beharrik + izango. + Jadanik sistemako arduradunak (edo zuk, sistemako arduraduna bazara) inprimagai +luak sistemarako konfiguratuta edukiko ditu. + Behar duzun bakarra da erabili nahi duzun inprimagailuaren izena aurkitzea, + eta azken atalean azaldu den bezala zure konfigurazioa ezartzea. +\layout Standard + +GNU/Linux-eko erabiltzaileentzat zerbait gehiago landu beharra dago. + Askok CD-ROM batean +\noun on +Debian +\noun default + edo +\noun on +Mandrake +\noun default + bezalako banaketa bat eskuratzen dute. + Instalazio-urratsak jarraitu, GNU/Linux instalatu eta abiatzen dute, baina + ez dituzte lantzen beraien inprimagailua konfiguratzeko eskatzen diren + gauzak. + Zure egoerak hau eskuz lantzea eskatzen badu, laguntzeko azalpentxo bat + idatzi dugu: ikus +\emph on +Pertsonalizazioa +\emph default + eskuliburuko " +\emph on +Inprimagailuaren tutoretza +\emph default +" kapitulua. +\layout Chapter + +LyX-en oinarriak +\layout Section + +Dokumentu-motak +\layout Subsection + +Sarrera +\layout Standard + +Beste ezer egin aurretik, dokumentu bat idazten hasi aurretik, erabaki zein + dokumentu-mota editatu nahi duzun. + Dokumentu-mota bakoitzak tarteak, izenburuak, eskemen zenbakerak e.a. + ezberdinak erabiltzen ditu. + Gainera, dokumentu ezberdinek paragrafo-inguruneak eta dokumentu-tituluaren + formatu ezberdinak erabiltzen dituzte. +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Dokumentu-klase +\emph default + bakoitzak dokumentu-multzo baten propietate orokorrak deskribatzen ditu. + Dokumentu-klase bat ezarriz, dagozkion propietateak automatikoki hautatzen + dituzu, eta nahi duzun dokumentu-mota errazago sortu. + Ez baduzu dokumentu-klaserik hautatzen, LyX-ek lehenetsitakoa erabiliko + du. + Beraz, komeni zaizu zure dokumentuaren klasea aukeratzea. +\layout Standard + +Jarraitu irakurtzen jakiteko LyX-ekin aukeran dituzun dokumentu-klaseen + informazioa, eta beraien propietateak nola findu. +\layout Subsection + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:dok-klaseak} + +\end_inset + +Zenbait dokumentu-klase +\layout Subsubsection + +Azalpen laburra +\layout Standard + +Bost dokumentu-klase estandar daude LyX-en. + Hauek dira +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Itzultzailearen oharra +\emph default +: ingelesezko izenak mantentzen dira, aukeratzerakoan horrela agertzen direlako, + parentesi artean euskarako esanahia idatzi da. + LyX-ek erabili arren, LaTeX-ekin dute zerikusia. + +\end_inset + +: +\layout Description + +Article\SpecialChar ~ +(artikulua) oinarrizko artikuluentzat +\layout Description + +Report\SpecialChar ~ +(txostena) oinarrizko txostenentzat +\layout Description + +Book\SpecialChar ~ +(liburua) liburu bat idazteko. + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Euskarazko liburuak idazteko dokumentu-klase egokiagoa dago: liburua. + Baina normalki ez da LaTeX-ekin batera banatzen. + Hori erabiltzeko, Internetetik jaitsi beharko duzu. + Biderik egokiena EuskalGNU elkartearen gunera joatea duzu, bertan joan + LyX atalera. + Edo bestela, joan +\family typewriter +liburua.cls +\family default + prestatu duen Juan M. + Aguirregabiriaren gunera (mila esker Juan!): +\newline + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://tp.lc.ehu.es/JMA/basque.html} + +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Description + +Letter\SpecialChar ~ +(gutuna) US-estiloko gutunentzat +\layout Description + +Slides\SpecialChar ~ +(gardenkia) gardenkiak egiteko erabiltzen da +\layout Standard + +Estandarrak ez diren beste klase batzuk daude; LyX erabil ditzake baldin + eta LaTeX horiek onar ditzan konfiguratu baduzu: +\layout Description + +Aapaper Astronomy & Astrophysics aldizkariak erabiltzen dituen artikulu + estilo eta formatua da. +\layout Description + +Amsart AMS (Amerikar Matematika Elkartea) erabiltzen duen estilo eta formatua. + Hiru amsart diseinu daude. + Estandarrak teorementzako ohiko eskema zenbakera eta abar erabiltzen ditu, + non emaitzaren zenbakiari ataleko zenbakia aurrean jartzen dion. + Emaitza-mota sententzia guztiak (proposizio, korolario eta bestelakoak) + sekuentzialki jartzen dira, baina definizioak, adibideak eta antzekoak + bakoitzak bere sekuentzia dauka. + "zenbakera sekuentzia" eskemak ez dio atalaren zenbakia emaitz bakoitzari + jartzen, baina zenbakiak artikuluaren zehar sekuentzia bakarrean jartzen + ditu. + Emaitza-mota bakoitzak bere sekuentzia propioa dauka. + Sententzien zenbakera batera jartzen duen diseinu bat dago. +\layout Description + +Amsbook AMS erabiltzen duen estilo eta formatuko liburua da. + Zenbakera-eskema estandarra eskaintzen da soilik, suposatzen da liburuan + zehar elkarren segidan emaitzak zenbatzea ez dituzula nahi, baina emaitzak + beraiek zenbatuta egotea nahi duzula. +\layout Description + +Dinbrief für Briefe nach deutscher Art +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Itzultzailearen oharra: alemanierazko testuentzat erabiltzen da. +\end_inset + + +\layout Description + +Foils gardenkiak sortzeko erabiltzen da, slides baino hobeagoa da. +\layout Description + +Linuxdoc SGML-tools paketearekin erabiltzen da (LinuxDoc bezala ezaguna). + Honen bitartez, SGML formatuko irteera sor dezake LyX-ek. + SGML markatze-hizkuntza da eta HTMLren aitzindaria da. + SGML tools paketeak SGML formatutik HTML formatura bihurtzen uzten dizu, + edo man eskuliburuek erabiltzen duten formatura. +\layout Description + +Paper LaTeXeko papereko dokumentu-klaseak erabiltzen du (ez dago LaTeX banaketa + guztietan) +\layout Description + +Revtex American Physical Society (APS) eta Optical Society of America (OSA) + elkarteen argitalpenetako artikuluak idazteko erabiltzen da. + Klase hau ez da LyX-en ezaugarriekin erabat bateragarria. +\layout Standard + +Hemen ez dugu azalduko dokumentu-klaseak nola erabiltzen diren. + Estandarrak ez diren klaseei buruzko xehetasun gehiago +\emph on +Ezaugarri hedatuak +\emph default + eskuliburuan aurkituko dituzu. + Hemen dokumentu-klase guztientzako orokorrak diren propietateak bakarrik + zerrendatuko ditugu. +\layout Subsubsection + +Klasea hautatzea +\layout Standard + +Klase bat hautatzeko erabili Dokumentu ezarpenak elkarrizketa-koadroa, irekitzek +o +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua +\family default + menuko +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +okumentua\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + aukeratu. + Ondoren, erabili +\family sans +Dokumentu-klasea +\family default + eremua nahi duzuna hautatzeko, eta behar dituzun aukerak egokitu. +\layout Subsubsection + +Propietateak +\layout Standard + +Klase bakoitzak bere lehenetsitako aukera-multzoa dauka. + Hona deskribatzen dituen taula laburra: +\layout Standard +\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Orri-estiloa +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Aldeak +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Zutabeak +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Zatitze-maila gorena +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +article +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Laua +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Bakarra +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Bakarra +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Atala +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +report +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Laua +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Bakarra +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Bakarra +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Kapitulua +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +book +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Goiburukoak +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Bi +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Bakarra +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Kapitulua +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +letter +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Laua +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Bakarra +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Bakarra +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +bat ere ez +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +linuxdoc +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Laua +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Bakarra +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Bakarra +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Atala +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +aapaper +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Laua +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Bi +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Bi +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Atala +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +amsart +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Goiburukoak +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Bakarra +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Bakarra +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Atala +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +dinbrief +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Laua +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Bakarra +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Bakarra +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +bat ere ez +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +paper +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Goiburukoak +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Bakarra +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Bakarra +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Atala +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Klase hauetan ez dago +\family sans +Aukera\SpecialChar ~ +osagarriak +\family default +-entzako lehenetsitako baliorik. +\layout Standard + +"Zatitze-maila gorena"k zer demontre adierazten duen galdetzen ariko zara. + Zatien izenburuak sortzeko paragrafo-ingurune ezberdinak daude. + Dokumentu-klase ezberdinek zatien izenburu-mota ezberdinak eskaintzen dituzte. + Birek bakarrik erabiltzen dute +\family sans +Kapitulua +\family default + izenburua; beste guztiek ez, ordea, eta +\family sans +Atal +\family default + izenburuekin hasten dira. + Zenbait dokumentu-klasek, gutunetako hiruk bezala, ez dute zatitzeko izenbururi +k erabiltzen. + Horretaz gain, +\family sans +Kapitulu +\family default + eta +\family sans +Atal +\family default + izenburuekin batera badaude +\family sans +Azpiatal +\family default +, +\family sans +Azpiazpiatal +\family default + eta antzekoentzako izenburuak. + Izenburuei buruzkoa +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:paringurizenburu} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atalean zehatz-mehatz azaltzen ditugu. +\layout Subsection + +Lehenetsitakoak egokitzea +\layout Standard + +Ederto, badakigu ez dizugula inoiz +\family sans +Klasea +\family default + botoiarekin ezartzen diren "lehenetsitako aukerak" gehienen gaineko aipamenik + egin. + Horretarako dago atal hau. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +\bar under +O +\bar default +rri-estiloa +\family default + Hau beste zerrenda bat da, bost aukera ditu. + Orrialde bateko izenburua eta orrialde-zenbakiaren mota kontrolatzen ditu: +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +LaTeX-ek lantzen du zati hau. +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Lehenetsia\SpecialChar ~ +(Default) +\family default + Uneko klasearen orri-estilo lehenetsia erabiltzen du. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Hutsa\SpecialChar ~ +(Empty) +\family default + Goiburukorik eta orrialde-zenbakirik gabekoa. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Laua\SpecialChar ~ +(Plain) +\family default + Orraialde-zenbakiak soilik. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Izenburuak\SpecialChar ~ +(Headings) +\family default + Orrialde-zenbakiak eta uneko kapituluaren edo atalaren izenburu eta zenbakia. + LyX-ek uneko kapitulua edo uneko atala noiz erabiliko duen zatitze-maila + gorenaren menpe dago. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Sofistikatua\SpecialChar ~ +(Fancy) +\family default + Honek goiburukoa eta orri-oina pertsonalizatzeko aukera eskaintzen dizu, + baldin eta +\family sans +fancyhdr +\family default + instalatuta baduzu. + Oraingoz, LyX-en euskarria ezarpen hauetara mugatua dago. + Pakete honen gaitasun osoa erabiltzeko, zure hitzaurreko kode sorginduak + gainditu beharko dituzu. + Egiaztatu dokumentazioa +\family sans +fancyhdr +\family default + paketeari buruzko xehetasunak irakurtzeko. +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Aldeak +\family default + ez, LyX-ek ezin dio zure inprimagailuari paper bateko bi aldeetatik aldi + berean inprimatzeko agindu! Hala eta guztiz ere, orrialde bakoitientzat + darabilen formatua bikotientzat dabilenaren aldean ezberdina izan daiteke. + Horrela, inprimazio bikoitza duen inprimagailu bat badaukazu, adib. + orri bateko bi aldeetan inprimatzen du, orrialdetako zenbakiak beti goi + eta eskuineko ertzean azalduko dira, eta ezkerreko marjinak lotura batentzako + txokoa izango du. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Bi aukera-botoi daude hemen: +\family sans +Bat +\family default + alde bateko dokumentuentzat, +\family sans +Bi +\family default + bi aldetako dokumentuentzat. +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Zutabeak +\family default + Bai, orrialde bakoitzean zenbat zutabe egongo diren kontrolatzen du. + Txandakatze-botoiak erabiliz, aukeratu +\family sans +Bat +\family default + edo +\family sans +Bi +\family default + zutabekoa izango den. +\begin_deeper +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Oharra +\emph default +: LyX-ek pantailan ez ditu bi zutabe bistaratzen. + Ez baitauka praktikotasunik, eta irakurgaitz bihurtu eta WYSIWYM izaeratik + at gelditzen da. + Hala ere, sortzen den irteerak bi zutabe izango ditu. +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Aukera\SpecialChar ~ +gehigarriak +\family default + LaTeX +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default + komandoak hainbat argumentu jaso ditzake. + LyX-ek horietariko batzuk automatikoki ezartzen ditu. + Testu- eremuak bestelakoak sartzea eskaintzen dizu. + Bereizi komaz argumentuen zerrenda. + Ikus LaTeX-i buruzko liburu on bat jakiteko nolako argumentu gehigarriak + erabil ditzakezun. + +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Bereizketa +\family default + Bere zatia dauka, xehetasun gehiagorako, irakur +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:parkoskabarne} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala. +\layout Subsection + +Paper tamaina, orientazioa eta marjinak +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoan bestelako aukera asko daude. + Guztiak aukera orokorrak dira, bakoitzak zeregin berezia dauka eta ezaugarri + batzuei eragiten die. + Eragiten dieten ezaugarrien atalean aukera horiek egiten dutena azalduko + dugu. +\layout Standard + +Dokumentu guztiaren diseinuari eragiten dioten bi aukera daude, horiek azalduko + ditugu lehenbizi. + +\family sans +Diseinua +\family default + menuko +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Papera +\family default + fitxan aurkituko dituzu: +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Orientazioa +\family default + Bi txandakatze-botoiek erabakitzen dute bertikalki edo horizontalki noiz + inprimatu. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Paper-tamaina +\family default + Zein tamainako paperean inprimatuko den. + Hona aukerak: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Lehenetsia +\layout Itemize + +A3, A4, A5 +\layout Itemize + +B3, B4, B5 +\layout Itemize + +US gutuna +\layout Itemize + +US legala +\layout Itemize + +US exekutiboa +\layout Itemize + +Pertsonalizatua +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Ezarpen hauetariko batzuk +\family sans +geometry +\family default + paketea instalatuta edukitzea eskatzen dute. + Pakete honek paperaren marjinak ezartzen ere utziko dizu. +\layout Subsection + +Ohar garrantzitsua +\layout Standard + +Dokumentu baten klasea aldatzen baduzu, LyX-ek gauza denak klase berrira + bihurtuko ditu. + Paragrafo-inguruneak ere bai. + Zenbait paragrafo-ingurune estandarrak dira; dokumentu-klase guztiek dauzkate. + Klase batzuek paragrafoen ingurune bereziak dituzte. + Hori bada kasua, eta dokumentuaren klasea aldatzen baduzu, LyX-ek galdutako + paragrafo-inguruneak +\family sans +Estandarra +\family default + motakora bihurtuko ditu eta paragrafoaren hasieran errore-kutxa bat txertatuko + du. + Klikatu horietan eta mezu bat kaleratuko da, zertan huts egin duen azalduz. +\layout Section + +Paragrafoen koskatze eta bereizmena +\layout Subsection + +Sarrera +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:parkoskabarne} + +\end_inset + +Paragrafo-ingurune guztiak azaldu aurretik, paragrafoen koskatzea azaldu + nahiko genuke. +\layout Standard + +Badirudi bakoitzak paragrafo bat bereizteko bere konbentzio propioa daukala. + Amerikar gehienek paragrafoaren lehen lerroa koskatzen dute. + Beste batzuek ez dute koskatzen, baina paragrafo artean tarte gehiago sartzen + dute. + LyX-ek tipografia-arloan erabiltzen dutenen hitzarmena darabil. + Atal bateko +\emph on +lehen +\emph default + (edo irudi, ekuazio, taula, zerrenda edo bestelako batzuen ondorengo) paragrafo +a +\emph on +ez +\emph default + da koskatzen. + Bakarrik paragrafo bat, beste baten jarraian dagoena, koskatuta egongo + da. + Zenbaitek ez du hitzarmen hau gustuko, koskatutako paragrafoak erabiltzea + nahi baduzu honekin moldatu beharko duzu. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + Derrigortu dezakezu LaTeX-ek paragrafo guztiak koska ditzan. + LyX-ek ez du erakusten, noski, baina LaTeX-ek era horretan inprima dezake. + Pakete berezi bat behar duzu eta hitzaurrean dagokion komandoa txertatu. + ( +\emph on +Editorearen oharra +\emph default +: honi buruzko informazioa egunen batean sartuko dut, denbora dudanean.- + jw). +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Paragrafo, lerro, izenburu eta testu arteko tartea (eta beste edozeren artekoa + ere) LyX-ek aurre-finkatuta dauka. + Esan ohi dugunez, ez zaitez kezkatu horien arteko tarteez, LyX arduratuko + baita. + Izatez, aurre-finkatutako tarte bertikal hauek ez dira zenbaki soilak, + barruti bat baizik. + Horrela, lerro arteko tartea zabaldu edo gutxitu dezake testua daukan orrialde + batean irudia sartzen dela ziurtatzeko, atala ez dadin orrialdearen bukaeran + hasi, eta horrelakoak kudeatzeko +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Gaur egun, LaTeX-ek egiten du hori LyX-ek inprimagarria den fitxategia sortzerak +oan. + +\end_inset + +. + Nola nahi ere, aurre-finkatuta egoteak ez du esan nahi ezin denik aldatu. + LyX-ek aurre-ezarritako tarte guzti horiek aldatzeko aukera eskaintzen + dizu. + Xehetasun gehiago beherago azalduko ditugu. +\layout Subsection + +Koskatze-metodo orokorra +\layout Standard + +Paragrafoak bereizten duen metodo lehenetsia hautatzeko, joan +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okumentua +\family default + menura. + Hortik +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoa irekitzen da. + Hautatu +\family sans +Koska +\family default + paragrafoak koskatzeko, edo +\family sans +Jauzia +\family default + paragrafo artean tartea gehitzeko. +\layout Subsection + +Fintzea +\layout Standard + +Paragrafo bakar baten bereizmena ere alda dezakezu. + +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +aragrafoa +\family default + menua aukeratuz +\family sans +Paragrafo\SpecialChar ~ +diseinua +\family default + elkarrizketa-koadroa irekitzen da. + Uneko paragrafoaren egoera aldatzeko, txandakatu +\family sans +Koskarik\SpecialChar ~ +gabe +\family default + botoia. + Lehenetsi gisa paragrafoa koskatuta bada, botoi hau sakatzean desaktibatuko + du. + Paragrafoak ez badira koskatzen baina bereizteko tarte gehigarria erabiltzen + badu, botoi honi ez zaio jaramonik egingo (ezin duzu hau txandakatuz paragrafo + bakar bat koskatu). +\layout Standard + +Paragrafo bakar batentzako koskatze-metodoa aldatzea nahikoa izango duzu + zenbait fintasun landu nahi izanez gero. + Normalean, dokumentu osoarentzat +\family sans +Koska +\family default + edo +\family sans +Jauzia +\family default + hautatu beharko duzu eta berriro editatu. +\layout Subsection + +Lerro-tartea aldatzea +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoan lerro-tarteak aldatzeko aukera eskaintzen zaizu, instalatuta egotea + komeniko litzatekeen +\family sans +setspace +\family default + paketearen bitartez. +\layout Section + +Paragrafo-inguruneak +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:par-ingurunea} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Azalpen laburra +\layout Standard + +Paragrafoen inguruneak LaTeX fitxategi arrunt bateko hainbat +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{ +\family default +\emph on +ingurunea +\family typewriter +\emph default +} ... + +\backslash +end{ +\family default +\emph on +ingurunea +\family typewriter +\emph default +} +\family default + komando sekuentziei dagokie. + Ez baduzu LaTeX ezagutzen, edo paragrafo-inguruneak erabat arrotzak badituzu, + +\emph on +Tutoretza +\emph default + irakurtzea biziki aholkatzen dizugu. + +\emph on +Tutoretzak +\emph default + atal honetan agertzen direnak baino adibide gehiago ditu. +\layout Standard + +Paragrafo-ingurune bat paragrafoaren "edukitzaile" bat da, paragrafo horri + propietate batzuk ematen dizkio. + Honek letra-estilo, marjina ezberdinak, zenbakera eskema, etiketak eta + bestelako propietateak ditu. + Horretaz gain, inguruneak elkarren artean, bata bestearen barruan, habiara + ditzakezu, ingurune batek beste baten propietateak heredatuz. +\layout Standard + +Paragrafo-inguruneek tabuladorearen beharra, marjinak egokitzea eta idazmakinen + garai zahar haiek desagerrarazten dute. + Dokumentu-mota bakoitzarentzat bereziki prestatutako hainbat paragrafo-ingurune + daude. + Hemen horietariko orokorrenak aipatuko ditugu. +\layout Standard + +Paragrafo-ingurune berri bat aukeratzeko, ireki tresna-barraren ezkerrean + dagoen zerrenda. + LyX-ek kurtsorea kokatuta dagoen paragrafo osoko ingurunea aldatuko du. + Paragrafo-multzo batean ere alda daiteke, hautatu horretarako paragrafo-multzoa +, eta ondoren aukeratu ingurune berria. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Lerro-itzulera +\family default + zapaltzen baduzu normalean +\family sans +Estandarra +\family default + ingurunea darabilen paragrafo berri bat sortuko du. + "Normalean" esan dugu zeren eta hau ez baita kasua +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Ingurune hauetariko batean bazaude: +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +vspace{-2ex} +\backslash +parbox[t]{3cm}{ +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Zita +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Zitazioa +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +} +\backslash +parbox[t]{3cm}{ +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Bertsoa +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Elementua +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +} +\backslash +parbox[t]{3cm}{ +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Azalpena +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +} +\backslash +parbox[t]{3cm}{ +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Zerrenda +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek aurreko paragrafo-ingurunea mantenduko du lerro itzulera sakatzen + duzunean, +\family sans +Estandarra +\family default + ingurunera joan beharrean. + LyX-ek habiaratze-sakonera guztiak berrasieratuko ditu, hala ere. +\end_inset + +. + Gehienetan, paragrafo berri bat hasterakoan bai paragrafo-ingurunea bai + habiaratze-sakonera berrasieratzen dira (habiaratzeari buruzko azalpen + gehiago +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:habiaratu} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atalean aurkituko duzu). + Oraingoz, hau dena testuinguruaren araberakoa da; hobe duzu Lerro-itzulera + erabiltzea paragrafo-ingurunea eta sakonera barrasieratzeko. + Uneko ingurunea darabilen paragrafo berri bat sortzea nahi baduzu, orduan + erabili +\family sans +M-Lerro-itzulera +\family default +. +\layout Subsection + +Estandarra +\layout Standard + +Lehenetsitako paragrafo-ingurunea +\family sans +Estandarra +\family default + izan ohi da klase gehienentzako. + Paragrafo laua sortzen du. + LyX-ek paragrafo-ingurunea berrasieratuko balu, hau aukeratuko luke. + Egitez, orain irakurtzen ari zaren paragrafoa (eta eskuliburu honetako + gehiengoa) +\family sans +Estandarra +\family default + ingurunean dago. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Estandarra +\family default + ingurunea duen paragrafo bat beste gauza batean habiara dezakezu, baina + beste edozer gauza ezin da +\family sans +Estandarra +\family default + ingurunean habiaratu. +\layout Subsection + +Dokumentu-tituluak +\layout Standard + +LaTeX-eko tituludun orri batek hiru zati ditu: titulu bera, egilearen izena + eta eskertzeko edo harremanetarako informaziorako "oin-ohar" bat. + Dokumentu-mota batzuentzat LaTeX-ek hauek denak eguneko datarekin bereiztutako + orrialde batean jartzen ditu. + Bestelako dokumentu motentzako, tituludun "orria" dokumentuko lehen orrialdeare +n gainean doa. +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek tituludun orria kudeatzeko interfazea eskaintzen du, paragrafo-inguruneen + bitartez: +\family sans +Titulua +\family default +, +\family sans +Egilea +\family default + eta +\family sans +Data +\family default +. + Ondoren nola erabiltzen diren azaltzen da: +\layout Itemize + +Jarri zure dokumentuko titulua +\family sans +Titulua +\family default + ingurunearekin. +\layout Itemize + +Jarri egilearen izena +\family sans +Egilea +\family default + ingurunearekin. +\layout Itemize + +Data nolabaiteko itxurarekin jartzea, data finkoa erabiltzea edo bestelako + testua egungo dataren ordez eduki nahi baduzu, orduan jarri testu hori + +\family sans +Data +\family default + ingurunearekin. + Ohartu zaitez ingurune hau aukerazkoa dela. + Ez baduzu ezer ematen, LaTeX-ek automatikoki gaurko data txertatuko du. +\layout Standard + +Ziurta zaitez hau dena dokumentuaren gainean jartzeaz. + Oin-oharrak erabil ditzakezu "esker onak" edo harremanetarako helbideak + txertatzeko. +\layout Subsection + +Izenburuak +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:paringurizenburu} + +\end_inset + +Atalen izenburuak sortzeko bederatzi paragrafo-ingurune daude. + LyX arduratuko da guztien zenbaketaz, zure ordez. + Egin behar duzun bakarra zera da, 9.\SpecialChar ~ +kapituluko 3.\SpecialChar ~ +atalari zein izen jarriko + diozun erabakitzea. +\layout Subsubsection + +Zenbatutako izenburuak +\layout Standard + +Zenbatutako 6 izenburu-atal mota daude. +\begin_inset Note +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Zergatik ez da +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Zatia +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + (Part) buruzkorik aipatzen? +\end_inset + + Hauek dira: +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Kapitulua +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Atala +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Azpiatala +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Azpiazpiatala +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Paragrafoa +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Azpiparagrafoa +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek izenburu bakoitza zenbakien seriearekin etiketatzen du, puntuekin + bereiztuz. + Izenburu hauek dokumentua hainbat testu zati ezberdinetan zatitzen dute. + Adibidez, demagun liburu bat idazten ari zarela. + Liburua kapituluetan banatzen duzu. + LyX-ek antzeko banaketak egiten ditu: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Kapitulua +\family default + edo +\family sans +Atala +\family default + zatitze-maila gorena da. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Kapitulua +\family default + hainbat +\family sans +Ataletan +\family default + zatitzen da. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Atalak +\family default + hainbat +\family sans +Azpiataletan +\family default + zatitzen dira. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Azpiatalak +\family default + hainbat +\family sans +Azpiazpiataletan +\family default + zatitzen dira. +\layout Itemize + +Azpiazpiatalak hainbat Paragrafotan zatitzen dira. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Paragrafoak +\family default + hainbat +\family sans +Azpiparagrafotan +\family default + zatitzen dira. +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Oharra +\emph default +: dokumentu guztiek ez dute +\family sans +Kapitulua +\family default + izenburua erabiltzen zatitze-maila goren bezala. + Kasu horietan +\family sans +Atala +\family default + izaten da mailarik goreneko izenburua. +\layout Standard + +Beraz, azpiazpiatal berri bat etiketatzeko +\family sans +Azpiazpiatala +\family default + ingurunea erabiltzen baduzu, LyX-ek dagokion zenbakiarekin etiketatuko + du. + Zenbaki horrek azpiataleko, ataleko eta kapituluaren (existituz gero) zenbakia + ere edukiko luke. + Adibidez, liburu honen bigarren kapituluko bosgarren atalak "2.5" etiketa + dauka. +\layout Subsubsection + +Zenbatu gabeko izenburuak +\layout Standard + +Zenbatu gabeko 3 izenburu atal-mota daude. + Hauek dira: +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Atala* +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Azpiatala* +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Azpiazpiatala* +\layout Standard + +Izen bakoitzaren ondorengo izartxoak ("*") izenburu horiek zenbatu gabekoak + direla esanahi du. + Horiek beraiei dagokien zenbatutako kopiak bezala lan egiten dute. +\layout Subsubsection + +Zenbakera aldatzea +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{azpi:atal-sakon} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Zein atal maila mota zenbatuko den eta zeintzuk edukien aurkibidean azalduko + diren alda ditzakezu. + Orain, horrek ez du mailarik kentzen; dokumentu-klasean aurre-ezarrita + baitago. + Klase batzuk +\family sans +Kapitulua +\family default +-rekin hasi eta +\family sans +Azpiparagrafo +\family default + mailaraino jaisten dira. + Beste batzuk +\family sans +Atala +\family default + mailatik hasten dira. + Era berean, dokumentu-klase guztiek ez dituzte zatitze-maila guztiak zenbatzen. + Gehiengo batek ez du +\family sans +Paragrafo +\family default + edo +\family sans +Azpiparagrafo +\family default + mailarik zenbatzen. + Hori alda dezakezun gauza bat da. +\layout Standard + +Ireki +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + elkarrizketa-koadroa ( +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okumentua +\family default + menua). + +\family sans +Zenbakera +\family default + fitxako +\family sans +Zenbaki\SpecialChar ~ +sakonera +\family default + markoan +\family sans +Atala +\family default + izeneko zenbatzaile bat ikusiko duzu. + Zenbatzaile honek zatitze-hierarkian jaisten doan heinean LyX-ek zatitze-izenbu +ruak noraino zenbatuko dituen kudeatzen du. + Zoritxarrez, aukera ditzakezun zenbakiak oso gutxi dira, ikus ondorengo + taulan zein baliok zer egiten duen: +\layout Standard +\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Atal zbki. + sakonera +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek zenbatzen dituen +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +balioa +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +: +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +ataleko goiburukoak +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +: +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +-2 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +inolako zenbaketarik ez +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +-1 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +gehitu +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\family sans +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default +Zatiak +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +-0 +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default +eta +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + 0 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +gehitu +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default +Kapituluak +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +1 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +gehitu +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default +Atalak +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +2 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +gehitu +\family sans +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default +Azpiatalak +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +3 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +gehitu +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\family sans +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default +Azpiazpiatalak +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +4 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +gehitu +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\family sans +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default +Paragrafoak +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +5 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +gehitu +\family sans + Azpiparagrafoak +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Zenbaki gorakorrak metatzen dira: "0" balioak zati eta kapituluak zenbatuko + ditu; "2" balioak, berriz, zati, kapitulu, atal eta azpiatalak. + Noski, zati edo kapitulurik erabiltzen ez duen dokumentu-klase bat (adib. + artikulu klasea) +\family sans +Atala +\family default + izenburuarekin zenbatzen hasiko denez, "0" balio bat "ez zenbatzea"-ri + dagokio. +\layout Standard + +Dokumentu-ezarpenen leihoan beste zenbatzaile bat dago, " +\family sans +Gaien\SpecialChar ~ +aurkibidea +\family default +" izenekoa. + Horrek +\family sans +Atala +\family default + eremua bezala lan egiten du, eta gaien aurkibidean agertuko diren atalen + maila zehazten du. + Kontuan edukitzea komeni den kontrol bat da. + Demagun zatien izenburu guztiak zenbatu nahi dituzula, baina +\family sans +Kapituluak +\family default +, +\family sans +Atalak +\family default + eta +\family sans +Azpiatalak +\family default + bakarrik nahi dituzula edukien aurkibidean. + Horretarako, sartu +\family sans +Atala +\family default + eremuan "5" eta +\family sans + Gaien\SpecialChar ~ +aurkibidea +\family default + eremuan "2" eta kitto! Egina duzu. +\layout Subsubsection + +Informazio berezia +\layout Standard + +Informazio hau bai +\family sans +Kapitulua +\family default +, +\family sans +Atala +\family default +, +\family sans +Azpiatala +\family default +, +\family sans +Azpiazpiatala +\family default +, +\family sans +Paragrafoa +\family default +, +\family sans +Azpiparagrafoa +\family default + bai +\family sans +Atala* +\family default +, +\family sans +Azpiatala* +\family default + eta +\family sans +Azpiazpiatala* +\family default + inguruneei dagokie: +\layout Itemize + +Ezin duzu albo-oharrik erabili ingurune hauetan. +\layout Itemize + +Lerro-barneko matematikak erabil ditzakezu ingurune hauetan. +\layout Itemize + +Ezin duzu inolako habiaraketarik landu ingurune hauetan. +\layout Itemize + +Etiketa eta erreferentzia gurutzatuak erabil ditzakezu beraien zenbakiei + aipamena egiteko. +\layout Standard + +Paragrafo-ingurune hauen adibideak aurkitzeko zure inguruan begiratu! Eskuliburu +etako edozein lekutan erabiltzen ari gara. +\layout Subsubsection + +Eranskina sortzea +\layout Standard + +Eranskin bat sortzeko, gehitu kapitulu edo ataleko izenburu berri bat. + Mugitu kurtsorea izenburuaren hasierara eta hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Hasi\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +e +\bar default +ranskina\SpecialChar ~ +hemen +\family default +. + Gorri/marroi koloredun lauki bat marraztuko da fitxategiaren ertzetan zehar, + zerbait berezia dagoela esanez, eta kapitulu edo atalaren zenbakia hizki + batera aldatua izango da. +\layout Subsection + +Zitak eta bertsoak +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek olerkiak eta zitazioak idazteko hiru paragrafo-ingurune dauzka. + +\family sans +Zita +\family default +, +\family sans +Zitazioa +\family default + eta +\family sans +Bertsoa +\family default + inguruneak dira. + Ahaztu lerro-tarteak eta marjinekin jolasean ibiltzen zinen aspaldiko garai + haietaz. + Hiru paragrafo-ingurune hauek barnean daramatzate aldaketak. + Ezkerreko marjinatik urrundu eta daukaten testuari goi eta azpiko tartea + gehitzen diote. + Hauek ere habiara daitezke, beraz +\family sans +Bertso +\family default + bat Zitazio baten barruan jar dezakezu, edo beste paragrafo-ingurune batean + ere. +\layout Standard + +Hiru paragrafo-ingurune hauek beste ezaugarri bat dute: paragrafo berri + bat hasterakoan ez dira +\family sans +Estandarra +\family default + ingurunera berrasieratzen. + Hori dela eta, olerki bat idatzi eta bizi-poz osoz +\family sans +Lerro-itzulera +\family default + sakatzen jardun dezakezu paragrafo-ingurune aldaketari buruzko kezkarik + gabe. + Noski, esanahi duena da olerki bat idazten ari zarenean, zuk +\family sans +Estandarra +\family default + ingurunera eskuz aldatu beharko duzula. +\layout Subsubsection + +Zita eta zitazioa +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:zita} + +\end_inset + +Hiru inguruneen arteko berdintasunak erakutsi ditugunez, ezberdintasunetara + jotzeko garaia dugu. + +\family sans +Zita +\family default + eta +\family sans +Zitazioa +\family default + antzekoak dira, gauza batean izan ezik: +\family sans +Zita +\family default + inguruneak paragrafoen arteko tarte gehiago erabiltzen du eta aurreneko + lerroa ez du inoiz koskatzen. + +\family sans +Zitazioak +\family default +, berriz, beti koskatzen du paragrafo bateko lehenbiziko lerroa eta lerro + arteko tarte berdina erabiltzen du. +\layout Standard + +Ondoren, +\family sans +Zita +\family default + ingurunearen adibide bat: +\layout Quote + +Hau +\family sans +Zita +\family default + ingurunea da. + Idazten jarraitu dezaket, lerro hau luzeagoa izateko eta ondorengora jaitsi + arte esaldia zerbaitekin bete behar dudalako. + Ikusten duzunez, ez du lerrorik koskatzen! +\layout Quote + + +\family sans +Zita +\family default + honetako bigarren paragrafoa duzu. + Berriro ere, aurreko paragrafoan gertatu den bezala, hemen ez da ezer koskatzen. + Hori bai, bi paragrafoen arteko tartea handiagoa dela esango genuke, ez? +\layout Standard + +Adibidea hemen amaitu da. + Beste adibide bat dator ordea, +\family sans +Zitazioa +\family default + inguruneari dagokiona, alegia: +\layout Quotation + +Hau +\family sans +Zitazioa +\family default + ingurunea da. + Idazten jarraitzen badut, lehenbiziko lerroa koskatua izan dela ikus ahal + izango duzu. + Zure herrialdean paragrafoaren lehenbiziko lerroa koskatzeko ohitura badu, + orduan +\family sans +Zitazioa +\family default + ingurunea zuretzako eginda dago! Egia esanda, beste testu bat aipatu behar + duzunean erabitzeko sortua izan zen. +\layout Quotation + +Ai ene, beste paragrafo berri bat! Gauzei biraka ibil ninteke, politikoak + bezala hauteskunde garaian. + Hori eginez gero aspertuko zintuzket. +\layout Standard + +Hori izan da gure beste adibidea. + Adibidearekin jabetuko zinen +\family sans +Zita +\family default + ingurunea paragrafoen arteko tarte gehigarria erabiltzen dutenentzat dela. + Beraz, zitak +\family sans +Zita +\family default + ingurunean jartzen dituzte. + Paragrafo berria koskatuta hastea nahi dutenentzat +\family sans +Zitazioa +\family default + ingurunea dago. +\layout Subsubsection + +Bertsoa +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:bertsoa} + +\end_inset + +Bertsoa ingurunea olerki, errimak, bertsoak eta antzekoetarako da. + Hona adibide bat: +\layout Verse + +Hau bertso bat da +\newline +baina ez da zortziko txikia! +\layout Verse + +Okerrago izan zitekeen. + Lerro hau oso luzea, edo agian luzeegia izan zitekeen, pantaila guztia + berak estaltzeko adinakoa. + Pantailan oso ongi ikusten da, baina inprimatzeko bertsioan, lerro gehigarriak + lehenbizikoa baino zertxobait gehiago koskatzen dira. + Ongi, prosara itzuliko da, eta ez da gehiago errima bat izango. + Jarraitu niri, hori da eta! +\layout Verse + +Lerro bat hausteko +\newline +Eta gauza txukunak azaltzeko +\newline +Erabili +\family sans +C-Lerro-itzulera +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Ikus dezakezunez, +\family sans +Bertsoak +\family default + ez ditu bi marjinak koskatzen. + Bertso edo olerki bateko ahapaldi bakoitzak bere paragrafo propioa du. + Ahapaldi bat banakako lerrotan bereizteko, erabili +\family sans +break-line +\family default + funtzioa, +\family sans +C-Lerro-itzulera +\family default +. +\layout Subsection + +Zerrendak +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:paringuzerren} + +\end_inset + +LyX-ek lau paragrafo-ingurune ezberdin ditu zerrendekin lan egiteko. + +\family sans +Elementua +\family default + eta +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default + inguruneetan LyX-ek zerrendako elementu bakoitza bulet edo zenbakiekin + etiketatzen du, hurrenez hurren. + +\family sans +Azalpena +\family default + eta +\family sans +Zerrenda +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Itzultzailearen oharra: dokumentu-klasearen arabea, batzuetan +\family sans +Zerrenda +\family default + ingurunearen ordez +\family sans +Etiketatua +\family default + ingurunera egongo da. +\end_inset + + +\family default + ingurunetan LyX-ek zure etiketa propioa erabiltzen uzten dizu. + Zerrenda-mota bakoitza guztientzat orokorrak diren ezaugarrien deskribapenaren + ostean aurkeztuko dugu. +\layout Subsubsection + +Ezaugarri orokorrak +\layout Standard + +Zerrendentzat dauden lau paragrafo-inguruneak beste inguruneetatik gauza + askotan ezberdintzen dira. + Lehenik, LyX-ek paragrafo bakoitza zerrendako elementu gisa tratatzen du. + +\family sans +Lerro-itzulera +\family default + sakatuz ez du +\family sans +Estandarra +\family default + ingurunera berrasieratzen, baizik eta uneko ingurunearekin jarraituz zerrendako + elementu berri bat sortzen du. + Nola nahi ere, normalean habiaratze-sakonera berrasieratzen da. + Uneko habiaratze-sakonera eta paragrafo-ingurunea erabiltzen jarraitu nahi + baduzu, erabili +\family sans +M-Lerro-itzulera +\family default + paragrafoak bereizteko. +\layout Standard + +Edozein motatako zerrenda beste zerrenda baten barruan habiara dezakezu. + Izan ere, LyX-ek zenbait zerrenda-elementuko etiketak aldatzen ditu, habiaratut +a dauden moduaren arabera. + Edozein zerrenda-motatako paragrafo-ingurunea erabiltzeko asmoa edukiz + gero, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:habiaratu} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atal osoa irakurtzea aholkatzen dizugu. +\layout Subsubsection + +Elementua +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:elementua} + +\end_inset + +Azalduko dugun aurreneko zerrenda-mota +\family sans +Elementua +\family default + paragrafo-ingurunea izango da. + Propietate hauek ditu: +\layout Itemize + +Elementu bakoitzak bereziki bulet edo ikur bat edukiko du bere etiketa gisa. +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +LyX-ek ikur berdina erabiltzen du emandako habiaratze-maila bateko elementu + guztietan. +\layout Itemize + +Ikurra lehenbiziko lerroaren hasieran agertzen da. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Elementuak edozein zabalerakoak izan daitezke. + LyX-ek automatikoki elementu bakoitzaren ezkerraldea desplazatzen du. + Desplazamendua +\family sans +Elementua +\family default + zerrendan dagoen edozein ingurunerekiko izaten da beti. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Elementua +\family default + ingurune bat beste +\family sans +Elementua +\family default + ingurunean habiaratzen baduzu, etiketa ikur berri batera aldatuko da. +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Lau ikur ezberdin daude, lau habiaratze-mailentzat. +\layout Itemize + +LyX-ek pantailan beti ikur berdina agertuko du, izartxoa. +\layout Itemize + +Habiaratzeari buruzko azalpen gehiago +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:habiaratu} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atalean aurkituko duzu. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Noski, aurreko azalpenerako +\family sans +Elementua +\family default + zerrenda-mota erabili da. + +\family sans +Elementua +\family default + ingurunea zerrendetarako dotoreena da, baldin eta ordenak ez badu garrantzirik. +\layout Standard + +Esan dugu maila bakoitzak berari dagokion ikurra erabiltzen duela etiketatzat. + Ondoren erabil daitezkeen lau ikurren adibidea daukazu. + Konturatu zaitez eskuliburu hau pantailan irakurtzen ari bazara, horien + arteko ezberdintasunik ez duzula aurkituko. +\layout Itemize + +Lehen mailako +\family sans +Elementua +\family default +-ren etiketa puntu beltz lodi bat da, edo buleta. +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Bigarren mailako etiketa marra bat da. +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Hirugarrengoaren etiketa izartxoa da. +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Laugarrengoaren etiketa zentratutako puntua da. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Hirugarren mailara itzuli da. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Bigarren mailara itzuli da. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Kanpoeneko mailara itzuli da. +\layout Standard + +Horiek +\family sans +Elementua +\family default + zerrendarako etiketa lehenetsiak dira. + +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okumentua +\family default + menura jo eta irekitzen den elkarrizketa-koadroko +\family sans +Buletak +\family default + izeneko fitxan etiketak pertsonaliza ditzakezu. +\layout Standard + +Ohartuko zinen elementuen arteko tartea gutxitzen dela sakonera handitzen + den heinean. + Habiaratze eta sakonerei buruzko trikimailuak +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:habiaratu} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atalean azaltzen ditugu. + Ziurtatu zaitez hori irakurtzeaz! +\layout Subsubsection + +Zenbatuta +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:zenbatuta} + +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default + ingurunea eskemak eta zenbatutako zerrendak sortzeko erabiltzen den tresna + da. + Propietate hauek ditu: +\layout Enumerate + +Elementu bakoitzak zenbaki bat dauka bere etiketa gisa. +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Zenbaki-mota habiaratze-sakoneraren arabera dago. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +LyX-ek elementuak automatikoki zenbatzen ditu, baita etiketak egokiro eguneratu + ere. +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default + ingurune berri bakoitzak zenbatzailea bat baliora berrasieratzen du. +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Elementua +\family default + ingurunea bezala, +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default + inguruneak: +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Elementuak ezkerraldearekiko desplazatzen ditu. + Elementuak edozein zabaleratakoak izan daiteke. +\layout Enumerate + +Elementuen arteko tartea gutxitzen du habiaratze-sakonera gehitzen doan + heinean. +\layout Enumerate + +Habiaratze-sakoneraren arabera etiketa-mota ezberdinak erabiltzen ditu. +\layout Enumerate + +Lau habiaratze-maila arte ezkontzen uzten du. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Elementua ingurunea ez bezala, +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default +-k elementu bakoitzarentzat hainbat etiketa erakusten ditu. + Hona hemen LyX-ek nola etiketatzen dituen +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default + inguruneko lau mailak : +\layout Enumerate + +Lehen mailak ( +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default + ingurunekoak) zenbaki arabiarrak (puntu batekin jarraituz) erabiltzen ditu. +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Bigarren mailakoak parentesi artean hizki minuskulak erabiltzen ditu. +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Hirugarrenak hizki xeheak eta +\family sans +Erromatar +\family default + letra-tipokoa (segidan puntu bat jarriz) erabiltzen ditu. +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Laugarren mailak hizki larriak (puntu batekin Jarraituz) erabiltzen ditu. +\layout Enumerate + +Berriro, jakin ezazu elementuen arteko tartea gutxitzen dela habiaratze-sakonera + handitzen den heinean. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Itzuli hirugarren mailara. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Bigarrenera itzuli. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Itzuli kanpokoenera. +\layout Standard + +Beste behin, +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default + inguruneak darabilen zenbakera-mota pertsonaliza dezakezu. + Horretarako LaTeX hitzaurrean komandoak gehitu behar dira (ikus +\emph on +Ezaugarri hedatuak +\emph default + eskuliburua). + Egoera onean, pertsonalizatutakoa inprimatzeko bertsioan bakarrik erakutsiko + da, ez LyX-eko pantailan. +\layout Standard + +Hemen azaldutakoak baino habiaratze-maila gehiago dago. + Habiatzeari buruzko gauza gehiago ikasteko, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:habiaratu} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala irakurri beharko zenuke. +\layout Subsubsection + +Azalpena +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:azalpzerren} + +\end_inset + +Aurreko bi inguruneak ez bezala, +\family sans +Azalpena +\family default + zerrendak ez du etiketarik jartzen. + Horren ordez, LyX-ek lehenbiziko lerroko lehen "hitza" erabiltzen du etiketa + gisa. + Ikus adibidea: +\layout Description + +Adibidea: Hau Azalpena inguruneko adibide bat da. +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek etiketa letra lodiarekin konposatzen du, eta etiketa eta lerroko + gainerakoaren artean tarte gehigarri bat jartzen dio. +\layout Standard + +Orain, galde dezakezu ea zer esan nahi dugun "lerroko lehen 'hitza'" esaldiareki +n. + +\family sans +Zuriune +\family default + teklak ez du zuriune karakterea gehitzen, hitz bat beste batetik bereizten + du bakarrik. + +\family sans +Azalpena +\family default + ingurunean, +\family sans +Zuriunea +\family default + teklak LyX-i etiketaren amaiera non dagoen esaten dio, baldin eta elementuaren + lehenbiziko lerroaren hasieran bagaude. +\layout Standard + +Hala ere, zer gertatzen da +\family sans +Azalpena +\family default + ingurunean hitz bat baino gehiagok osatu behar badute etiketa? Erraza: + erabili +\family sans +Zuriune\SpecialChar ~ +babestua +\family default + ( +\family sans +C-Zuriunea +\family default + edo erabili +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Hizki\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +b +\bar default +erezia +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +\bar under +Z +\bar default +uriune\SpecialChar ~ +babestua +\family default + menua. + Ikus +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:htartea} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala xehetasun gehiagorako). + Hemen daukazu adibide bat: +\layout Description + +Bigarren\SpecialChar ~ +adibidea: Honek +\family sans +Azalpena +\family default + zerrendako elementu bateko etiketan +\family sans +Zuriune\SpecialChar ~ +babestua +\family default + nola erabiltzen duen erakusten du. +\layout Description + +Erabilera: +\family sans +Azalpena +\family default + ingurunea definizio eta teorementzako erabili beharko zenuke. + Hitz bat bere azalpenetik bereizteko erabiltzen da. + Ez da egokia deskribatzea nahi duzun sententzia oso baterako +\family sans +Azalpena +\family default + ingurunea erabiltzea. + Hobe duzu +\family sans +Elementua +\family default + edo +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default + eta barruan habiaratuta hainbat +\family sans +Estandarra +\family default + paragrafo-mota erabiltzea. +\layout Description + +Habiaratu: Beste ingurune batzuen barruan +\family sans +Azalpena +\family default + ingurunea habiara dezakezu. +\layout Standard + +Jabetuko zinen LyX-ek, lehenbiziko lerroaren ostean, paragrafo berdineko + beste lerro guztiak lehenarekiko koskatzen dituela. +\layout Subsubsection + +LyX-eko Zerrenda +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:lyxzerren} + +\end_inset + +Zerrenda +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Itzultzailearen oharra +\emph default +: atal honetan adierazitakoa +\family sans +Etiketatua +\family default + ingurunerako ere baliagarria da. +\end_inset + + ingurunea LaTeX-entzako LyX luzapen bat da. +\layout Standard + +Orain, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:elementua} + +\end_inset + + eta +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:azalpzerren} + +\end_inset + + atalak irakurri gabe honantz etorri bazara, ergelkeri bat egin duzu. + +\family sans +Zerrenda +\family default + inguruneak ez du zenbatutako zerrendarik sortzen. + Hori +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default +-k egiten du, eta +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:zenbatuta} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atalean aurkituko duzu. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Azalpena +\family default + ingurunean bezala, +\family sans +Zerrenda +\family default + inguruneak erabiltzaileak definitutako etiketak erabiltzen ditu zerrendako + elementu bakoitzaren etiketa gisa. + Zenbait ezberdintasun daude bestelako hiru zerrenda-motekin konparatuz: +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +elementu-etiketak +\family default + LyX-ek lerroaren aurreneko "hitza" elementu-etiketa bezala erabiltzen du. + Paragrafoko lehenbiziko zuriuneak etiketaren amaiera markatzen du. + Etiketa bezala hitz bat baino gehiago behar baduzu, erabili +\family sans +Zuriune\SpecialChar ~ +babestuak +\family default +, arestian azaldu den antzera. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +marjinak +\family default + Ikusi duzunez, LyX-ek hainbat marjina erabiltzen ditu elementuaren etiketa + eta gorputzarentzat. + Testuaren gorputzak ezkerraldetik desplazamendu handiagoa dauka, lehenetsitako + etiketa gehi zenbait zuriune gehituta bezalakoa izanik. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +etiketa-zabalera +\family default + LyX-ek etiketaren zabalerako bi hauetariko bat erabiltzen du: etiketa edo + lehenetsitako luzeretatik handiena erabiltzen du. + Oraingo etiketa luzeagoa bada, etiketa lehen lerrora "zabaldua" izango + da. + Beste era batera esanda, lehen lerroko testua ez da gainerakoak darabilen + marjinarekin lerrokatzen. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +zabalera-lehenetsi +\family default +a Zabalera hau lehenetsi gisa ezar dezakezu. + Gaur egun nahiko erraza izaten da. + Horrela +\family sans +Zerrenda +\family default + ingurune bateko elementuen testuek ezkerraldeko marjina berdina erabiltzen + dutela ziurta dezakezu. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +erabilera +\family default + +\family sans +Zerrenda +\family default + ingurunea +\family sans +Azalpena +\family default + zerrenda bezala erabili beharko zenuke: erabili hitz baten deskripzioa + landu behar duzunean. + Hori egiteko, +\family sans +Zerrenda +\family default + inguruneak beste bide bat eskaintzen dizu, amaierako diseinu ezberdin bat + erabiltzea. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +habiaratzea +\family default + Beste ingurune batzuen barruan +\family sans +Zerrenda +\family default + ingurunea habiara dezakezu. + Beste zerrenda paragrafo-ingurune bezala lantzen dira. + Habiarazteari buruzko xehetasun gehiagorako, irakur +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:habiaratu} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala. +\layout Standard + +Ikus dezakezunez, funtzio guztiak dituen paragrafo-ingurune bat da! +\layout Standard + +Etiketaren zabalera lehenetsia aldatzeko, hautatu aldatu nahi diren zerrendako + elementuak. + Nahi baduzu, kurtsorea zerrendan mugitu aldatu nahi duzun elementuaren + gainean jarri arte. + Orain, ireki +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +aragrafoa +\family default + menua eta joan +\family sans +Etiketa\SpecialChar ~ +zabalera +\family default + eremura. + Eremu horretako testuak lehenetsitako etiketa-zabalera zehazten du. + Bene-benetan nahi baduzu, zure etiketarik luzeenaren testua hemen erabil + dezakezu, baina ez da beharrezkoa. + " +\family sans +M +\family default +" hizkia hainbat aldiz erabiltzea aholkatzen dizugu. + Zabalera handiena duen hizkia da eta LaTeX-eko zabalera-unitate estandarra + da. + Adibideko +\family sans +Zerrendaren +\family default + lehenetsitako etiketa-zabalera 6 " +\family sans +M +\family default +" luzerakoa da. + +\family sans +Etiketa-zabalera +\family default + eremuan " +\family sans +M +\family default +" erabiltzeak beste abantaila bat dauka: ez daukazu +\family sans +Zerrenda +\family default + ingurunea aldatzen duzun bakoitzean +\family sans +Etiketa-zabalera +\family default + eremuaren edukia aldatu beharrik. +\layout Standard + +Aipatu behar dizugun +\family sans +Zerrenda +\family default + inguruneko beste ezaugarri bat dago. + Adibideetan ikusi ahal izan duzunez, LyX-ek ezker-justifikazioarekin jartzen + ditu elementuen etiketak. + +\family sans +Lerro-betetzailea +\family default +k (edo +\family sans +HBete +\family default +) erabil ditzakezu LyX-ek etiketei ezartzen diren lerrokadura aldatzeko. + Lerro-betetzaileei buruzkoak +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:htartea} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atalean ezartzen dira. + Ikus adibide batzuk: +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Ezkerrean +\family default + +\family sans +Zerrendako +\family default + elementu-etiketen lehenespena. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans + +\hfill +Eskuinean +\family default + +\family sans +Lerro\SpecialChar ~ +betetzailea +\family default + etiketaren hasieran jarriz etiketa eskuinera lerrokatuko du. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\hfill + +\family sans +Erdian +\hfill + +\family default + +\family sans +Lerro\SpecialChar ~ +betetzaile +\family default + bat etiketaren hasieran eta bestea amaieran jarriz, etiketa erdiratzen + du. +\layout Standard + +Ez zaitez kezkatu +\family sans +Lerro\SpecialChar ~ +betetzaileak +\family default + zer diren ez badakizu. + Gogoratu +\family sans +Zerrenda +\family default + ingurunearen itxura pertsonalizatzeko erabiltzen direla. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Zerrenda +\family default +-motako lau paragrafo-ingurunetan erabiltzen da. + Esan al dizugu inguruneak habiarazteko xehetasunak +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:habiaratu} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atalean aipatzen ditugula eta zerrenda inguruneetan erabiltzeko irakurtzea + komeni zaizula? +\layout Subsection + +Gutunak +\layout Subsubsection + +Helbidea eta eskuin-helbidea: gainbegiratzea +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek gutunentzako dokumentu-klaseak dituenez, bi paragrafo-ingurune sortu + ditugu: +\family sans +Helbidea +\family default + eta +\family sans +Eskuin-helbidea +\family default + izenekoak. + Gutun-klasea erabiltzeko, ordena batean erabili behar dira paragrafo-ingurune + zehatz batzuk, bestela LaTeX dokumentuan zorabiatzen da. + Bestalde, +\family sans +Helbidea +\family default + eta +\family sans +Eskuin-helbidea +\family default + inguruneak nonnahi erabil ditzakezu, ez dago inolako arazorik. + Beste inguruneetan habiaratu daitekeen arren, hauen barruan ezin da ezer + habiaratu. +\layout Standard + +Noski, +\family sans +Helbidea +\family default + eta +\family sans +Eskuin-helbidea +\family default + gutun eta bestelako dokumentuetan ere erabiltzeko aukera dago. + Adibidez, +\family sans +Eskuin-helbidea +\family default + ingurunea artikuluen tituluak (Europako zenbait unibertsitatetako egunkariak + darabiltzatenak) sortzeko erabiltzen da. +\layout Subsubsection + +Erabilera +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:helbi_erabil} + +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Helbidea +\family default + inguruneak testua helbide baten estiloarekin egituratzen du, eta zenbait + herrialdetan gutuna ireki eta sinatzeko erabiltzen dute. + Horren antzera, +\family sans +Eskuin-helbidea +\family default + inguruneak testua eskuinera lerrokatutako helbide baten estiloarekin egituratze +n du, herrialde batzuetan igorlearen helbidea eta eguneko data idazteko + erabiltzen da. + Hona bakoitzaren adibideak: +\layout Right Address + +Eskuineko helbidea +\newline +Nor naiz? +\newline +Non nago? +\newline +Noiz da? +\newline +Zer da gaur? +\layout Standard + +Gainekoa +\family sans +Eskuin-helbidea +\family default + zen. + Jakin ezazu lerro guztiek ezkerraldeko marjina berdina daukatela, LyX-ek + testu luzeena lerro bakun batean egon dadin ezartzen du. + Hona Helbidea ingurunearen adibidea: +\layout Address + +Zein zara zu? +\newline +Nora bidaliko dut hau? +\newline +Zure posta-kutxa eta herrialdea +\layout Standard + +Ikusten duzunez, bai +\family sans +Helbidea +\family default + bai +\family sans +Eskuin-helbidea +\family default + inguruneek beraien eta hurrengo paragrafoen artean tarte zabalagoa gehitzen + dute. + Horiei buruz ari garela, ingurune hauetan +\family sans +Lerro-itzulera +\family default + sakatzen baduzu, LyX-ek habiaratze-sakonera berrasieratu eta +\family sans +Estandarra +\family default + ingurunera bihurtuko du. + Horrek badu zentzua, +\family sans +Lerro-itzulera +\family default + tekla +\family typewriter +break-paragraph +\family default + funtzioa baita, eta helbide bateko lerro bakoitza ez baita paragrafo bat. + Honela, +\family sans +C-Lerro\SpecialChar ~ +itzulera +\family default + edo +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Hizki\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +b +\bar default +erezia\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Lerro\SpecialChar ~ +jauzia +\family default + ( +\family typewriter +break-line +\family default +) erabiliz +\family sans +Helbidea +\family default + edo +\family sans +Eskuin-helbidea +\family default + ingurunean lerro berri bat has dezakezu. +\layout Subsection + +Idazkera akademikoa +\layout Standard + +Idazkera akademiko gehienek laburpen batekin hasten dira eta bibliografia + edo erreferentzia-errenda batekin amaitzen dira. + LyX-ek bi hauentzako paragrafo-inguruneak ditu. +\layout Subsubsection + +Laburpena +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Laburpena +\family default + ingurunea artikulu bateko laburpenerako erabili ohi da. + Teknikoki, ingurune hau nahi duzun lekuan erabil dezakezun arren egokiena + dokumentuaren hasieran erabiltzea da, tituluaren ostean. + Alferrik ibiliko zara +\family sans +Laburpena +\family default + beste ingurune baten barruan habiaratu nahian, edo alderantziz. + Ez baitabil. + +\family sans +Laburpena +\family default + ingurunea "artikulua" edo "txostena" dokumentu-klaseetan bakarrik erabil + daiteke ("amsart"-en ere erabilgarria da, "artikulua" klasearen bertsio + espezializatu bat baita). + "Liburua" klaseak +\family sans +Laburpena +\family default + inguruneari ez ikusi egingo dio, eta "gutun" motako dokumentu-klasean erabiltze +a erabateko zentzugabekeria da. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Laburpena +\family default + inguruneak zuregatik hainbat gauza egin ditzake. + Lehenbizi, "Abstract" +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Itzultzailearen oharra +\emph default +: euskaraz "laburpena" izan arren, etiketa ingelesez agertuko da. +\end_inset + + izeneko etiketa erdian eta testuaren gainean jarriko du. + Etiketa eta laburpenaren testuak elkarrengandik bereizteko tarte bertikala + egongo da. + Bigarrena, letra-tipo denak tamaina txikiagoz konposatuko ditu, espero + zenuen bezala. + Azkenik, laburpenaren eta dagokion testuaren artean tarte bertikal bat + sartuko du. + Beno, horrela agertuko da behintzat LyX-eko pantailan. + Dokumentua "txostena" klasekoa bada, laburpena bereiztutako beste orrialde + batean agertuko da, fitxategiaren inprimatzeko bertsioan. +\layout Standard + +Paragrafo berri bat hasteko +\family sans +Lerro-itzulera +\family default + sakatzen bada, paragrafo-ingurunea ez da berrasieratuko. + Paragrafo berria +\family sans +Laburpena +\family default + ingurunean jarraituko du. + Laburpenarekin amaitutakoan, zeu arduratu beharko zara hurrengo paragrafoak + nahi duzun paragrafo-ingurunera bihurtzen. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Laburpena +\family default + ingurunearen adibidea bat jarri nahiko genuke, baina ezinezkoa zaigu, dokumentu + hau "liburu" klasekoa delako. + "Laburpena" entzuten duzun lehen aldia izango balitz, zuretzako ez dela + garrantzitsua esan nahiko luke. +\layout Subsubsection + +Bibliografia +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:bibliografia} + +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Bibliografia +\family default + ingurunea erreferentziak zerrendatzeko erabiltzen da. + Teknikoki, ingurune hau nonnahi erabil dezakezun arren, dokumentuaren amaieran + erabili beharko zenuke. + Ez saiatu +\family sans +Bibliografia +\family default + ingurunea beste ingurune batean habiarazten (edo alderantziz), ez baitabil. +\layout Standard + +Lehen aldiz +\family sans +Bibliografia +\family default + ingurunea irekitzerakoan, LyX-ek tarte bertikal handia gehituko du, ondoren + "Bibliography" edo "References" izenburua hitzarekin, dokumentu-klasearen + arabera. + Izenburua letra lodi handikoa da. + +\family sans +Bibliografia +\family default + inguruneko paragrafo bakoitza bibliografiako sarrera bat izango da. + Honela, +\family sans +Lerro-itzulera +\family default + sakatuz ez du paragrafo-ingurunea berrasieratuko, eta paragrafo berri bakoitza + +\family sans +Bibliografia +\family default + ingurunekoa izango da. +\layout Standard + +Paragrafo bakoitzaren lehen lerroko hasieran zenbaki bat agertzen duen gris + koloreko botoi bat ikusiko duzu. + Bertan klikatuz, elkarrizketa-koadro bat irekiko zaizu, eta +\family sans +Gako +\family default + eta +\family sans +Etiketa +\family default + bat ezar dezakezu. + +\family sans +Gakoa +\family default + izen sinbolikoa da, eta hori erabiltzen da bibliografia-sarrerari aipamena + egiteko. + Adibidez, demagun zure lehen bibliografiako sarrera LaTeX-i buruzko liburu + bat dela. + Sarrera honentzat gakoa "latexgida" aukera dezakezu. + Etiketa bat ere eman diezaiokezu, gris koloreko txertatze-kutxan erakutsiko + da. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Gakoa +\family default + eremua ez da erabilgaitza. + Zure bibliografia-sarrerak aipatzeko, erabili +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +Z +\bar default +itazio\SpecialChar ~ +erreferentzia +\family default + menua. + Aukeratu gakoen zerrendan dagoenetariko bat, ondoren gehitu erreferentzia + bat ezkerreko gezian klikatuz eta hautatutako gako zerrendan gehituko du. + Hainbat erreferentzia jar daiteke gako bat baino gehiago hautatuz. + Bibliografiaren adibidea dokumentu honen amaieran agertzen da. + Bi sarrera aipatzeko adibide bat hau da: "Ikus +\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexgida} + +\end_inset + + edo +\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite[3. kapitulua]{latexlagunartea} + +\end_inset + +". + Bigarrenean, zitazioaren elkarrizketa-koadroko +\family sans +Testua\SpecialChar ~ +ondoren +\family default + eremuan " 3. + kapitulua" esaldia sartu diogu. + Pantailan ikusten dituzun "latexgida" eta "latexlagunartea" testuak inprimatzer +akoan bibliografiaren zenbaki edo etiketagatik ordeztuko dira. +\layout Standard + +LaTeX-eko BibTeX bibliografiako pakete garatuena ere LyX-ek onartzen du. + BibTeX nola erabiltzen den jakiteko, irakurri +\emph on +Ezaugarri hedatuak +\emph default + eskuliburua. +\layout Subsection + +Xede berezia +\layout Standard + +Inolako kategoriatan sailkatzen ez diren hiru ingurune estandar daude, xede + berezietarako prestatuak baitaude. + Zertarako eta nola erabiltzen diren argituko dugu. +\layout Subsubsection + +Epigrafea +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:epigrafediseinua} + +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Epigrafea +\family default + ingurunea +\family sans +Irudi\SpecialChar ~ +mugikor +\family default + eta +\family sans +Taula\SpecialChar ~ +mugikor +\family default +entzako paragrafo-ingurune lehenetsia da. + LyX-eko pantailan "Figure #:" edo "Table #:." etiketak ikusiko dituzu, dauden + mugikor-moten arabera. + Inprimatzeko irteerako dokumentuaren bertsioan oraingo +\family sans +Erreferentzia-zenbakia +\family default + etiketa honetan ordeztua izango da. +\layout Standard + +Ezin izango duzu +\family sans +Epigrafea +\family default + ingurunean ezer habiaratu, edo alderantziz. + Gainera, +\family sans +Lerro-itzulera +\family default + sakatzerakoan paragrafoa +\family sans +Estandarra +\family default + ingurunera bihurtuko du, azken finean +\family sans +Epigrafea +\family default + paragrafo bakar bat baita. +\layout Standard + +Ezin duzu +\family sans +Epigrafea +\family default + ingurunea +\family sans +Irudi\SpecialChar ~ +mugikor +\family default + edo +\family sans +Taula\SpecialChar ~ +mugikor +\family default +retik at erabili. + Ikus +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:irudiak} + +\end_inset + + eta +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:irudimugik} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atalak +\family sans +Irudi\SpecialChar ~ +mugikor +\family default + edo +\family sans +Taula\SpecialChar ~ +mugikor +\family default + buruzko informazio gehiago eskuratzeko. +\layout Subsubsection + +LyX kodea +\layout Standard + +LyX kodea ingurunea LyX programaren beste hedapen bat da. + Testua +\family typewriter +idazmakina +\family default + letra-tipoarekin konposatzen du. + Teklatuko +\family sans +Zuriune +\family default + tekla zuriune gisa ere badabil +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +LyX-kodea +\family default + ingurunean, +\family sans +Zuriune +\family default + tekla zuriune babestu bezala lantzen da, hitz baten amaiera markatu ordez. +\end_inset + +; LyX-ek jarraian hainbat zuriune idazteko aukera eskaintzen dizun egoera + bakarra du. + Lerro zuriak txertatzeko, +\family sans +C-Lerro-itzulera +\family default + ( +\family typewriter +break-line +\family default + funtzioa) erabiltzen jarraitu beharko duzu. + Lerro-itzulerak paragrafoa apurtzen du. + Ohartu zaitez +\family sans +Lerro-itzulera +\family default + batek ez duela paragrafo-ingurunea berrasieratzen. + Hori dela eta, LyX kodea ingurunea erabiltzen amaitzen duzunean, paragrafo-ingu +runea aldatzeaz zeu arduratu beharko duzu. + Horretaz gain, LyX kodea ingurunea beste batzuen barruan habiara dezakezu. +\layout Standard + +Ingurune honek berezitasun gutxi batzuk ditu: +\layout Itemize + +Ezin duzu +\family sans +C-Lerro +\family default + itzulera paragrafo berri baten hasieran erabili (adib. + ez duzu +\family sans +Lerro-itzulera +\family default + baten ondoren +\family sans +C-Lerro +\family default + itzulera sartu). +\layout Itemize + +Ezin duzu +\family sans +C-Lerro-itzulera +\family default + baten ondoren +\family sans +Zuriunea +\family default + sartu. +\layout Itemize + +Erabili +\family sans +Lerro-itzulera +\family default + paragrafo berri bat sortzeko, ondoren sartu +\family sans +Zuriunea +\family default +. +\layout Itemize + +Edo, erabili +\family sans +C-Lerro-itzulera +\family default + horren ordez. +\layout Itemize + +Ezin duzu paragrafo edo lerro huts bat eduki. + Lerro zuria (edo hutsa) nahi duzun bakoitzean gutxienez Zuriune bat jarri + beharko duzu. + Bestela LaTeX-ek erroreak sortuko ditu. +\layout Itemize + +Ezingo duzu idazmakinako komatxo bikoitzak +\family sans +" +\family default + ikurra idatziz lortu, benetako komatxoak sartuko baititu. + Idazmakinaren komatxo bikoitzak +\family sans +C-" +\family default + (edo +\family sans +C-q +\family default + Emacs antzeko teklatu-mapa erabiliz gero) jokoarekin lortzen da. +\layout Standard + +Hona adibide bat: +\layout LyX-Code + +#include +\layout LyX-Code + + +\layout LyX-Code + +int main(void) +\layout LyX-Code + + +\layout LyX-Code + +{ +\layout LyX-Code + + /* hau +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard +{} +\end_inset + +nire C programaketa-hizkuntzako lehen programa da. + */ +\layout LyX-Code + + printf("Kaixo mundua +\backslash +n"); +\layout LyX-Code + + return 0; +\layout LyX-Code + +} +\layout Standard + +Hau hasiberrientzat "Kaixo mundua" izeneko programatxo bat da. +\layout Standard + +LyX kodea inguruneak xede bat dauka: kodea konposatzea, programa baten jatorrizk +o kodea, komando-lerroko script-a, rc-fitxategia, eta abar. + Erabili oso egoera berezietan bakarrik, idazmakina batekin bezalako testua + sortu behar duzunean, alegia. +\layout Subsubsection + +Iruzkina +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Iruzkina +\family default + ingurunea zure dokumentuari buruzko iruzkinak idazteko erabiltzen da, eta + inprimatzeko irteeran ez da agertzen. + Garbiago gelditu dadin, LyX-ek iruzkin ingurunearentzat beste kolore bat + aurkezten du, bestelako testuak darabiltzatenetik nabarmenduz. +\layout Section + +Inguruneak habiaratzea +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:habiaratu} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Zertan datza bere garrantzia +\layout Standard + +Arestian azaldu den bezala, behin eta berriz aipatu dizugu "zoaz +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:habiaratu} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala irakurtzera". + Litekeena da zergatik duen hainbesteko garrantzia galdetzen egotea. +\layout Standard + +LyX ohiko "testu-prozesadorea-goretsitako-idazmakinen-gisa" kontzeptutik + ezberdintzen duen ezaugarri garrantzitsuena dauka. + Idazmakina batekin testua zuzenean orri batean tintarekin idazten da. + Egungo testu-prozesadore asko ez dira askoz ere hobeak, testua pantailako + pixel eta memoriako byte bezala kudeatzen dute. + Aurkako jokaeran, LyX-ek testua bloke batu bat bezala, testuinguru zehatz + eta propietate bereziekin, lantzen du. + Hala ere, zer gertatzen da "bloke" batek beste "bloke" baten propietateak + eskuratu eta erabili nahi baditu? +\layout Standard + +Adibide zehatz bat: eskemak. + Zure eskeman hiru gai nagusi dituzu, baina 2. + gaiak bere baitan bi azpigai ditu. + Hau da, zerrenda bat beste zerrenda baten barruan daukazu, 2. + gaiari barne-zerrenda bat erantsita: +\layout Enumerate + +bat +\layout Enumerate + +bi +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +azpizerrenda - 1. + elementua +\layout Enumerate + +azpizerrenda - 2. + elementua +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +hiru +\layout Standard + +Nola sartzen duzu zerrenda bat beste baten barruan? Oraingoz erantzuna agerikoa + da: bata beste baten barruan habiaratuz. +\layout Standard + +Diotenez, ingurune bat habiaratzea nahiko samurra omen da: hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua +\family default + menuan +\family sans +Handitu\SpecialChar ~ +ingurune-sakonera +\family default + edo +\family sans +Gutxitu\SpecialChar ~ +ingurune-sakonera +\family default + uneko paragrafoaren habiaratze-sakonera aldatzeko (egoera-barrak paragrafoak + duen sakonera-maila erakutsiko dizu). + Zaila egin zaizu? +\layout Standard + +Tekla-elkarteak ere erabil ditzakezu, +\family sans +S-M-Ezkerra +\family default + eta +\family sans +S-M-Eskuina +\family default + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Ezkerra +\family default + eta +\family sans +M-p \SpecialChar ~ +Eskuina +\family default + ere erabil ditzakezu, atseginagoak badituzu bederen. + +\end_inset + +, habiaratze-maila aldatzeko. + Aldaketa egindako uneko hautapenean (hainbat paragrafo batera habiaratzeko) + edo uneko paragrafoan eragina izango du. +\layout Standard + +Oroitu zaitez LyX-ek habiaratze-sakonera ahal badu aldatuko duela soilik. + Ezinezkoa bada, ez da ezer gertatuko sakonera aldatzen saiatzen bazara. + Gainera, paragrafo baten sakonera aldatzen baduzu, horren barruan habiaratuta + dagoen paragrafo bakoitzaren sakonera ere aldatuko da. + Zaila egiten zaigu egoera honetan LyX-ek zehazki jorratzen duena azaltzea. + Zure testuak duen itxuraren arabera baitago. + Egin dezakezun onena da habiaratze-sakonerak aldatu eta zer gertatzen den + ikusiz jolastea. +\layout Standard + +Habiaratzea ez dago zerrendentzako bakarrik mugatua. + LyX-en edozer gauza nahi duzunaren barruan habiaratzeko aukera daukazu, + ikertuko duzun bezala. + Paragrafo-inguruneak habiaratzearen egiazko ahalmena da hau. +\layout Subsection + +Zer habiaratu dezakezu, eta zer ez? +\layout Standard + +Zuretzako paragrafo-inguruneak zerrendatu aurretik, habiaratze-sakonerak + lan egiteko duten moduari buruzko zerbait gehiago aurkeztu behar dizugu. +\layout Standard + +Habiaratzeei buruzko galderak ezin dira bai edo ez, ahal duzu edo ezin duzu + batekin erantzun. + Galdera egokiagoa "nola" hitzak dauka. + Ingurune bat beste edozein ingurunetan habiara dezakezu? Eta horren barruan + beste bat habiaratu? Horietako bati "bai" erantzuteak ez du ziurtatzen + besteei "bai" erantzun dakiekeenik. +\layout Standard + +Paragrafo-inguruneak, LyX-en, habiaratzerakoan hiru gauza hauetariko bat + egin dezake: lehenengoa, ingurune bat erabat habiagaitza izan daiteke; + bigarrena, badaude erabat habiarakorrak diren inguruneak, beraz batzuk + beste ingurunetan habiara ditzakezun bezala, beste horiek aurrekoen barruan + habiaratzeko aukera daukazu. + Azken ingurune-mota bat dago. + Mota hauetakoa beste ingurune batean habiara dezakezu, eta hori da dena. + Ezin duzu hauetan ezer habiaratu. +\layout Standard + +Ondoren hiru motak, habiaratze-jokabidearen arabera sailkatuta, eta bakoitzean + zein paragrafo-ingurune dauden zerrendatzen ditugu +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Arrazoi bitxi bat dela eta, LyX-ek bai +\family sans +Bibliografia +\family default + bai +\family sans +Laburpena +\family default + habiarazteko aukera eskaintzen dizu. + Gainera, LyX-ek +\family sans +Titulua +\family default +, +\family sans +Egilea +\family default + eta +\family sans +Data +\family default + beste inguruneetan habiaratzen uzten dizu. + Hori ez egitea aholkatzen dizugu. + LaTeX-ek txahalarena egingo du (botaka) hori egiten saiatzen bazara. + Berriro diogu, ez egin! Ez dakigu zergatia. + Nola nahi ere, testuinguru aldetik ez dauka zentzurik ingurune horiek habiarazt +ea; beraz, zergatik nahi izan dezakezu hori egin? +\end_inset + + : +\layout Description + +Habiaragaitzak Ezin dira habiaratu. + Ezin da beroien barruan bestelakorik habiaratu. +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Zatia +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Kapitulua +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Atala +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Azpiatala +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Azpiazpiatala +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Paragrafoa +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Azpiparagrafoa +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Zatia* +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Kapitulua* +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Atala* +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Azpiatala* +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Azpiazpiatala* +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Bibliografia +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Laburpena +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Titulua +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Egilea +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Data +\end_deeper +\layout Description + +Erabat\SpecialChar ~ +habiarakorra Habiara dezakezu. + Bestelakoak hauen barnean habiara ditzakezu. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Bertsoa +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Zita +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Zitazioa +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Elementua +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Azalpena +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Zerrenda +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +LyX-kodea +\layout Description + +Barne-habiarakorra Hauek besteen barruan habiara ditzakezu. + Ezin duzu hauen barruan bestelakorik habiaratu. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Estandarra +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Eskuin\SpecialChar ~ +helbidea +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Helbidea +\layout Standard + +Epigrafea ingurunea ezin da inon sailkatu, zeren eta +\family sans +Taula\SpecialChar ~ +mugikor +\family default + eta +\family sans +Irudi\SpecialChar ~ +mugikor +\family default + elementuetan bakarrik erabiltzen baita. +\layout Subsection + +Besteak habiaratzea: taulak, matematikak, mugikorrak, e.a. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:taula-eta-irud-habiara} + +\end_inset + +Paragrafo-inguruneak ez diren beste hainbat gauza daude, eta nolabait habiaratze +ak eragiten diete. + Hauek dira: +\layout Itemize + +ekuazioak +\layout Itemize + +taulak +\layout Itemize + +irudiak +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Oharra +\emph default +: irudi edo taula bat +\family sans +Mugikor +\family default + egoeran jartzen baduzu, ez da egia izango. + Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikus azpian edo +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:irudiak} + +\end_inset + + edo begiratu +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:taulak} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +ataletan. +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek hiru elementu hauek hitz edo paragrafo bat bezala kudeatu ditzake. + Egia da taula bat lerro-barnean ezin duzula sartu, baina matematika eta + irudiak bai. + Irudi edo ekuazio bat lerro-barnean badago, dagoen paragrafoarekin batera + +\emph on +sakonduko +\emph default + da. +\layout Standard + +Bestalde, ekuazio, irudi edo taula bat bere "paragrafo" propioan balego, + "barne-habiarakorra" motako paragrafo-ingurune baten bezalako jokabidea + izango dute. + Edozein ingurunetan habiaratu ahal izango dituzu, baina (zer esanik ez + dago) hauen barruan ezer habiaratzerik ezin izango duzu. +\layout Standard + +Hona hemen taula duen adibidea: +\layout Enumerate + +Lehenengo elementua +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Hau +\emph on +(a) +\emph default + da eta habiaratuta dago. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +a +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +b +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +c +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +d +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Hau +\emph on +(b) +\emph default + da. + Une honetan, taula +\emph on +(a) +\emph default + barruan habiaratuta dago. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Kanpora itzuli da. +\layout Standard + +Taula ez badugu habiaratzen, zerrendak honako itxura hau edukiko du: +\layout Enumerate + +Lehenengo elementua +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Hau +\emph on +(a) +\emph default + da eta habiaratuta dago. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +a +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +b +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +c +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +d +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Enumerate + +Hau +\emph on +(b) +\emph default + da. + Taula +\emph on +(a) +\emph default + barruan +\emph on +ez +\emph default + dago habiaratuta dago. + Egitez, erabat habiaratu gabe dago. +\layout Enumerate + +Kanpora itzuli da. +\layout Standard + +Badakigu ohartuko zinela, baina badaezpada ere aipatuko dugu. + (b) elementua ez da habiaratu, zerrenda berri bateko lehenbiziko elementua + da! +\layout Standard + +Hanka sartzeko arriskua duen beste gauza bat dago: taula habiaratzea, baina + nahiko sakonera ez ezartzea. + LyX-ek taularen ondoren doan edozer gauza (azpi)zerrenda berri batean bihurtuko + du. +\layout Enumerate + +Lehenengo elementua +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Hau +\emph on +(a) +\emph default + da, eta habiaratuta dago. +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +a +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +b +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +c +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +d +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Enumerate + +Hau +\emph on +(b) +\emph default + da. + Dagoeneko, taula +\emph on +Lehenengo elementua +\emph default +ren barruan habiaratuta dago, baina ez +\emph on +(a) +\emph default +-ren barruan. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Kanpora itzuli da. +\layout Standard + +Ikus dezakezunez, (b) elementua zerrenda berri bateko aurreneko elementua + izatera aldatu da, baina zerrenda berria 1. + elementuaren barruan dago. + Antzeko gauza gertatuko litzateke irudi edo ekuazio batekin. + Ondorioz, taula, irudi edo ekuazio batzuk habiaratzen badituzu, sakonera + egokian jartzen dituzula ziurta zaitez! +\layout Standard + +Badaude +\family sans +Mugikorrak +\family default + izenekoak ere. + +\family sans +Mugikor +\family default + bat etiketa antzeko batekin elkartuta dagoen testu-bloke bat da, baina + kokapen finkorik ez dauka. + Bloke hau orrialde bat edo bitan aurrerantz eta atzerantz "mugi" daiteke, + leku egokienean kokatuz. + +\family sans +Oin-oharrak +\family default + eta +\family sans +Albo-oharrak +\family default + mugikorrak dira, +\family sans +Taula\SpecialChar ~ +mugikor +\family default + eta +\family sans +Irudi\SpecialChar ~ +mugikor +\family default +ren antzera. + LyX-ekin dokumentu bat editatzen duzunean, itxitako +\family sans +Mugikor +\family default + bat etiketa gorridun gris koloreko botoi baten itxura dauka eta dagoen + paragrafoarekin kokatzen da. + Hala ere, +\family sans +Mugikor +\family default + bat irteerako testuan finkatutako kokalekurik ez daukanez, habiaratzeak + ez du dokumentua LaTeX-era igorritakoan uneko kokalekuan eragiten. +\layout Subsection + +Erabilera eta ezaugarri orokorrak +\layout Subsubsection + +Habiaratze-mugak +\layout Standard + +Mailez ari garenez, LyX-ek sei mailataraino habiara dezake. + Hots, "Sei. + maila" barrukoen sakonera da. + Esan nahi duguna adierazteko adibidea: +\layout Enumerate + +1. + Bat. + maila - kanpokoa +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +(a) Bi. + maila +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +i. + Hiru. + maila +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +A. + Lau. + maila +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Bost. + maila +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Sei. + maila +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Berriro, LyX-ek gehienez 6 maila ditu, zein paragrafo-ingurunetan dagoen + ez dauka garrantzirik +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Zoritxarrez, LyX-ek ezin ditu muga horiek derrigortu. + Gainditzen saiatzen bazara, LaTeX-ek erroreak sortuko ditu zure dokumentuaren + irteera ekoizterakoan. +\end_inset + +. + Esanahi duena da +\family sans +Azalpena +\family default + zerrendan, edo +\family sans +Bertso +\family default + ingurunean, gehienez seigarren maila arte habiara dezakezula. + Aurrerago ikusiko dugun bezala, inguruneak nahastu ditzakezu. +\layout Standard + +Bi salbuespen daude sei mailako habiaratze horretan, eta adibidean ikus + ditzakezu biak. + Erabat habiarakorrak ez bezala, +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default + eta +\family sans +Elementua +\family default + inguruneetan laugarren mailako sakonera arte irits zaitezke. + Arestiko adibidean, "A" elementuan beste +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default + zerrenda habiaratuz gero, erroreak sortuko lizkiguke. + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Tamalez, LyX-ek ez du muga hori betetzera derrigortzen. + Gainezka egiten saiatzen bazara, eta zure dokumentua LaTeX-i igortzerakoan, + azken horrek erroreak itzuliko dizkigu zure jarreraren sari gisa. + Zintzo ibili! +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Adibide batzuk +\layout Standard + +Habiaratzearekin egin ditzakezunak azaltzeko biderik egokiena argibidea + da. + Hainbat habiaratutako ingurune dituzten adibideak ditugu. + Horietan, adibideak nola sortzen diren azalduko dizkizugu, horrela zeuk + modu eroso batean sortzeko aukera eskainiz. +\layout Subsubsection + +1. + adibidea: sei mailako habiaratze-sakonera +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +1.a Hau kanpoen dagoen maila da. + +\family sans +Zerrenda +\family default + ingurunekoa da. +\begin_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +2.a Hau 2. + mailakoa da. + Sortzeko +\family sans +M-Lerro-itzulera +\family default + ondoren +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Eskuina +\family default + laster-tekla sakatu dugu. +\begin_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +3.a Hau 3. + mailakoa da. + Oraingoan, +\family sans +Lerro-itzulera +\family default + sakatu dugu soilik, gero birritan +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Eskuina +\family default + erabili dugu errenkadan. + Aurreko mailan landu dugun bezala ere egin genezake, +\family sans +M-Lerro-itzulera +\family default + ondoren +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Eskuina +\family default + laster-tekla sakatuz. + Dagoeko konturatuko zinen hau ere Zerrenda ingurunea dela, eta automatikoki + dagoela egoera honetan, ez? +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Hau ordea +\family sans +Estandarra +\family default + ingurunea da, "3.a" barruan habiaratuta dagoenez 4. + mailan kokatzen da. + Hori egiteko, +\family sans +M-Lerro-itzulera +\family default + eta +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Eskuina +\family default + sakatu orduko paragrafoa +\family sans +Estandarra +\family default + ingurunera bihurtu dugu. + Erabili bide hori paragrafo bat baino gehiago daukan zerrenda-elementuak + sortzeko. + +\family sans +Azalpena +\family default +, +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default + eta +\family sans +Elementua +\family default + inguruneetan eta erabil dezakezu! +\layout Standard + +Oraingo hau ere +\family sans +Estandarra +\family default + paragrafoa izateaz gain, 4. + mailan dago. + Lortzeko +\family sans +M-Lerro-itzulera +\family default + sakatzearekin nahikoa da. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +4.a Hau 4. + mailan dago. + +\family sans +M-Lerro-itzulera +\family default + sakatu bezain azkar, paragrafoaren ingurunea +\family sans +Zerrendara +\family default + itzuli dugu. + Gogoratu, ezin dezakegula +\family sans +Estandarra +\family default + ingurunean ezer habiaratu, horregatik 4. + mailan jarraitzen dugu. + Nola nahi ere, "3.a" barruan gauzak habiarazten jarrai dezakegu. +\begin_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +5.a Hau 5. + mailan kokatzen da\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\begin_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +6.a \SpecialChar \ldots{} +eta hau 6. + mailakoa da. + Jadanik azken bi hauek nola landu ditugun jakin beharko zenuke. +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +5.b Itzuli 5. + mailara. + Sakatu soilik +\family sans +M-Lerro-itzulera +\family default +, +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Ezkerra +\family default + batekin jarraituz. +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +4.b Beste +\family sans +M-Lerro-itzulera +\family default + baten ostean +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Ezkerra +\family default + sakatuz, 4.\SpecialChar ~ +mailara itzuliko gara. +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +3.b Itzuli gara 3. + mailara. + Jadanik jakingo duzu nola egin dugun miraritxo hau. +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +2.b Itzuli 2. + mailara. +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +1.b Eta azkenik, bidaia luze honetako kanporen dagoen mailara itzultzen gara, + 1. + mailara, alegia. + Sententzia horren ostean, +\family sans +Lerro-itzulera +\family default + sakatu eta paragrafoa +\family sans +Estandarra +\family default + ingurunera bihurtuko dugu zerrenda amaitutzat jotzeko. +\layout Standard + +Hor daukazu. + Ene, bada! +\family sans +Azalpena +\family default + +\family sans +Zita +\family default +, +\family sans +Zitazioa +\family default + edota +\family sans +Bertsoa +\family default + ingurunean +\family sans +Zerrendaren +\family default + ordez ere erabil genezake. + Adibidea antzera landuko zen. +\layout Subsubsection + +2. + adibidea: herentzia +\layout LyX-Code + +Hau +\family sans +LyX-kodea +\family default + ingurunea da, 1. + mailakoa (kanpokoena). +\layout LyX-Code + +Orain +\family sans +Lerro-itzulera +\family default + sakatu, ondoren +\family sans +M-p Eskuina +\family default + eta gero +\layout LyX-Code + + +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default + ingurunera aldatuko dugu. +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Hau +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default + ingurunea da, 2. + mailan dago. +\layout Enumerate + +Antzemango duzunez, +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default +-k bere gurasoa den +\family sans +LyX-kode +\family default + ingurunetik ezkerraldeko marjina jasotzen du eta letra-tipoa eta tarteak + heredatu. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Adibidea amaitzeko, +\family sans +Lerro-itzulera +\family default + sakatu dugu. + Gero, paragrafoaren ingurunea +\family sans +Estandarra +\family default + izatera aldatu dugu eta habiaratze-sakonera berrasieratu dugu +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Ezkerra +\family default + behin erabiliz. +\layout Subsubsection + +3. + adibidea: etiketak, mailak eta Zenbatuta eta Elementua inguruneak. +\layout Enumerate + +Hau 1. + mailakoa da, eta +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default + ingurunea darabil. + Oraingoan hauen tropela habiaratuko ditugu. +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Hau 2. + mailan dago. + Guk, +\family sans +M-Lerro-itzulera +\family default +ren ondoren, +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Eskuina +\family default + erabili dugu, zer erabiliko duzu zuk? Txantxak alde batera utziz, honen + barruan +\family sans +Elementua +\family default + ingurunea habiaratzen badugu, zer gertatuko litzateke? Bada, 3. + mailan kokatuko litzakeela, baina zein etiketarekin? Izartxo bat? +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Ez! Bulet bat da. + Hau lehen +\family sans +Elementua +\family default + ingurunea da, eta esan bezala, 3. + mailan kokatu da. + Beraz, etiketatzat bulet bat dauka. + Ohartxo bat: hona iristeko +\family sans +M-Lerro-itzulera +\family default + erabili dugu, ondoren +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Eskuina +\family default + lasterbidea, eta gero ingurunea +\family sans +Elementua +\family default + gisa jarri dugu. +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Hona hemen 4. + maila, +\family sans +M-Lerro-itzulera +\family default + ostean +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Eskuina +\family default + erabiliz sortu dugu. + Bai jostagarria! Berriro egingo dugu... +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +...5. + maila lortzeko. + Oraingoan, nola nahi ere, paragrafoa +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default + ingurunera itzuli dugu. + Ohartu zaitez nolako zenbatze-mota erabili duen! Minuskulaz dagoen Erromatar + letra-tipoa da, zeren eta hirugarren +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default + ingurune-mailan baikaude (adib. + +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default + barruko +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default + barneko +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default + ingurunean gaude). +\layout Enumerate + +Zer gertatzen da paragrafo-ingurunea aldatu gabe habiaratze-sakonera gutxitzen + badugu? LyX-ek zelako zenbatze-mota erabiliko du? +\layout Enumerate + +Ene! oraingoan ez baduzu asmatu ederki gabiltza! +\family sans +M-Lerro-itzulera +\family default + bakarrik erabili dugu uneko ingurunea eta sakonera mantenduz elementu berri + bat sortzeko. +\layout Enumerate + +Goazen +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Ezkerra +\family default + erabiltzera hurrengo +\family sans +M-Lerro-itzulera +\family default +ren ondoren sakonera gutxitzeko. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Hau 4. + mailan dago. + Begiratu LyX-ek zein etiketa-mota erabiltzen duen! +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Hau berriz, 3.ekoa da. + Mailak aldatu arren, Lyx-ek minuskulazko Erromatar letra-tipoko zenbakiekin + jarraitzen du etiketatzen. + Zergatik? +\layout Enumerate + +Ez dakigu merezi ote duzun edo ez, baina hain jatorrak garenez erantzungo + dizugu: habiaratze-sakonera aldatu den arren oraindik hirugarren +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default + ingurunean jarraitzen dugulako. + Gogoratu Lyx-ek etiketaren zenbatzailea berrasieratu duela. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Beste +\family sans +M-Lerro-itzulera +\family default + eta +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Ezkerra +\family default + sekuentzia landuz 2.\SpecialChar ~ +mailara itzuli gara. + Hori da eta! Oraingoan habiaratze-sakonera aldatu eta bigarren mailako + +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default + ingurunera itzuli gara. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Berriro +\family sans +M-Lerro-itzulera +\family default + eta +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Ezkerra +\family default + jorratzen baditugu antzeko zerbait gertatuko da: 1.\SpecialChar ~ +mailara (kanpoen dagoena) + itzuliko gara. +\layout Standard + +Azkenik, +\family sans +Estandarra +\family default + ingurunera berrezarriko dugu. + Bistakoa denez, mailaren zenbakiak ez du +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default + eta +\family sans +Elementua +\family default + ingurunetako etiketa motekin zerikusirik. + +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default + elementu batean erabiliko den etiketa-mota horren inguruan dauden +\emph on +beste +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default + ingurune +\emph default + kopuruek erabakitzen dute. + Era berean, +\family sans +Elementua +\family default + inguruneari antzeko araua aplikatzen zaio. +\layout Subsubsection + +4. + adibidea: garunak astindu +\layout Enumerate + +Orain erabat zoratuko zaitugu. + Beste adibideetan ez bezala, ez dugu hainbesteko sakonerarekin habiaratuko, + ezta gauzak horrelako xehetasunez azalduko ere. + (1. + maila: +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default +). +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +( +\family sans +Lerro-itzulera +\family default +, +\family sans +M-p\SpecialChar ~ +Eskuina +\family default +, +\family sans +Estandarra +\family default +: 2. + maila) Lekuren batean, parentesi artean, adibidea nola sortu dugun buruzko + azalpen oso laburra jarri dugu. + Adibidez, bi laster-teklek aipatzen dute sakonera nola aldatu ditugun. + Ingurunearen izena unekoa inguruneari dagokio, jakina. + Aurretik edo atzetik zein mailatan kokatzen den ere ipini dugu. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +( +\family sans +Lerro-itzulera +\family default +, +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default +: 1. + maila) Hau zerrendako hurrengo elementua da. +\begin_deeper +\layout Verse + +Oraingoan bertsoa gehitu dugu +\newline +Okerrago izan zitekeen. + +\newline +( +\family sans +Lerro-itzulera +\family default +, +\family sans +M-p Eskuina +\family default +, +\family sans +Bertsoa +\family default +: 2. + maila) +\layout Verse + +Tripititai, trikitilai +\newline +Mendirik mendi lainoan +\newline +( +\family sans +M-Lerro-itzulera +\family default +) +\layout Verse + +Zuretzat jarri dugu taula: +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard +\added_space_top bigskip \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +arrai bat +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +bi arrai +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +arrai gorria +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +arrai urdina +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\layout Verse + +( +\family sans +M-Lerro-itzulera, Taula, M-p Eskuin +\family default +a 3 aldiz, +\family sans +M-Lerro-itzulera, Bertsoa, M-p Ezkerra +\family default +) +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +( +\family sans +Lerro-itzulera +\family default +, +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default +: 1. + maila) Hau beste elementu bat da. + Ohartu zaitez +\family sans +Taula +\family default + bat hautatzeak habiaratze-sakonera 1. + mailara berrasieratzen duela; beraz, habiaratze-sakonera 3 aldiz handitu + dugu taula +\family sans +Bertsoa +\family default + ingurunean jartzeko. +\layout Quotation + +Orain, ordea, +\family sans +Zenbatuta +\family default + zerrenda amaitu dugu eta +\family sans +Zitazioa +\family default + ingurunera aldatu gara. + 1. + mailan jarraitzen dugu. + Inguruneak nahastuz egin ditzakezun zenbait gauza azaldu nahiko genuke. + Hurrengo paragrafo-multzoa " zitatutako gutun" bat da. + Bai Helbidea bai +\family sans +Eskuin-helbidea +\family default + inguruneak honetan habiaratuko ditugu, ondoren gutunaren gorputzerako habiaratu +tako +\family sans +Zitazioa +\family default + erabiliko da. + Sakonera mantentzeko +\family sans +M-Lerro-itzulera +\family default + erabiliko dugu. + Gogoratu +\family sans +Helbidea +\family default + eta +\family sans +Eskuin-helbidea +\family default + inguruneetan hainbat lerro edukitzeko +\family sans +C-Lerro-itzulera +\family default + erabili behar dela. + Has gaitezen: +\begin_deeper +\layout Right Address + +1234 Nonbait kalea +\newline +Sagugoitia, 010100 +\newline +04-9-6 +\layout Address + +Kaixo Artaziluze jauna, +\layout Quotation + +Gutun hau bidaltzen dizugu une honetan zure eskaria bete ezin dugula jakinarazte +ko. + Gure eskuetatik at dagoen gertaera garrantzitsu bat dela medio, urteko + simaur pilo handia galdu berri dugu. + Zoritxarrez, gure behi gehienak gaixotu eta hil egin dira. + Ondorioz simaur-ekoizpena laurdenera jaitsi zaigu eta zure eskaria betetzen + oso atzeratuko gara. + Gutxi gorabehera bi hilabete beharko ditugu simaurra biltegiratzeko. + Bitartean, eta aldez aurretik zure arreta eskertuz, eskaera bertan behera + uzteko aukera daukazula oroitarazi nahiko genizuke. +\layout Quotation + +Hala ere, eskaerarekin aurrera jarraitzea erabakiko bazenu, eskariaren salneurri +a %20 gutxituko genuke. + Interesa edukiz gero, deitu telefonoz arazo honi irtenbidea emateko. +\layout Quotation + +Berriro zure arretagatik eskerrak ematen dizkizugu. +\layout Address + +Ongi izan, +\layout Address + +Enbata Ondamendieta +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Honek adibidea amaitutzat jotzen du! +\layout Standard + +Ikusi duzunez, LyX-en inguruneak habiaratzeak ahalmen handia eskaintzen + dizu, tekla gutxi batzuk sakatzearen truke. + Oso erraz +\family sans +Elementua +\family default + zerrenda +\family sans +Zitazioa +\family default + edo +\family sans +Zita +\family default + barruan habiara dezakegu, edo +\family sans +Zita +\family default + bat +\family sans +Elementua +\family default + zerrenda baten barruan. + Zure eskura aukera aldaki asko dituzu. +\layout Section + +Letra-tipoak eta testu-estiloak +\layout Subsection + +Azalpen laburra +\layout Standard + +Egungo konposatzeko eta markatzeko hizkuntza asko karaktere-estiloen zehaztapene +ra hurbiltzen hasi dira, letra-tipo zehatzetara baino gehiago. + Adibidez, testuari enfasia emateko letra etzanean jarri ordez, "enfasi-estiloa" + darabilte. + Burutazio hau LyX-ekin bat dator. + LyX-en, gauzak testuinguruan oinarrituz lantzen dira, konposaketaren xehetasun + arloetan sakondu ordez. +\layout Standard + +Oraintxe bertan, LyX-ek letra-tipo lehenetsi globala zehazten uzten dizu, + eta bi karaktere-estilo ditu: +\family sans +Enfasia +\family default + eta +\family sans +Izena +\family default +. + +\family sans +Enfasia +\family default + estiloa letra etzanari dagokio; +\family sans +Izena +\family default + estiloa, berriz, maiuskula txikian idatzitako letra-tipoari dagokio (hizkuntza + eta idazki-estilo batzuk izen propioak konposatzeko erabiltzen dute). + LyX taldeak egunen batean karaktere-estiloen multzo oso bat eduki, eta + estiloei dagokien letra-tipoak pertsonalizatzeko aukera eskaintzea espero + du. + Une honetan, ordea, dagoenarekin moldatu beharko zara. +\layout Subsection + +Aukera globalak +\layout Standard + +Letra-tipoa lehenetsi dezakezu, +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua +\family default + menuko +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +okumentua +\family default + hautatuz, +\family sans +Dokumentu\SpecialChar ~ +ezarpenak +\family default + elkarrizketa-koadroan. + Interesgarriak diren bi aukera daude: +\family sans +Letra +\family default + eta +\family sans +tamaina +\family default +. + +\family sans +Letra +\family default +peko aukeren artean daude "lehenetsia" ("default") eta sisteman eskuragarri + dituzun letra-tipoen zerrenda. + "Lehenetsia" aukerak TeX-en letra-tipo arrunta erabiltzen du, "computer + modern" (cm) edo "European modern" (em) bezala ezaguna. + Sistema gehienek normalean +\family sans +Times +\family default + eta +\family sans +Helvetica +\family default + letra-tipoen bertsioren bat eduki ohi dute, beste zenbait aldagairekin. + Zeuk aztertu beharko dituzu. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Tamaina +\family default + aukerak hiru balio ezberdin eskaintzen dizkizu: 10, 11 eta 12. + Gogoratu hau letra-tamainaren oinarria dela. + LyX-ek balio honekin beste letra-tamaina guztiak eskala ditzake (oin-ohar, + goi-indize eta azpindizeetan erabiltzen dira). + Behar duzunean, dokumentuko letra-tamaina fintzeko aukera izango duzu. + Tentelkeria da 8pt edo 24pt letra-tamaina lehenespenez erabiltzea, normalean + dokumentua modu irakurgaitzean errendatzen baitu. +\layout Standard + +Jabetu zaitez +\family sans +Letra +\family default + eta +\family sans +tamaina +\family default + eremuetan balio berri bat aukeratzen baduzu, LyX-ek ez duela pantaila aldatzen. + Ezberdintasuna azken irteeran bakarrik ikusi ahal izango duzu. + Hori WYSIWYM izaeraren ondorioa da. + Bestalde, ohartuko zinen "Erromatarra" letra-tipoa duen testua LyX-eko + pantailan lehenetsitako letra-tipoari dagokiola. +\layout Subsection + +Beste karaktere-estiloak erabiltzea +\layout Standard + +Jadanik ikusi dugu LyX-ek automatikoki paragrafo-ingurune batzuetan karaktere-es +tiloa aldatzen duela. + Arestian aipatu dugunez, beste bi karaktere-estilo daude: +\family sans +Enfasia +\family default + eta +\family sans +Izena +\family default +. + Bi estilook laster-teklak, menuak eta tresna-barra erabiliz aktiba ditzakezu. +\layout Standard + +Izena estiloa gaitzeko, landu hau: +\layout Itemize + +hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua +\family default + menuko +\family sans + Izen-estiloa +\family default + elementua +\layout Itemize + +klikatu tresna-barrako pertsona itxura duen botoia +\layout Itemize + +erabili +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +c +\family default +laster-tekla +\layout Standard + +Komando guzti hauek txandakorrak dira. + +\family sans +Izena +\family default + estiloa aktibatuta egonez gero, desaktibatuko dute. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Izena +\family default + estiloa izen propioentzako erabili ohi da. + Adibidez, " +\noun on +Matthias Ettrich +\noun default + LyX-eko jatorrizko egilea da". +\layout Standard + +Gehien erabiltzen den karaktere-estiloa +\family sans +Enfasia +\family default + da. + +\family sans +Enfasia +\family default + estiloa aktibatzeko (edo desaktibatzeko) aukera hauek dituzu: +\layout Itemize + +Hautatu +\family sans +Diseinua +\family default +menuko +\family sans + Enfasi-estiloa +\family default + aukera +\layout Itemize + +klikatu tresna-barrako +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +! +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + karakterea duen botoia +\layout Itemize + +erabili +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +e +\family default +laster-tekla +\layout Standard + +Oraingoz, +\family sans +Enfasia +\family default + estiloa letra etzanaren baliokidea da. + Etorkizunean elkargo hauek pertsonalizatzeko aukera egiteko asmoa daukagu. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Enfasia +\family default + estiloa dokumentu honen zehar maiz erabili dugu. + Hona beste adibide bat: +\layout Quotation + + +\emph on +Ez erabili gehiegi karaktere-estiloak! +\layout Standard + +Abisu bat da adibidea izateaz gain. + Denbora guztian elkarri garrasika hitz egiten ez dugun bezala, karaktere-estilo +a gehiegikerian erabiltzea saihestu behar dugu. +\layout Description + +Ene!\SpecialChar ~ +( +\emph on +azken\SpecialChar ~ +oharra +\emph default +): letra-tipo lehenetsia berrasieratzeko +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +Zuriunea +\family default + laster-tekla erabil dezakezu. +\layout Subsection + +Karaktereen diseinua fintzea +\layout Standard + +Gerta daiteke noizbait zerbait findu behar izatea, horretarako LyX-ek karaktere- +estilo pertsonalizatua sortzeko bidea eskaintzen dizu. + Adibidez, unibertsitateko egunkari edo lantegi batean +\family sans +sans-serif +\family default + letra-tipoa zehazten duen estilo-gida sortzen du zenbait egoeratan erabiltzeko +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\noun on +John Weiss +\noun default +-en oharra: badago estilo-gidaren antzekoa LyX Dokumentaziorako, eskuliburuek + nolabaiteko koherentzia behar dutelako. +\end_inset + +. + Gainera, idazleek batzuetan hainbat letra-tipo erabiltzen dute pertsonaien + pentsakizunak elkarrizketa arrunt batean zehar adierazteko. +\layout Standard + +Karaktere-estilo pertsonalizatua nola erabiltzen den erakutsi aurretik, + berriro abisu bat emango dizugu: ez erabili gehiegi karaktere-estiloak. + Egungo testu-prozesadore askok letra-tipoen multzo handia eskuragarri dute, + argitaletxe baten inprimatzeko ahalmenak eskainiz. + Zoritxarrez, ahalmen hori gehiegikerian erabiltzeko joera dago. + "Itsasoan arbolak aldatu" esamoldea gogorarazi dit. + Eta esaera zaharrak dioen bezala, letra-tipo eta tamaina ezberdinak gehiegi + darabiltzaten dokumentuek takarren batek zapaldu eta hondatuko dituela + ematen du. +\layout Standard + +Aieneka nahikoa ibili gara; goazen, bada, harira. +\layout Standard + +Letra-tipo pertsonalizatuak erabiltzeko, +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua +\family default + menuko +\family sans +\bar under +K +\bar default +arakterea +\family default + elementuan klikatuz +\family sans +Karakterea +\family default + izeneko elkarrizketa-koadroa agertuko da. + Leihoan zazpi bat botoi egongo dira, aukera dezakezun letra-propietate + bakoitzeko bat alegia. + Zazpi horietatik aukera bat hauta dezakezu, edo +\family sans +Aldaketarik\SpecialChar ~ +gabe +\family default + hautatuz uneko propietatearen egoera mantentzen du. + +\family sans +Berrezarri +\family default + elementuak propietate baten lehenetsitako egoerara berrasieratuko du, dagoen + paragrafo-ingurunearen arabera. + Hori hartutako paragrafo-ingurune ezberdinetan atributuak berrezartzeko + erabil dezakezu. +\layout Standard + +Zazpi letra-propietate, eta beraien aukerak ( +\family sans +Aldaketarik\SpecialChar ~ +gabe +\family default + eta +\family sans +Berrezarri +\family default +-ri gehituz) hauek dira: +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Familia +\family default + Letra-tipoaren "erabateko itxura". + Dauden aukerak hauek dira: +\begin_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Erromatarra +\family default + Hau Erromatar letra-tipoko familia da. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Familia lehenetsia da. + (laster-tekla: = +\family sans +M-c r +\family default +) +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Sans\SpecialChar ~ +Serif +\family default + +\family sans +Hau Sans Serif letra-tipoko familia da +\family default +. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +(laster-tekla = +\family sans +M-c s +\family default +) +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Idazmakina +\family default + +\family typewriter +Hau Idazmakina letra-tipoko familia da +\family default +. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +(laster-tekla = +\family sans +M-c p +\family default +) +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Serieak +\family default + Karakterearen lodierari dagokio. + Hauek dira aukerak: +\begin_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Ertaina +\family default + Hau Ertaina letra-tipoko seriea da. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Lehenetsitako seriea ere bada. +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Lodia +\family default + +\series bold +Hau Lodia letra-tipoko seriea da +\series default +. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Serie hau txandakatzeko (aktibatu eta desaktibatzeko), erabili +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua +\family default + menuko Lodi estiloa , edo +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +b +\family default + lasterbidea erabil dezakezu. +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Forma +\family default + Bere izenak azaltzen du. + Aukerak: +\begin_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Zutik +\family default + Hau Zutik letra-forma da. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Lehenetsitako forma da. +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Etzana +\family default + +\shape italic +Hau Etzana letra-forma da +\shape default +. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Inklinatua +\family default + +\shape slanted +Hau Inklinatua letra-forma da +\shape default + ( pantailan ez antzeman arren, etzanaren ezberdina da). +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Maiuskula +\family default +\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +txikiak +\family default + +\family sans +\shape smallcaps +Hau maiuskula txikiak letra-forma da +\family default +\shape default +. +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Tamaina +\family default + Letraren tamaina aldatzen du. + Hemen ez duzu zenbakizko baliorik aurkituko, aukeran dauden neurri guztiak + lehenetsitakoaren letra-tamainarekiko proportzionalak dira. + Berriro diogu, ez zaitez LyX-en xehetasunengatik arduratu, egin nahi duzuna + bakarrik azaltzearekin nahikoa duzu. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Aukerak (eta laster-teklak) hauek dira: +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +Ttipi-ttipia +\family sans +\size tiny +Hau "Ttipi-ttipia" letra-tamaina da. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +(laster-tekla = +\family sans +M-s t +\family default + edo +\family sans +M-s 1 +\family default +) +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +Txikiena +\family sans +\size scriptsize +Hau "Txikiena" letra-tamaina da. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +(laster-tekla = +\family sans +M-s 2 +\family default +) +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +Txikiagoa +\family sans +\size footnotesize +Hau "Txikiagoa" letra-tamaina da. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +(laster-tekla = +\family sans +M-s S +\family default + edo +\family sans +M-s 3 +\family default +) +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +Txikia +\family sans +\size small +Hau "Txikia" letra-tamaina da. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +(laster-tekla = +\family sans +M-s s +\family default + edo +\family sans +M-s 4 +\family default +) +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +Normala Hau "Normala" letra-tamaina da. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Lehenetsitako tamaina da. + (laster-tekla = +\family sans +M-s n +\family default + edo +\family sans +M-s 5 +\family default +) +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +Handia +\family sans +\size large +Hau "Handia" letra-tamaina da. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +(laster-tekla = +\family sans +M-s l +\family default +edo +\family sans +M-s 6 +\family default +) +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +Handiagoa +\family sans +\size larger +Hau "Handiagoa" letra-tamaina da. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +(laster-tekla = +\family sans +M-s S-L +\family default + edo +\family sans +M-s 7 +\family default +) +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +Handiena +\family sans +\size largest +Hau "Handiena" letra-tamaina da. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +(laster-tekla = +\family sans +M-s 8 +\family default +) +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +Eskerga +\family sans +\size huge +Hau "Eskerga" letra-tamaina da . +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +(laster-tekla = +\family sans +M-s h +\family default + edo +\family sans +M-s 9 +\family default +) +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +Eskergena +\family sans +\size giant +Hau "Eskergena" letra-tamaina da. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +(laster-tekla = +\family sans +M-s H +\family default + edo +\family sans +M-s 0 +\family default +) +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Berriro +\emph default + abisatu nahi dizugu: ezaugarri honekin ez zaitez aztoratu. + Inoiz ere ez zenuke letra-tamaina aldatu beharrik izango. + LyX-ek paragrafo-ingurune ezberdinentzat automatikoki aldatzen ditu letra-tamai +nak, eta erabil ezazu horrela. + Hori bakarrik fintzeko erabiltzen da! +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Hainbat +\family default + Karaktere mailan alda ditzakezun beste gauzatxo batzuk dira. + Hauek dira aukerak: +\begin_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Enfasia +\family default + +\emph on +Testu honek +\family sans +Enfasia +\family default + aktibatuta dauka. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Honek letra etzanaren antzekoa dirudien arren, zertxobait ezberdina da. + Testu etzan batean enfasia erabiltzen baduzu, zutik jarriko du. + LyX-eko etorkizuneko bertsioetan, espero dugu propietate logiko honen jokabide + zehatza pertsonalizatzeko aukera eskaini ahal izatea. +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Azpimarratua +\family default + +\bar under +Testu honek Azpimarratua aktibatuta dauka. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +(laster-tekla = +\family sans +M-c u +\family default +) +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Izena +\family default + +\noun on +Testu honek +\family sans +Izena +\family default + aktibatuta dauka. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Enfasia bezala, hau ere atributu logiko bat da. + Oraingoz, +\family sans +Maiuskula\SpecialChar ~ +txikiak +\family default +-en baliokidea da, baina egunen batean beraren jokabidea aldatuko da. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Ahal baldin baduzu, ez erabili azpimarratua! Idazmakinen garaitik bizirik + atera da, letra-tipoak aldatu ezin zenituen garaikoa alegia. + Testua nabarmentzeko, ez dugu gehiago behar azpimarra karakterearekin azpimarra +tzen jarraitzea. + LaTeX-en dagoelako dauka LyX-ek, eta zenbait idazlek artikuluak bidaltzeko + +\emph on +beharrezkoa +\emph default + dutelako (eta, egitez, eskuliburu hauetan menu-elementuen lasterbideak + erakusteko erabili ditugu). +\end_deeper +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Kolorea +\family default + Testuaren kolorea kontrol hau erabiliz egokitu ahal izango duzu. + Noski, gaitasun honi etekina ateratzeko koloreetan inprimatzeko aukera + edukitzeaz gain color LaTeX paketea instalatuta eduki beharko duzu. + Jakin ezazu +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + programak ez duela koloreak bistaratzeko gaitasunik. + Kolore gabea aukeraz gain, zein "kolore" estandar den hauta dezakezu +\family sans +Beltza +\family default +, +\family sans +Zuria +\family default +, +\family sans +Gorria +\family default +, +\family sans +Berdea +\family default +, +\family sans +Urdina +\family default +, +\family sans +Zian +\family default +, +\family sans +Arrosa +\family default + eta +\family sans +Horia +\family default + testu-koloreen artean. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Hizkuntza +\family default + Hau testuaren zatiak hizkuntza ezberdinetan idatzita daudela markatzeko + erabiltzen da, dokumentuan erabiltzen denaren hizkuntza ezberdina. + Horrela, aldaketa nabarmentzeko, markatutako testua urdinez azpimarratzen + da. +\layout Standard + +Konbinatzeko aukera asko dituzu. +\layout Standard + +Behin karaktere-estilo berri bat aukeratzen duzunean, +\family sans +Karakterea +\family default + leihoa erabiliz, tresna-barrako "Font" etiketa duen botoian klikatuz edo + +\family sans +\bar under +A +\bar default +plikatu +\family default + hautatuz aktiba dezakezu. + Tresna-barrako botoiak karaktere-estilo pertsonalizatuaren egoera txandakatzeko + aukera eskaintzen dizu, nahiz eta Karakterea elkarrizketa-koadroa ikusgai + ez egon. +\layout Standard + +Karakterea erabat berrasieratzeko, erabili +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +Zuriunea +\family default +. + Aldatu dituzun propietateak bakarrik txandakatu nahi badituzu (demagun + forma "inklinatua" eta serieak "lodia" bezala jarri dituzula), orduan gaitu + +\family sans +Txandakatu\SpecialChar ~ +guztiak +\family default + egiaztatze-kontrola eta sakatu +\family sans +Aplikatu +\family default + botoia. + +\layout Standard + +Azken aldian hainbeste errepikatzen ari garen abisuarekin amaituko dugu: + ez gehiegi erabili letra-tipoak. + Horiek batik bat idazkera onerako kaltegarriagoak izan daitezkeelako. + Idatzi zeure buruarekin hitz egiten duzun bezala, eta lortuko duzu. +\layout Section + +Aurrebista eta inprimatzea +\layout Subsection + +Azalpen laburra +\layout Standard + +Dokumentuaren prestaketaren oinarria LyX erabiliz azaldu dugunez, jakin + nahiko duzu zure idazkiak nola inprimatzen diren. + Hori azaldu aurretik ordea, atzetikan zer duen buruzko deskripzio azkar + bat ematea nahiko genizuke. + Informazio hau zehatzago +\emph on +Ezaugarri hedatuak +\emph default + eskuliburuan aurkituko duzu. +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek atzealdean "LaTeX" izeneko programa bat erabiltzen du (gaur egun, + LaTeX TeX konposaketa sistemarako makro pakete bat bakarrik da, baina gaizki + ez ulertzeko nahiago dugu guzti honi "LaTeX" deitzea). + Honela pentsatu: orain idazteko LyX erabiltzen duzu. + Gero, LyX-ek LaTeX-i deituko dio zure idazkia inprimatze-irteerara bihur + dezan. + Hau hainbat urratsetan lantzen da: +\layout Enumerate + +Aurrenik, LyX-ek zure dokumentua hainbat testu-komandotara bihurtzen ditu + LaTeX-entzako, " +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default +" luzapeneko fitxategi bat sortuz. +\layout Enumerate + +Hurrengo urratsean, LaTeX-ek +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + fitxategiko komandoak erabiltzen ditu inprimatze-irteera sortzeko. + Hala ere, berak ez daki ezer zure inprimagailuari buruz. + Hori dela eta, LaTeX-ek gailutik askea ( +\emph on +device-independent +\emph default + edo DVI laburrean) bezala ezagutzen den fitxategia sortzen du. + DVI motako +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + fitxategiak edozein ordenagailutara eraman daitezke, eta ez du ordenagailuareki +ko bihurketa zehatzik behar. +\begin_deeper +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Oharra +\emph default +: DVI fitxategiak bere barruan LaTeX fitxategiaren edukia dauka. + Zure dokumentuan PostScript® motako irudi batzuk txertatu badituzu, DVI + fixtategiak irudiak diren fitxategiei zuzenduriko estekak bakarrik edukiko + ditu, eta ez baititu irudi horiek bere barruan edukitzen. + Beraz, ez ahaztu zure +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default + fitxategiarekin batera irudiak diren fitxategi hauek ere beste ordenagailura + mugitu behar direla. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Hartu ezazu +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default + fitxategia "azken irteera"tzat. + Behin hori lortutakoan, ikusi, inprimatu edo beste zenbait formatutara + bihur dezakezu. +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + + +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default + fitxategiak ikusteko, +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + izeneko programa erabil dezakezu. +\layout Enumerate + +Inprimagailu eta Unix sistema batzuek DVI ulertzen dute, eta zuzenean zure + +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default + fitxategia inprima dezakete. +\layout Enumerate + +Gaur egun, inprimagailu gehienek PostScript® formatua ulertzen dute. + LyX-ek automatikoki +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default + fitxategiak PostScript® fitxategira bihurtzen du, dokumentua inprimatu + nahi duzunean. + LyX-ek ere dokumentuaren PostScript® bertsioaren aurrebista ikusteko aukera + eskaintzen dizu, ghostview programa erabiliz. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +PostScript® erabiltzeak duen alde ona da programa-bihurtzaileak ( +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + izenekoa) dokumentuan sartu duzun edozein PostScript® grafiko hartu eta + dokumentuaren amaierako PostScript® bertsioan jartzen duela. + Erabili dituzun letra-tipo ezberdinak ere sartzen ditu. + Honela, PostScript® bertsioa DVI bertsioa baino askoz ere eramangarriagoa + da. +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek urrats hauek guztiak automatikoki lantzen dituenez, ez daukazu arduratu + beharrik. +\layout Standard + +Ikusi duzunez, dokumentuaren inprimatze edo aurrebistako bertsioa eskuratzeko + hainbat gauza gertatzen dira. + Hori dela eta, ez zaitez kezkatu inprimatzeak beste testu-prozesadoreekin + baino denbora gehiago eskatzen badu. + Inprimatutako emaitzaren zain egotea merezi du. + Kalitatea beti ordaintzen da. +\layout Subsection + +Aurrebista azkarra: +\family typewriter +xdvi +\layout Standard + +Dokumentuaren azken bertsioa, orri-jauzi guztiak beraien lekuan, oin-oharrak + egokiro zenbatuta, eta beste hainbat gauza ikusteko, hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +kusi +\family default + menuko +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI +\family default + elementua. + Ondoren itxoin pixka batean. +\layout Standard + +Atzealdeko eragiketa guztiak egindakoan, LyX-ek +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + programari deituko dio. + Orain bai emaitzak ikusiko dituzula ( +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + programaren xehetasun gehiago eskuratzeko, ikus +\family typewriter +man +\family default + eskuliburua). +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Trikimailu\SpecialChar ~ +lagungarria +\emph default +: Utzi +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + leihoa irekita, agian beste mahaigain batera eramanez. + Ondoren, dokumentuan zenbait aldaketa egindakoan, erabili Ikusi menuko + +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +guneratu +\bar under +\SpecialChar \menuseparator +D +\bar default +VI +\family default + aukera. + Gero klikatu +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + leihoan. + +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + programak automatikoki +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default + fitxategia berriz irakurri eta eguneratutako emaitza bistaratuko du. +\layout Subsection + +PostScript®-en aurrebista: +\family typewriter +ghostview +\layout Standard + +Orokorrean, dokumentua ikusteko biderik erosoen eta azkarrena +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + erabiltzea da. + Hala ere, batzuetan PostScript® bertsioa begiratu nahiko duzu. + Zergatietariko bat letra-tipoetan datza +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +\emph on +John Weiss +\family default +-en oharra +\emph default +: beste arrazoi bat paranoia izan daiteke. + Inprimatu aurretik PostScript® bertsioari begiratzea atsegin dut, inprimagailua +ri zehazki zer igorriko zaion ikusteko\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\end_inset + +. + LaTeX dokumentu batean PostScript® letra-tipoak erabil ditzakezun arren, + +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + programak ezin ditu erakutsi. + Uneko emaitzak ikusteko, +\family typewriter +ghostview +\family default + edo beste PostScript® fitxategi-ikustaile bat beharko duzu. +\layout Standard + +Dokumentuaren PostScript® bertsioa ikusteko, hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Pos +\bar under +t +\bar default +Script +\family default + elementua. + Atzealdeko lan guztiak amaitutakoan, LyX-ek +\family typewriter +ghostview +\family default + programari deituko dio. + Orain, emaitzak ikusteko gai zaingo zara. +\layout Standard + +Ba al dakizu +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +kusi +\family default + menuko +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +guneratu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Pos +\bar under +t +\bar default +Script +\family default + komandoak zer egiten duen? Gogoratu komando hau landutakoan +\family typewriter +ghostview +\family default + leihoan klikatu behar dela aurrebista eguneratzeko. +\layout Subsection + +Fitxategia inprimatzea +\layout Standard + +Fitxategi bat inprimatzeko, hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +itxategia +\family default + menuko +\family sans +I +\bar under +n +\bar default +primatu +\family default + aukera, edo klikatu inprimagailuaren irudia duen tresna-barrako botoian. + Horrek +\family sans +Inprimatu +\family default + elkarrizketa-koadroa irekitzen du. +\layout Standard + +Orrialde bakoitiak edo bikoitiak inprimatzeko aukera daukazu, oso erabilgarria + izaten da orri bateko bi aldeetan inprimatu nahi bada: inprimatutako lehen + orri-multzoa berriro inprimagailuan sar dezakezu, bestaldean inprimatzeko. +\layout Standard + +Inprimagailu batzuek orriak gora begira ateratzen dituzte; beste batzuek, + berriz, behera begira. + Inprimatzeko antolaketa zehatz bat hautatzen baduzu, ez duzu orriak berrantolat +zen jardun beharrik izango. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Inprimaketaren\SpecialChar ~ +helburua +\family default + izeneko markoan honako Argumentu hauek ezar ditzakezu: +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Inprimagailua +\family default + Zein inprimagailutan inprimatuko den zehazteko +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Konturatu zaitez inprimagailuaren izena ez dela +\family typewriter +lpr +\family default + komandoari igortzeko, baizik eta +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default +-entzako dela. + Horrek esanahi du, +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + inprimagailu-izen honentzako konfiguratu behar dela. + Xehetasun gehiagorako, ikus +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:dvipskonfig} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala edo +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default +-ren dokumentazioa. + Inprimagailu lehenetsia +\family typewriter +lyxrc +\family default + fitxategian ere zehatz daiteke. + +\end_inset + +. + Inprimagailu horrek PostScript® fitxategiekin lan egin beharko du. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans +Fitxategia +\family default + Zein fitxategitan inprimatuko den zehazteko da. + Irteera PostScript® formatukoa izango da. + Normalean fitxategia uneko direktorioan idatziko da, bide-izen osoa ez + baduzu zehazten bederen. +\layout Standard + +Inprimatzeak bere denbora eskatzen du; dokumentua inprimatzeko, LaTeX, +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + eta +\family typewriter +ghostscript +\family default + (PostScript® motako inprimagailurik ez baduzu) tresnak urratsez urrats + landuko baitira. +\layout Section + +Tipografiari buruzko aipamena +\layout Subsection + +Hitz-zatiketa eta marratxoak +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:hitz-zatiak} + +\end_inset + +LyX-en "-" karakterea hiru luzeratan dator, marratxoa , marra motza eta + marra luzea bezala deitzen zaio. +\layout Enumerate + +marratxoa +\hfill +- +\hfill + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +- +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +-rekin egina +\layout Enumerate + +marra motza +\hfill +-- +\hfill + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +- +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +/ +\end_inset + +- +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +-rekin egina +\layout Enumerate + +marra luzea +\hfill +--- +\hfill + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +- +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +/ +\end_inset + +- +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +/ +\end_inset + +- +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +-rekin egina +\layout Enumerate + +minus ikurra +\hfill + +\begin_inset Formula $-$ +\end_inset + + +\hfill +matematika-erako +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +- +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + ikurra +\layout Standard + +Errenkada batean "-" karakterea hainbat aldiz erabiliz horiek sortzen dituzu. + LyX-ek automatikoki bihurtuko ditu dagokien marra luzera egokiarekin irteerako + emaitzan. +\layout Standard + +Hiru marra mota horiek minus ikurraren ezberdinak dira, azken hori matematika-er +an agertzen da eta berezko luzera dauka. + Hona "-" erabiltzen dituzten adibideak: +\layout Enumerate + +lerro- eta orri-jauziak +\hfill +( +\emph on +marratxoa +\emph default +) +\layout Enumerate + +A--Z barrutikoak +\hfill +( +\emph on +marra +\emph default +) +\layout Enumerate + +Nire --- elkarrizketarako marra. +\hfill +( +\emph on +marra-luzea +\emph default +) +\layout Enumerate + + +\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$ +\end_inset + + +\hfill +( +\emph on +minus ikurra +\emph default +) +\layout Standard + +Dokumentu hau LyX-eko pantailan irakurtzen ari bazara, ezberdintasunik ez + duzu antzemango, horretarako begiratu inprimatutako bertsioan. +\layout Standard + +Hitzak zatitzeari buruzko azken oharra --- LyX-ek automatikoki hitzak zatitu + eta marratxoak txertatzen ditu ingelesezko testuetan. + Gaur egun, horretaz LaTeX arduratzen da, eta beste zenbait hizkuntzetan + ere hitzak zatitu ditzake. + Irteerako azken emaitza sortu arte hitzak ez dira zatituko. +\layout Standard + +Baldin eta, arrazoi bat dela medio, LaTeX-ek ezingo balu hitzak era egokian + zatitu, zatitze-puntuak eskuz ezartzeko aukera daukazu. + Hori egiteko, joan +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Hizki\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +b +\bar default +erezia +\family default + menuko +\family sans +\bar under +H +\bar default +itz-zatitze\SpecialChar ~ +marra +\family default + elementura. + Gogoratu hitzak zatitzeko puntu osagarri horiek LaTeX-entzat aholkuak baino + ez direla. + Hitzak zatitu behar ez badira, LaTeX-ek ez ditu zatituko eta beraietaz + ahaztuko da. +\layout Subsection + +Puntuazio-markak +\layout Subsubsection + +Laburtzapenak eta sententzia-amaiera +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:laburtza} + +\end_inset + +LyX-ek LaTeX-i deitzen dionean dokumentuaren azken bertsioa sor dezan, LaTeX-ek + bere kasa hitzak, sententziak eta laburtzapenak bereizten ditu. + LaTeX-ek orduan "tarte-kopuru egokia" gehitzen du: sententziek puntuaren + eta hurrengo hitzaren arteko tartea handixeagoa edukitzen dute. + Laburtzapenek puntu osteko tartea hitzen artekoa bezalakoa dute. +\layout Standard + +Zoritxarrez, zer den laburtzapena eta zer sententzia aztertzen duen arauak + nahiko buruhauste ematen ditu. + Baldin eta "." minuskulaz dagoen hizki baten ondorengoa bada, orduan sententzia + da. + Baina maiuskulaz dagoen hizki baten ostekoa bada, laburtzapena egoeran + aurkitzen gara. +\layout Standard + +Adibide hauek laburtzapen eta sententzia-amaiera +\emph on +zuzenak +\emph default + dituzte: +\layout Itemize + +J. + M. + Barandiaran +\layout Itemize + +Zu goxo-goxo. + Eta ni bero-bero. +\layout Standard + +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +eta honako hauek, berriz, araua apurtzen duten adibideak dira: +\layout Itemize + +e.a. + hutsune gehiegi sortzen dute! +\layout Itemize + +Erabili LyX. + Ongi dago. +\layout Standard + +Ez duzu akatsik ikusiko dokumentuaren azken bertsioa aurreikusi edo inprimatu + arte. +\layout Standard + +Arazoa konpontzeko, erabili aholku hauek: +\layout Enumerate + +Erabili +\family sans +Zuriune\SpecialChar ~ +babestua +\family default + minuskuletako laburtzapenen ondoren (ikus +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:zuribabes-lerrojauzi-horlerro} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala). +\layout Enumerate + +Erabili +\family sans +Esaldi\SpecialChar ~ +amaiera +\family default +, +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Hizki\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +b +\bar default +erezia +\family default + menupean aurkitzen da, sententzien arteko tartea derrigortzeko. + +\family sans +C-puntua +\family default + (C-.) laster-tekla ere baliagarria da. +\layout Standard + +Zuzenketak eginda, arestiko adibideek honelako itxura izango dute:. +\layout Itemize + +e.a.\SpecialChar ~ +hutsune gehiegi sortzen dute! +\layout Itemize + +Erabili LyX.\SpecialChar ~ +Ongi dago. +\layout Standard + +Zenbait hizkuntzek ez dute sententzien arteko tarte gehigarririk erabiltzen. + Zure hizkuntza horietariko bat bada, ez daukazu kezkatu beharrik. + Jolastea atsegin dutenentzat errore korapilatsu horiek harrapatzeko laguntza + dago: ikus +\emph on +Ezaugarri hedatuak +\emph default + eskuliburuko +\family sans +Editatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Egiaztatu\SpecialChar ~ +TeX +\family default + ezaugarriari buruzko azalpenak. +\layout Subsubsection + +Komatxoak +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:komatxoak} + +\end_inset + +LyX-ek orokorki komatxo egokiak jartzen ditu. + Bereziki, testua irekitzeko eta ixteko komatxoak erabiltzen ditu. + Adibidez, "ireki itxi". + Teklatuko karaktereak, ", automatikoki sortzen du. + +\layout Standard + +Nahi izanez gero, " teklaren jokabidea alda dezakezu Komatxoa elkarrizketa-koadr +oa erabiliz. + Hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okumentua +\family default +menuan +\family sans + Hizkuntza +\family default + fitxako +\family sans +Komatxo\SpecialChar ~ +estiloa +\family default +. + +\family sans +Bikoitza +\family default + botoia hautatuz +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + teklak +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +" sekuentzia sortuko du. + Bakuna botoiarekin, bestalde, " teklak `' sortuko du. +\layout Standard + +Hizkuntza ezberdinentzat +\family sans +\bar under +M +\bar default +ota +\family default + aukeran beste komatxo batzuk hautatzeko aukera daukazu. + Sei aukera daude: +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Testua +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\family default + Erabili komatxoak +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +bikoitza +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + edo +\begin_inset Quotes els +\end_inset + +bakuna +\begin_inset Quotes ers +\end_inset + + bezala. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring MMMMM + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes sld +\end_inset + +Testua +\begin_inset Quotes srd +\end_inset + + +\family default + Erabili komatxoak +\begin_inset Quotes sld +\end_inset + +hau +\begin_inset Quotes srd +\end_inset + + edo 'hau +\begin_inset Quotes ers +\end_inset + + bezala. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring MMMMM + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Testua +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\family default + Erabili komatxoak +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +hau +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + edo +\begin_inset Quotes gls +\end_inset + +hau +\begin_inset Quotes grs +\end_inset + + bezala. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring MMMMM + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +Testua +\begin_inset Quotes prd +\end_inset + + +\family default +Erabili komatxoak +\begin_inset Quotes pld +\end_inset + +hau +\begin_inset Quotes prd +\end_inset + + edo +\begin_inset Quotes pls +\end_inset + +hau +\begin_inset Quotes prs +\end_inset + + bezala. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring MMMMM + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Testua +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + Erabili komatxoak +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +hau +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + edo +\begin_inset Quotes fls +\end_inset + +hau +\begin_inset Quotes frs +\end_inset + + bezala. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring MMMMM + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes ald +\end_inset + +Testua +\begin_inset Quotes ard +\end_inset + + +\family default + Erabili komatxoak +\begin_inset Quotes ald +\end_inset + +hau +\begin_inset Quotes ard +\end_inset + + edo +\begin_inset Quotes als +\end_inset + +hau +\begin_inset Quotes ars +\end_inset + + bezala. +\layout Standard + +Berriz diogu: horrek " tekla sakatzean sortzen duenari eragiten dio. +\layout Standard + +Bestalde, komatxo karaktere jatorra sortu nahi baduzu, C-" sakatzeak " sortzen + du. + Txertatu->Hizki berezia menuko Komatxo arrunta komandoa ere erabil dezakezu. +\layout Subsection + +Hizki-loturak +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:hizki-loturak} + +\end_inset + +Testu konposaketa arloan zenbait hizki-talde bakarrean bateratu eta horiek + karaktere bakun bat bezala inprimatzeko ohitura arrunta da. + Talde horiek +\emph on +hizki-loturak +\emph default + (edo ingelesez "ligatures") bezala ezagutzen dira. + LaTeX-ek hizki-loturei buruzkoak ezagutzen dituenez, LyX dokumentuetan + ere erabilgarriak dira. + Dauden hizki-loturak hauek dira: +\layout Itemize + +ff +\layout Itemize + +fi +\layout Itemize + +fl +\layout Itemize + +ffi +\layout Itemize + +ffl +\layout Standard + +Baina gerta daiteke hitz batean hizki-loturarik nahi ez izatea. + Hizki-lotura bat "graffiti" hitzean egokia izan daitekeen arren, beste + hitz batean, alemanerako "Dorffest" hitzan adibidez, desegokia izan daiteke. + Hizki-lotura bat eteteko, erabili +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Hizki\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +b +\bar default +erezia +\family default + menuko +\family sans +Hizki-lotura\SpecialChar ~ +etena +\family default +. + Horrek "Dorffest" hitza +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} +fest +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + erara aldatuko du. + +\layout Subsection + +Alargunak eta umezurtzak +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:alargunak} + +\end_inset + +Oraindainoko testu-prozesadoreetan orrialdeen jauziak orria amaitzen diren + lekuan gertatzen dira. + Berdin zion testuarekin zer gertatzen zen. + Gogoratuko duzu dokumentu bat inprimatzean orrialdearen behean aurkitzen + zela atal berri bateko izenburua, edo paragrafo berri baten lehen lerroa + orrialde batean eta hurrengo lerroa beste orrialdean zegoela, edo paragrafo + bateko azken lerroa orrialde berri batean kokatzen zela. + Testua horrela astintzeari +\emph on +alargun +\emph default + eta +\emph on +umezurtz +\emph default + bezala deitzen zaie. +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek atal bateko izenburuaren ostean orri-jauziak saihesten ditu. + Hori paragrafo-inguruneen gaitasunetariko bat da. + Zer gertatzen da, ordea, alargun eta umezurtzekin (orri-jauziek paragrafo + bateko lerro bat bakar-bakarrik orrialde baten gainean edo azpian uzten + dute)? LaTeX-ek arauak ditu orri-jauziak kudeatzeko, eta arau horietariko + batzuk alargunak eta umezurtzak saihesteko bereziki garatu dira. + LyX-en onura bat da atzealdean LaTeX erabiltzea. +\layout Standard + +Ez dugu azalduko TeX-ek eta LaTeX-ek noiz erabakitzen duten orri-jauzi bat + egitea, edo nola eragin dezakezun beraien jokabidean. + LaTeX-i buruzko zenbait liburuk bibliografian zerrendatzen diren +\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexlagunartea} + +\end_inset + + edo +\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexgida} + +\end_inset + + bezalakoak, argibide gehiago eskain diezazuke. + Hala eta guztiz ere, ez daukazu honi buruz kezkatu beharrik. +\layout Chapter + +Mugikorrak: taulak, irudiak, oin-oharrak eta albo-oharrak Taula, irudi eta + oharrak +\layout Section + +Oin-oharrak +\layout Standard + +Konposaketarako beste programak ez bezala, LyX-ek +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +tolestu" egiten diren kutxak erabiltzen ditu, pantailaren azpian edo testuaren + beste leku batean erakutsi ordez. + Oin-ohar bat +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Oi +\bar under +n +\bar default +-oharra +\family default + aukerarekin txertatzen duzunean, kutxa gris bat ( +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +oina" etiketa gorriarekin) ikusiko duzu testu artean. + Kutxa hori LyX-ek zure oin-oharra aurkezteko erabiltzen du. + Idatzi nahi duzun testua kutxaren barruan. + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +oina" etiketan klikatzen baduzu, kutxa +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +tolestuko" da. + Berriro botoian klikatzerakoan +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +zabaldu" egingo da +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Oin-ohar hau pantailan ixteko, klikatu laukiluze gorriaren gainean dagoen + botoian. +\end_inset + + . + Ez duzu inolako zenbakirik ikusiko LyX barruan. + Ez daukazu kezkatu beharrik, zeren eta LyX-ek zure ordez zenbatu eta orrialde + egokiaren behean kokatuko du oin-oharra, zure fitxategia prozesatzen duenean. + Daukazun testu-zati bat oin-ohar bezala ezarri nahi baduzu, hautatu zatia + eta klikatu tresna-barrako oin-ohar botoiaren gainean (azpiko testu gorria + eta berorri zuzentzen dion gezia irudikatzen du). +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek oraingoz ezin du hau egin: oin-oharraren zenbatzailea 1 baliora itzuli + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +artikulua" dokumentu-klaseko atal berria hasten den bakoitzean, edo zenbatzaile- +estiloa aldatu. + Horretarako LaTeX-eko komandoak txertatu beharko dituzu, +\emph on +Ezaugarri hedatuak +\emph default + eskuliburuan argitzen duen +\emph on +Oin-ohar eta majinentzat trikimailuak +\emph default + bezalakoak, alegia. +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Oharra +\emph default +: Mugikor bat bai LaTeX bai LyX-en ez da paragrafo soil bat, testu-prozesadore + askotan gertatzen den bezala. + Testu-egitura konplexu bat da, mugikorra ez ezik gauza asko dituena. + Horrek esanahi du mugikorren barruan diseinu guztiak erabil ditzakezula, + irudi eta taulak barne. + Nahiz eta askotan behar izan ez, noizbehinka beharko duzu. + Ahalbide dotorea da. +\layout Section + +Albo-oharrak +\layout Standard + +Albo-oharrek, berriz, oin-oharrak bezalako itxura eta jokabidea daukate. + Albo-oharra txertatzen duzunean, +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +A +\bar under +l +\bar default +bo-oharra +\family default + menua edo tresna-barrako botoia (alboan testua eta gezi bat gorantz begiratzen + irudikatzen du) klikatuz, kutxa gris bat -"albo" etiketa gorriarekin- agertuko + zaizu testuan. +\begin_inset Marginal +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\size footnotesize +Hemen daukazu albo-ohar bat. +\end_inset + + LyX-ek kutxa honen bitartez albo-oharrak aurkezten dizkizu. + Nahi duzun testua sar dezakezu kutxa honetan. + "albo" etiketan klikatuz, kutxa "tolestuko" da. + Nahi duzunean berriro etiketan klikatuz alboko oharra "zabalduko" zaizu. +\layout Standard + +Lehenetsi gisa, LyX-ek marjinarentzat 1.9 cm (0.75 atz) erabiltzen ditu, albo-ohar +rentzako lekua utziz. + Agian hori ez da izango bilatzen ari zarena, baina oin-oharrekin bezala, + LyX-ek oraindino ezin du LaTeX-ek egiten duen guztia egin. + Komando gehigarrientzat LaTeX eskuliburu bat irakurtzea izango duzu egokiena. +\layout Section + +4.3 Irudi eta grafiko inportatuak +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:irudiak} + +\end_inset + +Dokumentuak prestatzeko sistema bat ez da osoa izango baldin eta beste tresnekin + sortutako irudiak dokumentu batera inportatzeko gaitasunik ez badu. + LyX-en "irudiak" deitzen zaie (garai bateko zentzuan irudiak dira edo inportatu +tako grafiko-mota bat izan daiteke). + LyX-ek Kapsulatutako PostScript® motako irudiak (.eps luzapena eduki ohi + dute) oso ongi kudeatzen ditu, eta +\family typewriter +ghostview +\family default + erabiltzen du pantailako LyX leihoan irudia sortzeko, eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +includegraphics +\family default + LaTeX komandoa dokumentuaren irteerako bertsioan irudia txertatzeko. +\layout Standard + +Hemen aipatzen diren irudiak ez dute epigraferik eta dokumentuan jartzen + dituzun lekuan kokatzen dira. + Ezaugarri horietariko bat behar baduzu, ikus +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:irudimugik} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala. +\layout Standard + +Dokumentuan irudi bat txertatzeko, klikatu tresna-barrako azken-aurreko + botoian (paragrafo artean iruditxoa duen lauki gorri bat dauka) edo hautatu + +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +I +\bar default +rudia +\family default +\SpecialChar \ldots{} + menutik. +\layout Standard + +Zure dokumentuan grafiko-marko bat gehituko da, eta elkarrizketa-koadro + bat agertuko zaizu hautatu nahi duzun fitxategia kargatzeko. + Elkarrizketa-koadro horretan nahi dituzun ezarpenak alda ditzakezu ere. +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename mobius.eps + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Leiho honek hainbat argumentu ditu, eta bakoitzak bere azalpena dauka. + +\family sans +Fitxategia +\family default + eremua zure irudia aukeratzeko da (ohartu zaitez hainbat irudi-formatu + ezberdin automatikoki onartzen direla). + Irudi mugikorrak erabiltzeko, +\family sans +Azpirudia +\family default + aukera ezar dezakezu: (ikus +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:irudimugik} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala). + Irudia eralda daiteke biratze-angelua ezarriz, txertatze-kutxa erabiliz + eta eskalatuz. + Aukera dago zenbait irudi-formaturentzat automatikoki txertatze-kutxa ezartzeko + (ikus +\family sans +Txertatze-kutxa +\family default + fitxa). + Alde batetik, LyX-en irudia bistaratzeko kontrola eta bestaldetik dokumentuaren + irteerako bertsioan bistaratzekoa modu bereizi batean egin daiteke. + Hori oso erabilgarria izan ohi da irudi handientzat. + LaTeX-eko morroiak +\family sans +Aukera\SpecialChar ~ +osagarriak +\family default + fitxan LaTeX aukera gehigarriak zehatz ditzake. +\layout Subsection + +Irudi mugikorrak +\layout Subsubsection + +Irudi mugikorrak erabiltzea +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:irudimugik} + +\end_inset + +Testu batean zuzenean irudiak txertatzerakoan arazoak sortzen dira, dokumentuare +n orrialdeztapena (konposaketa edo maketazioa) lantzea ikaragarri zailtzen + baitu. + LyX-en prozesuak automatizatzearen filosofiari jarraitzeko, egokiagoa izango + duzu +\family sans +Irudi\SpecialChar ~ +mugikorrak +\family default + erabiltzea, horiekin LyX-ek (benetan LaTeX-ek) dokumentuan zehar leku egokietan + kokatzeko mugituko ditu. + Ordainez, LyX-ek irudion zerrenda eguneratuko du eta beraietan epigrafeak + idazteko aukera eskainiko dizu, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:epigrafediseinua} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atalean azaldutako +\family sans +Epigrafea +\family default + ingurunea erabiliz. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Irudi\SpecialChar ~ +mugikor +\family default + bat jartzeko, hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +ugikorrak\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Irudia +\family default + menutik. + Mugikor bat lortuko duzu, barruan ez dauka irudirik; erabili tresna-barrako + botoia nahi duzun irudia txertatzeko. +\begin_inset Float figure +placement htbp +wide false +collapsed false + +\layout Caption + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{irud:escher} + +\end_inset + +M.C. + Escher-en azidoa. +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename escher-lsd.eps + display grayscale + +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Float figure +placement htbp +wide false +collapsed false + +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename platypus.eps + display color + rotateOrigin center + +\end_inset + + +\layout Caption + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{irud:zapal-ornit} + +\end_inset + +Hainbat aldiz itxura-aldatutako ornitorrinkoa mugikor batean. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Erraza dirudien arren, epigrafea kokatzeko zorroztasun bat dago. + Epigrafea irudiaren azpian agertzea nahi baduzu, sakatu +\family sans +Lerro-itzulera +\family default + kurtsorea epigrafearen hasieran dagoenean, eta txertatu irudia epigrafearen + gainean sortu den paragrafo berrian; edo epigrafea ezabatu eta txertatutako + irudiaren ostean +\family sans +Epigrafea +\family default + ingurunea hautatuz, sortu berriro. + Horixe egin dugu +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{irud:zapal-ornit} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +irudiarekin. + Kurtsorea epigrafearen ondorengo paragrafoan balego irudia txertatzerakoan, + hori epigrafearen ostean kokatuko da, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{irud:escher} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +kasuan bezala. + Egokiena +\family sans +Mugikor +\family default + bakoitzeko Irudi bakar bat erabiltzea da; horrela LyX-ek (berez LaTeX-ek) + irudi bakoitzarentzako leku egokienean kokatuko du. +\layout Standard + +Mugikor baten gainean saguaren eskuineko botoiarekin klikatuz elkarrizketa-koadr +o bat irekiko du, bertan LaTeX-ek mugikorrak kokatzeko (ikusi +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:mugik-koka} + +\end_inset + +) erabiltzen dituen kokapen-aukerak alda ditzakezu. + +\family sans +Hedatu\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +z +\bar default +utabeak +\family default + bi zutabetako dokumentuentzat baino ez da erabilgarria: hautatzen baduzu, + mugikorra orrialdeko bi zutabetan hedatuko da zutabe bakar batera mugatu + ordez. +\layout Standard + +Irudi honek etiketa bat eta berari dagokion erreferentzia gurutzatu bat + nola kokatu eta sortzen den erakusten du, hurrenez hurren; irakurri +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:erref-gurut} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala. + Txertatu +\family sans +Etiketa +\family default + bat epigrafean eta berori aipatzeko, erabili +\family sans +Erreferentzia gurutzatua +\family default +. + Oso garrantzitsua da etiketak irudi mugikorrekin erabiltzea, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +arestiko irudia" bezalako aipamen adierazkaitzak erabili barik, zeren eta + LaTeX-ek dokumentuaren irteerako bertsioan mugikor guztiak birkokatuko + baititu eta ziurrenik ez dira erabat "arestiko" izango. + Ezin badira mugikorrak beraiei dagokien testuen orrialde berdinean kokatu, + irudiak beraientzat bereiztutako orrialde batean kokatuko dira. + Egon zaitez lasai, irteerako emaitzan oso dotore agertuko baitira. + +\layout Standard + +Jabetu zaitez epigrafea +\family sans +Irudi-zerrenda +\family default +n ( +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:zer-zerrend} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atalean azaltzen den bezala) automatikoki erabilia izango denez, zure dokumentua +n bat gehitzeko aukera daukazu. +\layout Subsubsection + +Mugikorraren kokalekua +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:mugik-koka} + +\end_inset + +Orain +\family sans +Irudi\SpecialChar ~ +mugikor +\family default + burutazioaren atzean (edo baita geroago azalduko dugun +\family sans +Taula\SpecialChar ~ +mugikor +\family default +rarentzat ere) LyX-i irudi (edo taula) bat orrialde batean itxura trinko + eta hautemangarriarekin jartzeko aukera eskaintzea da. + LaTeX-ek erabiltzen dituen arauak nahiko ulergaitzak dira; begiratu LaTeX-eko + dokumentazioa xehetasun zehatzak jakiteko. + Mugikorren elkarrizketa-koadroko kontrol-laukiak erabil ditzakezu mugikor + baten kokapena zehazteko. + Lehenespenez, mugikor bakoitzak dokumentuaren kokapen-arau lehenetsiak + erabiltzen ditu. + Nahi izanez gero alda ditzakezu +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okumentua +\family default + leihoan. + +\family sans +Mugikor-kokapena +\family default + eremuak LaTeX estiloko kokapen-zehaztapenak hartzen ditu. + Nahi dituzun ordenan lau hizkiren konbinazioa erabil dezakezu: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +h +\family default + erabili +\emph on +hemen +\emph default +-entzat +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +t +\family default + erabili +\emph on +goia +\emph default +-rentzat (top) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +b +\family default +erabili +\emph on +behea +\emph default +-rentzat +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +p +\family default + erabili +\emph on +orrialdea +\emph default +-rentzat (page) +\layout Standard + +Hizkiok jokabide hauei dagokie: +\layout Description + +Hemen: LyX-ek +\family sans +Mugikorra +\family default + jarri duzun testuan kokatzen saiatuko da. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Nahikoa leku ez egonez gero, LyX beste hiru kokapen- motekin saiatuko da. +\end_deeper +\layout Description + +Goia: +\family sans +Mugikorra +\family default + uneko orrialdearen goian jartzen saiatuko da LyX. + Irudia uneko orrialdean ezin bada doitu , hurrengoan joango da. +\layout Description + +Behea: +\family sans +Mugikorra +\family default + uneko orrialdearen behean jartzen saiatuko da LyX. + Lekurik ez balego, hurrengo orrialdera joango da. +\layout Description + +Orrialdea: +\family sans +Mugikorra +\family default + (edo +\family sans +Mugikor +\family default + kopuru bat) berarentzako bereziki prestatutako orrialde batean jartzen + saiatuko da LyX. +\layout Standard + +Hori guztia lantzeko zenbait zorroztasun daude. + Ordenak LyX-i zein kokapenekin saiatu behar duen zehazten dio lehenbizi. + Batek huts egiten badu, hurrengoarekin saiatuko da, eta horrela jarraituko + du; nola nahi ere, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +h +\family default +"k lehentasuna edukiko du beti zerrendan agertzen bada. + Kokapen-zerrenda lehenetsia +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +tbp +\family default +" izaten da: aurrenik saiatu orrialdearen goian, ondoren orrialdearen behean + eta azkenik beretzat prestatutako orrialdean. + LyX irudia jartzeko +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +benetako lan gogorra" egiten saiatzea nahi baduzu, sartu harridura ikurra + zerrendaren hasieran; adib.\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +!htbp +\family default +". + Hona sarrera batzuen adibide eta dagokien azalpenak: +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +hbp +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Testuan daukan uneko kokapenean irudi/taula jartzen saiatuko da. + Huts egiten badu, orrialdearen behean jarriko du. + Berriro huts eginez gero, orrialde bereizi batean jarriko du. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +!hbp +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Irudia/Taula testuan daukan uneko lekuan jartzen saiatuko da. + Gero orrialde-behean, eta ondoren bereizitako orrialdean. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +tp +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Irudia/Taula orrialde-goian jarriko du. + Luzeegia bada, orrialde bereizi batean jarriko du. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +p +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Irudi eta taulak beraientzat prestatutako orrialdean jarriko ditu beti. +\end_deeper +\layout Subsection + +XFig eta LyX +\layout Standard + +Galdera arrunta da "nola sor ditzaket irudiak?". + Zorionez GNU/Linux edota LaTeX banaketa gehienetan dago erantzuna. + +\family typewriter +XFig +\family default + ahalmen handiko tresna da marrazteko. + +\family typewriter +XFig +\family default + tresnarekin sortutako irudiak hainbat eratan txerta ditzakezu. + Bide hau jarraitzea aholkatzen dizugu: +\layout Enumerate + +Esportatu irudia Kapsulatutako PostScript® (Encapsulated PostScript®) formatuan. + Hori LyX-en oso erraz txertatzen da, arestiko ataletan azaldu dugunez. + Abantaila handi bat dauka: PostScript®-en ahalmen guztia eskuragarri duzu. + Bezier kurbak, koloreak, marra-lodiera guztiak eta gehiago esan nahi du. + Zure fig dokumentuan testua sartu baduzu, PostScript® motako letra-tipoekin + inprimatuko da, ederto! Irudia beste EPS irudien antzera itxuraldatu daiteke, + arestian azaldu dugun bezala. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Daukan alde txarra: PostScript® testu gisa ezin duzu ekuaziorik sortu, ez + bada eskuz. + Zure irudian ekuazioak, berreketak edo indizeak behar badituzu, bide hau + jarraitzea ahokatzen dizugu. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Esportatu irudia LaTeX gisa. + Hain erraza da LyX-en txertatzea, XFig barruko testuan LaTeX komandoa guztiak + erabil ditzakezula, horrek duen abantailarekin. + Horrela XFig-eko testuarentzat +\emph on +bandera berezia +\emph default + ezar dezakezu. + Hori automatikoki egiteko, XFig abiatzerakoan +\family typewriter +xfig\SpecialChar ~ +-specialtext +\family default + komandoa erabili. + Hau egiteaz gain LaTeX letra-tipoa aukeratzen baduzu, idatzi bakarrik +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +$H_2$ +\family default +" XFig programan. + Irudia LaTeX gisa esportatu eta +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +S +\bar default +artu\SpecialChar ~ +fitxategia +\family default + (ikus +\emph on +Ezaugarri hedatuak +\emph default +) menuarekin LyX-en gehitzen baduzu, testua +\begin_inset Formula $H_{2}$ +\end_inset + + bezala agertuko da. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Tamalez, LaTeX-ek ez dauka PostScript®-ek duena bezalako ahalmen grafikoa. + Hori dela eta, ezingo dituzu marra-lodiera guztiak erabili eta, gogaikarriagoa + dena, ezta makurdura guztiak ere. + horregatik hirugarren bide bat aholkatzen dugu irudi konplexuagoekin lan + egiteko. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +3. + Esportatu irudia LaTeX/PostScript® konbinatu gisa. + Ondoren XFig-ek (berez +\family typewriter +transfig +\family default +) bi fitxategi sortuko ditu: +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +PostScript® zatia +\family typewriter +iruditxoa.pstex +\family default +, marrazketa guztia edukiz. +\layout Enumerate + +LaTeX zatia +\family typewriter +iruditxoa.pstex_t +\family default +, testu guztia edukitzeaz gain PostScript® zatira esteka bat dauka. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Ondoren, arestian azaldu dugun antzera, txertatu LaTeX zatia. + Horrek automatikoki PostScript® zatia ere txertatuko du. + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Honelako errore bat gertatzen bazaizu +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +unknown graphics extension pstex +\family default +" grafikoen luzapena aldarrikatu beharko duzu. + Uste dut +\family typewriter +transfig +\family default +-en errore bat dela, LaTeX2e-rekin gertatzen dena. + Gehitu honelako lerro bat +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +@namedef{Gin@rule@ps_tex}#1{{eps}{ps_tex}{#1}} +\layout Standard + +fitxategian hauetan: +\family typewriter +/usr/lib/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/dvips.def +\family default +. + +\layout Standard + +Ondoren gehitu +\family typewriter +pstex +\family default + luzapenera: +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +def +\backslash +Gin@extensions{eps, ps, pstex, eps.gz, ps.gz, eps=2EZ} +\layout Standard + +Horrela gehienei arazoa zuzenduko lieke. + Bestalde, PostScript® zatia +\family typewriter +iruditxoa.eps +\family default + gisa esporta dezakezu eta LaTeX zatiko +\family typewriter +iruditxoa.pstex_t +\family default + eskuz aldatu. + Baina hori erregarria izan daiteke. +\end_inset + +. + Horrela PostScript® eta LaTeX-en ahalmen konbinatu osoa edukiko duzu, sortu + orduko irudia eskalatzeko aukera izan ezik. + Eskala daitezkeen irudiak nahi badituzu, PostScript® formatua da zure aukera + bakarra. + Beste abantaila txiki bat: LaTeX-i letra-tipoaren konposaketa-lanak egiten + uztea, irudien letra-tipoak testuaren berdinak izango dira, eta hori askoz + ere xarmangarriagoa da. +\layout Section + +Taulak +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:taulak} + +\end_inset + +LyX-ek taulen euskarri ahaltsua dauka, baina LaTeX-ek (LyX-ek gaur egun) + oraindik gauza gehiago egin ditzakeenez, LaTeX-en ahalmen guztia erabili + behar badituzu, irakurri LaTeX-i buruzko liburu on bat. +\layout Standard + +Taula bat txertatzeko, bai +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +T +\bar default +aula +\family default + bai tresna-barrako botoia erabil ditzakezu. + Taulak zenbat zutabe eta errenkada eduki behar dituen galdetzen duen elkarrizke +ta-koadro bat agertuko zaizu. + Lehenespenez, taulako gelaxka bakoitzeko ezkerreko eta gaineko marrak ditu, + eskuineko zutabearen eskuinean eta azpiko errenkadako behean ere marrak + daude, taularen inguruan lauki ba osatuz. + Gainera, gaineko lehenbiziko errenkadaren azpian ere marra bat dago, errenkada + hau taulatik bereizita dagoela irudikatuz. + Hona adibide bat: +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +12 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +45 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +98 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +A +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +B +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +anitza +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +C +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Taula leihoa +\layout Standard + +Klikatu saguaren eskuineko botoiarekin taula bat eraldatzeko; ezarpen-leiho + bat agertuko da. + Dauden aukerak hauek dira: +\layout Itemize + +Gehitu/Kendu ertzeko marrak errenkada edo zutabeetan. + Errenkada bateko marra kentzen baduzu, puntuz osatutako marra agertuko + zaizu LyX-en, baina inprimatzeko irteeran ez da azalduko. + Errenkada baten beheko marra eta azpiko errenkadaren gaineko marra ezarriz, + errenkaden artean tarte bat azalduko da, arestiko adibideko gaineko errenkadan + ikus daitekeen antzera. + Bertikalean ere gauza bera egin dezakezu, zutabe bateko eskuineko marra + eta eskuinean dagoen zutabearen ezkerreko marra ezarriz. +\layout Itemize + +Testua lerrokatzea zutabe batean. +\layout Itemize + +Gehitzea errenkada eta zutabeak. +\layout Itemize + +Ezabatzea errenkada, zutabe edo taula osoa. +\layout Itemize + +Zutabe anitza. +\layout Itemize + +Ezarri zabalera finkoa zutabe batentzat. +\layout Itemize + +Taula luzearen aukerak. + (oso erabilgarria izaten da taula papera baino handiagoa denean). + Orduan taula orrialdearen behea eta hurrengo orrialdearen artean zatitzen + da, orrialdearen amaieran jarraitu ordez. +\layout Itemize + +Taula guztia edo gelaxka bakar bat alde batera biratu, 90 gradutan. +\layout Standard + +Eragiketa horiek lantzeko, kurtsorea taularen barruan kokatuta dagoela +\family sans +Editatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Taula +\family default + menua ere erabil dezakezu. +\layout Standard + +Aukera gehienak hautapenekin ere badabiltza. + Gelaxka, zutabe edo errenkada bat baino gehiago hautatzen badituzu, hautapen + guztiei eragingo diela esan nahi du. + Konturatu zaitez ezberdintasuna dagoela gelaxkaren edukia hautatzea eta + gelaxka beraren artean. + Gelaxka baten barruan lauki gorria ikusten baduzu, +\emph on +edukia +\emph default + hautatzen ari zarela esanahi du. + +\family sans +Ihes +\family default + tekla edo laukiaren kanpoan klikatuz, orduan gelaxkak hautatuko dituzu + (sagua edo teklatuko geziak erabil ditzakezu). +\layout Standard + +Errenkada bat gehitzen duzunean, kurtsorea daukan errenkadaren +\emph on +azpian +\emph default + gehituko du. + Zutabeak kurtsorearen +\emph on +eskuinean +\emph default + gehitzen dira. + Horrek zutabeak taularen ezkerraldean gehitzea eragozten du, hainbat ebaki + eta itsatsi egin gabe. + Ezabatzea beti kurtsorea dagoen zutabe edo errenkadan gertatzen da. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Zutabe\SpecialChar ~ +anitza +\family default + aukerak errenkada bateko auzokideak diren bi edo gelaxka gehiago batzen + ditu. + Arestiko adibidean "B" errenkadak zutabe anitza dauka, "45" eta "98" zutabeei + aplikatuta. + Erabiltzeko lehenbizi hautatu gelaxkak, ondoren aukeratu +\family sans +Zutabe\SpecialChar ~ +anitza +\family default + menua. + Honek ez du bertikalki funtzionatzen (ikus +\family typewriter +eu_TaulaAdibideak.lyx +\family default + dokumentua nola dabilen jakiteko). +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Zutabe\SpecialChar ~ +anitza +\family default + ere erabil dezakezu taula bakun bateko goi eta azpiko gelaxketako ertzen + marra eta testu-lerroketak bereziki kudeatzeko. + Gelaxka baten kudeaketa berezia duen adibidea daukazu orain: +\layout Standard +\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +x +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +y +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +a +\family default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default +eta +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + b +\family default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default + gela +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +103 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +9 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +b +\family default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default +eta +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + a +\family default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default + gela +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +599 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +340 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +abc +\family default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default + gela +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +1009 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +52 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series bold +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +abcd +\family default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default + gela +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +96 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +11 +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Hemen ikusi duzu nola goiburukoa den lehen errenkadako gelaxka erdira lerrokatut +a dagoena, baina ezker zutabeko edukia ezkerrerantz eta beste gelaxketakoak, + berriz, eskuinerantz lerrokatu direla. + Bi gelaxketako azpi eta goiko marrak ere kendu dira. +\layout Standard + +Zutabe batek zabalera finkoa edukitzea nahi baduzu, +\family sans +Taula +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Zabalera +\family default + eremuan sar dezakezu. + Horrek gelaxka batean hainbat paragrafotako testua edukitzea eskaintzen + dizu. +\layout Standard + +Zure taula handiegia bada dokumentuan bertikalki sartzeko, hautatu +\family sans +Biratu\SpecialChar ~ +90\SpecialChar ~ +gradu +\family default + botoia, eta taula alboratuta agertuko da (bertikal estiloko dokumentuan + horizontalki agertuko dela esan nahi du). + Nahi baduzu, taulako gelaxka bakarra bira dezakezu tarte horizontal gehiago + eskaintzeko. + Hurrengo adibideak gelaxka bakarrak biratzearen erabilgarritasuna egiaztatzen + du. +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Oharra +\emph default +: +\family sans +Biratu\SpecialChar ~ +90\SpecialChar ~ +gradu +\family default + aukera ez da pantailan bistaratzen, eta bakarrik PostScript® motako irteeran + dabil. + Beraz, aurreikusi nahi baduzu, erabili +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Postscript +\family default +, +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +kusi\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +VI +\family default + tresnak ez baitu taula modu egokiro batean erakusten. +\layout Description + + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Azalpena +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +1 bandera +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +2 bandera +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +3bandera +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +4 bandera +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +5 bandera +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +6 bandera +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +7 bandera +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +8 bandera +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +9 bandera +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +10 bandera +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Guztira +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +1 +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default +.\SpecialChar ~ +azal. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +7 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +2.\SpecialChar ~ +azal. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +9 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +3.\SpecialChar ~ +azal. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +8 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +4.\SpecialChar ~ +azal. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +6 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Guztira +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +30 +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Zer jar dezaket gelaxka batean? +\layout Standard + +Taula bateko gelaxka batean hainbat gauza jar daiteke. + Testu lerro bat, ekuazio bat (baina ez adierazpen Moduan, ezta lerro anitzetako + ekuazioak ere), edo irudi bat gelaxka batean egon daiteke; egitez, hiru + objektu-mota horiek guztiak sar daiteke gelaxka berdinean. + Letra-tamainak eta formak alda daitezke, eta taulak egokiro bistara ditzan + egokitu daitezke. + Hala ere, ezin duzu gelaxka batean ingurune berezirik sartu (adibidez +\family sans +Atala* +\family default +, e.a.) ez eta gelaxkaren paragrafoarentzat tarteko aukerak eta horrelakorik + ezarri. +\layout Subsection + +Tauletan ebaki eta itsastea +\layout Standard + +Taulen arteko ebakitze- eta itsaste-lanak nahiko ongi dabiltza. + Errenkada bat baino gehiago ebaki eta itsasteko aukera daukazu. + Hautatu saguarekin edo erabili +\family sans +Shift +\family default + eta teklatuko geziak, beti bezala. + Azpian dagoen adibideko bigarren taula lehengotik ebaki eta itsatsi da, + hautatu eta itsasteko sagua erabiliz. +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +1 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +2 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +3 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +4 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +5 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +6 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +7 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +8 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +9 +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +1 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +2 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +3 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +4 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +5 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +6 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +7 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Jakin ezazu taula osoak unitate bakar bat bezala kopiatu eta itsats ditzakezula, + hautapena taularen kanpotik hasiz. +\layout Subsection + +Hainbat lerro gelaxketan +\layout Standard + +Tauletan lerro anitzeko sarrerak edukitzeko aukera dago, baina ez WYSIWYM + erabateko moduan. + Zehaztu balio bat Taula leihoan zutabearen +\family sans +Zabalera +\family default + eremuan. + Horren ostean, zure testua hainbat lerrotan banatuko da, gelaxka bertikalki + luzatzen joango da testuaren luzera ezarritako zabalera gainditzen duenean. + Adibide bat: +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +1 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +2 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +3 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +4 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Hau taula baten lerro anitzeko sarrera bat da. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +5 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +6 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Hau luzeagoa da gainera. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +7 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +8 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Hau taula baten lerro anitzeko sarrera bat da. + +\family default +\series default +\shape default +\size default +\emph default +\bar default +\noun default +\color default + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Hau luzeagoa da gainera. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +9 +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Gelaxka bateko testua normalean ez da egokituko doitasunez orrialdera, ondorioz + taula bateko testua luzeegia bada, taula orrialdearen eskuin-marjinatik + kanpora hedatuko da. + Honen antzera, taulak orrialde baten behean beraien burua ez dutenez zatitzen, + azpiko marjinatik at hedatuko dira. + Arazo horiek gainditzeko aukera hauek dituzu: +\layout Enumerate + +Banatu bi tauletan. +\layout Enumerate + +Hautatu +\family sans +Taula\SpecialChar ~ +luzea +\family default + botoia +\family sans +Taula +\family default + leihoan. + Automatikoki hainbat orrialdeetan banatuko du taula, horrelako luzera badu + bederen. + Hori egin ondoren, +\family sans +Taula\SpecialChar ~ +luzea +\family default +-ko botoi-zerrendak gaituko dira eta zuk zehaztu nahi duzuna (edo ahal duzuna): +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Lehen goiburukoa +\family default +: uneko errenkada eta gaineko guztiak (aukera berezirik zehaztuta ez dutenak) + taula luzeko lehen orrialdeko goiburukoaren errenkadak izateko definitu + dira. +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Goiburukoa +\family default +: uneko errenkada eta gaineko guztiak (aukera berezirik zehaztuta ez dutenak) + taula luzearen orrialde guztietako goiburukoen errenkadak izateko zehaztu + dira, lehen orrialderako izan ezik, +\family sans +Lehen\SpecialChar ~ +goiburukoa +\family default + zehaztuta badago. +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Orri-oina +\family default +: uneko errenkada eta azpiko guztiak (aukera berezirik zehaztuta ez dutenak) + taula luzearen orrialde guztietako oinen errenkadak izateko definitu dira, + azken orrialdekoa ezik, baldin eta +\family sans +Azken\SpecialChar ~ +orri-oina +\family default + zehaztu bada. +\layout Enumerate + + +\family sans +Azken orri-oina +\family default +: uneko errenkada eta azpiko guztiak (aukera berezirik zehaztuta ez dutenak) + taula luzearen azken orrialdeko orri-oinaren errenkadak izateko definitu + dira. +\layout Standard + +Taula bateko errenkada berdinari aukera bat baino gehiagorekin ezartzen + badiozu, jabetu zaitez lehenbizikoa bakarrik erabiliko dela taulako errenkadeta +n. + Besteak baliogabeak bezala zehaztuko dira. + Testu-inguru honetan lehenbizikoak ordena honetako aurrenekoa esan nahi + du: +\family sans +Orri-oina +\family default +, +\family sans +Azken\SpecialChar ~ +orri-oina +\family default +, +\family sans +Goiburukoa +\family default +, +\family sans +Lehen\SpecialChar ~ +goiburukoa +\family default +. + Nola lantzen den jakiteko, ikus +\family typewriter +eu_TaulaAdibideak.lyx +\family default + fitxategia. + +\layout Standard + +Taula luzearen aukeretan dagoen kontrol-laukia, Orri-jauzia uneko errenkadan + izenekoa, erabiltzen da zein errenkada zehatzean egongo den orrialdearen + jauzia ezartzeko. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Taula bat mugikor batean ere jar daiteke, arestian azaldu den bezala, horrela + LaTeX-ek ahalik eta egokien kokatuko du orrialde batean. +\layout Subsection + +Taula mugikorrak +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:taula-mugik} + +\end_inset + +Mugikor baten kanpoan, taula dokumentuan jartzen den lekuan kokatuko da. + +\family sans +Taula\SpecialChar ~ +mugikor +\family default + bat erabiltzeak, +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +ugikorrak +\family default + menutik, LaTeX-i taula leku egokienean doitzeko aukera eskaintzen dio, + zuk txertatutako leku zehatzaren ordez. + Taulentzako kokapen mugikor bat irudi mugikorrentzakoa +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:irudimugik} + +\end_inset + + bezalakoa da, eta +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:mugik-koka} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atalean argitzen da. + Epigrafeak irudi mugikorren antzera lantzen dira, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:irudimugik} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atalean xehetasunak aurkituko dituzu. + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{taula:taula mugikor bat} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +taula adibide bat da, taula mugikorrena alegia. +\begin_inset Float table +placement htbp +wide false +collapsed true + +\layout Caption + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{taula:taula mugikor bat} + +\end_inset + +Taula mugikor bat. +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +1 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +2 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +3 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Iker +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Arantxa +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Agurtzane +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} +a & b\\ +c & d\end{array}\right]$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Gaien aurkibidea eta bestelako zerrendak +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:Gai-aurkib} + +\end_inset + +LaTeX-en ezaugarri miresgarrienetariko bat +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Zerrenda" motak sortzeko erraztasuna da, gaien aurkibidea bezalakoak. + Behar duzun guztia da ingurune batzuk erabiltzea eta erreferentziak zerrendan + agertzea nahi duzun lekuan txertatzeko. +\layout Subsection + +Gaien aurkibidea +\layout Standard + +Gaien aurkibidea lortzeko, lau gauza hauek landu beharko dituzu (lasai, + oso errazak dira): +\layout Enumerate + +Erabili euskarria duen dokumentu-klase bat ( +\family sans +gutuna +\family default + edo +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +letter" +\family default + ezik). +\layout Enumerate + +Ezarri paragrafo-inguruneak egokiro: +\family sans +Kapitulua +\family default +, ( +\family sans +Azpi +\family default +...) +\family sans +Atala +\family default +, ( +\family sans +Azpi +\family default +...) +\family sans +Paragrafoa +\family default +. + Jabetu zaitez izartxodun ( +\family sans +* +\family default +) estiloak, +\family sans +Atala* +\family default + bezalakoak, edukien aurkibidean ez direla agertuko. +\layout Enumerate + +Ziurtatu zaitez +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpena +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Zenbakera +\family default + fitxako +\family sans +Atala +\family default + eta +\family sans +Gaien\SpecialChar ~ +aurkibidea +\family default + eremuetako balioa +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{azpi:atal-sakon} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atalean azaldu den bezala egokiak direla. +\layout Enumerate + +Txertatu +\family sans +Gaien\SpecialChar ~ +aurkibidea +\family default + komandoa dokumentuko leku batean. + +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Zerrendak\SpecialChar ~ +eta\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +A +\bar default +urk +\bar under + +\family default +\bar default +menuko +\family sans +\bar under + G +\bar default +aien\SpecialChar ~ +aurkibidea +\family default + elementua, alegia. +\layout Standard + +Dokumentuan zehar +\family sans +\bar under +A +\bar default +rakatu +\family default + menuaren bitartez mugi zaitezke. +\layout Subsection + +Irudi, taula eta algoritmoen zerrendak +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:zer-zerrend} + +\end_inset + +Taula, irudi eta algoritmoen zerrendak gaien aurkibideen antzekoak dira. + +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Zerrendak\SpecialChar ~ +eta\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +A +\bar default +urk +\family default + menutik txerta ditzakezu. + Irudiak, taulak edo algoritmoak zerrendan agertzeko mugikorretan sartu + eta epigrafeak gehitu beharko dizkiezu. +\layout Chapter + +Matematika-formulak +\layout Section + +Oinarrizko matematika edizioa +\layout Standard + +Matematika-formula sortzeko, klikatu tresna-barrako +\begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$ +\end_inset + + ikonoa duen botoian. + Horrek lauki urdina irekiko du, ertzetan arrosa koloreko markatzaileak + ditu laukia inguratuz. + Lauki urdin hori formula bera da. + Markatzaile arrosek formula barruan zein habiaratze-sakoneratan zauden + azaltzen dute. + Formula-mota berezi bat txertatzeko, erabili +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +atematika +\family default + menua, edo teklatuko +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +m +\family default +, +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +m +\family default + edo +\family sans +C-m +\family default + (CUA teklatu mapan soilik) laster-teklak. +\layout Standard + +Grekerako hizki bat soilik behar baduzu, +\backslash +alpha gisakoa, laster-tekla berezi bat dauka. + +\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ +\end_inset + + lortzeko sakatu +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +g\SpecialChar ~ +a +\family default +, +\begin_inset Formula $\beta$ +\end_inset + +lortzeko +\family sans + M-m\SpecialChar ~ +g\SpecialChar ~ +b +\family default +, +\begin_inset Formula $\tau$ +\end_inset + + lortzeko +\family sans + M-m\SpecialChar ~ +g\SpecialChar ~ +t +\family default + eta abar. +\layout Standard + +Formula bateko argumentuak editatzeko, erabili +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +atematika +\family default + menuko +\family sans +Matematikako\SpecialChar ~ +panela +\family default + leihoa, edo +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +atematika +\family default + menua. + Matematikako panela oso erabilgarria denez, litekeena da pantailako leku + batean leihoa irekita uztea. + Oraindik ez bazaude formula gunean, matematikako paneletik zerbait hautatuz + formula bat txertatuko du. +\layout Subsection + +Formula arakatzea +\layout Standard + +Dagoen formula batean kurtsorearen kokapena egokiago kontrolatzeko, erabili + teklatuko geziak. + Matematikak lauki txikiak erabiltzen ditu zerbait non txertatuko den azaltzeko. + Teklatuko geziekin formula bateko hainbat zatiren artean bizkor mugitzen + da. + +\family sans +Zuriunea +\family default + tekla sakatuz formula bateko ( +\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$ +\end_inset + + erroketa karratua, edo +\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$ +\end_inset + + parentesiak, edo +\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc} +1 & 2\\ +3 & 4\end{array}\right]$ +\end_inset + + matrizea edota bestelako) sakonera batetik gaineko sakoneran kokatuko du + kurtsorea, eta gain-gaineko sakoneran bazaude, formulatik kanpo utziko + du kurtsorea. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Ihes +\family default + tekla sakatuz, formulatik kanpo kokatuko du kurtsorea (berdin dio formulako + zein sakoneran zegoen). + +\family sans +Tab +\family default + teklarekin formula batean horizontalki mugituko da, Adibidez, matrize bateko + gelaxken edo lerro anitzeko ekuazio bateko kokalekuen artean. +\layout Standard + +Badirudi +\family sans +Zuriuneak +\family default + matematika-eran ez duela eraginik, karaktereen artean tarterik ez baitu + sartzen, eta habiaratze-mailatik gainekora joanarazten du. + Horregatik, argi ibili +\family sans +Zuriunea +\family default + erabiltzerakoan. + Adibidez, +\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$ +\end_inset + + nahi baduzu, idatzi +\family typewriter + +\backslash +sqrt +\family sans +\SpecialChar ~ + +\family default +ondoren +\family sans +Zuriunea +\family default +, ez +\family typewriter + +\backslash +sqrt +\family sans +\SpecialChar ~ +Zuriunea\SpecialChar ~ + +\family typewriter +2x +\family sans +\SpecialChar ~ +Zuriunea\SpecialChar ~ + +\family typewriter ++ +\family sans +\SpecialChar ~ +Zuriunea\SpecialChar ~ + +\family typewriter +1 +\family default +, zeren eta azken horretan erro karratuaren ikurpean +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Formula $2x$ +\end_inset + + +\family default + soilik egongo da, +\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$ +\end_inset + +. + Tartea era honetan sartzen ikasi dutenei ohitura hori galtzea komeni zaie. +\layout Standard + +Formula bateko zati batzuk beteta utz ditzakezu (besteak hutsik), matrize + batean gertatzen den bezala. + Adibidez: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula \[ +\left(\begin{array}{ccc} +\lambda_{1}\\ + & \ddots\\ + & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right).\] + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Zatiki bat erdi osatuta lagatzen baduzu, edo azpindize batek ezer ez badu, + emaitza ezin izango da aurretiaz esan, baina eraikin gehienetan horrek + ez du garrantzirik izango. +\layout Subsection + +Testua hautatzea +\layout Standard + +Formula bateko testua hautatzeko bi bide daude. + Kokatu kurtsorea nahi duzun testuaren amaieran, sakatu +\family sans +Shift +\family default + eta teklatuko gezia batera, testua hautatu bitartean. + Horrek testu hautapen arruntaren antzera nabarmenduko du. + Bestalde, testua saguarekin hauta dezakezu, beti bezala. + Testu hori ebaki edo kopia daiteke, eta ondoren nahi duzun formula batean + itsatsi (ez ordea LyX-eko testu soileko gune batean). +\layout Subsection + +Berretzaile eta azpindizeak +\layout Standard + +Matematikako panela erabil dezakezu +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Goi-indize bat berretzaile bat da azken finean. +\end_inset + + eta azpindizeak gehitzeko, errazagoa da, ordea, TeX-en bide arrunta erabiltzea. + +\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$ +\end_inset + + lortzeko idatzi (matematika-eran) +\family typewriter +x^2 +\family default + eta ondoren +\family sans +Zuriunea +\family default +. + Gogoratu, azken +\family sans +Zuriuneak +\family default + kurtsorea ekuazioaren gaineko habiaratze-sakonerara (ekuazioaren oinarrira) + itzultzen duen bitartean, +\family sans +Ihes +\family default + batek ekuazioa dagoen lerroko testura itzuliko du, matematika-eratik at. + +\family typewriter +x^2y +\family default + idazten baduzu +\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$ +\end_inset + + lortuko duzu. + +\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$ +\end_inset + + lortzeko idatzi +\family typewriter +x^2, +\family default + ondoren +\family sans +Zuriunea, +\family default + eta gero +\family sans +\SpecialChar ~ + +\family typewriter +y +\family default +. + Azpindizeak antzekoak dira, +\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$ +\end_inset + + sortzeko idatzi (matematika-eran) +\family typewriter +a_1 +\family sans +\SpecialChar ~ + +\family default +eta ondoren +\family sans +Zuriunea +\family default +. + Jabetu zaitez lehenetsi gisa, goi-indize edo azpindizea ezkerrean dagoen + ikur bakunarentzat bakarrik dela, eta tarte eta lerrokadura aldatzen ditu. + Hori aldatzeko, irakur +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:taldekatzea} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala. +\layout Subsection + +Zatikiak +\layout Standard + +Zatiki bat sortzeko +\family typewriter + +\backslash +frac +\family default + (matematika-eran) edo +\family sans +Matematikako\SpecialChar ~ +panela +\family default + leihoko zatiki ikonoa erabili. + Zatiki huts bat agertuko zaizu, zatiketa-marraren gainean eta azpian matematika + txertatze-laukiekin. + Kurtsorea berehala kokatuko da zatikiaren gaineko zatian. + Beheko zatira joateko, erabili teklatuko +\family sans +Behera +\family default + gezia. + Gora itzultzeko +\family sans +Gora +\family default + gezia erabili. + Zatiki batean edozein matematika-egitura jar daiteke, honako adibide honetan + bezala:: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula \[ +\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc} +2 & 3\\ +4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\] + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Batura eta integralak +\layout Standard + +Batura ( +\begin_inset Formula $\sum$ +\end_inset + +) eta integral ( +\begin_inset Formula $\int$ +\end_inset + +) ikurrak askotan +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +mugatzaile" multzoekin apaindu ohi dira. + Mugatzaile hauek LyX-en sartzeko, egin goi-indize eta azpindizeak bezalaxe, + zuzenean ikurraren atzetik sartu. +\layout Standard + +Nahiz eta agian LyX-eko pantailan ez antzeman (azken irteerako bertsioan + argiago ikusten da), baturak automatikoki bere +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +mugak" ikurraren gainean eta azpian kokatzen ditu, baldin eta adierazpen + moduan +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Adierazpen moduan dagoen formula paragrafo artean kokatzen da, eta ez dago + testu arruntaren lerroan. + Barneko moduan, berriz, testua dagoen lerro berdinean kokatzen da, eta + ez paragrafo artean. +\end_inset + + badago. + Baina barneko moduan balego ikurraren aldamenean kokatuko lituzke, +\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$ +\end_inset + + bezala. + Konparatu honako adierazpen modu honetan dagoenarekin: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula \[ +\sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\frac{x^{n}}{n}=\ln\left(\frac{1}{1-x}\right).\] + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Integral ikurrek, ordea, lehenespenez ez dituzte mugak zuzenean gainean + eta azpian kokatzen, nahiz eta adierazpen moduan egon. + Konparatu barneko moduan dagoen +\begin_inset Formula $\int_{a}^{x}f(t)dt:=F(x)$ +\end_inset + + ekuazioa eta adierazpen modukoarekin: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula \[ +\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{dx}{1+x^{2}}=\pi.\] + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Bi ikurrak adierazpen moduan daudenean automatikoki tamaina egokitzen da. + Adierazpen moduan, mugen kokapena (zuzenean gainean eta azpian, edo ikurraren + eskuinean) alda daiteke kurtsorea ikurraren aurrean kokatuz eta +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +l +\family default + sakatuz. + Gertatzen diren aldaketak ikurraren araberakoak dira. +\layout Standard + +Matematikako beste espresio batzuk +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +mugak mugitzea" ezaugarria ere badaukate, honek bezala +\begin_inset Formula \[ +\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\] + +\end_inset + + non +\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +lim" azpian kokatzen den adierazpen moduan, baina ez barneko moduan, +\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$ +\end_inset + +. + Ohartu limitea funtzio gisa sartu dela (matematika-eran +\family typewriter + +\backslash +lim +\family default + idatziz lor dezakezu, edo matematikako paneletik +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Funtzioak" zerrendatik aukeratuta). + Ikus +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:mat-funtzioak} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala. +\layout Subsection + +Matematikako panela +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:mat-panela} + +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Matematikako\SpecialChar ~ +panela +\family default + leihoak ( +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +atematika +\family default + menutik eskura daiteke) ikur eta egitura hedatuagoen zerrenda dauka. + Hasteko, eduki irekita matematikako panela matematikak idazten zabiltzan + denboran. + Panelaren erabilera nahiko garbia da. + Hurrengo ataletan xehetasun gehiago azalduko ditugu. +\layout Standard + +Jakin ezazu formula batean saguaren eskuineko botoiarekin klikatuz ere panela + irekitzen dela. +\layout Subsection + +Beste matematika-ikurrak +\layout Standard + +Matematikako ikur gehienak panelean aurkitu ahal izango dituzu, hainbat + eremutan sailkatuta: +\family sans +Grekoak +\family default + ( +\begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\epsilon\epsilon\kappa$ +\end_inset + +), +\family sans +eragileak +\family default + ( +\begin_inset Formula $\pm\times$ +\end_inset + +), +\family sans +erlazioak +\family default + ( +\begin_inset Formula $\leq\cong$ +\end_inset + +), +\family sans +geziak +\family default + ( +\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow\Leftrightarrow$ +\end_inset + +), +\family sans +eragile\SpecialChar ~ +handiak +\family default + ( +\begin_inset Formula $\sum\int$ +\end_inset + +) eta +\family sans +hainbat ( +\begin_inset Formula $\Im$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\natural$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\infty$ +\end_inset + +) +\family default + ikaragarria, besteak beste. + Amerikar Matematika Elkarteak (AMS) eskainitako ikur gehigarriak ere hor + daude. + Ikur berezi batentzat LaTeX-eko zein makro estandar erabili behar duzun + badakizu, orduan ez daukazu panela erabili beharrik; panela, ordea, ikur + horientzat LaTeX-en izenik ez dakizunerako baliagarria izango duzu. + Konturatu AMS ikurrak ez direla ikur bezala bistaratzen LyX-en, ez badituzu + letra-tipo egokiak instalatzen, dagokion eskuliburuan argitzen den bezala. +\layout Standard + +Badago n.\SpecialChar ~ +erroketa-ikurra lortzeko aukera. + Bufetxoan idatzi +\family typewriter +math-insert +\backslash +root +\family default +. + Horrek erro ikurra sortuko du, ikurraren gainean lauki osagarri bat duela. + Erabili +\family sans +Gora +\family default + eta +\family sans +Behera +\family default + teklak bi laukietan zehar mugitzeko. + M-m-r laster-tekla ere erabil dezakezu. +\layout Subsection + +Tarteak eraldatzea +\layout Standard + +Tarte zuriak sortu nahi izan dezakezu, LaTeX-ek eskaintzen duen tarte estandarre +tik aldentzeko. + Hori ez dugu aholkatzen, zeren eta WYSIWYM izaeran ez baitaukazu konposatze-lan +ez arduratu beharrik, baizik eta edukiaz soilik. + Hala ere, badaude zenbait egoera tarteak gehitu nahi izateko. + Lehen trikimailua, sakatu +\family sans +C-Zuriunea +\family default + tartea sartzeko. + Horrek tarte txiki bat sortuko du, LyX-eko pantailan marka txiki bat agertuko + da: +\begin_inset Formula $a\, b$ +\end_inset + +. + Hurrengo trikimailua tarte hori luzera ezberdinetara aldatzea da. + Kurtsorea mugitu aurretik, +\family sans +C-Zuriunea +\family default + sakatu ostean, berriro +\family sans +Zuriunea +\family default + sakatzen baduzu tartearen luzera aldatuko duzu, horrela hainbat tamaina + ezberdinetara aldatuz. + Zerrendako azken tamaina gorri kolorekoak dira, eta tarte negatiboak dira: + adibidez, +\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$ +\end_inset + + edo +\begin_inset Formula $a\! b$ +\end_inset + +. + Matematikako panela erabiliz tarte hauek ere txerta ditzakezu. +\layout Subsection + +Matematika funtzioak +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:mat-funtzioak} + +\end_inset + +Matematikako panela hainbat +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +funtzio" ditu, sin, lim eta abar bezalakoak (formula batean sartzeko +\family typewriter + +\backslash +sin +\family default + antzekoa idatzi). + Matematiketako praktika estandarretan funtzioak diren izenak, sin bezalakoak, + ez dira letra etzanaz jarri behar. + Matematika-eran +\begin_inset Formula $sin$ +\end_inset + + osatzen duten hizkiak +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Hau da, hiru aldagai bezala hartzen ditu: +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +s", +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +i" eta +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +n" aldagaiak bezala, eta ez +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +sin" funtzio bezala. +\end_inset + +, besterik gabe idazten badira letra etzanaz agertuko dira, makro berezien + euskarria dagoelako gertatzen da. + Horiek azken irteeran letra-tipoa aldatu baino gehiago egiten dute. + Adibidez, +\begin_inset Formula $\sin t$ +\end_inset + + ekuazioan +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +n" eta +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +t" hizkien arteko tartea handiagoz konposatuko da. + Matematikako objektu sofistikatuagoak diren hitzentzat, lim bezalakoak, + makroak azpindizeen kokapena aldatzen du, adierazpen edo barneko moduan + egotearen arabera: +\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L$ +\end_inset + + versus +\begin_inset Formula \[ +\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L.\] + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Bi ekuazio horiek antzera idatzi dira, baina +\family typewriter + +\backslash +lim +\family default + makroa erabiltzeak itxuraldatzen du (aldatuta dagoena lerro barnekoa da, + tartea gehitzeko). +\layout Subsection + +Azentuak +\layout Standard + +Formula batean azentudun karaktereak txerta ditzakezu, testu arruntean egin + daitekeenaren antzera. + Teklatuaren edo erabiltzen dituzun laster-teklen arabera dago. + Baliokideak diren TeX makroak erabil ditzakezu, makro gisa. + Teklatuak ez badu azenturik gaituta, eragin berdina lortzeko +\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ +\end_inset + + sar dezakezu, matematika-eran +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +hat a +\family default +" idatziz. + Testuen izenak eta hainbat azentuentzat makroen izenen arteko baliokidetasunak + hauek dira: +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +testua +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +mat. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +adibidea +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +zirkunflexu +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +hat +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +kamuts +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +grave +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +zorrotz +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +acute +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +umlaut +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ddot +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +tilet +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +tilde +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +puntu +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +dot +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +breve +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +breve +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +caron +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +check +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +macron +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +bar +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +--- +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +vec +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size normal +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Azkenik, azentu horietariko bat aukeratu dezakezu +\family sans +Matematikako\SpecialChar ~ +panela +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Marko-apaingarriak +\family default + zerrendako elementu bat hautatuz. + Formula batean egindako hautapenaren gainean ere aplika dezakezu. +\layout Subsection + +Matematika editorea, LaTeX-eko erabiltzaileentzat +\layout Standard + +Matematikako ekuazioak editatzeko bi bide daude LyX-en. + LyX-ek eskaintzen duen WYSIWYM itxurako ekuazioen +\emph on +marrazketa +\emph default +-euskarria erabil dezakezu. + LaTeX-eko erabiltzaileek nahiago izango dute teklatua erabiltzea +\family typewriter +$ +\backslash +alpha$ +\family default + (honek, TeX arruntean, dokumentuaren azken irteerako bertsioan +\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ +\end_inset + + bat irudikatuko luke) bezalakoak sartzeko, menuetan zehar ikur baten bila + ibiltzea baino azkarragoa delakoan. + Hona LaTeX-eko erabiltzaile zahar baten iritzia, +\noun on +David Johnson +\noun default +: +\layout Quotation + +Azkenik ikusi dut matematika-editorea aurkitu nuenean hau zela erabili beharreko + bidea, aldaketa gutxi batzuekin, TeX-en idazten ohitu nintzan bezala erabil + dezaket. + Adibide gisa, +\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ +\end_inset + + sortzeko tekla-joko hau erabili dut: lehenik +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +m +\family default + idatzi matematika-eran jartzeko, ondoren idatzi +\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ +\end_inset + +, eta gero +\family sans +Zuriunea +\family default + eta +\family sans +Ihes +\family default + teklak. + Zuriunea sakatu orduko +\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ +\end_inset + + hor zegoen pantailan. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +m +\family default + laster-teklak formula txertatzen du ( +\family sans +C-m +\family default + edo +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +m +\family default + ere erabil ditzakezu), +\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ +\end_inset + + berriz Grekerako +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +alpha" hizkiarentzako TeX komando estandarra da, eta +\family sans +Ihes +\family default + teklak formulatik kanpo uzten du kurtsorea. + Hurbilketa honen alde onak hauek dira: +\layout Itemize + +Berehalako emaitza bistaratzen da TeX zuzena idatzi duzula ziurtatzeko. +\layout Itemize + +Pantailan egiazko matematika espresioa daukazu, egokiro bistaratua, zure + matematikak zuzenak direla ziurtatzeko (zuzen idatzita, azken finean). +\layout Itemize + +LaTeX-eko kemen berri guztiak beraien ingurune bereziekin, eta ardura LyX-en + eskuetan geldituz, ez zure eskuetan. +\layout Itemize + +Ez duzu kodearen barruan galdutako +\family typewriter +$ +\family default + edo +\family typewriter +{ +\family default + osagarri baten bila arakatzen jardun beharrik gehiago. +\layout Itemize + +Ikur batzuentzako LaTeX-en izenekin ez bazara oroitzen, +\begin_inset Formula $\wp$ +\end_inset + + adibidez, panelean aurki ditzakezu. +\layout Section + +Kortxeteak eta apaingarriak +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek hainbat kortxete (edo parentesi) mota ezberdin eskaintzen dizkizu. + Xede gehienentzat +\family typewriter +[{]}()| +\backslash +<> +\family default + nahikoa izan ohi diren arren, egitura handiak inguratzeko, matrize edo + zatiki bat bezala, edo hainbat kortxete-maila edukitzeko egokiagoa da matematik +ako paneleko +\family sans +Mugatzaileak +\family default + elkarrizketa-koadroa erabiltzea (ikus +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:mat-panela} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala). + Adibidez, matrize baten inguruan kortxeteak eraikitzeko hau egingo da +\layout Standard + +: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula \[ +\left[\begin{array}{cc} +1 & 2\\ +3 & 4\end{array}\right],\] + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +eta honelako gauza zatar batean parentesi-mailak errazago ikusteko: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula \[ +\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\] + +\end_inset + +edo: +\begin_inset Formula \[ +f\left(g\left(h\left(k\left(l\left(x\right)\right)\right)\right)\right).\] + +\end_inset + +Leiho horretatik txertatutako parentesiak, eta bestelako kortxeteak, automatikok +i tamainara berregokitzen dira, barruan duten edukiaren tamainara doituz. + Hau LaTeX-ekin egiteko +\family typewriter + +\backslash +left( blah +\backslash +right) +\family default + moduko komandoa erabil beharko zatekeen. +\layout Standard + +Nahi dituzun kortxeteak eraikitzea oso erraza da. + Klikatu nahi duzun kortxetean eta leihoaren azpian kortxete bikoitza (ireki + eta ixten dutenak) agertuko zaizkizu. + Leihoko +\family sans +Txertatu +\family default + botoian klikatuz ekuazioan txertatuko da. + Gerta daiteke irekitzeko kortxete-mota bat eta ixteko beste bat erabiltzea + nahi izatea; horretarako, desaktibatu leihoko +\family sans +Mantendu\SpecialChar ~ +berdinak +\family default + kontrol-laukia eta ondoren ezkerraldean dauden kortxete-mota bat (irekitzekoa + izango da) eta eskuinaldeko beste bat (itxierakoa) hautatuz leiho azpian + bi kortxete ezberdin daudela ikusiko duzu, ondoren txertatu itzazu. + Alde batean kortxeterik ez baduzu nahi (bestaldean baietz suposatzen da), + orduan hautatu eta txertatu +\family sans +Mugatzaileak +\family default + leihoan dauden bi botoi hutsetariko bat (ezkerraldekoarekin ireki edo eskuinald +ekoarekin itxi) . + LyX-en +\emph on +kortxete-huts +\emph default + bezala agertuko da, puntuz osatutako marra batekin, baina irteerako bertsioan + ez da ezer agertuko, ez da inprimatzen, alegia. +\layout Standard + +Ekuazio bat idatzita dagoela parentesi (edo beste matematika egitura bat, + erro karratua bezalakoa edo beste apaingarri bat) barruan sartu nahi baduzu, + lehenik hautatu parentesi barruan sartu nahi den ekuazio hori, +\family sans +Shift +\family default + eta teklatuko gezien bitartez kurtsorea mugituz edo sagua erabiliz. + Ondoren, aukeratu +\family sans +Mugatzaileak +\family default + leihoan ezkerreko eta eskuineko kortxeteak eta klikatu +\family sans +Txertatu +\family default + botoian. + Parentesiak hautatutako egituraren inguruan kokatuko dira. +\layout Standard + +LaTeX-eko +\family sans + +\family typewriter +{ +\family default + ikurra sartzen saiatzen ari bazara taldekatzeko, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:taldekatzea} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala irakurri beharko zenuke. +\layout Section + +Taldekatzea +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:taldekatzea} + +\end_inset + +Ikur multzo bat taldekatu nahi izan dezakezu. + LaTeX-en, adibidez, +\family typewriter +{x^y}^z +\family default + edo +\family typewriter +x^{y^z} +\family default + idaztea ezberdina da: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula \[ +{x^{y}}^{z}\mathrm{\, eta\, x^{{y^{z}}}\, ezberdinak\, dira}\] + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Hala ere, LyX-en +\family typewriter + } +\family default + ikurra idazten saiatzeak uneko kortxetea ixtea dakar irteeran. + Taldekatzeko, matematika-eran +\family typewriter + +\backslash +{ +\family default + sekuentzia erabili behar duzu, eta ondoren +\family sans +Zuriunea +\family default + sartu. + LyX barruan, kortxete gorriak ikusiko dituzu taldekatzea gertatu dela adieraziz. + Arestiko adibideak nola dabilen den erakusten du. +\layout Section + +Matrizeak eta lerro anitzeko ekuazioak +\layout Standard + +Matrizeak, edo erraiak, errazki sartzen dira LyX-en. + Matematika panela leihoan matrize-botoi bat dago; horrek elkarrizketa-koadro + bat irekiz errenkada eta zutabe kopuruagatik galdetzen du. + Hona hemen adibide bat +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula \[ +\left(\begin{array}{ccc} +1 & 2 & 3\\ +4 & 5 & 6\\ +7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right).\] + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Parentesiak ez dira automatikoki sartzen, betiko moduan zeuk gehitu beharko + dituzu. + Gogoratu matrizea sortuta dagoela parentesiak gehitu diezazkiokezula, matematik +a barruan kokatu eta matrizea hautatuz. + Matrizea eraikitzerakoan, zutabeak (edo batzuk) ezkerrera, eskuinera edo + erdira lerrokatuko diren erabaki dezakezu. + +\family sans +Txertatu\SpecialChar ~ +matrizea +\family default + leihoan +\family sans +Lerrokadura +\family default + marko barruko +\family sans +Horizontala +\family default + eremuan lehenespenez +\family typewriter +ccc +\family default + zehazten da. + Hizki bakoitza zutabe bati dagokio. + Adibidez, +\family typewriter +lcr +\family default + ( +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +left", +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +center" eta +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +right" ) hirukoteak adierazten du lehen zutabea ezkerrera, bigarrena erdira + eta hirugarrena eskuinera lerrokatuko direla. + Honela ikusiko da: +\begin_inset Formula \[ +\begin{array}{lcr} +zutabe & zutabe\, hau & zutabe\, hau\\ +hau & erdi\, lerrokatuta & eskuinera\\ +ezker\, lerrokatua\, da & dago & lerrokatu\, da\end{array}.\] + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Errenkada gehiago matrize bati gehitzeko barruan +\family sans +C-Lerro-itzulera +\family default + sakatu, eta zutabea gehitzeko, edo ezabatzeko, Editatu-> Matematika menutik + landu. +\layout Standard + +LaTe-ko matematika-motan bestelako array asko daude, AMS-LaTeX paketeak + bereziki +\family typewriter + +\backslash +cases +\family default + eta diagrama trukakorrak bezalakoak dakartza. + Guztiak ez daude LyX-en onartuta. + Hala ere, egitura hauek matrize batetik eraiki daiteke. +\layout Standard + +Lerro anitzeko ekuazioak oso erraz eraikitzen dira LyX-en. + Formula bat automatikoki +\family typewriter +eqnarray +\family default + formatura (LaTeX-ek daukan lerro anitzeko adierazpenaren ekuazio-formatua) + bihurtzen da +\family sans +C-Lerro-itzulera +\family default + sakatzen duzunean. + Hori egiteko biderik egokiena, lerro anitzeko adierazpen-ekuazio bat nahi + duzula erabakitzen baduzu, berehala lerro berri bat ( +\family sans +C-Lerro-itzulera +\family default + sakatuz) txertatzea da. + Lerro bakoitzak hiru eskualde ditu: ezkerrekoa, erdikoa eta eskuinekoa; + horien artean teklatuko geziekin, saguarekin edo +\family sans +Tab +\family default + teklarekin mugi zaitezke. + Hona adibide bat:: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*} +3 & = & 1+2\\ +4+5 & = & 9.\end{eqnarray*} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Jadanik sortuta dagoen adierazpen-ekuazio bat lerro-anitzekora bihur dezakezu + +\family sans +C-Lerro-itzulera +\family default + sakatuz, kurtsorea jatorrizko ekuazioan kokatuta dagoenean. + Nola nahi ere, LyX-ek ezin du erabaki ekuazioko hiru zatiak non zatitu + behar dituen, horregatik guztia lerroaren ezkerraldean kokatzen du. + Ekuazioko lerrokatze-puntuak aldatzeko, kokatu kurtsorea lerroaren erdiko + zatia hastea nahi duzun lekuan, eta sakatu +\family sans +C-Tab +\family default +. + Orduan gauza guztiak kurtsorearen eskuinetara jarriko ditu, ekuazioaren + erdi-eskualdean (zein ez den LaTeX-ek konposatua izango matematika adierazpenar +en tamainan, eta beraz hemen espresio luzerik ez zenuke jarri beharko, zatikiak + bezalakoak). + Mugitu zaitez lerroaren eskuinaldera hasteko, eta sakatu +\family sans +C-Tab +\family default + berriro. + Lerroko txertatze-lauki osagarria desagertuko da. +\layout Section + +Ekuazioak zenbatu eta etiketatzea +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:mat-etiketa} + +\end_inset + +Ekuazioak zenbatzea LyX-en oso erraza da. + Honelako adierazpen-ekuazioa +\begin_inset Formula \[ +1+2=3\] + +\end_inset + + zenbatutako ekuazioan aldatzeko +\begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} +1+2=3\label{matem:lehen-ekuaz}\end{equation} + +\end_inset + + joan +\family sans +Txertatu +\family default + menura eta hautatu +\family sans +Etiketa +\family default + aukera. + Horrek elkarrizketa-koadro bat irekiko du, bertan idatzi esaldi bat etiketarent +zako. + Etiketan ez daukazu zenbaki zehatz bat sartu beharrik, ekuazioak zenbatzeaz + LaTeX arduratzen baita. + Etiketak ez dira azken irteeran bezala agertuko. + LaTeX-ek txertatuko ditu ekuazioentzako zenbaki egokiak. + Etiketak barneki erabiltzen dira erreferentzia gurutzatuetarako. + Ekuazio bat zenbatzeko, etiketa zehatz bat eduki gabe, erabili +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +atematika\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Txandakatu\SpecialChar ~ +zenbakera +\family default + menua kurtsorea ekuazioaren barruan dagoela, honen antzera: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula \begin{equation} +1+1=2.\end{equation} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Erabili menuko elementu horrekin ekuazioaren zenbatzailea jarri eta kentzeko. + Behin etiketa bat ekuazio bati jarri diozula, hori aipatzeko (ez bakarrik + zenbatzeko), erabili +\family sans +Erreferentzia\SpecialChar ~ +gurutzatua +\family default + leihoa, +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu +\family default +\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\family sans +Erreferentzia\SpecialChar ~ +g +\bar under +u +\bar default +rutzatua +\family default + menutik. + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +ikus ( +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{matem:lehen-ekuaz} + +\end_inset + +)" gisako aipamena sortuko du +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Ohitura izaten da matematikako aipamena parentesi artean egotea. + Parentesiak (eta adibideko +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +ikusi" hitza) zuk idatzi beharko dituzu, ordea. +\end_inset + + . + +\layout Standard + +Demagun ekuazio baten etiketako esaldia ez dela egokia eta zuzendu nahi + duzula. + Horretarako, kokatu kurtsorea ekuazioan eta hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +tiketa +\family default +. + Ireki elkarrizketa-koadroa eta sartu esaldi berria. +\layout Standard + +Lerro anitzeko ekuazioak zenbatzeko (edo etiketatzeko), jatorriz lerro guztiak + bereiztuta zenbatzen dira. + Behin ekuazio bat zenbatzeko etiketa eransten zaionean, ondorengo lerro + guztiak +\family sans + # +\family default + ikurrarekin etiketatuko dira. + Ikur hori duten lerroen etiketak alda daiteke, lerro horiei aipamenak egin + ahal izateko, ondorengo ( +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{matem:hirug-ekuaz.} + +\end_inset + +) bezala. + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray} +1 & = & 3-2\label{matem:bigarr-ekuaz.}\\ +2 & = & 4-2\label{matem:hirug-ekuaz.}\\ +4 & \leq & 7.\end{eqnarray} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Lerro anitzeko ekuazio bateko lerroan kurtsorea kokatuz, lerro horretako + zenbatzailea (edo etiketa) kentzeko, joan +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +atematika +\family default + menura eta aukeratu +\family sans +Txandakatu\SpecialChar ~ +lerro-zenbakera +\family default +. + Berriro jartzeko ere hori erabili. + Adibidez:: +\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray} +1 & = & 4-3\label{matem:laug-ekuaz.}\\ +2 & = & 7-5\\ +1 & = & e^{2\pi i}\nonumber \\ +16 & \equiv & 2\,(mod\,7)\label{matem:bostg-ekuaz.}\end{eqnarray} + +\end_inset + + Jakin ezazu multzo honetako lehen ekuazioa ( +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{matem:laug-ekuaz.} + +\end_inset + +) etiketatuta dagoela, hurrengoa zenbatuta dago baina ez etiketatuta, hirugarren +ak ez du ez zenbatzailerik ez etiketarik, eta azkena ( +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{matem:bostg-ekuaz.} + +\end_inset + +) ere etiketatu da. +\layout Section + +Makroak definitzea (matematika-eran) +\layout Standard + +LyX-ek erabiltzaileari matematika-eran makroak definitzeko aukera eskaintzen + dio. + Geroago ikusiko dugu makroak nola sortu, orain nolakoak diren aztertuko + dugu. + Makroaren definizio-kutxa bat pantailan arrosa koloreko lauki bat bezala + agertzen da, eta makroaren izena urdinez (matematika-erako kolorea) azaltzen + da. + Hasieran bi gelaxka huts ditu, laukitxo urdinekin markatuta daude, eta + lauki hauetan matematika arrunta izan balira bezalaxe editatzen dira. + Saiatu honekin: +\begin_inset FormulaMacro +\newcommand{\makrotxoa}[1]{a+b} +\end_inset + +. + Lehen gelaxkako edukia makroaren definizioa LaTeX-i igortzeko erabiltzen + da. + Bigarren gelaxkakoak, berriz, pantailan makroaren hedapena marrazteko erabiliko + da. + Kasu gehienetan, esportatzeko eta marrazteko adierazpen berdina erabiltzen + dutenean, bigarren gelaxka hutsik utz daiteke, eta LyX-ek lehen gelaxkako + edukia erabiliko luke automatikoki esportatu eta marrazteko. +\layout Standard + +Orain, makro hau matematikako beste gune batzuetan erabiltzeko, idatzi beraren + izena TeX eran, adibide honetan +\family typewriter + +\backslash +makrotxoa +\family default + automatikoki honela hedatuko da: +\begin_inset Formula $c=\makrotxoa{}\ $ +\end_inset + + . + Egiazta dezakezunez, kurtsorea ezin da makroaren barruan kokatu, makro + osoa hizki bakun baten antzekoa baita, eta adierazpen honen TeX-ek sortutako + kodea hau da: +\family typewriter +c = +\backslash +makrotxoa +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Hala ere, kurtsorea zenbait makro-motaren barrura joan daiteke, argumentuak + dituztenetan. + Makroen definizio-kutxan argumentu batek +\family typewriter +# +\family default + ikurra eta argumentu-zenbaki batekin bezalako itxura dauka: +\begin_inset FormulaMacro +\newcommand{\makroargu}[1]{2+\sqrt{#1}} +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Behin hedatutakoan, makro honek ohiko lauki hutsak ditu, nahi duzun guztia + sar dezakezula esanez: +\family typewriter + +\backslash +makroargu = +\begin_inset Formula $2+\sqrt{}$ +\end_inset + + +\family default +. + Adibidez, +\begin_inset Formula $b=\makroargu{x-2}$ +\end_inset + +. + +\layout Standard + +LaTeX-era esportatzen denean, makro definizio batek honelako komandoa sortuko + luke: +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +makroargu}[1]{2+ +\backslash +sqrt{#1}}. +\layout Subsection + +Makroak erabiltzeko argibideak +\layout Subsubsection + +Nola sortu +\layout Standard + +Markoaren definizio-kutxa bat sortzeko, erabili sintaxi hau LyX-eko buffertxoan: +\layout LyX-Code + +math-macro [argumentu kopurua] +\layout Standard + +Adibidez, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +makrotxoa +\family default +makroa +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +math-macro makrotxoa +\family default +" komandoarekin sortu da, eta +\family typewriter + +\backslash +makroargu +\family default + sortzeko, berriz, +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +math-macro makroargu 1 +\family default +". +\layout Standard + +Argi ibili makro baten izena idazterakoan. + Ezin da eragiketa ikurrik erabili izenaren barruan: ez erabili "kaixo-politta" + edo "kaixo+politta" bezalakorik, zeren eta ikurrok ez baititu izenaren + zati gisa hartuko, eragiketak bezala hartuko ditu. + Izenean hutsunerik ere ezin dezakezu sartu, adib.\SpecialChar ~ +"kaixo\SpecialChar ~ +politta" zeren eta + "politta" argumentu bezala hartuko baitu. + Amaitzeko, esan behar da bestelako ikurrik ezin duzula erabili, adibidez + "$", "&", "_" , e.a. +\layout Standard + +Argumentu-marka bat sartzeko (makroaren definizio-kutxan soilik) idatzi + +\family typewriter +# +\family default + edo erabili +\family typewriter +math-macro-arg +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Argumentu-marka honela sartu dugu: +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +math-macro-arg 1 +\family default +", +\family typewriter + +\backslash +makroargu +\family default + adibidean. +\layout Standard + +Ezin dituzu 9 argumentu baino gehiago erabili, 1etik 9raino zenbatuta. + Argumentu bat makroaren definizio-kutxan errepikatzeko aukera dago, baina + behin bakarrik edita daiteke. +\layout Subsubsection + +Nola arakatu +\layout Description + +Teklatuko\SpecialChar ~ +geziekin: Makroa ezkerraldetik irekitzen bada, kurtsorea lehen + argumentuan kokatuko da; bigarren argumentura mugitzeko, erabili +\family sans +Tab +\family default + tekla. + Gogoratu +\family sans +Zuriunea +\family default + tekla sakatuz gero, kurtsorea atera eta makroaren eskumaldean kokatuko + duela. +\layout Description + +Saguarekin: ohitura denez, klikatu kokatu nahi duzun kutxan. + Batzuetan huts egingo du kutxak ezer ez badauka edo txikiegia bada. +\layout Standard + +Une honetan makroen komandoak definitzeko aukera dago, baina ezin da makroen + ingurunerik definitu. +\layout Section + +Fintzea +\layout Subsection + +Letra-tipoak +\layout Standard + +Formula batean letra-tipo ezberdin batzuk erabil ditzakezu. + Testuarentzako letra-tipo estandarra etzana da, +\begin_inset Formula $testua$ +\end_inset + +, baina zenbakientzako erromatarra da. + Formula batean letra-tipoa ezartzeko, aukeratu +\family sans +Matematikako\SpecialChar ~ +panela +\family default + leihotik, edo sartu LaTeX komandoa zuzenean, ondorengo taulan agertzen + den bezala: +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Letra-tipoa +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +LaTeX komandoa +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\shape up +\size normal +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Erromatarra}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +mathrm +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Lodia}}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +mathbf +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Etzana}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +mathit +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\shape up +\size normal +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Idazmakina}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +mathtt +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +mathbb +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +mathfrak +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\shape up +\size normal +\emph on +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{KALIGRAFIA}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +mathcal +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +LaTeX-eko matematika-erak ez ditu letra-tipo guztietan karaktere guztiak + onartzen, eta letra-estilo hauekin hizkiak bakarrik onartzen dira; batzuek + maiuskulak bakarrik onartzen dituzte, adibidez "BLACKBOARD" eta "KALIGRAFIA" + motek. +\layout Standard + +Kontuz ibili letra-tipo hauetarikoekin testua sartzerakoan. + Sarrerako puntuaren eskuinean testua balego, letra-tipoa estilo horretara + itzuliko da karaktere baten ostean. + Esaldi bat letra-tipo berezi batekin edukitzeko, ziurtatu zaitez kurtsorearen + eskuinera zuriune babestu bat dagoela. + Gainera, zuriune babestua sartzeak ondoko sekuentzia letra-tipo estandarrera + itzularaziko luke. + Hori nahiko korapilotsua izan daiteke, hautapen batentzako letra-tipo ezberdin + bat aukeratzen bada, ez du hautapena aldatuko, baina habiaratze-maila berri + bat letra-tipo berriarekin txertatuko du. +\layout Standard + +AMS LaTeX-en zenbaki eta ikur bereziak letra lodiarekin jartzeko aukera + dago, baina ez letra etzanarekin. + Hala ere, LyX-ek oraindik WYSIWYM modurik ez dauka horretarako, egokiro + inprimatuko den arren. + Ikurrak letra lodiz jartzeko, adibidez, +\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ +\end_inset + + lodi bat, sartu +\family typewriter + +\backslash +boldsymbol{ +\backslash +alpha} +\family default + matematika-eran. + Ixteko kortxetea (gorri kolorekoa) automatikoki sortzen da irekitzekoa + idazten duzunean. + Ikur eta zenbaki guztientzako baliagarria da hori. +\layout Standard + +Dauden beste aukeratariko batzuk +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +M +\bar default +atematika\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Letra-tipoa\SpecialChar ~ +aldatzea +\family default + azpimenuan aurkituko dituzu. +\layout Subsection + +Matematikako testu-modua +\layout Standard + +Letra-tipoak aldagaien izenak itxura batekin sartzeko erabilgarriak izaten + dira, baina ez beste ezertarako, eta ez bereziki testu baterako. + Testu luzeak sartzeko, erabili matematikako testu-modua, matematikako eran + zaudela +\family sans +M-m\SpecialChar ~ +m +\family default + sakatuz lortuko duzu. + Komando berdinak matematikako testu-modutik aterako du. + Matematikako testu-moduan karaktereak beltz kolorez agertzen dira, urdinez + agertu ordez. + Ezin duzu testuan puntuaziorik sartu edo letra-tiporik aldatu +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Gainera, matematikako testu-moduak bere edukia +\family typewriter + +\backslash +textrm{} +\family default + barruan kaleratzen du, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +mbox +\family default + (edo AMS LaTeX-eko +\family typewriter + +\backslash +text +\family default +) aukera egokiagoa baita. +\end_inset + +, testu bakunentzat da bakarrik. + Ikus adibide hau: +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula \[ +f(x)=\begin{array}{cc} +x & \textrm{horrela badiot}\\ +-x & \textrm{bestela}\end{array}\] + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Letra-tamainak +\layout Standard + +Lau (erlatiboki) letra-tamaina (edo "estiloak") erabiltzen dira matematika-eran, + eta egoera gehienetan automatikoki aukeratzen dira. + Honela deitzen zaie: +\emph on +textstyle +\emph default + (testu-estiloa), +\emph on +displaystyle +\emph default + (adierazpen-estiloa), +\emph on +scriptstyle +\emph default + (script-estiloa) eta +\emph on +scriptscriptstyle +\emph default + (scriptscript-estiloa). + Karaktere gehienentzako +\emph on +textstyle +\emph default +-k eta +\emph on +displaystyle +\emph default +-k tamaina berdina daukate. + Baina zatiki, goi-indize eta azpindizeetan, eta bestelako zenbait efektutan, + handiagoak edo ezberdin kokatzen dira displaystyle motan. + Zenbait eragilerentzat izan ezik, norberak bere tamaina egoera ezberdinetara + egokitzen baitu, testu guztia tamaina horietatan ezarriko dira, LaTeX-ek + egokiena deritzonarekin. + Aukera horiek jokabidea alda dezakete, LyX-eko buffertxoan +\family typewriter +math-size +\family default + funtzioa erabiliz. + Adibidez, +\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$ +\end_inset + + estilo normalarekin ( +\emph on +textstyle +\emph default +) ezarriko duzu, edo handiagotzeko (lerro-tartea ere aldatzen da) buffertxoan + +\family typewriter +math-size displaystyle +\family default + sartu, +\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$ +\end_inset + +, matematika-eran kurtsorea kokatua dagoela. + Kontuz ibili, ordea, kurtsorea zatikiaren izendatzailean (azpiko zatian) + egonez gero, zenbatzailea bakarrik handituko da, adib\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$ +\end_inset + +! +\layout Standard + +Horrek LaTeX-en "ezusteko ezaugarri" bat adierazten du +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Bai, akats bat da. +\end_inset + +, ez LyX-ena. + Letra-tamaina hauek ez dira hain argi ikusten LyX-en, irteeran garbiago + antzematen dira. + Estilo ezberdinetan dauden zenbait testu jarri dizkizugu: +\begin_inset Formula $adierazpen-estiloa$ +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Formula $testu-estiloa$ +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle script-estiloa}$ +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscript-estiloa}$ +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Matematika-erako letra-tamaina hauek erlatiboak dira, matematika barneko + guztia eta inguruko testua tamaina zehatz batekin ezartzen badira, tamaina + hauek denak egokituak izango dira. + Dokumentuaren oinarrizko letra-tamaina aldatzen bada, era berean letra-tipo + guztiak ere egokituak izango dira. +\layout Standard + + +\size largest +Hau letra-tipo +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +handiena +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + duen paragrafoa da, +\family roman + +\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$ +\end_inset + + +\family default + ikurrarekin. + +\size default + +\layout Standard + +Honek matematikako titulu eta bestelakoen letra-tipoetan eragiten du. +\layout Section + +AMS LaTeX +\layout Standard + +Amerikar Matematika Elkarteak (AMS) gehien erabiltzen diren LaTeX paketeak + eskaintzen ditu. + LyX-ek pakete hauen zenbait euskarri dauzka. +\layout Subsection + +AMS euskarria gaitzea +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okumentua +\family default + leihoan kontrol-lauki bat dago, +\family sans +Erabili\SpecialChar ~ +AMS\SpecialChar ~ +matematika +\family default +. + Hautatzen bada, AMS paketea dokumentuan gehituko du, erabilgarri jarriz. +\layout Subsection + +AMS ikurrak +\layout Standard + +AMS LaTeX paketeek matematikako hainbat ikur dakartzate, LaTeX soil batekin + (edo LyX-ek) erabil ezin direnak, baina askotan erabiltzen dira matematikako + konposaketetan. + Alemanera zaharreko Fraktur eta " blackboard lodia" letra-tipoetan bezala, + zeinek zenbaki erreal edo konplexuetan, edo integraletan, maiz erabiltzen + duten. + Behin gaituta dagoela, AMS LaTeX ikur eta ingurune guztiak erabilgarri + daude. + Arazoetan sartuko zara pakete hauek hitzaurrean gehitzen badituzu, zeren + eta LyX-ek orain pakete hauek bere kasa erabiltzeko makro batzuk definitzen + ditu. + AMS diseinuak pakete hauek automatikoki gehitzen ditu. +\layout Subsection + +AMS formula-motak +\layout Standard + +AMSek bestelako formula-motak eskaintzen ditu. + LyX-ek hauen artean aukeratzen uzten dizu: +\family typewriter +align +\family default +, +\family typewriter +alignat +\family default +, +\family typewriter +flalign +\family default +, +\family typewriter +gather +\family default +, eta +\family typewriter +multline +\family default +. + Formula hauen arteko ezberdintasuna ezagutzeko, irakurri AMSren dokumentazioa. +\layout Chapter + +Bestelako tresnak +\layout Section + +Erreferentzia gurutzatuak +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:erref-gurut} + +\end_inset + +Eskuliburu hau LyX-eko leihoan irakurtzen ari bazara, paragrafo honen hasieran + kutxa gris bat ikusiko duzu, testu bat daukana. + Kutxa hau etiketa bat da. + Hobekiago adierazteko, erreferentzia gurutzatuaren zati erdia da. + Beste erdia +\family sans +Erreferentzia +\family default + bera da, eta honelako itxura edukitzen du: +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:erref-gurut} + +\end_inset + +. + Berriro diogu, eskuliburu hau pantailako LyX-en leihoan irakurtzen ari + bazara, dokumentuko testu artean kutxa grisak ikusiko dituzu. + Inprimatutakoa irakurtzen ari bazara, ordea, zenbakiak ikusiko dituzu (oraingo + honetan, atal honi dagokion zenbakia). + +\layout Standard + +Bestelako erreferentzia-mota gurutzatuak ere badaude, adibidez, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:erref-gurut} + +\end_inset + +. + Horrek etiketa dagoen orrialdearen zenbakia dauka. + Erreferentzia gurutzatuak honako hau egiten du: dokumentuko beste zati + bat aipatzea eskaintzen dute. + Ez daukazu atal zenbakirik gogoratu beharrik (LyX arduratzen da). + Behar duzun guztia +\family sans +Etiketa +\family default + bat erabiltzea da, atal, irudi, taula, formula edo antzeko bat markatzeko, + eta gero horri aipamena egitea +\family sans +Erreferentzia +\family default + bitartez. +\layout Standard + +Erabili +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +E +\bar default +tiketa +\family default + etiketa bat txertatzeko. + Etiketaren izena edozein unetan alda dezakezu klikatu, kutxa grisean eta + ireki etiketaren elkarrizketa-koadroa. +\layout Standard + +Erreferentzi bat txertatzeko, hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Erreferentzia\SpecialChar ~ +g +\bar under +u +\bar default +rutzatua +\family default +. + Horrek +\family sans +Erreferentzia\SpecialChar ~ +gurutzatua +\family default + izeneko leihoa irekitzen du, eta etiketen zerrenda bat dauka. + Hautatu zerrendako elementu bat, erabaki zein formatu erabili nahi duzun + (erreferentzia, orrialde zenbakia, e.a.) eta klikatu +\family sans +Ados +\family default + botoian. + Eta kitto! Erraza da erreferentziekin jolastea. +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Oharra +\emph default +: beste dokumentu batetik testu-zati bat ebaki eta itsatsiz gero, eta testu + horrek +\family sans +Etiketa +\family default + edo +\family sans +Erreferentziaren +\family default + bat balu, edo zure testuko etiketa ezabatzen baduzu, LaTeX-ek honako hau + salatuko du: +\begin_deeper +\layout LyX-Code + +LaTeX Warning: Reference `X' on page Y undefined on input line Z. +\layout LyX-Code + +LaTeX Warning: There were undefined references. +\layout Standard + +Dokumentuaren irteerako bertsioan bi galdera ikur ikusiko dituzu erreferentziare +n ordez. + +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Etiketei buruzko gauza batzuk argitu nahiko genituzke. + Hauek beti gertuen duten ataleko izenburuaren zenbakia inprimatzen dute. + Beraz, etiketa jarri nahi baduzu +\family sans +Kapitulu +\family default + batean, baina berehala +\family sans +Atal +\family default + baten izenburuak jarraitzen badio, +\family sans +Kapitulua +\family default + ingurunean +\family sans +Etiketa +\family default + jarri beharko duzu. + Berdin dio lerro horretan non kokatzen duzun, LyX-eko pantailan ongi agertuko + baita. + Hala ere, hori egin beharra izango duzu +\family sans +Kapitulua +\family default + etiketatzeko, +\family sans +Ataletik +\family default + bereiztuz. + Gauza bera gertatzen da beste zatien (atal, azpiatal, e.a.) izenburu guztiekin. +\layout Standard + +Gainera, +\family sans +Etiketa +\family default + batek zenbatutako atalaren izenburuan bakarrik dauka zentzua, baita taula + eta irudi mugikorretan ere. + Irudi eta taula bakunak ez daudenez zenbatuta, zenbatu gabeko atalaren + izenburuak bezala, ezin da beraien gainean etiketarik erabili +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Tira, ahal duzu, baina +\family sans +Orrialde\SpecialChar ~ +zenbakia +\family default + motako erreferentziarekin soilik erabil dezakezu. + Erreferentzia arrunta (atal, taula edo irudi-zenbakiari aipua egiten dionak) + ez dabil, ez daukalako zenbatuta dagoen gauzarik aipatzeko. + +\family sans +Etiketa +\family default + bakunak erabil ditzakezu orrialdeak markatzeko, eta ondoren hauek aipatzerakoan +, erabili +\family sans +Orrialde\SpecialChar ~ +zenbakia +\family default + motako erreferentzia . + Berriz diogu: Erreferentzia arrunta ez da egokiro ibiliko. + Zerbait aipatuko du, baina +\emph on +zerbait +\emph default + hori aurreko zenbatutako atal-goiburukoaren zenbakia izango da. +\end_inset + +. + Ikus +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:irudimugik} + +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:taula-mugik} + +\end_inset + +, eta +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:mat-etiketa} + +\end_inset + + atalak, +\family sans +Etiketa +\family default + bat irudi, taula eta ekuazioetan, hurrenez hurren, duten erabilerari buruzko + xehetasunak aurkituko dituzu. +\layout Section + +URLak (Uniform Resource Locators) +\layout Standard + +Askotan dokumentuan "hitzez hitz" motako elementu luzeak eduki nahi izaten + dira, web guneetako URL, helbide elektroniko, eta bestelakoen antzera. + Gauza hauek ez dute zuriunerik izaten eta egokiro idaztea zailtzen dute. + Elementuok askotan lerroaren muga gainditzen dute ezinezkoa bada hauek + zatitzea, egoeraren arabera lerroa gainkargatuz. + Erabili +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +U +\bar default +RLa +\family default + menua URL luze bat sartzeko, eta gozoki zatitua (beharrezkoa bada) edukitzeko + automatikoki zehaztutako mugetan. +\layout Standard + +Hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +U +\bar default +RLa +\family default + dokumentuan URLa sartu nahi duzun lekuan (edo bestelako helbide gisako + elementua); elkarrizketa-koadro bat agertuko zaizu URL bat ( +\family sans +URLa +\family default +: eremuan) sartzeko eskatuz. + Egin beharreko gauza bakarra duzu. + Klikatu hurrengo kutxa grisean LyX-eko gune nagusia nola sartu den ikusteko: +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +URL batekin behin betiko esaldi bat elkarri nahi baduzu, sartu elkarrizketa-koad +roko Izena eremuan: URLaren aurretik testu soil gisa konposatuko da. + Adibidez, LaTeX-i buruzko gauza guztiak +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[CTAN]{http://ctan.tug.org} + +\end_inset + + gunean aurki ditzakezula esan nahi dugu. + Dokumentuaren irteerako bertsioan, azken esaldia honela amaituko zen: "gauza + guztiak CTAN +\family typewriter +http://ctan.tug.org +\family default + gunean". +\layout Section + +Titulu laburtuak aukerako argumentuekin +\newline +zehaztea +\begin_inset OptArg +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Titulu laburrak +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Zenbait atal edo kapitulutako tituluak, honek duena bezalakoa, nahiko luzeak + izan daitezke, horizontalki lekurik ez dagoenean gainezka eginez. + Adibidez, orrialdeko goiburukoak uneko atalaren titulua erakusteko konfiguratut +a balego, titulu luze batek ertzak gaindituko lituzke eta emaitza zatarra + kaleratuko luke. +\layout Standard + +LaTeX-ek aukerako argumentu bat zehaztea eskaintzen du atalen komandoentzat, + tituluaren bertsio laburragoa zehaztuz +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +LaTeX, ez badakizu, komando honen antzekoa izaten da: +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +command[aukerakoargumentua]{edukia} +\end_inset + +. + Motzagoa den bertsio hau (titulu laburtua deritze) goiburukoetan eta gaien + aurkibidean erabiltzen da, arestian aipatutako arazoa saihestuz. + LyX-ekin aukerako argumentu hau zehazteko hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Titulu\SpecialChar ~ +laburtua +\family default +. + Honek "auk." etiketa duen ("aukerakoa" adierazi nahi du) kutxa bat txertatuko + du, erabil ezazu titulu laburtua sartzeko. + Mugikorren barruko epigrafetan ere erabilgarria da. +\layout Standard + +Atal honetako titulua ezaugarri honen erabilera azaltzen duen adibide ederra + da. +\layout Section + +Tartea, orrialdeztapen eta lerro-jauziak +\layout Subsection + +Tarte horizontal osagarria +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:htartea} + +\end_inset + + +\family sans +HBete +\family default + LyX-en ezaugarri bereziak dira, itxura bateragarri batean tarte osagarria + gehitzeko. + Betegarri horizontal bat ( +\family sans +HBete +\family default +) luzera aldakorreko tarte bat da, luzero hauek ezkerreko eta eskuineko + marjinen artean gelditzen den tartea berdintzen dute beti. + Lerro batean betegarri horizontal ( +\family sans +HBete +\family default +) bat baino gehiago egonez gero, gelditzen den tartea berdinki zatituko + dute beraien artean. + +\layout Standard + +Oharra: +\family sans +HBete +\family default + bat lerroaren hasieran badago, eta paragrafo baten lehen lerroa ez bada, + LyX-ek ezikusi egingo dio. + Honela, ustekabez +\family sans +HBete +\family default + lerro berri batean itzulbiratzeko aukera baztertzen da. +\layout Standard + +Hori txertatzeko, erabili +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Hizkik\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +b +\bar default +erezia +\family default + menuko +\family sans +HBete +\family default + aukera. + Ondoren, adibide batzuk zerrendatzen dira: +\layout Quote + +Hau ezkerrean dago +\hfill +Hau eskuinean dago +\layout Quote + +Ezkerra +\hfill +Erdia +\hfill + Eskuina +\layout Quote + +Ezkerra +\hfill +1/3 Ezkerra +\hfill + +\hfill + Eskuina +\layout Standard + +Hori +\family sans +Zita +\family default + ingurunean egindako adibidea izan da. + Hemen: +\hfill +, paragrafo estandarrean dago. + Agian inprimatze-bertsioan ez da nabarituko, edo agian bai, baina oraindik + ere ":" eta "," artea jarraitzen du. +\layout Standard + +Gogoratzen duzu nola esan dugun +\family sans +HBete +\family default +-k beti bi marjinen arteko tartea osatzen duela? Ba lerro batean marjina + multzo bat baino gehiago egon daiteke. + Ondoren +\family sans +Zerrenda +\family default + (edo +\family sans +Etiketatua +\family default +) ingurunean egindako adibidea. +\layout Labeling +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +bat +\hfill +bi :hiru +\hfill +lau +\hfill +bost +\hfill +sei +\layout Standard + +Elementuaren hasiera markatzeko ":" erabili dugu. + Zerrenda inguruneko etiketan ezkutako +\family sans +HBete +\family default + bat dago ("bat" eta "bi" artean), horrek automatikoki etiketaren amaieran + jartzen du. + +\family sans +HBete +\family default + "marjina-anitz" egoeratan berdin dabil, bi zutabeko moduan bezala. +\layout Subsection + +Tarte bertikal osagarria +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:btartea} + +\end_inset + +Paragrafo baten gainean edo azpian tarte bertikal osagarria sartzeko, erabili + +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +aragrafoa +\family default + menua, eta honek +\family sans +Paragrafo\SpecialChar ~ +diseinua +\family default + leihoa irekiko du. +\layout Standard + +Ez dugu +\family sans +BBete +\family default + baten adibiderik erakutsiko, paperra alferrik botatzea baita. + Beste edozer iragazki bezala erabiltzen dira, +\family sans +HBete +\family default + barne: orrialde bateko gelditzen den tarte bertikala zuriz betetzen dute. + Orrialde batean +\family sans +BBete +\family default + bat baino gehiago egonez gero, gelditzen den tarte bertikala beraien artean + banatuko dute. + Horrela, +\family sans +BBete +\family default + erabiliz orrialde bateko testua erdian zentratu dezakezu, edo kokatu testua + orrialdearen behetik 2/3-ra , edo 1/4, eta abar. +\layout Standard + +Jabetu zaitez orrialde bateko gaineko eta azpiko paragrafoentzat, tarte + osagarria +\family sans +Paragrafo\SpecialChar ~ +diseinua +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +mantendu\SpecialChar ~ +tartea +\family default + kontrol-laukia aktibatuta badago soilik gehituko dela. +\layout Subsection + +Paragrafo-lerrokadura aldatzea +\layout Standard + +Paragrafo baten lerrokadura ere alda dezakezu, erabili +\family sans +Paragrafo\SpecialChar ~ +diseinua +\family default + leihoa. + Lau aukera daude: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Justifikatua +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Ezkerra +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Eskuina +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Erdia +\layout Standard + +Orokorrean lerrokadura justifikatu motakoa da. + Mota horretan hitzen arteko tartea aldakorra izaten da eta paragrafoko + lerro bakoitzak ezkerreko eta eskuineko marjinen artekoa betetzen du. + Beste hiru lerrokadura-moten izenek argitzen dute zer diren, eta honelakoak + dira: +\layout Standard +\align right +Paragrafo hau eskuinera lerrokatuta dago, +\layout Standard +\align center +beste hau erdira lerrokatuta, +\layout Standard +\align left +azken hau berriz ezkerrera lerrokatuta dago. +\layout Standard + +Zenbait paragrafo-ingurunetan, justifikatua ez den beste lerrokadura bat + izaten da lehenespenez. +\layout Subsection + +Orrialde-jauziak derrigortzea +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:orri-jauziak} + +\end_inset + +Ez baduzu atsegin LaTeX-ek dokumentuko orrialdeak nola zatitzen dituen, + nahi duzun lekuetan orrialdeen jauziak derrigor ditzakezu. + Orokorrean hori ez da beharrezkoa izaten, LaTeX orriak zatitzen oso ona + delako, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:alargunak} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atalean azaldu den bezala. +\layout Standard + +Beraz, aukera hau erabili beharrik ez dago, eta testua amaitu arte ez erabiltzea + aholkatzen dizugu; eta hori egin baino lehenago, ikusi dokumentuaren aurrebista +, ea benetan orrialdeen jauziak behar al dituzun jakiteko. + Paragrafo baten aurretik edo atzetik orrialde-jauzi bat Derrigortzeko, + aktibatu +\family sans +Paragrafo\SpecialChar ~ +diseinua +\family default + leihoko kontrol-laukia, horrela txertatzen baitira orrialdeen jauziak. +\layout Standard + +Beharbada orrialde-jauzi bat erabili nahi duzu irudi edo taula bat orrialdearen + goian agertu dadin ziurtatzeko. + Noski, hori egiteko bide okerra da. + LyX-ek bide automatiko bat eskaintzen dizu irudi eta taulak orrialde baten + gainean (behean edo beraientzako orrialde bereizi batean) agertuko direla + ziurtatzeko, irudi eta taula aurretik (edo ondoren) dagoenaz kezkatu gabe. + Ikus +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:irudiak} + +\end_inset + + eta +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:taulak} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atalak, eta gehiago jakiteko irakurri +\family sans +Mugikorrak +\family default + buruzkoak. +\layout Subsection + +Zuriune babestuak +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:zuribabes-lerrojauzi-horlerro} + +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Zuriune\SpecialChar ~ +babestua +\family default +: hau LyX-i (eta LaTeX-i) puntu horretan lerroa eten ez dezan esateko erabiltzen + da. + Hori ezusteko lerro-jauziak saihesteko erabiltzen da. + Ondorengo adibideak nahi ez den lerro-jauzia adierazten du: +\layout Quote + +Dokumentu on batek ez luke pisu hau baino gehiago eduki behar: 1 +\newline +kg. + +\layout Standard + +Zalantzarik gabe, egokia izango litzateke "1" eta "kg" tartean zuriune babestu + bat jartzea. + Zuriune babestu bat jartzeko, +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Hizki\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +b +\bar default +erezia +\family default + menuko +\family sans +\bar under +Z +\bar default +uriune\SpecialChar ~ +babestua +\family default + aukerarekin edo +\family sans +C-Zuriunea +\family default + laster-teklarekin. +\layout Subsection + +Lerroa jauztea +\layout Standard + +Paragrafo batean lerro-jauzia derrigortzeko, erabili +\family sans +\bar under +T +\bar default +xertatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Hizki\SpecialChar ~ + +\bar under +b +\bar default +erezia +\family default + menuko +\family sans +\bar under +L +\bar default +erro-jauzia +\family default + aukera, edo +\family sans +C-Lerro-itzulera +\family default + laster-tekla. + Hala ere, ez zenuke hau erabili beharko LaTeX-en lerro-jauziak konpontzeko, + LaTeX oso ona baita lerroak eteten\SpecialChar \ldots{} + (ikus +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:orri-jauziak} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala). + Egoera batzuetan beharrezkoa izaten da lerro-jauziak ezartzea, adib. + olerki edo helbide batean (ikus +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:zita} + +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:bertsoa} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +eta +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:helbi_erabil} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atalak). +\layout Section + +Zuzentzailea +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:zuzentzailea} + +\end_inset + +LyX-ek ez dauka zuzentzaile ortografikorik bere baitan. + Horretarako, atzealdean +\family typewriter +ispell +\family default + izeneko programa erabiltzen du, edo, bestela, +\family typewriter +aspell +\family default + programa berriagoa eta orokorrean hobea baita. + Atal honek programa horietariko bat instalatuta eta konfiguratuta daukazula + suposatzen du +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Itzultzailaren oharra +\emph default +: eskuliburu hau euskaratu den unean ez dago euskarazko zuzentzaile ortografiko + askerik +\family typewriter +aspell +\family default + edo +\family typewriter +ispell +\family default +-en oinarrituta. + Beraz, ezin izango da oraingoz euskarazko zuzentzailerik erabili LyX-en. + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Zuzentzaile ortografiko bat abiatzeko, hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +Z +\bar default +uzentzailea +\family default +. + Zuzenketa kurtsorearen uneko kokalekutik hasiko da. + Leiho bat agertuko da aurkitutako hitz okerra (edo ezezaguna) erakutsiz, + bigarren eremuan editatzeko eta ordezkatzeko aukera izanik. + Hitz ezezagun bat aurkitzen duenean, hitza nabarmenduko da eta testu-bufferreko + ikuspegia eguneratuko da hitza ikusgai egon dadin. + Zuzentzailea leihoan zuzenketa egiteko aholkua erakusten duen kutxa bat + dauka, baldin eta bat edo beste aurkitzen badu. + Zuzenketa horietariko batean klikatuz sarrerako eremuan kopiatuko du (klik + bikoitza ordezteko). +\layout Subsection + +Zuzentzailearen aukerak +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:zuzent-auk} + +\end_inset + +Ondorengo aukerak konfiguratzeko erabili +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +ditatu\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +H +\bar default +obespenak +\family default +. +\layout Subsubsection + +Hiztegia +\layout Standard + +Lehenespenez erabiliko den hiztegi-fitxategia testuak darabilen hizkuntzaren + arabera zehazten da, +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okumentua +\family default +n. + Dokumentuaren hizkuntzarentzat hiztegirik ez baduzu, zuzentzaileak ez du + lanik egingo. + Egoera honetan, leihoan bestelako hiztegi bat zehatz dezakezu +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +ordezko hizkuntza" eremuan. +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +ispell +\family default + erabiltzen ari bazara, esteka bat egin beharko duzu +\family typewriter +deutsch.(aff|hash) +\family default + ordez +\family typewriter +german.(aff|hash) +\family default + edukitzeko, edo zure hizkuntzari dagokiona aplikatuz. + Honen zergatia hau da: +\family typewriter +ispell +\family default + motako fitxategiek normalean hizkuntzaren izena ( +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +deutsch") erabiltzen dute, baina LyX-etik abiatzen bada +\family typewriter +ispell +\family default + honek LaTeX-eko babel paketeko ingeles izenekoa ( +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +german") erabiltzen saiatzen da. +\layout Standard + +Erabiltzen duzun letra-kodeketa ez bada egokia hiztegi horrentzako, zenbait + arazo eduki ditzakezu. + Erabiltzen duzun hizkuntzak +\family typewriter +latin1 +\family default + kodeketa erabiltzen badu eta +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Kodeketa +\family default + eremuak +\family typewriter +latin1 +\family default + balioarekin ezarrita badago (edo lehenetsia ez den beste bat), zure hizkuntzare +n hiztegian ere aukera hau eduki beharko duzu. + Hiztegiak ez badu hautatutako kodeketa onartzen, hurrengo errore-mezuaren + antzekoa kaleratuko du terminaleko stderr irteeran: +\layout LyX-Code + +ispell: unrecognized formatter type 'latin1' +\layout Standard + +Zuzentzaile ortografikoak +\family typewriter +ispell +\family default + prozesua ezin duela abiatu buruzko errore bat kaleratuko du, eta nonbait + hiztegi-fitxategiarekin arazoren bat daukazula. +\layout Standard + +Arazo honentzako lau irtenbide daude. + Errazena, +\family sans +Erabili\SpecialChar ~ +sarrera\SpecialChar ~ +kodetua +\family default + da. + Honek ez badu laguntzen, ezarri Kodeketa eremua lehenetsia gisa zuzentzaileari + deitzeko (erregarria izan daiteke). + Hirugarrena, zure hizkuntzako +\emph on + +\family typewriter +\emph default +.aff +\family default + hiztegian +\family typewriter +latin1 +\family default + aukera gehitzea da, eta hiztegia birkonpilatzea (litekeena da hain erraza + ez izatea banaketa batekin instalatu baduzu, eta +\family typewriter +ispell +\family default + iturburuaren barruan zure hizkuntzaren direktoriorik ez badago). + Hori egiteko, irakurri +\family typewriter +ispell +\family default + dokumentazioa. + Laugarrena, paketearen arduradunari mezu bat bidaltzea, edo hobeto hiztegi-fitx +ategiko arduradunari zure arazoari buruz eta nola konpondu daitekeen galdetuz. + +\layout Subsubsection + +Hiztegi pertsonala +\layout Standard + +Zuzentzaile ortografikoak lehenetsi gisa daukanaren ordez bestelako fitxategi + bat erabiltzea nahi baduzu, zure hiztegi pertsonala, adibidez, leihoan + zehatz dezakezu. + Ez dagoen fitxategi baten izena zehaztuta, terminaleko +\family typewriter +stderr +\family default + irteeran errore-mezu bat kaleratuko du; horri ezikusi egin dezaiokezu. + +\family typewriter +ispell +\family default + programak fitxategia sortuko du, zuzenketa ortografikoarekin amaitzen duenean. +\layout Subsubsection + +Aukera gehiago +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Zuzentzaile ortografikoa +\family default + fitxak aukera gehiago eskaintzen ditu: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Onartu hitz konposatuak +\family default + +\newline +Zuzentzaileak hitz konposatuak akastunak bezala har ez ditzan erabiltzen + da. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Ihes-karaktereak +\family default + +\newline +Estandarrak ez diren karaktereak dituzten hitzak erabiltzeko aukera eskaintzen + dizu, zuzentzaile ortografikoak hitz bezala onartzen dituenak. + Normalki ez da behar izaten. +\layout Subsection + +Mugapenak +\layout Standard + +Erabiltzaile batzuk hitz bateko zuzenketa globalki aldatzeko aukera edukitzea + nahiago izaten dute, hitzaren agerpen bakoitzeko bereizitako zuzenketaren + aldaketa edukitzea baino. + Dokumentuko hitz-zerrenda edukitzea ere erabilgarria izan daiteke. + Eskuliburu hau idazterakoan horrelako ezaugarri ez dago. +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +pspell +\family default + zuzentzaile ortografikoa erabiltzen ez baduzu, LyX-ek ezin izango du dokumentuk +o hainbat hizkuntzatan idatzitakoa zuzendu. + Horretarako, +\family typewriter +pspell +\family default + programarekin lan egin beharko du, suposatuz testu-zati bakoitza dagokion + hizkuntzarekin markatuta daukazula. +\layout Section + +Nazioarteko euskarria +\layout Standard + +Atal honek LyX nahi dituzun hizkuntzekin nola erabili azaltzen du. + LyX lehenetsitako konfigurazioarekin dator, ingelesarekin eta Ameriketako + Estatu Batuetako (U.S.) teklatu motarekin, hango paper tamaina eta baita + zuzentzailearekin ere. + Horiek guztiak nahi dituzun bezala alda ditzakezu, eta aldaketak uneko + saioan aplikatu bakarrik, edo lehenetsitako konfigurazio berria bezala + erabili. +\layout Standard + +Erabiltzen duzun hizkuntzarako teklatu egokia baduzu (alemaneraz idazteko + alemanerako teklatua, adibidez), eta zure X sistema grafikoa egokiro konfigurat +uta, orduan LyX-i esan beharreko gauza bakarra da zein den zure hizkuntza, + karaktere-kodeketa eta paper-tamaina. + Ikus +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:hizkdiseinu} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atala xehetasun gehiagorako. +\layout Standard + +Hala ere, demagun U.S estiloko teklatua daukazula, eta ingelesa ez den beste + hizkuntza batean idaztea nahi duzula, ordezko teklatu-mapa erabil dezakezu. + Adibidez, U.S. + estiloko teklatua baduzu, eta italieraz idaztea nahi izanez gero, LyX italierak +o mapa erabil dezan konfigura dezakezu. + Xehetasuna +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:auktekla} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atalean aurkituko dituzu. +\layout Standard + +Azkenik, tekla-mapa batzuk edo bestelako teklatu-mapa osoa sortu nahi izan + dezakezu (Vulkanerantzako, adibidez). + U.S teklatuarekin normalean, adibidearekin jarraituz, italieraz idatziko + duzu, baina baliteke zitazio bat alemaneraz idatzi nahi izatea. + Horretarako, zure teklatu-mapa propioa idatzi edo aldatu dagoen bat nahi + dituzun karaktereak onar ditzan. +\layout Standard + +LyX nola pertsonaliza daiteken zure hizkuntza erabiltzeko eskuliburu honen + helburuetatik kanpo dago. + Zure teklatuaren diseinua aldatzeko aukera izateaz gain, zure menuko botoien + izenak eta abar alda ditzakezu zure hizkuntzan erabiltzeko. + Horiei buruzko xehetasun gehiago +\emph on +Pertsonalizazioa +\emph default + eskuliburuan aurkituko dituzu. +\layout Subsection + +Diseinua, hizkuntzaren aukerak +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:hizkdiseinu} + +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoak hizkuntza eta karaktereen kodeketa ezartzen dizu. + Leiho hau irekitzeko, hautatu +\family sans +\bar under +D +\bar default +iseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +D +\bar default +okumentua +\family default + menua. +\layout Standard + +Aukeratu zure hizkuntza +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Hizkuntza +\family default + eremuan dagoen zerrendako elementu batean klikatuz. + Lehenetsia U.S.\SpecialChar ~ +Ingelesa izan ohi da. + Erabiltzea nahi duzun hizkuntzan klikatu, eta hizkuntza leihoan agertuko + da. + Ondoren +\family sans +Aplikatu +\family default + botoian klikatu +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +LaTeX-en hitzetan, lehenetsitakoa ez den beste hizkuntza hautatuz +\family sans +Babel +\family default + euskarria gehitzen du. + +\family sans +Babel +\family default + ez badago instalatua, aurkitzeko joan LaTeX-en bestelako banaketetara. +\end_inset + + . +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Kodeketa +\family default +-kutxak erabili nahi duzun karaktereen +\family sans +Kodeketa-mapa +\family default + hautatzea eskaintzen dizu. + Lehenetsitakoa +\family typewriter +Latin1 +\family default + kodeketa da, europako mendebaldeko herri askok erabiltzen dutena. +\layout Standard + +Paperaren tamaina aldatzeko, garai batean +\family sans +Diseinua\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Papera +\family default + menuan egoten zen, baina LyX-eko azken bertsioetan +\family sans +Dokumentu-ezarpenak +\family default + leihoko +\family sans +Papera +\family default + fitxan aurkitzen da. + Hor +\family sans +Paper-tamaina +\family default + eremuan hautatu egokia dena. + Lehenetsi gisa U.S.\SpecialChar ~ +gutunari dagokion paper-tamaina izaten da. +\layout Subsection + +Teklatu-mapa konfiguratzea +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:auktekla} + +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Hobespenak +\family default + leihoak bi teklatu-mapa aukeratzen uzten dizu. + Honela, daukazun teklatu-mapen artean aukera dezakezu, zure U.S.\SpecialChar ~ +estiloko + teklatuarentzat. + Lehenengo eta bigarren hizkuntzen teklatua aktibatu eta ondoren zein erabiltzea + nahi duzun hautatu. +\layout Subsection + +6.6.3 Karaktereen taula +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{atal:karak_tauka} + +\end_inset + +Hemen +\family typewriter +Latin1 +\family default + multzoko karaktereak zerrendatzen dituen taula dago. + Zure teklatua ongi konfiguratuta egonez gero, karaktere guzti hauek zuzenean + idazteko gaitasuna izan beharko zenuke, tekla aldarazle asko erabili gabe. +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +00 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +10 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +20 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +30 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +40 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +50 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +60 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +70 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +80 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +90 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +A0 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +B0 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +C0 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +D0 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +E0 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +F0 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +00 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +0 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +@ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +P +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +' +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +p +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +° +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +À +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ð +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +à +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ð +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +01 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +! +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +1 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +A +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Q +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +a +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +q +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +¡ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +± +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Á +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ñ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +á +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ñ +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +02 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +2 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +B +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +R +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +b +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +r +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +¢ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +² +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ò +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +â +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ò +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +03 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +# +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +3 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +C +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +S +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +c +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +s +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +£ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +³ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +à +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ó +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ã +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ó +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +04 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +4 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +D +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +T +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +d +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +t +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +¤ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +´ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ä +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ô +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ä +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ô +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +05 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +% +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +5 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +E +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +U +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +e +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +u +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +¥ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +µ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Å +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Õ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +å +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +õ +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +06 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +& +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +6 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +F +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +V +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +f +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +v +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +¦ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +¶ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Æ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ö +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +æ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ö +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +07 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +` +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +7 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +G +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +W +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +g +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +w +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +§ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +· +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ç +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +× +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ç +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +÷ +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +08 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +( +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +8 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +H +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +X +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +h +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +x +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +¨ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +¸ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +È +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ø +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +è +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ø +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +09 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +) +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +9 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +I +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Y +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +i +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +y +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +© +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +¹ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +É +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ù +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +é +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ù +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +0A +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +* +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +: +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +J +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Z +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +j +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +z +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ª +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +º +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ê +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ú +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ê +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ú +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +0B +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none ++ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +; +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +K +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +[ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +k +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +{ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +« +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +» +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ë +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Û +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ë +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +û +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +0C +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +, +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +< +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +L +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none + +\backslash + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +l +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +| +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +¬ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +¼ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ì +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ü +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ì +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ü +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +0D +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +- +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none += +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +M +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +] +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +m +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +} +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +­ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +½ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Í +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ý +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +í +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ý +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +0E +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +> +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +N +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +^ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +n +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +~ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +® +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +¾ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Î +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Þ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +î +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +þ +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\size tiny +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +0F +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +/ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +? +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +O +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +_ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +o +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +¯ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +¿ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +Ï +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ß +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ï +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family roman +\series medium +\shape up +\emph off +\bar no +\noun off +\color none +ÿ +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Taula honi buruzko gauza batzuk jakitea komeni zaizu. + Eskuliburu hau karaktere guzti hauek inprimatzeko eskuz konfiguratuta dago. + Ez da lehenetsitakoa. + Buruan zenbait xehetasun gogoratu behar dituzu +\family typewriter +Latin1 +\family default + multzoko karaktereak erabiltzerakoan: +\layout Itemize + +A2, A4, A5, A6 eta AD sarreren karaktereak (zentimoa, yen, moneta-ikurra, + bereizle bertikal marra eta marra motza) lehenetsitako kodeketan falta + direnak dira. + Ez dakigu non dauden edo egoera honen zergatia. +\layout Itemize + +Dokumentu ezarpenak leihoan hautatu baduzu, LaTeX-entzako +\family typewriter +OT1 +\family default + letra-tipoa (edo +\family typewriter +T1 +\family default + letra-tipoa, baina ez direnak erabiltzen) bakarrik duten erabiltzaileei + karaktere gutxi batzuk faltako zaie: D0, F0, DE, AB eta BB ("eth" eta "thorn" + maiuskula eta minuskula, eta frantses komatxoak) ez dira agertuko. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +OT1 +\family default + letra-tipoa duten erabiltzaileek, nolanahi ere, frantses komatxoak lor + dezakete (AB eta BB) baldin eta dokumentuetan +\family typewriter +umlaute.sty +\family default + edo +\family typewriter +german.sty +\family default + paketeetariko bat gehitzen badituzte. + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Horrek komatxoak zeuk sartzea nahi dituzunean bakarrik balio du. + Komatxo automatikoen ezaugarriak, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{atal:komatxoak} + +\end_inset + +\SpecialChar ~ +atalean azaltzen dena, automatikoki LaTeX kodera egokitutakoak (dauden letra-tip +o eta paketeentzako) sortuko ditu. +\end_inset + + . +\layout Standard + +Ondorengoa LyX-en zuzenean agertu daitekeen azentudun karaktereen zerrenda + da. + Arestiko taulako azentudun karaktereak edukitzeaz gain +\family typewriter +ISO8859--2 +\family default +-etik +\family typewriter +4 +\family default +-rako karaktereak ere badauzka.. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +ISO8859--1 +\family default +-etik: +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ +\hfill +dieresi +\layout Standard + +^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û +\hfill +zirkunflexu +\layout Standard + +` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù +\hfill +kamuts +\layout Standard + +´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý +\hfill +zorrotz +\layout Standard + +~ Ã Ñ Õ ã ñ õ +\hfill +tilet +\layout Standard + +¸Çç +\hfill +cetxoa ( +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +cedilla +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) +\layout Standard + +¯ +\hfill +macron +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Normalki hildako macron-a ez da beharrezkoa, tekla ez-hila erabil dezakezulako. + Adibidez, S-M-minus, edo +\family typewriter +\shape up +.Xmodmap +\family default +\shape default + egokia bada, S-M-macron. + +\end_inset + + +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +ISO8859--2 +\family default + -etik +\family typewriter +4 +\family default +-ra: +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +\i \^{H} +\i \^{J} +\i \^{h} +\i \^{\j} +\i \^{C} +\i \^{G} +\i \^{S} +\i \^{c} +\i \^{g} +\i \^{s} + +\hfill +zirkunflexu +\layout Standard + +\i \'{S} +\i \'{Z} +\i \'{s} +\i \'{z} +\i \'{R} +\i \'{L} +\i \'{C} +\i \'{N} +\i \'{r} +\i \'{l} +\i \'{c} +\i \'{n} + +\hfill +zorrotz +\layout Standard + +\i \~{I} +\i \~{\i} +\i \~{U} +\i \~{u} + +\hfill +tilet +\layout Standard + +\i \c{S} +\i \c{s} +\i \c{T} +\i \c{t} +\i \c{R} +\i \c{L} +\i \c{G} +\i \c{r} +\i \c{l} +\i \c{g} +\i \c{N} +\i \c{K} +\i \c{n} +\i \c{k} + +\hfill +cetxoa +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Karaktere hauek pantailan ez dute itxura politik izango, baina LaTeX-etik + igarotakoan eta inprimatzen direnean oso ongi agertuko dira. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +\i \={E} +\i \={e} +\i \={A} +\i \={I} +\i \={O} +\i \={U} +\i \={a} +\i \={\i} +\i \={o} +\i \={u} + +\hfill +macron +\layout Standard + +\i \H{O} +\i \H{U} +\i \H{o} +\i \H{u} + +\hfill +hungarierako umlaut +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Arestiko karaktere guztiak TeX-eko letra-tipoetan onartuta daude. + Gainera, TeX-ek ia karaktere guztietan marka diakritikoak eskaintzen ditu. + Ziurtatu zaitez +\family typewriter +T1 +\family default + letra-kodeketa erabiltzen ari zarela eta +\family typewriter +umlaute.sty +\family default + paketea +\family typewriter +iso.def +\family default + definizioarekin instalatuta daukazula. +\layout Chapter + +Aitorpena +\layout Standard + +Dokumentazioa hainbat lagunen artean eginiko lanari esker lortu da (eta + nahiko genuke nahi duen edonori bertan ere lagundu dezan eskatzea). +\layout Standard + +Aurrenik, gu baino lehenago aritu zirenei eskerrak eman beharrean gaude. + Eskuliburu berri hauentzako oinarria eman baitziguten, eta batzuek jarraitzen + dute informazioa eskaintzen: +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Matthias Ettrich +\noun default +-ek jatorrizko dokumentazioa idatzi zuen, bai eskuliburu hau bai sarrerakoa + (edo "LyX adierazpena", gutariko batzuk deitzen diogun bezala) sortzeko + erabili zen. +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Lars Gullik Bjønnes +\noun default +-ek hainbat dokumentutxo idatzi zituen, LyX-en nazioarteko euskarriari buruzkoak + dituenak barne. +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Ivan Schreter +\noun default +-ek ere nazioarteko euskarriari buruzko dokumentutxo bat idatzi zuen, nazioartek +o teklatuari eta pertsonalizazioari buruzkoa bereziki. +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Pascal André +\noun default +-ek LinuxDoc SGML interfazeari buruzko jatorrizko dokumentua idatzi zuen. +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Alejandro Aguilar Sierra +\noun default +-k matematika-erari buruzko jatorrizko dokumentua idazteaz gain, +\family typewriter +Reference.lyx +\family default + dokumentuarentzako matematika funtzioen sarrerak eskaini zituen. +\layout Itemize + +Esker mila LyX taldeari +\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{lyxospea} + +\end_inset + + laguntzagatik eta galderei erantzuteagatik. +\layout Standard + +Hurrengoa, iritsi da "LyX dokumentazio taldea"-ri eskerrak emateko ordua, + LyX 0.10 bertsioan idatzitako dokumentazio zaharkitua berridazten lagundu + ziguten guztiei: +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +David Johnson +\noun default +: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +MEG (Maiz Egindako Galderak) eta (orain jarraipenik ez duen) +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +HowDoI-.lyx +\family default +"-eko idazlea. +\layout Itemize + +Edizio orokorreko laguntza. +\layout Itemize + +Ondorengoen dokumentazioa: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +matematika-era +\layout Itemize + +taulak +\layout Itemize + +zuzentzaile ortografikoa +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Rich Fields +\noun default +: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +Reference.lyx +\family default +-eko lehen idazlea. +\layout Itemize + +LyX-en oinarrizko interfazearen dokumentazioa: +\family typewriter +UserGuide.lyx +\family default +. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Paul Evans +\noun default +: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +MEG eta (orain jarraipenik ez duen) zaharkitutako " +\family typewriter +HowDoI-.lyx +\family default +" -aren arduradun ohia. +\layout Itemize + +LinuxDoc-en dokumentzioa +\family typewriter +UserGuide.lyx +\family default +-en. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Paul Russel +\noun default +: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Irudi eta inportatutako grafikoen dokumentazioa +\family typewriter +UserGuide.lyx +\family default +-en. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +John Raithel +\noun default +: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Nazioarteko ezaugarrien dokumentazioa +\family typewriter +UserGuide.lyx +\family default +-en. + +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Robin Socha +\noun default +: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Ondorengoen dokumentazioa: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +oin-oharrak. +\layout Itemize + +albo-oharrak. +\layout Itemize + +gaien aurkibidea. +\layout Itemize + +erreferentzia gurutzatuak. +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Amir Karger: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +Tutorial.lyx +\family default +-en aurreneko idazlea. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Matthias Zenker +\noun default +: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Ondorengo dokumentazioa: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +eskuliburua finkatzea. +\layout Itemize + +LyX-en LaTeX erabiltzea. +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +John Weiss +\noun default +: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Antolaketa orokorra eta dokumentuen egitura. +\layout Itemize + +Ondorengo dokumentazioa: +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +LyX-en konfigurazioa. +\layout Itemize + +paragrafoen inguruneak, dokumentuen diseinua, habiaratze-mailak, oharren + tipografia, letra-tipoak. +\layout Itemize + +Baita ere +\family typewriter +Tutorial.lyx +\family default +-eko sarreraren arduraduna. +\layout Itemize + +Dokumentuen editatzailea (96/6tik 1997ko udazkenera arte). +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +1997ko udazkenetik hona LyX taldeak dokumentazioa eguneratzeko eta mantentzeko + hartu zuen izugarrizko ardurapena. +\layout Bibliography +\bibitem {lyxospea} + +LyX iturburuaren zuhaitza. + Fitxategia: CREDITS. +\layout Bibliography +\bibitem {latexliburua} + +Leslie Lamport. + +\emph on +LaTeX: A Document Preparation System +\emph default +. + Addison-Wesley, bigarren argitalpena, 1994 +\layout Bibliography +\bibitem {latexlagunartea} + +Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach eta Alexander Samarin: +\family typewriter +The LaTeX Companion +\family default +. + Addison-Wesley, 1994 +\layout Bibliography +\bibitem {latexgida} + +A Guide to LaTeX2e, Kopka eta Daly. + +\layout Bibliography +\bibitem {TeXliburua} + +Donald E. + Knuth. + +\emph on +The TeXbook +\emph default +. +\the_end diff --git a/lib/doc/fr_Extended.lyx b/lib/doc/fr_Extended.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..16b3479c4f --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/fr_Extended.lyx @@ -0,0 +1,21155 @@ +#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 221 +\textclass book +\begin_preamble +\usepackage{multicol} +\newcommand{\extratablespace}[1]{\noalign{\vskip#1}} +\usepackage{floatflt} % Temporaire - jusqu'à ce que LyX soit réparé +\end_preamble +\language frenchb +\inputencoding latin1 +\fontscheme default +\graphics default +\paperfontsize default +\spacing single +\papersize a4paper +\paperpackage a4 +\use_geometry 0 +\use_amsmath 0 +\use_natbib 0 +\use_numerical_citations 0 +\paperorientation portrait +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation indent +\defskip medskip +\quotes_language french +\quotes_times 2 +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 2 +\paperpagestyle default +\bullet 0 + 5 + 9 + -1 +\end_bullet + +\layout Title + +Options avancées de LyX +\begin_inset Note +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Informations de révision : +\layout Standard + +Traduction : Mise à jour OK, Date : 05/07/2003 +\layout Standard + +Original : Révision: 1.57.2.1, Date : 27/06/2003 +\end_inset + + +\layout Author + +par l'équipe de LyX +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Le principal responsable de la rédaction de ce fichier est +\noun on +Mike Ressler +\noun default +. + Merci d'envoyer vos commentaires et corrections à la liste de diffusion + de la documentation de LyX, +\family typewriter + +\family default +. +\newline +Traduction en français par : +\noun on +Olivier +\noun default + +\noun on +Faucheux +\noun default +, +\noun on +Adrien +\noun default + +\noun on +Rebollo +\noun default + +\family typewriter + +\family default +. + Merci d'envoyer vos commentaires et corrections sur la traduction à cette + dernière adresse, ou à la liste de diffusion de LyX en français +\family typewriter + +\family default +. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Chapter + +Introduction +\layout Standard + +Le guide des +\emph on +Options\SpecialChar ~ +avancées +\emph default + de LyX que vous êtes en train de lire est avant tout la deuxième partie + du +\emph on +Guide\SpecialChar ~ +de\SpecialChar ~ +l'Utilisateur +\emph default +. + La raison de la division en deux du document est très simple : le +\emph on +Guide\SpecialChar ~ +de\SpecialChar ~ +l'Utilisateur +\emph default + est déjà énorme et il contient toutes les fonctions de base qu'il faut + connaître pour préparer la plupart des documents. + Cependant, l'Équipe de LyX a pour but à long terme de rendre LyX extensible + par différents fichiers de configuration et paquetages externes. + Cela signifie que si vous voulez utiliser le paquetage LaTeX Fizzwizzle, + vous pouvez créer un fichier de format qui lui soit dédié sans modifier + LyX lui-même. + Nous avons déjà reçu ainsi plusieurs contributions. + Toute cette histoire est documentée ici. +\layout Standard + +Ce manuel décrit aussi quelques fonctions spéciales, comme la gestion d'un + fax, le contrôle de version et le support de SGML, qui nécessitent des + logiciels supplémentaires pour marcher convenablement. + Enfin, il y a un chapitre sur les trucs et astuces LaTeX, qui servent à + améliorer vos documents grâce à la puissance de LaTeX. + Après tout, LyX est seulement WYSIWYM +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +What You See Is What You Mean +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + : +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Vous voyez ce que vous voulez dire +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. +\end_inset + +, et ne sera jamais qu'une interface à certaines des fonctions de LaTeX. +\layout Standard + +Bien entendu, avec toute cette documentation supplémentaire, +\emph on +Options\SpecialChar ~ +avancées +\emph default + peut lui-même devenir trop gros. + Dans ce cas, vous n'avez qu'à l'appeler +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Options trop avancées +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + si ça vous amuse ! +\layout Standard + +Si vous n'avez pas encore lu l' +\emph on +Introduction +\emph default +, il est sûr que vous n'êtes pas au bon endroit. + L' +\emph on +Introduction +\emph default + est la première chose à consulter, car elle vous mènera directement au + bon manuel. + Elle décrit aussi les notations et les formats de tous les manuels. + Vous devez aussi être à l'aise avec le +\emph on +Guide\SpecialChar ~ +de\SpecialChar ~ +l'Utilisateur +\emph default + et avec toutes les fonctions de base de LyX. +\layout Standard + +Certaines sections de ce document sont des articles écrits par des personnes + indépendantes, et sont alors indiquées comme telles. + Leur auteur est généralement celui qui a écrit le fichier de format pour + la nouvelle classe de document ou le nouveau paquetage LaTeX, ou qui a + implémenté la fonction. + Si l'auteur d'un chapitre (ou d'une section d'un chapitre) n'est pas indiqué, + c'est que ce chapitre a été écrit par l'équipe de documentation de LyX. +\layout Standard + +Comme tous les sujets couverts par ce manuel dépendent étroitement de l'interact +ion de LyX avec LaTeX, le premier chapitre traite du fonctionnement interne + de LyX et explique comment LyX peut générer exactement le code LaTeX que + vous désirez. + Il est évidemment destiné à des utilisateurs aguerris de LyX. +\layout Chapter + +LyX et LaTeX +\layout Section + +Comment LyX utilise LaTeX +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyx-et-latex} + +\end_inset + +Ce chapitre est à la fois pour les TeX-niciens et les curieux de LaTeX. + Nous allons y expliquer comment LyX et LaTeX fonctionnent ensemble pour + produire une sortie imprimable. + C'est le seul endroit de tous ces manuels où nous présumons que vous connaissez + quelque chose à LaTeX. +\layout Standard + +À un moment, nous avions coutume d'appeler LyX une +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +interface WYSIWYM pour LaTeX +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, mais ce n'est plus vrai désormais. + Des interfaces pour LaTeX existent. + Ce sont basiquement des éditeurs avec la possibilité de faire tourner LaTeX + et de marquer les erreurs dans le fichier que vous éditez. + Bien que LyX +\emph on +soit +\emph default + un éditeur, et qu'il +\emph on +fasse tourner +\emph default + LaTeX, et qu'il marque aussi les erreurs dans le fichier, il fait aussi + beaucoup, beaucoup d'autres choses. + Grâce au concept WYSIWYM, vous n'avez pas besoin de connaître LaTeX pour + utiliser LyX efficacement. + LyX a aussi ajouté quelques extensions à LaTeX. + Essayez un jour ceci : faites +\family sans +Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Exporter\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaTeX +\family default +, puis regardez le préambule du fichier +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + obtenu. + Vous remarquerez une variété de nouvelles macros définies spécialement + par LyX. + Ces macros sont définies automatiquement, en fonction de ce que vous utilisez + dans le document. +\layout Standard + +Il y a plusieurs commandes qui invoquent LaTeX automatiquement. + Ce sont : +\layout Itemize + +V +\family sans +isualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\emph on +Format +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Mise\SpecialChar ~ +à\SpecialChar ~ +jour\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\emph on +Format +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Imprimer\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Fax\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Standard + +Elles n'invoqueront LaTeX que si le fichier a changé depuis la dernière + fois que LaTeX l'a traité. +\layout Standard + +Quand vous faites tourner LaTeX sur le fichier que vous éditez, LyX réalise + les étapes suivantes : +\layout Enumerate + +Il convertit le document en LaTeX et l'enregistre dans un fichier avec l'extensi +on +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + au lieu de +\family typewriter +.lyx +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + +Il fait tourner LaTeX sur le fichier +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + (peut-être plusieurs fois). +\layout Enumerate + +S'il y a des erreurs, il dispose des boîtes d'erreur dans le document pour + indiquer où elles se trouvent. + Ces boîtes sont temporaires et ne sont pas enregistrées avec le document. +\layout Standard + +Si vous avez lancé LaTeX avec +\family sans +Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator +DVI +\family default +, LyX exécute alors +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + sur le fichier DVI. + Si vous avez utilisé +\family sans +Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator +PostScript +\family default + ou +\family sans +Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Imprimer +\family default +, LyX réalise deux étapes supplémentaires : +\layout Itemize + +Il fait tourner +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + pour convertir le fichier DVI en PostScript® : +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Pour +\family sans +Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator +PostScript +\family default +, le fichier généré a l'extension +\family typewriter +.ps_tmp +\family default +. +\layout Itemize + +Pour +\family sans +Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Imprimer +\family default +, le fichier généré a l'extension normale +\family typewriter +.ps +\family default +. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Il exécute +\family typewriter +ghostview +\family default + ou envoie le fichier PostScript® à l'imprimante. +\layout Section + + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Au secours ! LyX a généré un fichier +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + illisible ! +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Les durs à cuire de LaTeX vont hurler, puis déclarer LyX sans intérêt, juste + parce qu'il n'ont pas lu tout le manuel de LyX. +\layout Standard + +Nous allons mettre les choses au clair. + LyX produit deux sortes de fichiers LaTeX. + L'un est lisible par un humain. + L'autre est lisible par LyX. + À chaque fois que LyX exécute LaTeX, il produit un fichier LaTeX dans lequel + il peut facilement repérer les erreurs. + Le fichier +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + obtenu n'est pas compréhensible par un humain. + N'essayez même pas de le lire. + Si vous voulez un fichier +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + que vous puissiez envoyer à un collègue, faites +\family sans +Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Exporter\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaTeX +\family default +. +\layout Section + +Traduire des fichiers LaTeX en LyX +\layout Standard + +Vous pouvez importer un fichier LaTeX dans LyX en utilisant la commande + +\family sans +Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Importer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaTeX +\family default +. + Ceci appelle un script Perl appelé +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + -- qui crée un fichier +\family typewriter +machin.lyx +\family default + à partir du fichier +\family typewriter +machin.tex +\family default + -- et ensuite ouvre ce fichier. + Si la traduction ne marche pas, vous pouvez essayer d'invoquer reLyX à + la ligne de commande, éventuellement en utilisant des options supplémentaires. +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + va traduire la plupart du LaTeX correct, mais pas tout. + Il laissera les choses qu'il ne comprend pas en mode TeX, de sorte qu'après + avoir traduit un fichier avec +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +, vous pouvez chercher le texte en rouge et l'éditer à la main pour obtenir + ce que vous désirez. +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + a une section dédiée dans le manuel d' +\emph on +Options\SpecialChar ~ +Avancées +\emph default + (ainsi qu'une page de man équivalente), que vous devriez lire pour découvrir + les parties de LaTeX non traduites, les erreurs (et comment les contourner), + et comment utiliser les différentes options. +\layout Standard + +Si vous ne parvenez pas à faire marcher reLyX, où que vous voulez juste + mettre un morceau de code LaTeX dans un fichier LyX, voyez la Section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:code-LaTeX} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Section + +Insérer du code LaTeX dans des documents LyX +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:code-LaTeX} + +\end_inset + +C'est un point assez important : vous pouvez toujours insérer du code LaTeX + dans un document LyX. + Simplement LyX ne peut pas, et ne pourra probablement jamais, afficher + toutes les structures LaTeX possibles. + Si vous avez besoin d'insérer des commandes LaTeX dans votre document LyX, + vous pouvez utiliser la boîte d'ERT, que vous pouvez mettre dans votre + document avec +\family sans +Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +TeX +\family default +. + La boîte d'ERT se présente sous trois formes, fermée, ouverte, et en ligne. + Les deux premières sont comme toutes les autres boîtes refermables (repliables) +, comme les notes en bas de page, et servent à mettre de grandes quantités + de commandes LaTeX. + Une boîte d'ERT en ligne affiche son contenu comme faisant partie du bouton, + et est utile pour de très courts morceaux de commandes LaTeX. +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +% comme ceci +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Vous pouvez passer d'une forme à l'autre en cliquant sur la boîte d'ERT + avec le bouton droit. + Notez que si vous voulez plus d'une ligne de commandes LaTeX, vous ne pouvez + pas utiliser la forme en ligne. +\layout Standard + +Voici un exemple d'insertion de commandes LaTeX dans un document LyX. + Le code ressemble à ceci : +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +begin{tabular}{ll} +\newline + +\backslash +begin{minipage}{5cm} +\newline +Un exemple d'environnement minipage. + Vous pouvez +\newline +mettre presque tout dedans, même des figures +\newline +et des tableaux (non flottants). +\newline + +\backslash +end{minipage} +\newline +& +\newline + +\backslash +begin{minipage}{5cm} +\newline + +\backslash +begin{verbatim} +\newline + +\backslash +begin{minipage}{5cm} +\newline +Un exemple ... + +\newline + +\backslash +end{minipage} +\newline + +\backslash +end{verbatim} +\newline + +\backslash +end{minipage} +\newline + +\backslash +end{tabular} +\layout Standard + +L +\begin_inset Include \input{} +preview false + +\end_inset + +a boîte d'ERT contenant ce texte est juste après ce paragraphe. + Ceux d'entre vous qui lisent le manuel en ligne verront seulement un paquet + de texte en rouge. + Ceux qui lisent une version imprimée du manuel verront le résultat final + : +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{tabular}{ll} +\newline + +\backslash +begin{minipage}{5cm} +\newline +Un exemple d'environnement minipage. Vous pouvez mettre presque tout dedans, même des figures et des tableaux (non flottants). +\newline + +\backslash +end{minipage} +\newline +& +\newline + +\backslash +begin{minipage}{5cm} +\newline + +\backslash +begin{verbatim} +\newline + +\backslash +begin{minipage}{5cm} +\newline +Un exemple ... +\newline + +\backslash +end{minipage} +\newline + +\backslash +end{verbatim} +\newline + +\backslash +end{minipage} +\newline + +\backslash +end{tabular} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +En plus de ces deux méthodes, vous pouvez aussi créer un fichier séparé + contenant une structure LaTeX complexe. + Vous pouvez alors utiliser +\family sans +Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Inclure\SpecialChar ~ +Fichier +\family default + pour inclure votre fichier (vous devez choisir le type +\family sans +Incorporation +\family default +). + Nous vous recommandons de ne faire cela que si vous avez un fichier +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + dont vous +\emph on +savez +\emph default + déjà qu'il marche. + Sinon, vous allez avoir du mal à partir à la chasse aux erreurs... +\layout Standard + +Encore quelques notes pour insister : +\layout Itemize + +Au sein de LyX, le code LaTeX apparaît +\emph on +en rouge +\emph default +. +\layout Itemize + +LyX +\emph on +ne vérifie pas +\emph default + si votre code LaTeX est correct. +\layout Itemize + +Attention à ne pas réinventer la roue. +\layout Standard + +La dernière note fait référence à deux choses. + Premièrement, LyX dispose déjà de pas mal de possibilités, et encore plus + sont en préparation. + Assurez-vous de vérifier dans les manuels que LyX n'a pas déjà telle ou + telle fonction avant de vous lancer joyeusement dans l'écriture de code + LaTeX. + Deuxièmement, il existe beaucoup de paquetages LaTeX pour faire toutes + sortes de choses, des étiquettes et enveloppes aux tableaux sur plusieurs + pages. + Voyez un site du CTAN pour plus de détails (voir la Section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:ctan} + +\end_inset + +) +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Note de +\noun on +John Weiss +\noun default + : Il paraît que ça m'arrive tout le temps. + Me mettre à coder avec enthousiasme quelque chose pour afficher des étiquettes, + juste pour apprendre qu'il y avait déjà 2 paquetages LaTeX différents qui + le faisaient. + Pire encore : je les avais déjà! +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Si vous avez effectivement besoin de faire quelque chose de bizarre avec + votre document, référez-vous à un bon livre sur LaTeX pour avoir de l'aide. + Un certain nombre sont cités dans la bibliographie du +\emph on +Guide\SpecialChar ~ +de\SpecialChar ~ +l'Utilisateur +\emph default +. +\layout Standard + +Il y a de nombreuses commandes LaTeX qui doivent être placées avant le début + effectif du texte. + Elles vont dans le préambule, et font l'objet de la prochaine section. +\layout Section + +LyX et le préambule LaTeX +\layout Subsection + +À propos du préambule LaTeX +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:préambule} + +\end_inset + +Si vous connaissez déjà LaTeX, il n'y a pas besoin d'expliquer ici à quoi + sert le préambule. + Si vous ne le connaissez pas, ce qui suit vous en donnera une idée -- nous + vous recommandons encore de consulter un livre sur LaTeX pour plus d'informatio +n. + Dans tous les cas, il vaut mieux lire les points ci-dessous, parce qu'ils + expliquent ce que vous pouvez faire et ce que vous n'avez pas besoin de + faire dans le préambule LaTeX d'un document LyX. +\layout Standard + +Le préambule LaTeX vient au tout début d'un document, +\emph on +avant +\emph default + le texte. + Il sert à : +\layout Itemize + +déclarer la classe de document. + LyX l'a déjà fait à votre place. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Si vous êtes un LaTeX-nicien occasionnel, et que vous avez une classe de + document particulière dont vous voulez vous servir, voyez le manuel de + +\emph on +Personnalisation +\emph default + pour savoir comment la faire reconnaître par LyX. + Puis soumettez le fruit de vos efforts à l'Équipe LyX pour que cela paraisse + dans de prochaines versions ! +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +déclarer les paquetages utilisés. + Les paquetages LaTeX fournissent des commandes spéciales, qui sont disponibles + dans un document seulement si le paquetage a été déclaré dans le préambule. + Par exemple, le paquetage +\family typewriter +indentfirst +\family default + force l'indentation de tous les paragraphes. + Il y a d'autres paquetages pour des étiquettes, des enveloppes, des marges, + etc. +\layout Itemize + +fixer les compteurs, variables, longueurs et largeurs. + Il y a plusieurs compteurs et variables LaTeX qui +\emph on +doivent +\emph default + être fixés globalement depuis le préambule afin d'avoir l'effet désiré. + (Il y a aussi d'autres variables que vous pouvez ajuster dans le document.) + Les marges sont un bon exemple de ce qui doit être fixé dans le préambule. + Un autre exemple est le type de marqueur pour les listes. + Vous pouvez en fait régler cela n'importe où, mais il est préférable de + le faire une seule fois, dans le préambule. +\layout Itemize + +déclarer les commandes définies par l'utilisateur (avec +\family typewriter + +\backslash +newcommand +\family default + ou +\family typewriter + +\backslash +renewcommand +\family default +), pour la plupart ce sont des abréviations pour des commandes LaTeX qui + apparaissent très souvent dans le document. + Bien que le préambule soit un bon endroit pour déclarer de telles commandes, + elles +\emph on +peuvent +\emph default + être définies n'importe où ailleurs (mais +\emph on +avant +\emph default + d'être utilisées pour la première fois, bien sûr...). + Ce peut être utile s'il y a beaucoup de code LaTeX brut dans votre document, + ce qui normalement ne devrait pas être le cas. +\layout Standard + +LyX ajoute son propre lot de définitions au préambule du fichier +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + qu'il engendre. + Ceci rend les fichiers LaTeX générés par LyX portables. +\layout Subsection + +Changer le préambule +\layout Standard + +Les commandes que LyX ajoute au préambule d'un fichier LaTeX sont déterminées + ; vous ne pouvez pas les changer sans modifier les sources de LyX. + Vous pouvez toutefois ajouter vos propres commandes au préambule. + Il y a deux moyens de le faire : +\layout Enumerate + +Allez dans +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Préambule +\family default +. + Le comportement de cette fenêtre dépend de la bibliothèque d'interface + graphique. + Hélas les raccourcis clavier LyX n'y fonctionnent pas. +\layout Enumerate + +Utiliser le contenu du préambule que vous avez mis dans votre modèle par + défaut (voir la Section +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Configuration de Base de LyX +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + dans le +\emph on +Guide\SpecialChar ~ +de\SpecialChar ~ +l'Utilisateur +\emph default +), pour que cela devienne le préambule par défaut pour tous les fichiers + que vous créerez. +\layout Standard + +LyX ajoute tout ce qu'il y a dans la fenêtre +\family sans +Préambule +\family default + à son propre préambule. + Avant d'ajouter vos propres déclarations, vous devriez vous assurer que + LyX ne fait pas déjà ce que vous voulez faire (rappelez-vous ce que nous + avons dit : ne réinventez pas la roue !). + +\emph on +Assurez-vous aussi que votre préambule est correct. + +\emph default + LyX ne le vérifie pas. +\layout Subsection + +Exemples +\layout Standard + +Voici quelques exemples de ce que vous pouvez ajouter au préambule, et de + l'effet produit : +\layout Subsubsection + +Exemple 1 : Décalages +\layout Standard + +Il y a deux variables dans LaTeX qui contrôlent la position de la page : + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +hoffset +\family default + et +\family typewriter + +\backslash +voffset +\family default +, c'est-à-dire décalage horizontal et décalage vertical. + Ces variables sont utiles si vous pensez par exemple à l'impression d'étiquette +s. + Parfois, la taille d'un medium d'impression et l'aire effectivement imprimable + ne sont pas les mêmes. + C'est là qu'interviennent +\family typewriter + +\backslash +hoffset +\family default + et +\family typewriter + +\backslash +voffset +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Les valeurs par défaut de +\family typewriter + +\backslash +hoffset +\family default + et +\family typewriter + +\backslash +voffset +\family default + sont toutes deux de 0\SpecialChar ~ +pt, c'est-à-dire que la page n'est pas décalée. +\layout Standard + +Malheureusement, quelques pilotes DVI semblent toujours décaler la page. + Nous ne savons pas pourquoi, ni pourquoi l'administrateur système n'a pas + corrigé un tel comportement. + Si vous utilisez LyX sur un système que vous n'entretenez pas vous-même, + et si votre administrateur système est un paresseux +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +NdT : Traduction vraisemblable de +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +your sysadmin is a doofus +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. +\end_inset + +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +hoffse +\family default +t et +\family typewriter + +\backslash +voffset +\family default + peuvent sauver la mise. + Supposez que vos marges du haut et de gauche soient toujours 0,5\SpecialChar ~ +pouce trop + grandes. + Vous pouvez ajouter ceci au préambule : +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +hoffset}{-0.5 in} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +voffset}{-0.5 in} +\layout Standard + +...et vos marges devraient désormais être correctes. +\layout Subsubsection + +Exemple 2 : Étiquettes +\layout Standard + +Supposez que vous vouliez imprimer un paquet d'étiquettes d'adresse. + Il y a un paquetage plutôt sympathique, disponible à votre archive CTAN + la plus proche, pour imprimer des feuilles d'étiquettes, appelé +\family typewriter +labels.sty +\family default +. + Il est possible que votre système n'ait pas ce paquetage installé par défaut. + Nous vous laissons le vérifier. + Il vous faut aussi lire sa documentation ; nous n'allons pas le faire à + votre place. + Toutefois, comme c'est un exemple, nous allons vous montrer comment il + marche. +\layout Standard + +D'abord, assurez-vous que vous utilisez la classe de document +\family sans +article +\family default +. + Ensuite, vous devez ajouter ce qui suit dans votre préambule : +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +usepackage{labels} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +LabelCols=3 +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +LabelRows=7 +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +LeftBorder=8mm +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +RightBorder=8mm +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +TopBorder=9mm +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +BottomBorder=2mm +\layout Standard + +Ceci est la configuration pour des feuilles d'étiquette Avery®, référence + #5360. + Vous êtes maintenant prêt à imprimer des étiquettes, mais si vous devez + insérer du code LaTeX, placez les commandes +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{labels} +\family default + et +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{labels} +\family default + autour de chaque étiquette. + C'est expliqué dans la documentation du paquetage, ainsi que d'autres fonctions + de celui-ci. +\layout Standard + +Un jour, quelqu'un écrira peut-être une fonction de LyX pour supporter directeme +nt ce paquetage. + Peut-être même que ce sera vous. +\layout Subsubsection + +Exemple 3 : Indentation de paragraphe +\layout Standard + +Les Américains ont l'habitude d'indenter la première ligne de +\emph on +chaque +\emph default + paragraphe. + Comme avec toutes leurs autres moeurs étranges, la plupart des Américains + vont se plaindre et récriminer jusqu'à ce qu'ils aient ce qu'ils veulent, + et qu'ils puissent indenter la première ligne de chaque paragraphe +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Note de +\noun on +John Weiss +\noun default + : C'est écrit par un Américain -- +\emph on +moi +\emph default + ! C'est ma sensation au sujet de mes concitoyens. + Dommage si ça ne vous plaît pas. + Blblblblblbblbl! +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Bien sûr, cette habitude n'est pas typographiquement correcte. + Dans des livres, vous n'indentez en général la première ligne d'un paragraphe + +\emph on +que +\emph default + s'il en suit un autre. + L'idée derrière l'indentation de la première ligne est de pouvoir distinguer + deux paragraphes consécutifs. + S'il y a pas de paragraphe précédent, par exemple s'il suit une figure, + ou si c'est le premier paragraphe d'une section, alors il n'y a pas d'indentati +on spéciale. +\layout Standard + +Si vous êtes un Américain typique +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +NdT : Ce qui m'étonnerait, mais on ne sait jamais! +\end_inset + +, cependant, vous ne vous occupez pas de choses aussi ésotériques ; vous + voulez votre indentation ! Ajoutez ceci au préambule : +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +usepackage{indentfirst} +\layout Standard + +Si votre distribution TeX n'est pas un vieux coucou, vous avez ce paquetage, + et tous vos paragraphes auront l'indentation que vous pensez qu'ils méritent. +\layout Subsubsection + +Exemple 4 : Ce document +\layout Standard + +Vous pouvez aussi aller voir le préambule de ce document pour avoir une + idée de certaines possibilités avancées. + La fenêtre +\family sans +Préambule +\family default + risque de ne pas être visible en une fois, même en plein écran. + Il y a aussi d'autres exemples et un assortiment de +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +trucs et astuces +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + LaTeX dans le Chapitre\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cha:secrets} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Section + +LyX et les erreurs LaTeX +\layout Standard + +Quand LyX invoque LaTeX, il lui dit d'ignorer toute erreur et de continuer. + Il se sert ensuite du fichier log de LaTeX pour en faire l'autopsie. + Comme nous l'avons dit plus haut dans le chapitre, LyX génère des fichiers + +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + de deux sortes, dont l'un sert à localiser les erreurs dans le document. + S'il y a une erreur quelque part, LyX la met dans une boîte avec le mot + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Erreur +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + à la place appropriée dans le document +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +LyX fera occasionnellement des déductions fausses sur l'emplacement de l'erreur. + Ça arrivera surtout dans les tableaux, les figures, les math et le préambule. +\end_inset + +. + Il affichera aussi dans une fenêtre un message vous alertant sur la présence + d'erreurs. +\layout Standard + +Vous pouvez naviguer dans les erreurs en faisant +\family sans +Naviguer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Erreur +\family default +. + Vous pouvez +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +ouvrir +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + les boîtes d'erreur et voir le message d'erreur LaTeX en cliquant dessus. +\layout Standard + +Quelques-uns préfèrent regarder le fichier log directement, il est accessible + par +\family sans +Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Fichier\SpecialChar ~ +log\SpecialChar ~ +LaTeX +\family default +. + Il y a quelques erreurs et avertissements assez fréquents. + Nous allons les traiter ici. + Vous devriez vous reporter à un bon livre sur LaTeX pour une liste complète. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +LaTeX Warning +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Tout ce qui commence par ces mots est un message d'avertissement destiné + à +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +déboguer +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + le code LaTeX lui-même. + Vous aurez des messages de ce type si vous avez ajouté ou changé des références + croisées ou des entrées de bibliographie, auquel cas LaTeX essaye de vous + dire que vous devez l'exécuter une nouvelle fois. +\layout Standard + +Vous pouvez en général les ignorer. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +LaTeX Font Warning +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Un autre message d'avertissement, cette fois au sujet de polices que LaTeX + n'a pas trouvées. + Le reste du message indiquera souvent la police de substitution que LaTeX + a choisi. +\layout Standard + +Vous pouvez les ignorer sans crainte. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Overfull +\backslash +hbox +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +LaTeX +\emph on +adore +\emph default + cracher ce genre de messages. + Ils vous préviennent que les lignes sont trop longues et débordent sur + la marge de droite. + C'est presque toujours impossible à déceler dans le rendu final. + Ou bien seuls un ou deux caractères débordent sur la marge. + On dirait que LaTeX génère au moins un message de ce type pour chaque document + que vous écrivez. +\layout Standard + +Vous pouvez ignorer ces messages stupides. + Vos yeux vous diront bien s'il y a quelque chose de trop large ; vous n'avez + qu'à regarder ce qui sort. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Underfull +\backslash +hbox +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Pas aussi courant que son cousin. + LaTeX semble préférer imprimer des lignes un peu trop larges plutôt qu'un + peu trop étroites. + Nous ne savons pas pourquoi. +\layout Standard + +Vous pouvez tout autant les ignorer que les précédents. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Overfull +\backslash +vbox +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + et +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Underfull +\backslash +vbox +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Des avertissements sur des problèmes de saut de page. + À nouveau, vous n'avez qu'à regarder ce qui sort. + Vous verrez bien si quelque chose ne va pas. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +LaTeX Error: File 'Xxxx' not found +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Le fichier +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Xxxx +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + n'est pas présent sur ce système. + Ceci apparaît habituellement parce qu'un paquetage nécessaire à votre document + n'est pas installé. + Si vous n'avez pas touché au préambule ou si vous n'avez pas utilisé la + commande +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage{} +\family default +, alors un des paquetages que LyX a essayé de charger est manquant. + Faites +\family sans +Aide\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Configuration\SpecialChar ~ +LaTeX +\family default + pour voir la liste des paquetages dont LyX a entendu parler. + Ce fichier est mis à jour à chaque fois que vous reconfigurez LyX (avec + +\family sans +Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Reconfigurer +\family default +) et vous dit quels paquetages ont été détectés et à quoi ils servent. +\layout Standard + +Si vous +\emph on +avez +\emph default + utilisé la commande +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage{} +\family default +, et que le paquetage en question n'est pas installé, vous devez l'installer + vous-même. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +LaTeX Error: Unknown option +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Les messages d'erreur commençant ainsi essayent de vous dire que vous avez + spécifié une option impossible ou inexistante dans un paquetage. + Vérifiez dans sa documentation. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Undefined control sequence +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Si vous avez inséré du code LaTeX dans votre document, et fait une faute + de frappe, vous aurez un de ceux-là. + Vous pouvez aussi avoir oublié de charger un paquetage. + Dans tous les cas, d'habitude ce message d'erreur veut dire que vous avez + utilisé une commande inconnue. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Il y a d'autres messages d'erreur et d'avertissement. + Quelques-uns sont explicites +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +NdT : Pour un anglophone... +\end_inset + +. + Ce sont souvent des messages LaTeX. + D'autres sont carrément incompréhensibles. + Ce sont en fait des messages d'erreur TeX, et nous n'avons vraiment +\emph on +aucune idée +\emph default + de ce qu'ils signifient ou de comment les déchiffrer. +\layout Standard + +Voici une liste de vérifications à effectuer si vous êtes confronté à des + messages d'erreur : +\layout Enumerate + +Cherchez d'éventuelles fautes de frappe dans le code LaTeX que vous avez + inséré. +\layout Enumerate + +S'il n'y a pas de fautes de frappe, vérifiez que vous avez utilisé les commandes + correctement. +\layout Enumerate + +Si vous avez un paquet de boîtes d'erreur entassées tout en haut du document, + ça veut dire qu'il y a des erreurs dans le préambule. + Commencez par corriger votre préambule. +\layout Enumerate + +Si vous n'avez rien ajouté au préambule et si vous n'avez pas ajouté de + code LaTeX au document, le suspect numéro un est votre distribution LaTeX + elle-même. + Vérifiez s'il manque des paquetages et rajoutez-les. +\layout Enumerate + +Très bien, il ne manque aucun paquetage. + Avez-vous utilisé une des options de réglage fin de LyX ? Plus précisément, + avez-vous +\emph on +mal utilisé +\emph default + l'une d'entre elles, en essayant par exemple d'insérer manuellement des + tas de +\family sans +Blancs\SpecialChar ~ +Insécables +\family default +, de sauts de paragraphe ou de sauts de page ? Avez-vous essayé de bricoler + quelque chose avec tout ça au lieu d'utiliser les environnements de paragraphe + appropriés ? +\layout Enumerate + +D'accord, vous n'avez utilisé aucune des options de réglage fin, vous avez + joué dans les règles. + Avez-vous essayé une manoeuvre bizarre ? Avez-vous fait quelque chose de + pas net dans un tableau ou une équation, comme insérer un graphique dans + une case de tableau ? +\layout Enumerate + +Avez-vous de longues portions de texte dans lesquelles LaTeX ne peut pas + trouver d'endroit où passer à la ligne ? Par défaut, LaTeX est assez strict + avec la quantité d'espace entre les mots qu'il va ajouter pour passer à + la ligne. + Il est alors préférable que vous retravailliez le paragraphe pour éviter + le problème. + Si ce n'est pas envisageable, vous pouvez entourer votre texte par +\family typewriter + +\backslash +sloppypar +\family default + pour que les passages à la ligne de LaTeX soient plus souples. +\layout Enumerate + +Avez-vous exagéré avec l'imbrication ? LyX (actuellement) ne vérifie pas + que vous restez dans les limites de l'imbrication d'environnements. + Si vous avez imbriqué un tas d'environnements jusqu'au +\begin_inset Formula $17^{e}$ +\end_inset + + niveau, le problème est là. +\layout Enumerate + +Vous n'avez obtenu aucun message d'erreur, mais votre rendu ne ressemble + pas à grand chose. + Si vous avez un tableau ou une figure qui est trop large ou trop haute + pour la page, vous devez : +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +mettre la figure à l'échelle pour qu'elle tienne. +\layout Enumerate + +rétrécir le tableau pour qu'il tienne. +\layout Standard + +Si quelque chose d'autre ne va pas avec le rendu, et que vous n'avez rien + essayé de bizarre ni bricolé avec les réglages fins, nous ne savons pas + trop ce qui cloche. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Si vous n'êtes pas plus avancé avec tout ceci -- et bien, +\emph on +peut-être +\emph default + que vous avez trouvé une erreur dans LyX\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Chapter + +Outils supplémentaires +\layout Section + +Préparer une bibliographie avec BibTeX +\layout Standard + +par +\noun on +Mike Ressler +\layout Standard + +STOP! Si vous ne savez pas ce qu'est BibTeX et ne savez pas vous en servir + assez convenablement (pour savoir par exemple mettre en place vos propres + bases de données bibliographiques), courez consulter la 2ème édition de + +\emph on +LaTeX : A Document Preparation System +\emph default + de Lamport, principalement l'appendice B. + Ce qui suit suppose que vous avez correctement créé un fichier de bibliographie +, que toutes les variables en jeu ont des valeurs correctes (surtout +\family typewriter +BIBINPUTS +\family default +, +\family typewriter +BSTINPUTS +\family default + et +\family typewriter +TEXINPUTS +\family default +) et que vous savez créer et +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +TeXer +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + un fichier LaTeX avec une base de donnée BibTeX. +\layout Standard + +Pour ceux qui ne savent pas ce qu'est BibTeX, il s'agit d'un système pour + créer une vaste base de données des références bibliographiques dont vous + vous servez le plus. + Pour tous les articles futurs que vous écrirez, vous n'aurez qu'à inclure + cette base de données standard et à associer une clef à chaque référence. + Même si vous n'écrivez que quelques articles avec une poignée de citations + dans chaque, ça vaut la peine de se pencher sur BibTeX pour voir s'il peut + vous être utile. +\layout Standard + +Pour utiliser BibTeX avec LyX, lisez tout d'abord le +\emph on +Guide\SpecialChar ~ +de\SpecialChar ~ +l'Utilisateur +\emph default + qui décrit comment insérer des citations. + Le mécanisme de base pour insérer des références BibTeX est le même. + Ensuite, à la fin de votre document, faites +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Listes +\family default +\SpecialChar ~ +& +\family sans +\SpecialChar ~ +TdM\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Référence\SpecialChar ~ +BibTeX +\family default +. + Dans la fenêtre qui s'ouvre alors, remplir les champs comme suit : +\layout Description + +Base\SpecialChar ~ +de\SpecialChar ~ +données\SpecialChar ~ +: saisir le nom de votre fichier +\family typewriter +.bib +\family default + +\emph on +sans +\emph default + l'extension +\family typewriter + .bib +\family default +. + Pour explorer plusieurs fichiers +\family typewriter +.bib +\family default +, saisir leur noms dans l'ordre désiré, séparés par des virgules. + +\layout Description + +Style\SpecialChar ~ +: saisir le nom de votre style BibTeX +\emph on +sans +\emph default + l'extension +\family typewriter + .bst +\family default +. + Le style par défaut est +\family typewriter +plain +\family default + (qui est normalement inclus dans votre distribution LaTeX : vous n'avez + pas à vous inquiéter de le créer). +\layout Standard + +Pour chaque citation, tant que la référence se trouve dans le fichier +\family typewriter +.bib +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\family default +il suffit de faire +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +C +\bar default +itation\SpecialChar ~ +bibliographique +\family default + à l'endroit adéquat dans le texte, et de saisir la clef correspondante. + Il n'y a rien d'autre à faire ; avec +\family sans +\bar under +V +\bar default +isualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator +DVI +\family default +, par exemple, vous devez constater que BibTeX et LaTeX sont invoqués automatiqu +ement autant de fois que nécessaire. +\layout Section + +Réalisation d'un index +\layout Standard + +Un bon index est une des choses les plus difficiles à faire dans un document + important, mais LyX permet de simplifier relativement les opérations en + appelant le programme +\family typewriter +makeindex +\family default + distribué avec LaTeX. + Insérer un index et marquer les mots à inclure est une tâche similaire + à la préparation d'une bibliographie, décrite dans le paragraphe précédent. + +\layout Standard + +D'abord, aller en fin de document (où se trouve en général l'index) et sélection +ner +\family sans + +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Listes +\family default +\SpecialChar ~ +& +\family sans +\SpecialChar ~ +TdM\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +I +\bar default +ndex +\family default +. + Puis, pour chaque mot à inclure dans l'index, positionner le curseur en + fin de mot et sélectionner +\family sans + +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Entrée\SpecialChar ~ +d'In +\bar under +d +\bar default +ex +\family default +. + Ceci insère une balise montrant le mot tel qu'il apparaîtra dans l'index. + C'est tout ; LyX appellera automatiquement +\family typewriter +makeindex +\family default + et inclura le résultat sous forme d'un index. + Le texte dans la fenêtre accessible par un clic droit sur le bouton d'index + peut contenir du LaTeX, et vous devez donc faire attention en entrant des + caractères spéciaux. + D'un autre côté, vous pouvez utiliser des options avancées -- jetez un + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +oe{} +\end_inset + +il sur la documentation de votre distribution LaTeX pour voir comment on + peut +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +emboîter des entrées +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + et faire plein d'autres choses. +\layout Standard + +Attention toutefois à éviter les espaces entre le mot du texte et le marqueur + d'index, apparemment cela pourrait afficher un numéro de page erroné. +\layout Section + +Documents en plusieurs fichiers +\layout Subsection + +Généralités +\layout Standard + +Quand on travaille sur un gros fichier avec de nombreux chapitres, il est + souvent pratique de diviser le document en plusieurs fichiers ; par ailleurs, + il arrive qu'un élément comme un tableau soit susceptible de modifications + ultérieures, alors que le reste du texte ne changera plus. + Dans ces cas-là, il est judicieux d'utiliser les possibilités de segmentation + de documents. + Ainsi, les communications scientifiques ont souvent cinq chapitres principaux + : introduction, observations, résultats, discussion, conclusion. + Chacun d'entre eux peut constituer un fichier LyX séparé, avec un fichier + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +maître +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + qui contient le titre, les auteurs, le résumé, les références, etc. + Il convient de noter que chacun des fichiers est un fichier LyX en lui-même, + qui peut aussi bien être mis en page et imprimé seul, qu'être inclus dans + le document maître. + Tous ces fichiers doivent cependant avoir la même classe de document -- + n'essayez pas de mélanger la classe +\family sans +book +\family default + avec la classe +\family sans +article +\family default +. + Il est également possible d'inclure des fichiers LaTeX : cependant, ces + fichiers doivent alors être sans leur préambule (c'est-à-dire sans la partie + jusqu'à la ligne +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{document} +\family default + incluse, et sans la ligne +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{document} +\family default +) pour éviter des erreurs à la création du fichier DVI. +\layout Standard + +LyX permet l'inclusion de fichiers en sélectionnant +\family sans +\bar under +I +\bar default +nsérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +In +\bar under +c +\bar default +lure\SpecialChar ~ +Fichier +\family default +, ce qui positionne une balise à l'endroit du curseur. + Un clic sur cette balise ouvre une fenêtre qui permet de saisir le nom + du fichier et la méthode d'inclusion. +\layout Standard + +Les trois méthodes d'inclusion sont +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +include +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +input +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, et +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +mot à mot +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. + La différence entre +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +include +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + et +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +input +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + nécessite une bonne connaissance de LaTeX, mais la différence pratique + est que les fichiers +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +inclus +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + commenceront sur une nouvelle page, alors que ceux qui utilisent +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +input +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + commenceront sur la page en cours. + Il se peut que les dénominations de LyX changent un jour pour devenir plus + explicites à ce sujet. +\layout Standard + +Le fichier maître est généralement converti en un fichier LaTeX complet + avant d'être mis en page, tandis que les fichiers inclus sont convertis + en fichiers LaTeX sans les informations de préambule. + En cochant la case +\family sans +Formatage\SpecialChar ~ +désactivé +\family default +, cette conversion n'aura pas lieu. +\layout Standard + +Un fichier inclus en +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +mot à mot +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + vous permet d'insérer un texte mis en forme exactement comme il apparaît + dans le fichier d'origine. + Normalement, les espaces dans ce fichier sont invisibles, cependant, deux + espaces consécutives sont conservées, a +\emph on + +\emph default +contrario des règles habituelles de LyX. + Cependant, cocher le bouton +\family sans +Espace\SpecialChar ~ +visible +\family default + résoud toute incertitude. +\layout Subsection + +Références croisées entre fichiers +\layout Standard + +Il est possible de faire des références croisées entre différents fichiers. + D'abord, il faut ouvrir tous les fichiers concernés : appelons-les A et + B pour un exemple avec deux fichiers, avec B inclus dans A. + Supposons que nous ayons inséré une étiquette dans A, à laquelle nous voulons + faire référence dans B. + Il faut ouvrir la fenêtre de référence croisée à partir de B, et il est + alors possible de choisir le +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +tampon +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + à utiliser. +\layout Section + +Algorithmes +\layout Standard + +Avec le paquetage +\family sans +algorithm +\family default +, LyX peut produire des algorithmes flottants. + Ceux-ci servent à placer de courts algorithmes à cheval sur deux pages + et aussi pour éditer un index des algorithmes. +\layout Section + +Sous-figures +\layout Standard + +LyX fait appel au paquetage +\family sans +subfigure +\family default + quand vous cochez +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +sous-figure +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + dans la fenêtre de +\family sans +Graphique +\family default +, et écrivez une +\family sans +Légende +\family default +. + Plusieurs figures ainsi marquées peuvent être groupées en un seul flottant + avec une légende pour chaque sous-figure. +\layout Section + +En-têtes et pieds de page sur mesure +\layout Standard + +Le format de page par défaut est assez banal : pour un document avec la + classe article, tout ce que vous obtenez se limite au numéro de page en + bas de la feuille. + Ce document-ci est de la classe +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +book +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + (livre), donc il est un peu plus fourni, mais pour réellement en mettre + plein la vue, il faut choisir la mise en page +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +fancy +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, comme l'explique le +\emph on +Guide\SpecialChar ~ +de\SpecialChar ~ +l'Utilisateur +\emph default +. + Cette section décrit les codes LaTeX qu'il vous faudra insérer dans votre + préambule LaTeX ou dans le texte pour obtenir les effets désirés. +\layout Standard + +L'en-tête est divisé en trois champs, appelés logiquement +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +gauche +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +centre +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + et +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +droit +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. + Le bas de page aussi a ces trois divisions. + Les commandes LaTeX pour éditer ces champs de la manière la plus simple + sont +\family typewriter + +\backslash +lhead +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +chead +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +rhead +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +lfoot +\family default +, etc. + Si vous voulez mettre votre nom dans le coin en haut à gauche de chaque + page, insérez simplement cette commande dans le préambule : +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +lhead{Jean D. + Rédacteur} +\layout Standard + +Vous verrez désormais votre nom dans le coin supérieur gauche. + Si un champ a une entrée par défaut que vous souhaitez supprimer (comme + le numéro de page apparaissant en bas, centré), insérez simplement une + commande avec un paramètre vide, par exemple : +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +cfoot{} +\layout Standard + +Maintenant, plus dur : mettons le mot +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Section +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + et le numéro de la section en cours (par exemple Section\SpecialChar ~ +3) dans le coin + supérieur gauche, le numéro de page en haut à droite, votre nom en bas + à gauche et la date en bas à droite. + Les commandes suivantes doivent donc apparaître dans votre préambule : +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +lhead{Section +\backslash +thesection} +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +chead{} +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +rhead{Page +\backslash +thepage} +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +lfoot{Jean D. + Rédacteur} +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +cfoot{} +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +rfoot{ +\backslash +today} +\layout Standard + +Les codes +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thesection +\family default + et +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thepage +\family default + permettent d'accéder aux compteurs LaTeX de section et de page, et d'afficher + ainsi les numéros de la section et de la page en cours. + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +today +\family default + affiche simplement la date d'aujourd'hui. +\layout Standard + +L'épaisseur de la barre horizontale dessinée au dessous de l'en-tête et + au dessus du pied de page peut elle aussi être modifiée. + Si vous n'en voulez pas, mettez sa largeur à 0. + Par défaut, la barre d'en-tête a une épaisseur de 0,4\SpecialChar ~ +pt, et celle de pied + de page une épaisseur de 0. + Pour régler l'épaisseur, utilisez les commandes +\family typewriter + +\backslash +renewcommand\SpecialChar \- +{ +\backslash +headrulewidth}\SpecialChar \- +{0.4pt} +\family default + et +\family typewriter + +\backslash +renewcommand\SpecialChar \- +{ +\backslash +footrulewidth}\SpecialChar \- +{0.4pt} +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Vous pouvez activer ou désactiver les paramètres d'en-tête et de pied de + page pour une page donnée avec, par exemple : +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thispagestyle\SpecialChar \- +{empty} +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thispagestyle\SpecialChar \- +{plain} +\family default +, et +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thispagestyle\SpecialChar \- +{fancy} +\family default +. + Insérez simplement ces commandes dans le texte de la page que vous voulez + modifier, et mettez-les en mode TeX. + En fait, par défaut, si vous utilisez le style global +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +fancy +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, les pages de titre sont en +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +plain +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, alors que les autres sont en +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +fancy +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Il existe des commandes plus complexes qui vous permettent d'introduire + des choses dans le coin gauche des pages impaires, etc., mais nous vous + renvoyons à la documentation du paquetage +\family typewriter +fancyhdr +\family default + pour plus de précisions. + Par exemple, si vous avez une installation teTeX, voyez +\family typewriter +/usr/share/texmf/\SpecialChar \- +doc/latex/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.dvi +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Enfin, il est possible d'insérer un fichier PostScript® Encapsulé (EPS) + dans l'en-tête ou le pied de page. + Si vous voulez insérer un logo dans le coin supérieur gauche, vous pouvez + essayer quelque chose comme : +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +lhead{ +\backslash +resizebox{1in}{!}{ +\backslash +includegraphics{logo.eps}}} +\family default + +\newline +(il vous faudra peut-être ajouter +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage{graphics} +\family default + avant si aucun autre fichier EPS n'est inséré dans votre document). +\layout Section + +Minipages +\layout Standard + +LaTeX fournit un mécanisme pour produire une page au sein d'une page, appelée + alors une minipage. + Dans une minipage, toutes les règles usuelles d'indentation, de justification, + etc. + s'appliquent. + LyX propose une partie des fonctionnalités de +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +minipage +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Les minipages dans LyX ont leur propre boîte refermable ; ajoutez-en un + avec +\family sans +Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Minipage +\family default +. + En cliquant avec le bouton droit sur la boîte, vous pouvez changer la largeur + de la minipage et l'alignement vertical dans la page. + Attention : si la minipage est trop longue pour tenir sur une page, elle + est tronquée, et en continue pas sur la page suivante. +\layout Standard + +Si vous placez deux minipages côte à côte, vous pouvez utiliser +\family sans +Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Caractère\SpecialChar ~ +Spécial +\family default + pour insérer une instruction spéciale connue dans le monde LaTeX sous le + nom de +\family typewriter +hfill +\family default +, traduit en français par +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +ressort horizontal +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, pour que LyX laisse un maximum d'espace entre elles : l'une sera collée + à la marge de droite, l'autre à celle de gauche. + L'exemple ci-dessous montre la différence. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Minipage +position 0 +inner_position 0 +height "0pt" +width "1.5in" +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +C'est une minipage qui n'utilise pas de ressort horizontal. + C'est la seconde phrase de cette minipage. + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Minipage +position 0 +inner_position 0 +height "0pt" +width "1.5in" +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +C'est une seconde minipage qui n'utilise pas de ressort horizontal. + C'en est la seconde phrase. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard +\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom medskip +Ça, c'est du texte normal pour séparer les deux exemples. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Minipage +position 0 +inner_position 0 +height "0pt" +width "1.5in" +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +C'est une minipage qui utilise un ressort horizontal. + C'est la deuxième phrase de cette minipage. +\end_inset + + +\hfill + +\begin_inset Minipage +position 0 +inner_position 0 +height "0pt" +width "1.5in" +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +C'est une seconde minipage utilisant un ressort horizontal. + Et ça, c'en est la deuxième phrase. +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Enrober une Figure avec du Texte +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:floatflt} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Wrap figure +width "6cm" +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Graphics + filename mobius.eps + display color + width 40col% + rotateOrigin center + +\end_inset + + +\layout Caption + +C'est une figure enrobée et la superbe légende qui la décrit. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Il arrive souvent que l'on cherche à disposer le texte autour des figures + de telle sorte que la figure n'occupe qu'une partie de la colonne et le + texte le reste. + C'est possible dès lors que le paquetage +\family typewriter +floatflt +\family default + est installé (vous verrez où l'obtenir dans le manuel de +\emph on +Configuration\SpecialChar ~ +LaTeX +\emph default +). +\layout Standard + +À droite figure un ruban de Möbius -- vous devez l'avoir déjà vu dans le + +\emph on +Guide\SpecialChar ~ +de\SpecialChar ~ +l'Utilisateur +\emph default +. + Pour enrober ainsi la figure dans le texte, il suffit d'ajouter une boîte + d'enrobage avec +\family sans +Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Flottant\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Figure Floatflt +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Note : ce paquetage est très fragile ! Ainsi il supporte mal qu'une figure + soit proche du bas de la page, ou que deux figures soient trop proches + l'une de l'autre. + Utilisez-le avec parcimonie et lisez la documentation qui l'accompagne + (qui vous expliquera aussi comment enrober un tableau dans du texte). +\layout Section + +Options supplémentaires pour les tableaux +\layout Standard + +Même si le format standard vous suffira pour 99% des tableaux que vous créerez, + il pourra arriver qu'un tableau vous demande un peu plus de travail. + La fenêtre +\family sans +Style\SpecialChar ~ +du\SpecialChar ~ +Tableau +\family default + qui s'ouvre quand vous cliquez sur un tableau avec le bouton droit vous + autorise des réglages fins. + Elle vous permet d'accéder à divers paramètres d'alignement pour les colonnes. + Un peu de connaissance de LaTeX est utile ici : quand vous construisez + un tableau en LaTeX, chaque colonne est dotée d'un type d'alignement. + Par exemple, les lettres-clés +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +l +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +c +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +r +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + pour l'alignement à gauche, le centrage et l'alignement à droite respectivement + (ce qui correspond aux boutons à cocher de la fenêtre de LyX). + Un quatrième type d'alignement est +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +p +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +, qui impose la largeur de colonne (réglable dans LyX), et qui cadre le + texte dans le largeur imposée. + Une cinquième type est +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +| +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + (barre verticale) qui génère un trait vertical et non une colonne proprement + dite : ce comportement est obtenu dans LyX avec les boutons de bordures. + Enfin, il y a le type +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +@ +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +, +\family sans + +\family default +qui vous permet d'utiliser comme séparateur de colonnes tous les paramètres + entre accolades (il peut n'y en avoir aucun). + Les raisons de ce comportement peuvent ne pas sembler évidentes, mais à + l'occasion il se révèle très puissant. + Un bon exemple vaut mieux qu'un long discours. + +\layout Subsection + +Enlever les espaces supplémentaires des colonnes +\layout Standard + +Voici un tableau standard : +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Type +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Exemple +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Pierre +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Granit +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Minéral +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Quartz +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Remarquez que les traits horizontaux dépassent légèrement du texte des deux + côtés. + Si vous souhaitez que la ligne prenne fin au même niveau que le texte, + vous pouvez placer un séparateur nul à la fin pour enlever l'espace ajouté + par défaut par LaTeX. + Voici un exemple : +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Type +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Exemple +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Pierre +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Granit +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Minéral +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Quartz +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Ici, la description de la colonne de gauche contient : +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +@{} l +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +, alors que à droite on a : +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +l @{} +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + afin de mettre le caractère nul sur les bords. +\layout Subsection + +Changer le caractère de séparation de colonnes +\layout Standard + +Maintenant, si pour une obscure raison, vous voulez utiliser +\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{\pi}$ +\end_inset + + entouré de quelques espaces pour séparer des colonnes, enlevez la bordure + verticale et mettez dans le champs de la colonne droite +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +@{~$ +\backslash +sqrt{ +\backslash +pi}$~} l +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +. + Vous devriez obtenir quelque chose comme : +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Type +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Exemple +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Pierre +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Granit +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Minéral +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Quartz +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Colonnes alignées sur le symbole décimal +\layout Standard + +Bon, d'accord, le dernier exemple était complètement idiot, mais en voici + un qui ne l'est pas : supposons que vous voulez faire un tableau dont une + colonne est alignée sur le symbole décimal. + Pour ça, une astuce habituelle avec LaTeX est de mettre les parties entières + des nombres dans une colonne alignée à droite, d'utiliser une virgule comme + séparateur de colonne et de mettre la partie décimale dans une deuxième + colonne, alignée cette fois à gauche. + une variante est d'insérer la virgule décimale dans les parties entières + et de laisser le séparateur vide, comme dans cet exemple : +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Expression +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Valeur +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\pi$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +3, +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +1416 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +36, +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +462 +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $(\pi^{\pi})^{\pi}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +80663, +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi^{\pi}}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +1, +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +3402 +\begin_inset Formula $\times10^{18}$ +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Même si ça paraît un peu bizarre dans LyX, à l'impression, le tableau semblera + avoir deux colonnes, dont la seconde centrée sur la virgule décimale. +\layout Standard + +C'est peut-être mieux de décrire exactement comment procéder : d'abord, + créez un tableau 3 +\begin_inset Formula $\times$ +\end_inset + +3 et supprimez toutes les bordures. + Remettez seulement une bordure inférieure dans la rangée du haut, et une + bordure à droite de la première colonne. + Tapez les valeurs de la première colonne et choisissez l'alignement centré. + Entrez +\family typewriter +3, +\family default +, +\family typewriter +36, +\family default +, +\family typewriter +80663, +\family default + et +\family typewriter +1, +\family default + et mettez l'alignement à droite. + Entrez +\family typewriter +1416 +\family default +, +\family typewriter +462 +\family default + et +\family typewriter +3402 +\begin_inset Formula $\times10^{18}$ +\end_inset + + +\family default + et mettez +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +@{} l +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + comme alignement pour la colonne restante. + Enfin tapez le mot +\family typewriter +Valeur +\family default + dans la colonne du milieu, sélectionnez-le avec l'espace vide à sa droite, + et cochez +\family sans +Case\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Case\SpecialChar ~ +Spéciale\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Multicolonnes +\family default +. + Facile, non ? +\layout Subsection + +Une meilleure solution pour l'alignement décimal +\layout Standard + +Une autre façon d'obtenir de l'alignement décimal dans les tableaux est + de passer par le paquetage +\family typewriter +dcolumn +\family default +. + Ajoutez ce qui suit au préambule LaTeX +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +NdT : Si votre séparateur décimal est la virgule. + Si c'est le point, remplacez les virgules par des points. +\end_inset + + : +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +usepackage{dcolumn} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +newcolumntype{d}[1]{D{,}{,}{#1}} +\layout Standard + +Pour aligner une colonne sur le symbole décimal, mettez ce qui suit dans + le champ +\family sans +Paramètre\SpecialChar ~ +LaTeX +\family default + de la fenêtre +\family sans +Tableau +\family default + : +\layout LyX-Code + +d{nombre de décimales des données} +\layout Standard + +Pour créer de l'espace supplémentaire dans la colonne vous n'avez qu'à augmenter + le nombre de décimales dans +\family typewriter +d{} +\family default +. + Cocher l'attribut +\family sans +Multicolonne +\family default + dans une case isolée la rend insensible à l'alignement décimal, ce qui + peut être bien pratique. + Un inconvénient de cette méthode est que le mode mathématique n'est pas + autorisé dans une colonne avec l'alignement décimal sauf si l'attribut + +\family sans +Multicolonne +\family default + est coché. +\layout Standard + +Cette méthode offre la même flexibilité que le paquetage +\family typewriter +dcolumn +\family default +. + On peut, par exemple, changer le séparateur d'alignement, et avoir des + séparateurs d'alignement différents pour des colonnes différentes en définissan +t plusieurs types de colonne dans le préambule. + La syntaxe est comme suit : +\layout LyX-Code + +D{inputsep}{outputsep}{decimal places} +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +NdT : non traduit car je ne suis pas certain du sens +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Le lecteur intéressé est prié de se reporter à la documentation du paquetage + +\family typewriter +dcolumn +\family default + pour plus de détails. +\layout Section + +Choix de puces dans +\family sans +ListePuces +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:puces} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +par +\noun on + Allan Rae +\layout Subsection + +Introduction +\layout Standard + +LyX fournit 216 motifs de puces qui sont accessibles par une simple fenêtre. + Vous pouvez facilement y sélectionner la puce souhaitée pour chaque niveau + de profondeur dans l'environnement +\family sans +ListePuces +\family default +. + Ces choix sont valables pour tout le document, donc vous ne pouvez pas + spécifier différents types de puces pour différents paragraphes +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +En fait, c'est possible mais il faut le faire à la main. +\end_inset + +. +\layout Subsection + +À quoi elles ressemblent +\layout Standard + +Allez dans l'onglet +\family sans +Puces +\family default + de la fenêtre +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document. +\layout Standard + +La fenêtre vous présente un tableau avec des formes de puces. + À gauche du tableau, une colonne de boutons vous donne accès aux six panneaux + possibles. + La rangée de boutons du haut sert à choisir le niveau de profondeur sur + lequel vous agissez. + Une boîte de texte sous le tableau affiche l'équivalent LaTeX de la forme + de puce actuellement sélectionnée, et ce champ peut être édité. + Si vous modifiez le texte vous devrez aussi spécifier à la main dans le + préambule LaTeX les paquetages requis. +\layout Standard + +Les six panneaux sont répartis selon les paquetages qu'ils nécessitent. + Le tableau suivant vous montre la correspondance entre le nom des boutons + et les paquetages LaTeX. +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Bouton +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Paquetages Requis +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Standard +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +LaTeX de base +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Maths +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +amssymb.sty +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Ding1 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +pifont.sty +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Ding2 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +pifont.sty +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Ding3 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +pifont.sty +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Ding4 +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +pifont.sty +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +LyX ne vous empêche pas d'utiliser les puces correspondant à des paquetages + que vous n'avez pas. + Si vous obtenez des erreurs LaTeX lorsque vous essayez de visualiser ou + d'imprimer le fichier, c'est sûrement qu'il vous manque un paquetage. + LyX ne vous empêche pas d'agir car vous pourriez vouloir éditer quelque + part et imprimer avec un autre système. +\layout Subsection + +Comment s'en servir +\layout Standard + +Sélectionnez le niveau de profondeur sur lequel vous voulez agir, puis le + motif de puce et la taille. + Les changements ne seront pas visibles dans LyX, mais seulement avec les + visionneuses +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + ou +\family typewriter +ghostview +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Vous pouvez remettre une puce à sa valeur par défaut, en cliquant avec le + bouton droit de la souris sur la profondeur de la puce en question. +\layout Standard + +Si vous voulez réellement avoir des paragraphes avec des puces différentes + dans chacun d'eux, vous devez mettre les mains dans le cambouis. + La fenêtre dont nous venons de parler est cependant utile car elle montre + en même temps l'aspect de la puce et son code LaTeX, ceci pour un grand + nombre de puces. + Pour personnaliser vos paragraphes, vous avez le choix : +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +let +\backslash +savelabelitemi= +\backslash +labelitemi +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +renewcommand +\backslash +labelitemi[0]{ +\backslash +small +\backslash +( +\backslash +sharp +\backslash +)} +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + +Utilisez la commande LaTeX +\family typewriter + +\backslash +renewcommand{}{} +\family default + pour spécifier un nouveau format de puce pour une profondeur donnée. + Vous aurez aussi besoin d'enregistrer le format actuel pour le restaurer + plus tard. + Dans cette liste à puces, le code LaTeX suivant a été utilisé pour changer + les puces de profondeur 1 : +\family typewriter + +\newline + +\backslash +let +\backslash +savelabelitemi= +\backslash +labelitemi +\family default + +\family typewriter + +\newline + +\backslash +renewcommand +\backslash +labelitemi[0]{ +\backslash +small +\backslash +( +\backslash +sharp +\backslash +)} +\newline + +\family default +Remarquez que la profondeur de puce est donnée en chiffres romains comme + partie intégrante de la commande +\family typewriter + +\backslash +labelitem +\family default +. +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard +[ +\backslash +( +\backslash +star +\backslash +)] +\end_inset + + Agissez sur chaque entrée individuellement en écrivant le motif de la puce + entre crochets en mode TeX. + Par exemple, cet élément a commencé par +\family typewriter +[ +\backslash +( +\backslash +star +\backslash +)] +\family default +. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +renewcommand +\backslash +labelitemi[0]{ +\backslash +savelabelitemi} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Vous aurez besoin de remettre le +\family typewriter +labelitem +\family default + à sa valeur d'origine pour que les autres puces retrouvent les réglages + globaux. + Nous avons donc ici : +\family typewriter + +\newline + +\backslash +renewcommand +\backslash +labelitemi[0]{ +\backslash +savelabelitemi} +\layout Chapter + +Classes de document spéciales +\layout Section + +LaTeX AMS +\layout Standard + +par +\noun on +David Johnson +\layout Standard + +Les formats LaTeX AMS ont été écrits pour se conformer au style suggéré + pour les articles mathématiques à soumettre aux publications de l'American + Mathematical Society. + Les formats ne sont pas définis pour un journal particulier, mais peuvent + facilement y être adaptés. + Il faut vous référer à la documentation de l'AMS pour obtenir des instructions + spécifiques à chaque journal (habituellement il suffira de changer une + ligne dans la sortie TeX). + Cette documentation est disponible sur le réseau à +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ams.org} + +\end_inset + + ou par ftp à +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/amslatex/} + +\end_inset + +. + Ces formats sont appropriés, et utiles, pour tout écrit mathématique. + Il y a actuellement 4 formats LaTeX AMS distincts : +\layout Enumerate + +amsart : Le format standard d'article AMS. + Tous les résultats et assertions sont numérotés dans l'ordre +\begin_inset Formula $(n.m)$ +\end_inset + +, où le premier numéro fait référence à la section, et le second à l'ensemble + des résultats (Théorèmes, Corollaires, Propositions, Définitions, Remarques, + etc.) dans cette section. + Beaucoup des environnements (mais pas tous) sont disponibles sous forme + non numérotée, ce qui est parfois nécessaire. + Les environnements non numérotés sont indiqués par un astérisque à la fin. +\layout Enumerate + +amsart-seq : Ici, la numérotation de chaque type d'assertion est numéroté + selon sa propre séquence, sans référence au numéro de la section. + Beaucoup des environnements (mais pas tous) sont disponibles sous forme + non numérotée, ce qui est parfois nécessaire. + Les environnements non numérotés sont indiqués par un astérisque à la fin. +\layout Enumerate + +amsart-plain : Celui-ci est encore plus sobre, puisqu'aucun environnement + n'est numéroté. +\layout Enumerate + +amsbook : Le format standard de livre AMS (en réalité de monographie). + La numérotation est similaire au format amsart, sauf que tous les numéros + sont sous la forme +\begin_inset Formula $(n,m,p)$ +\end_inset + +, où le premier numéro fait référence au chapitre, le deuxième à la section + et le troisième à l'ensemble des résultats (Théorèmes, Corollaires, Proposition +s, Définitions, Remarques, etc.) dans cette section. + Beaucoup des environnements (mais pas tous) sont disponibles sous forme + non numérotée, ce qui est parfois nécessaire. + Les environnements non numérotés sont indiqués par un astérisque à la fin. +\layout Standard + +Tout fichier LyX AMS peut être converti dans l'un quelconque des schémas + de numérotation en changeant simplement la classe de document dans la fenêtre + +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document. +\layout Subsection + +Ce qu'offrent ces formats +\layout Standard + +La liste des environnements offerts par ces formats est longue. + La plupart des articles ou des livres mathématiques utiliseront ces environneme +nts pour leurs différents types d'assertion, avec LaTeX AMS il y a la possibilit +é de définir une variété illimitée de telles déclarations. + Cependant, l'AMS recommande les environnements disponibles dans LyX. + Voici la liste des environnements (non compris les environnements standard + comme +\family sans +section +\family default +, +\family sans +bibliography +\family default +, +\family sans +title +\family default +, +\family sans +author +\family default +, +\family sans +date +\family default +) : +\layout Description + +Théorème (Theorem) Typiquement utilisé pour les résultats les plus importants. + Le mot +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Theorem +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + apparaît en caractères gras, ainsi qu'un numéro automatiquement déterminé + (une version non numérotée est aussi disponible, +\family sans +Théorème* +\family default +). + Le texte est en italiques. +\layout Description + +Corollaire (Corollary) Utilisé pour des assertions qui découlent assez directeme +nt d'assertions précédentes. + Là encore, il peut s'agir de résultats importants. + La version non numérotée +\family sans +Corollaire* +\family default + existe. +\layout Description + +Lemme (Lemma) Ce sont des résultats moins forts, nécessaires à la preuve + d'autres assertions. +\layout Description + +Proposition (Proposition) Ce sont des résultats moins importants qui apportent + quelque chose à la théorie générale dont il est question. +\layout Description + +Conjecture (Conjecture) Ce sont des assertions fournies sans justification, + dont l'auteur ne connaît pas de preuve, mais qui semblent vraies (du moins + aux yeux de l'auteur). +\layout Description + +Critère (Criterion) Une condition requise. +\layout Description + +Algorithme (Algorithm) Une procédure générale à utiliser. +\layout Description + +Axiome (Axiom) C'est une propriété ou assertion considérée comme vraie dans + la théorie dont il est question. +\layout Description + +Définition (Definition) Devinez à quoi ça sert. + La police, à la fois à l'écran et à l'impression, est différente dans cet + environnement. + L'en-tête ( +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Definition +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +) est encore en caractères gras, ainsi que le numéro s'il y en a un, mais + le reste est comme du texte simple. +\layout Description + +Exemple (Example) Typographie similaire à +\family sans +Définition +\family default +. +\layout Description + +Condition (Condition) +\layout Description + +Problème (Problem) +\layout Description + +Exercice (Exercise) +\layout Description + +Remarque (Remark) Cet environnement est également un nouveau type de théorème. + Le mot +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Remark +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + apparaît en italique, et le reste comme du texte simple. +\layout Description + +Note (Note) Typographie similaire à +\family sans +Remarque +\family default +. +\layout Description + +Notation (Notation) +\layout Description + +Affirmation (Claim) +\layout Description + +Résumé (Summary) +\layout Description + +Remerciement (Acknowledgement) +\layout Description + +Cas (Case) En général, ils servent à diviser de longues preuves en examinant + des cas distincts. + Le schéma de numérotation des cas leur est spécifique : il n'appartient + pas à la même séquence que les autres assertions. +\layout Description + +Conclusion (Conclusion) +\layout Description + +Fait (Fact) +\layout Description + +Preuve (Proof) Le mot +\family sans +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Preuve +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +\emph default + est en italiques, mais le reste est droit. + À la fin de cet environnement (dans lequel on peut bien sûr emboîter d'autres + environnements) est inséré un symbole CQFD (d'habitude un carré, mais ça + peut varier avec les différents styles). +\layout Description + +Adresse (Address) Ça devrait être l'adresse permanente de l'auteur. +\layout Description + +Adresse_Actuelle (Current_Address) Ça devrait être l'adresse temporaire + de l'auteur au moment de la soumission, si elle est différente de l'Adresse + ci-dessus. +\layout Description + +Email L'adresse e-mail de l'auteur. +\layout Description + +URL L'adresse de la page personnelle de l'auteur, s'il le souhaite. +\layout Description + +Mots-Clés (Keywords) Mots-clés ou phrases-clés, utilisé pour identifier + les sujets discutés dans l'article. +\layout Description + +Classe_Sujet (Subjectclass) Ça fait référence à la Classification des Sujets + de l'AMS, publiée et décrite dans +\emph on +Mathematical Reviews +\emph default +. + Elle est aussi disponible en ligne sur les sites de l'AMS cités plus haut. +\layout Description + +Remerciements (Thanks) +\layout Description + +Dédicace (Dedicatory) +\layout Description + +Traducteur (Translator) +\layout Standard + +En plus, ces environnements se servent automatiquement des paquetages de + polices AMS-LaTeX et AMS. + Il faut qu'ils soient disponibles sur votre système pour pouvoir utiliser + ces environnements. +\layout Section + +Dinbrief +\layout Standard + +La classe de document +\family sans +dinbrief +\family default + peut servir à taper des lettres selon les conventions allemandes. + Un fichier modèle est inclus dans +\family typewriter +.../lyx/share/templates +\family default + pour vous servir de point de départ. +\layout Section + +Papier +\layout Standard + +La classe de document +\family sans +paper +\family default + (publication, +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +papier +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +) offre une alternative à la classe standard +\family sans +article +\family default +. + Elle a les mêmes fonctionalités, mais vous pouvez préférer ce format, avec + des sections et en-têtes en police sans empattement, ainsi que d'autres + particularités. +\layout Section + +Papier A&A +\layout Standard + +par +\noun on +Peter Sütterlin +\layout Subsection + +Introduction +\layout Standard + +Cette section décrit comment utiliser LyX pour écrire des articles à soumettre + au journal scientifique +\emph on +Astronomy and Astrophysics +\emph default + ( +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[www.edpsciences.fr/aa/]{http://www.edpsciences.fr/aa/} + +\end_inset + +), avec la Version 5.01 de la classe de document +\family typewriter +aa.cls +\family default +. + Ce paquetage peut être téléchargé depuis le site ftp +\layout Standard +\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom medskip \align center + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.edpsciences.org/pub/aa/readme.html} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Un manuel est fourni avec ce paquetage, et ce texte n'est pas censé remplacer + le manuel d'origine mais est simplement un bref guide à la réalisation + d'un papier dans un format correct. +\layout Standard + +Notez que l'éditeur de ce journal a changé le 1er janvier 2001 : ce n'est + plus Springer mais EDP Sciences. + Ce changement a aussi entraîné quelques légères modifications aux fichiers + de style, notamment la suppression de la commande thesaurus. + La classe LyX +\family typewriter +aa +\family default + supporte la dernière version de ces fichiers de style, V 5.01. + Si vous avez une ancienne version installée, veuillez la mettre à jour. + Par souci de compatibilité, l'ancien format (version 4) a été conservé + sous le nom de +\family sans +article (A&A V4) +\family default +. + Voyez les commentaires dans +\family typewriter +LyXDir/layouts/aapaper.layout +\family default +. +\layout Subsection + +Pour commencer +\layout Standard + +Il est recommandé de commencer à partir du modèle distribué avec LyX. + Si vous n'utilisez pas de modèle, jetez un oeil aux réglages suivants : +\layout Itemize + +Choisissez +\family sans +article\SpecialChar ~ +(A&A) +\family default + dans le champ +\family sans +Classe +\family default + de +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document +\family default +. + (D'accord, c'est évident.) +\layout Itemize + +Ne changez pas l'option +\family sans +Mise\SpecialChar ~ +en\SpecialChar ~ +page +\family default + : laissez-la sur +\family sans +Défaut +\family default +. + La mise en page est prise en charge par les macros, vous n'avez rien à + changer. +\layout Subsection + +Le bloc d'en-tête +\layout Standard + +La première chose à entrer est l'information d'en-tête. + Elle consiste en sept entrées, dont certaines sont facultatives. + Ce sont +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Titre +\family default + (Title) : (nécessaire) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +SousTitre +\family default + (Subtitle) : (facultatif) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Auteur +\family default + (Author) : (nécessaire) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Adresse +\family default + (Address) : (nécessaire) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Tirés_À_Part +\family default + (Offprint): (facultatif) Si plus d'un auteur : qui contacter pour demander + des tirés à part. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Mail +\family default + : (facultatif) Adresse mail pour les contacts. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Date +\family default + : (nécessaire) Format suggéré +\family typewriter +Received: ; Accepted +\layout Standard + +Il n'y a pas besoin de taper la commande +\family typewriter + +\backslash +maketitle +\family default +, LyX le fait tout seul quand l'en-tête est fini. + Bien que l'ordre des entrées d'en-tête n'ait pas d'importance il est conseillé + de conserver la séquence ci-dessus, juste pour avoir un meilleur aspect + visuel et correspondre au format du document réel. +\layout Standard + +Si vous voulez placer des notes de bas de page dans le bloc d'en-tête, par + exemple pour entrer votre adresse actuelle, utilisez les notes de bas de + page standard avec +\family sans +Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Note\SpecialChar ~ +en\SpecialChar ~ +Bas\SpecialChar ~ +de\SpecialChar ~ +Page +\family default +. + LyX utilisera automagiquement +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thanks{} +\family default + dans ce cas. +\layout Standard + +En plus de ces points, les macros utilisent trois commandes LaTeX supplémentaire +s qui n'ont pas d'équivalent dans LyX : +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +and +\family default + pour séparer les noms quand il y a plusieurs auteurs et plusieurs instituts. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +inst{} +\family default + pour marquer les couples auteur/institut correspondants. + Les instituts sont numérotés dans l'ordre où ils apparaissent dans le champ + +\family sans +Address +\family default +, vous devez donc mettre un marqueur à chaque auteur. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +email{} +\family default + pour fournir une adresse électronique pour être joignable rapidement. +\layout Standard + +Dans tous les cas, la commande appropriée doit être tapée dans LyX en mode + TeX. + Voir les exemples. +\layout Subsection + +L'abstract +\layout Standard + +L'abstract devrait suivre immédiatement le bloc d'en-tête. + Avec la version 5 l'abstract est devenu une commande, et il est maintenant + limité à un seul paragraphe. + En plus, il doit contenir une entrée avec les mots-clés. + La seule chose spéciale à en dire est qu'il doit contenir une entrée avec + les mots-clés. + Ce n'est pas encore implémenté pour LyX, vous devez donc entrer la commande + LaTeX +\family typewriter + +\backslash +keywords{} +\family default + à la main en mode TeX. + Référez-vous au papier exemple. +\layout Subsection + +Environnements supportés +\layout Standard + +Le format +\family sans +paper\SpecialChar ~ +(A&A) +\family default + supporte les environnements suivants pour structurer votre texte : +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Standard +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Section +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +SousSection +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +SousSousSection +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +ListePuces +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Énumération +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Description +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Légende +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Abstract +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Remerciement +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Bibliographie +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +LaTeX +\layout Subsection + +Commandes non encore supportées par LyX +\layout Standard + +Quelques commandes ne sont pas encore supportées par le format +\family sans +paper\SpecialChar ~ +(A&A) +\family default + de LyX. + Quelques-unes ont déjà été mentionnées. + Par souci d'exhaustivité, elles sont toutes listées ici : +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +and +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +email +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +appendix +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +authorrunning +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +inst{} +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +keywords{} +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +object{} +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +titlerunning{} +\layout Standard + +Si vous voulez utiliser l'une de ces commandes, vous devez les taper vous-mêmes. + +\series bold +N'oubliez pas de les signaler comme code LaTeX ! +\layout Subsection + +Figures et Tableaux Flottants +\layout Standard + +LyX fournit le support pour les environnements de flottants +\family sans +figure +\family default +, +\family sans +figure* +\family default +, +\family sans +table +\family default + et +\family sans +table* +\family default +, nous n'en dirons donc pas beaucoup plus. + Référez-vous au +\emph on +Guide\SpecialChar ~ +de\SpecialChar ~ +l'Utilisateur +\emph default +. + Rappelez-vous juste que les tableaux devront être alignés à gauche. + Pour cela, sélectionnez le tableau et changez l'alignement dans +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Paragraphe +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Il y a une seule chose spéciale : les figures avec la légende à côté. + Pour créer une telle figure, vous devez faire ceci : +\layout Enumerate + +Créez une grande figure flottante : faites +\family sans +Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Flottants\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Figure +\family default +, puis un clic droit sur la figure et cochez +\family sans +Couvrir plusieurs colonnes +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + +Entrez votre légende. +\layout Enumerate + +Tapez +\family sans +Entrée +\family default + pour déplacer le curseur au dessus de la figure. +\layout Enumerate + +Insérez votre figure. +\layout Enumerate + +Positionnez le curseur derrière la figure et insérez un ressort horizontal + : +\family sans +Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Caractère\SpecialChar ~ +Spécial\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ressort\SpecialChar ~ +Horizontal +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + +Passez en mode LaTeX : +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +t +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + +Entrez +\family typewriter + +\backslash +parbox[b]{55mm}{ +\family default +. + +\series bold +Ne fermez pas l'accolade ! +\layout Enumerate + +Positionnez le curseur derrière le texte de la légende, passez en mode LaTeX + et insérez l'accolade fermante : +\family sans +M-c\SpecialChar ~ +t +\family default + +\family typewriter +} +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Là encore, voyez les figures dans le papier exemple. +\layout Subsection + +Format du référé +\layout Standard + +Pour la soumission, le papier doit être formaté dans un format spécial à + double interligne. + Pour ce faire, vous devez donner à la classe de document l'option +\family typewriter +referee +\family default +. + Il faut la mettre dans le champ +\family sans +Autres\SpecialChar ~ +Options +\family default +, dans +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document +\family default +. + Entrez-y juste le mot +\family typewriter +referee +\family default +. +\layout Subsection + +Le papier exemple +\layout Standard + +Le répertoire d'exemples contient un papier exemple écrit avec LyX. + C'est l'exemple venant du paquetage de macros d'origine, traduit pour LyX. + Utilisez-le comme source d'inspiration, et comparez le code LaTeX d'origine + avec la façon de l'écrire avec LyX. +\layout Section + +AASTeX +\layout Standard + +par +\noun on +Mike Ressler +\layout Subsection + +Introduction +\layout Standard + +AASTeX est un ensemble de macros produit par l'American Astronomical Society + pour faciliter la soumission électronique de manuscrits aux trois journaux + qu'elle publie : l'Astrophysical Journal (y compris les Letters et le Supplemen +t), l'Astronomical Journal, et les Publications of the Astronomical Society + of the Pacific. + LyX a besoin de la version 5.0 (ou plus récente) de ces macros. + Les versions antérieures à la 5.0 sont destinées à être utilisées avec LaTeX2.09 + et sont fondamentalement incompatibles avec LyX. + Le paquetage AASTeX peut être téléchargé depuis le site ftp de l'AAS +\layout Standard +\added_space_top medskip \added_space_bottom medskip \align center + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.aas.org/pubs} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Un guide de l'utilisateur complet est compris dans ce paquetage et il vaut + mieux que vous vous familiarisiez sérieusement avec avant de vous embarquer + à écrire un papier en LyX. + LyX ne va pas vous dispenser de comprendre toutes les commandes AASTeX, + il vous dispensera seulement de la corvée de toutes les taper. + Il est de votre responsabilité de vous assurer que le document final exporté + en LaTeX soit complètement conforme aux recommandations du journal auquel + vous soumettez votre papier. +\layout Subsection + +Commencer un Nouveau Papier +\layout Standard + +Je vous suggère vivement de commencer avec le fichier de modèle AASTeX. + Cliquez sur +\family sans +Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Nouveau\SpecialChar ~ +avec\SpecialChar ~ +Modèle +\family default +, entrez le nouveau nom de fichier, puis choisissez le modèle +\family typewriter +aastex.lyx +\family default +. + Il montrera les champs les plus courants dans un manuscrit. + Écrivez par dessus le texte existant (y compris les crochets, +\family typewriter +<> +\family default +) les informations correctes. + Beaucoup des commandes et environnements AASTeX peuvent être implémentés + directement dans LyX, mais certains ne peuvent pas : notamment +\family typewriter + +\backslash +altaffilmark +\family default + et +\family typewriter + +\backslash +altaffiltext +\family default +, qui devraient se voir comme le nez au milieu de la figure dans le fichier + de modèle. + Pour des commandes comme celles-là, le code LaTeX doit être entré directement + et signalé comme tel. + De telles commandes sont du Vilain Texte Rouge, ou ERT +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +NdT : Evil Red Text +\end_inset + +. + J'essaye de minimiser la quantité de Vilain Texte Rouge nécessaire dans + un document AASTeX, mais il y en a toujours trop. +\layout Subsection + +Finir votre Papier +\layout Standard + +Quand le papier est fini, que vous en êtes satisfaits et qu'il se visualise + / s'imprime correctement, il y a quelques opérations de +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +post-production +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + à effectuer avant de le soumettre aux journaux. +\layout Enumerate + +Exportez votre papier en tant que fichier LaTeX ( +\family sans +Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Exporter\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaTeX +\family default +). +\layout Enumerate + +Éditez le fichier +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + résultant avec votre éditeur de texte favori. +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +enlevez les lignes de commentaire avant la commande +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + +enlevez la ligne +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage...{fontenc} +\family default + si elle apparaît (en général juste après +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default +) ; enlevez aussi la ligne +\family typewriter + +\backslash +secnumdepth +\family default + si elle est présente. +\layout Enumerate + +enlevez tout entre les commandes +\family typewriter + +\backslash +makeatletter +\family default + et +\family typewriter + +\backslash +makeatother +\family default + comprises, sauf les commandes que vous avez volontairement mises dans le + préambule LaTeX (qui devraient apparaître immédiatement après le commentaire + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +User specified LaTeX commands +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +NdT : +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Commandes LaTeX spécifiées par l'utilisateur +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + dans le fichier +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default +). +\layout Enumerate + +recherchez toutes les commandes +\family typewriter + +\backslash +figcaption +\family default + et remplacez-y +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +FileName +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + par le véritable nom du fichier. +\layout Enumerate + +changez toutes les commandes +\family typewriter + +\backslash +cite +\family default +, si nécessaire (voir la Section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:cite} + +\end_inset + + plus bas). +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Faites tourner LaTeX sur ce fichier après modifications pour s'assurer qu'il + peut encore être compilé correctement. +\layout Enumerate + +Relisez les spécifications du journal pour vous assurer que vos noms de + fichier et vos formats sont corrects. +\layout Enumerate + +Soumettez-le. +\layout Subsection + +Commentaires sur des Commandes Particulières +\layout Standard + +Je ne vais pas décrire l'emploi détaillé de chaque commande AASTeX : le + Guide de l'Utilisateur d'AASTeX ( +\family typewriter +aasguide.tex +\family default +) en donne une bonne description. + Il me sera donc probablement plus facile de parcourir la liste telle qu'on + la trouve dans le guide et de la commenter si nécessaire. + Allons-y... +\layout Subsubsection + +Les choses qui marchent comme prévu +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Puisqu'elles marchent comme prévu, j'en fais simplement la liste avec la + section dans laquelle elles se trouvent : +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default + (2.1.1), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{document} +\family default + (2.2), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +title +\family default + (2.3), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +author +\family default + (2.3), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +affil +\family default + (2.3), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +abstract +\family default + (2.4), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +keywords +\family default + (2.5), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +section +\family default + (2.7), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +subsection +\family default + (2.7), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +subsubsection +\family default + (2.7), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +paragraph +\family default + (2.7), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{displaymath} +\family default + (2.11), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{equation} +\family default + (2.11), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{eqnarray} +\family default + (2.11), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{mathletters} +\family default + (2.11), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{thebibliography} +\family default + (2.12.1), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bibitem +\family default + (2.12.2), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{table} +\family default + (2.14.4), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{tabular} +\family default + (2.14.4), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +caption +\family default + (2.14.4), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +label +\family default + (2.14.4, entre autres), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +tablerefs +\family default + (2.14.5), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +tablecomments +\family default + (2.14.5), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +url +\family default + (2.15.4), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{document} +\family default + (2.16). +\layout Standard + +Les options de style qui suivent marchent elles aussi correctement : +\family typewriter +preprint +\family default +, +\family typewriter +preprint2 +\family default +, +\family typewriter +eqsecnum +\family default +, +\family typewriter +flushrt +\family default + (3, 3.1, 3.2). + Mettez-les simplement dans le champ +\family sans +Options\SpecialChar ~ +supplémentaires +\family default + de +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document +\family default +. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsubsection + +Les choses qui marchent, mais qui nécessitent un commentaire +\layout Standard + +Les éléments suivants marchent, mais requièrent un petit commentaire : +\layout Itemize + +Ces éléments sont réservés à l'utilisation par les éditeurs du journal, + mais vous pouvez les mettre dans le préambule LaTeX si vous vous sentez + tenu de le faire : +\family typewriter + +\backslash +received +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +revised +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +accepted +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +ccc +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +cpright +\family default + (tous à partir de 2.1.3) +\layout Itemize + +Ces éléments peuvent être placés dans le préambule LaTeX, et sont inclus + comme des blancs dans le fichier modèle : +\family typewriter + +\backslash +slugcomment +\family default + (2.1.4), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +shorttitle +\family default + (2.1.5), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +shortauthors +\family default + (2.1.5) +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +email +\family default + (2.3) -- peut seulement être utilisé seul, pas au milieu d'un paragraphe. + Utilisez du Vilain Texte Rouge si vous devez l'insérer. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +and +\family default + (2.3) -- aura un +\family typewriter +{} +\family default + en trop après. + Ça ne devrait pas causer d'erreur. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +notetoeditor +\family default + (2.6) -- peut seulement être utilisé seul, pas au milieu d'un paragraphe. + Utilisez du Vilain Texte Rouge si vous devez l'insérer. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +placetable +\family default + (2.8) -- ne peut pas insérer une marque de référence croisée, vous devez + la placer à la main +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +placefigure +\family default + (2.8) -- même chose que pour +\family typewriter + +\backslash +placetable +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +acknowledgements +\family default + (2.9) -- aura un +\family typewriter +{} +\family default + en trop après. + Ça ne devrait pas causer d'erreur. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +appendix +\family default + (2.10) -- aura un +\family typewriter +{} +\family default + en trop après. + Ça ne devrait pas causer d'erreur. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +figcaption +\family default + (2.13.2) -- vous devrez éditer le paramètre optionnel à la main dans le fichier + LaTeX final. +\layout Subsubsection + +Les choses qui ne sont pas implémentées, utilisez du Vilain Texte Rouge +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +altaffilmark +\family default + (2.3), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +altaffiltext +\family default + (2.3), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +eqnum +\family default + (2.11), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +setcounter{equation} +\family default + (2.11), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +citet +\family default + (2.12), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +citep +\family default + (2.12), les abréviations des noms de journaux (2.12.4), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +figurenum +\family default + (2.13.1), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +epsscale +\family default + (2.13.1), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +plotone +\family default + (2.13.1), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +plottwo +\family default + (2.13.1), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +tablenum +\family default + (2.14.4), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +tableline +\family default + (2.14.4, insérez-le comme le premier élément dans la case la plus à gauche + après l'endroit où vous voulez le placer. + N'utilisez pas les règles (bordures) LyX dans le tableau +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +NdT : Traduction incertaine. +\end_inset + +), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +tablenotemark +\family default + (2.14.5), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +tablenotetext +\family default + (2.14.5), pratiquement tout dans Divers (2.15, sauf +\family typewriter + +\backslash +url +\family default + et +\family typewriter + +\backslash +email +\family default + ; voir ci-dessus), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +singlespace +\family default + (3.1), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +doublespace +\family default + (3.1), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +onecolumn +\family default + (3.2), +\family typewriter + +\backslash +twocolumn +\family default + (3.2) +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsubsection + +Les choses qui ne peuvent pas être implémentées +\layout Standard + +\SpecialChar \ldots{} +au moins d'une façon qui ait un sens, et que je suggère donc d'ignorer. + Ce sont l'environnement +\family typewriter +references +\family default + (2.12.3) et l'environnement +\family typewriter +deluxetable +\family default + (2.14). + Si vous avez vraiment, vraiment besoin d'utiliser +\family typewriter +deluxetable +\family default +, je vous suggère de l'éditer avec un éditeur de texte dans un fichier séparé, + puis de faire +\family sans +Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Inclure\SpecialChar ~ +Fichier +\family default + pour l'inclure dans votre document LyX. + Voyez le fichier +\family typewriter +aas_sample.lyx +\family default + pour voir un exemple de cela. +\layout Subsection + +FAQs, Conseils, Trucs et autres Astuces +\layout Subsubsection + +Faire coopérer LyX et AASTeX +\layout Standard + +Il peut être un peu difficile de faire reconnaître à LyX un nouveau format + et une nouvelle classe de document. + Quand tout le reste échoue, faites ceci : +\layout Enumerate + +Assurez-vous que LaTeX trouve AASTeX. + Copiez +\family typewriter +sample.tex +\family default + (et peut-être +\family typewriter +table.tex +\family default +) de la distribution AASTeX vers un répertoire complètement indépendant + de LaTeX ou d'AASTeX et faites tourner LaTeX sur +\family typewriter +sample.tex +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + +Assurez-vous qu' +\family typewriter +aastex.layout +\family default + apparaît bien dans +\family typewriter +/usr/.../share/\SpecialChar \- +lyx/layouts +\family default + ou dans +\family typewriter +~/.lyx/layouts +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + +Refaites +\family sans +Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Reconfigurer +\family default + dans LyX, puis redémarrez celui-ci. +\layout Enumerate + +Ouvrez un nouveau fichier normal, pas avec un modèle. + AASTeX apparaît-il dans +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Classe +\family default + ? +\layout Standard + +Si vous obtenez un avertissement provenant d'un document AASTeX existant + vous disant qu'il n'arrive pas à trouver le format AASTeX ou un message + du genre +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +You should not mix title layouts with normal ones +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +NdT : +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Il ne faut pas mélanger les formats de titre avec les formats normaux. +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + +, c'est que les choses n'ont pas été installées correctement. +\layout Subsubsection + +Erreur LaTeX lors du traitement d'un tableau +\layout Standard + +LyX, par défaut, tente de centrer la légende/titre du tableau. + Ça semble produire une interférence négative dans AASTeX. + Vous devez donc cliquer quelque part dans la légende/titre, puis faire + +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Paragraphe +\family default +, et régler l' +\family sans +Alignement +\family default + sur +\family sans +Bloc +\family default +. + Pour moi ça a résolu le problème. +\layout Subsubsection + +Références +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:cite} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Quelques petites choses : +\layout Enumerate + +J'ai remarqué quelques espacements bizarres avec les entrées de bibliographie. + Quand vous entrez les données de bibliographie, assurez-vous qu'il n'y + a +\emph on +pas +\emph default + d'espace entre le dernier auteur et la parenthèse indiquant l'année ; par + exemple tapez +\family typewriter +Ressler(1992) +\family default + et non +\family typewriter +Ressler (1992) +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + +Je suis vraiment malheureux de ne pas pouvoir rendre +\family typewriter + +\backslash +citet +\family default + et +\family typewriter + +\backslash +citep +\family default + plus automatiques, mais ça nécessiterait des changements au code source + de LyX. + Pour le moment vous pouvez faire deux choses : +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +entrez toutes vos citations en utilisant le mécanisme prédéfini +\family sans +Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Citation +\family default + ; au moins vous pourrez tirer avantage des insertions automatiques. + Puis éditez à la main le fichier LaTeX exporté avant de le soumettre, en + changeant les entrées +\family typewriter + +\backslash +cite +\family default + en commandes +\family typewriter + +\backslash +citet +\family default + ou +\family typewriter + +\backslash +citep +\family default + appropriées ( +\family typewriter + +\backslash +cite +\family default + est actuellement équivalent à +\family typewriter + +\backslash +citet +\family default +, donc vous n'avez pas absolument besoin de changer ceux-là). +\layout Enumerate + +ou vous pouvez simplement entrer toutes vos citations en Vilain Texte Rouge + en utilisant la même clef pour paramètre que celle que vous avez utilisée + dans la fenêtre de bibliographie, par exemple +\family typewriter + +\backslash +citet{clef} +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Aucun des deux choix n'est plaisant, mais nous aurons à faire avec jusqu'à + ce que le mécanisme de citation de LyX ne comprenne +\family typewriter +natbib +\family default +. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Rien qu'entrer les références n'est pas du tout évident. + La façon la plus facile est de commencer à taper votre première référence + à la fin du document, puis de la marquer comme +\family sans +Citation +\family default +. + Ça mettra une petite boîte grise devant ce que vous venez de taper. + Cliquez sur la boîte pour remplir le reste. + Pour de nouvelles références, allez à la fin d'une référence existante + et appuyez sur +\family sans +Entrée +\family default +. + Ça créera une nouvelle ligne avec sa propre boîte, etc. +\layout Subsubsection + +Inclure des fichiers EPS +\layout Standard + +Avec tout le respect qui est dû à Chris Biemesderfer et aux autres qui ont + contribué à écrire le paquetage AASTeX, le mécanisme de gestion des figures + est vraiment mal foutu. + Vous pouvez insérer les commandes +\family typewriter + +\backslash +plotone +\family default +, etc. + en Vilain Texte Rouge dans une Figure Flottante, mais je n'ai jamais vraiment + réussi à obtenir une apparence correcte. + Mon conseil serait d'éviter toute inclusion de fichier EPS dans le manuscrit + que vous soumettez au journal, mais d'utiliser le mécanisme d'inclusion + de fichier EPS standard de LyX quand vous voulez imprimer vos propres tirés + à part. + LyX va insérer une commande +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage{graphics} +\family default + dans le préambule LaTeX et gérer les figures de la façon habituelle dans + LaTeX2e. + Ceux qui essaieront d'imprimer votre manuscrit AASTeX 5.0 doivent de toutes + façons avoir une installation de LaTeX2e, donc pourquoi ne pas profiter + du mécanisme infiniment meilleur de gestion de graphiques ? S'ils se plaignent + du choix de LaTeX2e ou du paquetage +\family typewriter +graphics +\family default +, faites valoir qu'il apparaît dans la deuxième édition de Lamport (1994), + et qu'il était temps de faire la mise à jour il y a bien longtemps. +\layout Subsubsection + +Les choses qui auraient pu être faites, mais qui ne l'ont pas été +\layout Standard + +Il y a quelques choses +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +sympathiques +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + que j'aurais pu implémenter, mais que j'ai choisi de laisser de côté. + Par exemple, je ne voyais pas l'utilité d'afficher le texte en double interlign +e dans la fenêtre de LyX, même s'il l'est dans le manuscrit imprimé. + J'ai aussi choisi de ne pas faire des formats séparés pour les styles +\family typewriter +preprint +\family default + et +\family typewriter +preprint2 +\family default +. + Comme je suppose que vous passerez la plupart du temps en mode manuscrit + simple, j'ai décidé de ne pas bouffer plus d'espace disque avec tout ça. + Si vous pensez vraiment que je devrais écrire ces formats, je ne pourrai + que suivre les règles édictées par l'Association de Lanceurs de Boomerangs + de l'État du Wisconsin : +\layout Quotation + + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Les décisions des juges seront sans appel sauf si elles sont conspuées par + une majorité écrasante de l'assistance. + Les réclamants ne doivent pas faire usage d'un vocabulaire obscène et injurieux + envers les membres du jury, ni les membres du jury envers les réclamants + (sauf s'ils viennent d'être frappés par un boomerang). +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Touche Finale +\layout Standard + +Pour utiliser la citation de Donald Knuth à propos d'un algorithme informatique, + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +j'ai seulement prouvé qu'il était correct, je ne l'ai pas vraiment essayé +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, je crois que les procédures décrites plus haut permettent de produire + un document AASTeX acceptable, mais à l'heure de cette mise à jour (25 + janvier 2000), je n'ai pas encore soumis de papier l'utilisant. + Espérons que dans les prochains mois\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Section + +ijmpd +\layout Standard + +par +\noun on +Panayotis Papasotiriou +\layout Subsection + +En résumé +\layout Standard + +Le paquetage +\family typewriter +ijmpd +\family default + est un jeu de macros pour faciliter les soumissions électroniques de manuscrits + à l' +\emph on +International Journal of Modern Physics D +\emph default + publié par World Scientific. + La classe de document s'appelle +\family typewriter +ws-ijmpd.cls +\family default +. + Vous pouvez télécharger ce fichier, ainsi que des recommandations aux auteurs, + sur le site +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.worldscinet.com/ijmpd/mkt/guidelines.shtml} + +\end_inset + +. + Le paquetage +\family typewriter +ijmpd +\family default + est une version modifiée du paquetage standard +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +article +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. + LyX sait gérer la plupart de ses fonctions. + J'ai récemment utilisé LyX avec succès pour écrire un article soumis à + l' +\emph on +International Journal of Modern Physics D +\emph default +. +\layout Subsection + +Écrire un papier +\layout Standard + +Comme d'habitude, la façon la plus simple d'écrire un papier est de commencer + par un modèle. + Faites +\family sans +Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Nouveau\SpecialChar ~ +avec\SpecialChar ~ +Modèle +\family default +, et choisissez le modèle +\family typewriter +ijmpd.lyx +\family default +. + Ça vous donnera un document (presque) vide comprenant les parties les plus + courantes d'un manuscrit. + Vous n'avez qu'à écrire votre texte par dessus le texte existant (en effaçant + aussi les crochets +\family typewriter +<> +\family default +). + Veuillez juste garder ce qui suit présent à l'esprit. +\layout Enumerate + +LyX ne vous laissera pas changer la taille de police ni la mise en page + du document, car le paquetage +\family typewriter +ijmpd +\family default + ne permet pas de telles modifications. +\layout Enumerate + +Le paquetage +\family typewriter +ijmpd +\family default + nécessite que le langage du document soit toujours l'anglais. + Avant de visualiser votre papier, assurez-vous que vous n'utilisez pas + le paquetage +\family typewriter +babel +\family default +. + Pour cela, faites +\family sans +Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Préférences +\family default +, et dans l'onglet +\family sans +Langue\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Langue +\family default +, décochez la case +\family sans +Utiliser\SpecialChar ~ +Babel +\family default + et cliquez sur +\family sans +Appliquer +\family default + (ou +\family sans +Enregistrer +\family default + si vous voulez retenir ce changement). +\layout Enumerate + +Il y a deux nouveaux environnements, appelés +\family sans +Théorème +\family default + et +\family sans +Preuve +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +NdT : ou +\family sans +Theorem +\family default + et +\family sans +Proof +\family default + selon l'état de l'interface. +\end_inset + + +\family default + dont le but est évident. +\layout Enumerate + +Vous pouvez ajouter des appendices au papier. + LyX propose un environnement spécial, appelé +\family sans +Appendice +\family default + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +NdT : ou +\family sans +Appendix +\family default +. +\end_inset + + qui indique le début de l'appendice. + Un appendice peut contenir des +\family sans +Section +\family default +s, +\family sans +SousSection +\family default +s et +\family sans +SousSousSection +\family default +s de la manière habituelle. +\layout Enumerate + +Le paquetage +\family typewriter +ijmpd +\family default + gère les légendes des tableaux d'une façon assez différente de celle qu'adopte + LyX. + La conséquence en est qu'un tableau créé avec LyX est affiché correctement, + mais sans sa légende. + Si vous avez besoin de légendes de tableaux, vous devez construire tout + le tableau dans un fichier +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default +, puis inclure celui-ci dans le document LyX (par +\family sans +Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Inclure\SpecialChar ~ +Fichier +\family default +). + Vous pouvez trouver des consignes pour la création d'un tableau flottant + +\family typewriter +ijmpd +\family default + dans le fichier +\family typewriter +ws-ijmpd.tex +\family default +, qui se trouve dans la distribution du paquetage. +\layout Subsection + +Préparer un papier avant de le soumettre +\layout Standard + +Avant de soumettre votre papier vous devez exporter le document LyX en tant + que fichier LaTeX ( +\family sans +Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Exporter\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaTeX +\family default +), puis modifier le fichier +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + exporté comme suit : +\layout Enumerate + +Enlevez les lignes de commentaires avant la commande +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + +Enlevez tout ce qui se trouve entre les commandes +\family typewriter + +\backslash +makeatletter +\family default + et +\family typewriter + +\backslash +makeatother +\family default + comprises, sauf les commandes que vous avez vous-même ajoutées dans le + préambule LaTeX. +\layout Standard + +Vous devez maintenant sauvegarder le fichier +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + ainsi modifié, et lancer LaTeX dessus autant de fois que nécessaire. + Vous pouvez alors contrôler l'aspect du document +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default + correspondant. +\layout Subsection + +Utilisation de l'ERT +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +NdT : Nous rappelons qu'ERT est une abréviation pour Evil Red Text, et désigne + le code TeX inséré dans votre document par +\family sans +Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +TeX +\family default +. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +L'usage de l'ERT est facultatif, et réduit à trois commandes, qui contrôlent + l'aspect de la mise en page. + Si vous avez commencé à écrire votre papier à partir du modèle +\family typewriter +ijmpd.lyx +\family default +, l'ERT nécessaire est déjà là, et vous n'avez normalement pas besoin de + l'effacer. + Vous pouvez seulement changer le premier ERT pour spécifier ce qui s'imprime + en haut des pages paires et impaires (respectivement le titre abrégé et + le nom des auteurs). + Cet ERT doit être de la forme +\family typewriter + +\backslash +markboth{Noms des Auteurs}{Titre Abrégé du Papier} +\family default +. +\layout Section + +Kluwer +\layout Standard + +par +\noun on +Panayotis Papasotiriou +\layout Subsection + +En résumé +\layout Standard + +Le paquetage Kluwer est un jeu de macros produit par les éditions Kluwer + Academic Publishers, qui permet de soumettre sous format électronique des + manuscrits destinés à leurs publications. + Les plus connues d'entre elles (au moins dans mon domaine d'intérêt) sont + +\emph on +Astrophysics and Space Science +\emph default + et +\emph on +Solar Physics +\emph default +, mais il y en a beaucoup d'autres (voyez la liste complète à l'adresse + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/jrnllist.htm/JRNLHOME} + +\end_inset + +). + On peut télécharger le paquetage Kluwer sur le site +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/kaphtml.htm/STYLEFILES} + +\end_inset + +. + Ce paquetage contient un guide de l'utilisateur complet (qui peut également + être téléchargé séparément). +\layout Standard + +LyX supporte de nombreuses fonctions de ce paquetage mais pas tout. + Cependant, le Texte Rouge nécessaire se résume à quelques commandes +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +particulières +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + du paquetage (voir +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{subsec:particularités_kluwer} + +\end_inset + +). + J'ai récemment utilisé LyX pour écrire un article soumis à +\emph on +Astrophysics and Space Science +\emph default + sans aucun problème. +\layout Subsection + +Écrire un papier +\layout Standard + +La façon la plus simple d'écrire un papier est de partir du fichier modèle + Kluwer. + Faites +\family sans +Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Nouveau\SpecialChar ~ +avec\SpecialChar ~ +Modèle +\family default +, et choisissez +\family typewriter +kluwer.lyx +\family default +. + Ça vous donnera un document (presque) vide qui comprend les champs les + plus couramment utilisés dans un manuscrit avec une courte description + de leur emploi. + Comme dans la plupart des modèles, vous n'avez qu'à remplacer le texte + existant (y compris les crochets, +\family typewriter +<> +\family default +) par l'information correcte. +\layout Subsection + +Préparer un papier avant de le soumettre +\layout Standard + +Comme pour le paquetage AASTeX, avant de soumettre votre papier à la publication +, vous devez le +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +traiter +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + comme suit. +\layout Enumerate + +Exportez votre papier comme fichier LaTeX. + Pour cela, faites +\family sans +\bar under +F +\bar default +ichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator +E +\bar under +x +\bar default +porter\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +L +\bar default +aTeX +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + +Éditez avec un éditeur de texte le fichier +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + obtenu, et faites les changements suivants +\begin_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +enlevez les lignes de commentaire avant la commande +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default +, +\layout Enumerate + +enlevez tout ce qui se trouve entre les commandes +\family typewriter + +\backslash +makeatletter +\family default + et +\family typewriter + +\backslash +makeatother +\family default + comprises, sauf celles que vous avez explicitement incluses dans le préambule + LaTeX. +\layout Standard + +Enregistrez le fichier +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + obtenu. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Lancez LaTeX sur ce fichier +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + autant de fois que nécessaire (d'habitude jusqu'à trois fois). +\layout Enumerate + +Visualisez le document +\family typewriter +.dvi +\family default + obtenu avec, par exemple, +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default +, et vérifiez si tout va bien (ce qui devrait être le cas si vous n'avez + pas fait d'erreur). +\layout Subsection + + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Particularités +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + du paquetage Kluwer +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{subsec:particularités_kluwer} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Le paquetage Kluwer présente les +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +particularités +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + suivantes. +\layout Enumerate + +Il est possible d'écrire plusieurs articles dans le même fichier LaTeX +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Je ne vois aucune bonne raison de le faire. +\end_inset + +. + Chaque article doit être compris dans l'environnement +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +article +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. + Malheureusement, cet environnement ne peut pas être omis, même si vous + n'écrivez qu'un seul article. + Ainsi, chaque article commence par la commande +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{article} +\family default + et, bien sûr, se termine par la commande +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{article} +\family default +. + Bien que cela puisse être implémenté dans LyX, je ne l'ai pas fait car + ce n'est pas beau, et peut prêter à confusion pour l'utilisateur novice. + Vous devez donc les entrer directement et les marquer comme code LaTeX + (le fameux +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Texte Rouge +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +). +\layout Enumerate + +L'information donnée au début de l'article (c'est-à-dire le titre, le sous-titre +, l'auteur, l'institution, le titre courant, l'auteur courant, l'abstract + et les mots-clés) doit être comprise dans un environnement appelé +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +opening +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. + Ce n'est pas implémenté dans LyX, vous devez donc entrer le titre, le sous-titr +e, etc. + entre deux lignes de Texte Rouge ( +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{opening} +\family default + et +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{opening} +\family default +). +\layout Enumerate + +D'après le manuel utilisateur, l'étiquette de chaque élément de bibliographie + doit être écrite ainsi : +\family typewriter + +\backslash +protect +\backslash +citeauthoryear{ +\family default +\emph on +auteur(s) +\family typewriter +\emph default +}{ +\family default +\emph on +année +\family typewriter +\emph default +} +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Le modèle +\family typewriter +kluwer.lyx +\family default + tient compte de toutes ces +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +particularités +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. + Si vous commencez un nouveau papier à partir de ce modèle vous n'aurez + rien besoin de faire de spécial. + Simplement +\layout Enumerate + +n'effacez pas le Texte Rouge qui se trouve dans le modèle, et +\layout Enumerate + +pour entrer de nouveaux éléments de bibliographie, copiez l'exemple d'élément + fourni et modifiez-le. +\layout Section + +Koma-Script +\layout Standard + +par +\noun on + Bernd Rellermeyer +\layout Subsection + +En résumé +\layout Standard + +Les classes de document LyX +\emph on +article (koma-script) +\emph default +, +\emph on +report (koma-script) +\emph default +, +\emph on +book +\emph default + +\emph on +(koma-script) +\emph default +, et +\emph on +letter +\emph default + +\emph on +(koma-script) +\emph default + correspondent respectivement aux classes LaTeX +\family typewriter + scrartcl.cls +\family default +, +\family typewriter +scrreprt.cls +\family default +, +\family typewriter +scrbook.cls +\family default + et +\family typewriter +scrlettr.cls +\family default +, de la famille Koma-Script. + Elles forment des alternatives aux classes standard, respectivement +\family typewriter + article.cls +\family default +, +\family typewriter +report.cls +\family default +, +\family typewriter +book.cls +\family default + et +\family typewriter +letter.cls +\family default + et sont plus proches des conventions typographiques européennes en un certain + nombre de points : +\layout Itemize + +La taille de caractère standard est de 11\SpecialChar ~ +pt dans +\emph on + article (koma-script) +\emph default +, +\emph on +report (koma-script) +\emph default +, et +\emph on +book (koma-script) +\emph default +, et de 12\SpecialChar ~ +pt dans +\emph on +letter (koma-script) +\emph default +. +\layout Itemize + +Les en-têtes, les marqueurs de l'environnement +\family sans +Description +\family default + et d'autres éléments de la classe +\emph on +letter (koma-script) +\emph default + sont en police grasse sans empattement +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Il y a une grande différence entre les anciennes polices cm grasses sans + empattement et les nouvelles polices ec, particulièrement pour les en-têtes. + En comparaison, les polices grasses sans empattement ec semblent un peu + plus fines. + Le paquetage LaTeX +\family typewriter +cmsd.sty +\family default + de +\shape smallcaps +Walter Schmidt +\shape default + permet de reproduire l'apparence +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +habituelle +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, tout en utilisant les polices ec. +\end_inset + +. + La numérotation des en-têtes de chapitre est rendue de la même manière + que celle des en-têtes de section, c'est-à-dire sans la ligne supplémentaire + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Chapitre... +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. + En outre, l'apparence des en-têtes peut être modifiée par un certain nombre + d'options (à entrer dans le champ +\family sans + Options\SpecialChar ~ +supplémentaires +\family default + de la fenêtre +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document +\family default +). + Une description détaillée de ces options, en allemand, est disponible dans + le +\family typewriter +scrguide +\family default + de la documentation Koma-script +\family sans +. + +\layout Itemize + +Les classes de document LaTeX de la famille Koma-Script définissent un certain + nombre de commandes supplémentaires. + Celles d'entre elles qui ont une signification dans LyX sont implémentées + par des types de paragraphes y correspondant. +\layout Standard + +Une description détaillée, en allemand, des classes de document LaTeX de + la famille Koma-Script se trouve dans le +\family typewriter +scrguide +\family default + de la documentation Koma-Script +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Il y en a une traduction en anglais, incomplète, +\family typewriter +screnggu +\family default +. +\end_inset + +. + Les sections qui suivent décrivent seulement les aspects de ces classes + qui ont un sens dans LyX. +\layout Subsection + + +\family sans +article (koma-script) +\family default +, +\family sans +report (koma-script) +\family default +, et +\family sans +book (koma-script) +\layout Standard + +Les classes de document +\emph on +article (koma-script) +\emph default +, +\emph on +report (koma-script) +\emph default + et book +\emph on +(koma-script) +\emph default + sont implémentées respectivement dans les fichiers de format +\family typewriter +scrartcl.layout +\family default +, +\family typewriter +scrreprt.layout +\family default + et +\family typewriter +scrbook.layout +\family default +. + Ils contiennent tous les types de paragraphe correspondant aux classes + standard respectives +\emph on +article +\emph default +, +\emph on +report +\emph default +, et +\emph on +book +\emph default + mais partiellement modifiés, à l'exception du type +\family sans +Liste +\family default +, spécifique à LyX, qui est remplacé par le nouveau type +\family sans +Marquage +\family default + (Labeling) qui a les mêmes fonctions. + En plus du type +\family sans +Marquage +\family default +, il y d'autres nouveaux types de paragraphe. + Ceux-ci cependant +\emph on +n'apparaissent pas +\emph default + dans la classe +\emph on +letter (koma-script) +\emph default +. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +AjoutPartie +\family default + (AddPart), +\family sans +AjoutChap +\family default + (Addchap), +\family sans +AjoutSec +\family default + (Addsec) : sont les équivalents respectifs de +\family sans +Partie* +\family default +, +\family sans +Chapter* +\family default + et +\family sans +Section* +\family default +, ajoutant de plus une entrée dans la table des matières. + +\family sans +AjoutPartie +\family default + et +\family sans +AjoutChap +\family default + n'existent pas dans +\emph on +article (koma-script) +\emph default +. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +AjoutChap* +\family default +, +\family sans +AjoutSec* +\family default + : ont le même role que, respectivement +\family sans +AjoutChap +\family default + et +\family sans +AjoutSec +\family default +, mais sans indiquer de numéro de chapitre ou de section. + +\family sans +AjoutChap* +\family default + n'est pas disponible dans +\emph on + article (koma-script) +\emph default + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Il y a aussi une commande +\family typewriter + +\backslash +addpart* +\family default + dans +\emph on +book (koma-script) +\emph default + et dans +\emph on +report (koma-script) +\emph default +, mais comme elle fait la même chose que +\family sans +Partie* +\family default +, elle n'a pas été implémentée dans LyX. +\end_inset + +. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +MiniSec +\family default + : génère un en-tête écrit avec des caractères de taille standard, juste + au-dessus du paragraphe suivant et sans modifier la structure du document. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Légende_Dessus +\family default + (Captionabove) et +\family sans +Légende_Dessous +\family default + (Captionbelow) : sont des légendes spéciales qui respectent les différents + réglages d'espacement nécessaires pour des légendes placées au-dessus ou + au-dessous d'un élément (si vous suivez strictement les règles typographiques, + vous mettez toujours les légendes au-dessus des tableaux). + Vous pouvez aussi utiliser l'option de classe +\family typewriter +tablecaptionsabove +\family default +, qui transformera +\family sans +Légende +\family default + en +\family sans +Légende_Dessus +\family default + pour les tableaux et en +\family sans +Légende_Dessous +\family default + pour les figures. + Il vous faut au minimum Koma-Script version 2.8q pour avoir cette fonction. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Maxime +\family default + (Dictum) : sert à mettre une citation ou un proverbe, par exemple au début + d'un chapitre. + Si vous utilisez le paramètre optionnel ( +\family sans +Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Titre\SpecialChar ~ +Court +\family default +), vous pouvez y mettre l'auteur de la maxime. + Maxime et auteur sont séparés par une ligne. + Il vous faut au minimum Koma-Script version 2.8q. + +\family sans +Maxime +\family default + n'est pas présent dans +\emph on +article (koma-script) +\emph default +. +\layout Standard + +Les types qui sont présentés ci-dessous forment en compagnie des types +\family sans +Titre +\family default +, +\family sans +Auteur +\family default + et +\family sans +Date +\family default +, la zone de titre du document. + Ils doivent être entrés au-dessus du premier paragraphe +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +normal +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Les commandes LaTeX correspondantes doivent apparaître avant la commande + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +maketitle +\family default +. +\end_inset + +. + Lorsqu'un tel type est utilisé plusieurs fois, la dernière instance annule + les précédentes, donc pour chaque type, seule compte la dernière occurrence. + L'ordre des différents types n'a, lui, aucune importance, tout comme celui + des +\family sans +Titre +\family default +, +\family sans +Auteur +\family default + et +\family sans +Date +\family default +. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Sujet +\family default + (Subject) : introduit au-dessus du titre ordinaire ( +\family sans +Titre +\family default +, +\family sans +Auteur +\family default +, +\family sans + Date +\family default +) un paragraphe centré pour indiquer le sujet du document. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Éditeurs +\family default + (Publishers) : introduit au-dessous du titre ordinaire ( +\family sans +Titre +\family default +, +\family sans +Auteur +\family default +, +\family sans + Date +\family default +) un paragraphe centré indiquant le nom de l'éditeur. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Dédicace +\family default + (Dedication) : dans +\emph on + report (koma-script) +\emph default + et +\emph on +book (koma-script) +\emph default +, dispose un paragraphe centré, sur une page à part après la page de titre, + pour la dédicace. + Dans +\emph on +article (koma-script) +\emph default +, dispose un paragraphe centré, en-dessous du titre normal ( +\family sans +Titre +\family default +, +\family sans +Auteur +\family default +, +\family sans +Date +\family default +, +\family sans +Éditeurs +\family default +) pour la dédicace. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +En-tête_Titre +\family default + (Titlehead) : produit un paragraphe aligné à gauche au-dessus du titre + normal ( +\family sans +Titre +\family default +, +\family sans +Auteur +\family default +, +\family sans +Date +\family default +, +\family sans +Sujet +\family default +) pour un en-tête de document. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Verso_Titre_Haut +\family default + (Uppertitleback) : dans un document +\emph on +report (koma-script) +\emph default + imprimé recto-verso, dispose un paragraphe aligné à gauche, en haut du + verso de la page de titre. + N'a aucun effet dans un document imprimé en recto seul ni dans +\emph on +article (koma-script). +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Verso_Titre_Bas +\family default + (Lowertitleback) : dans un document +\emph on +report (koma-script) +\emph default + imprimé recto-verso, dispose un paragraphe aligné à gauche, en bas du verso + de la page de titre. + N'a aucun effet dans un document imprimé en recto seul ni dans +\emph on +article (koma-script). +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Titre_Suppl. + +\family default + (Extratitle) : introduit une page +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +moche +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + qui précède le document réel, comprenant un paragraphe sans formatage spécial. +\layout Standard + +Les fichiers de configuration correspondant aux classes +\emph on +article (koma-script) +\emph default +, +\emph on +report (koma-script) +\emph default +, et +\emph on +book (koma-script) +\emph default + comprennent le fichier +\family typewriter +scrmacros.inc +\family default +. + C'est là que vous définirez vos propres types. + Copiez +\family typewriter +scrmacros.inc +\family default + dans votre répertoire personnel de formats, et éditez-le ! +\layout Subsection + + +\family sans +letter (koma-script) +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +La classe de document +\emph on +letter (koma-script) +\emph default + est implémentée dans le fichier +\family typewriter +scrlettr.layout +\family default +. + Elle contient tous les paragraphes de la classe standard +\emph on +letter +\emph default + correspondante, partiellement modifiés, à l'exception des types +\family sans +LyX-Code +\family default +, +\family sans +Commentaire +\family default +et +\family sans + Liste +\family default +, spécifiques à LyX et qui sont remplacés par le nouveau type +\family sans +Marquage +\family default +. + En plus par rapport à la classe standard, elle contient les types connus + +\family sans +Citation +\family default +, +\family sans +Cite +\family default +, et +\family sans +Vers +\family default + déjà . + En outre, il y a un certain nombre de nouveaux types spécifiques pour les + lettres. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +L'apparence de la lettre produite par cette classe de document peut-être + contrôlée par des commandes LaTeX (qui dans LyX seront insérées avec +\family sans +Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Préambule +\family default +) +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +On obtient un en-tête +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +ordinaire +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, comportant le nom et l'adresse, avec les commandes LaTeX suivantes dans + le préambule : +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +firsthead{ +\backslash +parbox[b]{ +\backslash +textwidth} +\layout LyX-Code + + { +\backslash +ignorespaces +\backslash +fromname +\backslash + +\backslash + +\backslash +ignorespaces +\backslash +fromaddress}} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +nexthead{ +\backslash +parbox[b]{ +\backslash +textwidth} +\layout LyX-Code + + { +\backslash +ignorespaces +\backslash +fromname +\backslash +hfill +\backslash +ignorespaces +\backslash +pagename +\backslash + +\backslash +thepage}} +\end_inset + +. + Une description détaillée de ces commandes se trouve en langue allemande + dans la documentation de Koma-Script +\emph on +scrguide +\emph default +. + +\family sans +\emph on + +\family default +\emph default +Grâce à elles, l'auteur de la lettre peut créer son propre format. +\layout Standard + +Les types +\family sans +Lettre +\family default + et +\family sans +Ouverture +\family default + définissent le début de la lettre et doivent être présents dans toute lettre. + Pour les identifier dans LyX, les lettres +\emph on +L +\emph default + et +\emph on +O +\emph default + apparaissent dans la marge. + Il est possible d'écrire plusieurs lettres en un seul fichier. + Un type +\family sans +Ouverture +\family default + provoque le passage à une nouvelle lettre au même destinataire, et le type + +\family sans +Lettre +\family default + permet de changer de destinataire. + Les types +\family sans +Fermeture +\family default +, +\family sans +PS +\family default +, +\family sans +CC +\family default + et +\family sans +P.J. + +\family default + sont des types de paragraphe ordinaires et peuvent aussi être utilisés + plusieurs fois dans une même lettre. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Lettre +\family default +(Letter) : introduit un paragraphe pour le destinataire et définit implicitement + le début d'une lettre. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Ouverture +\family default + (Opening) : introduit un paragraphe pour la formule de politesse initiale + et produit implicitement une nouvelle lettre. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Fermeture +\family default + (Closing +\family sans +) +\family default + : introduit un paragraphe pour la formule de politesse finale. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +PS +\family default + : introduit un post-scriptum. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +CC +\family default + : introduit un paragraphe pour les co-destinataires. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +P.J. + +\family default + (Encl) : introduit un paragraphe pour les pièces jointes. +\layout Standard + +Les types +\family sans +N +\family default +om, +\family sans +Signature +\family default +, +\family sans +Adress +\family default +e, +\family sans + Téléphone +\family default +, +\family sans +Lieu +\family default +, +\family sans +Adresse_Retour +\family default +, +\family sans +Courrier_Spécial +\family default +, +\family sans +Emplacement +\family default +, +\family sans +Titre +\family default +, et +\family sans +Sujet +\family default + sont des types qui présentent une invite et qui servent à entrer des renseignem +ents qui seront utilisés par la classe de document. + Nous les appellerons +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +types à invite +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +NdT : Mais si quelqu'un a une meilleure idée pour traduire +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +input type +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, je ne dis pas non. +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +On pourrait considérer que les types +\family sans +Letter +\family default + et +\family sans +Opening +\family default + devraient être des types à invite. + Cependant, à cause de la signification particulière de ces types, je les + ai implémentés comme des types de paragraphe ordinaires marqués d'une lettre + dans la marge. + En plus, cela choquerait mon sens de la symétrie si les types +\family sans +Opening +\family default + et +\family sans +Closing +\family default + avaient une apparence très différente. +\end_inset + +. + Ces types doivent être présents avant le type +\family sans +Ouverture +\family default + correspondant. +\layout Standard + +Une implémentation de ces types dans une logique WYSIWYG n'aurait pas de + sens, car l'aspect réel de la lettre produite ne dépendra pas seulement + de l'utilisation d'un type donné, mais aussi d'autres facteurs. + Par exemple, dans le comportement par défaut, une signature entrée avec + le type +\family sans +Signature +\family default + n'apparaîtra dans la lettre que si celle-ci contient aussi le type +\family sans +Fermeture +\family default +. + La valeur indiquée pour +\family sans +Téléphone +\family default +n'apparaîtra même pas dans la lettre. + Nous avons déjà signalé plus haut la possibilité de décrire son propre + environnement de lettre. +\layout Standard + +Les types à invite peuvent être utilisés comme des paragraphes vides. + Cela a un sens par exemple pour le type +\family sans +Signature +\family default + : si ce type n'est pas présent du tout, c'est par défaut la valeur spécifiée + dans +\family sans +Name +\family default + qui est prise comme signature, tandis que si l'on utilise un paragraphe + +\family sans +Signature +\family default + vide, il n'y a réellement pas de signature spécifiée. +\layout Standard + +Il est possible en utilisant ces types à invite de créer un patron de lettre + contenant des types pré-remplis avec vos coordonnées personnelles (nom, + adresse, etc.) et des types vides pour d'autres données que vous entrerez. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Nom +\family default + (Name) : nom de l'expéditeur. + Par défaut, apparaît comme un paragraphe centré, en petites majuscules, + dans l'en-tête de la lettre. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Signature +\family default + : signature de l'expéditeur. + Par défaut, apparaît en dessous du type +\family sans +Fermeture. + +\family default + Si le type +\family sans +Signature +\family default + est absent, c'est la valeur du type +\family sans +Nom +\family default + qui apparaît. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Adresse +\family default + (Address) : adresse de l'expéditeur. + Par défaut, apparaît dans un paragraphe centré, dans l'en-tête de la lettre, + en dessous du nom de l'expéditeur. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Téléphone +\family default + (Telephone) : numéro de téléphone de l'expéditeur. + Par défaut, correspond à la variable +\family typewriter + +\backslash +telephonenum +\family default + de LaTeX. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Lieu +\family default + (Place) : lieu d'écriture de la lettre. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Date +\family default + : date d'écriture de la lettre. + +\family sans +Lieu +\family default + et +\family sans +Date +\family default + disposent par défaut le lieu et la date sur une ligne alignée à droite, + en dessous du destinataire. + Si le paragraphe +\family sans +Date +\family default + est vide, ni date, ni lieu n'apparaissent, et ce quelle que soit la valeur + de +\family sans +Lieu +\family default +. + S'il n'y a pas de paragraphe +\family sans +Date +\family default +, la date du jour est utilisée. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Adresse_Retour +\family default + (Backaddress) : adresse pour le retour du courrier. + Par défaut, apparaît au-dessus du destinataire, en petits caractères sans + empattement. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Courrier_Spécial +\family default + (Specialmail) : informations spéciales sur le courrier. + Par défaut, apparaît souligné au-dessus du destinataire, en dessous de + l'adresse de retour du courrier. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Emplacement +\family default + (Location) : informations supplémentaires. + Par défaut, apparaît à droite en dessous du champ du destinataire. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Titre +\family default + : le titre de la lettre. + par défaut, apparaît en grands caractères gras sans empattement, au-dessus + du sujet. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Sujet +\family default + : le sujet de la lettre. + Par défaut, apparaît en caractères gras au-dessus du paragraphe +\family sans +Ouverture +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Les types +\family sans +Votre_réf +\family default +, +\family sans +Votre_courrier +\family default +, +\family sans +Notre_réf +\family default +, +\family sans +Client +\family default + et +\family sans +Facture +\family default + génèrent comme dans les lettres commerciales, au-dessus de la ligne de + titre, une ligne qui contient les champs +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Votre réf. +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Votre courrier du +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Notre réf. +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Numéro de Client +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Numéro de Facture +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + et +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Date +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. + Pour le champ +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Date +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, LyX reprend la valeur donnée dans +\family sans +Date +\family default +. + Si l'un quelconque de ces types +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +pour lettre commerciale +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + est utilisé, la valeur donnée pour +\family sans +Place +\family default + n'apparaîtra pas, seule est définie la variable LaTeX +\family typewriter + +\backslash +fromplace +\family default +. + L'affichage normal du lieu et de la date (une ligne alignée à droite sous + le champ du destinataire) est supprimée. + Les types sont implémentés comme des types à invite, avec les invites correspon +dantes, et doivent être utilisés avant le type +\family sans +Opening +\family default + correspondant. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Votre_réf +\family default + (Yourref) : Votre référence +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Votre_courrier +\family default + (Yourmail) : Votre courrier du +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Notre_réf +\family default + (Myref) : Notre référence +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Client +\family default + (Customer) : Numéro de client +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Facture +\family default + (Invoice) : Numéro de facture +\layout Subsection + +La nouvelle classe lettre : +\family sans +letter (koma-script v.2) +\layout Standard + +par +\noun on +Jürgen Spitzmüller +\layout Standard +\added_space_top medskip +Koma-Script version 2.8 a introduit une nouvelle classe de lettres +\family typewriter +scrlttr2 +\family default + qui remplace +\family typewriter +scrlettr +\family default +, désormais périmée. + Elle a -- du côté LaTeX -- une interface complètement nouvelle et n'est + pas compatible avec l'ancienne classe. + LyX supporte les deux, mais il est recommandé d'utiliser la nouvelle. +\layout Standard + +Cette classe recouvre les mêmes fonctionnalités que +\emph on +letter (koma-script) +\emph default +, plus quelques autres. + Les éléments de base sont +\family sans +Adresse +\family default + (adresse du destinataire, comme +\family sans +Lettre +\family default + dans le précédent format), +\family sans +Ouverture +\family default + et +\family sans +Fermeture +\family default +. + +\family sans +Adresse_Suivante +\family default + (NextAddress) démarre une nouvelle lettre (vous pouvez donc écrire plusieurs + lettres dans un même document). + Les nouveaux éléments concernent l'expéditeur, ce sont : +\family sans +E-Mail +\family default +, +\family sans +URL +\family default +, +\family sans +Fax +\family default +, +\family sans +Banque +\family default + et la possibilité de mettre un +\family sans +Logo +\family default + (par +\family sans +Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Graphique +\family default +) dans l'en-tête. +\layout Standard + +La plus grande amélioration est la possibilité de configurer la mise en + page de la lettre pour s'adapter à presque tous les besoins, soit dans + le préambule ( +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Préambule\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default +) soit avec un fichier de style spécial (Option de la Classe Lettre, d'extension + +\family typewriter +.lco +\family default +), qui sera lu comme une option de classe +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Le paquetage KOMA est livré avec quelques fichiers +\family typewriter +.lco +\family default + par défaut. + Il y a par exemple un fichier +\family typewriter +DIN.lco +\family default + qui suit les règles typographiques allemandes, et un +\family typewriter +KOMAold.lco +\family default + qui permet de retrouver la mise en page par défaut de l'ancienne classe + +\family typewriter +scrlettr +\family default +. + Vous pouvez charger cette dernière avec l'option de classe +\family typewriter +KOMAold +\family default +, mise dans le champ +\family sans +Autres\SpecialChar ~ +Options +\family default + dans +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document +\family default +. +\end_inset + +. + Jetez donc un +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +oe{} +\end_inset + +il sur le modèle +\emph on +koma-letter2 +\emph default + fourni avec LyX, qui vous donnera des exemples. + Vous trouverez une description détaillée dans la documentation de Koma-Script + ( +\emph on +scrguide +\emph default +). +\layout Subsection + +Problèmes +\layout Standard + +Avec LyX, la visualisation d'un document de classe Koma-Script peut poser + quelques problèmes : +\layout Itemize + +Le numéro de chapitre pour un type +\family sans +Chapitre +\family default + apparaît sur une ligne à part, au-dessus de l'en-tête de chapitre, au lieu + d'être sur la même ligne juste avant. + C'est causé par le comportement interne de LyX face au marqueur de type + +\family sans +Counter_Chapter +\family default + dans le fichier de format. + +\layout Itemize + +Les en-têtes des types +\family sans +AjoutChap +\family default + et +\family sans +AjoutSec +\family default + sont uniquement dans la +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +vraie +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + table des matières LaTeX, et pas dans la table des matières LyX ( +\family sans +Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Table\SpecialChar ~ +des\SpecialChar ~ +matières +\family default +). +\layout Itemize + +Les paragraphes avec la classe de document +\emph on +letter +\emph default + apparaissent séparés par de l'interligne supplémentaire, et non par une + indentation. + C'est le comportement par défaut, qui se passe de commande LaTeX spécifique. + Mais dans la fenêtre +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document +\family default + le bouton à cocher correspondant indique +\family sans +Indentation +\family default +. + Cocher +\family sans +Interligne +\family default + insère toujours des commandes LaTeX supplémentaires dans le document pour + causer cet espacement, ce qui ne serait pas le comportement désiré dans + ce cas. +\layout Section + +Publications Springer sur deux colonnes ( +\family sans +svjour +\family default +) +\layout Standard + +par +\noun on +Martin Vermeer +\layout Subsection + +Description +\layout Standard + +Ce sont les fichiers de format pour certains types de journaux édités par + Springer Verlag et dont la liste apparaît à +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.springer.de/author/tex/help-journals.html} + +\end_inset + +, où vous devrez aussi aller récupérer les fichiers de classe (eh oui, c'est + maintenant du LaTeX2e !). + C'est un système modulaire : ce qui est commun à tous les journaux est + implémenté dans +\family typewriter +svjour.inc +\family default +, et les fichiers de format particuliers à un journal (comme, par exemple, + +\family typewriter +svjog.layout +\family default + pour le Journal of Geodesy) peuvent l'inclure. +\layout Standard + +Ça veut dire qu'ajouter le support de n'importe quel autre journal Springer + présent dans cette liste n'est rien d'autre qu'écrire votre propre fichier + +\family typewriter +sv< +\family default +mon_journal +\family typewriter +>.layout +\family default + en suivant le schéma donné dans +\family typewriter +svjog.layout +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Ce n'a raisonnablement bien été testé que pour le Journal of Geodesy. + +\family typewriter +svjour +\family default + et +\family typewriter +svjog +\family default + sont fournis avec la distribution standard de LyX. + Installez le fichier de classe correspondant (téléchargé chez Springer) + dans un répertoire approprié, reconfigurez LaTeX (en lançant +\family typewriter +texhash +\family default + dans le cas de teTeX, en tant que super-utilisateur si nécessaire -- LyX + ne s'occupe-t-il pas tout seul de ça ?), reconfigurez LyX et ça devrait + marcher. +\layout Subsection + +Nouveaux styles +\layout Standard + +Un grand nombre de styles de type théorème -- +\family sans +Affirmation +\family default +, +\family sans +Conjecture +\family default +, \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family sans +Théorème +\family default +. +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Note_En_Tête +\family default + (Headnote +\family sans +) +\family default +, +\family sans +Dédicace +\family default + (Dedication), +\family sans +SousTitre +\family default + (Subtitle +\family sans +) +\family default +, +\family sans +Titre_LaTeX_Courant +\family default + (Running_LaTeX_Title +\family sans +) +\family default +, +\family sans +Auteur_Courant +\family default + (Author_Running), +\family sans +Institut +\family default + (Institute), +\family sans +Mail +\family default +, +\family sans +Tirés_À_Part +\family default + (Offprints), +\family sans +Mots-Clés +\family default + (Keywords), +\family sans +Remerciements +\family default + (Acknowledgements), +\family sans +Remerciement +\family default + (Acknowledgement). + Voir la documentation du fichier de classe de Springer pour les détails. +\layout Subsection + +Publications supportées +\layout Itemize + + +\emph on +Journal of Geodesy +\emph default + : +\family typewriter +svjog.layout +\family default + -- Martin Vermeer +\layout Itemize + + +\emph on +Probability Theory and Related Fields +\emph default + : +\family typewriter +svprobth.layout +\family default + -- Jean-Marc Lasgouttes +\layout Standard + +Ajoutez le vôtre, ce n'est pas si dur ! +\layout Subsection + +Crédits +\layout Standard + +Ces fichiers sont partiellement basés sur l'ancien +\family typewriter +ejour2.layout +\family default +, qui était lui-même basé sur une version bricolée d'un vieux fichier de + style LaTeX 2.09 de Springer. + Tout ceci, ainsi que le format +\family typewriter +ejour2 +\family default +, est maintenant dépassé. + Jean-Marc Lasgouttes a été d'un grand secours pour me guider dans le mécanisme + des fichiers de format LyX. +\layout Subsection + +Bogues +\layout Standard + +Sans doute. + Mais probablement moins que dans l'ancien +\family typewriter +ejour2 +\family default + bricolé. +\layout Standard + +Limitations par exemple : n'affiche pas le numéro pour les formats de type + théorème, seulement #. +\layout Section + +Publications de l'AGU ( +\family sans +aguplus +\family default +) +\layout Standard + +par +\shape smallcaps +Martin Vermeer +\layout Subsection + +Description +\layout Standard + +Ce sont les fichiers de format correspondant à certaines publications de + l'American Geophysical Society. + Nous supposons que vous avez déjà installé les fichiers de classe propres + à l'AGU, ainsi qu'AGUplus (tout ceci se trouve à +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.agu.org/journals/latex/journals} + +\end_inset + +). +\layout Subsection + +Nouveaux environnements +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Paragraphe +\family default + et +\family sans +Paragraphe* +\family default + sont redéfinis. + Ils portent toujours ce nom dans l'interface LyX, bien que leurs équivalents + LaTeX dans les classes AGU soient +\family sans +Subsubsubsection +\family default + et +\family sans +Subsubsubsection* +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Les environnements nouvellement définis sont +\family sans +En-tête_Gauche +\family default + (Left_Header +\family sans +) +\family default +, +\family sans +En-tête_Droite +\family default + (Right_Header +\family sans +) +\family default +, +\family sans +Reçu +\family default + (Received +\family sans +) +\family default +, +\family sans +Révisé +\family default + (Revised +\family sans +) +\family default +, +\family sans +Accepté +\family default + (Accepted +\family sans +) +\family default +, +\family sans +CCC +\family default +, +\family sans +Id_Papier +\family default + (PaperId +\family sans +) +\family default +, +\family sans +Adresse_Auteur +\family default + (AuthorAddr) et +\family sans +SlugComment +\family default +. + Ce sont pour la plupart des paramètres du manuscrit qui sont expliqués + dans la documentation des classes AGU. +\layout Standard + +Je soupçonne que tout ceci soit encore relativement incomplet. +\layout Subsection + +Nouveaux flottants +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Planotable +\family default + et +\family sans +Planche +\family default + (Plate). + Nous avons également une nouvelle +\family sans +Légende_Table +\family default + (Table_Caption). +\layout Subsection + +Publications supportées +\layout Itemize + + +\emph on +Journal of Geophysical Research +\emph default + : +\family typewriter +jgrga.layout +\family default +-- Martin Vermeer +\layout Standard + +Ajoutez les vôtres, ce n'est pas si dur ! Regardez l'exemple +\family typewriter +jgrga.layout +\family sans + +\family default +ainsi que +\family typewriter +aguplus.inc +\family default +. +\layout Subsection + +Bogues et choses à retenir +\layout Standard + +Pour utiliser les nouveaux environnements, vous devez faire ce qui suit + à chaque nouveau document : +\layout Enumerate + + +\emph on +Désactiver babel +\emph default +, ce que vous ferez dans +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document +\family default +. + (Les articles AGU sont écrits en anglais de toutes façons, il ne faut donc + +\emph on +pas +\emph default + choisir de langue.) +\layout Enumerate + +Tapez +\family typewriter +jgrga +\family default + dans le champ +\family sans +Options +\family default + de la classe de document. + (C'est effectivement un bogue.) +\layout Enumerate + +Assurez-vous que vous utilisez le style de bibliographie +\family typewriter +agu.bst +\family default +, en tapant +\family sans +agu +\family default + dans le deuxième champ de l'insert BibTeX. + Aucun des styles standard ne conviendra. +\layout Section + +Publications de l'EGS ( +\family sans +egs +\family default +) +\layout Standard + +par +\shape smallcaps +Martin Vermeer +\layout Subsection + +Description +\layout Standard + +C'est le fichier de format pour les publications de l'European Geophysical + Society. + Vous pouvez télécharger la classe +\family typewriter +egs.cls +\family default + (nécessaire) depuis le site de l'EGS à +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.copernicus.org} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Subsection + +Nouveaux environnements +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Adresse_À_Droite +\family default + (Right_address) +\family sans +, Titre_Latex +\family default + (Latex_Title) +\family sans +, Affil., Journal, numéro_ms +\family default + (msnumber) +\family sans +, PremierAuteur +\family default + (FirstAuthor) +\family sans +, Reçu +\family default + (Received) +\family sans +, Accepté +\family default + (Accepted) et +\family sans +Offsets +\family default +. + L'actuel fichier de format est malheureusement très peu modulaire et devrait + plus utiliser les inclusions +\family typewriter +std*.inc +\family default +. +\layout Section + +Diapos Slides (alias SliTeX) +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slitex} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +par +\noun on +John Weiss +\noun default +. +\layout Subsection + +Introduction +\layout Standard + +Cette section décrit comment utiliser LyX pour préparer des transparents + pour rétroprojecteurs. + Il y a deux classes de document qui le permettent : la classe par défaut + +\family sans +slides +\family default + et la classe +\family sans +FoilteX +\family default +. + Cette section décrit la première. +\layout Standard + +Je le redis, clairement et distinctement, qu'il n'y ait pas de malentendu + : +\layout Standard +\added_space_top bigskip \align center + +\size large +Cette section décrit +\emph on +uniquement +\emph default + la classe +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +slides\SpecialChar ~ +(default) +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Si vous cherchez une documentation sur +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +slides\SpecialChar ~ +(FoilTeX) +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, voyez la section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foiltex} + +\end_inset + +. + La classe +\family sans +foils +\family default + (pour +\family sans +FoilTeX +\family default +, vous l'aurez compris) est en fait un peu meilleure que la classe par défaut + +\family sans +slides +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +... + enfin, c'est ce que m'ont dit et répété ses défenseurs. + Ne l'ayant jamais utilisée, je n'ai aucune idée de la validité de cette + affirmation. +\end_inset + +, +\family default + dont parle cette section. +\layout Standard + +Cette classe est l'évolution en LaTeX2e du vieux package S +\noun on +li +\noun default +TeX. + Toutes les distributions de LaTeX2e comprennent cette classe (qu'à partir + de maintenant j'appellerais simplement +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +slides +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +), donc vous devez logiquement l'avoir. + Comme je l'ai déjà dit, il existe d'autres classes qui produisent aussi + des transparents pour rétroprojecteurs et font du meilleur boulot, comme + +\family sans +foils +\family default +. + Cependant, il y a des choses que +\family sans +slides +\family default + fait et que les autres ne font pas, comme générer des sur-couches. + Continuez la lecture pour en savoir plus ! +\layout Subsection + +Pour Commencer +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:demarrer-slides} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Avant tout, pour utiliser cette classe de document, vous devez sélectionner + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +slides\SpecialChar ~ +(default) +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + comme +\family sans +Classe +\family default + dans la fenêtre +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document +\family default +. + Il y a quelques particularités qu'il faut connaître à propos de cette classe + : +\layout Itemize + +Ne vous fatiguez pas à changer les options +\family sans +Pagination +\family default + et +\family sans +Colonnes +\family default + dans +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document +\family default + : de toute façon, elles ne sont pas supportées par la classe +\family sans +slides. +\layout Itemize + +L'option +\family sans +Mise\SpecialChar ~ +en\SpecialChar ~ +page +\family default + de la fenêtre +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document +\family default + a un comportement un peu différent pour cette classe. + Voici les choix possibles et leurs effets : +\begin_deeper +\layout Description + + +\family sans +plain +\family default + Le rendu final contient des numéros de page dans le coin inférieur droit. +\layout Description + + +\family sans +headings +\family default + Comme +\family sans +plain +\family default +, mais imprime aussi tous les marqueurs temporels que vous aurez placés. + C'est le choix par défaut. +\layout Description + + +\family sans +empty +\family default + Le rendu final ne contient pas de numéros de page, de marqueurs temporels + ni de marqueurs d'alignement. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +La classe +\family sans +slides +\family default + a une option supplémentaire : +\family typewriter +clock +\family default +. + Pour l'utiliser, mettez +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +clock +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + dans les +\family sans +Options\SpecialChar ~ +supplémentaires +\family default + de la +\family sans + +\family default +fenêtre +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document +\family default +. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Utiliser cette option vous permet d'ajouter des marqueurs temporels aux + +\family sans +Note +\family default +s. + Voir la section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:note-slides} + +\end_inset + + pour plus de détails. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Vous pouvez aussi utiliser le fichier modèle +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +slides.lyx +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + pour mettre en place automatiquement un document de la classe +\family sans +slides +\family default + (avec +\family sans +Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Nouveau\SpecialChar ~ +avec\SpecialChar ~ +modèle +\family default + pour créer votre document). + Le fichier modèle contient aussi quelques exemples d'environnements de + paragraphe spéciaux utilisés par cette classe. + Je vais maintenant décrire ces derniers. +\layout Subsection + +Environnements de Paragraphe +\layout Subsubsection + +Environnements supportés +\layout Standard + +La première chose que vous allez remarquer en commençant un nouveau document + +\family sans +slides +\family default + est la taille et le type de police : il est équivalent à la taille +\family sans +Grand\SpecialChar ~ +(3) +\family default + dans la police +\family sans +Sans\SpecialChar ~ +empattement +\family default +. + C'est aussi la police qui est utilisée pour le rendu final. + Dites-vous que c'est un +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +indice visuel +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + pour vous rappeler que c'est une diapositive. + Vos transparents finaux utiliseront une grande police, donc vous aurez + moins de place. + Bien sûr, la police plus grande à l'écran n'est pas WYSIWYG, mais juste + un aide-mémoire. +\layout Standard + +La deuxième chose qui frappe est le changement du menu des environnements + (tout à gauche de la barre d'outils). + La plupart des environnements de paragraphe que vous avez l'habitude d'y + voir sont absents. + Il y en a aussi cinq nouveaux. + C'est parce que la classe +\family sans +slides +\family default + elle-même ne supporte que certains environnements de paragraphe : +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Standard +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +ListePuces +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Énumeration +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Description +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Liste +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Citation +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Cite +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Vers +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Légende +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +LyX-Code +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Commentaire +\layout Standard + +Tous les autres environnements standard, comme les en-têtes de section, + ne servent pas dans la classe +\family sans +slides +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +D'autre part, vous remarquerez de nouveaux environnements : +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Diapo +\family default + ( +\family sans +Slide +\family default +) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +SurCouche +\family default + ( +\family sans +Overlay) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Note +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Texte_Invisible +\family default + ( +\family sans +InvisibleText +\family default +) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Texte_Visible +\family default + ( +\family sans +VisibleText +\family default +) +\layout Standard + +Ces cinq-là présentent des subtilités, dues à une +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +fonction +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + de LyX. + LyX, voyez-vous, ne vous autorise pas à inclure un environnement de paragraphe + dans un environnement vide. + C'est sympa et marrant, mais cela signifie que vous ne pourrez pas commencer + une diapo par autre chose que du texte. + Pour contourner cela, j'ai fait un peu de +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +magie LaTeX +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Subsubsection + +Subtilités des nouveaux environnements +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:subtilité-slides} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Les cinq nouveaux environnements de paragraphe présentent tous des bizarreries, + dues aux limitations inhérentes à la version actuelle de LyX. + Comme je viens de le dire, LyX interdit les environnements qui commencent + par un autre environnement. + Pour contourner ceci, l'environnement +\family sans +Diapo +\family default + n'en est pas vraiment un, si l'on se fie à la description du +\emph on +Guide\SpecialChar ~ +de\SpecialChar ~ +l'Utilisateur. +\layout Standard + +Il faut considérer +\family sans +Diapo +\family default +, +\family sans +SurCouche +\family default + et +\family sans +Note +\family default + comme des +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +pseudo-environnements +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. + Ils ressemblent à des en-têtes de section ou à une +\family sans +Légende +\family default +, mais en fait commencent un environnement de paragraphe (et terminent le + précédent si nécessaire). + De la même manière, considérez +\family sans +Texte_Invisible +\family default +et +\family sans + Texte_Visible +\family default + comme des +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +pseudo-commandes +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. + Ces deux objets réalisent en effet des actions. +\layout Standard + +Un propriété commune aux cinq environnements +\family sans +Diapo +\family default +, +\family sans +SurCouche +\family default +, +\family sans +Note +\family default +, +\family sans +Texte_Invisible +\family default + et +\family sans +Texte_Visible +\family default +est un marqueur plutôt longuet. + Le texte suivant ce marqueur -- d'ordinaire le contenu de l'environnement + de paragraphe -- n'est pas pris en compte par +\family sans +Diapo +\family default +, +\family sans +SurCouche +\family default +, +\family sans +Note +\family default +, +\family sans +Texte_Invisible +\family default + et +\family sans +Texte_Visible +\family default +. + +\family sans + +\family default +LyX l'ignore totalement. + En fait, vous pouvez laisser ces cinq environnements complètement vides. +\layout Standard + +Bien qu'il ne soit pas obligatoire de mettre du texte après ces marqueurs, + vous pouvez le faire. + Ça peut être une brève description du contenu de la +\family sans +Diapo +\family default +, par exemple. + Dans ce cas, entrez votre description et tapez +\family sans +Entrée +\family default + comme vous le feriez normalement. +\layout Standard + +Si, par contre, vous ne souhaitez pas entrer de texte descriptif, vous allez + rencontrer une autre subtilité de LyX. + LyX, comme la nature, a horreur du vide, et ne vous laissera pas entamer + un nouvel environnement de paragraphe si vous n'avez rien mis dans le précédent. + Vous ferez donc ainsi : +\layout Itemize + +Commencez à entrer le texte qui +\emph on +suivra +\emph default +le nouveau paragraphe +\family sans +Diapo +\family default +, +\family sans +SurCouche +\family default +, +\family sans +Note +\family default +, +\family sans +Texte_Invisible +\family default + ou +\family sans +Texte_Visible +\family default +. + +\layout Itemize + +Placez-vous maintenant au début de ce paragraphe. + +\layout Itemize + +Tapez ensuite +\family sans +Entrée +\family default +. + +\layout Itemize + +Changez enfin ce nouveau paragraphe vide en un +\family sans +Diapo +\family default +, +\family sans +SurCouche +\family default +, +\family sans +Note +\family default +, +\family sans +Texte_Invisible +\family default + ou +\family sans +Texte_Visible +\family default +. + +\layout Standard + +Espérons qu'une future version de LyX résoudra cette bizarrerie\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Subsection + +Réaliser une présentation grâce à +\family sans +Diapo +\family default +, +\family sans + SurCouche +\family default + et +\family sans +Note +\layout Subsubsection + +Utiliser l'environnement +\family sans +Diapo +\layout Standard + +Si vous espérez apprendre dans cette section comment faire une présentation + orale, vous serez amèrement déçu. + Naturellement, je vais vous décrire en quoi la classe +\family sans +slides +\family default + pourra vous aider à préparer les supports de la présentation. + En revanche, le contenu de celle-ci est entièrement de votre ressort. + (C'est ça aussi, la philosophie LyX !) +\layout Standard + +Sélectionnez l'environnement +\family sans +Diapo +\family default + (de la manière décrite à la section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:subtilité-slides} + +\end_inset + +) pour dire à LyX de commencer une nouvelle diapo (eh oui). + Le marqueur pour cet environnement / +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +pseudo-commande +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + est une +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +ligne ASCII +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + en bleu, suivie de l'indication +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +NewSlide: +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. + Tout texte ou paragraphe qui suivra cette dernière fera partie de la nouvelle + diapo. + C'est aussi simple que ça. +\layout Standard + +Les diapos sont sûrement les seules fois dans LyX où vous aurez à forcer + la fin des pages (vous pouvez toujours le faire dans +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Paragraphe +\family default +). + En fait, vous devrez le faire une fois vous aurez fini d'entrer le contenu + d'une diapo. + Si vous avez entré plus de texte qu'un transparent ne peut physiquement + en contenir, le surplus débordera sur une nouvelle diapo. + Je vous déconseille de le faire, cependant, car la diapo +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +de surplus +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + ne présentera aucun numéro de page. + De plus, elle peut interférer avec une +\family sans +SurCouche +\family default + que vous aurez préparé pour accompagner la +\family sans +Diapo +\family default + trop remplie. +\layout Standard + +Les environnements +\family sans +SurCouche +\family default + et +\family sans +Note +\family default + fonctionnent comme l'environnement +\family sans +Diapo. + +\family default + Tous deux créent une +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +ligne ASCII +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + suivie par un marqueur ( +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +NewOverlay: +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + et +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +NewNote: +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, respectivement). + La couleur n'est plus le bleu, mais un magenta éclatant et la +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +ligne ASCII +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + se présente différemment, dans son style et sa longueur. + Les trois marqueurs diffèrent par leur police. +\layout Standard + +Comme pour l'environnement +\family sans +Diapo +\family default +, si le contenu d'une +\family sans +Note +\family default + ou d'une +\family sans +SurCouche +\family default + dépasse la taille physique d'un transparent ou d'une feuille de papier, + le surplus sera disposé sur une nouvelle page. + À nouveau, je vous le déconseille, les +\family sans +Notes +\family default + et +\family sans +SurCouches +\family default + n'auraient plus aucune utilité. +\layout Subsubsection + +Utiliser des +\family sans +SurCouches +\family default + avec des +\family sans +Diapos +\layout Standard + +L'idée d'une +\family sans +SurCouche +\family default + est de créer une diapo qui vienne se superposer à une autre. + Vous pouvez vouloir présenter une figure sur la +\family sans +Diapo +\family default + principale avant d'afficher le texte qui va avec. + Une façon de faire est de poser une feuille de papier noire sur la partie + de la +\family sans +Diapo +\family default + que vous souhaitez cacher. + Cette méthode, cependant, n'est pas valable si vous voulez par exemple + superposer un graphique à un autre. + Vous auriez alors à vous bagarrer, tout en parlant, avec les deux +\family sans +Diapos +\family default + pour que les graphiques se superposent. + L'utilisation des +\family sans +SurCouches +\family default + rend les choses bien plus faciles. +\layout Standard + +Chaque +\family sans +SurCouche +\family default + reçoit le numéro de page de la +\family sans +Diapo +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +parent +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, agrémenté d'un +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +-a +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Des +\family sans +SurCouches +\family default + multiples auront donc +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +-b +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +-c +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +, etc. + accolé au numéro de page. +\end_inset + + +\family default +. + En effet, vous voulez que la +\family sans +Diapo +\family default + et sa +\family sans +SurCouche +\family default + paraissent n'en former plus qu'une ! Vous pouvez considérérer une +\family sans +SurCouche +\family default + comme +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +faisant partie +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + d'une +\family sans +Diapo +\family default +. + En fait, la classe +\family sans +slides +\family default + le laisse voir : le marqueur qui débute un environnement +\family sans +SurCouche +\family default + est moins long que celui d'une +\family sans +Diapo +\family default +. + Enfin, sur le document imprimé apparaîtront des marques d'alignement aux + quatre coins de la +\family sans +SurCouche +\family default + et de la +\family sans +Diapo +\family default +. + Ces marques vous aideront à aligner les deux transparents. +\layout Standard + +Le principal problème de la superposition de transparents est d'aligner + les contenus de ces diapos. + Quel espace devez-vous laisser pour le graphique sur la deuxième diapo + ? Pire encore : que faire si sur le deuxième transparent vous voulez un + graphique et du texte, mais qu'une phrase du premier doit venir s'intercaler + entre les deux ? Vous pourriez essayer d'insérer un espace vertical de + la bonne taille entre les deux, mais le meilleur moyen est d'utiliser les + environnements +\family sans +Texte_Visible +\family default + et +\family sans +Texte_Invisible +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Comme leur nom l'indique, +\family sans +Texte_Visible +\family default + et +\family sans +Texte_Invisible +\family default + sont deux environnements de paragraphe, qui rendent le texte respectivement + visible et invisible. + Remarquez à la section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:subtilité-slides} + +\end_inset + + que vous ne placez rien +\emph on +dans +\emph toggle + ces environnements. + Lorsque vous créez un +\family sans +Texte_Invisible +\family default +, LyX insère un marqueur centré, bleu clair, indiquant +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. + Les paragraphes suivant ce marqueur ne seront pas affichés sur la diapo + (ou la +\family sans +SurCouche +\family default +), mais l'espace qu'ils auraient occupé sera laissé vide. +\layout Standard + +Pour +\family sans +Texte_Visible +\family default +, l'étiquette centrée sera +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, en vert. + Les paragraphes qui suivent cette étiquette se comporteront normalement. + Remarquez qu'au début d'une nouvelle +\family sans +Diapo +\family default +, +\family sans +Note +\family default +, ou +\family sans +SurCouche +\family default +, la fonction +\family sans +Texte_Invisible +\family default + est automatiquement désactivée. + Il n'est donc pas nécessaire d'utiliser +\family sans +Texte_Visible +\family default + à la fin d'une +\family sans +Diapo +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Maintenant, voyons comment utiliser les commandes +\family sans +Texte_Visible +\family default + et +\family sans +Texte_Invisible +\family default + avec les environnements +\family sans +Diapo +\family default + et +\family sans +SurCouche +\family default + pour créer des diapos superposées : +\layout Enumerate + +Créez une +\family sans +Diapo +\family default + (environnement +\family sans +Diapo +\family default +) avec tout ce qui devra apparaître autant sur la +\family sans +Diapo +\family default + elle-même que sur les +\family sans +SurCouches +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + +Avant chaque figure ou paragraphe qui ne devra apparaître que sur la +\family sans +SurCouche +\family default +, insérez un environnement +\family sans +Texte_Invisible +\family default +. + Si nécessaire, insérez un environnement +\family sans +Texte_Visible +\family default + là où le texte devra de nouveau apparaître sur la +\family sans +Diapo +\family default + principale. +\layout Enumerate + +Commencez un environnement +\family sans +SurCouche +\family default + juste après l'environnement +\family sans +Diapo +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + +Copiez le contenu de l'environnement +\family sans +Diapo +\family default + dans l'environnement +\family sans +SurCouche +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + +Dans la +\family sans +SurCouche +\family default +, changez tous les +\family sans +Texte_Invisible +\family default +par des +\family sans +Texte_Visible +\family default + et vice versa. +\layout Standard + +C'est bon, vous avez votre superposition. +\layout Standard + +Il reste un problème avec la façon dont j'ai conçu la classe +\family sans +slides +\family default + de LyX : vous ne pouvez pas rendre invisible du texte au milieu d'un paragraphe +, ni rendre visible du texte au milieu d'un paragraphe invisible. + Pour ce faire, vous devrez insérer du code LaTeX +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Les commandes en question sont : +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +{ +\backslash +invisible ...} +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +{ +\backslash +visible ...} +\layout Standard + +... + et devront être entrées en mode TeX. + Le texte dont vous voulez changer la +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +visibilité +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + sera à l'intérieur des accolades, derrière la commande +\family typewriter + +\backslash +invisible +\family default + ou +\family typewriter + +\backslash +visible +\family default +. + Si vous ne savez pas comment entrer du TeX sous LyX, voyez la section approprié +e dans le +\emph on +Guide\SpecialChar ~ +de\SpecialChar ~ +l'Utilisateur +\family sans +\emph toggle +. +\end_inset + +. +\layout Subsubsection + +Utiliser des +\family sans +Notes +\family default + avec des +\family sans +Diapos +\family default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:note-slides} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Comme une +\family sans +SurCouche +\family default +, une +\family sans +Note +\family default + est toujours associée à une +\family sans +Diapo +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +parent +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. + Ici aussi, la classe +\family sans +slides +\family default + de LyX fournit des indices visuels. + Le marqueur d'une +\family sans +Note +\family default + est magenta éclatant, comme celui d'une +\family sans +SurCouche +\family default + ; et en longueur, il est intermédiaire entre celui d'une +\family sans +Diapo +\family default + (qui est plus long) et celui d'une +\family sans +SurCouche +\family default + (qui est plus court). + De plus, une fois imprimée, une +\family sans +Note +\family default + aura le numéro de page de sa +\family sans +Diapo +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +parent +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + avec +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +-1 +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +-2 +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +-3 +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +, etc. + accolé. + Vous pouvez avoir plusieures +\family sans +Notes +\family default + associées à une seule +\family sans +Diapo +\family default +, et, comme pour les +\family sans +Diapos +\family default + et les +\family sans +SurCouches +\family default +, vous voudrez sûrement couper les longues +\family sans +Notes +\family default + de manière à ce qu'elles tiennent sur une seule page. +\layout Standard + +L'utilité d'une +\family sans +Note +\family default + est évidente : elle contient toute sortes d'informations que vous voulez + ajouter à propos d'une +\family sans +Diapo +\family default +. + Elle peut aussi servir d'aide-mémoire pour une +\family sans +Diapo +\family default + donnée. + Dans ce dernier cas, vous serez peut-être intéressé par les marqueurs temporels. + Actuellement, la classe +\family sans +slides +\family default + de LyX ne supporte pas d'origine les marqueurs temporels, qui sont une + fonction +\noun on +Sli +\noun default +TeX. + Il faudra donc passer par le code LaTeX. + +\layout Standard + +Pour utiliser des marqueurs temporels, spécifiez avant tout l'option supplémenta +ire +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +clock +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + (voir la section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:demarrer-slides} + +\end_inset + +). + Cette option active les marqueurs temporels qui apparaîtront alors dans + le coin inférieur gauche de toutes les +\family sans +Notes +\family default + que vous générerez. + Pour choisir ce qui apparaîtra dans ces indicateurs, utilisez les commandes + LaTeX +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +settime{} +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + et +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +addtime{} +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. + Le paramètre de chacune de ces commandes est un temps mesuré en secondes. + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +settime{} +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + sert à indiquer le temps voulu, tandis que +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +addtime{} +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + est utilisé pour ajouter une certaine durée. + En utilisant les +\family sans +Notes +\family default + et les marqueurs temporels, vous pouvez vous rappeler combien de temps + vous voulez passer sur chaque +\family sans +Diapo +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Il reste une fonction à décrire. + Vous voudrez forcément imprimer toutes vos +\family sans +Diapos +\family default + et +\family sans +SurCouches +\family default + sur des transparents et toutes vos +\family sans +Notes +\family default + sur des feuilles blanches. + Cependant, une +\family sans +Note +\family default + doit suivre la +\family sans +Diapo +\family default + à laquelle elle est associée. + Comment faire ? +\layout Standard + +Heureusement il existe deux commandes LaTeX qui vous permettent de sélectionner + ce qu'il faut imprimer. + Toutes deux doivent être placées dans le préambule de votre document. + La commande +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +onlyslides{ +\backslash +slides} +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + n'imprimera que les +\family sans +Diapos +\family default + et les +\family sans +SurCouches +\family default +. + De même, la commande +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +onlynotes{notes} +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + n'imprimera que les +\family sans +Notes +\family default +. + Je vous conseille de mettre les deux commandes en commentaire dans votre + préambule et de +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +décommenter +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + celle dont vous avez besoin à l'impression. + J'ai l'habitude de : décommenter +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\backslash +onlyslides{ +\backslash +slides} +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +, imprimer dans un fichier dont le nom contient +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +-slides +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +, la recommenter et décommenter +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\backslash +onlynotes{ +\backslash +notes} +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + et imprimer dans un fichier +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +*-notes +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +. + Je peux ensuite envoyer l'un ou l'autre fichier à l'imprimante, en mettant + des transparents ou des feuilles blanches selon le cas. +\layout Standard + +Vous pouvez aussi donner d'autres paramètres à +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +onlyslides{} +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + et +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +onlynotes{} +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. + Reportez-vous à un bon livre sur LaTeX pour plus de détails. +\layout Subsection + +Le fichier modèle pour la classe +\family sans +slides +\layout Standard + +J'ai aussi créé un fichier modèle, +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +slides.lyx +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + avec la classe +\family sans + slides +\family default +. + Pour l'utiliser, créez votre document avec +\family sans +Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Nouveau\SpecialChar ~ +avec\SpecialChar ~ +modèle +\family default +. + Votre fichier de présentation LyX contiendra un exemple du triplet +\family sans +Diapo -- SurCouche -- Note +\family default +. + De plus, la +\family sans +Diapo +\family default + et la +\family sans +SurCouche +\family default + contiennent un exemple de +\family sans +Texte_Invisible +\family default + et de +\family sans +Texte_Visible +\family default +. + Enfin, le préambule contient : +\layout LyX-Code + +% Uncomment to print out only slides and overlays +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +NdT : +\family typewriter +Décommentez pour n'imprimer que les diapos et les sur-couches +\end_inset + + +\layout LyX-Code + +% +\layout LyX-Code + +% +\backslash +onlyslides{ +\backslash +slides} +\newline + +\layout LyX-Code + +% Uncomment to print out only notes +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +NdT : +\family typewriter +Décommentez pour n'imprimer que les notes +\end_inset + + +\layout LyX-Code + +% +\layout LyX-Code + +% +\backslash +onlynotes{ +\backslash +notes} +\layout Standard + +Un dernier point : j'ai créé cette classe pour l'utilisation de la classe + de LaTeX2e +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +émulation de +\noun on +SliTeX +\noun default + +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. + Ni moi ni le reste de l'Équipe LyX n'impose d'utiliser ou de ne pas utiliser + cette classe. + Elle est là si vous en avez besoin. + Il y a d'autres classes de LaTeX2e pour créer des présentations, comme + la classe +\family sans +Foils +\family default + (cf. + la section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foiltex} + +\end_inset + +) ou le paquetage +\family sans +seminar +\family default +\noun toggle + (présent sur certaines distributions TeX). + Ce dernier n'est pas encore supporté par LyX +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Si vous voulez vous y mettre... +\end_inset + +. + +\noun default + Je ne connais rien à ces classes. + Essayez-les pour voir quelles alternatives elles représentent. +\layout Section + +Diapos Foils (alias +\family sans +Foil +\family default +\noun on +TeX +\noun default +) +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foiltex} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +par +\noun on +Allan Rae +\layout Subsection + +Introduction +\layout Standard + +Cette section décrit comment utiliser LyX pour préparer des transparents + pour rétroprojecteurs. + Il y a deux classes de document qui le permettent : la classe par défaut + +\family sans +slides +\family default + et la classe +\family sans +FoilteX +\family default +. + Cette section décrit la classe +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX. +\layout Standard + +Redisons-le donc bien clairement : +\layout Standard +\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center + +\size large +Cette section concerne la classe +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +slides +\family default +\SpecialChar ~ +( +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX) +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + uniquement. +\layout Standard + +Si vous voulez une documentation sur +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +slides\SpecialChar ~ +(default) +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, voyez la section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slitex} + +\end_inset + +. + Si votre machine n'a pas la classe +\family sans +foils +\family default + installée, il vous faudra sûrement utiliser la classe +\family sans +slides +\family default + par défaut, qui n'est pas aussi bonne. +\layout Standard + +La classe +\family sans +foils +\family default + est conçue pour être utilisée avec la version 2.1 du fichier de classe LaTeX + +\family sans +foils.cls +\family default +. + Celui-ci fait maintenant partie intégrante de LaTeX2e. +\layout Subsection + +Pour commencer +\layout Standard + +Bien entendu, pour utiliser cette classe de document, il vous faut sélectionner + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +slides\SpecialChar ~ +(Foil +\family default +TeX +\family sans +) +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + dans le champ +\family sans +Classe +\family default + de la fenêtre +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document +\family default +. + Il y a quelques autres réglages qui ont une signification spéciale avec + cette classe : +\layout Itemize + +Ne changez pas les options +\family sans +Pagination +\family default + et +\family sans +Colonnes +\family default + dans la fenêtre +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document +\family default +. + Elles sont ignorées par la classe +\family sans +foils +\family default +. +\layout Itemize + +La taille par défaut est de 20\SpecialChar ~ +pt, les autres choix étant respectivement + 17\SpecialChar ~ +pt, 25\SpecialChar ~ +pt et 30\SpecialChar ~ +pt. +\layout Itemize + +La police par défaut est +\family sans +Sans\SpecialChar ~ +empattement +\family default + mais toutes les équations mathématiques restent formatées dans la police + habituelle +\family sans +Roman +\family default +. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX accepte les formats de papier A4 et Letter, ainsi qu'un format particulier + pour travailler avec des diapos 35mm. + Les tailles A5, B5, +\emph on +legal +\emph toggle + ou +\emph on +excutive +\emph toggle + ne sont pas supportées. +\layout Itemize + +Ne vous occupez pas de +\family sans +Placement\SpecialChar ~ +des\SpecialChar ~ +flottants +\family default + : l'option est de toute façon ignorée. + Tous les flottants apparaîtront là où ils sont définis dans le texte. +\layout Itemize + +Les réglages +\family sans +Mise\SpecialChar ~ +en\SpecialChar ~ +page +\family default + se comportent un peu différemment avec cette classe. + +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX propose en effet des possibilités plus étendues pour les en-têtes et + pieds de page, comme l'insertion d'un logo défini par l'utilisateur. + Voyez la section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foil-en-tetes} + +\end_inset + + pour de plus amples détails. + La page de titre est traitée différemment de toutes les autres pages du + document et n'est +\emph on +jamais +\emph toggle + numérotée. + L'éventuel logo y est +\emph on +toujours +\emph toggle + centré au bas de la page. + Les différentes mises en page possibles sont les suivantes : +\begin_deeper +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + + +\family sans +\series bold +empty +\family default +\series default + Les diapos ne présenteront ni numéro de page, ni en-tête ou pied de page + (sauf évidemment les notes de bas de page). +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + + +\family sans +\series bold +plain +\family default +\series default + Les diapos auront un numéro de page centré en bas de la page. + Ni en-tête, ni pied de page (à part les notes). +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + + +\series bold +foilheadings +\series default + Le numéro apparaît en bas à droite. + Les en-têtes et pieds de page seront présents. + C'est le choix par défaut. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM + + +\series bold +fancy +\series default + Vous donne accès au paquetage +\family sans +fancyheadings +\family default +, et ce même si son utilisation est déconseillée par l'auteur de +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX car certaines incompatibilités apparaissent. +\end_deeper +\layout Subsubsection + +Options Supplémentaires +\layout Standard + +Les options suivantes peuvent être activées dans le champ +\family sans +Autres\SpecialChar ~ +Options +\family default + de la fenêtre +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document +\family default +. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx + + +\series bold +35mmSlide +\series default + Règle le format de page à 7,33\SpecialChar ~ +pouces sur 11\SpecialChar ~ +pouces, ce qui donne le même + rapport largeur/hauteur qu'une diapo 35\SpecialChar ~ +mm, facilitant ainsi le travail + avec ce support. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx + + +\series bold +headrule +\series default + Trace une ligne horizontale le long de la page, au-dessous de l'en-tête, + sur toutes les pages sauf celle de titre. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx + + +\series bold +footrule +\series default + Trace une ligne horizontale le long de la page, au-dessus du pied de page, + sur toutes les pages sauf celle de titre. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx + + +\series bold +dvips +\series default + Cette option indique à +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX d'utiliser le pilote dvips pour effectuer les rotations des pages en + format paysage. + (Elle est automatiquement activée à la création d'un nouveau document +\family sans +foils +\family default +). + +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx + + +\series bold +landscape +\series default + Change simplement la taille des pages au format paysage, mais sans effectuer + de rotation. + Si vous utilisez cette option, vous aurez besoin d'un programme externe + pour effectuer une rotation de chaque page, ou bien il vous faudra alimenter + votre imprimante directement en format paysage. + Remarquez que cette option renverse les rôles respectifs des environnements + +\family sans +En-tête_Diapo +\family default + et +\family sans +En-tête_Diapo_Tourné +\family default + (ne vous inquiétez pas, ils sont décrits plus loin). +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx + + +\series bold +leqno +\series default + Numéros des équations à gauche. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMx + + +\series bold +fleqn +\series default + Équations alignées à gauche. +\layout Subsection + +Environnements supportés +\layout Standard + +La plupart des environnements courants sont supportés par la classe +\family sans +foils +\family default +. + Il y a des environnements supplémentaires fournis par +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX ainsi que deux apportés par LyX. + Les environnements suivants sont partagés avec d'autres classes : +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{2} +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Standard +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +ListePuces +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Énumeration +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Description +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Liste +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +LyX-Code +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Vers +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Cite +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Citation +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Titre +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Auteur +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Date +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Abstract +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Bibliographie +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Adresse +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Adresse_À_Droite +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Légende +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Commentaire +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +En gros, il s'agit de tous les environnements, mis à part ceux de section. + En effet, dans un diaporama, les sections sont en fait les diapos elles-mêmes. + +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX propose des commandes pour commencer de nouvelles diapos : +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +En-Tête_Diapo +\family default + (Foilhead) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +En-Tête_Diapo_Tourné (RotateFoilhead) +\layout Standard + +LyX a aussi des versions légèrement modifiées de ces deux environnements + : +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +En-tête_Diapo_Court +\family default + (ShortFoilhead) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +En-tête_Diapo_Court_Tourné +\family default + (ShortRotateFoilhead) +\layout Standard + +Les différences seront expliquées dans une autre section. +\layout Standard + +De plus, les diapos sont souvent utilisées pour exposer des idées, ou de + nouveaux théorèmes. + De ce fait, +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX fournit aussi un ensemble d'outils pour les présenter : +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{2} +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Théorème +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Lemme +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Corollaire +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Proposition +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Définition +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Preuve +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Théorème* +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Lemme* +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Corollaire* +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Proposition* +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Définition* +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Les versions sans étoiles sont numérotées, tandis que celles avec étoiles + ne le sont pas. + Il y a enfin des environnements de liste ajoutés par LyX : +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +ListeCochés +\family default + (TickList) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +ListeCroix +\family default + (CrossList) +\layout Standard + +FoilTeX offre aussi de nombreuses possibilités pour les en-têtes et pieds + de pages, qu'il vaut mieux définir dans le préambule, bien que vous puissiez + le faire à tout moment dans le document. + Si vous souhaitez changer ces réglages en cours de document, il est préférable + de le faire au tout début d'une diapo, donc juste après l' +\family sans +En-tête_Diapo +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Pour ces réglages, vous disposez des environnements suivants [ +\noun on +Martin Vermeer +\noun default +] : +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{2} +\end_inset + + +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Mon_Logo +\family default + (My_Logo) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Restriction +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Pied_Droite +\family default + (Right_Footer) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +En-tête_Droite +\family default + (Right_Header) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +En-tête_Gauche +\family default + (Left_Header) +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +\SpecialChar ~ + +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Certaines commandes de +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX ne sont pas directement supportées par LyX, mais vous pourrez tout de + même les utiliser, comme l'explique la section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foil-non-supporte} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Subsection + +Création de diapos +\layout Standard + +Cette section est une rapide introduction aux différents environnements + qui permettent de construire un ensemble de diapos. + Si vous voulez un exemple, ouvrez +\family typewriter +Foils.lyx +\family default + via +\family sans +Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Ouvrir\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family default + et le bouton +\family sans +Exemples +\family default +. +\layout Subsubsection + +Donner un titre de page +\layout Standard + +À la différence des autres classes qui proposent les environnements +\family sans +Titre +\family default +, +\family sans +Auteur +\family default + et +\family sans +Abstract +\family default +, la classe +\family sans +foils +\family default + crée le titre sur une page à part. + Si vous laissez l'environnement +\family sans +Date +\family default + vide, LaTeX lui substituera la date du jour (et ce, à chaque fois que vous + générerez le rendu). +\layout Subsubsection + +Débuter une nouvelle diapo +\layout Standard + +Comme il est dit plus haut, il existe quatre manières de commencer une nouvelle + diapo. + Pour les formats portrait, utilisez +\family sans +En-tête_Diapo +\family default + ou +\family sans +En-tête_Diapo_Court +\family default +. + La différence entre ces deux environnements est la quantité d'espace entre + le titre (l' +\family sans +En-tête_Diapo +\family default +) et le corps de la diapo. +\layout Standard + +Les diapos en position paysage seront créées via les environnements +\family sans + En-tête_Diapo_Tourné +\family default + et +\family sans +En-tête_Diapo_Court_Tourné +\family default +. + À nouveau, la seule différence est l'espace entre le titre et le corps. + Les deux versions courtes ont 0,5\SpecialChar ~ +pouce de séparation en moins. +\layout Standard + +Il vous faut +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + pour générer des sorties PostScript® de diapos en format paysage, sans + quoi la rotation de ces diapos ne sera pas exécutée. + Il vous sera possible d'obtenir des diapos en format paysage sans +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default +, mais il vous faudra introduire les feuilles en position couchée dans l'imprima +nte ;-) +\layout Subsubsection + +Théorèmes, lemmes, preuves et tutti quanti +\layout Standard + +Un petit bogue de LyX fait que deux de ces environnements ne peuvent se + suivre directement. + Ils doivent être séparés par quelque chose. + Si vous essayez d'en coller deux, ça semblera marcher sous LyX, mais la + sortie LaTeX aura fusionné les deux environnements en un seul. + Alors, comment contourner le problème ? L'option la plus simple est d'insérer + du texte entre les deux environnements ou d'ajouter un environnement +\family sans +LaTeX +\family default + entre les deux paragraphes avec juste un +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +% +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + dedans. + Cela forcera LyX à produire la bonne sortie LaTeX. + Il y en a un exemple dans le fichier d'exemple inclus dans la distribution + LyX. + Nous rappelons que ce problème n'apparaît que lorsque vous essayez de placer + deux environnements de type théorème juste l'un derrière l'autre. +\layout Subsubsection + +Listes +\layout Standard + +Vous pouvez profiter de tous les types de listes que l'on trouve dans les + autres classes plus deux nouvelles. + Je ne décrirai ici que ces dernières. + Si vous voulez plus d'informations sur les autres environnements de liste, + voyez le +\emph on +Guide\SpecialChar ~ +de\SpecialChar ~ +l'Utilisateur +\emph toggle +. + Si vous voulez utiliser les listes à puce, lisez aussi le paragraphe sur + le choix des puces, à la section\SpecialChar ~ + +\emph default + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:puces} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Les deux nouveaux environnements de liste, +\family sans +ListeCochés +\family default + et +\family sans +ListeCroix +\family default +, ont pour but de faciliter l'utilisation de listes +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +À\SpecialChar ~ +faire\SpecialChar ~ +/\SpecialChar ~ +À\SpecialChar ~ +éviter +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + ou +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Oui\SpecialChar ~ +/\SpecialChar ~ +Non +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, bref, qui utilisent comme puces des coches ( +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +ding{51} +\end_inset + +) ou des croix ( +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +ding{55} +\end_inset + +). + Ces listes sont en fait des versions spécialisées de l'environnement +\family sans +Itemize +\family default +. + Elles nécessitent cependant que vous disposiez du paquetage +\family typewriter +psnfss +\family default +. +\layout Subsubsection + +Figures et tableaux +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX redéfinit la notion de figures et tables flottantes afin qu'elles apparaisse +nt exactement là où elles sont dans le texte plutôt qu'en haut des pages + où en une quelconque autre position prédéfinie. + En fait, si vous changez les réglages de positionnement des flottants, + ces modifications ne seront pas prises en compte. +\layout Subsubsection + +En-têtes et pieds de pages +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foil-en-tetes} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Les deux commandes +\family sans +Mon_Logo +\family default + et +\family sans +Restriction +\family default + servent à définir le texte en pied de page à gauche. + La première vous permet d'insérer un logo sur vos diapos. + Vous aurez par défaut comme logo +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +-Typeset by FoilTeX- +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. + La seconde sert à classifier des documents en fonction du type de public, + par exemple +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Confidentiel +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. + Par défaut elle ne contient rien. +\layout Standard + +Vous pouvez remplir les autres coins de la page avec +\family sans +Pied_Droite +\family default + (qui par défaut contient le numéro de page), +\family sans +En-tête_Droite +\family default + et +\family sans +En-tête_Gauche +\family default +. +\layout Subsection + +Fonctions de +\family sans +FoilTeX +\family default + non-supportées +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foil-non-supporte} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Toutes les commandes décrites ci-dessous doivent être entrées dans un environnem +ent +\family sans +LaTeX +\family default +, ou en mode +\family sans +TeX +\family default + dans un autre environnement. +\layout Subsubsection + +Longueurs +\layout Standard + +Toutes les longueurs sont ajustées en utilisant la commande +\family typewriter + +\backslash +setlength\SpecialChar \- +{ +\family default +\emph on +nom_longeur +\family typewriter +\emph toggle +}\SpecialChar \- +{ +\family default +\emph on +nouvelle_longeur +\family typewriter +\emph toggle +} +\family default + où +\emph on +nom_longeur +\emph toggle +sera remplacé par le nom de la variable de longueur que vous voulez modifier, + et +\emph on +nouvelle_longeur +\emph toggle + par la valeur de la variable. + Toutes les variables de longueur doivent être indiquées dans des unités + comme le pouce\SpecialChar ~ +( +\family typewriter +in +\family default +), le millimètre\SpecialChar ~ +( +\family typewriter +mm +\family default +) ou le point\SpecialChar ~ +( +\family typewriter +pt +\family default +), ou bien dans une unité dépendant du document ou de la police employée, + comme +\family typewriter + +\backslash +textwidth +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Il est possible de changer l'espacement entre l'en-tête et le corps d'une + diapo en ajustant la longueur spécifiée par +\family typewriter + +\backslash +foilheadskip +\family default +. + Par exemple, pour rendre +\emph on +tous +\emph toggle + les titres plus proches des corps de 0,5\SpecialChar ~ +pouce, mettez dans le préambule + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +foilheadskip}{-0.5in} +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +L'espacement autour des flottants peut être modifié via +\emph toggle + ces variables : +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +abovefloatskip +\family default +Séparation entre le texte et le haut du flottant ; +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +abovecaptionskip +\family default +Séparation entre le flottant et sa légende ; +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +belowcaptionskip +\family default +Séparation entre la légende et le texte qui la suit ; +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +captionwidth +\family default + Vous pouvez rendre les légendes plus étroites que le texte alentour en + réglant cette valeur. + Le mieux est sûrement de la définir en fonction de +\family typewriter + +\backslash +textwidth +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Il y a aussi plusieurs variables de longueur relatives à la page de titre. + Elles vous seront utiles dans le cas d'un titre long, ou de plusieurs auteurs + : +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +abovetitleskip +\family default + Séparation entre les en-têtes et le titre (environnement +\family sans +Titre +\family default +) ; +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +titleauthorskip +\family default + entre les environnements +\family sans +Titre +\family default + et +\family sans +Auteur +\family default +; +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +authorauthorskip +\family default + entre différentes lignes de l'environnement +\family sans +Auteur +\family default + ; +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +authordateskip +\family default + entre l'auteur et la date ; +\layout List +\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +dateabstractskip +\family default + entre la date et le résumé ( +\family sans +Abstract +\family default +). +\layout Standard + +La dernière des commandes d'ajustement de longueur agit sur tous les environneme +nts de liste. + Si vous placez +\family typewriter + +\backslash +zerolistvertdimens +\family default + +\emph on +dans +\emph toggle + un environnement de liste, tout l'espacement vertical entre les éléments + de la liste est supprimé. + Remarquez qu'il s'agit d'une commande et non d'une variable, donc on n'utilise + pas ici +\family typewriter + +\backslash +setlength +\family default +. +\layout Subsubsection + +En-têtes et pieds +\layout Standard + +Les commandes +\family typewriter + +\backslash +LogoOn +\family default + et +\family sans + +\backslash + +\family typewriter +LogoOff +\family default + permettent de préciser dans une page donnée si le logo de +\family typewriter + +\family sans +Mon_Logo +\family default + apparaîtra ou non. + Si vous mettez +\family typewriter + +\backslash +LogoOff +\family default + dans le préambule, aucune des diapos n'aura de logo. + Si c'est uniquement sur une diapo particulière que vous ne voulez pas de + logo, mettez +\family typewriter + +\backslash +LogoOff +\family default + juste après le début de cette diapo et +\family typewriter + +\backslash +LogoOn +\family default + juste après le début de la suivante. +\layout Standard + +Si vous voulez utiliser la mise en page +\family sans +fancy +\family default + dans la fenêtre +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document +\family default +, il vous faudra sûrement ajouter +\family typewriter + +\backslash +let +\backslash +headwidth +\backslash +textwidth +\family default + à votre préambule. + Ainsi, en format paysage, les en-têtes et les pieds de page seront positionnés + correctement une fois les pages retournées. + C'est obligatoire à cause d'incompatibilités entre le paquetage +\family sans +fancyheadings +\family default + et la classe +\family sans +foils +\family default +. +\layout Section + +Latex8 (Papiers des Conférences de l'IEEE) +\layout Standard + +par +\noun on +Allan Rae +\layout Subsection + +Introduction +\layout Standard + +Comme cette classe est spécifiquement destinée à écrire des soumissions + à des conférences sous l'égide de l'IEEE, je vous recommande vivement de + vous procurer une copie de leur +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Kit de l'Auteur +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. + Le paquetage +\family sans +latex.sty +\family default + et le fichier de style de bibliographie associé sont inclus dans ce kit. + Le +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Kit de l'Auteur +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + est en général envoyé par e-mail une fois que votre soumission initiale + a été acceptée. + Il y a dedans beaucoup d'informations utiles, qui expliquent les restrictions + de mise en page et ainsi de suite, et je vais supposer que vous l'avez + lu pour ne pas avoir à tout répéter ici. +\layout Subsection + +Pour commencer +\layout Standard + +(AR. + plus à l'avenir) +\layout Subsection + +Environnements supportés +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Standard +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Titre +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Auteur +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +E-mail +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Affiliation +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Abstract +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Section +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +SousSection +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Légende +\layout Subsection + +Différences entre écran et impression +\layout Standard + +Il y a quelques légères différences d'apparence principalement pour la présentat +ion des compteurs de section. + À l'écran le point final du compteur de section est absent mais il apparaîtra + à l'impression : ne vous affolez donc pas. +\layout Section + +Hollywood (scripts d'Hollywood) +\layout Standard + +par +\shape smallcaps +Garst Reese +\layout Subsection + +Introduction +\layout Standard + +Maîtriser le format d'un script d'Hollywood est un +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +rite de passage +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. + Ce format est destiné à laisser le lecteur se concentrer sur le contenu + et à être facile à lire et familier pour les acteurs. + Chaque page d'un script doit représenter une minute de film. + Il n'y a rien dans le script qui ne soit pas visible ou audible à l'écran. + La police courier 12\SpecialChar ~ +pt doit être utilisée tout le long. + Pas d'italiques. +\layout Subsection + +Problèmes particuliers +\layout Standard + +Les lignes de dialogue ne doivent JAMAIS être coupées au milieu d'une phrase. + Si le texte d'un personnage +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +NdT : +\family sans +Speaker +\end_inset + + franchit un saut de page, repétez le nom du personnage suivi de (Cont'd) +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +NdT : (suite) +\end_inset + +. +\layout Subsection + +Fonctions particulières +\layout Standard + +Entrez les noms des personnages comme étiquettes, puis faites des références + croisées sur ces étiquettes pour insérer le nom. + La fenêtre de référence croisée montrera l'ensemble des personnages. + Vous pouvez utiliser cette méthode également pour insérer le nom d'un personnag +e dans les parties narratives. +\layout Subsection + +Taille de papier et Marges +\layout Standard + +USLetter, gauche 1,6\SpecialChar ~ +in, droite 0,75\SpecialChar ~ +in, haut 0,5\SpecialChar ~ +in, bas 0,75\SpecialChar ~ +in. +\layout Subsection + +Environnements +\layout Standard + +Les environnements suivants sont disponibles. + Vous pouvez utiliser +\family typewriter +hollywood.bind +\family default + pour accéder aux touches de raccourci indiquées à droite. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Standard +\family default + +\family sans + +\newline + +\family default +Quand rien d'autre ne convient. + Essayez de l'éviter. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +FADE_IN +\family default + (Fondu +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +NdT : Incertain. +\end_inset + +): +\hfill + +\family sans +M-z S-I +\family default + +\newline +Suivi en général de quelque chose comme +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +sur Sally qui se lève +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +INT : +\hfill +M-z i +\newline + +\family default +Introduit une nouvelle séquence INTÉRIEUR. + Toujours suivi par JOUR ou NUIT, ou quelque chose d'approchant pour définir + l'éclairage nécessaire. + Toute cette ligne en MAJUSCULES. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +EXT : +\hfill +M-z e +\newline + +\family default +Introduit une nouvelle séquence EXTÉRIEUR. + Toute cette ligne en MAJUSCULES. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Speaker +\hfill +M-z s +\newline + +\family default +Le personnage qui parle. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Parenthetical +\hfill +M-z p +\newline + +\family default +Instructions au personnage intervenant. + Les () sont insérées automatiquement, mais seule la ( sera affichée dans + LyX. + Les deux seront imprimées. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Dialogue +\hfill +M-z d +\newline + +\family default +Ce qui dit le personnage. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Transition +\hfill +M-z t +\newline + +\family default +Instruction de mouvement de caméra. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +FADE OUT: +\hfill +M-z S-I +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Auteur +\hfill +M-z S-A +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Titre +\hfill +M-z S-T +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Right_Address +\hfill +M-z r +\layout Subsection + +Jargon de script +\layout Itemize + +(O.S) -- off screen (hors écran) +\layout Itemize + +(V.0) -- voice over (voix off) +\layout Itemize + +b.g. + -- background (arrière-plan) +\layout Itemize + +C.U. + -- close-up (plan rapproché) +\layout Itemize + +PAN -- mouvement de caméra +\layout Itemize + +INSERT -- insérez un plan rapproché +\layout Section + +Broadway +\layout Standard + +par +\shape smallcaps +Garst Reese +\layout Subsection + +Introduction +\layout Standard + +Broadway est destiné à l'écriture de pièces de théâtre. + Le format est plus décoratif que Hollywood, et beaucoup moins standardisé. + Ce format devrait convenir à des ateliers. +\layout Subsection + +Problèmes particuliers +\layout Standard + +Les mêmes que dans Hollywood. +\layout Subsection + +Fonctions particulières +\layout Standard + +Entrez les noms des personnages comme étiquettes puis faites des références + croisées sur ces étiquettes pour insérer le nom. + La fenêtre de référence croisée montrera l'ensemble des personnages. +\layout Subsection + +Taille de papier et Marges +\layout Standard + +USLetter, gauche 1,6\SpecialChar ~ +in, droite 0,75\SpecialChar ~ +in, haut 0,5\SpecialChar ~ +in, bas 0,75\SpecialChar ~ +in. +\layout Subsection + +Environnements +\layout Standard + +Les environnements suivants sont disponibles. + Vous pouvez utiliser +\family typewriter +broadway.bind +\family default + pour accéder aux touches de raccourci indiquées à droite. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Standard +\newline + +\family default +Vous ne devriez pas avoir à l'utiliser, mais il est là pour tout ce qui + n'a pas sa place ailleurs. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Narrative +\hfill +M-z n +\newline + +\family default +Utilisé pour décrire le décor et l'action. + La première occurrence des noms des personnages en MAJUSCULES. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +ACT +\family default + (Acte) +\hfill +M +\family sans +-z a +\newline + +\family default +Automatiquement numéroté. + À l'écran sera en chiffres arabes, mais imprimé en chiffres romains. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +ACT* +\family default + (Acte*) +\hfill +M +\family sans +-z S at +\newline + +\family default +Sous-titre pour +\family sans +ACT +\family default +. + C'est juste du texte centré. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +SCENE +\hfill +M-z S-S +\newline + +\family default +Pas automatiquement numéroté. + Vous donnez le numéro. + C'est parce que je n'ai pas trouvé comment faire. +\layout Itemize + +AT_RISE (Lever de Rideau) +\hfill +M +\family sans +-z S-R +\newline + +\family default +Un cas particulier de +\family sans +Narrative +\family default + pour décrire le décor et l'action quand le rideau se lève. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Speaker +\hfill +M-z s +\newline + +\family default +Le nom du personnage, centré en MAJUSCULES. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Parenthetical +\family default + (Didascalies) +\hfill +M +\family sans +-z p +\newline + +\family default +Instructions au personnage. + Les () sont insérées automatiquement, mais seule la ( sera affichée dans + LyX. + Les deux seront imprimées. + Cet environnement n'est utilisé qu'à l'intérieur de +\family sans +Dialogue +\family default +. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Dialogue +\hfill +M-z d +\newline + +\family default +Ce que dit le personnage. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +CURTAIN +\family default + (Rideau) +\hfill +M +\family sans +-z S-C +\newline + +\family default +Le rideau tombe. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Titre +\hfill +M-z S-T +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Auteur +\hfill +M-z S-A +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Right_Address +\hfill +M-z r +\layout Standard + +Salut tout le monde. +\layout Section + +RevTeX4 +\layout Standard + +par +\noun on +Amir Karger +\layout Standard +\added_space_top bigskip \noindent +La classe de texte +\family sans +Revtex\SpecialChar ~ +4 +\family default + marche avec la classe RevTeX 4.0 (version +\begin_inset Formula $\beta$ +\end_inset + + de mai 1999) de l'American Physical Society. +\layout Standard + +LyX a une classe de texte +\family sans +Revtex +\family default +, qui marche avec RevTeX 3.1. + Cependant, la version 3.1 est périmée, car elle fonctionne avec LaTeX 2.09. + Ce qui signifie qu'elle n'interagit pas très bien avec LyX, qui a besoin + de LaTeX2e, même si on l'a trafiqué pour qu'elle marche. + Comme RevTeX 4.0 a été étudiée pour marcher beaucoup mieux avec LaTeX2e, + LyX avec la classe de texte +\family sans +Revtex\SpecialChar ~ +4 +\family default + devrait être assez facile à utiliser. +\layout Standard + +Cette documentation est censée servir en +\emph on +plus +\emph default + de la documentation de RevTeX 4.0, nous ne décrirons donc aucune des macros + spéciales RevTeX, et supposerons que vous savez ce qu'il faut mettre dans + le préambule si besoin. +\layout Subsection + +Installation +\layout Standard + +Tout ce que vous avez à faire est d'installer RevTeX 4, comme c'est décrit + dans le fichier README du paquetage. + Le paquetage est disponible sur +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[le site de RevTeX 4]{http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/} + +\end_inset + +. + Installez-le quelque part où LaTeX puisse le voir. + Testez-le en essayant de LaTeXer un court document RevTeX 4 dans un répertoire + au hasard (c'est-à-dire pas dans celui où vous avez installé le fichier + de classe). + Ensuite, si vous reconfigurez LyX, il trouvera le fichier de classe et + vous laissera utiliser la classe de texte +\family sans +Revtex4 +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Probablement la façon la plus simple de démarrer est soit d'importer un + document RevTeX 4 avec +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default +, soit d'utiliser le modèle +\family sans +Revtex\SpecialChar ~ +4 +\family default +, qui se trouve dans le répertoire de modèles. +\layout Subsection + +Dans le préambule +\layout Standard + +Les paramètres optionnels de +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default +, comme +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +preprint +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + et +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +aps +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, vont dans le champ d' +\family sans +Autres\SpecialChar ~ +Options +\family default + de la fenêtre +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document +\family default +, comme d'habitude. + Rappelez-vous que dans RevTeX, il faut au moins un paramètre optionnel + ! +\layout Standard + +Le reste de ce qui va dans le préambule, comme +\family typewriter + +\backslash +draft +\family default + etc., va comme d'habitude dans la fenêtre +\family sans +Préambule +\family default +. +\layout Subsection + +Champs +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +NdT : Dans la section sur RevTeX, j'ai traduit +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +layout +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + par +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +champ +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + à de nombreux endroits. + Ce que l'auteur indiquait était peut-être un environnement, mais ressemble + de toute façon à un champ à remplir. + N'ayant pas RevTeX, je ne peux pas aller vérifier. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Les champs correspondent basiquement aux commandes dans RevTeX 4.0. + Par exemple, le champ +\family sans +Email +\family default + correspond à +\family typewriter + +\backslash +email{} +\family default +. + Notez que (au moins pour RevTeX 4.0 Beta), les champs +\family sans +Adresse +\family default + et +\family sans +Affiliation +\family default + sont exactement équivalents, vous n'avez donc pas besoin d'utiliser les + deux +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Au cas où ça vous intéresse, les deux sont inclus pour que +\family typewriter +reLyX +\family default + puisse traduire à la fois +\family typewriter + +\backslash +address +\family default + et +\family typewriter + +\backslash +affiliation +\family default +. +\end_inset + +. +\layout Subsection + +Notes importantes +\layout Standard + +Il y a un ou deux aspects spécifiques de RevTeX 4 qui peuvent causer des + erreurs qui sont encore plus troublantes dans LyX. +\layout Standard + +Dans RevTeX, la commande +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thanks +\family default + va +\emph on +en dehors +\emph default + de la commande +\family typewriter + +\backslash +author +\family default +. + L'équivalent LyX en est qu'il y a un champ +\family sans +Remerciements +\family default + séparé. + N'écrivez +\emph on +pas +\emph default + de notes de bas de page dans le champ +\family sans +Auteur +\family default +, ou des choses étranges apparaîtront. + Voyez la documentation de RevTeX 4 pour plus de détails. + +\layout Standard + +Également, les champs +\family sans +Email_Auteur +\family default + (Author_Email +\family sans +) +\family default +, +\family sans +URL_Auteur +\family default + (Author\SpecialChar ~ +URL) et +\family sans +Remerciements +\family default + (Thanks) doivent être placés +\emph on +entre +\emph default + le champ +\family sans +Auteur +\family default + et le champ +\family sans +Adresse +\family default + correspondant (ou son équivalent +\family sans +Affiliation +\family default +). + Si vous mettez les +\family sans +Remerciements +\family default + après l' +\family sans +Adresse +\family default +, la compilation LaTeX échouera. +\layout Subsection + +Inconvénients +\layout Standard + +Le principal problème avec ce format est que vous ne pouvez pas utiliser + les paramètres optionnels de certains champs comme +\family sans +Email +\family default + et +\family sans +Titre +\family default +. + (Ce problème n'est pas particulier à ce format ; vous ne pouvez pas non + plus utiliser les paramètres optionnels des environnements +\family sans +Section +\family default +.) Ça signifie qu'après avoir exporté le fichier en LaTeX (ce que vous devrez + faire de toutes façons pour l'envoyer à l'APS), vous aurez à éditer le + fichier LaTeX avec un éditeur de texte et ajouter les paramètres optionnels + qui restent à spécifier, par exemple le titre en cours pour les en-têtes + de page. + Faute de cette possibilité, les commandes +\family typewriter + +\backslash +altaffiliation +\family default + (et l'équivalent +\family typewriter + +\backslash +altaddress +\family default +) sont inutiles, donc les champs correspondants n'existent pas, et ces commandes + devront être ajoutées à la main +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Note de Jean-Marc : +\emph default + en fait, LyX 1.3.0 gère certains types de paramètres optionnels, mais ce + format n'a pas encore été mis à jour. +\end_inset + +. +\layout Section + +Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) +\begin_inset OptArg +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Les classes +\family sans +mw +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +par +\noun on +Tomasz Luczak +\layout Standard + +Les classes de document LyX +\emph on +article (mwart) +\emph default +, +\emph on +report (mwrep) +\emph default + et +\emph on +book (mwbk) +\emph default + correspondent aux classes de document LaTeX +\family typewriter +mwart.cls +\family default +, +\family typewriter +mwrep.cls +\family default + et +\family typewriter +mwbk.cls +\family default + respectivement. + Elles remplacent les classes de document standard +\family typewriter +article.cls +\family default +, +\family typewriter +report.cls +\family default + et +\family typewriter +book.cls +\family default + et sont mieux adaptées en bien des aspects aux conventions typographiques + polonaises. +\layout Standard + +Les différences principales sont : +\layout Itemize + +Les titres non numérotés (avec une étoile, comme +\family sans +Section* +\family default +) sont présents dans la table des matières. +\layout Itemize + +Des styles de mise en page supplémentaires : +\begin_deeper +\layout Description + +uheadings en-têtes sur plusieurs lignes, +\layout Description + +myheadings en-têtes personnalisés, définis par les commandes +\family typewriter + +\backslash +markright +\family default + et +\family typewriter + +\backslash +markboth +\family default +, +\layout Description + +myuheadings en-têtes personnalisés sur plusieurs lignes +\layout Description + +outer le numéro de page est placé du côté extérieur de la page +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Options +\begin_deeper +\layout Description + +rmheadings titres avec empattement -- par défaut, +\layout Description + +sfheadings titres sans empattement, +\layout Description + +authortitle sur la page de titre, d'abord l'auteur puis le titre -- par + défaut, +\layout Description + +titleauthor sur la page de titre, d'abord le titre puis l'auteur, +\layout Description + +withmarginpar réserver de la place sur la page pour les marges. +\end_deeper +\layout Section + +Elsevier Journals +\layout Standard + +par +\noun on +Rod Pinna +\layout Standard + +Elsevier Science Publishers B.V. + met une classe de document LaTeX standard ( +\family typewriter +elsart.cls +\family default +) à disposition de ceux qui veulent soumettre des articles à leurs différentes + publications. + Vous pouvez directement télécharger le fichier de style sur leur page web + : +\begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl{http://authors.elsevier.com/} + +\end_inset + +. + Des instructions sont fournies avec le fichier de classe, qui précisent + les desiderata de l'éditeur. + LyX peut fonctionner avec cette classe, grâce à un fichier de format et + un modèle de document. + L'installation de la classe est identique à n'importe quel autre paquetage + LaTeX, tout ceci est expliqué dans la documentation d'Elsevier. +\layout Standard + +Pour utiliser +\family typewriter +elsart.cls +\family default +, vous disposez d'un fichier +\family typewriter +elsart.layout +\family default +. + Comme la classe Elsevier est construite à partir de la classe standard + +\family sans +article +\family default +, la plupart des fonctions de base sont les mêmes. + La classe Elsevier définit un certain nombre d'environnements mathématiques, + semblables à ceux de l'AMS. + Ces commandes sont toutes décrites dans la documentation d'Elsevier, et + disponibles depuis LyX. +\layout Standard + +La façon la plus simple d'utiliser la classe Elsevier est de construire + vos documents à partir du modèle fourni. + Il est préférable de ne pas utiliser les options d'en-têtes +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +fancy +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + ou le paquetage geometry, car Elsevier définit des fonctions similaires + dans le fichier de style. + Idéalement, vous ne devriez pas utiliser d'autre paquetage que ceux mentionnés + dans la documentation d'Elsevier. + Basiquement, Elsevier souhaite recevoir un fichier LaTeX le plus +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +propre +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + possible, car ils vont prendre le fichier que vous aurez soumis et remplacer + le fichier de classe par celui du journal auquel vous soumettez votre article. + Cela signifie aussi qu'il ne faut pas que vous passiez trop de temps à + mettre en forme votre document : de toute manière, il aura changé à la + publication. + Pour tout le reste, vous utilisez ce format de la même façon que la classe + +\family sans +article +\family default +. + Pour plus de détails sur ce qu'Elsevier accepte et n'accepte pas, reportez-vous + à leur documentation. +\layout Chapter + +Importer et Exporter d'autres Formats de Fichier +\begin_inset OptArg +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Importer et Exporter +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Considérations Générales +\layout Standard + +L'importation et l'exportation de documents LyX à partir de ou vers d'autres + formats a été abordée brièvement dans le +\emph on +Guide\SpecialChar ~ +de\SpecialChar ~ +l'Utilisateur +\emph default +. + Nous allons décrire ici les détails plus sanglants qu'il faut connaître + pour comprendre ce qui se passe quand on clique sur +\family sans +Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Importer +\family default + ou +\family sans +Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Exporter +\family default +. +\layout Section + +Importer d'autres Formats +\layout Subsection + +LaTeX +\layout Standard + +La traduction de LaTeX en LyX est assurée par un script Perl appelé reLyX. + Bien qu'il s'agisse d'un programme indépendant qui peut être invoqué à + la ligne de commande, LyX l'appelle automatiquement quand on importe un + document LaTeX. + Voir la section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:reLyX} + +\end_inset + + pour une description complète. + Il n'y a pas pour reLyX de paramètres réglables par l'utilisateur à partir + de LyX. +\layout Subsection + +Texte ASCII +\layout Standard + +Quand vous importez du texte ASCII brut, il y a deux méthodes pour lire + le fichier. + Importer en tant que lignes préserve tous les passages à la ligne dans + la source ASCII ; dans LyX, chaque ligne ressemble alors à un paragraphe. + Importer en tant que paragraphes suppose que des lignes consécutives séparées + par un seul passage à la ligne forment un même paragraphe. + Plusieurs passages à la ligne successifs sans texte sont donc considérés + comme étant les délimiteurs de paragraphe. +\layout Subsection + +Noweb +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +(Note de l'Éditeur : Il faut évidemment l'écrire - des volontaires ? -- + mer) +\layout Section + +Exporter d'autres formats +\layout Subsection + +LaTeX +\layout Standard + +LyX génère deux types de fichiers LaTeX : des versions allégées pour le + traitement normal ( +\family sans +Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator +DVI +\family default +, etc.), que l'on ne lit normalement jamais +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Le fichier ainsi généré est un fichier LaTeX parfaitement valide, mais le + préambule peut paraître un peu étrange car il fait apparaître des définitions + utilisées par LyX, qui ne seraient pas là dans un fichier écrit par un + humain. +\end_inset + +, et des versions lisibles par un humain, qui conviennent pour échanger + avec vos collègues. + La seule option paramétrable pour la traduction est la longueur des lignes + du fichier généré. + Par défaut c'est 65 caractères, mais cette valeur peut être modifiée dans + +\family sans +Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Préférences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Sorties\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Divers +\family default +, avec le champ +\family sans +Longueur de ligne ASCII +\family default +. +\layout Subsection + +DVI (Device Independent Files : Fichiers Indépendants de l'Appareil) +\layout Standard + +Les fichiers DVI sont produits en faisant tourner LaTeX sur votre document. + Il n'y a pas d'options paramétrables. +\layout Subsection + +PostScript® +\layout Standard + +L'étape suivante de la chaîne de conversion est de passer du fichier DVI + au PostScript®. + Vous pouvez soit faire +\family sans +Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Exporter\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Postscript +\family default +, soit +\family sans +Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Imprimer +\family default +, si vous voulez avoir plus de contrôle sur le résultat. + Dans ce dernier cas, vous pouvez configurer les options passées au programme + +\family typewriter +dvips +\family default + dans la fenêtre +\family sans +Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Préférences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Sorties\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Imprimante +\family default +. +\layout Subsection + +Texte ASCII +\layout Standard + +L'exportation en texte ASCII tente de préserver la +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +forme +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + du document autant que possible, mais des choses comme le centrage et l'indenta +tion disparaissent ; les paragraphes sont séparés par des lignes vides. + La numérotation de section et les références croisées sont mises en place + correctement, de sorte que les fichiers texte résultant sont remarquablement + lisibles. + La seule option paramétrable est la longueur des lignes, comme dans le + cas de l'export LaTeX. +\layout Subsection + +HTML +\layout Standard + +Les documents LyX peuvent être convertis en HTML, en général en les convertissan +t d'abord en LaTeX, puis en convertissant celui-ci en HTML\SpecialChar \@. + LyX reconnaît + actuellement trois convertisseurs LaTeX +\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ +\end_inset + +HTML : +\family typewriter +tth +\family default +, +\family typewriter +latex2html +\family default + et +\family typewriter +hevea +\family default +. + Leur détection est automatique, mais vous pouvez l'outrepasser dans +\family sans +Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Préférences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Conversion\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Convertisseurs +\family default +. + Vous pouvez aussi inclure des options supplémentaires de ligne de commande + dans cette fenêtre. +\layout Subsection + +PDF +\layout Standard +\added_space_bottom bigskip +par +\noun on +Dekel Tsur +\noun default + (pour la plupart) +\layout Standard + +La façon la plus rapide de générer un fichier PDF basique (pas de balise, + de lien, etc.) avec n'importe quelle version de LyX est d'enregistrer ce + document comme fichier PostScript®, puis de faire tourner dessus la commande + +\family typewriter +ps2pdf +\family default +. + À partir de la version 1.1.6, ça marche tout seul avec +\family sans +Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Exporter\SpecialChar \menuseparator +PDF +\family default +. + Vous devez prêter attention aux polices, qui peuvent poser quelques problèmes + : voyez la section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:mauvaises-polices} + +\end_inset + +. + Toujours à partir de la version 1.1.6, il y a aussi une meilleure méthode + qui permet de générer des fichiers beaucoup plus sophistiqués. +\layout Subsubsection + +Utiliser pdfLaTeX +\layout Standard + +Avec pdfLaTeX vous devez convertir vos figures eps en PDF (voir la section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pdf-eps} + +\end_inset + +), et vous ne pouvez pas utiliser pstricks. + D'un autre côté, avec pdfLaTeX vous pouvez insérer directement des images + aux formats JPEG ou PNG, utiliser des polices TrueType, et bien plus encore. +\layout Subsubsection + +Pourquoi mon texte a-t-il l'air si moche quand je le visionne avec Acrobat + Reader ? +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:mauvaises-polices} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset OptArg +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Mauvaises polices avec Acrobat Reader +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Le problème est que les polices bitmap sont mal affichées par Acrobat Reader. + Quand vous créez un fichier PDF à partir d'un fichier LyX, vous devez utiliser + des polices vectorielles au lieu des polices bitmap par défaut (en fait, + vous devriez aussi utiliser des polices vectorielles pour les fichiers + PostScript®). + Les distributions LaTeX récentes sont fournies avec la version PostScript® + Type 1 des polices standard (Computer Modern). + pdfLaTeX utilise par défaut ces polices. + Dvips ne les utilise pas par défaut, pour changer ce comportement, ajoutez + les lignes suivantes à votre fichier +\family typewriter +~/.dvipsrc +\family default + : +\layout LyX-Code + +p+ psfonts.cmz +\layout LyX-Code + +p+ psfonts.amz +\layout Standard + +Si vous utilisez l'encodage de police LaTeX par défaut (OT1), il n'y a rien + d'autre à faire. + Cependant, si vous utilisez l'encodage de police T1, alors LaTeX utilise + les polices EC plus récentes, pour lesquelles il n'existe pas de version + Type1. + La solution est dans le paquetage ae qui émule les polices codées T1 en + utilisant les polices CM standard. + Vous activez ce paquetage en ajoutant +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage{ae,aecompl} +\family default + au préambule de votre fichier LyX. + Cependant, certains caractères sont manquants dans les polices CM (par + exemple eth, thorn), et sont empruntés aux polices EC. + Ces caractères seront donc sous la forme bitmap. +\layout Standard + +Note : LyX utilise normalement l'encodage de police T1. + Si vous voulez utiliser l'encodage de police LaTeX par défaut (ce n'est + pas recommandé, sauf si vous n'écrivez qu'en anglais), effacez le contenu + du champ +\family sans +Encodage\SpecialChar ~ +TeX +\family default + dans la fenêtre +\family sans +Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Préférences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Sorties\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Divers +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Une autre solution est d'utiliser les polices PostScript® standard à la + place des polices Computer Modern. + Pour ce faire, vous devez sélectionner +\family sans +pslatex +\family default + comme police globale dans la fenêtre +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document +\family default +. + Quand vous utilisez les polices PostScript®, le fichier PDF résultant est + plus petit car les polices n'y sont pas enregistrées. + En outre, les polices PostScript® comprennent tous les caractères T1. + D'un autre côté, les polices PostScript® n'ont pas de police symbole grasse, + on doit donc utiliser la police grasse du pauvre (voir la Section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pdf-gras} + +\end_inset + +). + Les polices PostScript® ont également un aspect différent des polices Computer + Modern. +\layout Standard + +En résumé, les polices Computer Modern comme les polices PostScript® donnent + toutes deux de bons résultats (avec quelques exceptions). + Le choix de l'une ou l'autre est une affaire de goût. +\layout Subsubsection + +Pourquoi la commande +\family typewriter + +\backslash +boldsymbol{} +\family default + ne marche pas quand j'utilise pslatex ? +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pdf-gras} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset OptArg +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +boldsymbol{} +\family default + et +\family typewriter +pslatex +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Les polices PostScript® n'ont pas de police symbole grasse. + La solution est d'utiliser la commande +\family typewriter + +\backslash +pmb{} +\family default + (le gras du pauvre : +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +poor man's bold +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +). +\layout Standard + +Il est possible de redéfinir la commande +\family typewriter + +\backslash +boldsymbol +\family default + pour utiliser +\family typewriter + +\backslash +pmb +\family default + en mettant +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +boldsymbol}[1]{ +\backslash +pmb{#1}} +\layout Standard + +dans le préambule. +\layout Subsubsection + +Est-il possible d'écrire du code LaTeX qui ne soit lu que par pdfLaTeX ? +\begin_inset OptArg +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Code spécifique à pdfLaTeX +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Oui. + En voici un exemple : +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +newif +\backslash +ifpdf +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +ifx +\backslash +pdfoutput +\backslash +undefined +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +pdffalse +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +else +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +pdftrue +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +fi +\layout LyX-Code + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +ifpdf +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +pdfinfo { /Author (vos nom et adresse e-mail) +\layout LyX-Code + + /Title (titre) +\layout LyX-Code + + /Subject (description en une ligne du document) +\layout LyX-Code + + } +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +pdfcatalog { /PageMode (/UseNone) +\layout LyX-Code + + % /OpenAction (fitbh) +\layout LyX-Code + + } +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +else +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +fi +\layout Subsubsection + +Comment puis-je rendre les URL cliquables ? +\layout Standard + +Voir la référence ici : +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://wiki.lyx.org/pmwiki.php/FAQ/PDF} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Personnalisé +\layout Standard + +Des exportations personnalisées sont possibles si vous avez un format particuliè +rement bizarre vers lequel vous voudriez opérer une conversion, du moment + bien sûr que vous disposez du convertisseur adapté. + Le format du fichier +\emph on +d'entrée +\emph default + de la conversion est choisi dans la fenêtre +\family sans +Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Exporter\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Personnalisé +\family default + ; LyX va convertir tout seul le fichier vers ce format, puis passer le + résultat à votre convertisseur. + Les valeurs possibles sont tous les formats que LyX soit capable de produire + à partir de ses propres documents. +\layout Standard + +La commande du convertisseur est spécifiée dans la même fenêtre. + Il doit s'agir d'une ligne de commande complète qui utilise la variable + +\family typewriter +$$FNAME +\family default + pour désigner le nom du fichier. + Si cette variable n'est pas présente, le fichier sera envoyé à l'entrée + standard de votre commande. + Vous aurez peut-être à faire preuve d'un peu d'ingéniosité pour protéger + cette séquence correctement de telle sorte qu'elle soit compatible avec + votre shell. +\layout Standard + +Il n'est pas possible d'enregistrer cette commandes dans la fenêtre +\family sans +Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Préférences +\family default +, mais vous pouvez éditer votre fichier +\family typewriter +.lyx/preferences +\family default + à la main et y ajouter la ligne +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +custom_export_command "ma_commande $$FName" +\layout Section + +Description complète de reLyX +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:reLyX} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsection + +Synopsis +\layout Standard + +La façon la plus simple d'utiliser reLyX est via la commande +\family sans +Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Importer +\family default + dans LyX. + Ça lance reLyX sur le fichier concerné et charge le fichier résultant dans + LyX. + Vous devriez d'abord essayer ça, et ne l'appeler depuis la ligne de commande + que si vous avez besoin d'options plus compliquées. +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +reLyX +\series default + [ +\series bold +-c +\series default + +\shape italic +classe +\shape default + ] [ +\series bold +-df +\series default + ] [ +\series bold +-o +\series default + +\shape italic +répertoire_de_sortie +\shape default + ] [ +\series bold + -r +\series default +\shape italic + env_rég1 +\shape default +[, +\shape italic +env_rég2 +\shape default +...]] [ +\series bold + -s +\series default +\shape italic + fichier_syn1 +\shape default +[, +\shape italic +fichier_syn2 +\shape default +...]] +\emph on +fichier_d'entrée +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +reLyX +\series default + +\series bold +-p +\series default + +\series bold +-c +\series default + +\shape italic +classe +\shape default + [ +\series bold +-df +\series default + ] [ +\series bold +-o +\series default + +\shape italic +répertoire_de_sortie +\shape default + ] [ +\series bold + -r +\series default +\shape italic + env_rég1 +\shape default +[, +\shape italic +env_rég2 +\shape default +...]] [ +\series bold + -s +\series default +\shape italic + fichier_syn1 +\shape default +[, +\shape italic +fichier_syn2 +\shape default +...]] +\emph on +fichiers_d'entrée +\layout Standard + + +\series bold +reLyX +\series default + +\series bold +-h +\layout Subsection + +Options +\layout Description + +-c Classe. + Par défaut, quand reLyX voit une commande +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass{machin} +\family default +, il crée un fichier avec la classe +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +machin +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + et lit le fichier de format LyX pour cette classe. + Utilisez +\series bold +-c +\series default + pour déclarer une classe de document différente (et lire un autre fichier + de format). +\layout Description + +-d Déboguage. + Par défaut, reLyX donne peu d'informations et efface les fichiers temporaires + créés durant la traduction. + Avec l'option +\series bold +-d +\series default + il sera beaucoup plus bavard (à la fois vers stdout et vers stderr) et + n'effacera pas les fichiers temporaires. +\layout Description + +-f Forcer. + reLyX ne tourne pas si le fichier +\family typewriter +.lyx +\family default + qu'il générerait existe déjà. + Utilisez l'option +\series bold +-f +\series default + (avec précaution) pour écraser tout fichier préexistant. +\layout Description + +-h Aide (Help). + Affiche l'information sur l'utilisation et s'arrête. +\layout Description + +-o Répertoire de sortie (Output). + Avec cette option, tous les fichiers temporaires et les fichiers LyX générés + (pour le fichier d'entrée demandé, pour tout fichier inclus, ou pour tout + fragment de fichier donné par l'option +\series bold +-p +\series default +) seront mis dans le répertoire +\emph on +répertoire_de_sortie +\emph default +. + Autrement, pour chaque fichier +\family typewriter +répertoire/machin.tex +\family default +, les fichiers temporaires et les sorties LyX sont créés dans +\family typewriter +répertoire +\family default +. + Cette option peut être utile si un fichier inclut des fichiers d'autres + répertoires que vous voulez regrouper dans un seul répertoire, ou si vous + n'avez pas les droits d'écriture dans le répertoire où se trouvent les + fichiers LaTeX. +\layout Description + +-p Fichier partiel. + Les fichiers d'entrée sont des fragments de LaTeX, sans préambule ni commande + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{document} +\family default +. + Cette option nécessite également l'option +\series bold +-c +\series default + ; puisqu'il n'y a pas de commande +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default + dans les fichiers que reLyX va traduire. + Quand vous utilisez cette option, vous pouvez traduire plus d'un fichier + à la fois, tant que tous les fichiers sont de la même classe. + Le fichier LyX créé par reLyX peut être inclus dans un fichier LyX existant + en utilisant dans LyX l'entrée de menu +\family sans +Insérer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Inclure\SpecialChar ~ +Fichier +\family default +. +\layout Description + +-r Environnements réguliers (voir la Section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:syntaxe-reLyX} + +\end_inset + +). + Si vous donnez plus d'un environnement, séparez-les par des virgules (pas + par des espaces). + Vous devrez probablement mettre la liste d'environnements entre guillemets, + surtout s'il y a dedans des environnements avec un astérisque ( +\family typewriter +machin* +\family default +). + Si vous utilisez souvent cette commande, envisagez la création d'un fichier + de syntaxe personnel. +\layout Description + +-s Fichiers de syntaxe. + Les fichiers de syntaxe passés en entrée (un ou plusieurs entre guillemets, + séparés par des virgules) à lire en plus de celui par défaut (voir la Section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:syntaxe-reLyX} + +\end_inset + +). +\layout Subsection + +Description +\layout Subsubsection + +Introduction +\layout Standard + +reLyX va créer un fichier LyX +\family typewriter +répertoire/machin.lyx +\family default + à partir du fichier LaTeX +\family typewriter +répertoire/machin.tex +\family default + (sauf si l'on utilise l'option +\series bold +-o +\series default +). +\layout Standard + +Les extensions +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default +, +\family typewriter +.ltx +\family default + et +\family typewriter +.latex +\family default + sont supportées. + Si +\emph on +fichier_d'entrée +\emph default + n'existe pas et n'a pas l'une de ces extensions, reLyX va essayer de traduire + +\family typewriter +fichier_d'entrée.tex +\family default +. + (C'est le même comportement que LaTeX.) +\layout Standard + +Le but de reLyX est de traduire du LaTeX2e +\emph on +correct +\emph default + en LyX. + Si votre fichier LaTeX ne peut pas être compilé -- ou si vous faites des + choses bizarres, comme redéfinir les commandes LaTeX standard -- il peut + ne pas apprécier. + Le LaTeX209 sera souvent traduit correctement, mais ce n'est pas garanti. +\layout Standard + +reLyX a quelques bogues et il lui manque quelques fonctions. + Cependant, ses objectifs principaux sont : +\layout Itemize + +Traiter un fichier LaTeX2e correct sans se planter. +\layout Itemize + +Traduire une bonne partie de ce fichier. +\layout Itemize + +Localiser les portions qu'il ne sait pas traduire et les recopier en mode + TeX. +\layout Standard + +Il atteint assez bien ces objectifs avec la plupart des fichiers. +\layout Standard + +Beaucoup d'améliorations pourront être et seront apportées à reLyX à l'avenir. + Cependant, nous voulions sortir reLyX assez vite, pour faciliter aux nouveaux + utilisateurs de LyX l'utilisation de leurs fichiers LaTeX déjà existants. +\layout Subsubsection + +Usage +\layout Standard + +Voici une description plus longue de ce qu'il faut faire pour traduire un + document LaTeX en LyX. +\layout Itemize + +Lancez reLyX. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +reLyX vous informera de sa progression et affichera les avertissements sur + stderr. + Si vous ne voulez pas de sortie du tout, essayez (avec csh) +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +reLyX machin.tex >& /dev/null +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + ou (en bash) +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +reLyX machin.tex 2>&1 > /dev/null +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +. + Vous ne devez PAS rediriger la sortie standard sur +\family typewriter +machin.lyx +\family default +. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Lancez LyX sur le fichier +\family typewriter +.lyx +\family default + résultant. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +En théorie, la majorité du fichier aura été traduite, et tout ce qui n'est + pas traduisible aura été signalé en rouge (mode TeX). + En théorie, LyX sera capable de lire le fichier, et d'en obtenir des versions + imprimées, car tout ce qui n'aura pas été traduit sera passé directement + à LaTeX, que LyX utilise en arrière-plan. + Malheureusement, la réalité contredit parfois la théorie. + Si reLyX se plante, ou si LyX ne peut pas lire le fichier LyX généré, voyez + la Section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:bogues-reLyX} + +\end_inset + + ou le fichier +\emph on +BUGS +\emph default + dans la distribution de reLyX. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Changez à la main ce qui est dans des boîtes ERT (mode TeX) dans LyX. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Comme il est dit plus haut, vous devriez pouvoir imprimer le fichier LyX + même sans passer par cette étape. + Cependant, en changeant les commandes en mode TeX en objets LyX correspondants, + vous profiterez mieux de l'édition WYSIWYM de LyX. +\layout Standard + +Il n'est pas garanti que reLyX produise un fichier LyX qui génère exactement + le même rendu que le fichier LaTeX, mais le résultat devrait être très + approchant. + reLyX aura plutôt tendance à ne pas en traduire assez pour s'assurer que + les fichiers DVI ou ps sont corrects, même si cela donne plus de Vilain + Texte Rouge et moins de WYSIWYM. +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +RELISEZ ET CORRIGEZ LE DOCUMENT !! +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Je suis sûr que vous aviez prévu de le faire de toutes façons, mais c'est + particulièrement important après traduction à partir d'un document LaTeX. + reLyX est, aujourd'hui tout au moins, meilleur en +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +macro-traduction +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + (traduction d'un document complet) qu'en +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +micro-traduction +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + (traduction du moindre détail). + Par exemple, vous trouverez peut-être des espaces en trop ou des espaces + effacées. + La gestion des espaces a été améliorée, mais n'est toujours pas parfaite. +\end_deeper +\layout Subsubsection + +Ce que reLyX sait gérer +\layout Standard + +reLyX comprend beaucoup de commandes LaTeX. + Il va traduire : +\layout Itemize + +le texte normal, y compris les mini-commandes comme +\family typewriter +~ +\family default +, +\family typewriter +'' +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +@ +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +TeX +\family default +, ainsi que les caractères accentués comme +\family typewriter + +\backslash +'{a} +\family default + et les caractères spéciaux +\family typewriter +?` +\family default + et +\family typewriter +!` +\layout Itemize + +les commandes de titre comme +\family typewriter + +\backslash +author +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +date +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +title +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +thanks +\family default + et l'environnement d'abstract +\layout Itemize + +les commandes d'en-têtes comme +\family typewriter + +\backslash +section +\family default +, y compris les étoilés ( +\family typewriter + +\backslash +section* +\family default +) +\layout Itemize + +les environnements : +\family typewriter +quote +\family default +, +\family typewriter +quotation +\family default + et +\family typewriter +verse +\family default + ; +\family typewriter +center +\family default +, +\family typewriter +flushright +\family default + et +\family typewriter +flushleft +\layout Itemize + +les environnements +\family typewriter +itemize +\family default +, +\family typewriter +enumerate +\family default + et +\family typewriter +description +\family default +, et leurs commandes +\family typewriter + +\backslash +item +\family default + ; également, les listes emboîtées de façon correcte +\layout Itemize + +les commandes de références croisées : +\family typewriter + +\backslash +ref +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +pageref +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +label +\family default + et +\family typewriter + +\backslash +cite +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +footnote +\family default + et +\family typewriter + +\backslash +margin +\layout Itemize + +les commandes de changement de police dont +\family typewriter + +\backslash +em +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +emph +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +textit +\family default + et les commandes correspondantes pour changer la famille, la taille, la + série et la forme +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +input{machin} +\family default + (ou +\family typewriter + +\backslash +input{machin.truc} +\family default +) et +\family typewriter + +\backslash +include{machin} +\family default + ; la commande TeX brut +\family typewriter + +\backslash +input +\family default + (par exemple +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\backslash +input machin.tex +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +) est aussi supportée +\layout Itemize + +l'environnement +\family typewriter +tabular +\family default +, et les commandes qui vont avec comme +\family typewriter + +\backslash +hline +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +cline +\family default + et +\family typewriter + +\backslash +multicolumn +\family default + (mais voyez plus bas) +\layout Itemize + +les environnements flottants +\family typewriter +table +\family default + et +\family typewriter +table* +\family default +, ainsi que les commandes +\family typewriter + +\backslash +caption +\family default + à l'intérieur +\layout Itemize + +l'environnement +\family typewriter +thebibliography +\family default + et la commande +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bibitem +\family default +, ainsi que les commandes +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bibliography +\family default + et +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bibliographystyle +\family default + de BibTeX +\layout Itemize + +diverses commandes : +\family typewriter + +\backslash +hfill +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\backslash + +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +noindent +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +ldots +\family default +... +\layout Itemize + +des environnements (et certaines commandes) spécifiques à une classe de + document qui peuvent être traduites en formats LyX +\layout Itemize + +les paramètres de certaines commandes intraduisibles (par exemple +\family typewriter + +\backslash +mbox +\family default +) +\layout Standard + +Parmi tout cela, il peut y avoir des éléments qui ne sont pas encore supportés + à 100%. + Voyez plus bas pour les détails. +\layout Standard + +reLyX recopie les maths (presque) texto de votre fichier LaTeX. + Par chance, LyX sait lire les maths LaTeX, donc (presque) toutes les maths + supportées par LyX marcheront bien. + Quelques commandes mathématiques qui ne sont pas supportées par LyX seront + remplacées par leurs équivalents, par exemple +\family typewriter + +\backslash +to +\family default + est converti en +\family typewriter + +\backslash +rightarrow +\family default +. + Voyez la Section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:syntaxe-reLyX} + +\end_inset + + pour plus de détails. +\layout Standard + +reLyX recopie aussi texto toute commande de préambule (c'est-à-dire tout + ce qui se trouve avant +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{document} +\family default +), donc ce que vous avez personnalisé dans votre préambule devrait être + présent dans les versions DVI et imprimées, même si ça ne sera bien sûr + pas affiché dans la fenêtre LyX. + Faites +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Préambule +\family default + pour vérifier. +\layout Subsubsection + +Ce que reLyX ne sait pas gérer -- Mais ça marche quand même +\layout Itemize + +les figures et les tableaux +\family typewriter +tabular* +\layout Itemize + +les mini-pages +\layout Itemize + +les commandes d'espacement ( +\family typewriter + +\backslash +vspace +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +pagebreak +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +par +\family default +) +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +centering +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +raggedleft +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +raggedright +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +verb +\family default + et l'environnement +\family typewriter +verbatim +\family default + ; reLyX fait attention à tout recopier +\emph on +exactement +\emph default + dans +\emph on + +\emph default +ce cas, y compris les commentaires et les espaces +\layout Itemize + +quelques environnements et commandes inconnus (par exemple définis par l'utilisa +teur) +\layout Standard + +reLyX recopie les commandes inconnues, ainsi que leurs paramètres, texto + dans le fichier LyX. + Également, s'il voit un +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{machin} +\family default + où il ne reconnaît pas l'environnement +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +machin +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, il recopie texto jusqu'à ce qu'il voit +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{machin} +\family default + (sauf si vous utilisez l'option +\series bold +-r +\series default +). + Alors la plupart de ces commandes inconnues ne feront pas planter reLyX + ; elles nécessiteront seulement un peu de travail d'édition une fois que + vous aurez chargé le fichier dans LyX. + Ça devrait être moins pénible que d'éditer le fichier +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + ou +\family typewriter +.lyx +\family default + avec un éditeur de texte. +\layout Subsubsection + +Ce que reLyX gère mal -- c'est-à-dire les BOGUES +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bogues-reLyX} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Comme reLyX est assez récent, il a un certain nombre de problèmes. + Au fur et à mesure de sa maturation, ces bogues seront éliminés. + Un certain nombre de bogues et de fonctions manquantes se trouvent sur + le traceur de bogues de LyX, +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[LyX Bugzilla]{http://bugzilla.lyx.org/} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Si reLyX bute contre quelque chose, ou si LyX n'arrive pas à lire ce que + reLyX vient de traduire, la meilleure chose à faire est de taper +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{reLyXskip} +\family default + avant le texte en cause, et +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{reLyXskip} +\family default + après. + J'appellerai cela un bloc +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +skippé +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. + reLyX recopiera exactement ce bloc, en mode TeX. + Éditez alors le fichier LyX résultant, et traduisez ce qui pose problème + à la main. + L'environnement +\family typewriter +reLyXskip +\family default + est magique ; les commandes +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin +\family default + et +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end +\family default + ne seront pas mises dans le fichier LyX. +\layout Itemize + +La recopie +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +exacte +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + d'environnements et de commandes inconnus n'est pas complètement exacte. + Plus précisément, les passages à la ligne et les commentaires peuvent être + perdus. + Ça va produire du LyX moche, mais dans presque tous les cas le rendu final + sera le même. + Cependant, certaines parties du fichier seront recopiées parfaitement, + y compris les espaces et les commentaires. + Ces parties comprennent : le préambule LaTeX, les environnements +\family typewriter +verbatim +\family default + et les commandes +\family typewriter + +\backslash +verb +\family default +, et les blocs +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +skippés +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Itemize + +reLyX traduit seulement quelques-unes des options de la commande +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default +. + (Précisément +\family sans +1[012]pt +\family default +, +\family sans +[letter|legal|executive|a4|a5|b5]paper +\family default +, +\family sans +[one|two]side +\family default +, +\family sans +landscape +\family default + et +\family sans +[one|two]column +\family default +.) Les autres options sont placées dans le champ +\family sans +Options\SpecialChar ~ +supplémentaires +\family default + de la fenêtre +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document +\family default +. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Ce qui est plus important, reLyX ne traduit pas les commandes +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage +\family default +, les commandes de marge, les +\family typewriter + +\backslash +newcommand +\family default + ou, en fait, toutes les autres commandes du préambule. + Il les recopie simplement dans le préambule LaTeX. + Si vous avez des commandes de marge dans votre préambule, alors le fichier + LyX générera les bonnes marges. + Cependant, ces marges ne tiendront pas compte de ce qui aura été indiqué + dans la fenêtre LyX +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Papier +\family default +. + Vous devez donc enlever ces options du préambule ( +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Préambule +\family default +) pour avoir la paix. + Il en va de même de la langue spécifiée avec babel, des +\family typewriter + +\backslash +inputencoding +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +pagestyle +\family default +, etc. + +\end_deeper +\layout Itemize + +La classe +\family typewriter +foil +\family default + a quelques bogues. + reLyX fait des choses bizarres avec les paramètres optionnels des commandes + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +foilhead +\family default +. + Il gère aussi parfois les +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{dinglist} +\family default + de façon incorrecte (bien que ce qui se trouve dans l'environnement soit + traduit normalement). +\layout Standard + +Il y a une liste de bogues moins significatifs dans le fichier +\emph on +BUGS +\emph default + de la distribution de reLyX. +\layout Standard + +reLyX est heureusement assez solide. + Comme nous venons de le voir, il ne traduira peut-être pas parfaitement + votre fichier, mais il ne devrait pas se planter. + S'il se plante -- et que le problème n'est mentionné ni ci-dessus ni dans + le fichier +\emph on +BUGS +\emph default + -- voyez la Section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:rapports-bogue-reLyX} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Subsubsection + +Ce que LyX ne sait pas gérer +\layout Standard + +Dans LyX lui-même, il manque quelques fonctions, de sorte que même si reLyX + traduit des choses parfaitement, LyX peut encore avoir du mal à les lire. + Si vous avez vraiment besoin de ces fonctions, vous pouvez exporter votre + document final en LaTeX, et les y remettre. + Voyez +\emph on +BUGS +\emph default + pour plus de détails sur ces bogues. +\layout Itemize + +Pour un certain nombre de commandes, LyX ne supporte pas de paramètre optionnel. + Des exemples sont +\family typewriter + +\backslash +sqrt +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +chapter +\family default + (et les autres commandes de section), et +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\backslash + +\family default +. + reLyX laissera automatiquement de côté les paramètres optionnels en émettant + un avertissement sur la sortie standard. + LyX ignore aussi le paramètre de largeur pour l'environnement +\family typewriter +thebibliography +\family default +. +\layout Itemize + +Le centrage (ou l'alignement à droite ou à gauche) marche par paragraphes + entiers. +\layout Itemize + +Le support des tableaux dans LyX n'est pas parfait. + Pour des tableaux compliqués, utilisez un bloc +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +skippé +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, pour qu'ils soient recopiés en mode TeX. +\layout Itemize + +L'éditeur mathématique de LyX ne peut pas gérer les environnements mathématiques + AMS-LaTeX +\family typewriter +align +\family default +, +\family typewriter +split +\family default +, etc. + Ces environnements seront donc recopiés en mode TeX. + Vous pouvez changer les environnements +\family typewriter +equation* +\family default + en maths hors ligne exactement équivalentes, et ils seront alors traduits + correctement. +\layout Subsection + +Exemples +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +reLyX -df -o +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +mon/répertoire +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + -r +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +mon_environnement +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + machin.tex > machin.debug +\layout Standard + +Ce qui précède va créer un fichier +\family typewriter +mon/répertoire/machin.lyx +\family default + à partir de +\family typewriter +machin.tex +\family default +, en écrasant tout fichier préexistant. + Quand il trouve un bloc +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{mon_environnement} ... + +\backslash +end{mon_environnement} +\family default +, il traduit ce qui se trouve à l'intérieur, mais recopie les commandes + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin +\family default + et +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end +\family default + en mode TeX. + Finalement, il garde les fichiers temporaires (également dans +\family typewriter +mon/répertoire/ +\family default +) et fournit un tas d'information de déboguage dans le fichier +\family typewriter +machin.debug +\family default +. +\layout Subsection + +Notes +\layout Subsubsection + +Rapports de bogue +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:rapports-bogue-reLyX} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Si reLyX se plante ou se comporte d'une manière étrange -- d'une façon différent +e de celles décrites dans la Section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:bogues-reLyX} + +\end_inset + + ou dans le traceur de bogues -- alors veuillez lancer reLyX +\series bold +-d +\series default +. + Ça vous permettra de savoir où il s'est planté dans la procédure de reLyXage. + Ce qui, ensuite, vous permettra d'écrire un meilleur rapport de bogue, + qui permettra aux développeurs de le résoudre plus vite et plus facilement. +\layout Standard + +Les rapports de bogue doivent être envoyés à la liste de diffusion des développe +urs de LyX. + Son adresse est actuellement +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org} + +\end_inset + +. + Si vous faites tourner reLyX sur un fichier énorme, n'envoyez pas toute + la sortie avec votre rapport d'erreur. + Joignez juste les dix ou vingt dernières lignes de la sortie, avec le morceau + du fichier LaTeX où il s'est planté. + Ou, encore mieux, attachez un fichier léger mais complet qui cause le même + problème que votre fichier d'origine. +\layout Subsubsection + +Détails de l'Implémentation +\layout Standard + +reLyX procède à plusieurs passes pour traduire un fichier TeX. + À chaque passe, il crée un ou deux fichiers. +\layout Description + +Passe\SpecialChar ~ +0 \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Avant de faire quoi que ce soit, lit le fichier (ou les fichiers) de syntaxe. +\layout Description + +Passe\SpecialChar ~ +1a \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Sépare le préambule (tout ce qui précède une commande +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{document} +\family default +) du reste du fichier. + Il enregistre les deux morceaux dans des fichiers séparés. + C'est nécessaire car il peut y avoir des choses très bizarres dans le préambule. + Il ignore aussi tout ce qui suit le +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{document} +\family default +, présumant que ce n'est pas du LaTeX. +\layout Description + +Passe\SpecialChar ~ +1b \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Traduit le préambule. + Pour l'instant, ça signifie juste traduire la commande +\family typewriter + +\backslash +documentclass +\family default + et recopier exactement le reste dans le préambule LyX. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Une fois que l'on sait quelle est la classe du document, lit le fichier + de format LyX pour cette classe. +\end_deeper +\layout Description + +Passe\SpecialChar ~ +2 \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Nettoie +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + le fichier TeX, générant du LaTeX un peu plus strict. + Ceci comprend : +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +Changer, par exemple, +\family typewriter +x^2 +\family default + en l'équivalent mais plus clair +\family typewriter +x^{2} +\layout Itemize + +Enlever les paramètres optionnels que LyX ne sait pas gérer (par exemple + ceux de +\family typewriter + +\backslash +sqrt +\family default +) +\layout Itemize + +Changer +\family typewriter +{ +\backslash +em machin} +\family default + en +\family typewriter + +\backslash +emph{machin} +\family default +, etc. + C'est nécessaire car LyX écrit toujours les formes non locales quoi qu'il + arrive +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +NdT : Traduction incertaine. +\end_inset + +. + Ça ne devrait que très rarement changer quelque chose. +\end_deeper +\layout Description + +Passe\SpecialChar ~ +3 \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Traduit le texte LaTeX, les commandes et les environnements en LyX. +\layout Description + +Passe\SpecialChar ~ +4 \SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Recolle les deux morceaux ensemble, et fait quelques derniers réglages, + pour générer le fichier LyX. +\layout Standard + +S'il y a des commandes +\family typewriter + +\backslash +input +\family default + ou +\family typewriter + +\backslash +include +\family default +, reLyX va recommencer en boucle et les traduire. + Ceci présume que les fichiers inclus sont de la même classe que le fichier + principal, et qu'il n'ont pas de préambule. + (Si vous avez une commande +\family typewriter + +\backslash +input +\family default + dans le préambule d'un fichier, la commande sera recopiée exactement dans + la partie de préambule LaTeX du fichier LyX, le fichier inclus ne sera + donc pas traduit.) Quand il traduit des fichiers inclus, il saute donc les + passes 0 et 1. +\layout Standard + +Si reLyX ne trouve pas un fichier que vous voulez inclure, il émettra un + avertissement, mais continuera à traduire tous les fichiers qu'il trouve. +\layout Subsubsection + +Fichiers de Format +\layout Standard + +reLyX lit un fichier de format LyX pour savoir comment gérer les environnements + et commandes LaTeX qui sont traduites en formats LyX. + Ce fichier comprend tous les environnements +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +normaux +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + non mathématiques (c'est-à-dire, y compris +\family typewriter +quote +\family default + et +\family typewriter +itemize +\family default +, mais pas +\family typewriter +tabular +\family default +, +\family typewriter +minipage +\family default +, et d'autres environnements originaux), et les commandes comme +\family typewriter + +\backslash +section +\family default + et +\family typewriter + +\backslash +title +\family default +. + Si vous voulez reLyXer une classe pour laquelle il n'existe pas de fichier + de format, vous devez d'abord en créer un. + Mais vous devez de toutes façons le faire pour lire le fichier avec LyX, + puisque LyX compte sur les fichiers de format pour savoir comment afficher + et traiter les fichiers. + Voyez la documentation de LyX pour être aidé dans cette tâche (qui peut + être aisée ou difficile, selon la classe concernée). + Si votre classe est assez similaire à une classe qui possède déjà un fichier + de format, alors vous pouvez essayer d'utiliser l'option +\series bold +-c +\series default +. +\layout Subsubsection + +Fichiers de Syntaxe +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:syntaxe-reLyX} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +reLyX lit toujours au moins un fichier de syntaxe, appelé le fichier de + syntaxe par défaut. + reLyX lira votre fichier de syntaxe personnel s'il existe ; autrement il + lira le fichier du système. + reLyX lira des fichiers de syntaxe supplémentaires si vous les spécifiez + avec l'option +\series bold +-s +\series default +. + (Ces fichiers supplémentaires doivent avoir le même format que le fichier + par défaut, mais tendront à être plus courts, car ils n'ont à spécifier + que des commandes supplémentaires qui ne se trouvent pas dans le fichier + par défaut.) Un fichier de syntaxe indique à reLyX un certain nombre de + choses. +\layout Standard + +Premièrement, il décrit la syntaxe de chaque commande, c'est-à-dire, combien + la commande prend-elle de paramètres obligatoires et de paramètres optionnels. + Sachant cela, reLyX pourra plus facilement recopier (en mode TeX) les commandes + qu'il ne sait pas traduire. + Le fichier de syntaxe contient simplement une commande, suivi par des crochets + ou des accolades décrivant les paramètres dans le bon ordre. + Par exemple, l'entrée de fichier de syntaxe +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bibitem[]{} +\family default + signifie que la commande +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bibitem +\family default + prend un paramètre optionnel suivi par un paramètre obligatoire, tandis + que l'entrée +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bf +\family default + signifie que la commande +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bf +\family default + ne prend pas de paramètre du tout. + Quand reLyX rencontre un élément qu'il ne sait pas traduire en LyX, il + recopie cet élément exactement -- avec le nombre correct de paramètres. + Si l'élément n'est pas dans le fichier de syntaxe, alors reLyX recopie + juste autant de paramètres qu'il en trouve. + Ça signifie qu'il peut en recopier trop. + Mais comme l'utilisateur peut spécifier des fichiers de syntaxe additionnels, + ça ne devrait pas arriver souvent. +\layout Standard + +Quelques commandes qui ne peuvent pas être traduites en LyX, comme +\family typewriter + +\backslash +mbox +\family default +, ont un de leurs paramètres qui est du texte LaTeX standard. + S'il y a le mot +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +translate +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + dans un paramètre d'une commande (intraduisible) dans le fichier de syntaxe, + reLyX va traduire ce paramètre au lieu de le recopier texto. + Ainsi, par exemple, le fichier de syntaxe par défaut contient +\family typewriter + +\backslash +raisebox{}[][]\SpecialChar \- +{translate} +\family default +. + Ça signifie que la commande +\family typewriter + +\backslash +raisebox +\family default + et le premier paramètre (et les paramètres optionnels s'ils existent) sont + recopiés en mode TeX, mais que le dernier paramètre (qui peut contenir + des maths, du LaTeX compliqué, d'autres commandes intraduisibles, etc.) + sera traduit en LyX. + Vous ne pouvez pas utiliser +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +translate +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + avec des paramètres optionnels. +\layout Standard + +Les fichiers de syntaxe définis par l'utilisateur servent à définir de nouvelles + commandes et leur syntaxe, ou pour passer outre le nombre de paramètres + d'une commande définie dans le fichier de syntaxe par défaut. + (Par exemple, si vous utilisez un style qui donne un paramètre supplémentaire + à une commande donnée...) Cependant, ça ne sera utile que pour des commandes + recopiées en mode TeX. + Les commandes qui sont traduites par reLyX (comme +\family typewriter + +\backslash +item +\family default +) ont une syntaxe prédéfinie pour leurs paramètres. + Les commandes prédéfinies sont identifiées comme telles dans le fichier + de syntaxe par défaut. +\layout Standard + +Deuxièmement, le fichier de syntaxe décrit des +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +environnements réguliers +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. + D'habitude, un environnement inconnu sera recopié tout entier en mode TeX. + Toutefois, si vous définissez un environnement régulier +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +machin +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +, alors seules les commandes +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{machin} +\family default + et +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{machin} +\family default + seront recopiées en mode TeX ; le texte à l'intérieur de l'environnement + sera traité (c'est-à-dire traduit) par reLyX comme du LaTeX normal, plutôt + qu'être recopié en mode TeX. + N'essayez pas de déclarer +\family typewriter +tabbing +\family default + et +\family typewriter +picture +\family default + comme environnements réguliers, car ce qu'il y a à l'intérieur de ces environne +ments mettra reLyX dans l'embarras ; utilisez cette possibilité pour de + nouveaux environnements que vous créez, qui contiennent du texte brut ou + des maths ou des commandes simples. + Vous ne pouvez pas non plus déclarer des environnements mathématiques inconnus + (comme +\family typewriter +equation* +\family default +) comme environnements réguliers, car l'éditeur mathématique de LyX ne les + comprendra pas. + Les noms des environnements réguliers apparaissent séparés par des espaces + entre les éléments +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{reLyXre} +\family default + et +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{reLyXre} +\family default + dans le fichier de syntaxe. + (Si vous avez un environnement régulier que vous n'utilisez pas très souvent, + vous pouvez passer par l'option +\series bold +-r +\series default + plutôt que d'écrire un fichier de syntaxe.) +\layout Standard + +Troisièmement, le fichier de syntaxe décrit une table de traduction mathématique. + Il y a quelques commandes que l'éditeur mathématique de LyX ne supporte + pas. + Par exemple, +\family typewriter +_ +\family default + est supporté, mais l'équivalent +\family typewriter + +\backslash +sb +\family default + ne l'est pas. + Mettez les commandes que vous voulez traduire entre +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{reLyXmt} +\family default + et +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{reLyXmt} +\family default +. + La ligne +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\backslash +| { +\backslash +Vert} +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + signifie que tout +\family typewriter + +\backslash +| +\family default + en mode mathématique sera converti en +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\backslash +Vert +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + (dans les cas où un élément formé d'un antislash et d'un caractère autre + qu'une lettre est traduit en quelque chose avec des lettres à la fin, une + espace est ajoutée par reLyX ; ainsi, +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\backslash +|a +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + est correctement traduit en +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\backslash +Vert a +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +). +\layout Subsubsection + +Divers +\layout Standard + +Il vous faut Perl version 5.002 ou plus pour faire tourner reLyX. + Si vous n'avez pas Perl, ce serait de toute façon une bonne chose de vous + le procurer (à +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[Perl]{http://www.perl.com/} + +\end_inset + +) car c'est un outil vraiment utile pour bien des choses. +\layout Subsection + +Diagnostics +\layout Standard + +reLyX devrait toujours expliquer pourquoi il s'est planté, s'il se plante. + Certains diagnostics peuvent toutefois être très techniques, s'ils proviennent + des entrailles du code. + reLyX donne beaucoup plus d'informations quand vous le lancez avec l'option + +\series bold +-d +\series default +, mais vous ne devriez en avoir besoin que si quelque chose tourne mal. +\layout Standard + +Quand c'est fini, reLyX vous dit s'il s'est terminé normalement ou s'il + s'est planté suite à une erreur. +\layout Subsection + +Avertissements +\layout Standard + +Gardez toujours une copie de vos fichiers LaTeX originaux soit sous un nom + différent soit dans un répertoire différent. + Il y a quelques cas où l'utilisation de LyX pourrait aboutir à l'écrasement + du fichier LaTeX d'origine. +\layout Standard + +Si vous importez +\family typewriter +machin.tex +\family default + pour créer +\family typewriter +machin.lyx +\family default +, puis éditez +\family typewriter +machin.lyx +\family default + et voulez le réexporter, notez qu'il écrasera l'original +\family typewriter +machin.tex +\family default +. + (LyX ne vous demandera +\emph on +pas +\emph default + si vous voulez l'écraser.) +\layout Standard + +Si vous avez choisi dans +\family sans +Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Préférences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Entrées\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Répertoires +\family default + de ne pas utiliser de répertoire temporaire, alors LyX va créer ses répertoires + temporaires dans votre répertoire de travail, ce qui signifie que votre + original LaTeX peut être écrasé (sans avertissement de la part de LyX) + quand vous +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +visualisez le DVI +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + ou imprimez le document LyX. +\layout Subsection + +Fichiers +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +MON_RÉPERTOIRE_LYX/layouts/*.layout +\family default +\series default +\SpecialChar ~ + +\series bold + +\newline + +\series default +Les fichiers de format personnels de l'utilisateur pour les classes de document +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +MON_RÉPERTOIRE_LYX/reLyX/syntax.default +\family default +\series default +\SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Le fichier de syntaxe personnel de l'utilisateur +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +LIBDIR/layouts/*.layout +\family default +\series default +\SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Les fichiers de format du système pour les classes de document +\layout Description + + +\family typewriter +\series medium +LIBDIR/reLYX/syntax.default +\family default +\series default +\SpecialChar ~ + +\newline +Le fichier de syntaxe LaTeX du système +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +LIBDIR +\family default + est le répertoire LyX de votre système, en général quelque chose comme + +\family typewriter +/usr/local/share/lyx/ +\family default +. + +\family typewriter +MON_RÉPERTOIRE_LYX +\family default + est votre répertoire LyX personnel, quelque chose comme +\family typewriter +.lyx/ +\family default + dans votre répertoire +\family typewriter +$HOME +\family default +. + Vous pouvez vérifier où ils se trouvent dans +\family sans +Aide\SpecialChar \menuseparator +À\SpecialChar ~ +Propos\SpecialChar ~ +de\SpecialChar ~ +LyX +\family default +. +\layout Subsection + +Voir aussi +\layout Standard + + +\shape italic +lyx +\shape default +(1), +\shape italic +latex +\shape default +(1) +\layout Subsection + +Auteurs +\layout Standard + +Copyright (c) 1998-9 +\noun on +Amir Karger +\noun default + ( +\family typewriter +karger@voth.chem.utah.edu +\family default +) +\layout Standard + +Ont contribué au code : +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +John Weiss +\noun default + a écrit la passe CleanTeX d'origine. +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Étienne Grossmann +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +José Ab\i \'{\i} +lio Oliveira Matos +\layout Itemize + +David Suarez de Lis +\layout Standard + +Autres contributeurs : +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Jean-Marc Lasgouttes +\noun default + a travaillé sur le script d'emballage +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +NdT : Mauvaise traduction de +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +wrapper script +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + + et a offert de nombreux rapports de bogue, conseils et suggestions de nouvelles + fonctions. +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Asger K. + Alstrup Nielsen +\noun default + et +\noun on +Marc Pavese +\noun default + ont donné des conseils. +\layout Itemize + +Divers membres des listes de développeurs et d'utilisateurs LyX ont fourni + des rapports de bogue et des suggestions de fonctions. +\layout Standard + +reLyX utilise une version modifiée du paquetage +\family typewriter +Text::TeX +\family default +, interpréteur TeX écrit en Perl par +\noun on +Ilya Zakharevich +\noun default + ( +\family typewriter +ilya@math.ohio-state.edu +\family default +), disponible sur le CPAN. +\layout Chapter + +LyX et applications extérieures +\layout Section + +LyX avec les outils SGML (alias LinuxDoc) +\layout Standard + +par +\noun on +Paul Evans +\layout Subsection + +En résumé +\layout Standard + +LinuxDoc est une classe de document accessible dans LyX si vous avez installé + le paquetage +\family typewriter +sgml-tools +\family default +. + Vous pouvez l'utiliser pour créer des documents en SGML (Standardized General + Mark-up Language), langage utilisé dans le projet de documentation de Linux + (Linux Documentation Project). + C'est donc utile si vous participez à ce projet. + Vous pouvez utiliser le format SGML avec le paquetage +\family typewriter +sgml-tools +\family default + qui contient des scripts et des programmes (pour produire d'autres formats, + notamment du Latex, du HTML, du texte brut, des pages de man...). + Vous pouvez donc utiliser ce paquetage à chaque fois que vous voulez écrire + un document qui sera facilement transcriptible en différents formats. +\layout Standard + +Vous remarquerez que LinuxDoc a moins d'options de formatage que les autres + classes de LyX. + C'est voulu afin que les transcriptions vers d'autres formats aient des + chances d'aboutir. + Dans cette section, nous décrirons : +\layout Itemize + +comment configurer et utiliser un document dans LinuxDoc ; +\layout Itemize + +comment utiliser les balises dans LinuxDoc pour mettre en forme votre document + ; +\layout Itemize + +comment utiliser les paquetages SGML pour obtenir des formats variés ; +\layout Itemize + +comment résoudre certains problèmes. +\layout Subsection + +Préparer et utiliser un document LinuxDoc +\layout Subsubsection + +Pour commencer +\layout Standard + +En premier lieu, sélectionnez la classe LinuxDoc dans la fenêtre +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document +\family default +. + Vous verrez alors que le nombre des environnements de paragraphe disponibles + a diminué ; vous les trouverez comme toujours dans le menu déroulant en + haut à gauche. + Le fonctionnement général des environnements de paragraphe est décrit dans + la section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:sgml-paragraphes} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Il vous +\emph on +faut +\emph toggle + entrer un titre de document, ainsi que le nom d'un auteur, en utilisant + à chaque fois l'environnement de paragraphe approprié. + Si vous ne le faites pas, vous obtiendrez des erreurs à l'impression du + document. + Vous pouvez ensuite entrer une date et un résumé. + Le document en lui-même doit commencer par un environnement de +\family sans +Section +\family default +, et non par un environnement standard. +\layout Standard + +Ensuite, vous pouvez composer votre document comme d'habitude en utilisant + les différents environnements de paragraphe. + Voyez la section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:sgml-paragraphes} + +\end_inset + + pour en avoir la liste complète ainsi que leur rôle. +\layout Subsubsection + +Le format LinuxDoc +\layout Standard + +Vous pouvez imprimer et enregistrer ces documents de la manière habituelle, + mais pour utiliser les autres fonctionalités du paquetage SGML, vous devrez + enregistrer votre document sous le format LinuxDoc. + Dans ce cas, votre document sera transcrit en langage SGML. + Pour cela, utilisez +\family sans +Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Exporter\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LinuxDoc +\family default +. + Vous obtiendrez un fichier avec le même nom, mais avec +\family typewriter +.sgml +\family default + pour extension à la place de +\family typewriter +.lyx +\family default +. + Voyez la section\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:scripts-sgml} + +\end_inset + + pour apprendre comment utiliser ce nouveau fichier. +\layout Subsection + +Utilisation des environnements de paragraphe dans LinuxDoc +\layout Subsubsection + +Structure des documents LinuxDoc +\layout Standard + +Les documents LinuxDoc ont une structure formelle qui limite les endroits + ou vous placerez les balises. + Chaque document a deux parties : +\layout Description + +Header\SpecialChar ~ +(l'en-tête)\SpecialChar ~ +: On désigne sous ce nom tout ce qui précède la première + section. + L'en-tête peut comprendre le titre, l'auteur, la date, un résumé, et la + Table des Matières. + Vous devez remplir les deux premiers. +\layout Description + +Body\SpecialChar ~ +(le\SpecialChar ~ +corps)\SpecialChar ~ +: Tout ce qui suit le début de la première section. + Toutes les autres balises y sont admises. +\layout Subsubsection + +Environnements de paragraphe LinuxDoc +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:sgml-paragraphes} + +\end_inset + +Voici une liste de toutes les balises que vous trouverez dans le même ordre + dans le menu de la barre d'outils, ainsi que quelques remarques sur leur + usage : +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Standard +\family default + : +\family roman + +\family default +Fonctionne comme c'est décrit dans (référence croisée). +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Titre +\family default + : Va apparaître en haut à gauche du document imprimé, au dessus d'un trait + horizontal, trait que vous ne verrez pas sous LyX. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Section +\family default +, +\family sans +SousSection +\family default +, +\family sans +SousSousSection +\family default +, +\family sans +Paragraph +\family default + et +\family sans +Subparagraph +\family default + : +\family sans + +\family default +Tout cela fonctionne comme normalement et avec la hiérarchie habituelle. + La présence ou l'absence de numérotation est contrôlée par le réglage de + la +\family sans +Profondeur\SpecialChar ~ +de\SpecialChar ~ +la\SpecialChar ~ +numérotation +\family default + dans +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Extra +\family default +. + Vous ne pourrez pas obtenir de titres non numérotés autrement : il n'y + a pas d'équivalent à +\family sans +Section* +\family default +. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + : Comme d'habitude, produit une liste numérotée et indentée comme indiqué + dans le +\emph on +Guide\SpecialChar ~ +de\SpecialChar ~ +l'Utilisateur +\emph default +. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + : +\family sans + +\family default +De nouveau, même effet qu'avec les autres classes : voir le +\emph on +Guide\SpecialChar ~ +de\SpecialChar ~ +l'Utilisateur +\emph default +. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Description +\family default + : Comme indiqué dans le +\emph on +Guide\SpecialChar ~ +de\SpecialChar ~ +l'Utilisateur +\emph toggle +. + Rappelez-vous que si vous voulez que l'élément en gras fasse plus d'un + mot, il vous faudra mettre des espaces insécables entre les mots. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Verbatim +\family default + : +\family sans + +\family default +Comme d'habitude. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Code +\family default + : Comparable à l'environnement +\family sans +Lyx-Code +\family default +. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Auteur +\family default + : Tout ce que vous y entrez apparaîtra à gauche de l'en-tête du document, + sous la ligne épaisse. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Date +\family default +: Tout ce que vous y entrerez apparaîtra à droite de l'en-tête, sous la + ligne. + Ce ne sera pas forcément une date : vous pouvez entrer tout type de texte, + par exemple un numéro de version. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Abstract +\family default + : Vous pouvez utiliser cet environnement pour obtenir un paragraphe libre + après l'auteur et la date, et avant la première section. + Vous n'avez le droit qu'à un seul paragraphe de ce type +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Note de l'auteur : +\emph toggle +Ce point est à vérifier -- +\emph on +pe +\emph default +. +\end_inset + +. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Displaymath +\family default + : +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Note de l'auteur : +\emph toggle +Je ne l'ai pas encore essayé +\emph default + -- +\emph on + pe. +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsubsection + +Autres possibilités avec ces documents +\layout Standard + +Vous pouvez utiliser le menu +\family sans +Format +\family default + pour choisir une police de caractère ou pour mettre des mots en valeur. + Vous pouvez aussi utiliser la table des matières comme d'habitude ; voir + la section correspondante du +\emph on +Guide\SpecialChar ~ +de\SpecialChar ~ +l'Utilisateur +\emph default +. + Vous pouvez trouver d'autres fonctions dans les menus de LyX. + Certaines fonctionneront, d'autres pas +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\emph on +Note de l'auteur : +\emph toggle + A moins que ça ne vienne de mon système... + -- +\emph on +pe. +\end_inset + +. +\layout Subsubsection + +Références croisées et HTML +\layout Standard + +Vous trouverez dans le menu +\family sans +Insérer +\family default + deux nouvelles options relatives aux inclusions d'adresses URL. + Si vous utilisez l'une de ces options, du code TeX sera inséré dans votre + document, en trois blocs séparés par des espaces. + Les trois blocs seront : +\layout Quote + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +htmlurl{ +\family default + ou +\family typewriter + +\backslash +url{ +\family roman + +\hfill + +\family default +espace +\family typewriter + +\hfill +}{ +\family roman + +\hfill + +\family default +espace +\family roman + +\hfill + +\family typewriter +} +\layout Standard + +Vous pouvez insérer une adresse HTML entre le premier et le deuxième bloc. + Ça peut être +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://adresse.quelconque} + +\end_inset + + ou d'autres balises valides comme +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{mailto:moi@mon.adresse} + +\end_inset + +. + Ensuite vous pouvez mettre une description entre le deuxième et le troisième + bloc. + Les différences sont : +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +URL: +\family roman + +\family default +L'adresse HTML et la description apparaîtront toutes deux dans le document + ; +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +HTML\SpecialChar ~ +URL: +\family default +seule la description apparaîtra dans la version imprimée. +\layout Subsection + +Utiliser les scripts Sgml pour LinuxDoc +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:scripts-sgml} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +NdT : Ce paragraphe n'est pas du tout à jour, les adresses fournies sont + périmées. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Vous pouvez utiliser LinuxDoc comme une classe de texte sans script ou programme + supplémentaire, mais ça ne présente pas grand intérêt. + Ce que vous voulez obtenir est un document qui ressemblera à un +\emph on +Howto +\emph default + du +\emph on +Linux Doucmentation Project +\emph toggle +. + Pour effectuer la transcription du document, vous devez avoir installé + le paquetage +\family typewriter +sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz +\family default + (avec +\begin_inset Formula $x\geq3$ +\end_inset + +) que vous trouverez sur la page des SGML-Tools à l'adresse +\layout LyX-Code + + +\family roman + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://pobox.com/~cg/sgmltools} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Vous pouvez aussi le trouver sur les archives +\family typewriter +sunsite +\family default + à +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Notez que, au moment où ceci est écrit (janvier 1998), la version 1.0.3 de + sgml-tools n'était pas encore disponible sur +\family typewriter +sunsite +\family default +. +\end_inset + + +\layout LyX-Code + + +\family roman + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/text/sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Le fichier +\family typewriter +sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz +\family default + contient tout ce dont vous avez besoin pour écrire des documents SGML et + les convertir en groff, LaTeX, HTML, GNU info, LyX ou RTF. +\layout Standard + +Ce paquetage a été renommé en janvier 1997. + Il s'appelait auparavant +\family typewriter +linuxdoc-\SpecialChar \- +sgml-\SpecialChar \- +1.5.tar.gz +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Suivez les instructions de ce paquetage pour l'installer et l'utiliser. + Tout ceci devra être fait en dehors de LyX, avant que vous ne puissiez + utiliser la fonction +\family sans +Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Exporter\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LinuxDoc +\family default +. +\layout Subsection + +Erreurs avec LinuxDoc +\layout Standard + +Lorsque vous visualisez ou imprimez un document LinuxDoc, certaines vérification +s sont effectuées avant de lancer LaTeX. + Quelques erreurs sont détectées à ce moment-là, notamment celles concernant + la structure des documents. + LyX peut produire un message d'erreur, mais ne laisse pas de boîte d'erreur + que vous puissiez ouvrir dans le document. + Il vous faudra donc regarder directement le fichier pour trouver ce qui + ne va pas. + La plupart des problèmes semblent venir de l'utilisation d'options qui + ne sont pas disponibles dans cette classe de texte. +\layout Section + +Correcteur TeX +\layout Standard + +par +\noun on +Asger Alstrup +\layout Subsection + +Introduction +\layout Standard + +Vous trouverez dans le menu +\family sans +Éditer +\family default + la commande +\family sans +Correction\SpecialChar ~ +TeX +\family default +. + Cette fonctionnalité requière le programme +\family typewriter +chktex +\family default + et la commande est donc grisée si celui-ci n'est pas installé. + Vous pouvez vous le procurer sur le miroir du CTAN le plus proche, ou à + l'adresse +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ifi.uio.no/~jensthi/chktex/} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Le paquetage +\family sans +ChkTeX +\family default + est un programme qui a été écrit par +\noun on +Jens T. + Berger Thielemann +\noun default + qui se plaignait que certaines commandes de LaTeX n'étaient pas naturelles + et s'oubliaient facilement. + Ce programme parcourt votre fichier LaTeX et en vérifie la bonne écriture. + C'est donc l'équivalent de +\family typewriter +Lint +\family default +\noun toggle +, mais pour LaTeX. +\layout Standard + +La question est donc : mais que vient faire ce logiciel sous LyX alors que + LyX est déjà censé produire du LaTeX exempt de fautes ? La réponse est + simple : tout comme +\family typewriter +Lint +\family default + ne vérifie pas seulement la +\emph on +syntaxe +\emph toggle + d'un fichier C, mais aussi la bonne utilisation des types, +\family sans +ChkTeX +\family default + détecte en plus des erreurs syntaxiques quelques erreurs typographiques. + Entre autres, +\family sans +ChkTeX +\family default + est à même de détecter des erreurs courantes comme +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +NdT : Certaines de ces règles me sont totalement inconnues. + Il est possible qu'elles ne s'appliquent pas à la langue française. + +\emph on +-- of +\end_inset + + : +\layout Itemize + +De mauvais points de suspension : +\newline +Utiliser \SpecialChar \ldots{} + et non pas ... +\layout Itemize + +Des espaces à l'intérieur des parenthèses : +\newline +( mauvais espacement ) +\layout Itemize + +L'utisation d'espaces normaux dans des abréviations courantes : +\newline +Par exemple il y a ici trop d'espaces dans l'abréviation C. + N. + R. + S. +\layout Itemize + +L'utilisation d'un mauvais espacement à la fin d'une phrase dont la dernière + lettre est une majuscule : +\newline +Voici un TEST. + Et l'espacement n'est pas bon. +\layout Itemize + +L'insertion d'une espace avant une étiquette ou un autre objet de ce type + : +\newline +L'étiquette ou la note doit être collée au texte, sans quoi elle risque + d'apparaître sur une mauvaise page. + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:chktex} + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Cette note peut apparaître sur une mauvaise page, car son appel (le petit + numéro dans le texte) n'est pas collé au mot le précédant. +\end_inset + +. + L'étiquette est ici trop séparée. +\layout Itemize + +L'utilisation d'espaces simples au lieu d'espaces insécables devant des + références : +\newline +Si vous n'avez pas de chance, le saut de ligne aura lieu exactement entre + le mot +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +section +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + et le numéro, et ça ferait le plus mauvais effet... + : voyez la section +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:chktex} + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Itemize + +L'utilisation d'un +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +x +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + au lieu du symbole +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Formula $\times$ +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + entre deux nombres : +\newline +2x2 rend beaucoup moins bien que +\begin_inset Formula $2\times2$ +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +et bien plus encore... + C'est un outil très utile pour le +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +polissage final +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + du document avant son impression, et vous devriez l'utiliser après l'inévitable + correction de l'orthographe et avant d'affiner la typographie. +\layout Subsection + +Comment l'utiliser +\layout Standard + +Si le programme est installé, l'employer est un jeu d'enfant : faites +\family sans +Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Correction\SpecialChar ~ +TeX +\family default +. + LyX générera alors une version LaTeX de votre document, lancera +\family sans +ChkTeX +\family default + pour la corriger, puis insérera des +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +boîtes d'erreurs +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + avec les avertissements de +\family sans +ChkTeX +\family default +, s'il y en a. + Ces avertissements seront placés au plus près de l'erreur, et vous pourrez + facilement les trouver avec +\family sans +Naviguer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Erreur +\family default +, ou par le raccourci clavier +\family sans +C-g +\family default + (d'après le fichier de raccourcis par défaut +\family typewriter +cua +\family default +). + Ouvrez les boîtes d'erreur en cliquant dessus, ou par le raccourci +\family typewriter +cua +\family default + +\family sans +C-i +\family default +, ou le raccourci +\family typewriter +emacs +\family default + +\family sans +C-o +\family default +. + Lisez l'avertissement, et corrigez l'erreur si c'en est bien une. + Si vous ne comprenez pas l'avertissement, ignorez-le. + En effet, il y a des différences entre ce qu'il y a à l'écran et les détails + techniques que +\family sans +ChkTeX +\family default + vérifie, et ça peut amener certains de ses avertissements à paraître mystérieux + ou même stupides. +\layout Standard + +Ce document est un excellent terrain d'entraînement, et sa vérification + lèvera sûrement quelques avertissements. + Les ordinateurs sont idiots : la plupart de ces avertissements seront donc + des fausses alertes. +\layout Subsection + +Réglages fins +\layout Standard + +Vous trouverez parfois que +\family sans +ChkTeX +\family default + est plus bavard qu'il ne devrait l'être. + Vous pouvez alors choisir de ne pas l'utiliser, ou alors le configurer + à vos propres goûts. + Une possibilité dans les situations les plus désespérées est de faire +\family sans +Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Enlever\SpecialChar ~ +Toutes\SpecialChar ~ +les\SpecialChar ~ +Marques\SpecialChar ~ +d'Erreur +\family default +, ce qui se débarrasse instantanément de tous les avertissements. +\layout Standard + +Mais, même si +\family sans +ChkTeX +\family default + est vraiment configurable et extensible, vous ne pourrez pas résoudre tous + les problèmes de +\family sans +ChkTeX +\family default + dans LyX de cette manière. + En effet, LyX génère un fichier LaTeX un peu particulier pour être ensuite + capable de faire correspondre les numéros de lignes indiqués par +\family sans +ChkTeX +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Vous pouvez trouver toutes les indications de +\family typewriter +chktex +\family default + en faisant +\family sans +Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Fichier\SpecialChar ~ +Journal\SpecialChar ~ +LaTeX +\family default + après avoir lancé +\family typewriter +chktex +\family default +. +\end_inset + + +\family default + avec la structure interne du document. + De ce fait, certains avertissements ne sembleront pas apparaître correctement. + Vous pouvez faire deux choses contre cela : +\layout Itemize + +Paramétrez l'appel à +\family sans +ChkTeX +\family default + dans +\family sans +Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Préférences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Sorties\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Divers +\family default +, ou alors dans le fichier de configuration de l'installation de +\family sans +ChkTeX +\family default + (souvent, le fichier +\family typewriter +/usr/local/share/chktexrc +\family default +). + Voyez ci-dessous pour savoir quels avertissements peuvent être activés + ou désactivés à la ligne de commande. +\layout Itemize + +Exportez votre document en tant que fichier LaTeX normal par +\family sans +Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Exporter\SpecialChar \menuseparator +LaTeX +\family default + et lancer manuellement +\family typewriter +chktex +\family default + dessus. + S'il est invoqué de cette façon, ça peut être pénible de trouver l'endroit + correspondant dans le document LyX, mais avec un peu de patience, vous + devriez y arriver. +\layout Standard + +Voici maintenant les messages d'avertissement qui peuvent être activés ou + désactivés dans +\family sans +Préférences +\family default +. + Utilisez +\family typewriter +-n# +\family default + pour désactiver un avertissement, et +\family typewriter +-w# +\family default + pour l'activer. + Les entrées en italiques sont désactivées par défaut, car le réglage de + base est +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +chktex -n1 -n3 -n6 -n9 -n22 -n25 -n30 -n38 +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Remarquez que vous ne devriez toucher qu'à ces options d'activation et de + désactivation d'avertissements, et pas aux autres. + En effet, LyX utilise les autres options à sa convenance pour dialoguer + avec +\family typewriter +chktex +\family default +. +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +\emph on +Command terminated with space. + (La commande se termine par une espace.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Non-breaking space ( +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +~ +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) should have been used. + (Il faut utiliser ici une espace insécable ( +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +~ +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +).) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +\emph on +You should enclose the previous parenthesis with +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +{} +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + (Vous devriez entourer les parenthèses précédentes par +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +{} +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + .) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Italic correction ( +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +/ +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) found in non-italic buffer. + (Une correction d'italique ( +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\backslash +/ +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +) est dans un groupe qui n'est pas en italique.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Italic correction ( +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +/ +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) found more than once. + (Il y a plus d'une correction d'italique ( +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\backslash +/ +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +) .) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +\emph on +No italic correction ( +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +/ +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) found. + (Il n'y a pas de correcteur d'italique ( +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\backslash +/ +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + ) .) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Accent command +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +cmd +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + needs use of +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +cmd +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + (La commande +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +cmd +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + requière l'utilisation de +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +cmd +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Wrong length of dash may have been used. + (Il se peut que le tiret ne soit pas de la bonne longueur.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +%s +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + expected, found +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +%s +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + (Attendait +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +%s +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +, a trouvé +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +%s +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Solo +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +%s +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + found. + (Un seul +\size default + +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\size small +%s +\size default + +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +\size small + a été trouvé.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +You should use +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +%s +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + to achieve an ellipsis. + (Vous devriez utiliser +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +%s +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + pour une ellipse (points de suspension).) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Inter-word spacing ( +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +) should perhaps be used. + (Une espace d'entre mots ( +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\backslash +\SpecialChar ~ + +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +) devrait peut-être être utilisé.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Inter-sentence spacing ( +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +@ +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +) should perhaps be used. + (Une espace d'entre phrases ( +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\backslash +@ +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +) devrait peut-être être utilisé.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Could not find argument for command. + (N'a pas trouvé de paramètre à la commande.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +No match found for +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +%s +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + (Aucune occurrence de +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +%s +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + n'a été trouvée.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Math mode still on at end of LaTeX file. + (Le fichier LaTeX se termine dans le mode Math.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Number of +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +char +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + doesn't match the number of +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +char +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + (Le numéro de +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +char +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + ne correspond pas à celui de +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +char +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +You should use either +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family default + or +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\family default + as an alternative to +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +" +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + (Vous devriez utiliser +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family default + ou +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\family default + plutôt que +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +" +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +You should use " +\family typewriter +' +\family default +" (ASCII 39) instead of " +\family typewriter +´ +\family default +" (ASCII 180). + (Vous devriez utiliser +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +' +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + (ASCII 39) au lieu de +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +´ +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + (ASCII 180).) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +User-specified pattern found. + (A trouvé un format défini par l'utilisateur.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +This command might not be intended. + (Cette commande n'est peut-être pas volontaire.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +\emph on +Comment displayed. + (Un commentaire est affiché.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Either +\family typewriter +'' +\backslash +,' +\family default + or +\family typewriter +' +\backslash +,'' +\family default + will look better. + ( +\family typewriter +'' +\backslash +,' +\family default + ou +\family typewriter +' +\backslash +,'' +\family default + présentera mieux.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Delete this space to maintain correct page references. + (Enlevez cette espace pour avoir une pagination correcte.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +\emph on +You might wish to put this between a pair of +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +{} +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + (Ce serait peut-être mieux entre deux accolades +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +{} +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +You ought to remove spaces in front of punctuation. + (Il n'y a pas d'espace devant cette ponctuation.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Could not execute LaTeX command. + (Ne peut pas exécuter la commande LaTeX.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Don't use +\family typewriter + +\backslash +/ +\family default + in front of small punctuation. + (N'utilisez pas +\family typewriter + +\backslash +/ +\family default + devant la ponctuation basse.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\family typewriter +\size small +$ +\backslash +times$ +\family default + may look prettier here. + ( +\family typewriter +$ +\backslash +times$ +\family default + serait mieux ici.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +\emph on +Multiple spaces detected in output. + (La sortie affiche ici plusieurs espaces.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +This text may be ignored. + (Ce texte ne sera peut-être pas pris en compte.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Use +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family default + to begin quotation, not +\family typewriter +' +\family default +. + (Utilisez +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family default + pour ouvrir une citation et non +\family typewriter +' +\family default +.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Use +\family typewriter +' +\family default + to end quotation, not +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family default +. + (Utilisez +\family typewriter +' +\family default + pour clore une citation et non +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family default +.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Don't mix quotes. + (Ne mélangez pas les différents types de guillemets.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +You should perhaps use +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +cmd +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + instead. + (Il vaudrait peut-être mieux utiliser +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +cmd +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +You should put a space in front of/after parenthesis. + (Il faut des espaces à l'extérieur des parenthèses.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +You should avoid spaces in front of/after parenthesis. + (Ne mettez pas d'espaces à l'intérieur des parenthèses.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +\emph on +You should not use punctuation in front of/after quotes. + (La ponctuation ne doit pas apparaître derrière les guillemets.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +Double space found. + (Double espace !) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +You should put punctuation outside inner/inside display math mode. + (La ponctuation devrait se trouver à l'extérieur du mode mathématique.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +You ought to not use primitive TeX in LaTeX code. + (Vous ne devez pas utiliser de primitives TeX dans du code LaTeX.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small +You should remove spaces in front of +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +%s +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + (Ne mettez pas d'espaces devant +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +%s +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +.) +\layout Enumerate + + +\size small + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +%s +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + is normally not followed by +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +%c +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + ( +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +%s +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + n'est normalement pas suivi de +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +%c +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +.) +\layout Standard + +Nous espérons fournir dans les versions futures de LyX une interface plus + complète à cet outil (ainsi qu'à son petit cousin +\family typewriter +lacheck +\family default +) pour pouvoir en exploiter toute la puissance. + Mais, , il est dès maintenant utilisable : lancez-le sur l'un de vos documents + de bonne taille, et voyez le résultat. +\layout Section + +Contrôle de Version sous LyX +\layout Standard + +par +\noun on + Lars Gullik Bjønnes +\layout Subsection + +Introduction +\layout Standard + +Un de mes amis voulut essayer LyX pour un projet de groupe, mais lorsqu'il + s'aperçut qu'il n'y avait pas de contrôle de version ou de verrou de fichier, + il laissa tomber. + Cela me chagrina un peu, et je me mis à travailler au support de RCS par + LyX (avec la perspective future d'un support de CVS et/ou SCCS). + Maintenant, c'est fait. + LyX accepte la plupart des commandes simples de RCS. + Si vous voulez utiliser des fonctions plus sophistiquées, il vous faudra + cependant encore passer par une console xterm. +\layout Standard + +Avant de vous lancer dans l'utilisation du contrôle de version sous LyX, + lisez d'abord +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +rcsintro +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + (c'est un fichier man : lisez-le avec +\family typewriter +man rcsintro +\family default +). + Ce fichier décrit toutes les fonctions de base de RCS\SpecialChar \@. + Voyez particulièrement + le paragraphe sur le répertoire RCS, et la notion de fichier RCS maître + (le fichier finissant par +\family typewriter +,v +\family default +). +\layout Standard + +Le support assuré dans LyX a été réalisé pour des versions récentes des + paquetages GNU RCS\SpecialChar \@. + Il n'est pas garanti que cela fonctionne avec des versions + plus anciennes. +\layout Subsection + +Les commandes RCS sous LyX +\layout Standard + +Les sections suivantes décrivent les commandes RCS supportées par LyX. + Vous pouvez les trouver dans +\family sans +Fichier\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Contrôle\SpecialChar ~ +de\SpecialChar ~ +Version +\family default +. +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +Initialiser le contrôle de versions +\layout Standard + +Si votre document n'est pas sous le mode +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +contrôle des version +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, c'est le seul choix qui vous soit proposé. + Si vous êtes déjà sous ce mode, cet élément est grisé et inaccessible. +\layout Standard + +Cette commande intialise le contrôle de version avec RCS\SpecialChar \@. + Il vous est alors + demandé de donner une description initiale du document. + Le document est alors mis en mode +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +lecture seule +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + et il vous faudra faire +\family sans +Nouvelle\SpecialChar ~ +Version\SpecialChar ~ +Éditable +\family default + avant de le modifier. + Un document sous contrôle de version a dans le minibuffer +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +[RCS:] +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + accolé au nom de fichier. +\layout Standard + +En arrière-plan, la commande RCS qui a été lancée est +\family typewriter +ci -q -u -i -t-\SpecialChar \- +"" . +\layout Standard + +Lisez +\family typewriter +man ci +\family default + pour comprendre le sens des paramètres. + +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +Figer cette Version +\layout Standard + +RCS command: +\family typewriter +ci -q -u -m"" +\layout Standard + +Lorsque vous avez fini de modifier un fichier, vous figez vos modifications +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +NdT : check-in +\end_inset + +. + Il vous sera alors demandé une description de celles-ci. + Cette information est conservée dans le fichier d'historique. + Le numéro de version est alors incrémenté, vos modifications sont appliquées + au fichier RCS maître et le document est déverrouillé et remis en mode + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +lecture seule +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Commande RCS : +\family typewriter +ci -q -u -m"" +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +Nouvelle Version Éditable +\layout Standard + +En utilisant cette commande, vous verrouillez le document de manière à ce + que vous soyez le seul à pouvoir l'éditer. + Vous seul en possédez les droits d'écriture. + Vous continuez donc à éditer le fichier un moment, puis vous figez vos + changements. + La ligne d'état est modifiée pour indiquer que le fichier est verrouillé. +\layout Standard + +Commande RCS : +\family typewriter +co -q -l +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +Recharger la Version Précédente +\layout Standard + +Ceci annule tous les changements réalisés sur le document depuis que le + document a été figé la dernière fois. + Une demande de confirmation apparaît alors, avant que tous les changements + soient perdus. +\layout Standard + +Commande RCS : +\family typewriter +co -f -u +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +Annuler Figer +\layout Standard + +Fait comme si la dernière modification n'avait jamais été faite. + Aucune modification n'apparaît sur le document LyX, mais la dernière version + est effacée du fichier maître RCS. +\layout Standard + +Commande RCS : +\family typewriter +rcs -o +\layout Subsubsection + + +\family sans +Visualiser Historique +\layout Standard + +Montre l'historique complet du document RCS. + La sortie de +\family typewriter +rlog +\family default + est ainsi affichée dans une fenêtre. + Voyez +\family typewriter +man rlog +\family default + pour plus d'informations. +\layout Section + +Programmation littéraire +\layout Standard + +Mise à jour par +\noun on +Kayvan Sylvan +\noun default + (kayvan@sylvan.com), document d'origine écrit par +\noun on +Edmar Wienskoski Jr. + +\noun default + (edmar-w-jr@technologist.com) +\layout Subsection + +Introduction +\layout Standard + +Le but principal de cette documentation est de montrer comment utiliser + LyX pour la programmation littéraire. + Nous supposerons que vous êtes familiers de cette technique de programmation, + et savez donc ce que +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +tangling +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + et +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +weaving +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + signifient +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +NdT : Respectivement la génération du code et de la documentation. + -- ar +\end_inset + +. + Si ce n'est pas le cas, veuillez lire les pages web dont les adresses sont + indiquées un peu plus loin. + Vous y trouverez une bonne documentation, allant de l'histoire du développement + aux derniers trucs et astuces. +\layout Standard + +Nous supposerons aussi que vous êtes assez familiarisés avec LyX pour pouvoir + changer vos préférences, et le fichier de ressources X. + Si ce n'est pas le cas, voyez le reste de la documentation de LyX qui couvre + ces domaines. +\layout Subsection + +La programmation littéraire +\layout Standard + +Extrait de la FAQ de la Programmation Littéraire : +\layout Quotation + +La programmation littéraire est la combinaison de la documentation et des + sources en une forme lisible par un être humain. + En fait, la programmation littéraire doit être agréable à lire, et même + aguicheuse ! (Désolé, Bob, je n'ai pas pu résister...) En général, la programmatio +n littéraire combine la source et la documentation dans un seul et unique + fichier. + Des outils de programmation littéraire permettent ensuite de produire séparémen +t le fichier source et la documentation. + Le style WEB de programmation littéraire fut créé par D.E.Knuth lors du développe +ment de son logiciel de typographie, TeX. +\layout Standard + +Un autre extrait : +\layout Quotation + + +\emph on +En quoi la programmation littéraire diffère-t-elle du commentaire ? +\layout Quotation + +Il y a trois signes distinctifs qui sont, dans l'ordre d'importance : +\begin_deeper +\layout Itemize + +un ordre d'élaboration flexible +\layout Itemize + +le support automatique pour la visualisation +\layout Itemize + +une documentation mise en forme, notamment les diagrammes et les mathématiques + +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Maintenant que j'ai éveillé votre curiosité, voyons les références : +\layout Subsubsection + +Références +\layout Standard + +La FAQ complète de la Programmation Littéraire se trouve à : +\layout Quote + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[FAQ de la Programmation Littéraire]{http://shelob.ce.ttu.edu/daves/lpfaq/faq.html} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +La FAQ dénombre 23 (vingt-trois !) outils différents pour la programmation + littéraire. + Certains sont spécialisés pour certains langages de programmation, d'autre + ont une portée plus générale. + J'ai sélectionné +\family typewriter +NoWeb +\family default +\noun toggle + pour mon usage personnel pour plusieures raisons : +\layout Itemize + +Il sait générer la documentation aussi bien en LaTeX qu'en HTML. +\layout Itemize + +Il a une architecture ouverte, c'est-à-dire qu'il est facile d'y ajouter + de nouveaux filtres et de réaliser des opérations spéciales au besoin. +\layout Itemize + +Un grand nombre de filtres est déjà disponible (dont celui pour le HTML). +\layout Itemize + +Il est libre. +\layout Standard + +La page web de Noweb se trouve à : +\layout Quote + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[Page d'accueil de Noweb]{http://www.cs.virginia.edu/~nr/noweb/} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +À partir de là, vous trouverez de nombreux liens intéressants et mêmes quelques + exemples de programmation littéraire. +\layout Subsection + +LyX et la Programmation Littéraire +\layout Standard + +LyX supporte la Programmation Littéraire par l'intermédiaire du mécanisme + de gestion des convertisseurs. + Ce support est +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +indépendant de Noweb +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, c'est-à-dire que vous pourrez utiliser cette nouvelle fonction de LyX + avec un autre outil de programmation littéraire de votre choix, en changeant + juste vos préférences LyX. +\layout Subsubsection + +Génération des documents et du code (weaving and tangling) +\layout Paragraph + +Sélection de la classe de document +\layout Standard + +Si vous avez installé Noweb et LyX avec succès, vous devez trouver trois + nouvelles classes de document : +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Article\SpecialChar ~ +(Noweb) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Book\SpecialChar ~ +(Noweb) +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Report\SpecialChar ~ +(Noweb) +\layout Standard + +Il vous faut sélectionner l'une d'entre elles pour créer votre document + littéraire. +\layout Standard + +Remarquez bien que les documents littéraires ne sont pas limités à ces trois + classes. + De nouvelles classes peuvent être générées à partir d'autres styles, comme + les lettres, ou à partir d'autres variantes d'une classe, comme +\family sans +Article\SpecialChar ~ +(AMS) +\family default +. + Si vous avez des besoins particuliers qui ne peuvent être couverts par + ces classes, faites-le savoir à +\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[la liste de diffusion des développeurs de LyX]{lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org} + +\end_inset + + et nous nous arrangerons pour ajouter une nouvelle entrée, ou vous expliquer + comment le faire vous-même +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +C'est très simple, ça ne demande que la création d'un fichier de quatre + lignes, et la relance de l'auto-configuration. +\end_inset + +. + De plus, si vous utilisez un outil littéraire autre que Noweb, vous voudrez + peut-être créer un nouvel ensemble de classes de document prévues pour. +\layout Paragraph + +Ajout de code +\layout Standard + +LyX vous permet d'entrer du code par l'intermédiaire d'un format nommé +\family sans +Scrap +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + + +\family sans +\noun on +Le terme équivalent sous Noweb est +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Chunk +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. + Pour des raisons historiques, j'ai gardé le terme +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +scrap +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + d'un autre outil littéraire appelé Nuweb, que j'ai utilisé bien des années + avant de me convertir à Noweb. +\end_inset + + +\family default +. + Noweb délimite les scraps ainsi : +\layout LyX-Code + +<>= +\layout LyX-Code + + code +\layout LyX-Code + + encore du code +\layout LyX-Code + + toujours du code +\layout LyX-Code + + @ +\layout Standard + +Le problème est que tout ce qui est compris entre le +\family typewriter +<< +\family default + et l'arobase +\family typewriter +@ +\family default + doit être pris tel quel, c'est-à-dire que LyX ne doit faire aucune interprétati +on de ce qui a été écrit. + C'est géré par un environnement spécial appelé +\family sans +Scrap +\family default +, qui fonctionne comme un paragraphe normal mais qui présente une totale + liberté en ce qui concerne l'espacement. +\layout Standard + +L'inconvénient de l'environnement de paragraphe +\family sans +Scrap +\family default + est que des paragraphes consécutifs de code vont être séparés par une ligne + vide dans le code source et dans la documentation imprimée. + Pour éviter ça, il faut donc, dans un +\family sans +Scrap +\family default + donné, finir chaque ligne de code par un saut de ligne ( +\family sans +C-Entrée +\family default +) et non un +\family sans +Entrée +\family default + normal. + L'exemple ci-dessus donnera donc +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Sur un document imprimé, il n'y a aucune différence entre cet exemple et + le précédent. +\end_inset + + : +\layout LyX-Code + +<>= +\newline + code +\newline + encore du code +\newline + toujours du code +\newline + @ +\layout Standard + +Cet environnement fonctionne bien. + Le seul réel inconvénient est de devoir taper +\family sans +C-Entrée +\family default + et non un simple +\family sans +Entrée +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Régler ce problème fait partie de la liste des améliorations à apporter. +\end_inset + + +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Il est à noter que vous pouvez aussi utiliser la construction +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +%def +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + de Noweb dans vos scraps pour ajouter des éléments de référence croisée + : +\layout LyX-Code + +<>= +\newline + def une_fonction(param): +\newline + "C'est la documentation de cette fonction." +\newline + print "Mes paramètres : ", param +\layout LyX-Code + +@ %def une_fonction +\layout Standard + +Pour avoir un exemple de cette construction et des références croisées engendrée +s, regardez le programme littéraire python dans +\family typewriter +\emph on +LIBDIR +\emph default +/examples/listerrors.lyx +\family default + qui devrait clarifier tout ça. +\layout Paragraph + +Génération de la documentation +\layout Standard + +Arrivé ici, vous avez déjà un nouveau fichier avec sa propre classe de document, + et vous avec tapé un peu de code et de texte dedans. + Bien ; et maintenant, comment je l'imprime ? La réponse est simple : vous + faites +\family sans +Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator +DVI +\family default +, etc. + comme vous le feriez pour un document quelconque. + Il n'y a aucune procédure particulière. +\layout Standard + +Pour vous aider à vous y retrouver, je vais vous expliquer ce qui se passe + à l'intérieur de LyX : +\layout Enumerate + +Quand vous choisissez +\family sans +Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Mise\SpecialChar ~ +à\SpecialChar ~ +Jour\SpecialChar \menuseparator +DVI +\family default +, un fichier LaTeX est généré. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Si le document est d'un type littéraire, le fichier généré sera nommé avec + l'extension définie par le format +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +littéraire +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + (défini dans la fenêtre de +\family sans +Préférences +\family default +), sinon le fichier aura l'extension habituelle +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default +. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Remarquez que la seule différence est cette extension : LyX n'a rien de + particulier à faire. + Tant que vous avez utilisé l'environnement +\family sans +Scrap +\family default + en entrant le texte, tout se passera sans problème. +\layout Enumerate + +Si le document est d'une classe littéraire, LyX utilisera ensuite le convertisse +ur interne LyX vers Noweb, suivi par le convertisseur Noweb vers LaTeX +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Les convertisseurs sont définis dans la fenêtre +\family sans +Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Préférences +\family default +, dans l'onglet +\family sans +Conversion +\family default +. +\end_inset + + pour générer le fichier LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Sinon, il saute simplement cette étape. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Enfin, LaTeX est invoqué et le processus continue comme s'il s'agissait + d'un document quelconque. +\layout Standard + +Vous êtes donc indépendant d'un +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +outil littéraire +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + donné, car vous pouvez changer les commandes correspondant aux différents + convertisseurs. +\layout Paragraph + +Génération du code +\layout Standard + +Quand on demande de +\family sans +Compiler +\family default + dans les menus, ou quand on appuie sur le bouton correspondant de la barre + d'outils, un fichier LaTeX est généré comme dans l'étape\SpecialChar ~ +1 ci-dessus. + LyX invoque ensuite le convertisseur +\family typewriter +NoWeb->Program +\family default +. + Celui-ci (comme tout convertisseur) est invoqué en deux parties : +\layout Enumerate + +Le programme de conversion proprement dit. + Ce programme procède à la conversion d'un format à un autre (ici, du format + +\family typewriter +NoWeb +\family default + au pseudo-format +\family typewriter +Program +\family default +). +\layout Enumerate + +Le filtre de messages d'erreur. + C'est un programme dont le seul rôle est de réécrire les messages d'erreur + dans un format compréhensible par LyX. + Ça permet à LyX de placer des boîtes d'erreur au bon endroit dans le tampon + du fichier. +\layout Standard + +La première partie, déterminée par le champ +\family sans +Convertisseur +\family default +, doit contenir +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +build-script $$i +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +. + Ça signifie que LyX va appeler +\family typewriter +build-script +\family default + (un programme ou un script) avec le nom du fichier Noweb (en général un + fichier dans le répertoire temporaire de LyX). +\layout Standard + +Voici une implémentation de +\family typewriter +build-script +\family default + que vous pouvez mettre dans un répertoire de votre chemin d'accès par défaut + : +\layout LyX-Code + +#!/bin/sh +\layout LyX-Code + +# +\layout LyX-Code + +notangle -Rbuild-script $1 | env NOWEB_SOURCE=$1 sh +\layout Standard + +L'autre partie de la définition du convertisseur est le champ +\family sans +Autres\SpecialChar ~ +Options +\family default + qui doit contenir +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +originaldir,parselog=listerrors +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +. + Ça fera passer toutes les erreurs générées par +\family typewriter +build-script +\family default + à travers le programme +\family typewriter +listerrors +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +La gestion des convertisseurs cherche le programme +\family typewriter +listerrors +\family default + d'abord dans +\family typewriter +\emph on +MON_RÉPERTOIRE_LYX +\emph default +/scripts +\family default +, puis dans +\family typewriter +\emph on +LIBDIR +\emph default +/scripts +\family default + puis dans le chemin d'accès par défaut. +\layout Paragraph + +Instructions de compilation dans le document +\layout Standard + +La dernière partie de l'interface entre LyX et noweb est le scrap +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +build-script +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. + En général, les instructions de compilation de votre programme doivent + être regroupées dans un scrap à part. + Le +\family typewriter +build-script +\family default + vu plus haut est spécifique à noweb et utilise la commande +\family typewriter +notangle +\family default + pour rechercher ce scrap (appelé +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +build-script +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +) et passer son contenu dans +\family typewriter +sh +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Typiquement, un tel scrap ressemble à ceci : +\layout LyX-Code + +<>= +\newline +#!/bin/sh +\newline + +\newline +if [ -z "${NOWEB_SOURCE}" ] +\newline +then +\newline + NOWEB_SOURCE=mon_fichier.nw +\newline +fi +\newline +[... + code pour extraire les fichiers ...] +\newline +[... + code pour compiler les fichiers ...] +\newline +@ +\layout Standard + +Voyez dans +\family typewriter +\emph on +LIBDIR +\emph default +/examples/listerrors.lyx +\family default + ou dans +\family typewriter +\emph on +LIBDIR +\emph default +/examples/Literate.lyx +\family default + qui implémentent deux versions du programme +\family typewriter +listerrors +\family default + pour avoir des exemples de comment tout cela va ensemble. + Vous pouvez encore consulter +\family typewriter +\emph on +LIBDIR +\emph default +/examples/noweb2lyx.lyx +\family default +. + Il est intéressant de constater que ces trois fichiers démontrent l'indépendanc +e de LyX relativement au langage de programmation littéraire adopté car + ils sont écrits respectivement en Python, C et Perl. +\layout LyX-Code + +\layout Subsubsection + +Configurer LyX +\layout Standard + +Vous pouvez configurer ce qui concerne la Programmation Littéraire dans + l'onglet +\family sans +Conversion +\family default + de la fenêtre +\family sans +Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Préférences +\family default +. + Les parties importantes sont : +\layout Description + +le\SpecialChar ~ +format\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +littéraire +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + Choisi dans l'onglet +\family sans +Formats +\family default +, où vous mettez ce qui est spécifique à Noweb. + Le +\family sans +Nom\SpecialChar ~ +d'interface +\family default + est +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +NoWeb +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +, l' +\family sans +Extension +\family default + est +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +nw +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +. + LyX créera donc un fichier d'extension +\family typewriter +.nw +\family default + lors de la première étape du processus de conversion. +\layout Description + +le\SpecialChar ~ +format\SpecialChar ~ + +\family sans +Programme +\family default + C'est un format fictif dont le seul but est d'être le point d'arrivée d'une + conversion (ce qui permet ainsi de mettre en place un convertisseur pointant + vers lui). +\layout Description + + +\family sans +NoWeb +\family default +-> +\family sans +LaTeX +\family default + Ce convertisseur assure la génération de la documentation ( +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +weaving +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +). + Pour Noweb, il faut mettre +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +noweave -delay -index $$i > $$o +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\layout Description + + +\family sans +NoWeb +\family default +-> +\family sans +Program +\family default + Celui-ci assure la génération du code ( +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +tangling +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +). + Comme vu plus haut, il faut mettre +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +build-script $$i +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +, avec comme +\family sans +Autres\SpecialChar ~ +Options +\family default + +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +originaldir,parselog=listerrors +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +. +\layout Subsubsection + +Fonctions pour le déboguage +\layout Standard + +Une nouvelle fonction est aussi implémentée dans le serveur LyX, la fonction + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +serveur va à la bonne ligne +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + que l'on utilisera avec +\family typewriter +ddd +\family default +/ +\family typewriter +gdb +\family default + ou un autre débogueur. +\layout Standard + +Lorsque vous déboguez du code avec +\family typewriter +ddd +\family default +/ +\family typewriter +gdb +\family default +, il est possible d'appeler un éditeur de texte à la position actuelle d'exécuti +on, avec un seul appui clavier. + La configuration par défaut de +\family typewriter +ddd +\family default + est +\family sans +Shift-Ctrl-V +\family default +. + Il se trouve que vous pouvez choisir l'éditeur appelé par +\family typewriter +ddd +\family default + dans la fenêtre +\family sans +Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Préférences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Helpers +\family default + en changeant l'entrée +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar ~ +Sources +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +J'ai trouvé avantageux d'utiliser LyX avec +\family typewriter +ddd +\family default + en réglant +\family sans +Edit\SpecialChar ~ +Sources +\family default + sur : +\layout LyX-Code + +echo "LYXCMD:monitor:server-goto-file-row:@FILE@ @LINE@" >~/.lyxpipe.in +\layout Standard + +Ainsi, quand vous utilisez +\family typewriter +ddd +\family default + et que vous vous apercevez qu'il faut modifier le code, vous pressez juste + +\family sans +Shift-Ctrl-V +\family default + (dans la fenêtre +\family typewriter +ddd +\family default +), et +\family typewriter +ddd +\family default + renvoie cette information à LyX via le serveur LyX. + La fenêtre LyX montrera le fichier en question, avec le curseur pile poil + là où se trouvait +\family typewriter +ddd +\family default +. + Plus besoin de jouer aux devinettes ou de faire défiler tout le document + pour savoir où se situait le problème ! +\layout Standard + +Notez cependant qu'il vous faut activer cette fonction du serveur LyX, inactive + par défaut. + Pour cela, allez dans +\family sans +Éditer\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Préférences\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Entrées\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Répertoires +\family default + et mettez un chemin du genre +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +/home//\SpecialChar \- +.lyx/lyxpipe +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + dans le champ +\family sans +Tubes du Serveur LyX +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Lisez la documentation sur le serveur LyX dans le manuel de +\emph on +Personnalisation +\emph default + pour plus d'information. +\layout Subsubsection + +Ajouts à la barre d'outils +\layout Standard + +Il y a six nouveaux boutons qui peuvent être ajoutés à la barre d'outils + de LyX. + Cinq de ces boutons sont des raccourcis vers les styles +\family sans +Standard +\family default +, +\family sans +Section +\family default +, +\family sans +LaTeX +\family default +, +\family sans +LyX-Code +\family default + et +\family sans +Scrap +\family default +. + Le dernier bouton est un raccourci vers la commande +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Compiler +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +LyX a tout une série de boutons qui peuvent être intégrés dans la barre + d'outils. + Personnellement, j'ai combiné les six raccourcis ci-dessus avec deux autres + : un pour +\family sans +Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Mise\SpecialChar ~ +à\SpecialChar ~ +Jour\SpecialChar \menuseparator +DVI +\family default + et un autre pour +\family sans +Visualiser\SpecialChar \menuseparator +DVI +\family default +. + Voilà comment cela se présente : +\layout LyX-Code + +Toolbar +\layout LyX-Code + + Layouts +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "layout Standard" +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "layout Section" +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "layout LaTeX" +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "layout LyX-Code" +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "layout Scrap" +\layout LyX-Code + + Separator +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "buffer-view" +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "buffer-typeset" +\layout LyX-Code + + Icon "build-program" +\layout LyX-Code + + Separator +\layout LyX-Code + +. +\layout LyX-Code + +. +\layout LyX-Code + +. +\layout LyX-Code + +End +\layout Subsubsection + +Couleurs personnalisées +\layout Standard + +Un certain nombre de couleurs de LyX peuvent être personnalisées dans la + fenêtre +\family sans +Préférences +\family default +. + Une des choses qui ennuient nombre d'entre nous est la couleur du code + LaTeX. + La couleur par défaut est le rouge, or les scraps utilisent la police LaTeX, + et comme il y a beaucoup de scraps dans un document de programmation littéraire +, vous en aurez sûrement marre de tout voir en rouge. + Vous pouvez la changer dans l'onglet +\family sans +Aspect\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Couleurs +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Le problème suivant est la présence visible des caractères +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +nouvelle ligne +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + sur l'écran. + Vous pouvez aussi choisir la couleur de ces caractères particuliers et + donc les faire se confondre avec le fond. + Je vous conseille de choisir une couleur qui est proche de celle du fond, + mais pas la même : vous pourrez toujours les voir, mais ils ne vous dérangeront + plus. +\layout Chapter + +Secrets des Maîtres du LaTeX +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cha:secrets} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Même si LyX est un outil puissant, il ne faut pas s'attendre à ce qu'il + puisse supporter tout ce qui peut être fait avec TeX ou LaTeX. + Cependant, la plupart des trucs et astuces de TeX et LaTeX peuvent resservir + dans LyX, à condition de ne pas avoir peur d'utiliser le bouton +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +TeX +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + de la barre d'outils ou d'ajouter des lignes au préambule LaTeX (avec +\family sans +Format\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Préambule +\family default +). + Cette section présente un ensemble de conseils, d'astuces et d'idées sympa + pour donner un petit quelque chose en plus à votre document. + +\emph on +Mais essayez-les à la maison ! +\emph toggle + Faites vos premières tentatives sur quelque chose de plus court et de moins + important que votre thèse ! +\layout Standard + +La plupart des idées présentées dans cette section requièrent des fichiers + un peu moins courants dans les installations LaTeX. + Si vous avez un système comme teTeX, la plupart seront sûrement présents. + Certains, cependant, devront être téléchargés sur les archives CTAN. + Il y a souvent plusieures manières de faire la même chose, ou plusieurs + fichiers de style LaTeX qui ont le même rôle. + Nous ne recommandons pas une méthode plutôt qu'une autre, nous affirmons + simplement que tel fichier permet de faire telle chose. + Enfourchez votre destrier, ceignez votre heaume et lancez-vous ! +\layout Section + +Trucs pour les notes de bas de page ou les notes en marge +\layout Standard + +suggéré par +\noun on +Robin Socha +\layout Subsection + +Notes de bas de page +\layout Standard + +LyX ne peut pas encore se charger de remettre le compteur des notes à 1 + après chaque section dans un document de classe +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +article +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +, ou de changer le style de numérotation. + Il vous faudra le faire à la main : +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +setcounter{footnote}{0} +\end_inset + + L'utilisation de +\family typewriter + +\backslash +setcounter{footnote}{0} +\family roman + +\family default +remet le compteur à +\family roman +1 +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Le compteur a été réinitialisé à 1. +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +La commande suivante va abandonner les chiffres au profit de petites lettres. + Visualisez la note suivante avec +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + ou +\family typewriter +ghostview +\family default + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +thefootnote}{ +\backslash +alph{footnote}} +\end_inset + + : +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +C'est un exemple de note avec une numérotation alphabétique. +\newline +Pour cela, utilisez la commande +\family typewriter + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +thefootnote { +\backslash +alph{footnote}} +\family default +. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +On va revenir à la numérotation par défaut, à savoir +\family typewriter + +\backslash +arabic +\family default + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Utilisez +\family typewriter + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +thefootnote}{ +\backslash +arabic{footnote}} +\family roman + +\family default +pour faire revenir le style des notes à sa valeur par défaut. +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +renewcommand { +\backslash +thefootnote} { +\backslash +arabic{footnote}} +\end_inset + + +\end_inset + +. +\layout Standard + +Vous pouvez utiliser +\family typewriter + +\backslash +arabic +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +roman +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +Roman +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +alph +\family default + ou +\family typewriter + +\backslash +Alph +\family default + et même d'autres styles de compteur. + Pour voir ce que donnent ces choix, modifiez la commande LaTeX dans l'exemple + précedent et relancez la visualisation DVI. +\layout Subsection + +Notes en marge +\layout Standard + +Voici deux exemples de ce que vous pouvez faire avec les commandes LaTeX + pour les notes en marge. +\layout Standard + +La commande suivante fait apparaître une ligne verticale le long du texte + -- idéal pour pointer quelque chose du doigt : +\family typewriter + +\backslash +marginpar{ +\backslash +rule[-10mm]{3mm}{50mm}} +\family roman +. +\family default + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +marginpar{ +\backslash +rule[-10mm]{1mm}{50mm}} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Visualisez la sortie avec +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + ou +\family typewriter +ghostview +\family default + pour voir ce que la commande +\family typewriter + +\backslash +reversemarginpar +\family default + fait sur la note en marge qui suit. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +reversemarginpar +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Marginal +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +C'est une +\newline +note en marge. +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +MultiColonnes +\layout Standard + +par +\noun on +Lars Gullik Bjønnes +\layout Subsection + +But +\layout Standard + +Le but de ce chapitre +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Note de l'Éditeur : Le chapitre original de Lars était une magistrale descriptio +n de comment utiliser le paquetage +\family typewriter +multicol +\family default +. + Il était cependant trop long pour s'insérer sans heurt dans ce document. + J'ai donc choisi d'en extraire ici les sections les plus importantes (désolé, + Lars) ; vous pouvez lire le chapitre original (et un peu plus de l'histoire + !) dans le fichier exemple +\family typewriter +examples/fr_MultiColonnes.lyx +\family default +. + -- mer +\end_inset + + est de montrer comment utiliser le paquetage LaTeX +\family typewriter +multicol +\family default + dans un document LyX. + Comme LyX ne le supporte pas encore d'origine, il faut utiliser quelques + trucs, qui devraient vous paraître clairs quand vous aurez lu cette section. +\layout Subsection + +Limitations +\layout Standard + +Le paquetage +\family typewriter +multicol +\family default + permet de basculer dans une même page entre le format sur une colonne et + sur plusieurs. + Les notes de bas de page sont gérées correctement (pour la plus grande + part), mais seront placées en bas de la page et non en bas de chaque colonne. + Le mécanisme de gestion des flottants de LaTeX, cependant, est partiellement + désactivé dans l'implémentation actuelle. + Aujourd'hui seuls des flottants couvrant en largeur toute la page peuvent + être utilisés au sein de l'environnement. +\layout Subsection + +Exemples +\layout Subsubsection + +Deux Colonnes +\layout Standard + +Si vous voulez avoir deux colonnes dans votre texte, il faut pour insérer + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{2} +\family default + en mode LaTeX à l'endroit où vous voulez démarrer la disposition en deux + colonnes, et +\family typewriter + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\family default + là où vous voulez qu'elle se termine. + Comme ceci +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +NdT : Les lecteurs anglophobes me pardonneront, mais je ne me lance pas + à traduire des passages de Sherlock Holmes. + :-) -- of +\end_inset + + : +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{2} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard +\noindent + +\series bold +\size small +The Adventure of the Empty House +\series default + +\newline +by +\noun on +Sir Arthur Conan Doyle +\layout Standard + + +\size small +It was in the spring of the year 1894 that all London was interested, and + the fashionable world dismayed, by the murder of the Honourable Ronald + Adair under most unusual and inexplicable circumstances. + The public has already learned those particulars of the crime which came + out in the police investigation, but a good deal was suppressed upon that + occasion, since the case for the prosecution was so overwhelmingly strong + that it was not necessary to bring forward all the facts. + Only now, at the end of nearly ten years, am I allowed to supply those + missing links which make up the whole of that remarkable chain. + The crime was of interest in itself, but that interest was as nothing to + me compared to the inconceivable sequel, which afforded me the greatest + shock and surprise of any event in my adventurous life. + Even now, after this long interval, I find myself thrilling as I think + of it, and feeling once more that sudden flood of joy, amazement, and increduli +ty which utterly submerged my mind. + Let me say to that public, which has shown some interest in those glimpses + which I have occasionally given them of the thoughts and actions of a very + remarkable man, that they are not to blame me if I have not shared my knowledge + with them, for I should have considered it my first duty to do so, had + I not been barred by a positive prohibition from his own lips, which was + only withdrawn upon the third of last month. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Subsubsection + +Colonnes Multiples +\layout Standard + +Le même schéma s'applique si vous voulez plus de deux colonnes. + (Vous pouvez avoir plus de 3 colonnes si vous voulez, mais ça risque de + ne pas être très agréable à regarder.) +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{3} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\size footnotesize +It can be imagined that my close intimacy with Sherlock Holmes had interested + me deeply in crime, and that after his disappearance I never failed to + read with care the various problems which came before the public. + And I even attempted, more than once, for my own private satisfaction, + to employ his methods in their solution, though with indifferent success. + There was none, however, which appealed to me like this tragedy of Ronald + Adair. + As I read the evidence at the inquest, which led up to a verdict of willful + murder against some person or persons unknown, I realized more clearly + than I had ever done the loss which the community had sustained by the + death of Sherlock Holmes. + There were points about this strange business which would, I was sure, + have specially appealed to him, and the efforts of the police would have + been supplemented, or more probably anticipated, by the trained observation + and the alert mind of the first criminal agent in Europe. + All day, as I drove upon my round, I turned over the case in my mind and + found no explanation which appeared to me to be adequate. + At the risk of telling a twice-told tale, I will recapitulate the facts + as they were known to the public at the conclusion of the inquest. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Vous pouvez sans problème avoir plus de 3 colonnes, si vous le voulez, mais + ce n'est plus très agréable à lire. +\layout Subsubsection + +Des Colonnes dans une Colonne +\layout Standard + +Vous pouvez même avoir des colonnes dans une colonne : +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{2} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\size footnotesize +The Honourable Ronald Adair was the second son of the Earl of Maynooth, + at that time governor of one of the Australian colonies. + Adair's mother had returned from Australia to undergo the operation for + cataract, and she, her son Ronald, and her daughter Hilda were living together + at 427 Park Lane. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{multicols}{2} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\size footnotesize +The youth moved in the best society--had, so far as was known, no enemies + and no particular vices. + He had been engaged to Miss Edith Woodley, of Carstairs, but the engagement + had been broken off by mutual consent some months before, and there was + no sign that it had left any very profound feeling behind it. + For the rest {sic} the man's life moved in a narrow and conventional circle, + for his habits were quiet and his nature unemotional. + Yet it was upon this easy-going young aristocrat that death came, in most + strange and unexpected form, between the hours of ten and eleven-twenty + on the night of March 30, 1894. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\size footnotesize +Ronald Adair was fond of cards--playing continually, but never for such + stakes as would hurt him. + He was a member of the Baldwin, the Cavendish, and the Bagatelle card clubs. + It was shown that, after dinner on the day of his death, he had played + a rubber of whist at the latter club. + He had also played there in the afternoon. + +\size default + +\size footnotesize +The evidence of those who had played with him-- Mr. + Murray, Sir John Hardy, and Colonel Moran--showed that the game was whist, + and that there was a fairly equal fall of the cards. + Adair might have lost five pounds, but not more. + His fortune was a considerable one, and such a loss could not in any way + affect him. + He had played nearly every day at one club or other, but he was a cautious + player, and usually rose a winner. + It came out in evidence that, in partnership with Colonel Moran, he had + actually won as much as four hundred and twenty pounds in a sitting, some + weeks before, from Godfrey Milner and Lord Balmoral. + So much for his recent history as it came out at the inquest. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{multicols} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Veuillez lire le fichier +\family typewriter +example/fr_MultiColonnes.lyx +\family default + pour des exemples plus complexes avec l'espacement des colonnes et de l'en-tête +, les lignes de séparation verticale, et plus encore. +\layout Section + +Numérotation dans l'Environnement de Paragraphe +\family sans +Énumération +\begin_inset OptArg +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Numérotation dans les +\family sans +Énumérations +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard +\added_space_bottom bigskip +par +\noun on +John Weiss +\layout Standard + +La numérotation par défaut dans l'environnement de paragraphe +\family sans +Énumération +\family default + commence par les chiffres arabes et finit par les lettres majuscules. + Supposons cependant que vous vouliez un autre schéma de numérotation. + Voici un rapide exemple de ce qu'il vous faudra écrire : +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +labelenumi}{ +\backslash +Roman{enumi}.} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +labelenumii}{ +\backslash +Alph{enumii}.} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +labelenumiii}{ +\backslash +arabic{enumiii}.} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +labelenumiv}{ +\backslash +alph{enumiv}.)} +\layout Standard + +Ceci remplace le schéma existant par, dans l'ordre, les chiffres romains, + les lettres majuscules, les chiffres arabes et les lettres minuscules. +\layout Standard + +En fait, cet exemple n'est pas seulement une redéfinition de la numérotation. + Par exemple, le marqueur du premier niveau devient en fait +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +I. +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +. + Pour faciliter la lecture, nous allons décrire les schémas de numérotation + avec cette notation : +\family sans +< +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +I. +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +, +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +A. +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +, +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +1. +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +, +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +a.) +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +> +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Comme vous pouvez le voir dans l'exemple, il existe pour chaque niveau d'emboîte +ment une commande : +\family typewriter + +\backslash +labelenumi +\family default + \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +labelenumiv +\family default +, et un compteur : +\family typewriter +enumi +\family default + \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family typewriter +enumiv +\family default +. + Il existe aussi cinq commandes de mise en forme des numéros : +\family typewriter + +\backslash +arabic{} +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +roman{} +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +Roman{} +\family default +, +\family typewriter + +\backslash +alph{} +\family default +, et +\family typewriter + +\backslash +Alph{} +\family default +, chacune prenant un compteur pour paramètre. + Vous pouvez ajouter des caractères avant et après celui-ci, les espaces + étant quant à elles générées automatiquement. +\layout Standard + +Ça peut devenir vraiment amusant avec, par exemple : +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +labelenumi}{ +\backslash +# +\backslash +Alph{enumi} +\backslash +#} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +labelenumii}{ +\backslash +Alph{enumi}. +\backslash +arabic{enumii}} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +labelenumiii}{ +\backslash +alph{enumiii}+} +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +renewcommand{ +\backslash +labelenumiv}{( +\backslash +roman{enumiv})} +\layout Standard + +qui donne le schéma de numérotation : +\family sans +< +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +#A# +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +, +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +A.1 +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +, +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +a+ +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +, +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +(i) +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +> +\family default +. +\layout Section + +Ajout d'Espace entre les Rangées d'un Tableau +\layout Standard +\added_space_bottom bigskip +par +\noun on +Mike Ressler +\layout Standard + +LaTeX vous permet d'ajouter de l'espace entre les rangées d'un tableau en + donnant un paramètre optionnel à la commande de fin de rangée ( +\family typewriter + +\backslash + +\backslash + +\family default +). + LyX n'a pas encore intégré cette fonction, mais il y a tout de même deux + manières d'y parvenir. +\layout Standard + +La première est la plus formelle, mais la plus longue. + Dans le préambule LaTeX, ajoutez la définition suivante : +\layout LyX-Code + + +\backslash +newcommand{ +\backslash +extratablespace}[1]{ +\backslash +noalign{vskip#1}} +\layout Standard + +Cette commande prend un seul paramètre : la quantité d'espace que vous voulez + insérer. + Insérez la commande dans la première colonne de la rangée +\emph on +après laquelle +\emph default + l'espace devra apparaître. + Voici un exemple (j'ai retiré toutes les bordures dans la fenêtre +\family sans +Style\SpecialChar ~ +du\SpecialChar ~ +Tableau +\family default +): +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Minéraux +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Calcite +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Dolomite +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Quartz +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Graphite +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +extratablespace{2ex} +\end_inset + +Roches +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Calcaire +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Grès +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Granite +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Andesite +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +La seconde méthode est plus rapide, mais ferait bondir les typographes et + les experts de TeX. + Insérez simplement un symbole +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +fin de rangée +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + avec un paramètre optionnel. + Contrairement à l'exemple précédent, il n'y a besoin d'aucune définition + préalable, mais vous insérerez trop d'espace, car vous ajoutez une ligne + blanche plus cet espace. + Si cet espace est trop important, vous n'avez qu'à mettre un nombre négatif, + comme ici : +\layout Standard +\align center + +\begin_inset Tabular + + + + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Minéraux +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Calcite +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Dolomite +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Quartz +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Graphite +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash + +\backslash +[-1ex] +\end_inset + + Roches +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Calcaire +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Grès +\end_inset + + + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Granite +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Text + +\layout Standard + +Andesite +\end_inset + + + + +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +C'est court, simple et vite fait, mais c'est vraiment affreux. + Je ne sais même pas pourquoi je vous ai indiqué cette méthode. + Je ne le ferai plus, c'est promis ! +\layout Section + +Lettrines +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +newfont{ +\backslash +tmpfont}{cmr17 scaled 2500}{ +\backslash +tmpfont C} +\backslash +vspace*{-8.4ex} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard +\noindent + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +hangindent=4.5em +\backslash +hangafter=-3 +\end_inset + + eux d'entre vous qui aiment les vieux écrits aiment aussi certainement + les lettrines, ces grandes lettres majuscules qui ouvrent un nouveau chapitre. + L'implémentation de celles-ci se fait assez bien, à condition que vous + connaissiez un peu le TeX pur et dur, mais demande un peu de travail, comme + vous pouvez le voir à l'abominable code TeX qui entame ce paragraphe. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +verb+( +\backslash +bigdrop{-1em}{3}{ptmri}{I})+ +\end_inset + + l existe bien entendu une manière plus facile de s'en servir. + Le paquetage +\family typewriter +dropcaps +\family default + (ou le plus récent +\family typewriter +dropping +\family default +) du CTAN en est un exemple. + Ce paquetage n'étant pas dans la distribution standard de teTeX, je ne + peux pas en faire la démonstration dans ce document, mais si vous copiez + ce paragraphe dans un nouveau document, enlevez le +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\backslash +verb +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + et les caractères +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + ++ +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + du code TeX et ajoutez +\family typewriter + +\backslash +usepackage{dropcaps} +\family default + à votre préambule LaTeX, vous obtiendrez un magnifique +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +I +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + en Times Roman italique, dont la hauteur sera trois fois celle d'une ligne + de texte et qui dépasse de 1\SpecialChar ~ +em dans la marge. + (Il faut donc avoir copié +\family typewriter +dropcaps.sty +\family default + dans un répertoire ou TeX pourra le trouver.) Le premier paramètre indique + le retrait par rapport à la marge. + Dans le cas d'un nombre négatif, la lettrine dépassera dans celle-ci. + Le deuxième paramètre donne la hauteur de la lettrine en nombre de lignes + de texte. + Le troisième est le nom de la police à utiliser. + Normalement, un quelconque fichier tfm peut convenir (voyez le répertoire + +\family typewriter +.../texmf/fonts/tfm +\family default + pour en avoir la liste). + Ma préférence personnelle va à +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +yinit +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +, une police gothique spécialement créée pour les lettrines. + Le quatrième et dernier paramètre est la (les) lettre(s) à mettre en lettrine. + Le paquetage +\family typewriter +dropping +\family default + offre aussi la commande +\family typewriter + +\backslash +bigdrop +\family default + ainsi qu'une commande +\family typewriter + +\backslash +dropping +\family default + légèrement plus simple. +\layout Section + +Paragraphes de Forme Inhabituelle +\layout Standard +\added_space_bottom bigskip +par +\noun on +Mike Ressler +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +begin{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +newdimen +\backslash +varunit +\newline + +\backslash +setlength{ +\backslash +varunit}{4.5in} +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard +\noindent + +\begin_inset ERT +status Collapsed + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +parshape 19 0.45 +\backslash +varunit 0.367 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.40 +\backslash +varunit 0.335 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.35 +\backslash +varunit 0.328 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.30 +\backslash +varunit 0.335 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.25 +\backslash +varunit 0.352 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.20 +\backslash +varunit 0.377 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.15 +\backslash +varunit 0.408 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.10 +\backslash +varunit 0.445 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.05 +\backslash +varunit 0.488 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.00 +\backslash +varunit 0.535 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.05 +\backslash +varunit 0.488 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.10 +\backslash +varunit 0.445 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.15 +\backslash +varunit 0.408 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.20 +\backslash +varunit 0.377 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.25 +\backslash +varunit 0.352 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.30 +\backslash +varunit 0.335 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.35 +\backslash +varunit 0.328 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.40 +\backslash +varunit 0.335 +\backslash +varunit +\newline +0.45 +\backslash +varunit 0.367 +\backslash +varunit +\newline + +\end_inset + +Il y a des fois où il faut en finir avec la tyrannie des paragraphes rectangulai +res. + Dans de telles situations, il faut recourir à la délicieuse commande TeX + +\family typewriter + +\backslash +parshape +\family default +. + Comme vous voyez, on peut construire des formes complètement arbitraires + en déclarant un ensemble de longueurs de ligne. + Cette forme de paragraphe peut sembler un peu idiote et sans utilité, mais + on peut imaginer des situations, comme des lettrines finement ajustées, + l'enrobage de graphiques non rectangulaires, etc. + qui bénéficieraient d'une telle opération. + +\layout Standard +\added_space_top bigskip +La syntaxe est +\family typewriter + +\backslash +parshape nombre_lignes #1indentation #1longueur #2indentation #2longueur + \SpecialChar \ldots{} + #nindentation #nlongueur +\family default +, où +\family typewriter +nombre_lignes +\family default + est le nombre de lignes du texte qui définit le paragraphe. + S'il n'y a pas assez de lignes, la forme est tronquée ; s'il y en a trop, + les lignes en surplus ont les mêmes dimensions que la dernière ligne ainsi + définie. + Les entrées +\family typewriter +#nindentation +\family default + et +\family typewriter +#nlongueur +\family default + spécifient l'indentation de la ligne à compter de la marge de gauche, et + la longueur de la ligne à partir de ce point. + La forme ne s'applique qu'au paragraphe en cours ; tout est remis à la + normale pour le paragraphe suivant. +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset ERT +status Inlined + +\layout Standard + +\backslash +end{sloppypar} +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Résumé +\layout Standard + +Comme vous voyez, les exemples dans cette section vont de l'utile au futile. + Je ne m'attends pas à ce que qui que ce soit ait un jour besoin des formes + de paragraphe présentées dans la dernière section, mais le point essentiel + est que vous pouvez presque tout faire avec LyX : il vous suffit de trouver + comment procéder en TeX et LaTeX. + TeX est un système de typographie incroyablement puissant et toute cette + puissance vous est acquise puisque LyX s'en sert en arrière-plan. + LyXez en paix ! +\the_end diff --git a/lib/doc/he_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/he_TOC.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8d7d561387 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/he_TOC.lyx @@ -0,0 +1,2559 @@ +#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 221 +\textclass article +\language english +\inputencoding default +\fontscheme default +\graphics default +\paperfontsize default +\spacing single +\papersize Default +\paperpackage a4 +\use_geometry 0 +\use_amsmath 0 +\use_natbib 0 +\use_numerical_citations 0 +\paperorientation portrait +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation indent +\defskip medskip +\quotes_language english +\quotes_times 2 +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 1 +\paperpagestyle default + +\layout Title + +LyX Documentation Table of Contents +\layout Section* + +ä÷ãîä ììé÷ñ +\layout Description +1 +äôéìåñåôéä ùì ìé÷ñ +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +îä äéà ìé÷ñ? +\layout Description +1.2 +äáãìéí áéï ìé÷ñ ìîòáãé úîìéìéí àçøéí + + +\layout Description +1.3 +îä ìòæàæì æä +\lang english +LaTeX +\lang hebrew + )åìîä ùéäéä ìé àëôú(? + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +ùéîåù áúéòåã +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +ôåøîè äîãøéëéí +\layout Description +2.2 +äîãøéëéí +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +àéê ìúøåí ìôøåé÷è äìé÷ñ +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +ìúøåí ììé÷ñ äúåëðä +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +àéê ìãååç òì áàâ +\begin_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.1 +àéê ìúøåí úé÷åðéí åúëåðåú çãùåú +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.2 +úøåîä ìúòåã +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +ãéååç òì ùâéàåú +\layout Description +3.2.2 +ìäöèøó ìöååú äúòåã +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers +\newline +Version 0.3.7 +\layout Description +1 +Introduction and General Information +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +What is LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +That's fine, but is it useful? +\layout Description +1.3 +Where do I start? +\layout Description +1.4 +Does LyX run on my computer? +\layout Description +1.5 +How much hard disk space does LyX need? +\layout Description +1.6 +Is LyX really Open Source? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Internet Resources +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff? +\layout Description +2.2 +Where can I get LyX material by FTP? +\layout Description +2.3 +What mailing lists are there? +\layout Description +2.4 +Are the mailing lists archived anywhere? +\layout Description +2.5 +Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Compatibility with other word/document processors +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Can I read/write LaTeX files? +\layout Description +3.2 +Can I read/write Word files? +\layout Description +3.3 +Can I read/write HTML files? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Obtaining and Compiling LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +What do I need? +\layout Description +4.2 +How do I compile it? +\layout Description +4.3 +I hate compiling. + Where are precompiled binaries? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)? +\layout Description +5.2 +How do I enter Evil Red Text? +\layout Description +5.3 +The new ERT inset is really inconvenient ! +\layout Description +5.4 +Is there an alternative? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Questions Related to Using LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +General questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.1 +How do I get rid of the date under the title? +\layout Description +6.1.2 +How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \- +Enumerate/\SpecialChar \- +Description list environment +? +\layout Description +6.1.3 +How do I number equations by section? +\layout Description +6.1.4 +Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well? +\layout Description +6.1.5 +How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)? +\layout Description +6.1.6 +How do I kill widows and orphans? +\layout Description +6.1.7 +How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g. + 1. + a)? +\layout Description +6.1.8 +How do I count words in LyX? +\layout Description +6.1.9 +How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space? +\layout Description +6.1.10 +How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6 +]? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.2 +Figure related questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +What is the difference between a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +figure +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +figure float +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +? +\layout Description +6.2.2 +How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it? +\layout Description +6.2.3 +What does +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Too many unprocessed floats +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + mean? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Math related questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation? +\layout Description +6.3.2 +How do I make a cube root (or higher)? +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Questions Related to Running LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line? +\layout Description +7.2 +How do I create PDF files from my LyX document? +\layout Description +7.3 +Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in +\family typewriter +acroread +\family default + ? +\layout Description +7.4 +Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline + figures properly? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 +Questions Related to LyX on Windows +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.1 +Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +9 +How to get further assistance +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +9.1 +You still haven't answered my question! +\layout Description +9.2 +I want to mail someone about my problem. + +\layout Description +9.3 +What to put in a request for help. +\end_deeper +\layout Description +10 +Administrative information and acknowledgments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +10.1 +Feedback is invited. + +\layout Description +10.2 +Formats in which this FAQ is available. + +\layout Description +10.3 +Authorship and acknowledgments. +\layout Description +10.4 +Disclaimer and Copyright. + +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +ùòåø îåãøê +\layout Description +1 +îáåà +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +áøåê äáà ììé÷ñ +\layout Description +1.2 +îä äîñîê äæä, åîä äåà ìà +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.1 +ìäåöéà àú äîéøá îäùòåø äîåãøê +\layout Description +1.2.2 +îä ìà úîöà ôä +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +ääúçìä +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +äîñîê äøàùåï ùìê òí ìé÷ñ +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1.1 +ä÷ìãä, öôééä, äãôñä + + +\layout Description +2.1.2 +ôòåìåú ôùåèåú +\layout Description +2.1.3 +øååçéí áìé÷ñ: +\lang english +WYSIWYM +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.2 +ñáéáåú +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.2.1 +ñòéôéí åúúé-ñòéôéí +\layout Description +2.2.2 +øùéîåú åøùéîåú îùðä +\layout Description +2.2.3 +ñáéáåú àçøåú: ùéøä, öéèèåú åòåã. +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +ëúéáú îñîëéí +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +îçì÷åú +\layout Description +3.2 +úáðéåú: îëúá +\layout Description +3.3 +ùòø äîñîê +\layout Description +3.4 +úåéåú åäôðéåú +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.1 +äúåéú äøàùåðä ùìê +\layout Description +3.4.2 +ääôðéä äøàùåðä ùìê +\layout Description +3.4.3 +ùòùåòé úåéåú ðåñôéí +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.5 +äòøåú ùåìééí åöã +\layout Description +3.6 +áéáìéåâøôéä +\layout Description +3.7 +úåëï äòðééðéí +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +îúîèé÷ä +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +îöá îúîèé÷ä +\layout Description +4.2 +ðéååè áîùååàä +\layout Description +4.3 +çæ÷åú åàéðã÷ñéí +\layout Description +4.4 +ôàðì äðåñçàåú +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +éååðéú åòåã +\layout Description +4.4.2 +ùåøùéí, ëåáòéí åñåâøééí +\layout Description +4.4.3 +ùáøéí +\layout Description +4.4.4 +îöá +\lang english +TeX +\lang hebrew +: âáåìåú, ìåâ, ñéðåñ åçáøéí +\layout Description +4.4.5 +îèøéöåú +\layout Description +4.4.6 +ðåñçàåú îîåøëæåú +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +ðåñçàåú òì ëîä ùåøåú +\layout Description +4.6 +òåã òì îúîèé÷ä +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +ùåðåú +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +úëåðåú îøëæéåú àçøåú ùì ìé÷ñ +\layout Description +5.2 +ìé÷ñ ìîùúîùé +\lang english +LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +îåã +\lang english +TeX +\layout Description +5.2.2 +éáåà îñîëé +\lang english +LaTeX +\lang hebrew +: +\family typewriter +\lang english +reLyX +\layout Description +5.2.3 +úøâåí îñîëé ìé÷ñ ì- +\lang english +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.2.4 +ä÷ãîú +\lang english +LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.4.1 +îçì÷ú äîñîê +\layout Description +5.2.4.2 +ô÷åãåú ä÷ãîä àçøåú +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.5 + + + +\lang english +BibTeX +\layout Description +5.2.6 +ùåðåú +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +ùâéàåú! +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +The LyX User's Guide +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +What is LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +Getting Started +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.1 +Invoking LyX +\layout Description +1.2.2 +How LyX Looks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.2.1 +The Main Window +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.3 +HELP! +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.3 +The LyX Interface +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.3.1 +Basic File Operations +\layout Description +1.3.2 +Basic Editing Features +\layout Description +1.3.3 +Undo and Redo +\layout Description +1.3.4 +Basic Mouse Bindings +\layout Description +1.3.5 +Basic Key Bindings +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.4 +Using LyX with Other Programs +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.4.1 +Importing ASCII files +\layout Description +1.4.2 +Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +LyX Setup and Supporting Applications +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2.2 +Basic LyX Setup +\layout Description +2.3 +Setting Up the X Keyboard +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.1 + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\family default + and +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.1.1 + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\layout Description +2.3.1.2 + +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.2 +Modifiers and Mode_switch +\layout Description +2.3.3 +Helpful Hints and Tips +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.4 +LaTeX +\layout Description +2.5 +Dvips and Ghostscript +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.1 +What You Need +\layout Description +2.5.2 +Dvips +\layout Description +2.5.3 +Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.6 +The Printer +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +LyX Basics +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Document Types +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.1.2 + + +The Various Document Classes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.2.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.1.2.2 +Selecting a Class +\layout Description +3.1.2.3 +Properties +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.3 +Fine-tuning the Defaults +\layout Description +3.1.4 +Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins +\layout Description +3.1.5 +Important Note: +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.2 +Paragraph Indentation and Separation +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Global Indentation Method +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Fine-Tuning +\layout Description +3.2.4 +Changing Line Spacing +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Paragraph Environments + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.3.2 +Standard +\layout Description +3.3.3 +Document Titles +\layout Description +3.3.4 +Headings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.4.1 +Numbered Headings +\layout Description +3.3.4.2 +Unnumbered Headings +\layout Description +3.3.4.3 +Changing the Numbering + + +\layout Description +3.3.4.4 +Special Information +\layout Description +3.3.4.5 +Creating an Appendix +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5 +Quotes and Poetry +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5.1 + +\family sans +Quote +\family default + and +\family sans +Quotation +\layout Description +3.3.5.2 + +\family sans +Verse +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6 +Lists +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6.1 +General Features +\layout Description +3.3.6.2 + +\family sans +Itemize +\layout Description +3.3.6.3 + +\family sans +Enumerate +\layout Description +3.3.6.4 + +\family sans +Description +\layout Description +3.3.6.5 +The LyX +\family sans +List +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7 +Letters +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7.1 + +\family sans +Address +\family default + and +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default +: An Overview +\layout Description +3.3.7.2 +Usage +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8 +Academic Writing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8.1 + +\family sans +Abstract +\layout Description +3.3.8.2 + +\family sans +Bibliography +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9 +Special Purpose +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9.1 + +\family sans +Caption +\layout Description +3.3.9.2 + +\family sans +LyX-Code +\layout Description +3.3.9.3 +Comment +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Nesting Environments + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.1 +The Big Deal +\layout Description +3.4.2 +What You Can and Can't Nest +\layout Description +3.4.3 +Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. +\layout Description +3.4.4 +Usage and General Features +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.4.1 +Nesting limits +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5 +Some Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5.1 +Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting +\layout Description +3.4.5.2 +Example #2: Inheritance +\layout Description +3.4.5.3 +Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + and +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + Environments. +\layout Description +3.4.5.4 +Example #4: Going Bonkers +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.5 +Fonts and Text Styles +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.5.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.5.2 +Global Options +\layout Description +3.5.3 +Using Different Character Styles +\layout Description +3.5.4 +Fine-Tuning with the +\family sans +Character Layout +\family default + dialog +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.6 +Printing and Previewing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.6.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.6.2 +Quick Viewing with +\family typewriter +xdvi +\layout Description +3.6.3 +Viewing the PostScript® Version with +\family typewriter +ghostview +\layout Description +3.6.4 +Printing the File +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7 +A Few Words about Typography +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.1 +Hyphens and Hyphenation +\layout Description +3.7.2 +Punctuation Marks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.2.1 +Abbreviations and End of Sentence +\layout Description +3.7.2.2 +Quotes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.3 +Ligatures +\layout Description +3.7.4 +Widows and Orphans +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Footnotes +\layout Description +4.2 +Margin Notes +\layout Description +4.3 +Figures and Imported Graphics +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1 +Figure Floats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1.1 +Using Figure Floats +\layout Description +4.3.1.2 +Float Placement +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.2 + +\family typewriter +XFig +\family default + and LyX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.4 +Tables +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +The Table dialog +\layout Description +4.4.2 +What can be placed inside a table cell? +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Cut & Paste in Tables +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Multiple lines in cells +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Table Floats +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +Table of Contents and other Listings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +The Table of Contents +\layout Description +4.5.2 +List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Mathematical Formulae +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Basic Math Editing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1.1 +Navigating a Formula +\layout Description +5.1.2 +Selecting Text +\layout Description +5.1.3 +Exponents and Subscripts +\layout Description +5.1.4 +Fractions +\layout Description +5.1.5 +Sums and Integrals +\layout Description +5.1.6 +The Math Panel +\layout Description +5.1.7 +Other Math Symbols +\layout Description +5.1.8 +Altering spacing +\layout Description +5.1.9 +Math functions +\layout Description +5.1.10 +Accents +\layout Description +5.1.11 +The math editor for LaTeX users +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.2 +Brackets and decorations +\layout Description +5.3 +Grouping +\layout Description +5.4 +Arrays and Multi-line Equations +\layout Description +5.5 +Equation Numbering and Labels +\layout Description +5.6 +User defined macros in math mode +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.6.1 +Directions on using macros +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.6.1.1 +How to create them +\layout Description +5.6.1.2 +How to navigate +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.7 +Fine-Tuning +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.7.1 +Typefaces +\layout Description +5.7.2 +Math Text Mode +\layout Description +5.7.3 +Font Sizes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.8 +AMS LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.8.1 +Enabling AMS Support +\layout Description +5.8.2 +AMS Symbols +\layout Description +5.8.3 +AMS Formula Types +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +More Tools +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Cross-References +\layout Description +6.2 +URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) +\layout Description +6.3 +Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments + + +\layout Description +6.4 +Spacing, pagination and line breaks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 +Extra Horizontal Space +\layout Description +6.4.2 +Extra Vertical Space +\layout Description +6.4.3 +Changing Paragraph Alignment +\layout Description +6.4.4 +Forcing Page Breaks +\layout Description +6.4.5 +Protected blanks +\layout Description +6.4.6 +Line breaking +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.5 +Spellchecking +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.1 +Spellchecker Options +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.1.1 +Dictionary +\layout Description +6.5.1.2 +Personal dictionary +\layout Description +6.5.1.3 +Further Options +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.2 +Limitations +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.6 +International Support +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.6.1 +Language Options +\layout Description +6.6.2 +Keyboard mapping configuration +\layout Description +6.6.3 +Character Tables +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Credits +\layout Section* + +Extended LyX Features +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2 +LyX and LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +How LyX Uses LaTeX +\layout Description +2.2 + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Help! LyX generated an unreadable +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + file! +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +2.3 +Translating LaTeX files into LyX +\layout Description +2.4 +Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents + + +\layout Description +2.5 +LyX and the LaTeX Preamble +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.1 +About the LaTeX Preamble +\layout Description +2.5.2 +Changing the Preamble +\layout Description +2.5.3 +Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.3.1 +Example #1: Offsets +\layout Description +2.5.3.2 +Example #2: Labels +\layout Description +2.5.3.3 +Example #3: Paragraph Indentation +\layout Description +2.5.3.4 +Example #4: This Document +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.6 +LyX and LaTeX Errors +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Supplemental Tools +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX +\layout Description +3.2 +Making an Index +\layout Description +3.3 +Multipart Documents +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +General Operation +\layout Description +3.3.2 +Cross-References Between Files +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Algorithms +\layout Description +3.5 +Subfigures +\layout Description +3.6 +Fancy Headers and Footers +\layout Description +3.7 +Minipages +\layout Description +3.8 +Wrapping Text Around Figures + + +\layout Description +3.9 +Extra Table Options +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.9.1 +Removing Extra Column Space +\layout Description +3.9.2 +Changing the Column Separator Character +\layout Description +3.9.3 +Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column +\layout Description +3.9.4 +A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.10 +Itemize Bullet Selection + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.10.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.10.2 +How it looks +\layout Description +3.10.3 +How to use it +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Special Document Classes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +AMS LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1.1 +What these layouts provide +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.2 +Dinbrief +\layout Description +4.3 +Paper +\layout Description +4.4 +A&A Paper +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Getting started +\layout Description +4.4.3 +The header block +\layout Description +4.4.4 +The abstract +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Supported environments +\layout Description +4.4.6 +Commands not supported by LyX +\layout Description +4.4.7 +Figure and Table Floats +\layout Description +4.4.8 +Referee layout +\layout Description +4.4.9 +The example paper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +AASTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.5.2 +Starting a New Paper +\layout Description +4.5.3 +Finishing Your Paper +\layout Description +4.5.4 +Comments On Specific Commands +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.4.1 +Things that work as expected +\layout Description +4.5.4.2 +Things that work, but require more comment +\layout Description +4.5.4.3 +Things not implemented, use ERT +\layout Description +4.5.4.4 +Things that cannot be implemented +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5 +FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5.1 +Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate +\layout Description +4.5.5.2 +LaTeX error processing a table +\layout Description +4.5.5.3 +References + + +\layout Description +4.5.5.4 +Including EPS files +\layout Description +4.5.5.5 +Things I could have done, but didn't +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.6 +Final Caveat +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.6 +ijmpd +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.6.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.6.2 +Writing a paper +\layout Description +4.6.3 +Preparing a paper for submission +\layout Description +4.6.4 +Use of ERT +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.7 +Kluwer +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.7.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.7.2 +Writing a paper +\layout Description +4.7.3 +Preparing a paper for submission +\layout Description +4.7.4 + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Peculiarities +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + of the Kluwer package + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.8 +Koma-Script +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.8.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.8.2 +article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.3 +letter (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.4 +The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) +\layout Description +4.8.5 +Problems +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.9 +Springer Journals ( +\family sans +svjour +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.9.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.9.2 +New styles +\layout Description +4.9.3 +Supported journals +\layout Description +4.9.4 +Credits +\layout Description +4.9.5 +Bugs +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.10 +AGU journals ( +\family sans +aguplus +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.10.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.10.2 +New styles +\layout Description +4.10.3 +New floats +\layout Description +4.10.4 +Supported journals +\layout Description +4.10.5 +Bugs and things to remember +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.11 +EGS journals ( +\family sans +egs +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.11.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.11.2 +New styles +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12 +Slides [aka +\noun on +Sli +\noun default +TeX] + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.12.2 +Getting Started + + +\layout Description +4.12.3 +Paragraph Environments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.3.1 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.12.3.2 +Quirks of the New Environments + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4 +Making a Presentation with +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, +\family sans + Overlay +\family default + and +\family sans +Note +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4.1 +Using the +\family sans +Slide +\family default + Environment +\layout Description +4.12.4.2 +Using +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + with +\family sans +Slide +\layout Description +4.12.4.3 +Using +\family sans +Note +\family default + with +\family sans +Slide +\family default + + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.5 +The +\family sans +slides +\family default + Class Template File +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13 +Foils [aka +\family sans +Foil +\family default +\noun on +TeX +\noun default +] + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.13.2 +Getting Started +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.2.1 +Extra Options +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.3 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.13.4 +Building a Set of Foils +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.4.1 +Give It a Title Page +\layout Description +4.13.4.2 +Start a New Foil +\layout Description +4.13.4.3 +Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more +\layout Description +4.13.4.4 +Lists +\layout Description +4.13.4.5 +Figures and Tables +\layout Description +4.13.4.6 +Page Headers and Footers + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5 +Unsupported +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX Goodies + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5.1 +Lengths +\layout Description +4.13.5.2 +Headers and Footers +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.14 +Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.14.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.14.2 +Getting Started +\layout Description +4.14.3 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.14.4 +Differences Between Screen and Paper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.15 +Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.15.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.15.2 +Special problems +\layout Description +4.15.3 +Special features +\layout Description +4.15.4 +Paper size and Margins +\layout Description +4.15.5 +Environments +\layout Description +4.15.6 +Script jargon +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.16 +Broadway +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.16.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.16.2 +Special problems +\layout Description +4.16.3 +Special features +\layout Description +4.16.4 +Paper size and Margins +\layout Description +4.16.5 +Environments +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.17 +RevTeX4 +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.17.1 +Installation +\layout Description +4.17.2 +Preamble Matter +\layout Description +4.17.3 +Layouts +\layout Description +4.17.4 +Important Notes +\layout Description +4.17.5 +Drawbacks +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.18 +Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) + + +\layout Description +4.19 +Elsevier Journals +\layout Description +4.20 +Memoir +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.20.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.20.2 +Basic features and restrictions +\layout Description +4.20.3 +Extra features +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Considerations +\layout Description +5.2 +Importing Other Formats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.2.2 +ASCII Text +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Noweb +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Exporting Other Formats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.3.2 +Device Independent Files +\layout Description +5.3.3 +PostScript® +\layout Description +5.3.4 +ASCII text +\layout Description +5.3.5 +HTML +\layout Description +5.3.6 +PDF +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.6.1 +Use pdfLaTeX +\layout Description +5.3.6.2 +Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader? + + + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.3 +Why doesn't the +\backslash +boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex? + + + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.4 +Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running + pdfLaTeX? + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.5 +How can I make URLs clickable ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.7 +Custom +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +The Complete reLyX Description + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.1 +Synopsis +\layout Description +5.4.2 +Options +\layout Description +5.4.3 +Description +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.3.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +5.4.3.2 +Usage +\layout Description +5.4.3.3 +What reLyX Can Handle +\layout Description +5.4.3.4 +What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK +\layout Description +5.4.3.5 +What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~ +k.\SpecialChar ~ +a. + BUGS + + +\layout Description +5.4.3.6 +What LyX Can't Handle +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.4 +Examples +\layout Description +5.4.5 +Notes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.5.1 +Bug Reports + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.2 +Implementation Details: +\layout Description +5.4.5.3 +Layout Files +\layout Description +5.4.5.4 +Syntax Files + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.5 +Miscellaneous +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.6 +Diagnostics +\layout Description +5.4.7 +Warnings +\layout Description +5.4.8 +Files +\layout Description +5.4.9 +See also +\layout Description +5.4.10 +Authors +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +LyX Features needing Extra Software +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.1 +Overview +\layout Description +6.1.2 +Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.2.1 +Getting started +\layout Description +6.1.2.2 +Output from LinuxDoc +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3 +Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3.1 +The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document +\layout Description +6.1.3.2 +The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments +\layout Description +6.1.3.3 +Other document features +\layout Description +6.1.3.4 +Cross references and HTML +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.4 +Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts + + +\layout Description +6.1.5 +Troubleshooting LinuxDoc +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.2 +Checking TeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.2.2 +How to use it +\layout Description +6.2.3 +How to fine tune it +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Version Control in LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.3.2 +RCS commands in LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.2.1 + +\family sans +Register +\layout Description +6.3.2.2 + +\family sans +Check In Changes +\layout Description +6.3.2.3 + +\family sans +Check Out For Edit +\layout Description +6.3.2.4 + +\family sans +Revert To Last Version +\layout Description +6.3.2.5 + +\family sans +Undo Last Checkin +\layout Description +6.3.2.6 + +\family sans +Show History +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4 +Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.4.2 +Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.2.1 +References +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3 +LyX and Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3.1 +Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) +\layout Description +6.4.3.2 +Configuring LyX +\layout Description +6.4.3.3 +Debug extensions +\layout Description +6.4.3.4 +Toolbar extensions +\layout Description +6.4.3.5 +Colors customization +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Secrets of the LaTeX Masters + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1.1 +Footnotes +\layout Description +7.1.2 +Margin Notes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.2 +Multiple Columns +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.1 +Purpose +\layout Description +7.2.2 +Limitations +\layout Description +7.2.3 +Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.3.1 +Two columns +\layout Description +7.2.3.2 +Multiple columns +\layout Description +7.2.3.3 +Columns inside columns +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.3 +Numbering in the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + Paragraph Environment + + +\layout Description +7.4 +Extra Space Between Table Rows +\layout Description +7.5 +Dropped Capitals +\layout Description +7.6 +Non-standard Paragraph Shapes +\layout Description +7.7 +Summary +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2 +LyX configuration files +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +What's in +\family typewriter +LyXDir +\family default +? +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1.1 +Automatically generated files +\layout Description +2.1.2 +Directories +\layout Description +2.1.3 +Files you don't want to modify +\layout Description +2.1.4 +Other files needing a line or two... +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.2 +Your local configuration directory +\layout Description +2.3 +Running LyX with multiple configurations +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +The +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +references +\family default + dialog +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Using the dialog for the first time +\layout Description +3.2 +On-screen fonts +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +DPI setting and Font Zoom +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Font definition commands +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Font encoding +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Bindings + + +\layout Description +3.4 +User Interface + + +\layout Description +3.5 +Converters, Formats and Viewers +\layout Description +3.6 +ASCII export options +\layout Description +3.7 +Printer +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.1 +Changing Colors +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.8 +The autodetected settings +\layout Description +3.9 +The rest +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Internationalizing LyX + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Selecting an alternative language for the user interface +\layout Description +4.2 +Translating LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.2.1 +Translating the graphical user interface (text messages). +\layout Description +4.2.2 +Translating the documentation. +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.3 +International Keyboard Support +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1 +Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.4 +International Keymap Stuff + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +The .kmap File +\layout Description +4.4.2 +The .cdef File +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Dead Keys +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Saving your Language Configuration +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates + + + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Installing a new LaTeX package +\layout Description +5.2 +Layouts +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +Supporting new document classes +\layout Description +5.2.2 +A layout for an +\family sans +sty +\family default + file +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Layout for a +\family sans +cls +\family default + file +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Declaring a new text class +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +General text class parameters +\layout Description +5.3.2 + +\family typewriter +ClassOptions +\family default + section +\layout Description +5.3.3 +Specific Paragraph Layouts +\layout Description +5.3.4 +Floats +\layout Description +5.3.5 +Counters +\layout Description +5.3.6 +Font description +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +Creating Templates + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Including External Material +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Background +\layout Description +6.2 +How does it work? +\layout Description +6.3 +The external material dialog +\layout Description +6.4 +Examples +\layout Description +6.5 +The external template configuration file +\layout Description +6.6 +The substitution mechanism +\layout Description +6.7 +Security discussion +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +The LyX Server +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +7.2 +Starting the LyX Server +\layout Description +7.3 +Normal communication +\layout Description +7.4 +Notification +\layout Description +7.5 +The simple LyX Server Protocol +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 \start_of_appendix +Bindings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.1 +Toolbar +\layout Description +8.2 +Menu +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.1 +File +\layout Description +8.2.2 +Edit +\layout Description +8.2.3 +Insert +\layout Description +8.2.4 +Layout +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.4.1 +L +\family sans +ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Character +\family default + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.5 +View +\layout Description +8.2.6 +Navigate +\layout Description +8.2.7 +Help +\layout Description +8.2.8 +Paragraph Style +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8.3 +Keyboard +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.3.1 +Specific to +\family typewriter +emacs.bind +\layout Description +8.3.2 +Specific to +\family typewriter +cua.bind +\layout Description +8.3.3 +Specific to +\family typewriter +sciword.bind +\layout Description +8.3.4 +Standard math bindings +\layout Description +8.3.5 +Other Accelerators +\end_deeper +\end_deeper + +\the_end diff --git a/lib/doc/hu_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/hu_TOC.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..03432c1ab1 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/hu_TOC.lyx @@ -0,0 +1,2507 @@ +#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 221 +\textclass article +\language english +\inputencoding default +\fontscheme default +\graphics default +\paperfontsize default +\spacing single +\papersize Default +\paperpackage a4 +\use_geometry 0 +\use_amsmath 0 +\use_natbib 0 +\use_numerical_citations 0 +\paperorientation portrait +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation indent +\defskip medskip +\quotes_language english +\quotes_times 2 +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 1 +\paperpagestyle default + +\layout Title + +LyX Documentation Table of Contents +\layout Section* + +Bevezetés a LyX használatába, +\newline +avagy +\newline +Hogyan használjuk ezeket a dokumentumokat +\layout Description +1 +Eligazodás a dokumentumok között +\layout Description +2 +A kézikönyvek formátuma +\layout Description +3 +A kézikönyvek +\layout Description +4 + + +Közremûködés a Dokumentációs Projektben +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +A kézikönyvben talált hibák jelentése +\layout Description +4.2 +Csatlakozás a Dokumentációs Csapathoz +\layout Description +4.3 +Csatlakozás a dokumentációk fordításához +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers +\newline +Version 0.3.7 +\layout Description +1 +Introduction and General Information +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +What is LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +That's fine, but is it useful? +\layout Description +1.3 +Where do I start? +\layout Description +1.4 +Does LyX run on my computer? +\layout Description +1.5 +How much hard disk space does LyX need? +\layout Description +1.6 +Is LyX really Open Source? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Internet Resources +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff? +\layout Description +2.2 +Where can I get LyX material by FTP? +\layout Description +2.3 +What mailing lists are there? +\layout Description +2.4 +Are the mailing lists archived anywhere? +\layout Description +2.5 +Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Compatibility with other word/document processors +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Can I read/write LaTeX files? +\layout Description +3.2 +Can I read/write Word files? +\layout Description +3.3 +Can I read/write HTML files? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Obtaining and Compiling LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +What do I need? +\layout Description +4.2 +How do I compile it? +\layout Description +4.3 +I hate compiling. + Where are precompiled binaries? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)? +\layout Description +5.2 +How do I enter Evil Red Text? +\layout Description +5.3 +The new ERT inset is really inconvenient ! +\layout Description +5.4 +Is there an alternative? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Questions Related to Using LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +General questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.1 +How do I get rid of the date under the title? +\layout Description +6.1.2 +How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \- +Enumerate/\SpecialChar \- +Description list environment +? +\layout Description +6.1.3 +How do I number equations by section? +\layout Description +6.1.4 +Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well? +\layout Description +6.1.5 +How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)? +\layout Description +6.1.6 +How do I kill widows and orphans? +\layout Description +6.1.7 +How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g. + 1. + a)? +\layout Description +6.1.8 +How do I count words in LyX? +\layout Description +6.1.9 +How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space? +\layout Description +6.1.10 +How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6 +]? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.2 +Figure related questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +What is the difference between a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +figure +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +figure float +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +? +\layout Description +6.2.2 +How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it? +\layout Description +6.2.3 +What does +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Too many unprocessed floats +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + mean? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Math related questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation? +\layout Description +6.3.2 +How do I make a cube root (or higher)? +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Questions Related to Running LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line? +\layout Description +7.2 +How do I create PDF files from my LyX document? +\layout Description +7.3 +Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in +\family typewriter +acroread +\family default + ? +\layout Description +7.4 +Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline + figures properly? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 +Questions Related to LyX on Windows +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.1 +Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +9 +How to get further assistance +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +9.1 +You still haven't answered my question! +\layout Description +9.2 +I want to mail someone about my problem. + +\layout Description +9.3 +What to put in a request for help. +\end_deeper +\layout Description +10 +Administrative information and acknowledgments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +10.1 +Feedback is invited. + +\layout Description +10.2 +Formats in which this FAQ is available. + +\layout Description +10.3 +Authorship and acknowledgments. +\layout Description +10.4 +Disclaimer and Copyright. + +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +The LyX Tutorial +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +Welcome to LyX! +\layout Description +1.2 +What the Tutorial +\emph on +is +\emph default + and What it +\emph on +isn't +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.1 +Getting the Most out of the Tutorial +\layout Description +1.2.2 +What You +\emph on +Won't +\emph default + Find: +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Getting Started with LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Your First LyX Document +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1.1 +Typing, Viewing, and Printing +\layout Description +2.1.2 +Simple Operations +\layout Description +2.1.3 +WYSIWYM: Whitespace in LyX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.2 +Environments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.2.1 +Sections and Subsections +\layout Description +2.2.2 +Lists and sublists +\layout Description +2.2.3 +Other Environments: Verses, Quotations, and More +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Writing Documents +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Text classes +\layout Description +3.2 +Templates: Writing a Letter +\layout Description +3.3 +Document Titles +\layout Description +3.4 +Labels and Cross-References +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.1 +Your first label +\layout Description +3.4.2 +Your first cross-references +\layout Description +3.4.3 +More fun with labels +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.5 +Footnotes and Margin Notes +\layout Description +3.6 +Bibliographies +\layout Description +3.7 +Table of Contents +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Using Math +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Math Mode +\layout Description +4.2 +Navigating an Equation +\layout Description +4.3 +Exponents and Indices +\layout Description +4.4 +The +\family sans +Math Panel +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Greek and symbols +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Square roots, accents, and delimiters +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Fractions +\layout Description +4.4.4 +TeX mode: Limits, log, sin and others +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Matrices +\layout Description +4.4.6 +Display mode +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +More Math Stuff +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Miscellaneous +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Other Major LyX Features +\layout Description +5.2 +LyX for LaTeX Users +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +TeX Mode +\layout Description +5.2.2 +Importing LaTeX Documents--- +\family typewriter +reLyX +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Converting LyX Documents to LaTeX +\layout Description +5.2.4 +LaTeX Preamble +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.4.1 +Document Class +\layout Description +5.2.4.2 +Other Preamble Matter +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.5 +BibTeX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Errors! +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +The LyX User's Guide +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +What is LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +Getting Started +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.1 +Invoking LyX +\layout Description +1.2.2 +How LyX Looks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.2.1 +The Main Window +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.3 +HELP! +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.3 +The LyX Interface +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.3.1 +Basic File Operations +\layout Description +1.3.2 +Basic Editing Features +\layout Description +1.3.3 +Undo and Redo +\layout Description +1.3.4 +Basic Mouse Bindings +\layout Description +1.3.5 +Basic Key Bindings +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.4 +Using LyX with Other Programs +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.4.1 +Importing ASCII files +\layout Description +1.4.2 +Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +LyX Setup and Supporting Applications +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2.2 +Basic LyX Setup +\layout Description +2.3 +Setting Up the X Keyboard +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.1 + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\family default + and +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.1.1 + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\layout Description +2.3.1.2 + +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.2 +Modifiers and Mode_switch +\layout Description +2.3.3 +Helpful Hints and Tips +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.4 +LaTeX +\layout Description +2.5 +Dvips and Ghostscript +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.1 +What You Need +\layout Description +2.5.2 +Dvips +\layout Description +2.5.3 +Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.6 +The Printer +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +LyX Basics +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Document Types +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.1.2 + + +The Various Document Classes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.2.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.1.2.2 +Selecting a Class +\layout Description +3.1.2.3 +Properties +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.3 +Fine-tuning the Defaults +\layout Description +3.1.4 +Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins +\layout Description +3.1.5 +Important Note: +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.2 +Paragraph Indentation and Separation +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Global Indentation Method +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Fine-Tuning +\layout Description +3.2.4 +Changing Line Spacing +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Paragraph Environments + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.3.2 +Standard +\layout Description +3.3.3 +Document Titles +\layout Description +3.3.4 +Headings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.4.1 +Numbered Headings +\layout Description +3.3.4.2 +Unnumbered Headings +\layout Description +3.3.4.3 +Changing the Numbering + + +\layout Description +3.3.4.4 +Special Information +\layout Description +3.3.4.5 +Creating an Appendix +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5 +Quotes and Poetry +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5.1 + +\family sans +Quote +\family default + and +\family sans +Quotation +\layout Description +3.3.5.2 + +\family sans +Verse +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6 +Lists +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6.1 +General Features +\layout Description +3.3.6.2 + +\family sans +Itemize +\layout Description +3.3.6.3 + +\family sans +Enumerate +\layout Description +3.3.6.4 + +\family sans +Description +\layout Description +3.3.6.5 +The LyX +\family sans +List +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7 +Letters +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7.1 + +\family sans +Address +\family default + and +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default +: An Overview +\layout Description +3.3.7.2 +Usage +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8 +Academic Writing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8.1 + +\family sans +Abstract +\layout Description +3.3.8.2 + +\family sans +Bibliography +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9 +Special Purpose +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9.1 + +\family sans +Caption +\layout Description +3.3.9.2 + +\family sans +LyX-Code +\layout Description +3.3.9.3 +Comment +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Nesting Environments + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.1 +The Big Deal +\layout Description +3.4.2 +What You Can and Can't Nest +\layout Description +3.4.3 +Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. +\layout Description +3.4.4 +Usage and General Features +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.4.1 +Nesting limits +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5 +Some Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5.1 +Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting +\layout Description +3.4.5.2 +Example #2: Inheritance +\layout Description +3.4.5.3 +Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + and +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + Environments. +\layout Description +3.4.5.4 +Example #4: Going Bonkers +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.5 +Fonts and Text Styles +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.5.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.5.2 +Global Options +\layout Description +3.5.3 +Using Different Character Styles +\layout Description +3.5.4 +Fine-Tuning with the +\family sans +Character Layout +\family default + dialog +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.6 +Printing and Previewing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.6.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.6.2 +Quick Viewing with +\family typewriter +xdvi +\layout Description +3.6.3 +Viewing the PostScript® Version with +\family typewriter +ghostview +\layout Description +3.6.4 +Printing the File +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7 +A Few Words about Typography +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.1 +Hyphens and Hyphenation +\layout Description +3.7.2 +Punctuation Marks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.2.1 +Abbreviations and End of Sentence +\layout Description +3.7.2.2 +Quotes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.3 +Ligatures +\layout Description +3.7.4 +Widows and Orphans +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Footnotes +\layout Description +4.2 +Margin Notes +\layout Description +4.3 +Figures and Imported Graphics +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1 +Figure Floats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1.1 +Using Figure Floats +\layout Description +4.3.1.2 +Float Placement +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.2 + +\family typewriter +XFig +\family default + and LyX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.4 +Tables +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +The Table dialog +\layout Description +4.4.2 +What can be placed inside a table cell? +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Cut & Paste in Tables +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Multiple lines in cells +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Table Floats +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +Table of Contents and other Listings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +The Table of Contents +\layout Description +4.5.2 +List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Mathematical Formulae +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Basic Math Editing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1.1 +Navigating a Formula +\layout Description +5.1.2 +Selecting Text +\layout Description +5.1.3 +Exponents and Subscripts +\layout Description +5.1.4 +Fractions +\layout Description +5.1.5 +Sums and Integrals +\layout Description +5.1.6 +The Math Panel +\layout Description +5.1.7 +Other Math Symbols +\layout Description +5.1.8 +Altering spacing +\layout Description +5.1.9 +Math functions +\layout Description +5.1.10 +Accents +\layout Description +5.1.11 +The math editor for LaTeX users +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.2 +Brackets and decorations +\layout Description +5.3 +Grouping +\layout Description +5.4 +Arrays and Multi-line Equations +\layout Description +5.5 +Equation Numbering and Labels +\layout Description +5.6 +User defined macros in math mode +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.6.1 +Directions on using macros +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.6.1.1 +How to create them +\layout Description +5.6.1.2 +How to navigate +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.7 +Fine-Tuning +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.7.1 +Typefaces +\layout Description +5.7.2 +Math Text Mode +\layout Description +5.7.3 +Font Sizes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.8 +AMS LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.8.1 +Enabling AMS Support +\layout Description +5.8.2 +AMS Symbols +\layout Description +5.8.3 +AMS Formula Types +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +More Tools +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Cross-References +\layout Description +6.2 +URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) +\layout Description +6.3 +Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments + + +\layout Description +6.4 +Spacing, pagination and line breaks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 +Extra Horizontal Space +\layout Description +6.4.2 +Extra Vertical Space +\layout Description +6.4.3 +Changing Paragraph Alignment +\layout Description +6.4.4 +Forcing Page Breaks +\layout Description +6.4.5 +Protected blanks +\layout Description +6.4.6 +Line breaking +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.5 +Spellchecking +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.1 +Spellchecker Options +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.1.1 +Dictionary +\layout Description +6.5.1.2 +Personal dictionary +\layout Description +6.5.1.3 +Further Options +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.2 +Limitations +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.6 +International Support +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.6.1 +Language Options +\layout Description +6.6.2 +Keyboard mapping configuration +\layout Description +6.6.3 +Character Tables +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Credits +\layout Section* + +Extended LyX Features +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2 +LyX and LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +How LyX Uses LaTeX +\layout Description +2.2 + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Help! LyX generated an unreadable +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + file! +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +2.3 +Translating LaTeX files into LyX +\layout Description +2.4 +Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents + + +\layout Description +2.5 +LyX and the LaTeX Preamble +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.1 +About the LaTeX Preamble +\layout Description +2.5.2 +Changing the Preamble +\layout Description +2.5.3 +Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.3.1 +Example #1: Offsets +\layout Description +2.5.3.2 +Example #2: Labels +\layout Description +2.5.3.3 +Example #3: Paragraph Indentation +\layout Description +2.5.3.4 +Example #4: This Document +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.6 +LyX and LaTeX Errors +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Supplemental Tools +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX +\layout Description +3.2 +Making an Index +\layout Description +3.3 +Multipart Documents +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +General Operation +\layout Description +3.3.2 +Cross-References Between Files +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Algorithms +\layout Description +3.5 +Subfigures +\layout Description +3.6 +Fancy Headers and Footers +\layout Description +3.7 +Minipages +\layout Description +3.8 +Wrapping Text Around Figures + + +\layout Description +3.9 +Extra Table Options +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.9.1 +Removing Extra Column Space +\layout Description +3.9.2 +Changing the Column Separator Character +\layout Description +3.9.3 +Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column +\layout Description +3.9.4 +A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.10 +Itemize Bullet Selection + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.10.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.10.2 +How it looks +\layout Description +3.10.3 +How to use it +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Special Document Classes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +AMS LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1.1 +What these layouts provide +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.2 +Dinbrief +\layout Description +4.3 +Paper +\layout Description +4.4 +A&A Paper +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Getting started +\layout Description +4.4.3 +The header block +\layout Description +4.4.4 +The abstract +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Supported environments +\layout Description +4.4.6 +Commands not supported by LyX +\layout Description +4.4.7 +Figure and Table Floats +\layout Description +4.4.8 +Referee layout +\layout Description +4.4.9 +The example paper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +AASTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.5.2 +Starting a New Paper +\layout Description +4.5.3 +Finishing Your Paper +\layout Description +4.5.4 +Comments On Specific Commands +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.4.1 +Things that work as expected +\layout Description +4.5.4.2 +Things that work, but require more comment +\layout Description +4.5.4.3 +Things not implemented, use ERT +\layout Description +4.5.4.4 +Things that cannot be implemented +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5 +FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5.1 +Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate +\layout Description +4.5.5.2 +LaTeX error processing a table +\layout Description +4.5.5.3 +References + + +\layout Description +4.5.5.4 +Including EPS files +\layout Description +4.5.5.5 +Things I could have done, but didn't +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.6 +Final Caveat +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.6 +ijmpd +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.6.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.6.2 +Writing a paper +\layout Description +4.6.3 +Preparing a paper for submission +\layout Description +4.6.4 +Use of ERT +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.7 +Kluwer +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.7.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.7.2 +Writing a paper +\layout Description +4.7.3 +Preparing a paper for submission +\layout Description +4.7.4 + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Peculiarities +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + of the Kluwer package + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.8 +Koma-Script +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.8.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.8.2 +article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.3 +letter (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.4 +The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) +\layout Description +4.8.5 +Problems +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.9 +Springer Journals ( +\family sans +svjour +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.9.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.9.2 +New styles +\layout Description +4.9.3 +Supported journals +\layout Description +4.9.4 +Credits +\layout Description +4.9.5 +Bugs +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.10 +AGU journals ( +\family sans +aguplus +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.10.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.10.2 +New styles +\layout Description +4.10.3 +New floats +\layout Description +4.10.4 +Supported journals +\layout Description +4.10.5 +Bugs and things to remember +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.11 +EGS journals ( +\family sans +egs +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.11.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.11.2 +New styles +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12 +Slides [aka +\noun on +Sli +\noun default +TeX] + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.12.2 +Getting Started + + +\layout Description +4.12.3 +Paragraph Environments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.3.1 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.12.3.2 +Quirks of the New Environments + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4 +Making a Presentation with +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, +\family sans + Overlay +\family default + and +\family sans +Note +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4.1 +Using the +\family sans +Slide +\family default + Environment +\layout Description +4.12.4.2 +Using +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + with +\family sans +Slide +\layout Description +4.12.4.3 +Using +\family sans +Note +\family default + with +\family sans +Slide +\family default + + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.5 +The +\family sans +slides +\family default + Class Template File +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13 +Foils [aka +\family sans +Foil +\family default +\noun on +TeX +\noun default +] + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.13.2 +Getting Started +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.2.1 +Extra Options +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.3 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.13.4 +Building a Set of Foils +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.4.1 +Give It a Title Page +\layout Description +4.13.4.2 +Start a New Foil +\layout Description +4.13.4.3 +Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more +\layout Description +4.13.4.4 +Lists +\layout Description +4.13.4.5 +Figures and Tables +\layout Description +4.13.4.6 +Page Headers and Footers + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5 +Unsupported +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX Goodies + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5.1 +Lengths +\layout Description +4.13.5.2 +Headers and Footers +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.14 +Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.14.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.14.2 +Getting Started +\layout Description +4.14.3 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.14.4 +Differences Between Screen and Paper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.15 +Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.15.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.15.2 +Special problems +\layout Description +4.15.3 +Special features +\layout Description +4.15.4 +Paper size and Margins +\layout Description +4.15.5 +Environments +\layout Description +4.15.6 +Script jargon +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.16 +Broadway +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.16.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.16.2 +Special problems +\layout Description +4.16.3 +Special features +\layout Description +4.16.4 +Paper size and Margins +\layout Description +4.16.5 +Environments +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.17 +RevTeX4 +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.17.1 +Installation +\layout Description +4.17.2 +Preamble Matter +\layout Description +4.17.3 +Layouts +\layout Description +4.17.4 +Important Notes +\layout Description +4.17.5 +Drawbacks +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.18 +Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) + + +\layout Description +4.19 +Elsevier Journals +\layout Description +4.20 +Memoir +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.20.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.20.2 +Basic features and restrictions +\layout Description +4.20.3 +Extra features +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Considerations +\layout Description +5.2 +Importing Other Formats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.2.2 +ASCII Text +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Noweb +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Exporting Other Formats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.3.2 +Device Independent Files +\layout Description +5.3.3 +PostScript® +\layout Description +5.3.4 +ASCII text +\layout Description +5.3.5 +HTML +\layout Description +5.3.6 +PDF +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.6.1 +Use pdfLaTeX +\layout Description +5.3.6.2 +Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader? + + + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.3 +Why doesn't the +\backslash +boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex? + + + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.4 +Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running + pdfLaTeX? + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.5 +How can I make URLs clickable ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.7 +Custom +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +The Complete reLyX Description + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.1 +Synopsis +\layout Description +5.4.2 +Options +\layout Description +5.4.3 +Description +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.3.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +5.4.3.2 +Usage +\layout Description +5.4.3.3 +What reLyX Can Handle +\layout Description +5.4.3.4 +What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK +\layout Description +5.4.3.5 +What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~ +k.\SpecialChar ~ +a. + BUGS + + +\layout Description +5.4.3.6 +What LyX Can't Handle +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.4 +Examples +\layout Description +5.4.5 +Notes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.5.1 +Bug Reports + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.2 +Implementation Details: +\layout Description +5.4.5.3 +Layout Files +\layout Description +5.4.5.4 +Syntax Files + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.5 +Miscellaneous +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.6 +Diagnostics +\layout Description +5.4.7 +Warnings +\layout Description +5.4.8 +Files +\layout Description +5.4.9 +See also +\layout Description +5.4.10 +Authors +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +LyX Features needing Extra Software +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.1 +Overview +\layout Description +6.1.2 +Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.2.1 +Getting started +\layout Description +6.1.2.2 +Output from LinuxDoc +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3 +Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3.1 +The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document +\layout Description +6.1.3.2 +The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments +\layout Description +6.1.3.3 +Other document features +\layout Description +6.1.3.4 +Cross references and HTML +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.4 +Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts + + +\layout Description +6.1.5 +Troubleshooting LinuxDoc +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.2 +Checking TeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.2.2 +How to use it +\layout Description +6.2.3 +How to fine tune it +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Version Control in LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.3.2 +RCS commands in LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.2.1 + +\family sans +Register +\layout Description +6.3.2.2 + +\family sans +Check In Changes +\layout Description +6.3.2.3 + +\family sans +Check Out For Edit +\layout Description +6.3.2.4 + +\family sans +Revert To Last Version +\layout Description +6.3.2.5 + +\family sans +Undo Last Checkin +\layout Description +6.3.2.6 + +\family sans +Show History +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4 +Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.4.2 +Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.2.1 +References +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3 +LyX and Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3.1 +Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) +\layout Description +6.4.3.2 +Configuring LyX +\layout Description +6.4.3.3 +Debug extensions +\layout Description +6.4.3.4 +Toolbar extensions +\layout Description +6.4.3.5 +Colors customization +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Secrets of the LaTeX Masters + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1.1 +Footnotes +\layout Description +7.1.2 +Margin Notes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.2 +Multiple Columns +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.1 +Purpose +\layout Description +7.2.2 +Limitations +\layout Description +7.2.3 +Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.3.1 +Two columns +\layout Description +7.2.3.2 +Multiple columns +\layout Description +7.2.3.3 +Columns inside columns +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.3 +Numbering in the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + Paragraph Environment + + +\layout Description +7.4 +Extra Space Between Table Rows +\layout Description +7.5 +Dropped Capitals +\layout Description +7.6 +Non-standard Paragraph Shapes +\layout Description +7.7 +Summary +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2 +LyX configuration files +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +What's in +\family typewriter +LyXDir +\family default +? +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1.1 +Automatically generated files +\layout Description +2.1.2 +Directories +\layout Description +2.1.3 +Files you don't want to modify +\layout Description +2.1.4 +Other files needing a line or two... +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.2 +Your local configuration directory +\layout Description +2.3 +Running LyX with multiple configurations +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +The +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +references +\family default + dialog +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Using the dialog for the first time +\layout Description +3.2 +On-screen fonts +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +DPI setting and Font Zoom +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Font definition commands +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Font encoding +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Bindings + + +\layout Description +3.4 +User Interface + + +\layout Description +3.5 +Converters, Formats and Viewers +\layout Description +3.6 +ASCII export options +\layout Description +3.7 +Printer +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.1 +Changing Colors +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.8 +The autodetected settings +\layout Description +3.9 +The rest +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Internationalizing LyX + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Selecting an alternative language for the user interface +\layout Description +4.2 +Translating LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.2.1 +Translating the graphical user interface (text messages). +\layout Description +4.2.2 +Translating the documentation. +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.3 +International Keyboard Support +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1 +Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.4 +International Keymap Stuff + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +The .kmap File +\layout Description +4.4.2 +The .cdef File +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Dead Keys +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Saving your Language Configuration +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates + + + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Installing a new LaTeX package +\layout Description +5.2 +Layouts +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +Supporting new document classes +\layout Description +5.2.2 +A layout for an +\family sans +sty +\family default + file +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Layout for a +\family sans +cls +\family default + file +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Declaring a new text class +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +General text class parameters +\layout Description +5.3.2 + +\family typewriter +ClassOptions +\family default + section +\layout Description +5.3.3 +Specific Paragraph Layouts +\layout Description +5.3.4 +Floats +\layout Description +5.3.5 +Counters +\layout Description +5.3.6 +Font description +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +Creating Templates + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Including External Material +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Background +\layout Description +6.2 +How does it work? +\layout Description +6.3 +The external material dialog +\layout Description +6.4 +Examples +\layout Description +6.5 +The external template configuration file +\layout Description +6.6 +The substitution mechanism +\layout Description +6.7 +Security discussion +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +The LyX Server +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +7.2 +Starting the LyX Server +\layout Description +7.3 +Normal communication +\layout Description +7.4 +Notification +\layout Description +7.5 +The simple LyX Server Protocol +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 \start_of_appendix +Bindings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.1 +Toolbar +\layout Description +8.2 +Menu +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.1 +File +\layout Description +8.2.2 +Edit +\layout Description +8.2.3 +Insert +\layout Description +8.2.4 +Layout +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.4.1 +L +\family sans +ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Character +\family default + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.5 +View +\layout Description +8.2.6 +Navigate +\layout Description +8.2.7 +Help +\layout Description +8.2.8 +Paragraph Style +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8.3 +Keyboard +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.3.1 +Specific to +\family typewriter +emacs.bind +\layout Description +8.3.2 +Specific to +\family typewriter +cua.bind +\layout Description +8.3.3 +Specific to +\family typewriter +sciword.bind +\layout Description +8.3.4 +Standard math bindings +\layout Description +8.3.5 +Other Accelerators +\end_deeper +\end_deeper + +\the_end diff --git a/lib/doc/it_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/it_TOC.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b8e25d76a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/it_TOC.lyx @@ -0,0 +1,2505 @@ +#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 221 +\textclass article +\language english +\inputencoding default +\fontscheme default +\graphics default +\paperfontsize default +\spacing single +\papersize Default +\paperpackage a4 +\use_geometry 0 +\use_amsmath 0 +\use_natbib 0 +\use_numerical_citations 0 +\paperorientation portrait +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation indent +\defskip medskip +\quotes_language english +\quotes_times 2 +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 1 +\paperpagestyle default + +\layout Title + +LyX Documentation Table of Contents +\layout Section* + +Introduzione a LyX +\newline +ovvero +\newline +Come utilizzare questi files di documentazione! +\layout Description +1 +Navigare attraverso la documentazione +\layout Description +2 +Il formato dei manuali +\layout Description +3 +I manuali +\layout Description +4 + + +Come contribuire al progetto di documentazione +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Riportare gli errori nei manuali. +\layout Description +4.2 +Partecipare al team di documentazione. +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers +\newline +Version 0.3.7 +\layout Description +1 +Introduction and General Information +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +What is LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +That's fine, but is it useful? +\layout Description +1.3 +Where do I start? +\layout Description +1.4 +Does LyX run on my computer? +\layout Description +1.5 +How much hard disk space does LyX need? +\layout Description +1.6 +Is LyX really Open Source? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Internet Resources +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff? +\layout Description +2.2 +Where can I get LyX material by FTP? +\layout Description +2.3 +What mailing lists are there? +\layout Description +2.4 +Are the mailing lists archived anywhere? +\layout Description +2.5 +Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Compatibility with other word/document processors +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Can I read/write LaTeX files? +\layout Description +3.2 +Can I read/write Word files? +\layout Description +3.3 +Can I read/write HTML files? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Obtaining and Compiling LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +What do I need? +\layout Description +4.2 +How do I compile it? +\layout Description +4.3 +I hate compiling. + Where are precompiled binaries? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)? +\layout Description +5.2 +How do I enter Evil Red Text? +\layout Description +5.3 +The new ERT inset is really inconvenient ! +\layout Description +5.4 +Is there an alternative? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Questions Related to Using LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +General questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.1 +How do I get rid of the date under the title? +\layout Description +6.1.2 +How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \- +Enumerate/\SpecialChar \- +Description list environment +? +\layout Description +6.1.3 +How do I number equations by section? +\layout Description +6.1.4 +Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well? +\layout Description +6.1.5 +How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)? +\layout Description +6.1.6 +How do I kill widows and orphans? +\layout Description +6.1.7 +How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g. + 1. + a)? +\layout Description +6.1.8 +How do I count words in LyX? +\layout Description +6.1.9 +How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space? +\layout Description +6.1.10 +How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6 +]? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.2 +Figure related questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +What is the difference between a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +figure +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +figure float +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +? +\layout Description +6.2.2 +How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it? +\layout Description +6.2.3 +What does +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Too many unprocessed floats +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + mean? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Math related questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation? +\layout Description +6.3.2 +How do I make a cube root (or higher)? +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Questions Related to Running LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line? +\layout Description +7.2 +How do I create PDF files from my LyX document? +\layout Description +7.3 +Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in +\family typewriter +acroread +\family default + ? +\layout Description +7.4 +Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline + figures properly? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 +Questions Related to LyX on Windows +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.1 +Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +9 +How to get further assistance +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +9.1 +You still haven't answered my question! +\layout Description +9.2 +I want to mail someone about my problem. + +\layout Description +9.3 +What to put in a request for help. +\end_deeper +\layout Description +10 +Administrative information and acknowledgments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +10.1 +Feedback is invited. + +\layout Description +10.2 +Formats in which this FAQ is available. + +\layout Description +10.3 +Authorship and acknowledgments. +\layout Description +10.4 +Disclaimer and Copyright. + +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +Il Tutorial di LyX +\layout Description +1 +Introduzione +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +Benvenuti in Lyx! +\layout Description +1.2 +Che cosa aspettarsi da questo Tutorial (e cosa non ...) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.1 +Trarre il massimo dal Tutorial +\layout Description +1.2.2 +Tutto ciò che non troverete: +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.3 +Che cosa è LyX? + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.3.1 +Sguardo d'insieme +\layout Description +1.3.2 +Differenze tra LyX e gli altri programmi di videoscrittura + + +\layout Description +1.3.3 +Ma cosa è LaTeX? +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Primi passi in LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Il vostro primo documento con LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1.1 +Digitazione, Lettura e Stampa +\layout Description +2.1.2 +Operazioni Elementari +\layout Description +2.1.3 +WYSIWYM: Spaziatura in LyX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.2 +Ambienti +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.2.1 +Sezioni e sottosezioni +\layout Description +2.2.2 +Liste e sottoliste +\layout Description +2.2.3 +Ulteriori ambienti: Versi, Citazioni e altro ancora +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Scriviamo un documento +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Classi di testo e Modelli: Le Lettere +\layout Description +3.2 +Modelli: Scrivere una Lettera +\layout Description +3.3 +I Titoli di un Documento +\layout Description +3.4 +Etichette e Riferimenti Incrociati +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.1 +La vostra prima etichetta +\layout Description +3.4.2 +Il vostro primo riferimento incrociato +\layout Description +3.4.3 +Divertiamoci con le etichette +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.5 +Note a Piè di pagina e Note al Margine +\layout Description +3.6 +Bibliografie +\layout Description +3.7 +Indice +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +L'uso della matematica +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Modalità matematica +\layout Description +4.2 +Navigare una Equazione +\layout Description +4.3 +Esponenti e Indici +\layout Description +4.4 +Il +\family sans +Pannello Matematico +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Lettere greche e simboli +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Radici quadrate, accenti e separatori +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Frazioni +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Modalità TeX: Limiti, logaritmi, seni e altro ancora +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Matrici +\layout Description +4.4.6 +Modalità centrata +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +Equazioni su più righe +\layout Description +4.6 +Ulteriori Sciocchezze Matematiche +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Miscellanea +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Ulteriori Caratteristiche Importanti di LyX +\layout Description +5.2 +LyX per gli Utilizzatori di LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +Modalità TeX +\layout Description +5.2.2 +Importazione di Documenti LaTeX --- +\family typewriter +reLyX +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Conversione di Documenti LyX in LaTeX +\layout Description +5.2.4 +Preambolo LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.4.1 +Classe di Documento +\layout Description +5.2.4.2 +Altri Elementi del Preambolo +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.5 +BibTeX +\layout Description +5.2.6 +Miscellanea +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Errori! +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +La Guida dell'Utente di LyX +\layout Description +1 +Introduzione +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +Cos'è LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +Iniziare ad utilizzare LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.1 +Eseguire LyX +\layout Description +1.2.2 +L'Interfaccia di LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.2.1 +La Finestra Principale +\layout Description +1.2.2.2 +Le finestre di dialogo +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.3 +AIUTO! +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.3 +L'Interfaccia di LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.3.1 +Operazioni di Base sui File +\layout Description +1.3.2 +Caratteristiche di Base +\layout Description +1.3.3 +Annulla e Ripristina +\layout Description +1.3.4 +Operazioni Basilari con il Mouse +\layout Description +1.3.5 +Operazioni Basilari con la Tastiera +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.4 +Utilizzare LyX con altri programmi +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.4.1 +L'importazione di file ASCII +\layout Description +1.4.2 +Taglia e Incolla tra LyX ed altri Programmi X +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Il Setup di LyX e le Applicazioni di Supporto +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Introduzione +\layout Description +2.2 +Requisiti di Sistema +\layout Description +2.3 +Setup Elementare di LyX +\layout Description +2.4 +Impostare la Tastiera sotto X +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.4.1 + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\family default + e +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.4.1.1 + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\layout Description +2.4.1.2 + +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.4.2 +Modificatori e cambio modalità +\layout Description +2.4.3 +Suggerimenti Utili e Piccoli Trucchi +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.5 +LaTeX +\layout Description +2.6 +Dvips e Ghostscript +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.6.1 +Elementi indispensabili +\layout Description +2.6.2 +Dvips +\layout Description +2.6.3 +Ghostscript, Xdvi e Ghostview +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.7 +La Stampante +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Nozioni Fondamentali su LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +I Tipi di Documento +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.1 +Introduzione +\layout Description +3.1.2 + + +Le Varie Classi di Documento +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.2.1 +Introduzione +\layout Description +3.1.2.2 +Selezionare una Classe +\layout Description +3.1.2.3 +Proprietà +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.3 +Analisi dettagliata dei parametri per le classi +\layout Description +3.1.4 +Dimensione della pagina, orientamento e margini +\layout Description +3.1.5 +Nota Importante: +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.2 +Indentazione e Separazione di Paragrafi +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +Introduzione +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Modalità di indentazione predefinita +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Regolazione puntuale +\layout Description +3.2.4 +Interlinea +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Gli Ambienti Paragrafo + + + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +Introduzione +\layout Description +3.3.2 +L'ambiente Standard +\layout Description +3.3.3 +I Titoli +\layout Description +3.3.4 +Intestazioni +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.4.1 +Intestazioni Numerate +\layout Description +3.3.4.2 +Intestazioni Non Numerate +\layout Description +3.3.4.3 +Cambiare la Numerazione +\layout Description +3.3.4.4 +Informazioni Speciali +\layout Description +3.3.4.5 +Creare un'Appendice +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5 +Citazioni e Poesia +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5.1 + +\family sans +Quote +\family default + e +\family sans +Quotation +\layout Description +3.3.5.2 + +\family sans +Verse +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6 +Le Liste +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6.1 +Caratteristiche generali +\layout Description +3.3.6.2 + +\family sans +Itemize +\layout Description +3.3.6.3 + +\family sans +Enumerate +\layout Description +3.3.6.4 + +\family sans +Description +\layout Description +3.3.6.5 +L'ambiente +\family sans +List +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7 +Lettere +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7.1 + +\family sans +Address +\family default + e +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default +: una visione di insieme +\layout Description +3.3.7.2 +Utilizzo +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8 +Scrittura Accademica +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8.1 + +\family sans +Abstract +\layout Description +3.3.8.2 + +\family sans +Bibliography +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9 +Ambienti speciali +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9.1 + +\family sans +Caption +\layout Description +3.3.9.2 + +\family sans +LyX-Code +\layout Description +3.3.9.3 +Comment +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Annidamento degli ambienti + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.1 +La grande scommessa +\layout Description +3.4.2 +Annidamenti permessi e proibiti +\layout Description +3.4.3 +Annidamento di altri elementi: tabelle, formule matematiche, oggetti flottanti, + etc. +\layout Description +3.4.4 +Utilizzo e caratteristiche generali +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.4.1 +Casi possibili +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5 +Alcuni Esempi +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5.1 +Esempio #1: Annidamento di sei elementi e Misto +\layout Description +3.4.5.2 +Esempio #2: Ereditarietà +\layout Description +3.4.5.3 +Esempio #3: Etichette e livelli con gli ambienti +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + e +\family sans +Itemize +\family default +. +\layout Description +3.4.5.4 +Esempio #4: Per farvi impazzire un po'... +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.5 +Fonts e stili di testo +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.5.1 +Introduzione +\layout Description +3.5.2 +Opzioni Globali +\layout Description +3.5.3 +Impiego degli stili di carattere +\layout Description +3.5.4 +Controllo più accurato con la finestra +\family sans +Struttura del Carattere +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.6 +Stampa e anteprima +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.6.1 +Introduzione +\layout Description +3.6.2 +Anteprima veloce con +\family typewriter +xdvi +\layout Description +3.6.3 +Anteprima della versione PostScript® con +\family typewriter +ghostview +\layout Description +3.6.4 +Stampa di un file +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7 +Poche parole su alcune notazioni tipografiche +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.1 +Hyphens and Hyphenation +\layout Description +3.7.2 +I Punti +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.2.1 +Abbreviazioni e fine di una frase +\layout Description +3.7.2.2 +Virgolette +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.3 +Ligatures +\layout Description +3.7.4 +Vedove e Orfani +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Oggetti flottanti: tabelle, figure, note a piè di pagina e al margine +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Note a piè di pagina +\layout Description +4.2 +Note a Margine +\layout Description +4.3 +Figure e Grafici Importati +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1 +Figure Flottanti +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1.1 +Usare le Figure Flottanti +\layout Description +4.3.1.2 +Collocazione degli elementi flottanti +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.2 + +\family typewriter +XFig +\family default + e LyX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.4 +Tabelle +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +La finestra Struttura\SpecialChar ~ +della\SpecialChar ~ +tabella +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Cosa possiamo inserire dentro una tabella? +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Taglia & Incolla & Tabelle +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Celle con righe multiple +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Tabelle Flottanti +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.5.1 +Didascalia di una tabella flottante. +\layout Description +4.4.5.2 +Disposizione del flottante +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +Sommario ed altri elenchi +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +Il Sommario +\layout Description +4.5.2 +Liste delle Figure, delle Tabelle e delle Equazioni +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Formule Matematiche +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Elementi base +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1.1 +Attivazione di Mathed +\layout Description +5.1.2 +Navigare una Equazione +\layout Description +5.1.3 +Selezione del testo +\layout Description +5.1.4 +Esponenti e Pedici +\layout Description +5.1.5 +Frazioni +\layout Description +5.1.6 +Sommatorie ed Integrali +\layout Description +5.1.7 +Il pannello matematico +\layout Description +5.1.8 +Ulteriori simboli matematici +\layout Description +5.1.9 +Funzioni matematiche +\layout Description +5.1.10 +Simboli aggiuntivi +\layout Description +5.1.11 +Accenti +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.2 +Parentesi e decorazioni +\layout Description +5.3 +Vettori ed equazioni multilinea +\layout Description +5.4 +Numerazione delle equazioni ed etichette +\layout Description +5.5 +Macro definite dall'utente in modalità matematica +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.5.1 +Direttive sull'uso delle macro +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.5.1.1 +Come creare le macro +\layout Description +5.5.1.2 +Come navigare una macro +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.6 +Controllo dei dettagli +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.6.1 +Tipi di carattere +\layout Description +5.6.2 +Modalità testuale-matematica +\layout Description +5.6.3 +Dimensioni dei font +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Altre Funzionalità +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Riferimenti Incrociati +\layout Description +6.2 +URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) +\layout Description +6.3 +Controllo manuale dei dettagli +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +Spazi orizzontali aggiuntivi +\layout Description +6.3.2 +Spazi verticali aggiuntivi +\layout Description +6.3.3 +Modificare l'allineamento di un paragrafo +\layout Description +6.3.4 +Forzare una interruzione di pagina +\layout Description +6.3.5 +Altre funzioni +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4 +Controllo ortografico +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 +Opzioni del correttore ortografico +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1.1 +Dizionario +\layout Description +6.4.1.2 +Dizionario personale +\layout Description +6.4.1.3 +Ulteriori opzioni +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.2 +Problemi +\layout Description +6.4.3 +Limitazioni +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.5 +Supporto Internazionale +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.1 +Opzioni per la lingua presenti in +\family sans +\bar under +S +\bar default +truttura +\layout Description +6.5.2 +Configurazione della mappa di tastiera +\layout Description +6.5.3 +Tabelle dei Caratteri +\layout Description +6.5.4 +Supporto internazionale del correttore ortografico +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Crediti +\layout Section* + +Extended LyX Features +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2 +LyX and LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +How LyX Uses LaTeX +\layout Description +2.2 + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Help! LyX generated an unreadable +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + file! +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +2.3 +Translating LaTeX files into LyX +\layout Description +2.4 +Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents + + +\layout Description +2.5 +LyX and the LaTeX Preamble +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.1 +About the LaTeX Preamble +\layout Description +2.5.2 +Changing the Preamble +\layout Description +2.5.3 +Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.3.1 +Example #1: Offsets +\layout Description +2.5.3.2 +Example #2: Labels +\layout Description +2.5.3.3 +Example #3: Paragraph Indentation +\layout Description +2.5.3.4 +Example #4: This Document +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.6 +LyX and LaTeX Errors +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Supplemental Tools +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX +\layout Description +3.2 +Making an Index +\layout Description +3.3 +Multipart Documents +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +General Operation +\layout Description +3.3.2 +Cross-References Between Files +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Algorithms +\layout Description +3.5 +Subfigures +\layout Description +3.6 +Fancy Headers and Footers +\layout Description +3.7 +Minipages +\layout Description +3.8 +Wrapping Text Around Figures + + +\layout Description +3.9 +Extra Table Options +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.9.1 +Removing Extra Column Space +\layout Description +3.9.2 +Changing the Column Separator Character +\layout Description +3.9.3 +Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column +\layout Description +3.9.4 +A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.10 +Itemize Bullet Selection + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.10.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.10.2 +How it looks +\layout Description +3.10.3 +How to use it +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Special Document Classes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +AMS LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1.1 +What these layouts provide +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.2 +Dinbrief +\layout Description +4.3 +Paper +\layout Description +4.4 +A&A Paper +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Getting started +\layout Description +4.4.3 +The header block +\layout Description +4.4.4 +The abstract +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Supported environments +\layout Description +4.4.6 +Commands not supported by LyX +\layout Description +4.4.7 +Figure and Table Floats +\layout Description +4.4.8 +Referee layout +\layout Description +4.4.9 +The example paper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +AASTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.5.2 +Starting a New Paper +\layout Description +4.5.3 +Finishing Your Paper +\layout Description +4.5.4 +Comments On Specific Commands +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.4.1 +Things that work as expected +\layout Description +4.5.4.2 +Things that work, but require more comment +\layout Description +4.5.4.3 +Things not implemented, use ERT +\layout Description +4.5.4.4 +Things that cannot be implemented +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5 +FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5.1 +Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate +\layout Description +4.5.5.2 +LaTeX error processing a table +\layout Description +4.5.5.3 +References + + +\layout Description +4.5.5.4 +Including EPS files +\layout Description +4.5.5.5 +Things I could have done, but didn't +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.6 +Final Caveat +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.6 +ijmpd +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.6.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.6.2 +Writing a paper +\layout Description +4.6.3 +Preparing a paper for submission +\layout Description +4.6.4 +Use of ERT +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.7 +Kluwer +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.7.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.7.2 +Writing a paper +\layout Description +4.7.3 +Preparing a paper for submission +\layout Description +4.7.4 + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Peculiarities +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + of the Kluwer package + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.8 +Koma-Script +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.8.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.8.2 +article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.3 +letter (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.4 +The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) +\layout Description +4.8.5 +Problems +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.9 +Springer Journals ( +\family sans +svjour +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.9.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.9.2 +New styles +\layout Description +4.9.3 +Supported journals +\layout Description +4.9.4 +Credits +\layout Description +4.9.5 +Bugs +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.10 +AGU journals ( +\family sans +aguplus +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.10.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.10.2 +New styles +\layout Description +4.10.3 +New floats +\layout Description +4.10.4 +Supported journals +\layout Description +4.10.5 +Bugs and things to remember +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.11 +EGS journals ( +\family sans +egs +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.11.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.11.2 +New styles +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12 +Slides [aka +\noun on +Sli +\noun default +TeX] + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.12.2 +Getting Started + + +\layout Description +4.12.3 +Paragraph Environments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.3.1 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.12.3.2 +Quirks of the New Environments + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4 +Making a Presentation with +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, +\family sans + Overlay +\family default + and +\family sans +Note +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4.1 +Using the +\family sans +Slide +\family default + Environment +\layout Description +4.12.4.2 +Using +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + with +\family sans +Slide +\layout Description +4.12.4.3 +Using +\family sans +Note +\family default + with +\family sans +Slide +\family default + + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.5 +The +\family sans +slides +\family default + Class Template File +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13 +Foils [aka +\family sans +Foil +\family default +\noun on +TeX +\noun default +] + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.13.2 +Getting Started +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.2.1 +Extra Options +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.3 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.13.4 +Building a Set of Foils +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.4.1 +Give It a Title Page +\layout Description +4.13.4.2 +Start a New Foil +\layout Description +4.13.4.3 +Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more +\layout Description +4.13.4.4 +Lists +\layout Description +4.13.4.5 +Figures and Tables +\layout Description +4.13.4.6 +Page Headers and Footers + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5 +Unsupported +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX Goodies + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5.1 +Lengths +\layout Description +4.13.5.2 +Headers and Footers +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.14 +Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.14.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.14.2 +Getting Started +\layout Description +4.14.3 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.14.4 +Differences Between Screen and Paper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.15 +Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.15.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.15.2 +Special problems +\layout Description +4.15.3 +Special features +\layout Description +4.15.4 +Paper size and Margins +\layout Description +4.15.5 +Environments +\layout Description +4.15.6 +Script jargon +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.16 +Broadway +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.16.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.16.2 +Special problems +\layout Description +4.16.3 +Special features +\layout Description +4.16.4 +Paper size and Margins +\layout Description +4.16.5 +Environments +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.17 +RevTeX4 +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.17.1 +Installation +\layout Description +4.17.2 +Preamble Matter +\layout Description +4.17.3 +Layouts +\layout Description +4.17.4 +Important Notes +\layout Description +4.17.5 +Drawbacks +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.18 +Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) + + +\layout Description +4.19 +Elsevier Journals +\layout Description +4.20 +Memoir +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.20.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.20.2 +Basic features and restrictions +\layout Description +4.20.3 +Extra features +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Considerations +\layout Description +5.2 +Importing Other Formats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.2.2 +ASCII Text +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Noweb +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Exporting Other Formats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.3.2 +Device Independent Files +\layout Description +5.3.3 +PostScript® +\layout Description +5.3.4 +ASCII text +\layout Description +5.3.5 +HTML +\layout Description +5.3.6 +PDF +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.6.1 +Use pdfLaTeX +\layout Description +5.3.6.2 +Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader? + + + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.3 +Why doesn't the +\backslash +boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex? + + + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.4 +Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running + pdfLaTeX? + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.5 +How can I make URLs clickable ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.7 +Custom +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +The Complete reLyX Description + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.1 +Synopsis +\layout Description +5.4.2 +Options +\layout Description +5.4.3 +Description +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.3.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +5.4.3.2 +Usage +\layout Description +5.4.3.3 +What reLyX Can Handle +\layout Description +5.4.3.4 +What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK +\layout Description +5.4.3.5 +What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~ +k.\SpecialChar ~ +a. + BUGS + + +\layout Description +5.4.3.6 +What LyX Can't Handle +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.4 +Examples +\layout Description +5.4.5 +Notes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.5.1 +Bug Reports + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.2 +Implementation Details: +\layout Description +5.4.5.3 +Layout Files +\layout Description +5.4.5.4 +Syntax Files + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.5 +Miscellaneous +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.6 +Diagnostics +\layout Description +5.4.7 +Warnings +\layout Description +5.4.8 +Files +\layout Description +5.4.9 +See also +\layout Description +5.4.10 +Authors +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +LyX Features needing Extra Software +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.1 +Overview +\layout Description +6.1.2 +Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.2.1 +Getting started +\layout Description +6.1.2.2 +Output from LinuxDoc +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3 +Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3.1 +The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document +\layout Description +6.1.3.2 +The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments +\layout Description +6.1.3.3 +Other document features +\layout Description +6.1.3.4 +Cross references and HTML +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.4 +Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts + + +\layout Description +6.1.5 +Troubleshooting LinuxDoc +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.2 +Checking TeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.2.2 +How to use it +\layout Description +6.2.3 +How to fine tune it +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Version Control in LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.3.2 +RCS commands in LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.2.1 + +\family sans +Register +\layout Description +6.3.2.2 + +\family sans +Check In Changes +\layout Description +6.3.2.3 + +\family sans +Check Out For Edit +\layout Description +6.3.2.4 + +\family sans +Revert To Last Version +\layout Description +6.3.2.5 + +\family sans +Undo Last Checkin +\layout Description +6.3.2.6 + +\family sans +Show History +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4 +Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.4.2 +Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.2.1 +References +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3 +LyX and Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3.1 +Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) +\layout Description +6.4.3.2 +Configuring LyX +\layout Description +6.4.3.3 +Debug extensions +\layout Description +6.4.3.4 +Toolbar extensions +\layout Description +6.4.3.5 +Colors customization +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Secrets of the LaTeX Masters + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1.1 +Footnotes +\layout Description +7.1.2 +Margin Notes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.2 +Multiple Columns +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.1 +Purpose +\layout Description +7.2.2 +Limitations +\layout Description +7.2.3 +Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.3.1 +Two columns +\layout Description +7.2.3.2 +Multiple columns +\layout Description +7.2.3.3 +Columns inside columns +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.3 +Numbering in the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + Paragraph Environment + + +\layout Description +7.4 +Extra Space Between Table Rows +\layout Description +7.5 +Dropped Capitals +\layout Description +7.6 +Non-standard Paragraph Shapes +\layout Description +7.7 +Summary +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +Personalizzazione di LyX: Caratteristiche per l'utente avanzato +\layout Description +1 +Introduzione +\layout Description +2 +File di configurazione di LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 + +\size larger +Cosa c'è in +\family typewriter +\size default +LyXDir +\family default +\size larger +? +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1.1 +Files generati automaticamente +\layout Description +2.1.2 +Directories +\layout Description +2.1.3 +Files che non volete modificare +\layout Description +2.1.4 +Altri files che necessitano di una riga o due di spiegazioni... +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.2 + +\size larger +La vostra directory di configurazione +\layout Description +2.3 +Lanciare LyX con configurazioni multiple +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Il popup +\family sans +\bar under +E +\bar default +dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator + +\bar under +P +\bar default +references +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Usare il popup per la prima volta +\layout Description +3.2 +Schermo & Fonts +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +Settaggi DPI e Zoom di Font +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Comandi di definizione dei Fonts +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Codifica dei Fonts +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Bindings + + +\layout Description +3.4 +User Interface + + +\layout Description +3.5 +Convertitori, Formati e Visualizzatori +\layout Description +3.6 +Anteprima sullo schermo +\layout Description +3.7 +Opzioni ASCII-Export +\layout Description +3.8 +Stampante +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.8.1 +Changing Colors +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.9 +TeX +\layout Description +3.10 +I settaggi autorilevati +\layout Description +3.11 +Il resto +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Il Server LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Introduzione +\layout Description +4.2 +Iniziare il Server LyX +\layout Description +4.3 +Comunicazione normale +\layout Description +4.4 +Notifica +\layout Description +4.5 +Il Protocollo Server LyX semplice +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Internazionalizzare LyX + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Selezionare un linguaggio alternativo per l'interfaccia utente +\layout Description +5.2 +Usare scorciatoie per linguaggi alternativi +\layout Description +5.3 +Tradurre LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +Tradurre l'interfaccia grafica utente (messaggi di testo). +\layout Description +5.3.2 +Tradurre la documentazione. +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +Supporto Tastiere Internazionali +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.1 +Definire una propria Mappa della Tastiera: Formato File Keymap +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.5 +Materiale sulle tastiere internazionali + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.5.1 +Il File .kmap +\layout Description +5.5.2 +Il file .cdef +\layout Description +5.5.3 +Tasti morti +\layout Description +5.5.4 +Salvare la vostra configurazione di Linguaggio +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Installare Nuove Classi di Documento, Layouts e Templates + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Installare un nuovo pacchetto LaTeX +\layout Description +6.2 +Layouts +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +Supportare nuove classi di documento +\layout Description +6.2.2 +File sty LaTex2e +\layout Description +6.2.3 +File cls LaTeX2e +\layout Description +6.2.4 +File sty LaTeX 2.09 +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Dichiarare una nuova textclass +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +Parametri generali di textclass +\layout Description +6.3.2 +Sezione +\family typewriter +ClassOption +\layout Description +6.3.3 +Layouts specifici di paragrafo +\layout Description +6.3.4 +Descrizione dei Font +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4 +Creare Templates + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Un Tutorial sulla Stampante + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Introduzione +\layout Description +7.2 +Il file +\family typewriter +/etc/printcap +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.1 +Descrizione +\layout Description +7.2.2 +Il Nome della Stampante +\layout Description +7.2.3 +Il Dispositivo di Stampa +\layout Description +7.2.4 +La Directory Spool e il File Log +\layout Description +7.2.5 +Il Filter File +\layout Description +7.2.6 +Entrate Addizionali +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.3 +Creare un Filtro di Stampa +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.3.1 +Stampare Files PostScript® Usando Ghostscript +\layout Description +7.3.2 +Se Già avete una Stampante PostScript®\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.4 +Il Demone Print Spool, +\family typewriter +lpd +\layout Description +7.5 +Assemblando il Tutto +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 +Il materiale esterno +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.1 +Background +\layout Description +8.2 +Come funziona? +\layout Description +8.3 +La finestra di dialogo Materiale Esterno +\layout Description +8.4 +Esempi +\layout Description +8.5 +Il file di configurazione external template +\layout Description +8.6 +Il meccanismo di sostituzione +\layout Description +8.7 +Discussione sulla sicurezza +\layout Description +8.8 +Il futuro dell'insieme esterno +\end_deeper + +\the_end diff --git a/lib/doc/nl_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/nl_TOC.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..06497ff56c --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/nl_TOC.lyx @@ -0,0 +1,2538 @@ +#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 221 +\textclass article +\language english +\inputencoding default +\fontscheme default +\graphics default +\paperfontsize default +\spacing single +\papersize Default +\paperpackage a4 +\use_geometry 0 +\use_amsmath 0 +\use_natbib 0 +\use_numerical_citations 0 +\paperorientation portrait +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation indent +\defskip medskip +\quotes_language english +\quotes_times 2 +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 1 +\paperpagestyle default + +\layout Title + +LyX Documentation Table of Contents +\layout Section* + +Inleiding tot LyX +\newline +of +\newline +Hoe gebruik je de Documentatie!! +\layout Description +1 +Door de Documentatie Navigeren +\layout Description +2 +Het formaat van de Handleidingen +\layout Description +3 +De Handleidingen +\layout Description +4 + + +Meehelpen met het Documentation Project +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Fouten in de Handleidingen Rapporteren +\layout Description +4.2 +Jezelf Aanmelden bij het Documentation Team. +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers +\newline +Version 0.3.7 +\layout Description +1 +Introduction and General Information +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +What is LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +That's fine, but is it useful? +\layout Description +1.3 +Where do I start? +\layout Description +1.4 +Does LyX run on my computer? +\layout Description +1.5 +How much hard disk space does LyX need? +\layout Description +1.6 +Is LyX really Open Source? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Internet Resources +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff? +\layout Description +2.2 +Where can I get LyX material by FTP? +\layout Description +2.3 +What mailing lists are there? +\layout Description +2.4 +Are the mailing lists archived anywhere? +\layout Description +2.5 +Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Compatibility with other word/document processors +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Can I read/write LaTeX files? +\layout Description +3.2 +Can I read/write Word files? +\layout Description +3.3 +Can I read/write HTML files? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Obtaining and Compiling LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +What do I need? +\layout Description +4.2 +How do I compile it? +\layout Description +4.3 +I hate compiling. + Where are precompiled binaries? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)? +\layout Description +5.2 +How do I enter Evil Red Text? +\layout Description +5.3 +The new ERT inset is really inconvenient ! +\layout Description +5.4 +Is there an alternative? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Questions Related to Using LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +General questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.1 +How do I get rid of the date under the title? +\layout Description +6.1.2 +How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \- +Enumerate/\SpecialChar \- +Description list environment +? +\layout Description +6.1.3 +How do I number equations by section? +\layout Description +6.1.4 +Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well? +\layout Description +6.1.5 +How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)? +\layout Description +6.1.6 +How do I kill widows and orphans? +\layout Description +6.1.7 +How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g. + 1. + a)? +\layout Description +6.1.8 +How do I count words in LyX? +\layout Description +6.1.9 +How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space? +\layout Description +6.1.10 +How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6 +]? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.2 +Figure related questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +What is the difference between a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +figure +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +figure float +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +? +\layout Description +6.2.2 +How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it? +\layout Description +6.2.3 +What does +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Too many unprocessed floats +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + mean? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Math related questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation? +\layout Description +6.3.2 +How do I make a cube root (or higher)? +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Questions Related to Running LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line? +\layout Description +7.2 +How do I create PDF files from my LyX document? +\layout Description +7.3 +Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in +\family typewriter +acroread +\family default + ? +\layout Description +7.4 +Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline + figures properly? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 +Questions Related to LyX on Windows +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.1 +Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +9 +How to get further assistance +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +9.1 +You still haven't answered my question! +\layout Description +9.2 +I want to mail someone about my problem. + +\layout Description +9.3 +What to put in a request for help. +\end_deeper +\layout Description +10 +Administrative information and acknowledgments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +10.1 +Feedback is invited. + +\layout Description +10.2 +Formats in which this FAQ is available. + +\layout Description +10.3 +Authorship and acknowledgments. +\layout Description +10.4 +Disclaimer and Copyright. + +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +De LyX Tutorial +\layout Description +1 +Inleiding +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +Welkom bij LyX! +\layout Description +1.2 +Wat deze Tutorial +\emph on +wel +\emph default + is en wat het +\emph on +niet +\emph default + is +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.1 +Hoe je het maximale uit deze Tutorial kunt halen. +\layout Description +1.2.2 +Wat je +\emph on +niet +\emph default + zult vinden: +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.3 +Wat is LyX? + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.3.1 +Overzicht +\layout Description +1.3.2 +Verschillen tussen LyX en Tekstverwerkers + + +\layout Description +1.3.3 +Wat +\emph on +is +\emph default + dat LaTeX eigenlijk? +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Beginnen met LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Je Eerste LyX Document. +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1.1 +Schrijven, Bekijken, en Printen +\layout Description +2.1.2 +Eenvoudige Bewerkingen +\layout Description +2.1.3 +WYSIWYM: Witruimte in LyX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.2 +Omgevingen +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.2.1 +Secties en Subsecties +\layout Description +2.2.2 +Lijsten en Deel-lijsten +\layout Description +2.2.3 +Andere Omgevingen: Poëzie, Citaten en Meer +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Documenten Schrijven +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Tekstklassen en Sjablonen: Brieven Schrijven +\layout Description +3.2 +Sjablonen: Een Brief Schrijven +\layout Description +3.3 +Document titels +\layout Description +3.4 +Labels en Kruisverwijzingen +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.1 +Je eerste label +\layout Description +3.4.2 +Je eerste kruisverwijzingen +\layout Description +3.4.3 +Leuke dingen met labels +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.5 +Voetnoten en Margenoten +\layout Description +3.6 +Bibliografieën +\layout Description +3.7 +Inhoudsopgave +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Wiskundige Uitdrukkingen Gebruiken +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Math Modus +\layout Description +4.2 +Navigeren in een Vergelijking +\layout Description +4.3 +Exponenten en Indices +\layout Description +4.4 +Het +\family sans +Math Panel +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Griekse Symbolen +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Vierkantswortels, accenten en afbakeningen +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Breuken +\layout Description +4.4.4 +TeX modus: Limieten, log, sin, en andere +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Matrices + + +\layout Description +4.4.6 +Weergave Modus +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +Multi-lijn vergelijkingen + + +\layout Description +4.6 +Meer Wiskundige Dingen +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Overige +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Andere belangrijke mogelijkheden van LyX +\layout Description +5.2 +LyX voor LaTeX Gebruikers +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +TeX Modus +\layout Description +5.2.2 +LaTeX Documenten Importeren--- +\family typewriter +reLyX +\layout Description +5.2.3 +LyX Documenten naar LaTeX Converteren. +\layout Description +5.2.4 +LaTeX Preambule +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.4.1 +Document klasse +\layout Description +5.2.4.2 +Extra Preambule Codes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.5 +BibTeX +\layout Description +5.2.6 +Overige +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Fouten! +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +The LyX User's Guide +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +What is LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +Getting Started +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.1 +Invoking LyX +\layout Description +1.2.2 +How LyX Looks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.2.1 +The Main Window +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.3 +HELP! +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.3 +The LyX Interface +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.3.1 +Basic File Operations +\layout Description +1.3.2 +Basic Editing Features +\layout Description +1.3.3 +Undo and Redo +\layout Description +1.3.4 +Basic Mouse Bindings +\layout Description +1.3.5 +Basic Key Bindings +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.4 +Using LyX with Other Programs +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.4.1 +Importing ASCII files +\layout Description +1.4.2 +Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +LyX Setup and Supporting Applications +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2.2 +Basic LyX Setup +\layout Description +2.3 +Setting Up the X Keyboard +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.1 + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\family default + and +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.1.1 + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\layout Description +2.3.1.2 + +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.2 +Modifiers and Mode_switch +\layout Description +2.3.3 +Helpful Hints and Tips +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.4 +LaTeX +\layout Description +2.5 +Dvips and Ghostscript +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.1 +What You Need +\layout Description +2.5.2 +Dvips +\layout Description +2.5.3 +Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.6 +The Printer +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +LyX Basics +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Document Types +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.1.2 + + +The Various Document Classes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.2.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.1.2.2 +Selecting a Class +\layout Description +3.1.2.3 +Properties +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.3 +Fine-tuning the Defaults +\layout Description +3.1.4 +Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins +\layout Description +3.1.5 +Important Note: +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.2 +Paragraph Indentation and Separation +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Global Indentation Method +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Fine-Tuning +\layout Description +3.2.4 +Changing Line Spacing +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Paragraph Environments + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.3.2 +Standard +\layout Description +3.3.3 +Document Titles +\layout Description +3.3.4 +Headings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.4.1 +Numbered Headings +\layout Description +3.3.4.2 +Unnumbered Headings +\layout Description +3.3.4.3 +Changing the Numbering + + +\layout Description +3.3.4.4 +Special Information +\layout Description +3.3.4.5 +Creating an Appendix +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5 +Quotes and Poetry +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5.1 + +\family sans +Quote +\family default + and +\family sans +Quotation +\layout Description +3.3.5.2 + +\family sans +Verse +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6 +Lists +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6.1 +General Features +\layout Description +3.3.6.2 + +\family sans +Itemize +\layout Description +3.3.6.3 + +\family sans +Enumerate +\layout Description +3.3.6.4 + +\family sans +Description +\layout Description +3.3.6.5 +The LyX +\family sans +List +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7 +Letters +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7.1 + +\family sans +Address +\family default + and +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default +: An Overview +\layout Description +3.3.7.2 +Usage +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8 +Academic Writing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8.1 + +\family sans +Abstract +\layout Description +3.3.8.2 + +\family sans +Bibliography +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9 +Special Purpose +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9.1 + +\family sans +Caption +\layout Description +3.3.9.2 + +\family sans +LyX-Code +\layout Description +3.3.9.3 +Comment +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Nesting Environments + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.1 +The Big Deal +\layout Description +3.4.2 +What You Can and Can't Nest +\layout Description +3.4.3 +Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. +\layout Description +3.4.4 +Usage and General Features +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.4.1 +Nesting limits +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5 +Some Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5.1 +Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting +\layout Description +3.4.5.2 +Example #2: Inheritance +\layout Description +3.4.5.3 +Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + and +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + Environments. +\layout Description +3.4.5.4 +Example #4: Going Bonkers +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.5 +Fonts and Text Styles +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.5.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.5.2 +Global Options +\layout Description +3.5.3 +Using Different Character Styles +\layout Description +3.5.4 +Fine-Tuning with the +\family sans +Character Layout +\family default + dialog +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.6 +Printing and Previewing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.6.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.6.2 +Quick Viewing with +\family typewriter +xdvi +\layout Description +3.6.3 +Viewing the PostScript® Version with +\family typewriter +ghostview +\layout Description +3.6.4 +Printing the File +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7 +A Few Words about Typography +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.1 +Hyphens and Hyphenation +\layout Description +3.7.2 +Punctuation Marks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.2.1 +Abbreviations and End of Sentence +\layout Description +3.7.2.2 +Quotes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.3 +Ligatures +\layout Description +3.7.4 +Widows and Orphans +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Footnotes +\layout Description +4.2 +Margin Notes +\layout Description +4.3 +Figures and Imported Graphics +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1 +Figure Floats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1.1 +Using Figure Floats +\layout Description +4.3.1.2 +Float Placement +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.2 + +\family typewriter +XFig +\family default + and LyX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.4 +Tables +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +The Table dialog +\layout Description +4.4.2 +What can be placed inside a table cell? +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Cut & Paste in Tables +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Multiple lines in cells +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Table Floats +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +Table of Contents and other Listings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +The Table of Contents +\layout Description +4.5.2 +List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Mathematical Formulae +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Basic Math Editing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1.1 +Navigating a Formula +\layout Description +5.1.2 +Selecting Text +\layout Description +5.1.3 +Exponents and Subscripts +\layout Description +5.1.4 +Fractions +\layout Description +5.1.5 +Sums and Integrals +\layout Description +5.1.6 +The Math Panel +\layout Description +5.1.7 +Other Math Symbols +\layout Description +5.1.8 +Altering spacing +\layout Description +5.1.9 +Math functions +\layout Description +5.1.10 +Accents +\layout Description +5.1.11 +The math editor for LaTeX users +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.2 +Brackets and decorations +\layout Description +5.3 +Grouping +\layout Description +5.4 +Arrays and Multi-line Equations +\layout Description +5.5 +Equation Numbering and Labels +\layout Description +5.6 +User defined macros in math mode +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.6.1 +Directions on using macros +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.6.1.1 +How to create them +\layout Description +5.6.1.2 +How to navigate +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.7 +Fine-Tuning +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.7.1 +Typefaces +\layout Description +5.7.2 +Math Text Mode +\layout Description +5.7.3 +Font Sizes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.8 +AMS LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.8.1 +Enabling AMS Support +\layout Description +5.8.2 +AMS Symbols +\layout Description +5.8.3 +AMS Formula Types +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +More Tools +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Cross-References +\layout Description +6.2 +URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) +\layout Description +6.3 +Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments + + +\layout Description +6.4 +Spacing, pagination and line breaks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 +Extra Horizontal Space +\layout Description +6.4.2 +Extra Vertical Space +\layout Description +6.4.3 +Changing Paragraph Alignment +\layout Description +6.4.4 +Forcing Page Breaks +\layout Description +6.4.5 +Protected blanks +\layout Description +6.4.6 +Line breaking +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.5 +Spellchecking +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.1 +Spellchecker Options +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.1.1 +Dictionary +\layout Description +6.5.1.2 +Personal dictionary +\layout Description +6.5.1.3 +Further Options +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.2 +Limitations +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.6 +International Support +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.6.1 +Language Options +\layout Description +6.6.2 +Keyboard mapping configuration +\layout Description +6.6.3 +Character Tables +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Credits +\layout Section* + +Extended LyX Features +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2 +LyX and LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +How LyX Uses LaTeX +\layout Description +2.2 + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Help! LyX generated an unreadable +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + file! +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +2.3 +Translating LaTeX files into LyX +\layout Description +2.4 +Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents + + +\layout Description +2.5 +LyX and the LaTeX Preamble +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.1 +About the LaTeX Preamble +\layout Description +2.5.2 +Changing the Preamble +\layout Description +2.5.3 +Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.3.1 +Example #1: Offsets +\layout Description +2.5.3.2 +Example #2: Labels +\layout Description +2.5.3.3 +Example #3: Paragraph Indentation +\layout Description +2.5.3.4 +Example #4: This Document +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.6 +LyX and LaTeX Errors +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Supplemental Tools +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX +\layout Description +3.2 +Making an Index +\layout Description +3.3 +Multipart Documents +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +General Operation +\layout Description +3.3.2 +Cross-References Between Files +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Algorithms +\layout Description +3.5 +Subfigures +\layout Description +3.6 +Fancy Headers and Footers +\layout Description +3.7 +Minipages +\layout Description +3.8 +Wrapping Text Around Figures + + +\layout Description +3.9 +Extra Table Options +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.9.1 +Removing Extra Column Space +\layout Description +3.9.2 +Changing the Column Separator Character +\layout Description +3.9.3 +Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column +\layout Description +3.9.4 +A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.10 +Itemize Bullet Selection + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.10.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.10.2 +How it looks +\layout Description +3.10.3 +How to use it +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Special Document Classes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +AMS LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1.1 +What these layouts provide +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.2 +Dinbrief +\layout Description +4.3 +Paper +\layout Description +4.4 +A&A Paper +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Getting started +\layout Description +4.4.3 +The header block +\layout Description +4.4.4 +The abstract +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Supported environments +\layout Description +4.4.6 +Commands not supported by LyX +\layout Description +4.4.7 +Figure and Table Floats +\layout Description +4.4.8 +Referee layout +\layout Description +4.4.9 +The example paper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +AASTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.5.2 +Starting a New Paper +\layout Description +4.5.3 +Finishing Your Paper +\layout Description +4.5.4 +Comments On Specific Commands +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.4.1 +Things that work as expected +\layout Description +4.5.4.2 +Things that work, but require more comment +\layout Description +4.5.4.3 +Things not implemented, use ERT +\layout Description +4.5.4.4 +Things that cannot be implemented +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5 +FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5.1 +Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate +\layout Description +4.5.5.2 +LaTeX error processing a table +\layout Description +4.5.5.3 +References + + +\layout Description +4.5.5.4 +Including EPS files +\layout Description +4.5.5.5 +Things I could have done, but didn't +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.6 +Final Caveat +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.6 +ijmpd +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.6.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.6.2 +Writing a paper +\layout Description +4.6.3 +Preparing a paper for submission +\layout Description +4.6.4 +Use of ERT +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.7 +Kluwer +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.7.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.7.2 +Writing a paper +\layout Description +4.7.3 +Preparing a paper for submission +\layout Description +4.7.4 + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Peculiarities +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + of the Kluwer package + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.8 +Koma-Script +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.8.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.8.2 +article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.3 +letter (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.4 +The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) +\layout Description +4.8.5 +Problems +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.9 +Springer Journals ( +\family sans +svjour +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.9.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.9.2 +New styles +\layout Description +4.9.3 +Supported journals +\layout Description +4.9.4 +Credits +\layout Description +4.9.5 +Bugs +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.10 +AGU journals ( +\family sans +aguplus +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.10.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.10.2 +New styles +\layout Description +4.10.3 +New floats +\layout Description +4.10.4 +Supported journals +\layout Description +4.10.5 +Bugs and things to remember +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.11 +EGS journals ( +\family sans +egs +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.11.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.11.2 +New styles +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12 +Slides [aka +\noun on +Sli +\noun default +TeX] + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.12.2 +Getting Started + + +\layout Description +4.12.3 +Paragraph Environments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.3.1 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.12.3.2 +Quirks of the New Environments + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4 +Making a Presentation with +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, +\family sans + Overlay +\family default + and +\family sans +Note +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4.1 +Using the +\family sans +Slide +\family default + Environment +\layout Description +4.12.4.2 +Using +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + with +\family sans +Slide +\layout Description +4.12.4.3 +Using +\family sans +Note +\family default + with +\family sans +Slide +\family default + + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.5 +The +\family sans +slides +\family default + Class Template File +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13 +Foils [aka +\family sans +Foil +\family default +\noun on +TeX +\noun default +] + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.13.2 +Getting Started +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.2.1 +Extra Options +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.3 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.13.4 +Building a Set of Foils +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.4.1 +Give It a Title Page +\layout Description +4.13.4.2 +Start a New Foil +\layout Description +4.13.4.3 +Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more +\layout Description +4.13.4.4 +Lists +\layout Description +4.13.4.5 +Figures and Tables +\layout Description +4.13.4.6 +Page Headers and Footers + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5 +Unsupported +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX Goodies + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5.1 +Lengths +\layout Description +4.13.5.2 +Headers and Footers +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.14 +Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.14.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.14.2 +Getting Started +\layout Description +4.14.3 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.14.4 +Differences Between Screen and Paper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.15 +Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.15.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.15.2 +Special problems +\layout Description +4.15.3 +Special features +\layout Description +4.15.4 +Paper size and Margins +\layout Description +4.15.5 +Environments +\layout Description +4.15.6 +Script jargon +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.16 +Broadway +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.16.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.16.2 +Special problems +\layout Description +4.16.3 +Special features +\layout Description +4.16.4 +Paper size and Margins +\layout Description +4.16.5 +Environments +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.17 +RevTeX4 +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.17.1 +Installation +\layout Description +4.17.2 +Preamble Matter +\layout Description +4.17.3 +Layouts +\layout Description +4.17.4 +Important Notes +\layout Description +4.17.5 +Drawbacks +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.18 +Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) + + +\layout Description +4.19 +Elsevier Journals +\layout Description +4.20 +Memoir +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.20.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.20.2 +Basic features and restrictions +\layout Description +4.20.3 +Extra features +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Considerations +\layout Description +5.2 +Importing Other Formats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.2.2 +ASCII Text +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Noweb +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Exporting Other Formats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.3.2 +Device Independent Files +\layout Description +5.3.3 +PostScript® +\layout Description +5.3.4 +ASCII text +\layout Description +5.3.5 +HTML +\layout Description +5.3.6 +PDF +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.6.1 +Use pdfLaTeX +\layout Description +5.3.6.2 +Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader? + + + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.3 +Why doesn't the +\backslash +boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex? + + + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.4 +Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running + pdfLaTeX? + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.5 +How can I make URLs clickable ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.7 +Custom +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +The Complete reLyX Description + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.1 +Synopsis +\layout Description +5.4.2 +Options +\layout Description +5.4.3 +Description +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.3.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +5.4.3.2 +Usage +\layout Description +5.4.3.3 +What reLyX Can Handle +\layout Description +5.4.3.4 +What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK +\layout Description +5.4.3.5 +What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~ +k.\SpecialChar ~ +a. + BUGS + + +\layout Description +5.4.3.6 +What LyX Can't Handle +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.4 +Examples +\layout Description +5.4.5 +Notes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.5.1 +Bug Reports + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.2 +Implementation Details: +\layout Description +5.4.5.3 +Layout Files +\layout Description +5.4.5.4 +Syntax Files + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.5 +Miscellaneous +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.6 +Diagnostics +\layout Description +5.4.7 +Warnings +\layout Description +5.4.8 +Files +\layout Description +5.4.9 +See also +\layout Description +5.4.10 +Authors +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +LyX Features needing Extra Software +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.1 +Overview +\layout Description +6.1.2 +Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.2.1 +Getting started +\layout Description +6.1.2.2 +Output from LinuxDoc +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3 +Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3.1 +The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document +\layout Description +6.1.3.2 +The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments +\layout Description +6.1.3.3 +Other document features +\layout Description +6.1.3.4 +Cross references and HTML +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.4 +Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts + + +\layout Description +6.1.5 +Troubleshooting LinuxDoc +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.2 +Checking TeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.2.2 +How to use it +\layout Description +6.2.3 +How to fine tune it +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Version Control in LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.3.2 +RCS commands in LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.2.1 + +\family sans +Register +\layout Description +6.3.2.2 + +\family sans +Check In Changes +\layout Description +6.3.2.3 + +\family sans +Check Out For Edit +\layout Description +6.3.2.4 + +\family sans +Revert To Last Version +\layout Description +6.3.2.5 + +\family sans +Undo Last Checkin +\layout Description +6.3.2.6 + +\family sans +Show History +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4 +Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.4.2 +Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.2.1 +References +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3 +LyX and Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3.1 +Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) +\layout Description +6.4.3.2 +Configuring LyX +\layout Description +6.4.3.3 +Debug extensions +\layout Description +6.4.3.4 +Toolbar extensions +\layout Description +6.4.3.5 +Colors customization +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Secrets of the LaTeX Masters + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1.1 +Footnotes +\layout Description +7.1.2 +Margin Notes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.2 +Multiple Columns +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.1 +Purpose +\layout Description +7.2.2 +Limitations +\layout Description +7.2.3 +Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.3.1 +Two columns +\layout Description +7.2.3.2 +Multiple columns +\layout Description +7.2.3.3 +Columns inside columns +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.3 +Numbering in the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + Paragraph Environment + + +\layout Description +7.4 +Extra Space Between Table Rows +\layout Description +7.5 +Dropped Capitals +\layout Description +7.6 +Non-standard Paragraph Shapes +\layout Description +7.7 +Summary +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2 +LyX configuration files +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +What's in +\family typewriter +LyXDir +\family default +? +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1.1 +Automatically generated files +\layout Description +2.1.2 +Directories +\layout Description +2.1.3 +Files you don't want to modify +\layout Description +2.1.4 +Other files needing a line or two... +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.2 +Your local configuration directory +\layout Description +2.3 +Running LyX with multiple configurations +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +The +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +references +\family default + dialog +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Using the dialog for the first time +\layout Description +3.2 +On-screen fonts +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +DPI setting and Font Zoom +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Font definition commands +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Font encoding +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Bindings + + +\layout Description +3.4 +User Interface + + +\layout Description +3.5 +Converters, Formats and Viewers +\layout Description +3.6 +ASCII export options +\layout Description +3.7 +Printer +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.1 +Changing Colors +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.8 +The autodetected settings +\layout Description +3.9 +The rest +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Internationalizing LyX + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Selecting an alternative language for the user interface +\layout Description +4.2 +Translating LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.2.1 +Translating the graphical user interface (text messages). +\layout Description +4.2.2 +Translating the documentation. +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.3 +International Keyboard Support +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1 +Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.4 +International Keymap Stuff + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +The .kmap File +\layout Description +4.4.2 +The .cdef File +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Dead Keys +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Saving your Language Configuration +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates + + + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Installing a new LaTeX package +\layout Description +5.2 +Layouts +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +Supporting new document classes +\layout Description +5.2.2 +A layout for an +\family sans +sty +\family default + file +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Layout for a +\family sans +cls +\family default + file +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Declaring a new text class +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +General text class parameters +\layout Description +5.3.2 + +\family typewriter +ClassOptions +\family default + section +\layout Description +5.3.3 +Specific Paragraph Layouts +\layout Description +5.3.4 +Floats +\layout Description +5.3.5 +Counters +\layout Description +5.3.6 +Font description +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +Creating Templates + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Including External Material +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Background +\layout Description +6.2 +How does it work? +\layout Description +6.3 +The external material dialog +\layout Description +6.4 +Examples +\layout Description +6.5 +The external template configuration file +\layout Description +6.6 +The substitution mechanism +\layout Description +6.7 +Security discussion +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +The LyX Server +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +7.2 +Starting the LyX Server +\layout Description +7.3 +Normal communication +\layout Description +7.4 +Notification +\layout Description +7.5 +The simple LyX Server Protocol +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 \start_of_appendix +Bindings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.1 +Toolbar +\layout Description +8.2 +Menu +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.1 +File +\layout Description +8.2.2 +Edit +\layout Description +8.2.3 +Insert +\layout Description +8.2.4 +Layout +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.4.1 +L +\family sans +ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Character +\family default + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.5 +View +\layout Description +8.2.6 +Navigate +\layout Description +8.2.7 +Help +\layout Description +8.2.8 +Paragraph Style +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8.3 +Keyboard +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.3.1 +Specific to +\family typewriter +emacs.bind +\layout Description +8.3.2 +Specific to +\family typewriter +cua.bind +\layout Description +8.3.3 +Specific to +\family typewriter +sciword.bind +\layout Description +8.3.4 +Standard math bindings +\layout Description +8.3.5 +Other Accelerators +\end_deeper +\end_deeper + +\the_end diff --git a/lib/doc/no_Intro.lyx b/lib/doc/no_Intro.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..316d39d330 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/no_Intro.lyx @@ -0,0 +1,1645 @@ +#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 221 +\textclass book +\language norsk +\inputencoding default +\fontscheme default +\graphics default +\paperfontsize default +\spacing single +\papersize Default +\paperpackage a4 +\use_geometry 0 +\use_amsmath 0 +\use_natbib 0 +\use_numerical_citations 0 +\paperorientation portrait +\secnumdepth 2 +\tocdepth 2 +\paragraph_separation indent +\defskip medskip +\quotes_language french +\quotes_times 2 +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 2 +\paperpagestyle default + +\layout Title + +Introduksjon til LyX +\layout Author + +av LyX-teamet +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + + +\noun on +John Weiss +\noun default + er hovedansvarlig for denne filen. + Bruk epostlisten for LyX-dokumentasjon, , om du har + kommentarer eller forslag til rettelser. + +\newline +Oversatt til norsk av +\shape smallcaps +Helge Hafting +\shape default +. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} + +\end_inset + + +\layout Chapter + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cha:LyX-filosofien} + +\end_inset + +LyX-filosofien +\layout Section + +Hva er LyX? +\layout Standard + +LyX er et program for å produsere dokumenter. + Det egner seg bra til komplekse tekniske og vitenskapelige artikler med + formler, kryssreferanser, bibliografier, indekser m.m. + Det er utmerket for dokumenter av enhver lengde, hvor vanlige tekstbehandlingsf +unksjoner ønskes: automatisk side- og avsnittsnummerering, stavekontroll + osv. + LyX kan også brukes for å skrive et brev til mor, selvom det finnes enklere + programmer for slike formål. + Det er ikke det beste programmet for plakater, brosjyrer eller reklamemateriale +, (vi kommer tilbake til hvorfor), men slikt er også mulig med litt ekstra + arbeid. + Eksempler på hva LyX brukes til: brev, avhandlinger, lærebøker, forelesningsnot +ater, seminar- og konferansemateriale, programdokumentasjon, bøker (om PostgreSQ +L, kryptologi, romaner, poesi, og til og med en barnebok eller to), artikler + i vitenskapelige tidsskrifter, filmmanuskripter, forretningsplaner\SpecialChar \ldots{} + og mye + annet. +\layout Standard + +LyX gir oss en moderne måte å skrive dokumenter på datamaskinen, et markeringspa +radigme som bryter med +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +skrivemaskin-modellen +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. + Det er laget for tekstforfattere som vil ha et profesjonelt resultat raskt, + med minimal innsats, uten å måtte være spesialister i typesetting. + Typesettingen gjøres hovedsaklig av datamaskinen, ikke forfatteren; med + LyX kan forfatteren konsentrere seg om innholdet. +\layout Standard + +Noe av utfordringen med å ta i bruk LyX er å måtte tenke på en ny måte. + En gang i tiden var skrivemaskinen alt vi hadde, så vi lærte oss noen triks + for å komme rundt dens begrensninger. + Understreking med +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +_ +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + var en måte å fremheve tekst. + Du måtte lære kolonnebredder og tabulatorposisjoner, og stille inn disse, + for å lage tabeller. + Det samme gjaldt brev og annen høyrejustert tekst. + Orddeling ved linjeskift krevde fremsyn og et trenet øye. +\layout Standard + +Med andre ord, vi er trent opp til å bekymre oss om små detaljer om hvor + vi skal sette hvilket tegn. + Derfor virker de fleste tekstbehandlere på denne måten. + De bruker fremdeles tabulatorer for å lage avstand. + Du må fremdeles bekymre deg om nøyaktig hvor på siden ting havner. + Å utheve tekst betyr å bytte skrifttype, omtrent som når man bytter skrivehode + på en skrivemaskin. + Dette er filosofien bak tekstbehandlere av typen WYSIWYG +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +What you see is what you get +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + (Det du ser er det du får) . + Dessverre er resultatet av dette paradigmet ofte +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Det du ser er alt du får +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. + Du får ikke noe mer. +\layout Standard + +Det er her LyX er anderledes enn annen tekstbehandling. + Du bekymrer deg ikke om hva som skal hvor. + Du forteller LyX +\emph on +hva du skriver +\emph default + og LyX ordner resten etter et regelsett kalt en +\emph on +stil. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Riktignok har andre populære kontorprogrammer også fått seg noen slags stiler + som kan brukes på lignende vis. + Men de brukes sjelden i praksis. +\end_inset + + +\emph default + La oss ta et eksempel: +\layout Standard + +Du skriver en rapport. + Først vil du ha et avsnitt kalt +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Introduksjon +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. + Så du bruker menyen i tekstbehandleren og velger en større skrift. + Deretter aktiverer du fet skrift, og skriver +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +1. + Introduksjon +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. + Hvis du senere skulle finne ut at dette hører hjemme et annet sted i dokumentet +, eller hvis du skriver et nytt avsnitt foran det, må du forandre numrene + for dette og alle etterfølgende avsnitt både i teksten og innholdsfortegnelsen. +\layout Standard + +I Lyx velger du +\family sans +Seksjon +\family default + i menyen til venstre for knapperaden og skriver +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Introduksjon +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. + Det er alt! Hvis du flytter avsnittet et annet sted oppdateres numrene + automatisk, overalt. + Og hvis du refererer til avsnittet på rett vis, ved å sette inn kryssreferanser +, vil LyX oppdatere dem automatisk så du aldri noensinne trenger skrive + et avsnittsnummer selv. +\layout Standard + +La oss så se på konsistensproblematikken. + Fem dager senere åpner du dokumentet igjen, for å skrive seksjon\SpecialChar ~ +4. + Men du har glemt at du brukte 18pt fet skrift i stedet for 16pt, så overskrifte +n for seksjon\SpecialChar ~ +4 får en annen skrifttype enn for seksjon\SpecialChar ~ +1. + Det problemet eksisterer ikke i LyX. + Datamaskinen husker på detaljer, som hvilke ting som skal ha hvilken skrifttype. + Det er slikt maskinene er flinke til. +\layout Standard + +Et annet eksempel. + Du lager en liste. + I andre tekstbehandlere er en liste en mengde tabulatorer og linjeskift. + Du må selv passe på å sette et merke foran hvert punkt, passe på at det + blir riktig merke, hvor mange blanke linjer det skal være mellom punktene, + og så videre. + I LyX tenker du bare på to ting: hva slags liste det er, og hva det skal + stå i den. + Det er det hele. +\layout Standard + +Så den grunnleggende ideen bak LyX er: angi +\emph on +hva +\emph default +du lager, ikke +\emph on +hvordan +\emph default + du gjør det. + I stedet for +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Det du ser er det du får +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + er LyX-filosofien +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Det du ser er det du +\emph on +mener +\emph default + +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + (What You See Is What You Mean, WYSIWYM). + Den gjør det mye enklere å skrive dokumenter. + Dette er også grunnen til at LyX ikke er så godt egnet til plakater og + brosjyrer --- i slike tilfeller +\emph on +ønsker +\emph default + du å spesifisere nøyaktig hvor alt skal stå, fordi det ikke er noen funksjonell +e enheter som avsnitt, seksjoner, osv. + Det betyr ikke at LyX mangler noe vesentlig, det er simpelthen ikke riktig + verktøy for jobben. + Du bruker heller ikke en skrutrekker til å slå inn spiker med. +\layout Section + +Forskjeller mellom LyX og andre tekstbehandlere +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Nei, vi prøver ikke å starte (eller vinne) en tekstbehandlingskrig, men + vi mener det er viktig å beskrive LyXs egenskaper. + Og en av LyXs viktigste egenskaper, WYSIWYM, er grunnleggende anderledes + enn det tekstbehandlingskonsept folk flest kjenner. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Dette finner du ikke i LyX: +\layout Itemize + +Formateringslinjal +\layout Itemize + +Tabulatorer +\layout Itemize + +Ekstra mellomrom (f.eks. + ved å trykke +\family sans +Enter +\family default + eller +\family sans +Space +\family default + to eller flere ganger på rad.) +\layout Standard + +Tabulatorer er, sammen med en linjal som viser posisjonen på siden, ubrukelige + i LyX. + Programmet bestemmer selv hvor på siden ting plasseres. + Det samme gjelder ekstra mellomrom, LyX legger dem inn når det er nødvendig, + avhengig av konteksten. + I starten kan det være irriterende å ikke kunne sette inn to blanke linjer + på rad, men det gir mening når du tenker i WYSIWYM. +\layout Standard + +Her er noen ting som fins i LyX, men brukes anderledes enn en skulle tro: +\layout Itemize + +Innrykk +\layout Itemize + +Sideskift +\layout Itemize + +Linjeavstand (f.eks. + enkelt, dobbelt, osv.) +\layout Itemize + +Avstand, vannrett og loddrett +\layout Itemize + +Skrifttyper og -størrelser +\layout Itemize + +Skriftjustering (fet, kursiv, understreket, osv.) +\layout Standard + +Selv om de fins i LyX, trenger du dem vanligvis ikke. + LyX tar seg av slikt avhengig av hva du holder på med. + Forskjellige deler av dokumentet settes automatisk med andre skrifttyper + og -størrelser. + Avsnittsinnrykk avhenger av konteksten; ulike avsnittstyper rykkes inn + forskjellig. + Sideskift skjer også automatisk. + Generelt er avstanden mellom linjer, ord og avsnitt fleksibel, styrt av + LyX. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Alle disse egenskapene kan finjusteres (noen krever kjennskap til LaTeX), + enten for hele dokumentet eller deler av det. + Se +\emph on +Brukermanualen +\emph default + eller +\emph on +Avanserte funksjoner. +\end_inset + + +\layout Standard + +Til slutt noen områder hvor vi mener LyX (og LaTeX) overgår mange andre + tekstbehandlere: +\layout Itemize + +Orddeling +\layout Itemize + +Lister av alle slag +\layout Itemize + +Matematikk +\layout Itemize + +Tabeller +\layout Itemize + +Kryssreferanser +\layout Standard + +Riktig nok kan mange moderne tekstbehandlere håndtere matematiske symboler, + tabeller og orddeling, og mange har beveget seg mot stildefinisjoner og + WYSIWYM-filosofien. + Men det har skjedd nylig, mens Lyx bygger på dokumentutviklingssystemet + LaTeX. + LaTeX har eksistert i over 15 år, og +\emph on +virker +\emph default +. +\layout Section + +Hva +\emph on +er +\emph default + LaTeX +\emph on +, +\emph default +(og hva angår det meg)? +\layout Standard + +LaTeX er et dokumentutviklingssystem designet av Leslie Lamport i 1985. +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Informasjonen i dette avsnittet kommer fra +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +A Guide to LaTeX2e, +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + av Helmut Kopka og Patrick Dal, som er nevnt i +\emph on +Brukermanualens +\emph default +litteraturliste. +\end_inset + + Det bygger igjen på et typesettingsspråk kalt TeX, som Donald Knuth lagde + i 1984. + TeX uttales +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Tech +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, med samme +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +ch +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +-lyd som i tysk +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +ach +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. + De fleste vet ikke hva TeX er. + TeX leser typesettingskommandoer fra en tekstfil, og utfører dem. + Det er mer komplisert enn en skrivemaskin, men ikke så komplisert som en + trykkpresse; men mange av pressens +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +triks +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + er implementert som algoritmer av Knuth, dette er grunnen til den fremragende + kvaliteten på utskrifter fra TeX. + TeX produserer en såkalt +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +utstyrsuavhengig +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + (device independent) fil, +\family typewriter +dvi +\family default +. + Du kan bruke +\family typewriter +dvi +\family default +-filen i programmer som forstår +\family typewriter +dvi +\family default +, eller konvertere den til andre formater som PostScript®, PDF, o.l. +\layout Standard + +Hvis det ikke var for en funksjon til, ville TeX bare vært et typesettingsprogra +m. + Men TeX har også muligheter for å definere makroer. + Dermed blir det straks mer interessant. +\layout Standard + +De fleste TeX-brukere bruker egentlig en makro-pakke Knuth lagde for å skjule + detaljene omkring typesetting. + Det er dette folk flest kjenner som Tex. + Vanlige brukere arbeider ikke med rå TeX, som kun er grunnleggende typesettings +kommandoer. + Det er bare de som lager nye makropakker som gjør det, og det er her Leslie + Lamport kommer inn. + Han ville ha en makro-pakke som var mer brukerorientert og mindre typesetter-or +ientert, et kommandosett for å sette ting som seksjoner, tabeller og formler + på en ensartet konsistent måte. + Slik ble LaTeX til. +\layout Standard + +Samtidig med utviklingen av LaTeX lagde andre sine egne makropakker for + TeX, for å lage slides, artikler til matematiske tidsskrifter, osv. + Noen brukte rå TeX, andre gjorde forandringer i LaTeX. + For å rydde opp i det resulterende rotet begynte endel LaTeX-folk, blant + dem Lamport, å arbeide på LaTeX2e, den nåværende utgaven av LaTeX. + Denne utgaven har kommandoer som gjør det lettere å opprette TeX-makroer, + bruke nye skrifttyper, m.m. + LaTeX er faktisk et omfattende språk i seg selv! Brukere verden over har + lagd sine egne tillegg til LaTeX utover de vanlige. +\layout Standard + +Det er to måter å utvide LaTeX: klasser og stiler. + En +\emph on +klasse +\emph default + er et sett LaTeX- (og TeX-) makroer som beskriver en type dokument, f.eks. + en bok eller artikkel. + Det fins klasser for slides, for fysiske og matematiske tidsskrifter \SpecialChar \ldots{} + mange + universiteter har til og med sine egne klasser for sine avhandlinger! En + +\emph on +stil +\emph default + avviker fra en klasse ved at den ikke definerer en ny dokumenttype, men + en annen +\emph on +oppførsel +\emph default + ethvert dokument kan ha. + For eksempel styrer LyX marger og linjeavstand med to LaTeX stil-filer. + Det fins stilfiler for en lang rekke ting: utskrift av etiketter eller + konvolutter, endring av innrykk, nye skrifttyper, håndtering av grafikk, + design av sideoppsett, justering av litteraturlister, forandring av utseende + og plassering for fotnoter, tabeller og figurer, listeoppsett, osv., osv. + +\layout Standard + +Her er en oppsummering: +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +TeX: Typesettingsspråk med makrofunksjonalitet. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +LaTeX: Makropakke bygd på TeX. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +klasser: Beskrivelser av dokumenttyper for LaTeX. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +stiler: Forandrer LaTeX's standardoppførsel på en eller annen måte. +\layout List +\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000 + +LyX: Visuell, WYSIWYM tekstbehandler som bruker LaTeX for utskrift. +\layout Standard + +Tanken bak denne seksjonen var å prøve å forklare +\emph on +hvorfor +\emph default + LyX er anderledes enn andre tekstbehandlere. + Forklaringen er enkel: LyX bruker LaTeX for å skrive ut. + Som LaTeX fokuserer LyX på konteksten i det du skriver --- +\emph on +hva +\emph default + du skriver. + Datamaskinen ordner deretter utseendet. +\layout Chapter + +Finne frem i dokumentasjonen +\layout Standard + +For å gjøre det lettere å svare på dine spørsmål og beskrive alle mulighetene + i LyX, er dokumentasjonen delt opp i flere filer. + Hver tjener sitt formål, som beskrevet under. + Du bør lese dette kapitlet grundig før du pløyer gjennom dem, det inneholder + mye nyttig informasjon og kommentarer som kan spare tid for deg. +\layout Standard + +Selv om LyX er godt forbi +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +versjon 1.0 +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, kan noe av dokumentasjonen kan ha mangler eller være foreldet, men vi + prøver å holde følge. + Som for resten av LyX produseres manualene av frivillige, som har +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +virkelige jobber +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, familier, oppvask, kattekasser å tømme, osv. + Hvis du vil hjelpe, les kapittel\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cha:Bidra} + +\end_inset + + i tillegg til resten av dokumentet. +\layout Standard + +Og gjør oss en tjeneste --- hvis noe i manualene forvirrer deg, er uklart + eller feil, la oss få vite det! Du kan kontakte oss ved å skrive til +\family typewriter +lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org +\family default +. + Hvis du har spørsmål som ikke har opplagte svar i dokumentasjonen og trenger + hjelp fort, kan du bruke postlisten for LyX-brukere, som har adressen +\family typewriter +lyx-users@lists.lyx.org +\family default +. +\layout Section + +Formatet +\layout Standard + +Noen trykker manualene, andre leser dem på skjermen i LyX. + Utseendet på skjermen avviker en del fra det trykte. + For det første står tittelen øverst i dokumentet, ikke på en egen side + som i visse trykte versjoner. + Hverken fotnoter eller innholdsfortegnelse er synlig. + For å åpne en fotnote, som ser slik ut, +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Hei! +\layout Standard + +For å lukke denne fotnoten, klikk på den grå boksen over til venstre som + det står +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +fot +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + på. +\end_inset + + klikker du på den med venstre museknapp. + For innholdsfortegnelsen kan du enten klikke på den grå knappen, eller + bruke menyen +\family sans +\bar under +N +\bar default +aviger +\family default + hvor innholdet vises automatisk. + (Prøv det!) +\layout Standard + +I de trykte manualene opptrer alle kryssreferanser som kapittelnumre, seksjonsnu +mre, underseksjonsnumre osv. + På skjermen vil derimot kryssreferanser være en grå firkant som den følgende: +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cha:Bidra} + +\end_inset + +. + (Den trykte manualen viser bare et nummer.) Hvis du klikker på firkanten + med venstre museknapp får du et vindu med liste over alle kryssreferanser + i dokumentet. + Denne introduksjonen har bare en, kalt +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +cha:Bidrag +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + Du kan hoppe til dette kapitlet ved å klikke på knappen +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Gå til +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. + Det er like lett å komme tilbake. + Klikk på knappen +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Tilbake +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + eller trykk +\family sans +C-< +\family default +. + (Hva betyr +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +C-< +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +? Se under.) +\layout Standard + +Nå som vi har gjort rede for noen av forskjellene mellom den trykte versjonen + og det på skjermen, kan vi begynne å se på dette dokumentets format. + Du vil støte på ord i forskjellige skrifter: +\layout Itemize + + +\emph on +Uthevet stil +\emph default + brukes for generell utheving, boktitler, titler på avsnitt i de andre manualene +, og notater fra forfatterne. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +Skrivemaskin +\family default + brukes til program- og filnavn, LaTeX- og LyX-kode, og funksjoner. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Grotesk (Sans Serif) +\family default + brukes for navn på menyer, knapper, vinduer, og taster på tastaturet. +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Kapiteler +\noun default + brukes til personnavn. +\layout Standard + +For hurtigtaster og lignende henvises du til avsnittet +\emph on +Key Bindings +\emph default + i +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Avanserte funksjoner +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\emph default + (filen +\family typewriter +Extended.lyx +\family default +). + Når vi beskriver taster, bruker vi følgende konvensjon: +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +C- +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + betyr +\family sans +Ctrl- +\family default + tasten. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +S- +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + betyr +\family sans +Shift- +\family default + tasten. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +M- +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + betyr +\family sans +Meta- +\family default + tasten, som på mange tastaturer er +\family sans +Alt- +\family default + tasten. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +F1 +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +F12 +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + er funksjonstastene. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Esc +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + er escape-tasten. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Venstre +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, +\family default + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Høyre +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, +\family default + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Opp +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +og +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Ned +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +: piltaster. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Insert +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +, +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Delete +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +, +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Home +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +, +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +End +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +, +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +PageUp +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +, +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +PageDown +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default +: 6 taster som fins over piltastene på endel PC-tastaturer. + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +PageUp +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + og +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +PageDown +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + kalles +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Prior +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + og +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Next +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + +\family default + på enkelte tastaturer. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Return +\family default + og +\family sans +Enter +\family default + refererer til samme tast. + Noen tastaturer bruker navnet +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Return +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, noen bruker +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Enter +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + i stedet, noen har to taster. + LyX behandler begge som samme tast, og kaller dem både +\family sans +Return +\family default + og +\family sans + Enter +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +Du kan også støte på fraser som +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +(Se +\emph on +'Avanserte funksjoner' +\emph default +) +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + fra tid til annen. + Vi har listet opp de mulige standard-hurtigtastene for funksjoner i +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +Avanserte funksjoner +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +, +\emph default +så se der også. + Legg merke til at det fins to tastaturoppsett for LyX: +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +CUA +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +-typen som er den vanlige og vel kjent for PC-brukere, og +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +emacs +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +-typen for de som har vokst opp med unix og Emacs. + Medmindre det står noe annet refererer dokumentasjonen til CUA-typen. + Hvis du kjenner Emacs klarer du sannsynligvis selv å finne frem i dokumentasjon +en og aktivere emacs-oppsettet. +\layout Section + +Manualene +\layout Standard + +Følgende liste beskriver innholdet i hver av filene i dokumentasjonen. + Ikke alle er oversatt til norsk ennå. +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Introduksjon +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Denne filen. +\end_deeper +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Begynnermanual (Tutorial) +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Hvis LyX og LaTeX er nytt for deg, bør du starte her. + Hvis du tror LaTeX er råmateriale for kondomer bør du definitivt lese kapittel\SpecialChar ~ + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cha:LyX-filosofien} + +\end_inset + +, omigjen, og deretter +\emph on +begynnermanualen +\emph default +. + Etter å ha lest +\emph on +Begynnermanualen, +\emph default + vil du muligens fremdeles tro LaTeX er et elastisk materiale --- men du + +\emph on +vil +\emph default + vite hvordan du bruker LyX. +\layout Standard + +Hvis du +\emph on +har +\emph default + brukt LaTex før, bør du likevel lese +\emph on +Begynnermanualen, +\emph default +fra og med avsnittet +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +LyX for LaTeX users. +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + Det skader ikke å skumlese resten av dokumentet heller. +\layout Standard + +Hvis du til noen tid føler deg usikker på LyX, bør du sjekke +\emph on +Begynnermanualen +\emph default + før du går løs på de andre. + Den er et godt springbrett. +\end_deeper +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Brukermanual (User's\SpecialChar ~ +Guide) +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Den primære dokumentasjonen. + Den dekker +\emph on +de fleste +\emph default +av de grunnleggende funksjonene i LyX. + Brukermanualen forutsetter at du har lest +\emph on +Begynnermanualen. +\end_deeper +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Avanserte\SpecialChar ~ +funksjoner (Extended Features) +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Utvidelse av +\emph on +Brukermanualen. + +\emph default + Dokumenterer hvordan du bruker LaTeX-kommandoer, mer om layout, spesielle + redigeringsfunksjoner. + og noen av de (underlige men praktiske) triksene LaTeX-eksperter har adgang + til. +\end_deeper +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Tilpassing (Customization) +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +En beskrivelse av avanserte Lyx-funksjoner, herunder hvordan du tilpasser + LyX' generelle oppførsel til dine behov. + Dette omfatter tastaturutlegg, språktilpasning og konfigurasjonsfiler. + Du bør ikke engang tenke på å se her før du har lest +\emph on +Begynnermanualen. +\end_deeper +\layout Description + + +\emph on +LaTeX\SpecialChar ~ +konfigurasjon (LaTeX\SpecialChar ~ +configuration) +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +LyX undersøker systemet under installasjonen. + Denne filen inneholder det LyX fant ut om ditt system. + Ta en titt for å se om du mangler noe du muligens vil ha. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Disse filene refererer til hverandre når det er nødvendig. + +\emph on +Brukermanualen +\emph default + har for eksempel litt informasjon om installering og tilpasning, men henviser + leseren til +\emph on +Tilpassing +\emph default + for mer informasjon. +\layout Standard + +Vi gjentar et viktig poeng: +\layout Standard +\added_space_top bigskip \added_space_bottom bigskip \align center +Les +\emph on +Begynnermanualen +\emph default +nå, hvis du ikke kjenner LyX fra før. +\layout Standard + +Ellers skaffer du deg unødvendige frustrasjoner. + LyX kan alt en tekstbehandler trenger å kunne gjøre, men krever en annen + tenkemåte. +\layout Chapter + + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cha:Bidra} + +\end_inset + +Bidrag til LyX-prosjektet +\layout Section + +Å bidra til LyX +\layout Standard + +LyX er stort sett skrevet i C++ (LaTeX-import er skrevet i Perl). + Det er et stort prosjekt og derfor ikke fritt for feil og behov for forbedringe +r i kildekoden. +\layout Subsection + +Rapporter feil +\layout Standard + +Under bruk av lyx kan det hende det skjer noe du mener er feil. + Kræsj kan forekomme, selvom de er sjeldne. + Feil i brukergrensesnittet regnes som alvorlige feil; det er spesielt interessa +nt å få vite om deler av brukergrensesnittet du finner forvirrende eller + uklart. +\layout Standard + +LyX har et feilrapporteringssystem, som du finner på +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl[LyX bug tracker]{http://bugzilla.lyx.org/} + +\end_inset + + +\family default +. + Sjekk her før du rapporterer feil, i fall feilen allerede er rapportert. + Hvis du har kommentarer til en kjent feil, eller ønsker å rapportere en + ny, bruker du enten feilrapporteringssystemet eller sender en engelskspråklig + e-post til utviklingslisten +\family typewriter +lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org +\family default +. + Du finner arkivet for denne postlisten via LyX-hjemmesiden, +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset LatexCommand \htmlurl[LyX website]{http://www.lyx.org/} + +\end_inset + + +\family default +. +\layout Standard + +En god (brukbar) feilrapport må som minimum fortelle hvilken versjon av + LyX det er du har problemer med. + Nøyaktige detaljerte feilrapporter foretrekkes - jo mer tid utviklerne + trenger på å finne ut hva som er galt, jo mindre tid får de til andre forbedrin +ger. + Nevn hva slags system og hvilken versjon du kjører LyX på. + Opplys om versjonen på programbiblioteker du bruker, og hvis det er relevant, + versjonene for eksterne programmer LyX bruker. + Hvis det er et kompilerings- eller konfigurasjonsproblem legger du ved + filen +\family typewriter +config.log +\family default +, og nevner hvilken kompilator du bruker. + +\layout Standard + +Hvis du kan få LyX til å kræsje, ber vi deg om å spore opp feilen med gdb. + Skriv f.eks. + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +\size small +gdb /users/steve/lyx-1.0.x/src/lyx +\family default +\size default + +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + og deretter +\family typewriter +\size small + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +run +\family default +\size default + +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +. + Få LyX til å kræsje, og du kommer tilbake til gdb igjen. + skriv +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +bt +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + for å lage en +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +backtrace +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +-fil og ta den med i feilrapporten +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +Hvis du vil være grundig, bruk kommandoene +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +info locals +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + og +\family typewriter + +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +up +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + for å skrive ut innholdet i lokale variabler og noen få stack-nivåer. +\end_inset + +. + Hvis der er mulig, er en oppskrift på hvordan du kræsjer LyX enda bedre + enn enn +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +backtrace +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +-fil fra gdb, da kan utviklerne spore opp feilen selv. + Hvis feilen derimot er vanskelig å reprodusere er +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +backtrace +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +-filen viktig, da har vi ikke noe annet å gå ut ifra. +\layout Subsection + +Bidra med retting og nye funksjoner +\layout Standard + +Hvis du har gjort forandringer i kildekoden som du synes bør bli med i LyX, + kan du sende inn endringene i form av en diff-fil (i +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +unified +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + format) til listen referert ovenfor, sammen med en beskrivelse av hva forandrin +gene dine består i. +\layout Section + +Bidrag til dokumentasjonen +\layout Standard + +LyX har omfattende dokumentasjon; men LyX er under konstant utvikling og + hver ny utgave føyer til nye funksjoner. + Kanhende finner du ut at dokumentasjonen kan forbedres. + Dette avsnittet beskriver hva du gjør hvis du finner en feil eller har + forslag om å forbedre dokumentasjonen. +\layout Subsection + +Rapporter feil i manualene +\layout Standard + +Hvis du finner feil i en manual, send et engelskspråklig brev til postlisten + +\family typewriter +lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org +\family default +. + Dokumentasjonsteamet tar seg av rettingen. +\layout Subsection + +Delta i dokumentasjonsteamet. +\layout Standard + +Som alt annet i LyX-prosjektet, har også dokumentasjonsprosjektet alltid + bruk for hjelp! Hvis du er interessert i å bidra, skal du gjennomføre det + følgende først: +\layout Enumerate + +skaff deg den nyeste LyX-kildekoden, og pakk den ut. + +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed false + +\layout Standard + +De mer eventyrlystne kan hente den nyeste dokumentasjonen fra LyX's CVS-arkiv + -- den ligger i +\family typewriter +lyxdoc +\family default +-modulen. +\end_inset + + I katalogtreet finner du en katalog kalt +\family typewriter +lib/doc/ +\family default +. + I den finner du filen +\family typewriter +DocStyle.lyx +\family default +. + Les den, den er malen for hvordan dokumentasjonen skal se ut. + +\layout Enumerate + +Les deretter +\emph on +Brukermanualen +\emph default + og +\emph on +Begynnermanualen. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Meningen med dette er å gi deg idéer. + +\emph on +Begynnermanualen +\emph default +og +\emph on +Brukermanualen +\emph default +er sannsynligvis de mest oppdaterte filene i dokumentasjonen. + Du vil få et godt inntrykk av hvordan vi vil at manualene skal se ut og + leses. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +Kontakt teamet på engelsk på: +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org +\layout Standard + +for å diskutere de endringer du foreslår, og få tilbakemelding. +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Endringene du ønsker kan være alt fra å gjøre teksten klarere, til større + omstruktureringer. + Alle forbedringer mottas med takk. +\the_end diff --git a/lib/doc/no_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/no_TOC.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0ceeba8325 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/no_TOC.lyx @@ -0,0 +1,2544 @@ +#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 221 +\textclass article +\language english +\inputencoding default +\fontscheme default +\graphics default +\paperfontsize default +\spacing single +\papersize Default +\paperpackage a4 +\use_geometry 0 +\use_amsmath 0 +\use_natbib 0 +\use_numerical_citations 0 +\paperorientation portrait +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation indent +\defskip medskip +\quotes_language english +\quotes_times 2 +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 1 +\paperpagestyle default + +\layout Title + +LyX Documentation Table of Contents +\layout Section* + +Introduksjon til LyX +\layout Description +1 + + +LyX-filosofien +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +Hva er LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +Forskjeller mellom LyX og andre tekstbehandlere + + +\layout Description +1.3 +Hva +\emph on +er +\emph default + LaTeX +\emph on +, +\emph default +(og hva angår det meg)? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Finne frem i dokumentasjonen +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Formatet +\layout Description +2.2 +Manualene +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 + + +Bidrag til LyX-prosjektet +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Å bidra til LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.1 +Rapporter feil +\layout Description +3.1.2 +Bidra med retting og nye funksjoner +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.2 +Bidrag til dokumentasjonen +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +Rapporter feil i manualene +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Delta i dokumentasjonsteamet. +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers +\newline +Version 0.3.7 +\layout Description +1 +Introduction and General Information +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +What is LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +That's fine, but is it useful? +\layout Description +1.3 +Where do I start? +\layout Description +1.4 +Does LyX run on my computer? +\layout Description +1.5 +How much hard disk space does LyX need? +\layout Description +1.6 +Is LyX really Open Source? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Internet Resources +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff? +\layout Description +2.2 +Where can I get LyX material by FTP? +\layout Description +2.3 +What mailing lists are there? +\layout Description +2.4 +Are the mailing lists archived anywhere? +\layout Description +2.5 +Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Compatibility with other word/document processors +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Can I read/write LaTeX files? +\layout Description +3.2 +Can I read/write Word files? +\layout Description +3.3 +Can I read/write HTML files? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Obtaining and Compiling LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +What do I need? +\layout Description +4.2 +How do I compile it? +\layout Description +4.3 +I hate compiling. + Where are precompiled binaries? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)? +\layout Description +5.2 +How do I enter Evil Red Text? +\layout Description +5.3 +The new ERT inset is really inconvenient ! +\layout Description +5.4 +Is there an alternative? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Questions Related to Using LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +General questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.1 +How do I get rid of the date under the title? +\layout Description +6.1.2 +How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \- +Enumerate/\SpecialChar \- +Description list environment +? +\layout Description +6.1.3 +How do I number equations by section? +\layout Description +6.1.4 +Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well? +\layout Description +6.1.5 +How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)? +\layout Description +6.1.6 +How do I kill widows and orphans? +\layout Description +6.1.7 +How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g. + 1. + a)? +\layout Description +6.1.8 +How do I count words in LyX? +\layout Description +6.1.9 +How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space? +\layout Description +6.1.10 +How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6 +]? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.2 +Figure related questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +What is the difference between a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +figure +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +figure float +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +? +\layout Description +6.2.2 +How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it? +\layout Description +6.2.3 +What does +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Too many unprocessed floats +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + mean? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Math related questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation? +\layout Description +6.3.2 +How do I make a cube root (or higher)? +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Questions Related to Running LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line? +\layout Description +7.2 +How do I create PDF files from my LyX document? +\layout Description +7.3 +Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in +\family typewriter +acroread +\family default + ? +\layout Description +7.4 +Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline + figures properly? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 +Questions Related to LyX on Windows +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.1 +Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +9 +How to get further assistance +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +9.1 +You still haven't answered my question! +\layout Description +9.2 +I want to mail someone about my problem. + +\layout Description +9.3 +What to put in a request for help. +\end_deeper +\layout Description +10 +Administrative information and acknowledgments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +10.1 +Feedback is invited. + +\layout Description +10.2 +Formats in which this FAQ is available. + +\layout Description +10.3 +Authorship and acknowledgments. +\layout Description +10.4 +Disclaimer and Copyright. + +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +The LyX Tutorial +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +Welcome to LyX! +\layout Description +1.2 +What the Tutorial +\emph on +is +\emph default + and What it +\emph on +isn't +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.1 +Getting the Most out of the Tutorial +\layout Description +1.2.2 +What You +\emph on +Won't +\emph default + Find: +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Getting Started with LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Your First LyX Document +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1.1 +Typing, Viewing, and Printing +\layout Description +2.1.2 +Simple Operations +\layout Description +2.1.3 +WYSIWYM: Whitespace in LyX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.2 +Environments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.2.1 +Sections and Subsections +\layout Description +2.2.2 +Lists and sublists +\layout Description +2.2.3 +Other Environments: Verses, Quotations, and More +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Writing Documents +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Text classes +\layout Description +3.2 +Templates: Writing a Letter +\layout Description +3.3 +Document Titles +\layout Description +3.4 +Labels and Cross-References +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.1 +Your first label +\layout Description +3.4.2 +Your first cross-references +\layout Description +3.4.3 +More fun with labels +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.5 +Footnotes and Margin Notes +\layout Description +3.6 +Bibliographies +\layout Description +3.7 +Table of Contents +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Using Math +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Math Mode +\layout Description +4.2 +Navigating an Equation +\layout Description +4.3 +Exponents and Indices +\layout Description +4.4 +The +\family sans +Math Panel +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Greek and symbols +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Square roots, accents, and delimiters +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Fractions +\layout Description +4.4.4 +TeX mode: Limits, log, sin and others +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Matrices +\layout Description +4.4.6 +Display mode +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +More Math Stuff +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Miscellaneous +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Other Major LyX Features +\layout Description +5.2 +LyX for LaTeX Users +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +TeX Mode +\layout Description +5.2.2 +Importing LaTeX Documents--- +\family typewriter +reLyX +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Converting LyX Documents to LaTeX +\layout Description +5.2.4 +LaTeX Preamble +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.4.1 +Document Class +\layout Description +5.2.4.2 +Other Preamble Matter +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.5 +BibTeX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Errors! +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +The LyX User's Guide +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +What is LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +Getting Started +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.1 +Invoking LyX +\layout Description +1.2.2 +How LyX Looks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.2.1 +The Main Window +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.3 +HELP! +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.3 +The LyX Interface +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.3.1 +Basic File Operations +\layout Description +1.3.2 +Basic Editing Features +\layout Description +1.3.3 +Undo and Redo +\layout Description +1.3.4 +Basic Mouse Bindings +\layout Description +1.3.5 +Basic Key Bindings +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.4 +Using LyX with Other Programs +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.4.1 +Importing ASCII files +\layout Description +1.4.2 +Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +LyX Setup and Supporting Applications +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2.2 +Basic LyX Setup +\layout Description +2.3 +Setting Up the X Keyboard +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.1 + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\family default + and +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.1.1 + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\layout Description +2.3.1.2 + +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.2 +Modifiers and Mode_switch +\layout Description +2.3.3 +Helpful Hints and Tips +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.4 +LaTeX +\layout Description +2.5 +Dvips and Ghostscript +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.1 +What You Need +\layout Description +2.5.2 +Dvips +\layout Description +2.5.3 +Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.6 +The Printer +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +LyX Basics +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Document Types +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.1.2 + + +The Various Document Classes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.2.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.1.2.2 +Selecting a Class +\layout Description +3.1.2.3 +Properties +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.3 +Fine-tuning the Defaults +\layout Description +3.1.4 +Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins +\layout Description +3.1.5 +Important Note: +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.2 +Paragraph Indentation and Separation +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Global Indentation Method +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Fine-Tuning +\layout Description +3.2.4 +Changing Line Spacing +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Paragraph Environments + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.3.2 +Standard +\layout Description +3.3.3 +Document Titles +\layout Description +3.3.4 +Headings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.4.1 +Numbered Headings +\layout Description +3.3.4.2 +Unnumbered Headings +\layout Description +3.3.4.3 +Changing the Numbering + + +\layout Description +3.3.4.4 +Special Information +\layout Description +3.3.4.5 +Creating an Appendix +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5 +Quotes and Poetry +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5.1 + +\family sans +Quote +\family default + and +\family sans +Quotation +\layout Description +3.3.5.2 + +\family sans +Verse +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6 +Lists +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6.1 +General Features +\layout Description +3.3.6.2 + +\family sans +Itemize +\layout Description +3.3.6.3 + +\family sans +Enumerate +\layout Description +3.3.6.4 + +\family sans +Description +\layout Description +3.3.6.5 +The LyX +\family sans +List +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7 +Letters +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7.1 + +\family sans +Address +\family default + and +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default +: An Overview +\layout Description +3.3.7.2 +Usage +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8 +Academic Writing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8.1 + +\family sans +Abstract +\layout Description +3.3.8.2 + +\family sans +Bibliography +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9 +Special Purpose +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9.1 + +\family sans +Caption +\layout Description +3.3.9.2 + +\family sans +LyX-Code +\layout Description +3.3.9.3 +Comment +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Nesting Environments + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.1 +The Big Deal +\layout Description +3.4.2 +What You Can and Can't Nest +\layout Description +3.4.3 +Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. +\layout Description +3.4.4 +Usage and General Features +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.4.1 +Nesting limits +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5 +Some Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5.1 +Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting +\layout Description +3.4.5.2 +Example #2: Inheritance +\layout Description +3.4.5.3 +Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + and +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + Environments. +\layout Description +3.4.5.4 +Example #4: Going Bonkers +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.5 +Fonts and Text Styles +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.5.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.5.2 +Global Options +\layout Description +3.5.3 +Using Different Character Styles +\layout Description +3.5.4 +Fine-Tuning with the +\family sans +Character Layout +\family default + dialog +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.6 +Printing and Previewing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.6.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.6.2 +Quick Viewing with +\family typewriter +xdvi +\layout Description +3.6.3 +Viewing the PostScript® Version with +\family typewriter +ghostview +\layout Description +3.6.4 +Printing the File +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7 +A Few Words about Typography +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.1 +Hyphens and Hyphenation +\layout Description +3.7.2 +Punctuation Marks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.2.1 +Abbreviations and End of Sentence +\layout Description +3.7.2.2 +Quotes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.3 +Ligatures +\layout Description +3.7.4 +Widows and Orphans +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Footnotes +\layout Description +4.2 +Margin Notes +\layout Description +4.3 +Figures and Imported Graphics +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1 +Figure Floats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1.1 +Using Figure Floats +\layout Description +4.3.1.2 +Float Placement +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.2 + +\family typewriter +XFig +\family default + and LyX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.4 +Tables +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +The Table dialog +\layout Description +4.4.2 +What can be placed inside a table cell? +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Cut & Paste in Tables +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Multiple lines in cells +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Table Floats +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +Table of Contents and other Listings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +The Table of Contents +\layout Description +4.5.2 +List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Mathematical Formulae +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Basic Math Editing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1.1 +Navigating a Formula +\layout Description +5.1.2 +Selecting Text +\layout Description +5.1.3 +Exponents and Subscripts +\layout Description +5.1.4 +Fractions +\layout Description +5.1.5 +Sums and Integrals +\layout Description +5.1.6 +The Math Panel +\layout Description +5.1.7 +Other Math Symbols +\layout Description +5.1.8 +Altering spacing +\layout Description +5.1.9 +Math functions +\layout Description +5.1.10 +Accents +\layout Description +5.1.11 +The math editor for LaTeX users +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.2 +Brackets and decorations +\layout Description +5.3 +Grouping +\layout Description +5.4 +Arrays and Multi-line Equations +\layout Description +5.5 +Equation Numbering and Labels +\layout Description +5.6 +User defined macros in math mode +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.6.1 +Directions on using macros +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.6.1.1 +How to create them +\layout Description +5.6.1.2 +How to navigate +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.7 +Fine-Tuning +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.7.1 +Typefaces +\layout Description +5.7.2 +Math Text Mode +\layout Description +5.7.3 +Font Sizes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.8 +AMS LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.8.1 +Enabling AMS Support +\layout Description +5.8.2 +AMS Symbols +\layout Description +5.8.3 +AMS Formula Types +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +More Tools +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Cross-References +\layout Description +6.2 +URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) +\layout Description +6.3 +Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments + + +\layout Description +6.4 +Spacing, pagination and line breaks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 +Extra Horizontal Space +\layout Description +6.4.2 +Extra Vertical Space +\layout Description +6.4.3 +Changing Paragraph Alignment +\layout Description +6.4.4 +Forcing Page Breaks +\layout Description +6.4.5 +Protected blanks +\layout Description +6.4.6 +Line breaking +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.5 +Spellchecking +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.1 +Spellchecker Options +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.1.1 +Dictionary +\layout Description +6.5.1.2 +Personal dictionary +\layout Description +6.5.1.3 +Further Options +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.2 +Limitations +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.6 +International Support +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.6.1 +Language Options +\layout Description +6.6.2 +Keyboard mapping configuration +\layout Description +6.6.3 +Character Tables +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Credits +\layout Section* + +Extended LyX Features +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2 +LyX and LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +How LyX Uses LaTeX +\layout Description +2.2 + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Help! LyX generated an unreadable +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + file! +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +2.3 +Translating LaTeX files into LyX +\layout Description +2.4 +Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents + + +\layout Description +2.5 +LyX and the LaTeX Preamble +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.1 +About the LaTeX Preamble +\layout Description +2.5.2 +Changing the Preamble +\layout Description +2.5.3 +Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.3.1 +Example #1: Offsets +\layout Description +2.5.3.2 +Example #2: Labels +\layout Description +2.5.3.3 +Example #3: Paragraph Indentation +\layout Description +2.5.3.4 +Example #4: This Document +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.6 +LyX and LaTeX Errors +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Supplemental Tools +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX +\layout Description +3.2 +Making an Index +\layout Description +3.3 +Multipart Documents +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +General Operation +\layout Description +3.3.2 +Cross-References Between Files +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Algorithms +\layout Description +3.5 +Subfigures +\layout Description +3.6 +Fancy Headers and Footers +\layout Description +3.7 +Minipages +\layout Description +3.8 +Wrapping Text Around Figures + + +\layout Description +3.9 +Extra Table Options +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.9.1 +Removing Extra Column Space +\layout Description +3.9.2 +Changing the Column Separator Character +\layout Description +3.9.3 +Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column +\layout Description +3.9.4 +A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.10 +Itemize Bullet Selection + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.10.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.10.2 +How it looks +\layout Description +3.10.3 +How to use it +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Special Document Classes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +AMS LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1.1 +What these layouts provide +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.2 +Dinbrief +\layout Description +4.3 +Paper +\layout Description +4.4 +A&A Paper +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Getting started +\layout Description +4.4.3 +The header block +\layout Description +4.4.4 +The abstract +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Supported environments +\layout Description +4.4.6 +Commands not supported by LyX +\layout Description +4.4.7 +Figure and Table Floats +\layout Description +4.4.8 +Referee layout +\layout Description +4.4.9 +The example paper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +AASTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.5.2 +Starting a New Paper +\layout Description +4.5.3 +Finishing Your Paper +\layout Description +4.5.4 +Comments On Specific Commands +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.4.1 +Things that work as expected +\layout Description +4.5.4.2 +Things that work, but require more comment +\layout Description +4.5.4.3 +Things not implemented, use ERT +\layout Description +4.5.4.4 +Things that cannot be implemented +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5 +FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5.1 +Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate +\layout Description +4.5.5.2 +LaTeX error processing a table +\layout Description +4.5.5.3 +References + + +\layout Description +4.5.5.4 +Including EPS files +\layout Description +4.5.5.5 +Things I could have done, but didn't +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.6 +Final Caveat +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.6 +ijmpd +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.6.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.6.2 +Writing a paper +\layout Description +4.6.3 +Preparing a paper for submission +\layout Description +4.6.4 +Use of ERT +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.7 +Kluwer +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.7.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.7.2 +Writing a paper +\layout Description +4.7.3 +Preparing a paper for submission +\layout Description +4.7.4 + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Peculiarities +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + of the Kluwer package + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.8 +Koma-Script +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.8.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.8.2 +article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.3 +letter (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.4 +The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) +\layout Description +4.8.5 +Problems +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.9 +Springer Journals ( +\family sans +svjour +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.9.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.9.2 +New styles +\layout Description +4.9.3 +Supported journals +\layout Description +4.9.4 +Credits +\layout Description +4.9.5 +Bugs +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.10 +AGU journals ( +\family sans +aguplus +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.10.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.10.2 +New styles +\layout Description +4.10.3 +New floats +\layout Description +4.10.4 +Supported journals +\layout Description +4.10.5 +Bugs and things to remember +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.11 +EGS journals ( +\family sans +egs +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.11.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.11.2 +New styles +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12 +Slides [aka +\noun on +Sli +\noun default +TeX] + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.12.2 +Getting Started + + +\layout Description +4.12.3 +Paragraph Environments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.3.1 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.12.3.2 +Quirks of the New Environments + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4 +Making a Presentation with +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, +\family sans + Overlay +\family default + and +\family sans +Note +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4.1 +Using the +\family sans +Slide +\family default + Environment +\layout Description +4.12.4.2 +Using +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + with +\family sans +Slide +\layout Description +4.12.4.3 +Using +\family sans +Note +\family default + with +\family sans +Slide +\family default + + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.5 +The +\family sans +slides +\family default + Class Template File +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13 +Foils [aka +\family sans +Foil +\family default +\noun on +TeX +\noun default +] + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.13.2 +Getting Started +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.2.1 +Extra Options +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.3 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.13.4 +Building a Set of Foils +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.4.1 +Give It a Title Page +\layout Description +4.13.4.2 +Start a New Foil +\layout Description +4.13.4.3 +Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more +\layout Description +4.13.4.4 +Lists +\layout Description +4.13.4.5 +Figures and Tables +\layout Description +4.13.4.6 +Page Headers and Footers + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5 +Unsupported +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX Goodies + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5.1 +Lengths +\layout Description +4.13.5.2 +Headers and Footers +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.14 +Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.14.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.14.2 +Getting Started +\layout Description +4.14.3 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.14.4 +Differences Between Screen and Paper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.15 +Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.15.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.15.2 +Special problems +\layout Description +4.15.3 +Special features +\layout Description +4.15.4 +Paper size and Margins +\layout Description +4.15.5 +Environments +\layout Description +4.15.6 +Script jargon +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.16 +Broadway +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.16.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.16.2 +Special problems +\layout Description +4.16.3 +Special features +\layout Description +4.16.4 +Paper size and Margins +\layout Description +4.16.5 +Environments +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.17 +RevTeX4 +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.17.1 +Installation +\layout Description +4.17.2 +Preamble Matter +\layout Description +4.17.3 +Layouts +\layout Description +4.17.4 +Important Notes +\layout Description +4.17.5 +Drawbacks +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.18 +Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) + + +\layout Description +4.19 +Elsevier Journals +\layout Description +4.20 +Memoir +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.20.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.20.2 +Basic features and restrictions +\layout Description +4.20.3 +Extra features +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Considerations +\layout Description +5.2 +Importing Other Formats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.2.2 +ASCII Text +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Noweb +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Exporting Other Formats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.3.2 +Device Independent Files +\layout Description +5.3.3 +PostScript® +\layout Description +5.3.4 +ASCII text +\layout Description +5.3.5 +HTML +\layout Description +5.3.6 +PDF +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.6.1 +Use pdfLaTeX +\layout Description +5.3.6.2 +Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader? + + + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.3 +Why doesn't the +\backslash +boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex? + + + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.4 +Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running + pdfLaTeX? + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.5 +How can I make URLs clickable ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.7 +Custom +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +The Complete reLyX Description + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.1 +Synopsis +\layout Description +5.4.2 +Options +\layout Description +5.4.3 +Description +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.3.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +5.4.3.2 +Usage +\layout Description +5.4.3.3 +What reLyX Can Handle +\layout Description +5.4.3.4 +What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK +\layout Description +5.4.3.5 +What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~ +k.\SpecialChar ~ +a. + BUGS + + +\layout Description +5.4.3.6 +What LyX Can't Handle +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.4 +Examples +\layout Description +5.4.5 +Notes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.5.1 +Bug Reports + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.2 +Implementation Details: +\layout Description +5.4.5.3 +Layout Files +\layout Description +5.4.5.4 +Syntax Files + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.5 +Miscellaneous +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.6 +Diagnostics +\layout Description +5.4.7 +Warnings +\layout Description +5.4.8 +Files +\layout Description +5.4.9 +See also +\layout Description +5.4.10 +Authors +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +LyX Features needing Extra Software +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.1 +Overview +\layout Description +6.1.2 +Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.2.1 +Getting started +\layout Description +6.1.2.2 +Output from LinuxDoc +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3 +Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3.1 +The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document +\layout Description +6.1.3.2 +The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments +\layout Description +6.1.3.3 +Other document features +\layout Description +6.1.3.4 +Cross references and HTML +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.4 +Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts + + +\layout Description +6.1.5 +Troubleshooting LinuxDoc +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.2 +Checking TeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.2.2 +How to use it +\layout Description +6.2.3 +How to fine tune it +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Version Control in LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.3.2 +RCS commands in LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.2.1 + +\family sans +Register +\layout Description +6.3.2.2 + +\family sans +Check In Changes +\layout Description +6.3.2.3 + +\family sans +Check Out For Edit +\layout Description +6.3.2.4 + +\family sans +Revert To Last Version +\layout Description +6.3.2.5 + +\family sans +Undo Last Checkin +\layout Description +6.3.2.6 + +\family sans +Show History +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4 +Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.4.2 +Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.2.1 +References +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3 +LyX and Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3.1 +Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) +\layout Description +6.4.3.2 +Configuring LyX +\layout Description +6.4.3.3 +Debug extensions +\layout Description +6.4.3.4 +Toolbar extensions +\layout Description +6.4.3.5 +Colors customization +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Secrets of the LaTeX Masters + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1.1 +Footnotes +\layout Description +7.1.2 +Margin Notes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.2 +Multiple Columns +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.1 +Purpose +\layout Description +7.2.2 +Limitations +\layout Description +7.2.3 +Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.3.1 +Two columns +\layout Description +7.2.3.2 +Multiple columns +\layout Description +7.2.3.3 +Columns inside columns +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.3 +Numbering in the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + Paragraph Environment + + +\layout Description +7.4 +Extra Space Between Table Rows +\layout Description +7.5 +Dropped Capitals +\layout Description +7.6 +Non-standard Paragraph Shapes +\layout Description +7.7 +Summary +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2 +LyX configuration files +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +What's in +\family typewriter +LyXDir +\family default +? +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1.1 +Automatically generated files +\layout Description +2.1.2 +Directories +\layout Description +2.1.3 +Files you don't want to modify +\layout Description +2.1.4 +Other files needing a line or two... +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.2 +Your local configuration directory +\layout Description +2.3 +Running LyX with multiple configurations +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +The +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +references +\family default + dialog +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Using the dialog for the first time +\layout Description +3.2 +On-screen fonts +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +DPI setting and Font Zoom +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Font definition commands +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Font encoding +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Bindings + + +\layout Description +3.4 +User Interface + + +\layout Description +3.5 +Converters, Formats and Viewers +\layout Description +3.6 +ASCII export options +\layout Description +3.7 +Printer +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.1 +Changing Colors +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.8 +The autodetected settings +\layout Description +3.9 +The rest +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Internationalizing LyX + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Selecting an alternative language for the user interface +\layout Description +4.2 +Translating LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.2.1 +Translating the graphical user interface (text messages). +\layout Description +4.2.2 +Translating the documentation. +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.3 +International Keyboard Support +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1 +Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.4 +International Keymap Stuff + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +The .kmap File +\layout Description +4.4.2 +The .cdef File +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Dead Keys +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Saving your Language Configuration +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates + + + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Installing a new LaTeX package +\layout Description +5.2 +Layouts +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +Supporting new document classes +\layout Description +5.2.2 +A layout for an +\family sans +sty +\family default + file +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Layout for a +\family sans +cls +\family default + file +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Declaring a new text class +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +General text class parameters +\layout Description +5.3.2 + +\family typewriter +ClassOptions +\family default + section +\layout Description +5.3.3 +Specific Paragraph Layouts +\layout Description +5.3.4 +Floats +\layout Description +5.3.5 +Counters +\layout Description +5.3.6 +Font description +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +Creating Templates + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Including External Material +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Background +\layout Description +6.2 +How does it work? +\layout Description +6.3 +The external material dialog +\layout Description +6.4 +Examples +\layout Description +6.5 +The external template configuration file +\layout Description +6.6 +The substitution mechanism +\layout Description +6.7 +Security discussion +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +The LyX Server +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +7.2 +Starting the LyX Server +\layout Description +7.3 +Normal communication +\layout Description +7.4 +Notification +\layout Description +7.5 +The simple LyX Server Protocol +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 \start_of_appendix +Bindings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.1 +Toolbar +\layout Description +8.2 +Menu +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.1 +File +\layout Description +8.2.2 +Edit +\layout Description +8.2.3 +Insert +\layout Description +8.2.4 +Layout +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.4.1 +L +\family sans +ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Character +\family default + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.5 +View +\layout Description +8.2.6 +Navigate +\layout Description +8.2.7 +Help +\layout Description +8.2.8 +Paragraph Style +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8.3 +Keyboard +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.3.1 +Specific to +\family typewriter +emacs.bind +\layout Description +8.3.2 +Specific to +\family typewriter +cua.bind +\layout Description +8.3.3 +Specific to +\family typewriter +sciword.bind +\layout Description +8.3.4 +Standard math bindings +\layout Description +8.3.5 +Other Accelerators +\end_deeper +\end_deeper + +\the_end diff --git a/lib/doc/pt_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/pt_TOC.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3175f720dd --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/pt_TOC.lyx @@ -0,0 +1,2534 @@ +#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 221 +\textclass article +\language english +\inputencoding default +\fontscheme default +\graphics default +\paperfontsize default +\spacing single +\papersize Default +\paperpackage a4 +\use_geometry 0 +\use_amsmath 0 +\use_natbib 0 +\use_numerical_citations 0 +\paperorientation portrait +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation indent +\defskip medskip +\quotes_language english +\quotes_times 2 +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 1 +\paperpagestyle default + +\layout Title + +LyX Documentation Table of Contents +\layout Section* + +Introdução ao LyX +\newline +ou +\newline +Como Usar estes Arquivos ! +\layout Description +1 +Navegando pela documentação +\layout Description +2 +O Formato dos Manuais +\layout Description +3 +Os Manuais +\layout Description +4 + + +Contribuindo para o Projeto de documentação +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Reportando Erros no Manual +\layout Description +4.2 +Juntando-se ao Time de documentação. +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers +\newline +Version 0.3.7 +\layout Description +1 +Introduction and General Information +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +What is LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +That's fine, but is it useful? +\layout Description +1.3 +Where do I start? +\layout Description +1.4 +Does LyX run on my computer? +\layout Description +1.5 +How much hard disk space does LyX need? +\layout Description +1.6 +Is LyX really Open Source? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Internet Resources +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff? +\layout Description +2.2 +Where can I get LyX material by FTP? +\layout Description +2.3 +What mailing lists are there? +\layout Description +2.4 +Are the mailing lists archived anywhere? +\layout Description +2.5 +Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Compatibility with other word/document processors +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Can I read/write LaTeX files? +\layout Description +3.2 +Can I read/write Word files? +\layout Description +3.3 +Can I read/write HTML files? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Obtaining and Compiling LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +What do I need? +\layout Description +4.2 +How do I compile it? +\layout Description +4.3 +I hate compiling. + Where are precompiled binaries? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)? +\layout Description +5.2 +How do I enter Evil Red Text? +\layout Description +5.3 +The new ERT inset is really inconvenient ! +\layout Description +5.4 +Is there an alternative? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Questions Related to Using LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +General questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.1 +How do I get rid of the date under the title? +\layout Description +6.1.2 +How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \- +Enumerate/\SpecialChar \- +Description list environment +? +\layout Description +6.1.3 +How do I number equations by section? +\layout Description +6.1.4 +Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well? +\layout Description +6.1.5 +How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)? +\layout Description +6.1.6 +How do I kill widows and orphans? +\layout Description +6.1.7 +How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g. + 1. + a)? +\layout Description +6.1.8 +How do I count words in LyX? +\layout Description +6.1.9 +How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space? +\layout Description +6.1.10 +How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6 +]? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.2 +Figure related questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +What is the difference between a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +figure +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +figure float +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +? +\layout Description +6.2.2 +How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it? +\layout Description +6.2.3 +What does +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Too many unprocessed floats +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + mean? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Math related questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation? +\layout Description +6.3.2 +How do I make a cube root (or higher)? +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Questions Related to Running LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line? +\layout Description +7.2 +How do I create PDF files from my LyX document? +\layout Description +7.3 +Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in +\family typewriter +acroread +\family default + ? +\layout Description +7.4 +Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline + figures properly? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 +Questions Related to LyX on Windows +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.1 +Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +9 +How to get further assistance +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +9.1 +You still haven't answered my question! +\layout Description +9.2 +I want to mail someone about my problem. + +\layout Description +9.3 +What to put in a request for help. +\end_deeper +\layout Description +10 +Administrative information and acknowledgments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +10.1 +Feedback is invited. + +\layout Description +10.2 +Formats in which this FAQ is available. + +\layout Description +10.3 +Authorship and acknowledgments. +\layout Description +10.4 +Disclaimer and Copyright. + +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +O Tutorial de LyX +\layout Description +1 +Introdução +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +Benvindo ao LyX! +\layout Description +1.2 +O que +\shape italic +é +\shape default + o Tutorial e o que +\shape italic +não é +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.1 +Tirando o maior proveito possível do Tutorial +\layout Description +1.2.2 +O que +\shape italic +não vai +\shape default + encontrar: +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.3 +O que é o LyX? + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.3.1 +Visão geral +\layout Description +1.3.2 +Diferenças entre o LyX e outros processadores de texto + + +\layout Description +1.3.3 +Que raio é o LaTeX? +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Começando com o LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +O seu primeiro documento em LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1.1 +Escrever, Visualizar e Imprimir +\layout Description +2.1.2 +Operações Simples +\layout Description +2.1.3 +WYSIWYM: Espaços Em Branco No LyX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.2 +Ambientes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.2.1 +Secções e Subsecções +\layout Description +2.2.2 +Listas e sub-listas +\layout Description +2.2.3 +Outros Ambientes: Versos, Citações e Outros +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Escrevendo Documentos +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Classes de Texto e Templates: Escrevendo Cartas +\layout Description +3.2 +Templates: Escrevendo uma Carta +\layout Description +3.3 +Títulos de Documentos +\layout Description +3.4 +Etiquetas e Referências Cruzadas +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.1 +Criando a sua primeira etiqueta +\layout Description +3.4.2 +A sua primeira Referência Cruzada +\layout Description +3.4.3 +Explorando um pouco mais sobre Etiquetas +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.5 +Notas de Rodapé e Margem +\layout Description +3.6 +Bibliografia +\layout Description +3.7 +Indíces +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Usando Matemática +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Modo Matemático +\layout Description +4.2 +Navegando numa Equação +\layout Description +4.3 +Expoentes e Índices +\layout Description +4.4 +O +\family sans +Math Panel +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Grego e símbolos +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Raizes quadradas, acentos, delimitadores +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Fracções +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Modo TeX: Limites, log, sin e outros +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Matrizes +\layout Description +4.4.6 +O modo +\family sans +Display +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +Equações em várias linhas +\layout Description +4.6 +Mais acerca da matemática +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Vários +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Outras Funções Importantes do LyX +\layout Description +5.2 +O LyX para utilizadores de LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +Modo TeX +\layout Description +5.2.2 +Importação De Documentos LaTeX -- +\family typewriter +reLyX +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Converter Documentos LyX para LaTeX +\layout Description +5.2.4 +Preâmbulo LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.4.1 + +\emph on +Classe +\emph default + de documentos +\layout Description +5.2.4.2 +Outros assuntos +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.5 +BibTeX +\layout Description +5.2.6 +Miscelânia +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Erros ! +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +The LyX User's Guide +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +What is LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +Getting Started +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.1 +Invoking LyX +\layout Description +1.2.2 +How LyX Looks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.2.1 +The Main Window +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.3 +HELP! +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.3 +The LyX Interface +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.3.1 +Basic File Operations +\layout Description +1.3.2 +Basic Editing Features +\layout Description +1.3.3 +Undo and Redo +\layout Description +1.3.4 +Basic Mouse Bindings +\layout Description +1.3.5 +Basic Key Bindings +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.4 +Using LyX with Other Programs +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.4.1 +Importing ASCII files +\layout Description +1.4.2 +Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +LyX Setup and Supporting Applications +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2.2 +Basic LyX Setup +\layout Description +2.3 +Setting Up the X Keyboard +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.1 + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\family default + and +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.1.1 + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\layout Description +2.3.1.2 + +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.2 +Modifiers and Mode_switch +\layout Description +2.3.3 +Helpful Hints and Tips +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.4 +LaTeX +\layout Description +2.5 +Dvips and Ghostscript +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.1 +What You Need +\layout Description +2.5.2 +Dvips +\layout Description +2.5.3 +Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.6 +The Printer +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +LyX Basics +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Document Types +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.1.2 + + +The Various Document Classes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.2.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.1.2.2 +Selecting a Class +\layout Description +3.1.2.3 +Properties +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.3 +Fine-tuning the Defaults +\layout Description +3.1.4 +Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins +\layout Description +3.1.5 +Important Note: +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.2 +Paragraph Indentation and Separation +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Global Indentation Method +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Fine-Tuning +\layout Description +3.2.4 +Changing Line Spacing +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Paragraph Environments + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.3.2 +Standard +\layout Description +3.3.3 +Document Titles +\layout Description +3.3.4 +Headings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.4.1 +Numbered Headings +\layout Description +3.3.4.2 +Unnumbered Headings +\layout Description +3.3.4.3 +Changing the Numbering + + +\layout Description +3.3.4.4 +Special Information +\layout Description +3.3.4.5 +Creating an Appendix +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5 +Quotes and Poetry +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5.1 + +\family sans +Quote +\family default + and +\family sans +Quotation +\layout Description +3.3.5.2 + +\family sans +Verse +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6 +Lists +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6.1 +General Features +\layout Description +3.3.6.2 + +\family sans +Itemize +\layout Description +3.3.6.3 + +\family sans +Enumerate +\layout Description +3.3.6.4 + +\family sans +Description +\layout Description +3.3.6.5 +The LyX +\family sans +List +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7 +Letters +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7.1 + +\family sans +Address +\family default + and +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default +: An Overview +\layout Description +3.3.7.2 +Usage +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8 +Academic Writing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8.1 + +\family sans +Abstract +\layout Description +3.3.8.2 + +\family sans +Bibliography +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9 +Special Purpose +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9.1 + +\family sans +Caption +\layout Description +3.3.9.2 + +\family sans +LyX-Code +\layout Description +3.3.9.3 +Comment +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Nesting Environments + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.1 +The Big Deal +\layout Description +3.4.2 +What You Can and Can't Nest +\layout Description +3.4.3 +Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. +\layout Description +3.4.4 +Usage and General Features +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.4.1 +Nesting limits +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5 +Some Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5.1 +Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting +\layout Description +3.4.5.2 +Example #2: Inheritance +\layout Description +3.4.5.3 +Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + and +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + Environments. +\layout Description +3.4.5.4 +Example #4: Going Bonkers +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.5 +Fonts and Text Styles +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.5.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.5.2 +Global Options +\layout Description +3.5.3 +Using Different Character Styles +\layout Description +3.5.4 +Fine-Tuning with the +\family sans +Character Layout +\family default + dialog +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.6 +Printing and Previewing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.6.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.6.2 +Quick Viewing with +\family typewriter +xdvi +\layout Description +3.6.3 +Viewing the PostScript® Version with +\family typewriter +ghostview +\layout Description +3.6.4 +Printing the File +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7 +A Few Words about Typography +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.1 +Hyphens and Hyphenation +\layout Description +3.7.2 +Punctuation Marks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.2.1 +Abbreviations and End of Sentence +\layout Description +3.7.2.2 +Quotes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.3 +Ligatures +\layout Description +3.7.4 +Widows and Orphans +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Footnotes +\layout Description +4.2 +Margin Notes +\layout Description +4.3 +Figures and Imported Graphics +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1 +Figure Floats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1.1 +Using Figure Floats +\layout Description +4.3.1.2 +Float Placement +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.2 + +\family typewriter +XFig +\family default + and LyX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.4 +Tables +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +The Table dialog +\layout Description +4.4.2 +What can be placed inside a table cell? +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Cut & Paste in Tables +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Multiple lines in cells +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Table Floats +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +Table of Contents and other Listings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +The Table of Contents +\layout Description +4.5.2 +List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Mathematical Formulae +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Basic Math Editing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1.1 +Navigating a Formula +\layout Description +5.1.2 +Selecting Text +\layout Description +5.1.3 +Exponents and Subscripts +\layout Description +5.1.4 +Fractions +\layout Description +5.1.5 +Sums and Integrals +\layout Description +5.1.6 +The Math Panel +\layout Description +5.1.7 +Other Math Symbols +\layout Description +5.1.8 +Altering spacing +\layout Description +5.1.9 +Math functions +\layout Description +5.1.10 +Accents +\layout Description +5.1.11 +The math editor for LaTeX users +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.2 +Brackets and decorations +\layout Description +5.3 +Grouping +\layout Description +5.4 +Arrays and Multi-line Equations +\layout Description +5.5 +Equation Numbering and Labels +\layout Description +5.6 +User defined macros in math mode +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.6.1 +Directions on using macros +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.6.1.1 +How to create them +\layout Description +5.6.1.2 +How to navigate +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.7 +Fine-Tuning +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.7.1 +Typefaces +\layout Description +5.7.2 +Math Text Mode +\layout Description +5.7.3 +Font Sizes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.8 +AMS LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.8.1 +Enabling AMS Support +\layout Description +5.8.2 +AMS Symbols +\layout Description +5.8.3 +AMS Formula Types +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +More Tools +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Cross-References +\layout Description +6.2 +URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) +\layout Description +6.3 +Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments + + +\layout Description +6.4 +Spacing, pagination and line breaks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 +Extra Horizontal Space +\layout Description +6.4.2 +Extra Vertical Space +\layout Description +6.4.3 +Changing Paragraph Alignment +\layout Description +6.4.4 +Forcing Page Breaks +\layout Description +6.4.5 +Protected blanks +\layout Description +6.4.6 +Line breaking +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.5 +Spellchecking +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.1 +Spellchecker Options +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.1.1 +Dictionary +\layout Description +6.5.1.2 +Personal dictionary +\layout Description +6.5.1.3 +Further Options +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.2 +Limitations +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.6 +International Support +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.6.1 +Language Options +\layout Description +6.6.2 +Keyboard mapping configuration +\layout Description +6.6.3 +Character Tables +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Credits +\layout Section* + +Extended LyX Features +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2 +LyX and LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +How LyX Uses LaTeX +\layout Description +2.2 + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Help! LyX generated an unreadable +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + file! +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +2.3 +Translating LaTeX files into LyX +\layout Description +2.4 +Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents + + +\layout Description +2.5 +LyX and the LaTeX Preamble +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.1 +About the LaTeX Preamble +\layout Description +2.5.2 +Changing the Preamble +\layout Description +2.5.3 +Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.3.1 +Example #1: Offsets +\layout Description +2.5.3.2 +Example #2: Labels +\layout Description +2.5.3.3 +Example #3: Paragraph Indentation +\layout Description +2.5.3.4 +Example #4: This Document +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.6 +LyX and LaTeX Errors +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Supplemental Tools +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX +\layout Description +3.2 +Making an Index +\layout Description +3.3 +Multipart Documents +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +General Operation +\layout Description +3.3.2 +Cross-References Between Files +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Algorithms +\layout Description +3.5 +Subfigures +\layout Description +3.6 +Fancy Headers and Footers +\layout Description +3.7 +Minipages +\layout Description +3.8 +Wrapping Text Around Figures + + +\layout Description +3.9 +Extra Table Options +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.9.1 +Removing Extra Column Space +\layout Description +3.9.2 +Changing the Column Separator Character +\layout Description +3.9.3 +Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column +\layout Description +3.9.4 +A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.10 +Itemize Bullet Selection + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.10.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.10.2 +How it looks +\layout Description +3.10.3 +How to use it +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Special Document Classes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +AMS LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1.1 +What these layouts provide +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.2 +Dinbrief +\layout Description +4.3 +Paper +\layout Description +4.4 +A&A Paper +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Getting started +\layout Description +4.4.3 +The header block +\layout Description +4.4.4 +The abstract +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Supported environments +\layout Description +4.4.6 +Commands not supported by LyX +\layout Description +4.4.7 +Figure and Table Floats +\layout Description +4.4.8 +Referee layout +\layout Description +4.4.9 +The example paper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +AASTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.5.2 +Starting a New Paper +\layout Description +4.5.3 +Finishing Your Paper +\layout Description +4.5.4 +Comments On Specific Commands +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.4.1 +Things that work as expected +\layout Description +4.5.4.2 +Things that work, but require more comment +\layout Description +4.5.4.3 +Things not implemented, use ERT +\layout Description +4.5.4.4 +Things that cannot be implemented +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5 +FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5.1 +Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate +\layout Description +4.5.5.2 +LaTeX error processing a table +\layout Description +4.5.5.3 +References + + +\layout Description +4.5.5.4 +Including EPS files +\layout Description +4.5.5.5 +Things I could have done, but didn't +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.6 +Final Caveat +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.6 +ijmpd +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.6.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.6.2 +Writing a paper +\layout Description +4.6.3 +Preparing a paper for submission +\layout Description +4.6.4 +Use of ERT +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.7 +Kluwer +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.7.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.7.2 +Writing a paper +\layout Description +4.7.3 +Preparing a paper for submission +\layout Description +4.7.4 + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Peculiarities +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + of the Kluwer package + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.8 +Koma-Script +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.8.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.8.2 +article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.3 +letter (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.4 +The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) +\layout Description +4.8.5 +Problems +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.9 +Springer Journals ( +\family sans +svjour +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.9.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.9.2 +New styles +\layout Description +4.9.3 +Supported journals +\layout Description +4.9.4 +Credits +\layout Description +4.9.5 +Bugs +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.10 +AGU journals ( +\family sans +aguplus +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.10.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.10.2 +New styles +\layout Description +4.10.3 +New floats +\layout Description +4.10.4 +Supported journals +\layout Description +4.10.5 +Bugs and things to remember +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.11 +EGS journals ( +\family sans +egs +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.11.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.11.2 +New styles +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12 +Slides [aka +\noun on +Sli +\noun default +TeX] + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.12.2 +Getting Started + + +\layout Description +4.12.3 +Paragraph Environments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.3.1 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.12.3.2 +Quirks of the New Environments + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4 +Making a Presentation with +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, +\family sans + Overlay +\family default + and +\family sans +Note +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4.1 +Using the +\family sans +Slide +\family default + Environment +\layout Description +4.12.4.2 +Using +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + with +\family sans +Slide +\layout Description +4.12.4.3 +Using +\family sans +Note +\family default + with +\family sans +Slide +\family default + + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.5 +The +\family sans +slides +\family default + Class Template File +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13 +Foils [aka +\family sans +Foil +\family default +\noun on +TeX +\noun default +] + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.13.2 +Getting Started +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.2.1 +Extra Options +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.3 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.13.4 +Building a Set of Foils +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.4.1 +Give It a Title Page +\layout Description +4.13.4.2 +Start a New Foil +\layout Description +4.13.4.3 +Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more +\layout Description +4.13.4.4 +Lists +\layout Description +4.13.4.5 +Figures and Tables +\layout Description +4.13.4.6 +Page Headers and Footers + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5 +Unsupported +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX Goodies + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5.1 +Lengths +\layout Description +4.13.5.2 +Headers and Footers +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.14 +Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.14.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.14.2 +Getting Started +\layout Description +4.14.3 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.14.4 +Differences Between Screen and Paper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.15 +Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.15.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.15.2 +Special problems +\layout Description +4.15.3 +Special features +\layout Description +4.15.4 +Paper size and Margins +\layout Description +4.15.5 +Environments +\layout Description +4.15.6 +Script jargon +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.16 +Broadway +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.16.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.16.2 +Special problems +\layout Description +4.16.3 +Special features +\layout Description +4.16.4 +Paper size and Margins +\layout Description +4.16.5 +Environments +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.17 +RevTeX4 +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.17.1 +Installation +\layout Description +4.17.2 +Preamble Matter +\layout Description +4.17.3 +Layouts +\layout Description +4.17.4 +Important Notes +\layout Description +4.17.5 +Drawbacks +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.18 +Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) + + +\layout Description +4.19 +Elsevier Journals +\layout Description +4.20 +Memoir +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.20.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.20.2 +Basic features and restrictions +\layout Description +4.20.3 +Extra features +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Considerations +\layout Description +5.2 +Importing Other Formats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.2.2 +ASCII Text +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Noweb +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Exporting Other Formats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.3.2 +Device Independent Files +\layout Description +5.3.3 +PostScript® +\layout Description +5.3.4 +ASCII text +\layout Description +5.3.5 +HTML +\layout Description +5.3.6 +PDF +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.6.1 +Use pdfLaTeX +\layout Description +5.3.6.2 +Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader? + + + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.3 +Why doesn't the +\backslash +boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex? + + + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.4 +Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running + pdfLaTeX? + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.5 +How can I make URLs clickable ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.7 +Custom +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +The Complete reLyX Description + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.1 +Synopsis +\layout Description +5.4.2 +Options +\layout Description +5.4.3 +Description +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.3.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +5.4.3.2 +Usage +\layout Description +5.4.3.3 +What reLyX Can Handle +\layout Description +5.4.3.4 +What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK +\layout Description +5.4.3.5 +What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~ +k.\SpecialChar ~ +a. + BUGS + + +\layout Description +5.4.3.6 +What LyX Can't Handle +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.4 +Examples +\layout Description +5.4.5 +Notes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.5.1 +Bug Reports + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.2 +Implementation Details: +\layout Description +5.4.5.3 +Layout Files +\layout Description +5.4.5.4 +Syntax Files + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.5 +Miscellaneous +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.6 +Diagnostics +\layout Description +5.4.7 +Warnings +\layout Description +5.4.8 +Files +\layout Description +5.4.9 +See also +\layout Description +5.4.10 +Authors +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +LyX Features needing Extra Software +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.1 +Overview +\layout Description +6.1.2 +Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.2.1 +Getting started +\layout Description +6.1.2.2 +Output from LinuxDoc +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3 +Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3.1 +The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document +\layout Description +6.1.3.2 +The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments +\layout Description +6.1.3.3 +Other document features +\layout Description +6.1.3.4 +Cross references and HTML +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.4 +Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts + + +\layout Description +6.1.5 +Troubleshooting LinuxDoc +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.2 +Checking TeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.2.2 +How to use it +\layout Description +6.2.3 +How to fine tune it +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Version Control in LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.3.2 +RCS commands in LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.2.1 + +\family sans +Register +\layout Description +6.3.2.2 + +\family sans +Check In Changes +\layout Description +6.3.2.3 + +\family sans +Check Out For Edit +\layout Description +6.3.2.4 + +\family sans +Revert To Last Version +\layout Description +6.3.2.5 + +\family sans +Undo Last Checkin +\layout Description +6.3.2.6 + +\family sans +Show History +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4 +Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.4.2 +Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.2.1 +References +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3 +LyX and Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3.1 +Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) +\layout Description +6.4.3.2 +Configuring LyX +\layout Description +6.4.3.3 +Debug extensions +\layout Description +6.4.3.4 +Toolbar extensions +\layout Description +6.4.3.5 +Colors customization +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Secrets of the LaTeX Masters + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1.1 +Footnotes +\layout Description +7.1.2 +Margin Notes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.2 +Multiple Columns +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.1 +Purpose +\layout Description +7.2.2 +Limitations +\layout Description +7.2.3 +Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.3.1 +Two columns +\layout Description +7.2.3.2 +Multiple columns +\layout Description +7.2.3.3 +Columns inside columns +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.3 +Numbering in the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + Paragraph Environment + + +\layout Description +7.4 +Extra Space Between Table Rows +\layout Description +7.5 +Dropped Capitals +\layout Description +7.6 +Non-standard Paragraph Shapes +\layout Description +7.7 +Summary +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2 +LyX configuration files +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +What's in +\family typewriter +LyXDir +\family default +? +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1.1 +Automatically generated files +\layout Description +2.1.2 +Directories +\layout Description +2.1.3 +Files you don't want to modify +\layout Description +2.1.4 +Other files needing a line or two... +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.2 +Your local configuration directory +\layout Description +2.3 +Running LyX with multiple configurations +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +The +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +references +\family default + dialog +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Using the dialog for the first time +\layout Description +3.2 +On-screen fonts +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +DPI setting and Font Zoom +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Font definition commands +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Font encoding +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Bindings + + +\layout Description +3.4 +User Interface + + +\layout Description +3.5 +Converters, Formats and Viewers +\layout Description +3.6 +ASCII export options +\layout Description +3.7 +Printer +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.1 +Changing Colors +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.8 +The autodetected settings +\layout Description +3.9 +The rest +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Internationalizing LyX + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Selecting an alternative language for the user interface +\layout Description +4.2 +Translating LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.2.1 +Translating the graphical user interface (text messages). +\layout Description +4.2.2 +Translating the documentation. +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.3 +International Keyboard Support +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1 +Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.4 +International Keymap Stuff + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +The .kmap File +\layout Description +4.4.2 +The .cdef File +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Dead Keys +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Saving your Language Configuration +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates + + + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Installing a new LaTeX package +\layout Description +5.2 +Layouts +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +Supporting new document classes +\layout Description +5.2.2 +A layout for an +\family sans +sty +\family default + file +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Layout for a +\family sans +cls +\family default + file +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Declaring a new text class +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +General text class parameters +\layout Description +5.3.2 + +\family typewriter +ClassOptions +\family default + section +\layout Description +5.3.3 +Specific Paragraph Layouts +\layout Description +5.3.4 +Floats +\layout Description +5.3.5 +Counters +\layout Description +5.3.6 +Font description +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +Creating Templates + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Including External Material +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Background +\layout Description +6.2 +How does it work? +\layout Description +6.3 +The external material dialog +\layout Description +6.4 +Examples +\layout Description +6.5 +The external template configuration file +\layout Description +6.6 +The substitution mechanism +\layout Description +6.7 +Security discussion +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +The LyX Server +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +7.2 +Starting the LyX Server +\layout Description +7.3 +Normal communication +\layout Description +7.4 +Notification +\layout Description +7.5 +The simple LyX Server Protocol +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 \start_of_appendix +Bindings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.1 +Toolbar +\layout Description +8.2 +Menu +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.1 +File +\layout Description +8.2.2 +Edit +\layout Description +8.2.3 +Insert +\layout Description +8.2.4 +Layout +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.4.1 +L +\family sans +ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Character +\family default + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.5 +View +\layout Description +8.2.6 +Navigate +\layout Description +8.2.7 +Help +\layout Description +8.2.8 +Paragraph Style +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8.3 +Keyboard +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.3.1 +Specific to +\family typewriter +emacs.bind +\layout Description +8.3.2 +Specific to +\family typewriter +cua.bind +\layout Description +8.3.3 +Specific to +\family typewriter +sciword.bind +\layout Description +8.3.4 +Standard math bindings +\layout Description +8.3.5 +Other Accelerators +\end_deeper +\end_deeper + +\the_end diff --git a/lib/doc/ro_Intro.lyx b/lib/doc/ro_Intro.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d15c33d39e --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/ro_Intro.lyx @@ -0,0 +1,844 @@ +#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 221 +\textclass article +\language romanian +\inputencoding latin2 +\fontscheme default +\graphics none +\paperfontsize 12 +\spacing single +\papersize letterpaper +\paperpackage a4 +\use_geometry 0 +\use_amsmath 0 +\use_natbib 0 +\use_numerical_citations 0 +\paperorientation portrait +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation indent +\defskip medskip +\quotes_language english +\quotes_times 2 +\papercolumns 0 +\papersides 1 +\paperpagestyle plain + +\layout Title + +Introducere în LyX sau cum sã utilizaþi acest document +\layout Author + +de John Weiss ºi echipa LyX +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +traducere Gabriel Cristache +\end_inset + + +\layout Section + +Navigarea prin documentaþie +\layout Standard + +Bine aþi venit în lumea LyX ! +\layout Standard + +Pentru a uºura rãspunsul la întrebãrile dumneavoastrã ºi pentru a descrie + caracteristicile LyX-ului, documentaþia a fost împãrþitã în mai multe + fiºiere. + Fiecare fiºier are rostul sãu, aºa cum se va putea observa din descrierea + care urmeazã. + Înainte de a citi oricare dintre aceste fiºiere ar trebui, totuºi, sã-l + citiþi mai întâi pe acesta, deoarece conþine foarte multã informaþie utilã + ºi pentru cã în acest mod puteþi economisi timp. + +\layout Standard +\added_space_top bigskip \align center +ATENÞIE!!!!!ATENÞIE!!!!!!ATENÞIE!!!!! +\layout Standard + +Documentaþia, ca un întreg, nu este completã în acest moment! Ca ºi programul, + ea poate fi consideratã în faza beta. + Puteþi fi siguri cã totul va fi complet odatã cu versiunea 1.0. +\layout Standard + +Dacã în lectura acestui manual întâlniþi neclaritãþi sau vi se pare ceva + confuz, puteþi contacta echipa LyX: +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +LyX@via.ecp.fr +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + Vã rugãm sã puneþi cuvintele: +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +LyX Docs +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + undeva în subiectul mesajului. + Pentru eventuale sugestii privind traducerea, puteþi contacta: +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family typewriter +cristache@ADComm.pub.ro +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +. + Mulþumim! +\layout Subsection + +Formatul manualelor +\layout Standard + +Unii dintre cititorii acestui articol vor tipãri aceastã documentaþie. + Alþii o vor citi +\emph on +online +\emph toggle +, cu LyX-ul, ca pe un fiºier. + Pentru cei care citesc documentaþia +\emph on +online +\emph toggle +, existã câteva diferenþe faþã de versiunea tipãritã. + În primul rând, titlul este pur ºi simplu la începutul documentului, nu + formatat pe o paginã separatã ca în unele dintre versiunile tipãrite. + Cuprinsul ºi notele de subsol nu sunt vizibile. + Pentru a-l afiºa selectaþi +\family sans + Structura documentului +\family default + din +\family sans +meniul +\family default + +\family sans +Editare +\family default +. + Pentru a deschide o notã de subsol, care aratã ca aceasta, +\begin_inset Foot +collapsed true + +\layout Standard + +Salut! +\end_inset + + apãsaþi pe ea cu butonul stânga al mouse-ului. +\layout Standard + +Acum, dupa ce am clarificat câteva dintre diferenþele dintre versiunea tipãritã + ºi cea +\emph on +online +\emph toggle +, putem sã aruncãm o privire asupra formatului acestui document. + Puteþi remarca, uneori, diferite fonturi: +\layout Itemize + + +\emph on +Stilul evidenþiat +\emph default +este folosit pentru accentuãri generale, argumente generice, titluri de + cãrþi, nume de secþiuni ale manualelor ºi note din partea autorilor. +\layout Itemize + + +\family typewriter +Maºinã de scris +\family default + este folosit pentru nume de programe ºi de fiºiere, cod LaTeX ºi pentru + cod sursã ºi funcþii LyX. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Sans Serif +\family default + este utilizat pentru meniu, butoane, nume de meniuri +\emph on + popup +\emph toggle + ºi nume ale tastelor. +\layout Itemize + + +\noun on +Stilul substantiv +\noun default + este utilizat pentru nume de persoane. +\layout Standard + +Pentru a afla diferitele asocieri dintre taste ºi comenzi ar trebui sã citiþi + secþiunea +\emph on +Maparea +\emph toggle + +\emph on +tastelor +\emph toggle +din +\emph default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\emph on +Manualul de referinþã +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\emph default + [fiºierul +\family typewriter +Reference. +\family default +LyX]. + Când vom face referire la taste, vom folosi urmãtoarele convenþii: +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +C- +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + indicã tasta +\family sans + Control. +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +S- +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +indicã tasta +\family sans +Shift. +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +M- +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + indicã tasta +\family sans +Meta +\family default +, care pentru unele tastaturi este reprezentatã de tasta +\family sans +Alt +\family default +. +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +F1 +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + \SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +F12 +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + sunt tastele funcþie. +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Esc +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + este tasta Escape. +\layout Itemize + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Left +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Right +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Up +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Down +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +: reprezintã tastele cursor. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Insert +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Delete +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Home +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +End +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +PageUp +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +PageDown +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +: acestea sunt cele 6 taste ce apar deasupra tastelor curente la majoritatea + tastaturilor PC. + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +PageUp +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + ºi +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +PageDown +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + sunt denumite +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Prior +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + ºi +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\family sans +Next +\family default + +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + la anumite tastaturi. +\layout Itemize + + +\family sans +Return +\family default + ºi +\family sans +Enter +\family default + se referã amândouã la aceiaºi tastã. + Unele tastaturi eticheteazã tasta +\family sans + Return +\family default + ca +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Return, +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + altele ca +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Enter, +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + pe când altele le au pe amîndouã. + LyX le trateazã pe toate ca fiind aceiaºi tastã, astfel încît le vom putea + utiliza pe oricare din ele. +\layout Standard + +Veþi vedea texte ca +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +[Vezi +\emph on + +\begin_inset Quotes els +\end_inset + +Manualul de referinþã +\begin_inset Quotes ers +\end_inset + + +\emph default +] +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + din când în când. + Am listat mapãrile posibile de taste pentru o funcþie în secþiunea corespunzãto +are din +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + + +\emph on +Manualul de referinþã +\emph default +, +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + deci cãutaþi ºi acolo. +\layout Section + +Manualele +\layout Standard + +Urmãtoarea listã descrie conþinutul fiecãrui fiºier din documentaþie: +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Introducere +\emph toggle + +\emph default +Acest fiºier. +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Tutorial +\emph default + Dacã sunteþi nou în LyX, ºi nu aþi utilizat niciodatã LaTeX înainte, atunci + ar trebui sã începeþi cu acest fiºier. + +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Cum\SpecialChar ~ +sã\SpecialChar ~ +fac +\emph toggle + +\emph default +Acesta este un fiºier cu cele mai frecvente întrebãri referitoare la LyX + [ +\emph on +sau va fi, la timpul potrivit +\emph default +]. + În tot ceea ce înseamnã procesare de text sunt câteva operaþii comune cu + care aproape toþi utilizatorii sunt familiarizaþi. + Nu toate acestea sunt valabile însã ºi în LyX, ºi de aceea, nu au nici + un sens în LyX sau LaTeX. + Acest fiºier încearcã sã explice, prin întrebãri ºi rãspunsuri, care sunt + operaþiile echivalente în LyX\SpecialChar \@. + De asemenea, tot aici se pot gãsi, din când + în când, referinþe la manualul principal. +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Ghidul\SpecialChar ~ +utilizatorului +\emph toggle + +\emph default +Aceasta este o documentaþie primarã. + Este de aºteptat ca aceastã documentaþie sã acopere +\emph on + +\emph toggle +elementele +\emph default + de bazã ce privesc operarea în LyX ºi caracteristile lui. + Manualul principal presupune cã aveþi cunostinþe de LaTeX sau cã aþi citit +\emph on + Tutorialul +\emph default +\SpecialChar \@. + +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Editare\SpecialChar ~ +avansatã +\emph toggle + +\emph default +Aceasta este o extensie a +\emph on +Ghidului utilizatorului +\emph default +. + El include informaþii adiþionale privind tehnoredactarea documentelor ºi + caracteristici ale editãrilor specializate, printre aceste incluzând ºi + câteva trucuri ale specialiºtilor LaTeX. +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Personalizare +\emph default +O descriere avansatã a caracteristicilor LyX-ului, incluzând informaþii + despre cum sã vã personalizaþi întregul comportament al LyX-ului. + Aceasta include chestiuni legate de mapãri, internaþionalizãri ºi fiºiere + de configurare. +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Manualul\SpecialChar ~ +de\SpecialChar ~ +referinþã +\emph default + Acesta contine o descriere exhaustivã ºi detaliatã a caracteristicilor + LyX-ului, dar fãrã aluziile ºi descrierile ajutãtoare pe care le gãsiþi + în +\emph on + Ghidul utilizatorului +\emph default +\SpecialChar \@. + +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Erori\SpecialChar ~ +cunoscute +\emph toggle + +\emph default +Acest fiºier conþine o listã a erorilor cunoscute în LyX ºi informaþii despre + ce trebuie sã faceþi dacã depistaþi o eroare în LyX\SpecialChar \@. + +\layout Description + + +\emph on +Configuraþia\SpecialChar ~ +LaTeX +\emph default +Acest fiºier conþine informaþii pe care LyX-ul le-a aflat despre instalarea + pe care aþi fãcut-o dumneavoastrã. + Verificaþi pentru a afla dacã vã lipseºte ceva ce aþi dori sã aveþi. +\layout Standard + +Aceste fiºiere fac referire unul la celãlalt. + De exemplu, +\emph on +Ghidul utilizatorului +\emph default + conþine +\emph on +unele +\emph default + informaþii despre instalare ºi personalizare, dar face referire la manualul + +\emph on +Personalizare +\emph default + pentru a oferi mai multe informaþii. +\layout Standard + +Reamintim un lucru foarte important: +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 0.51cm \added_space_bottom 0.51cm \align center +Dacã nu aþi utilizat LaTeX înainte citiþi +\emph on + Tutorialul. +\layout Standard + +Altfel, LyX-ul vi se va pãrea bizar ºi greu de utilizat. +\layout Section + +Contribuþii la proiectul de documentare +\layout Subsection + +Raportarea erorilor +\layout Standard + +Destul de uºor de fãcut. + Va trebui sã trimiteþi un mesaj pe Developer's Mailing List sau pe User's + Mailing List. + Dacã începeþi linia din subiect cu +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Doc Error +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + sau ceva în genul acesta, ne va ajuta foarte mult sã o gãsim +\layout Standard +\added_space_top 1.06cm \added_space_bottom 1.06cm \align center + +\emph on +Nu faceþi nici o modificare în aceste manuale fãrã un acord prealabil al + autorilor! +\layout Standard + +Orice modificare aleatoare a acestor manuale ar fi fãrã rost pentru cã, + oricum, echipa de documentare deþine originalul. +\layout Subsection + +Cum sã începeþie +\layout Standard + +Proiectul de documentare al LyX, ca ºi orice alt proiect LyX, poate fi susþinut! + Dacã sunteþi interesat sã contribuiþi la Proiectul de documentare al LyX, + va trebui sã urmaþi aceste etape : +\layout Enumerate + +Obþineþi ultimul cod sursã LyX. + Dezarhivaþi-l. + Veþi gãsi un director în calea principalã numit +\family typewriter +development +\family default +. + În interiorul acestui director este un fiºier numit +\family typewriter +DocStyle.lyx +\family default +. + Citiþi-l. + Conþine +\emph on +stylesheet +\emph toggle +-ul documentaþiei. +\layout Enumerate + +Citiþi +\family typewriter +DocStyle.lyx +\family default + din nou. +\layout Enumerate + +Apoi, citiþi, +\emph on +Ghidul utilizatorului +\emph default +. + În întregime. +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + +Scopul acestui exerciþiu este sa vã dãm câteva idei. + +\emph on +Ghidul utilizatorului +\emph default + este cel mai complet manual din aceastã documentaþie. + Va trebui sa vã însuºiþi câteva idei referitoare la modul în care se citeºte + sau aratã acest manual. +\end_deeper +\layout Enumerate + +În cele din urmã, contactaþi echipa LyX : +\begin_deeper +\layout Standard + + +\family typewriter +LyX@via.ecp.fr +\end_deeper +\layout Standard + +Vrem sã fim siguri cã aþi înþeles +\emph on +stylesheet +\emph toggle +-ul +\series bold +înainte +\series default +\emph default + de a începe sã scrieþi. +\the_end diff --git a/lib/doc/ro_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/ro_TOC.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..615c0340a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/ro_TOC.lyx @@ -0,0 +1,2500 @@ +#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 221 +\textclass article +\language english +\inputencoding default +\fontscheme default +\graphics default +\paperfontsize default +\spacing single +\papersize Default +\paperpackage a4 +\use_geometry 0 +\use_amsmath 0 +\use_natbib 0 +\use_numerical_citations 0 +\paperorientation portrait +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation indent +\defskip medskip +\quotes_language english +\quotes_times 2 +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 1 +\paperpagestyle default + +\layout Title + +LyX Documentation Table of Contents +\layout Section* + +Introducere în LyX sau cum sã utilizaþi acest document +\layout Description +1 +Navigarea prin documentaþie +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +Formatul manualelor +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Manualele +\layout Description +3 +Contribuþii la proiectul de documentare +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Raportarea erorilor +\layout Description +3.2 +Cum sã începeþie +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers +\newline +Version 0.3.7 +\layout Description +1 +Introduction and General Information +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +What is LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +That's fine, but is it useful? +\layout Description +1.3 +Where do I start? +\layout Description +1.4 +Does LyX run on my computer? +\layout Description +1.5 +How much hard disk space does LyX need? +\layout Description +1.6 +Is LyX really Open Source? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Internet Resources +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff? +\layout Description +2.2 +Where can I get LyX material by FTP? +\layout Description +2.3 +What mailing lists are there? +\layout Description +2.4 +Are the mailing lists archived anywhere? +\layout Description +2.5 +Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Compatibility with other word/document processors +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Can I read/write LaTeX files? +\layout Description +3.2 +Can I read/write Word files? +\layout Description +3.3 +Can I read/write HTML files? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Obtaining and Compiling LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +What do I need? +\layout Description +4.2 +How do I compile it? +\layout Description +4.3 +I hate compiling. + Where are precompiled binaries? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)? +\layout Description +5.2 +How do I enter Evil Red Text? +\layout Description +5.3 +The new ERT inset is really inconvenient ! +\layout Description +5.4 +Is there an alternative? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Questions Related to Using LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +General questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.1 +How do I get rid of the date under the title? +\layout Description +6.1.2 +How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \- +Enumerate/\SpecialChar \- +Description list environment +? +\layout Description +6.1.3 +How do I number equations by section? +\layout Description +6.1.4 +Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well? +\layout Description +6.1.5 +How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)? +\layout Description +6.1.6 +How do I kill widows and orphans? +\layout Description +6.1.7 +How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g. + 1. + a)? +\layout Description +6.1.8 +How do I count words in LyX? +\layout Description +6.1.9 +How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space? +\layout Description +6.1.10 +How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6 +]? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.2 +Figure related questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +What is the difference between a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +figure +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +figure float +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +? +\layout Description +6.2.2 +How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it? +\layout Description +6.2.3 +What does +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Too many unprocessed floats +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + mean? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Math related questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation? +\layout Description +6.3.2 +How do I make a cube root (or higher)? +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Questions Related to Running LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line? +\layout Description +7.2 +How do I create PDF files from my LyX document? +\layout Description +7.3 +Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in +\family typewriter +acroread +\family default + ? +\layout Description +7.4 +Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline + figures properly? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 +Questions Related to LyX on Windows +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.1 +Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +9 +How to get further assistance +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +9.1 +You still haven't answered my question! +\layout Description +9.2 +I want to mail someone about my problem. + +\layout Description +9.3 +What to put in a request for help. +\end_deeper +\layout Description +10 +Administrative information and acknowledgments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +10.1 +Feedback is invited. + +\layout Description +10.2 +Formats in which this FAQ is available. + +\layout Description +10.3 +Authorship and acknowledgments. +\layout Description +10.4 +Disclaimer and Copyright. + +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +The LyX Tutorial +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +Welcome to LyX! +\layout Description +1.2 +What the Tutorial +\emph on +is +\emph default + and What it +\emph on +isn't +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.1 +Getting the Most out of the Tutorial +\layout Description +1.2.2 +What You +\emph on +Won't +\emph default + Find: +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Getting Started with LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Your First LyX Document +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1.1 +Typing, Viewing, and Printing +\layout Description +2.1.2 +Simple Operations +\layout Description +2.1.3 +WYSIWYM: Whitespace in LyX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.2 +Environments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.2.1 +Sections and Subsections +\layout Description +2.2.2 +Lists and sublists +\layout Description +2.2.3 +Other Environments: Verses, Quotations, and More +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Writing Documents +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Text classes +\layout Description +3.2 +Templates: Writing a Letter +\layout Description +3.3 +Document Titles +\layout Description +3.4 +Labels and Cross-References +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.1 +Your first label +\layout Description +3.4.2 +Your first cross-references +\layout Description +3.4.3 +More fun with labels +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.5 +Footnotes and Margin Notes +\layout Description +3.6 +Bibliographies +\layout Description +3.7 +Table of Contents +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Using Math +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Math Mode +\layout Description +4.2 +Navigating an Equation +\layout Description +4.3 +Exponents and Indices +\layout Description +4.4 +The +\family sans +Math Panel +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Greek and symbols +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Square roots, accents, and delimiters +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Fractions +\layout Description +4.4.4 +TeX mode: Limits, log, sin and others +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Matrices +\layout Description +4.4.6 +Display mode +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +More Math Stuff +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Miscellaneous +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Other Major LyX Features +\layout Description +5.2 +LyX for LaTeX Users +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +TeX Mode +\layout Description +5.2.2 +Importing LaTeX Documents--- +\family typewriter +reLyX +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Converting LyX Documents to LaTeX +\layout Description +5.2.4 +LaTeX Preamble +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.4.1 +Document Class +\layout Description +5.2.4.2 +Other Preamble Matter +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.5 +BibTeX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Errors! +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +The LyX User's Guide +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +What is LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +Getting Started +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.1 +Invoking LyX +\layout Description +1.2.2 +How LyX Looks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.2.1 +The Main Window +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.3 +HELP! +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.3 +The LyX Interface +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.3.1 +Basic File Operations +\layout Description +1.3.2 +Basic Editing Features +\layout Description +1.3.3 +Undo and Redo +\layout Description +1.3.4 +Basic Mouse Bindings +\layout Description +1.3.5 +Basic Key Bindings +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.4 +Using LyX with Other Programs +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.4.1 +Importing ASCII files +\layout Description +1.4.2 +Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +LyX Setup and Supporting Applications +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2.2 +Basic LyX Setup +\layout Description +2.3 +Setting Up the X Keyboard +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.1 + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\family default + and +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.1.1 + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\layout Description +2.3.1.2 + +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.2 +Modifiers and Mode_switch +\layout Description +2.3.3 +Helpful Hints and Tips +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.4 +LaTeX +\layout Description +2.5 +Dvips and Ghostscript +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.1 +What You Need +\layout Description +2.5.2 +Dvips +\layout Description +2.5.3 +Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.6 +The Printer +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +LyX Basics +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Document Types +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.1.2 + + +The Various Document Classes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.2.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.1.2.2 +Selecting a Class +\layout Description +3.1.2.3 +Properties +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.3 +Fine-tuning the Defaults +\layout Description +3.1.4 +Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins +\layout Description +3.1.5 +Important Note: +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.2 +Paragraph Indentation and Separation +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Global Indentation Method +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Fine-Tuning +\layout Description +3.2.4 +Changing Line Spacing +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Paragraph Environments + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.3.2 +Standard +\layout Description +3.3.3 +Document Titles +\layout Description +3.3.4 +Headings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.4.1 +Numbered Headings +\layout Description +3.3.4.2 +Unnumbered Headings +\layout Description +3.3.4.3 +Changing the Numbering + + +\layout Description +3.3.4.4 +Special Information +\layout Description +3.3.4.5 +Creating an Appendix +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5 +Quotes and Poetry +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5.1 + +\family sans +Quote +\family default + and +\family sans +Quotation +\layout Description +3.3.5.2 + +\family sans +Verse +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6 +Lists +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6.1 +General Features +\layout Description +3.3.6.2 + +\family sans +Itemize +\layout Description +3.3.6.3 + +\family sans +Enumerate +\layout Description +3.3.6.4 + +\family sans +Description +\layout Description +3.3.6.5 +The LyX +\family sans +List +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7 +Letters +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7.1 + +\family sans +Address +\family default + and +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default +: An Overview +\layout Description +3.3.7.2 +Usage +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8 +Academic Writing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8.1 + +\family sans +Abstract +\layout Description +3.3.8.2 + +\family sans +Bibliography +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9 +Special Purpose +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9.1 + +\family sans +Caption +\layout Description +3.3.9.2 + +\family sans +LyX-Code +\layout Description +3.3.9.3 +Comment +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Nesting Environments + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.1 +The Big Deal +\layout Description +3.4.2 +What You Can and Can't Nest +\layout Description +3.4.3 +Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. +\layout Description +3.4.4 +Usage and General Features +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.4.1 +Nesting limits +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5 +Some Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5.1 +Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting +\layout Description +3.4.5.2 +Example #2: Inheritance +\layout Description +3.4.5.3 +Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + and +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + Environments. +\layout Description +3.4.5.4 +Example #4: Going Bonkers +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.5 +Fonts and Text Styles +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.5.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.5.2 +Global Options +\layout Description +3.5.3 +Using Different Character Styles +\layout Description +3.5.4 +Fine-Tuning with the +\family sans +Character Layout +\family default + dialog +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.6 +Printing and Previewing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.6.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.6.2 +Quick Viewing with +\family typewriter +xdvi +\layout Description +3.6.3 +Viewing the PostScript® Version with +\family typewriter +ghostview +\layout Description +3.6.4 +Printing the File +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7 +A Few Words about Typography +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.1 +Hyphens and Hyphenation +\layout Description +3.7.2 +Punctuation Marks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.2.1 +Abbreviations and End of Sentence +\layout Description +3.7.2.2 +Quotes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.3 +Ligatures +\layout Description +3.7.4 +Widows and Orphans +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Footnotes +\layout Description +4.2 +Margin Notes +\layout Description +4.3 +Figures and Imported Graphics +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1 +Figure Floats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1.1 +Using Figure Floats +\layout Description +4.3.1.2 +Float Placement +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.2 + +\family typewriter +XFig +\family default + and LyX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.4 +Tables +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +The Table dialog +\layout Description +4.4.2 +What can be placed inside a table cell? +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Cut & Paste in Tables +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Multiple lines in cells +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Table Floats +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +Table of Contents and other Listings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +The Table of Contents +\layout Description +4.5.2 +List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Mathematical Formulae +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Basic Math Editing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1.1 +Navigating a Formula +\layout Description +5.1.2 +Selecting Text +\layout Description +5.1.3 +Exponents and Subscripts +\layout Description +5.1.4 +Fractions +\layout Description +5.1.5 +Sums and Integrals +\layout Description +5.1.6 +The Math Panel +\layout Description +5.1.7 +Other Math Symbols +\layout Description +5.1.8 +Altering spacing +\layout Description +5.1.9 +Math functions +\layout Description +5.1.10 +Accents +\layout Description +5.1.11 +The math editor for LaTeX users +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.2 +Brackets and decorations +\layout Description +5.3 +Grouping +\layout Description +5.4 +Arrays and Multi-line Equations +\layout Description +5.5 +Equation Numbering and Labels +\layout Description +5.6 +User defined macros in math mode +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.6.1 +Directions on using macros +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.6.1.1 +How to create them +\layout Description +5.6.1.2 +How to navigate +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.7 +Fine-Tuning +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.7.1 +Typefaces +\layout Description +5.7.2 +Math Text Mode +\layout Description +5.7.3 +Font Sizes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.8 +AMS LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.8.1 +Enabling AMS Support +\layout Description +5.8.2 +AMS Symbols +\layout Description +5.8.3 +AMS Formula Types +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +More Tools +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Cross-References +\layout Description +6.2 +URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) +\layout Description +6.3 +Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments + + +\layout Description +6.4 +Spacing, pagination and line breaks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 +Extra Horizontal Space +\layout Description +6.4.2 +Extra Vertical Space +\layout Description +6.4.3 +Changing Paragraph Alignment +\layout Description +6.4.4 +Forcing Page Breaks +\layout Description +6.4.5 +Protected blanks +\layout Description +6.4.6 +Line breaking +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.5 +Spellchecking +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.1 +Spellchecker Options +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.1.1 +Dictionary +\layout Description +6.5.1.2 +Personal dictionary +\layout Description +6.5.1.3 +Further Options +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.2 +Limitations +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.6 +International Support +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.6.1 +Language Options +\layout Description +6.6.2 +Keyboard mapping configuration +\layout Description +6.6.3 +Character Tables +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Credits +\layout Section* + +Extended LyX Features +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2 +LyX and LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +How LyX Uses LaTeX +\layout Description +2.2 + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Help! LyX generated an unreadable +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + file! +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +2.3 +Translating LaTeX files into LyX +\layout Description +2.4 +Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents + + +\layout Description +2.5 +LyX and the LaTeX Preamble +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.1 +About the LaTeX Preamble +\layout Description +2.5.2 +Changing the Preamble +\layout Description +2.5.3 +Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.3.1 +Example #1: Offsets +\layout Description +2.5.3.2 +Example #2: Labels +\layout Description +2.5.3.3 +Example #3: Paragraph Indentation +\layout Description +2.5.3.4 +Example #4: This Document +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.6 +LyX and LaTeX Errors +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Supplemental Tools +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX +\layout Description +3.2 +Making an Index +\layout Description +3.3 +Multipart Documents +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +General Operation +\layout Description +3.3.2 +Cross-References Between Files +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Algorithms +\layout Description +3.5 +Subfigures +\layout Description +3.6 +Fancy Headers and Footers +\layout Description +3.7 +Minipages +\layout Description +3.8 +Wrapping Text Around Figures + + +\layout Description +3.9 +Extra Table Options +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.9.1 +Removing Extra Column Space +\layout Description +3.9.2 +Changing the Column Separator Character +\layout Description +3.9.3 +Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column +\layout Description +3.9.4 +A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.10 +Itemize Bullet Selection + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.10.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.10.2 +How it looks +\layout Description +3.10.3 +How to use it +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Special Document Classes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +AMS LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1.1 +What these layouts provide +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.2 +Dinbrief +\layout Description +4.3 +Paper +\layout Description +4.4 +A&A Paper +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Getting started +\layout Description +4.4.3 +The header block +\layout Description +4.4.4 +The abstract +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Supported environments +\layout Description +4.4.6 +Commands not supported by LyX +\layout Description +4.4.7 +Figure and Table Floats +\layout Description +4.4.8 +Referee layout +\layout Description +4.4.9 +The example paper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +AASTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.5.2 +Starting a New Paper +\layout Description +4.5.3 +Finishing Your Paper +\layout Description +4.5.4 +Comments On Specific Commands +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.4.1 +Things that work as expected +\layout Description +4.5.4.2 +Things that work, but require more comment +\layout Description +4.5.4.3 +Things not implemented, use ERT +\layout Description +4.5.4.4 +Things that cannot be implemented +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5 +FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5.1 +Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate +\layout Description +4.5.5.2 +LaTeX error processing a table +\layout Description +4.5.5.3 +References + + +\layout Description +4.5.5.4 +Including EPS files +\layout Description +4.5.5.5 +Things I could have done, but didn't +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.6 +Final Caveat +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.6 +ijmpd +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.6.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.6.2 +Writing a paper +\layout Description +4.6.3 +Preparing a paper for submission +\layout Description +4.6.4 +Use of ERT +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.7 +Kluwer +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.7.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.7.2 +Writing a paper +\layout Description +4.7.3 +Preparing a paper for submission +\layout Description +4.7.4 + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Peculiarities +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + of the Kluwer package + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.8 +Koma-Script +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.8.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.8.2 +article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.3 +letter (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.4 +The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) +\layout Description +4.8.5 +Problems +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.9 +Springer Journals ( +\family sans +svjour +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.9.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.9.2 +New styles +\layout Description +4.9.3 +Supported journals +\layout Description +4.9.4 +Credits +\layout Description +4.9.5 +Bugs +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.10 +AGU journals ( +\family sans +aguplus +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.10.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.10.2 +New styles +\layout Description +4.10.3 +New floats +\layout Description +4.10.4 +Supported journals +\layout Description +4.10.5 +Bugs and things to remember +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.11 +EGS journals ( +\family sans +egs +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.11.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.11.2 +New styles +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12 +Slides [aka +\noun on +Sli +\noun default +TeX] + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.12.2 +Getting Started + + +\layout Description +4.12.3 +Paragraph Environments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.3.1 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.12.3.2 +Quirks of the New Environments + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4 +Making a Presentation with +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, +\family sans + Overlay +\family default + and +\family sans +Note +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4.1 +Using the +\family sans +Slide +\family default + Environment +\layout Description +4.12.4.2 +Using +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + with +\family sans +Slide +\layout Description +4.12.4.3 +Using +\family sans +Note +\family default + with +\family sans +Slide +\family default + + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.5 +The +\family sans +slides +\family default + Class Template File +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13 +Foils [aka +\family sans +Foil +\family default +\noun on +TeX +\noun default +] + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.13.2 +Getting Started +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.2.1 +Extra Options +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.3 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.13.4 +Building a Set of Foils +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.4.1 +Give It a Title Page +\layout Description +4.13.4.2 +Start a New Foil +\layout Description +4.13.4.3 +Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more +\layout Description +4.13.4.4 +Lists +\layout Description +4.13.4.5 +Figures and Tables +\layout Description +4.13.4.6 +Page Headers and Footers + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5 +Unsupported +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX Goodies + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5.1 +Lengths +\layout Description +4.13.5.2 +Headers and Footers +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.14 +Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.14.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.14.2 +Getting Started +\layout Description +4.14.3 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.14.4 +Differences Between Screen and Paper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.15 +Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.15.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.15.2 +Special problems +\layout Description +4.15.3 +Special features +\layout Description +4.15.4 +Paper size and Margins +\layout Description +4.15.5 +Environments +\layout Description +4.15.6 +Script jargon +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.16 +Broadway +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.16.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.16.2 +Special problems +\layout Description +4.16.3 +Special features +\layout Description +4.16.4 +Paper size and Margins +\layout Description +4.16.5 +Environments +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.17 +RevTeX4 +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.17.1 +Installation +\layout Description +4.17.2 +Preamble Matter +\layout Description +4.17.3 +Layouts +\layout Description +4.17.4 +Important Notes +\layout Description +4.17.5 +Drawbacks +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.18 +Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) + + +\layout Description +4.19 +Elsevier Journals +\layout Description +4.20 +Memoir +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.20.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.20.2 +Basic features and restrictions +\layout Description +4.20.3 +Extra features +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Considerations +\layout Description +5.2 +Importing Other Formats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.2.2 +ASCII Text +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Noweb +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Exporting Other Formats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.3.2 +Device Independent Files +\layout Description +5.3.3 +PostScript® +\layout Description +5.3.4 +ASCII text +\layout Description +5.3.5 +HTML +\layout Description +5.3.6 +PDF +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.6.1 +Use pdfLaTeX +\layout Description +5.3.6.2 +Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader? + + + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.3 +Why doesn't the +\backslash +boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex? + + + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.4 +Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running + pdfLaTeX? + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.5 +How can I make URLs clickable ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.7 +Custom +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +The Complete reLyX Description + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.1 +Synopsis +\layout Description +5.4.2 +Options +\layout Description +5.4.3 +Description +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.3.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +5.4.3.2 +Usage +\layout Description +5.4.3.3 +What reLyX Can Handle +\layout Description +5.4.3.4 +What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK +\layout Description +5.4.3.5 +What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~ +k.\SpecialChar ~ +a. + BUGS + + +\layout Description +5.4.3.6 +What LyX Can't Handle +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.4 +Examples +\layout Description +5.4.5 +Notes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.5.1 +Bug Reports + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.2 +Implementation Details: +\layout Description +5.4.5.3 +Layout Files +\layout Description +5.4.5.4 +Syntax Files + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.5 +Miscellaneous +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.6 +Diagnostics +\layout Description +5.4.7 +Warnings +\layout Description +5.4.8 +Files +\layout Description +5.4.9 +See also +\layout Description +5.4.10 +Authors +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +LyX Features needing Extra Software +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.1 +Overview +\layout Description +6.1.2 +Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.2.1 +Getting started +\layout Description +6.1.2.2 +Output from LinuxDoc +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3 +Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3.1 +The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document +\layout Description +6.1.3.2 +The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments +\layout Description +6.1.3.3 +Other document features +\layout Description +6.1.3.4 +Cross references and HTML +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.4 +Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts + + +\layout Description +6.1.5 +Troubleshooting LinuxDoc +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.2 +Checking TeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.2.2 +How to use it +\layout Description +6.2.3 +How to fine tune it +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Version Control in LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.3.2 +RCS commands in LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.2.1 + +\family sans +Register +\layout Description +6.3.2.2 + +\family sans +Check In Changes +\layout Description +6.3.2.3 + +\family sans +Check Out For Edit +\layout Description +6.3.2.4 + +\family sans +Revert To Last Version +\layout Description +6.3.2.5 + +\family sans +Undo Last Checkin +\layout Description +6.3.2.6 + +\family sans +Show History +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4 +Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.4.2 +Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.2.1 +References +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3 +LyX and Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3.1 +Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) +\layout Description +6.4.3.2 +Configuring LyX +\layout Description +6.4.3.3 +Debug extensions +\layout Description +6.4.3.4 +Toolbar extensions +\layout Description +6.4.3.5 +Colors customization +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Secrets of the LaTeX Masters + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1.1 +Footnotes +\layout Description +7.1.2 +Margin Notes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.2 +Multiple Columns +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.1 +Purpose +\layout Description +7.2.2 +Limitations +\layout Description +7.2.3 +Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.3.1 +Two columns +\layout Description +7.2.3.2 +Multiple columns +\layout Description +7.2.3.3 +Columns inside columns +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.3 +Numbering in the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + Paragraph Environment + + +\layout Description +7.4 +Extra Space Between Table Rows +\layout Description +7.5 +Dropped Capitals +\layout Description +7.6 +Non-standard Paragraph Shapes +\layout Description +7.7 +Summary +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2 +LyX configuration files +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +What's in +\family typewriter +LyXDir +\family default +? +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1.1 +Automatically generated files +\layout Description +2.1.2 +Directories +\layout Description +2.1.3 +Files you don't want to modify +\layout Description +2.1.4 +Other files needing a line or two... +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.2 +Your local configuration directory +\layout Description +2.3 +Running LyX with multiple configurations +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +The +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +references +\family default + dialog +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Using the dialog for the first time +\layout Description +3.2 +On-screen fonts +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +DPI setting and Font Zoom +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Font definition commands +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Font encoding +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Bindings + + +\layout Description +3.4 +User Interface + + +\layout Description +3.5 +Converters, Formats and Viewers +\layout Description +3.6 +ASCII export options +\layout Description +3.7 +Printer +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.1 +Changing Colors +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.8 +The autodetected settings +\layout Description +3.9 +The rest +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Internationalizing LyX + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Selecting an alternative language for the user interface +\layout Description +4.2 +Translating LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.2.1 +Translating the graphical user interface (text messages). +\layout Description +4.2.2 +Translating the documentation. +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.3 +International Keyboard Support +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1 +Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.4 +International Keymap Stuff + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +The .kmap File +\layout Description +4.4.2 +The .cdef File +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Dead Keys +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Saving your Language Configuration +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates + + + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Installing a new LaTeX package +\layout Description +5.2 +Layouts +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +Supporting new document classes +\layout Description +5.2.2 +A layout for an +\family sans +sty +\family default + file +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Layout for a +\family sans +cls +\family default + file +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Declaring a new text class +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +General text class parameters +\layout Description +5.3.2 + +\family typewriter +ClassOptions +\family default + section +\layout Description +5.3.3 +Specific Paragraph Layouts +\layout Description +5.3.4 +Floats +\layout Description +5.3.5 +Counters +\layout Description +5.3.6 +Font description +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +Creating Templates + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Including External Material +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Background +\layout Description +6.2 +How does it work? +\layout Description +6.3 +The external material dialog +\layout Description +6.4 +Examples +\layout Description +6.5 +The external template configuration file +\layout Description +6.6 +The substitution mechanism +\layout Description +6.7 +Security discussion +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +The LyX Server +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +7.2 +Starting the LyX Server +\layout Description +7.3 +Normal communication +\layout Description +7.4 +Notification +\layout Description +7.5 +The simple LyX Server Protocol +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 \start_of_appendix +Bindings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.1 +Toolbar +\layout Description +8.2 +Menu +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.1 +File +\layout Description +8.2.2 +Edit +\layout Description +8.2.3 +Insert +\layout Description +8.2.4 +Layout +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.4.1 +L +\family sans +ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Character +\family default + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.5 +View +\layout Description +8.2.6 +Navigate +\layout Description +8.2.7 +Help +\layout Description +8.2.8 +Paragraph Style +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8.3 +Keyboard +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.3.1 +Specific to +\family typewriter +emacs.bind +\layout Description +8.3.2 +Specific to +\family typewriter +cua.bind +\layout Description +8.3.3 +Specific to +\family typewriter +sciword.bind +\layout Description +8.3.4 +Standard math bindings +\layout Description +8.3.5 +Other Accelerators +\end_deeper +\end_deeper + +\the_end diff --git a/lib/doc/ru_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/ru_TOC.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e845d76377 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/ru_TOC.lyx @@ -0,0 +1,2521 @@ +#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 221 +\textclass article +\language russian +\inputencoding koi8-r +\fontscheme default +\graphics default +\paperfontsize default +\spacing single +\papersize Default +\paperpackage a4 +\use_geometry 0 +\use_amsmath 0 +\use_natbib 0 +\use_numerical_citations 0 +\paperorientation portrait +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation indent +\defskip medskip +\quotes_language english +\quotes_times 2 +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 1 +\paperpagestyle default + +\layout Title + +LyX Documentation Table of Contents +\layout Section* + +÷×ÅÄÅÎÉÅ × LyX +\layout Description +1 +æÉÌÏÓÏÆÉÑ LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +þÔÏ ÔÁËÏÅ LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +òÁÚÌÉÞÉÑ ÍÅÖÄÕ LyX É ÄÒÕÇÉÍÉ ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÙÍÉ ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÒÁÍÉ + + +\layout Description +1.3 +þÔÏ ÖÅ ÔÁËÏÅ LaTeX? (é ÐÏÞÅÍÕ Ñ ÄÏÌÖÅÎ ÂÙÔØ ÏÓÔÏÒÏÖÅÎ?) +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +ïÂÚÏÒ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÉ +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +æÏÒÍÁÔ ÒÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ× +\layout Description +2.2 +òÕËÏ×ÏÄÓÔ×Á +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 + + +óÏÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÅ ÐÒÏÅËÔÕ LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +óÏÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÅ LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.1 +éÚ×ÅÝÅÎÉÅ Ï ÏÛÉÂËÁÈ +\layout Description +3.1.2 +óÏÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÅ × ÉÓÐÒÁ×ÌÅÎÉÉ É ÄÏÂÁ×ÌÅÎÉÉ ÎÏ×ÙÈ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔÅÊ +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.2 +óÏÄÅÊÓÔ×ÉÅ × ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÉ +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +éÚ×ÅÝÅÎÉÅ Ï ÏÛÉÂËÁÈ × ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁÃÉÉ +\layout Description +3.2.2 +ðÒÉÓÏÅÄÉÎÅÎÉÅ Ë ËÏÍÁÎÄÅ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÑ +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +LyX. + þÁÓÔÏ ÚÁÄÁ×ÁÅÍÙÅ ×ÏÐÒÏÓÙ Ó ÏÔ×ÅÔÁÍÉ. + +\newline +÷ÅÒÓÉÑ 0.3.6 +\layout Description +1 +÷×ÅÄÅÎÉÅ É ÏÂÝÁÑ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÑ +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +þÔÏ ÔÁËÏÅ LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +üÔÏ ×Ó£ ËÏÎÅÞÎÏ ÚÄÏÒÏ×Ï, ÎÏ ÐÒÉÍÅÎÑÅÔÓÑ ÌÉ ÎÁ ÐÒÁËÔÉËÅ? +\layout Description +1.3 +ó ÞÅÇÏ ÎÁÞÁÔØ? +\layout Description +1.4 +âÕÄÅÔ ÌÉ LyX ÒÁÂÏÔÁÔØ ÎÁ ÍÏ£Í ËÏÍÐØÀÔÅÒÅ? +\layout Description +1.5 +óËÏÌØËÏ ÄÉÓËÏ×ÏÇÏ ÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÓÔ×Á ÎÕÖÎÏ ÄÌÑ LyX? +\layout Description +1.6 +äÅÊÓÔ×ÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ÌÉ LyX Ñ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ Ó×ÏÂÏÄÎÏ ÒÁÓÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÑÅÍÙÍ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +òÅÓÕÒÓÙ éÎÔÅÒÎÅÔ +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +çÄÅ × ÓÅÔÉ éÎÔÅÒÎÅÔ ÉÓËÁÔØ ÞÔÏ-ÌÉÂÏ Ï LyX? +\layout Description +2.2 +çÄÅ Ñ ÍÏÇÕ ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔØ ÍÁÔÅÒÉÁÌÙ ÐÏ LyX ÞÅÒÅÚ FTP? +\layout Description +2.3 +ëÁËÉÅ ÅÓÔØ ÓÐÉÓËÉ ÒÁÓÓÙÌËÉ? +\layout Description +2.4 +åÓÔØ ÌÉ ÇÄÅ-ÌÉÂÏ ÁÒÈÉ×Ù ÒÁÓÓÙÌËÉ? +\layout Description +2.5 +èÏÒÏÛÏ, ÕÍÎÉËÉ! çÄÅ ÏÎÉ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +óÏ×ÍÅÓÔÉÍÏÓÔØ Ó ÄÒÕÇÉÍÉ ÔÅËÓÔÏ×ÙÍÉ ÒÅÄÁËÔÏÒÁÍÉ/ÐÒÏÃÅÓÓÏÒÁÍÉ +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +íÏÇÕ Ñ ÞÉÔÁÔØ/ÐÉÓÁÔØ ÆÁÊÌÙ LaTeX? +\layout Description +3.2 +íÏÖÎÏ ÌÉ ÞÉÔÁÔØ/ÓÏÚÄÁ×ÁÔØ ÆÁÊÌÙ Word? +\layout Description +3.3 +íÏÖÎÏ ÌÉ ÞÉÔÁÔØ/ÓÏÚÄÁ×ÁÔØ ÆÁÊÌÙ HTML? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +õÓÔÁÎÏ×ËÁ É ËÏÍÐÉÌÑÃÉÑ LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +þÔÏ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÏ? +\layout Description +4.2 +ëÁË ËÏÍÐÉÌÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ? +\layout Description +4.3 +ôÅÒÐÅÔØ ÎÅ ÍÏÇÕ ËÏÍÐÉÌÉÒÏ×ÁÔØ. + çÄÅ ×ÚÑÔØ ÕÖÅ ÏÔËÏÍÐÉÌÉÒÏ×ÁÎÎÙÅ Ä×ÏÉÞÎÙÅ ÐÁËÅÔÙ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +þÔÏ ÜÔÏ ÚÁ ÎÅÐÒÉÑÔÎÙÊ ËÒÁÓÎÙÊ ÔÅËÓÔ? (÷áöîï!) +\layout Description +6 +÷ÏÐÒÏÓÙ, ÏÔÎÏÓÑÝÉÅÓÑ Ë ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÀ LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +ïÓÎÏ×ÎÙÅ ×ÏÐÒÏÓÙ +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.1 +ëÁË ÍÏÇÕ Ñ ÉÚÍÅÎÉÔØ ÐÒÏÍÅÖÕÔËÉ × ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÑÈ ÓÐÉÓËÏ× ðÅÒÅÞÉÓÌÅÎÉÅ/\SpecialChar \- +îÕÍÅÒÁÃÉÑ/\SpecialChar \- +ïÐÉÓÁ +ÎÉÅ? +\layout Description +6.1.2 +ëÁË ÐÒÏÎÕÍÅÒÏ×ÁÔØ ÕÒÁ×ÎÅÎÉÑ ÐÏ ÒÁÚÄÅÌÁÍ? +\layout Description +6.1.3 +÷ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏ ÌÉ ÓÄÅÌÁÔØ ÜÔÏ ÖÅ ÄÌÑ ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÊ É ÔÁÂÌÉÃ? +\layout Description +6.1.4 +ëÁË ÚÁÍÅÎÉÔØ ÎÏÍÅÒÁ ÓÎÏÓÏË ÎÁ ÓÉÍ×ÏÌÙ (Ú×£ÚÄÏÞËÉ É Ô.Ä.)? +\layout Description +6.1.5 +ëÁË ÚÁÐÒÅÔÉÔØ ÐÏÑ×ÌÅÎÉÅ ×ÉÓÑÞÉÈ ÓÔÒÏË? +\layout Description +6.1.6 +ëÁË ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔØ ÆÏÒÍÁÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÎÙÊ ÓÐÉÓÏË, ÎÁÞÉÎÁÀÝÉÊÓÑ, Ë ÐÒÉÍÅÒÕ, Ó 1. + a? +\layout Description +6.1.7 +ëÁË ÓÏÓÞÉÔÁÔØ ÓÌÏ×Á × LyX? +\layout Description +6.1.8 +ëÁË ×ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ ÏÐÒÅÄÅÌ£ÎÎÏÅ ËÏÌÉÞÅÓÔ×Ï ÇÏÒÉÚÏÎÔÁÌØÎÏÇÏ ÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÓÔ×Á? +\layout Description +6.1.9 +ëÁË ÚÁÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ ÃÉÔÁÔÙ ÐÏËÁÚÙ×ÁÔØÓÑ, ËÁË [1,2,3,6] ÉÌÉ [1-3,6] ×ÍÅÓÔÏ [1][2][3][6] +? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.2 +÷ÏÐÒÏÓÙ ÏÔÎÏÓÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÊ +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +þÅÍ ÏÔÌÉÞÁÅÔÓÑ +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÅ +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + É +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +ÐÌÁ×ÁÀÝÅÅ ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÅ +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + +? +\layout Description +6.2.2 +ëÁË Ó ÐÏÍÏÝØÀ LyX ÒÁÚÍÅÓÔÉÔØ ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÅ ÔÁÍ, ÇÄÅ Ñ ÈÏÞÕ? +\layout Description +6.2.3 +þÔÏ ÏÚÎÁÞÁÅÔ +\begin_inset Quotes fld +\end_inset + +óÌÉÛËÏÍ ÍÎÏÇÏ ÎÅÏÂÒÁÂÏÔÁÎÎÙÈ ÐÌÁ×ÁÀÝÉÈ ÏÂßÅËÔÏ× +\begin_inset Quotes frd +\end_inset + + ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +÷ÏÐÒÏÓÙ ÏÔÎÏÓÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉËÉ +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +ëÁË ×ÓÔÁ×ÉÔØ ÐÒÏÓÔÏÊ ÔÅËÓÔ ×ÎÕÔÒÉ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÏÇÏ ÕÒÁ×ÎÅÎÉÑ? +\layout Description +6.3.2 +ëÁË ÉÚ×ÌÅÞØ ËÕÂÉÞÅÓËÉÊ ËÏÒÅÎØ É (×ÙÛÅ)? +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +÷ÏÐÒÏÓÙ ÐÏ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÀ LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +ëÁË ÐÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÏ×Ù×ÁÔØ ÆÁÊÌÙ LyX × LaTeX ÉÚ ËÏÍÁÎÄÎÏÊ ÓÔÒÏËÉ? +\layout Description +7.2 +ëÁË ÐÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÏ×ÁÔØ ÍÏÊ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔ × ÆÁÊÌ PDF? +\layout Description +7.3 +ðÏÞÅÍÕ ÛÒÉÆÔ × ÍÏ£Í ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÅ ×ÙÇÌÑÄÉÔ ÔÁË ÕÖÁÓÎÏ × Acrobat Reader? +\layout Description +7.4 +ðÏÞÅÍÕ ÍÏÑ ÌÕÞÛÁÑ É ÐÏÓÌÅÄÎÑÑ ×ÅÒÓÉÑ Ghostscript ÎÅ ÏÔÏÂÒÁÖÁÅÔ ËÏÒÒÅËÔÎÏ + ×ÎÕÔÒÅÎÎÉÅ ÉÚÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÑ × ÆÏÒÍÁÔÅ EPS? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 +÷ÏÐÒÏÓÙ ÐÏ ÉÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÀ LyX ÐÏÄ Windows +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.1 +ðÏÞÅÍÕ ÍÅÎÀ É ÐÁÎÅÌØ ÉÎÓÔÒÕÍÅÎÔÏ× ÍÅÒÃÁÀÔ ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +9 +ëÁË ÐÏÌÕÞÉÔØ ÄÁÌØÎÅÊÛÕÀ ÐÏÍÏÝØ +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +9.1 +ñ ÐÏËÁ ÎÅ ÐÏÌÕÞÉÌ ÏÔ×ÅÔÙ ÎÁ ÍÏÉ ×ÏÐÒÏÓÙ! +\layout Description +9.2 +ñ ÈÏÞÕ ÐÏÄÅÌÉÔØÓÑ Ó×ÏÉÍÉ ÐÒÏÂÌÅÍÁÍÉ. + +\layout Description +9.3 +þÔÏ ÎÅÏÂÈÏÄÉÍÏ ÓÏÏÂÝÉÔØ, ÏÂÒÁÝÁÑÓØ ÚÁ ÐÏÍÏÝØÀ. +\end_deeper +\layout Description +10 +áÄÍÉÎÉÓÔÒÁÔÉ×ÎÁÑ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÑ +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +10.1 +ïÂÒÁÔÎÁÑ Ó×ÑÚØ ÐÒÉ×ÅÔÓÔ×ÕÅÔÓÑ. + +\layout Description +10.2 +æÏÒÍÁÔÙ, × ËÏÔÏÒÙÈ ÒÁÓÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÑÅÔÓÑ ÄÁÎÎÙÊ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔ. + +\layout Description +10.3 +á×ÔÏÒÓÔ×Ï É ÂÌÁÇÏÄÁÒÎÏÓÔÉ. +\layout Description +10.4 +Disclaimer and Copyright. + +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌØ ÐÏ LyX +\layout Description +1 +÷×ÅÄÅÎÉÅ +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +äÏÂÒÏ ÐÏÖÁÌÏ×ÁÔØ × LyX! +\layout Description +1.2 +þÅÍ +\emph on +Ñ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ +\emph default + ÓÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌØ É ÞÅÍ +\emph on +ÎÅ Ñ×ÌÑÅÔÓÑ +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.1 +ïÂÝÅÅ ÐÒÅÄÓÔÁ×ÌÅÎÉÅ Ï óÁÍÏÕÞÉÔÅÌÅ +\layout Description +1.2.2 +þÔÏ ×Ù +\emph on +ÎÅ +\emph default + ÎÁÊÄ£ÔÅ: +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +îÁÞÉÎÁÅÍ ÒÁÂÏÔÁÔØ Ó LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +÷ÁÛ ÐÅÒ×ÙÊ LyX ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔ +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1.1 +îÁÂÏÒ, ÐÒÏÓÍÏÔÒ É ÐÅÞÁÔØ +\layout Description +2.1.2 +ðÒÏÓÔÙÅ ÏÐÅÒÁÃÉÉ +\layout Description +2.1.3 +WYSIWYM: ðÒÏÂÅÌØÎÏÅ ÐÒÏÓÔÒÁÎÓÔ×Ï × LyX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.2 +ïËÒÕÖÅÎÉÑ +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.2.1 +òÁÚÄÅÌÙ É ÐÏÄÒÁÚÄÅÌÙ +\layout Description +2.2.2 +óÐÉÓËÉ É ÐÏÄÓÐÉÓËÉ +\layout Description +2.2.3 +äÒÕÇÉÅ ÏËÒÕÖÅÎÉÑ: ÓÔÉÈÉ, ÃÉÔÁÔÙ É ÐÒÏÞÅÅ +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +îÁÐÉÓÁÎÉÅ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ× +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +ëÌÁÓÓÙ ÔÅËÓÔÁ É ÛÁÂÌÏÎÙ: îÁÐÉÓÁÎÉÅ ÐÉÓÅÍ +\layout Description +3.2 +ûÁÂÌÏÎÙ: îÁÐÉÓÁÎÉÅ ÐÉÓØÍÁ +\layout Description +3.3 +úÁÇÏÌÏ×ËÉ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ× +\layout Description +3.4 +íÅÔËÉ É ÐÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÙÅ ÓÓÙÌËÉ + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.1 +÷ÁÛÁ ÐÅÒ×ÁÑ ÍÅÔËÁ +\layout Description +3.4.2 +÷ÁÛÁ ÐÅÒ×ÁÑ ÐÅÒÅËÒ£ÓÔÎÁÑ ÓÓÙÌËÁ +\layout Description +3.4.3 +âÏÌÅÅ ÉÎÔÅÒÅÓÎÁÑ ÉÎÆÏÒÍÁÃÉÑ Ï ÍÅÔËÁÈ +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.5 +óÎÏÓËÉ É ÐÒÉÍÅÞÁÎÉÑ ÎÁ ÐÏÌÑÈ +\layout Description +3.6 +âÉÂÌÉÏÇÒÁÆÉÉ +\layout Description +3.7 +óÏÄÅÒÖÁÎÉÅ +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +éÓÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÎÉÅ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉËÉ +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉÊ ÒÅÖÉÍ +\layout Description +4.2 +îÁ×ÉÇÁÃÉÑ ÐÏ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÁÍ +\layout Description +4.3 +ðÏËÁÚÁÔÅÌÉ ÓÔÅÐÅÎÉ É ÉÎÄÅËÓÙ +\layout Description +4.4 +íÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÁÑ ÐÁÎÅÌØ +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +çÒÅÞÅÓËÉÊ ÁÌÆÁ×ÉÔ É ÚÎÁÞËÉ +\layout Description +4.4.2 +ë×ÁÄÒÁÔÎÙÅ ËÏÒÎÉ, ÄÉÁËÒÉÔÉÞÅÓËÉÅ ÚÎÁËÉ, É ÏÇÒÁÎÉÞÉÔÅÌÉ +\layout Description +4.4.3 +äÒÏÂÉ +\layout Description +4.4.4 +òÅÖÉÍ LaTeX: ðÒÅÄÅÌÙ, ÌÏÇÁÒÉÆÍÙ, ÓÉÎÕÓÙ É ÐÒÏÞÅÅ +\layout Description +4.4.5 +íÁÔÒÉÃÙ +\layout Description +4.4.6 +òÅÖÉÍ ÏÔÏÂÒÁÖÅÎÉÑ. + ÷ÙËÌÀÞÎÙÅ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÙ +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +íÎÏÇÏÓÔÒÏÞÎÙÅ ÆÏÒÍÕÌÙ +\layout Description +4.6 +äÏÐÏÌÎÉÔÅÌØÎÙÅ ÍÁÔÅÍÁÔÉÞÅÓËÉÅ ×ÏÚÍÏÖÎÏÓÔÉ +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +òÁÚÎÏÅ +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +ðÒÏÞÉÅ ×ÁÖÎÙÅ Ó×ÏÊÓÔ×Á LyX +\layout Description +5.2 +LyX ÄÌÑ ÐÏÌØÚÏ×ÁÔÅÌÅÊ LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +òÅÖÉÍ LaTeX +\layout Description +5.2.2 +éÍÐÏÒÔÉÒÏ×ÁÎÉÅ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ× LaTeX --- +\family typewriter +reLyX +\layout Description +5.2.3 +ðÒÅÏÂÒÁÚÏ×ÁÎÉÅ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÏ× LyX × ÆÏÒÍÁÔ LaTeX +\layout Description +5.2.4 +ðÒÅÁÍÂÕÌÁ LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.4.1 +ëÌÁÓÓ ÄÏËÕÍÅÎÔÁ +\layout Description +5.2.4.2 +äÒÕÇÉÅ ×ÏÐÒÏÓÙ ÏÔÎÏÓÉÔÅÌØÎÏ ÐÒÅÁÍÂÕÌÙ +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.5 +BibTeX +\layout Description +5.2.6 +òÁÚÎÏÅ +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +ïÛÉÂËÉ! +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +The LyX User's Guide +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +What is LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +Getting Started +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.1 +Invoking LyX +\layout Description +1.2.2 +How LyX Looks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.2.1 +The Main Window +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.3 +HELP! +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.3 +The LyX Interface +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.3.1 +Basic File Operations +\layout Description +1.3.2 +Basic Editing Features +\layout Description +1.3.3 +Undo and Redo +\layout Description +1.3.4 +Basic Mouse Bindings +\layout Description +1.3.5 +Basic Key Bindings +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.4 +Using LyX with Other Programs +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.4.1 +Importing ASCII files +\layout Description +1.4.2 +Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +LyX Setup and Supporting Applications +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2.2 +Basic LyX Setup +\layout Description +2.3 +Setting Up the X Keyboard +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.1 + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\family default + and +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.1.1 + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\layout Description +2.3.1.2 + +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.2 +Modifiers and Mode_switch +\layout Description +2.3.3 +Helpful Hints and Tips +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.4 +LaTeX +\layout Description +2.5 +Dvips and Ghostscript +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.1 +What You Need +\layout Description +2.5.2 +Dvips +\layout Description +2.5.3 +Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.6 +The Printer +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +LyX Basics +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Document Types +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.1.2 + + +The Various Document Classes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.2.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.1.2.2 +Selecting a Class +\layout Description +3.1.2.3 +Properties +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.3 +Fine-tuning the Defaults +\layout Description +3.1.4 +Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins +\layout Description +3.1.5 +Important Note: +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.2 +Paragraph Indentation and Separation +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Global Indentation Method +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Fine-Tuning +\layout Description +3.2.4 +Changing Line Spacing +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Paragraph Environments + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.3.2 +Standard +\layout Description +3.3.3 +Document Titles +\layout Description +3.3.4 +Headings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.4.1 +Numbered Headings +\layout Description +3.3.4.2 +Unnumbered Headings +\layout Description +3.3.4.3 +Changing the Numbering + + +\layout Description +3.3.4.4 +Special Information +\layout Description +3.3.4.5 +Creating an Appendix +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5 +Quotes and Poetry +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5.1 + +\family sans +Quote +\family default + and +\family sans +Quotation +\layout Description +3.3.5.2 + +\family sans +Verse +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6 +Lists +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6.1 +General Features +\layout Description +3.3.6.2 + +\family sans +Itemize +\layout Description +3.3.6.3 + +\family sans +Enumerate +\layout Description +3.3.6.4 + +\family sans +Description +\layout Description +3.3.6.5 +The LyX +\family sans +List +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7 +Letters +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7.1 + +\family sans +Address +\family default + and +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default +: An Overview +\layout Description +3.3.7.2 +Usage +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8 +Academic Writing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8.1 + +\family sans +Abstract +\layout Description +3.3.8.2 + +\family sans +Bibliography +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9 +Special Purpose +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9.1 + +\family sans +Caption +\layout Description +3.3.9.2 + +\family sans +LyX-Code +\layout Description +3.3.9.3 +Comment +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Nesting Environments + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.1 +The Big Deal +\layout Description +3.4.2 +What You Can and Can't Nest +\layout Description +3.4.3 +Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. +\layout Description +3.4.4 +Usage and General Features +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.4.1 +Nesting limits +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5 +Some Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5.1 +Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting +\layout Description +3.4.5.2 +Example #2: Inheritance +\layout Description +3.4.5.3 +Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + and +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + Environments. +\layout Description +3.4.5.4 +Example #4: Going Bonkers +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.5 +Fonts and Text Styles +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.5.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.5.2 +Global Options +\layout Description +3.5.3 +Using Different Character Styles +\layout Description +3.5.4 +Fine-Tuning with the +\family sans +Character Layout +\family default + dialog +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.6 +Printing and Previewing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.6.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.6.2 +Quick Viewing with +\family typewriter +xdvi +\layout Description +3.6.3 +Viewing the PostScript® Version with +\family typewriter +ghostview +\layout Description +3.6.4 +Printing the File +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7 +A Few Words about Typography +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.1 +Hyphens and Hyphenation +\layout Description +3.7.2 +Punctuation Marks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.2.1 +Abbreviations and End of Sentence +\layout Description +3.7.2.2 +Quotes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.3 +Ligatures +\layout Description +3.7.4 +Widows and Orphans +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Footnotes +\layout Description +4.2 +Margin Notes +\layout Description +4.3 +Figures and Imported Graphics +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1 +Figure Floats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1.1 +Using Figure Floats +\layout Description +4.3.1.2 +Float Placement +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.2 + +\family typewriter +XFig +\family default + and LyX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.4 +Tables +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +The Table dialog +\layout Description +4.4.2 +What can be placed inside a table cell? +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Cut & Paste in Tables +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Multiple lines in cells +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Table Floats +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +Table of Contents and other Listings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +The Table of Contents +\layout Description +4.5.2 +List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Mathematical Formulae +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Basic Math Editing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1.1 +Navigating a Formula +\layout Description +5.1.2 +Selecting Text +\layout Description +5.1.3 +Exponents and Subscripts +\layout Description +5.1.4 +Fractions +\layout Description +5.1.5 +Sums and Integrals +\layout Description +5.1.6 +The Math Panel +\layout Description +5.1.7 +Other Math Symbols +\layout Description +5.1.8 +Altering spacing +\layout Description +5.1.9 +Math functions +\layout Description +5.1.10 +Accents +\layout Description +5.1.11 +The math editor for LaTeX users +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.2 +Brackets and decorations +\layout Description +5.3 +Grouping +\layout Description +5.4 +Arrays and Multi-line Equations +\layout Description +5.5 +Equation Numbering and Labels +\layout Description +5.6 +User defined macros in math mode +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.6.1 +Directions on using macros +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.6.1.1 +How to create them +\layout Description +5.6.1.2 +How to navigate +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.7 +Fine-Tuning +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.7.1 +Typefaces +\layout Description +5.7.2 +Math Text Mode +\layout Description +5.7.3 +Font Sizes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.8 +AMS LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.8.1 +Enabling AMS Support +\layout Description +5.8.2 +AMS Symbols +\layout Description +5.8.3 +AMS Formula Types +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +More Tools +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Cross-References +\layout Description +6.2 +URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) +\layout Description +6.3 +Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments + + +\layout Description +6.4 +Spacing, pagination and line breaks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 +Extra Horizontal Space +\layout Description +6.4.2 +Extra Vertical Space +\layout Description +6.4.3 +Changing Paragraph Alignment +\layout Description +6.4.4 +Forcing Page Breaks +\layout Description +6.4.5 +Protected blanks +\layout Description +6.4.6 +Line breaking +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.5 +Spellchecking +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.1 +Spellchecker Options +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.1.1 +Dictionary +\layout Description +6.5.1.2 +Personal dictionary +\layout Description +6.5.1.3 +Further Options +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.2 +Limitations +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.6 +International Support +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.6.1 +Language Options +\layout Description +6.6.2 +Keyboard mapping configuration +\layout Description +6.6.3 +Character Tables +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Credits +\layout Section* + +Extended LyX Features +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2 +LyX and LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +How LyX Uses LaTeX +\layout Description +2.2 + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Help! LyX generated an unreadable +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + file! +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +2.3 +Translating LaTeX files into LyX +\layout Description +2.4 +Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents + + +\layout Description +2.5 +LyX and the LaTeX Preamble +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.1 +About the LaTeX Preamble +\layout Description +2.5.2 +Changing the Preamble +\layout Description +2.5.3 +Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.3.1 +Example #1: Offsets +\layout Description +2.5.3.2 +Example #2: Labels +\layout Description +2.5.3.3 +Example #3: Paragraph Indentation +\layout Description +2.5.3.4 +Example #4: This Document +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.6 +LyX and LaTeX Errors +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Supplemental Tools +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX +\layout Description +3.2 +Making an Index +\layout Description +3.3 +Multipart Documents +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +General Operation +\layout Description +3.3.2 +Cross-References Between Files +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Algorithms +\layout Description +3.5 +Subfigures +\layout Description +3.6 +Fancy Headers and Footers +\layout Description +3.7 +Minipages +\layout Description +3.8 +Wrapping Text Around Figures + + +\layout Description +3.9 +Extra Table Options +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.9.1 +Removing Extra Column Space +\layout Description +3.9.2 +Changing the Column Separator Character +\layout Description +3.9.3 +Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column +\layout Description +3.9.4 +A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.10 +Itemize Bullet Selection + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.10.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.10.2 +How it looks +\layout Description +3.10.3 +How to use it +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Special Document Classes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +AMS LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1.1 +What these layouts provide +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.2 +Dinbrief +\layout Description +4.3 +Paper +\layout Description +4.4 +A&A Paper +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Getting started +\layout Description +4.4.3 +The header block +\layout Description +4.4.4 +The abstract +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Supported environments +\layout Description +4.4.6 +Commands not supported by LyX +\layout Description +4.4.7 +Figure and Table Floats +\layout Description +4.4.8 +Referee layout +\layout Description +4.4.9 +The example paper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +AASTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.5.2 +Starting a New Paper +\layout Description +4.5.3 +Finishing Your Paper +\layout Description +4.5.4 +Comments On Specific Commands +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.4.1 +Things that work as expected +\layout Description +4.5.4.2 +Things that work, but require more comment +\layout Description +4.5.4.3 +Things not implemented, use ERT +\layout Description +4.5.4.4 +Things that cannot be implemented +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5 +FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5.1 +Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate +\layout Description +4.5.5.2 +LaTeX error processing a table +\layout Description +4.5.5.3 +References + + +\layout Description +4.5.5.4 +Including EPS files +\layout Description +4.5.5.5 +Things I could have done, but didn't +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.6 +Final Caveat +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.6 +ijmpd +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.6.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.6.2 +Writing a paper +\layout Description +4.6.3 +Preparing a paper for submission +\layout Description +4.6.4 +Use of ERT +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.7 +Kluwer +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.7.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.7.2 +Writing a paper +\layout Description +4.7.3 +Preparing a paper for submission +\layout Description +4.7.4 + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Peculiarities +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + of the Kluwer package + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.8 +Koma-Script +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.8.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.8.2 +article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.3 +letter (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.4 +The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) +\layout Description +4.8.5 +Problems +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.9 +Springer Journals ( +\family sans +svjour +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.9.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.9.2 +New styles +\layout Description +4.9.3 +Supported journals +\layout Description +4.9.4 +Credits +\layout Description +4.9.5 +Bugs +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.10 +AGU journals ( +\family sans +aguplus +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.10.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.10.2 +New styles +\layout Description +4.10.3 +New floats +\layout Description +4.10.4 +Supported journals +\layout Description +4.10.5 +Bugs and things to remember +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.11 +EGS journals ( +\family sans +egs +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.11.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.11.2 +New styles +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12 +Slides [aka +\noun on +Sli +\noun default +TeX] + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.12.2 +Getting Started + + +\layout Description +4.12.3 +Paragraph Environments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.3.1 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.12.3.2 +Quirks of the New Environments + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4 +Making a Presentation with +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, +\family sans + Overlay +\family default + and +\family sans +Note +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4.1 +Using the +\family sans +Slide +\family default + Environment +\layout Description +4.12.4.2 +Using +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + with +\family sans +Slide +\layout Description +4.12.4.3 +Using +\family sans +Note +\family default + with +\family sans +Slide +\family default + + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.5 +The +\family sans +slides +\family default + Class Template File +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13 +Foils [aka +\family sans +Foil +\family default +\noun on +TeX +\noun default +] + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.13.2 +Getting Started +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.2.1 +Extra Options +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.3 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.13.4 +Building a Set of Foils +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.4.1 +Give It a Title Page +\layout Description +4.13.4.2 +Start a New Foil +\layout Description +4.13.4.3 +Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more +\layout Description +4.13.4.4 +Lists +\layout Description +4.13.4.5 +Figures and Tables +\layout Description +4.13.4.6 +Page Headers and Footers + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5 +Unsupported +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX Goodies + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5.1 +Lengths +\layout Description +4.13.5.2 +Headers and Footers +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.14 +Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.14.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.14.2 +Getting Started +\layout Description +4.14.3 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.14.4 +Differences Between Screen and Paper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.15 +Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.15.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.15.2 +Special problems +\layout Description +4.15.3 +Special features +\layout Description +4.15.4 +Paper size and Margins +\layout Description +4.15.5 +Environments +\layout Description +4.15.6 +Script jargon +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.16 +Broadway +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.16.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.16.2 +Special problems +\layout Description +4.16.3 +Special features +\layout Description +4.16.4 +Paper size and Margins +\layout Description +4.16.5 +Environments +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.17 +RevTeX4 +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.17.1 +Installation +\layout Description +4.17.2 +Preamble Matter +\layout Description +4.17.3 +Layouts +\layout Description +4.17.4 +Important Notes +\layout Description +4.17.5 +Drawbacks +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.18 +Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) + + +\layout Description +4.19 +Elsevier Journals +\layout Description +4.20 +Memoir +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.20.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.20.2 +Basic features and restrictions +\layout Description +4.20.3 +Extra features +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Considerations +\layout Description +5.2 +Importing Other Formats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.2.2 +ASCII Text +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Noweb +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Exporting Other Formats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.3.2 +Device Independent Files +\layout Description +5.3.3 +PostScript® +\layout Description +5.3.4 +ASCII text +\layout Description +5.3.5 +HTML +\layout Description +5.3.6 +PDF +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.6.1 +Use pdfLaTeX +\layout Description +5.3.6.2 +Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader? + + + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.3 +Why doesn't the +\backslash +boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex? + + + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.4 +Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running + pdfLaTeX? + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.5 +How can I make URLs clickable ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.7 +Custom +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +The Complete reLyX Description + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.1 +Synopsis +\layout Description +5.4.2 +Options +\layout Description +5.4.3 +Description +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.3.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +5.4.3.2 +Usage +\layout Description +5.4.3.3 +What reLyX Can Handle +\layout Description +5.4.3.4 +What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK +\layout Description +5.4.3.5 +What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~ +k.\SpecialChar ~ +a. + BUGS + + +\layout Description +5.4.3.6 +What LyX Can't Handle +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.4 +Examples +\layout Description +5.4.5 +Notes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.5.1 +Bug Reports + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.2 +Implementation Details: +\layout Description +5.4.5.3 +Layout Files +\layout Description +5.4.5.4 +Syntax Files + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.5 +Miscellaneous +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.6 +Diagnostics +\layout Description +5.4.7 +Warnings +\layout Description +5.4.8 +Files +\layout Description +5.4.9 +See also +\layout Description +5.4.10 +Authors +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +LyX Features needing Extra Software +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.1 +Overview +\layout Description +6.1.2 +Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.2.1 +Getting started +\layout Description +6.1.2.2 +Output from LinuxDoc +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3 +Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3.1 +The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document +\layout Description +6.1.3.2 +The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments +\layout Description +6.1.3.3 +Other document features +\layout Description +6.1.3.4 +Cross references and HTML +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.4 +Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts + + +\layout Description +6.1.5 +Troubleshooting LinuxDoc +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.2 +Checking TeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.2.2 +How to use it +\layout Description +6.2.3 +How to fine tune it +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Version Control in LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.3.2 +RCS commands in LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.2.1 + +\family sans +Register +\layout Description +6.3.2.2 + +\family sans +Check In Changes +\layout Description +6.3.2.3 + +\family sans +Check Out For Edit +\layout Description +6.3.2.4 + +\family sans +Revert To Last Version +\layout Description +6.3.2.5 + +\family sans +Undo Last Checkin +\layout Description +6.3.2.6 + +\family sans +Show History +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4 +Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.4.2 +Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.2.1 +References +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3 +LyX and Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3.1 +Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) +\layout Description +6.4.3.2 +Configuring LyX +\layout Description +6.4.3.3 +Debug extensions +\layout Description +6.4.3.4 +Toolbar extensions +\layout Description +6.4.3.5 +Colors customization +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Secrets of the LaTeX Masters + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1.1 +Footnotes +\layout Description +7.1.2 +Margin Notes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.2 +Multiple Columns +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.1 +Purpose +\layout Description +7.2.2 +Limitations +\layout Description +7.2.3 +Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.3.1 +Two columns +\layout Description +7.2.3.2 +Multiple columns +\layout Description +7.2.3.3 +Columns inside columns +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.3 +Numbering in the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + Paragraph Environment + + +\layout Description +7.4 +Extra Space Between Table Rows +\layout Description +7.5 +Dropped Capitals +\layout Description +7.6 +Non-standard Paragraph Shapes +\layout Description +7.7 +Summary +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2 +LyX configuration files +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +What's in +\family typewriter +LyXDir +\family default +? +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1.1 +Automatically generated files +\layout Description +2.1.2 +Directories +\layout Description +2.1.3 +Files you don't want to modify +\layout Description +2.1.4 +Other files needing a line or two... +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.2 +Your local configuration directory +\layout Description +2.3 +Running LyX with multiple configurations +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +The +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +references +\family default + dialog +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Using the dialog for the first time +\layout Description +3.2 +On-screen fonts +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +DPI setting and Font Zoom +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Font definition commands +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Font encoding +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Bindings + + +\layout Description +3.4 +User Interface + + +\layout Description +3.5 +Converters, Formats and Viewers +\layout Description +3.6 +ASCII export options +\layout Description +3.7 +Printer +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.1 +Changing Colors +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.8 +The autodetected settings +\layout Description +3.9 +The rest +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Internationalizing LyX + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Selecting an alternative language for the user interface +\layout Description +4.2 +Translating LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.2.1 +Translating the graphical user interface (text messages). +\layout Description +4.2.2 +Translating the documentation. +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.3 +International Keyboard Support +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1 +Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.4 +International Keymap Stuff + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +The .kmap File +\layout Description +4.4.2 +The .cdef File +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Dead Keys +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Saving your Language Configuration +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates + + + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Installing a new LaTeX package +\layout Description +5.2 +Layouts +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +Supporting new document classes +\layout Description +5.2.2 +A layout for an +\family sans +sty +\family default + file +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Layout for a +\family sans +cls +\family default + file +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Declaring a new text class +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +General text class parameters +\layout Description +5.3.2 + +\family typewriter +ClassOptions +\family default + section +\layout Description +5.3.3 +Specific Paragraph Layouts +\layout Description +5.3.4 +Floats +\layout Description +5.3.5 +Counters +\layout Description +5.3.6 +Font description +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +Creating Templates + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Including External Material +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Background +\layout Description +6.2 +How does it work? +\layout Description +6.3 +The external material dialog +\layout Description +6.4 +Examples +\layout Description +6.5 +The external template configuration file +\layout Description +6.6 +The substitution mechanism +\layout Description +6.7 +Security discussion +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +The LyX Server +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +7.2 +Starting the LyX Server +\layout Description +7.3 +Normal communication +\layout Description +7.4 +Notification +\layout Description +7.5 +The simple LyX Server Protocol +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 \start_of_appendix +Bindings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.1 +Toolbar +\layout Description +8.2 +Menu +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.1 +File +\layout Description +8.2.2 +Edit +\layout Description +8.2.3 +Insert +\layout Description +8.2.4 +Layout +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.4.1 +L +\family sans +ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Character +\family default + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.5 +View +\layout Description +8.2.6 +Navigate +\layout Description +8.2.7 +Help +\layout Description +8.2.8 +Paragraph Style +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8.3 +Keyboard +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.3.1 +Specific to +\family typewriter +emacs.bind +\layout Description +8.3.2 +Specific to +\family typewriter +cua.bind +\layout Description +8.3.3 +Specific to +\family typewriter +sciword.bind +\layout Description +8.3.4 +Standard math bindings +\layout Description +8.3.5 +Other Accelerators +\end_deeper +\end_deeper + +\the_end diff --git a/lib/doc/sk_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/sk_TOC.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..62ff4e0e40 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/sk_TOC.lyx @@ -0,0 +1,2647 @@ +#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 221 +\textclass article +\language english +\inputencoding default +\fontscheme default +\graphics default +\paperfontsize default +\spacing single +\papersize Default +\paperpackage a4 +\use_geometry 0 +\use_amsmath 0 +\use_natbib 0 +\use_numerical_citations 0 +\paperorientation portrait +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation indent +\defskip medskip +\quotes_language english +\quotes_times 2 +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 1 +\paperpagestyle default + +\layout Title + +LyX Documentation Table of Contents +\layout Section* + +Introduction to LyX +\layout Description +1 +The Philosophy of LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +What is LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +Differences between LyX and Other Word +\newline +Processors + + + + +\layout Description +1.3 +What the heck +\emph on +is +\emph default + LaTeX (and why do I care)? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Navigating the Documentation +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +The Format of the Manuals +\layout Description +2.2 +The Manuals +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 + + +Contributing to the LyX Project +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Contributing to LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.1 +Reporting a bug +\layout Description +3.1.2 +Contributing fixes and new features +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.2 +Contributing to the Documentation +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +Reporting Errors in the Manuals +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Joining the Documentation Team. +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers +\newline +Version 0.3.7 +\layout Description +1 +Introduction and General Information +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +What is LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +That's fine, but is it useful? +\layout Description +1.3 +Where do I start? +\layout Description +1.4 +Does LyX run on my computer? +\layout Description +1.5 +How much hard disk space does LyX need? +\layout Description +1.6 +Is LyX really Open Source? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Internet Resources +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff? +\layout Description +2.2 +Where can I get LyX material by FTP? +\layout Description +2.3 +What mailing lists are there? +\layout Description +2.4 +Are the mailing lists archived anywhere? +\layout Description +2.5 +Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Compatibility with other word/document processors +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Can I read/write LaTeX files? +\layout Description +3.2 +Can I read/write Word files? +\layout Description +3.3 +Can I read/write HTML files? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Obtaining and Compiling LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +What do I need? +\layout Description +4.2 +How do I compile it? +\layout Description +4.3 +I hate compiling. + Where are precompiled binaries? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)? +\layout Description +5.2 +How do I enter Evil Red Text? +\layout Description +5.3 +The new ERT inset is really inconvenient ! +\layout Description +5.4 +Is there an alternative? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Questions Related to Using LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +General questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.1 +How do I get rid of the date under the title? +\layout Description +6.1.2 +How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \- +Enumerate/\SpecialChar \- +Description list environment +? +\layout Description +6.1.3 +How do I number equations by section? +\layout Description +6.1.4 +Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well? +\layout Description +6.1.5 +How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)? +\layout Description +6.1.6 +How do I kill widows and orphans? +\layout Description +6.1.7 +How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g. + 1. + a)? +\layout Description +6.1.8 +How do I count words in LyX? +\layout Description +6.1.9 +How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space? +\layout Description +6.1.10 +How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6 +]? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.2 +Figure related questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +What is the difference between a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +figure +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +figure float +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +? +\layout Description +6.2.2 +How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it? +\layout Description +6.2.3 +What does +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Too many unprocessed floats +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + mean? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Math related questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation? +\layout Description +6.3.2 +How do I make a cube root (or higher)? +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Questions Related to Running LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line? +\layout Description +7.2 +How do I create PDF files from my LyX document? +\layout Description +7.3 +Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in +\family typewriter +acroread +\family default + ? +\layout Description +7.4 +Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline + figures properly? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 +Questions Related to LyX on Windows +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.1 +Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +9 +How to get further assistance +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +9.1 +You still haven't answered my question! +\layout Description +9.2 +I want to mail someone about my problem. + +\layout Description +9.3 +What to put in a request for help. +\end_deeper +\layout Description +10 +Administrative information and acknowledgments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +10.1 +Feedback is invited. + +\layout Description +10.2 +Formats in which this FAQ is available. + +\layout Description +10.3 +Authorship and acknowledgments. +\layout Description +10.4 +Disclaimer and Copyright. + +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +Sprievodca programom LyX +\layout Description +1 +Úvod +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +Vítajte v LyXe! +\layout Description +1.2 +O tomto dokumente +\layout Description +1.3 +Èo tento Sprievodca +\emph on +je +\emph toggle + a èo +\emph on +nie je +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.3.1 +Slovo od ná¹ho patróna\SpecialChar \ldots{} + +\layout Description +1.3.2 +Ako vy»a¾i» èo najviac zo Sprievodcu +\layout Description +1.3.3 +Èo tu +\emph on +ne +\emph toggle +nájdete: +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.4 +Èo je LyX? + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.4.1 +Prehµad +\layout Description +1.4.2 +Rozdiely medzi LyXom a textovými procesormi +\layout Description +1.4.3 +Èo do kelu +\emph on +je +\emph toggle + LaTeX? +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Zaèíname s LyXom +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Vá¹ prvý LyX dokument +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1.1 +Písanie, prezeranie a tlaè +\layout Description +2.1.2 +Jednoduché operácie +\layout Description +2.1.3 +WYSIWYM: Priestor v LyXe +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.2 +Prostredia +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.2.1 +Sekcie a podsekcie +\layout Description +2.2.2 +Zoznamy a podzoznamy +\layout Description +2.2.3 +Ïal¹ie prostredia: ver¹e, citáty a ïal¹ie +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Písanie dokumentov +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Triedy dokumentov a ¹ablóny: písanie listov +\layout Description +3.2 +©ablóny: písanie listu +\layout Description +3.3 +Titulné strany dokumentov +\layout Description +3.4 +Návestia a krosreferencie +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.1 +Va¹e prvé návestie +\layout Description +3.4.2 +Va¹a prvá krosreferencia +\layout Description +3.4.3 +Viac zábavy s návestiami +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.5 +Poznámky pod èiarou a na okraji +\layout Description +3.6 +Citácie +\layout Description +3.7 +Obsah +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Pou¾ívanie matematiky +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Matematický mód +\layout Description +4.2 +Pohyb vo výraze +\layout Description +4.3 +Exponenty a indexy +\layout Description +4.4 +Matematický panel +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Grécke písmená a symboly +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Odmocniny, zdôraznenia a oddeµovaèe +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Zlomky +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Re¾im TeX: limity, logaritmy, sínusy a ïal¹ie +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Matice +\layout Description +4.4.6 +Re¾im rovnice +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +Viacriadkové výrazy +\layout Description +4.6 +Ïal¹ie matematické mo¾nosti +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Rôzne +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Ïal¹ie hlavné èrty LyXu +\layout Description +5.2 +LyX pre pou¾ívateµov LaTeXu +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +Re¾im TeX +\layout Description +5.2.2 +Konvertovanie LaTeXových dokumentov do LyXu +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Konvertovanie LyXových dokumentov do LaTeXu +\layout Description +5.2.4 +LaTeX preambula +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.4.1 +Trieda dokumentu +\layout Description +5.2.4.2 +Ïal¹ie mo¾nosti preambuly +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.5 +BibTeX +\layout Description +5.2.6 +Rôzne +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Chyby! +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +U¾ívateµská príruèka LyXu +\layout Description +1 +Predstavenie +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +Èo je LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +O tomto dokumente +\layout Description +1.3 +Zaèíname +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.3.1 +Spustenie LyXu +\layout Description +1.3.2 +Ako LyX vyzerá +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.3.2.1 +Hlavné okno +\layout Description +1.3.2.2 +Dialógy +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.3.3 +POMOC! +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.4 +Prostredie LyXu +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.4.1 +Základné operácie so súbormi +\layout Description +1.4.2 +Základy editovania +\layout Description +1.4.3 + +\family sans +Vráti» spä» +\family default + a +\family sans +Opakova» vrátené +\layout Description +1.4.4 +Základy ovládania my¹ou +\layout Description +1.4.5 +Základy ovládania klávesnicou +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.5 +Pou¾ívanie LyXu s ïal¹ími programami +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.5.1 +Importovanie ASCII súborov +\layout Description +1.5.2 +Vystrihovanie a vkladanie medzi LyXom a inými X programami +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Nastavenia LyXu a podporné aplikácie +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Predstavenie +\layout Description +2.2 +Po¾iadavky +\layout Description +2.3 +Základné nastavenia LyXu +\layout Description +2.4 +Nastavenie X klávesnice +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.4.1 + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\family default + a +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.4.1.1 + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\layout Description +2.4.1.2 + +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.4.2 +Modifikátory a Mode_switch +\layout Description +2.4.3 +Pomocné tipy a triky +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.5 +LaTeX +\layout Description +2.6 +Dvips a Ghostscript +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.6.1 +Èo potrebujete +\layout Description +2.6.2 + +\family typewriter +dvips +\layout Description +2.6.3 + +\family typewriter +ghostscript +\layout Description +2.6.4 + +\family typewriter +xdvi +\family default + a +\family typewriter +ghostview +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.7 +Tlaèiareò +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Základy LyXu +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Typy dokumentov +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.1 +Predstavenie +\layout Description +3.1.2 + + +Rôzne triedy dokumentov +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.2.1 +Prehµad +\layout Description +3.1.2.2 +Vybratie triedy +\layout Description +3.1.2.3 +Vlastnosti +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.3 +Dolaïovanie preddefinovaných hodnôt +\layout Description +3.1.4 +Veµkos» papiera, orientácia a okraje +\layout Description +3.1.5 +Dôle¾ité poznámky: +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.2 +Zarovnanie a oddeµovanie odsekov +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +Predstavenie +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Globálna zmena odsadenia +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Dolaïovanie +\layout Description +3.2.4 +Zmena riadkovania +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Prostredia odsekov + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +Prehµad +\layout Description +3.3.2 + +\family sans +Standard +\layout Description +3.3.3 +Titulné strany dokumentov +\layout Description +3.3.4 +Názvy sekcií +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.4.1 +Èíslované názvy +\layout Description +3.3.4.2 +Neèíslované názvy +\layout Description +3.3.4.3 +Zmena èíslovania +\layout Description +3.3.4.4 +©peciálne informácie +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5 +Citáty a poézia +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5.1 + +\family sans +Quote +\family default + a +\family sans +Quotation +\layout Description +3.3.5.2 + +\family sans +Verse +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6 +Zoznamy +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6.1 +V¹eobecné vlastnosti +\layout Description +3.3.6.2 + +\family sans +Itemize +\layout Description +3.3.6.3 + +\family sans +Enumerate +\layout Description +3.3.6.4 + +\family sans +Description +\layout Description +3.3.6.5 + +\family sans +List +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7 +Listy +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7.1 + +\family sans +Address +\family default + a +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default +: Prehµad +\layout Description +3.3.7.2 +Pou¾itie +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8 +Akademické písanie +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8.1 + +\family sans +Abstract +\layout Description +3.3.8.2 + +\family sans +Bibliography +\family default + (literatúra) +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9 +©peciálny úèel +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9.1 + +\family sans +Caption +\layout Description +3.3.9.2 + +\family sans +LyX-Code +\layout Description +3.3.9.3 + +\family sans +Comment +\layout Description +3.3.9.4 + +\family sans +LaTeX +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Vnáranie prostredí + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.1 +O èo ide +\layout Description +3.4.2 +Èo mô¾ete a nemô¾ete vnára» +\layout Description +3.4.3 +Vnáranie iných vecí: tabuliek, vzorcov, insetov atï. +\layout Description +3.4.4 +Pou¾itie a v¹eobecné vlastnosti +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.4.1 +Rôzne väzby +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5 +Zopár príkladov +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5.1 +Príklad è. + 1: ©es» úrovní a zmie¹ané vnáranie +\layout Description +3.4.5.2 +Príklad è. + 2: Dedenie +\layout Description +3.4.5.3 +Príklad è. + 3: Èíslovanie (znaèky), úrovne a prostredia Enumerate a Itemize +\layout Description +3.4.5.4 +Príklad è. + 4: Ideme na to +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.5 +Písma a ¹týly textu +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.5.1 +Prehµad +\layout Description +3.5.2 +Globálne voµby +\layout Description +3.5.3 +Pou¾ívanie rôznych ¹týlov znakov +\layout Description +3.5.4 +Dolaïovanie pomocou okna +\family sans +©týl znaku +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.6 +Tlaè a náhµad +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.6.1 +Prehµad +\layout Description +3.6.2 +Náhµad s +\family typewriter +xdvi +\layout Description +3.6.3 +Prezeranie PostScriptovej verzie s programom +\family typewriter +ghost\SpecialChar \- +view +\layout Description +3.6.4 +Tlaè dokumentu +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7 +Zopár slov o typografii. +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.1 +Spojovník a rozdeµovanie +\layout Description +3.7.2 +Interpunkèné znamienka +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.2.1 +Skratky a konce viet +\layout Description +3.7.2.2 +Úvodzovky +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.3 +Ligatúry +\layout Description +3.7.4 +Vdovy a siroty +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Insety: tabuµky, obrázky, poznámky +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Poznámky pod èiarou +\layout Description +4.2 +Poznámky na okraji +\layout Description +4.3 +Obrázky a importovaná grafika +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1 +Insety s obrázkami +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1.1 +Pou¾ívanie insetov s obrázkami +\layout Description +4.3.1.2 +Umiestnenie insetov +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.2 + +\family typewriter +XFig +\family default + a LyX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.4 +Tabuµky +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Menu na manipuláciu s tabuµkou +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Èo mô¾e by» v tabuµke umiestnené? +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Vystrihovanie a vkladanie a tabuµky +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Viacriadkový text v bunke +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Insety s tabuµkou +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.5.1 +Popisy tabuliek +\layout Description +4.4.5.2 +Umiestnenie insetov +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +Obsah a ïal¹ie zoznamy +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +Obsah +\layout Description +4.5.2 +Zoznam obrázkov, tabuliek a algoritmov +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Matematické vzorce +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Základy editovania matematiky +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1.1 +Vyvolanie matematického editora +\layout Description +5.1.2 +Navigácia v rovnici +\layout Description +5.1.3 +Oznaèovanie textu +\layout Description +5.1.4 +Exponenty a indexy +\layout Description +5.1.5 +Zlomky +\layout Description +5.1.6 +Sumy a integrály +\layout Description +5.1.7 +Panel matematických nástrojov +\layout Description +5.1.8 +Ïal¹ie matematické symboly +\layout Description +5.1.9 +Matematické funkcie +\layout Description +5.1.10 +Viac symbolov +\layout Description +5.1.11 +Akcenty +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.2 +Zátvorky +\layout Description +5.3 +Polia a viacriadkové rovnice +\layout Description +5.4 +Èíslovanie rovníc +\layout Description +5.5 +U¾ívateµsky definované makrá v matematic\SpecialChar \- +kom re¾ime +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.5.1 +Návod na pou¾ívanie makier +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.5.1.1 +Ako ich vytvori» +\layout Description +5.5.1.2 +Ako sa pohybova» +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.6 +Dolaïovanie +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.6.1 +Písmo +\layout Description +5.6.2 +Veµkosti písiem +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Ïal¹ie nástroje +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Krosreferencie +\layout Description +6.2 +Manuálne dolaïovanie +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +Extra horizontálna medzera +\layout Description +6.2.2 +Extra vertikálna medzera +\layout Description +6.2.3 +Zmena zarovnania odseku +\layout Description +6.2.4 +Pevné zlomy strán +\layout Description +6.2.5 +Ïal¹ie nástroje +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Kontrola pravopisu +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +Parametre kontroly pravopisu +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1.1 +Slovník +\layout Description +6.3.1.2 +Osobný slovník +\layout Description +6.3.1.3 +Ïal¹ie mo¾nosti +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.2 +Problémy +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4 +Medzinárodná podpora +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 + +\family sans +Rozlo¾enie Dokumentu +\layout Description +6.4.2 + +\family sans +Parametre klávesnice +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +LyX a LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Ako LyX pou¾íva LaTeX +\layout Description +7.2 + +\begin_inset Quotes gld +\end_inset + +Pomoc! LyX vygeneroval neèítateµný +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + súbor. +\begin_inset Quotes grd +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +7.3 +Preklad LaTeXových súborov do LyXu +\layout Description +7.4 +Vkladanie LaTeXového kódu do dokumentov LyXu +\layout Description +7.5 +LyX a LaTeX preambula +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.5.1 +O LaTeX preambule +\layout Description +7.5.2 +Zmena preambuly +\layout Description +7.5.3 +Príklady +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.5.3.1 +Príklad è. + 1: Posunutie +\layout Description +7.5.3.2 +Príklad è. + 2: ©títky +\layout Description +7.5.3.3 +Príklad è. + 3: Odsadenie odsekov +\layout Description +7.5.3.4 +Príklad è. + 4: Èíslovanie v prostredí odseku +\family sans +Enumerate +\layout Description +7.5.3.5 +Príklad è. + 5: Tento dokument +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.6 +Chyby LyXu a LaTeXu +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 +Zásluhy +\layout Section* + +Extended LyX Features +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2 +LyX and LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +How LyX Uses LaTeX +\layout Description +2.2 + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Help! LyX generated an unreadable +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + file! +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +2.3 +Translating LaTeX files into LyX +\layout Description +2.4 +Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents + + +\layout Description +2.5 +LyX and the LaTeX Preamble +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.1 +About the LaTeX Preamble +\layout Description +2.5.2 +Changing the Preamble +\layout Description +2.5.3 +Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.3.1 +Example #1: Offsets +\layout Description +2.5.3.2 +Example #2: Labels +\layout Description +2.5.3.3 +Example #3: Paragraph Indentation +\layout Description +2.5.3.4 +Example #4: This Document +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.6 +LyX and LaTeX Errors +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Supplemental Tools +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX +\layout Description +3.2 +Making an Index +\layout Description +3.3 +Multipart Documents +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +General Operation +\layout Description +3.3.2 +Cross-References Between Files +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Algorithms +\layout Description +3.5 +Subfigures +\layout Description +3.6 +Fancy Headers and Footers +\layout Description +3.7 +Minipages +\layout Description +3.8 +Wrapping Text Around Figures + + +\layout Description +3.9 +Extra Table Options +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.9.1 +Removing Extra Column Space +\layout Description +3.9.2 +Changing the Column Separator Character +\layout Description +3.9.3 +Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column +\layout Description +3.9.4 +A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.10 +Itemize Bullet Selection + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.10.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.10.2 +How it looks +\layout Description +3.10.3 +How to use it +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Special Document Classes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +AMS LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1.1 +What these layouts provide +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.2 +Dinbrief +\layout Description +4.3 +Paper +\layout Description +4.4 +A&A Paper +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Getting started +\layout Description +4.4.3 +The header block +\layout Description +4.4.4 +The abstract +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Supported environments +\layout Description +4.4.6 +Commands not supported by LyX +\layout Description +4.4.7 +Figure and Table Floats +\layout Description +4.4.8 +Referee layout +\layout Description +4.4.9 +The example paper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +AASTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.5.2 +Starting a New Paper +\layout Description +4.5.3 +Finishing Your Paper +\layout Description +4.5.4 +Comments On Specific Commands +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.4.1 +Things that work as expected +\layout Description +4.5.4.2 +Things that work, but require more comment +\layout Description +4.5.4.3 +Things not implemented, use ERT +\layout Description +4.5.4.4 +Things that cannot be implemented +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5 +FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5.1 +Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate +\layout Description +4.5.5.2 +LaTeX error processing a table +\layout Description +4.5.5.3 +References + + +\layout Description +4.5.5.4 +Including EPS files +\layout Description +4.5.5.5 +Things I could have done, but didn't +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.6 +Final Caveat +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.6 +ijmpd +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.6.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.6.2 +Writing a paper +\layout Description +4.6.3 +Preparing a paper for submission +\layout Description +4.6.4 +Use of ERT +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.7 +Kluwer +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.7.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.7.2 +Writing a paper +\layout Description +4.7.3 +Preparing a paper for submission +\layout Description +4.7.4 + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Peculiarities +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + of the Kluwer package + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.8 +Koma-Script +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.8.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.8.2 +article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.3 +letter (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.4 +The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) +\layout Description +4.8.5 +Problems +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.9 +Springer Journals ( +\family sans +svjour +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.9.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.9.2 +New styles +\layout Description +4.9.3 +Supported journals +\layout Description +4.9.4 +Credits +\layout Description +4.9.5 +Bugs +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.10 +AGU journals ( +\family sans +aguplus +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.10.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.10.2 +New styles +\layout Description +4.10.3 +New floats +\layout Description +4.10.4 +Supported journals +\layout Description +4.10.5 +Bugs and things to remember +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.11 +EGS journals ( +\family sans +egs +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.11.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.11.2 +New styles +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12 +Slides [aka +\noun on +Sli +\noun default +TeX] + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.12.2 +Getting Started + + +\layout Description +4.12.3 +Paragraph Environments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.3.1 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.12.3.2 +Quirks of the New Environments + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4 +Making a Presentation with +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, +\family sans + Overlay +\family default + and +\family sans +Note +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4.1 +Using the +\family sans +Slide +\family default + Environment +\layout Description +4.12.4.2 +Using +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + with +\family sans +Slide +\layout Description +4.12.4.3 +Using +\family sans +Note +\family default + with +\family sans +Slide +\family default + + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.5 +The +\family sans +slides +\family default + Class Template File +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13 +Foils [aka +\family sans +Foil +\family default +\noun on +TeX +\noun default +] + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.13.2 +Getting Started +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.2.1 +Extra Options +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.3 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.13.4 +Building a Set of Foils +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.4.1 +Give It a Title Page +\layout Description +4.13.4.2 +Start a New Foil +\layout Description +4.13.4.3 +Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more +\layout Description +4.13.4.4 +Lists +\layout Description +4.13.4.5 +Figures and Tables +\layout Description +4.13.4.6 +Page Headers and Footers + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5 +Unsupported +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX Goodies + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5.1 +Lengths +\layout Description +4.13.5.2 +Headers and Footers +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.14 +Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.14.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.14.2 +Getting Started +\layout Description +4.14.3 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.14.4 +Differences Between Screen and Paper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.15 +Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.15.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.15.2 +Special problems +\layout Description +4.15.3 +Special features +\layout Description +4.15.4 +Paper size and Margins +\layout Description +4.15.5 +Environments +\layout Description +4.15.6 +Script jargon +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.16 +Broadway +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.16.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.16.2 +Special problems +\layout Description +4.16.3 +Special features +\layout Description +4.16.4 +Paper size and Margins +\layout Description +4.16.5 +Environments +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.17 +RevTeX4 +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.17.1 +Installation +\layout Description +4.17.2 +Preamble Matter +\layout Description +4.17.3 +Layouts +\layout Description +4.17.4 +Important Notes +\layout Description +4.17.5 +Drawbacks +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.18 +Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) + + +\layout Description +4.19 +Elsevier Journals +\layout Description +4.20 +Memoir +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.20.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.20.2 +Basic features and restrictions +\layout Description +4.20.3 +Extra features +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Considerations +\layout Description +5.2 +Importing Other Formats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.2.2 +ASCII Text +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Noweb +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Exporting Other Formats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.3.2 +Device Independent Files +\layout Description +5.3.3 +PostScript® +\layout Description +5.3.4 +ASCII text +\layout Description +5.3.5 +HTML +\layout Description +5.3.6 +PDF +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.6.1 +Use pdfLaTeX +\layout Description +5.3.6.2 +Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader? + + + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.3 +Why doesn't the +\backslash +boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex? + + + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.4 +Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running + pdfLaTeX? + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.5 +How can I make URLs clickable ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.7 +Custom +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +The Complete reLyX Description + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.1 +Synopsis +\layout Description +5.4.2 +Options +\layout Description +5.4.3 +Description +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.3.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +5.4.3.2 +Usage +\layout Description +5.4.3.3 +What reLyX Can Handle +\layout Description +5.4.3.4 +What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK +\layout Description +5.4.3.5 +What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~ +k.\SpecialChar ~ +a. + BUGS + + +\layout Description +5.4.3.6 +What LyX Can't Handle +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.4 +Examples +\layout Description +5.4.5 +Notes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.5.1 +Bug Reports + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.2 +Implementation Details: +\layout Description +5.4.5.3 +Layout Files +\layout Description +5.4.5.4 +Syntax Files + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.5 +Miscellaneous +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.6 +Diagnostics +\layout Description +5.4.7 +Warnings +\layout Description +5.4.8 +Files +\layout Description +5.4.9 +See also +\layout Description +5.4.10 +Authors +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +LyX Features needing Extra Software +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.1 +Overview +\layout Description +6.1.2 +Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.2.1 +Getting started +\layout Description +6.1.2.2 +Output from LinuxDoc +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3 +Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3.1 +The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document +\layout Description +6.1.3.2 +The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments +\layout Description +6.1.3.3 +Other document features +\layout Description +6.1.3.4 +Cross references and HTML +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.4 +Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts + + +\layout Description +6.1.5 +Troubleshooting LinuxDoc +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.2 +Checking TeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.2.2 +How to use it +\layout Description +6.2.3 +How to fine tune it +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Version Control in LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.3.2 +RCS commands in LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.2.1 + +\family sans +Register +\layout Description +6.3.2.2 + +\family sans +Check In Changes +\layout Description +6.3.2.3 + +\family sans +Check Out For Edit +\layout Description +6.3.2.4 + +\family sans +Revert To Last Version +\layout Description +6.3.2.5 + +\family sans +Undo Last Checkin +\layout Description +6.3.2.6 + +\family sans +Show History +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4 +Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.4.2 +Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.2.1 +References +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3 +LyX and Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3.1 +Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) +\layout Description +6.4.3.2 +Configuring LyX +\layout Description +6.4.3.3 +Debug extensions +\layout Description +6.4.3.4 +Toolbar extensions +\layout Description +6.4.3.5 +Colors customization +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Secrets of the LaTeX Masters + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1.1 +Footnotes +\layout Description +7.1.2 +Margin Notes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.2 +Multiple Columns +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.1 +Purpose +\layout Description +7.2.2 +Limitations +\layout Description +7.2.3 +Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.3.1 +Two columns +\layout Description +7.2.3.2 +Multiple columns +\layout Description +7.2.3.3 +Columns inside columns +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.3 +Numbering in the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + Paragraph Environment + + +\layout Description +7.4 +Extra Space Between Table Rows +\layout Description +7.5 +Dropped Capitals +\layout Description +7.6 +Non-standard Paragraph Shapes +\layout Description +7.7 +Summary +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2 +LyX configuration files +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +What's in +\family typewriter +LyXDir +\family default +? +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1.1 +Automatically generated files +\layout Description +2.1.2 +Directories +\layout Description +2.1.3 +Files you don't want to modify +\layout Description +2.1.4 +Other files needing a line or two... +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.2 +Your local configuration directory +\layout Description +2.3 +Running LyX with multiple configurations +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +The +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +references +\family default + dialog +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Using the dialog for the first time +\layout Description +3.2 +On-screen fonts +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +DPI setting and Font Zoom +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Font definition commands +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Font encoding +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Bindings + + +\layout Description +3.4 +User Interface + + +\layout Description +3.5 +Converters, Formats and Viewers +\layout Description +3.6 +ASCII export options +\layout Description +3.7 +Printer +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.1 +Changing Colors +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.8 +The autodetected settings +\layout Description +3.9 +The rest +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Internationalizing LyX + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Selecting an alternative language for the user interface +\layout Description +4.2 +Translating LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.2.1 +Translating the graphical user interface (text messages). +\layout Description +4.2.2 +Translating the documentation. +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.3 +International Keyboard Support +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1 +Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.4 +International Keymap Stuff + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +The .kmap File +\layout Description +4.4.2 +The .cdef File +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Dead Keys +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Saving your Language Configuration +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates + + + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Installing a new LaTeX package +\layout Description +5.2 +Layouts +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +Supporting new document classes +\layout Description +5.2.2 +A layout for an +\family sans +sty +\family default + file +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Layout for a +\family sans +cls +\family default + file +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Declaring a new text class +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +General text class parameters +\layout Description +5.3.2 + +\family typewriter +ClassOptions +\family default + section +\layout Description +5.3.3 +Specific Paragraph Layouts +\layout Description +5.3.4 +Floats +\layout Description +5.3.5 +Counters +\layout Description +5.3.6 +Font description +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +Creating Templates + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Including External Material +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Background +\layout Description +6.2 +How does it work? +\layout Description +6.3 +The external material dialog +\layout Description +6.4 +Examples +\layout Description +6.5 +The external template configuration file +\layout Description +6.6 +The substitution mechanism +\layout Description +6.7 +Security discussion +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +The LyX Server +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +7.2 +Starting the LyX Server +\layout Description +7.3 +Normal communication +\layout Description +7.4 +Notification +\layout Description +7.5 +The simple LyX Server Protocol +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 \start_of_appendix +Bindings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.1 +Toolbar +\layout Description +8.2 +Menu +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.1 +File +\layout Description +8.2.2 +Edit +\layout Description +8.2.3 +Insert +\layout Description +8.2.4 +Layout +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.4.1 +L +\family sans +ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Character +\family default + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.5 +View +\layout Description +8.2.6 +Navigate +\layout Description +8.2.7 +Help +\layout Description +8.2.8 +Paragraph Style +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8.3 +Keyboard +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.3.1 +Specific to +\family typewriter +emacs.bind +\layout Description +8.3.2 +Specific to +\family typewriter +cua.bind +\layout Description +8.3.3 +Specific to +\family typewriter +sciword.bind +\layout Description +8.3.4 +Standard math bindings +\layout Description +8.3.5 +Other Accelerators +\end_deeper +\end_deeper + +\the_end diff --git a/lib/doc/sl_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/sl_TOC.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c9c288dbf3 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/sl_TOC.lyx @@ -0,0 +1,2535 @@ +#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 221 +\textclass article +\options dvips +\language slovene +\inputencoding latin2 +\fontscheme default +\graphics dvips +\paperfontsize default +\spacing single +\papersize a4paper +\paperpackage a4 +\use_geometry 1 +\use_amsmath 0 +\use_natbib 0 +\use_numerical_citations 0 +\paperorientation portrait +\headsep 0pt +\footskip 0pt +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation skip +\defskip medskip +\quotes_language german +\quotes_times 2 +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 1 +\paperpagestyle default + +\layout Title + +Kazalo dokumentacije LyXa +\layout Section* + +Uvod v LyX +\newline +ali +\newline +Kako uporabljati dokumentacijo! +\layout Description +1 +Pot po dokumentaciji +\layout Description +2 +Oblika priroènikov +\layout Description +3 +Priroèniki +\layout Description +4 + + +Prispevki k dokumentacijskem projektu +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Poroèanje o napakah v priroènikih +\layout Description +4.2 +Pridru¾itev dokumentacijski skupini +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers +\newline +Version 0.3.7 +\layout Description +1 +Introduction and General Information +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +What is LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +That's fine, but is it useful? +\layout Description +1.3 +Where do I start? +\layout Description +1.4 +Does LyX run on my computer? +\layout Description +1.5 +How much hard disk space does LyX need? +\layout Description +1.6 +Is LyX really Open Source? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Internet Resources +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff? +\layout Description +2.2 +Where can I get LyX material by FTP? +\layout Description +2.3 +What mailing lists are there? +\layout Description +2.4 +Are the mailing lists archived anywhere? +\layout Description +2.5 +Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Compatibility with other word/document processors +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Can I read/write LaTeX files? +\layout Description +3.2 +Can I read/write Word files? +\layout Description +3.3 +Can I read/write HTML files? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Obtaining and Compiling LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +What do I need? +\layout Description +4.2 +How do I compile it? +\layout Description +4.3 +I hate compiling. + Where are precompiled binaries? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)? +\layout Description +5.2 +How do I enter Evil Red Text? +\layout Description +5.3 +The new ERT inset is really inconvenient ! +\layout Description +5.4 +Is there an alternative? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Questions Related to Using LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +General questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.1 +How do I get rid of the date under the title? +\layout Description +6.1.2 +How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \- +Enumerate/\SpecialChar \- +Description list environment +? +\layout Description +6.1.3 +How do I number equations by section? +\layout Description +6.1.4 +Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well? +\layout Description +6.1.5 +How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)? +\layout Description +6.1.6 +How do I kill widows and orphans? +\layout Description +6.1.7 +How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g. + 1. + a)? +\layout Description +6.1.8 +How do I count words in LyX? +\layout Description +6.1.9 +How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space? +\layout Description +6.1.10 +How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6 +]? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.2 +Figure related questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +What is the difference between a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +figure +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +figure float +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +? +\layout Description +6.2.2 +How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it? +\layout Description +6.2.3 +What does +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Too many unprocessed floats +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + mean? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Math related questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation? +\layout Description +6.3.2 +How do I make a cube root (or higher)? +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Questions Related to Running LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line? +\layout Description +7.2 +How do I create PDF files from my LyX document? +\layout Description +7.3 +Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in +\family typewriter +acroread +\family default + ? +\layout Description +7.4 +Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline + figures properly? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 +Questions Related to LyX on Windows +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.1 +Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +9 +How to get further assistance +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +9.1 +You still haven't answered my question! +\layout Description +9.2 +I want to mail someone about my problem. + +\layout Description +9.3 +What to put in a request for help. +\end_deeper +\layout Description +10 +Administrative information and acknowledgments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +10.1 +Feedback is invited. + +\layout Description +10.2 +Formats in which this FAQ is available. + +\layout Description +10.3 +Authorship and acknowledgments. +\layout Description +10.4 +Disclaimer and Copyright. + +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +Uèbenik LyXa +\layout Description +1 +Uvod +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +Dobrodo¹li v LyX! +\layout Description +1.2 +Kaj +\emph on +je +\emph default + Uèbenik in kaj +\emph on +ni +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.1 +Kar najbolj izkoristite Uèbenik +\layout Description +1.2.2 +Naslednjega +\emph on +ne boste +\emph default + na¹li: +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.3 +Kaj je LyX? + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.3.1 +Pregled +\layout Description +1.3.2 +Razlike med LyXom in urejevalniki besedil + + +\layout Description +1.3.3 +Kaj, zaboga, +\emph on +je +\emph default + LaTeX? +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Prvi koraki v LyXu +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Va¹ prvi sestavek v LyXu +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1.1 +Tipkanje, pregledovanje in tiskanje +\layout Description +2.1.2 +Preproste operacije +\layout Description +2.1.3 +WYSIWYM: Nevidni znaki v LyXu +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.2 +Okolja +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.2.1 +Razdelki in podrazdelki +\layout Description +2.2.2 +Seznami in podseznami +\layout Description +2.2.3 +Druga okolja: verzi, citati in ¹e veè +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Pisanje spisov +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Razredi besedil in vzorci: pisanje pisem +\layout Description +3.2 +Vzorci: pisanje pisma +\layout Description +3.3 +Naslovi spisov +\layout Description +3.4 +Oznake in navzkri¾na sklicevanja +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.1 +Va¹a prva oznaka +\layout Description +3.4.2 +Va¹i prvi navzkri¾ni sklici +\layout Description +3.4.3 +©e veè zabave z oznakami +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.5 +Opombe v nogi in na robu +\layout Description +3.6 +Bibliografije +\layout Description +3.7 +Kazalo vsebine +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Uporaba matematike +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Matematièni naèin +\layout Description +4.2 +Plovba po enaèbi +\layout Description +4.3 +Eksponenti in indeksi +\layout Description +4.4 + +\family sans +Matematièna plo¹èa +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Gr¹ke èrke in simboli +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Kvadratni koreni, poudarki in oklepaji +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Ulomki +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Naèin TeX: Limite, log, sin in drugi +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Matrike +\layout Description +4.4.6 +Prikazni naèin +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +Veèvrstiène enaèbe +\layout Description +4.6 +©e veè matematike +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Razno +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Druge poglavitne odlike LyXa +\layout Description +5.2 +LyX za uporabnike LaTeXa +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +Naèin TeX +\layout Description +5.2.2 +Uvoz spisov v LaTeXu -- +\family typewriter +reLyX +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Prevajanje spisov v LyXa v LaTeX +\layout Description +5.2.4 +Vzglavje LaTeXa +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.4.1 +Razred spisa +\layout Description +5.2.4.2 +Drugo v vzglavju +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.5 +BibTeX +\layout Description +5.2.6 +Razno +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Napake! +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +The LyX User's Guide +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +What is LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +Getting Started +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.1 +Invoking LyX +\layout Description +1.2.2 +How LyX Looks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.2.1 +The Main Window +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.3 +HELP! +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.3 +The LyX Interface +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.3.1 +Basic File Operations +\layout Description +1.3.2 +Basic Editing Features +\layout Description +1.3.3 +Undo and Redo +\layout Description +1.3.4 +Basic Mouse Bindings +\layout Description +1.3.5 +Basic Key Bindings +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.4 +Using LyX with Other Programs +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.4.1 +Importing ASCII files +\layout Description +1.4.2 +Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +LyX Setup and Supporting Applications +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2.2 +Basic LyX Setup +\layout Description +2.3 +Setting Up the X Keyboard +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.1 + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\family default + and +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.1.1 + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\layout Description +2.3.1.2 + +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.2 +Modifiers and Mode_switch +\layout Description +2.3.3 +Helpful Hints and Tips +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.4 +LaTeX +\layout Description +2.5 +Dvips and Ghostscript +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.1 +What You Need +\layout Description +2.5.2 +Dvips +\layout Description +2.5.3 +Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.6 +The Printer +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +LyX Basics +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Document Types +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.1.2 + + +The Various Document Classes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.2.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.1.2.2 +Selecting a Class +\layout Description +3.1.2.3 +Properties +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.3 +Fine-tuning the Defaults +\layout Description +3.1.4 +Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins +\layout Description +3.1.5 +Important Note: +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.2 +Paragraph Indentation and Separation +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Global Indentation Method +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Fine-Tuning +\layout Description +3.2.4 +Changing Line Spacing +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Paragraph Environments + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.3.2 +Standard +\layout Description +3.3.3 +Document Titles +\layout Description +3.3.4 +Headings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.4.1 +Numbered Headings +\layout Description +3.3.4.2 +Unnumbered Headings +\layout Description +3.3.4.3 +Changing the Numbering + + +\layout Description +3.3.4.4 +Special Information +\layout Description +3.3.4.5 +Creating an Appendix +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5 +Quotes and Poetry +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5.1 + +\family sans +Quote +\family default + and +\family sans +Quotation +\layout Description +3.3.5.2 + +\family sans +Verse +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6 +Lists +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6.1 +General Features +\layout Description +3.3.6.2 + +\family sans +Itemize +\layout Description +3.3.6.3 + +\family sans +Enumerate +\layout Description +3.3.6.4 + +\family sans +Description +\layout Description +3.3.6.5 +The LyX +\family sans +List +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7 +Letters +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7.1 + +\family sans +Address +\family default + and +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default +: An Overview +\layout Description +3.3.7.2 +Usage +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8 +Academic Writing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8.1 + +\family sans +Abstract +\layout Description +3.3.8.2 + +\family sans +Bibliography +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9 +Special Purpose +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9.1 + +\family sans +Caption +\layout Description +3.3.9.2 + +\family sans +LyX-Code +\layout Description +3.3.9.3 +Comment +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Nesting Environments + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.1 +The Big Deal +\layout Description +3.4.2 +What You Can and Can't Nest +\layout Description +3.4.3 +Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. +\layout Description +3.4.4 +Usage and General Features +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.4.1 +Nesting limits +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5 +Some Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5.1 +Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting +\layout Description +3.4.5.2 +Example #2: Inheritance +\layout Description +3.4.5.3 +Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + and +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + Environments. +\layout Description +3.4.5.4 +Example #4: Going Bonkers +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.5 +Fonts and Text Styles +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.5.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.5.2 +Global Options +\layout Description +3.5.3 +Using Different Character Styles +\layout Description +3.5.4 +Fine-Tuning with the +\family sans +Character Layout +\family default + dialog +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.6 +Printing and Previewing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.6.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.6.2 +Quick Viewing with +\family typewriter +xdvi +\layout Description +3.6.3 +Viewing the PostScript® Version with +\family typewriter +ghostview +\layout Description +3.6.4 +Printing the File +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7 +A Few Words about Typography +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.1 +Hyphens and Hyphenation +\layout Description +3.7.2 +Punctuation Marks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.2.1 +Abbreviations and End of Sentence +\layout Description +3.7.2.2 +Quotes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.3 +Ligatures +\layout Description +3.7.4 +Widows and Orphans +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Footnotes +\layout Description +4.2 +Margin Notes +\layout Description +4.3 +Figures and Imported Graphics +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1 +Figure Floats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1.1 +Using Figure Floats +\layout Description +4.3.1.2 +Float Placement +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.2 + +\family typewriter +XFig +\family default + and LyX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.4 +Tables +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +The Table dialog +\layout Description +4.4.2 +What can be placed inside a table cell? +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Cut & Paste in Tables +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Multiple lines in cells +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Table Floats +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +Table of Contents and other Listings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +The Table of Contents +\layout Description +4.5.2 +List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Mathematical Formulae +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Basic Math Editing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1.1 +Navigating a Formula +\layout Description +5.1.2 +Selecting Text +\layout Description +5.1.3 +Exponents and Subscripts +\layout Description +5.1.4 +Fractions +\layout Description +5.1.5 +Sums and Integrals +\layout Description +5.1.6 +The Math Panel +\layout Description +5.1.7 +Other Math Symbols +\layout Description +5.1.8 +Altering spacing +\layout Description +5.1.9 +Math functions +\layout Description +5.1.10 +Accents +\layout Description +5.1.11 +The math editor for LaTeX users +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.2 +Brackets and decorations +\layout Description +5.3 +Grouping +\layout Description +5.4 +Arrays and Multi-line Equations +\layout Description +5.5 +Equation Numbering and Labels +\layout Description +5.6 +User defined macros in math mode +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.6.1 +Directions on using macros +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.6.1.1 +How to create them +\layout Description +5.6.1.2 +How to navigate +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.7 +Fine-Tuning +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.7.1 +Typefaces +\layout Description +5.7.2 +Math Text Mode +\layout Description +5.7.3 +Font Sizes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.8 +AMS LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.8.1 +Enabling AMS Support +\layout Description +5.8.2 +AMS Symbols +\layout Description +5.8.3 +AMS Formula Types +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +More Tools +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Cross-References +\layout Description +6.2 +URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) +\layout Description +6.3 +Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments + + +\layout Description +6.4 +Spacing, pagination and line breaks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 +Extra Horizontal Space +\layout Description +6.4.2 +Extra Vertical Space +\layout Description +6.4.3 +Changing Paragraph Alignment +\layout Description +6.4.4 +Forcing Page Breaks +\layout Description +6.4.5 +Protected blanks +\layout Description +6.4.6 +Line breaking +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.5 +Spellchecking +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.1 +Spellchecker Options +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.1.1 +Dictionary +\layout Description +6.5.1.2 +Personal dictionary +\layout Description +6.5.1.3 +Further Options +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.2 +Limitations +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.6 +International Support +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.6.1 +Language Options +\layout Description +6.6.2 +Keyboard mapping configuration +\layout Description +6.6.3 +Character Tables +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Credits +\layout Section* + +Extended LyX Features +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2 +LyX and LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +How LyX Uses LaTeX +\layout Description +2.2 + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Help! LyX generated an unreadable +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + file! +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +2.3 +Translating LaTeX files into LyX +\layout Description +2.4 +Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents + + +\layout Description +2.5 +LyX and the LaTeX Preamble +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.1 +About the LaTeX Preamble +\layout Description +2.5.2 +Changing the Preamble +\layout Description +2.5.3 +Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.3.1 +Example #1: Offsets +\layout Description +2.5.3.2 +Example #2: Labels +\layout Description +2.5.3.3 +Example #3: Paragraph Indentation +\layout Description +2.5.3.4 +Example #4: This Document +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.6 +LyX and LaTeX Errors +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Supplemental Tools +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX +\layout Description +3.2 +Making an Index +\layout Description +3.3 +Multipart Documents +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +General Operation +\layout Description +3.3.2 +Cross-References Between Files +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Algorithms +\layout Description +3.5 +Subfigures +\layout Description +3.6 +Fancy Headers and Footers +\layout Description +3.7 +Minipages +\layout Description +3.8 +Wrapping Text Around Figures + + +\layout Description +3.9 +Extra Table Options +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.9.1 +Removing Extra Column Space +\layout Description +3.9.2 +Changing the Column Separator Character +\layout Description +3.9.3 +Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column +\layout Description +3.9.4 +A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.10 +Itemize Bullet Selection + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.10.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.10.2 +How it looks +\layout Description +3.10.3 +How to use it +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Special Document Classes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +AMS LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1.1 +What these layouts provide +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.2 +Dinbrief +\layout Description +4.3 +Paper +\layout Description +4.4 +A&A Paper +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Getting started +\layout Description +4.4.3 +The header block +\layout Description +4.4.4 +The abstract +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Supported environments +\layout Description +4.4.6 +Commands not supported by LyX +\layout Description +4.4.7 +Figure and Table Floats +\layout Description +4.4.8 +Referee layout +\layout Description +4.4.9 +The example paper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +AASTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.5.2 +Starting a New Paper +\layout Description +4.5.3 +Finishing Your Paper +\layout Description +4.5.4 +Comments On Specific Commands +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.4.1 +Things that work as expected +\layout Description +4.5.4.2 +Things that work, but require more comment +\layout Description +4.5.4.3 +Things not implemented, use ERT +\layout Description +4.5.4.4 +Things that cannot be implemented +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5 +FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5.1 +Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate +\layout Description +4.5.5.2 +LaTeX error processing a table +\layout Description +4.5.5.3 +References + + +\layout Description +4.5.5.4 +Including EPS files +\layout Description +4.5.5.5 +Things I could have done, but didn't +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.6 +Final Caveat +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.6 +ijmpd +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.6.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.6.2 +Writing a paper +\layout Description +4.6.3 +Preparing a paper for submission +\layout Description +4.6.4 +Use of ERT +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.7 +Kluwer +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.7.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.7.2 +Writing a paper +\layout Description +4.7.3 +Preparing a paper for submission +\layout Description +4.7.4 + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Peculiarities +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + of the Kluwer package + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.8 +Koma-Script +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.8.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.8.2 +article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.3 +letter (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.4 +The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) +\layout Description +4.8.5 +Problems +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.9 +Springer Journals ( +\family sans +svjour +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.9.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.9.2 +New styles +\layout Description +4.9.3 +Supported journals +\layout Description +4.9.4 +Credits +\layout Description +4.9.5 +Bugs +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.10 +AGU journals ( +\family sans +aguplus +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.10.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.10.2 +New styles +\layout Description +4.10.3 +New floats +\layout Description +4.10.4 +Supported journals +\layout Description +4.10.5 +Bugs and things to remember +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.11 +EGS journals ( +\family sans +egs +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.11.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.11.2 +New styles +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12 +Slides [aka +\noun on +Sli +\noun default +TeX] + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.12.2 +Getting Started + + +\layout Description +4.12.3 +Paragraph Environments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.3.1 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.12.3.2 +Quirks of the New Environments + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4 +Making a Presentation with +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, +\family sans + Overlay +\family default + and +\family sans +Note +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4.1 +Using the +\family sans +Slide +\family default + Environment +\layout Description +4.12.4.2 +Using +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + with +\family sans +Slide +\layout Description +4.12.4.3 +Using +\family sans +Note +\family default + with +\family sans +Slide +\family default + + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.5 +The +\family sans +slides +\family default + Class Template File +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13 +Foils [aka +\family sans +Foil +\family default +\noun on +TeX +\noun default +] + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.13.2 +Getting Started +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.2.1 +Extra Options +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.3 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.13.4 +Building a Set of Foils +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.4.1 +Give It a Title Page +\layout Description +4.13.4.2 +Start a New Foil +\layout Description +4.13.4.3 +Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more +\layout Description +4.13.4.4 +Lists +\layout Description +4.13.4.5 +Figures and Tables +\layout Description +4.13.4.6 +Page Headers and Footers + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5 +Unsupported +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX Goodies + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5.1 +Lengths +\layout Description +4.13.5.2 +Headers and Footers +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.14 +Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.14.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.14.2 +Getting Started +\layout Description +4.14.3 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.14.4 +Differences Between Screen and Paper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.15 +Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.15.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.15.2 +Special problems +\layout Description +4.15.3 +Special features +\layout Description +4.15.4 +Paper size and Margins +\layout Description +4.15.5 +Environments +\layout Description +4.15.6 +Script jargon +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.16 +Broadway +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.16.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.16.2 +Special problems +\layout Description +4.16.3 +Special features +\layout Description +4.16.4 +Paper size and Margins +\layout Description +4.16.5 +Environments +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.17 +RevTeX4 +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.17.1 +Installation +\layout Description +4.17.2 +Preamble Matter +\layout Description +4.17.3 +Layouts +\layout Description +4.17.4 +Important Notes +\layout Description +4.17.5 +Drawbacks +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.18 +Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) + + +\layout Description +4.19 +Elsevier Journals +\layout Description +4.20 +Memoir +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.20.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.20.2 +Basic features and restrictions +\layout Description +4.20.3 +Extra features +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Considerations +\layout Description +5.2 +Importing Other Formats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.2.2 +ASCII Text +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Noweb +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Exporting Other Formats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.3.2 +Device Independent Files +\layout Description +5.3.3 +PostScript® +\layout Description +5.3.4 +ASCII text +\layout Description +5.3.5 +HTML +\layout Description +5.3.6 +PDF +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.6.1 +Use pdfLaTeX +\layout Description +5.3.6.2 +Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader? + + + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.3 +Why doesn't the +\backslash +boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex? + + + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.4 +Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running + pdfLaTeX? + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.5 +How can I make URLs clickable ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.7 +Custom +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +The Complete reLyX Description + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.1 +Synopsis +\layout Description +5.4.2 +Options +\layout Description +5.4.3 +Description +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.3.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +5.4.3.2 +Usage +\layout Description +5.4.3.3 +What reLyX Can Handle +\layout Description +5.4.3.4 +What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK +\layout Description +5.4.3.5 +What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~ +k.\SpecialChar ~ +a. + BUGS + + +\layout Description +5.4.3.6 +What LyX Can't Handle +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.4 +Examples +\layout Description +5.4.5 +Notes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.5.1 +Bug Reports + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.2 +Implementation Details: +\layout Description +5.4.5.3 +Layout Files +\layout Description +5.4.5.4 +Syntax Files + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.5 +Miscellaneous +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.6 +Diagnostics +\layout Description +5.4.7 +Warnings +\layout Description +5.4.8 +Files +\layout Description +5.4.9 +See also +\layout Description +5.4.10 +Authors +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +LyX Features needing Extra Software +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.1 +Overview +\layout Description +6.1.2 +Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.2.1 +Getting started +\layout Description +6.1.2.2 +Output from LinuxDoc +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3 +Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3.1 +The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document +\layout Description +6.1.3.2 +The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments +\layout Description +6.1.3.3 +Other document features +\layout Description +6.1.3.4 +Cross references and HTML +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.4 +Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts + + +\layout Description +6.1.5 +Troubleshooting LinuxDoc +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.2 +Checking TeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.2.2 +How to use it +\layout Description +6.2.3 +How to fine tune it +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Version Control in LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.3.2 +RCS commands in LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.2.1 + +\family sans +Register +\layout Description +6.3.2.2 + +\family sans +Check In Changes +\layout Description +6.3.2.3 + +\family sans +Check Out For Edit +\layout Description +6.3.2.4 + +\family sans +Revert To Last Version +\layout Description +6.3.2.5 + +\family sans +Undo Last Checkin +\layout Description +6.3.2.6 + +\family sans +Show History +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4 +Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.4.2 +Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.2.1 +References +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3 +LyX and Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3.1 +Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) +\layout Description +6.4.3.2 +Configuring LyX +\layout Description +6.4.3.3 +Debug extensions +\layout Description +6.4.3.4 +Toolbar extensions +\layout Description +6.4.3.5 +Colors customization +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Secrets of the LaTeX Masters + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1.1 +Footnotes +\layout Description +7.1.2 +Margin Notes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.2 +Multiple Columns +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.1 +Purpose +\layout Description +7.2.2 +Limitations +\layout Description +7.2.3 +Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.3.1 +Two columns +\layout Description +7.2.3.2 +Multiple columns +\layout Description +7.2.3.3 +Columns inside columns +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.3 +Numbering in the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + Paragraph Environment + + +\layout Description +7.4 +Extra Space Between Table Rows +\layout Description +7.5 +Dropped Capitals +\layout Description +7.6 +Non-standard Paragraph Shapes +\layout Description +7.7 +Summary +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2 +LyX configuration files +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +What's in +\family typewriter +LyXDir +\family default +? +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1.1 +Automatically generated files +\layout Description +2.1.2 +Directories +\layout Description +2.1.3 +Files you don't want to modify +\layout Description +2.1.4 +Other files needing a line or two... +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.2 +Your local configuration directory +\layout Description +2.3 +Running LyX with multiple configurations +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +The +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +references +\family default + dialog +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Using the dialog for the first time +\layout Description +3.2 +On-screen fonts +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +DPI setting and Font Zoom +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Font definition commands +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Font encoding +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Bindings + + +\layout Description +3.4 +User Interface + + +\layout Description +3.5 +Converters, Formats and Viewers +\layout Description +3.6 +ASCII export options +\layout Description +3.7 +Printer +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.1 +Changing Colors +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.8 +The autodetected settings +\layout Description +3.9 +The rest +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Internationalizing LyX + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Selecting an alternative language for the user interface +\layout Description +4.2 +Translating LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.2.1 +Translating the graphical user interface (text messages). +\layout Description +4.2.2 +Translating the documentation. +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.3 +International Keyboard Support +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1 +Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.4 +International Keymap Stuff + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +The .kmap File +\layout Description +4.4.2 +The .cdef File +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Dead Keys +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Saving your Language Configuration +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates + + + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Installing a new LaTeX package +\layout Description +5.2 +Layouts +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +Supporting new document classes +\layout Description +5.2.2 +A layout for an +\family sans +sty +\family default + file +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Layout for a +\family sans +cls +\family default + file +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Declaring a new text class +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +General text class parameters +\layout Description +5.3.2 + +\family typewriter +ClassOptions +\family default + section +\layout Description +5.3.3 +Specific Paragraph Layouts +\layout Description +5.3.4 +Floats +\layout Description +5.3.5 +Counters +\layout Description +5.3.6 +Font description +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +Creating Templates + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Including External Material +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Background +\layout Description +6.2 +How does it work? +\layout Description +6.3 +The external material dialog +\layout Description +6.4 +Examples +\layout Description +6.5 +The external template configuration file +\layout Description +6.6 +The substitution mechanism +\layout Description +6.7 +Security discussion +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +The LyX Server +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +7.2 +Starting the LyX Server +\layout Description +7.3 +Normal communication +\layout Description +7.4 +Notification +\layout Description +7.5 +The simple LyX Server Protocol +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 \start_of_appendix +Bindings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.1 +Toolbar +\layout Description +8.2 +Menu +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.1 +File +\layout Description +8.2.2 +Edit +\layout Description +8.2.3 +Insert +\layout Description +8.2.4 +Layout +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.4.1 +L +\family sans +ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Character +\family default + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.5 +View +\layout Description +8.2.6 +Navigate +\layout Description +8.2.7 +Help +\layout Description +8.2.8 +Paragraph Style +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8.3 +Keyboard +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.3.1 +Specific to +\family typewriter +emacs.bind +\layout Description +8.3.2 +Specific to +\family typewriter +cua.bind +\layout Description +8.3.3 +Specific to +\family typewriter +sciword.bind +\layout Description +8.3.4 +Standard math bindings +\layout Description +8.3.5 +Other Accelerators +\end_deeper +\end_deeper + +\the_end diff --git a/lib/doc/sv_TOC.lyx b/lib/doc/sv_TOC.lyx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..57f8de7965 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/doc/sv_TOC.lyx @@ -0,0 +1,2542 @@ +#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ +\lyxformat 221 +\textclass article +\language english +\inputencoding default +\fontscheme default +\graphics default +\paperfontsize default +\spacing single +\papersize Default +\paperpackage a4 +\use_geometry 0 +\use_amsmath 0 +\use_natbib 0 +\use_numerical_citations 0 +\paperorientation portrait +\secnumdepth 3 +\tocdepth 3 +\paragraph_separation indent +\defskip medskip +\quotes_language english +\quotes_times 2 +\papercolumns 1 +\papersides 1 +\paperpagestyle default + +\layout Title + +LyX Documentation Table of Contents +\layout Section* + +Introduktion till LyX +\newline +eller +\newline +Hur använda dessa manualer! +\layout Description +1 +Att navigera runt i dokumentationen +\layout Description +2 +Formen på manualerna +\layout Description +3 +Manualerna +\layout Description +4 +Att bidra till dokumentationsprojektet +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Rapportera fel +\layout Description +4.2 +Att sätta igång +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Svenska +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Svenska typografiska fackord +\layout Description +5.2 +Svensk typografi +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +LyX Frequently Asked Questions with Answers +\newline +Version 0.3.7 +\layout Description +1 +Introduction and General Information +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +What is LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +That's fine, but is it useful? +\layout Description +1.3 +Where do I start? +\layout Description +1.4 +Does LyX run on my computer? +\layout Description +1.5 +How much hard disk space does LyX need? +\layout Description +1.6 +Is LyX really Open Source? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Internet Resources +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Where should I look on the World Wide Web for LyX stuff? +\layout Description +2.2 +Where can I get LyX material by FTP? +\layout Description +2.3 +What mailing lists are there? +\layout Description +2.4 +Are the mailing lists archived anywhere? +\layout Description +2.5 +Okay, wise guy! Where are they archived? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Compatibility with other word/document processors +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Can I read/write LaTeX files? +\layout Description +3.2 +Can I read/write Word files? +\layout Description +3.3 +Can I read/write HTML files? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Obtaining and Compiling LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +What do I need? +\layout Description +4.2 +How do I compile it? +\layout Description +4.3 +I hate compiling. + Where are precompiled binaries? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Questions about Evil Red Text (IMPORTANT!) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +What is Evil Red Text (aka ERT)? +\layout Description +5.2 +How do I enter Evil Red Text? +\layout Description +5.3 +The new ERT inset is really inconvenient ! +\layout Description +5.4 +Is there an alternative? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Questions Related to Using LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +General questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.1 +How do I get rid of the date under the title? +\layout Description +6.1.2 +How do I change the spacing in an Itemize/\SpecialChar \- +Enumerate/\SpecialChar \- +Description list environment +? +\layout Description +6.1.3 +How do I number equations by section? +\layout Description +6.1.4 +Is it possible to do this for figures and tables as well? +\layout Description +6.1.5 +How do I change to footnote numbers to symbols (star, dagger, etc.)? +\layout Description +6.1.6 +How do I kill widows and orphans? +\layout Description +6.1.7 +How do I get a formatted list which starts with e.g. + 1. + a)? +\layout Description +6.1.8 +How do I count words in LyX? +\layout Description +6.1.9 +How do I insert a fixed amount of horizontal space? +\layout Description +6.1.10 +How can I make citations show up as [1,2,3,6] or [1-3,6] rather than [1][2][3][6 +]? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.2 +Figure related questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +What is the difference between a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +figure +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + and a +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +figure float +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + +? +\layout Description +6.2.2 +How do I get LyX to put the figure exactly where I want it? +\layout Description +6.2.3 +What does +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Too many unprocessed floats +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + mean? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Math related questions +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +How do I put normal text inside a mathematical equation? +\layout Description +6.3.2 +How do I make a cube root (or higher)? +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Questions Related to Running LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +How do I convert LyX files to LaTeX from the command line? +\layout Description +7.2 +How do I create PDF files from my LyX document? +\layout Description +7.3 +Why do the fonts in my document look so bad in +\family typewriter +acroread +\family default + ? +\layout Description +7.4 +Why doesn't my latest and greatest version of Ghostscript render EPS inline + figures properly? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 +Questions Related to LyX on Windows +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.1 +Why do the menus and the toolbar flicker ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +9 +How to get further assistance +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +9.1 +You still haven't answered my question! +\layout Description +9.2 +I want to mail someone about my problem. + +\layout Description +9.3 +What to put in a request for help. +\end_deeper +\layout Description +10 +Administrative information and acknowledgments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +10.1 +Feedback is invited. + +\layout Description +10.2 +Formats in which this FAQ is available. + +\layout Description +10.3 +Authorship and acknowledgments. +\layout Description +10.4 +Disclaimer and Copyright. + +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +Nybörjarkurs i LyX +\layout Description +1 +Introduktion +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +Välkommen till LyX! +\layout Description +1.2 +Om detta dokument +\layout Description +1.3 +Vad nybörjarkursen +\emph on +är +\emph default + och vad den +\emph on +inte +\emph default +är. +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.3.1 +Att få ut mesta möjliga av nybörjarkursen +\layout Description +1.3.2 +Vad du +\emph on +inte +\emph default +hittar: +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.4 +Vad är LyX? + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.4.1 +Överblick +\layout Description +1.4.2 +Skillnader mellan LyX och ordbehandlare +\layout Description +1.4.3 +Vad sjutton är LaTeX? +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +Börja med LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Ditt första dokument +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1.1 +Inmatning, förhandsvisning och utskrift +\layout Description +2.1.2 +Enkla operationer +\layout Description +2.1.3 +WYSIWYM: Tomrum i LyX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.2 +Miljöer +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.2.1 +Avsnitt och underavsnitt +\layout Description +2.2.2 +Listor och underlistor +\layout Description +2.2.3 +Andra miljöer: Vers, Citat och annat +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Att skriva dokument +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Textklasser och mallar: Att skriva brev +\layout Description +3.2 +Mallar: Skriva brev +\layout Description +3.3 +Dokumenttitlar +\layout Description +3.4 +Märken och hänvisningar +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.1 +Ditt första märke +\layout Description +3.4.2 +Din första hänvisning +\layout Description +3.4.3 +Mer kul med märken +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.5 +Fotnoter och anteckningar i marginalen +\layout Description +3.6 +Referenser (Litteraturförteckning) + + +\layout Description +3.7 +Innehållsförteckning +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Matematikredigering +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Matematikläge +\layout Description +4.2 +Markörförflyttningar i matematikläge +\layout Description +4.3 +Exponenter och index +\layout Description +4.4 + +\family sans +Matematikpanelen +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Grekiska tecken och andra symboler +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Kvadratrötter, vektorer och skiljetecken +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Bråk +\layout Description +4.4.4 +TeX-läge: Gränsvärden, log, sin och annat +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Matriser +\layout Description +4.4.6 +Uttryck på egen rad +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +Flerradiga ekvationer +\layout Description +4.6 +Mera matematik +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Smått och gott +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Andra viktiga finesser i LyX +\layout Description +5.2 + + +LyX för LaTeXperter +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +TeX-läge +\layout Description +5.2.2 +Att konvertera LaTeX-dokument till LyX +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Att konvertera LyX-dokument till LaTeX +\layout Description +5.2.4 +LaTeX Preamble +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.4.1 +Dokumentklass +\layout Description +5.2.4.2 +Annat i preamblen +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.5 +BibTeX +\layout Description +5.2.6 +Övrigt +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Fel! +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +The LyX User's Guide +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.1 +What is LyX? +\layout Description +1.2 +Getting Started +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.1 +Invoking LyX +\layout Description +1.2.2 +How LyX Looks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.2.1 +The Main Window +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.2.3 +HELP! +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.3 +The LyX Interface +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.3.1 +Basic File Operations +\layout Description +1.3.2 +Basic Editing Features +\layout Description +1.3.3 +Undo and Redo +\layout Description +1.3.4 +Basic Mouse Bindings +\layout Description +1.3.5 +Basic Key Bindings +\end_deeper +\layout Description +1.4 +Using LyX with Other Programs +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +1.4.1 +Importing ASCII files +\layout Description +1.4.2 +Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2 +LyX Setup and Supporting Applications +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2.2 +Basic LyX Setup +\layout Description +2.3 +Setting Up the X Keyboard +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.1 + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\family default + and +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.1.1 + +\family typewriter +xmodmap +\layout Description +2.3.1.2 + +\family typewriter +xkeycaps +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.3.2 +Modifiers and Mode_switch +\layout Description +2.3.3 +Helpful Hints and Tips +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.4 +LaTeX +\layout Description +2.5 +Dvips and Ghostscript +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.1 +What You Need +\layout Description +2.5.2 +Dvips +\layout Description +2.5.3 +Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.6 +The Printer +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +LyX Basics +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Document Types +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.1.2 + + +The Various Document Classes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.2.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.1.2.2 +Selecting a Class +\layout Description +3.1.2.3 +Properties +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.1.3 +Fine-tuning the Defaults +\layout Description +3.1.4 +Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins +\layout Description +3.1.5 +Important Note: +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.2 +Paragraph Indentation and Separation +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Global Indentation Method +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Fine-Tuning +\layout Description +3.2.4 +Changing Line Spacing +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Paragraph Environments + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.3.2 +Standard +\layout Description +3.3.3 +Document Titles +\layout Description +3.3.4 +Headings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.4.1 +Numbered Headings +\layout Description +3.3.4.2 +Unnumbered Headings +\layout Description +3.3.4.3 +Changing the Numbering + + +\layout Description +3.3.4.4 +Special Information +\layout Description +3.3.4.5 +Creating an Appendix +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5 +Quotes and Poetry +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.5.1 + +\family sans +Quote +\family default + and +\family sans +Quotation +\layout Description +3.3.5.2 + +\family sans +Verse +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6 +Lists +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.6.1 +General Features +\layout Description +3.3.6.2 + +\family sans +Itemize +\layout Description +3.3.6.3 + +\family sans +Enumerate +\layout Description +3.3.6.4 + +\family sans +Description +\layout Description +3.3.6.5 +The LyX +\family sans +List +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7 +Letters +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.7.1 + +\family sans +Address +\family default + and +\family sans +Right\SpecialChar ~ +Address +\family default +: An Overview +\layout Description +3.3.7.2 +Usage +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8 +Academic Writing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.8.1 + +\family sans +Abstract +\layout Description +3.3.8.2 + +\family sans +Bibliography +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9 +Special Purpose +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.9.1 + +\family sans +Caption +\layout Description +3.3.9.2 + +\family sans +LyX-Code +\layout Description +3.3.9.3 +Comment +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Nesting Environments + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.1 +The Big Deal +\layout Description +3.4.2 +What You Can and Can't Nest +\layout Description +3.4.3 +Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc. +\layout Description +3.4.4 +Usage and General Features +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.4.1 +Nesting limits +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5 +Some Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.4.5.1 +Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting +\layout Description +3.4.5.2 +Example #2: Inheritance +\layout Description +3.4.5.3 +Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + and +\family sans +Itemize +\family default + Environments. +\layout Description +3.4.5.4 +Example #4: Going Bonkers +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.5 +Fonts and Text Styles +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.5.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.5.2 +Global Options +\layout Description +3.5.3 +Using Different Character Styles +\layout Description +3.5.4 +Fine-Tuning with the +\family sans +Character Layout +\family default + dialog +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.6 +Printing and Previewing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.6.1 +Overview +\layout Description +3.6.2 +Quick Viewing with +\family typewriter +xdvi +\layout Description +3.6.3 +Viewing the PostScript® Version with +\family typewriter +ghostview +\layout Description +3.6.4 +Printing the File +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7 +A Few Words about Typography +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.1 +Hyphens and Hyphenation +\layout Description +3.7.2 +Punctuation Marks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.2.1 +Abbreviations and End of Sentence +\layout Description +3.7.2.2 +Quotes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.3 +Ligatures +\layout Description +3.7.4 +Widows and Orphans +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Footnotes +\layout Description +4.2 +Margin Notes +\layout Description +4.3 +Figures and Imported Graphics +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1 +Figure Floats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1.1 +Using Figure Floats +\layout Description +4.3.1.2 +Float Placement +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.2 + +\family typewriter +XFig +\family default + and LyX +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.4 +Tables +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +The Table dialog +\layout Description +4.4.2 +What can be placed inside a table cell? +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Cut & Paste in Tables +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Multiple lines in cells +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Table Floats +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +Table of Contents and other Listings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +The Table of Contents +\layout Description +4.5.2 +List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Mathematical Formulae +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Basic Math Editing +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1.1 +Navigating a Formula +\layout Description +5.1.2 +Selecting Text +\layout Description +5.1.3 +Exponents and Subscripts +\layout Description +5.1.4 +Fractions +\layout Description +5.1.5 +Sums and Integrals +\layout Description +5.1.6 +The Math Panel +\layout Description +5.1.7 +Other Math Symbols +\layout Description +5.1.8 +Altering spacing +\layout Description +5.1.9 +Math functions +\layout Description +5.1.10 +Accents +\layout Description +5.1.11 +The math editor for LaTeX users +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.2 +Brackets and decorations +\layout Description +5.3 +Grouping +\layout Description +5.4 +Arrays and Multi-line Equations +\layout Description +5.5 +Equation Numbering and Labels +\layout Description +5.6 +User defined macros in math mode +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.6.1 +Directions on using macros +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.6.1.1 +How to create them +\layout Description +5.6.1.2 +How to navigate +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.7 +Fine-Tuning +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.7.1 +Typefaces +\layout Description +5.7.2 +Math Text Mode +\layout Description +5.7.3 +Font Sizes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.8 +AMS LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.8.1 +Enabling AMS Support +\layout Description +5.8.2 +AMS Symbols +\layout Description +5.8.3 +AMS Formula Types +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +More Tools +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Cross-References +\layout Description +6.2 +URLs (Uniform Resource Locators) +\layout Description +6.3 +Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments + + +\layout Description +6.4 +Spacing, pagination and line breaks +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 +Extra Horizontal Space +\layout Description +6.4.2 +Extra Vertical Space +\layout Description +6.4.3 +Changing Paragraph Alignment +\layout Description +6.4.4 +Forcing Page Breaks +\layout Description +6.4.5 +Protected blanks +\layout Description +6.4.6 +Line breaking +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.5 +Spellchecking +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.1 +Spellchecker Options +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.1.1 +Dictionary +\layout Description +6.5.1.2 +Personal dictionary +\layout Description +6.5.1.3 +Further Options +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.5.2 +Limitations +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.6 +International Support +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.6.1 +Language Options +\layout Description +6.6.2 +Keyboard mapping configuration +\layout Description +6.6.3 +Character Tables +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Credits +\layout Section* + +Extended LyX Features +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2 +LyX and LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +How LyX Uses LaTeX +\layout Description +2.2 + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Help! LyX generated an unreadable +\family typewriter +.tex +\family default + file! +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + +\layout Description +2.3 +Translating LaTeX files into LyX +\layout Description +2.4 +Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents + + +\layout Description +2.5 +LyX and the LaTeX Preamble +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.1 +About the LaTeX Preamble +\layout Description +2.5.2 +Changing the Preamble +\layout Description +2.5.3 +Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.5.3.1 +Example #1: Offsets +\layout Description +2.5.3.2 +Example #2: Labels +\layout Description +2.5.3.3 +Example #3: Paragraph Indentation +\layout Description +2.5.3.4 +Example #4: This Document +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.6 +LyX and LaTeX Errors +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +Supplemental Tools +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX +\layout Description +3.2 +Making an Index +\layout Description +3.3 +Multipart Documents +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.3.1 +General Operation +\layout Description +3.3.2 +Cross-References Between Files +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.4 +Algorithms +\layout Description +3.5 +Subfigures +\layout Description +3.6 +Fancy Headers and Footers +\layout Description +3.7 +Minipages +\layout Description +3.8 +Wrapping Text Around Figures + + +\layout Description +3.9 +Extra Table Options +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.9.1 +Removing Extra Column Space +\layout Description +3.9.2 +Changing the Column Separator Character +\layout Description +3.9.3 +Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column +\layout Description +3.9.4 +A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.10 +Itemize Bullet Selection + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.10.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +3.10.2 +How it looks +\layout Description +3.10.3 +How to use it +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Special Document Classes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +AMS LaTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1.1 +What these layouts provide +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.2 +Dinbrief +\layout Description +4.3 +Paper +\layout Description +4.4 +A&A Paper +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.4.2 +Getting started +\layout Description +4.4.3 +The header block +\layout Description +4.4.4 +The abstract +\layout Description +4.4.5 +Supported environments +\layout Description +4.4.6 +Commands not supported by LyX +\layout Description +4.4.7 +Figure and Table Floats +\layout Description +4.4.8 +Referee layout +\layout Description +4.4.9 +The example paper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5 +AASTeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.5.2 +Starting a New Paper +\layout Description +4.5.3 +Finishing Your Paper +\layout Description +4.5.4 +Comments On Specific Commands +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.4.1 +Things that work as expected +\layout Description +4.5.4.2 +Things that work, but require more comment +\layout Description +4.5.4.3 +Things not implemented, use ERT +\layout Description +4.5.4.4 +Things that cannot be implemented +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5 +FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.5.1 +Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate +\layout Description +4.5.5.2 +LaTeX error processing a table +\layout Description +4.5.5.3 +References + + +\layout Description +4.5.5.4 +Including EPS files +\layout Description +4.5.5.5 +Things I could have done, but didn't +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.5.6 +Final Caveat +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.6 +ijmpd +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.6.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.6.2 +Writing a paper +\layout Description +4.6.3 +Preparing a paper for submission +\layout Description +4.6.4 +Use of ERT +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.7 +Kluwer +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.7.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.7.2 +Writing a paper +\layout Description +4.7.3 +Preparing a paper for submission +\layout Description +4.7.4 + +\begin_inset Quotes eld +\end_inset + +Peculiarities +\begin_inset Quotes erd +\end_inset + + of the Kluwer package + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.8 +Koma-Script +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.8.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.8.2 +article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.3 +letter (koma-script) +\layout Description +4.8.4 +The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) +\layout Description +4.8.5 +Problems +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.9 +Springer Journals ( +\family sans +svjour +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.9.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.9.2 +New styles +\layout Description +4.9.3 +Supported journals +\layout Description +4.9.4 +Credits +\layout Description +4.9.5 +Bugs +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.10 +AGU journals ( +\family sans +aguplus +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.10.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.10.2 +New styles +\layout Description +4.10.3 +New floats +\layout Description +4.10.4 +Supported journals +\layout Description +4.10.5 +Bugs and things to remember +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.11 +EGS journals ( +\family sans +egs +\family default +) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.11.1 +Description +\layout Description +4.11.2 +New styles +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12 +Slides [aka +\noun on +Sli +\noun default +TeX] + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.12.2 +Getting Started + + +\layout Description +4.12.3 +Paragraph Environments +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.3.1 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.12.3.2 +Quirks of the New Environments + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4 +Making a Presentation with +\family sans +Slide +\family default +, +\family sans + Overlay +\family default + and +\family sans +Note +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.4.1 +Using the +\family sans +Slide +\family default + Environment +\layout Description +4.12.4.2 +Using +\family sans +Overlay +\family default + with +\family sans +Slide +\layout Description +4.12.4.3 +Using +\family sans +Note +\family default + with +\family sans +Slide +\family default + + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.12.5 +The +\family sans +slides +\family default + Class Template File +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13 +Foils [aka +\family sans +Foil +\family default +\noun on +TeX +\noun default +] + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.13.2 +Getting Started +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.2.1 +Extra Options +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.3 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.13.4 +Building a Set of Foils +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.4.1 +Give It a Title Page +\layout Description +4.13.4.2 +Start a New Foil +\layout Description +4.13.4.3 +Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more +\layout Description +4.13.4.4 +Lists +\layout Description +4.13.4.5 +Figures and Tables +\layout Description +4.13.4.6 +Page Headers and Footers + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5 +Unsupported +\family sans +Foil +\family default +TeX Goodies + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.13.5.1 +Lengths +\layout Description +4.13.5.2 +Headers and Footers +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.14 +Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.14.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.14.2 +Getting Started +\layout Description +4.14.3 +Supported Environments +\layout Description +4.14.4 +Differences Between Screen and Paper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.15 +Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.15.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.15.2 +Special problems +\layout Description +4.15.3 +Special features +\layout Description +4.15.4 +Paper size and Margins +\layout Description +4.15.5 +Environments +\layout Description +4.15.6 +Script jargon +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.16 +Broadway +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.16.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +4.16.2 +Special problems +\layout Description +4.16.3 +Special features +\layout Description +4.16.4 +Paper size and Margins +\layout Description +4.16.5 +Environments +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.17 +RevTeX4 +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.17.1 +Installation +\layout Description +4.17.2 +Preamble Matter +\layout Description +4.17.3 +Layouts +\layout Description +4.17.4 +Important Notes +\layout Description +4.17.5 +Drawbacks +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.18 +Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) + + +\layout Description +4.19 +Elsevier Journals +\layout Description +4.20 +Memoir +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.20.1 +Overview +\layout Description +4.20.2 +Basic features and restrictions +\layout Description +4.20.3 +Extra features +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Considerations +\layout Description +5.2 +Importing Other Formats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.2.2 +ASCII Text +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Noweb +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Exporting Other Formats +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +LaTeX +\layout Description +5.3.2 +Device Independent Files +\layout Description +5.3.3 +PostScript® +\layout Description +5.3.4 +ASCII text +\layout Description +5.3.5 +HTML +\layout Description +5.3.6 +PDF +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.6.1 +Use pdfLaTeX +\layout Description +5.3.6.2 +Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader? + + + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.3 +Why doesn't the +\backslash +boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex? + + + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.4 +Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running + pdfLaTeX? + + +\layout Description +5.3.6.5 +How can I make URLs clickable ? +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.7 +Custom +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +The Complete reLyX Description + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.1 +Synopsis +\layout Description +5.4.2 +Options +\layout Description +5.4.3 +Description +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.3.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +5.4.3.2 +Usage +\layout Description +5.4.3.3 +What reLyX Can Handle +\layout Description +5.4.3.4 +What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK +\layout Description +5.4.3.5 +What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\SpecialChar ~ +k.\SpecialChar ~ +a. + BUGS + + +\layout Description +5.4.3.6 +What LyX Can't Handle +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.4 +Examples +\layout Description +5.4.5 +Notes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.5.1 +Bug Reports + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.2 +Implementation Details: +\layout Description +5.4.5.3 +Layout Files +\layout Description +5.4.5.4 +Syntax Files + + +\layout Description +5.4.5.5 +Miscellaneous +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4.6 +Diagnostics +\layout Description +5.4.7 +Warnings +\layout Description +5.4.8 +Files +\layout Description +5.4.9 +See also +\layout Description +5.4.10 +Authors +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +LyX Features needing Extra Software +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.1 +Overview +\layout Description +6.1.2 +Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.2.1 +Getting started +\layout Description +6.1.2.2 +Output from LinuxDoc +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3 +Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.3.1 +The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document +\layout Description +6.1.3.2 +The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments +\layout Description +6.1.3.3 +Other document features +\layout Description +6.1.3.4 +Cross references and HTML +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.1.4 +Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts + + +\layout Description +6.1.5 +Troubleshooting LinuxDoc +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.2 +Checking TeX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.2.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.2.2 +How to use it +\layout Description +6.2.3 +How to fine tune it +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.3 +Version Control in LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.3.2 +RCS commands in LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.3.2.1 + +\family sans +Register +\layout Description +6.3.2.2 + +\family sans +Check In Changes +\layout Description +6.3.2.3 + +\family sans +Check Out For Edit +\layout Description +6.3.2.4 + +\family sans +Revert To Last Version +\layout Description +6.3.2.5 + +\family sans +Undo Last Checkin +\layout Description +6.3.2.6 + +\family sans +Show History +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4 +Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +6.4.2 +Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.2.1 +References +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3 +LyX and Literate Programming +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.4.3.1 +Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) +\layout Description +6.4.3.2 +Configuring LyX +\layout Description +6.4.3.3 +Debug extensions +\layout Description +6.4.3.4 +Toolbar extensions +\layout Description +6.4.3.5 +Colors customization +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +Secrets of the LaTeX Masters + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1.1 +Footnotes +\layout Description +7.1.2 +Margin Notes +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.2 +Multiple Columns +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.1 +Purpose +\layout Description +7.2.2 +Limitations +\layout Description +7.2.3 +Examples +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.2.3.1 +Two columns +\layout Description +7.2.3.2 +Multiple columns +\layout Description +7.2.3.3 +Columns inside columns +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7.3 +Numbering in the +\family sans +Enumerate +\family default + Paragraph Environment + + +\layout Description +7.4 +Extra Space Between Table Rows +\layout Description +7.5 +Dropped Capitals +\layout Description +7.6 +Non-standard Paragraph Shapes +\layout Description +7.7 +Summary +\end_deeper +\layout Section* + +Customizing LyX: Features for the Advanced User +\layout Description +1 +Introduction +\layout Description +2 +LyX configuration files +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1 +What's in +\family typewriter +LyXDir +\family default +? +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +2.1.1 +Automatically generated files +\layout Description +2.1.2 +Directories +\layout Description +2.1.3 +Files you don't want to modify +\layout Description +2.1.4 +Other files needing a line or two... +\end_deeper +\layout Description +2.2 +Your local configuration directory +\layout Description +2.3 +Running LyX with multiple configurations +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3 +The +\family sans +\bar under +P +\bar default +references +\family default + dialog +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.1 +Using the dialog for the first time +\layout Description +3.2 +On-screen fonts +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.2.1 +DPI setting and Font Zoom +\layout Description +3.2.2 +Font definition commands +\layout Description +3.2.3 +Font encoding +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.3 +Bindings + + +\layout Description +3.4 +User Interface + + +\layout Description +3.5 +Converters, Formats and Viewers +\layout Description +3.6 +ASCII export options +\layout Description +3.7 +Printer +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +3.7.1 +Changing Colors +\end_deeper +\layout Description +3.8 +The autodetected settings +\layout Description +3.9 +The rest +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4 +Internationalizing LyX + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.1 +Selecting an alternative language for the user interface +\layout Description +4.2 +Translating LyX +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.2.1 +Translating the graphical user interface (text messages). +\layout Description +4.2.2 +Translating the documentation. +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.3 +International Keyboard Support +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.3.1 +Defining Own Keymaps: Keymap File Format +\end_deeper +\layout Description +4.4 +International Keymap Stuff + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +4.4.1 +The .kmap File +\layout Description +4.4.2 +The .cdef File +\layout Description +4.4.3 +Dead Keys +\layout Description +4.4.4 +Saving your Language Configuration +\end_deeper +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5 +Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates + + + + +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.1 +Installing a new LaTeX package +\layout Description +5.2 +Layouts +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.2.1 +Supporting new document classes +\layout Description +5.2.2 +A layout for an +\family sans +sty +\family default + file +\layout Description +5.2.3 +Layout for a +\family sans +cls +\family default + file +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.3 +Declaring a new text class +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +5.3.1 +General text class parameters +\layout Description +5.3.2 + +\family typewriter +ClassOptions +\family default + section +\layout Description +5.3.3 +Specific Paragraph Layouts +\layout Description +5.3.4 +Floats +\layout Description +5.3.5 +Counters +\layout Description +5.3.6 +Font description +\end_deeper +\layout Description +5.4 +Creating Templates + + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +6 +Including External Material +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +6.1 +Background +\layout Description +6.2 +How does it work? +\layout Description +6.3 +The external material dialog +\layout Description +6.4 +Examples +\layout Description +6.5 +The external template configuration file +\layout Description +6.6 +The substitution mechanism +\layout Description +6.7 +Security discussion +\end_deeper +\layout Description +7 +The LyX Server +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +7.1 +Introduction +\layout Description +7.2 +Starting the LyX Server +\layout Description +7.3 +Normal communication +\layout Description +7.4 +Notification +\layout Description +7.5 +The simple LyX Server Protocol +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8 \start_of_appendix +Bindings +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.1 +Toolbar +\layout Description +8.2 +Menu +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.1 +File +\layout Description +8.2.2 +Edit +\layout Description +8.2.3 +Insert +\layout Description +8.2.4 +Layout +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.4.1 +L +\family sans +ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator +Character +\family default + +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8.2.5 +View +\layout Description +8.2.6 +Navigate +\layout Description +8.2.7 +Help +\layout Description +8.2.8 +Paragraph Style +\end_deeper +\layout Description +8.3 +Keyboard +\begin_deeper +\layout Description +8.3.1 +Specific to +\family typewriter +emacs.bind +\layout Description +8.3.2 +Specific to +\family typewriter +cua.bind +\layout Description +8.3.3 +Specific to +\family typewriter +sciword.bind +\layout Description +8.3.4 +Standard math bindings +\layout Description +8.3.5 +Other Accelerators +\end_deeper +\end_deeper + +\the_end